pi-
CORNELL
UNIVERSITY
LIBRARY
FROM
P. R. Cameron
r ///
Date Due
(M-
'-''
FiEB-
^
£V
r^^
^tf/^
ft^/^^
m
Vf 1
'i £>
corneu University Library
PL 6446.A56
of the Hawaiian lanfluaf,;
Dictionary pf.we„n„,|,,,„,|,,,|,|,|i|inim|n
7924 026 916 167
The original of tiiis book is in
tine Cornell University Library.
There are no known copyright restrictions in
the United States on the use of the text.
http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924026916167
DICTIONARY
HAWAIIAN LANGUAGE,
TO -WHICH IS APPBNDBD AM
ENGLISH-HAWAIIAN YOCABULAEY
AND A
CHEONOLOGICAL TABLE OF REMARKABLE EVENTS
BY LORRIN ANDREWS,
S-Tv
TO THE
FOREIGN RESIDENTS ON THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS,
THE
BY TBEIR
FELLOW-CITIZEN AND HUMBLE SERVANT. THE AUTHOR.
AUTHOU'S PREFACE.
It was the intention of the Author of this volume to make some extended
remarks concerning the character, peculiarities and extent of the Hawaiian
Language, by way of Preface or Introduction} but the want of physical strength,
and especially of mental energy, has induced him to forego such an attempt and
be contented with a mere History of the manner in which this Dic^onary has
come into existence. The History of Hawaiian Lexicography is shgirt. For
the first effort the Author will quote from the preface of "A Vocabulary of
Words in the Hawaiian Language'* as follows ;
" At a General Meeting of ttie Hiasion ia SUne, 1834, it was Toted, That Mb. Andrews
prepare a Voc(ihvkiry 0/ the BawaUan Zaiigiiage.^ At the same time a wish was earnestly
expressed and often repeated, that the work should not be delayed, but should be printed
as seen as possible ; and it was fully nuderstood and expected that the work would neces-
sarily be an imperfect one. '
"On receiving the above appointment IVom the Mission, <he Compiler set about a review
of his materiaU for the compilation af a Vocabulary. The materials at and and irom
whicb the following work has beea compiled were the following :
" 1. A vocabulary of words collected mostly, it is believed, by Mr. Loomis, formerly a
member of this Mission. This was transcribed by the Compiler on his voyage from the
tTnited States, and put to use in 1828. In using it, bis object was to insert every new word
wbjch he saw in print or understood in conversation or could obtain in any oUier.way,
besides correcting such mistakes as had been made in transcribing from the copy of Mr.
Loomis. It was also a point with him to insert, if possible, the authority. Owing, however,
to his ignorance of the Language at the time, many mistakes were made both in thu orthog-
raphy of the Words and in the d^nitions.
" 2. A vocabulary of words arranged, it is believed, in part by Mr. Ely, at the request of
the Mission, and finished by Mr. Bishop. A copy of this was receijied and transcribed by
the Compiler in the summer of 1829. Every other page was left blank for the insertion of
new words, and for any such other corrections or additions as should be important. In
using this manuscript, the same method was taken as with the Vocabulary of Hr. Loomis.
New words and new definitions oi words before c<dlected, increased the suse of the book''to
a considerable extent.
" On the slightest review of these irregular masses of materials, it was manifest that the
labor of a thorough examination of every word, either by consulting intelligent Natives or
by examining the usus loquendi from such manuscripts as could be obtained, or from the
books that had been printed, mast necessarily be a very protracted Ubor— the labor of
some years at least. In consideration, therefore, of the argent desire-thBtsometbing should
be commenced in the form of a Vocabulary, and that a work having any pretensions to
perfection must bo slow in its progress, and protracted in its completion— and as the Com-
piltt was burdened with labors of vaother kind— be judged it best to keduce the materials
VI AUTHOR'S PREPACB.
Still there has b^n ftibple room for th^ exercise of the Author's own judg*
ment. The different departments in which he has been called to act, as that of
a Missionary, a Tocher in the Seminary at LahainalUna, a Magistrate in the
different Courts of the Kingdom and Secretary of the PriTy Council, in all which
the Hawaiian Language was used, have brought before him a great variety of
forms of speech, and perhaps also, a greater variety of the senses in which many
words are used than could have been obtained had he been confined to any one
department. But after all, as he reviews his Dictionary, ne feels that he has
nothing to boast of. The deficiencies are still great. Much vriil remain for the
Author's successors t6 do before the genius, extent, and peculiarities of tha
Hawaiian Language will be fUlly developed.
There are several departments of the language the words of which are but
feebly represented in this Dictionary. That which relates to the imaginative
ih the Kaaos or Legends of difierent classes, — that which relates to what ma^
be termed their philosophical views, i. e., their mode of accounting for natural
phenomena, as the creation of their own islands, — ^the Origin of their fieligioos
rites, — arid especially the power of imagination displayed in their Meles and the
consequent richness of their language for expressing the nicest shades of love»
of hatred, of jealousy and revenge, and the language employed by the priests
when drawing on their gods for assistance, are but partially presented in die
definitions of this Dictionary. The Kaao of Laieikaw^i is alpnost the only spec-
imen of that species of language which has been laid before the public. Many
fine specimens have been printed in the Hawaiian periodicals, but are neither
seen ttor regarded by the foreign community. Volumes more of the same qual-
ity as Laieikawai might be collected and printed and whose moral influence
would be no worse on Hawaiian rainds than the famous Scott's Novels are on
Eiiglish readers. The study of these Kaaos would demonstrate that the Hawai-
ians possessed a language not only adapted to their former necessities, but capa-
ble of being used ih introducing the arts of civilized society, and especially of
pure morals, of law and the religion of the Bible.
The number of words in this Dictionary is about 15,500. The Author would
here state that four-fifths of the work were completed before he had any intima-
tion that it would ever be printed. It was written solely for his own amuse-
ment and information, and preparatory to a more full investigation of those
departments of the language above mentioned. He has been desirous lor many
years of going more fully into the study of Hawaiian poetry, and as a prepara-
tion to it he was induced to collect specimens of the language of common life*
hence the origin of this Dictionary, An appropriation of money for a Dictionary
passed by the Legislature of i860 without his knowledge, was the first intima-
AUTHOB'S PBEFAOE. Vll
tion the Author had that such a work was desired by the Foreign coramumty
on the Islands.
Much praise is due to the Managers of the Office of the Advertiser for the
correctness of the printing. Seldom is a book of this size printed with so few
typographical errors. The public will also feel indebted to Professor Alexander
for assiduous attention not only in one reading of each proof sheet, hut in sug-
gesting improvements in the language of definitions. The work is now sub-
mitted to a candid public. The Author hopes and prays that as God has spared
his life to bring it to a close, he will in som? way make it useful to the increase
of intelligence in this Hawaiian Kingdom.
LORBIN ANDREWS.
HoNoiutn, April, 1865.
Vlll
AUTHOE'S PKEFAOZ.
NOTICES TO THE READER.
The Reader will notice that the Order of words in the Dictionary does not
follow the order of letters in the English Alphabet, but they follow the order in
which they stand in the Hawaiian ^rs^ booh for children, viz. : 1st, the vowels j
2d, the Hawaiian consonants, and 3d, such foreign consonants as have been in-
troduced in connection with foreign words. (See the Alphabet below.)
In arranging the definitions, where there are several attached to a word, the
Author has endeavored first to ascertain, if possible, the radical idea of the word
in its simplest form, and from that he has used his best judgment in arranging
in the order d their sequence the various derived significations. How far he
has succeeded must be left to the judgment of the Reader.
The Reader of Hawaiian vrill notice that many words begin with the letters
hoo. In looking in the Dictionary for such words, he may not find them ; thus,
haoncumao will not be found under the letter H. Throw off then the hoo and
look for TWMiao, v., and there it will appear, and so of many others.
The sounds of the vowels will appear in the Alphabet below, and in the same
order as they stand in the Dictionary.
Hawaiian Vowels.
A as heard in arch, ask, Sec.
E as in hate, late, &c.
I as in ee in English, or as i in piqtie.
O as long in Twte.
IT as 00 in coo.
Hawaiian
Consonants
X
B.
H
D.
E
Foreign
F.
L
Consonants
G.
v'
as in English.
pronounced
R.
N
as in
S.
P
English.
T.
W
V.
Z.
L. A.
INTRODUCTORY REMARKS.
The Hawaiian is but a dialect of tiie great Polynesian language, which is
spoken with extraordinary uniformity over all the numerous islands of the Pacific
Ocean between New Zealand and Hawaii. Again, the Polynesian language is
but one member of that wide-spread family of languages, known as the Malayo-
Polynesian or Oceanic family, which extends from Madagascar to the Hawaiian
Islands, and from New Zealand to Formosa.
The Hawaiian dialect is peculiarly interesting to the philologist from its
isolated position, being the most remote of the family from its primeval seat in
South-Eastern Asia, and leading as it were the van while the Malagasy brings
up the rear. We will first give a brief account of what has been done for these
languages, chiefly by European scholars.
The similarity of the Polynesian dialects to one another is so striking that it
did not escape the iiotice of the first discoverers in this Ocean. Dr. Reinhold
Forster, the celebrated naturalist of Captain Cook's second voyage, drew up a
table containing 47 words taken from 11 Oceanic dialects, and the corresponding
terms in Malay, Mexican, Peruvian and Chilian. From this table he inferred
that the Polynesian languages afford many analogies with the Malay, while
they present no point of contact with the American languages. Afterhim Mr,
Anderson, in a. comparative table, which was published at the end of Cook*s
third voyage, drew attention to the striking resemblance of the Polynesian
numerals to those of the Malay archipelago and Madagascar.
According to Max Muller, it was the Abbe Lorenzo Hervas who first made
what he calls ''one of the most brilliant discoveries in thehistory of the science
of language, the establishment of the Malay and Poljrnesian femily of speech,
extending irom the Island of Madagascar over 208 degrees of longitude to Easter
Island," &c. From what has been said, however, it is evident that the credit
of this discovery is really due to Forster and Anderson". Hervas was a Spanish
Jesuit, who spent several years as a missionary in South America, where his
attention was drawn to the comparative study of languages. After his return
to Europe, he lived chiefly at Home, where his correspondence with Jesuit mis-
sionaries in all parts of the world gave him great assistance in his philological re-
searches. Inhis "Catalogue of Languages," published in the year 1800, he clearly
stated this relationship, which it was reserved for a Humboldt to demonstrate.
A few years later William Marsden, who was the first to investigate with
2
X INTRODUCTORY REMARKS.
accuracy the history of the East Indian Archipelago, arrived independently at
the same conclusions. He considered all the insular nations as colonies from
the Malays, whose original home was the Island of Sumatra, and their coiumon
speech he termed the Great Polynesian.
John Crawford, in his great work on the East Indian Archipelago, published
in 1820, in which he gave a valuable comparative vocabulary, advanced a very
different theory, which has occasioned a great deal of discussion, and is not
without its advocates even at the present day. He supposed that the basis of
each barbarous language was originally distinct, each tribe being a distinct race,
and properly indigenous. The common words in each dialect he supposed to
have been derived from a foreign language, which he calls the Great Polynesian,
and which was spread, as he imagined, by a more civilized people, through
conquest and commercial intercourse, over the whole Archipelago. On this
subject we briefly remark that his theory affords no explanation of the dispersion
of the Polynesian race over the islands of the Pacific Ocean. Besides we have
good reason to believe that whatever superiority in civilization is enjoyed by the
East Indian islanders, was derived by them from Continental India, long after
the dispersion of the insular races from their common center, and not from his
imaginary Great Polynesian. Again, the words which are common to all these
languages are such as are least likely to have been borrowed by one race from
another, as the pronouns, the numerals, the names of family relations, of parts
of the body, of the great objects of nature, and all the simplest ideas of every-
day life. The Saxons, for example, learned to use many Norman-French words,
bat nibst of their household words remained Saxon. So did their numerals, so
did their pronouns, and so in the highest degree did their grammar.
Dumont d'Urville^s report on the Philology of the French Exploring Expedi-
tion, during the years 1825-1829, published in 1833, reflects great credit on its
author. Besides other valuable materials, it contains a comparative vocabulary
of seven Oceanic languages, comprising over eight hundred, words in the Mada-
gascar, New Zealand, Tongan, Tahitian, Hawaiian and Malay languages.
In the able essay which accompanied it, he drew attention to the fact that a
• class of words common to the Malagasy and the Polynesian are wanting in the
Malay; which confirmed, as he justly thought, Forster's opinion tliat "all these
languages were derived from one very ancient tongue, now lost," which held
towards them all the relation of a common parent, the Polyriesian having re-
mained nearest to the original type, while the Malay has been greatly modified
by the influence of the Sanscrit, and the Malagasy by the African and Arabic
languages. M. d'ljrville then goes on to advance an ingenious hypothesis,
which, however, will not stand the test of examination, that a continent like
Australia, or at least an archipelago, once occupied part of Polynesia, inhabited
INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. XJ
by a people of whon) (he Polynesian tribes are but the remnant that have sur-
vived some great convulsioii of the globe. In that case the Malays would have
been but colonists from the supposed Polynesian continent, Who had followed
the general course of the trade winds.
The earliest really scientific analysis of the structure of a Polynesian language,
with which we aire acquainted, is the work on the Hawaiian language published
at Berlin in 1837, by Adelbert von Chamisso, the poet, who had been the natu-
ralist of the Russian Exploring Expedition, under Kofzebue, in the years 1815
to 1818. It is a work of rare ability, considering the meagre materials which
the author had at his command. In the year 1838 appeared a work by Baron
Y/illiara von Humboldt, the distinguished statesman and scholar, which marked
a oew era in the history of the science of .language, and which first fixed on an
impregnable basis the relationship of the Malayo-Polynesian languages. This
great work " On the Kawi Language in the ' Island of Java," which was edited
after the author's death by his friend and assistant, M. Buschmatm, has ever
since been regarded as a model and masterpiece of philological research. In
the words of Professor De Vere, "the Kawi served him as a canvas on which to
weave those truths and that wisdom, which have placed bis name in universal
comparative philology by the side of that of Leibnitz."
In this work, which occupies three quarto volumes, he first lays down the
fundamental principles which govern the development of language, and shows
,the influence of the structure of language on the intellectual development ti"
races. He then institutes a most minute and searching examination of the nine
principal languages of the Malay stock, viz. : the Malagasy, Malay, Javanese,
Bughis, Tagala, New Zealand, Tongan, Tahitian and Hawaiian, analyzing the
structure of their roots, and investigating the laws of derivation and euphoiiy,
in accordance wiih which the common stock of words is modified in each dia-
lect. He new proceeds to make a most careful and elaborate analysis of the
grammatical structure, the perficles and formatives of each language, after which
he nfakes a comparison of the numerals, and of 131 primitive words in all tli,e
nine languages mentioned above. The result of this extensive and laborious
analysis is to prove that there is not only a fundaimental and close affinity be-
tween these languages in respect to their vocabulary ,^but that their construction
is so similar that they may be considered as belonging to one and the same
grammatical system, and pervaded by the same modes of thought. Humboldt
also showed that the Tagala, the leading language of the Philippine Islands, is
by f^r the richest and most perfect of these languages, and that it may even be
considered as the type 6f the family. " It possesses," he said, " all the forms
collectively of which particular ones are found singly in other dialects ; and it
has preserved them all with very trifling exceptions Unbroken, and in entire har-
mony and symmetry. * * * It was necessary, in order to display the high-
xil INTEODUCTOKY REMARKS.
est perfection of which the organism of this stock of languages is capable, to
exhibit the systein of verbs in the Tagala."
The languages of the Oceanic region have been divided into six great groups :
1st, the Polynesian ; 2d, the Micronesian ; 3d, the Melanesian or Papuan ; 4th,
the Australian; 5th, the Malaysian, and 6th, the Malagasy, as the language of
Madagascar is caUed. In regard to these different groups our limits will not
allow us to go into any details. Suffice it to say of the Australians that their
languages appear to be radically distinct from the Malayo-Polynesian family,
though they have left some traces of former contact on the dialects of the small
islands west of New Guinea. The Melanesian or Papuan languages present
but very slight points of resemblance to the Malay or Polynesian,' and diSer
greatly among themselves. If, as is generally supposed, the black race were the
first settlers in the Pacific, the wave of immigration which peopled Polynesia
must have swept around them to the north, and at a later period the Micrcne-
sians may have moved in and closed up the rear.
Of the languages of Malaysia, those of the Moluccas approach the nearest to
Polynesian. Those islands then may be considered as the probable starting
point of the ancient Polynesian emigrants. The languages of Micronesia unmis-
takably belong to the great Malay family, and in their grammatical structure
reseinble the East Indian languages more than the Polynesian.
The remarkable fact that the language of Madagascar belongs, to this great
family was first establislied by William Humboldt in his great work on the
Kawi language. The Malagasy has no resemblance to the South African lan-
guages. In its grammatical structure it approaches nearest to the Tagala, but
it contains several Polynesian words which are wanting in the intervening Mal^y
languages. The first ten numerals in Malagasy are " Eee or isa, rua, telu, efat,
dimi, eniin, fitu, valu, sivi, fulu.'' In Malay they are " Satu, dua, tiga, ampat,
lima, anam, tujuh, delapan or walu, sambilan, sa-puluh.'' The original Poly-
nesian forms are " Tasi, lua, tolu, fa, lima, ono, fitu, valu, s-iwa, fulu." Coin-
pare the Malagasy word for " heaven," langits, with the Malay langit, the Poly-
nesian langi or lani ; the Malagasy word nifi,.a, "tooth," with the Polynesian
nifo or niho ; the Malagasy uvi, a " yam," with the Polynesian ufi or tdii. In-
deed some words", such as mate, " dead," &;c., are found in the same identical
forms throughout this whole circle of languages. Many other examples might
be given if they were needed to illustrate the connection of these languages.
The Polynesian language is, as has been before remarked, an extremely
ancient and primitive member of the great Malay family.
It was observed by Humboldt that the introduction of Sanscrit words into the
Javanese and Malay must have been centuries before the Christian era, and thai
the separation between the different branches of the Malay family must have
INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. xiii
taken place at a still earlier period. It has also been .seen that the internal
structure of the Polynesian language indicates its high antiquity. It was the
belief of William Humboldt fbat the Polynesians exhibit the original state of
civilization of the Malay race, when they first settled in the Indian Arnhipelago,
and before they had been changed by foreign influence. The unity of the Poly-
nesian dialects is still an astonishing fact. Tribes like the Hawaiians and New
Zealanders, separated from each other by one-fourth of the circumference of the
globe in space, arid thousands of years in time, speak dialects of one language,
and have the sftme customs and mythology. The laws of eu{Aony in the sev-
eral dialects which regulate the changes of consonants are so fixed and uniform,
that a New Zealand or Samoan word being given, we can generally tell with
certainty what its form will be in each of the other dialects. The conclusion
that the course of migration in the Pacific was from west to east might be de-
duced from an examination of the comparative grammar and vocabularies of the
different dialects. We find in those of the western groups many forms which
are entirely wanting in the eastern dialects, while others whifch are complete in
the former are found in the latter defective or perverted from what was evidently
their original meaning.
The New Zealand dialect, on the whole, is the most primitive and entire in
its forms. The Hawaiians, Marquesans and Tahitians form a closely related
group by themselves. For example, the Marquesan conrerts are using Hawai-
ian books, and the people of the Austral Islands read the Tahitian Bible.
Although, in a scientific point of view, the Hawaiian may seem (o be one of
the most attenuated and degenerate dialects of this family, we believe it to be
practically one of the most copious and expressive, as well as the richest in
native traditional history and poetry.
The Samoan and Tongan languages have probably been modified, hy a later
importation from the East Indies. They contain several Malay words which
are wanting in the eastern dialects. The Tongan in particular has several
Feejee traits not found elsewhere in Polynesia.
The Feejee or Viti seems to form the transition between Polynesian and
Papuan, where the two streams of colonization met and mingled. The princi-
ples of its grammar and one-fifth of its words are Polynesian. Among the re-
maining four-fifths are several pure Malay words, such as vula, the moon, lako,
to go, masima, salt, &c., while many of its peculiar words are also found in the
Kingsmill Group, and some, e.- g. dra, blood, kana, to eat, tina, mother, can even
be traced into Micronesia. The Kingsmill Group, as far as its language is con-
cerned, has a closer connection vyith Polynesia than Micronesia, though consid-
erably modified by mixture with the latter as well as with the black race. To-
xiv INTRODUCTORY REMARKS.
gptber with the Feejee and Rotumafi it retains some characteristics of Eastern
Malaysia, particularly -of Aru-Sambawa, and even some traces of Australian.
The native traditions show that they are a mixed mce sprung from Samoan and
Microncsian colonists.
At the sottth-east extremity of Polynesia the Pa'uiaotu or Dangerous Archi-
pelago, presents a curious problem for the philologist. While the grammar and
most of the', vocabulary is Tahitian, the numerals aud a large number of the
uftcist c^ariflion words are utterly unlike every other Oceanic language with which
we are acquainted, although Logan finds many of them "recognizable as Indoj
nesian or Indian' words." Their canoes and some of their manufactures are of
the Micronesian pattern, though there is nothing in their language that points
in that direction.
' A few words should be added on the peculiar genius and structure of the
Polynesian Language in general, and of the Hawaiian dialect in particular.
.It is a law of all Polynesian languages that every word and syllable mUsl end
in a vowel, so that no two consonants are ever heard without a vowel sound be-
tween tiem. Most of the radical words are dissyllables, and the accent is gen-
erally on the penult. The Polynesian ear is as nice in marking the slightest
variatioiis of vowel sound as it is dull in distinguishing consonants. No Poly-
nesian dialect, for instance, makes any distinction between * and p, d and t, g
and k, I and r, or v and w. Besides I is often sounded like d and t like k, which
latter was unfortunately adopted in the written language of the Hawaiian Islands
to represent the same element which is represented by t thrcaighout the rest of
Polynesia.
As was said before, the laws which regulate the changes of consonants in the
diSTerent dialects are remarkably uniform. I» Hawaiian both/and s are changed
into H, ng is softened into n, k at the beginning of a word is dropped, but in the
middle of a word is represented by a peculiar guttural catch or break, and w is>
used for », though the sound is properly intermediate between the two.
The following table from Hale shows the number of consonants in each dia-
lect, and the changes which they undergo in passing from one dialect to another.
The guttural break, which takes the place of i;, is represented by an apostrophe.
'akiuifo.
Samoan.
TongaD.
New Zealand.
RarotoDgun.
Tahitian.
Bawallan.
Marqacsan.
c.
F.
F.
Wor
H.
Wantiug.
ForH.
H.
F or H.
K.
J
K.
K.
K.
1
J
K.
L.
L.
L.
R.
R.
R.
L.
Wanthie.
M.
M.
M.
M.
M.
M.
M.
M.
N.
N.
N.
N.
N.
N.
N.
N.
NG.
NG.
NG.
NG.
NG.
Dropped.
N.
NG. N or K.
P.
P.
P or B.
P.
P.
P.
P.
P.
S.
S.
II.
H.
Wanting.
H.
H.
H.
T.
T.
T.
T,
T.
T.
T or
K.
T.
Y.
V.
V.
W.
V.
V.
W.
V.
INTRODUCTORY REMARKS.
The vowels undergo but few changes, and these chiefly in consequence of
CQ»sunant changes. E. g. fetH, a star, and fetma, knd, in Hawaiian become
hokii, and homta, and the omission of k produces similar changes, so that meika,
a banana, becomes mai'a, and meitaki, good, becomes TnaikaH. It will be ob-
served that in consonant sounds the Hawaiian is. one of the softest and most
attenuated of the dialects, being surpassed in that respect only by the effeminate
Marquesan. The following examples show the changes which words undergo
in passing from one dialect to another.
Faknaf!).
Samoau.
Tnngan.
New Zealand.
.Foe.
Foe.
FOQ.
tloe.
Tonga.
loam.
Tonga.
Tongfa.
Sina.
Sioa.
liina.
Ilina:
IKu.
I'a.
Ika.
Ika.
V»ka.
Va'a.
Vaka.
Waka.
Son^i.
Sui/gl.
Uongi.
llouKl.'
Turuiigli.
'Fufunga.
TBfuiiga.
Tnhunga.
Kup^nga.
'Upenga.
Kupenga.
Kupenga.
Rarotongan,
TKhltian.
Hswnllan.
Nuknhlraa.
Oe.
n«e.
II oe.
Hoe.
Tonga.
Toa.
Kona.
Tonga, tona.
Ina.
Ulnk.
Iliua.
Hina.
ika.
I'a.
I'a.
Ika. ,
Vaka.
Va'a.
W.'a.
Vaka.
Ongi.
Hoi.
IlODl.
Hongi,
Taunga.
Tiihua.
Kahuna.
Tuhuna.
Kupenga.
'Upii'a.
L'lKDa.
Kttpcka, &<!.
The vocabulary of the Hawaiian is probably richer than that of most other
Oceanic tongues. Its child-like and primitive character is shown by the absence
of abstract words and general terms. As has been well observed by M. Gaussin,
there are three classes of words, corresponding to as many different stages of
language : 1st, those that express sensations, 2d imagw, and 3d, abstract ideas.
The Polynesian vocabulary was originally composed chiefly of words of the
first two classes. As languages grow older, words acquire a figurative sense,
and the original meaning is gradually fot^otten. In English, for instance, how
many are aware that tribulation originally meant' threshing, respect, looking
back, reveal to draw back a vail, affront to strike in the face, and insult to leap
upon the body of a prostrate foe ? Now there were comparatively, few Hawai-
ian words that bad gone through this process.
Not only are names wanting for the more general abstractions, such as space,
hature, fate, &c., but there ase very few generic terms. For example there is
no generic term for animal, expressing the whole class of living creatures, or for
insects or for colors. At the same time it abounds in specific names and in nice
distinctions.
The first step in the formation .of language Was no doubt the employment of
particular names to denot.e individual objects. It was only afterwards by a pro-
cess of abstraction that these individual objects were classified by those qualities
which are common to a number of them. It is from the specific that we ascend
to ^e general. The same principle applies to verbs or names of actions as well
as to nouns. The savage has in his mind a picture of the whole action, and
does not always abstract or separs.te the principal circumstance from the acces-
sory details. This is true of uncultivated lanji^uages in general, and is not pecu-
liar to .Hawaiian, Thus the Javanese has ten words to express as many different
xvi INTRODUCTORY REMARKS.
modes of sfonding, and twenty of sitting. The Feejee has sixteen words mean-
ing to strike, and eight to wash, "according as it affects the head, face, hands,
fe6t or body of an individual, or his clothes, dishes or floor," So in Hawaiian
everything that relates to their every-day life gr to the natural objects with
which they were conversant is expressed with a vivacity, a minuteness and
nicety of coloring which cannot be reproduced in a foreign tongiie. Thus the
Hawaiian was very rich in termg for every Variety of clouds. It has names for
every species of plant on the mountains or fish in the sea, and is peculiarly copi-
ous in terms relating to the ocean, the surf and waves. The ancient Hawajians
were evidently close observer? of nature. For whatever belonged to their reli-
gion, their wars, their domestic life, their handicrafts or their amusements, their
vocabulary was most copious and minute. Almost every stick in a native house
had i(s appropriate name. Hence it.abounds in synonyms, which, however, are
such only in appearance, and on which a volume might be written. E. g. To
be broken ae a string is mohu, to be broken as a dish ?wAa, as a stick haM, to
fall from an upright to a horizontal position as a wall is hina, to fall from a
height through the air Jwvle; auamo means to carry on the shoulder with a
stick, ka'ika^i in the hands, hii as a child in the arms, Art* on a stick between two
men^ haaux on the back, kali to carry in general, &c.
Besides the language of every day life, there was a style appropriate to ora-
tory, and another to religion and poetry. This latter is known tr; but few na-
tives of the present generation, and is fast disappearing. The same thing is
takii^ place in New Zealand and Tahiti.
The above mentioned characteristics make it a pictorial and expressive lan-
guage. It still has the freshness of childhopd. Its words are pictures rather
than colorless and aibstract symbols of ideas, and are redolent of the mountain
the forest and the surf. It was completely adapted to the country f-y^A the circle
of ideas in which the people lived, and bore no trace of a higher civilization or
of foreign influence. Far be it from us however to deny its capability for higher
development. Its characteristics are such as belong to all languages in a certain
stage of growth. It has been and is successfully used to express the abstmc-
tions of mathematics, of English law, and of theology.
We regret that our limits forbid our adding any remarks on the grammatical
Structure of the Polynesian languages.
W. D. ALEXANDER.
HoNOLULB, April, 1865.
A DICTIONARY
OP ruE
HAWAIIAN LANGUAGE.
4 in Hawaiian, as in most other lan-
■**• J guages, is the first letter of the alpha-
bet ; " because, if pronounced open as a in
father, it is the simplest and easiest of all
Roimcls." Mncye. Amer. Its sound, in Ha-
waiian, is generally that of n in father, ask,
pant, &c.; but it has, sometimes, when
Klanding before the consonants k, I, m, n,
aild p, a short sound, sf)raewhat resembling
the short u, as in miiMa; but not so short.
Thiisjjafco, muiimaii, kiim, mana, napenape,
are pronounced somewhat as we should
pronounce pulcka, mvUymvUy, lumma,
munna, rmppurwfjpy, '&c. ; reference being
had only- U> the <irst vowel of each word^
It has also in a few words, a sound nearly
resembling (but not so strong) that of <}«
or otc in tnglish ; as iwuho, mawaho, pro-
nounced somewhat as iwauho, mavMuho.
To foreigners who merely read the lan-
guage, the common pronunciation of u as
»n fathier is near enough for all practical
purposes ; but to those who wish to speak
it, the mouth of a Hawaiian is the best
directory.
A is used for various parts of speech,
and, of course, has various significations.
\, adv. When ; then ; there ; until.
With verbs in a narrative tense, it signifies
when, and when, &c. ; as, a hiki mai ia,
when he arriyod. With nei it signifies a
designation of place, as mai a nd ahu, from
tcre (this place) onward. Until, as noho
oia malaila a make, he lived there until
he died. Note. — A nei is often written as
one *ord, and then it signifies Aere, present
place. A when pronounced with a pro-
tracted sound, signifies a protracted pe-
riod of time, or distance, or a long eontin-
lusd action ; as,holo ae la ia a— ^ hiki i ka
aina kabiki, he sailed a long time (or a
long, distance) wvtii he reached a foreign
country.
A, conj. And; and then; and when.
When it connects verbs, it usually stands
by itself; as, holo ka waa, a komo iho,
the canoe Bailed wnd sank. WJjcn it con-
3
neote nouns, it is usu^iHy joined <vitli me^
as, haawi mai oia i ka fti a- IM ke kapa, he
ftirnished food and clothing. A with me-
signifies and and also, bt^idss, together
with, (fee. When emphatic; it is merely a
disjunctive. i«nfe-6;39. No'BE. — In nar-
ration, it frequently stands at the begin-
ning of sentences or paragraphs, and
merely reffers to what has been said wifli'
out any very close connection with it. In
many cases, it is apparently euphonic, or
seems to answer no purpose, except ae a
preparatory sound to something that may
follow ; as! akabi no onkou a hele i keia
ala, never before have you passed tWs
road. Oram. § 166.
h.,prep. Of; to; in connection with mo-
tion, 6 hoi .oe a ka hale, return to the
house, QuM i) understood. Xoteifc. 12.
Unto; itt; belonging. It designates the
properties of rnation, possession and
place ^ end is often i synonymous with o,
but more f euerally distinct, giving another
shade of meaning and implying a more
close connection. Gram. § 69. 8.
A, int. Lo ; behold. It is expressive of
surprise, disappointment, astonishment or
admirdtion. It is similar in meaning to
aia hoi, eia hoi, aia ka,
A, V. To bum> as a fire ; ua a mai ke
ahi, the ftro kums: ua a mai ke ahi ma
ka waha. the fire burned in their moutiiB.
2. To biu'n, as a lamp ; to blaze, as a
flame.
3. Fio. To burn, as jealousy. Iial.'l9:5.
As anger. 2fah. 11:1.
4. Moo or Iu>. To cause to burn, i. e., to
kindle : to light, as a lamp ; to kindle, lu; a
fire. Also witli ho doubled, as Jiohoa. to
di-y; na hua i hohoa ia, dried fruits. Oihk.
2:14. See the reduplicate form Aa and
Hoo. Gram. § ?12.
A, adj. Fi«ry burning h« iua a, a
fiery nit
A, «. The jawbone ; the eheek hone.
Mai. 3i7, A Jima, uj/per jaw ; s !»!» lower
jaw.
AA
IS
AAE
A , s. The name of an instrument made
of smooth bone, and used formerly for
piercing or killing an unborn child. It
was called the tz oo, the piercing a; also a
k(>holtia. See Koholua.
A, s. Name of broken lava from the
volcano'; probably ao called from being
burnt. See A, v. Ke a o Kaniku a me
Napuuapele.
A, s. Name of the white spots that ap-
pear in poi when pounding.
A, s. Name of a large sea bird often
caught by natives ; also called aaianuhea-
kane, feathers white.
A, s. Name of a small fish that bites
at a hook ; called also aakimakan.
A, s. Name of the Hawaiian alphabet;
also thp first sheet on which it was printed.
A-A, V. A doubled. See A, verb, before.
To burn fiercely or furiously, as a fire ; to
burn constantly. Oihk. 6:9.
2. Fio. To kindle; to : bum furiously,
as anger. Ndh. 11:33.
3. JHoo. To cause to kindle ; to bum, as
a fire ; to light, as a lamp.
4. Fio. To bum, as anger. Kin. 30:2.
5. To rage ; to be angry.
A-A, «^'. Burning ; raging, as a fire, he
abi aa loa ; also as anger.
A-A, s. A burning; a lighted fire, &c.
A-A, V. To be bold.; to dare. Jfah. 14:44.
2. To tempt ; to challenge. Puk. 17:2.
To defy. 1 Sam. 17:10.
3. To venture, ua aa anei oe e hele i ke
kaua '! Ua aa aam oe e hele i ke alii ?
4. To accept a challenge : to act pre-
^umptuously. Kard. 1:43. He aa ka ma-
nao ; be wiwo ole.
A-A,«. A daring; tempting. JViiA. 14:22.
A-A, adj. Spiteful ; q«ick angry ; also
Togniah ; mischievous.
A-A, V. To gird; tie around, as a loose
garment
A-A, s, A belt; a girdle.
A-A, V. To make a noise, as in trying to
speak, as a dumb person ; hence,
2. To be dumb, ua oa ka leo.
A-A, adj. Silent; still; lonely, as a
house uninhabited ; he aa ko ka bale, the
people of the house are silent.
A-A, s. Dumbness; inability to speak
intelligibly; also a dumb person. Puk.
4:11. I loheia e na oa lololohe ; i man
aa lolo fcnli.
A-A, s. The small roots of trees or
plants. lob. 8:17, Also called weli.
2. The veins or arteries for blood, from
their resemblance to the toe roots of trees,
uole lakou i ike ke koko maloko o na oo.
imt. 1.
3. Pig. The lower part of the neck.
4. Ofi^ring.
A-A, s. A pocket; a bag, Joi. 14:17.
Stn. with eke. Aa moni, a purse ; a scrip ;
a bag to carry provlsi(»is in for a journey ;
aole kanaka oa ole, no man without bis
scrip ; a bag for weights (of moaey.)
KaA 25:13, The name of the envelop for
a foetas. Laieik. 190. Kau kaikaina 1 ka
aa hookabi.
A-A,s. A dwarf; a small person. OiAk.
21:20. Kanaka poupou aa; ua Ike au i
kahi keiki i komoiii,aano hoi ke kino.
A-A,s. See A above. Broken lava, i.e.,
sand, earth, stones and melted lava, cooled
and broken up ; hence
A-A, adj. Stony ; abounding with lava ;
rough with broken lava, as ground to walk
over, or to work in. See A, broken lava,
above.
A-A, s. A covering for the eyes.
A-A, ?. See A above. Name of a bird
that hunts fish during^ tiie di^, but files
back to the mountains in the evening.
A-A, s. The caul of animals; aa ma-
Inna o ke eke, the cauZ above the liver.
Pufc. 29:13. The midriffi OVik. 3:4.
A-A, s. Name of a sea breeze at La-
h^a and some other places on the islands.
A-A, s. Name of the cloth-like covering
near ihe roots of cocoanut leaves, oa niu.
Hence,
2. The name of a coarse kind of clotb,
he aa haole.
3. The outer husk of the cocoanut ; the
flbjn of the banana, same aspaaa.
A-A, », Chafi"; hulls; the outside of
seeds or fruit ler. 23:28.
A-A, s. Name of a reddish fish. See A
above.
A-A,'ti. To send love in compliment;
as, e oa mai ana o mea ma ia oe ; the
answer would be, Anoai wale laua, or
welina wale laua, or aloha wale laua.
A-A-a,'o4?. Hospitable; friendly; kind
to strangers, be makamaka aloha ; Syn.
withftooa.
A-A-A, adj. Uninhabited, as a house or
village; lonely.
A-A-A, s. A house without inhabitants ;
also a low or bumble dwelling, he bale
aaa, aole kiekie.
A-A-A-Ki, c. To bite often. See Am, to
bite.
A»A-E, s. See Aa, fine roots. A kalo
patch where the kalo is pulled.
2. The young shoots of kalo remaining
in the ground after the old is pulled. Sin.
with oha,»s, pau ke kalo i ka hukiia, o ka
oha wale no koe, oia ka oat.
AAU
18
AAH
A-AE, s. A certain fonii of .commencing
worship anciently.
^at, t kanlei, « lelel, e kn I kiona
la o« e KahamuilL
A-AE-A, s. A word used by children in
addressing parents before- tbey can Spealc
plainly.
A-Ai, V. See Ai, to eat. To eat to sati-
ety ; to conBume much.
2. To inorcaBC or grow, as an ulcer.
3. To ulcerate; to eat or make progress,
as a sore.
i. Fig. To give pain ; irritate. 2 Km.
'2:17. Aote hoi e aai ka bcwa iloko o ka
poe e ka paa ana, sin will not increase in
thoHe who stand fast.
. A'Ai, adj. Eating; .increasing; continu-
ing, aa a aorc ; he mai aai, an increasing
sore,*hc Icperaoat ia. Oil^. ISM.
A-Ai, s. The progress or continuance of
a sore.
A-AI, i. The action of the surf at high
tide, when ilasbing ufihor^ and (hen reced-
ing, thus wealing away (he gravel ; spelled
also aei.
A-AI, s. Naine of the net used to catch
the Rub opelu and maomao ; as, aai opelu,
the opcfiii net; aai maomao, the maomao
net ; also written aei.
A^-iA-Nti-iiEA-KA-NE,s. Name of a bird.
See A above. ,
A-A-ho-LE, aij, Aai, to grow, and ok,
not. Falling before ripe, as bread-flrult ;
applied to men who die before their time,
i. e., before r&atarify.
A-A-i-o-LE, *, The bread-fruit which is
ripe and fallen down of itself.
A.-A'1-viA, adv. Loudly; strongly, as a
sound, kani aaimi also continually. See
Aiir, to increase.
A-AO, adj. Greedy, as dogs ; always
ready to eat, or seize food.
Aa-o, adj. A speciea of tall, wild ba-
nai^a, he raaia aao.
A-A-o-Ko-KO, aij. Aa, vein or artery,
and ^ofco, blood. Epithet of any substance
red hot, aa fire, iron, stone, Ac. ; probably
from the raging or rapid flow of blood.
A-AU, s. See Au. To swim dispers-
edly; a flock, as of birds when fright-
ened ; a school, as of flsh as they come to-
gether and frightened ; suddenly separate.
2. A slight ripple on the eurface of calm
water by a light breeze.^
A-AU, V. To ripple mildly, as a calm
6ea, I^ a slight wind.
■2. To separate, as a Bock of birds when
. frightened, or a school of fish.
K<t iele aau o ka mauu o Klwat,
The rrigbtened flight of the birds otHlvit.
Ka aau moi Sukoni^ ke koae,
The Sock tnxa Kukosa, Ue koae.
Ke koae oul hulH mesmea,
Ibe great &athei«d koae.
A-Au-A) *. Epithet of a woman as sbe
begins to advance in age, has wrlnklea
about the eyes, Ac.
A-AU-A, adj. Strong scented, as the skin
of a hog U) dressing.
A-A-HA, s. Name of some kind of out-
side covering for a dish. He ipu i hanaia
i ka aaha a paa, the cup was held with the
aaha, and tightly.
A-A-Hi, s. il.bag, and ahi, fire. A bag
in which fire and fire materials wei? car-
ried ; he kieke aM.
A-A-JH, X. Name of the iliahi or san-
dal-wood when young.
A-A-HI, J). See definition of Aamoo.
Perhaps a and aJii, to bum, as with lust.
A-A-Ho, V. To put up pia in small pack-
ages, that It may keep sweet.
A-A-HO, *. A container in which pia is
put up.
A-A-HtJ, if. See Aa, kind of -cloth, and
AHU,aflncmat. An outside garment. J(in.
27 :!.'>. A cloak ; a garment thrown loosely
over the shoulders.
2. At robe. /o6. 29:U. A covering for
ornament ; aahu kapa maikai, the drees ot
a dandy, L «,, dandyism. Noi».— The aaku
was formerly spme kind of kapa ; mamua,
aahu kapa, mahope, aoJiu lole.
3. The. bark of the mulberry soaked in
water for making kapa.
4. itaftu'kaua, f^rmor. 1 Sam. 17:38.
A-A-HU, V. To cover with kapa; to
cover, as with a cloak.
2. To put on or wear clothes ; to pnt on
one's_ganneht,
3- Fio. lob. 29:14. Aahu ibo au i ka
pono, I have clothed myself with righte-
ousness.
4. Hoo. To clotheoiie; to provide clothfes
for one. Kin. 3:21 ; Oihk. 8.7. Sr.v. with
hookomo ka)>a.'
A-A-HU-A, V. Pass of the foregoing lor
aahuia. Oram. § 211. Clothed ; dressed ;
covered.
A-A-HU-A, V. To speak reproachfully ;
to use words of strong contempt for one.
A-A-HU-A-LH, adj. Aa, dwarf, and hua-
Ui, diminutive. Small j low in stature ;
defective in bodily structure ; noiuoi.
A-A-HU-A-LU, s. The name of a god.
A-A-HU-A-poo, t. Aahu, covering, . and
foo, head. A covering or clothing for the
ead ; a defense in time of peril : a shield
in war. 2 OiM. 14:8. A buckler, i Oiht.
23.-9. Connected with mahiole and pale-
kaua.
A-A-HU-i, s. Aa, vein, and hid, pain,
ache.
AAK
20
AAL
1. Lit. An acbiag vein.
2.' A desire for plijasure, attenrled with
some sense of pain. Pau ke aakui, ke aa-
koni oloko, the painful desire within has
ceased.
' A-A-HC-u-LA, s. Aahu and ufa, red. A
cloak or royal dress adorned with red
leathera, considered very valuable ; o ka
mhiiida, he waiwai makamae nui ia.
A-A-HU-KA-pu, ». Aaku, garment, and
kupu, forbidden. A consecrated or holy
garment; Puk. 28:2.
A-A-HU-MA-lCA-LOA, V. Aohu, garment,
■mnlo and loc, long malo. To clothe one,
or put on the long malo ; na aahuia ka
maioloa, nolaiia, he aahwnakalm,
A-A-HU-MA-MO, s. Aahu and maim, a yel-
low "bird. A large yellow robe worn by
the king or high chief; no ka hanohano
nui 0 ka aahiimamo.
A-A-Hir-PA-wB-HE, s. Aahu, gstrment,
ftnd paweAe, which see. A garment made of
a kind of mat called pawehe ; nolaila i ole-
' loia'i i' aah-iwaioehe hiwa ua ka makahi.
A-A-KA, V. To complain, as a person of
a perverse or sour temper; to grumble;
chide ; find fault ; to strive. Nah. 20:13.
lole makoa e aaka a koca iho, that we may
not think hard and refuse.
2. To be very dry ; to be sxceedingly
lhiri?ty.
3. To burst or crack open, as a ripe
melon or banana.
■1. To be hard, severe, as labor or toil ;
aoie i aakaia ka hana ana haku, the work
for the lords was not hard.
A-A-KA, s. Harsh speaking against one;
a grumbling ; a fault-finding.
A-A-KA, s. Name of a species of san-
dal-wood. When young it is called jiaio;
when old aud when mature, it is odorifer-
ous. It is very durable when used for
house posts.
A-A-KA, adj. Coarse; iUiberal; fault-
finding ; hard ; severe. Sol 8:13.
2, Peeled ; skinned, as a banana.
3. Dry, as the coral of the reef at low
tide.
A-A-KA, «. 5th conj.of «4a. See Gram.
§ 20&. To langh at ; to ridicule.
A-AtKA-KA, s. A, u> bum, and akaka,
clearly. The clear biu'ning or splendor of
the heavenly bodies in a clear night.
A-A.-KI, ». 5th conj. of aid. To bite fre-
quently ; to bite in two ; to bite, as the
bark froBl a slick, or the rind from sugar-
cane.
2. To grate the teeth ; ua aaki ke kui, ua
make loa, b^ grates his teeth, he is dying.
.3. To teel the soverepaugs of child-birth*
A-A-KT, V, To surround or come upon
one, as darkness ; ua poult loa, ke (UHd
mai nei ka poeleele.
2. To experience palpable darkness.
Puk. 10:21.
3. To be caa^ or held by a thing j ua
holo ia kanaka i ka moana, na aaki i ke
koa a paa, that man sailed out upob the
ocean, he i» edugMM the coral, and is fast.
4. To come upon, as a fit of love ; ua
■aaki paa ia ke aloha wela iluna ona.
Laktk. 197.
A-A-iti, adj. Thick; obsetwe, as dark-
ness, lob. 38:9.
A-A-Ki, s. A biting ; ka naio manini nui,
he aaki nei i ka lima.
A-A-Ki-MA-KAU, s. A hook-biting fish;
the name of a small fish noted for its read-,
iness to bite at a hook. See A.
A-A-KO, V. 5th conj. of ako. To cut or
clip off, as the spray of the sea when the
surf stiikes against a bluff of perpendicular
rocks and is met by a wind from the land,
and cuts or clips off the spray.
A-A-KO, V. Used in the imperative ; be
quick ; go to work, &c.
A-A-Ko, s. Ako, the name of a disease.
1. The furor uterieneis of females ; insa-
tiable desire of coition ; oafeokahi mail ku
hana hewa.
2. Theitch; hemaneofljelalawti. This-
last form of the word expresses the name
of the last stage of the disease, followed,
by death. A primary stage is expressied
by ako, to itch.
A.-A-K0-K0, s. Aa, vein, and koko, blood.
A vein ; a blood vein. Anal. 45.
A-A-KO-jn, s. Aa, vein, and koni, to
throb. Hence, an artery, perhaps ; pau ke.
aahiij, ke aalihui, ke aakoni oloko.
A-A-LA, ». 5th conj. of aZffl, to perfume.
To emit a perfume ; to be fragrant Zs«.
3:24.
2. To smell of perfumery. Sal. 4o:8.
Aala i ka ihuana ka nka o Eawela.
A-A-LA, adj. Ala, odoriferous ; aala ka
hata, sweet the halft ; aaia ka rose, sweet
the rose ; o na kaikawahine aofct o Aiwo-
hikupua. Laieik. 62.
A-A-LA, i. Ala. An odor.
2. A kind of scrofulous sore, so called
from the srael-l, .
3. Fig. HeaatonooKaahumanu,asweot
perfume is Kaabnmanu.
A -A-LA-i-o-A, i. Name of a wild ferocious
roan who lived in the fore.st ; hence,
2. Wildnesa; ferocity : a savage appear-
ance ; kuku ka aaiaiaa. '
A-A^LA-i-Hi, $. A species of fish, small
and yellow.
A-A-LA-KAi, adj. See Alaka.i. Large;
plubsp ; full fleshed.
AAN
21
AE
A-A-LE-LE, s. A<t, vein, and lele, to
jump. An artery, from its motion. Arwi.S.
A-A-u,s. A small or low place between
two larger ones ; he puali.
A-A-Lii, s. Name of a hard timber;
raore generally aliL
A-A-Li-Sf A-Tf 01, adj. Large, fat and weak,
as a fat man.
A-A-Lo, V. 5th conj. of do. To dodge
often ; to dodge, ais one docs a stone. .
A-A-Lo-LE, «. AUi cloth of cocoanut
leaves. The name flrst given to cloth liy
the people of Kaaai.
A-A-LO-LO, s. Aa and Mo, the brain. A
nerve ; cittloJo hoao. Anai.T. ^alolo lohc,
the auditory nerve.
A-A-i.u,s. Dim.ofaZK. A ravine; a small
ferook' valley or ravine.
A-A-MA, V. To stretch out the hands for
the.purpoBe of catching somcfliin^.
2. To steal small articles ; to pilfer.
A-A-MA, s. That motion of the hands
when a person would try to seize hold of
something while it rolls down a pali.
2. The act of stealing or pilfering.
3. A blacit crab living on a rocky shore.
4. Name of a four-foot«d animal in the
sea.
A-A-MA, s. A person who speaks rap-
idly, concealing from onu and communi-
cating to another.
2. One who is expert in gaining knowl-
edge.
A-A-Mo, adj. Insatiable in lust; never
satisfied; applied to females; he wahinc
aamo, ana ole.
A-A-Moo, s. See Aa. The cloth-sub-
stance around, cocoanut leaves ; a veil j
thin white cloth ; u ka mea keokcoelalahi
ana i ka moo, he mea lahilahi a puawoawe ;
whatever is light, thin, as thin cloth.
A-A-VLOO, adj. Light; thin, as cloth j o
ka inoa o ka lolc lahilahi loa.
A-A-KA, V. To speak angrily ; to fret ;
olelo aana mai oia.
A-A-NA-Puu, V. To crook in different
directions ; to be small and large, i. e., to
be uneven in size, as a rope.
A-A-NEI, adv. An interrogative adverb,
and marks a question like anei ; sometimes
it' is used of place, as pchca aanei la oe!
M'here are you in the matter ?
A-A-NE-MA, c. To be jealous of a man's
friend, or to discover jealousy.
A-A-No, V. The 7th conj. of am- Hoo.
To change one's form ; to become another
in.appearanco ; ua Aooano no oukou he poe
akamai; to feign; to pretend to be some-
thing one is not.
A-A-Ki-r, $. See Aa and Niu, cocoa-
nut.: The covering like a coarse cloth
arpund cocoanut leaves ; a hookabekahe
ma ka aaniu.
A-A-PA, adj. Presumptuous, as when a
drunken man lies down on a precipice.
A-A-pi, V, 5th conj. of apt. To bend, as
the gills of a fish ; to spring or warp, sa
a board.
A-A-po, V. 5th conj. of apo, to catch.
To snatch, as several persons at once ;
to catch at, as several hands at the same
thing.
2. To receive readily in the mtnd ; to
grasp mentally, as a truth ; ke aapo nci
makou a malama.
A-A-Po, adj. Beady, quick to receive
knowledge; quick at apprehension; he
aapo ka naau o na kamalii.
A-A-PO, s. One who snatches.
2.. One wllo learns quickly ; a ready
scholar.
A-A-poo, s. The skin, flesh and sinews
on the back of the neck ; he aapoo ka mea
ma ka ai he aapoo bipL Kam.
A-A-ptJ, 4. See Apn, a cup. A thin
piece of wood, such as will bend up.
2. A concave vessel.
3. A valve of a vein. Anai, 4S.
A-A-PU, V. To warp or bend, as a board
in the sun.
2. To wrinkle or ruffle, as cloth; mimino.
See Aah.
3. ifoo. To turn the hollow of the hand
upward ; e hooaapu ae i kou poho lima.
A-A-PU-A, s. Aa, bag, and pua., an ar-
row. An arrow case; aquivepi Job. 39:23;
Kin. 27:3.
A-A-puu-pur, s. A capsular ligament.
Dr. J.
A-A-WA, «. See Awa. Name of a spe-
cies of fish, reddish arid striped; he ia
kokoke like ke ano me ko ka ea.
2. Also the name of a tree.
3. Name of an insect that deabroys sweet'
potatoes ; aa make ka mala iiala i ka hoo-
paln, i ke pai. i ka peelua a me ka aawa.
A-A-WE, V. 5th conj. of awe. Used im-
peratively with mai, bring here ; with aku,
take away.
A-E, V. To pass, physically or men-
tally, from one state, condition, or place,
to another.
1. SpecificoSy, to break a kapu, ua ae
lakon iliina 6 kahi laa ; to violate a law or
agreement, i. e,, to transgress, as a law, to
break a covenant los. 7.11 ; Hal. 89:34.
2. To pass over, as the mind, i. e., to
yield assent to the thought or .opinion of
another '; to assent to the request of an-
otter ; to say yes to a request or to an af-
firmation.
3. To permit, grant permission for a tbfttg
AEA
22
AES
to be done ; he nea at ia, a tbiog per-
mitted or allowed.
4. To pass physically from one place to
another, fiam one situation to another, as
flrom land on board a ship ; ua a« aku lakou
liuna o ka mokn, iluna o ka lio, to embark,
to mount a boree. Hioo., coqj. 3. To cause
to pass from one place to another, from one
. person to another j to transfer.
5. To raise or lift np, as the head, with
joy, e at ko onkou poo no ka olioli.
6. To mount, as a horse or a mule, i
Sam. 13:29.
7. To be sea-sidk ; to throw u^ from the
the month; to vomit; hemealuaikamoku,
o ka He wate aku no.
A-£, (. Assent, expressed by one per-
sod to the thought or opinion of another ;
approval of the conduct or opinion of an-
other; consent; agreement
A-E, adj. Consenting ; agreeing ; he
olelo aelikt, an agreement.
A-£, s. Name of an east wind.
2. Acneciesofeeamosg. _
A'^, s. The water or liquid as wrung
from the leaves of vegetables, as kalo, &e. ;
be a« kalo, h6 ae wauki, he ohi.
A-E, s. An irregular movement of the
ocean ; .he wahi ano ia ma ka moana, a ma
ka be kai, a ma ka aina
2. The coming in and receding of the
sea upon flie shore ; the flux and reflux of
tlie tide. See. Agkai.
A-E, verbal dtrectiee. Gram. ^ 234, 4.
Implies an <>bUqHe motion of the verb,
either np, down, or sideways. It often fol-
lows after noons, also adjectives, as aohe
kanaka e ae, there is no other man.
A-E, adv. See verb 2. Yes ; the. kc-
preasion of affirmation, approbation or con-
sent ; opposed to euile, or aohe. ^itiipaJui,
as ae pmOt a polite way of assenting when
full belirf is withheld ; ae ka paha, even
so, be it so.
A-ErA, V,. To wander away from a place ;
mai'bo'^ alo aku, aole oe e aea, from my
presence, do not wander away ; to wan-
der from place to place, Jfoft. 14:33.
a. To wander ; go astray morally. HaL
583. '
3. To remove ; to be removed ; to go to
another place, ler. 4:1.
4. To live unsteadily ; as, i koua wa i ona
ai, nui kona aea ana^ in Us seasons of drunk-
enness, he lived prmcipally here and there.
5. To toss or throw back the head, as a
person with pride, as a horse on putting
on a bridle ; e- <i«a ae ke poo o ka Uo i ke
kaulawaha.
A-E-A, s. A vagabond ; an outcast. La.
11:12. Hejweoea, fiigitives. iwnfc. 12:4,
2. The name of the r©p'e connecting two
fish nets. See Kvk4|,
e., light and darkness
The ebh-
A'S-A,adj. Wandering; unstable; shift*
ing a place; he one aea ke one o Hoo-
hila ; unsettled, as kanaka aea ; a vaga-
bond ; wandering about. Kin. 4:12.
A-E-A, adj. Wanderingly, in a loose
unstable manner.
Ae-ae, v. Conj. 13 of ae, 4. To be a
frequent transgressor, he aeae oe maluna o
kam kapu.
2. To step over a thing often.
3. To work over and over, as in pouiid-
iiig poi, until very flne.
4. To be or become very small or fine,
as dust .2 Nal. 23:6.
5i Te inten'upt one in his speech).
Ae-ae, tuf/. Comminuted; small or fine,
as dust ; flne, as poi well j[)ounded ; be j^oi
aeat, he poi nouo, he wall.
2. Dark, obscure, as a vision, indistinctly
seen ; po aide, si night of indistinct vision,
not totally dark, i.
mixed.
Ab-ae^kai,p. See Ae, before.
ing add flowing of the sea.
A-Ei, *. Name of the net used in catch-
ing tlie opeln and the maomao.
2. A kind of roite of the medium size.
A-Ei, s, Sfee Aai, before. Oia ka ma-
lama e kalai ai i ka kuku oei o Vein.
A-EiK»-LE, J. See Aaiole. Bread-fruit.
ripe and fallen down, he ulu baule wale.
Ae-o-ka-ha-lo-a, i. A kind of faipa
made of wauke, and colored with charcoal,
kuina aeokahaloa.
Ae-kai, t. The name of the place in
the sea where the surf breaks ; o kahi o ke
kai I poi iho ai, he oefcat ka inoa.
A-e-lo, adj. Botten ; applied to eggs.
Fig. Ua like makou me na hua ado.
Ae-lo-a, s. The north-east trade vrind
on the ocean ; same as moae.
Ae-kei, v. To be here ; to be present;
to be In existence. Mat. 2:18. Note.
This word seems to be compounded of ae.
No. 4, expressive of a passing or transfer,
and nci, which refers to present time or
present place ; something not flxed or ex-
actly deuned, but near by, cither in time
or place, as at this joresent.
Ae-nei, adv. Now", i. e., about this time,
just now, within a short time past or future.
2. Here : hereabouts ; near by ; not lar
off; ua holo aenei, he has just npw sailed ;
ua olelo <i«net, he has lately spoken ; ua
make aenei no ke alii, the king died a
short time ago ; ua hole aenei no kahi i
noho ai,he is gone a little ways to his place
of residence.
A-E-NEi, ». Bread-fruit. See Aainei.
Ae-se-lo-na, $. Heb. Name of an un-
clean bird, so translated in Kanl. 11:13.
AIA
23
AIA
A-E^o, s. Gr, An eagle. Puk. 19:4;
Hoik. n-.U.
Ai, v.. To eat; to consume faod, as
pei'soiis or animals.
2. To devoiu-, as animals.
3. To destroy, consume, as fire. Nah.
16:35.
4. To congnme ; spoken of the sword, 2
Satn. 2:26.
5. To eat, consume, as a sore ; aole ai ka
mai, tlie disease has made no advance.
OikTc. 1S:5.
£. To taste, eat, enjoy the benefits of, bave
the profits of, as land ; e ai i ka aiiia. Nali.
32; 19th conj, sa hoo. ..
7, To cause to eat, L e., compel, w iudnce
to eat ; huhu loa ia (Kckaokalani)ika^a{
noa ana a lakoa i ke alii (Liholiho,) he was
very angry at them for eausing the king
to eat fr«ely, i. e., contrary to kapu.
8.. To have sexual interconrse; appUed
to both sexes ; also to animals. Kin. 30:41.
Ai, s. Food ; vegetable food, in dis-
tinction from ia. meat. Ai oo, ripe food ;
at rnaloo, dried food ; ai maka, green food ,
vegetables. Note.. — .^7, food, is the repre-
sentative of property gencmlly.
Ai, adj. .Consuming; destroying; spo-
ken of fire.
Ai, <idv., for aiii. There ; near by, but
not ill contact ; ai no U^ko o ka hale, there
in the bouse.
2. There, at anotbet' place, however dis-
tant : there ; when ; as, Auhea o Kekuao-
kalani ? .4i ae no mauka mat Where is
Kekuaokalani ? There he is coming by
land
Ai, verbal directive. Gram. § 242. It
has reference, generally, to a preceding
noun, verb or adverb, expressive of time,
place, cause, manner or instrument ; often
contracted, thus, bana'i, for hana ai.
A-i, *. The neck.; he a4 ko ke kanaka,
oia kahi e hui ai ke poo me ke kino, mati
has a'72«cfc, it is that which unites the head
with the body. A-i oolea, a stiff neck.
2. Fi^wralAviy, perverseness ; disobedi-
ence. Ruh. 39:3.
A-i-A, «. To be or show one's self con-
.ti-ary to the gods..
2. To disregard the will of the gods ; to
be ungodly in practice.
3. To have the cjiaraeter of an ungodly
person. ler. 23:11. See Haihaia.
A-i-Aj s. An unprincipled or -ungodly
person. KaL 14:1.
2. The.practiceof ungodliness itself; he
hoomaloka : be hoole akua.
A-i-A, adj. Ungodly ; irreS^ous.
2. Bad, sore, watery, as the-tsy* ; onohi-
ota, a sore or watery eye.
A-I-A, adv. There, referring to place;
akt malaila ka bans ana, there the work is
doing.
2. Then, referring to time, generally in
connection with some other event Ifah.
10:3.
A-I-A, interj. Es;piessive of admiration
or surprise, of triumph or contempt. Aia
hoi, behold ! see there ; aia ka, there now !
Jos. 9:12. Aia la, there you have it!' an
expression of triumph with contempt. Hal
35:21.
Ai-Ai,- ». To reduce to very small par-
ticles) to make small. Eard. 9:21. To re-
duce to powder.
Ai-Ja» V. Found only ia, 15tb conj. Hoo.
■ , Tp make .white ; splendlci ;, to beautify ; c
hooaiai ana i ke kula o Lele, beaulii'yjjag
the upland of Lele.
Ai-AifS. .Brightness; clearness; tialike
ke keokeo m« ka aiai. Puh. 24:10..
Ai-Ai, <u^'. Bright, as moonlighl;. fair;
W^te. lob. 25:5. He malamalams aiai.
a Sam. 23:4. Pure, as milk. 1 Pit 2:2.
Clear, as glass. Hoik. 21:18. Pure, as
gold. .Ho?fc.21:21. White, cleans as linen.
Hoik. 19:6.
A-i-Ai, adv. Nearly.
Ai-Ai-ArKU-TT-LA, «. Name cf a god, the
s(^ of Hinahele, his mother, and Kuala,
bis father. _ He was a god of fishermen^ he
akua Tawaia.
Ai-Ai-NA, V. Ai, to eat, and aina, land.
Lrr. To eat the land. i. e., to enjoy, to pos-
sess land ; to own land ; aole ia i aiaina,
he did not possess land.
Ai-AU, r. To pray or poison to death,
as was formerly practiced.
2. To show covetousness in asking : as,
•ua aiau aku i ka hai, he coveted what was
another's. Similar to aluna and maket.
Ai-A-HU-A, V. To break secretly the
kapus of tiie gods, but to observe them
Oipenly : to act hypocritically.
2. To conspire secretly against one.
3. To defraud one's landlord by with-
holding the tax and nsin^ it himself
4. To pray to death. Similar to ancuma.
Ai-A-HU-A, s. A term apiplied to those
who disregard the kapu while othere ob-
si>rve it. When the. kapu is generally
disregarded it is called ainoa ; hence,
2. A hypocrite ; an irreligious person.
Ai-A-Hir-A, adj. Irreligious ) nnmjndful
of the kapu ; nanl ke kanaka aiahim. See
AlAHULU.
Ai-A-HU-LU, V. To pray or poison to
death.
2. To procure the death of another b^
any firaudnlent means, or for any political
ov' selfish purpose. Notb. — The agent of
the intrigue is called kalaiino, niania, pao-
AIE
24
AIH
pao;aobo]iia. See these worda in their
places.
Ai-A-HO-LU, s. Food baked a long time
in the oren till it is brown.
Ai-A-HU-PU-AA, <adj. See Ai and Ahu-
PUAA. A division ©f country ; he alii aior
hiipuaa, enjoying the office and pei'quisites
of an overseer of land. Laieik. 34.
Ai-A-KA-KAi, s. Ai, food, and akdkai, a
rush. New, fresh, sweet food, }ike poi
newly pounded ; he ai hou, he ai manalo.
Such food is also called pololei.
Ar-A-LA-A-LA, s. Ai, io eat, and ala, or
alaala, odoriferous. The scrofula.
Ai-A-Lii, V. Ai and oKi, chief. E hooha-
nohano, to etyoy the ease, hon«r and dig-
nity of a chief; to act Hie chiet See Nali-
jiALI.
Ai-A-LO, s. At, to eat, and alo, in front.
To eat before.
1. The people about the chief ; his at-
tendants, in distinction from the poe maka-
ainana ; kanaka akdo no ke alii.
2. A prince or princess ; -those about a
king. Sol. 31:4. Pan loa na makaainana
a me na aiah i ka pii inka, all the common
people and those about the chief Went up
the mountain.
3. A small division of land less than an
ahupnaa ; na kanaka o na aina, a me na ahu-
puaa, a me na aialo.
4. One who is a hanger -on and lives
lazily with a chief and aats Ks food.
Ai-A-NA, s. Eng. THe- Hawaiian pro-
nunciation of iton : a flat iron.
Ai-A-NA, adj. Walking wearily up and
down precipices ; he hele aikena, he ma-
loeloe.
Ai-A-NEi, adv. There ; just by ; not far
off.
Ai-E, V. Ai, to eat, and e, before hand,
i. e., to eat or enjoy a thingbeforeitispaid
for ; from the custom of paying for work
before it was done,«nd the pay consuiQed.
1. To owe : to be indebted ; aole oia (o
Kamehameha) i me, he (Kamehameha)
never went into Jebt.
2. To enjoy something yet to be paid
for ; e lawe e i ka waiwai a mahope hookaa.
Ai-E,s. Indebtedness; the state of being
in debt ; he poe «ie kakou, we »Te debtors.
2. A debt ; that which is due for any
cause; e lawe aie, to go in debt for a thing;
^eft. 5;2. B haawi aie, to give (lend) on
usury, KanU 23:20.
Ai-E, adj. In debt; owing; under ob-
ligation to render some equivalent for
something received.
Ai-E, ado. E haawi aie, to give to be
paid again.
Ai-e'a, s. Fatigue; weariness.
Ai-EA,s. Name of a specie»of tree founa
on Lanai and other islands used for finish-
' lag off canoes.
Ai-i-Li-Lo-Ko, V. Ai, to enjoy. Hi, the
skin, surface (of land,) ^^o. that which i!
contained in something else. To have or
possess a division of land less than an ahu-
pnaa.
Ai-o, V. The exclamation of one who
commands others to pull, or lift altogether ;
e holo, e ale, e miha, aio /
A-i*0E-OB, s. A-i, the. neck, and oeoe,
long. A-iong neck; applied,
1. ITo animals, as to nene, a goose, a ter-
rapin, the camelopard.
2. To persons. Note. — Thiswas the dis-
'tinctive appellation which the Hawaiians
first gave to the missionaries' wives, on ac-
count of the fashion of their bonnets (in
1820,) which gave them the appearance ot
long necks. No ka loloa o ka o-i a me ka
oeo« o ka papale, kapa akn na kanaka ia
lakou, Aioeoe. Mooehio Hawaii, p. 39.
Ai-o-HA-HA, s. Ai, fiswi, -and ^hnha,
plump. Vegetables, kalo or potatoes, fall
sized and good.
Ai-o-HAi-LAu, s. Ai, food, and oha, the
lower part of kalo tops, and lau, leaf. Food,
of the kalo tops, often fed to swine.
A-i-u-HA-u-HA, s. j4-«,-theneck, an'.'-Jt^-
vha. A stiff or cramped neck. ''
Ai-u-HA-TJ-HA, s. Ai, to eat, and uha-
uha, riotous. Epithet of a lower class of
chiefs ; eatingitiotously. or riotous eat*!^.
Ai-HA-HA, s. Ai, food, and haha, skin
ot kalo tops. The food of poor people ;'e
aihaha ana na luwahine.
Ai-HA-LA-LE, V. Ai, eat, and Mak, to
sup up, as a liquid. To be 'lazy ; to do
nothing : to be the reproa<iii of others ; to
eat the food of others without Work. See
LoM-VLOMAAIH.V].AI^.
Ai-HA-MU, J. Ai, food, and ha?rai, reiji-
nants of food.
1. The food left after a meal, especially
when little is left.
2. Crumbs and scrapings, that which is
burned on to the stones of the oven.
Ai-HA-MU, c. Ai, .to eat, and hamn,
refuse food.
1. To eat refuse food.
2. To eat up clean ; ua alhamuia kaii
mala uala.
3. Applied as an epithet of reproach to
the poe 'kahuna auaana, the priests -iv^o
practiced sorcery.
Ai-HE-A, int. adb. Ai, there, and kea,
where. At, or towards what place? the
answer, aUaita, there Note, — The a may
be a No. 2. Note-. — And ihea the auialo of
kea. See Oram. § .165, p. 93.
AIK
.S5
AIL
Ai-Hu-A-WAA, t>. Xo pass firom one place
to anotlier aiid find a dwelling place.
Ai-HU-A-WAA, tdj. He poe a&aumaa,
wandererH tiiat have not settled down in
any place.
Ai-Hu-E, V. Ai, food, axii hue, to steal.
IiTT. To steal food. But ai representfi
])ropcrty of all kinds. See Ai, a. Notk. —
Hence, to steal generally ;. to take (mother's
property secretly and without leave; to
steal a person. KarU. 24:7.
Ai-Hu-E, s. A thief; one who steals.
Al-HU-K-A,
Al-HU-E-IA,
Al-HU-E-HI-A,
Al-HV-E-LI-A,
V. These are all passive
forms of the \ei:h aik>u;
' to be -stoilen. For these
forma, see Oram. § 211 :
1st, 2d.
Ai-Hti-E, adj. Found in all the above
forms. Stolen ; taken secretly.
Al-KA-HA-U-'LA, S. See MoEKAHAULA. A
dreaming of oomiirtitting adultery or fornix
cation ; a lasotvious dream.
Ai-KA-NE, v; Ai, No. S, and kam, male.
h To cohajiit, as male with mal^, or
female with female.
2. To commit sodomy ; hence
Ai-KA-NE, s. An intimate friend of the
same sex ; a friend or companion of the
same sex.
2. Those who mutually give and receive
presents, being of the same sex.
8. Sodoniy; dissoluteness of habit.
Ai-KA-PA, V. Ai, to enjoy, and kapa, side,
edge, border. To own one-half of a thing ;
applied to anything of which one-half be-
longs to one person and one-half to an-
other.
Ai-KA-pu, V. Ai, to eat, and kapu, forbid-
den.
1. To eat according to the restrictions
of the kapu. \
2. To obey the rules of the tabu (kapii)
system, i. e., to observe the ceremonies of
the kapu. Notjb. — It is the opposite of
ainoa.
Aj-KA-pu, s. The observance of the rules
of the kapu ; yielding obedience to them ;
hooikaika lakou ia ia e hoopaakiki me ka
nikapu, thoy encouraged him to be'firml>y
the kapu. „
Ai-KE-NA, V. To compel to work when
one is already fatigued ; to cause a groan-
ing or complaint for hard usage.
Ai-KE-PA, V. Ai and kepa, to scrape off,
as du-t from a stone.
1. To level off; to Yabbet, as the edge
of a board.
2. To lap over ; to cut a thing off ob-
liquely se^s to make uneven parts.
Ai-KE-PA, adj. Being Cut obliquely off,
so as to make uneven parts ; o ko'u la, ua
4
oki^atfcepa ia aku nei a uuku loa, my fish,
it is cut off oUiguely, and is v6ry small ;
be lole i oki aikepa ia a pono ole, the cloth
is cut off obJi^ueJ;^, and not straight.
Ai-KE-PA-KE-PA, V. To quarrel, as a man
and his wife when anotlier intercedes ; be
. wahlnc nuku aikepakepa lua.
Ai-Ki, V. Abbreviation of the word few-
i}d. To peep privately, or to look slyly ;■
i lele i ke kapu a pa i ka aiki.
Ai-KO-LA, V. See Akola. Used only in
conj. 13. Eoo. To despise; to spurn from;
to triumph over ; to treat contemptuously.
IM. 22:24. V
2. Fio. Applied to, trees; to rejoice over,
in view of victory. laa. 14;8. See also
IIooNAiKOLA, anouier form of the same
word. '
Ai-Ko-LA, s. Hoo. The subject of scorn
or derisfon J he mea hoaik^M a akaaka hoi,-
a subject of scorn and derision, JIal. 79:
4. See HoAUoiA.
Ai-Ko-LA, inl;. An expression of triuraj)h
mixed with contemptj as o/tu / Etth. 26:3.
Ai-KU, V. Ai, to eat, and ku, to stand.
•livt. To eat standing.
1. To eat in an improper manner.
■ 2. Fio. To do a thing contrary to rule
or ceremony.
3. To break a kapn; similar to aia. Ailot
was jvn offense against the cods.
A<-KU, s. A-i, the neck, and lot, to stand.
A standing collar ftff a jacket.
Ai-Ku, s. Name of a disease ; the croup,
from the disposition to hold the head erect.
Ai-KU-KU-KU, V, To be sick with swell-
ing in the month and legs; aa aihikvku
ma ka waha, he has a swelling in the
mouiil ; ua aikukulcu ma ka wawae, aole
ola, he has swelled legs, he will not live.
Ai-Ku-KU-KU, s. The swelling and sore-
ness of the mouth and tegs, ilke the large
itch.
Ai-Kn-Piru,x Ai, food, and kupuu. Dry
food, as baked kalo of other vegetables.
Ai-LA, i. Bng. OH; aila kukui, lamp
oil; ai^amura, ointment. SoL27:9. Note
The Hawaiian words are momona, kona-
hua, Sk.
Ai-LA, s. The name o^ a tree j called
also Mi.
Ai-LAi-LA, adi:. Ai (see Ai, adv.) and
laila, there. In answer to the interrogative
aiJiea; thero ; by the side of ; in that place ;
there ; there it is.
Ai-LA-Lo, adv. Ai, ada., and lalp,iov/n.
Down ; down under ; down there ; ailalo
kahll make ai, down there is the place where
he died.
Ai-LE^-Aj.v. Ai, V. 8, and ha, pleasure.
AIL
26
AIN
To copulate, as mak- and female ; spoken
of raen'and animals. ,
Ai-LE-FE, I'. Ai and lepe, the comb of a
Clock.
1. To turn up and Iback.
2. To ruck, aa the skin when broken, or
as kapa when ruffed.
Aj-le-pe, adj. Turned up; fucked; as
the skin when broken;, as kapa when
rnffed.
'Ai-LE-Fo, s. Ai, to eat, arid lepo, dirt.
An expression applied to a multitude of
fish. The application is not clear.
A-i-Li, V. To pant ; to gasp for breath.
2. To pull lip, as a bush ; e uhuki.
3. To pull ap, as a hook with a fish on
it ; 0 ka aili ae no ia i ke aho lou ka ia i
ka mftkau, he pulled up his hook line, the
hook was the fish. See Kaili.
Ai-i,i-.A, V. Pass, of aili for aUiia.
Ai'hn, V. Ai arid lii for alii. To enjoy
the dignity of a chief; to be noble.
Ai-Li-Hi, V. At, to eat, enjoy, and lihi, a
border, edge.
1. To possess or enjoy a piece of land
only in part, as some comer, end or outr
side, while the main part is denied. See
Ahcapa. ''
2. To pay only a part Of a debt and
withhold the remainder ; ua bookaa mai i
kekahi a ua alihi aku no i kekahl, he paid
Bome and withheld some (of the debt.)
a, To disregard the kapu in respect to
trading.
Ai-Li-Hi, *. A creditor; he mea i aili-
hiia, a person paid only in part ; he inoa
BO kekejii mea.
Ai-LO-LO, *. The name of a religious per-
formance when a hog was offered in B»iri-
fice ; a part of it was eaten at the time of
offering.
Ai-LO-Lo, V. To teach the art of Ittaani
the practice of armaria; sorcery and the
practice of soldiery, so as to be a proficient.
Ua ao i ka Ina, a ua make ke kanaka, ua
ailolo. Ua ao i ka anaana, ua make fee
kanaka, ua ailolo. Ua ao i ke koa, ua ku i
'ka mokn, a ua ailolo.
Ai-LO-LO, adj. Disobedient, as a child,
and thus destroys himself; one that de-
stroys himselfHhrough his own evil courses;
it belongs to persons of all classes ; he'ke-
iki.hoolohe ole, a ua lele i ka pali no ko
kolohe, a ua make aUdlo ka hookuli, he
was a disobedient child, be leaped a preci-
pice through mischief, he died throua;h
<lisobeflience, &o. ; ua make no ke kanaka
hewa no ka hookuli aihlo no ia lakou.
Ai-iiOrtQ,,*. He inoa no kekahi mea.
Ai-Lu-NA, adi). There above ; up ; up-
wards.
Ai-MA-HA-HA, s. A kind of hard kalo,
difficult to make into good poi.
Ai-MA-Lu, V. Ai, to eat, and Tnalu, st-
cretly.
1. To transgress or break a law secretly.
2. To eat with one contrary to kapu; he
aimalu ka poe tX puupuu o na 'lii, the
stewards of the chiefi; transgressed.
Ai-MO-Kir, s. Ai, to eat, enjoy, and mohi,
a district. A person whet holds the rank
of a chief over some district or island ; one
who enjoys the honors and profits of such
a post without really 0¥/ning the land; e
pau kona uimoku, ana, his authority is
ended. Laleik. 34.
Ai-MO-KU, adj. Having the authority of
a chief; he kane aimoku, epithet of i per-
son acting for a chief, a lieutenant, one
who enjoys the fruits of the land bat pays
a part to the owner ; na 'lii aimoku, gov-
ernors. Ezr. 8:36 ; JEsel. 3:12.
Ai-NA, s. Ai, it eat, enjoy, and na, con-
traction of an^ (the participial termination
of wfords equivalent to JEhg. ing. See Oram.
§ 204,2.) An eating; the means of eating,
i. e., ttie fhiits of the land ; hence,
1. Land generally ; a farm ; a field ; a
country: an island. In this sense it is STN.
with moKu, or mokupuoi ; elua inoa ika-
paia ma ka mokupuni, be moku ' kekahi, a
he a.im kekahi, an island has two names,
moku is one, and oina is the other. D.
Mak). 7:1.
2. Any taxable privilege, as the right of
fishing, the right to sell things in market, &c.
3. Any means of obtaining a living ; e
Mi au e hao i kela waiwai, no ka mea, o
ko'u ama no o ka hao wale aku, I will go
and rob that property, because it is my
means of living to rob. Baw. Hist.
Ai-NA,.s. A contractiott of ei awffl. See
above. An eating ; a meal.
Ai-NA, ttdj. Eating ; dining ; papa aina.
an eating table ; hale aina, one of the six
houses of an establishment ; he hale aina
oia kekahi, the eating house is one.
Ai-NA, s. The snap of a gun; the jar of
a door; the report of lightning. See P.u-a-
INA.
Ai-NA, 0. Lit. Being eaten. Used pass-
ively;'to be desti-oyed; to bo devoured;
eaten up. Ahia o Hawaii e ka pele, Ha-
waii is eaten by the volcano ; aina ke ka-
naka e ka mauo, the man was devoured
by a shark ; aina ka ai c ka puaa, the food
was eaten by a hog.
Ai-NA, s. Pain; grief; weariness; disap-
pointed affection ; he kona, hihi, he lea.
Ai-NA-o-LE,_t!. To eat silently, gently,
without noise ; c ai mahie, e mukamuka. e
ainaole.
Ai-na-hoo-i-li-na, s. Aim, land, and
AIP
27
AO
kooUina, to inherit. An inheritance, i. e ,
land inherited. 2 OM. 20:11. An inher-
ited portion. loh. 24:8.
Ai-NA-KE-A, s. Aimi, eating, and kea,
species of cane. See Kokea. The eating isf
sugar-cane till dry and wliite.
Ai-NE-A, V. To labor iri vain; to be
weary with hard toil. See IiiiiA..
Ai-NE-MA-NE-MA, V. Ai and Tiema. To
reproach ; to vility.
Ai-NO-A, V. Ai, to eat, and noa, free
from restraint. To eat freely, without re-
garding the kapu ; to brealt Itapu by eat-
ing ; to disregard the kapus in one's man-
ner of living.
Ai-NO-A, s. Ai and noa. Implying a re-
lease from fcapit; the opippsite of aikapu;
freedom from the restrainits of kapu ; o ka
ainoa, oia ka hoomaka ana e pau ai ia man
kapu, the eating freely, i. o., (the disregard-
ing the kapu,) that was the beginning of
tiie destruction of the kapu system. Ainoa
was the general term, and universally ap-
plied wl^n the nation threw off idolatry.
Jlaw. Ilist.
Ai-No-A, s. Name of those persons who
first ate together, men and women, con-
trary to the kapu.
Ai-PA (e-pa), s. Heb. Name of a dry
measHre ; an epha. Nah. 6:15.
Ai-FAA, s, Ai, food, and paa, hard.
Hard food ; food, that is, kalo prepared for
keeping.
Ai-PA-LAi, s. A name for scrofula. The
word is said to hare originated with Kame-
hameha I., meaning the same as aialaala.
Al-FO-d-LA, s. He axpoda, he like me ka
puupoola i ka moni.
Ai-FO-o-LA, i. He hana mahiai, a ma-
hope kalaa ka mea ai no ka luhi o I^a hana
ana ; he kaumaha paha o ka mea i haaaia,
he aigooh,.
Ai-PO-o-LA, adj. Ua paa i ka hana, he
hana hoaipodUi.
A.-1-TVV, s. ^-i, neek,,andpKM, a bunch.
1. A bunch on the shoulder from oarrj-
ing heavy b'ardens.
2. Name of the person who has Bueh a
b'lnch.
8. The'^atae of a diseasfc; also called
Uholelu). Ka pilikia no ke kan ana mail o
K& mai dipuu a e anal mai, the difficulty
fSroitt the attack of the disoase aipuu caus-
ing waste, &c. ; he kokuaieholeho.
Ai-puu-puu, V. Ai, food, and puupuu, to
divide out. See Puu.
1. Soo. To serve out provisions to oth-
ers ; to supply with provisions.
2. To serve or wait on at table.
3; To act as a servant in' any manner.
Ai-PUU-PUtJ, *. A sfervant who prepares
food; a steward; a cook; a servant gen-
erally ; originally, applied to stewards of
chiefs.
Ai-PU-Hi-0, s. The release from the re-
strictions of kapu ; it has the same meau-
ing as ainoa, but Is seldom used.
Ai-PU-KA, s. See Ipuka, a gate. Ipajta
is the C;drreot orthography,
Ai-PU-Nl, V. To go around; to. circum-
ambulate, as a tract of country ; like kaa-
pwni.
A-i-WA (e-i-wa), num. adj. The simple
form is iwa. Nine ; the number nine.
A-i-wa-i-wa, v. To be very good, benefi-
cent and kind, or the contrary. Aiviaiwa
refers to the excess of charactei', very good
or very bad. Aiwaiwa ke kanaka akamai
i ka naauao ; aiviaivoa no hoi ke alii loko-
maikai ; aiwaiwa no hoi ke keiki kolohe.
Aiioaiwa refers to a person accomplished
with learning ; it applies to a very kind-
hearted chief; it also applies to a mischiev-
ous child.
Ai-wA-i-WA, s. A remarkable person or
animal ; applied to the fabulous dog Kala-
bumoku, of Tahiti ; a ike aku la ia Kalahu-
moku 1 ke aiwaivM o Tahiti. Laieilc. 108.
Ai-WA-i-wA, V. To look long and stead-
ily at a person or thing ; aiviaiwa nui i ka
nana loihi a ike, he persevered in loolring
for a long time.
Ai-wAi-u, adj. Ai, to eat, and waiu.
milk. Milk-eating; epithet of a socking
child ; an infant. lia. 49:15. Lit. A milft-
eater;
Ad, ». To be or become light or day,
as iii the morning ; ua «(o ka po, the night'
ha:3 become Ught. OHu 12:18.
2. To awake, as from a vision or dream.
3. To come to one's right mind or self-
possession.
4. To teach ; instruct. Lvk. 11:1.
5. To enlighten ; instruct in one's duty
or conduct. OiMc. 10:11.
6. To reprove ; take heed ; beware ; tiJ
warn. JCi».. al>OA.
7. To regard with reverence ; to ftbej.
8. To charge strictly*
9. To learn to do a thing ; to learn, to
study, as a language ; e na kumu e, e an
oukou i ka olelo Hawaii, O teachers, Stiidy
the Hawaiian language.
10. To copythe Sample of others. Kant.
18:9. In the imperative.- e ao, look out ;
watch ; be on your guard ; take heed. los.
22:5.
Ao, ». Found only ift hoo., conj. 3; To
teinpt ; to try ; to prove. Dan. 12:10.
2. To try one's conduct or fitness for a
duty. Lank. 7:4.
3. To try ; assay- Kari. 4:34.
4. To try to do a thing to aacerttaa
AOA
28
AOU
wbether it can be done ; e hoao e ae oe
mamua a maopopo, a ina maopopo, alaila
hana, try first whether the thing is feasible,
if feasible, then do it.
5. To try ; taste of, i. e., suffer, as pain
or death. Mat. 16:18. To tempt, as the
Holy Spirit. Oih.&-X
6. To try, i. e., to cohabit before mar-
riage.
7. To exhibit or practice the shameless
conduct of the sexes as in former times.
Ao, s. Light ; day, in distinction ffom
po, night. Kill. 1:5. For the different j)e-
riods of time through the night, see Laieik.
30.
-2. The world. floJ. 89:11. Okeoonei,
o lieia ao, this world ; o kela ao, the future
world; liawahi 00, heavenly places. JSpes.
1:3.
3. Light; applied to, the. light-green of
fresh leaves of plants or trees ; the green
itesh buds ; a kupu, a lau, a loa, a ao, a
muo, a liko ; ' the middle or new leaf of
plants ; as, ao ko, ao kalo.'
4,, Knowledge ; instruction ; ke ao 9na,
doctrine.
A-p, s. A cloud. Fuk. 14:19. ilopouli,
a dark cloud. Pule. 14:2Q, Na mea ITana
i ke ao. observers of; elaad$. Kanl. 18:14.
Ao, adj. EriUghtene4 i informed; in-
structed ; mostly connected with naau, as
naauoo, and written as one word.
Ao, ^. Dried kalo or potatoes (i. e,, kalo
or potatoes baked and dried,), used for
food.
2. Sea-bread or any hard bread was
called 00 by Hawaiians when they fltat saw
it.
Ao,s. Art., ka. Name of a species of
bird. Litidk. 29.
A-o-4, V. To howl, as a dog or wolf.
2. To howl or wail for grief for the loss'
of friends ; to howl for a calamity that has
come upon oiie, Isa. 13:6.
3. To ci-y, as one in distress and anguish.
, lak.Sil. To howl, as in despair. JoS. 1:6.
A-o-A, *. A howling, as of a- dog or
ravenous beast ; a wailing for the dead.
A-o-A, adj. Howling, as of a ravenous
beast. Isa. 13:21. Holoholona aoaoa,
howling beasts. Hence, cross ;■ angry;
rough in language.
A-o-A, 5. A snail ; he pupu. ,
■ 2. Also the name of a species of small
fish.
A-o-A, s. Name of a tree, not found on
these islands, but in some foreign country;
often spoketi of in the ancient meles.
Ao-Ao, 4 The side of a thing, as land,
country; the CQS.st of r* country. Ma ka
aoaei 0 Puna a me Kala kiv holo ana, along
the shore of Puna and Kftii was the saiL'ng, ;
Pehea na aoao o Ferani? what are the
boundaries'of France ?
2. Trap. A way, habit, manner, peculiar
to any one. Oih. 17:2. A course of lifejr
Hal 1:1 and 6.
Ao-AO, V. To accustom ; to practice ; &
hoomaamaa. See Maa. To repeat fre*-
quently.
2. To teach ; to give instruction to one
how to act on occasion. Laieik. 12.
A-o-Ao, V. To make one's escape from
justice ; to depart secretly from fear of
being taken ; e aoao malu ana, i mahuka,.
io escape secretly, to run away.
2. To show or point out a way for one to
go ; abao aku la 0 mea, eia ko alanui.
Ao-AO, Ji What one has been taught to
say or do ; kahea iho la e like me ke aoao
ana, he called out as he had b^ett in--
structed. Laieik. 170.
A-oA-OA, s. Name of a pleasant iea-
breeze at Honolulu ; he paa o aoaoa lani.
Ao-AO-NU-i, s, The name of a specie*
of broad fish ; he ia kino palahalaha.
Ao-A-KU-A, s. Ao, for imo, a desert •
place, and akua, God. A lonely place;:
generally a barren place ; a desert. More
properly written waoakua, the region of •
the gods, ghosts, hobgoblins, &c. See Wao-
AKUA. Note. — The proper orthography is
auakua. *
Ao-AO-WE-LA, s. A species of fish of a
green color.
A-o-E, adv.- One of tjie forms of the ad-
verb of negation ; aohe, aole, aoe, no, not,
nor, a universal negative.
A-oE, V. See Oe. To move along with
a rustling, rippling noise, as a wave of the
sea : to make a noise like a rippling wave;
ooe ka ale 0 ka moana, the slight wave of
the ocean ripples, &c. ; he hele wale no e
\ike me ka aol,
AtOo, s. See A 00 uoder A. Name of
an instnin^ent for destroying unborn chil-
dren; &c. See RoHOLUA.
A-o-o; adj. See Oo, to be mature. f!pi-
thet of a full gro'fyn man when all his fac-
ulties of 'body and mind have come to ma-
turity ; he aoo ia, he is full grown.
A-o-o-No-Hi, s. He aoonohi ulaula; an
expression signifying that a ?torm is near.
Ao-o-pu-A, s. Ao, cloud, and pua, an
arrow. Sharp-pointed clouds' as they ap-
pear in the sky^ me he mau aoopua la e
kau ana, pela ke kau ana o ka make
raaluna o na kanaka, as sharp-pointed
clouds hang in the sky, so death hangs
over men.
Ao-u-Li, s. Ao, a cloud, and uli, blue.
1. A blue cloud, i. e„ the-sky, the firma-
ment.
AOL
29
AU
2. The visible arch of heuveii ; aia iluna
lilo ke anuK la, there above is the sky.
3. Tlie stai-s collectively; the liosfof
heaven. 2 O'M. 33:5.
4. Heaven itself. Jliil 89:6. Notk.—
Ill grammar, it ia used liir mood ; as, (uyuii
hai, indicative mood; aouli kanolia, imper-
ative mooti; mni.li\iu'ihe,imh]\iaciiYv mood ;
aindi kuwalo, iiifiiiilivo mood,
A-o-HE, adv. No; not; not at all; by
no moans. See Aoj.B and Aok.
ade. Used as ad-
verlw aiid inter-
jections. What !
how great! tnily
so; a confirmation
of the declaration
Ao-HAA,
Ao-HE-IO,
Ao-HE-IO-HOI,
Ao-TIE-HOI,
Ao-HE-0-KA-NA.-MAI,
of another ; also, surprising ; admirable ;
never so many, &e.
Ao-HE-LE, V. Ao, to teach, and hele, to
1. To teach as one travels ; to preach
traveling about; ua aohek o Kaahunianu
ine ka hoohuli i na kanaka a [>au mu ka
|i()i\o, Kaahilmanuwent a)»o>it teaching the
leojilo and turning them to do wliat was
right.
2. To <Ieclarc ; pnbli.sh, as a law ; as a
chief when he went from placo to place ;
aHifk na 'lii i na kanawai. .
ko-uo-KV, V. Ao, to teach, and /loku, a
star. To teach aslronofliy.
Ao-HO-su, *. Astronomy as a science ;
tilso an astronomer ; pepehiia ac la ke alii
muku a me ka mea aohoku, the, captain of
the ship was slain and the astronomer.
Ao-KA, V. To be crushed or chewed
finely for swallowing.
A-o-kX-o-ka, v. See Oka. To pulver-
ize ; make fine ; to bruise or pound fine ;
aweluawehi. See Okaoka,
A-0-KA-A-o-KA, s. Any fine particles of
matter, as saw-dust. Ices of wine, dregs of
any liquid ; hence,
\ 2. An offensive smell, as connected with
sueli matter.
Ao-KA-HA-EA, s. A'o, cloud, and kahaea.
A kind of cload as it appears in the heaV-
ens ; he aokahaea i Wnohinohiia.
■ Ao-KU, s. The name of a rain ; he ua
ao}m.
A-o-LE (ole), adv. An adverb of deny-
ing, "refusing ; no ; not ; a universal nega-
tive ; for euphony's sake, it takes different
forms J as, aohe, aole, ohe, ole, and aoe. The
form, ote is, -privative in its meaning, and
may be added to almost any adjective, noun
(proper names excepted.) or verb in the
language. It is cciuivalont to the English
ihseparable negative particles, lesSjin, vn,
&c. See Oi.B-
A-o-LE, V. To not ; not to do ; aole oia
i hana, he did it not.
2. To deny ; refuse to do a thing ; aok
ae la ia i hoopono ia ia, ia inanawa, he re-
fused (he did not) reform himself at that
time.
3. Not to be ; no existence. IM. 37:30.
Aoh e ole, a phrase signifying the strong-
est aflirniation, as, it cannot but be, it can-
not be otherwise, it will not fail of being
so, there is no wjt in the case, &e. Note. —
the sense 2, to deny, is more generally
found under the form.ofe, v., 3d conj. hoo.,
which sec.
A-o-LE -E-o-LE, adv. See Aole above.
It cannot but be. tiiT. It cannot be not.
A-o-LE-io-Hoi, adv. See under Aohaa.
How very ! Md€ 6:23. Aole hu, God for-
bid. Xwfc. 20:16.
A-o-LE-PA-HA, adv. A strong affirma-
tion ; how true ; tjuo indeed ; so it is.
A-o-LE-Hoi-NA, adv. A very aflfectionate
salutation ; now used only among the old
people ; th(! modern term is aloha.
Ao-LbA, s. Ao, cloud, and loa, long. A
comparison of clouds, as high and low;
applied also to men, as more or less honor-
able ; o Ku ke aoloa, o Ku ke avpoko, Ku
is the long cloud, Ku is the short cloud.
Sec AoPOKO.
Ao-Mi-LO, V. To procure abortion ; oo
no lakou i na keiki, acmMo a hahai, ua nui
na kamalii i make. Note. — The methods
of pi'ocuring abortion were numerous and
various.
A-o-NB, s. Dirt ; he lepo, he lau one.
See O.NK, sand?
.^-o-NO, adj. num. See Ono, the simple
form. Six ; with other forms, eono, ke ono,
he ono,
Ao-No-KA, ade. A contracted poetical
phrase tor «ole no ka e kala, not lately
done, long ago.
Ao-Nu-i-Hoo-LA-HO-LA-HO, s. The name
of a broad mass of clouds extending over
a great space.
2. A mass of pillar clouds as seen at
night.
Ao-po-KO, s. See AotoA. LiXi A short
cloud. Fig. Men of little weight of char-
acter.
Au, pen. pron., 1st per. sing. I ; when
prefised or preceded by the emphatic o, as
0 au, the compound sound resembles that
of w ; hence it has the forms au, o an, wau,
and b vmu ; the o is no part of the word,
and should be written separately.
A'u, pron. So written for adu, one a
dropped and the apostrophe siTpplied. It
is the auipiU, one of the oblique cases of
au, 'I. - See Oram. § 124. Of me ; mine.
AU
30
AUA
There is a aensible break in the pronunci-
ation, to distingiiish it fromau, the 1st per-
son, and from au, of the 2d person next
below.
Au, pron-. With a more protracted,
smooth pronunciation thaii the foregoing,
one of t^e-auipili cases of the 2d per. alng.
of oe. Oram. § 132. Thine ; of thee.
Au, s. The handle or helve of an axe.
Kanl. 19:5. The staff of a spear. 1 Safa.
17:7. The handle. of a sword, iunfc. 3;22.
The handle of an auger, &c. ; au koi, au
pahi..
Av, s. The current in the ocean ; au
inaloko o ka modna ; o kahi o ke kai e wili
ana, he au-ia ; he witi au kahi inoa.
2. The grain in wood.
3. The niotioh of the hand in mixing poi.
4. An a«ti6n of the mind ; as, ke au wale
nel no ko'ttimanao e akc c pnlelo iki ae,
my mind is exercisittgj &c. See Au, v.,
below.
Au, s. The gall of animals. Oihk. 3:i;
Zo&. 16:13; Met. Oihi 8:23.
Atr, s. T.iine ; a period of time, more or
less dcMtely designated, as the reign of a
king. lit: 28:1.
2. The timcof one's life; i keauia Kala-
niopuu ; i ke au 0 Likoliho, in the time of
Kalanlopnu, &e.
S.ABfeasoif. Oift. 11:28. A portion of
time.
Au, s. A territory; district of country;
generally compounded with other qualiff-
ing words ; as, ouakua, a desert, a place of
gods, ghosts, &c. See Adakua. jlwkanaka,
an inhabited country ; awpuni, a large re-
gion, &c. ' Note. — Au is the term repre-
senting all places where food grows ; as
Jcalm represents such places as arc on- or
near the shore where food does not grow.
This applies mostly to the leeward side of
the islands.
Au, V. To swim; ua au na kanaka i
fe» moana, a pakelo i ka make, tlie people
swam the ocean and escaped death.
2. To float on the surface of water ; to
turn, as the eyes to look at something; ina
ua ike oc e au ana kona maVa. Laink. 145.
SvN', with nana ia.
3. Hoo., 3d coty. To cause to swim, to
float ; Aooau hele aku la i na pahu o lakou,
they floated along their (watbr) casks.
4., To convey, as on a raft.' 2 Oihl. 2:16.
5. To swim through the water by the ex-
ertions of the arms and other limbs ; poho
ka uhane o ka poe make i ka moana, aole
paha e hiki ke au iuka, the souls of those
who sink in the ocean are lost, they are not
able to swim ashore. Used imperatively,
to ciuioken, to hasten ; more generally
•Joubled, as dw««, which see.
Au, s. Name of a fish with a sharp
nose.
2. Name of a soft porous stone.
Au, V. To loTig aft^r, or be wholly bent
on ; to be fully engaged in a course of con-
duct ; alalia, au loa wan i na ino o ke ao
nei, then I was wholly engrossed in ttie
vileness of the world ; makemake, puiii
lilo loa. See Av, cun-ent, above.
Au-A, V. To dislike to part with prop-
erty ; to be stingy in giving.
2. To keep back what -should be given
to another; to withhold. Sol. 11:24.
3. Not to give a thing asked for ; to be
stmgy.
4. To
4. To think so much of a thing bs not to
part with it. Kin. 46:20. Ua hewa no kahi
aud -ana o na Lunaatihau, some of the
stinginess of the Lunaailfaaus is wrong.
6. To look with regret upon a thing.
6. To forbid ; withhold. Kin. 30:2.
7. To reftise assent to a proposal ; not
to be pleased with it. LaieUe. 140.
Au-A, s. The name of a fish.
Au-A, s. Stinginess; closeness.
Au-A, s. The voice of the bird alala.
Au-A, adj. Close; hard; parsimonious;
stingy ; he pi, he paa.
Au-AE, s. See Auwae, the chin. A
lana ka omk kahi nnku.
Au-AE, adj. Expert; cunning; provi-
dent.
Au-AE, V. To be lazy; to spend time
idly ; e kalauea, e kaialili.
Au-AE, s. Laziness, indolence ; one whp
spends time idly.
Au-AE-puu, V. For auwaepuu. Hoo. To
bo lazy, indolent.
Au-Au, V. Conj. 6 of au, to swim. To
bathe in water, as a person. Pvk. 2:5.
2. To wash ; cleanse with water. Oihk.
15:5. -
3. To take out wrinkles from a piece of
cloth. Hoo., conj. 3. To wash; cleanse
&c.
4. Used imperatively, to excite; hasten;
e awa« atai kakou, e wikiwiki; eauoMtiaJ
oe, come quickly, e wikiwiki mai oe ; used
also with ho. See Hoauau.
Au-Au, *. A bathing; washing; ua hele
i ka o«<iu, he is gone to bathe.
Au-AU, adj. Of, or belonging to bath-
ing ; as, he wai auau ; wahi auau.
Au-AU, s. Name of a certain aho (a
small. stick) to be thatched firet in the pro-
cess of building a heiau.
Au-AU, s. Name of a long slun fish ;
the guard-fish that swims near the surface
of the water.
Au-AU, s. A snare for catching and
AUA
31
AUH
killing birds; he pahele e make ai ka
manu ; he auau manu.
Au-Au, s. The stalk of loulu made into
a spear ; be ihe.
Atj-au-nei. Probably for auanei, which
see.
Au-AU-PA-PA-o-HE, p. Also oupapoohe.
• Name of a fish, a variety of the species auau.
Au-AU-WA-HA, i, Au, a place, au dou-
blocl and ^oAa, a.mouth. To dig a fiirrow
or ditch; <to dig up. into furrows, as for
planting. Hoo. ^To make a furrow by dig-
ging. Hal. 14:7. . See Adwaha.
Au-A-KU-A, s. Also written wauakua and
waoahua. Au, a place, and aleua, a god.
1 . A region remote fi-om inhabitants, and
supposed to be the haunts of spirits, ghosts,
hobgOblingj &c,
2. A desolate place ; uninhabited. Isa.
13:9. He anoano kanaka ole.
AtJ-A-Lii, adj. Name of a kapu sacred
to Kama, an ancient chief of Maiu ; o. ka
nockole aualii kapu o Kama.
Au-A-LO, s. Au, place, and alo, in front.
A shed or verandah adjoining a house for
storing canoes, calabashes, and other prop-
erty.
Atj-a-mo, s. Au, a handle, and amo to
carry. A stick or pole with which burdens
are carried across the shoulder. 1 Oihl.
la-.li. A staff or pole for carrying a bur-
den. Puk. 25:13. Hale auamo,'Si palanr
quin. Mel. Sol. 3:9. A yoke. Kara. 21:3.
Fig. a burden ; service. Mat. 11:30.
Au-A-Mo, V. To carry on the shoulders
or back ; c halihali, e mamaka : to carry
on a stick across the shoulder. Seeabove.
Au-A-Mo-£, V. Auamo, to bear, and e,
extra. To bear a very heavy load, so as
to sprain or bruise the neck ; e auamoe me
ka nanaha o ka a-i, to carry a load with
the straining of the neck.
Au-A-NA, ». Also written auwana. Au,
to swim, and ana,, the participial termina-
tion ing. A swimming off. The word has
its origin in the overturning of a oanoc,
when men and all the cargo of the canoe
float off in different directions.
1. To be scattered ; dispersed, as things
disperse in the upsetting of a canoe.
2. To go astray, as the miiid; awmana
hcwa ka naau; to be wandering, as the
thoughts.
3. To scatter from each other, as people.
4. To go here and there in search of
something. Tvk. 5:12.
5. i7oo. To scatter ; disperse abroad ; to
cause to wander; to go froni place to place.
Kin. 20:13. TJa hooauwanaia ka poe hewa
, i ka make, the wicked are scattered in
death. See Aowana,
Au-A-NA, adj. Scattered; wandering;
dispersed.
Au-A-NEi, adv. Au, time, and and, now,
here, &c. It refers to an indefinite future
time, but. not far off; hereafter; by and
by; soon; used only after verbs. E ua
auanei, ke opiopi mai nei kc ao, it will rain
soon, the clouds are folding up; e ino aua-
nei, ke okupukupu mai la ka hao ino.
Note. — After a word ending with a, it is
often written uanei.
Au-E, int. Also auwe. ' O ; oh ! woe to ;
alas: O dear; expressive of regret, of
griei, of pain, of disappointment ; -xue ka
make 1 am ke ano e ! See ArwE.
Au-E, V. See also Auwe. To. cry ; to
weep ; to lament for any loss, suffering or
calamity.
Au-i, V. To decline, as the sun in the
afternoon. 1 Nal. 18:29.
2. To be turned aside in a course ; a i
ka moana, aiuiia ka waa e ka ale, when on
the ocean, the canoe was turned aside by
a wave.
' 3. To vary .from a direct line ; to turn
aside, as the head ; ua aui ae nei ka la ; ua
aui ac nei ka ia.
4. To swell, as the sea, in great rollers.
6. To pass by a certain time.
6. To shun a blow by inclining the head-
7. To roll up roughlyl as high waves of
the sea ; ke aiui mai la ka nalu ; aui mai la
ka alex> ke kai. Conj. 9. Avriravri, to roll
up, as the sea, &e.
Ai-i-AU-i, V. See Am, v., above. To
roll up, as a high sea.
Auii, s. A wave of the sea ; a billow.
Isa. 48:18. He aui no ka nalu.
2. The name for case in grammar. Oram.
§ 99.
Au-i-A-LB, rf, Aui and ale. A swell of
the sea, not > small wave ; so called from
the motion, passing by. _
Au-i-NA, s. Aui, to decline, and ana,
the participial terminationi, !Fhe declining
or turning aside ; .1 ka aufna la, at sun de-
clining, that is, in the afternoon. Zaieik.
49. See AowmA.
Au-o-Lo, s. Au and o&% to vibrate, A
tabernacle; a temporary house. loh. 27:18.
An out-house for sheltering canoes; he aur
do waa ; also written auwolo.
Au-o-Lo, adj. Belonging to a temporary
building ; abaaina auolo, feast of tabema- .
cles. Karil. U:IS.
Au-HA, s: A shed or house for putting
canoes to screen them from the sun ; he
auolo no ka waapa. See Auolo.
Au-HAi, V. To tear; to rend, as clothes.
See XJhai.
Au-HAU, V. To put a people under trib-
ute. Lank. 1:28. To tax ; assess a tax. . ,
AUH
32
AUK
2. To exfirciae lordship j to exact of one.
JVcft. 5:10. Note. — In ancient times every
article of value was i^zed, to be paid in
kind ; at present, the auhau dala is tiie
great thing.
Au-HAU, g. A tax; a revenue for the
benefit of chiefs ; kahi auhau, a place for
- collecting taxes : similar to kookitpu. ,
Au-HAU, s. Name of a species of wood
for mailing spears j he hau i^a ihe c Icaua
ai, he auhau kekahi ihe, the spears for war
are made of hau, some spears are made of
avhau.
Air-HAU-HU-i, s. A religious ceremony
in the koopiopio; perliaps, to strike regu-
larly.
Ar-BLAU-MA-u-LE, s. I na auhaumaule ka
pa, ua huna ia malalo o ka weuweu.
Atf-HAU-ni-KA, t>. To beg; to ask for a
thing. Stn. with not, but more modest.
See Noi, MAKTLp, Apike, &c
AtJ-HAir-PU-KAi's. A beggar; one who
solisits favors of chiefs ; he auliaupaka na
kanaka noi wale.
2. Beggary ; a system of living by beg'
gary ; ma ka auhaupuka e loaa ai ka ai a
me ke kapa, by begging they obtain food
and clothing.
Au-HA-KA, s. Epithet of a man with
long, spindling legs, like the legs of a
horse; he kanaita wawae loloa auliaka
loihi, e like me ka lio wiwi auhaka.
Au-HA-KA, adj. A man tall, poor and
thin, especially his legs: spindle-legged;
me he wawae auhaka la ka eaea.
Au-HE-A, adv. int. Au, place, and /tea,
what.
1. Where? what place?
2. A can of attention to what one has to
say; auJiea oe? aukea oukou? where art
thou ? where are you?
Atr-HEE, V. Au, to svfim, and hee, to
melt, causing an intensive.
1. To melt ; to flov, *s a liquid.
2. To fleo from one ; to slip off from
danger ; auhce mai la sa auwaa, the fleet
of cp.nfle8 hurried off (from fear ;) to floe,
iss fir?3» jamptation. ^
3. Tfl fl(^^ or be put to flight in battle.
3. OihllQ'.l. To be scattered ; disappear.
•1. Used imperatively, go away ; let me
ialone : forbear. 2 Oihi. 35:21.
5. Bao. To put to flight, to rout, as an
enemy. Oftfc. 26:8.
6. To drive away ; to dispel, as dark-
ness. See Heh.
Au-HEE, V. To be destitute ; to be be-
reaved ; to be depviced of all comforts ; to
make desolate.
Ua lllo kua aina, ua aukee ^ti,
My land Is gone, 1 am poor.
Uaanake kuu wahine, ua auhee au,
M; iTife ia dead, Iiuu bereaved.
Ua wela kua hale, ua auhee ua,
My house is burned, I am destitute.
Ua make kuu alti, ua auhee makoa.
My chief Is dead, ve are frlendleea.
Au-HE-LE, B. Au and hele, to move.
1. To cut out clothes, i.e., to move round,
as the shears or scissors in cutting out
clothes. This is a modern word, or at least
a modern use of the word ; equivalent to
helehele. ,
2. To sail fram one place to another ;
fiuhde au ma ka nioana. a pae mauka, I
sailed about on the ocean, and then went
ashore ; auJiele makou a pao i o.
Au-Ho-LA, s. See Hola. The name of
the plant with which flsh are intoxicated
and caught. See AuHmin.
Au-Ho-LA, V. From Ike foregoing. To
catch fish by means of tlje auhola or 'iwla.
Au-HO-NU-A, s. Au, time, aiid honud,
earth. The time of tlie earth, i. e., as long
as the world has stood, of old time, from
the beginning.
Au-HU-HTJ, s. A shrub; the name of a
plant used in poisoning or intoxicating
fish, that tliey may be caught. See AchoIa.
Au-HU-LA-A-NA, adj. The net of .swinj-
ming round a pali where there is no road ;
he poe auhvlamia no ka pali ; those swim-
ming round the pali ; ke llele la ka poe
auhulaana o MiloHi ma Kanai.
Au-HU-Li,- V. Au and kuli, kalo tops for
planting.
1. To thrust downwards, as in planting
kalo ; to plant kalo.
2. To send downwards ; to drive away.
3. To overturn, as a kingdom.
Au-HU-Li-Hi-A, p. Pass, of atJiuIi, with
h inserted. Gram. § 48. To be overturned;
to be dispossessed of land and tenements ;
to be turned off or driven from house and
home; to be driven to ruin. Hal. 9:17,
AuMdihia ke aupuni a lilo aku I ka mcao,
the kingdom is overturned and gone to-
another.
Au-HU-Li-Hi-A, s. A change of govern-
ments or rulers J an overturn of govern-
ment ; a revolution.
Au-Hu-LU, V. To stick together, as lit-
tle things, by wotting tlioni in the mouth.
Au-lKA, V. To be wearied; fatigued with
doing a thing. ler. 6:11.
Au-KA, adj. Tired; weary, as of sittinsr
still.
Au-KA, s. A bar, as of soap.
2. A bar of unwrought silver, iron or
gold. los. 7:21.
3. In arahiieciure, a fillet. Puk. 27:10.
4. A bar of a city gate. 1 Ifal. 4:13.
A-u-KA, V. A, prep. ; of and uha, in-
land. To belong inland, or up country ;
auka akn nei ma Ivona hoi mai uci.
AUK
33
AUM
Au-KA-Hi, adj. Au and kahi, to cut
smooth.
1. Smooth, without knots Or protube-
rances, as a canoe ; he waa mkahi, aole
lala, aole opuupuu, a canoe, smooth, no
knots, no protnberances.
2. Lovel and straight, as a floor ; smooth
and straight throughout ; hookahi ano o ka
au o ka laau.
3. Straight and Bmooth, as a looldng-
glass.
4. Applied also to a well composed
speech ; correct i ^eloquent.
Ay-KA-KA, s. 4k, wave, and frafca, hook.
A place far outsat sea where fiah arc caught;
o ka piliina o I'awaia o ku aukaka.
Au-KA-KU, s. Name of a fish with a
sword Bnout.
Au-KA-NA-KA, s, Au, place, and kanaka,
men. A place or region where men are
found, in distinction from awxlma, region
or the gods.
1. I&nphatieally, a thickly peopled place;
he wahi kanalca, he wahi paapu, a Ichu-
lebu.
2. Theljabited world, j^at. 24:14.
Au-KT5-juA, V. Au, to swiffii, &ni kela, to
excel. To swjm ahead of others.
Au-Ki, s. For koiki. The ki leaf; also,
2.- A species of fish.
Au-Koi, s. A disease in the gram, k-
sulling from pollution; he cwai, he auwakoi.
Au-KU, V. All, to swim, and'i»ii to stand.
1. To swim or sail uprightly, as a vessel
rising and pitching in a heavy sea ; o?tfc«
ka ibu i ka makani : to stand up, Sa the
bow of a vessel by the wind, from the re-
semblance to a man's position in swimming
uprightly in a rough sea.
2. To tpsd up the nose, as an expression
of pride, anger or contempt, for a thing ;
aitku ka ihn o ka vahine huhu wale, the
angry woman turns up her nose ; auku
ilima ka ihu o ke kanaka haaheo, the nose
of the proud man is turned np.
3. To climb, as a man, up a precipice.
4.. To rise up, as the end of the nose at a
bad smell, or the end of a canoo in a surf.
Au-KiT, s. Au and ku. A stream, so
shallow that a person can wade through
with his clothes on ; a sliallow stream, not
deep.
2. Name of a road or path leadrag up
hill. , ■ . ,
As-KU and Au-kwu, s. Name of a bird
'which raalces a loud, yelling noise at night;
a sea-bird.
Au-Kuu, s. The action of a person vom-
iting.
2. A kind of fish-hook.
At'-Kuu, s. The name of a bird ; me he
mikuu la ke kau i ke abua. aa an auhmi,
5
lights on a bank ; ua hoolikoia ko kanaka
hana hewa mo ka a'lhm, a bad man is
likened to an tiukuu ; no ka mea, he abua
kahi e kau ai kaawfewtt, because the aukuu
sits on a bank ; nolaila i olclo mai ka poe
kahiko ; hence the ancients say :
Me he aukuu U ke kan I ke aliutt.
As the m(kuu sits npon a lund bwk,
Alaalawa na maka me tie pueo la.
Its eyes lookiog i."jout like an owl.
Au-KU-KU, s. A swelling up of the
water of the sea ; the rise and rapid flow
of water in a river ; moana ke kai kele a
ka aukuku ke kae ka hohonu.
A0-i,A, fflfZ;.. Stinted, as vegetables; bar-
ren, as ground ; he palakai, he aula, he
ponalo.
Au-LAU, s, A bundle of cane or other
leaves bound together, used in taking fish.
See AUMAIEWA.
Au-LA-MA, V. To give or cause light
• around. See Lama. He koljkukui, i oiiiia-
maia.
Au-LE-tE, V. To fly off in flocks, as
many kinds of birds.
Au-LE-FE, s. Name of a long slim fish,
Atr-Lii, adj. Neat ; nice ; excellent.
Au-Li-KE, 0. Au, to swim, and like,
alike. To.swim evenly ; to swim abreast,
as two or more persons.
A(j-Li-KE, adj. Even and smooth from
end to end, as a piece of timber ; he laaii
aulike, a straight, smooth piece of tin-ber ;
he ankahi.
Au-Li-Ko-Lo-MANU, s. A beautiful, well-
. formed person.
2. Any article beautifully made.
3. An expression of commendation or
praise, cotinectcd with boasting or pride
of one's circumstances or privileges, iu)
being skillful, expert or reflecting.
Atr-iii-MA, s. Au, a handle, and liTna,
the band. The name of the stick held iu
the hand when rubbing to produce fire.
TTie name of the stick rubbed is aunaki.
; Note. — The action of rubbin^j is kia.
Av-iiJi., s. See Paiauma. A person in
dtstresp or pain, bo as not to be still.
Au-MAi-E.-wA, s. Many persons engaged
in taking fish and using the lau halaakia.
Au-MA-KA, s. Au,'a handle, and ??eaAa.
A pole to carry baggage on. See Mamak*.
Au-MA-KU-A, s. Name of a class of- an-
cient gods who were considered able and
trastworthy ; na akua i ka po, o na ait*no-
Jcua i ke ao, gods of the ni^ht, gods of the
day ; o Kiha i ka po, o Liloa i ka po, o ,
Umi i ka po, 0 Mea i ke ao.
Au-MA-KU-A, adj. He akua aumak-Ka,
able, that may be trusted as a child trusts
to a parent ; aa ola ke akua aumolma.
AUP
84
AUW.
Kukuluia k» hale no ko Kamebamehit mau
iwi, i mea a hoolilo ai ia ja i akua aumor
kwa, a house was bailt.for Eamehameha's
bones that he might become a substemtud
god.
Au-MA-KU A, *. A person so called who
providcil for a chief or for chiefB; a trusty,
steadfast servant ; one who is not easily
provoked to Icaye his place.
A.-tr-ME-u-ME, V. A and U7ne, to pull,
draw out. To contend, to strire for a
thing, in order to obtain it from another ;
to pull fiom one to another ; aumeume na
kanaka i ka ia, the people contended for
the fish ; aameume na kanaka i ka lole, the
people contended for the cloth.
A-u-ME-u-ME, s. A pulling from one
person to another in contention ; an acting
with opposition and force ; he hnki aku,
liuki mai, a puepue, there was pulling this
way and that with force; he ola nae, he
ola aumeume, there was me, however, but
life with eonteniion.
Atr-Mi-HA, s. Au and tdika. To float off
in the air, as miagma ; contagion ; evil in-
fluence supposed to attend the graves of
the dead.
Au-Mi-Hi, V. Au and miki. To sorrow;
to repent ; to grieve for the loss of a thing.
See MiHi. ,
Au-Mi-Ki, s. Water kept in a calabash,
and the chief drinks awa, (which is very
bitter,) then drinks this water, which he
thinks is sweet.
Au-Mo-A-NA, s. Swimming the ocean;
name of a class of Kamehameha's laws.
Au-MOE, s. Au, time, and moe, to sleep.
The season when the world is asleep ;
night. Specifically, midnight. Pule. 11:4.
Air-MU, s. A placfe for bating; an oven;
he wahi e kalua ai 1 ka ai: a place for
cooking food. See Umo and Imo.
Ad-mu, v. To bake; to cook by baking
or burying under ground.
Ao-MU, adj. Epithet of the stones of
an oveii, that is, oven stones; pohaku
aumu.
Au-NA, s. A collection or flock of birds ;
as, uuna kolea, a flock of koleas ; auna
kolea e wili ana me be auna manu la, a
fiock of koleas mingling together like a
floiik of birds.
Au-NA-Ki, s. The name of the stick
nibbed upon in obtaining tiro by friction.
See Auu»A.
Au-NEi, SYH. with auanei. A particle
referring to future time, but not distant.
1 Sam. 31:4. Soon; pretty soon; by and by.
AtJ-PArPA, V. To be poor j to lose one's
property. Vjh. Ohina aiipapa, the swim-
ming board is lost Same aa pau ka waiwai'.
Au-PA-PA, adj. A man who, in swim-
ming on a board through the gnrf, loses his
board ; hence,
2. A person who has lost his property,
1. e., bis board was his dependence.
Axr-PA-PA-o-HE, s. Name of a fish sim-
ilar to auaupapaphe, a species of the auau.
Au-Ptr-LA, V. To catch fish with a net
when the pulale is used ; he mea e loaa'i
ka ia c like me ka lau, a ihing for obtain-,
ing fish like the lau.
Au-PH-Ni, s. Au, a place, &nd. pam,
around.
1. A region of country governed by ft
chief or king. Note. — Oiigmally the word
did not imply a large country, bs there
were formerly several aupunis on one
island. At present, the word is used to
signi<y,
2. A, Ifingdom ; the dominion and juna-
diction of a king.
Atr-PU-Ni, V. To be in an undisturbed
state ; to be in a state of peace and quiet-
ness, as a kingdom.
2. To exist or be known as a kingdom ;
ua aupuni keia pae aina, these islands are
tit peace. .
3. To become ji kingdom. &ek. 16:13.
Air-pu-i«i, adj. Relating to the kingdom
or govempient; he ban a aupuni, govern-
ment work; he maulio mtp«ni, horses, the
property of the government.
Att-wa, V. A different orthography for
aua. See Aca. To forbid ; refuse a favor
when asked. Luk. 6:29,
An-WAA, s. Au, a place, and teaa, i
canoe. A cluster or fleet of canoes ; o ka
nui o ka auinaa, ua pau i ka lukuia, the
greater part of the fleet of canoes was de-
stroyed ; any number of canoes in com-
pany; e boomakankau i ko lakou auima
iho,^to get ready their own canoes.
Au-WAA-LAU-Ki, s. Auwcw, and lau H,
ki leaves. Ki leaves folded up so as to
sail for children's sport.
Au-WA-A-ui-LiTA; s. The name of a spe«
eies of fish ; he wahi mea hole maloko o
ke kai, e like me ka waa, an animal thai
sails in the sea like a canoe.
Au-WAE, s. The chin of a person; au-
woe, kahi malalo o ka waha, the auwaeU
the place below the month.
2. The jog cut in the top of the post of a
Hawaiian house. See Auae.
Au-WAE-Ai-NA, s. A present out of re-
spect to the hakuaina of a hog or other
fruits of the land. Note. — When a land
was transferred to a new owner, and bo re-
inHtaled the people upon it, they usually
bring a present from the land; tbia present
, of hoge, food, kapa, fish, nets, &c., was
called ammeaina.
AUW
35
AHA
Au-WAE-puu, s. Laziness; indifTorence.
See AuABFUiT.
An-WAi, s. Au, furrow, and «oa«, water.
A brook ; a small water course, (iol. 21:1.
The outlet of a'popl. laa. 7:3. The gen-
eral name for etreaina usedinarUGcial irri-
gation.
Air-wAi-m-Ki, or Auwaiahiki, s. A run-
. nSng disease in the groin from impure
habits ; he wai ma ke kumu ulia,he aukoi,
ho ewai, be auwakoi ; a swelling iu the
grAin and under the arms.
Au-WA-HA, i. Au and waha, mouth.
An opening of the ground, as a furrow ;
plowed ground. 1 Sam. 14:14. A ditch.
Sol. 23:27. A channcV; a place dug like a
Eit. Hai. 7:15. Ho lua loihi i eli isi a pnni
e kihapai, a long pit dug around the gar-
den. See Adauwaha;
Aw-WA-HA, V. To make a groove in
wood ; to cut forked, like the foot of a
rafter on a Hawaiian house.
2. IIoo. To make a ditch or furrow, i. e.,
to plow. M. 1:14 ; Jfifc. 3:12.
Au-WA-KO-i, s. He auwaiahiki ; a swell-
ing in the groin ; a bubo.
Au-WAA-LA-Ki, s. Name of the little
ships wliich children make of cane leaves ;
auwaaiaki hooholoholo. See Avwaalauki.
Au-WA-NA, V. See Auana. In this, like
many other cases, the lo is a mere expletive,
as the words may bo wiitten both ways and
. the pronuneiation continue the same.
'^ 1. To wander ; to go from place to place.
los. 5:C ; lob. 1:7.
2. To scatter ; disperse, as an army. 2
Om. 18:16.
3. -Bfoo. To cause to wander, &c. ifin.
20:13.
4. To go astray morally; to deviate from
the path of rectitude. Kani. 13:6.
Au-WE, ». Also aue. To express an af-
fection of the mind, as love, grief, disap-
pointment, &c.
2. To mourn for one beloved. Kanl.
34:8.
3. To cry to one for help. 2 Nal. 4:1.
To cry in great distress. IM. ,18:6.
4. To groan ; to sigh ; to groan inwardly.
loh. 11:33. Sec Aue.
Au-WE, s. The cry of persons lament-
ing for the sick or dying ; lamentation for
any great loss or calamity.
2. Affection ; love.
Au-WE, int. See Aue. An exclamation
of wonder, of surprise, of fear, of pity or
affection, as oh! woe! alas! 2 Nal. 6:5.
Auioe kakou, alas for us ! ,1 '8am. 4:7, 8.
A%we ka lehulehu o ka poe i poho, alas for
the multitude of those who were tost!
2. Also an expression of execratiori or
cursing. Mai. 1:14.
Au-wi, V. See Aui. To decline; to in-
cline from a perpendicular.
2. To move off; to pass along, as the
BUn is supposed to do; to^ decline, as the
day. Rom. 13:12.
Atj-wi-ii, s. Au, tide, and will, to furn.-
A returning tide ; he nalu mauka aku, an
outward current.
Au-wi-NA, s. A declining, &c. See Au-
INA.
Au-wi-Ni-wi-Ni, s. Au and wini, sharp
pointed. The sharp end of a potato leaf
drooping with the rain ; he auwiniit>ini ke
an o ka uala luea i ka ua.
Au-wo-Lo. See Auolo.
A-HA, num. adj. See Ha. Four; the
number four ; also eha.
A-HA, *. A company or assembly, of
people for any purpose. Puk, 35:1. Often
compounded with some qualifying word ;
as, atoaina, aAoolelo, oAukanaka, ahahoo-
Kolokolo, a/iamoljomoko, &c. See these
compounds, which arc sometimes writtfa
in one word, and sometimes divided. Aka-
akohipa, a company for shearing sheep. 2
Sam. 13:23.
A-HA, s. Name of a certain prayer con-
nected with a kapu ; inawalaauke kanaka
i ka alia, make no ia,if a man should idakft
a noise during the praytr, he would die,
i. e,| he would be gfiiiltyof an offense for
which he would forfeit his lifio. The name
originated in the fact that cocoanut fibre
(see Aha, below) is very strong when
braided into strings ; so this prayer, wiUi
its rigid Jiapus, was; supposed to be very
efficacious in holding the kingdom together
in times of danger.
2. Th^ success or answer of a prayer, or
such a proper performance of prayer as to
insure success^ loaa ka kakpu aha, we
have received our prayer, i. e., the answer ;
ua lilo ka aha, alalia, e pule hou, theprayer
is lost, (of no avail,) then pray again.
A-HA, s. A cord braided from the husk
of the colcoanut.
2. A'cord braided from human hair.
3. Strings made from the intestines of
animals ; ka naau i mea aka inoa, the in-
testines for strings to tie fowls with ; he
aka puln niu ; he aka waa a me ka aha boa
waa, a cord for tying and strengthening a
canoe in ,3 storm ; he aka palaoa, he lau-
oho i hill uilo ia.
A-HA, ». Name of a small piece of
wood, around which was wound a pieceof
kajMk, afidheld.in the hand of the priest
while offering sacrifices.
2. Name of a kind of bapa made on
Molokai.
ArHA, s. iTie earwig.
AHA
36
AHA
% The name of a species oi' long fish
swimming near the surface of the water.
A^HA, inter, pron. Declinable with the
definite article ; indeclinable with the in-
definite. Oram. § 159. Beaha, what ': often
united with the article; why? for what
reason? Bal 68:16, NO kealw, ? i keaha ?
It is also used as an interrogative adverb,
why?
A-HA, V. To what ; to do, &c. ; e aha
aaa oia? what shall he do? Of course it
is used only in the interrogative. loh.
20:21.
A-HA. An interjection of surprise, won-
der, iScc. ITa heiuhelu laliou, aha ; ua loaa
laliou e moe ana, aha.
A-HA, V. To stretch the cord by which
the first posts of a house were pat down or
set straight ; e kii i ko kaula e a?ux ai, fetch
the rope to make straight with.
2. Fio. Aha, oia ka ana a me ka qM
pololei no ke aupuni, aha, that is, to meas-
ure and direct straightly the government.
A-HA, s. Used in the expressions, ua
like ua aha, the sides are equal ; aha like,
meaning side — measure perhaps.
A-HA-Ai-NA, s. Aka, a company, and
aina, eating.
1. A company fqr eating..
2. A feast for pleasure or enjoyment;
ahaaina clioli, a joyful feast.
3. A feast as a celebration of a past
event. Puk. 12:14. Ahaaina is often qual-
ified by the following word ; as, ahakina
hebedoma, a feast of weeks. Puk. 34:22.
Ahaaina kauhale lewa, feast of taberna-
cles. Oihk. 23:34. Ahaaina laa, a solemn
feast. Nah. 16:3. .4/taaina moliaola, feast
of the passover. 2 OUtl. 36:lg.
4. The food for the company In such
ca'ses. Ahaainq, awakea, a dinner; aha-
aina ahiahi, a supper.
A-HA-AI-NA, V. Aha, company, and aina,
to eat.
1. To collect together for eating.
2. To eat together ; to feast ; to partake
of a banquet ; to hold a fea-st. Puk. 5:1.
A-HA-A-HA, V. To go or walk in a
mincing or irregular manner. Hooahaaha,
hele hooalmaha, hele hoohaha.
A-HA-A-HA, adv. Sitting squarely ; up-
rightly, &c.
A-HAi, V. To take .away J to carry off;
to bear away. Imeik. 18. Hence,
2. To flee; to be routed, as men in battle.
3. To fiee from fear ; to forsake the care
of; ua ahai na makua'i na keiki, aole hoi-
hoi hou mai i ke kula, the parents took no
care of the children, and did not send them
back to school. . .
4. To arrive, as a set day or proper time
lor doing a thing ; ahai ia ka la e baknka ai.
A-HAi, *. The name of a pillar, wood
or stoae, which a chief sets up in memory
of some great exploit. The exploit itself
is aj)ao(arch.) Alalia, kaukaaftai maliiua
iho 0 na pao.
A-HAI, dt^'. Breaking off and carrying
away ; ka manu ahai kanu aw4 e, the bird
clipping the twig of a tree and planting jt
elsewhere ; poetical.
A-HAi-HAi, adj. See above. Ka manu
, ahaihai kanu awa e, the bird breaking off
the awa plants.
A-HA-i-Ki, s. Aka, assembly, and iM,
small. A small party for private conver-
sation; a small council or ooUoction of
people ; a secret council respecting Var or
an emergency.
ArHAi-LO-No, s. See Ahai. The person
who alone survives or escapes after a bat-
tle, 0^ a canoe oat of a fleet, all others be-
ing taken or lost; pepehiia a pau, aohe
maUono. Laie>.k. 104. See next page of
Laieik. 105.
A-HA-i-NU, V. Aha, a company, and
inu, to drink. To partake at a driaking
feast. Eset. 7:1.
A-ha-i-n1t, adj. Relating to banqueting
or to a drinking feast; a wine-drinking
feast, ler. 51:39. Hale ahairai. Md. Sol.
2:4.
A-ha-1-nu-a-wa, s. Aha and inu, to
drink, and awa. An assembly for drink-
ing awa; he aliainuawa no na kanaka kahu
akua hoomanamaua ia Nahien^ena, an as-
sembly for drinking awa by the protectors
of the god worshipped by Nahienaena.
A-riA-i-NU-TVAi-NA, s. Aha, inu and
teaina. A wine feast ; a feast for drinking
wine. Eset. 7:7.
A-HA-i-Nu-RA-MA, s. An assembly for
drinking rum or any alcoholic drinks, for-
merly practiced by chiefs and people.
A-HA-o-LE-iiO, s. Aha, a company,' an*!
olelo, to speak. '-.
1. A council ; a body of chieis assem-
bled to reguUite public affairs.
2. A consultation.
3. In modern times, a legislature ; a
body to consult and enact laws for the
good of the kingdom.
A-HA-0-LE-LO, V. Aka, assembly, and
oZeto, to speak. To take council ; to con-
sult togetiier to get th% united wisdom of
all" present ; ahaolelo iho la na 'lii, the
chiefs held a consultation. 2 OiM. i0:6.
In modern times, to meet and consult, an
the legislative bodies of Isobles and Rep-
resentatives, to make and adopt laws for
the nation.
A-HA-MA, 0. See Ha, to breathe. To
pant ; to breathe hard on account of heat,
as a hog or a dog from a chase ; ua ahaha -
AHE
51
AHI
ka llio i ba wela, a i ka malocloe i ka loa,
the dog panted hard from heat and from
long wearineBs.
A-HA-KA-NA-KA, s. Aka, assembly, and
kanaka, men. A great company ; a mul-
titude ; an assembly. Lunk. 20:2. Na ka-
naka lehulehu, paapu.
A-HA-KEA, s. Name of a species of yel-
lowish wood used for rime of canoes. It
is also used for making poi boards, canoe
paddles, &c. ■
A-HA-Li-KE, adj. Aka, four, and like,
alike. Four sides alike or equal ; a quad-
rangular j aoao oWifcc. P«fc. 28:1.6. Like
na aoao, like ka loa me ka laula; four
square. Ezek. 40:47.
A-HA-Li-KE, *. Name of the square bone
in the wrist joint ; he iwi ahalike maloko
o ka pulima.
A-HA-LC-A-Li-KE, adj. Fpur sided, with
two sides parallel. Anah. 43.
A-HA-i-u-NA-KA-NA-WAi, s. A courtioom;
a* judgment hall. Imk. 22:66. Court ;
sanhedrim.
A-HA-MA-iiA, s. The part of the face in
front of the cars ; ma ka aoao elua, ma
kcla maha ma koia maha.
A-HA-MA-HA, s. A feint; a show; a sham
flght,
A-HA-MA-iCA, s. A kapa fastened at each
end between two posts and swinging be-
tween ; na kapa e kan ana ma ka maauua
mai hope a mua, he moo Iowa.
2. A brave man skilled in a knowledge
of the lua and of war.
A-HA-MA-KA, s. An assembly for prayers.
A-HA-MO-A, s. Name of the assembly
collect.ed at a cook-fight ; he akamoa o ka
naau o ke kanaka ; ua Itau ia i akamoa.
A-HA-MO-KO-MO-KO, s. Aha, meeting, and
mokmnoko, boxing. An assembly for box-
ing ; a boxing match. Laieik. 21.
A-nA-wA, V. To collect together, as
water, to overflow a low place ; ua. ahua,
ua aliMwa.
A-HE, adv. Used for ae, yes. As, oia
no ; uhe, ho oiaio paha ; yes, so it ia ; ye.s,
it is perhaps true ; ake, kuhi au ua hala
lakou, aole ka ! ahe, pela kou manao ca ?
A-HE, s. A slight or hacking cough ;
hi; ahmhe. lie mai Jcunu.
A-HE, s. Anything light, gentle or soft,
as a light breeze, ke ahe makaui puulcna.
Laieik. 34. Ahe. koolauwahine.be makani
aheahe ka makani.
A-HE, s. A wind; a slight breeze.
A-HE-A, int. adv. When ; used only
witli reference to the future. Hal. 101:2.
A-HE-A, adv. Used' only with the future ;
when ? at what time '! Altea ka ina o ke
keiki e kuimua ; ahea ka inoa o ke alji ;
. aheii no la nalo ka moe ke aahi la i ka piU
o ka bAupo.
A-HE-A-HE, s. See Ahe. A light gentle
breeze.
2. A faint diminishing sound ; he ^a-
muinii 0 ko ahmhe maliu,a sound of a still,
small voice. 1 NA 13:12. Ahwihe ka
makani ma Pu ; aheahe mai ke kaianlu o
Waianae.
A-HE-A-HE, adj. A cough; a hacking
cough ; i ka manawu aheahe, ke kau aheahe
make o Kahalaiama laua o Humchume, in
the time of coughing, there lighted a deadly
cough upon Kahalaia and Humehume.
A-HE-A-HE-A, adj. Warm, as water by
standing in the sun.
A-HE-A-HE, u To be hungry; he poloii;
ahealie kahi opii i ka poloii.
A-HE-A-KA, s. A shade; shadow. See
Aka.
A-HE-Ko-Lo, s. Ahe and kola, to creep,
A slight breeze ; ahekolo ka makani, ahe-
ahe malie, a creeping, g,entle wind.
A-HE-Ko-Lo, V. To creep ; to crawl
along ; ke i ae la 0 ahekolo kana hele, be
says 1)6 w.ilks creeping along.
A-HE-LE, s. A anare ; used in a former
translation for ya/»ele. jfer. 18:22. A snare;
samo as jMhde, but is more used.
A-HE-WA, t. A and kewa, wrong, sin.
1. To turn off thu eyes, as one cross-
eyed.
2. To plead against one.
3. To condemn for a crime or fault.
4. To cause to be under a curae. I/unk.
21:18. To condemn one. 2 Sam. 1:16.
Hoo. Ua hooahe)/iaki oia e make, he ia con-
demned to die.
A-HE-WA, *. Evil; condemnation. Itr.
29:11.
A-HE-WA. A hanai aku ahetoa ae ka
waha loaa ka hale.
A-HE-WA-iA, s. Punishment; condemna-
tion. 1 fiam. 28:10.
2. The state of being accused or uadCr
a curse. Kin. 3:14. E ka poe i alieaaia,
ye cursed. Mai. 25:41.
A-HE-wA-HE-WA, s. Name of a tree ou
the mountains.
A-Hi, s. A fire ; he a/ii e a ana, a bum-
ing lire.
A-HI, s. Name of the fish called albi-
core.
A-Hi-A, adj. See Ahiahia.
A-Hi-A (ehia), int. ado. How many?
Ahia ka nui o ka waiwai ? how many arti-
cles of property? SeeEini. Note.— There
is a nice distinction iq the use of ahia and
ehia, difBoult to underetaad ; ,iii many cases
they are synonymous.
AHI
38
AHU
A-m-Ai-Ho-NU-A, s. Aht, fire, ai, to eat,
and lionua. earth. Epithet of a volcano ;
earth-eater or consumer.
A-Ht-Ai-Ho-NU-A, adj. Earth-consum-
ing, as a Tolcano ; coastaatly burning ;
unquenchable.
A-Hi-A-pi, s. The after part of the day j
ua aui ai ka la ; tlie afternoon ; towards
night ; ua napoo ka la ; evening. Sol. 7:9.
Note. — ^yhen it is dark, it is po.
A-Hi-A-Hi, V. To be or become evening ;
a ahiahi jho la, hoi mai ia, when it was
evening he returned.
A-Hi-A-Hi, V. To spread slanderous re-
ports ; e olelo ino.
2. To complain falsely of another; e
niania.
3. To defame ; to tell tales ; e holoholo-
olelo, to reveal seMets.
A-Hi-A-KJr, s. A false report concerning
one ; a defamation ; a slander.
A-Hi-A-Hi-A, adj. Obscure; faded; dim,
as colors in kapa or calico ; kohu maikai
ole ; as olcfth having lost color ; ahiahia
ke koko, the blood is col'orless ; applied to
the uuoolored parts of dyed cloth or kapa ;
he ahiahia ka palapala, the writing is dim,
not plain ; ulaula ahiahia, faded red, that
is, purple, .2 OiM. 3:14.
A-Hi-TJ, s. The name of a wind.
A-Hi-u, adj. Wild ; untanied, as a horse ;
he aa ; aole laka mai. See Hmiu.
A-Hi-Hi, V. To be united with another
-or with others in mischief or error.
2. To conspire with ; to be involved
with another or others, as in ignorance ;
ua ahihi pu aku la laua ilaila, they were
both involved in that matter; ahihi i ka
naaupo. See HiHi and Hmu.
A-Hi-Hi, s. Name of a tree or shrub in
Nuuanu ; he lei no ki huakaihele o Kona.
A-Hi-Ko-Li, V. To cut off even, as in
trimming a lamp.
A-Hi-Ku (ehiku), num. adj. Sevfen; with
the article, the seventh. Gh-am. § 110, 1st.
The i-oot is hilcu.
A-Hi-NA, s. A gray color.
A-Hi-NA, adj.. A and Aina, gray hairs.
Applied to Molokai ; Molokai ahina, gray
Molokai, from the fog around the top.
A-HI-NA, adj. Gray, "as the head of an
old man ; he poo ohina.; applied to a dry
tree ; he laau ahina. See Hina aadNpoo-
urNA.
A-Hi-NA-Hi-NA, s. Name of a species of
.grass.
2. Name of a plant living in cold, dry
places ; so named from its color, a light
silver gra;^: known as the "silver sword."
3. The lire-everlasting plant.
A-Hi-NA-Hi-NA, adj. Very .light blue;
gray ; slate color. Ottfc. 13:37.
Ariio, V. To be patient, submissive,
humble ; to be merciful, kind ; to be ready
to do a kind act. See the compouncfe
AiioNui and Aholoa.
A-Ho, c.A (Impersonal.) It is easier; it
is better ; it is less severe ; e aho naxi e
kokua mai jajnakou,it is better for you to
help us ; it imf)UeS a comparison. 2 Sam.
18:3. Ea/ipuae ko lakon hope i ko kakou,
their end, hovyever, will be more tolerable
than ours ; it is better that, &c. Mah. 14:2.
It had been better if, '&c. los. 7:7. It ia
bettor, preferable ; e aho iki, no ke hoj
kakou, it will be a little better for us to
return ; e aho no ka hole mamuli o ka,
noho ana me ka pilikia, it is better to go
than to stay in perplexii^.
A-Eo, s. Art., ke. The natural breathing
of a person ; the breath ; hence,
2. Patience ; i nui ke aho, let the breath
be long, i. e., be patient.
3. Met. Spirit ; courage. Jos. 2:11. Res-
olution ; also kindness.
A-HO, s. Art., ke. A line; a cord, as a
fifiS line ; ke aho lawaia ; a kite string : ke
kakaiapola a me ke aho; alalia, hoolele
aku i ka lupe i ka lewa, a paa aku ma ke
aho, (prepare) the kite tail and the string,
then send off the kite into the air, but hold
fast by the string.
A-Ho, s. ./I'-f.jka. The name of the small
sticks used in thatcliing.
A-Ho-Ai-o-LE, «. An aho or string too
short ; not long enough for the purpose.
A-h6-le,- s. Name of a species of white
fish.
A-ho-le-ho-le, s. Name of a species of
fish. See Auole above.
A-Ho-LoA, adj. Aho, patient, and foop,
long. Patient; long suttering. See Ahontji.
A-Ho-LOA, s. Aho, a cord, and loa, long.
A long string for fishing or sounding in
deep water; he oAotoa'toa 1, ka mio ; he
uholoa i ka luu ilalo o ka moana^
A-Ho-NA,' V. Almna a kui maoli aku
kela, le' • liilii. Laieik. 42.
A-Ho-NC-i, V. Aho, patient, and nui,
much. To be patient, gentle, kind, &c. 1
Tes. 2:7. See Auoi.oa.
A-Ho-NU-i, s. .4 Ao, 'patient, and nui,
much. Forbearance ; long suffering ; pa-
tience.
A-Ho-NC-i, a<i;. Patient; enduring; long
suffering. Puk. 34:6.
A-HU, V. To gather or collect together.
Kin. 43:11. Ahu iho la i kahakai. hu ae la
?:a lolo, they gathered them together (dead
bodies) on the sea shore,the brains flowed;
to collect one's food where there is little.
AHU
39
AHU
Ahu iho ka hoka i ka p&kat,
Ka i ka pakai ka mea baku ole,
Leie ae no ka maau i Boua,
Hapapa vale Iho no ka hokahoka.
To collect but gain little ; dhu wale iho
no, aolc wahi kapa ; ahu wale iho, aolc ai ;
ahu wale iho no i ka oneanea.
2. To lay up, as in a store-house ; to lay
tip for future uss, as goods. Mat. 6:19. To
store in the memory.
3. To lie strewed over the ground. Puk.
16:3.
4. To cover one with a cloak; to be
merely covered. lob. 26:6. To clothe.
5. Hoo. To collect what is scattered.
6. To fall together, as men slain in bat-
tle.
7. To keep ; treasure up, as anger ; hoo-
ahu iholaika huhu maluna o kela poe,
he kept in l-eaerve his anger for that com-
pany.
8. To pile up, as stones. los. 8:29. To
gather up ; glean, as a field. Rut. 2:7.
9. To bring condemnation upon.
10. To reply to ; to object to something
said. Bom. 9:20.
A-Hu, s. See Aha. An assemblage or
collection of things : dhu ai, >&: place for
storing food ; a collection of' provisions.
2 OiU. 11:11. Wiihi ahu, a place for some-
thing, loh. 28:1. Ahu ponaku, * pave-
ment; a heap, as of stones. Kin. 31:46.
2. A heap of stones as a way mark.
ler. 31:21.
3. As a memorial, ibs. 7:26..
A-Hu, adj. Storing; collecting; hale
dhu, a store-house, loh. 38:22.
A-HtJ, s. A fine mat; a coarse one is
moena; a maC for oovei'ing a canoe ; o ka
uhi ana i ka dhu, sa, oia ka ihea e pale ^ax.
'i kekahi ale, the spieadiog over a mat,
that is what will keep oil some of fte
waves ; dhvM), dhu mokoloa.
A-HU-A, s. See Aim, collection. -Any
place elevated in the manner of a high
path.
2. A bank in the sea ; a bank formed by
the sand at a mouth ef a river ; hence,
3. A ford ; a place for passing a stream
or river. los. ?:7 ; Xtmfc. 3:28. He puu ;
a hillock ; he kiekie ma kekahi aoao.
A-HU-A, V. To be raised up on a plat-
form ; ua aftwa,' ua ahawa.
A-H0-AO, s. iipiie young and tender
leaves of the hala for m^ing mats ; ahu
moena, aha pawche, ahuao.
A-HC-A-HU, s. Young sprouts or shoots
fiom layers, as from sngar-cane.
2. A boy or girl that grows up quickly.
A-HU-A-HTi, adj. Angry;, fretful; un-
willing, as when one receives orders to
work, and from fatigue or indolence he is
unwilling, he is then akuahu.
A-HU-A-HU, V. To be sullen ; unwilling
to do a thing ordered.
A-HU-A-Hu, ado. Unwillingly; fretfully.
A-Htr-A-LA-LA, V. To lie slain, as many
bodies slain in battle ; aia hoi, e ahualaUi
kukui ana ka heana, behold, they were
dead bodies fallen to the earth. 2 OiM.
20:24.
A-HU-A-WA, s. A species of strong rish
of which cords are made ; the leaves are
made into hats. - ^
2. The name of the cord itseif; mai hpka
au i ke ahuawa.
A-HU-E, V. See Hue, to lie. To.steal ;
to take without liberty. See Aihue.
2. To double up ; to turn up, as a piece
of kapa or paper.
A-HU-i, s. A bunch or cluster of fruit,
as bananas, grapes, or hala.
A-Htr-i-ti, V. To lie sick; to be weak;
e ahuUi auanei ka poe hooko i ka eha.
A-Hu-i-WAi-NA, i. Ahui, a cluster, and
wmna, grapes. A bunch or cluster of
grapes. Hoik. 14:18.
A-'HU-Mo-E-NA, s. A figured, fine mat,
or a fine mat of- small figures of different
colors. Zaieik. 112.
A-HU-u-A, s. A heap; a pile; a collec-
tion of things ; he ahuua waiwai, he ahuua
kiekie, a pile of g6ods, a liigh heap.
A-Su-tr-A, V. To ' heap up j to put in
heaps ; ke ahuiui ma! la. Bee Aeu.
A-Hir-tr-LA, *. Ahu, a garment, and ula,
red.
1. A red feathered cloak ; a cloak made
of the feathers of the oo and the red feath-
ers of the'iiwi, worn by kings and high
chiefe ; a gorgeous dress. Laieik. 112.
2, A kind offish net ; ka upena puni, a
baku a maikai.
A-HU-Hi-NA-LO, *. A garment or cloth
made of the hala leaf.
A-HU-KU, V. To stone; to bury with
stones or other missiles ; e hailuku, e hoo-
nou, e hooulua.
A-Hu-LAU, s. A pestilence among men.
Hob. 3:5. A murrain among cattle. JPitfc.
9:3. A sickness like a pestilence. Note.---
The most destructive raged while Kaine-
hameha lived the first time at Oahu ; ICa-
mehameha himself was attacked, but re-
covered. Thoiisands were swept off by it
at that time ; probably in IS04.
A-mi-LAT!,mj. Epidemic; pestilential;
mai ahuhu, a pestilence. Oihk. 26:25.
A-HU-iAU, V. To have the pestilence ;
to die with it ; ua ahuhu ae la na kanaka
i ^a make.
A-HU-Li-n, adj^ Heated hot, as stones
in the oven ; heated to whiteness ; ahuiiu
ka imu, the oven is exceedingly hot.
'AKA
40
AKA
A-HU-LU, I'. To be overdone, as food
cooked too inuciii ; ue. ahvht, ion kaumu al,
ua ulaala ka ai. to he too hot.
A-HU-LTT, adj. Overdone, as foodj baked
too mucb ; cooked-bard.
2. Spoiled, as eggs, or medloiDes by long
lying.
3. Uanatural in appearance ; dirty ; de-
fective; ua ahviu fie kaS, i. c, dirty or
grcoii, not blue and clear.
A-HU-LU-HU-LU, s. A species .of smaU,
rod fish ; some kind of mechanical tool ;
kbi ahubihAdu. , '
A-HU-NA-.UI, s, A small cbicf.
A-HU-NA-Lii, adj. A colored kapaj he
mamakl ahunalii, he m&maki i hooluuia, a
colored raamaki kapa.
A-HUrPA-WE-HE, s. Ahu, mat, and pa-
wehe. Name of a kind of striped mat made
on Niihan ; he akapaweie no Nlihau.
A-HU-pu-AA, s. Ma, collection, and
puaa, hog. r
1. Name of one of the smaller divisions
of a country, made up of several ill, and
under the care of a head man ; a hog paid
the tax of that district to the king. He
akumaa o Walluku ; o na aina malokb o
Wailuku, he ili, he moo.
2. A city ; a village ; a settlement, as
the capital of said ahupwM.
A-HU-wAi-WAi, adj. Ahu, collection, and
waiwai, property. The property of a treas-
ury ; belonging to a plac3 for storing
property. OiM. S:26. Hale akuwaiwai, a
Btore-house.
A-HifrVsrA-Li:, V. To be in plain sight,
as a hill, i^r a house on a )uU.
A-KA. A particle set before, verbs to ex-
prsss carefulness, regularity of proceeds
mg, &o. ; asj ofc« hele, go carefully ; aka
holo, sail or rva slowly ; aka haaa, work
carefully ; ika noho, sit quietly.
A-K.4, €onj. But; if not; on the other
hand. The word is generally used to, ex-
press strong opposition of idea.
A-KA, s. The shadow of a person ; the
figure or outline of a thing ; a similitude
or likeness. Nah. 12:8. Nois. — The shade
of a tree or house Is maJw.
2. The dawn or light of the moon before
rising.
,3. The knuckle ,ioinis;_the protuberances
of the ankle joints ; the joints of the back-
bone.
4. Fto. a shadow; frailty impotente.
Isa. 30:2.
A-KA, V. To light up, as the moon be-
fore rising; ua aha ka mahinat kokoke
pnka, ua aka mai la, Uow is the moon ? it
18 near rising, it lights lip.
2. To go up and down, as on a hilly
road. (See No. 2 above,JointB of the back-
bone.)
3. To be split or peeled np, as tho bark
of a tree.
4. To be torn off, As the kanpaku of a
house ; ua alca ke kaupaku o ha hale.
A-KA, V. To laugh; to deride; i ko'u
noonoo a;ia i keb komu manau, na aka
iki mai no ka pono, in thinking of this
composition, I ^lled at its correctness.
(Tho 13th coi^'., <ilcacika,ia more generally
used.)
A-itAA, V. To break open, as a seal.
Hoik. 5:2. To tour pr take np, as a mat
A-KAA, adj. Anything broken up ; not,
cohering ; he akaa walo, he pipili ole.
A-KA-A-EA, V. See Aka, to laugh. To
langh; toiaughat. Sol.i:9. £oo. To came
to laugh ; to have joy. Kin, 21:6*
A-KA-A-KA, s. Laughter ; exhilaration
of spirits. Hal. 126:2.
A-KAA-KAA, V. See Akaa, to break up.
To fall off, ^ the old thatching of a house.
2. To break up, as tho roof or sides of a
house ; ua 'akaakaaia e ka mea kolohe, it
was pulled ofi' by^some mischievous one.
A-KAA-KAA, s. The falling off of the
8carf-sk|n aJFter a course of drinking awa.
Ua tDahnni I ka awt(,
Va akaakoa ka 111,
Be puabHohilo ke koa i ka lepo,
Ua akaakaa,
A-K^'KAJL, adj. Poor; destitute.
A-EAArKAi, *. Bulrushes out of which
mata an4 tiags are made.
2. On^ns bave taken the same name
from the similarity of the tops. Nah. 11 :6.
A-KA-i-Ki, V. Aha, to laugh, and iM, a
little,
1. To be pleased ; to smile ; to be grat-
ified on receiving a favor ; akaiki lakou
me ka olioli ho ka loaa o ko lakoti waiwal,
they smiled with pleasure on obtaining
theur property.
2. To laugh in one's sleeve ; to laugh
secretly ; na hoa nohoi i kani ai ka akaiki
i Ua wahi la, the companions also chuckled
at us in that place.
3. To sn^er at. See Akaaka.
A-KA-i-Ki, s. A rejoicing in consequence
qf hope ; de'Sire in proportion to the pros-
pect of receiving a thin^
A-KA-oo, s, Aka, shadow, and oo, ripe.
A full grown shadow: applied to a person
who is close, hard or stingy,
A-KA-o-LEi-Lo, V. 4^a and delo. To
speak cautiously ; to speak deliberately,
advisedly.-
A-KAU, arf/. The right; on the right;
Ihna akau, the right hand ; ma ka aoao
akoM, on the right side. In geography, the
person is supposed to stand viith his face
AKA
41
AKE
to tho wvHt; hcnco tbe right hand in to-
wards tho north, and his left to the soutb.
Aooo akau, north side : aoao hema, souih
k!(1o ; wolau akau, norOi, pole, &c,
A-KA-HA, 3. Name of a tree. One spe*
cloK baa long leavoB and grows inland; one
HpocicH by- tho Boa. It in a hard true, likO
tho iiweu ; also called ekaha,
A-KA-HAi, B. Ma, with care, and hai,
to Hpuuk. To be tondor of heart; nioek.
'i Nal. 22:18.
A-KA-iiAi, s. Aha, with cate, and hai,
totueiik. Mecknesa; modesty; gentlonesfi.
JyaA. 12:;). Poo aMai, the mock. 2ep.2:3.
A-KA-iiAi,' o^?'. Modest; gentle, &c.
Sol. If):!. Soft in epcoch.
A.-xA-HE-i,E, r. See AxA and Hele, to
go. To go slowly or moderately in doing
a thing ; to go carefully ; the opposite of
Uldwattie. E hikiwawo mai i ka lobe, c
akaiuslie hoi i ka olelo, be quick to bear,
bu t kIow to speak. Udcd also imperatirelv j
beware ; be cautious ; e alcahde ka pcpcni
mni o oukou i ke akna, beware Of y cur
striking the god ; e aki^e ka huhu, mai
hikiwawe, be slow to anger, not quick.
A'KA-HE-NE-HE-NE, ». Aka, to laugh,
and KeMkem, to ridicule. To laugh to
scorn ; to laugh in derision or mockery,
jyeft. 2:19.
A-KA-Hi, *. The number ope; root, kahi.
A-KA-Hi, adv. One; once; just now;
expressive of greatness . or superiority.
MmjpiuUicaiUy, akaki no au i iohe i ka he-
kili, once liave I heard it thunder, i. e.,
thunder loudly: alcahi no au i ike i ka
■-ino, once^bave I witnessed a storm, i. e.,
never so great a one before.
A-KA-Hi-:A-SA-Hi, odv. LiT. Once by
once ; of little experience ; a novice. 1
Tim. 3:6. Aole ka mca akahidkahi e holo
i ka ino o make auanei i ka moana a pac
kupapau aku i lauai, let not the incxptS
rionccd sail out in a storm lest he die in
the ocean and his dead body float ashore
on Lanai.
A-KA-KA, V. To be plains to be clear,
as a thought or the expression of an idea ;
to be distinct, intclligibh;, as language.
2. To be clear, transparent, as glass.
Hmk. 22:1 ; Anat. 2. Clear, as a liquid.
3. Heo. To make plain ; to expound, de-
monstrate ; to bring to light.
4. Ttf,' ct up boundary lines.
A-KA-KA, adj. Clear, as water,
2. Lucid ; bright, as the moon.
3. Certain ; distinct ; transparent ; he
akaka, kokokc like me ke aniani kona
akaka ana, clear, almost like glass.
A-KA-KA, adv. ilioAoloa, very plainly;
very clearly Toan. Vitii.
A-KA-xA, adj. Rent; torn; dead. See
Nakaka.
A-KA-KA-LA-Ni, *. Poctical for akalani,
A heaven of light; a great light.; tho
' heavens much lighted j ho akakalani no ka
Uhano Homolole. Mel, Creat.
A-KA-KA-NE, s. Name of a small bird
found in tho mountains.
A-XA-KE, adj. Spry; light, as one walk-
ing or running ; not loaded ; he akake no
kau, you are spry, quick at walking.
A-KA-Ki-wi, V. To set lip on the edge,.
A-KA-Ku, V. To cease; to abate; to
grow calm, as wind, rain, surf, anger ; ua
ahtlm mai ka makani, the wind has abated; .
ua akaku mai ka ua ; akc^m mai ka ino o
ke kuikoo ; to be gentle ; quiet.
A-KA-KU, s. A subsiding of a storm,
wind, &e.
2. A delirium; a trance. Oih. 10:1{1.
An ecstasy ; vision. 2 Oilil.2S:5. He moe
tthane. Jloo. A vision. Oih. 26:19.
A-KA-KU, adj. Gentle, &c. Tit. 3:2.
A-KA-Kuu, V, To be settled; calmed;
-quieted: appeased; ua pkakau mai ka
buhu o Ko alii i na kanaka, the anger o(
the chief towards the people is appeased ;
ua dkakuu mai ke alii, aole inu rama hou,
the mind of the chief is settled, he wilt
drink no more rum.
A-DtA-KDU, adj. Gentle; quiet; kindi
calm. Kt. 3:2.
A-KA-LA, s. A berry, something like a
strawberry ; a raspberry.
A-KA-LA, s, A kind of cloth, e like me
ka lole alaihi.
A-ka-la; *. The end of a house. See
Kali.
A-KA-LATJ. See KiNOAKALAH and, Wai-
ixii. A ghost that appears to some people,
but not to othere.
A-KA-LEi, s. See Lei. A lei worn on
the neck.
A-KA-LA-Ni, «. See Akakalani abore.
A heavenly shadow ; a splendid light.
A-KA-W4I, V. To be wise ; makemake
au e akamai oukou a pau, I wish that you
may all become wise ; mostly used in the
causative, lloo. To lie or become wise;
to make wise ; skillful. Sol. 3:7. To think
one's self wise.
A-KA-MAi, s. Wisdom; skill; ingenu-
ity. Uoo. Bb^hibiting wisdom. I Kor. 2:1.
A-KA-MAi, adj. Wise; skillful; ingeni-
ous; expert; sagacious; learned; akaiMi
ma ka naan. Puk. 28:3.
A-KE, V. To desire, Nah. 23:10, To
wisii for a thing ; tike nui no lakou e haute
ka aa, they greatly desired that rain should
fall; to paat after-; <tke nui kahi poe i ka
AKE
42
AKI
waiwai, certain weopie greatly desire prop-
erty; to wish to no a tiling; «fce no na
kamalii e paani ; to be Trilling ; ake no na
kanaka i ka hewa.
A-KE, V. To blab ; to tattle ; to prate 5
to slander ; tell lies ; e wahahce ; « iml
hala ; to go about talking nonsense.
A-KE, s. A lie; a falsehood; a slan-
derous report of one ; noho o Laliainaluna
i kc ake, the people of Lahainaluna live
under slanderous reports.
A-KE, »; The Uyer of an animal. Puk.
29:13. Akepaa, same.
A-KE is a gehejal name for several in-
ternal organs, qualified by different terms;
see below.
A-KE-i, adj. Broad; spacious; open;
not Qrowded; public; ua kaavale lea bale,
lia (Scea oloko;
j^-KE-i, «fi». Openly; publicly; ua
hana akea ia, it was done publicly.
A-KE-A, ». To be broad or wide, as a
land.
2. To be separate, as different things, a
space being between them; ua akea ka
aina,.aole pilikia. Mostly used in the caus-
ative sense.
3. Hoo. To enlarge ; widen out. Isa.
54:2.
i. To make room for one, i. e., to set
free from difficulty, and supply one's wants.
Kanl. n:Zu.
5. To enlarge one's heart. Isa. 60:8. To
become generous.
A-'KE-A, s. A broad open space ; a place
not concealed.
A-KE-A-KA-MAi, s. Ake, desire, and dka-
indi, skill. A lover of wisdom ; epitet of
a pIiiloBopher. Oih. 17:18.
A-KE-A-KE, s. Name of a bird.
A:KE-A-KE, adj. See Ake, to desire.
Quick; ready; smart, CBpeciall^ to do a
kindpess; cheerful in entertaining stran-
gers.
A-KE-A-KE-A, V. To fade, as kapa or
cloth colored ; to lose the color ; to fade
out ; he akeakea ka ulaula, he-ula akeakea
ka palapala, the red is faded out, a faded
red is the printing.
A-KEU-KETJ, adj. Active; ready; skill-
ful ; receiving kindly one's friends. Stn.
with he mikimiki, he oleole. See Akeaxe,
A-KE-KE, s. A singular little animal of
the sea.
2. A small quantity of dust ; aole nuj 0
ka lepo.
A-KE-KE, ) s, A species of bird. See
A-KE-KE-KIE, j Kekk.
A-KE-KEE, s Name of a little brown
bird resembling the wren found on the
mountain of Waialeale on Kauai ; it was
formerly worshipped by the natives as the
god 0/ tlic mountain.
A-KE-LE-KE-LE, *. An escape from great
danger, as a person in a canoe in a storm ;
he aWefcete wale no ka pakels, mai make.
A-KE-LOA, ),. ^Ae, liver, and loa,
A-KE-NI-AU, } long. The spleen. •
A-KE-itA-KA-Ni, s. The lungs. See Ake-.
A-KE-MA-MA, ) s. Ake, liver, and
A-KE-PA-Hoo-LA, J mama, light The
lungs ; thfe lights ; oia ke ake e hanu ai,
that is the lungs by which we breathe.
A-KE-N.<[, V. To be proud; boasting; to
be high minded ; proud of 8ome_ favor re-
ceived; ua akena mai o Foki i ua mes
pono 0 ke Akna ana i ike ai, Pokl wus
boasting of the favors which God had per-
mitted liim to see ; akena ia ia ibo, to boast
of one's self; to behave boastingly, as- in
war, joined with singing.
A-KE-NA, adv. Proudly; loftily; boast-
ingly.
A-KE-NA, s. Pride ; haughtiness ; feel-
ing of superiority over others.
A-KE-NA-KE-NA. Ac intensive of the
foreigoiag ia all its meanings.
A-KE-Ni-Ap, J. See AkelOa above. The
spleen.
A-ke-pa, s. The name of a bird.
2. A sprightly, active man.
A-KE-PA, adj. Sprightly; active; turn-
ing this way and that.
A-ke-pa-ke-pa, ». To stand p every
way, as uncombed hair ; ak^pak^ mai hi
na ia ma ke opi a pan, the fish were cut
cross ways and eveiy way.
A-KE-PAA, s. The hver. Oihk, 3:4.
A-KE-PAA-Ho-o-iA, s. The. lights, &c.
See Akemama..
A-KE-Ri-DA, s. Heb. Uhini akerida, a
grasshopper. Oihk. 11:22.
A-Ki, V. To bite ; to bite in two, as a
thread; to bite, as in peeling sugar-cane
or cocoahut ; e dici 1 ke ko, e <tki i ka niu.
2. To backbite ; to spesJt reproachfully
of one behind him ; to taunt Siek. 5:15.
3. To spread false repdrts; aki wahahee,
e ake e hewa ka mea hewa ole ; to slander.
Bai, 60:20. Note. — Some of the meanings
of aki are similar to ake. This verb has
various forms; as, aki, aaki, aaajci, aki-
ofci, wliich see in their places.
A-KI, V. To begin to heal or scar over,
as a wound.
2. To lop or double down, as the top of
a sail when there is much wind ; ofcj ko
oukou pea; from OKi, locks of hair, &c. ;
see below.
A-KI, s. Locks of hair left behind the
AKI
43
AKO
head, while all ahovf is shorn off; he lau-
oho uki loloA mahopa ; ka aki lauoho pu-
punl vaiwai,
2. Backbiting; Bppaklng ill of another.
A-Ki, ». The stools on which canoes
are placed when Rtandlng on shore,
A-ki, adj. Backbiting; reviling. Rom.
1:80.
A-Ki, s. A disease; the headache.
A-Ki-A, s. Name of an intoxicating
ihrab ; its qualities are like tbo nuhuha ;
it is also called baakta. The bark is used
to poison fish in fresh water as aububu is
in. salt.
A-Ki-A-HA-LA, s. Name of a tree ; also
called puahanui.
A-Ki-A-Ki, V. See Aki. To bite in two
repeatfsdly.
2. To take away by little and little.
3. To nibble, as a fish at a hook.
4. To pilfer; he aihneliilii.'
A-Ki-A-Ki, s. A backbiter ; a revdler ; a
slanderer. 1 Kor. 6:10.
A-Ki-A-Kr, s. A disease ; the dog colic.
A-KI-A-E3, «. Name of a species of sea-
weed adhering to the rocks ; it is eaten for
food.
A-KJ-o-HA-LA, s. Nastoe of a plant j the
marshmallows ; the same perhaps as akia-
bala above.
A-Ki-u, adv. Used in a prayer as fol-
lows : Akele akiu kelokele akiu, kau akn
akiu ilana ke kau lua he wai akane, &c.
A-Ki-TJ-Ki-Tj, ». See Knr. To act the
part of a spy ; to search into ; to penetrate.
A-Ki-u-Ki-ir, adj. Searching; penetrat-
ing; a me ka makani akiukiu kipe pua
hale 0 Piiakei, tjie searching wind pelting
the hala blossoms of Puakei.
A-Ki-Hi-A-Lo-A, s. Name of a small yel-
low bird; o ka akihiaioa, he mauu hulu
lenalena.
A-Ki-Hi-PO-LE-NA, s. Name of a small
bird with red feathei-s.
A-Ki-Hoo-LA-NA, s. J4», stools forcanoes,
and hoolana, to float. A dry dock; ka
bana ana i ka akihooletna i ke awa o Hono-
Inln, building a dry iktck in the harbor of
Honolulu.
A-Ki-Ki, s. A dwarf; a person of full
age, but a child in size ; he keiki kahiko,
aole BUT,.
A-Kii-kii, s.- Name of a round fish net
to -catch the pahuhu in ; he upena akiikii.
A-Ki-tot;, s. AM, to bite, and Zom, a
hook. A hook biter, that is, a thief.
Note. — Thieves formerly supplied them-
selves yath hooked rods to a.s8ist in ob-
taining articles of property ; hence akUou,
to apply liUe hook, was to .steal.
A-Ki-Lou, V. Aki and lou, to bend over.
To cat secretly the food of another.
A-Ki-LO-Lo, s. The name of a fish ; a
species of small fish.
A-Ko, V, To cut, as with scissors; to
cut, clip off; to crop off. JSzek. 17:4.
• 2. To pluck, 'Tm flowers or Trait. 'Hai.
80:12. To shear, as sheep. Kin. 31:18.
To cut off, as hair. ler. 7:29. Ua ako la
ka lanoho ; ua ako la i ka'hula o ka hlpa ;
na dfcoia ka Ian o ka nalu i ka makani.
3. To clip off, as the wind the top of the
surf.
A-KO, t>. To thatch ; to cover a house
with thatch ; ua akola ka hale.
A-ko, s. The art of thatching ; ua pau
ka hale i ke ako ; mea ako hale, a house
thatcher ; mea ako hlpa, a sheep shearer.
A-Ko, s. Name of a disease of females
of bad character ; he ako na wahine hana
hewa; he ako ka mai o na wahine hana
hewa.
A-Ko-A, s. Kapa of a snufif color; so
named flrom the dye made of the akoa tree;
he kapa i kuku ia ma ka akoa ; he paupau
akoa.
A-Ko-A-KO, u See Ako. To move, as
the lips in speaking to one's self. 1 Sam.
1:13.
2. To itch in the throat before coughing;
akahi no ka akoako o knn pua no ka ma-
neo, uncommon is the ticklmg of my throat
on account of itching.
3. To have a hacking cough in l^e throat.
A»KO-A-KO, V. Akoako ka ale, to swell
up, as a wave just before breaking : kuku
ka lili 0 ka nalu.
A-Ko-A-Ko-A, V. To assemble, as people
for business.
2. To collect together what is separated;
uaaAroa/coa na kanaka ma ka hale pule,
the people are assembled at the meeting
house. Hoo.. To gather together, as men.
Kin. 34:30.
3. To collect together, as waters. Pvk.
15:8. To come together again, as a dis-
persed people. Kanl 30:3. E hoouluulu
ae ma kabi hookahi.
A-KO-A-KO-A, orfy. Assembled; collected.
A-Ko-A-Ko-A, ode. Collectively, in heaps;
e waiho akoakoa. to lay down in heaps. 2
OiM. 31:6.
A-KO-A-KO-A, s. The horned coral.
2. Coral generally. Ezek. 27:16.
3. A precious stone. lob. 28:18.
A-KO-HE-KO-HE, s. Name of g smaE
bird making its nest on the ground.
A-KO-Z.A, V. To triumph over the ills
or misfortunes of another. Hal. 94:3; To
triumph, as over an enemy ; hooakola mai
oia ia lakoa me ka olelo ana, akola! h&
AKU
44
AKU
triumphed over them, exclaiming hnrrah !
akola/ pakelemai nei no au, well done !
I have jnst escaped. See Aieola. Sonai-
kola is another form.
A-KO-LA, int. An exclamation of tri-
umph of any kind ; a word of contempt
for not getting a thing, or for losing.
A-KO-LA, s. Name of a fruit fbund on
Hawaii.
A-Ko-LE, V. See KotE. To make or
render one's self ^opr. Stn. with e hooili-
hnne, e hoowaiwai ole.
A-Ko-LE, adj. Poor, in consequence of
squandering one's property.
A-Ko-LE-A, s. Name of a species of
shrub, grass, or fern.
A-Ko-Lo, adv. A cant word, expressive
of contempt.
A-Ko-Lo, V. .4foraa,-and kcHo to run.
To run into small roots, as potatoes, and
b^r no fruit,
At present, the word Ahua is used for the
true God, the Deity, the object of loye an4
obedience as well as fear.
2. The name of the-nightwhenthe moon
was perfectly fuU • a a£ka loa o ja poe-
poe ana, o AJcim la no; hence it would
seem that the ancient idea ot an Ahua em-
braced somettiing incomprehensible, pow-
erful, and yet complete, full orbed. ' The
names of me four principal gods of ibs
Hawaiians were Ku, Lono, Kane, and
Kanaloa.
A-Kxr-A-Atr-MA-iXr^A, s. Ahua, au, time,
and OTofcuix Parent. The ancestors of those
who died long ago, and who have become
gods ; th!* spirits of former heroes.
A-Ktr-A-ui'^i s- Akua, goi,&rxi ulu, to
inspjis. The goa which came upon one
andinspired him to speak ; the god of k-
gpjation.
AKu-A-HAi-A-Mio, s. Akua, god,kai, to
speak, and amio, to be silent. A god
A-KO-Lo, a^/. Eunninff and branching //P«^^^ng «'e'^«y- ,, ^ .
as roots of plants ; good above and sma-n A-ku-a-ha-nai, s. Aktm, god, and
below. Stn. with aakolo, \e kolo pu.
A-KO-toA, s. A species of fern.
k-Tio--LV,ac^.num. See Kouj.Tnree;
the pumbfer three ; also written e^ilw
A-EtT, ». To follow.
A-K0, A verbal directive. ^^^ ^<'^- *
233, ?, and § 236. In Ha™«"»0' *5e mo-
tion or action of Verb is supposed to be
towards one (Jft(?r,)o.r !»» 0?^ (afe*,) or
upwards (oe,) or ddv^^*'*^^:) «"^ ^^,^
ways, which is aia»<*«- 4to*.is mostly
connected with '«rbs, spmetmaies with
nouns and adv^''^ t it impUes motion or
tendency fi-a?"^"'^®! onward, &c,; as,e hele
akM, to go(#. go /'•"m one ; the opposite
of e he]s ***<**> to come towards one. In
nalTal^'e tenses the verbal dlreotlv^B are
genei-"iy followed by the syllable to; as,
hen ok\L ia oia,' he went off; noho iho ia
iif he sat dovin, or he dwelt.
A-KU, s. Name of a species of fish,
smooth, round ; the bonjto ; the name of
one of the two fish that accompanied Pili
in his voyage to these islands; aku helped
paddle (haluku) the canoe, and opeJu
calmed the winds when too strong. D.
Malo 4:13. See OrELtr.
A-KU, adj. Clear; unclouded; spoken
of the moon when fully up; he ahu, ka
mahina, the moon is clear.
A-Ku-A, s. Among Hawaiians, formerly,
the name of any supernatural being,. the
object of fear or worship ; a god. The
term, on the visit of foreigners, was ap-
plied tq artificial objects,- the nature or
properties of whicli Hawaiians did not iin-
derstand, as the uiovoment of a watobv ^
compass, the self-strikiug of a olo«k, &c.
llOr
nai, to feed.
i. SThe god that fed poison to people ;
tjheged of poison; hence,
2. Poison itself; he akmhanai ka rama,
rum is a poisonous god, a he moonihoawa
ka aie, and a poiso^i toothed lizard (ser-
pent) is ^oing into defit
A-kit-a-Hoo-u-na:-u-na, *. Ahm, god,
and koourm, to send. A class of gods who
were sent on errands like Mercury of the
Greeks; the names of gome of them were
KeaWenuikanohilo, KapO, Kapua, Kama-
kakou, end many others. '
A-Ktr-A-Kii, s. Akua, god, and kii, an
image.
1. The god represented by an imag«;
hence,
2. An idol ; a god made. OOik. 26:1 ;
I«a. 31:7. .
A-KtT-A-feu, adv. Up and down, as an
uneven road ; having the form of stairs ;
be ala akuaku.
A-KU-A-KtT, adv. Sailing, as over a rough
sea, or traveling over a rough road ; hele'
akimlcv, ma ke ala ; holo oJcimIbu, ka mokn ;
with one end up, then down. .
A-KU-A-KU, s. A species of rush.
A-KU-A-KTJ, adj. Done in a hurry; there-
fore, badly done ; he akimkn iho kou, you
were in a great hurry : he 'akuaini kana
hana, his work is badly done.
A-KU-A-LA-pu, s. Akua, god, and la'pu,
a ghost. A ghost ; a spectre ; an appari-
tion ; an evil spii-lt. Notm. — According to
the old people, the poe akmdapa were the
spirits of deucased persons seen in the
night about burying and other places for
the purpose of frigbteuing people.
ALA
45
ALA
A-Kn-A-LE-LE, s. Akua, god, and lele,
to fly. A meteor; an igniafatuus. Note. —
Wbeu the Hawaiiana -vrere flret shown the
representation or imaginary picture of an
an^el, they at once called it an alatalele, a
flying god.
A-KH-A-NO-Ho, s. Name of a class of
gods supposed to bo the gpliits of men de-
ceased ; theywere supposed to dwell with,
or 1>e over men as guardiaoB.
A-Kff-E, s. A short, low woman; he
wahine poupou.
A-KU-i-Ku-i, V. See Kui, to strike. To
atrike often, as with a stick in order to
drive fl.sh into a net.
A-KUri'KTT-i, s. Name of a particular
fiaU net. See Akuikui above. Also, the
name of the stick used to drive fish into
the kuikui,
A-Kxr-HE, V. To be bluck, blue or dark
colored. See Kotcuhk.
AiKU-KA-pi-HE, s. The juice of the tree
called koko, used aniong Hawadians as a
cathartic.
' A-KU-Kr, s. The standing up of ^vater
when wind and current are opposite : me
he a/euku nalu la i pol Uoko o ka malama
0 Kaiilua. Laieik. J167.
A-KU-tE, s. Name of a species of fish.
A KJC-LE, s. An epithei of an aged per-
son ; an old man or woma.a. See Ei.kma-
KUIJB.
A-KU-Li, ». To collect in a stream of
water, as leaves, bloaeoins, &c.
2. To dam up the water by such collec-
tion ; ua a^i ka wai, a ua bataua ; a ua
ale-jii ka tan o ka laaii iloko o ka wai.
Akvti ka paao ka taau i ka wa{,
Lutana Bi\a 1 k» »e wnilllua.
Be wai hoopaa fa nol-illa
No ua 'koa la, o Ueua, o I/imalca.
A-KU-Li-KU-Li, ff. A kind of water herb,
perhaps purslain; he moa ulu ma ka aina,
ma na aliali, a he papapa kekahi inoa.
A-Ku-LU, s. A species of color or colors;
he ahdu moe wai, a eleele uliuli.
A-KU-LU, s. Name of a species of fish.
A-Kir-Mtr. adj. Broken or cut off till
very short; applied to anything cut or
broken off piecef by piece, as a pen in
mending, or a pencil in sharpening.
A-LA, V. To wake from sleep j to watch,
i. «., to keep fram sleep.
2. To rise up, as from a sleeping pos-
ture ; t! bikilele oia ua ka hiamoc ana.
Ptik. 10:23,- Ala ku e, to rise up against
one. Puk. 15:7.
3. To 1186 up, as a new generation of
people ; ta come forward. ImvA. 2:10,
4. BoQ. To '■.^nae one to rm ; to lift up ;
to rise from the dead.
6. To raise up ; excite to aQtion ; to stir
up, as the mind. 2 Pd. 3:1.
6. To stir up ; excite to evil. Pwfc. 23:1.
7. To raise up, as a delivca'er or beno-
factor. I/unk. 3:9.
8. To repair, as a brckeii down wall.
Nelu 3:4.
A-LA, V. I To anoint; to dress a sore or
a limb. 2 Sam 19:24. •
A-LA, V. A round, smooth stone ; a
pebble, suob as has been worn by the
water ; he pohaku maloko o ka muliwai.
1 Sam. 17:40 and 43. Ala o ka maa, a sling
stone. Zek. 9:1.5.
A-LA, s. A path; way;, road; often
alanui, great road ; it is used in some
places as synonymous with kuamoo} he
kahi e hcle ai ; kuu aku ana keia i ke afo ;
po oloko i ke ala. Laieik. 62.
A-LA, .adj. Round or oval, as a smooth
stone or bullet : hence, heavy : kanmaha,
e like me ka cua o kahawai, heavy, as a
smooth stone in a- water course. See Ala,
a round, smooth stone.
■A-LA, adj. Spicy ;_ perfumed J aromatic.
A-LA, adj. Fair 'eyed, but blind ; a&
ka maka, e like me ko ka clemakule, dim
sighted, as an old person.
A-LA,, s. A variety of kalo, tough and
stringy.
A-LA-A, V. To work with the oo in
cultivating or digging off green sward.
A-LA-A, $. A kind of tree.
A-LA-A-LA, *. Ala, round, &c. A scrof-
ulous sore ; an ulcer; particularly on tlif
neck; the ringworm; poha ka alatUa me
kahab uli.
A-LA-A-LA, s. A soft substance in the
squid used for bait in fishing ; he cHaalahee.
^ 2. Soft, flabby flesh ; soft and tough, as
Kome kinds of fO)Od.
8. The name of potatoes that grow on
the leaf of the potato.
A-LA-A-LA, adj.. Scrofulous.
A-LA-A-LAE, adj. Herd, or half cooked,
aa kalo ; aohe maneo, moa puehuehu, he
maneo ia.
Ell! Hawaii he one,
AlatU(u: ke one,
Eg poha ka mai, lie liki ka lau.
A-LA'A-LAi, *. Name of a bird.
A-LA-A-LAi, s. The name of a kalo
patch formed by bending down the nishes
and covering them with dirt and irrigating
it; hence
A-LA-A-LAi, J5. Argillaceous earth.
A-LA-A-LA-HEE, s. The spawn or black
substance found ia the ^quid. .See Aij.-
ALA. He alaakihee me ka^i knkui inamona,
the spawn of the squid with kukui nuts aa
a, relish.
ALA
46
ALA
A-LA-A-LA-pu-LOA, s. A plant with small
yellow blossoms ; called also uhola. a spe-
cies of useless -siirub ; anhea o mea? aia i
kiila i ka alacUapiiioa, i. e., gene on a, wild
goose chase, or on a fool's errand.
A-LA-A-LA-PU-LOA, s. The name of a
species of fish of the squid kind ; he alacda-
pvJ.oa me ka'wekaweka no.
A-LA-A-LA-WA, V. The compound, fre-
quentative, poetical form of aJawa ; to^ look
frequently one way and the otha-, as in
fear of being seen ; alauXawa ka maka o
ka aihne, <Aaalawa na maka me he pueo
la, the eyes of the thief look this way and
that, they look here and therelike an owl.
A-LA-A-iiA-WAi-mri, s. Name of a large
tree whose fruit is used in dying.
A-LA-A-LA-wAi-NUi, s. Name of a small
plant growing in ston^ places; he a ahi
nlu liilii ma ke ahn pohaku.
A-LA-A-MAo-MAO, s. Name of a god of
the winds ; the Eolus of the Hawaiian
Islands.
Huai mai ka ipu makani,
Alaamaomao ke ^ua makani.
A-1J.-A-PA-PA, s. The name of a kind
of dance ^ he alaapapa kaM hnla.
A-LA-A-FA-PA, V. To disclose to an-
other what onp has said of his character.
A-LAE, s. Name of a bird with a red
skin oa the upper part of its bill ; oia Isa
mca (0 Maiiinkaiaui) nana i imi i ke ahi, a
loaa i ka alae, he it was (Maniakalani) who
being in search of fire,, found the alae;
alae, h,T moa eleele loa, a very black fowl.
The alae was formerly worshipped as a
god, especially the alae keokeo, the white
aiae.
A-LA-EA, s. Red dirt ; a kind of Span-
ish brown dug from the earth.
2, Any red coloring matter ; red ochre.
Isa. 44:13.
A-LA-EA, adj. Relating to the practice
of the priest offering the yearly sacrifice ;
uele mai ke kahnua alaea mu ke kanaka,
nana e lawc ka- ipu alaea.
A-LA-EA, adj. Red, as the flesh of the
fish aku and ahi. See foregoing. Iluki
kokc ka io ■alaea a, me: na io a pnu ; name
of a muscle. Anal 50.
A-LA-EA, s. The fore part of the thigh.
A-LA-EA, *. A family, tribe or clan.
2. The descendants of servants ; the de-
scendants of KeopuolMu are the daea of
Nahienaena.
A-LA-E-LA, adv. Poetic for aia la, there
it is.
A-LAi, V. To obstruct; to hinder one
in any way ; ua alai ia e ka, hilahila a biki
olo ke pane aku, ho or she was hindered
by shame and could not answer. Zaieik.
127. To block up a door or passage by
sitting down in ii.
2. To foi-m a circle round one for his
defense in danger.
3. To defend ; oppose one.
4. To be so thronged as not to see ort.
Note, — The double form, alalai, is more
generally used. Ua alai ia, ua paapu loa,,
dole ike aku kahi mea, he was thronged
thickly, he could not see out.
A-LAi-A, s. A small, thin surf board.
A-LA-i-iHi, s, A species of small red fish.
2. ^ame of a red cloth.
A-LA-i-Ki, s. The practice of quartering
in one's house or seizing one's property
when a chief traveled wi3i his people.
A-LAi-LA, adv. Refers both to time and
place ; there, when place is referred to ;
then, when reference is made to time. Like
many other adverbs, it is declinable with
the simple prepositions. Gram. § 68 and
§ 165. 2d.
A-LA-0, s. Name of a class of heiaus.
A-LA-o, s. The eating of the oopu or
other fish raw, and even before dead ; ka
alao mai no i na wahi oopu, a me na wahi
opae. '
A-LA-ou. Ua like me alao. See the
foregoing.
A-la-Ij-lo-li, s. Ala, path, and ololi,
narrow, A narrow path ; a lane, as of a
dty,
A.-LA-0-jyiA, V. To receive into the
nioutli ; to swallow greedily, as a fish the
bait ; alaoma ka waha o ka oopu a me ke
aholehole i ke koe; the mouths of the oopu
and the aholehole greedily swallow the
worm ; alaume momoni,
A-LA-tT, t). To knock with the knuckle
on anything'hard, as a board ; olou.
A-lau, s. Place where a wind is parted,
as the east wind at Hana,, Maui.
A-LAxr-A, », To look upon one's self
with admiration ; e alava ana ia ia iho me
ka manao na nani oia.
A-LAU-KA, s. Badness; worthlessness ;
vileness ; the otfscouring or dregs of soci-
ety ; he hana inoino pupuka akeulca.
A-LA-u-KA, adj. Vile; bad; worthless;
slovenly ; negligent ; pupuka.
A-LA-u-LA, s. Ala, Toad, and rda, red.
1. A streak of light, such as is .seen after
the sotting and before the rising sun. Kin.
32:24, Henct!,
2. The first dawn of the morning. Hat
46:5, The early dawn or first gleam of
morning light, 2 Pet. 1:19.
A-LA-u-LA .$. Red dust in a road ; the
red dust of a pali ; red dust generally,
2, A kind of red chalk in which nothing
will groiv.
ALA
47
ALA
3. A kind o£ searWeed, blacfcish ; a spe-
ciee of limu.
A-tA-u-ME, r. See Alaom>.
A-LAtr-WA-mo,. «. A species of bird,
email and yellow. See Xavwi.
A-LA-HA-KA, s. Ala, a path, and haka,
open.
I.' A ladder. Kin. 28:12.
2. A rough road, with many raTines or
chitema. Laidk. 71.
A-LA-HEE, s. Nameof a tree; a species
of tree, very hard, of .which instruments
were made to till tW soil with ^ o n» oo
mahiai i ka wa kahiko, o ka nlei a o ke
aiaMi, ^e diggers for farming in ancient
times were made of ulei and alahee.
A-LA:Hn, ». A species of wood; bastard
sandal-wood.
2. A row or hom, as on a mat.
A-LA-Hou-AK-A, s. Ala, to rise, and hou,
again, and the participial :tenmnation ana.
A rising again; a nsingifiom the dead.
Oitc. 24:15. A resurrection.
A-LA-Ho-Nu-A, s. The south-west direc-
tion from Hilo ; ke ala ana i ka manawa
i makemake ole ai; o ke aWionua ana
mamua, aole i hiki i ka manawa.
A-'CA-HTHLA, V. To break a certain
kapu; n» alahda kahi kapu, ua uoa ke
kanawal. -,
2. Alahula Pnuloa, he hele na Kaapfjhau.
• 3. To make a road through one's "bcflise
or farm by constantly passing^ through
it; ua lilo i alanui hele man ma ia wahi.
A-LA-HU-LA, s. A thoroughfare; a path
or place much frequented ^ ua maa i ka
ikeia, ua hele pinepine la.
2. A road made on a pafi <m which a
stranger cannot go, only traveled by resi-
dents.
2. A place where it is necessary to swim
past a clitf that intercepts the passage
along the beach, as Blelu on Hawaii..
A-L.t-KAi, V. Ma, road, and kai, to lead.
1. To lead along the path ; to guifle or
conduct one on a road. Puk. 13:17.
2. To lead, as captives, 2 OiM. 6:36.
3. To take, as a person, from one place
to another. 2 Oihl. 8:11.
i. To lead, as an animal ; alakai ke ke-
iki i ka puaa, the child. L^a-ds the hog ; ua
alakaiia ka Ho i ka pa. IIoo. To cause to
lead. Ezek. 89:28.
A-LA-KAi, s. J&, path, and W, the sea.
He alakai ke alanui hnlaana o. na pali, a
path where one must swim around a pro-
jecting clitf or Wutf.
A-LA-KAi, s. Ala, road, and kai, to lead.
A leader ; conductor ; guide- Heb. 13:7.
A-LA'KAf, adj. Large ; pot-bellied ;
plump.
A-LA-KAi-MAU-NA, s. Alokai, guide, and
mauna, mountain. A guide on the moun-
tains and inland ; what a pilot is on board
ship.
A-LA-Ko, V. Ala, path, and ko, to drag
along.
1. To drag along the ^ound.
2. To lead, as a criminal ; k^dred with
ahkai. //«!. 28:3, E kauo, e huki.
3. To trail, as a gown in the dust ; he
(^doko mai i ka le^o, to drag in the dirt.
i. To draw or influence one. Hos. 11:4.
A-LA-LA, .J. Name of a bird ; a species
of raven on nawaii ; so namejd from its
cry, resembling that of a child. Jai^iA. 29.
A^LA-LA, V. To cry, as the young of
animals. Mik. 1:8.
A-LA-LA, s. The cry of young animals;
a ci^ng; weeping; a bleating, crying,
&c,, of flocks. 1 mm. 15:14. The squeal-
ing of hogs. Laieik.V!.
A-LA-i,A, s. A specie of potato with
fruit on the leaves. See Alaala.
A-LA-LAi, V. Aids road, and led.
1. To hinder one from doing a thing.
2. To obstnict one's road. Idb. 19:8.
8. To be in the way of another : ua ala-
tai mai oia i ko'u hele ana,.he hindered me
in my passage ; he keakoa.
A-LA-LAi, V. To consecrate; to render
sacred by coming In contact with some
sacred object.
A-j;a-lau-wa, i. A species of small fish ;
called BO when small or young ; when
larger or olfier they are called aweoweo.
A-la-la-l^ V'\ To spread out tobacco
leaves over or before a fire to, dry for use,
A-lAtLE-hb, aetj. Sick; weakj hungry,
as a child : he ukuhi ohemo na keiki,
omino, c^dUme, ka alalehe, ka uwe wale.
A-LA-LO, «. A, jaw, and Ida, under.
The lower jaw of men and animals ; the
lower mandible of a bird.
A-LA-LO-A, s. Ala, path, and loa, long,
a highway ; path, &c. Stn. with alanui.
JVoft. 20:17.
A-LA-MA-A-WE-i-Xi, J, Ala, path, maawe,
any small su'bstance, and iki, little. A
small, narrow, indistinct path; it is ap-
plied to the departure of the soul when one
dies; he is said to have gone along the
alamaavieiki, i. e., the untrodden path ; he
alaololi.
A-LA-MA-KA^i-Nir, s. Name of a stone
at Maiao,' flat and shining ; applied to a
disobedient child ; he alamakahinu i ke
alii.
A-LA-ME-A, V. To be too ripe; rotten,
as anything lying out in the rain ; ua ka-
pule alamea i ka ua.
A-tA-ME-A, s. The name of a species
ALA
48
ALA
of hard stone from volcanoes, out of which
stoQfi axes were made.
A-LA-MO-LE, S. A species of stone.
A-LA-NA, s. A present made by a chief
to u priest to procure his prayers.
2. A present made to a god; he makana
e haawi akn ai i ke akua.
3. An oblation or free will offering for
any purpose. Puk. 18:12.
4. AsacriBoe. J'ufc. 29:28. .^fctnahoBno,
a holy oblation. Mek. 48:10. He cdana
ka mea e haawiia aku al e kalaia mai ai
ka hala o ka moa lawehala.
5. A fee prepaid to a physician to at-
tend upon a sick person.
A-iA-NA, V. To give or bring a present
as an offering. Oihlc. 12:14. To offer' a
sacrifice. Hal. 66:15.
A-I.A-NA, adj. A and lana, to float.
Light ; not heavy ; easily floating on the
water ; he hookomo ole ; not sinking.
A-I-A-NA, s. Alala, to cry, and ana. A
crying ; the voice of suffering or of eom-
plaiut ; ko oho aiana, makuakahi, the voice
of complaint from an only parent.
A-LA-NA-A-i,6-HA, s. Alana, offeringj
tod cUoKct, love. A peace offering ; an of-
fering for making peace with another to
procure one's favor ; he alana e aloha mai
o hai ia ia.
A-LA-NA-Ktr-Ni, s. Atana and kuni, to
bnrn. An offering to procure the death of
a sorcerer ; e make ai ka mea nana i ana-
ana ; a burnt offering.
A-LA-NA-MO-u-A, s. An offering' made
to the gods to procure a curse ; he alana e
molia i kipi aina, to curse the rebels ; ke
alana e molia i ka mamala ku i ka pa ; be
alana e molia i ka olulo pae i kapa,.
A-L'A-NE-o, adj. Ala, piith, and neo,
silent.
1. Clear ; serene ; unclouded, as the at-
mosphere on the mountains; alane.o ka uka,
aole ao, clear was the iipland, no clouds.
2. Desolate ; w;ithout people, as a coun-
try; alanio kauhaie; aole kanaka. ler. 50:3.
See Nboneo.
A-LA-NE-o, s. The name of a disease
where the patient is swelled greatly in
every part except the face ; he olelo a ne
kaMina lapaau ; ina olelo aku i ka mai,
pela he alaneo kou mai, o ke ano 0 ia olelo,
he loai kanaka ole, aole lehulehu o kanaka
nana e Mi i ka laau.
2. A class of gods, males only.
3. The name of a cloak or royal robe
made of the feathers of the mamo only ; o
ka aahuula i hanaia i ka hulu mamo wale
u<> uu kapaia he alaneo.
4. Clear weather ; no clouds.
A-LA-Ni, s. The name of the mountain
on iianai and some other plaiies.
A-iA-Ni, s. Name of a timber tree used
ia fitting up canoes.
A-LA-Ni, s. Eng. The Hawaiian pro-
nunciation of the word orarjge; an orange,
a foreign fruit ; also, the name of the tree.
A-LA-Ni, *. Name of a land breeze at
Lanai, from the name of the mountain.
A-LA-NI, s. Name of a species of limu,
bitter, and very similar to the limu lipoa.
A-iiA-Ni-A, adj. Smooth, as the ocean,
without wave or ripple ; aole apuupnu, he
kalarda.
A-LA-Ni-HO, s. Ala, path, and niho,
tooth. Name of the long strips of tatoo
made on the skin by means of a shark's
tooth.
A-iA-NU-i, s. Ala, path, and rod, large
A highway ; a road ; a frequented, path.
See Alaioa. In some places kuamoo is
used.
A-LA-PA, adj. Ugly J poor; thin in
flesh, as a hog.
A-I^-PA-HI, V. To spread false repoits ,
to slander. 2 Sam. 19:27.
2. To deceive ; to lead others astray.
3, To deceive, as a demagogue.
A-LA-PA-Hi, s. Slander; detraction;
falsehood ; he cUapahi moe ipo ka nana ; a
lie ; false speaking.
A-LA-PA-HI, adj. Olelo alapaki, a slan-
derous or false report. 2feh. 14:36.
A-LA-PA-Ktri, adj. Exceedingly fragrant,
too much so, or too strong to be pleasant.
A-LA-PA-pii-Moo-KU, s. A mean man of
no character who goes before the king;
ka mea ino pii i kahi o ke alii.
A-LA-pn, B. Ala, path, and pii, to as-
cend. A ladder ; stairs. 2 Nai. a.13. An
ascent. 1 Ned. 10:5. He alahaka, he alt-
ulii ; he alapii pali ino o Wahinekapu.
A-LA-Pu-KA, adj. Having scrofulous
sores, as on the neck, legs, &c.
2. Applied to kaVo which has spots of
dry-rot ; he kalo alapuka.
A-LA-wA, V. To look on one side, then
on the other, as one who is afraid of beiu^
seen ; e hoi oukou me ko oukou niaka
alawa pie io a ip.
2. To look up, as one downcast.
3. To lift up the eyes in pride. Isa.
37:23. .
4. To lift »ip the eyes to see a thing.
loan. 4:36. To take a survey, {sa. 60:4,
5. To turn the eyes in an oblique direc-
tion. Kin. 33;6.
6. To turn one's head to look about.
7. To be lifted or turned up. as the eyes;
alaxea ae la kona mau maka,
A-LA-WA, .f. A tiiming of the eyes ti-
look behind ; be alaioa na maka i hope e
ike i ka poe e liele mai ana.
ALE
49
ALI
A-UA-BA-TA, ) adj. Gt. Alabaster; he
A-LA-BA-TE-RO, J ipuotoftafa. Lufc. 7:37.
A-LB, V. To swallow, in various senses;
» moni akn.
1. VVhea anything disagteeabJe is to be
taken.
2. To drink in, as water.
3. To drink in, as the earth drinks water.
4. To swallow up, as the earth. A'oA.
16:^2. To absorb ; to swallow, as a flood ;
to destroy.
5. To overpower, as an army. 2 Sam.
17:16. AU wale, to swallow without chok-
ing-
6. Ke aZe niai,<to come up into, as tears
into the eyes ; as poets say, the tears welled
'up in her eyes.
A-I.E, s. A wave ; a billow put ip mo-
tion by the win4 ; a. wave of the sea. Ic^.
9:8. Aloia mai u ha ale ino o La^ Hao,
having escaped the raging hittoiBs of Cape
Horn ; make iho nei ia iloko o ka a2e o
Pailolo, be was lately drowned in the
waves of Pailolo ; loi alenq i ke alia o kolo.
Via. Ale o ka make. 2 Sain. 22:5. Holo
pipi kaote 0 ka moana, the erest.of a wave;
ka die, water put in niotion ; ka alt wai
hail a ke 'kua, teaitr of snow of the god.
Note. — It was supposed that the gods
made the snow.
A-LE-A, *. See Lea. Having a pleasant
voice for singing ; agreeable, as the voice.
A-i.£-A-LE, V. 13th conj. of ale. To
make into waves ; to stir up. as water ; to
trouble ; to toss about, as restless waters.
^es. 4:14. Ale(de ka wai, ua piha a aleale
ke keakea. Hoo. To stir up, as water.
/(N^n. 5:4. _ ._
A-tK-A-LE, *. A moving, swelling,; stir-
ring, as the waves of the.sea; as water any-
Vi'here.
A-LB-A-LE-A, t. A sharp, white,: small
8heH.flsh found near the shore ; he pupu
aleaieoi
A-tB-o, adj. High ; applied to a house
or a room^,; a look-out on a hOUse-top.
A-LEir-LEU, t. Old kapa or mats ; also
applied to all kinds of bad kapa.
A-LE-KU-MA, J J. Heh. A later ortho-
A-LB-GU-HA, ) graphy tovaleguma; name
of a timber tree, as below ; name of a tree
found in the deserts of Arabia ; the algiuu
tree. 2 OUU. 2:8. Also^. by a change of
letters, ofemuffo. See below. Supposed by
Kitts to be the sandal-wood.
A-M-LE, V. To go or act as a messenger.
2. To go or act as a spy.
3. To look or examine the condition of
another. See Lei.e.
A-LB-LE, s. See Lble and Exele. A
messenger ; one sent on business ; he (dele
7
wau i hoounaia mai nei, I am a messenger
sent hither. Laieik. 79. See Luna.
A-le-le, s. a messenger of a chief; an
ambassador. See Elele.
He Iciu ka pus kulcuf }
He alele booholo na ke Koolao. — Melt.
A-le-he, s. a snare ; a noose ; he
ahele, he pahele.
A-LE-Lo, *. The tongue, of man or ani-
mals. Puk. 11:7 ; 2 Sam. 23:2. See Elelo.
A'LE-Lo, s. The tongue ; he alelo wana
ka ono, he ono ke aleto wana, he okulikuli.
A-LE-MA-NA-KA, «. Eng. An almanac;
the first was published in Hawaiian iu
183—,
A-LE-MO-NB, adj. Eng. of an almond.
A-ix-MO-HE, s. A hazle. Etn. 30:37.
The almond tree. Kekah. 12:15.
f^t^ \ *• See Alekuma above.
A-LE-KU-UA, \
A-UE-FA, s. Gr. Alepa, alpha; name of
the first letter of the Greek alphabet; hence,
the first, ka mua. Soik. 21:6.
A-LE-WA-LE-WA, s. A cloud or smoke
floating in the atmosphere ; hookaa ka pn-
nobn ka aleuxtleaa.
A-LE-GU-MA, s. See AlekuIha above.
A-Li, *. A scar on the face. Isai 1:6.
A-Li, V. To have a scar on the cheek ;
uaa2t ka papalina i ka mai; to have a scar
anywhere.
2. Sqo. To shake ; to wave ; to move to
and fro,Jtc.. ,Niih. 5:25. See Ho.u.i.
A-Li-A, ij.', To wait; to stop one when
doing a thing ; to restrain. 2 Sam. 24:16.
f. Used imperatively,, stop ; wait ; ap-
plied to a person in tb^ way ; take care ;
stand aside. 1 5am. 1^16.
A-Li-A, s. A large, flat surface where it
is "white with salt ; he alia boohaahaa
piiakai ; loi ale no i ke alia okolo. salt bed.
A-LI-A, s. The name of two sticks car-
ried by a person before the god of the year.
A-ii-A, adv. By. and by ; after a little.
A-Li-A-Li, adj. White, as snow or paper;
he wai cdiati, he keokeo ; he huali.
A-Li-A-u, V. Ua aliali, to have scars j
to be rough with scars ; to be scarred ; ua
kalibati, kokoke e piha ; ukali ae no hoi ;
hnlihuli.
A-Li-A-u-A, s. He alialia paakai, a bed
where salt is dried ; lio alUtlia manu ; na
alialia o na wai puna buihul See Aua
above.
2. Ground which is smooth, dry and
barren, as that which is baked in the sun,
or covered with salt.
A-Li-A-rs', adv. A word of similar im-
port with none and i none, let us see, show
ALI
50
ALO
it to me, &c. ; aa aliane, referring to some-
thing spoken of, let «s see ; let me see.
A-Lii, s. Name of a hard timber tree,
used for posts of houses and other pur-
poses ; also called aalii.
A-Ui, s. A chief; one who rules or has
authority over other men ; a king, quali-
fied by various epithets.
1. Ke alii moi, the supreme executive,
2. Ke alii aiittohu, a chief over a divis-
ion, J. e.. a governor under the cUU moi.
3. Alii koa, a chief over soldiers, i. e., a
general, leader of an army." 2 Sam. 2:8.
i. .4Kiofca;Mi, chief of a district. Luk.^'^.
A-ui, V. To act the chief; to be chief
or principal. Ifin. 1:16. To rule over men.
OiMc. 26:17. To govern. Kin. 37:8.
2. Boo. To crown one a king ; to make
one a king ; to make one's self a king ; to
rule ; to have power or influence with.
A-Lii, adj. Mea noho alii, a ruler. Puk.
22:28. Alii weliweli, king of terrors. Icb.
18:14.
A-Lii-KOA, s. A general of an army. 2
Sam. 2:18.
A-LH-PA-PA, s. Name of a cliild where
the mother was a chief and the father not.
A-LII- WA-Hi-NE, s. AUi and vsahine,
woman. A Queen. Mat. 11:44.
A-u-u-Li-u, adv. A long time.
A-Li-Hi, s. H inserted ; a captain of a
company. Jos. 10:24. 4(iM kaua, a general.
A-u-Hi, s. The lines of a fish net ; o
ke kaula ma ka pikoni.
2. The cords holding the sinkers of a net.
3. The upper part of a calabash strap ;
healihi no ke koko o ka umeke ; o kaoIiM
maluna o ka waa e kalai bon a haahaa ka
niao o ka alihi maluna o ka umeke : ma ka
alihi moana. e pili aka ana i kumu lani. at
the edje of the ocean, i. e., where th& ocean
and sky meet. J). Malo 5:13.
A-LI-HI, V. To be ready to work for the
sake of gain, bnt at other limes abseut:
A-U-HI, adv. Unwillingly.
A-Li-Hi-KAir-A, s. Ali/d (alii) and katea,
war. A general ; commander ; one who
directs in battle. 1 Nal. 16:16.
A-Li-Hi-LA-Ni, s. The horizon.
A-Li-Hi-LE-LE, «. Name of a drag-net ;
thi; net for taking the anae.
A-Li-TKA-Li-KA, ^j. Clammy; sticky;
tough, as kalo baked ;' as mud.
2. Stingy ; not liberaL
A-Li-KE-A-Li-KE, s. See Like. One-half;
an equal division of a thing.
A-LMU-Li-Ki, V. See Lrei; see Opuohao.
To be swelled tight as the skin can hold,
as in the di-opsy,
2. To be girded tightly.
A-Li-MA (e-li-ma), adj. Five ; the num-
ber five. See Lima.
A-Li-MA, s. See AinJMA, the stick held
in the hand in rubbing to obtain fire.
A-LI-MA.
Alima hea ko alaksi,
Ke aoi peahi la la Limaloa
1 hoapili no mana a bepa ka aa — ^he.
A-Li-NA, V. To be defiled or contam-
inated, as by marrying one of low birth ;
mai moe oukou i ka poe keiki a ka poe
kauwa. o alina auauei ka oukou mau keiki;
applied to a chief who married a low woman
and had children of low order ; alina oe i
kou mare ana i kau kauwa.
2. To be scarred, as one burned badly ;
to be scarred by scrofula; ua alina oe i ke
ahi.
3. To have spots or blemishes ou one's
person.
4. MoraRy,io be disgraced or implicated
in sin.
5. To be filthy, as food ; ua aliva loa o
Mea ; ua alina ka kakou. ua makole..
A-LI-MA, s. A low servant ; a slave.
A-Li-NA, adj. Low; degraded.
A-Li-NA-Li-NA, s. A shell fish of the
sea ; the young or small of the opihL
2. A mark ; a sign ; nearly stk. witb
hoailona.
A-Lo, o. To elude or dodge the stroke
of a weapon. 1 Sam. 18:11.
2. To pass over from one place to an-
other ; ua alo aku nei na kaulua i na knmn
i Molokai.
3. TO'Skip or pass over something; eaio
i kekahi la, e hana i kekahi la.
4. To pass through the water by swim-
nuQg ; to extend the bands in swimming.
5. To set one's self against; to be op-
posed to ; e a2o ia ia, to &ce him; to turn
and front bim.
6. To meet some difficulty or resisting
force or opposition; ua nui ka makou hana
I ke aUs ana. itte na' hakii i ka maka o ke
kaua, we have much work to do in resist-
ing with onr masters the front of the war.
7. To resist boldly, as a difficulty; face,
as an enemy in danger. los. 8:20. G a2i>
i na i'no a pan e biki mai ana e like me
kaua i alo hoomanawanui ai i ka la o ka
makalii.
8. To double, as a cape ; e akna mu »i
n a ale 0 Lae Hao.
9» To face ; to be against. Imnk. 20:48.
To resist. Puk. 23:29.
10. To consQine : devour.
11. flbo. To pass away; forget /so. 40:27.
12. To shun ; eschew. 1 Pe<. 3:11.
A-LO, s. The front; the face; the-iffes-
cncepfone. ffin. 3:8. Ma ke oJo, betbre ;
in front.
2. The fereasl or bolly. Kin. S:14. Ua
ALO
61
ALU
hlki mal I ko'a aio nei, It fatwi come ta-my
fr<mt,l. e.,to mu; ma koiiu ulo ilio, directly
In front of Ub. li/n.iUiO. Ma ko o^o uUl.
persone living witb and In tlie fuvor of tile
chief.
A-LO, s. The name of a four-footed ani-
mul in tbo hvu.
A-Lo-X-Lo, 0. Double form of do. To
turn thiR way ainl thut ; to look one wny
and nnotliur, ua If In funr, or about to do
mincbiuf'. I'lilc. 'i:li. Aloalo na maka o
ka aihue.
A-i'O-A-LO, V, See Axo. To dodge; to
Sou fitim. Bj) u nhowcr, i. e., to run from
onu tree to another -, aloalo ua, aloc^o mo-
kaoi, kipakipa, pukuuliale, to dod^o the
rain, Ac.
A-LO-A-I.0, V. To go after, as a servant;
to bring thingf! ; to wait on ; hu ui ijuiipiiu,
he poi pmipiiii.
A-lo-e; (. Ertg. Aroes. Mel. Sol. 4:14
A-Loi-Loi, s. A species <»f small fish.
A-M-HA, 13. To love ; to regard with
aiiiovtion ; to degire.
2, To liarc pity or compassion upon.
, 3. To show morcy ; to be merciful as a
habit. Mat. 5:7. To spare; to pity, j^e/c.
7:9,-
4. To salute at meeting or parting. 1
Sam. 10:4.
6. To salute contempmonsly ; cioha ino
kaua, alas for us two. TfoTK^—Atoba, as a
word of salutation, is modern ; the ancient
forms were anoai, welina, &e.
C. IIoo. To give tbanks as an act of wor-
ship. 1 Om. 2S:3.
A-LO-HA, s. A word expressing different
feelings ; as, love ; aftiection ; gratitude ;
kindness; pity; compassion; grief; the
modern common salubitlon at meeting and
parting;
A-Lo-HA, adj. Loving; beloved; f^vpred.
A-M-HA-iA. A verbal from the verb
olo/ui above iia(.'d u.'< u noun. Favor; kind'
ncRs; loaa ia ia ko alfihala mai, he obt-ainud
favor ; favor ; good will. Kin. 33:10.
A-LO-HA-i-No, int. Aloha and ino. An
intentive; it expresses great love, pity or
coippassion for a person in a suffering con-
dition. It is also used by way of contempt,
as poor fellow! good enough tor you!
A-LO-HA-LO-HA, V. To love touch.
2. /Zoo. To give thanks; to express 'af-
fection for ; to bless in worship. 2 flam.
22:00.
" 3. To salnto. 2 Sam. 8:10.
4. To speak kindly to; to entreat gently.
Luk. 1.5:28.
A-Lo-Hi, v: To shine ; to become shining,
or bright; to reflect brightness. lsa.9.l.
Alohi e like me ka la i ke a,wakea. Fia.'
To shine, as christian character. PU. 2:1.5.'
A'LO-Bi, *, A bright shining; bright-
ness ; splendor.
A-LO-Hi-Lo-Bi, s. Splendor; brightness
//oifc. 21:11. Light; i«Q.S!l:9. Sparkling,
as the oyo; ka inoa he akna I ke (UohttoRi
o na maka, I thonglit they wore gods by
the hriglUnais of their eyes. '
A-LO-Hi-Lo-ni, adj. Malamalama alohi-
lohi, bright light M. 37:21.
A-LO-Hi-LO-Hi, V. To shine brigbdy.
Luk.VM. To Hh|ne, as light. Dun. ]2:a
A-Lo-Lo, adv. Exclamation of triumph
at the ills of another, as the fall of an en-
emy. See LoLO.
A-LO-LU-A, adj. Two-sided; double-
' faced ; applied to men and things ; nioena
nlolua, a double mat, having two faced
sid^.
A-Lo-PE-KE, *. Gr. A fox. Luvk. 15:4.
A-Lo-pi-HE, s. Alo and jnhe, the sound
of mourning as it floats in the air.
A-LU, V, To combine, as several per-
sons in aiding another either in a good or
bad cause.
2. To give aid or assistance. Oih. 21:28.
To help, as in quari'cls where one is likely
to betkitled and several aid in effecting
his escape.
3. To unite together, as several persons
for a particular object.
4. To be connected, as the joints of the
human body.
5. To adhere to ; to act with ; e olu aku
mabopoj make o Manono no ka nui o kona
aluia, Dunono died for the strength of her
adherence to him.
A-LU, v. To relax i hang down ; be
weak. Fulc. 17:11.
2. To bend the knees ; to oourtesy.
3. To stoop down, as in entering a low
door ; to stoop down, as in hiding behind
a low object ; olu ae la maua e pee ana.
Laieik. 207.
"4. To ruff up, as a mat; na otu na moena
i ka nakuia.
S. Hoc. To lopsen, as the tongue, ilfar.
7:31.
A-LU, *. The lines of the hand.
2. A gutter ; a ravine ; kabawai awawa;
a road descending a hill.
3. A courtesy.
4. Tile muscles of the eye. ifa(, 76:4,
5. The 6kin and soft parts of njen, fish,
and all animals, when the bones are taken
oiit. See AhvxLv:
6. A name given to women who have
borne children. See Ai.uaIo.
A-LU, adj. Combined; acting together;
he man ilio a}ui ka hakaka.
A-LU-A (e-lu-a), mim. adj. The number
two ; two. See L(m.
ALU
52
AMA
A-Lu-A, adj. A word signifykig admira?
tioa ; it applies to what is good, great, ad-
mired, &c. ; the o is often dropped ; as,
aoheonafua, there J9. none like him. See
hVK. ka ipoa o ka ona no kon% wai^ai
(iho,) 0 ka mahiina <Aua. surely drunkcn-
m'93 (by awa) has its own reward, the
wonderml scaling of the skin. Laieik. 35.
A-hv-A-LU, V. Jftt, doubled; 13th conj.
of alu. To come upon one.
2. To follow; pursue; overpower. Kanl.
32:30.
3. To pursue, as an enemy. Kin. 14:15;
1 Sam. 17:52.
4. To chasS. los. 23:10.
5. To persecute. 1 Tcs. 2:16.
6. To be wrinkled, as the cheeks and
forehead of old tiersons.
A-Ltr-A-m, s. The flexible skin or hide
of an animal ; he ahwlu bipi.
2. The soft parts of flesh when the bones
are taken out; the appearsince is flabby,
loose and wrinkled, &c.
3. The fetus of animals or men ; kaauia
ka aluaiu i ka Icpo, the/s<«s was buried in
the dust.
4. The skins, rinds and refuse of melons
after the substance is eaten ; lia aiia na
ipu. a 0 ka alwdv, wale no koe.
A-Lu-A-LTJ, adj. Loose; flabby; prema-
ture ; ahapelcsB, as an untimely birth.
Laieik. 12. Slack, as a^rope or string.
2. Uneven ; rongh ; full of lines.
3. He ill alwdu, a loose skin; applied to
an untimely birth; he keiki a/waiu, ua like
me ka iewe ke ano,an imperfect child, like
a jjlaccpta.
Aau-A-LTJ-A, s. A crack, as in the wall
of a house. Oikk. ] 4:.'i.
2. A rough road, full of ravines and dif-
ficult passes ; he aluaiu inoino ke alanui e
Jiele ai i ICahakuloa.
3. A second-hand garment, full of wrin-
klt-3.
4. The name given lo the numeration
tabic, beginning thus : ehia lua aha, two
twos are four ; ma l»e ahudua ko lakou ao
ana i ka hclu. through th(! miiliinjjcation
table they learn nviihmetic.
A-Lu-HEE, adj. Loose, as a bundle not
well bound ; liangiii<r lliibWly.
A-ur-KA, V. To jumble together, as
parts of two stories.
2. To mix togellier, as contributions for
different purposes, or dffTel'ent taxes.
3. To mix together, .so as not to distin-
gnieh,
4. Jinn. To cause a mixture, as above ;
e 80 0 hoa'nka i ka waiwai hookupu ; sim-
ilar to huikai.
A.-LU-KA, *. The uniting or mixing to-
gether of things of different or opposite
qualities ; ke atuka o kahewa o ka pono.
A-LU-Li, ». To turn the head on one
side ; ho aluii ke poo, ho kekee.
A-LU-Lu, adj. Quick; in a hurry; he
hopubopu ai'uiu kona hele ana no ka lohe
ana he m»ke.
A-LU-W, adi). Quickly ; "hastily ; hob
hopufaopu aMa aku la makou a ee maluna
o ka was.
A-Lu-NA, s. A, the jaw, and luna, upper,
over. The upper part of the mouth of a
gerson ; oF the bill of birds; of the mouth
of animals. Laieik. 104. The roof of Jhe
mouth. .Hai, 137:5. The upper jaw. '
A-LU-Ntr, V, See Lunu. To defraud. 1
Sam. 12:3, 4. Tg be overbearing in a bar-
gain. Oihk. 19:13. To oppress ; to be hard
upon one. Eiinli 24:14.
2. To accuse falsely. Luk. 3:14.
3. To be desirous of ijoasesaing prosprty.
A-LU-NU, s. Oppression, ha. m0:13.
Usury. jVeA. 5:10. Kxtortipn; coretnus-
ness. Isa. 57:17. He o/ttnu, an extortioner.
A-HJ-Mir, adj. Covetous; greedy of gain;
waiwai alunu, property unlawfully taken.
Puk. 18:21. Waiwai Mwmis also more. 1
Sam. 8:3. Alunu is opposed to lokomaUecU.
Isa. 32:5.
A-LH-NU-WA-LE, s. A Strong desire to
take what is another's; extortion; robbery.
A-MA, s. Tl)e longitudinal stick of the
outrigger of a canoe.
A-MA, adj. Satisfied ; satiated, as with
food.
2. Talkative; revealing secrets; tattling;
ho afaiahi ; be waha ama ia hai, a mouth
revealing to others. Seu Amaama.
A-MA, J). To offer to the gods ohias and
melons ; mostly found in the conj. haa and
hoo ; as, hoama, hadma, &c. ; fumma ka
ohia ; haama i ka ipuhaole ; akahi no a
haama ac i ka ipu aimaka. See Amasia, to
offer, &,G.
A-MA-A-MA, V. See Aima 2. To reveal
secrets ; to tell anothijr's faults ; to slan-
der ; airmama ka waha i ka hoi i ka hewa
0 ka mea e.
A-MA-A-MA, adj. Slanderous, as the
mouth of one ever ready to speak evil ; he
waha amaama, ka leleol, ka waha hiki-
wawe i ke kamailio ma na olelo i manaoia
0 buna.
A-MA-A-MA, s. A species of fish ; young
mullet perhaps.
A-MA-A-MAU, V. Ama, satisfied with
food, and amau, still.
1. To eat much; to be satisfied with
food ; e al nui i ka ai me ka amaamau.
2. To eat quickly or fast, as one who is
hungry and has a keen appetite. '
A-MAUf V. To hush up; to keep one
from speaking or conlplaiaing ; na ajiiau
AMI
53
AMO
akii au e noho malic, aole pono t pane
mai. Sue Hamad.
A-MA-tfi, s. A species of small bird.
A-mAu-mau, adj. A god growing among
the forns on the mountains; i iia 'icua
antay,mau o'ke kiila.
A-MAu-MAu, J. The fern ; the brake.
A-mA-ka-mi-ka, v. See Amika, to desire
fu()(l> To Ae»ire food, aa w(i suy, liis mouth
wators fur it
2. To liavo a desire for that which can-
not: be obtained:
A-MA^Ki'Ml, S, Name of a sjimii ytll*.w
bifd i hemami hulu Icnaleua ia..
A-MA-Ki-KA, s. A species of small bird.
A-mA-ma, v. Conj. 9th of ama, to offer,
Ac. To Rive over to the gods in samilice.
2. To offer sacrifice as au act of worship.
Wbifc. 8:3. O ke kino nhane ole e waiho
£,na, amama ae la ke alii, the body lying
without Hf" the '"nj? oflorcd in Bacrillcej
ua amamaia aku la i Icona akiia ia Kaili,
ho was sacriQced to Iiia god Kaili : to offer
prayers; amama, ua noa, like our term
j^mcn to a prayer. Xaici/c. 104.
A-MA-MA, s. The offering of a sacrifice;
ka amama ana i ke kanaKa i ke alaia.
A-MA-NA, s. Tw;o sticks crossing each
other at oblique angles.
2. The branches of a tree in the form of
tuc letter Y. ,
A-MA-NA, adj. Crossing; put together
in the form of a cross or gallows ; ua laaii
amana i kauia'i o Kuliama ; he aleo kahi
hale, he amana koltahi hale.
A-MA-NA, V. Amana mau ke kani ana
o ka pu; amaw! mau ke kani o ka pu a ka
anela.
A-MA-RA, s. Eng. The Hawaiian ortho-
graphy for tne word armorer; a black-
smith. 1 AVtm. 18:19. NoTB.— The first ships
that visiti'd the islands were ships of war
or of discovery, and their blacksmiths wero
called armorers; hence the word.
A-ME-NE, adv. Eng.; from the heb.
Amen ; so be it : truty ; pela no.
A-ME-NE, s. Heb. Ka amem, an epithet
of Jesus Christ as a true and faithful
Savior. Hoik. S:14.
A-ME-TC-SE-TE, s. Gr. An amethyst; a
piecious stone. IloOc. 21:20; also, fufc.
28:19.
A-Mi, V. To turn, as upon hmges ; as
a door ; as the lid of a chest, &c.; to move
back and forwards; to make 'any motion
back and forth ; to swing back and forth,
as a gate ; to move up and down, as the
chin in eating.
A-MI, 4. A hinge; a butt for a door.
Sol 26:1*.
2. A joint of a war harness. 1 Nal 22:3 ♦.
Joiiit of an animal. Epes. 4:l(i. Joint of a
li'mbi Dan. 5:6.
3. A small worm which, in crawling,
doubles itself up ; he peelua kuapuu.
4. A swinging, pendulous motion.
5. The name of a long slim fish ;' he ia
kino oeoe.
A-Mi-A-Mi, adj. Elastic; pendulous.
i. A terra used to reproach one just mar-
ried ; ka gardami ana o ka puaa.
A-Mi-o, B. To walk or move still and
ilyly, so as not to be heard ; maanei no i
amio ibo nei a nalowale, he came here si-
i"nt)» just now and is gone; mai kukuiu
aku w 1 ko Kuu..; ma. ka puka ; to tiure,as
the blaze of a lump in cite Tvi,>d : he amio
ka makani, e pio auanei ; to move silunuy
this way and that.
A-Mi-o, s. That which enters silently,
asdeatli ; as a. tish iloats unseen and culiies
not to the top; a gentle moving to and fro.
A-Mi-KA, V. To desire food or drink.
A-Mi-KA, s. A desire or relish for food.
A-Mi-KA-Mi-KA, V. See Amika. To eat,
but not enough: the-desire is for more;
aole i onoonu iho kufai puu i ka me:i ai,
aolo i (imikamika iho,; aole ona o ka awa,
aole amihainka iho.
A-Mi-KA-Mi-KA, s. A remainder wished
for.
A-Mo, V. To wink, as the eye. I Kor.
15:52.
2. To twinkle, as a star; k» amo mai la
ka hoku ; often doubled, as amoattui ; ap-
plied to the winking of any animal. See
Imo.
A-Mo, ». To bear or carry a burden on
the shoulder. I'iik.'4l:T. To bear or bring
along a weight ; to carry.
2. Ffc. To perform difficult offices of any
kind. I'ulc. 18:22. Syn. with lawe. Oihi.
15:2:
3. Hoo. To put upon the shouldeis of
one. Nirrii. — ^To carry on the ba'-k ishaawe;
to carry under the arm is hii.
A-MO, s. A burden carried on the shoul-
ders.
A-Mo-A, M. Pass. foTamoia; also amoafay
a double passive, ua laweia.
A-Mo-A-Mo, V. To be high; to be raised
up as a high precipice ; to rise high, as ihe
cre-st of a wave ; amoanio iluna o ka [lali
o Kihiopua ; amoamo ilima ka lau n ka
naltt.
A-Mo-A-Mo, V. See Awo, to wink. To
wink repeatedly.
A-Mo-A-Mo, s. A winking; a twinkling,
as of the eye or a star ; a sudden change
of the wind.
A-MO-E, s. For aujiioe; midnight; 3
iiolo, ua nui ke kai o ke amoe.
ANA
54
ANA
he
A-Moo-Moo, s. Work for women
kiiliii rtmoomoo, he piUholo ke kapa.
A-Moo-Moo, s. A kind of fiah ; a small
flsli ■■-& so the uhia.
A-Mo-Hn-i.u, *. E papani ka amohtdu o
ia iiol : a lascivious w-)rd.
A-Mo-MO, *. The general name of odnr-
iferoiid harbs mentioned in Hoik. 18:13.
Latin, mnonms.
A-Mo-PDT-u,' adj. Lean ; thin in flesh ;
hakake, olalft : a word uspd in caviling.
A-jao, B. To shear or shave the hair
from the head. Oih. 18:18. To trim the
hair ; iia kolikoliia no a amw.
A-tau, adj. Relating to shearing or
diaviag, be pahi amu, a. lazor. 1 Sam.
1:11:. He laiioho amo no kona, he has his
tiair cut.
A-MU, ) y, T^ ^gg profane lan-
A-MU-A-JBU, J gaage; to revile; amuama
i ke Aksia. to blaspheme ; amiiamu 1 ka
hunhauio. to curse the friendlosa.
A-M0-A-»ro, *. A cursing; a reviling;
reproac-^tng ; ka amaamu ana i ke alii me
ka Jjoohiki ino, a ciivsiog of the king with
profanity i he fcuamuamu, a reviling of sar
cred things. Bal. 10:7.
Ke amummuia la i ka ae wale,
0 ka 03 wftio iho no la.
O ka ke kamaltt hana^na an ia.
A-Mo-E-Mir-E, V. To feel the chilling
breeiie of a cold moaning wbon the skin
eoptracta with cold : to suffer the same
from being long in the iirater.
A-MiT^Kij, V. See MnKU, to cut short.
To cut oif t ti ontin pieces. See OMrsu.
AriTO-MU, adj. Blunt on the edge; dull,
as a tool. Sttc Kumuju.
A-mn-Msji, s. Bluntness j dullness, as a
tool.
A-Mtr-PU, *. A word of reproaching or
revilin^r ; he kanaka amupu. smali. insig-
nificant.
A-NA,- o. To sufier; to undergo, as' an
exptTim'iju 3f healing id scknend.
2. To be grieved ; troubled. Oih. lfi:18.
, 3. To he affected at coa tempt or vile
treitment Sal. li!3 3 4.
A-NA, ».< To measure. Hoik. 21:16.
/i. To mnasure in any wjy ; e hiki ia'u
ke (Jna i ka loa, a me ka. lania, a me ka
hohonu a me ke kiekie o keia mii« ; met.
3. Ana w,iu i kou pono a me kou bewa.
I mnasuri'd your good and jour eivll'; no
ke ana ana in measuring; Oihk. IS-.STy.
Mea ana bora, a dial. /so. 38.8. ffoo. To
set apart; to set aside. Puk. IfiSS. To
re-strain : keep back. O'h ."> '
A-NA, V. To be satiated ; satisfied, as
the eye with seeing. Kekah. 1:6.
2. To have a sufficiency of property.
Kekafi. 5:10.
3. Pig. To drink snffleiently, as the sword
drinks blood, i. e., to be revenged. Isa.
31:6.
4. Hoo. To saliate, as with food. ler.
31:25. As with drink; MijU. 104:11. Ua
am. it is enongd. Sol. 30;li>.
A-MA, adj. Satisfied, as with food, hav-
ing eaten sufficiently ; manna.
A-NA, V. To praise much and covet an-
other's wealth.
A-HA, s. Grief ; sadness ; sorrow ;
trouble from the conduct of others.
2. The feelings of a parent towards a
child that refuses his Instructions'; amised
feeling of weariness, anger aud love. Oih.
16:18.
3. Fatigue from hard labor or toil.
A-NA, s. A measure, as for clodi. Ptik.
26:2. A mtiosure of any kind. KanL 25:14.
Ana ohe, a measuring rod. Ezflc. 40:3.
A-NA, s. A kind of light stone found
in the^eea. used by .nurses to., (jure .the e%
or the white fur on the tongue ; also used
in' rubbing and polishing off canoes and
wooden calabashes.
A-NA, s. A cave ; a den formed by
rocks. Kin. 19:30; los. 10:1&
2. Name of a holloa place in the m.oiitb
by which the voice is modified. AnaU U.
3. A cave for the retreat, of the van-
quished ; a place where the conquered are
found.
A-NA, pron. The oblique case of the
pronoun, third person sing. ; of him ; of
her ; of it ; his ; hers. Gram. § 139. Aui-
pUi.
A-NA. The participial termination of
verbs answering to the Eng. ihy; as, lawe
ana. carry ingi; hana ana. worktTij; but it
has some peculiarities.
i. The ana is not united with the verb
OS ing U in Eng.
• 2. The ami may be separated from the
verb, and any qualifying word or words,
and also the verbal directives may come
between. Oram. S 233. As, e knkulu hale
ana la, he is build bouse ing: e hopu bipi
ono. be is catch cattle imj, «c . In many
oases the_ participial termination ana be-
comes uoit'jd :with a noun and becomes a
participial noiin ; ia which, case the iirat a
of the ana is dropped, or coalesces with
the last letter of the precedilig word, and
ttiey both baconu! one word ; aahopejia for
Aopfi ana; luiaie'nafor haaiol «(«i. »a\
.^-NA-A-NA V. To practice divination
or .sorcery by prayer- « anaana aua ia k»-
kou. they wore praclicine sorcery upou us.
A-NA-A-NA, s. A kind of sorcery or
prayer used to procure the death oracurso
U(>ou one. ]fah. 22:7.
ANA
bb
ANA
2; AVitchcraft. 1 iScw». 16:23. Uivinatioii.
fer. H-.li.
A-NA-A-NA, adj. Divining J consulting
divinations; kahuna annana, a diviiioi-.
Katil, 18:10. Pulu anaana, a praying onu
■ to (Icatli. ,
A-NA-A-NA, ady. In small balls, as the
tiling of slieop or goats; lie annana lia iepo
o k(! Isao a mu ka faipa ; anaana ka Iepo i
ka ni liilii.
A NA-A-NA, r. To be in a tremor, as Ihe
rausclus al'tcr great fatigue ; anaivua pu na
wuwau i ka malooioe i ka licic ana.
A-NA-A-NA-PD, V. To undulatc, as the
air audfir a liut sun.
2. To flasli, us ligbliung ; ka nnaanupu
ana o ka uila ma ka po ; to send liirtli liglit.
3. To ctook (tftoo; to liavo many crooks.
Sou Anaanapiiu ; ulsu Anai'a.
A-NA-A-NA-PBU, adj. Bent ; crooked ;
out of a straigbt liiiu; lie kMi\Aiin<i.anapvM
o ka hilfl ana ; lio lojii amuinapuu ana ; lie
aiiuii haniin loa o annannpuu,
A-NA-A-NE-A, adj. Stupid; palalfa.
A-NA-A-NAi, w. Frequentative of anai.
A-<r*A-Ai-MA, ) J. An eating civcle.
A-HAI-NA, J ' 3. A congriigalion of jico-
plo for any piirposie, provided a hj-'*'^" *"'
loft in the center ; a oongregation. I'ulc.
29;4.
A-WA-Ai-NA, ». Ana, to measure, and
aina, land. To survey or measure land.
A-NA-AI-NA., s. Land surveying. See
above. Analionua.
A-NAB, s. Name of a species offish; o
Kaulua, oia Ita malama c pae mai ai ka
piia anae.
A-NA-E, V. See Ana e. Hod. To set
aside ; to sot apart. Puk. I(i:Ji;5, US.
A-i«JAE, s. A species of fish; the mullet.
A-mai-na, v. Tp assemble around a pej-
Kon or place; to meet around a thing.
ttoik. 6:11.
A-nai-ka, s. An assembly ; a multitude.
Eiek. 23:i2.
A-nai, ) p. To rub ; to rub out
A-NA-A-lSfA't.' ) {prain with tlie band, iufc.fi:!.
2. To grind; to scour; to brush down
thatching ; to polish ; kalai a maikai, anai
apakika. OiiM.«:28. To smooth. Isa. 41:7.
Hence,
3. To bSotout; cut off; destroy. Puk.
17:14. To lay waste. Isa. 5:6. To blot
out. Oik. 13:19.
4. Pra. To huUify one's character or
protonsions. 1 Kor. 1:28.
A-NA-A-NAI, 0. To be angry; perhaps
to nestle.
A.-NX-A-SAi, adj. Angry.
A-NAi-NA-KA-NA-KA, s. See AnaimA. A
congregation of people. VYai. 7:7. An as-
sembly of men. iTan?. 31:30.
A-nai-nai, v. To rub often ; to polish,
&c. csce Anai, conj. !>th.
A-NAU, V. To pace, as a horse.
2. To go about irregularly from house to
house.
3. To traipse up and down.
A-NA-HA, (. The reflection or glancing
of tight ; the Hashing of light.
A-NA-HA-NA-HA, I g. Repeated reflec-
A-NA-HA-NA-PA, ) iion or gleamiug of
light.
A-NA-Ho-NV-A, . V. Ana, to measure, and
homta, flat land. To survey land.
A-NA-iio-NU-A, s. Land measuring ;
^eumelry ; ine ka ike aku i ke anatu/Atia.
2. The UUb of a sebool book, ifcomilnj.
A-NA-uu-A, s. A tall man bending over;
tsl^iop-Kboiilderiit) ; ke kanahm, he onliu.
A-NA-HO-A, s. The second son of Lua-
hoomoc; he kahuna inakapo, akaioni, he
akua no ka poc mabiai ; the god of buu-
bandmeit. •
A-NA-iio-Lir, t. To arrive at, or amount
to the number ten; applied to days; a
inahvUu ae. alaila kiki mai, when ten days
had passed he an i ved.
A-NA-uu-iiW, *. A period of ten days ;
a decade. 1 Sam. 25:38. A malaila i nuho
loJhi ai ekolu annhubi. haifik. 61.
A-NA-KA, s. Ueb. A ferret. Oihk.).\-:3Xi.
A-NA-Ki-MA, s. I eb. Name of a pcoplje
mentioned in the books of Dcuferonum/
aud Joshua remarkable for their tsaJH. Io$.
1 1:21. Tbey lived mostly in the south itnd
south-west parts of C'tnaua.
A-NA-KO-i, s. A swelling in the groin,
•See Haimi.
A-NA-u-o, s. General name of the stars
mtar the horizon at any point of the com-
pa.s8. See Anai.ito.
A-NA-Li-po, s. Name of the place sup-
posed to bo beyond the stars, i. e., Ovt of
sight, but really below Ibo horiEOfi.
A-NA-Mi-u, V. To break off the root
which unites the potato to the main root ^
e emicmi ibo la lakou i ka uala nui ahahai
ae la i ke anamia o ka uala.
A-NA-NA, V. Conj. 9th of ana, (6 meas-
ure.
A-NA-NA, s. A common but indefinite
measure foi-merly used ; the length of the
arms and body when both arms wora ox-
tended, to the ends of the long^t fingers.
2. Afothom.
A-NA-Ni-o, s. The root which holds the
potato to (be main root; emobaikctfttanio
ANE
56
ANE
A-KA-Ntr, s. See Lahlisle. Name of a
plant used for fond, boiled.
A-NA-PA, V. To shine with xeflected
light, as the moon reflected from the water:
like tbe siin reflected from a mirror.
2. To fl.osh like lightning, or like the
burning of gunpowder.
3. To light suddenly.
A-NA-PAO-NA, s. A mftchine to measure
weight ; a balance. Sof. 1C:11.
A-NA^PAir, 0. To turn ; to bend ; to warp ;
to turn, as dh hinges ( to crook round.
A-NA-PAif, *. A crook in a thing; a
bending ; a turning ; a hinge.
A-NA-PA-NA-PA, s. The dazzling of the
sun on any Inrainous body, such as strikes
the eyes With pain.
A-NA-PA-NA-PA, s. A species of tree, the
bark of which is used for Soap.
A-NA-PA-NA-PA, s. A species of limu.
A-NA^PTJ,«. A flash of light. Mat. 2i:21.
See An'.\Pa. IToo. To send fotth lightning.
Hal. 144:0. See Axaanapu.
2. To burn ; scorch, as the direct rays of
tlie sua ; e wela ana ka wawae i ka la.
3. To quiver, as the rays of the sun on
black lava.
A-NA-pu, s. A glimmering, as of light.
A-NA-PTju, V. To crook, as a rafter, or
as a rope large in some places and small
in others.
A-NA-puu, s. A comer formed by tvvo
lines meeting.
A-NA-puu, adj. Contorted; blunt.
A-KA-pn-NA-PU, s. Heat or light re-_
fleeted, or both ; the light and heat of re-
flection.
A-NA-pu-Ni, V. Ana, to measure, and
puni, around. To encompass, as a bound-
ary line. See Asaroxua 10.
A-NA-t0-Ni, s. A circle.
A-NA-wAE-NA, s. Ana,, measure, and
waxma, middle. A diameter of a circle.
4noA. 23.
A-NA-WAE-NA-LOA, s. As above. Lit.
A long diameter, that is, the diameter of
an ellipse the long way. ^anft. 24.
A-NA-WAE-NA-po-Ko, s. The short or
conjugate diameter of an ellipsis. Anah.
24.
A-NA-TO-Mi-A, s. Gr. The science of
dissecting animal bodies ; applied mostly
to human bodies.
2. Name of the book teaching that sci-
ence.
A-NE, •«. To eat, as small insects eat
wood.
2. To be near doing a thing ; to like to
do it, but not quite ; as, (me aku an e hoo-
nou i ka puhaku, I was near throwing a
stone. SeeANEANE. Ane like iki, it is
almost like.
A-NE, s. Name of a small msect that,
eats wood, but is not itself visible.
'2. The worm dust of wood ; powder-post.
3. The cntaneous disease called ring-
worm.
4. A soft stone nsed in polishing wood ;
also written ana.
A-ME, adj. Light, as worm-eaten tim-
ber ; not hefivy t mama.
A-N£, idt). With diificuliy; scarcely;
nearly; generally followed by oZe; ant
haalele ole ia ia, it hardly loaves him ; ant
hiki ole ke hali, which can scarcely be car-
ried.
A-NE-A, u For arma.; pass, of ane; to
be worm-eaten ; to be light, as worm-eaten
wood ; to be dry. as tiftiber.
A-NE-A, s. The dry-rot of wood, occa-
sioned by heat, or the action of insects ;
applied to timbur very old ; aUo to other
things. See ASOA.
A-NE-A, *. The heat of the sun ; more
properly the apparent vibration of the air
c.tused by the heat of the sun.
A-Nfi-A, adj. Ineipid: tasteless, as the
inside of worm-eaten food, or of poor food;
applied to persons having no appetite for
lood, on .iccount of oppressive heat; ex
hausted as men by hunger, by lohg absti-
nence, by long sleep, or by diving in deep
water. See Kanka and Akease.
A-NE-A-NE, V. To be exhausted, as a
man with- hnnger or by long abstinence:
by long sleep, or by diving in deep wat*)r.
2. To blow softly, as a light breeze or
zephyr.
3. To be almost something; to be almost .
at a place. Xaieifc. 71. Ayuan&oiAeboo-
hiki ino akn i kona kkua. he almost cursed
his god. Laieik. 158. Almpst to do some-
thing. Oih. 19:27. See AiSE.
A-NE-A-NE, t, A jest ; a kind of jocose
defliEbl to a request.
2. A vacancy of the stomach for want of
food or from sickness; he aneane no lar;
he aneane pupuka no la ; be amane poiia
la ; he aneane hiki no la.
A-NE-A-NE, ad;. See Ane above. Faint;
feeble ; low ; weak, as a sick person.
A-NE-A-JjE< ado. See Ane. Nearly;
almost; in danger of; liable to; applied
to number ; he aneane pono ole ko'u noho
ana maanei ; aneane make, unto death,
almost dead. Ivnlc. l(i:16.
A-NEE, V. To hitch or move lilong, like
a cripple ; to walk on one's knees.
2. To go about from house to house beg-
ging ; aia no ois ma ka huahuelo kahi i
anee ai.
A-NEE, s. One who goes from house to
ANI
57
ANO
house telling fortunes, begging, or for any
such purpose ; a beggar.
A-NEE, adj. Moving about from place
to place ; going about begging ; kanaka
anee, a beggar ; a foi-tane toUer.
A-NEE-NEE, s. Mats old and worn ; he
wahi moena aneenei uukn, a small mat
about a fathom long.
A-NEi,' ». See Nei. To sweep off; to
cause to disappear.
A-NEi, adv. The sign of a question,
used after verbs or nouns ; as, mai and
oia? is lie sick? ua holo mwi ia? has ho
sailed ? he mai anei ?
A-NEI, adv. Here; in this places like
moanei ; mai anei aktt. Kin. 50:25. I ko
kakon hoi ana and a hiki i Kauai, on our
returning along this way till we roach
Kauai. Laieik. 87.
A-NE-HE, V. To be on the alert j ready
for a start, as a cat for a mouse ; as a bird
to fly.
2. To be ready to seize upon a person or
thing when >. Lrcumstances require.
A-NE-HE-NE-HE, V. The double root of
the abQve; to bo prepared; all leiuly to
do a thing ; to be on the look out to do it
Oife. 21:35. /
A-KE-HE-NE-HE, s. Violence; disorder,
Ac., as of a mob.
A-NE-HO, s. He hala.
A-NE-LA, s, Eng. An anged; a messen-
ger from heaven. Puk. ll:I9.
A-NE-NE. See Aneenee. ■
A-NE-wA, adj. Ind9lent; sleepy.
A-NE-WA, V: To be inactive, as asleep.
A-NE-WA-NE-WA, V. To be as ie^^.
* 2. To be in a fainting fit ; unconBcloas,
as men ; as fish poisoned with hota.
3. In morals, to be unmindful of evils
around us. Sec Kunkwanewa. Ke anewa-
newa kakon hoolono io ana ke kihi, huna
pala iki ke akamai.
A-NE-TE-Lo-PE, ) s. Eng. An antelope.
A-NB-TE-LO-PA, y Mel.Sol.i:7; lMl.i:2Z.
A-NE-TO, s. Eng. An herb; anise.
Mat. 23:23.
A-Ni, V. To pass over a surface, as the
hand over a table.
2. To draw a net over the surface of the
3. To beckon one with the hand ; to make
signs secretly to one.
Ani muiii ka ike llaila
X ka mauU hoaalohft ff&le,
Aloba ops, opa he ake.
4. To blow softly, aa a gentle breeze; ke
ani net ka makani, ke ani peahi la ia Lima-
loa, the wind blows softly, it fahs Licialoa
with a fan. I
8
A-Ni, adj. Drawing; dragging, as a net
for fish ; ho upena ani.
A-Ni-A, V. To be hard and smooth on
the surface.
A-Ni-A, adj. Smooth and even. See
NiANiA, Aniania and Maniama.
A-Ni-A-Ni, s. A glass; a mirror; a look-
ing-gloss. Pv,k.'68:8. He aniani nana hele-
helcna; he kUo kekab! inoa; called by
HawAiians kUo.
A-Ni-A-Ni, II. See Ani 4. To cool; to
refresh one heated ; aniani mai la k^ ma-
kani, Oih. 27:13. To blow gently, as a
wind ; aniani pnka alohi na ka faaole paha
la ; aniani poaeae na maka o Kuawili.
A-NI-A-NI, adj. Agreeable; cool; re-
freshing.
A-Ni-A-Ni-A, adj. See Ania. Smooth
and oven, as the surface of a planed board;
smooth, as the sea in a calm ; applied also
to the skin when burnt hard ; he paapaa
Hi mawaho no ka lapalapa o ke ahi.
A^!n-HA, V. To be provoked at the mis-
chief of one j to be angry at a person on
account of lying and deception.
2. To be hardened in crime ; capable of
committing any ofiiense.
A-Mi-iiA-Ni-HA, V. To be near obtaining
an object and fail ; anikanVm makou e
pae, a loaa ka makani.
A-Ni-HA-Ni-HA, adj. Easily provoked;
captious- caviling.
A-Ki-Hi-Mi-Hi, A Kalo tops;hekalo, he
anihinihi, ho oha. See Oniotui.
A-Ni-ra-Ni-Hi, V. See Nmi. Near to
falling ofi* a pali ; to stand in a dangeroas
place.
A-Ki-Ni, adj. Small; dwarfish; stinted,
as men or animals.
A-No, s. Likeness; resemblance;' image
of a thing.
2. Tlie meaning of a word or phrase.
3. The moral quality of an action, as
good or evil, or the moral state.of the heart.
i. The character of -a peraon, as to bis
life and manners; the explanation of a
thing obscure. Mii. 41:8.
A-NO, V. To have a form or appearance.
2. With hmt, to change the form or ap-
pc^ralice of a person or thing; eano ae,
to become new. Oihk. 13:16. To change
the state of things.
3. With Aoo,. to boast ; to glory ; to hal-
low ; to consecrate. Kin. 2:3.
i. To ti-aiisform: to change the external
appearance.
5. With e, to set apart to another pur-
pose ; to consecrate. Bal. 4:3.
6. With hou, to change ; to tranafonn.
2j5br. 11:13.
ANO
58
ANU
7. With e, to chai^, as ^e countenance,
firom mirth to sadness and fear. Dan. 5:10.
A-NO, s. Fear; dread; ua kau mai ke
ano ia'u la, fear fell upon me ; ke kau mai
la l:e ano hewa ia oe.
A-No, V. To be in fear ; ano wale mai
la no au. See Ano or Anoano. To be silentj
solitary, as a deserted village ; ua pau i
ke1<aua,bauaiana kanaka a pau i ka hana.
A-No, adu. Now; at the present time;
ano nei, ano la. 1 Sam. 2:16. Soon.
2. Often used more as an expression
of earnestness or certainty of sometMng
doing, or to be done, than of anything lit-
erally doing now. Pvk. 6:1.
3. It is nsed after some other eyent has
been spoken of as a consequence. los. 1:2.
Ina no ano, even now. 1 Hal. 14:14.
A-NO-A, adv. Same as ano above. Now;
at this time ; immediately ; OTioa no hele ;
ahea heleT anoa no.
A-No-Ai, ode.. But; except; lest; per-
haps ; malia paba.
A-No-Ai, adv. A warm salutation; as,
doha, welina; a salutation; a bow; a
courtesy.
A-Mo-A-No, s. Seeds; the seeds of fruit,
as apple, onion, melon, &c. Nah. 20:5.
2. The semen of males. Oihk. 15:16.
3. Descendants ; childreu of men. Ikek.
44:22. Note. — The iruit itself is ftua; also,
the seeds incased in pods or husks are
called Aim; anoano oiU, seeds destitute of
meat.
A-NO-A-NO, f. A solemn stillness.
2. ABacred,haUowedplace. SeeAso,s.,
fear; dread.
A-NO-A-NO, adj. Solitary; still; retired.
BitL 17:12. He waM anoano, mehameha
loa no ka makau i ka, make ; aohe lua o ka
noho ana i ua kula anoano kanaka ole
nei..
A-No-E, V. To be different from some-
thing else; to take a different form or
character. See Ano and E.
A-KO-i, p. To desire very strongly ; to
covet ; e anoi ana na alii wahine.
A-NO-i, s.- A thirst; a strong desire for
a/thing; eia ka pono, o ka noonoo, o ka
.anoi, 0 ke ake e loaa.
A-No-Ho, *, A custom; a practice, as
strict as a law ; ina e ku ke kanaka i ka
anoJu) ana o ko ke alii ipuwai auau, a me
ka anoho ana o kona kapa, make no ia.
A-n6-L4-ni, adj. Ami, character, and
lani, heaven. A modern coined word per-
haps ; of heavenly character ; good ; pure ;
he manao anolani, he naau anwani, he kino
anolani. 1 Kor. 16:40.
ArNO-NA-NO-NA, s. An ant. Sol. 6:6.
See NoNANONA. Name of a periodical for-
merly printed at the islands; aloha oe e
Arwnanona.
A-KO-Ni, V. To mix together several
ingredients, as differetnt kinds of food ; to
make a garment of different tejrtures of
cloth; to mis together falsehood and truth;
to corrupt. 2 Kor. 2:17.
2. To ponder with anxiety, as an act of
the iuind ; to revolve in one's mind.
3. To be agitated with anxiety; to be
troubled in mud, so as not to sleep. Dan.
2:1.
4. To be in doubt or suspense what jndg-
meut to form respecting one's meaning.
See Anononi.
A-NO-m-NO-Ni, «. SeeANONi. To doubt;
to he ia qnspense asto the result of a tliiiig;
ua anoniiwni ka pakele ana i ka make.
A-NO-Ni-NO-Ni, adj. Doubtful; uncer-
tain ; he pono anonmom na paani nawaV-
wali.
2. Angry.
A-No-No-Ni, V. See Anoni. To doubt;
to hesitate ; to be in suspense, as one in an
inquiring state of mind.
A-NU, adj. Cold ; hui, huihui.
A-mr, s. Cold; the absence of warmth ;
ua make au i ke anu, I am dead with the
cold ; huihui ko'u mau wawae i ke ami.
A-NU, v.jSo be cold; to feel cold; ua
anu au i kaiii l^apa ole, I am cold, having
no clothes; anu aku la o Maunakea i ka
hoilo, Maunakea feels cold in the winter.
A-NU-A, s. A pile, as of mats piled one
upon another.
AtNU-a-nu, adj. Cold; huihui. See
Ano.
A-MU-A-NU, *. Cold ; chillineas. Hal.
147:17.
A-NW-A-Nir-A, ) s. A rainbow. JBS«.9:13-
A-NU-E-NU-E, ) Exk. 1:28.
A-NUTJ, V. To sprain, as a muscle; hina
iho la au maluna o ka papaa lepo a onuu
kuu kua, eha loa iho la, I fell upon the
hard ground and sprained my back, with
great pain.
A-Nuu, s. A sprain by a false step. >
A-NutT, «, A building in a sacied in-
closure foraed by long poles overhung
near the top, which also were tied and cov-
ered with white pieces of kapa.
2. A high place iu the heiau before which
me idols stood, and where the victims were
laid. Zaieik. 164.
A-mni, s. A rest or jog in a wall. 1
Sal. 6:6.
2. Stairs or steps for ascending a height.
Emk. 40:6. Anitu wili, winding stairs. I
Nal. 6:8.
3. A ledge of rocks. I ilfet TaSL
APA
59
APA
i. Jogs or steps in ascending a steep
place.
5. In music, a tone.
Anhu, s. Name of a ship formerly at
the islands ; no ka naaupo, na kapaia aku
e makon ka moku he anuu. Iium. Haw.
11:4, 3.
A-Nuu-HA-PA, s. In music, anuu, a tone,
and Auspoe, a part. A semitone.
A-Nuu-Ntru, V. To strike; to beat; to
pound, as kapa.
2, Hoo. £Aooanuiunuuai ke poo, to raise,
to elevate the head.
A-Nuu-Nuu, s. See Anuu. Stairs; steps
for ascending or descending. Neh. 3:15.
2. A plaid in a plaided garment.
A-Nnu-NU0, adj. Having steps like
stairs; provided with or made with steps;
8 ku kakoa,a pii aku i ke alanui anuunuu,
l^t us axiae and go up the road made with
steps ; formed in the manner of stairs ; he
papale anwunv'j.; rough, as a bad road.
A-NU-HE (e-nu-he), s. A large worm
that desfeo'ys the '.eaves of vegetables ; he
poelua,.he poke.
A-NU-HE-NTT-HE, odj. Rarely done, as
food not sufficiently cooked.
2. Bongh with cold, aniAermhe ka ill i
kc anu, the skin is pimpled with cold.
A-NU-HE -Ntr-HE, s. The eating of bad
food, fish, or meat, that is spoiled.
A-MU-HE-NV-HE, s. Name of a species
of fish ; also of limu.
A-NU-LU, V. To be covetous; to be
greedy, &o. See Attnra, by change of syl-
lables.
A-NU-NE-NU-NE, V. To mix up, as hash ;
avriliwili.
A-NU-Nu, s. Change of n for I. See
AHJNU. An oppressor; one greedy of gain.
A-au-NV, adj. SeeALUNU. Oppressive;
hard; extortionate; he makeo, hepaa.
A-PA, s. A roll ; a bundle, as a piece
of cloth, or a ream of paper.
A'P A, adj. Meddling; officious; busy;
mischievous, as a child; careless; blun-
dering ; slow ; tardy ; .nahili, he lohi.
A-PAA, s. Name of a wind; i kuipeia
e ka makani apaa, he was knocked down
flat by the wind apaa.
2. Name of a region of country below
the ma'u or vmokarudca on the side of the
mountains.
A-PA-A-PA, V. To be evilly disposed;
to be treacherous ; to deceive ; to be mis-
chievous.
A-PA-A-PA, s. Guile ; deceit j evil geri-
erally. 1 Pet. 2:22. That which is uatrie ;
false in opposition to truth and stability.
Eom. 1:25. Haalele i ka oiaio no ka mea
apaapa, forsook the truth for a false thing.
2. One who frequently changes his situ-
ation.
A-PA-A-PA, adj. Unsettled; unstable;
irresolute.
2. Without truth ; deceitful ; lalau wale
iho no ka oleic.
3. Ca.'oless; without thought; kapnlu.
See Ata.
A-PAA-PAA, s. Name of a wind at Ko-
hala.
A-PAA-PAA, adj. Firm ; hard ; compact,
as a well made road ; he alanui apaapaa,
aolc pueho o ka lepo.
A-PAA-PAA, s. The name of a species
of fish ; he nla apaapaa.
A-PAA-PA-Ni, V. To oppose one with
words ; to. reply quickly ; to overwhelm
with words.
2. To make one forget the subject of dis-
pute;
A-pAa-pa-ni, s. a speech in opposition ;
a rapid reply. See Apani.
A-PAT, s. A deep, long fish net for catch-
ing the opae.
A-PA-HU, V. To cut up ; to cut square
off, as a piece of timber.
2. To cut in pieces; to chop off; to cut
in two, as pieces of wood or sugar-cane.
3. To stuff food into one's mculh.
A-PA-HU, s. Pieces cut off or cut in two,
as wood, sugar-cane, &o.
2. A kind of pan.
A-FA-HiT, adj. Marked; distinguished
by some mark or dress or cut of toe hair ;
nani na kanak&apahu
A-PA-HU, s. The sound of a trumpet ;
the bursting forth of a sound sr Idenly ;
the sound iirom a sudden falling oi a sub-
stance.
A-PA-KATJ, V. Tiy seize upon; to lay
hold of : to hold on to, as on falling.
2. To lay hold of tilings and displace
them; as a child.
3; To give tlioughtlessly, as a man gives
' away his food until it is all gone.
A-PA-Li, V. To go into the presence of
a cbiefr and on account of shame, return
witiiout making a request.
A-PA-Li-PA-Li, 0, To hurry; to hasten.
A-PA-NA, s. A fragment J a patch: a
]>iece; a slice; a piece, as of breadj a por-
tion ; apana poobiwi, a shoulder piece for
a garment. Puk. 39:4. A piece of any
substance; of a human body. Lunk. 19:29.
A division of people, l^^ol. 16:21. Apana
v., a sector of a circle. Anahon. Apana
nuku, a little piece. loan. 6f7.
A-PA-NA-PO-Ai, s, Apana and poai, to
surround. A segment of a circle. . Anak. 23.
API
60
APO
A-PA"NE, s. A species of bird much
valued on account of its red feathers.
2. A species of the lehua, the ohia, with
red blossom!?, which are food for birds.
A-PA-NE, adj. Red on the flesh when
burned ; hence, applied to anger.
2. Red ; flushed with anger.
A-PA-Ni, V. To go from house to house
tattling and doing nothing valuable; he
mea hele kaahale c apani ana ia hale aku
ia hale alcu me ka holoholo kauhale.
A-PA-Ni-PA-Ni. See Apami above and
Apaapani.
A-pa-pa, v. To deceive. See Apaapa.
A-pa-pa, s. Name of a strong wind
blurring over Kohala Point.
A-FA-PA-NE, s. The name of a bird on
Hawaii ; a i kani aku ka leo o ka apapane.
Laieik. 29. It has red feathers. Hulu apa-
pane, the red feathers of the apapanei
A-PE, s. A plant with broad leayes,
acrid to the taste, like kalo, but more so ;
it is eaten for food in times of scarcity.
A-PE-A-PE, adj. Full of knots, . as a
string; full of small round stones, as a road.
A-PE-A-PE, s. The motion of the gills
of a fish in water ; the breathing of a fish.-
Sce Aw.
2. The name of a remarkable plant found
near the top of WaialcaleonKauai;^length
of Btalk, twenty foot or over ; leaves, six
feet in diameter, somewhat resembling, in
shape, <the ape; the leaf is round and at-
tached to the stem in the center.
A-PE-A-PEtA, s. A species of squid not
eaten ; ho apeapea noloko o ke kai. i,
A-PEE-PEE, s. A species of limu; he
limu apeepee.
A-PE-17, s. A species of poor mats ; ua
lawo aku an i apeu moena; large mats, but
very poor ones.
A-PEU-PEU, adj. See the foregoing,
Apeupm applies to kapa as well as mats,
A-PE-Ri-LA, s. Eng. Name of the month
April.
A-pi, V. To gather together, as people
to one spot; to bring into a small compass,
as baggivxe ; e opi mat a uuku. '
A-pi, V. To flap, as the gills of a fish
when breathing out of water.
2. To shake, as a cocoanut 'leaf in the
brecije.
3. To tremble, as the liver of a hog when
killed.
4. To throb ; to beat, as the pulse.
5. To be greedy ; to covet this and that
thing.
A-PI, s. The gills of a fish ; same as
mdhamaha,. '
2. The fins with which a fish swims.
3. The beating of the pulse.
, 4. Greediness ; covetousness ; ke api »
£a ia nui pimoe.
5. A small net.
6, The name of a very flat fish.
A-Pi-A-Pi, s. The drinking (breathing)
of a flsh in the water.
2. The flowing of water or of blood in
the veins.
A-pii, s. A species of large Imlo.
A-Pii-Pii, s. Name of a species of shrub
or bush.
A-Pii-pii, adj. Curling, as the hair; he
lauoho apiipii.
A-Pi-KA-pi-KA, adj. Spotted, See Opi-
KOPIKO.
A-Pi-Ki, V. To sport at the expense of
another ; to be roguish ; to act mischiev-
ously.
2. To beg ; to live at the expense of
others.
A-PI-KI, s. Sleight; cunning; craft.
Eps. 4:14.
A-pi-Ki, adj. Eoguish; mischievous;
lawless ; addicted to roguish tricks.
2. Deceitful ; he hoopunipuni ; he lei
apiki, he lei ilima.
A-Pi-Ki, adj. Of or belonging to the
ilima, yellow flowers. Ac.
A-Pi-Ki-pi-Ki, V. To fold up, as a piece
of kapa.
2. To spread out one upon another for
the purptxse of folding, as sheets of paper,
kapa, cloth, &c.
3. To multiply thoughts.
A-PI-KI-PI-KI, s. A kind of agitation of
the mind ; anxiety ; doubt.
2. A particular kind of kapa.
A-Pi-Pi (ho-a-pi-pi), adj. United; joined
together, as the two canoes of a double
canoe ; he raau waa elua i hoapipiia.
A-Po, V. To catch at, as with the hand ;
to hook in.
2. To span or reach round. I Ned. 7:1.5.
To put one's arm around another. Zaieik.
117.
3. To receivn; to embrace, as a long-
absent friend. Kin. 29:13.
4. To fall upon one, as an expression of
affection. Kin. 33:4.
6. To contain, hold or encircle. 1 Ifal
8:27.
6. To receive, as into the mind ; to ap-
prehend intellectually. Oih. 8:27.
7. To recoivo and embrace, as a truth.
loan. 17:18. '
8. To receive ; to take out of sight, as a
cloud. Qih. 1:9.
A-PO, s. A hoop; a band ; apo hao, an
iron hoop ; in gramjjiar, kaha ajw, the sign
of a parenthesis, thus : ( ); a ring or clasp
APO
61
APU
Ibr the Itngors or arm ; apo gula. a golden
ling. Pufc. 26:12. He apo gul* pepeiao, a
golden ear-ring. 'Pule. 32:2. In geometry,
a circle. Fio. Apo o ka make, bands of
death. Oih. 2:24. A cei'tain kind of belt
worn by women.
Apo na poe a ka ua kuahlae,
Noho hoonialHie i ka uka o Kahut
Ka hookohttkobu puahi ole a ka ua.
A-FO, s. The union of the check bone
.with the iwi maha. Anut. 11.
A-po, s. A particular variety of sweet
jjotatoes.
A-vo-A-ro, V, See Apo. To catch at
frequently ; to snatch or scramble for ; to
seize upon a person or thing ; to seize ur
come upon one, as fear ; apoapo ka naau i
ka makau ; to be troubled with doubt,
anxiety ; apoapo ka oili ; to be troubled
with jealousy. Mat. 2:3. Apoapo, lelele
ka oiU, to palpitate, an tlie heart.
A-eo-a-po, s. a catching ; a seizing ; a
forcing.
A-po-A-PO, s. A bunch, as of kalo ; a
hill of potatoes ; be apncpne.
A-poo, V. TO- go from house to house,
doing no work ; ua apoo hole i kauhulo i
ka ua.
A-Poo, s. An idle, lazy person who goes
from houae'to house ; aia i kaoprwkauhale.
A-poo-poo, s. A deep or holli»v place,
as the hollow of the hand or foot ; the frog
or hollow place of a horse's foot.
A-PO-HAO, s. Jpo, hoop, and haa, iron.
1. An iron hoop. See Apo.
2. A name formerly of the king's guard.
A-PO-KAU, e. To take hold, of and dis-
place. See Apakad.
A-po-KE, V. To cut up into short pieces.
A-po-KE, s. A short piece cut off.
A-PO-u-MA, s. See Apo and Lima, hand.
A signet ; a finger-ring. Mn. 38:18.
A-PO-NO, V. To approve; to treat as
innocent. 2 Oihl. «:23. The opposite of
ahcwa. . ,,,-,,
2. To justify ; to be accepted. Fuk.
28:38.
3. IToo. To exculp:ite from blame, mn.
44:16.
4. To clear, as one chargedwitha cnme.
Puk. 34:7. The opposite of Itookewi.
Kurd. Z5U. . .
A-PO-No-iA, s. 'Hoo. Justification; treat-
ment of one as just. Bom. 9:30.
A-Po-PE-PEi-AO, s. Apo, a ring, and pe-
peiao, ear. A ring for the ear ; an eai--ring.
A-PO-PO, adv. Lit. When the night
nights, i.e., to-morrow. iM)ifc.l9:9. Apopo
kela la aku, day after to-morrow.
A-po-GU-LA, s. ^po, ring, and gTtZa, gold.
A gold ring, but often applied to an ear-
ring of any material.
A-pu, V. To run after; to chase with
a design of overtaking another.
2. To devour food greedily.
A-Ptr, s. A cup made of cocoanut shell
for drinking awa ; he apu ka iwi o ka niu.
2. A dish : a cup of any material.
3. Met. Affliction ; suffering ; ho kiaha ;
also,
4. Water in which kalo has been soaked,
a kind of medicine : apu kalo, apu laan ;
the cup gives name to the drink.
A-pu-A, V. To be disloyal; to disregard
or disobey the orders of his chief.
A-PU-A, *. A man who disobeys or dis-
regards the commands of his chief.
A-PU-A, s. A shell or cup for scooping
up the oopu ; he ajmi oo])Uk
A-Pu-Ai, s. A variety of kalo.
A-PU, ) «. A file ; a rasp. 1 Sam.
A-PU-A-PU, J 13:2U.
2. The beard of a fish-hook.
A-ru-AU-iiu-HU, s. Apu, cup, and mi-
halm, the poison plant. A cup for con-
taining the auhuhu.
A-pu-A-PA-LE-LEO. V. Apua, to disobey,
pule, to reject, and leo, voice. To disobey ;
not" to comply with a command.
A-pu-A-PA-LE-LEO, s. Epithet of a chief
who obeyed not the word of the priest.
A-PUrA-WA, s. Apu, cup, and awa, a
plant. The awa cup ; a cup out of which
awa was drank.
A-pu-E-pu-E, V. See Pue, to force. To
solicit one of the other sex.
2. To strive ; to contend, as two persons
endeavoring to get the same thing ; apae-
pue na kanaka i ka ai i ka manawa wi,
A-PU-E-PU-E, s. Strife between two per-
sons to get the same thing ; attempting to
get what another wants.
2. A difliciilty ; a contention ; iakiapue-
pm, to obtain with difficultjf.
3. A bunch of kalo ; a hill of potatoes.
See Apoapo.
A-PU-E-pu-E, adv. With strife; with
difficulty. Mai. 19:23.
A-PUU-PUU, adj. SeePuu. Rough; un-
even, as land ; as a road. Zsa. 45:2. Full
of hillocks.
A-Puu-puu, s. Hillocks; rough places;
e hoomania i na apuupuu a paiahaUha ae,
smooth ddVn the rough places till they are
smooth.
A-pn-KA, V. To hide; to secrete; to
steal.
A-FU-KA, s. Deceit; treachery.
%. A thief ; e manaoia oia no he apufca.
AWA
62
AWA
he BhaU be considered as having stolen.
Kan. Haw.
3. Apuka, in law, is forgery.
A-Pii-Ko-HE-o-HE-6, s. Apu, cup, and
kohcoheo, causing death.
1. The cup in which deadly ingredients
were mixed, and out of which they were
drank, such as auhuhu and awa.
2. Fis. 0 ka hewa, oia ka apukoheoheo
e make ai na kanaka a pau i ke ao nei, sin
is the cup of death causing all people to die.
A-pu-Li;, V. To wax old; ready to be
laid aside. IsOi 31:6.
A-Pu-Ltr, adj. Old; worn out; he waa
aptdu, an old canoe ; he upena apylu, a
worn out mat ; apidu is applied to things
as eUmakide is to men.
A-PU-E0, s. A shied, or anything old
and rotten or decayed, as a garment, a
house, a canoe, &c. ; he wahi apulu hale,
the ruins of a house ; he wahi apulu kapa,
a remnant of a garment, &c.
A-PO-Ni, s. The name of a day supposed
to he inauspicious to one's enemies ; e hee
ai kou boapaio ia oe, no ka mea o apuni
keia la, he la hee.
A-pu-Ni, V. To come together, as two
persona, and scold and threaten and curse
one another, but separate without fighting.
A-wA, V. To converse earnestly.
A-WA, *. Name of a plant, of a bitter
acrid taste, from which an intoxicating
drink is made.
2. The name of the liquOT itself ex-
pressed from the root of the plant'; the
drinking of awa causes the skin to crack
and flake off for a time ; i ka manawa e inu
at kekahi i ka aioa, he maikai kona ili ke
nana aka ; a mahope, mahuna ka ili, na-
kaka, puehoeho, inoino loa ke nana aku.
3. Bitterness, from the name of the plant.
A-WA, s. Fine rain ; mist ; he ua awa,
ma ka mauna ia ua.
2. A species of fish.
A-WA, if. A harbor ; a landing place ;
an entrance between two reefs ; lie aioa o
Kou ma Oahu, he awa ku moku ; he nui
na aiou Kookomo waa, there is the harbor
of Kon on Oahu where ships anchor.
A-WA-A, V. To dig, as a ditch or a pit ;
kohi, eli, kulepe, ekuia a awaawaa.
A-WAA, s. A ditch, trench or pit dug
deep ; a hole ; a cave.
2. A famine, or the consequences of a
famine.
A-WAA-wAA, v. To make a groove;
awaaieaa waena, to make a hole in tjie
center.
A-WA-A-wA, adj. Sour; bitter; sharp;
pungent, as rum, pepper, orange skin, &c.;
unpleasant to the taste ; salt, as sea-water ;
brackish ; no ka awaawa o ka wai, hoo-
koni.
2. Met. Hard to deal with.
3. Harsh in manners, as a person. Luk.
19:21, 22.
A-WA-A-WA, s. Bitterness; sourness;
pungency to the taste.
A-WA-A-WA, V. To be bitter, &c. Hoik.
10:10. See Awa.
A-WA-A-WA, s. A mist J a spray. See
Awa above.
A-WAi, *. Name of a disease ; a swell-
ing in the groin ; he awai ma ke kumu o
ka uha.
2. A bunch ; a cluster ; he aica', kalo, a
bunch of kalo; he awai huihui waina, a
bunch of grapes.
A-WAi, 0. To bind or tie up.
A-WAi, s. A place to stand on when
addressing a multitude. Neh. 8:4.
2. A raised platform ; a scaffold ; a pul-
pit. 2 OiU. 6:3.
A-WAi, s. A bundle or something tied
up ; lewa ka aioai o ka paipu.
A-WAi-A-Hi-Ki, s. A swelling in the
groin ; a bubo. See Awai.
A-WA-HE-WA, B. To miss; to overlook;
to make a mistake.
A-WA-HE-WA, s. A mistake; an error,
when the physician thought that a god had
the direction of the disease or sent it.
A-wA-Hi-A, V. The passive of awa for
awaia, h inserted. Cfram. § 48. To be bit^
ter to the taste.
2. Fig. Hoo. To make bitter, severe ; to
be hard in treatment of men. Kol 3:19.
Met. To cause to be laborious, painful,
toilsome. Puk. 1:14.
A-WA-HiA, i. Bitterness; sourness; ka
awaawa, ka mulea.
A-WA-HI-A, o^'.. Bitter, like gall; like
the apuawa ; he mulemule.
A-WA-m-A, s. A mist or spray. See
Awaawa and Awa.
A-watHu-a, adj. Surly; regardless of
everybody; obstinate; perverse.
2. Unwilling to attend to one's duly ;
regardless of the will of the gods and the
duties of religion ; he aia, lokoino.
A-wa-ke-a, s. The time of day when
the sun is the highest ; noon ; midday.
2. The name of the god vho opened the
gate of the sun ; o Av>akea ka mea nana 1
wehe ke pani o ka la, kahi i noho ai o Ka-
onohiokala.
A-wAA-wAA, V. To dig; to throw up
dirt : to root, as a hog ; kohi, eli, awaa, I A-wa-ke-au, s. Living together a Meat
kulepe, ekuia a awaawaa. 1 aistance off and a long timS ago ; loihi loa
AWE
63
AWI
0 ka hele ana a me ka noho ana ma kahi
hookahi ; kabiko, linliu.
A-WA-u., t). To pull steadily and care-
fbUy, as ai flshennan afraid of losing his^
fish. Jam. Mtw. 45:43. Awala i ke aho.
2. To work steadily and with energy;
awala ae la ia me ka huki a,e i kana lice
iluna 0 ka waa, he pulled steadily and
drew hia squid into the canoe.
A-WA-LB, adj^ A, burning, and wale.
Bamt rery much ; burnt of itself.
AiWA-Lii, s. Name of a hard stone out
of whlcli k(jis were made.
A-WA-LOA, s. A place where the bones
of chlefe were hid ; he iwi kau i ka awcUoa.
A-WA-I,u, adj. num. Eight; the num-
ber eight ; also ewalu. See Walo.
A-WA-pn-Hi, s. The ginger root ; the
bastard ginger,, the smell odoriferous, used
for dyeing-.
A-WA-WA, $. The opposite of mauna.
Jos. 9:1. A valley; he kahawai; a low,
level place with Wsfli ground on each side.
Nah. 24:6.
2. The space between two prominences.
3. The space between the fingers of the
hand and the toes of the feet.
4. The space between the branches of a
river ; he wahi poopoo loihi, a long deep
place. See Wa.
A-WE, V. To carry; to bring, as it is
followed with niai or ofcuj e awe aku, to
carry off; e awe mai, to 'bnng here ; gen-
erally written lawe. Pass. TO be borne,
carried. Jso.46:3. Hookahi mea ana i awe
aku la mai ko kakou alo akB;alaila,i)nolo-
ae la a paa, awe mai la aloko nei, theQ tie
up the bundle fast, bring it inhere.
A-VTE, s. A burden; that which is car-
ried.
A-WE, s. The tails of the squid; na
awe 0 ka hee.
A-WE-^A-WE, V. Hoo. To make small;
to diminish; to render 'of small account;
e maawe.
A-wE-A-iyE, s. The curling of the water
in the wake of a ship.
2. The tra«k or wake of a sMp.
3. The tails or arms of a squid ; he waiu
no ka hee malalo o ke aweawe.
A-WE-A-WE, ae^/. Beautiful; handsome;
applied to men and women.
A-WE-A-WB, adj. White; slimy, as the
fseces in some diseases. See Walkwalb,
adj.
A-WE-A-WE, s. Tied up in ft bundfe ;
bound tight ; he laulau aweawe no ka ha-
awe.
A-WE-A-WE, adj. Well mixed j applied
to poi.
A-wE-A-WE-A, V. To see in a slight de-
gree ; to catch a glimpse of an object.
2. To act the part of a weawea or pro-
curer ; to act the pimp. See Weawea.
A-wE-A-WE-A, ?. A glimpse; a half
sight of an object
A-WE-A-WE-A, adj. Spotted; variegated
with spots of different colors ; he aweaweo,
ulanla ; obscure ; hot plain ; aaeawfj}. ka
lohn.
A-WE-A-WE-A, s. The seeds of green
fruit, as squashes, melons, &c.
A-wn-A-WE-A, adv. Dimly to the sight;
not plainly seen; faintly; ike aweawea
aku la oia he wahi onoM ma Koolau, o
Hawaii. Laieik. 26.
A-wE-o-WE-0, s. A shrub or sniall tree
resembling pig-weed, sometimes eaten by
Hawaiians.
A-wE-o-WE-0, s. Name of a species of
reddish fish. See Alalacwa.
A-WE-o-wE'O, adj. Applied to some
fish ; a iho aku la i lui paeaea aweoweo.
ioieifc. 206.
A-WEU-WEU, s. A species of wild ot
mountain kalo ; called also the mamauea,
A-WE-KA, I adj. Deceitful; dis-
A-WE-KA-WE-KA, J honest; parsimonious,
A-wE-EA, )s. Deceit; dishon-
A-WE-KA-WE-KA, ) esty ; one who refiiaes
to pay a forfeit.
A-WE-LA, ) $. A species of fish ;
A-WE-LA-WE-LA, ) be puhi awela; a va-
riety probably of the kala.
A-WE-LA-wE-i^, orf?'- Escaping, as a
fiSh from a net; ke kukai aweldwela; he
poniu, he kaibi.
A-WE-LE, s. The running of a man
sent on an errand ; aka, i lilo ka awetle ka
pahu i kekah: nana ke eo. '
A-WE-i»u, ^dj. See Welu. Torn;
ragged ; worn to holes, as a kapa; he wahi
kapa aw6lu kona i haawiia'ku.
A-WE-LU-WE-LU, V: To be torn; to be
ragged, as a kapa ; nahaebae, weluwelu.
A-wi-A-wi, s. A plant, used to stop
bleeding.
A-wi-HA, ) t>, To have a glimpse
A-wi-HA-wi-HA, ) of a thing. See Awe-
awea.
A-WI-HA, I ». A glimpse; an im-
A-wl-HA-wi-HA, ) perfect sight.
A-wi-Hi, V. To wink; to ogle; to look
obliquely; to eye; to look atone with jeal-
ousy. 1 Sam. 18:9.
A-wi-Hi, s. Ka poe awihi hoowalewale,.
enchanters. Jer. 27 9.
A-wi-Ki, V. Imp- Bo quick ; hasten.
E
64
EA
A-WT-Ki-wn-Ki, s. A vine bearing black
berries about the size and phape of Ajner-
jcan blackberries ; they arc used as a med-
icine, operating both as an emetic and
cathartic ; Ice okoie o makilfi.
A-wi-Li, V. To mix together diffelent
ingredientB.
2. To malie a garment of diiferent tex-
tures of cloth.
3. To wind ; to twist about a thing ; to
entwine. lob. 8:17.
4. To be agitated with conflicting emo-
tion.1. See Wua. >,
A-wi-Li-tvi-Li, V. The intensive of dwUi
above.
A-wi-wi, V. To quicken; to hasten; to
expedite ; to accelerate. Syn. with wiki-
wixi.
A-BA, s. Heb. Father; he makuakane.
>-Bi-BA s. Heb. Name of a month.
Puk. 13:4.
A-ci-DA, s. Eng. An ficid i he mea
omo i ka puna. Anat. 2.
A-DA-MA, s. Eng. Adamant. Zei. 7:12.
A-Do-Bi-E, s. Sp. A species of brick
D.ad« of earth and water mixed with grass
or straw and dried in the sun.
A-GA-TA, s. Eng. An agate ; h precious
stone. Ezek. 27:16.
A-GA-Ti, s. Eng. Name of a precious
stone ; an agate. Puk. 28:19. See above.
A-Go-ZA, *. Heb. A nut. Mel. Sol. &:ll.
A-RE-DE-A, s. Heb. Name of an unclean
bird. Kanl. 14:18.
A-KE-zA, .1. Heb. Name of a tree ; the
cedar or fli-. Zunk. 9:15.
A-SA-Hi-o,s. Gr. Afarthmg. MaM0:29.
E,
T^ the second lett«r of the Hawaiian
"-^> alphabet. It represents the sound of
the ion'g slender a in English, or its sound
is like that of e in obey. It is sometimes
commuted for a, as in the nnmerifials from
ehM, alua, to eiwa, aiwa ; also in cddo, the
tongue, delo ; inahana, warm, mehana. In
an unaccented syllable at the end of a
word, its sound is similar to that of the
English y, as ope, opy ; mahope, inahopy, &c.
B, adv. Synonymous with .and a con-
traction forae; yes. E, yes, is more famil-
iar,.and not so dignified and respectful as
oe. See Ak.
E, edv. Other; anotlier; stra:nge; new;
mea e, a stranger, a strange thing ; kanaka
e, a sti-anger ; often syn. with malihinl,
Nah. 15:15.
E, adv. From ; away ; e holo e lakou,
they will flee from; e pnhi e, blow away;
i kai lilo e, at sea afar off.
E, prep. By. As a preposition, it is
mostly used after passive verbs to express
the agent ; as, ua aknuiaia oia e ke alii, be
toas eomUnnnid by tHe chief. Many verbs
have no sign of a passive voice, the con-
struction of the sentencf) alone determipes
it, and the e thus situated helps determine
the point as much as anything ; uui loa boi
ka poe daimonio 1 mahiki aku e ia. Oram.
§ 105, 11,
E Standing before nour.s marks the aui-
hea 0!' vocaiive case ; it also often follows
the same ease; as, e ka lani e, 0 ehi^.
Gram. § 105, 8.
E is used also to call or invite atten-
tion to what one is about to say : a con-
traction, perhaps of ea. Note. — E is mostly
used at the beginning of an address, and
ea in the middle, or if a single sentence,
only at the end.
E following either active, passive or
neuter verbs signifies before liand. and
serves to mark a kind of second future
tense of the verb ; as. lohe e au, I heard
before; hiki e mai oia, he liad arrived /i-sJ.
Oram. § 190, 2d.
E is the sign of the imperative mood,
and generally of the infinitive also, though
after UH and porm thp « of the infinitive is
changed into fc& Grow. § 191 and 193. E
is also the sign of the future tense. Graith
§ 190, 1.
'E. After a word ending in a, 'e is a
contraction for as.
E, 0. To enter, as into a country or
city.
2. To dash upon, as waves upon Ihe deck
of a ship : aohc o kuna mai o ka nui o na
ale i e mMuna o ka mokn. See ViR.
E-A, V. To raise up, as a person bowed
down.
2. To lift or throw up.
3. To raise up, as from the grave. /o!).7:9..
4. To mount or go up upon, as an an-
cient bed. Soi. 132:3,
5. To rise up, as water. Puk. 15 :8.
6. Soo. To be tlirown or raised up. as
land out of the ocean; ua hoea mai na aina
mai loko mai o ka monna, the land wtm
thrown up out of the ocean.
7. To rise in sight, as a cldud. 1 Nal
18:44. To heave in sight, as a ship ; a Aoea
EAE
65
EEE
mai mok^ aku o Hilo, she hove in siqht off
HUo.
8. To rise np, as out of the water. JStri.
41:2, 3.
9. To stir lip, excite, as the aflectiuns :
la manawa ka hoea ana mai o ka hai, at
that time was the excitinp; of other's love.
E-A, s. A species of turtle much valued
on account of the sbulj.
2. The shell itself ; he ea kuu wakawaka.
Xnt ):6. Put for ivory. Note. — The ea
was forbidden to women to cat, under the
kapn System.
E-A, s. A species of fish somewhat sim-
ilar to the hilu, aawa and poon.
E-A, s. Takes fe for its article. Spirit;
rilal breath ; the breath of life.
2. Life it-ielf ; oiai ke ea, while life lasts.
3. The natural breath of life. 1 Tes. 2:8.
E fcaili aku ke f.a, to die. Kin. 2.'5:8.
4. The breath of 'Inan or beast. Kekah.
3:21. Nuni ka lokornEUkai o ke Akua i
kona haawi ana mai i ke ea o ke kanaka.
llal. 78:3i). Syn. with hann. Isa. 42I>.
!). lie maVani ku molio, oia ka makaui e
hanu ai kakou, the breathable air.
E-A, s. The thrush or aphthae, a dis-
ease of children ; art., ka.
E-A, s. Dirt ; du.st raised by the wind.
Ea mo he opuH liiki kakahlaka la,
lie he mea la 0 Hokn o MahcalanI
Ka hakiku o ka vaa la I ka lae.
E-A, adj. Dirty J dusty, as when the
air is full of dust.
E-A, int. The expression of a call to
one's attention, as aluha oii1[oa,ea, to which
a reply is expected ; generally oe, aloha.
E-A is used in answer to a call, more
familiar and disreapectful than eo. JSa is
also used by a speaker to call the attention
of his hearers to some particillar point
which he is about to state ; its frequency
of use is accurdiiig to the taste of the
speaker; it is bi-ought out generally, in the
middle of a sentence. Lunk. 7:3. Some-
times it commences a speech. 1 Sam. S:').
E-A, s. In music, the highest part; the
air.
E-i, adj. Windy; noisy; without ef-
fect : he ea ka waha i ke ao ana i ke keiki
hookuli, wahapaa ; noisy ; clamorous ; as-
senting to the commands of a parent, but
not obeying ; disobedient.
E-A, s. Ku ka ea o Lahainaluna i ka
lepo ; dust raised by the wind, but not a
whirlwind.
E-A, adj. Strong smelling, as meat or
food kept too long. Sec Eaba.
E-A-E-A, adj. Dignified; honorable;
high. Stk. with hanohano, hiehie, eaca kai.
Me lie wawao, kuhaka la ka eaea.
9
E-A-K-A, *. See Ea, odj., above. The
strong, offensive smell of meat; eaea, paoa,
haana, hohonn ; eaea ka iloli o ka mano <S
Koolau; e«ea ka hohono^o ka palaui (ba-
raui.)
E-A-E-A, ». To cover the eyebrows, as
a fisherman, to shade the oyea while look-
ing into deep water for fiah ; ka lawaianui
i eaea, na knemaka i ohuehu na libilihi.
E-A-E-A, V. To be covered with dust,
as one out in the wind wjiere the dust is
flying ; eoea na kamalii o Lahainaluna i
ka lepo.
Ea-ea-ksi, i. That which is covered
with sea drops or tho spray of tlie sea.
E-a-ha, adv. int. See E. E, sign of
the future tense, and aha, what. How?
what? used v/ith the future, as heaha is
with the present and past; eaha ia oot
how will it be with you? what will become
of you? Maha ana oukou? what will you
he abo\it?
E-E, V. See E, to dash upon. To
mount ; to get upon anything higher, as »
horse ; to leap upon ; to get on board a
ship ; ee al^u la maluna o ka moku ; to get
into a carriage. lNal.l2:lS. To go aboard
a vessel.
2. Moo. To receive on board a ship ; to
put upon, as a saddle upon a horse. Kin.
22:8. To set or plit one up, as upon »
horse. Kin. 31:17.
3. To pass from one caniagc to another.
2 OiM. 35:24. Ee ma.lnna o ka waa; m
maluua o ka Ho. See Ae, 4.
E-E, adj. Out of sight; at a great dis-
tance. See E, adv.
E-E, adv. Opposite to ; a.dversely ;
against. 1 Tim. 0:20.
E-E, adj. He hulu ee no ka manu oo,
that is, the yellow feathers under tine wing
(or the ee) of the oo, oia ka lei fauln manu.
E-E, adj. Hoo. A rising; a sweeping;
as, kai hoee. Dan. 9:26.
E-E, «. The armpit. See Pose and
PoAEAE. Same under the wing of fowls.
E-E, adj. Majoo, kaee; dry; not wet.
E-E, ad;. Caressing; inviting; kind;
he makamaka ee,*he like, he lokomaikai, he
koe ole, aole wawau.-
E-E-E, V. To rise up. See Ee, to mount.
To rise up from one's seat to steal soine-
thing. Hence,
2. To be mischievous.
E-E-A, V. To rise up frequently. See
Ea.
E-E-A, 0^.. Se? the foregoing. Quick;
ready ; expert.
E-E-K-LU. i. The top of a tre«* when
cut off.
EEN
66
EU
E-Ei, ) Some of the words of
E-EI-E-HI E-HI, > a filthy song Etsng at a
E-Ki-Ki-LAir ) S"*** dayof tbe Princess.
E-E-ii-NA, V. To creak; to grate, as one
thing against another: to crepitate. See
UllINA.
E-EU, adj. Alert; ready to obey orders.
E-E-Hi, p. To tramp up^ to kick up,
as dust' See Em and Hehi.
E-E-Hi-A, . V. Passive, k inserted, for
eeia. See E, anotlicr; strange. To fear
greatly; to be afraid; to be dreadful. Kin.
28:17.
2. To lop the ears, as an animal, through
fear or shame.
3. Applied to men whoso countenances
droop with fe^r ; kindred with makau, but
.stronger ; also written ehia.
E-E-HI-A, s. Art., ke. Fear; dread;
reverence ; awe. 2 OiM. 17; 10,
2. A vision.
E-E-Hi-A, arf;. Fearful; dreadful; awfuL
Kin. 28:17.
2. Trembling with fHght, occasioned by
a dream or vision.
E-E-KE, V. To Start away, as a person
from danger ; to shrink back.
2. The motion of one's hand when ho has
t jrnt his finger.
3. To twinge or writhe, as with -great
pain.
4. To start, as witli fear j e puiwa; eefce
mai la ia i ka wela i ke ahi.
E-E-KE, adj. Excellent, &c. See Eke.
E-E-KE, 4"'. A starting froni fear; a
shrinking from the coutact'with fire or any
fearful object.
2. The shrinking or contracting of a rope
in length.
E-E-KE, s. A species of crab in the sea.
E-E-KE, arf;. Excellent; nice; applied
to a canoe, Ac. See Bice, adj.
E-E-KE-Loi (ka-e-ke-loi), x. To drum
with the fliigers on the pahu and sing at
the same time.
E-e-lo-ko-a, s. a storm at Waimea
from the north-east.
E-e-na, adj. 0 ka puel eena ole ia o ka
moku? Wild; untamed, as children in a
school.
2. Skillful; applied to birds and hsh
that discover the snare or not,
E-E-NE, V. To tremble for, as for one
in d.inger; erne aku i ka mcaaneanohaule.
2. To be astonished at, or ashamed of
one for lying or committing other evil.
X To tremble for one violating the kapu
of the chiefs, as a child ignorantly climb-
ing on the person oif a chief, which was
death.
E-E-PA, ». See Epa. Forgery; deceit;
treachery.
E-E-WA, V. Ewa, ewaewa ; to mock ;
to make mouths at ; to vex.
E"i, ado. A particle of place ; here ;
similar to eia: ei ae, here ; close by ; ci
ae,ke hele mat noi, Aere,he is coming now.
E-iA, adv. Here ; in this place ; used
in answer to the question auhca oo? Ans.
Ma wau la, here am I. Note. — Sia, here.
is in contrast with aia, there.
Ei-A, adj. pron. This. Syn. with kefa.
Ei-MEi, comp. pron. This one, present;
this' person ; this thing.
E-i-WA, num. adj. See Iwa. Nine; the
number nine ; also written alwa.
E-o, V. See O. To answer to a call;
to say Acre to one calling. /o6. 13:22. No
ka mca, ua m kakou i kc Akuu ; pcnei ko
kakon m ana ia ia.
E-o, s. The answer to a call.
E-o, V. To gain or win in a bet or
wager; ua eo wau ia oe, I have gained you,
i. e., the Met. Laieik. 97. E ko.
2. To give as an equivalent in a bar-
gain ; to have made an honest, hmxa fide
bargain ; no ka mca, f,u ko kaua kuai ana
me ka ae like.
E-o, adj. See Eo, v., to gain. Fin-
ished; inadu an end of: complete; piini,
eo, a full accomplishment.
E-O, *. A calabash or other vessel brim-
ful of food ; be aloha i ka ipu ka eo.
E-o-E-KA-LA, (adv. phrase) for -eole e
kala ; long ago ; not lately.
E-o-LA-Ni, adj. Stretching or reaching
up to heaven, i. e., very high; eofoni na
kia o ka moku kifekie.
E-o-wo, num. adj. Six. See Aono.
Simple form, ono.
Eu, V. To rise up, as one who has been
sitting.
2. To ascend from an humble to an ex-
alted .situation.
.t. To (!xeite or stir up ono to do a thing-
l NoL 21:1.5. O aku la o Poki ia Kaiai-
wuhi, cu, hoi kaua ma Ouhii, Poki said to
Kalaiwahi, como on (up,) let wa two return^
to Oahu.
4. jHoo. To collect ; to call o«t, as &
company of soldiers on an emei-gency ; to
excite to t«ars ; ia manawa, c Hoeu ana kit
aloha, ' hoolalc ana i na wiii raaka. The
root, CM, is often doubled, giving iiii^^n.ilty;
as, hooeueu, to excite, stir up, rouse to ac-
tion. See EiiKu.
Eu, s. A rising up to do something;
, aole ana eu, ae, he did not get up. i. e., did
not exert himself.
2. In the abstract, mischief ; theft; mur-
der, and tho like. Laieik. 104. Notk — Ku
EHA
67
EHU
eu also meaiti a pucaliar sensation of tliu
skin, a, creeping nnmbness, liHe maede or
■malanai ; bolo ka cu raa ka lae.
Eu, adj. Disobedient; mischievous; he
wabapaa.
E-u, V. To live; to crawl here and
there, as worms in a putrid, dead body ;
eu ka ilo, apuupnn ka. ili, eu ka nalo, eu
ka naio, i3u mai ka opau ; e noe, e kolo
paba.
2. To steal ; notqiiite so Strong as aihue.
3. To trouble by asking favors.
E-ii-A-NE-Lio, s. Gr. The gospel; the
life and labors.of Jesus Christ as described
by one of the Evangelists.
2. The system of salvation as revealed
in the New Testament. Mat.U:5; Gaf. 1:6.
Ke Uauoha hou, k& olelo maikai.
Eu-EB, V. 13th Conj. of eu; see above.
Ifoo., conj. 15th. To 'stir up ; to influen(?e
one to action. iPet. 1:13. Often sTN.with
hoala.
2. To etir up one to perform his duty. 2
OiM. 24:6. SJuea ka lebclehe o ka wahiue
nnku waie, tbc lips of a scolding woman
make troufjle.
Eii-Ecr, s, A .stirring np; an excite-
ment. 2Pe(. 1:12, 13.
E-u-LU, V. To cut or crop off a branch
with some smaller branches; e oki akn i
■ka eulu mc na hila liiiii ; " no ka lau ka
(fuiu pipili ka lani, oki ka bonu»." Sec
Ui.u, to; ffrow.
E-u-LU, 's See Ulu, to grow. A branch
cut off 10 bo plant*!!] again ; a layer.
2, The top and branches of a tree which
are cut oflT and left as good for nothing.
E-u-Ntj-HA, s. Gr. A eunuch; onecas-
Irateil, Mul. 19:12.
E-u-NU-uA, ». Gr. Hoo. To make one
acnriiich. Mat. 10:12.
E-u-wE-KE, B. To open ; to take off, as
a man takes off irons from one confined.
2. To burHt open.
3. To dash upon, as a wave does a double
canoe by rising between them.
E-HA, ». To be hurt; to be sore; to be
paiufu! j to suffer ; eha ka naau, tlie heart
is pained. JIoo. To suffer in sny way, ns
in sickness or pain, or by punishment ac-
cording to law, jnstly or unjustly. 1 Pet
4;15, Ifi. Fi«. To cause hurt ; to grieve
one. Jipfr;. 4:30.
E-HA, s. Pain ; soreness of any kind ;
sonow ; suffering of punishment ; a hurt ;
affliction. 1 Saw.. 1:11.
E-HA, adj. Sore ; painful ; hurtful,
5-HA, num. adj. Four; the number
tbnr. See Aiu and Ha.
E-HA -1! -HA, V. Conj. 13 of f/ifl. Hoo. To
givepaiuj' to alHict. jVah.29.'!. To chas-
tise ; to pnnisb. Kanl. 8:.5. To grieve,L e..
to cause grief to one. Hal. 96:10. To vex.
Kin. 21:12.
E-HA-E-HA, s. Suffering; torment; pain;
grief.
E-HA-E-liA, adj. Intensely painful. 1
Ndl. 12:4.
E-hX-e-ha, adv. Painfully; grievously.
E-HA-HA, ». To lell ; to pant, as a dog
or hog after violent exercise, or witli heat.
See Ahaha.
E-HE, adj, Huluiia mai kuu lani kuu
alii the.
E-HE-A, e. To call ; to call aloud ; per-
haps |he imperative mood of hea, to call.
See Kahea.
E-HE-E-HE, V. To cough J to cough
sliglitly ; to hack.
E-HE-E-HE, adj. Pertaining, or belong-
ing to » cough ; mai eftefiAe.
E-HE-w, *, The wingof afowl;namea
ekev; winged animals. Kin. 1:21. Fio.
Care • l>n)tec(ion : (iia no an iloke o na
dita « ko kftua makuahine ; the wing, as of
an eugle. Puk. 19:4. Oul^ou, " na boa
(siJiolars of the Sem.) o na eMu o ke kaka
biaka nni. Sheu takies both forma of the
article ka and ke. See Eksiieu,
B-HE-s', adv. As wings; as if with
wings. Isa. 40:31.
E-HE-HEU, s. A wing. See Eheo.
E-HE-NA, V. See Hehena.
E-Ht, v.- To tread upon; to trample
down ; to kick. See Heei and Hahi.
E-sH-A, int. adv. How many ?
E-Hi-A, V. See Eehia.
E-MS-E-Hi, V. To slander; to spread
evil reports of one. See Ahuhi.
E-hi-kh, nu7)f. adj. Seven; also ahiku,
and hiku.
E-hi-na, adj. .Reddish; eandy; applied
to VbG hail'.
E-Hi-PA, V. To crook"; to bend.
E-hi-pa, s. A«rook.
E-Hi-PA, adj. Crooked.
E-Ho, s. A stone idol; heakuaoLono-
kaeha.
2. A collection of stone gods.
3. A momucent ; a stone pillar set up
na a memorial. Klh. 28:18; also Kin. 35:14.
Name of a pile rf stones set np to attract
the attention of fishermen.
4.^4 swelling or bimoh internal, a kind
of disease,
5. Name of a stone put inside of an ani-
mal in coQking.
E-no-E-ao, v. See Eho, 3.
E-HC, s. The spray of the surf.
EKE e
2. The Eteam of boiling water. SeeMABU
und KtsBv.
3. One of the servants of the king.
E-HU, c. Hoo. To drive awayi to scare
away, as hoes or heua.
E-HU, adj. Red or sandy haired; ruddy
in counteBaQce ; florid. 1 Sam. ISrlS.
E-M0-A-HI-A-HI, s. Lit. The red of the
evening.
2. An epithet of old age.
E-HU-A-WA, s. A species of Strong gfruss
or rash from which. cords are made ; also
written ahnavM.
E-Hu-E-HU, s. A Strong wind blowing
seyprciy; aka hnhnmanu ehuehu ka makani,
indino Icpolepo ka moana : hakukai ka ale
o kn moana 1* ka ehwehu o ka makani.
2. Darkness arising from dust, fog or
vapor.
E-Hoit-Ho, adv. Angrily; furiously;
in a raging manner, as the wind. See Eku.
Ku ehiidm, huhu, inaina.
B-Hu-KA-KA-fti-A-KA', *. LiT. The red of
the morning ; an epithet of youth. See
Ebvabixm.
E-KA, s. Costiveness; filth.
° 2. Name of a sea breeze at Kona.
E-KA, *. The uppei part of a bunch .of
Itananas ; be Jiia wale no mai ka eka luna
a liiki i ka pola.
E-KA, s. Eng, An acre (of land); a
meiisnred quantity, ba. 6:10.
E-KA, adj. Dirty; unclean; foul. ha.
,57:20.
2. Costive ; filthy.
3. Curly, as a Negro's hair.
E-KA-E-KA, adj. See Eka. Dirty ; cov-
ered wU!i filth ; very dirty.
E-KA-HA, s. Name of a parasitical plant.
2. Name of a hard kind of bush which
grows in the sea.
3. Also the name of a fex-n-like plant.
E-KA-HA-KA-HA, «. Name of a species
of aea-wetjd,
2. Name of a plant, large, long leaf.
E-KA-Kw, s. The rolling of a stone down
a pail ; kaa ka pohaku, ula ka pali, he
abaia ? he ekalai.
E-KA-LE-si-A,. s. Gr. A church ; a body
of professing obristiana. Oih. 8:1.
2. He eJailesiq, a ohurcb member.
E-KE, s. A pocket; a bag; a small
aa«k. Lvk. 9:3. Eke kala, a money bag ;
a purse. Jomi. 12:6. Syk. with hipuu.
2. Name of a kind of net ; properly, the
bottom or bag part of the net.
E-KB, adj. Excellent; nice; applied to
canoes ; perhaps to other things.
E-KK-E-KE, V. To be in pain; to be
pained, mk tlie bowels on pressure.
3 ELA
2. To be pained, ae the mind atung by
an offense."
E'KE-E-KEi, s. A piercing, Stinging pain.
2. Displeasure, arising from an offense.
3. The feeling one has when that which
he prizes is.gpokcn «^inst or injured.
E-KE-E-KE, (uij. Hurt; pained, as" the
striking at something hard.
E-KE-E-KE, V. To brush ofT, as a fly or
insect.
E-KE-E-KE, adj. Excellent; nice, &c.
See Eek, adj.
E-KE-E-KEI, V. To be too short. Hoo.
To shorten ; to make short. See Ekbkbi.
E-KE-u, s. A wing of a bird. Hal. 17:8.
Syk. with eheu. See Bkekk and Bkekeu.
E-KE-u, adj. Proud; haughty; applied
to a person neatly dressed, who despises
.others. Syn. with Haaheo.
E-KE-KE, ) J. A wing; the wing of a
E-KE-KE-F, J bird. . See Ehed and Ekbc.
E-KE-KEi, fl^'. Short; too short; shorter
than something else ; applied to clothes,
strings, &e.
E-KE-KEU, *, A wing, &c. See Ekeke
above.
E-KE-KE-Mu, V. To open or move the
lips, as in speaking, but without sound.
E-KE-Mu, ». To open, as the mouth.
2. To utter by the organs of speech. 2
3. To apeak audibly or intelligibly. Xtn.
24:2X.
4. To speak out; to reply to a question.
Mn. 45:3.
6. To answer in reply. los. 22:21,
6. To come forth in any way.
7. To operate as" a cathartic.
E-Ki, adj. See Elaueki. Pertaining to
the top of a ki leaf.
E-Ki-Ki-LAir. See Eei. A word used in
a dirty mele.
E-Ko, ),. Dirt; filth, &c. Spoken
E-KO-E-KO, J of a person unwashud.
E-Ko, )adj^ Dirty; filthy, as in
E-Ko-E-ko, J former times, when it was
kapu to bathe. See Ska.
E-Ko-Lu, adj. laim.. Three ; the number
throe ; also akolu. See Koi.u.
E-KU, V. To root, as a pig; [motiofoeti
in tderof) to dig ii4 the ground, as a plow.
Ijaieik. 107.
E-KU-LE, s. A species of fish.
E-LAA, ) a^p Together with; along
E-LAA-HOI, J with ; likewise ; thus ; in
like mannes ; as also ; the same ; alike ;
Uie same as ; penel, (Haa ka moa ole ana.
See I.AA
ELE
E-LAU, s. The straight top of a tree,
or of a sugar-cane.
2. The end of one's flng«r , the point of
a bayonet ; the bearded part of a spear.
'A. The coinraencement of a breeze of
wind. '
4. The pointed end of a substance. See.
AVklau and WKi,Er.An.
E-LAU-E-Ki, s. A bayonet.
E-LAU-l-KI, E-LA-WAI-KI, Ot E-WU-WAI-
Ki, s. Tli<« top of the Isi leaves.
E-LE, V. To be dark; black; to be dark
colored ; not clear.
E-LE. An intensive added to many
words; very; much-; greatly. &c.
E-LE-AO, s. Name of a woTni that de-
stroys food ; he ilo, he mea c make ai ka
uln o ka al.
E-LE-E-LE, adj. See Ele. Dark col-
ored ; black ; blue ; dark red ; brown.
See Uuuu ; also Lipolipo.
E-LE-E-LE, s. Darkness ; ua like ka
eleele me ka uliuli.
E-LE-E-LE, adv. Darkly; without much
light ; ke hele dede nei an, I walk in dark-
ness. M. 30:28.
E-LE-E-LE-KU, V. To fly to pieces; to
break easily. Heo Ki.kku below.
E-LE-E-LE-KU, adj. Easily broken ; sim-
ilar to lielelei ; pohakn eleJcu.
'Z. Unhandsome ; niisightly ; applied to
a homely, lean, or insignificant person; a
good for nothing man.
E-LE-E-LE-Pi, adj. Dashing different
ways, as waves affected by ditttsrent winds.
2. Applied to men of difiurent minds :
as, dedtjn ka waha o kanaka.
E-LEi-o, V. To go after anything pri-
vately, as a mouse after poi.
E-LE-u, adj. Alert.
E-LE-u-Li, s. A kind of kapa; kapa
eleuii no Ftina.
E-LE-HEi, adj. Too- short for the pur-
pose designed ; one leg too short ; as an
oopa, wawao pokoli. Sec EKBKtii,
E-LE-HEi, s. Shortness; want of length;
i ka elehe't, 1 ka mumukn.
E-LE-HEU, s. Anger; rage.
E-LE-HEU, adj. Angry; very angry; in
a raging manner.
E-LE-KA, s. Eng. The elk; an animal.
Lam. Haul. 6:1.
E-LE-KU, V. To fly to pieces. See Ele-
KLEKU.
E-LE-KU, adj. Easily broken; similar
to hileki ; pohaku eteku.
2. A good for nothing man ; a coward ;
applied to a homely,-Iean or mean insig-
niQcaat person. See Ei.eiiLhKV.
69 ELI
E-LE-KU, s. A species of stone; he po-
haku dehu, 'a brittle stone.
E-LE-LE, s. A messenger; one sent. by
authority. 2fah. 21:21. An ambassador*;
ka mea i hoounaia'kn ; a representative to
transact the bastacss of another j one sent
to carry news. 1 Sam. 4:17. Often st».
vrith luna.
E-t,E-LO, s. Art., ke. The tongue of
man or beast ; the organ of speech ; the
Instrnmcntof communicating good or evil.
lob. 20:16. See Ai.fxo and Lei.o.
E-LE-LO-LU-A, adj. Tongue-tied.
E-iE-Lo-LU-A, t. A tongue-tied person.
E-LE-LU, )s. A cockroach; elelu lii-
E-LE-LE-LU, 5 lii, the small cockroach ;
Mu papa, the flat, broad cockroach. '
E-LE-MA-KC-LE, V. To be orbecomeoldj
to have the evidence of decay ; mostly ap-
plied to men ; sometiioeB, via., to other
things. Ileb. 8:13.
E-LK-MA-KU-LE, s. An old man; an
aged man ; olelo ino aku la ia i kekabi
mau f2emakvk, he spoke reproachfully to
certain old men; ukiuki ino la ua man
demakMle la. Mostly applied to persons ;
sometimes to things — the works of crea-
tion. Eal. 102:26.
E-LE-MA-KU-LE, adj. Old; aged; decay-
ing, as men advanced in life, but often in-
dednito. When one has not seen a child
for some time, and the child has grown
considerably, he exclaims, ka, ua Mtnakuie
no, why, he has become an old man.
Note. — The same idea- applied to an old
woman would he Juoftine.
E-LE-Mi-o, 0. To taper off to a point.
E-LE-Mi-o, adj. Tapering to a point.
E-LE-Mi-Hi, s. Ndme of a four-footed
animal in the sea.
E-LE-PAi-o, s. A species of bird. Laieik.
29. Also,
2. A species of kalo with spotted leaves.
E-LE-PA-NE, s. The sea elephant; a
s«al ; a walrus.
E-LE-PA-NE or E-LE-PA-Ni, s. En^. The
elephant;
E-LE-PA-NE, adj. Niho clepane, ivory;
1 Nttl. 10:22.
E-LE-Pi, *. Name of a four-footed ani-
mal foiiiiil in the sua.
E-Li, V. To loosen or break up earth ;
to dig in the ground, lis a pit, hole or ditch;
0 kohi ; e eJi oukon i ka Uia a poopoo, dig
the pit until it is deep ; alalia, e kanu aku
i ka laan, then plant the tree; xndi lakou
i ka auwaha u hohonu, they dug a ditch
, very deep.
E-Li-E-Li, r. To dig repeatedly. See
above.
EMO
70
END
E-u-e-l!. Etieli kapu, elieli noa.
E-Li-MA, num. adj. Fivej the number
five ; also alima. See Lima.
E-LO, adj. Wet; to soak, as kapa with
rain ; pulu k«hi kapa i ka ca, do wale, a
kapa was wet with rain, and aU soft.
E-Lo-E-Lo, adj. Very wet. See_ Elo.
Uapnln.dpeZp.wale ko !ako\iaabu i kawai-
tnaka, .their robes were soaked soft with
their tears.
E-LO-E-Lo, t). To moisten; to make
wet; 0 Kb^Io. keia malama, ke eiodo nei
na hnihui i ke kai, o Kaelo ia ke doelo nei
i ka aa.
E-Lo-WA-LE, V. To be wet ; dirty } de-
filed.
E-Lfr, 0. To crumble to pieces.
E-LU 1, 7mm. adj. Two ; the mimber
two. See Alda and Lua.
E-BiA-NU-E-LA, s. Heh. God v/ith as;
Emmanuel ; a aame of Jesus Christ. Mat.
1:2,3.
E-ME-RA-i/A, s. Eng. Name of a pre-
cious stone. jPufc. i!8:18. An emeiald.
E-Mi, V. To fall, behind, as one of sev-
eral persons walking together.
2. 'So decrease in number.
3. 'to retire back ; ebb ; subside, as, the
title; to diminish in quanfity. Kin. S;].
4. To take an humble place after oecu-,
i>ying one higher.
6. To think one's self of little conse-
quiSnce.
■ C. To desj)ond; to flajg.'as the mind or
spirits'; to fail, as me cwif&ge.
7. Roo. Tf diminish. Pvk. 21:10. To
shorten ; to make few ; to sink back with
fear ; ke liucmi nei iakou i kau hana.
E-Mi, s. InOTHsic.afiat; the character b.
E-Mi-E-Mi, V. See above. To fell be-
hind, &c. ; e emtemi ihd la Iakou i ka )iala
nui a hafaai ae la i ke ananiiu o ka uala.
E-an-E-Mi, adv. Backwardly ; lazily ;
falling behind; mai hele emiemi i hope,
mai Lopohopo, mai makau, e hele aku i
mua, do not fall behind, tremble not, fear
not, go ahead.
E-Mi-Kir-A, V. To go backward.
E-Mo, V. To be long; to delay; to put
off; not much used, except with the nega-
tive ole; as, emoole, which see below.
E-Mo, s. A waiting ; a delay,
E-MO-o-LE, s. Quickness; dispatch; he
hikiwawe. Kin. 27:22. Suddenness. Gal.
1:6.
E-MO-o-LE, adj. Emo and ok. Quickly ;
soon ; active ; punctual ; aole emo 1 0 bow
quickly r
E-MO-o-LE, adv. Suddenly. Oih. 2:S.
E«Mu, V. To cast away'; to throw away.
Hoo. The same ; e hookuke, e kipakn.
E-WA, V. To be in a rage, as in aiager.
2. To burn, as fire ; ua (rio. loa ka nla o
• ka mai, the sick person is red with heat ;
ke ena loa ae nei, wena. '
E-NA, adj. Red hot ; raging, as fire ;
•epithet of an oven when red hot ; applied
also to anger.
2. Angry; wild; nntamed, i.s fn ai»i-
mal; full of fiiiy.
3. Jealous, as a bird of a snare, or fear-
ful, as a villain of good men ; threatening,
aa some kinds of clouds that threaten a
stoi'm.
E-HA-E-NA, V. To bum, as a raging
fire : to be hot. Kanl. 32:22. Spoken of
anger.
2. To be si'ongly offensive to the smpU,
as the stench of a dead carcass ; enaena ka
pilau o ka lio make ; ua enaena Rilauea i
ka pele.
3, Boo. To beat, as an oven. Sos^ 7:4.
E-NA-E-NA, s. A raging, furious heat.
Pan. 3:19.
E-ME, V. To creep, as a child first at-
tempting; na ene ke keiki, the child has
begun to creep.
2. To creep along ; to get near an ob-
ject; etie aku la au e pehi i ka pohaku.
Hoo. Eooem aku la ua kahnna i ka iaau
h^laio.
E-NB, s. The commencement of a child's
creeping.
E'NEi, adv. For 7iei; here; this place;
this neighborhood. Kul. 4:9. Mahea ko
enei kamalii? where are the children of
this place ? See An'EI, here.
E-NE-HE, o. See Anehe. To be ready
to do a thing ; prepared for it ; tnehe ako
no ka lima e lalau, the hand was ready t»
catch hold ; enehe aku la laua e bolo aku.
E-NE-Mi, s. Eng. . An enemy. PvM.
23:22. He mea e ku e ai. NaL 2i:2€.
E-NE-NE, r. 9th conj. of ene. To move
itself, a.s a thing of Wfe.
2. To bore a small hole in order to make
a larger.
3. To file or rasp gently.
4. Soo. To move itself, as a chicken in
the shell.. Lam. Haw. 12:2, 1.
E-NO, c. To be wild ; easily made
afraid, as an animal partially tamod. See
Hoo.
E-No-E-NO. See Maenoeno.
E-NU-KE, s. A species of worm, large
and striped. See Anche. On Maui it is
called pceiua. HepukOjbeppeliia. Nch'B. —
The w^ord is used for worm, generally in a
moral wase, that is.
2, A poor, helpless, despicable creamre.
I
71
I
Nal. 22:6 Worms. Kanl 28:38. Pjo. Ap-
plied to men. Isa. 41:14.
3. A caterpillar. Icr. 51:14.
E-PA, V. To be deceived ; to be lad into
error.
2. To be deceitfiil.
3. To steal.
4. To backbite ; e wahahee, e hoopuni-
ptini, e ftlajnahi.
5. Hoo. To act basely or treacherously ;
also, maepa with hoo ; aubea oukou e ka
po« 1 kapa ae nci, he pono ka Iwospaepa ?
Spa wahahee, to get up a lie or falge i-e-
port. Jial. 119:69.
E-pA, t. One who is false to his trust.
2. An act of villainy ; fraud, or artifice.
3. Falsehood ; forgery, by getting prop-
erty in the name of aiyither ; haku epa, one
who speaks falsely to the hurt of another.
E-PA, adj. False; deceitful.
E-PA, *. Heb. Name of a Hebrew meas-
ure; an ephah. Ltink. 6:19; P«fc. 16:36.
E-PA-E-PA, V. See Epa above.
E-PO-DA, s. Heb. An ephod ; a part of
tbo official dress of a Jeivish high priest.
, 1 Som.. 2:18. •
E'WA, V. To crook ; to twist ; to bend
out of shape.
. -2. To ^ct improperly ; to pervert.
3, To mock ; to vex ; to trouble. Hoo.
Hooewa ac mahope kuai ka hal$ ; e hoewa
ue 'ma ke kna ; e hoewa aku ma ke kala ;
hoewa nnkn mua ; he sneered at the h^use
and afterwards bought it j it was crodked
on the back side, it was crooked at the end,
it was crooked in front. Ariat. Generally
in the reduplicated form.
E-WA-E-WA, V. To mock; to vex; to
render one uncomfortable.
2. To act unjnstly or unrighteously ; to
pervert justice. Ezek.18-25.
3. Hoo. To cause mockery: vexation, &c.
See Maewa and SIaewaewa.'
E»wA-E-WA, s. Injustice ; a turning
aside from right. HaJ. 9:8.
E-WA-EWA, adj. Unequal; unjust; ir-
regular in structure, as an irregular bone,
Anat. 4.
2. •Grinning or expressing anger; ap-
plied to the mouth and eyes ; as, he maka
ewaewa, he waha ewoeiea.
E-WA-E-WA, adv. Unjustly, respecting
persons in judgment. IToJ. 3:15. Wifli par-
tiality. 1 Tim. 6:21.'
E-WA-E-wA-i-Ki, s. A lohe oe' i Ita leo
o ka ewaewxild e hoonene an'i. T^aleik.
149. The imaginary voice of a female
spirit who had died, anil het unborn infant
with her.
2. Name of a bird on Hawaii.
E-WAi, s. A swelling under the armpit
or groin ; also aioai; he auwakoi.
E-WA-LV, num. adj. Eight; the niim-
ber eight ; also awalv, and waVa.
E-wE, V. To grow again after being
cut off, as a stalk of su^ar-canc ; ke ctoc ka
aa ; alalia kukulu na 'lii a pau i else ai, be
hoiau hoonluulu na ia.
E-wE, s. The navel string.
2. Ke eme o ka huamoa, the whU/e of an
egg. loh. 6:6,
3. The abdominal aorta ; he eioc, ke ewe.
4. The place of one's birth and where
his ancestors before hitn were bbrn ; kona
ewe hanau. See Iewe, placenta.
E-WE-WE, s. The love, affection apd
remembrance one has for the place of his
birth and where he lias spent his first years;
o ke aloha mai ia oukou me ke ewetoe o ka
noho pu ana, malaila mai no ke aloha ana
ia oukon.
E-BO-Ni, s. Eng: Ebony, a species of
blank wood. Ezdc. 27:15.
E-DE-MA, s. Heh Name of the garden
planted for our first parents. Kin. 2:8.
E-VA-NE-Li-o, s. Gr. The gospel ; the
history of Jesus Christ ;" the news of salva-
tion. See EuANBLio. Mar.V.i.
I.
I the third letter of the Hawaiian
» alphabet. Ita sound is that of ee in Bng-
.Usb. or that of the French i.
I is the medium of communication be-
tween an active transitive verb or a verb
of motion and its object. See Gram. § 105,
p. 49. d and e; also. Gram, Synta.t, Rule
> 19. iBefOre proper names of jiorsons and
pronouns, the i becomes ia. See note Gram.
P- IS- . .
I has a variety of significations, ana is
used for a variety of purposes.
I, prepi To ; towards ; in ; at ; unto ;
by ;.for ; in respect of; abov« ; more than ;
on account of, &e.
I, adj. Stingy.
I, adv. When; while; if.
I, conj. If; that; a contraction perhaps
of ina.
I. A sign. 1st. Of the imperfect tense
of verbs. .
2. A sign of the snbjuuctive mood : a
contraction of itui.
lA
72
IAN
3. As a sign of a tense, it often has the
meaning of a poteqtial ; tbat ; as, ua hai
altu au i lobe outcou, I have spoken, tluU
you might bear,. 3ee Gram. § 209, subj.
mood, 4th form^
4. The sign <lt the imperatiTe mood,
passive in certain cases ; aB,t kukui,i wai,
i nobo, briAg a lamp, water, &c.
I with an ajMstropne before it, is a con-
traction after o of the preceding word, for
ai ; as, malaila kahl i waihoia'i ka waiwai,
for waihoia ai.
i, V. To 6peakj to say, in connection
with the thing spoken or said. £tn. 1:3
and 20,
2. 1^<> address one ; to make a speech to
one; often stn. with olelo. Kin. 3:1. /
mai la ia i ka wahine, be said to the woman
(after this follows What' was said.)
.3. To sa;^ within one's self. Kant. 18:21
i. To pronounce a single word, aa aeig-
nal, Jjank. 12:6.
5. To give an appellation, and sxK. with
kapa. Isa. 32:5. To designate the name
qf.a person. Oih. 9:36.
I, ». To beget, as a father.
I, s. Name of the papaia fiuit and tree.
Seeli.
1a, v. Hod. To enter; to be received,
as into tbe month.
Ia, v. To beat or pound, as in making
kapa.
Ia, s. The name of the. mallet, used in
beating kapa.
Ia, prep. Used before proper names of
persons, and before pronouns, as i Is be-
fore common nouns. See I, prep. It signi-
fies, to ; of ; for ; by ; with ; . on accoont of ;
in respect of, &c. See Oram. § 1.26, 6.
Ia, adv. In the beginning of a sentence^
and before a pronoun, it. refers to time:
when; at that time, &c. ; as, ia lako.u 1
noho ai il^la, whMe they lived there; ia
manawa, make iho la ke aUi, at Ihat time
the chief died.
Ia, pen. pron., third pers. sing. He ;
she ; it ; more rarely in the sense of it, for
which Hawaiians use a peripltrasis ; thus :
ia kanaka, ia wahine, ia mea, kela, keia,
&c. Oram, § 137, 140, Sd.
Ia, pron. adj. This ; that ; according as
the thing referred to is present or absent.
Ia annexed to verbs, forms the passive
voice of all the conjugations ; as,xi». alohaia
mai kakou, we ore beloved, This sign of
tbe passive voice may be annexed to the
verb and form one word, or it may be sepa-
rated, cue or more words intervening ; as,
uB lawe malu ia kc dala, the money vias
iakfn secretly. Oram. § 211. Notjs. —
Sometimes letters are inserted before the
ia; as, aicalm, it is bitter, for atoaio.
I-A, s. A fish J the general name of all
sea animals, «l8o those in fresh water ; ua
kipaia na mea a pan ma ke kai he ia, o na
mea holo a me na mea faolo ole ; aia no ^
kekahi man ia maloko o ka wai maukii o
ka aina.
2. Meat of any kind, in distinction from
ai, vegetable food ; o ka ia wale iio i koe
ia ia, the fish only remained to him (i. e.,
Dagon.) 1 8am. 6:4. Note. — The names-
of tbe fish formerty kapu fol: women to cat-
were : kumu, moano, ulna, hoou perhaps,-
and the ea.
Ia, s. Pronounced yah. Eng. A yard
in length.
I'a, s. The galaxy or mil^ way.
Ia-o, s. Name given to a small fish
used for bait:
2. Name, of a bird somewhat like the
moho.
Ia'-u, pron. pers., 1st pers. A contrac-
traction of ia mi-; the auialo (accusative or
objective case) of au ; me ; to me ; for me ;
by me. &c. Chram. ^ 126, 6th auialo.
Ia-t7, g. Name of a species of srnall fish.
I-A-HA, ado. int. See Aha. For what?'
' to what? iaha la ka makemake? for what-
is the desire?
i-A-Bo-NA, V. To be near to death, i>at
desirous of living ; to wish to live or re-
cover, from sickness; iahiona paha a ike
, oku, 0 kuu make paba ia. Xoietfc. 180.
Irk'VO, s. The number forty; a round
or whole number, as we say, a dozen ; it
is. applied mostly, if not exclusively, to
counting kapaa; perhaps to a few other
things ; a me ka iako kapa he nui loa, and
the very maxiy forties of kapas.
I-a-xo, s. Name of the arched sticks
which connect a canoe with its outrigger ;
0 ka iojco waa, o ka hau ka iako paa.
W-Ko, s: The name of a class of per-
sona skilled in dealing, emptying and re-
fitting a canoe upset in a storm at sea ; ka
poe i aoia i ka holo moana a mc ka Inn kai
1 nei viko, oia ka poe i aoia e kamai kn
bnli pu.
I-a-lo-aI, v. To embakn. Kin. 60:2. To
bury dead bodies with perfumes ; to pre-
serve dead bodies by sailing them;
I-A-Lo-A, J. AdeadbodyemlKtliAedand
preserved ; a lawe ae la oia i koiia mau
%aloa a pan. Zaiei/c. T23.
Ia-lo-ko, s. /a, prep., andTo&o, internal.
That which is inside ; what belongs 'inside.
See LoKO.
Ia-na, s. Heh. A word translated and
in Isa. 13:21. The ostrich perhaps.
Ia-nei, adv. Ia, prep., and nei, h&x.
Here ; at this place, Isa. 45:14.
Ia-nu-a-ei, *. Eng. The name of the
lES
73
III
first month in the ye?.r; adopted by Hawai-j
ians from the Romans through the English.
The name of the Hawaiian month nearly
corresponding is Kaelo. See D.Malo 12:6.
Ia-wi, s. Name of a small red bird.
Ia-CtU-a, s. Eng. Name of the animal
jaguar.
Ia-se-pi, s. Gr. A jaspers a precious
stone. Pttfc. 28:20 ; Hoik. 21:11. ' '
Ie, b. To insult ; to provoke ; to pick
a quarrel.
Ie, a Canvas; ienani, fine linen; white
cotton cloth, lole ie.
2. A vine used in making baskets, also
in decorating their persons ; he te .o ka
nahelehele.
3. A material braided into hats by the
women ; he ulana ie papale ka na wahine
nana.
i. Name of a stick used in beating kapa;
he ie kuku.
. Ie, adj. Flexible ; limber, like cloth
dt a vine ; he lole ie, he kanaka ie ke ona
J ka rama, a man is limber (like cloth)
when he is drank ; he lapa ; he noho ie, he
papale ie, be ipu ie.
i-E-i-E, s. The leaves of the ie formerly
used in decorating the gods of Hawaii,
generalfy made into wreaths ; he ieie hue-
wai, he ieie hnla.
I-E-I-E, adj. He poo ieie no Hilo; a kind
of lei for the head used by Hilo people.
I-E-t'fi, V. To be decorated with leaves;
to be dressed in wreaths.
2. Hoo. To be ennobled; to be dignified.
I-E-i-E, adj, Boo. Proud 5' pompous j
light minded.
•I-E-i-E-wA-HO, 4. Name of the sea or
channel between Oahii and Kauai ; hoi
msd fio ma ka moaua o ka /etetea/w, be re-
turned by the ocean of the Mewaho.
I-E-i-E-WE, s. The envelop of a fetus;
placenta; secundines feminarom parturi-
entium.
2. The uterus ; the. womb ; ka aa, ka
alualu.
Ie-ho-ta, s. Heb. The name of the one
eternal, living and true God,ia opposition
to all other gods. JsCi. 45:5, 6. H)S name
and attributes have been Cicceptdd by Ha-
waiians.
l-E-WE, s. The navel string connecting
the new-born infant with the moiber.
2. The infant itself; a young one just
born. JTonJ. 28:57.
3. The after-birth.
i-E-LE, s. A chief; a king; he alii, ke
alii.
• I.E-SE-E0-NA, «. Ileb. A poetical name
for the Israelitish people, signifying up-
right, beloved. Kant. 32:15—33:5.
10
I-i, adj. Sour; mouldy; musty, as food
injured by long standing. .SrXjWith pnna-
belu.
2. Covetous; close; niggardly,
l-i, V. To be mouldy, Sec., as food; ua
ii loa ka ai.
2. To be lost; forgotten, as something
formerly known ; ua ii na olelo kabiko, na
nalo^ale.
I-i, s. Mould; rust; anything indi-
cating age or decay.
I-i, V. To collect; to gather up, as small
things ; to bring together. See Non. Ua
ko waa, ke ii nei ka aha.
I-I, s. A gathering together; a collect-
ing, as of small things ; ka noil ; ua hele i
ka ii hana ; he pii no 1 ka ii poaaha, they
. go up to collect mulberry bark.
I-i, s. Arejoicing with an audible voice,
like a chant ; o ka mea lea i ke olioli, aia
a loaa ka, ii iioko o ka puu ; a singing in
the threat, like the gurgling of water ran-
ning from a calabash ; e olaola ana me he
huewai la ; oia ka ii.
I-I, s. A heavy weight, difficult to lift;
he kaumaha, he koikoi ka pupu.
I-i, s. A person hard hearted, cruel and
selfish ; ka hooii puahi ole a ka ua iuka
wale no e haakeke ai.
I-I, s. Name of a bird, partly red, bill
hooked. SeeAPANE. Hemanaliiliiulaula;
he apapane kekahi inoa.
2. Name of.a species of fish around Molo-
ktd ; ka pua ii.
3. Aldndoffera.
4. Name of the papaia ; also written i.
I-ii I adj. Stinted; unthrifty; choked
I-I-I, ) with weeds ; applied to vegetables
or animals.
2. Mortified or humbled, as O' person by
the overbearing conduct of another ; re-
strained.
3. Tight, as a rope in a hole.
4. Close : parsimonioua. See Ii 2.
I-i-A-AO, s. Hard mouldy poi.
I-i-i, s. A child of slow growth, many
years, little stature ; aole nae' ka. Hi loa, a
nonoi no hoi j aia he uuku nui ae. Ua ike
an i kahi keiki i komo Hi, aa no hoi ke
.^ kino ke nana aku.
I-i-i, adj. Little; smalj; dwarfish; he
pnaa Hi, a small hog ; he laau tii, a small
tree; also, ka pulu Hi, little cotton; ka
ipuln Hi.
I-i-r, f. SmaUness; littleness; inferior-
ity ; ka tit, ka aa, ke noinoi, ke knpalii.
2. Name of a plant eaten in time of
scarcity.
I-H, V. To choke; to restrain; to hedge
up.
lO
74
lU
I-M-KA, J. A Scarpa contraction of the
skin from a wound.
I-i-i-NA, V. To desire strongly. See Imi.
I-i-KA, edj. Small; little in size; he
wabi maaini ii'A^a. a small maninl, i. e., a
kind of fish ; ke kalo iika, the little kalo ;
he wiwi. he ol»la.
I-i-KE, adj. See Ike, to know. Quick
to learn ; ready ; amait ; having gained
knowledge.
I-i-Mo, e. See Imo. To wink repeat-
edly ; to wink often.
2. To convey some idea by winking.
Sol. 6:13.
I'l-Ki, , V. To desire ; to wish for ; to
long after. i5n. 31:30.
2. To fear or expect the loss of a thing
which we very much love.
3. To desire strongly to have or do a
thing. 2 Sam. 13:39. Ke iinl nei ka naau
i ka ponO; the heart desires that which is
good.
I-i-Ni, s. A strong desire ; ka iini nui,
the greatly loved one. Laidk. 114. Ka
makemake nui me ka ikaika. '
I-i-wi, s. A small red bird ; also iawi.
I-i-wa-po-LE-NA, s. The name of a bird
mentioned in Lamkamai 29, 80 and 149.
I-o, s. A species of bird j a hawk.
I-o, .«. Name of a game.
I-o, s. Lean flesh ; the animal muscle,
Anat, 3. A muscle ; he io ku e, an antag-
onistic, muscle. Anat.i^.-
2. Flesh in general. Pi*. 29:14.
3. Flesh, i. e.. person. 0!hk. 16:4.
4. One's flesh, i. e., kindred; relation.
Kin. 29:14. Jo maha, the muscle on the
side of the head.
I-o, s. Part; portion; reality; truth';
• verity. Ezek. 12:23.
I-O, s. A forerunner; one who announces
the approach of a cldef.
I-O, adj. True; real; not imaginary;
Da paa ka inanao o kanaka he akua io no
o Lono, the minds of the people were firm
that Lono (Captain Cook) was a reaX god.
I-o, adv. Truly ; 'really ; verily ; cer-
tainly -.oiaio, truth. Io is a strong inten-
sive. Pela io no ka hana ana. a lakou:
aohe io 0 ka hewa, the wickedness is great
I-o, adv. I, prep., and o, there. Yonder;
aia noia io, there he is yonder. See O. Io
ia nei, adverbial phrase, hither and thither.
I-O, prep. Nearly syn. with ia; used
■before proper names and pronouns. To ;
tov.fards. fob. 5:1. But implying motion.
I-o, V. To flee ; to hasten away- with
fear.
I-o, «. To be loaded with bundles ; ua
alaulau.
I-o-E-NA, adj. Wild; savage; untamed,
as a wild, ferocious animal ; he pieoa, faihju.
I-o-i-o, V. To peep, as a chicken ; also
piopio. Isa. 10:14. Misprinted oioi; to
chatter. Isa. 38:14. To whisper, as ghosts
were supposed to do. See Haneha;<£.
I-o-i-o, adj. Peeping, as a chicken ; he
manu ioio, a swallow, ler. 8:7.
I-o-i-o, V. To look this way and that,
as a thief about to steal ; ioio na maka o
ka hohe wale.
I-o-i-o, V. To appear above ■water,/as a
shark's fin when swimming ribout; ioio
kuala o ka mano i ka ili kai.
I-o-i-o, V. To project upwards, as a
point of a mountain : Una ae ana o Puno-
nioni e oni ae ana e like me Mannakea.
I-o-i-o-LE-A, adj. Brisk; lively ; Tight
in traveling ; mama ma^ ka hele ana ; also,
2. Angry ; quick tempered.
I-o-i-o-LE-Po, s. A bearer of tidings ; a
messenger to carry news.
I-o-KiT-Pij, *. Io, flesh, and kupu, to grow
np. A polypus, name of a disease in the
nose ; a gum-boil ; tampers in a horse.
I-P-LA-NA, ». SeeLANA. To float in the
Ave, as a bird.
I-OrtE, s. A mouse. Oihk. 11:29. Ide
nui, a rat or rabbit ; a mole, Isa. 2:20.
I-o-LEA, adj. Wild; untamed, as an
animal ; he puaa io2ea, iiihiu.
I-o-LE-Nir-i, Si A rat, especially the large
wharf-rat
I-0-LE-RA-BA-Ti, s. Hawaiian name for
the -rabbit, a fer«gn anisl&l.
I-o-Litr, s. The lean flesh inside the
backbone of, beef, &c., adjoining the ribs..
Note. — ^The flesh out^'de ia called ^dum.
lo-MA-HA, ». See Io, muscle, and Maha^
side of the head, temple. The muscle on
the temple orUmpU muscle. AmiU 6.
I-o-Mo, p. To throw a stone into the
air which falls into the water;
2. To leap, as a person into the water,
provided he does not spatter the water,
ifoo. The same.
I-o-po-No, *. Name of a class of persons
formerly who were entrusted with the care
of the king, ahd whose business it was to
guard his person and effects, lest some one
should obtain his spittle and garments, and
thus have power to pray him to death. The
poe iopono were generally high chie&.
2. A &iend ; a relation of one whose
faithfulness might be trusted; hehoahanau
iopono no kola nbu, ua make no oe he-io-
pimo.
l-v, s. Name of a particular kapu re-
lating to females.
I-u, adj. Prohibited; sacred; tabooed;
IHE
75
IHO
applied to everytliing within tlic reach of
the fcapu ; iu kahi o ke alii, ano, mukau,
sacred is the place of the cljief, it is consc-
cratod, it ia to be feared.
I-D, s. A consecrated place; he kapu
ke alii, nobo i ka iwla, the yng is kapu,
he sits in the sacred pUwe.
1-u, V. Hoo. To lay a kapu for a pfir-
tieulartime; e Aooiuaku i kekahi manawa.
I-u-i-u, V. To be afar off; higli up; to
live in sow« sacrod, kapu place. Noiii;,—
The idfeas of /ar ojf or high up seem to lie
cdnuected with sacredneas, or separation
from everything common. See Hkmolelk.
I-ir-i-u, s. A place supposed to be afar
olT or higli up above the earth. or beneath
the occao, ^tcred to the dwellihg place of
God ; ke Akua noho i ka iuiu, the God
dwells, afar off;- i ka welaa o ka makani,
at the further end of the wind ; he onohi
ku i ka inoana, an eye-ball ati^nding in the
ocean, i. e., the center of the ocean.
1-u-j-u, adj. What is high up or afar
off; he poiuin, h^ poliuUu.
I-u-KA, adv. J, prep., towards, and i{ia,
inland. A direction oppo.site from the sea ;
inland ; up the mountain. .
lu-LAi, s. Eng. Name of the modem
seventh month, July, answering to Kaaona
of the ancient Hawaiian division.
Id-ni-pe-ra, *. Eng. Name of a tree
not found on these islands ; juniper ; laau
innipera. 1 Higli,. 19(4.
lu-jpi-TA, s. Eng. The planet Jupiter;
the Hawaiian name is J£aau)e2au
lu-Bi-LE, *. Heb. A year of release jlirom
service. Oiftfc. 26:9-, 11.
Iff-Bi-LE, adj. Oi .or-pertaining to jubi-
lee or the year of release; makahild iwbile.
OUilq. 25:26.
lu-DAi-6, s. A Jew; a -descendant of
Abraham.
I-HA, V. To be intent upon : persevering
at ; to desire' greedily ; ua iha wale no, he
gives bis whole attention.
l-iiA-i-HA,' adj. Firmly drawn, as a rope;
ua HiaOM ke kaula, na maloeloe, strained.^
1-iiA-i-HA, adj. Ua ihaiha ka puukole i
ka mimi, ua ibeihe ; ua bele a ihaiiw, wale
ka poe iuinei liewa, e faana mau ma ka hewa;
to draw in, restrain, aci one desiring to ful-
fill a call of natnre, and is I'estrained by
the presence of some one ; so also having
a desire to lascivionsness.
I-HE, s. A spear, los. 8:18. Ihe hulali,
a glittering spear; a javelin. Noli. 25:7.
He Uie pakelo ; ih/t pahce a me na iAe o, the
hand staves and the spears.
1-HE-A, adv. int. I and hea, where ? To
what place? whither? iAc<t oukoa? where
are, yoii going?
I-HEE, adj. Still; quiet, as the weather;
he ^e no ka la malic.
I-HEE, V. To run from; to escape; e
{/tee ana i ka iu <kaweIo) i ka mua o qa
waa.
I-HEE-HEE, V. To poui iDto ; to slip
easil;y, as oil into a bottle ; e thtchee&na, i
ka aila iloko o ka huewai.
I-HE-i-HE, s. A species of fish of the
swprd.kind, but Hmall ; Kaawili ilielhe.
1-Hi, V. To peel off the bark from a stick.
Kin. 30:37.
2. To peel ; to flay the skin from an ani-
mal ; <t Vdi ka ai, to take the skin from
, food (kalo or potatoes) ; e lAi i ka ili oka
manini, to peel the sMn from the maniui
(a species of kalo) ; e hoopohole, e maibij
ua ini ka la, ua'wela ka pahoeljioe, the enn
is peeled off, i. e., the clouds, ttie smooth
rocks are hot ; na ihi ke kapu o ke alU,
the kapu is taken off. Lit, Peeled off.
I-Hi, s. The name of a plant growing
on the mountains, the root, used iu native
medicines, slightly cathartic ; also,
2. A plant like the pig-sorrel, which is
called ihi makole.
l-m,adj. Sacred; hallowed. Hal.l2:19.
Generally applied to high chiefs.
I-Hi-i-ni, adj. Sacred; holy. /<w.24:19.
No mJxttire of evil. Isa. 8;8.
2. Majestic ; dignified. See Ihi, adj.
IrHi-i-Hi, Si See fill above. Name of a
plant ; ke Hiiifd makole, he ihiihi ai.
I-HW-Hi, inter j. An. expression of sur-
prise at seeing anything uncommon or out
of the ordinary course of things ; he haa-
olelo kab ha, a word expressive of aston-
ishment.
I-ai-i-Hi, V. Hoo. To put on dignity or
importance.
I-Hi-Hi, adj. Angry; cross; offended;
unsociable; ho kanaka ihihi; displeased
with-; disa-Tocted to; parsimonious; be
kanaka ihihii c aua no, stingy.
I-HI-HI, V. To neighj as a horse.
I-Hi-MA-Nn, s. Name of a large cfeature
of the ocean, one and a h&lf or two feet in
diameter; perhaps Wivmanu is a bettei
ordiography. Itum.
I-HO, V. To go down; to "descend, as
firom ai higher to a lower i>lace. Nah. 12:5.
To go down from an eminence. Pufc. 19:2-J.
E ifto ana i ka pali, descending a precipice.
2. Hoo. To cause to descend ; to bring
down, as a punishment. 1 Nal. 2:9.
3. To cause to fall. Ezek. 26:20.
I-uo, si The pith oi a vegetable ; he Via
laan ka mea mawaona o ka laau, the pith
of a tree is what is in the center of the tree.
2. In geotfraphy, the pele of the earth ;
be ilto ko ka honua a puka ma na aoao
IHU
76
IKE
elaa, tbe earth bae a pith (pole) coming
out at both sides; kaiAolcukui. SeulBOJUO.
I-Eo, s. Name of the inferior kapas in
a set, the best being the kilohana.
I-HO. A verbal directive, which implies,
1. Motion or tendency downward.
2. It implies succession, and is used
much in narrative tenues ; generally fol-
lowed by to. Oram. S 233, 5 234, 3d : §
237, § 239.
I-Hp is also used after adverbs of time,
and e.Tpresaes succession of time ; as, ma-
hope ito, after that. Jjunk., 1:1. Jho nei,
just now.
I-HO, following nouns or pronouns, is
equivalent <Ut self or selves; as, e malama ia
oubott Vio, take care of yOur selves; eia
kp'tt manao uo'ai^, here j8*Suy opinion of
mf/sdf. It is equivalent to o^nanierapoE-
aessive ; as, kona iho, hia own.
I-ao"i-Ho, s. The solid, heavy part of
.tlsiber ; the heart ; something solid inside
of eomething soft ; hele laai ia me ka pu a
me ka pololu a me ka ihoiko kukui.
I-Ho-i-HO-KU-KUl, s. A string of kukui
nuts, used for torches.
I-HO-LE-NA, s. A species of banana which
were permitted to be eaten uuder thekapu
system ; eia na maia a Papa e ni ai, o ka
popolu, 0 ka Vwlena. .
i-Ho-NA, s. I/wandawo. A descending j
going down ; a path descendinf; a hill.
I-HO-PE, adv. I, prep., and h^e^ end.
Back ; backward. Meb. 10:38, 39,
I-RU, s. The nose of a person, isa. 65:5.
The snout of an animal. Sol. 11:22, The
bili of Si bird ; the bowsprit of a ship ; the
fore part of a canoe, &o. ; e homai ka ihw,
give mc a kiss. LaieifeiTi. Note.— Hawai-
iaas kissed by touching noses. LaieOc. 119.
Oia ka manawa e loaa'i kou ihu i ke keiki
Kauai; a proverbial expression, or it may
be a misprint for ike. Laieik. 126.
I-Hir-A-NU, s. Ihu, nose, and anu, cold.
1. Name of a wind upland of Kaweia; o
ka Oamnu, he makani ia no Kaweia, mauka
m^.
2. Name of an odoriferous tree or shrub
of that place.
I-HU-o-LA-o-LA, s. i%M, nose, and o/ao^o,
to snore.
1. A breathing hard ; a snoring.
2. A snoring nose.
I-mj-HA-NU-NU, adj. Ihu, nose, and ha-
nmu, to breathe hard. A hard breathing
nose ; hard breathing ; snoring.
I-HU-i-HU, adj. A word "used in con-
temning another.
I-HU-KU, V. Ihu, nose, and ku, to stand.
To turn up the hose in uoger or contempt.
See Jnura.
I-HU-KU, s. Anger; contempt.
I-Hir-Ku-iCA-Ni, adj. Ihu, ku and kani,
to sound. Hard breathing.
I-HU-MAA, adji Disobedient; mischiev-
ous ; manomano ke keild ihmnwi oe, you
are a child of freq«ent disobedience.
I-HU-KA, adj. Mischievous; applied to
persons; kolohe.
I-HTJ-NA-NA, adj. Snoring; a snoring
person. See Ihcnono below.
I-HU-NO-NO, V. Ihu, nose, and ruyrw, to
snore. To snore in one's sleep. SeeNoNoo
and NoKE.
I-Hu-PA-PA, ) g^j. jj,ju^ uQse, and papa,
I-HU-PE-PE, V flat, or pepe, maehed. De-
pressed ; flat or depressed nosed.
I-HU-PE-PE, «. A flat nosed person. Othk.
21:18.. Puka iku, a nostril. Sah. 1130.
I-HU-PH, I'. Uai, nose, and pii, to go up.
To turn up the nose in contempt.
I-Hir-pu, i. A wojd of contempt. Liy.
A turned up nose.
I-KA, u To float ashore, as a drowned
person ; a ^o ia po, Sea ia aku la ia kanaka
iuka o ITkumebame ; to be driven on shore
by the surf.
2. To be turned aside, as a vessel by the
wind and current. Oih. 27:41.
8. To fall off, as a vessel before the wind.
4. To run before the wind. Hoo. To be
thrown up on the bank of a kalo patch.
I-KA, s. rfeme of the aides of a kalo
patch, or of a mala where the grass is
thrown; oia ka mea e malu ai na iifca, i lilo
ole ka mea kanu a kekahi i kekahi.
I-KA, adj. Drifting; inclined to fall off
before the wind ; making leeway. .
I-KAi, adv, I, prep., towards, and hai,
sea. Towards the sea; &e opposite of
iuka, towaras4nland.
I-KAi-KA, V. See Ika 3 and 4. To exer-
oise_ muscular strength ; to' be strong ; ua
ikaika kona lima, his arm was strong.
2. To be strong mentally or morally; to
be courageous; perseverine; energetic.
Kard. 31:6.
3. Soo. To make strong, as one weak in
body.
4. To be courageous in jnind.
5. To be persevering in'businesB.
■ 6. To exhort one to be strong, energetic,
persevering, &c.
I-KAI-KA, s. Strength; power; valor;
zeal ; periseverance.
1-KAi-KA, adj. Strong; hardy; perse-
tering.
I-KAi-KA, adv. Strongly; perseveringly.
I-KE, V. To see, perceive by the eye.
IKI
77
ILI
2. To see, perceive mentally, i. e., to
know ; underBtaifd.
3. A form of pending love to an absent
one ; as,c ike akji oe ia me&,do you salute
^uch a one.
, i. To receive, as a visitor or a messei^er.
5. To- know ; to have carnal knowledge
4}{. .STm. 4:1 and 19:5.
6. Hoo. To exhibit; to show; to point
out ; to cause to know ; to give testimony
in a court conceraingu^ne.
I-KE, s. Knowledgfti) instruction ; ka
ike, the person having knowledge. Puk.
4:11. Understanding. Karil. 4:G. A part-
ing salutation ; as, e ike.
I-KE-A, V. Used for ikeia, the passive
of ike. Oram. § 211. It has also tiie regu-
lar passive ikeia. To be seen; to be known;
to appear. Puk. 16:10.
2. Hop. To be exhibited ; manifested.
I-KE-A-KA, V. Ike, to know, and aka,
clear. To know clearly: to perceive dis-
tinctly. Stn. with ikepaka, ikelea.
I^KE-i-KE, ». See Ike. To see; to know,
&c. Eoo. To explain; to exhibit; to show;
to bear witrotw. 8(A. 10:32.
I-KB-i-KE, j; Hoo. A testimonial; a
superscription.
I-KE-i-KE, adj. Showing; witnessing.
I-EE-MA-KA, s. Ike, to see, and Tnaka,
the eye. An eye witness ; one that sees with
his own eyes, or knows a thing of his own
knowledge ; a witness. ler. 32:10.
I-EE-UA-KA, V. Ike, to see, and maka,
the eye. To know positively ; to see with
the eyes.
I-Ki, adj. Small; diminutive; little;
often used in compounds; as, kamaiSd,
keiki, the little, one, &c. ; he wahi mea
uuku, he liilii. '■
IrKJ« adv. Nt-t at all ; nearly ; ke hoo-
koeifci nei no ka aie o ke aupuni. there re-
mains very little of the government defet.
1-Ki, V, Hso. To spare ; to hold back ;
to mak^ small, isa. 54:2.
I-Ki-i-Ki, u To be pressed ; to be com-
pelled to do a thing J to be compelled to
act or not to act against one's will.
2. To be weary of refraining fr»m. ler.
20:9.
3. To pant for breath, as one dying.
I-Ki-i-Ki, 5. A confinedness; want of
room.
2. A close, tight room.
3. Severe pain ; panting for broath ;
strangulation ; the pangs of death.
4. A siege of a city. ter. li9:9.
1-Ki-i-Ki, adj. Close and hot, as the con-
fined air of a crowded room.
2. Tight, as a bandage or clothes made
too small.
I-KI-I-KI, s. Name of the fifth month
of the Hawaiian year.
I-Ki-Ki, s. Disquietness; suffering. Hal.
38:2. Stifling for want of air ; hot.
I-Ki-Ki, s. See Ikiiki above and Oik,'"-.
Name of a month, May.
I-Ki-MA-KTj-A, s. Name of a kind of Stone
out of which the maika stones were made.
I-KO, V. To imitate. Syn. with hoko.
I-KO-i, s. A buoy ; a float. See Lalea.
I-KU, int. A word of encouragement to
pei'sons about to exert themselves in any ^
exercise, thus: iku, ikuku, oinana, o^o-
kuo, oia, 0 ka holo no ia.
I-KU-A, s. Ancient name of one of the
months ; also written ikuwa ; October!
I-KU-i-Kir, s. An offensive smell. Syn.
with okaoka.
I-Ku-WA, s. Name of one of the Hawai-
ian months. See the above.
I-KU-WA, adj. A lobe oe i ka leo iiutoa
(bird singing) a na manu. Laieik. 149.
I-KU-WA, V. Ka leo o na kahuli e ikuma
ana ; singing like birds. LaieUc. 149.
I-i^> ) s. A dark spot on the skin; he
I-LAA, ) wahi eleele iki ma ke kino.
I-LAi-LA, adv. The auialo of ^««7a;, there;
in that place ; to that place. Gram. § 165:2.
I-LAi-LAU. See Laulele.
I-LA-LO, adv. The auialo of /afo, dowiji
down ; downwards ; below. Gram. § 161.
I-LA-MU-KU, s. An officer whose busi-
ness it was to enforce the orders of a chief,
or of a judge.
2. An executioner ; a destroyer. Kard.
16.18.
3. An executive officer. 1 ^HftZ. 23:4.
4. In modern times, a marshal ; a sheriif.
I-Li, V, To Strike, rub or scrape on the
ground, as a canoe, boat or ship. Kin, 8:4.
2. To strike or run aground, as a ship ;
to strike a rock.
3. To be cast awaiy ; ua Hi ka moku a aa-
haha, the ship stranded and was broken up.
4. To rest on land, as a boat when <-he
water subsides ; to stick fast.
5. To lay upon one, as good or bad, i.e.,
to make responsible. Nah. 18:1.
6. To come upon one, as a good or a
blessing. Eanl. 28:2. Also,
7. As a curse or evil. K<inl 28:15.
8. To fall or come to one, as an inherit-
ance, or to becotne one's by iuUeritancs.
los. 24:32.
9. To inherit, as laud. Kin. 15:8.
10. To pass over, as the moon over the
surface of the ocean j uaiK ka mahina ma-
luna o ka Hi o ke kai.
11. Eoo. To cause one to inherit, as an
estute, i. e.. to give one an inhcritacce
ILI
12. To bring npon one, as evil, i. e., to
come upon one, as a judgment ; to fasten
tJie charge of evil upon one.
13. To count or consider a thing as be-
longing to ona; to impute, or attribute
Bomethiag to one, Ac. Km. 15:6.
14. To attribute to another a plan which
was partly bis own ; hooUi akti la na ke
Uabuna wale no ka olelo, a buna i kana
ibo, he i^ttributed lie plan to the priest,
and toncealed bis own part.
15. To cause a transfer of property or a
kingdom to another ; i hooUi pono aku ai
o Kaahumanu i ke iinpuni no Liboliho, that
Kaahumanu might transfer the kingdom to
Liboliho as bis.
16. 'To lade, as a beast df burden; to take
in, as a passenger on board a shipf Vie hoo-
Ui nei i ka ukana o. ka molni.
17, To be stopped, as a stone rolling down
a bill, i. e., to strike.
18. Applied also to a person pursued in
battle until be is angry with the pursuer,
and turns npon his adversary with such
fury that he also runs in turn.
I-M, s. The stranding of a ship on a
shore or rock.
2. The descent of property from parents
to children.
3. The dashing of one thing against an-
other.
I-Li, s. The skin of a person or anitnal.
lob. 16:15. Eia mai ua Ui o kanaka, be
keokeo kekabi, he ulanla kahi, be eleele
kekahi.
2. The bark of a tree ; the outer rind of
any vegetable ; the husk or shuck of fruit.
3. The surface of the ground or sea ; na
ka la e hoomalamalama i ka i^i o ka honua;
the sun enlightens the surface of the earth;
maluha o ka Hi kai kona bele, his going
was upon the surface of the sea.
i. Mea Hi, whatever is made of skin.
Ntth. 31:21.
6. The surface of any substance; elua
no ano o na Ui, o ka Hi lanmania, a o ka
t2i hualala. Anahon.
1-ii, *. The name of a small district of
land, next smaller than an ahnpuaa. There
are thirty-three His in the ahupuaa of Hono-
lulu.
J-Li, *. A small, Smooth stone worn by
the water ; a pebble.
I-Li, s. In gfometry, a side ; a surface ;
Ui 0 ke kui, surface of the sea ; iU o ka
aina, surface of tite land.
I-u-AU, s. A species of bush in the for-
est ; nana aku he ka moloua }£a iliau.
I-Li-A-Hi, s. Sandal-wood; a deeply
scented, bard wood, formerly a wood of
traffic.
I-u-E, «. A kind of vine; with its roots
icars are made in the skin in mourning for
T^ IU
the dead or kumaloena. The operation is
called kuni.
I-Li-i-Li, s. Safe In above. Small, smooth
stones worn by the watei" ; pebblcB. Sol.
20:8. Gravel. Zsa. 48:19.
2. Small stones used in playini; at fco-
nane. Laink. 38.
I-u-i-Li, u Hoo. To collect; to gather
in, as the fruits of harvest. Isa. 17:S.
2. To gather up ; to pick up, as fuel.
Nah. 15:32.
3. To gather, as grapes of a Vintage.
Kard. 24:20, 21.
4. To collect together, as small pieces of
anything.
6. To obtain, as property. Kin. 12:5.
Wa hooUiHi ai, harvest time. Notb. — Hoo-
iliili is the opposite of hodlei. loan. 6:12.
■Li-i-iii, s. Hoo; A gathering in; a col-
lection ; a harvest.
•Li-o, s. A dog; ilio hihiu, a wolf;
ilio bahai, a greyhound. Sol. SU:31.
2. The cross $eam of a house.
3. Fig. A catamite. JSoik. ^2:16.
4. A stingy, close Juan.
'L!-o, adv. 1 hele aku, ea, mai maka-
maka Uio i ka buelo ka ika, a proverbial
expression : the end of a friendship that
(Mice existed, false friendship, remains.
'U-o-E-HA, $. A species. of fish.
u-o-HA, s. A species of limu having
broad leaves ; he limu lau palahalaha.
2. Also a plant with small leaves.
u-o-HAE, ) J. Epithet of a wolf;
Ll-o-Hi-HlTJ-HAE, } a fierce, cross dog.
Lam. Eavo. 23:1, 1.
•u-o-LE-LO, V. Bi an^ olelo, to talk. To
go about tattling ; retailing scandal ; e imi
olelo, hooholoboio olelo.
■Li-o-MA-KA, s. Hi, skin, and om^Ji-a,
prepuce. The foreskin. See Omaka.
•U-HATJ, s. The bark of the hau tree,
of which ropes are made ; ho kaula UiJuw.
■LI-BEE, s. A shrub, the bark of whose
root is very acrid ; also hUiee.
•u-HE-LO, s. Name of the class of
farmers who worked but little ; o ka poe
mahiai liilii, ua kapaia lakou he mahiai
Uihel(fi
•u-HiA, V. To be astonished s^t an
event. Oihk. 26:32.
2. jTs bo offended, OB with a servaot-wbo
has done mischief.
3. To bo in great fear ; ua Uikia makou
i ka makau maoU.
4. lloo. To cause fear or trepidation ;
me he mea la e hooUilda ka olelo a na ka-
huiiu,
I-Li-m-A, adj. Quick tempered.
l-u-Hi-A, s. Great fear; trepidation; he
makau, he woUweli.
ILI
79
ILU
1-u-m-t.ATj-NAi V. To reach or arrive
■ at ;^to associate with.
I-Li-HO-Lo, s. Name of those who worked
at mahiai only a part of the day. See lu-
FIU>.
I-u-Hu-NE, adj. lU,skin,andkune,jtooT,
I.e., poor to the skin. Poor ; destiUite of
property ; without clothing.
I-W-Htr-NE, 'c. Tobepoor; without prop-
eity. i Sim. li:i. The opposite of uaiwai.
JF/oo. T6 make or caase one to become
poor. 1 Sam. 2:7.
I-u-i£Ai, s. Hi, isutface, and kai, sea.
IiTT. The garface (skin) of the sea ; the Sur-
face of any substance,
i-xi'KAi, adj. Horizontal; kaha ilikai
aiiorizontal line. Am. Bon. 4.
l-Li-KA-LA, ) J, i?i, skin, and Wa,'rough;
1-U-KA-Kl, ) epithet of the shark skin. The
skin stvetcbed over and fastened to a cocoa-
nut shell, which formed a kind of dnim ;
pcnei e iiana'i, o ka pnnin, o ka UikcUa
(sharkskin paha,) ka pili me ka pil^,li o kc
kukui,'a pab, kakoo me ke kaula a maloo,
wafho a maloo, alalia, hookani iho meka
uhane.
I-u-Ki, V. To dash ; to strike against,
1. As a weapon of war.
2. As rain in a storm.
3. An water in a toirent ; i ka manawa
e kaua ai, 'Uiki iho la ka pobaku me ka
laau, nahoahoa ke poo ; i ko laua'hele ana
i ka makaikai a Koolau, Uiki iho ana ka
ua ; aole o kanamai o ka Uiki ana mai a
ka wai o na kahawai.
1-U-Ki, s. A dashing; a striking against,
&c.
I-Li-Ki, s. A varnish made of the kukui
bark, lani; opunmaia, &c.
I-Li-Ko-NA, s. A wart ; a small, bard
protuberance on tbe skin ; he puupuu ino
paakiki, wanawana liilii.
I-i;i;-KO-iiE, ) adj. m, skin, and kole,
I-LI-KO-NK, ) raw. Very poor; destitute,
ao much that life is undesirable ; e aho ka
make ia Milu, loaa ke akua o ka po, it is
better to die by Milu and be received by
the god of night.
I-Li-KO-LE, adj. Not thoroughly ripe, as
the cocoauut; not oolealoa; heniuilifcoie.
I-u-Li-HiA, ad). See Ilihia. Excited;
filled with fear.
2. Dignified ; full of dread.
T-Li-tn-A, s. Hi, skin, and lua, sscdftd.
1. The second or new Skin ; applied to
6ld age. , . , ,
2. The seventh stage of life— wrinkled
skin.
8. An aged person ; he pakaka ka ili.
I-U-LC-NA, s. Bi, skin, and luna, upper;
I-:
I-i
above. Lrr. The' upper skin, i. e., the sur
face of a thing ; the ton.
lii-MA, s. A shrub With green and yel-
low flowers; the shrub is used for fucj.
See Apiki. He apiki, he lei apikt.
2. The name of a region next below the
apaa on thg side of the mountains.
Li-MA-No, s. i^i, skin, and jwano, shark.
Lrr. The shark skin; used for making drum
heads ; oia ka ili i hanaia i ka pabuhacke-
eke.
Li-NA, s. A burying place where many
are buried (where only one is buried, it is
called liunakde)'; a grave. 2 Oihl. 34:4.
With fc«po2»m{, a burying place. Kin. 49:ii0.
A sepulchre. Keh. 2i5. A tomb ; satofc as
hale kmapau.
2. itoo. An inheritance. Sdni. 18:2. A
possession. Kin. 48:4.
3. An heir; one to whom an estate or
inheritance has fallen or is to fall ; he mea
e hooili ai ka waiwai a ka nica i make.
ii-NA-WAi, s. llina and wa«, water.
A place where a brook loses itself in the
gjround. Ll*. The grave of the water.
■u-PA-LA-PA-LA, s. Hi, skin, and pcda-
pdla, to write. A ekin written upon; a
parchment. 2 Tim. 4:13.
■Li-pi-LO, s. Name of the fanners who
worked all day till dark ; o ka poe mahiai
nui a po ka la, ua kapaia lakon he mahia!
ilipih ; those who worked little were called
iliheh.
Li-WAi, ■ adj. Bi, surface, and wai,
water. Horizontal ; level. Ana. lion. 4.
He kaha iliwai, a horizontal lino. See lu-
KAI.
u-wa-hi-Wa-hi, s. Ili, skin, and wdhi,
covering. A sword scabbard.
■I40, s. A maggot ; a body worm. lob.
7:5.
2. A worm consuming vegetables. Pith.
16:20.
3. Worms of various kinds ; nai2o ilima,
na Uo baka, na ilo liilii e ulu ae ana ma ka
nahelehele.
-LO-i-Lo, V. To be wormy ; full of
worms, as meat, or as worms on vegeta-
bles ; ua Uoilo ka ia, ua kan ia nae e ka
iloUo liilii. Boo. Ua hooiloilo ke kahuna e
make.
Lo-i-LO, adj. Woririy ; full of worms
or maggots.
-LO-KO, prep. 7 and Mo, internal. In;
inside of; ■«vithin. Oram. ^ 161.
W-u, S. A stropg sijiell; scent; ap-
plied to the shark ; ka Uoli o ka mano.
2. The unpleasant sensations of preg-
tiancy.
i-Lir-NA, prep. 1 and luna, above. Up ;
upward ; upon , above. Oram. § 161.
IMU
I-Lc-NA, adv. Up; upward.
I-Mi, u. To search foi a thing as tost ;
to look after with a view to find.
2. To seek, as for knowledge, for riches,
for pleasure.
3. E imi hala, to seek some eril against
Oine ; to devise devices. ler. 18:18. To seek
occasioa agsfinst Dan. 6:4. 5.
I-Mi-i-Mi, V. Freq. of the foregoing. To
seek earnestljr or diligently for a thing ;
uiindimi wahi dala no ke Mno ; uaimifei
wahi noho hou aku.
t-Mi-HA^je,-!;. To seek occasion against.
See Imi above.
i-Mi-HA-LE, s. Epithet of one who is a
seeker of property, in distinction from one
who is to possess it, who is the rwho hale;
0 Kamehameha ka iniVidle, o Liholiho ka
noho hale.
1-Mt-HA-LE, V. To seek an inheritance
for one's children, as Kamehameha did and
left it for Ws children.
I-mi-hia; v. Pass, of imi for imiia. To
be sought; looked for. JSfeefc.5:17; also 6:1.
I-Mi-o-LE-LO, V. Imi and oMo, word,
speech. ,
1. To He ; to obtain a thing by false'
statemeDts.
2. To ^rattle ; to tell tales ; to slander.
I-Mo, u 'To wink. Hal. 35:19. See
Amo. Conj.5th,M;no,to wink; to triumph,
as one in mischief. Sol. 6;13.
2. To snap, as the eyes on drinking some-
thing very acid.
3: To twinkle, as a star ; imo ou iho na
maka o ke koa, kuku ka lihilibi, okalakala
ka hulu o ke koa, pai o kukae me ka naau.
T-Mo, s. E lele i ka imo o ka lani ; a
look; a looking.
I-MO-i-MO, V. See above. To wink re-
peatedly; to wink fast. Idb. 15:12. Ua
imoimo na maka 1 ka ue.
I-MO-i-MO, adv. Very high; very far off;
at a great distance ; poiuin loa ; ua kania
na hua u ka niu iluna loa, a imoimo ke
nana aku, the fruit of the cocoanut hangs
very high, it is very high (there is winldng)
to look at it.
I-MTJ, s. A place for baking made by
heating stones under ground ; an oven for
baking vegetables or meat. Puk. 7:28.
See also Umu.
I-MU-A, prep. I and mua, first. Before ;
in front of; in presence of; tm«o no o
Kokuokalani a make ; aole i hoi iho^e,
imim no ka poe koa a make.
1-Mtr-Li, prep. 1 and muli, remainder.
Behind ; coming after ; in the rear.
I-MU-LOA, s. Imu and loa, long. A lor.g
oven ; an oven for baking men.
80 INA
I-MU-LOA, V. To perfoHn the process of
baking men, sometimes as offerings to the-
gods and sometimes for medicinal purposes.
I-NA, V. To judge ; to set in order; to
settle a diflicnlty.
2. To pry up ; to raise by means of a
lever.
3. To sound, as from a distance ; e ina
mai ka leo o tnea e hea mai.
4. ''"" modulate or ease off, as the sylla-
bles at the end of a meU line ; ina leo ;
hootJiM leO, same.
I-NA. Used in an imperative inviting
sense, come on ; go to ; let us do (some-
thing) ; mostly in the plural ; ina kakou,
&C: Kin. li:i; also 37:20. AdverbkiMy.be
quick ; used in exhortation, to make speed;
ina hoi. Laky.20:li. Come on, let us do
this or that ; ma no. though ; albeit. Etek.
2:6.
1-NA, s. A species of sea egg; poke
ina; he ia poepoe Iralakala.
I-NA, adv. With no, for indeed.
I-NA, conj. If; it implies condition, and
is usually followed by a corresponding
ina, answering to then, in the last member
of the sentence ; as, ina 1 makemake mat
oe la mea, ina ua kii mai oe, if you had
desired that thing, Oun (if) you would have
, come for it.
t-NA, i7aerj. 6 that. lab. 29:2, I wish
that. AeA. 22:29, Would to Cfod. Pufc. 16:3.
Ina no wau i make nou, O tiist I had died
for thee. 2 Sam. 18:33. Ina aole makou e
; bikunai,0 that we had not come. Xateik.67.
I-NAij *. The little delicacies which
, give relish to food ; nondiments.
I-NAr-NA, V. To hate. Kin. 57:4. To
be angry with ; to grieve.
■ 2. To have the feeling hurt by another's
condact; to abhor; to dulike. Oi}Uc 26:1S.
8. Boo. To excite one's anger or rage,
ier. 32:31.
I-NAi-NA, V. To shake; to move; to
stir; paonioni.
I-NAi-NA, ». "Anger; hatred. Em. 3:15.
Malice; width.
?r;The reddish evacuation which pre-
cedes labor ;ua hemokainaina oke kciki,
kokoke paha ka manawa e hanau ai.
I-NAI-NA, \adj. Angry; abominable;
I-NAI-NA-IA. \ hatefui ; causing one to be
angry. Oihk. 18:29, 30.
I-NA-HE-A, adv. int. When? at what
time? referring onljr to past time ; irMhea
oe i b )le mai ai? when did you come? ine-
hinei, yest<!rday.
I-NA,-LE-o, s. Any word which stands,
before nouns to limit and direct the sense;
in grammar, a preposition.
INO
81
IPO
1-NA-LF-A. s, A basket used in catching
fish ; he hnehae, ho laau hihi, he mea hopu
ia.
I-NA-MO-NA, s. The meat of the kukui
nat roasted and pounded up with salt as a
relish for food.
I-NA-NA, V. To walk about idly, without
any definite object; to loaf about.
I-NA-NA, ) ^,. Imp. Let me see ; let me
I-KA-NE, J hear ; show it to me ; exhibit
it, &c., according to the subject. Note. —
The last form, inane, is better language
than the other.
I-NE, conj. If; used less frequently than
ina. See Ina, conj.
I-NE A, 5. Fruitless labor; hard toil with
little reward ; na hoa o keia inea, o ka poe
nana e waele.
I-NE-A, adj. Hard to be obtained, cost-
ing much time and labor with liability to
loss ; o knu hoapili, hoa inea, my compan-
ion, a friend' hard to be obtained; o keia
wahi in«o, this hiird living place. Boo. E
o'u hoa hooinea,-0 my long tried friend.
2. Deceitful ; Tain ; useless. Sol. 11:18.
He hana inea- ka hewa, sin is labor with-
out reward.; be hana inea ka inn rama,
rum drinking doesnot pay.
I-NEi, adv. Here. See Ianei.
I-NE-Hi-NEi, ) adv. Yesterday. 2 N I.
I-KEI-HI-NEI, ) 9:26. ImUnei keia la akn,
day before yesterday; fio. loh. 8:9. See
Nbhi.
I-NE-KA, ) s. Eng. Ivik; Hawaiian word
I-NI-KA, ) waieleeie. 3 Joan. 13.
I-Ni-i-Ni-Ki, V. To pinch a little; to
I-Ni-HA, s. An inch,
pinch often or frequently. See next word.
I-Ni-Ki, V. To pinch with thumb and
finger; to snatch away; to carry off; kaili,
lawe lilo ; to pinch off, as the bud of a
plant.
I-Ni-Ki-Ni, s. Eng. Indians; applied to
the aborigines of America; he nui na lahui
Inikini e nohoana ma Amerika, many are
the tribes of Indians jn America.
I-No, V. To hurt; to injure; to render
uncomfortable ; oia ka mea e im ai ke
kino, that is what injures the body.
2. To be or become worthless. ler. 18:4
3. Hbo. To disfigure. Oihlc. 19:27. To
trouble with evil. PiUc. 7:27.
i. To punish ; to afflict ; to suffer evil.
5. To reproach; to vex; to tease; to
harass.
6. To curse.
I-NO, s. Iniquity. Puk. 37:7. Deprav-
ity; jinything which is contrary to the gen-
oral good. . . . T
2. The poor quality of a thing ; eja Se-
ll
kahi, o ke itm 6 ka pepa a meka inikt^, the
poor quality of the paper and ink. .
3. The Substance in the intestines ; ho-
nowa.
4. Hoo. Violence ; iniquity ; cursing.
5. A gale; a storm of wind and rain;
he ino huhu, a horrible tempest.
I-No, adj. Bad ; wicked ; vile ; sinful ;
mea ino, an abomination ; an evil thing.
Mat. 24:15.
I-No, adv. Badly; wickedly.
I-NO. A strong intensive, used in both
a good and bad sense ; it expresses very
great feeling of affection or hatred ; aloha
ino, very great love, or with a peculiar
tone of jroice, very great contempt ; he
mea minamina ino ka waa, a thing of very
great loss is the canoe.
I-NO-1-NO, V. See Ino above. To make
sad ; to be grieved ; no ke aha la i inoino
ai kou maka? why is your countenance
sad? Neh.M.
2. To be very tempestuous, as the sea.
Jona. 1:13.
3. .Hoo. To defile ; to deface ; to poUuce.
I-NO-i-NO, s. Badness; worthlessness ;
indecency; ua like ka inoino me ka pu-
puka, a mc ka pelapela, a me ke alauka.
2. A bad disposition ; a mind for doing
harm. Laieik. 101.
I-NO-i-NO, adj. Very poor; leanj miser-
able; despicable.
I-NO-A, s. A name ; name, of a person,
place or thing.
I-NO-A. Kainoa, an adverbial expres-
sion ; just as if ; I thought j kainoa ua pau
loa na kanaka Hawaii i ka ike au, I thought
all the people of Hawaii knew how to
swim ; it is connected with some degree of
surprise, or contrariety of opinion.
I-NTi, V. To drink, as water or any
liquid.
2, JToo. To cause to drink. Na}i. 20:6.
3. To give drink to ; to water, as a flock.
Note. — This verb sometimes takes the syl-
lable ha between the causative hoo and
the verb ; as, hoohainu. Kin, 24:14.
I-NU, s. Drink; any liquid for drink-
ing ; he inu awa, awa drinking.
Inu aku i ka awa o Eoukoa
Ka awa lau hiiialo aala
Awa 0 Mamalaboa be hoa — e.^
I-NU-WAi, s. Inu, to drink, and tirai.,
water. Name of a sea breeze at Lehua on
Kauai.
I-NU-wAi, s. Epithet of such Hawaiians
as have signed the total abstinence pledge;
ka poe puali imwai, the anny of water
■drinkers,
I-pOj V. To cohabit before mt-rriage or
without marriage ; tc practice lasciviout-
neas ; to commit fcmtcation.
IPU
82
IWf
I-po, s.' A sweetheart; a paramour.
Jor. 4:30.
I-PO'i-PO, adj.. Hoo. Making lascivious
gestures while eating. 1 Pet 4:3. AJtaaina
liooipoipo, a lascivious feast.
l-Ptr, S. A general name for all kinds of
goai'ds, ciilal} ashes, melons, pumpkins, &c.
2. A general name for small containers,
as dish, cup, mug, tumbler, Ac. Kanl.
23:25. Eajh kind is designated by some
additional Word expiossive of its quality or
use, whicli see under their own names.
I-PU-Ai, s. A vessel (calabash) for con-
taining food ; a me kana mau ipaai.
I-pu-Ai-MA-KA, s. Ipu, ai and maka,
green ; f'-esh. A melon ; a fruit to be eaten
I'aw. 2tah. 11:5.
I-putA-hi, s. Ipu, cup, and ahi, fire. A
cenuer. Nali. 4:14.
I-pxr-A-iA, s. Ipu, cup, and ala, odorif-
erous. A box for containing odors; also
a musk-melon.
1-PU-AU-AU, s. Jpu and auau, to wash.
A wash-basin ; a laver. FvJc. 30:18.
I-ptj-A-WA, s. Ipu and atea, bitter. The
bitter calabEtsh.
I-ptr-A-WA-A-wA, s. See above. The bit-
ter or poison calabash.
I-PU'i4, s. Jpu and ia, meat; fish. A
meat dish ; a flesh pet. Puk. 16:3.
I-pu-i-Ni-KA, s. Ipu and inika, ink. An
inkstand.
I-PTj-HAo, s. Ipu and kao, iron. An iron
pot. 2 2^al. 4:38.
I-ptr-KA-o-LE, s. 7pw and ^o&, foreigner.
A foreign ipu, i. e., a water-melon.
I-pu-Ho-LOi, s. Ipu and holoi, to wash.
A layer ; a wash-basin. 1 Ifal. 7:38.
I-PTJ-HO-LO-Ho-Lo-NA, s. Ipu and holoho-
hna, crawling things. A calabash for fish-
ing worms. Xow. Haw. 25:4, 3.
I-pu-KA, s. See PuKA. A door; agate;
a place for entering a house or an inclosure.
Pvk. 32:27. A window ;• the gate of a city.
IrPV-KA-iA, s. A calabash for containing
fish {ka inserted) ; o ke aloha ka mea i oi
ako ka maikai mataua o ka uiaeki poi a
me ka ipukaia, love is that which excels in
excellency the poi dish and the fish bowl.
I-pu-KA-LiTA, s: The name of a vegeta-
ble.
I-pt;-ka-p(j-a-hi, t. Ipu and fcapua/ii, a
fire place. A censer. Gift. 16:12.
I-pu-KU-KOT, *. Ipu and kukui, fruit of
the kukui. A candlestick ; a lamp. Puk.
25:31.
I-pu-KU-Ni-A-LA, I. Ipu and ku7d, to
burn, and ala, incense. A censer. Ji'ah.
16:6.
I-pu-LA-AU, s. Ipu and laau, wopd. A
wooden vessel. Oihk. 15:12.
I-pu-tEi, s. Applies to, a person with
a large body and small legs; a word of
reproach to the people of Eohala ; ipidei
Kobala na ka moaeku.
I-pu-tE-po, s. Ipu and lepo, earth ; clay.
An earthern vessel. Oihk. 15:12. A cup ;
a potter's vessel. Sal. 2:9.
I-PV-LU, s. Ftdu iii, ipulu iii. See FtTLU,
The i does not belong to the .vord. Fine
pulu, in distinction from pubi Jtaapu.
I-pu-Nui, s. Ipu and nui, large. The
sea of Solomon's temple. 2 Niil. 25:]6.
I-pu^pu, s. Ipu and pu, fruit of the
squash kind. A pumpkin ; a squash.
I-ptr-WAi-AU-AU, s. A wash-bowl ; ina
lawe ia mai kona ipuwaiamu ; this epithet
used to be applied to those who kept the
genealogies of the chiefs, because they
managed to wash the pharacters of the
chiefs so far as their pedigree was con-
cerned : \ia kapaia ka pOe Icitanhau he ipu-
toaiav.au no na alii e hoomaemae ai.
I-Pt;-«A-KA, s. Ipu and baka [Erig.), to-
bacco. A tobacco pipe.
I-PD-Ti, s. Ipu and H (Eng.), tea. A tea-
pot.
I-WA, num. adj. Nine ; the number
nine ; also aiwa and eiuxu
1-WA, *. A thief; the word comes frorp
Oiwa, a notorious thief who lived long ago
and obtained t^e surname of OtwaAue,i. e.,
Oiwathief.
I-WA, *. The name of a large bird with
black feathei-3.
I-WAE-NA, prep. In the midst; -between;,
among.
I-WAE-NA-KO-Ntr, 5. The Center of a cir-
cle ; the middle ; in the midst of. Lmik.
20;42.
I-WA;i-WA, adj. Learned; intelligent;
skillful. See Anv-.jw\.
2. Also the name of a plant ; he mea ulu
e like me ka palaa, ua ulana pa ia me ka
papale mauu.
I-WA-Ho, prep. I and 7mAo, out of. Out ;
out of; without.
I-WA-KA-LU-A, num. adj. Twenty; the
" number twenty; with the article it be-
comes a noun.
I-wi, *. A bone.
2. The midrib of a vegetable leaf.
3. The side of an upland field of kalo.
4. A coooanut shell ; the rind of sugar-
cane.
6. The stones stuck up along thebonnd-
aries of ilis, or rather lands ; sometimes a
low stone wall; e kubikuhi i kajtri okoka.
poe kahiko wahi i mabiai, to point out the
S3
O
boundiiry stones o£ the p]«LCe8 where the
ancicntB cultivatecl.
6. Any hard broken material ; the rem-
liaiits of other things, as corn cob8,,the re-
mainH of lime pits ; paiwi. . '
7. Used via. for near kindrnd. Kin.
29:14. Alalia pomiikai kaua, ola na kci
iloko 0 ko kaua man laelemakule. Laieik.
9. Thijn we two shall be happy, our de-
scerulanh ahall live in li<e dayc of our old
age. See the n^ueg of some of ihe bones
of the human fv me uclow. lioiwi hfclua i j.^j.j^^.J^.j^j^
oc; ho/iioi kau i ka awaloa, reproachful '
epithets.
1-wi, s, Thename of a small bird with
red feathers ; o ka iwi, he ulaula ka Inihi.
1-wi, V. To turn aside ; to be crooked,
as the eyes ol cross-eyed person.?.
!-wi, ) adj. Crooked ; pointed ;
Uwi-I-WI, J curved, as most bones are ;
ina i ehnchu me ke kikala, he hulu iwi ia
puaa.
1-wi-A, *. Iwi and a, the jaw. A jaw-
bone. Lurilc. la-.lS,
1-wi-AO-Ao, s. Iwi and aoao, side. A
Bide bone ; the rib, 2 Sam. 2:23. _
1-wi-i-wi, adj. Poor in flesh; thin. Lit.
Bony.
I-wi-A-LA-LO, s. Iwi and a< jaw, ard
lalo, under. The under jawbone.
I-wi-A-LU-NA, s. Itei and a, jftw, and
f luna, upper. The upper jawKono.
I-wi-E-LE-LO, s. Iwi and ^efo,the tongue.
The tongue bone. AtuiL 14.
I-wi-o-LE, s. Name of certain kinds of
koi or adz ; o ka iwiole kekahf koi.
I-w'-o-PE-A-]PE-A, s. Name of a bone in
a poraon's heart. Awd. 8. The t.at-hone.
l-wi-w-LU-iy A, J. Ivn and uluna, pillow.
The bono of the upper arm. Lit. The pil-
low bi/ne.
;l-wi-u-MAD-M«, s. Iv)i and umauma,
breast. The brc^'st bone.
I-wi-Hi-LO, s. Iwi and kUc, thigh. The
thigh bone. Amd. 21.
I-wi-Ho£-MOE, s. Iwi and koehce, paddle.
The shoulder bone ; the shoulder blade.
I-wi-Ho-PE, s. The skull bone of the
back part of the head. Anat. 7.
I-wi-HU-A, s. Anat. G.
I-wi-KA, s. Iwi and ka. A bone near the
seat.
I-wi-KA-B-LE (i-wi-ka-la), s. The huli of
a ship ; the body of a canoe ; kalai la, kn.
iwikade.
I-wi-KA-LA-Ktr-A, s. The bones of a fish
which run up from the backbone.
I-wi-KA-LA-LO, s. The bonos tsf a fi^h
which run down from the backbone.
s. Iwi and ktinaka. hu-
man being. A bumfiu bone. Nah. 19:1B,
I-wi-KA-NA-NA, i. Name of a bone in
the r.ont part of the head. Anat, 8.
I-wi-KA-NO, «. Iwi and karw, handle.
T.nM ijone of the ??■'■'• arm wt:;cb joins xse-
>vri«f
I-wt-KE-E-LE, ) i. The ketil i,f •>. ship or
1-WI-K3-LE, ) boat. i"«e iwikaEus.
I-wi-KO, *. Iwi at'd m, i>' stand. Oxi<i
of the bones cf the lower n 4 Ancti. z\.
I-wi-KU-A-MOO, s. Im and kuamot., liz-
ard. The bones of the bsf-k; the haci-
bonc.
IiWi-xu-A-Moo, s. Or.s who attended t.ao
person of a high chief, executed V.s ;,r
ders,&c.; ko ke alii mau ivAli.iuii:,oo pcnol.
Laidh. 'i6. See Ii.a.huku and I'ollamuili;.
I-wi-LAE, s. The bone of the foieheau.
Anat. 6.
I-wi-x,Ei, s. The shoulder bone; the
collar bone ; also,
2. The mcas^jxe of a yard, i. e., ft'om the
breastbone to the end of the longest finder.
I-wi-HA-HA, s. The cheek bone; he
wahi Iwi cwacwa ia. Anat. 7.
I-wi-Pi-L!, s. The double or united bones
of the arm or leg.
2. A stalk of gmEJ.
I-wi-poo, a. The skull bon.e. lMnk.9:53.
I-wi-PO-NA, s. A joint; the bones of a
person separated from eitch other CE-i aH
jumbV-d together ; hai pu ka iwipo.h., 1 ka
uwe. See ^i and Pcvi.
I-wi-purHA-KA, s. The boncs of the loins.
I-wi-pu-Ni-u, «. The skull bone.
I-BE-KA, s. Name of an ani^nal; the
ibex. iSb?.6:19.
o.
Othe fourth letter of the Hawaiian
J alphabet. It is the easiest sonnded,
nest to «, of all the letters. Its sound is
moiidy tiist of the long English 0 in note,
iom., &s. '''here is a difference in some
word^ among fla\Yaiiana as to the quan-
tity; some sa/waftopp, others iis.ymakcppii.
The first is the mre con.'.."'.
0. This lettoT is -^rcfxed iu .muns, both
common and proper, as w U i..; to pro-
nouns, tc render them emphatic or definite.
This 0 should be carefully distinguished
o
&4
OAO
from ft the preposition. It may be called
the 0 empluiHc. It is used in particular-
izing one or more persons or tUingB from
othera. The o emplktio stands only before
the auikamn or nommative case. Gram.
§53.
0, prep. Of; belonging to ; ka hale o
kc alii, the house of the chief; it is synon-
ymous with ko ; as, fco ke alii hale, the
thisfts house ; but the words require to be
differently disposed. In a few words it is
interchangeable with a. See A prep. As,
k» pane ana o ka waha, and ka pane ana a
ka waha, the opening ojf the mouth.
0, s. A place, but indefinitely ; mai o
a 0, from there to there; throughout. Puk.
27:18. From one side to the other; io a
10 ae, this way or that way ; here or there.
More generally used adverbially ; as,
O, adv. Yonder; there; ma oaku, be-
yond; mai 0 a 0, from here to there, or
from yonder to yonder, i..6., everywhere.
It takes the several prepositions no, fco, i,
•ma, moA. Oram. § 165, 2d.
0 is sometimes prefixed to the impera-
tive mood instead of e; as, o hele oe, go
thou, instead of e hele oe ; o hoi oukou i na
la ekolu, return ye for three days. In this
' case, for the sake of euphony, the o may
take a u after it ; as, ou hoi olua, return
ye two.
O, amj. Lest. This is one form of the
subjunctive mood ; as, mai ai oukou o
make, eat not leal ye die; also. Nah. 14:42.
0, V. To pierce, as with a sharp instru-
ment; to dot into ; to prick ; to stab. StN.
with hou and ou. See On.
2. To thrust; to thrust through ; to gore,
as a bullock. Pufc. 21:28. Aoiholake-
kahi i ka polulu, some one pkrced him
with a long spear. See Oo. Pass. To be
pierced, stabbed ; hence, to be killed ; to
be pierced with a spear ; mai oia ke ka-
naka i ka ihe. Oia, passive of o, to plunge
under water, as a canoe or surf-board.
3. To extend or reach out, as the hand
or finger ; o ka mea e ae mai, e o mai lakou
i ko lakou lima, those who assent, let them
stretch out their hands ; to stretch eut the
hand to take a thing. En. 8:9.
4. To stretch out the hand to trouble or.
afflict. Pwfc. 8:2.
6. To dip, as the fingers in a fluid. Oilik.
4:6., Soo, for hoo-o. To stretch out, as lie
hand. Puk. 14:27. To thrust in the hand
or finger into an orifice. Anat. 45.
0„ V. To call for a thing desired. Sd.
2:3.
2. To answer to a call. ler. 7:13. To
answer to one's name when called ; aohe i
o mai, he answered not.
0, s. Art-fke. An instrument to pierce
•with; any sharp pointed instrument; a
fork ; a sharp slick ; ke o bipi, an ox goad.
Lunk. 3:30. Ke o manamana koln, a tfaceo-
pronged fork. 1 Sam. 2:13.
2. The effect for the cause ; a sharp pain
in the body; a stitch in the side, as if
pierced by a sharp instrument; a keen
darting pain in the side of the chest
O, s. Provision for a journey; travel-
ing food. Puk. 12:39. E hoomakaukau
oukou i 0 no oukou, prepare /ood for your-
selves (for your journey) ; provision for a
voyage ; ke kalua,iho la no ia o ke o hole
i ka moana, that was the preparing the
provision to go on the ocean.
O, J. The sprit of a sail.
O, s. The sound of a small bell; a tink-
ling sound. See Oe.
0-A, V. To burst over, as a swollen
stream.
2. To exceed ; to go beyond ; to pass
over the point intended.
3. To shout, as a multitude of voices.
4. To roll, as a stone over a hill, or toso
it over.
5. To change conversation.
0-A, V. To gag ; to heave, as one sick
at the stomach.
2. To split, as a board or log. See Ook.
OwA and Oaoa.
0-A, V. To be bereaved of children; to
have lopt one's children.
2. To b.e bereaved of parents; to become
orphans.
0-A, adj. Bereaved; reduced to orphan-
age, as parents of children, or cbildrpn of
parents ; aole pono na keiki oa inakua ole,
uncomfortable are children bereaved of pa-
rents.
0-A, s. A species of wood resembling
mahogany.
0-A, s. A rafter of a house.
2. The timbers in the sides of a ship.
3. Name of the five parallel lines on
which music is written.
0-A-AA, s. The name of large threads
in cloth.
2. Similar appearances in bad potatoes
when cooked.
0-AE-AE, adj. A little watery; not
solid ; caeae ke kalo.
0-A-o-A (o-wa-o-wa), adj. Split; shat-
tered ; cracked, as wood ; he laau oooo.
See Oa 2.
0-A-o-A, *. The sound of water bub-
bling, as in a spring, or aa water running
nut of the neck of a calabash.
0-A-o-A, V. To gurgle, as water purling
or running unevenly, as through the neck
of a calabash ; oaoa ka wai o ka bnewai ;
oaoa ka nuku o ka huowai puoo.
OAN
85
OEN
0-A-o-A. Ua oaoa au ; ua oaoa ae loko | 0-a-po-ko-le, s. See Oa, L
ou ; ua oaoa ka ilio.
0-A-O-A, adj. Calm; sereDuj joyful.
0-A-o-A-KA, V. To glitter; to glisten;
to spangle.
0-A-o-A-KA, s. Name of a shell fish of
the sua.
0-AU, pers. pron., 1st pera. sing. See
Au. 1 ; tho 0 is emphatic, ami sounded
quickly with the following o, it becomes
10, as wau; when the o is a little more
heard, it becomes Ofuau; hence the several
forms :
J, Au,l, simple form.
i. Oau, I, with 0 emphatic.
3. Wau, I, the o and o sounded quickly
together-T-tt).
4. Owau, 1, the third fprm again em-
phatic— owau. See these several forms in
their places,
0-Au, V. To mew, as a cat. See Owau.
0-AU foa-o-au), s. The name of a spe-
cies of fish ; ho oopu oau, he oaoou, he oln-
hehihe.
0-A-Hi, s. Name of a kind of stone
I'.sed in polishing canoes and wooden cala-
baslies,
0-A-KA, V. To open suddenly; to open,
as the mouth in the' beginning of a speech;
ua hoaka ae la oia e olelo akn ia lakou.
2. To open, as tho eyes.
3. To open, as a book, a door, &c. Fio.
To open the mouth, i. e., to liave made a
pro.TUse or vowed a vov/. I/iifik. 11:35, SS.
0-A-KA, s. The opening of the mouth
to speak; ka oaka ana o ka waba, ka
ekemu ana. Sol. 8:6.
2. The reflection of the srin on any lumin-
ous body.
3. A glimpse, glance or Dashing of light;
ho oaka ana ae o ka uila, the flashing of
lightning.
0-A-KA-A-KA, s. Repeated glancing ;
flashing, &c. See Oaoaka.
0-A-Ku-A, s. Name of the 14th day of
the month. See Akua 2.
0-A-LA, V. To toss UT) and whirl over
and over.
2. To cast or throw away.
3. To rear, pitch and kick up, as an un-
broken horse ; oala ka lio, he lio bolo ino
me ka oala mai a hope.
0-A-LA, s, A tossing or brandishing, as
a cane in the hand.
0-A-LA, adj. Name of a weapon or club
thrown in fighting in war ; o ka poe ike i
ka laau oala, pa aku i ka newa.
0-A-LA, s. The name of a species of fish.
0-A-MA, 5. Name of a kind of fish.
0-A-NEi, adv. Is it th'ere ? is it yonder ?
lies iR music.
and PoKOM, short. In mMie, a Icgor-line.
0-E, pers. pron., second pers. sing.
Thou ; you ; like au, it ofton 'takos o em-
phatic, as ooe^ ooe no kan i macao ai. you
thought of yoiitself ; e noho oe me karna-
kaukau, do you sit ready. "
0-E, V. See 0. To prick ; to probe ;
ke oe aku nei ia is, oukou me ka laau oioi,
he pricks ypu with a sharp stick ; to pick
up, an with anything sharp,
0-E, ) ^). To grate harshly, as one
0-E-o-E, ) thing rubbing against another.
2. To whiz, as a ball or grape-shot
through the air.
3.''To make an indistinct continued sound;
heaha lakeiamca e oeoe ae nei? whatia
thi^ thing that whizzes by us so ?
4. To murmur, as a purling brook or
running water.
0-E, ) s. A continued indistinct
0-E-o-E, J sound, as an axe upon a grind-
stone ; aa a pen drawn hard upon paper:
2. Tho continued sound of the surf ; the
animd of a ship passing through the water;
the sound of an army marching at a dis-
tance. Syn. with nehe, pawewe, kamumu.
0-E, ) J. An inverted cone.
0-E-O-E, ) 2. Ei.^thet of a inan who Wdikfi
genteelly ; superiority in some respects ;
knkulu ka oe, spoken of one riding or run-
ning swiftly'on foot:
5. Epithet of a beautiful woman.
4. A lengthening; a stretching out of
the neck. Isa. 3:16, 5. A monument. ; a
pillar or sign of something.
0-E, ladj. Long; applied to the
0-E-O-E, ) neck of a person or thing; ooue-
hoi ka a-i, be maikai no nae, long are their
necks, but still they are handsome ; oeoc
ka a-i o ka manu nene, long is the neck of
tho goose.
2. Applied to a sail ; he pea oeoe, he kio-
kic, a long, high sail ; applied to a house ;
hale oeoe; kukulu hou i hale oeoe a kapu.
O'-E, )s. A drumming and singing
O-E-o-iE' ) together ;keoeomua, he wabi
paha kapueku ana iloko o omua; kauo
aku la 0 Wakea ia Pap^ ma ke o'e omua.
0-E-O-E, s. A species of fish.
O-E-o-E-o, adj. Of different heights,
some taller, some shorter.
O-E-xj-E-WE, adj. Moving; fluttering,
as a leaf in the wind ; o oe ia e ka lau oe-
oeMe, lau kapalili, thou art it, thou moving
loaf ; leaf fluttering.
O-E-HA, adj. See Ohaa. Broken or
bent, as an arm or leg.
0-E-NO,. adj. See Ahuoenj. Lakik.
112. -iKBaal mate.
OIA 83^
0-1, V. To project out or over ; to go
beyond ; exceed ; generally with mamua.
Joan. 13:16.
2. To be more in any way ; to be more
excellent ; tc be greater naturally or mor-
ally ; to be better. P«fc. 1:9. To be cx-
iiessire in Bome condition ; as, na oi paa
loa, aole e homo, it is very firmly fixed, it
■will not be moved.
3. To limp; to walk stiffly.
4. To approach ; to draw near to, as in
speaking to one. Kin. 44:18.
5. Hoo. To go _ beyond, a prescribed
limit. X«fc. 3:13. Opposed to ftoemi. Kard.
19:1. Ua 'hdoi aku oc i ka lono, thou eie-
ceedest tlie i-ep^rt. 2 Oihl 9:6.
6. To be sharp, as a knife, hatciiet or
spade. Hal. 45:5.
7. To sharpen; to set on edge, as the
teeth. Ezeic.^lS:i. To sharpen, as a knife,
on a steel or whetstone. SeeKEiPA. Oiky>a,
a sharp instrument.
O-i, *. Excess; superiority; greatness.
Katd. 7.-T,
2. An
numbers, as in snbstraction.
3. The sharp edge or point of a weapon;
hence,
4. Offensive or defensive weapons; arms.
Luk. 11:22. The sharp points of broken
glass bottles ; uamaikaikaomlemawaho;
aka, ina e naha ka omole, ua piha loa oloko
i ka i>i.
5. The name of a small tree.
6. In music, a sharp.
.O-I, arfj. First; most excellent; greater;
the best.
2. Sharp ; full of sharp points ; sharp,
as a knife ; ka hoana oi, the sharp bone ;
ke apuapu oi, the sharp file.
3. Poor; thin in flesh, that is, having
sharp features.
'-'-I) ) adv. While ; whilst ; during
0-l-Ai, J some time when a thing was
doing ; e hele i ka malamalama, oi kau ke
ea i ke kino ; oi hull wale lakou ia ia, while
they sought for him in vain ; while yet. 2
Sam. 3-35.
0-u, pers. pron., third pers. sing. He,
she, or it ; the o is emphatic. Sec Ja.
Gram. § 53 and 64, 3. Oia no wau, I am
he; o ka laau hua ole, oia kana e oki aku,
the branch not fruitful, thai he outs off; it
is not so often used for things as for per-
sons ; oia Iho no, he by himself. 1 .2M.
18:6.
0-i-A, u To continue ; to endure ; to
remain the same ; -oia mau no ia, it is
always the :ame ; ho oia ka mea hawawa i
ka hoenalu,hai ka papa, the awkward per-
son always bveaks the board in riding on
the surf. Moo. To consent ; to affirm ; to
assent; to confess; to admit a truth orv
010
fact : to profess. KatU. 26:3. To avouch.
Kant. 26:17, 18. Note. — ^The ideas of being,
existence, continuance, fitness and truth
are from the same root, and has the same
forin a$ the third pers. sing, of the pro-
noun, and supply in some measure the
place of the substantive Terb. See Oram.
§ 136, 1st.
O-i-A, s. Yes; verity; truth; also Aoo,
same.
0-i-A, adv. Yes ; it is so ; a strong af-
firmative.
0-i-A, s. A specie's of fish.
0-i-Ai, adv. While ; whilst, &c. See Oi.
Oiai e oia ana kakou i keia manawa, while
we are living at the present time.
0-iA-i-o, s. Oia, truth, and io, real.
■ 1. Truth f verity ; what is true : upright-
ness.
2. Hoo. A pledge; a thing given in
pledge for another ; a pawn. Kin. 38:20.
Oi-A-i-o, V, Hoo. To declare to be true ;
' to affirm; to verify; to prove. 1 2fal. 8:26.
2, To confess as an article of belief; to
-'acknowledge ; to trust jn. Kanl. 1:32.
Oi-A-i-o, adv. Truly; verily; of a truth.
loan. 3:3. A strong asseveration of truth.
Oi-A-io, adj. True; notfelsej heoiaio
maoli kana niau hana, aole keekee iki.
Oi-A-NA, int. Indeed! truly! Laieik.8.
Oi-A-NA, ) p. {^p^ Let it be seen ; let
Ol-A-NE, J it appear; show it me, &e, Sw.
_with inane. Oiane kau palapala, show
your book; sometimes written otamj. St.v.
also with hoike. E oiane oe i kau olele.
Oi-o, s. Name of a species of fish.
2. Name of a kind of stone used in pol-
ishing canoes.
3. Name of a species of small bird.
O-io, s. A company or troop of ghosts;
he huakai uliane ; the same in respect of
ghosts as hvakai is in respect of mon.
O-i-o, s. A long bundle of salt or fish ;
he oio paakai; he io kekahi iuoa; also
called io.
2, The name of a fish that burrows in the
sand ; o ka oio ka ia noho ma ke one.
0-10, s. 0, fork, and io, flesh. A flesh
hook ; a flesh fork. Puk. 38:3.
Oi-oi, V. To rest from fatigue, partic-
ularly the fatigue of walking. Nah. 10:83.
2. To move sideways ; to ,turn the side
U> one. Puk. 20:15.
3. Hoo. To shoot out thu lips, as in scorn.
Oi-oi, s. Something sharp; excessive.
Fig. a trial.
Oi-oi, adj. Sharp; full of .sharp points;
mea otoi, pricks ; sharp tilings.
2. Forwaxdi presuming.
OIL
87
00
O-io-io, V, To pass and repass by num-
bers in quick Huccessiou.
Oi-o-i-NA, s. See Oioi, to rest. A rest-
ing ; a resting place lor travelers, wLerc is
found some accommoclations more than
usual : a pile of stones ; a tree ; a bush,
<to. iCm. 42:27.
Oi-oi-Ktr, V. To struggle ; to contend
with some difflc\ilty, as traveling in deep,
njud : oioilcu ka hele ana o ka mea nui.
See OiKu.
Oi-HAA, s. A person with crooked limbs,
but not so much as to hinder from busi-
ness. See OiiAA.
Oi-HA-NA, s. Oi, principal, and hana,
■vrork.
1. A special duty or business ; the virork
• peculiar to one ; an occupation ; a trade.
Oih. 18:.3.
2. Duty ; employment. Kin. 47:3. Ser-
vice.
3. An observance; custom; ministry;
labor ; calling ; office.
4. One's tools; ini'^ruments or apparatus
for any business. Pufc. 27:3. Na kapu
kabiko a me na oihana wahahee, the an-
cient kapus and the false customs, i. e.,
customs lotifided on false notions; na oi-
^ona'i»puwa!e, foolish customs; ke hoike
mal nei ha kumu a kakou i keia oOiana o
na aina naanao.
5^ Tlio name of the book of Acts in the
New Testament.
Oi-HA-NA-A-ui, s. OzAfflwa arid fiZw, king,
A history of the acts of kings ; name of the
books in the Old Testament called Chron-
icles. 2 Nal. 13:8.
Oi-HA-NA-KA-Hu-NA, s. Oihana and ka-
hvma, priest.
1. Priestliood; the exercise of the priest's
office. Nah. 18:1.
2. Natne of the book Leoiticus.
0-i-Ki-PU-A-HO-LA, s. The name of a
pestilence in the time of Waia.
0-i-Ki-i-Ki, s. Name of the fifth month
0-i-Ki-Ki, s. Name of a month," same
as ikiki.
Oi-KU, V. To Struggle, as one walking
iu deep mud. See OioiKii.
Oi-Ku-WA, s. Name of the tenth month
O-i-Li, V. Kindred with vnli. To twist;
to roll up.
2. To roll up ft cloth, kapo- or paper.
5. Toimtwisl; to spring back, as a bun-
dle, when it gets loose ; e opcope ia wahi
mea a paa, o mli akn ia mea, hoka kakou.
See Wnu.
4. To feel uneasy ; to be agitated with
fe»r.
a. To faint ; to be discomposed ; to be
agitated with strong cmotiona. Mek Sol.
&:£.
6. To ascend ; to mount up, as an object
seen at a distance ; oiii ka hale kala o
liabainaluua ke nana mai i ka moana ; to
iisc in thA mind, as a thought j oM mai la
keiu mauao hou iloko o'u, this new idea
came up into me.
7. To project ; to extend be^nd ; sim
ilar to kda ; c oUi ae ana ka holo ana ; ka
oUi ae no ia hele ana iwaho ; o ka oili ae
mawaho o ka upona holo ana.
0-i-Li, s. The region of the heart; the
seat of fear ; lele ka oUi, a fright ; the seat
of judgment; conscience; kamoamaloko
e hoapono ana, a e hoahcwa ana. Kamak
' Lele ka oiU o ka lani ; lele i ka lani o ka
oili ; o ka lani, oia ka mea e lele ana me
he Koki la ia, me he hokulcle la. .
0-i-Li, s. Name of a small fisih; also
0-I-LI, adj. Ke keiki oili wale, an un.-_
timely birth. Kekah. 6:3. Ka manu oUi,
Ico lea o ke kakabiaka, the bird of the
morning unfoldinrj a lovely voice.
O-i-Li-LA-PA, s. Nameof a speciesof fish.
0-i-Li-LE-PA, s. Name of a species of
small fish in the ocean resembling, but a
little larger than the uwiwi. Note. — Per-
haps this is the same as the foregoing.
O-i-Li-LU-A, V. To go before; to project
one thing before another. See Hodkel*.
0-i-Li-PU-LE-LO, V. OUipuleto ke ahi o
ka maile; to send llghttil lire brands down
a pali in the night, formerly a sport for
, chiefs.
O-i-Ll-WA-LE, adj. Relating to an un-
timely birth ; prematurely unfolded. Ke-
kah. 6:3.
0-i-LO, s. He nahelehele liilii loa, e
oUo ae ana ilalo ; grass and other vegetfi-
bles when it first springs up.
0-I-LO, s. Name of a species of fish ; he
oUo pulii.
2. The springing up or first shooting of
plants and vegetables.
0-i-LO-A, adj. Oi, edge, point, and lua,
double. Double edged ; two edged, as a
sword ; sfime as makalvM.
0-i-wii s. See Iwi, s. The substantial
part of a thing ; that which gives character
or adds ornament ; the upper naked per-
son of a well baili man ; o hele a hoike
aku i ko oiwi i ke kumu ; maikai ka oiwi o
mea, kihi peahi lua, maikai ka oiwi ke
nana aku, pakaka.
Nanl ]f a oiwi o Hilo ! ka lebua
Ke kui la^i ke one i VTaialama
Mant ke kino o ia la.iu, he lauu.
0-0, t;. To ripen; to become ripe, as
fruit. los. 3:15.
2. Applied to men ; he kanaka oo !oa, a
full grown man ; he kanaka elemakale,
ua 00.
. 001 I
8. To coni« to maturity, as children
grown up to manhood.
0-0, V. See O, to pierce, dot into, fc.
To crowd or cram into, as tobacco into a
pipe; e 00 iho i ka ipabaka i paa ai ka
ipubak»ke puhi aku ; e nounon.
i. To crowd herbs, &c., of an inflamma-
tory natui'e into the vagina of a female to
procure abortion.
3. To pierce with a sharp instrument the
foetus in the womb ; oo iio lakon ina keiki,
ua nui na kamalii i make pela. See Ao-
MiLO. He nui wale na wahine i oo i ka
lakou mau keiki i ka manawa e hapai ai.
4. To commit infanticide generally, of
which the Hawaiians had a variety of
methods.
5. To stab or pierce, as with a spear;
00 iho la laua i ko Keeaumoku kua i ka
pahoa, they two stabbed the back of Kee-
aumoliu with a pahoa.
0-0, s. Name of the process by which
a child was killed in the womb.
0-0, s. The instrument anciently used
by Hawaiians in cultiTating the ground.
Originally it was made of some hardwood.
flattened and sharpened at one end so as
to dig with. The kinds of wood were the
alabee, ulei, kauila, the uhiuM, &o. Iron
since its introduction has taken the place
of these kinds of woods.
0-0, s. Name of a species of bird Ht-
ing in the mountains in the daytime and
flies to the sea at uiglit; a small brown
bird, web-footed.
0-0, s. Name of a species of bird found
in great numbers on Hawaii ; the feathers
were much valued by the chiefe for orna-
mentiog their persons.
0-0, s. Name of a large fly brush.
0-0, adj. Ripe; mature, as fruit, ler.
24:2.
2. Applied also to full grown young
people ; ai oo mua, first ripe fruit. Puk.
22:29.
0-o-A-Hi, s. Oo and ahi, fire. A nre
sljipvel. 2 Oihl 4:11. O ka mea ike i ka
ooahi 0 Naaiono; lele ka papala ooahi o
kapali.
0-o-B, pers. pron., second psrs. sing., o
emphatic. See Oram. § 131. Thou ; you.
See Oe. In the following cases it seems to
be used in the auipili ; ooe ke kukulu ana
0 keia hale ; ooe ka'hnmu ana a keia pea.
Oos is used often in Lamkawai for m, of
ttee ; nawai ke kama ooe. Laieik. 176.
0-oE, V. To split, as a log or a board ;
ooe aku la'la me ka laau no ka menemene
1 ka lalau aku me ka lima.
O-oi, V. To be sharp ; pointed ; ooi na
kakalaioa, the kakalaioa are sharp : ooi iia
puakajla, the pnakalas are sharp. See Oi.
3 OOL
O-oi, s. Roughness; anything with
sharp protuberances; ua like ka ooj me kc
kalakala. .
O-oi, adj. Sharp ; prickly, los. 23:1.'J.
Mea ooi, sharp things ; briers, lunk. 8:7.
Nahele ooi, thorns. 2 Sain. 23:6. Mea ooi,
sting of a wasp or asp. Hoik. 9:10.
0-0-0, V. To crow, as a cock. Mat.
26:74, 75. Stx. with kani.
0-0-0, s. Any small vessel for contain-
ing water to drink ; he ooo no ka, wai, be
kioo, Ipahaaha.
0-0-0, V. To shrink away.
2. To be very careful of one's person or
property.
3. To be parsimonious.
0-oir, V. To call aloud; to cry after
one to make him hear ; ua oou aku la au
ia ia i lohe mai ai, aole oia alawa mai,
Kam.
0-o-HAo, s. Oo and hao, iron. The iron
00. See Oo. Applied lately to the plow
for tilling the soil.
0-o-Hon, s. -Oo and /uni, new. The
name given to the plow as an instninient
for tilling the soil; the neu oo, i. o., the plow.
0-o-Hir, V. To bend over, as the shoul-
ders of a carpenter or any mechanic from
the constancy of work ; ooJm ke kua o ke
kanaka no ke kulou mau i ka hana ; ha-
nana, kuaoohu; ua oohu ke kua, he is
stoop-shouldered.
O-o-HU, s. A stoop-shouldered man.
2. The swell of the sea rolling down
from the north part of Hawaii ; when it
comes from the south point, it is called
kahtla.
O-o-HU, • adj. Crooking ; bending out-
ward.
O-D-Ki, V. The 5th conj. of oM. To cut
off; to lop, as the branch of a tree. Mar.
11 :S. To cut olT, as a rope.
2. To cut up, as wood for fuel : ke ooki
nei au i ka wahie ; ooki ae la lakou i ke
kaula 0 ka waapa, they cut off the rope of
the boat.
3. To cut off, as the limb of a person.
iMnk. 1:6.
4. To divorce, as a married person ; ke
oofci nei au i kuu wahina no ka hewa ;
oofci i ka piko la, e lea hoahanau, a ejxjech
of one friend to another wlien they arc at
variance and can not agree.
O-o-LA, *. A blister oji the foot; a stone
bruise on the bottom of the foot,
0-o-tA-PU, s. A blister; the rising or
sweliing up of clothes in a tub of water.
0-o-LE-A, V. See^Oo, the instrument
formerly made of iiard wood, and Lba, au
intonsive, rauob, very, &c. To be hard;
severe ; cruel in treatment ; to strengthen ;
OOL
89
OU
to make finn, as bunes do the animai sys-
tem. Anat. 1.
2. PhysicaUy, hard ; unyielding.
3. MoToBy, rough ; selfish in mannera.
_ 4. Boo. To harden ; to render obdurate,
either naturally or morally ; to harden, as
the neck, i e., to be obstinate. 2 ilai.
17:14. Mai Twoled i ka hana ana, e hana no
me ka oluolu.
5. To be stout; strong : confident, as in
using words. MnX. 3;1.3. To harden; make
bold ; fearless, as the face. Ezek, 3:8.
0-o-LEiV, s. Physically, strength; con-
fidence ; hardness ; severity. Oiltk. 25:46.
2. MoraUy, surety ; stem justice. Bom.
11:22. Opposed to lokonM^i.
3. Stren^h ; place of confidence. Hal
18:2. Ka ikaika, ka aawaliwali ole, ka
paakiki.
0-o-LEA, adj. Hard; compact; unyield-
ing.
2. Stiar; forward; obstinate. Kanl. 31:27.
IJntractable; disobedient; hoc, same; hoo-
kah! malama hookupn dala oolea, on the
first month they collect hard money as
taxes.
O-o-LE-Ku-KA-Hi, s. The name of the
seventh day of the month.
0-o-LE-Kp-EA-Hi, s. Ka Wku 0 na la 0
ka malamf ; eha oia maii la i kapaia ia
mau inon, o ka wcdu, o ka aiim, a o ka
umi.
O-0"L»KTr-K0-Lts s. The ninth day of
the month.
O-o-LE-KTT-LTi-A, s. The name of the
eighth day of the month.
0-0-LE-PAU, s. The tenth day of the
month. ■
G-0-Lo-HU-A, s. The fruit of the popolo.
O-o-LO-KiT, V. Olo, flexible, movable,
and ku., to rise.
1. To be in a state like the sea when the
current and wind are opposite;. to actMke
a chopped sea.
2. To be stormy oi.' tempestuoua, as the
sea ; knpikipiM io.
3.' Applied to the mind : to be troubled;
agitated.
O-o-Lo-KU, s. The raging of the sea j
ka ooloka ana o ke kai i ka ino.
0-o-LO-Ktr, adj. Boisterous; stormy, as
the sea.
O-o-Lo-LA, s. Name of a species of fish.
O-o-Lo-Li, cdj. Contracted or narrow,
asa place pjinched up; as toes within tight
Hhoes.
0-o-Lo-tn, adj. SeeOLoandIiii,sinail.
Thin ; narrow ; narrow, as a road ; ma ke
ala ooMii aole nahelehele. See Olou.
Ololii ia the more correct orthography.
O-o-Lo-PTJ, s. A mouthful of food or
12
water; 'hsoolopv. ai,he poolopu wai. Moo-
ole'o Haw. p. 114.
0-o-LO-ru,adj. Swelled full; distendied,
as a sail, a tnmor, &c.
0-o-MA, g. An open spout; the nose of
a pitcher ; a pitcher itself.
2. A gouge; a person with a sharp nose.
O-o-MA, adj. Open, as the mouth of a
person ; as the nose of a pitcher ; he kiaha
ooma wai, a pitcher. Luk. 22:10. The flare
of a bonnet, &o. ; epithet given by Hawai-
ians to the bonnets of the fixstmissionariea'
wives ; he papale ooma, ka !
0-o-NTji, s. Name of a sppcies of fish.
0-o-PA, V. To be lame; to limp for
lameness. 2 Sam. 4:4.
0-o-PA, s. A lame person. Ma^. 11:15;
Oafc. 21:18.
0-o-PA, adj. Lame, as by walking;
lame, as an arm with hard labor; lame,
having lost a foot; lame, as a cripple; laaje
naturally ; he wawae oopa, hapakue.
0-o-PA-iATT, s. Oo, the name of the
Hawaiian digger, to which is added from
the English the word palau (plow.) Hence,
a plow for cultivating the ground ; he or;-
paiau ka oo a ka bipi e kano ai. See Oo-
HAO and OoHocr.
0-o-PA -LATT, V. To plow; to guide a
plow. I Nal. 19:19.
0-o-PtT, s. Name of a species of small
fish living in freshwater rivers and ponds.
0-o-pu-HA-pinr, s. Name ofa fish which
is caught far out at sea.,
O-o-pir-Hff-E, s. A species of fish with
a rough skin, which is poisonous, if eaten.
2. A name of the bitter calabash.
O-o-pir-KAi, s. A species of oopu living
iij the sea. See Oopc.
O-o-PU-LH-UA, adj. The liver of an ani-
mal served up with other things as a sauce;
he ake puaa, he ake oopuluua.
O-o-pn-poo-PAA, s. Another species of
, oopu, similar, if not the same as oi^mkai.
Ov, pers. pron., second pers. sing., gen.
of oe. Thine ; yours ; belonging to you.
Sometimes it is used for kou, thy ; thine ;
as, me ow poe kanaka, instead of me kow
poe, £c; ou mau kamalii, thy children.
Gram. § 132, 1.
On is sometimes used for o in the im-
perative; as, ou hele oukou. Mat. 2:S;
Sfeh. 8:6. See Gram. § 192, last sentence.
The 0 of this imperative is often written ou_
O'v, pers. pron., first pers. sing., geni-
tive of au. My ; ■ mine ; of me ; belonging
to me. Oram. § 124, 1.
0-u, V. To lean the breast on a piece
of wood in order to float ; to ascend upon,
as a float.
OUL
90
OMA
0-u, s. A float. See Mouo.
Ou, V. To steal.
2. To break off the top of a plant, bud
or leaf.
' ■ 3. To commit a small offense ; e om fea
muou 0 ka wa iki ; e ou ka muop.' o ka
baka.
Ou, V. To hide away ; to escape pun-
ishment for a crime ; aole wahi e ou ai ka
poe hewa i keia manawa, uapaa i ke kana-
wai ; -be ou nei ka poe hewa i kahi papa
popo.
Ou, V. See O, verb, and Hou. To
pierce or puncture, as witJi a sharp iastru-
ment ; e ou, o hooeha i ka pnupuu i kc
poo, to lance or pierce the' swelling on the
Ijead.
Ou, J. Name of a species of bird on
the mountains : o ka ouj na like ta me ka
moa opiupio ; no omaomao koiia bulu.
0-n-A, V. To stretch ottt.
O-xr-A-KA, V. To be oipen } to be full of,
holes. See Ovi^iJM. and Oaka.
0-ir-o-u, s. A sharp quick sound, as of
the kapa mallet ; kanl ouou ke kani ana a
ka ie knkn.
2. The sound of a drum when struck ; e
kani ov.wi ana ka leo o ka pahu ; ke kani
d ka ouou kuamuamu, the sound of the
sharp voice of railing.
Ou-ou, V. To be full of hard lumps, as
noi not well pounded ; he ouou ka ai, he
tiakubaku tiuvpuu.
Ou-ou, s. The name of a small bird.
Ou-ou, adj. Thfei ; feeble ; he puka-
puka, he kunono.
Ou^-LE, s. Firmness ; fearlessness.
See Ou, to hide away.
O-uo-uo, adj. Growing thriftily, as
plants; no stinting; mabakea kupu Ian
oiiouo ole.
Ou-Ho-Lo-Ai, s. A kind of mamaki kapa
vhich is dyed or painted different colors
on each side.
Ou-KoU, 2>ers. pron,, second pers. pliiral.
Ye ; you.
O-Uriii, s. A change in the appearance
of a thing.
2. Character; kind; description; applied
to many things ; lie ouK okoa ; ua maopopo
fca.o«/i 0 ka poe hana hewa, ma ka lakou
hana ana.
3. A sign ; a token of the approach of a
storm or calamity ; an omen ; a sign in the
heavens.
4. Form ; change ; meSining of a *ord.
8. A sign of something expected; an
earnest or pledge ; e lawe i ka ouli ao, mc
ka ouli hana i pono ai o« i ka mak^ o kau
poe baumana. I
6. A sign or signal of divine authority.
Puk. 4:28.
7. A wonder, i. e., a thjng wondered at.
Isa. 8:18. Atokenof some evil. Zsa. 44:25.
In grammar, mood or mode; as, ouli hai,
indicativemood.
O-u-Li, «.T<ame of the god of those
who prayed people to deatl^; ka fnoa o ke
akua o ka. poe anaana.
Ou-Mu-A-MU-A, s. See Muamua. The
name of the foremost soldier or the front
rank in battle.
0-u-NAu-NA, Sj The name of a fou'-
footed animal in'the sea.
0-u-PE, ) r. To vex; to trouble;
O-U-PE-ou-PE, J to put to hazard ; to ill
fate ; c oupe mai kuu akua ia oe.
2. To be limber or weak, as the point of
a pen ; cupe ka maka o ka hulu.
3. To make limber or bend, as a stick.
4. To cause to fall, or to put down. 2
Oihl. 25:8. See Okupb.
Ou-WA, s. Auhea kakou a pau loa e o'u
poe hoa ouwa mau la wela nei la, where
are we all, my fellow young cocks of these
hot days ; also oua. See Moaoua.
Ou-WA, s. A person living with stran-
\gers till he beoKjmes as one of the people,
but still does not feel at home. ^
Ou-RA-NA-TA-NA, s. Eng. The orang-
oulang.
0-H.A, i. The small sprigs of kaio that
grow on the sides of the older roots ; the
suckers which arc transplanted.
2. A branch from a stock. Isa. .'>%2. A
sucker from tho root of a plant or tree.
&«. 11:1. Fio. /er. 23:5.
3. A stick for ensnaring bitds ; he laau
kapili manu.
O-HA, s. A salutation between the
sexes J rather a call, as halloo ! to attract
attention, and when the person looks
round, then beckons.
O-HA, V. To salute, as a man a woman,
or vice versa; to call to one at some dis-
tance, and when he looks, then beckons to
hiiu.
O-HA, adj. Sick from grief or care.
0-HAA, s. The name of a fish; also
oe/ia ; ke opac ohaa.
0-HAA, adj. He wav/ae ohaa; a person
witb crooked or distorted limbs.
0-HAi, J. A flowering shrub resembling
a locust.
0-HAi-KAU, s. Name given to a sledge
obtained from Captain Cook which was'
worshipped.
0-HA-o, s. A swelling of the body from
sickness ; ka ohm o ka llio, the sweUirutot
the dog.
OHA
91
OHE
0-HAo, ». To weed; to cultivate; to
rtress land.
O-HAo, adj. Swelled or dropsical; ka
opu ohao^ puflted np^ swelled full, as the
bowols with wind or water. SceOnAOiiAO.
0-HAO, s. Name of a rope to tie dogs
with.
O-HAo, V. To tie, as a rope or string;
to .feend on ; applied mostly to dogs ; e
o7«io i ka ilio a paa.
0-HA-o-HA, *. The fond recollection of
a Mond ; joy ; great desire ; strong affec-
tion.
0-HA-o-HA, adv. Thriftily, as oha shoots;
like ohaa; nlu ohnoha na laaa kanu, the
trees planted grow thriftily.
0-HAo-HAO, V. See Ohao. To swell, as
the belly or body; to bo full, as with much
eating ; ua b.QOkukn, na noptt.
2. To rise up, as a thought •in the mind.
See Ohao. .
0-HAo-HAO, adj. Puffed ttp; swelled
, full, as the bowels with wind; or water ; he
ohaohao ka opttghe ekceke k^ lomi iho.
O-MAo-HAO-LA, s. A false Speech ; a lie ;
a cuutvadiction iVomwfaat one has Kaid be-
fore; na ololo an i lohe ai ho ohaoluda
wale no ia, aole i like pu mo kau i olelo
ai, olMoJiaohi, obalahala.
O'Hio-HA-LA, ffl^'. Thrifty; rank, as
vegetables. SeeOBAUA and Oiiaoha.
O-HAo-HA-LA, J. A jpleasant delightful
sound.
0-HA-HA, adj. Rump; rank; thrifty;
flourishing ; referring to vegetables. Kin.
41 :!>, Ka u)n maikai aaa o ka mca kanu.
0-HA-HA, s. Name of a plant, arbores-
cent loMia ; a vice growing on trees ; a
jiarai^iLical plant.
0-HA-HA, adj. Swelled; puffed up; en-
larged. See Haiia.
0-HA-KA, V. Ua ohaka, ua pololi; to be
disconnected, 1)ul near together ; to have
a ci"ack betw<!en.
0-HA-KA, adj. Open J not joined; not
fitted together ; he mao vltaica, lie mao
hakaka.
O-HA-KA-LAi, s. Oha and ktdai. A stick
to rub or polish with,, us a file or other in-
strument
0-HA-ku-LAi, V. Oha, a shoot, and ku-
Ud, to push over. To bend off the young
kalo from the old to give it room to grow.
0-HA-KU-LAI, s. A hard protuberande
on the joints i.f the human body, as the
knees, hips, ankles, &c.; also called haupim.
2. A protuberance in tl>e flesh.
0-HA-LA, ttdj Green; young; not ripe.
U-KA-LAU, s. The soft tops and blossoms
' of kalo leaves made into a luau; often
made where kalo grows plentifully.
0-HA-NA, s. A family. 2 Sam. 9:1. A
brood of birds. Kard. 22:6. A litter, as
of puppies or pigs ; an offspring ; a tribe.
Io$. 14:1, 2, 3. All the young of one ani-
mal; ka oha.ui Toioa, ka ohuna ilio, &e.\
ohana nuku, an endearing appellation for
little children j oAanahipa, a flock of sheep.
0-HA-NA, a^. Of or relating to a fam-
ily ; he mohai ohana, a family sacrifice. 1
Sam. 20:29.
O-HA-NA, s. A family of parents, chil-
dren and servants living together ; o kc
kakae no ia o ka iepo o Lahainaluna me
he ohana moa la.
0-HE, s. Art., ke. The bamboo; the
outside wae formerly used for knives on
account of Its hardness ; a reed generally.
2 Nat. 18:21.
2. A measuring reed. Boik. 21:15. Ohe
hani, a flute ; ohe nana, a spyglass ; puna
n%e, a spoon made of bamboo.
3. Name of a forest tree ; timber soft,
like kukui, white, good for making kuku-
luaeo.
0-HE, s. A bundle. See Om.
O^HK, s. Art., ka. Name of a musical
instrument of the flute kind ; hookahi au
mca malama, o ka ohe a kaua ; aia malama
pono oe i ka oht. laieik. 122. He ohe
mana. Ih.
0-HE-A, adv. inter., the genitive case of
/tea. 'Of where ? of what place ? Oram. 6
160.
0-HE A, V. To\Veed; to hoe. SeeOnEU.
0-HE-A, s. An arrow not well fitted ; a
matter of play for children ; he pua lele
olc, he pua oMo.
0-HE-A, adj. Lazy after eating; tiyed
of work: ao inclination lo work; he mo-
lowa, hoihM ole, ohea I ka la.
0-HEA-HEA, "oa!;. Warm; tasteless, as
warm water,; he wai oheahea, he wai
mama.
0-HE-A-LA, s. OAc and afo, sweet. Sweet
cane ; a vegetable offered in sacrifice. Jsa.
43:24. Sweet calamus. Puk. 30:23.
O-HEE, *. O, to pierce, and hee, squid.
To take squid by spearing; i kaoAee lakou,
they are spearing squid.
0-HE-o-HE, adj. Half erect, not flat or
horizontal, but as a steep roof of a house ;
ku oheohe, a knln ole.
0-HE-o-HE, s. The bamboo; a reed gen-
erally See Ohe.
0-HE-u, V, To weed or hoe, as pota-
toes ; to dig over a garden.
0-HE-U, ) p. See ,Heu. To come
0-HE-U-HEU, J out, as the beard of a
om
92
Offl
young man : oheuJieti, ua oAeii, ae no hoi
ECU piuiljolc', make buu makua.X
O-HE-'HA, adj. Sloiv; lazy in work. See
HuHA, niolowa.
0-HE-KA-PA-LA, s, Ohe, bamboo, and
kapala, to print. A piece of bamboo carved
for the purpose of printing tapa ; he o/»e
kakan.
0-HE-EE, adj. Fearful; bashful; mod-'
est ; hrimble ; ho oheke wale ko ko kua-
aina kanaka, the country people are mod-
est and difBdent: he oAffceole kanaka wahi
alii, the people about the chief are without
modeaiy.
O-HE-Lo, ) s. A species of srftall
O-HE-LO-H^-LO, ) fruit of a reddish color;
the Hawaaian whortleberry. See.HELC.
O-HE-LO-HErLO, odj, -Having the color
of thei ohko, i. e., a light red ; he hainlika
ohelsQheh. he eilika okdithdo.
0-HE-LO-PA-rA, s. A strawberry.
O-HE-Mo, adj. Weaned; broken off,, as
from sucking ; as a child from the breast.
See Hemo. He ukiihi ohemo na keiki.
0-HE-MO, V. To discharge freely from
the bowels, aa in a dysentery.
0-HE-Mo-HE-Mo, adj. Faint J languid ;
weak ; omino, alalone, nitwaliwali.
0-HE-NA-NA, J. Ohe, bamboo, and wa?M,
to see, look. A spyglass. See Ohe.
0-HE-wA, V. O, to pierce, and kewa,
wrong. To make a false stab at a. person
or thing.
0-HE-wA-HE-WA, adj.. Far gone with
sickness; dead drunk; dim-sighted; oke-
wahema mai la na maka, the eyes do 'hot
see plainly ; not able to see from intense
light or other cause ; liable to mistaka
what is seen. See Hoohewahbwa.
0-Hi, V. To gather up, a.s things scat-
tered ; to glean. Kanl. 2i:21. To collect
t6gether. Nah. 11:32.
2. To collect, as fruit; to gather in a
harvest. Oihk. 19:9, 10.
3. To pluck, as fruit, and carry away;
to collect together, as property ; ua ohiia
ka waiwai; to collect; to sweep in, as in
collecting the spoil of a conquered en-
emy.
4. To carry away by force ; equivalent
io h(jifi; aohe pu oloko o ka pa, ua pau i
ka ok'iia e na kanaka mawaho, there was
no gnu in the fort, theywere all tafcereaway
by the people without.
6, To choose out. 8am, 17:40.
6. To receive ; to be taken into the care
or friendship of ono ; ohi raai o Liholiho i
poo punah'ile nana ; pau ae la ke bui i ka
ohiia i makau, all the nails were collected
for flsh-hooks.
7, To receive, as the interest oa money.
8. To take up and protect, as an orphan.
Hal. 27:10.
0-Hi, s. A collecting, as of money or
property, implying difficulty ; the collect-
ing the frnits of a harvest. 2 Oihl 31:5.
The coUecttng, as debts.
2. A bundle or collection of sonsetbing ;
as, he ohi wauke, he ohi kalo, a ImtuMe or
wauke, a bundle of kalo.
0-HI, s. For oke, bamboo. Laieik. 22.
A misprint perhaps.
0-HI, adj. False; deceitful; waha oAi,
a lying mouth ; he wahahee ; he puaa ohi,
a female hog that bears no pig? ; he alii
ohi, oia ke alii nana e ae ke kapa moe^
Note. — Another native says that ohi is the
appellation given to a female animal upon
the fii'st bearing of young. See Isa. 7:2],
After two or three productions she io called
Jaimulau.
0-Hi-A, s. A contraction for 'ohiia. A
forcing; constrtining; compelling. ?.Kor.
9:5.
0-Hi-A, s. Name of a species of large
tree, the timber used for various purposes,
but especially for making gods. See other
species' below.
2. The name of a class of gods under the
general name of akumoho.
0-HI-A, s. A deciduous fruit somewhat
resembling the apple.
0-HiA-Ai, *. Name of the tree that bears
, the ohia fruit ; ohia apane, the ohia with
red blossoms, . .
0-HiA-HA, s. Another species of the
ohia tree ; hili ohiaha a hoolun.
0-HiA-LE-HTJ-A, s. OMastui lehua, name
of a blossom of certain trees. Another spe-
cies of the ohia, bearing beautiful blossoms.
See Lehda.
0-Hi-E, adj. Wicked; perverse. See
HcE or HiEHiE, and Ohipua.
0-Hi-o, *. A hahai i ka ohio, a me k?i
oAio unnunu.
0-Hi-o, s. The thinking; the reflection
of the mind upon a beloved but absent Qb-
ject. ' '
2. The undulating motion of the air over
a smooth plain in a hot day.
0-Hi-o, V. To Stir and loosen the ground
around a vegetable.
0-Hi-o-Hi, s. See Ohi. Falsehood ; de-
ceitful talk ; boasting ; bragging ; ohiohi
pulfupuku.
0-Hi-o-Hi, s. The small straight branches
of trees ; ohiohi ke kupu o ka laa ; ; ohiohi
ke kupu ana ae.
0-HI-O-HI, V. To have substances of
various colors united, or a substance cf
varions shades of color, as mahogany tim-
ber, carl-maple, curly koa, &c.
OHI
93
OHU
2, To be very beautiful ; pleasing to look
at; lianilaome.
0-Hi-o-Hi-o, V. See Hio. To stagger or
reel, as one intoxicated ; to h^ slightly in-
toxicated, eo as to producB ihe desire of
sleep.
2. To do a thing but slightly.
3. To shut the door lest loafers should
come in.
0-Hi-o-Hi-o, s. The dizziness of slight
intoxication.
0-Hi-u, V. To thatch in a particular
manner.
0-Hi-u-Hi-u, «. Name of a species of
flsh found at Kawaihae ; at ofbor pUu-cK
tbey are cMled uhu:
0-Hi-KAU, V. To mistake ; to make an
error in speaking; ohilcau wale aku no.
See Ohipda.
0-Hi-KAt7, s. A mistake ; a blunder in
speaking.
0-Hi-Kij s. Name of a particular man-
ner of thatching ; ua ohild ka maka i ka
laau; ua ohikiia kalaau i ka ai i ka wawae.
2: Name of a species of small crab or
sand spider.
0-Hi-Ki, V. To shell, as one shells beans;
e oUki a hoihoi aku i ka pulupulu.
2. To put in; to cram down; e ohUci
iloko.
3. To pry up, as a stone.
4. To lance or open, as an abscess.
0-Hi-Ki-Hi-Ki, V. To persevere, as when
-.one expects a favor by asking.
~2: To pick, as the teeth ; ohikihiki i ka
niho a pllo. '
0-Hi-LO, s. Name of the first day of
the month among Hawalians; same asMlo.
0-Hi-NA, V. Ohia.ndana. To have one's
property swept away for, debt ; ohina au-
. J>apa, same aspau ka waiwai.
0-Hi-NU, V. To roast, as meat. Isa.
44:16. To hang up and turn round by the
fire foi roasting ; to roast over or before a
Are ; ua ohinuia 1 ka uwahi.
0-Hi-NTJ, s. The piece, of meat roasted
as above, oi a piece for roasting. 1 Sam,
2:18 ; Jsa. 44:16.
Ka ohinu lele uirahi manu e
O ka manu ai leleu.
2, The name of the stick which turns
while the meat is roasting.
0-Hi-NU-Hi-NC, V. See Ohinu. To roast
much or often.
2. To bo parched and dried, .as the skin
or as roast meat ; ua ohinuhimt ka ili, ua
upcpehu.
3. To be smooth and shining, as a swelled
skin; henc6,
4. To be sick.
0-Hi-PA, V. To vow J to take a vow.
2. To perform a vow.
3. To speak that which is false. See
HOOHIPA.
0-Hi-pu-A, adj. Wicked; naughty; per-
verse ; he ohipm ka olelo ; careless of
negligent in speaking, whether truth cr
falseiiood.
0-HO, V. To cry out J more often Aoo^o;
to exclaim, cry out, as many voices; to
cry out, exclaim, as a single voice ; h/joho
ac: la ia loo nui, a pane mai la ia me ka
hooho ana, auwe! pau! See Hooho. To
cry out, as a flock jf birds on being fright-
ciieil : ohf! ae la ka auna manu i ka ilio.
O-iio, s. The hair of the head. Mat.
G:3(i. Oi- Jninian hair ; oAo Jiina, gray liair.
Kin. 42::ia See LauoBO.
2. The leaves of the cocoamit trees from
their resemblance to hair; wehekekaiaulu
i ke oho o ka niu, the stroug wind loosens
the leaves of the coooanuts. ,
0-no-A-KA, s. The name of the second,
day of the ponth ; same as koaka.
O-Ho-KU, s. Also the name of the sec-
ond day of the mocth.
O-Eo-KU, s. The name of the fifteenth
day of the month, that is, the day that suc-
ceeds the day of the full moon.
0-HO-Ktri, *. Oho, hair, and kui, to join
together, A wig, made awkwardly, for-
merly worn in war. Kum. Haw. 10.
0-HO-Li, t). See HoLi. To question for
information. _
0-HO-MA, adj. Destitute; without con-
' veniences ; ua ku an i kit pa ohoma, a ua
kokoke mai kona la.
0-HU, *. A fog; a mist; a cloud. Puk.
24:16. Smoke; vapor. lob. 36:27. Ka dh%
e uhi ana i ke kuahiwi; the ligM eknid that
covers the mountains. Stn. with awa, fine
rain ; also noe, spray.
2. The breatSh of ajperson ia a cold morn -
iiig; 0 ka ohu no la o ke kanaka. Sec
Mahd.
0-HU, V. To roll up, as the sea that
does not break. Laieik. 91. To swell high,
as water ; ohu Uuna ka wai ; ua pilia a ohu
iluna ke kai.
0-mr, s. A roller or swell of water that
does not break.
2. Name of a place raised up for any
purpose. See Ohukb and Ahda.
0-HU-A, s. The family part of a house-
hold, as children, servants, domestics, so-
journers, &c. ; the master andmistress are
not generally included. Mn. 12:6. Ka
ohM ia 0 Hinahele me Kuula.
2. Applied to the passengers on a vessel,
O-HU-A, V. To glide ; to slip off, as the
glancing of the arrow in throwing the
arrow ; ua ohua kaa ka ana i ka pua.
OHU
94
OKA
0-HU-A, «. Name of the. young of the
fish called manini. See Maeajjiohha.
0-HU-A, s. Name of the thirteenth day
of the month ; properly hua.
0-HU-A-Li-KO, s. A species of fish like
the nianini.
-0-HU-A-Li-MU-KA-LA, s. A species of
Small fish.
0-HU-A-Li-Fo-Ai *. A species of small
ish.
0-KU-A-PAA-wE-LA, s. A species of fish.
O-ffli-A-PA-LE-Mo, s. A species of small
fish. Laieik. 12.
O-HF-i, V. To twist round, as in pull-
ing 4>ut a tooth.
:2. To 'snatch or rescue, as in pulling a
child from the flames.
3. To pick or pull out a sliver from the
flesh,
O-HU-i-HU-T, V. To twist round and
draw out, as a tooth ; oAuiM i ka niho ;
ohuVmi i ka naio, to pull up the iiiuo (san-
dal-wood.) SeeOHW.
0-Hu-o-Hu, s. A myrtle wreath worn
around the neck.
% A blackish kind of kapa.
0-HH-o-HU, adj. Large; heavy; bur-
dened ; ohitohu 0 mea i hele mai la ; ohu-
ohu 0 mea i ka lei.
O-Hu-o-HU, V. To dress in uniform.
2. To decorate, as a room ; to dress out,
as a ship ; to put on wreaths,, &c.
0-HU-Ku, J. A small, flat elevation ; a
platform.
2. A protuberance ; a round or blunt
protuberance of earth, stones or other
material. Stn. with puu, hua,ahua,wawa,
.&c.
0-HU-KU, V. To stick out; to be prom-
inent in some part ; ua ohuku ke poo.
0-Hu-LE,. V. To be or become 'lald-
headcd- Isa. 15:2. Lae ohide. OVtk. 13:40,
41. Mbo. To make the head bald. JBkek.
29:15. To make one's self bald. 0ifik.U:5.
Ka lauoho ole o ke poo, oia ka ohide.
O-mr-LE, s. A bald-headed person. 2
iVhZ. 2:23.
2. Baldness itself. Mik. 1:16. Ohule pa-
hnkani i ke aluia.
O-HU-LE, adj. Bald; bald-headed.
O-Hu-LU, s. Potatoes of the second
growth ; old sprouted potatoes ; ka uala
kahiko.
O-iJu-m, adj. A person that saih or
goes on the ocean ; he kanaka okulu no ka
moaua.
O-HU-KU, V. To complain of or find
fault with the conduct of some person or
pf something done. Neh.6:l. To complain
secretly or privately.
2. To confer privately concerning an
absent person, either with a goo4 or bad
design. _
3. To confer clandestinely ; to ranrmnr.
4. To speak against oiie. Fuk. 16:7. To
complain of persons. los. 9:18. To con-
spire against one ; to grumble .socretly.jv
to be discontented.
6. To congratulate one's self; to think
in one's own mind: to lay out or plan any-
thing secretly within erne's self. 2 Sam.
13:32.
O-mr-MU, s. A murmuring or complain-
ing. Fuk. 18:12.
2. A secret conference or conticU. Kin.
49:6. He ohwmu kipi, a conspiracy. Ezek.
22:25. Ohumu wale, a grumbling ; a com-
plaint without cause.
O-HU-NA, s. Name of the eleventh day
of the month. See Hdna.
0-HH-NA, s. A species of very small
fish.
O-HU-ME, s. A species of very small
fish.
O-Hu-NE, s. A disease of the skin ; the
itch : jnai puupmi liilii.
O-KA, ». To seta decoy; to ensnare;
to place a bird in such a position as to
catch or tempt anotlier.
O-KA, V. To move, the lips, as in speak-
ing, but without sound : ooka wale ana no
ka waha, the month only was moving.
2. To blow the nose.
O-KA, V. To be small; few in numbei
or quantity : aohe oka mai o ka bipi, there
were not a few of cattle. See Okana.
O-KA, i. Dregs ; crumbs ; small pieces
of things, as saw-dust, tilings, &c; oka pa-
la9«, SiaS. Eql. 83:13. The refuse or
worthless part of a thing. Isa. 1 :2S.
2. An offensive smell; he pilopilo, he
wai no loko o ka oka awa ; he wai oka no
ke kukui.
O-KA, *. A, top made of a small gourd.
O-KA, s. Eng. An oak tree or wood.
Mn. 12:6. Laau oka, an oak grove or tree.
0-1U, adj. Small; fine; little; kaula
oka, a rope made of any fine substauce, an
tow or puln. Xunfc. 16:9.
0-KAA, V. To spin, as a top. See Kaa.
0-KAA, s. A top ; ka niu okaa.
0-KAi, s. A butterfly.
2. A lar^e company following one ; a
crowd moving from place to place. Svn.
with hnakal. Okal lua ka helc a kanaka,
kakai lua ka hele a kanaka.
3. Kekahi aoao o ka wiiha o ka upena
malolo,
4. Ka okai o ke kulina lalani.
0-KAi, adv. Of or belonging to the sea
(the opposite of ovJca); towards the sea.
OKA.
95
OKI
0-KA-o-KA, V. See Oka, 13th conj. To
reduce to powder ; to beat small. 2 Sam.
22:43. To be broken up fine. los. 9:6. To
break into small pieces ; to shiver. Dan.
2:35—7:7. WithJiiUi, to be utterly de-
stroyed. Dan. 8:25,
O-KA-0-KA, s. Dust; small particles,
&p. SeeOKAj Puk. 32:20. Fine dust;
dregs. Hcil. 75:9. An intensive ; he oka-
ofca liilU me he oka la.
0-KA-O-KA, s. An offensive smell; oka-
oka pilopilo me he oka la. See Oka 2.
0-KA-o-KAi, s. Sickness ; a heaving of
tlje stomach before vomiting ; sickness of
tiie stomach from a bad smell.
2. Sweet, unfermented poi; hepoimana-
nalo.
0-KA-HAi, adj. Insipid; unpalatable.
See Hdkai and Hdkahukai.
0-KA-KA, *. A name given to foreigners
in former times.
2. In after times the name was transferred
to a company of substantial business men
belonging to Eamehameha L
0-KA-KAi, s. bee Okai 2. A crowd of
persons moving about after a chief?
O-KA-KA-LA, s. A siiivering; the sensa-
tion of cold from the application of a cold
substance, as water, &c.
2. A cold tremor from fear, from sudden
danger.
3^ A chill ; a shivering-
4. The name of a rougli kind of doth ;
ka lole okdlakala ulaula.
O-KA-KA-LA, V. To stand up stiffly and
roughly, like the briistles of a hog ; as the
hair of one in great fear. See Eaia.
O-KA-KA-LA, adj. Cold; chilly.
0-KA-LA, s. Name of a species of fish.
0-KA-LA, V. To bristle up with anger.
See Kala, to be rough.
0-KA-LA, s. Numbness or a disease
(Ma«le) of the head, as if the hair stood on
end ; akabi no ka okala o ko'u poo.
0-KA-LA-KA-LA,,». To be astonished ; to
shudder ; to quake. Stn. with kunaMhi.
2. To be boisterous or raging, as the
wind ; to rage with anger.
3. To be intent, or strongly desirous of
doing a thin^. Laieik. 39.
0-KA-LE-KA-LE, s. Name of a red fish.
0-KA-NA, s. A district or division of
country containing several ahupuaas ; o
Kona, a 0 Kohala a me Hamakua, akohi
otoiaj'he man okana iwaena o k» moku.
See Kai.ana.
2. A division of food in dividing it out.
0-KA-NA, adv. A contraction of ote and
ana. Oka, to be small, few, and ana, the
participial termination; See Gram. 5 34.
Generally proceded by aok; as, sole pfe«n«
mai ka nui, not small the quantity or num-
ber, i. e., a great deal; not a little or a few;
aole okana mai na la o kona man malJi-
hiki. Kekah. 6:3. The days of his yeai-s
are very many ; sole okana mai o kona
waiwai, there is no end of his wealth; aohe
okana mai o kona hewa, there is ho bound
to his wickedness : aole okana mai ka oli-
oli. Oi;*. 20:12, They were not a little joy-
fill, i e., a good deaf. Note. — It is a word
used in strong expressions or in exagger-
ated descriptions. .
O-KA-TO-BA, g. Eng. Name of a month;
October.
0-KE, V, See Ke and Hooke. To urge
upon. Uoo. To press upon; to pursue
hard after.
2. To cro^ together to hear or see a
thing.
0-ke, s. Epithet of a persdn who goes
from house to house quickly j he kanaka
mama i ka hele kau hale, oke i kcla hale i
keia hale, oke wahahee ; talkative.
0-ke, adj. Rotten; torn; good for noth-
ing; okeoke.
0-ke-a, s. a land of gravel or sand;
the white sand of the sea. Note. — It ie the
name for sand on Oahu.
0-KE-A-Pi-Li-MAi, *. Name of that class
of persons who have no houses of their
own, and thus attach themselves to those
. who have for the sake of a house. They
wer« i^so called unupehiiote.
0-ke'A, adj. Hot, as stones heated to
whiteness {be okea is, imn, ahulu.
0-KEE, ». To turn round, as the wind;
to change.
2. To eddy, as water; okee mei kekaomi.
0-KEE, s. A changing a direction, as
the wind ; an eddy, as in water.
0-KE-o-KE, adj. Talkative. See Oke.
Paapaaina, popopo.
0-KE-NA, s. Name of a plant used in
coloring.
0-KE-NA, adj. Yellow.
0-Ki, V. To cut ofi ; to cut in two, as
any substance ; as, »ki laau, oki pohaku.
2. To end or finish any talk or busineus
jKin. 11:8.
3. To cut up root and branch; to de-
stroy in any way.
4. To stop ; put an end to ; e oki i ke
kamailio, to cease talking. -Kin. 17:22.
5. To cut off; to separate from privi-
leges; to punish. Oi/tfc. 7:20..
6. To cut grain, as a harvest. Kanl.
24:19.
7. To out off one's head.
8. To cut off food, as a famine ; oki loa
Iho la ka aina i ka wi, the land is utterly
destroyed by famine ; to take possession
Qf ; tif be subjected to the influence of, as
OKI
96
OKp
intoxication ; inu iho la ke-Alii me kona
Kufaina, a oki mai la ka ona a ka awa.
Laieik. Si. Ina he kaikamahine, e okiia
ka piko ma ka hale, ina he keikikane, ma
ka heiau e pki ai ka piko o ua keiki la.
NoxB. — This Tflrb takes r«i before the im-
perative mood ; as, «a ofci, stop ; va'bki
pela, stop there. .Hoo. To stop ; to cease ;
to end : to cut short ; to terminate ; to de-
fer a decision ; the opposite of hoomaka,
to begin;, to oausetostop; cease. P«fc.5:4.
To cut and gather in, as a harvest. OiMc.
19:9. To cnt off; destroy. 2 Nai. 23:5.
Note. — Oki ioa and hooki loa imply a de-
structive process according to the nature
of the case ; a,s, oki loa ka hana i ka pan-
maele ; ofci loa ka waiwai i ka popopo ;
hence,
0-Ki, V. To be miserable; destitute;
hungry ; in want of all comforts.
0-Ki-A^ V. Passive of oki for okiia. To
be cut off, &c. Bos. 8:4.
0-ki-OtKI, v. See Oki. To cut frequently;
to cut into small pieces.
2. To reap and gather in, as a harvest.
OihJts. 23:10.
3; To divide into small pieces. OiJik.
1:12. To cut into small pieces, iunfe. 19:29.
if To divide out land among chiefs or
people; okioki na lii a me na kanaka i ka
aina o Hawfli ; to cut up ; destroy, &c.
0-fa-o-ki, adj. Cutting; dividing, Set.;
oia ka moku i loaa mai ai ka pafai o!M)ki,
that was tie vessel from which was ob-
tained the auUing knives.
OrKi-LO, s. Afar off; at a distance; a
space between two places.
O-sci-LO, V. See Kilo. To look earnestly
for something; to watch for; okUo ia, to
lodk into the water for squid ; to look for
fish, as a dsherman.
0-Ki-LOA, s. A destruction ; a cutting
up; a breaking down. Jer. 44:39. See Oki,
note.
0-Ki-LOA, I). To be dirty; filthy; pol-
luted ; to ba dirty all over.
2. To be defeated in one's purpose ; to
try in vain. Laieik. 64.
0-Ki-NA, s. Oki and ana, a finishing.
1. The cutting off of wood or cloth.
2. Moderrtly, the finis or ending of a
book.
0-Ki-poE-POE, X!. Oh, to cut, and poe-
poe, around; circularly. To circumcise;
to be circumcised. Kin. 17:10. Used also
with omafca, to circumcise. Pvk.i:25. See
the substantive below.
0-Ki-POE-POE, s. See the verb. A cut-
ting around ; circumcision. Note. — This is
a new coined word, used in the Hawaiian
translations of Scripture for circumcision;
the Hawaiian word was Jcahi, to cut, and
omaka, the foreskin. Tlje Hawaiian ex-
pi'ession for circumcision .anciently was
k<a,i anaka, slitted. See Omaka. OHpoe-
poe, oia ke oki b/ob, i ka omaka ; be kahe
ana o ka ule o na kamalii ma Hawaii i ka
manawa aku neL See Kahb, to cut longi-
tudinally.
0-KO-A, V. To be another; to be unlike
in soiue respects ; na dhxt ke kanaka vrai-
wai, ua okoa ke kanaka iHhune, the -neb.
man leas one thing, &e poor man teas ahr
oihir, L e., very different.
2. To be different from another thing ;
to be a different person or thing.
i3. To be besides ; over and above ; not
reckoned in. 1 Nal. 10:16.
4. To be unlike in appearance ; ua okoa
ke ano o na helehelena o na kanaka, ua
ofcoo na holoholona, different from each
other are the countenances of men, differ-
ent are those of beasts.
5. Soo. To cause a difference; hookoa
mai kau hana i ka makou.
6. To set aside ; to put off to another
time ; to defer.
O-ko-a, s. The totality of a thing; the
whole. Siek. 15:5.
0-Ko-A, adj. Different ; another; sep-
arate ; distinct from ; unlike.
2. A whole as distinct from a part.
3. Whole as distinguished from broken ;
he waa okoa ia, i. e., a canoe not broken ;
he waa nahaba ole okoa, a canoe not bl^ken
at all, Whole; he malama okoa, a whole
month. If all. 11:20. He mea okoa, another
thing.
0-Ko-A, adv. Wholly ; entirely. 1 Nd.
11:6.. Altogether ; the all of a thing ; e
kau okoa, to put all. OiKk. 8:27.
0-KO-o-Ko, s A blaze ; anything red
hot, as the iron from a blacksmith's forge; ,
as stones thrown out of the volcano; a fiery
redness. Laieik. 176.
2. Any one in a dazzling dress.
3. The zeal of a soldier pressing boldly
into battle.
0-KO-o-KO, V. To bum, asthe sensation
of the itch ; okooko ka maneo ; or the ery-
sipelas.
0-Ko-o-KO, adv. Ragingly; heatedly, &c.
0-Ko-HE, V. To begin to heal, as a sore;
ua okohe kahi eha ; to begin to granulate,
as a wound ; also applied to the bark of
trees growing again.
0-Ko-HE-Ko-HE, V. To begin to heal.
Sep Okoue.
0-Ko-HE-Ko-HE, s. A Small kind of mus-
cle attached to wood that has been taf;ea
ftom a ship or from salt water.
0-Ko-HO-LA, adj. O, to pierce, stab, &c.,
and kokola, a whale. Whale piercing ; o
ka nui o sn moku i ku mai, oia na moku
OKU
97
OLA
ofcohqla, the greater number of ships which
anchor here arc whale-slabbing ships, or
simply ichalenhips.
0-Ko-Ko, V. To be red like blood; to
be rod with heat, riee KoKO.
0-Ko-Ko, s. A heat so intense as to be
red. Dan. 3:22. A red iieat.
0-Ko-KO, adj. BoiJ- ng, as lava ; lam-
bent, as flame.
O-KO-LE, s. O and kole, raw.
1. The amu ; l^ahi pialalo e hcmo ai l:a
honowa.
2. The posteriors ; o ko oi iho la no ia o
ka olcole, me he okole wabino la, i. e., a
very shameful thing. See Kole.
0-KO-LE-HAO, s. The name given to an
iron try-pot, broKght ashore and made into
a still.
2. TheviUjfar but expressive name given
to liquor which natives and some foreign-
ers distill from ki root; so called from
the name of the pot above mentioned.
0-KO-LE-E-Mi-E-Mi, s. Name of a species
of fish. See next art.
0-Ko-LE-HA-\vE-LE, s. Name of 3 species
of fisli ; same as above.
0-Ko-LE-KE, 5. A kind of namu ; .a spe-
cies of language got up for vile purposes ;
cia kahi hewa hon, o na olelo hou, o ke
kake. o ka nthiwa, o ka okoleke. Lam.
Haw. 13:4, 1.
O-Ko-LE-MA-in-Ki, s. Name of a plant
with small leaves, which grows thick like
the koall.
0-Ko-LO, adj. Slippery, where one is
liable to fall ; loi ale no i ke alia okolo.
0-KO-Mo, V. To calk a ship or vessel ;
ka poe haole e okomo ana i ka ropi ma ka
aoao p ka moku, the foreigners were calk-
ing (driving in the rope) on the sides of
the ship.
O-KU, V. To show a thing to one se-
cretly, lest another should see it and de-
mand it.
2. To set a bird near a snare to catch or
tempt another; e booku aku i ke poo, e
aim aku i ka lima.
0-KU, s. A giving secretly that no one
else may know.
O-KO-o-KtT, V. Hoo. See Oku, v.
0-KU-o-KU, V. To rise up, as the bow
of a canoe or ship by the waves in a storm.
2. To tear and pitch, as an unbroken
horse ; hole oleuoku ka lio pupu.
O-Kun, i;' To sit up because one has no
place or conveniences for lying down : to
8it up, as one on the deck of a vessel when
the water dashes over, because it is better
than to lie down ; the idea is to koep the
head up.
13
2. To sit in a meditating posture with th»
head reclined.
3. To sit with a covering over the shoul-
ders, and arms across the breast, as if cold.
0-Kun, s. Name of a great pestilence
which swept over the islands while Kamo-
hameha I. was living tin Oahu about 1807.
Great multitudes were swept off. The name
oJeiM was given to it because the people
ofcttuwaleakano i kauhaao, i.e., dismissed
A'eely their souls and 'died. See ICuu, to
let go.
O-KTJ-HE-Ku-HE, s. Name of a species
offish.
O-Ktr-Kir, V. To erect; to turn up, as
the bead when one is swimming ; to raise
up, as the head of a fish above water.
2, To think ; to reflect, as when one is
unexpe;cted]y accused of a wrong.
0-KU-Ku, s. Name of a species of fish ,
the ahuluhnlu.,
O-KU-Kir-Li, V. To be satisfied; full, as
with food or drink ; to have enough,
O-KU-Li-KU-xi, ». To be fat; rich; sweet
tasted, as high seasoned food. See Kuui-
KUHI.
O-KU-Li-KU-Li, V. To eat of sweet things
till one is sick.
O-Xu-ho, s. Name of the sixteenth day
of the month. See Kulu.
O-KU-MU-LAU, s, .See Kumulau. A leaf
or sprout that grows out of thn root or
st -.mp.
O-KU-FE, V. To sprain the ankle; to
stumble. Eeb. 12:13 ; Som. 11:11.
O-KU-pu, )». To rise up and"
O-KU-PU-K0-PO, ) cover with dark shades,
as clouds ; especially applied to those out
at sea.
0-LA, s. A recovery from sickness; a
state of health after sickness ; an escape
from any danger or threatened calamity.
2. A living, that is, the means of life,
food ; e pii ana au i ke ola, I am going up
(the hill) for life, i. e., to procure food.
3. Life ; the period of one's life ; living ;
while one lives.
4. Life ; salvation ; deliverance from
spiritual death. Note. — This last (4) defi-
nition is a modern one introduced vrith the
Christian system, and is often used in the
Hawaiian Bible along with definitions Ist,
2d and 3d.
0-LA, 0. To be saved from danger ; to
live after being in danger of death ; to re-
cover from sickness ; to get well ; i mai la'
o Kamebameha, ina e ola keia mai ana
o'u ; to enjoy an escape from any evil.
2. To live upon, or by means of a thing
without which one would die ; da no hoi
na iwi, proverbial expression:- poverty
OLA i
(bones) shall be supplied, prosperity shall
Bonrish. Laieik. 124. See Iwt 7.
3. lino. To cause to live, i. e., to save
one, or to save alive. los. 6:25. To cause
to oiciipe, as one in danger ; to deliver
fi-oM. P'uk. 14:30. To heal, as a disease.
4. To save, i. e., cause to escape from
fiiture misery. See note under the noun
for the new modern idea of the word.
0-LA, adj. Alive; escaped; living in
opposition to dead.^- o-kou alii make no, a
rae kou alii old,.
0-i^! ) V, Tfie sense from the
0-LA-o-LA, ) sound.
1. To gaggle ; to gargle water in the
throat.
2. To snore.
0-LAE-LAjs, s. A bitter calabash, having
bittur meat and seeds.
0-LAi, s. Art Ice. An earthquake, i
Nai. ly:ll. He haalulu honua.
2. A piece of pumice-stone, used in pol-
ishing canoes.
P-I.AI-LA, adv. The auipili oilaila, there.
Oram. § 185, 2. Of there ; of that place.
0-LAo, V. To hoe up weeds, as in a
garden } to hoe up weeds and hill np the
flarfti around vegetables. Stn. with oheu.
0-LA-O-LA, s. An ebullition, or but bling
up of water.
O-LA-o-LA, V. To gargle, &c. See Ola.
2. To bubble, as water entering a cala-
bash and the air coming out. .
3. To snore in sleep ; okiola ka ihu me
be puaa la.
0-LA-O-LA, s. An ebullition; a bubbling
up of water, as from a spring.
0-LAo-LAo, V. See Olao. To weed;
dig round, as a plant. Isa. 5:6. To dig
with an oo or ?pade.
0-LA-Ho-NW-A, adv. Thoroughly; en-
tirely ; altogether ; o ka hooniaka ana, ua
like DO ;ia ino ke ao ana i olahonua i ka
palapala; i oiahonua, i pau ka noho hema-
. hema ana. See IIojmua, adv
0-LA-Hu-A, s. The fruit of the popolo ;
a species of berry ; he olelo hoomahua a,
ka oldliua ka mai, loaa hua.
0-LA-LA, V. To dry; to wither; to warm
by the fire until withered, as green leaves,;
a loaa mai ka lau halaj alalia, olcdd ma k6
ain".
2. To grow lean, as a fleshy person ; to
pine i\way. Ezuk. 33:10.
3. To be lean in flesh ; the opposite of
kaha. ha. 17:4-. See Lala.
0-LA-LA, adj. Lean ; poor in flesh ; ap-
plied \a animals.
2. Small; stinted; applied to vegetables.
0-LA-LA u, adj. Silent; dumb; out of
one's iniad ; ulula, pupule.
8 OLE .
0-LA-LA-j<AE, V. See the foregoing. To .
be out of one's mind ; papule.
0-LA-LE, s. Name of a species of fish.
0-LA-LJ (o-la-li-la-li), adj.^n0^t; shin-
ing ; glistening.
O-LA-Lo, adv. The auipiii cf lalo. Of
or pertaining to what is belovv'Dr under.
Gram. § 161.
0-LA-Ni, V. .To dry or roast by the fire;
e ala'e oe, e olani i irahi baka no kaua, get
up and dry the tobacco loaves for us two ;
e olani iho hoi ha. >
0-LA-PA, s. Name of a tree in the moun-
tains.
0-i.A-PA, V. To be moved, as the stom-
ach ; to ramble, as the bowels ; applied to
the stomach or bowels ; c olapa, e nabu.
2. To flash, as lightning; atopti kauwlla.
Laieik. 163.
3, To move, as a muscle or bone. Anai.
19.
0-i.A-PA-LA-PA, «, A ridge between two
ravines.
2. The rough protuberances of a preci-
pice.
3. A rough place ; pii i na oUtpalaiia
wai, a ho anu.
0-LA-PA-LA-PA, adj. Kough ; uneven, as
the surface of the ground ; full of ravines.
2. Full of corners or projections.
0-LA-PA-NAi, V. Ola, alive, and panai,
to redeem. Moo. To save by a substitute;
to redeem. Fuk. 13:5. 0 ka poe i hooia-
panaiia, the redeemed ones. Isa. 35:9.
oTN. with kuai hoolaia. Isa- 35:10.
O-LA-pu, V. To raise a blister.
2. To act deceitfully, treacherously, fool-
ishly: e hokai, e boolapu.
3. To catch Ssh with tho hands as the
oopu is caught : to stir up water with the
hands ; olapu i ka wai i ka lepo ; properly
kolapu. •
0-LE, s. The eye tooth.
2. Name of a kind of fisii,
3.^ A pan na kui cLa, a pau na ole sha, B
ma ia ao ae o Huna ia la. Ole applies to
four days in the month, so called because
it was unsafe to ^o to sea on aijcouut of
high surf, as the, tides would be high.
O-LE, V. To be iiot ; to cease to exisi.
1 Sam. 2:31. To pass away iob._ 24:24.
A e ole !oa hoi, and to be no more. HcU.
39:14. Aole e ole. Lvk. 21:9. A ua oh ia,
and it is gone. ITol.. 103:16.
■ 2. To not, or not to do a thing, with stn
inflnitive. Rom. 8:32.
3. Roo. To deny ; refuse ; make void ;
abrogate.
1. To ansN^r, or plead n>..i guilty to a
charge.
5. To reflise; forbid; rebuke, Notk.-—
Ol,»!
<>9
OLE
QUt often has tlie tom of a verb, when it
serves only to express negation.
O-i.K, s. ^iothingness; vanity; in vain.
Olhk. 2«:20. Aole ka ale, wiUibxjt fail; «»e
not ; the negativo ; ka o!e, bo existence.
Bze/c. lii:19.
1. The want ; the lack ; the deatitntion
of a thing ; make ia no ka olt o ka ai, he
died for the not (want) of food. loh. 4;J1.
3. Boo. A denial ; a want of truth ; ina-
bility; nothingness.
0-LB, adB. A negative; tto; not; nor;
a particle of deprivation like un and less
in E'lglish. See AoiE. Aole is used b^ore
a noun or verb, and ok after it.
O-LE, V. To speak through th« throat
or through a trumpet.
O-iii, s. A speak'^ng-trumpet.
2. A kind of large sea shell.
0-LE-A, adj. Shinisig; hot: olea ka la;
of sound, loud ; piercing ; olea. ko kani ;
same perhaps as oolen.
0-LE-o-LE, s. Name of a board set on
posts with notches ojj it to hang calabashes
on.
0-LB-c-LE. V. Hoo. To deny; to deny
a charge repeatedly.
0-LE-o-LE, V. To talk thickly and in-
distinctly, as one very angry and scolding.
Z. To "grin like an idol; deole raai ka
waha 0 ua 'kna-kli o na heiau; okoU no
ka waha o ka w^iine nuku.
3. To make notches in anything; to dove-
tail two pieces together.
O-LE-o-LE, adv. Indistinctly, as a sound;
inarticulate ; kani dleolr, kawaha o kauiia.
0-LEo-LEo, V. To act as one angry; to
rage,, as the ocean ; oleoleo la 3 ka moana
kau mai ana.
2. To be uneven, as waves ; to rise and
fall.
3. To be in confusion. See Hoo.
0-i.E-HA, B. To fix the eyes ; to set
them in a squinting manner. Sec Leua.
Oleha na maka i ka pololi.
0-LE-HA, s. Name of a play or game
in which the eyes are sot.
2. A setting or fixing of ihe eyes, as in
death ; o ka oleha make, muko ae no ia.
O-LE-iiA-LE-HA, s. The dazzling or blind-
ing of the eyes by an intense light of the
sun ; ka olelutleha o na maka i ka la.
O-LE-HA-LE-HA, adj. Dazzling; blinding
to the eyes on account of intense light.
O-LE-KU-KA-Hi, s. Name of the seventh
day of the month.
O-tE-KU-Lu-A, s. Name of the eighth
dav of the month.
b-iE-KU-Ko-LU, s. Name of the ninth
day of the montti.
0-LE-Lo, o. See Leo, \oice, and Lblo,
the tongue. To speak; to say; (it implies
a more formal or longer speech than i or
hai)] to converse.
%, To Uia-A ; to call ; to istvite, as to a
feast loan, 2;12.
8. To give a name. tsa. 56:7. E oido
hooweliwoH, to threaten.. (?ift.4:17. Ecfeto
hooino, to curse. Nai. 22:17. E olelo hoo-
maikai, to bless; e olelo hoohani, to glorify;
e olelo pohihi, to speak luyetically, darkly.
Joan. 18:2.'), Opposite to oWo ofcofca. loan.
1G:20.
O-LE-Lo, s. A word; a speech; lan-
guage.
2. Counsel ; plan; promise; an address;
he mau olelo umi, the ten coraroandmentB.
Pak. 34:28. Kana oldo, his word, i. 0., that
"Which one has spoken : kona olelo, what is
said about Mm ; kafai -.- .Celo ai, an oracle ;
a place to utier an oracle. 1 Nal. 6:19, 20.
O-LE-Lo, adv. Pane oklo, to speak a
word ; to ansv/or a word. 2 Bam. 3:11.
0-LE-LOA, ads. Ok, not, and loa, an in-
tensive. Not at all; by no means; entirely
destitute; without tbought.
O-I/E-Iaj-ao, v. Olelo, to speak, and ao,
to t<;ach. To give counsel ; advice in state
atfairs. 2 Oihl. 2g:3. OUoao mai o Van^
kouva ia Kamcibameba e liooki i ke kana,
Yancouvcr jdmned Kanichamaha to c«ase
going to war.
0-LE-LO-Ao, s. Counsel ; advice in im-
pottaut matters. 2 Sam. 15:31.
0-LE-Lo-Hoo-HE-WA, s. An accusatloivj
a charge of wrong against one.
2. The act of epcaking against others.
3. Backbiting.
0-LE-LO-Hoo-FO-MAi-KAi, ». A promise;
a promise of a blessing. 1 iM. 2:24.
0-LE-Lo-Hoo-po-No, ' s. Kighteousncss.
lob. 29:14.
O-LE-Lo-KU-PAA, s. Olclo and ku, to
stand, and paa, fast. An ordinance ; an
established decision. 18am. 30:20. A legal
decree ; judgment. Puk. 16:25.
O-LE-Lo-MAi-KAi, .'. Olclo, vfovi, and
maikai, good. The gospel ; the preaching
of the gospel.
0-jLE-LO-NA-KE, s. Oldo, a Word; and
jiane, a riddle. A proverb. Kaid. 28:37.
A riddle ; parable ; enigma. Mat. 13:.3.
O-LE-Lo-PAA, *. OMo afid paa, fast. A
precept; a command. 5(12.119:87.
0-LB-LO-PAi-PAi, s. Olelo, word, and
jjaipoi, to stir up. An eichortation. Mal.iil.
O-I.E-M0, V. To banish one from hia
place ; to cast oif ; oJemu hue, kole ka aina
paipai.
O-ii-MU-iCAA, s. SeeLEMTTandKAA, to
i-all. Lit. The rolling thigii ; epithet of a
OLI
100
OLO
man who often moves from place to place,
who gathers no property and never be-
Komes kttonoono, quietly settled; " the roll-
ing stone gathers no moss."
0-LE-NA, s. See Lena, yellow. Name
of a plant ; the tuimeric, th€ isoot of which
!8 used in dyeing yellow ; it also forms an
ingredient in curry ; it resembles the awa-
puhi ; also a yellow color, from the root.
O-LE'iNA (o-le-na-le-na), adj. Yellow,
from the plant. See above. Coloring yel-
low.
0-LE-PA, V. To cast about; to scatter
round ; to be turned up or over ; ua depa
ke kanpaku o ka bale. See Lefa, u smalt
flag floating in the wind.
.0-LK-PA, s. Odor; odoriferous; he mea
ala.
2. A clam ; a kind of flat tibckle.
0-LB-PAr, s. The tenth day of the
month.
"t)-i£-pA-LE-PA, V. See Lefa. To flap,
flutter or wave in the wind.
2. To be blown in different directions
by the wind, as a sail ; olepaiepa ka pea.
0-LE-PE, $. The name of a kind of fish
resembling the pipi. Anat S.
0-LB-PE, ». To turn, as a door on a
hinge; to turn one way and another, as
tii'fhelmof aship.
O-LE-PE-LE-TE, V. The opening fre-
quently of 8 door or window shutter ; ka
webe pinepine i ka puka.
0-iiE-PE-LE-PE, adj. Partially closed up,
as a window: puka ol^dfpe, a lattice win-
dow. Mel,. Sol. 2:9. The term applied to
window shutters.
0-LE-po-LE-po, adj. See Lepo. Out of
order, as the bowels.
0-LE-wA, t>. See Lewa. To be unfixed;
not firm ; to be movable ; changeable.
2. To be soft ; flowing ; applied to poi.
3. To b^ unstable ; liable to be over-
turned, as a law ; ua olew(^ kc kanawai o
ka ajna haunaele, the law is liable to be
overturned in a land of disorder ; aneane
oleum io ke kanawai, the law is nearly nul-
lified.
0-i.s-WA, adj. Fickle ; changeable ;
•swinging; applied to one who often changes
his place of residence.
2. Not firmly established ; of partial ap-
plication, as a law ; Inefffectual ; ua oleum
10 ke kanawai minamma ino ; he hee, mau-
mau olc, paa ole.
0-1.1 (o-li-o-li), V. To sing; to sing with
a joyful heart ; to be gli. '. ; to exult ;. to
rejoice. Puk. 18:9. E oli i ka oli, to sing
a. song. Lunh. 5:12. Boo. To cause joy ;
.extiltetion, &c.
0-w (o-li-o-li), s. Joy; exultation; glad-
ness ; delight ; pleasure.
2. A song. Laieik. 69.. A singing. Hal
96:1. Ka olUili nui o ua mea a pau i ka
hoihoi ana mai o ke anpuni.
0-Li-o-Li, adv. Joyfully; cheerfully.
Sal. 96:2.
O-Li-Li, adj. Withered; stinted; not
fully grown ; applied to fruit. '■
0-Li-NA, V. To play; e lealoa, e walea.
O-Li-NA, adj. Of or pertaining to play;
aha olina. a meeting for jilay.
O-ii-NO, V. To shine brightly; to shine
with splendor.
O-Li-NO-Li-No, ». See Olino.
O-Li-No-Li-NO, s. Brightness; splendor;
glory. 2 Sam. 22:13.
2. Such intense brighincoS as to inrsXe
and bewilder the sight; ka ohewahewa
ana o ka maka. i ka malarnalama.
0-Li-NO-Li-No, adj. Where the intense
light of the sun has shlnert : hence,
2. Parched; dry, as land; lepo vUnolirio.
Jsa.35:7.
O-LT-VA (o-li-ve), s. Eng. An olive tree.
0-Li-VA (o-li-ve), ((JJ. Olive; belonging
to an olive j Ian oUvd. Kin. 8:11. He laau
cUva, an olive tree.
0-LO, V. To rub, as on a grater ; to
rub, as kalo or cocoanut on a rough stone
to grate it fine.
2. To rub up and down, as the motion
of a saw, particularly of a whip-saw.
8. To roll with fat, as the flanks and hips
of a very fat animal ; hence,
4. To saw. 1 NaL 7:9.
0-j.o, V. To be loud, as a so<md; to
make a loud sound, aa of many voices.
2. To sound, as a voice of wailing ; to
make a doleful noise. ler. 7:29. E olo no
wau i ka pihe : c o2o pihc ana, moaning ;
bemoaning one's self. ler. 31:18.
0-LO, s. See Olo, to rub ap and down.
A saw, from its motion ; also pahi ah, a
saw.
2. A double or fleshy skin ; tJ • monsg
flesh of a fat animal.
3. The swing-gobljie of a turkey.
4. A very thick gurf-board made of the
wiliwili tree. Laieile. 90.
0-LO, *. A loud wailing; a lamenta-
tion ; makena. See Pihe.
0-Lo-A, s. Mulberry bark soaked until
soft in water.
2. The name of small white kapas for-
merly put over the gods while the prayer
was said, thus : i puaa, i niu, i maia, i oloa.
3. A gift made to a chUd at tho time or
soon after it was born. See Kopili; see
iMieik. 101.
O-LO-A-L0, s, A place where the prop-
OLO
101
OLO
orty of a chief was stored np ; ie olooJu o
ke alu o kabi e waiho ai ke ]|(apa o na 'Hi.
2. The sound ol many voices, at onoe, of
manjr hornn blowing at once, of many cocks
crowing together, &o.
0-LO-A-Lu, o. To seize or grasp, as sev-
eral persons at the Bam« thing ; ke aiuka
ana o ke kani ana o ka moa ; KeoUxdu ana
o na kanaka e hao c aluka.
2. To dodge, where jnany thtDg;s are fly-
ing thickly ;oJo(riu 1 ka ihe ke nui loa.
O-Lo-i, v. To rub, as the stone rubs
kalo.as well as pounds it.
2. To run upon or over, as a vessel runs
- over or upon a canoe, or a cart over a man,
or anything drawn over a man.
3. To rim agrpund, as a canoe, or on to
a atone ; doi ae la Ha waa i ka pobakn.
O-LO-o-Lo, o. See Old. To hang loosely,
as fat under ihe cliin or on the calf of the
leg.
2. To vibrate or swing, as a saw. Isa.
10:1.5.
3. To 1^11 behind ; to loiter.
4. To lose favor with one.
5. To be denied that which was before
freely given. Sea Ow)olo below.
O-M-o-LO, *. The calf of the leg, from
the flexibility of the muscle.
2. A bundle done up loosely ; a loose
bundle of poi. _
O ka ruM 0 kc ale la a hu
Ka oloola o ka hee o kal ull la,
Lehu ka hooloolo o ka ala&l£.
O-LO-O-LO, V. See Olo. To make a
great sound of- wailing, or. as many wailing
together.
' 2. To roar or rush,. as the sound of water;
mai hooloolo onkou e ku auanei i ke au ; o
ka mea c hooloolo ana la ia e ka oia i ke
au ; oloolo na kabawai'ku ka pihea i kai,
the brooks roar like the roaring of the sea.
Note. — It is not easy to see the connection
between <ilo — olo6lo to sound, as the voice
of wailing, and oJ(>— olopjfj'tb swing, Vibrate,
Ac, lailesii the latter be the radical mean-
ing; and the voice of wailing be so ex-
pressed on account of th« vibratory motion
of the voice in mourning and w-ailmg-
O-LO-o-Lo, s. A sound like many horns
blown at once.
0-Lo-o-LO-KA, V. See Olo. To shake,
as the limbs of a fat person ; dtooloka na
wawao nunui maikai. See Oloka.
O-lo-o-lo-na, s. See Olona. The cords
or.IiRamentB \Hi bind together the bones
and muscles of tlwi inimal system.
2. lluty; office of one; service.
3. Baggage, or any kind of property to
be taken when one removesi; e nana ana
oia i ka oloolona nui e pono ole ai keia
manomauu kanaka.
O-LO-u, V. SeeAiAU. To strike, as the
knuckles on anything hard; to makes rap-
ping noise.
0-Lo-HA-NA, i. E^g. All hands; the
name given to Mr. John Young.
0-Lo-HE, 0. To Vita, pale in the face
from I'oar or pain. ler. 30:6.
0-Lo-HE, s. The epithet of a man that
is u rubber and skillful at the lua.
2. Kc akua o Kamaomao.
3 Skillful, as one able to direct or over-
see the work of others; applied morcMy
also to universal skill.
0-LO-HE, adj. Rigid; immovable with
fear; he kanaka olohe uwi paa i ka makan ia.
2. Sick, as a woman in child birth ; he
mai olohe kciki ia no na wabine.
3. Bare; destitute of verdure; ka Icut
Mine 0 kc alialia, he lua olohelobe.
4. Bare; free from, hair on the body,
chin, eyeJJrows, &c.
0-Lo-HErLo-HE, ». See Olohe, To be
destitute ; empt^. Kin. 1:2.
2. To be destitute of; to be naked; with-
out clothing. Joan. 21:7. OioAefc^e ke kne-
maka; ua dohelohe ka aina, destitute of
verdure.
O-LD-HE-LO-HE, s. Nakednessi destitu-
tion of clothing or covering, lloih. 3:18.
0-LO-HE-LO-HE, odj. Destitute; naked; >
bare of vegetation, as a barren fleld.
0-Lo-Hi-o, V. See Ohio.
0-Lo-HU, Jf. Name of a stone to roll in
a kind of play. SeetJuj.
0-LO-puA, s. A berry somewhat like
the wiiortleberry, the fruit of the popolo.
0-LO-KA, V. See Olo. To shake, as the
soft limbs of a fat person when wa.lking ;
otofca na wawae. See Qi.ooloka.
0-LO-KAA, t). Ofo'and ka^i, to i^oU.
1. To roll ; to roll over and over,' as a,
stone. Mat. 28:2. To roll away ; to roll
to a place; to roll oir,a3 a burden; to lake
away, as a reproach. Tos. 5:9. Olokaa
lakou i ka pohaku mai luna a i lalo.
2. To roll off upon another ; to transfer,
as a debt ; ua olokcUi aku au i kc'u aie a
pau, I have paid' off (rolled) all'tuir debt."
0-Lo-KE, adj. Clamorous and ipcdhe-
rent, as the constant talk "of pne'dc'ranged;
oloke ka waha. See Piolokb.
0-LO-KEA, ». Olo and kea, cross ways.
To cross ; to vex ; to thwart one in his
• plans; e kau oio/cea, to throw together cria-
cross, as sticks of wood.
0-Lo-KEA, adj. A heap of bones thrown
together promiscuously.
2. A cross or gibbet.. Sset. 5:14.
3. A kind of ladder, such as is made by
tying sticks horizontally on 'erect poles.
4. The frame on which the people climbed
and stood in putting up a house.
OLO
102
OLU
O-LO-KEA, s. Ill the foftnti of a cross, or
several crosses ; laau olokea.
2. Applied to the dlspofiition ; cross ;
fretful ; disobliMg.
O-to-KE-iiE, s. The name of a stream
or valley on Eanai.
0-Lo-Ki-Ki, V. To loosen, as a board.
O-Lo-LA, s, A species' bf the nrallet
when small.
0-Lo-Li, V. Oh and U for lii, small, lit-
tle, &c. To be narrfiV. Jjso. 28:20. To be
contracted, as a path. Mai. 7:14.
0-i,o-Li,fl<Zj. Narrow; contracted'; dif-
ficult. 1 M. 6:4.
0-LO-Li-Lo-Li, V. To be tough, wftter
soaked, like kalo. See Lolilou.
0-LO-LO, e. Olo, to rub, the 9th conj.
of ofo. To rnb with thfe hahd ; to polish.
Srs; with anai.
0-LO-Lo, . adj. Uneven, like a bundle
jutting out at the eorneri).
O-io-ME-A, s. A species of tree ; same
aatoaimea; olomed i paio ainft e mai la;
used in producing fire by friction.
0-_L0-ME-A, s. The name of a striped
bog ; ida i onionio ka hnlu o ka puaa ma
ka.loa, he olorhea ia puaa.
O-lotME-ha-Ni, s. a place where dirt
and filth are thrown.
0-LO-Mi-o, ». To contract, as the toe of
a shoe ; to puckor up, as the mouth of an
eel ; to corrugate, as the skin of a healing
wound : oXomio Iki ka hele a ke aXajia \ pa-
lanehe la i hele aku nei.
O-Lo-Mi-o, adj. Smooth and tapering;
verging to a point, but with a smooth sur-
face ; meomeo, nnku puhi, olomuo, olomua.
0-lO-mu-a, s. Oh and mua, the front ;
fore part. The foreskin. ler. 4:4. Olomua
kahi dmaka o ka ale ; ka omaka. 2 Sam.
3:14.
0-LO-MU-o, s. do, to rub, aiid muo, to
open, as a bud.
o^ 1. The bud of a blossom before it blooms;
Ka maka o ka pua aole i pohole.
'2. The prepuce ijiat is cut off in circnm-
cision ; ka olomw o kahi omaka.
0-Lo-NA, s. A shrub, the bark of which
dressed resembles bleached hemp or flax,
and is made into small cords.
2. The name Of the pgrd itself; hence,
3. Flax ; hemp ; linen. Pvk. 9;3i,
4. A cord; tendoQ Of a muscle of ani-
cinalsormen. ^o!.2:X9. A muscle. Sot 3:8.
Olona hao, an iron sinew. Isa. 48:4. The
hamstring of an animal. Kin. 32:32. In
mrgery, a ligament. AndJt, 1:24.
0-LO-NA, adj. Flaxen; pertaining to
linen. ler. 13:1. Ka lole dlom maikai ; he
ie nani otofia; ua aahnia i ka \6\e olona
aiaj keokeo. Roi}c 16:6.
0-LO-PA, V. To break up or break to
pieces ; simjlar to ulv.pa.
0-U)-PE, s. A house fallen down and
persons in it.
2. A house broken up without people.
0-Lo-PE-Lo-PE, s. A species of small
shrimp found in kalo patches.
0-Lo-pu, V. To hold m the mouth with-
out swallowinf! ; oltrpu ae la kona kapa i
ki makani. //o". JIoolopii ae la oia i ka
pei i ka makani.
0-Lo-pu, s. Hooinu iho la oia i ke keiki
i ka olopu wai ; a monthtul, as of food or
drink ; hookaW okipv, ai a me ke kiaha wai,
, one mouthful of food and a cup of water.
0-ia-vv-K, adj . L'iilinaeofopMo. Laieik.
142.
0-LO-wAE, s. The fat, the movable fledi
on the calf of the leg ; wawae he man olo-
wae.
0-LO-wA-LU, s. See Oloalu. 0 ke do-
wa'u o ke kapu o ke alii ; kahi e kau ai ke
kapa o ke oloalu.
O-LO-WA-Ltr-puu, s. Name of a place
where many hillocks stand near feach other.
See also KiNiKiNiPnD.
0-hv, V. To feel comfortably; to be
agreeable ; to have the sensation of satis-
faction.
2. To plea.se ; to be pleased ; to regard
with favor,
3. To be cooi, as with a Salubrious
breeze ; olu ka wai ke luu aku ; ohi ka ma-
kani ke pa mai koaniani ; olu Lahainalnna
vl-ka makani maaa.
0-LU, s. The vibrations or springing
motion of the rafters of a house made by
the wind. See Upaipai.
2. An arch : flr bending of timber in a
house;' a bending or yielding without
breaking.
3. The squirming contortions of a worm
o^ a fish-hook. See Hoi.u, Pio, Ac.
0-iiU, adj. Cool; refreshing, Lunk.
5:28. Comfortable ; easy ; pleasant to the
sight; benign; contented.
2. Clear ; pleasant, as the voice ; o ka
olu o ka leo ka mea i akaka ai kona ma-
nao, the clearne&s of the voice makes clear
the thought.
3. Limber, so as tot.bend in all direc-
tions without breaking. See Ow, s.
0-Ltr, s, A cool breeze ; he koaniani.
2. Coolness ; a refreshing sensation.
0-LU, adj. Epithet of certain kinds of
fish or shells: as, ka papal ohi; ka uK<
olu; he wahl ieho olu,
O-LTT-A, pers. pron., second pers. dual.
You two, Ofdm. § 132, 2d.
OMA
103
OMA
O-LU-AU, s. Name of a ceremony in the
worship of Kanaloa ; ua kapaia kcJa haria
he oluau.
O-Lir-E-KE-LOA-HOO-KAA-MO-E-NA, *. !Epi-
thet of a person wlio fanned the chief while
ho slept ; o ka mea kahili i ko ke alii wahi
moe ai, he oluekdoahookaatnoena ia.
O-LU-o-LU, V. See Olu. To be comfort-
able ; to be gratified ; to bo contented ;
patislied. Luk. 3:14.
2. IIoo. To comfort i to please ; to con-
solo; to please one; to render a thing
agreeable.
3. To treat kindly ; to be favorable ; to
comfort one ; to' cheer. Zanl. 24:5. Ua
ohtolu ka noho i ko kau o na 'lii malkal, it
is pleasant to live jr. 'the reign of good
chiefs.
0-LU-o-LU, adj. Cool; refreshing; agree-
able, &e. See Ouj. O ka makani oliwlu,
oia ka'riioa e pale ai i ka wela o ka la.
2. Large and fatjas a fat and-wcakman:
kanaka olwlu, an easy, good-natiiied man.
0-LU-HE-LU-HE, .1. A species of fish of
ibe oopii kind ; he oopu oau, he oaoau, he
; oluHeluht:
O-LU-LE-LU-LE, adj. See Ltjle, to shake.
Largo ; fat, so as to haye the fat shake in
walking ; applied to men.
O-LU-LE-i-u-LEA, odj. For ohtldideia.
Large ; fat, ifec. See the foregoing.
O-L0-LO, s. A person cast away.
2. A statue ; a figure.
3. Food that has become sour and rotten,
as melons.
4. A long water calabash.
O-Lti-LO, adj. Ca.staway; shipwrecked;
he kanaka oMo i make ka waa i ka,moana.
0-LtT-LO-LU-Lo, adj. Large; fat; shak-
ing with fat, as a man. See Olui.bi.ulk.
O-LU-Lu, *. A person of portly habits,
but lax in joints. See Ot.u.
O-LU-NA, adv. The auipili of luna. Of
or belonging to what is upward or above.
See Gram, k 161. See LiWA.
0-LU-Pi, s. The falling down, as a child;
an upg£tting ; he kaekae ka oZupi mai ka
wai i olu ka puu.
0-MA, V. To solicit silently a favor; to
hint a desire for a favor.
2. To open the mouth, as a child about
to suck; keo?»o ae nei ka pahi i kamaunu;
o ke oma akiv no ia e lalau ia ia.
3. To strike with tht hands on the surf-
board.
0-MA, s. The space between two armies
where the sacrifices were offered.
2. The preparations previous to war.
3. Name of the man first killed in a bat-
tle.
0-MA, s. An oven ; a baking place j in
modern time's, a'bake pan ; ku wale ibo no
la hale i ke oma; e uhao i ka puaa i ke
oma i moa niaikai.
0-MA, s. The highest officer of the king;
Kalanimoku was Kaahumanu's oma; Kinau
was the oma of Kauikeaouli.
0-MA, s. A small adz or koi.
O-MAi, adj. Soft; flexible; limber.
0-MAi, $. See O and Mai. To answer
to a call ; omai ke alii nono la inoa.
O-mai-mai, adj. See Mai, sick, weak.
Weak ; void of strength ; sick.
0-MAO, s. A bunch of food.
2. -The cover or wrapper of the food.
3. A round bundle, as of food ; sharp
above and round below ; ka omao ai, or ai
omao.
0-MAO, s. Name of a species of sihall
bird ; it resembles the ou only ; its feath-
ers are dark colored.
0-MAo, oeZj. Green; greenish in color;
he manu prnao ; he Icho omao.
0-MAo, s. A child always crying; he
omao la ka uwc o ke keiki, o ka omao wrie
' no ia e uwe ai.
0-MA-o-MA, V. To , solicit silently ji
favor. See Oma.
0-MA-o-MA, V. To be afraid to speak to
one for'fear of giving offense^ ua oi^/Mtma
aku no 'ka waha e pane aku la ia, hilahila
mai no hoi au. See Oma.
0-MA-O-MA, s. The bosom ; the breast.
See Umadma. 0 kawaha o ka puhi laoraa-
otna.
0-MAO-MAO, adj. Green, as grass or veg-
etation,
2. Blue, as the sky.
tFa omanmao ka lani, ua kahaea lana,
Ua ptpi ka maka o na hoku.
0-MAO-MAO, V. To be or appear green,
as vegetation 5 ua o'maomao na nahelehele
i ka uliuli 0 na manu 0 ke kula, ua puift
make i ka nani.
0-MAO-MAO, s. Name of a precious stone;
an emerald, ftom its green color. Hoik
21:20.
0-MATJ, V. To gird, bind or tie on, as a
sword ; i ka wa i bele ai lakou i ke kaua,
omo.u no lakon i ka pahi. limk. 3:16. To
sheath, put up, as a sword.
2. To tuck in, ad the outer edge of a
pau to fasten it ; e omav. iho a paa ka lole.
3. To sew ; to stitch together ; to basre
cloth.
O-MAU, s. A tucking in of the edge of
a pau, which is tucked in under to fasten
it on the boaiy.
2. A Sheath, as for a sword.
3. Omaii i ke ala paa ole i ka omauia,
in the path not hard by frequent use (per^
baps.)
OMI
104
OMO
4. A pining aickneBS. isa.38;]2. English
translation, a piece out off ; a fragment ; a
thread, <S,c. Jlcb. Ka paa aiaopopo ole, ka
. Mrwv, wale iho; The idea seema to be,
something iinGjcedj insecure; something
firm in appearance, out Ijable to gire way;
temporary.
5. Name of a apecjes of fish-hook.
O-iHA-KA, s. The fountain head of a
stream.
2. The springing np of vegetables. See
Maka, the eye, the bud, &a.
3. The nipples of a female. Ezek. ^3:3.
Omaka waiu, the breast. Kanik. 4:3.
4. The foreskin in males that was cut off
in circunicision, Kanl. 10:16. Note. — Cir-
cumcision was formerly practiced among
Hawaiians.
5. Ka OTnaka wai o ka nin ; ka omixka,,
ka omua ke poo ; ua. haiu ka omaka wai i
kai, ua lepo ka omaka wai i kinohi. See
OjLOUUA.
6. The name of a flak
O-MA-LE-MA-LE, s. A species of fish ;
the same as the male ; the young of the uhu.
0-MA-Li, V. To be weakly in body ;
sickly ; ua omaii ke kino, he mai paaoao.
0-MA-LI, adj. Weak ; feeble with sick-
ness.
2. Unripe ; wilted, as fruit ; he ipu omali
00 ole, an unripe, soft melon.
0-MA-Lt, *. Weakness of body; infirm-
ity of the system ; ka omcdi, ka uawaliwaii,
ka paaoao.
0-MA-Li-o, adj. Broad; extended; flat,
as flat land. See KAHDAOMAiio.
O-MA-LU-MA-LU, adj. Cloudy and' dark,
as when the sun does not break out at all.
See Malu.
0-ME-o, ». Ua omeo ae ka puka ana.
See Opun.
0-ME-o-ME-o, adj. Ulaula, meomeo ;
Ked ; blushing, as people ; yellow,, as ripe
fruit : orange, musk-melon, &c.
0-ME-GAj s. Gr. The name of the last
letter of the Greek alphabet, the great 0;
hence,
2. The last, ka, welau, in opposition to
Icumv,; an epithet of Jesus Christ. Hoik.
21:6.
0-ME-KA, s. Heb. A dry measure ; an
omer. JPuk. 16:16.
0-Mi, V. To wither ; to droop, as vege-
tables; not to grow oi yegctate; e.u)u ole
o ke kanu ana, he loi homi.
2. To droop; lose flesh, as a person. See
Homi.
0-Mi, adj. Withering, as a tree with
few roots ; he kukui aa ole omi. See Homi
and Hoomim;.
0-idi-o-Mi, V. See Omi. To wither; to
lose flesh ; to droop ; applied to men or
plants ; to stop growing. See Omicaij.
O-Mi-KO, s. Lean and unproductive soil
0-Mi-KO, adj. Unfruitful, as ground that
yields nothing.
2. Stinted in growth, as vegetables ; he
loi ontiko.
0-Mi-Li-Mi-LU, 3. See Paopao, the name
of a &b.
0-Mi-Lo, V. See Milo. To spin ; to
twist, as a rope ; to spin, as thread. See
HrLO. To twist with the thumb and finger;
also in drilling a small hole.
2. To produce abortion.
0-Mi-LO, s. The name of a medicine
used in procuring abortion; he laau lapaau;
applied to the operation or to the mcaicilie!
nsed in procuring abortion.
0-Mi-LO-Mi-LO, V. To destroy or cause
the death of an unborn infant ; ina i ike oe
he kaikamahine, e omitomiio ac.au. Xuieik.
11.
0-Mi-Mi, V. To droop ; to wither, as a
plant.
2; -To lose flesh, as a person ; ua omimi
ka ulu ana o keia laau.
0-Mi-Mi, 5. A fading ; a decaying ; a
withering of animal or vegetable life. .
2. That which is of small or slow growth.
0-Mi-No, V. To wither; to droop. See
Om.
0-Mi-NO, s. A stinted person; a sickly,
crying child.
0-Mi-NO, adj. Stinted; sickly, as a child;
he keiki omino. uwe wale; withered; with-
out flesh ; small ; uuku, io ole.
0-Mo, V. To suck, as a child. Luk.
22:29.
2. To draw up, as a pump.
3. To cleave together, as if by sucking.
i. To evaporate, as water, and pass into
the clouds ; ua or/ioia ke kai e ka wela, a
lilo ia i mau ao.
0-Mo, adj. Suckingi keilti' owo waiu,
a sucking child. 2fah. 11:12. He mea omo
waiu, a suckling. 1 Sam. 22:19. He mea
omo, a thiug that sucks, 1. o., a child.
0-MO, s. A cover to a calabash or pot.
2. The name givei' to a long, narrow
kind of adz ; koi omo.
0-Moo-Moo, V. O ka lepo i omoomoma,
ahahBuia,oia kokahi hale; anovsl adobie;
any long, oval Shaped body, as balls of pia.
0-MOo-Noo, i. He lapa, he kualapa, he
moo.
0-MO-HA, s. A figure used in printing
kapa,
0-MO-HA-LC, s. Name of the twelfth
day of the month ; properly mohatu.
0-Mo-Ki, V. To stop up with a coA,
ONA
105
ONA
bung or stopper, &c. ; ua paa i ka omokiia
■ i ka pani.
0-MO-Ki, s. A cork; a stopper of a bot-
tle ; a bung of a cask ; the stopper of a
calabash, &.
0-Mo-Ki, V. To jump from a high place
into deep water, a sport for children ;
omofci lua ka wai o ko keiki akamai i ka
lelekawa. See XJmoki.
0-MO-KO-Ko, s. Omo, to sucli, and koko,
blood. A horse leech ; a blood-sucker.
Sol. 30516.
0-MO-LE, adj. Bound and smooth; he
huewai omolt ; hence
0-MO-LE, s. A glass bottle; a bottle ; a
cruse, ifal. 17:14. A phial; a polished
cane ; a large, fat, smooth hog ; he puaa
nui keia, he omole nei ka hulu.
0-MO,-LE-A, s. A species of tree.
0-Mo-LE-o-MO-LE, ) adj. Round and
0-MO-LE-MO-I-E, ) smooth. See Omoi.e.
O-Mo-Li-TJ, V. Omo, to suck, and Km,
3. iZoo. To make one drunk.
0-NA, s. A State of intoxication, as pro-
duced by alcohol, tobacco and awa.
2. Dizziness of the head.
3. A kind of nettling or pricking of ^oe
sldn, attended with some pimides.
0-NA, adj. Drunk; intoxicated.
0-NA, perx. pron., the auipili of ia. Of
him ; of her ; of it ; his ; hers j its ; rarely
in tile neuter gender ; belonging to him,
&c. Gram. § 137-130.
0-NA-o-NA, eutj. Weary; fatigued; faint,
as from traveling.
2. Paint ; dizzy, from weakness or want
of food ; poniuniu.
3. Applied to food ; unpalatable ; ono
olo ; wai onaona, bad tasted water ; hue-
wai onctontt, bad smelling calabash.
0-NA-o-NA, adj. Beautiful; graceful;
pretty faced ; ho mau maka onaona. he
maikai, he nani ; ka wehiwehi i ka onaona
i Ite ala ; beautiful ; applied to the eyes
and face ; rosy cheeks.
bilge water. To absorb or discharge fcilge 0-NA-O-NA, S. A pleasant, odoriferous
water from a canoe or ship; to pump water
from a ship. , ,. « u-
O-Mo-Li-TJ, s. Omo and m. A ship
pump. Noris. — The word pawma has been
introduced from the English pump. See
PaUMA- ' ■< m
0-Mo-MO, V. See Omo, to suck, lo put
the end of a thing into the mouth to wet
it; a omoTOO ko ke kanaka waha i ua puala.
0-MU-A, V. To tie up the wound of the
■ foreskin when cat off in circumcision.
2. To tie a string around the fore end of
the pua or cane top to make a papua for
playing that game ; o omua ke kttmu o Ra
pua i ke kaula. , ,. - «
O-MU-A-MU-A, s. The bulb of a flower
before it blossoms ; omuamva pua.
0-MTJ-E, ) adj. Sweet scented ;
0-MU-E-MU-E, ) odoriferous.
0-MU-o, s. See Omua above. Omm pua.
O-MU-o-wn-o, s. The upper and young-
est leaves of the sugar-cane, ki, &c. ; as,
omiwmuo ko ; mrMOttiw) ki ; the hiili of the
kalo makua. See Moo, a bud.
O-MTJ-o-MU-o-FU-A, V. Muo and pua, a
flower. To swell out, as the bud of a
flower.
0-MutJ, V. To begin to grow, as a veg-
etable. See Omoa and Omuo.
0-MU-Kij, V. See Pahupahu.- Eamak.
To cut short ; to cut off.
0-NA, V. To be drunk; to be intoxi-
cated. 1 Hum. "25:36. Ua waiwai loa ia
haolo, na oiw, spoken sarcastically ; to be
under the Influence of intoxicating drinks.
3. To be delighted or ravished ;
mau mai kona aloha iloko ou.
14
Sol. 5:19.
smeil, as of a rostj ; aka e hai aku i ke ala
ame ke onaona, ame ka pnkue o ka na-
auao ; onaona ala, a pleasant smell ; me
ka honi ala onaona, alalia hoi ka makani
ala owiona, e nu ana ma ke kaena nei;
malnna o ka onanna ala latina.
0-NAu-NA, V. To come around, as fishes
when a baited hook is let d-Own.
0-NA-u-NA, at^. Neat; graceful; pretty.
0-NA-BA, P. To curve or bend round,
as a semi-circle or a half bounding line ;
owiha na kihi o ka mahina, the points of
the moon heni round.
2. To spread or crook, as the legs ; ap-
plied to one whose -legs _or knees spread
wide apart ; used in h'alliili.
0-NA-HA, adj. Crooked; bending, as
an aged person j he wahine onaha ICale-
pcamoa; crooked, as one's lege; wawae
onaha.
0-NA-HA, adv. Crookedly; in a bent
nosition ; ke waiho onaha mai la ka lima,
the arm lies half bent. See Naha, broken.
0-NA-HA-WA-HA, V. This word is used
in all the senses of onaha above ; as, cma-
hanaha na idhi o ka mahina, &e. ;_ he ka-
naka wawae orMhanaha ke bele mai, &c.
0-NA-HA-NA-HA, s. The halo of the
moon (doubtful.)
O-NA-HA-NA-HA-iA-TJA, V. See above.
Onakanahaiaua ke kihi oka moku ; pona-
hanaha ka moku me ka aina.
0-NA-LU-NA-LU, odj. HaTOig a high
surf, as the sea ; omAunalu ke kui. bee
Nam.
0-NA-NA, s. Name of the third month
of the year ; more propevlyATuna.
ONI
106
ONI
0-NA-NA, adj. Perhaps a contraction of
ona and ann, partially intoxicati^d. Weak;
awlfwaid ; unakiliful ; he kanaka mrniM,
ikaikn olu, liemahcma.
0-NA-WA-Li, adj. See Nawali. Weak;
not strong ; awkward ; nawalhvali.
O-NA-WA-LI, 4'. An unripe, bitter melon
or sqiiashj he ipu awaawa oo o\ii.
0-NE, s. The sand; ke one o kahakai,
the sand of the beach ; ke one i Mahina-
hina ; fco lelo la ke one i Maoholaia.
0-NE, V. To be sandy; to have ;and
in plenty ; ua one Kavipo, ua ka ka ai i ka
Ina.
O-NE-A, s. One, sand, and a, burning.
(So calkd by llawaiians when they ftiut
saw gnnpowder.) Lit, Burning sand, that
is, giinpo-wder ; kc onea ka pauda, ka mca
e h!lc ai ka poka ; ua pau na kanaka i ke
o»ea o ka haole._ See I'auda (powder,)
which has since been introduced.
O-ne-a, adj. Destitute; all gone; vacant.
0-NE-A-NE-A, s. An open country ; a
desolate jjlace where nothing giows ; . ka
ulu ole na mca kanu.
0-NEA-NEA, V. To appear open and
clear ; to lie in fair sight, as a hill or moun-
tain.
2. To be desolate ; waste ; unfruitrul, as
a tract of country.
O-nea-nea; adj. Loft alone ; clear of
verdure, as land ; deBolal<! ; unfruitful ;
waste, as land ; niahakea, nuhclehelo ole.
See Nkonko..
0-NEi, adv., the auipili of nei. Of this ;
of hero ; of this pers(m ; opposite to olailii,
that there. Notk. — Though often printed
as one woi'd, o nel are really two wordn.
0-NE-o-NE, V. To be broken; cracked,
as a melon, so the moat may run out.
0-NE-o-NE, V. The flowing out of the
meat of a melon.
2. The cracks through which it flows out.
0-NE-o-NE, adj. Soft ; flowing ; fine ;
dwindled to nothing, &c. ; p('|)ehi i na ka-
naka a oiienno. '
O-ne-u-la, adj. Great; extended; vast.
0-ne-ha-nau, s. One, .sand, and harum,
l>()rii. The place of sne'g birth; native-
born place ; one's nativo country where he
and his ancestors lived ; e ike auanei i ko
kakoii onehnrnw, wu shall soon see oiu-.
, native-born place.
0-ne-i.au-e-na, «. Some imaginary land
or country where the god Kane lived or
came from ; lie aina 1 ke onelautiia a Kane,
he aina i Kahiki, aia iluila ke one/tmejiu ;
he ainti. moinona kc iiiin,
O-Ni, I). To move ; to stir, but to move
only throiigli a small space ; uole o hiki
ke oni i ka nawaliwali, he was not able to
move from weakness ; to turn the body in
4 restless mood. 2 Sam. 20:12. ,
2. To ascend with a isigzag motion, as a
kite ; lele ka lupe iluna o ka lewa oni ae
ana.
5. To stretch out, as land into the sea.
4. To swim or move about in the sea.
OilJc. 11:10.
C>. To move on in a steady course of life;
e oni wale no oukou i kuu pono a, con-'
tinue to move on in my course. jKouoAa a
Kam.
6. To move, as a sign of life, in opposi-
tion to mot malie, a sign of death.
7. To move from one po:'iition to another;
ua oni kela mai kona kala a hiki ma ke|ti
kala, he moved from his eiid of the houstf
to this end.
.8. To move about; to be busy; dili-
gent'; to move to a/id fro ; e cni ana no ia
me ke kulapa ana ; e naku, e lapa, &c. .
O-m, adj: Uneasy; restless, as in pain.
O-W, #. Uneasiness; a shifting from
place to place.; epithet of a living being,
the moring. Ezek.i7:9.
O-m-oi s. Cloth printed, especially in
spots ;"the printed figures on calico.
OsNi-o, adj. Spotted ; printed, like cal-
ico or jcftpa, '
O-Ni-o^Si, u 'See Oni. To dodge ; to
move back and forth, as the ei^rs of a horse;
onioni no na pepeiao, moe imua a mqe
ihope ; na onioni ka lupe mo he ao la, -the
kite^oate like a cloud.
O-Ni-o-Ni-o, adj. See Onio. Striped;
Rpot.tcd,a8 a cloth;"a,s animals. Kin. 30:S2.
Variegated, as with colors ; humuhumii
onioato, broidnred worii. Pufc. 28:39. ll6o.
Kapa hoonionio, broidered woi-k. JBsejli:
16:10.
0-Nt-o-Ni-o, V. To be spotted ; ua onio-
m"o kikokiko ka leopadi.
2. Ifoo. To embroider : to work figures
on cloth. Puk. 28:39.
0-Ni-u, )). To, spin, as a top made of a
coeoaniiti hoka i qniuia kona lae.
0-Ni-u, s. A top for spinning ; a play-
thing for children, generally made of ii
coconnut.
O-Ni-Hi-Ni-Hi. See Onimhi.
0-Ni-HO-Ni-Ho, s. Name of a species of
fish.
0-Ni-KA, s. Gr. Onyx; nameofaprer
oioiis stone. Kin. 2:12.
2. Also, a spice. Puk. 30:34.
O-Ni-Ki, adj. Flat,' smootli, as a surface.
0-Ni-Ki-Ni-Ki. I ka pawa haahaa oniki-
niki.
0-Ni-NA-Ni-NA, adj. Fat; plump, as the
cheeks of a man. See Umbanika.
ONO
107
ONO
0-Ni-Ni, V. To Mow very softly, as the
beginning of a breeze.
2. To ejccito or stir up wuvcb in a calm ;
to cause a ripploou the unrface of water.
0-Mi:Ni, f. A very^siigKt breeze of air
like tbat WhJcli occasion^ a ripple after a
«aim 5 he wAlii onHd iki mai ; applied only
to a gentlq wind 'ivtihen it coyera the sea
with ripples; om'/n" 'loa mai na,hua; he
onini makani ; the flTst beginning of u Bea
breeze; apuft'ufwind. Isa.61-A.?,.
2. Tlic word' is appUed to one of imper-
fect vision when tryii^ ta read ; qnira ke
kanaka i ka iliwai.
0-Ni-Ni, V. To close' «c shut the eyes
on account of too strong light ; ua onini
na maka i ka malamaiaina, nakt^uli ka
onuhi, ua ano e ka maka.
0-NI-NI, adj^ The state itf one ahnost
dead ; he (clchu, be kapakahi, he kuhikce,
he kokoke make loa.
0-NI-NI, *. A kin4 of surf-board.
0-jfl-Ni-Hi, s. Young kaio; the tops of
kalo. See Pauanihi.
0-Ni-NO-Nj-NO,, ». To be dazSiling like
the 8tin;,ua oniTtonino na maka i ka la;
to blind (b6 eyes liy a dazzling light. See
Omnolivo. '. ,
0-Ni-No-Ni-NO, adj. Dazzling; diiii-
sigbtod through a strong light. -
0-Ni-p/A, V. Oni and paa, fast.
1. To 156 Hxei', firmly bound together.
Bj/. Ul:8. To tie Stead&Bt, IIuLUOai.
To be immoFable.
2. To h? persevering. Sol. .10:24. XJa
onipaa loalce aupuni o kaMesia. IIoo. To
establish fimly. ler. 42:10.
0-Mi-pjiA, aif. Firm; strong; fixed j
immovable ; he nauwc ole, he kulanalar.a
olc : he liale onipaa a paa loa,
0-NO, i;. To be or become sweet ; to
relish, as food; to have a like or relish for
Bweetfood. 7iin. 27:4. To have a sweet
ti;st«.
2. To be sweet, that is, good to eat ; eat-
able. ICin. 3:6.
3. To desire jgreatly to taste or cat a
thing; ono iho la kefcahi man kanaka i ka ia.
4.' To be savory,; aa ono, ua-mikomiko,
ua onoono.
6. Morally, to havea relish for virtue.
0-NO, V. To disrelish food, as a sick
child or person without appetite, /loo.
Hooibi, hoono, hoonoono.
0-NO, s. Sweetness ; that which is
pleasant to the tasts either in eating or
drinking ; ka orao' oka puu i ka ai ana a i
ka inu ana.
0-NO, adj. Sweet; palatable; relisha-
ble; nlao>M>,.a sweet sairor. Oihk. X:^
He kanaUa hua o«o oe. Prcnotrh.
0-No, s. Name of a very large species
of fish, the parents of the opi^lu ; o ke ano
makua o ka opelu ; computed at one-sixth
of the whole.
0-NO, a<Zy. The ordinal of six; the sixth j
used with the article. ^a»i. ]T5:4. Aono,
eono, six.
0-No-o-No, arf;. Palatable; hence, pleas-
ant ; comfortable.
0-NOTj, V. To entice ; to allure ; gener-
erally for a bad purpose.
2. To give a thing deceitfully ; to give
away, as one's daughter in marriage for a
selfish purpose.
3. To give the products of a land to an-
other, not to the owner.
4. To secrete by craft; to turn a'ide
from what is right.
5. To push agaiijst one, as if to push hia
down; to do things in a hurry.
6. To persuade one to leave hia proper
station for an iirproper ono.
7. To change employment.
0-Nou, s. An enticement ; a false giv-
ing ; a seduction ; an ehticing, alluring,
&B,, of one. Zaieiic. 198. O Icta onou wale
ana o na makua i ke keiki, the enticing cf
parente their children (to vice.)
0-Nou, if. The name of a small bird ; o
ka onc!'. he manu eleele ia.
0-NOU, of;. Seductive ; g-Uuring; de-
ceitful, &c.
0-Nou-NOU, ». See Onou above. To
entice ; seduce ; persuade.' Note This
form is frequentative of onou, and used in
all its senses.
O-NO-Hi, s. The center of the eye; ka
onohi o ka maka. Zek. 2:8.
2. The eye-ball ; the apple of the eyfe 5
kii otwhi, tiie littte image in the eye; so
haku onohi ; hence, , , ,
3. The center of 'a thing ; the excess of
a thing ; applied to darknei^. SoL 20:20.
I, e., the profundity of darkness ; ke ono^t
o ka pouli, where darkness 49 concentrated.
4. It is applied to light or heat; 0 ka.
oiwhi o ka umu ahi enaena, the center of a
raging, fiery -oven ; ka wacnakonu 0 ka
lapalapa ahi, the center of a flame of fire ;
0 ke ojiohi o ia, la, the center of the gun ;
ke Alii e mw mai ana i ka onohi pono o.
ka la. LaieiH 1 W; He ao onohi opua kii-
kau.
0-NO-Hi, s. Ike aku la oia e ku ana ka
onohi iluna jtono o Maunalei. Iiaieik. in.'
0-NO-Hi-Ai-A, s. Onohi and aic, bad, &c.
A watery -or sore eye.
0-NO-Hi-D-LA, s. A deep red ; a species
of red color.
0-No-Hi-No-Hi, 1;. Ua miohinohi ka maka
0 ka hoku.
OPA
108
OPE
0-Nv, V. To swell; to enlarge; to
spring. See Pehd, to rise up, as a swelling.
0-NU, s. A swelling'; a wen on the
neck or head ; anytjung growing up and
increasing. , ,, • '
O-NU-HE-Ntr-HE-A, odj. Fat; very fat;
sjiaking fat ; applied to men when bloated
very much. ' ■
0-PA, 17. To press; squeeze, as the head
of a child. Ancd. 6.
0-PA, adj. SeeOoPA. Lame; fatigued;
wfearied.
0-PA, adj. Huikau, laiki, kulipee.
0-PA, s. A limping, walking, as one
sore or' disabled ; ke kulipa, ka huikau, ka
laiM.
0-PAE, s. A very small fish; a shrimp;
a crab.
O-PAEKt-HAA, s. A species of small fish,
but a little larger than the opae.
0-PAi-PAi, V. To shake; to bend in and
out, as the rafters of a house ; opaipai ka
mauna, the mountain tremblea. Laidk. 163.
0-TA-o-;?A,Lttdf. See Opa. Wearied;
fatigued ; lame from walking. See Oopa.
0-PA-HA, s. A house, the rafters of
which have been broken.
2. A thin, shrunk up face.
0-PA-HA, V. To be bent in; as the roof
of a (gras3).hoiise partly fallen in.
2. To sink down ; to be depressed ; to
fall in: uhopalta ka iiale,uahina,uahllala,
a ua. poll aku lloko. .
0-PA-HA, adj. Bent in ; indented ;
pressed down.
0-PA-KA, adj. Having regular sides, as
a 8q[aare or octagon.
2. Having hewn or fls^t sides, as a square
piece ot' timber ; e kalai a opcjca, the tim-
ber il hewed; UB kalai opakapaka, the
timber is hewed on all aides.
0-PA-KA, u To hew sirioothly; to hew
and leave no knots ; e kalai a e hoopau i
,ke ino. ,,
0-PA-KA, s. A ravine on the side of a
mountain.
2. The geometrieal figure: a prism. Ana-
hon.
0-PA-KA-PA-KA, adj. Hewed on all sides;
made flat or square.
0-PA-KA-PA-KA, s. Name of a species of
red fish.
0-PA-LA, s. Refuse litter, such as old
straw, leaves of trees, dried grass, or aay-
tbing worthless wliich may be burnt or
blown away by the wind. Hnl. 1:4. Light
rubbish ; diflferent things mized together.
2. TiQ. The rabble; people without char-
acter : aole i lilo kanaka i ka hewa ms
Fokl, he mau opda wale uo ka i lilo me
ia, the people did not turn to wickedness
with Poki, some of the chaff (unstable
men) only went with bim.
0-PA -LA, adj. Dirty; filthy; bad; un-
pleasant ; ua lemua opala, a long, disagree-
able rain.
0-PA-Li-PA-Li, s. A small or low pali ;
a place of low palis.
0-PA-PA, s. Proper name , of the wife
of Akea or Wakea ; they are represented
as the ancestors of the Hawaiian race.;
Note. — The o is no part of the word, it i^
only o emphatic, yet it is sometimes bo
written. See Papa.
0-PE, V. To tie up in a bundle; to
bundle up for carrying away. Pafc. 12:34.
0-PE, s. A bundle;' a long bundle; a
bundle made up for carrying ; ope papa,
ope lole.
0-PE-A, V. To be turned or to lean to
one side. i
2. To turn off, as when land is taken
. away, perhaps for a fault, perhaps not ; u»
laweia ka aina, opeaia ke kanaka.
a. To drive one away; hakaka laua, a
opeoia o mea emea.
4. To bind ohe's hands behind his back;
qpeatekona man lima; to cross; to tie cross-
wise ; to treat ill.
6. To abuse or treat one evil without
reason.
6. To judge unrighteously. Sol. 18:5.
7. To treat the gods with contempt and
risk the consequences. See Pea.
8. To throw over one, as a kapa, or as a
child over the shoulder; ^
0-PE-A, s. A cross, as sticks crossed.
See Pea and Kba. The cross stick which
holds up the 6uter and upper end of a sail.
0-PE-A, s. Used probably for qpejffl, what
ia bound up ; a testicle.
0-PE-A, adj. Villainousf; perverse; not
trusty.
0-PEA-PEA, s. A bat, an animal between
fowls and quadrupeds. Kard. 14:16. So
called from the shape of the wings boing
simitar to the ancient sails (pea) of their
canoes.
0-PEA-PEA, s. A species of shell fish.
2. Kalo lately planted, iVom the shape
of the young leaves.
0-PE-o-PE, V. See Ope. To tie up
tightly or frequently, as a buifdle.
2. To tie and hang Up agafiis* the side
of a house for preservation.
3. To fold up, 'as clothes. lohn. 20:7.
4. Fio. To bind up, as knowledge, ha.
8:16. Opeope ke akamai a waiho malie
iloko o kc kanaka noonoo, wisdom is bun-
dled up and laid away quietly in tho man's
mind.
OH
109
OPU
0-PE-LE, V. To rest securely or quietly
in a place ; noa ke akua kapu ka miele.
O-PE-LE-PK-M, s. A flat, weak calabash,,
partly brokeh; also, a frall.water calabash
O-PE-iT, *. Name of a gpecjes of fish ;
mackerel ; opdu ka okoa ia ihp .ka moku.
2. The name of one of tke two fishwMch
aci-'ompanied Pili when he came to the
isilaads ; aku was the name of the other.
D. Mak). 4:13. ■ ' . .
0-PE-i.u-NU-i-K4U-HAA-u-iiO, s.'The son
of Pele and Kamapu'aa, who Ibecaine a god.
0-Pi, V. To folfl Up, as Itapa or cloth.
Soc Ope. , , , > ,
2. To sink in, as the, mouth when the
teeth are jtone.
0-Pl, s. The folds in cloth or kapa;
the depressions made by folding kapa or
cloth ; akepakepa mai la no ia ma ii^c opi a
pan.
0-pi-o, adj. Young; juvenile, as a per-
son. 2 Sam. 18:29. As an animal ; bipl
kanc opio. Nah. 28:19.
0-Pi-o-pi, V. See Opi. To fold up, as a
■ garment or kapa. 2 Ifal. 2:8.
2. To put in order ; opi(^i lua ka auwae
mo ho waha kao !a.
0-pi-o-Pi-o, 15. See Opio. To be young;
tender; as a plant or tree ; as a child or
animal. 1 Bam. 1:24.
0-PI-O-PI-O, adj. Young, as a person or
animal; immature; unripe. Puk.2i:6. Ap-
plied to persons ; opposed to kahiko. los.
6:21. Applied to fruits ; uala (ypi<^io; re-
cent ;, new ; late ; as, he mai opiopio, a new
or recent disease ; junior ; a son of a
father of the same name.
0-Pi-Hi, s. A species of shell fish
2. A stamp in natire cloth.
0-pi-Hi-pi-Hi, s. A particular kind of
mat, not the finest kind, though pretty fine.
0-Pi-KA-NA-LA-Ni, s. TJsed in poetry for
something laid up far off; hole ana i Opi
kananua i Opikanalani.
0-Pi-KA-NA-NUU, s. , See the above. Hele
ana i Opikananwt i Opikanalani.
O-Pi-Ki, V. To bend over, as in nodding
on going to sleep; to bend up, as the legs;
to come together, as a trap. See Upiki.
0-Pi-KO, s. A species of grass ; a spe-
cies of tree ; he kopiko. ,'
0-Pi-KO-pi-KO, s. Name of a disease;
he mai cpikopiko i ano o ka ili e like inc
ka pa!a, ulaulu a keokeo ; ke opikopVco o
ka ili, urn e hoopiliia ka heo, ola i ka ili,
ua opikopiko ka ili.
O-pi-Ko-Pi-KO, .«. Anxiety; concern"; so-
lioifcudo ; depression of spirits in view of
(langor,
O-Pi-KO-Pi-Ko, V. To be anxioas about
an event ;• to be concerned about some im-
pending danger.
2, To be troubled, us the sea in a storm.
0-w-M, V. To draw up; contract, as
one with the cramp or with cold weather^
optti Ion iho no ka nui loa o ka ua.
2. To be ooldi to .shiver with- the cold.
3. To draw up or compose one's self on
a bed. Mn. 49:33.
4. Fio. Ua opik ka maka i ka anu i ka
waij'nolaila loaa.ole ka manao, haalulu »
make no hoi.
5. To bend or contrsict, a^ the knees in
kneeling ; oi lidho kiikiili a opiii ae na
■ wawaeikaanullftlookalepo. £in. 49:33.
0;it7i la o poeleele o opu Icalakeila
Va iliu, he kua nui kiia loa,
He kua noho i ka Ida He uiahipule. -
0-Pi-Li, s. A cold; a shivering; a con-
traction of the limbs and muaoles through
cold or with ttie cramp;
2. The cramp itself.
0-pi-Li, adj. Stiff with wet and cold,;
benumbed.
0-pi-Lo, V. To break out afresh, as a,n
old sore.
2. To have a relapse in the recovery of
a disease ; to bring back a sickness ; mai
hole oe i ka auau, o opUo ko mai i ka wai.
See PrLO.
0-pi-Lo, s. A person who is often sick
and has become thin in flesh, is said to be
a" "Vn. ppiZo.
0-pi-i,v- -.''.wu, adj. Dirty; muddy; miry,
as a soft, slumpy road; ua nui na wahi
opUopUo ma ke alanu! o Makiki, ua poho-
poho loa ka wawae i kahi ino i ka Icpo.
2. Dirty ; bad smelling, as stagnant
water ; corrupt ; he opilopilo no kcia opn
puaa.
O-pi-Lo-Pi-M, V. To be dirty J bad smell-
ing, &,c. ; ke opilopilo nei no ka wawae i
ka honowa. See Pilopilo and Pilo.
0-Po. See in Hatjopo. Opo, in good
order ; even ; plainly done.
0-PO-HO-KA-No, adj. Stingy; cjose; not
willing to part with anything good ; o ka
poe lakou opokokano, he kukniolelo wale
no ia, aole e ai ana.
0-pu, V. To expand, as an opening^
flower. See Opdd,,
2. To grow, as a fetus. Hal. 139:16.
I 3. To swell up ; tx) be full, as the belly
of a fat person ; opu mai ka opu.
4. To rise up, as water ; opu ka wai.
6. To live idly ; lazily ; ke opu waie ae
nei no, ka noho wale ; noho wale iho no,
loaa ole.
6. To sit with the knees gathered up,
7. To leap off or over, as a horse ; e opu
aku mao.
0-PU, s. A protuberance with an enclo-
OPU
110
OPU
wire, as the belly, stomach, bladder, &,c. ;
as, opu o ke kai, the heart, belly (midst)
of the sea ; the crop of a bird. Oihk. 1:16.
The maw of enimals. Kanl. 18:3. The
v.'omb. lAmI':. 16:17. A round, liver-like
substance in the hog and other animals.
2. The name of a heap upon which a god
stands ; a bunch or bundle of small wood,
grass, weeds, <fec. ; a hill or bunch of kivlo
growing together. See Opdu.
3. The disposition of a person ;; state of
m«Ki. See the compounds Opuao, Ophino,
Opckopekopb, &c. Opu IB here stn. with
naau. Note.— The Hawaiians suppose t>e
seat of tliought, intelligence, &c., and i^so
the seat of moral powers, as the choice and
practice of good and evil, to be sea*d in
'■^e small intestines: hence, naav or opu
<the' emalr intestines) is used fc what we
should call the heart, i. e., the seat of the
moral powers. See Naauao, Xaasipo, Naao-
jNO, compaYed witi qpi!ao,<*p«i'«>, &c. See
Naaii.
0-pu, adj. SMJlM a< dmng into thf^
water, so as not to S'patter ; opu ia waJii
kanaka : opv- i n»iea ka pau ai ole, fisher-
man's phrase. .
O-P0-A «. NjsJTow pointea cloudfe hang-
ing in the horizon ; clouds of ij.wjcg'alar
shape aAisicg out of the sea; opua kea,
. opm (Oeele. „ . S „ , ,
2. A bunch ; a eoUeetJon, as of bushes,
lep/HS, kc; be opud hao'wale kcia no ka
fine,; ko opua puakala. -See Oi'u.
ff-ra-A, s. The nairve of a class of gods
among ihe poe aloii noho.
O-pu-A, adj. E:^isting or hanging in
bunches or clusters ; ao opua, clouds col-
lected ; kabi,7@ puka mai ai na ao upua mai
ka moana...
0-Ea-AO,-aeZ/. Opu, belly, and ao, en»
lighteiJfed. Wise hearted ; knowing ; intel-
ligent ; similar to naavao, but less used.
0-ptr-Ao, s. Knowledge ; intelligence ;
one instructed ; he uaauao, he noonoo, he
noiau.
O-PU-A-HA-o. No ke Itomo ana a opua-
hao ke kanaka a make.
0-ptr-A-Hu-A-WA, s. See Opu, a bunch,
and Ahuawa, a species of strong rush, A
bunch of grass, small sticks, &c., tied up
in a bundle with ahuawa string.
O-pu-A-KEA, i. Clearness ; whiteness ;
that which shines brightly.
O-pu-A-KEi, V. To appear, as a white
cloud.
Uft opuakea alalai kanukiiQU
Huaa \ ka mebeu Daave aUnul a ka puukolo
Ka makolo tatkav^t ala a ka Foulcua.
O-PU-A-KU, *. The clouds in the morn-
ing or evening wheu they take imaging
(shapes of things ; he ao opuakiikii.
O-pu-i-No-iNO, s. OpuanAino. An evil
disposition; malice. 1 Pel. 2:1. Wicked-
ness ; dforavity ; seeking evil against -one.
0-PU-i-W-i-No, adj. Evilly disposed ;
malevolent.
0-pir-/»-HAi, s. Cfpu, a bunch, and ohai,
a sJrub. -A bundle of grass ; a bundle of
tie ohai shrubs.
0-PU-o-UAo, s. Name of a disease in
which the abdomen becomes enlarged and
hard, while file limbs are enervated j tlic
dropsy ; ka opu me ka nanaia sxlikiliki lalo
o ka iomu. ,
0-pu-o-pu, "v. To rise up ; to swell.
See 0pd8 To be swelled full, as one hav-
ing ea^n heartily.
2. ,To fill, as the belly of a hungry man;
to be full, as a water calabash with water;
0-p;uu, V. To bud, as a tree or plant ;
to shoot forth buds. 'Kin. 40:10.
2. To bud, i. e., to set fruit. Mai. 13:2$.
.S. To shoot out, as the branch of a tree.
Mar. 4:32.
4. JIoo. To Ciiiiee to grow. Ezek. 29:21.
Ua opuu ae kuabiwi i ka iU o ke kai,
Ua ouieo ac ka puka ana.
0-Puij, s. A bud. Nah. 17:23. The
germ of a vegetable ; a tuft ; . a cluster : a
bunch of corn, ffin, 41:5. An ear or bunch
of wheat or barley. Rvl. 2:2.
2. A protuberance See Puu.
3. A whale's tooth ; ka opvu nibo oko-
hola; opuu makamua, first green ears.
Oihk. 2:14. Ea opuu maia, a bunch of
bananas.
4. The spur of a very young cosk ; ka
opuu ana'e o ke kalakala o ka moa.
5. A conical hill ; hence, in yeomdry, a
cone. Apa. Son. 29.
0-PUTJ, s. Swelling highly, as a very
high surf before it breaks ; ohu ma! la he
wahi nalii opuu. Xcteifc. iil.
0-puu-puu, adj. See Pun. Kough ; not
smooth, ae a rough road ; the opposite of
laumania; the same as apuupuu; uneven ;
hilly; bulging or swelling ont : oppujitc
to upoho ; convex. Anal. 6. ,
0-puu-puu, s. Ma ke Iralo, ma ka pspa-
kole, ma ke kuekue, ma ke opmqntu.
2. Name of a specifea of fish.
0-pu<HAO, 5. Opu and hao. A swelleQ
belly or stomach ; i Itona ai ana i ka opu-
hao ; penu no ia i k'.* kai jne !c:i op-jha,:-- ;
dropsy of the belly, aseitiis.. '>•■'■■ Oi-t^oii.vj,
0-pu-HEA, adj. Opu and hea. Ldzy ;
inactive; not iTiterprising or itidvisUioiB.
0-pi?"HU-E, s. Ojm, belly, and kue, a
calabash. Name of a spnoies of fish, spec-
kled, said to be poi;-'onous if ealea; the
fish swells up witli air and fioats, ontlio si-ft.
O-BU-KAE-Mo-A. Earn. voc. Ueu, keukeu.
fo coadema one's friend.
OWA
111
OWl
O-PTj-KEA, s. See KoKEA, Kam..
0-po-KEE-Mo-A, s. An evil disposition ;
an iaclination to badnesa ; also naavjfcee-
mou.
O-pir-Ko-PE-KO-PE, adj. Opu, disposi-
tiou, and kopekope, morose. Evilly dis-
posed; malevolent.
0-Fti-LB, s. A species of fish full of
spoisi ; xta. paapu i ke kakau.
O-PTJ-LE-Ptr-LB, adj. Spotted; light aiid
sbad)^ ; he klnofaicohi.
OpuUpule ke aks ilaln, kikokUco i na. akn,
Paapa i ria aka e like me Lahalraluna i k.". po mahina,
No ka paa i na laia nlu ame oa lau o ka maia
Ame ka ^auke, mahina oputepule o Lele (Lahaina.)
Spotted, af3 the feathere of the nene; he
hulu opul^vJe ko ka nene.
0-pn-MA-KA-Ni, s. Opu, belly, and ma-
kani, wind. A bellows ; a balloon.
0-PU-Mi-Mi, s. Opit and mimi, urine.
The bladder : the container of urines
0-pn-NA-HE'(.E-HE-LE, s. Opu and naJie-
lelide. a thicket. Ua pee i ka opunahelehele,
he hid bimself in the belly of the forest,
i. e., in the thick forest
O-P0-NhNi, V. To compel attendance;
to force eompliafloe.
O-rtr-NUi, adj. Opu ani nui. Epithet
of a large bellied man ; ina aoie lio, make
loa ua 'lii opunin i ka matoeloe, if there
are no horses, the big-bellied chiefs will
die with fatigue (of tiaycling.) .
O-PTJ-PA-LA-OA, *. Opuu, v/hale's tooth,
•iod paiaoa. An ornament made of a
■whale's tooth. See Opcu,
0-WA, s. The word given and con-
stantly used by Kaknaokalalau for seizing
his prey.
O-WA3 V. To be split, as a board. See Oa.
0-WA4-w5!,A, adj. Hilly; full of knolls r
land fall of knobs.
0-wiA-wAA, s. Thick, heavy clouds ;
clouds portending a storla ; ina i poipu ka
lani me to rumawnn. he hakuma la,
0-wAE, V. See Wae. To crack, as a
iiiing breakiflg ; to tremble ; to erack, aa
dry ground.
0-WAi, pron. ira. Who ? what. person ?
It refers mostly to persons. Note. — The o
is the 0 emphatic, and notanes,sential part
of the wor-i. See Gvam. § 5S and 12.3.
0-wA-o-WA, V. See Qwa. To be full
of cracks, aa rotten.wood; tobebrotefuip.
O-WAi-KU, s. Name of a pain in the
chest, or breast ojT men or women ; he mai,
he nae owatku.
O-WA-o-wA-KA, s. A species of shell
Bsh of the «lam kind.
0 WAO, ■p7'on., first pers. sing. I. See
Atr, Oao, d-vA Will. Grma. § §3 and 123.
0-WAU, V. To answer I, in obedience
to a call or a question ; owai ka niea pa-
pale ie 0 oukou ? owaii aku la no hoi au,
(nuau? who among you has a straw hat?
I ied to him I. that is, I. answered L
O'-WATJ, s. A cat; so called from her
noiiie ; uwau is perhaps the right word.
0-WA1J, s. Name of a species of fish
found in the rivers; he okuhetuhe, he
akupa.
0-WA-HO, comp. prep., the auipili of
waho. Of or belonging to the outside,
loan. 7:24. Out of ; external. 6ram.^l6l.
0-wA-KA, adj. Open ; spread open, as
a flower. See Oaea. Open, as the mouth
for spea'king.
0-wA-KA, V. To open, as a flower; mo-
hola ; ua hamama, na t>waka ka pua 0 ka
laau. See Oaka.
0-WA-KA-WA-KA, s. The breaking or
opening of daylight ; o ka wehe ana o ke
alaula ame ka malamalama 0 ke kakahi-
aka.
0-WA-KA-WA-KA, V. To be somewhat
light, as the light of the nioon. See Waka-
WAKA.
O-WA-LA, V. To toss forward with both
hands.
2. To throw, as a horse his rider.
3. To brandish, as a epear.
4. To throw about one's hand.s.
0-WA-Li, adj. Weak; infirm; flexible.
See Nawali and Wall
0-WA-WA, s. A ditch; a furrow; chana
oinawa, e auwaha. See Awawa, .Kahawai,
&c.
0-WE-o-WE-NE, s. Small kalo, &c. See
OWEWEKE.
O-wE-HE'^wE-HE, s. See Wehe, to open.
A definite period of time in the morning ;
a i ka. ow^fnsslie ana 0 ka alaula. Zaieik. 30.
0-wE-LA, s. The time when the sun is
hot and no rain ; vegetation dries up.
2. Hard %vork on land by several people
to get it workfd.
3. Land burnt over; scorched in the sun.
4. Anything hold near the fire so as to
be scorefaed. See Wbla..
0-WE-NE, s. SmaB \a.\o'; julumi i ka
lepo, a popoi i ka maua, a mahope loaa
liahi owene.
0-we-we^ke, s. Small kalo, as the fin-
ishing of a patch of food ; perhaps better
written oieeowene.
O-vn, s. The name of a small shrub, a
nuisance to fanners.
0-wi-Li, V. To roll up ; to twist ; to
fold up, as the hands.
'/. To roll together, aa a roll of papar
that has been opened. Isa. 34:5.
UA
112
UAU
3. To twist a thing to make it crooked.
Sec Oirj.
0-wi-Li, s. A roll, as of cloth or of
paper ; a skein of thread ; a Ml of a mat ;
he owUi palapala, the roll of a book. ler.
36:2. Eoi oikli, a koi made gouge-like for
working the inside of canoes.
0-WI-LI, s. Name of a very thick surf-
board made of wiliwili.
0-RE-NA, *. Heb. Name of a tree. &a.
44:14. English translation, an ash.
0-SE-FE-EA-&A, s. Name of a bird in
OiJik. 11:13.
O-sE-PE-KA, s. The ospray; name of a
bird in Oihk. 11:13.
0-SE-TE-Ri-KA, s. Eug. An ostrich. lob.
30:29.
u.
TT the fifth letter of the Hawaiian
^ J alphabet. It represents generally the
sound of the English «o,as in too, co'o,fool,
Ac. ; but when preceded by i, it somenmes
has the sound of the English u or yu; as,
waiu, viaiyu; iuka, yuka.
U, V. To protrude ; to rise on the toes ;
to prepare .to,8tand up ; t-o draw out, as a
pencil from a case.
2. To weep. Mat. 5:4. To grieve ; to
mourn. Hcd. 38:6. E « hele, to go about
moumiEg ; to mourn for, 1. e., desire earn-
estly ; i kekahi manao o'n «b u nei, e ao
kakon i ka leo o ka hlmeni.
3. To drip or drizzle, as water ; to ooze
or leak slowly, as water from a kalo patch
or from the crevices of a rock ; e kahe ae.
U, V. To be tinctured or impregnated
with anything ; as, ua u ka pipi i ka paa-
kai ; ua u ke kapa i ka mea hooluu ; u ke
kapa i ka ua.
U, «. The breast of a female. Ezek.
23:8.
U, s. Grief; sonow ; expression of af-
fection ; like me ke aloha, ame ka u, ume
ka uwe ana.
2. The breast. Zuk. 23:29. The pap ;
the udder; hence, with wai, milk, i. e.,
•waiu. Lit. Breast ■ft-ater,
3. Unwillingness ; not disposed to do.
I) -A, V. See Gr. tto, Malay ?ya«, to
wet ; to rain. To rain ; ua iho la ka iia,
he «a Eui loa. Lit. The rain rained, it was
a very great rain.
2, Hoo. To send or give rain ; to cause
to rain. Ein. 7:4.
TJ-A, s. Rain ; water falling from the
clonds. 1 iSi3B?i.. 12:17, 18. Rains were di-
vided by Hawafians into i«i loa, long rains;
ua poko, short rains ; ua hea.
U-A, adj. Vain ; useless ; to no profit.
U-A, adv. In vain ; to no purpose ; ma-
nao no ka poe kabiko ua luhi va ka lakon
hana ana.
(J-A, pron. dem. adj. Ua before a noun,
and la or nei after it, forms a strong ue-
monstrative adjective pronoun; this; tl»»t;
as la or nei is used. It refers to some noun
that has just been mentioned. Ua kanaka
nei, this man (just spoken of) ; hiolo tia
mau hale la, those houses" (just mentioned)
have fallen down. Gram. § 152.
U-A prefixed to verbs, marks the fourth
form of the preter tense. Gram. § 187.
U-A-A-u-LA, adj. Bad smelling ; filthy.
See Aa0A.
XJ-Ai, V. See UwAi. To open or shut,
as a door.
2. To extend : hoonee. See Hi'ai.
U-Ai, s. A door for stopping an en-
trance. See UwAi.
U-Ao, V. See Uwao. To interfere; to
procure peace between contending partiiss;
to intercede ; interpose ; reconcile ; » na
kekahi alii manawa Amerika i uao ; to take
one's part.
U-AO, I). To mew, as a cat. See below,
U-ao, s. A_ cat, from the noise. See
also OwAC and Uwau.
U-AU, s. A leather bag.
2 A species of bird that dives in the
water.
IT-AU, adj. Tough, as kalo. SeeU.inA.
U-A-n-A, adj. Poor; naked; destitute.
U-A-u-A, s. Pride; haughtiness; acting
the spendthrift.
2. The name of a kapa or pau colored
yellow ; ina i hooluu ia. ka pau i ka olena,
he tiaua ia.
U-A-UA, adj. Proud; haughty; arro-
gant ; vain.
U-A-tfA, «<?y. Strong; tight: fast; un-
broken.
2. Tough, as some kinds of kalo ; paa,
paakiM.
U-Au-A, s A noise ; a confused lioise,
sfi of an army or multitude ; the noise of
wailing ; he olopihe.
tJ-A-tf-A-iA, s. A Strong smell of decay-
ing food ; the smell of rotten potatoes ;
wekoweko.
U-Au-KE-wAi, s. The name of a large
UAN
113
UIU
bird the siiae of a turkey; breast and winga
white, back black.
U-A-HAB, 0. To imbed in ; to lay in,
as brick or stone in mortar. See Uhau,
Anal. 19.
U'-A-Hi, S, V, ooze or milk, and aki, fire,
tliat 1b, Braoke. A cloud ; a vaporous ap-
pearance. SeeUwAHi. Note. — tfahi is un-
aoubtfedly the better orthography.
U-A-Hi-WAi, V. E kulii ana. See Wa-
WAi. To be desirous of some evil ; to lust
after ; to be greedy for.
U-A-Ho-A, adj. Hard, as an unfeeling
person ; unkind ; ungenerous ; passionate.
U-A-KA-HA, s. Stifiness; applied to the
neck.
U-A-Ko-Ko, *. See Koiula, Kam., Pu-
Kouv, i&c. A cloud standing erect and hav-
ing diftierent colors, somewhat like the rain-
bow.
U-A-LA, s. See U and Ala, sweet. The
Bwcet potato.
2. The large muscles of the iipper arm.
AiMt. 18.
3. A name of a certain kind of Icbo, a
sea shell. Sometimes written moala.
U-a-la-au (u-wa-la-au), v. See Wa-
lAMs. To cry out ; to make a great noise ;
to cry out in a confused mauner, asn great
multitude. Isa. 22:2.
U-A-LA-AU (u-wa-la-au), s. An outcry;
a loud noise in converaatiDn ; a confused
noise.
U-A-LA-KA-Hi-Ki, s. TJola, potato, and
TcakiJd, foreign. A foreign or Irish potato.
U-A-LA-pi-LAU, s. Uala, potato, and pj-
lau, strong scented. A turnip ; a radish.
U'A-LE-HA, adj. Lazy. See Hoopala-
LEflA.
U-a-le-he, v. To strip one of his prop-
erty ; to dispOBsess one ; bemo.
U-A-Lo, B. To cry; to call out; to com-
plain; to call for help. BaU.i-.l. SaeUoLO.
U-A-Lo, s. A complaining; a crying to
one for help.
U-A-NA, adv. Ua, sign of the perfect
tense, and na, quiet, enough, &c. See Na, v.
It is enough ; it is sufficient ; a plenty.
U-A-NA-oA, V. Va as above, and na, sat-
isfied, and 00, sick. To have no relish for
food.
U-A-NA-OA, adj. Wanting an appetite ;
disrelishing food.
•U-A-MEi, adv. Adverb of time future ;
it refers to something to be done or some-
thing to take place hereafter, but at no
frcat distance of tjcie ; soon ; by and by ;
ereafter. The full form is aaanei; it is
contracted by dropping the initial o, af*«r
a word ending in a. Dan. 1:10.
15
U-A-Nii, adj. Too salt ; miko loa.
U-E, V. To weep; to cry; to cry in an
audible manner.
2. To sigh ; to have inward anguish ; to
be afflicted.
3. To have pity npon.
4. To salute ; to love.
6. To cry to one for relief in distress.
6. To enter a complaint. SeeUwE.
U-E, V. To hitch or shove along a lit»
tie ; to shake. See Naub. Soo. To cause
a movement or shaking.
U-E, s. The wrenching of a stick j the
turning of a screw.
U-E, s. A kind of mat made without
trimming the lauhala.
U-E-UE, V. See Ue, to shake. Neko-
ueko, uiknnikn, pilnpilu. Soo. To cause
to shake ; to shake violently ; hooewaewa
ma ka nuku, me ka hoonaneuc ae.
U-£-UE-Ko, s. A bad smell; a atench.
See VVeweko.
U-E-UE-Ko, adj. Filthy ; unpleasant to
the smell.
U-E-PA, s. Eng. A wafer; better written
mpa ; better still wefa.
U-E-WA-LE, s. Ue, to cry, and wale,
without cause. A coward. '
U-ij V. To ask a question; ui iho la au
penei, ahea ka nui o na haumanai to in-
quire of ; ua uiia mai oe e ke alii e oicio
i^u, thou art asked by the chief to speak.
2. To milk; to squeeze gut milk. Sec
Kowi.
8. To writig out, as washed clothes.
' 4. To creak or squeak, as new shoes in
walking.
5. To grate, as the teeth.
U-i, *. A question ; a series of ques-
tions ; a catechism ; an interrogation ; ho
ui no na haumana o ke kulanui, a question
for the scholars of the high school.
U-i, s. A youth ; a young person ;
youth generally ; strength. Kin. 49:3.
U-I, adj. Young; strong; well propor-
tioned ; applied to young and vigorous
men. ijiri. 2:9.
Ui-io, V. To question ; to interrogate.
See Ui.
U-i-u-i, V. To squeak, as new shoes;
to gnash the teeth. See Ur.
U-i-u-i, s. Arrow-root. See Pla.
2. A beer mado of the ki root.
3. The fermented juice of the sugar-cane.
See UiuiA.
U-i-u-wi, *. A tooth ; a small, young
tooth.
Ui-ir-iA, s. A kind of beer made of cane
juice.
Ui-ui-Ki, V. To shine, as a light through
uo
114
UUK
a small aperture ; to sfaine throagh a small
aperture into a dark room.
2. To glimmef feebly j ua uiu'M iki mai
kahi malamalama iki ma Hawaii nei.
Ui-ui-Ki, s. A small hole through which
light may shine ; he puku unku, he wahi
liakahaka unku, i puka mai ka malama-
lama o na hoku liilii loa, i ike powehiwe-
biia.
Ui-ui-Ko, s. An unpleasant smell. See
Ueueko.
Vi-vi-wi, s. The name of a species of
fish ; the oili.
Ui-HAA, adj. Weary with a long dis-
tance.
2. Idle, i. B., without work ; burdened
with work, but desiring It,
U-i-Ki,- s. See UiuiKi. A small aper-
ture ; he hakabaka.
Ui-Ki, s. Eng. The wick of a lamp or
candle. Slat. 12:20. Better written wiki.
Ui-LA, s. Lightning. Zek.lO-.l. Keahi
e hole ikaika ana iloko o na ao ua.
Ui-LA-Ni, V. To Struggle inefTectually
to get away from a person ; to struggle in
^ain to get out of difficulty ; uilani ae la
makou; mehea la a hemo ae ai? we are
struggling ineffectually ; by what means
shall we break away? The word is also
used in a moral sense ; aole anei he uUani ?
is he not in difficdty ? Laieik. 206.
Ui-LA-Ni, s. Pride ; haughtiness ; self
exhortation.
U-i-Li, V. To Steer, as a canoe.
U-i-NA, V. Ui and fl>w. See Ui 4.
1. To crack ; to snap, as a whip.
2. To crack, as a rope or string of a lei.
Zaieik. 145.
3. To break, as a piece of wood. Note. —
It is the noise made by the breaking, and
not the breaking that makes the uitui.
U-i-NA, 5. See tliNA, V. A report of a
■pistol ; the noise of a gun ; the cracking
of the fingers; a guttural break in pronun-
ciation between two vowels.
U-o (u-wo), V. To cry out ; to bellow,
as a bull ; to roar, as a lion ; e iio uo ka
liona i kona leo me ka ikaika loa.
XJ-o, V. Ka tio ana i ka lei, ke kui ana
me ka manai, a uo aku i ke kaula; to foaten
by tying or braiding for a certain purpose;
to splice two ends of rope.
TJh), s. The jingling of money.
U-o, *. Ka uo, ka aeae, ka wall, ka
uono ; the soft fluidity of poi mixed thin
wifi; water and clear of lumps.
U-O. adj. Ka poi wo, ka ai uouo; soft;
paste like ;. fluid, as soft poi.
U-o, adj. Quality of a species of ohia;
ka ohia no, nouolea iuka.
U-o-A, *. Nanie of a species of fish.
Uo-(j-o, adj. See Uo, soft. Soft; paate
like, as poi wet with water ; clear ; fine ;
without lumps.
Uo-uo, adj. See Uo, to cry out. Roar-
ing; crying; having a strong voice; he
kanaka umto o Kamehameha.
Uo-tJO-LEA, s. A species of ohia; ka
ohIa uo, uouolea iuka.
Uo-Ki, V. Contracrion of ua oki; used
in the imperative raood ; stop ; cease ; be
done ; leave off. See Oki.
U-o-M, u To call upon one ; to call
upon ; to complain. Hal. 4:1. See Uaio.
U-o, s. Mastujbation ; onanism ; ule-
ho!e.
U-u, V. To practice onanism ; e uie-
hole.
2. To pull off or pluck, as a tlowor ; e
hele oukon e uu mai i pua kilioopu. Zaieik.
192. To strip with the hand, as leaves.
3. To hoist, as a sail ; *e uu ae i ko kakou
pea ; ua ««irakahi pea, a koe no kekajii.
4. To draw out, as india rubber ; to pull
out, as a peucil from its case, &c.
U-ir, V. To groan; to be in a auflfering
state. Puk. 6:5.
V-rj, s. A stammering; an impediment
in speech.
U-tr, adj. Stammering; speaking hesi-
tatingly and indistinctly.
U-tr, s. A species of fish of a red color.
U-u-i-NA, V. To be brittle ; to break, as
glass.
2. To crack the joints of the fingers.
3. To squeak, as shoes. See \Ji, XJvai,
and Papaika.
4 To crepitate or grate, as the two ends
of a broken bone ; more, properly applied
to the joints of the backbone when pressed;
kamumumu.
U-u-ir, V. See Uu. To stammer; to
be impeded in speaking, as one afi'ccted
with fhe palsy.
2. To strip frequently, ga in stripping off
leaves.
U-u-u, adj. Hoarse; stammering; una-
ble to speak intelligibly. Isa. 32:4.
U-u-HAi, s. The door or door frame of
a house. See TJbai.
U-tr-Kir, V. See Uku, a genus of small
inseet.«i. Ta be small; little; few.
2. To diminish in size.
3. To make or bo few in mtmber. los.
7:3. 0 kela mai ka Afea u uukri ai ua ka-
naka 0 ia wa, that "sickness was what re-
duced the number of people at that period.
4. IIoo. To reduce ; to make fow. JVt.
28:54. To make few ; applied to words.
A'efcci.*'. 5:2.
UHA
115
UHA
1/-0-KU, *. A little man; a dwarf; a
diiBinutive person.
V-u-Kii,adj. Little; small; diminutive;
few.
U-tr-LU-HA-KU, V. To stit up poi as 'a
lazy man, hence the pol will be Inmpy,
U-u-LU-KAi, adj. Large, fleshy and
weak, as a fat man.
2. Full or hanging, as the cheeks of one
who is somewhat ill or fat; uhekehcke,
»pehnpehu.
C-u-LU-KAi, V. To .be large and fleshy,
but weak.
U-LU-HA-KU, adj. Weary; lame with
walking or carrying a burden.
U-u-MA, V. To pinch the skin with the
hand; ama.
U-n-Mi, V. See Umi. To choke; to
throttle ; to strangle ; iia uumiia.ke keiki
e ka wahine kolohe ; e kaawe, e iinai.
2. To make great exertions.
3. To restrain, suppress, as the passions;
to mortify. Kol. 3:5. To refrain from
weeping when deeply affected. JTin. 43:31.
To reskain, hold in, as compassion. Jsa.
63:15.
4. To keep to one's self, as a saying or a
speech ; utwii i ke aloha, to refuse to love.
1 loan. 3:17. Uumi i ka manao, to refrain
from speaking, i. e., to choke the thought.
A uumi ia Kiwalao me ka lei o mann ma
kona lima, he choked Kiwalao with the
wreath of bird's feathers on his a.nn. See
U«i.
U-IJ-MI, *. A choking; killing, as of in-
fants ; o ke ufimi kamalii kekahi hewa ka-
hiko 0 keia aina. See Umi.
U-u-MU-i-KU. I ka elehei, i ka uumuiku.
See MuMDiKU.
U-u-PE-Kir-PE-KU, s. I ka u-upekupeku. a
ka aoheo;,that which is unequal in length,
some long and some short ; the practice of
defilement and pollution of the sexes ; ap-
plied to persons of known lewdness.
U-o-wA, adj. Slippery; smooth; pau
na iwi i kekahi moa labllahi uuwa, oia ka
wahi 0 ka iwi. Anat. 4.
U-u-wAi, adj. He wawai, he pipiwai-
Uu for uuku, and teai, water. A very lit-
tle water.
U-HA, V. To belch up wind.
2. To hawk np mucus ; to hawk, m a
means of raising phlegm firom the throat
or lungs. See Pcha,
3. To swell ; to disfe;nd, as tho stemacb.
4. To squander ; to misspend ; . •■ waste :
to misuse property. See IjHAtiHA.
U-HA, s. The thigh; the thigh of a per-
son. iMnk. 3:16.
2. The ham of a hog,
3. The lap of a woman. 2 Nal 4:20,
Uka hoali, the heave shoulder. Oihk. 7:34.
4. The enlarged intestine near the anus
of beasts ; the alimentary canal.
U-HA, adj. Slipping avv^ay; not easily
held, as a cunning rogue. .
2. Greedy ; craving ; eating often.
U-HAE, V. To tear ; to rend, as a gar-
ment. Oihk. 10:6. TJa uhaeia ka lole, na
uhaeia ka raoena. See Hae and Haehab.
U-HAi, V. See Hai. To break in two,
as a stick ; to break, as a bone. 2mh. 24:8.
To breol;. as tue neck. Pule. 13:13.
2. To break, as a covenant. KarU. 31:16.
To break, as a law ; na uhai ke kanawai ;
to disregard, as an agreement; to break
away, as from a yoke or bondage.
3. To jerVor pull out; to tear out or
off by force, as a branch from a tree.
4. To pound up or break to pieces, as
with a rod ; to break off, as a horn. Dan.
8:8.
5. To follow; chase; pursue. JLaieik.'Jl.
To overrun ; to treat with contempt. See
Habai.
■ 6. To speak to ; to say to one ; ke uhai
mai nei ka uaaupo ia makon e hoohalikeia
ka mea naaupo me ka mea naauao.
U-HAi, s. E hilinai ana no ia maluna
o ka wltai ; the door shutter of a room ov
house ; e^ane mai i uhai.
U-HAI, s. The door ,-or 'properly the door
frame of a house ; ke kikihi o k^ hale.
U-HAi-A-Ho-LO, V. Uhai a.ni /tola, to PiTi.
Lit. To break away and run; to run, as in
a race ; to fly ; to hasten after a thing ; ke
uhaiaholo nei na kanaka ma kawaiwai,me
ke knkiui nui ma ia aoao me he mau elele
na ke alii o ka lewa.
U-HAi-A-Ho-Lo, s. A swift running; an
eager pursuit after a thing.
U-HAo,r,t'. See Haq. To put into ; to
fill ; to put into, as into a bag. Kin. 44:1.
Or into a basket or other container; ua
vhaoia ka ai iloko oka umeke; i ka ma-
nawa e uhao ai i ka poka i ka pu. See
Hahao.
U-HAo, 5. The line of lean flesh each
side, but outside of the backbone; the lean
flesh inside is called ioliu ; na io e moe lua
ana maloko. o ke ka o ka puaa a pili aku i
ke kuamoo. See Ioliu.
U-HATi, V. To pile together; to buiW
up, as the wall.' of a city. 2 OiKl. 32:5.
2. Tc put in, as clothes i&.^o a chest ; to
pack. See Uhao.
3. To lay brick or ^stone into the walls
of a house or city. Nih. 3:2.
4. To pHe one thing on another.
5. To whip : to scourge ; ke uhauia !a
ke kna o ke kanaka i kc kaula : to strike ;
to smite. Oih. 12:23.
6. To pincl; ; to afflict ; to press.
UHA
116
urn
U-HAU, s. A whip to- strike with.
Nahvm. 3:2.
U-HAU-A, *. The stones; the testicles
of the male. lob. 40:17.
U-HA-u-HA, V. See Uha 4. To live in
a wasteful manaer ; to squander property.
2. To live in every indul^enge of pas-
sion ; a noho vhauha ke alii me lea inu
rama ame ka aie, tUe king lived in a revel-
ing inanner, drinkiqg rum and 'going into
debt.
U-HA-U-HA, adj. Riotous ; gluttonous ;
reveling.
2. Tough ; applied to kalo. See Uam.
U-HA-U-HA, a. Moral madness ; folly.
Kikah, 1:17.
U-HAU-HAu, V. See UhIh. To crowd
on ; to press forward.
U-HAu-HAu, s. Weakness; tremulous,
ikft of old ago.
U-HAti-HAU, otfj. Weak ; tremulous ;
tottering with age j fearful.
U-HAu-HA-LA-LE, ady Large, fat and
unwieldy, as a very lat person; also weak.
U-HAU-HU-i, «. Name of a religious cer-
emony in the pule anaana; same as aviumr
hui.
UiCAU-HU-MU, V. Vhau and hfttnu, to
unite. To lay stones smoothly in a wall.
U-HAU-LA, V. To waste; to be prodigal
of; e hoomauna.
U-HA-KA-KAu, s. The office of one df
the king's attendants.
U-HA-Ki, V. See Uhai, k inserted. To
break, as a stick or staff. Isa. 14:5. To
break, as the bones. Isu. .38:13.
2. To break, as a covenant. ler. 11:10.
U-HA-KI, adj. Broken, as some brittle
substance; jiu nlu uhalci; he kuapuu, i. e.,
a broken or humpbacked person,
U-HA-Ku, V. To put together; to bun-
. die up ; to roll together.
U-HA-LE-HE, s. A vulgar word used by
children; similar to teaAoAec; be uhaldie oe.
U-HA-LE-HE, adj. Broad ; wide, as a
hole ; tihaiehe ka waha ; uh.atelus ka puka. ,
U-HA-LE-NA, adj. Lazy; full by over
eating.
U-HA-LO-A, s. Name of a small shrub
growing in dry places, used in making
scars on the skin something like blisters.
U-HA-LU, adj. Hungry; weak from
hunger ; destitute.
U-n4-LU-HA-LtT, adj. Applied to the
visage; gazing ; staring.
2. Wa,tor-soaked ; toughs as kalo.
,U-HA-LU-LA, adj. Lazy; slow; weak;
cowardly.
U-HA-HT-LA, s. Weakness; lazinfess;
cowardice.
U-HA-Mir-A, *. Uha and mua, first, fore.
. The shoulder of an animal. M'.ek. 24:4.
U-HA-NE, s. See Hane and Hanehane
in the mcles. The soul,; the spirit of a per-
son. Oihk. 5:1. He mea ninau i na vJiaiM
fno, a consulter of evil spirits. Kard. 18:11.
He kino wailua.
2. The ghost or spirit of a deceased per-
son.
3. The Spirit ; applied to the third per-
son of the Trinity, taan. 1:32. Uliane He-'
molele, the Holy Spirit Note. — Hawaiians
supposed that men bad two souls each:
that one died with tbe body, the other lived
on either visible or invisible as might be,
but had no more connection with the per-
son deceased than bis shadow. These
ghosts could talk, cry, complain, whisper,
&c. There were those who were supposed
to be skillful in entrapping or catching
thera.
U-HA-NE, adj. Spiritual. 1 Kor. 15:44,
Partaking ot- the spirit or sonf.
U-HA-NE, ado. Me ka hoi ithane aku
hoi i Kauai. Laieik. 95. Their flesh eaten
by the birds, they wonld return as to their
souls only to Kanai.
U-HA-NUi, ddj. Weak; feeble; having
little physical strength ; nut able to bear
a great weight ; he mea uhanwi ke kanaka
ikaika ole.
U-HEA, s. The coverttf a pof . Note. —
This may be an erroneous orthography for
uhiV; a contraction of itiliia, covered.
U-HE-u-HE, adj. Offended. See Uhe-
I.EUE.
U-HE-c-LE, s. A word used in vilifying
and reproachin;; another.
U-HE-KE, adj. Languid; weak; imbe-
cile.
U-HE-KE-HE-KE, adj. FuU; pjump; ap
plied to the cheeks ; papalina ^ckf.keke.
2. Large, Hcshy and weak, as a fat man.
U-HE-LE, P. To bark; to peel bark from
a tree or banana.
U-HE-LE-HE, adj. Offended.
U-HE-MO, p. See Hemo. To break off;
to separate into parts.
2. TO divorce, as man and wife ; alalia,
kuha aku. la o Wakca i ko Papa mau maka
a ukemo iho la laua, then Wakta spat in
Papa's face and they two were divoreed.
U-HE-NE, ) ,;. gee Henehene, to
U-HE-NE-HE-NE, J mock. To use vile and
lascivious language between the sexes.
U-Hi, 0. To cover over a thing so as to
hide itj to cover or hide, aa the water covets
what IS in the bottom of tbe sea. PiUe.
15:10,
tlHO
117
UHU
2. I'o cwcr. i. e., spread over the coun-
try, as an army.- Nah. 22:5. To cover ; to
hide, as a ain, i. e., to forgive it. Neh. 4:5.
3. IIoo. To veil; to cover with a vol),
as the face. Kin. 24;(i5.
4. To spread over a cover ; to conceal,
as a cloud. Kin. 9:14. UH nha mai ka
pclo 0 ka Ilia ahi, uhi mai ka leo o ko abi
0 ka pele.
,'). To bo smothered, as the voice of one
- by tlie voices of many j na uhiia kona leo
e ka haukamumu. Lnuiik. 'i'L
U-Hi, .'5. A covering! a veil. PKi.26:14.
2. A fence ; a protection.
U-Hi, s. A yam, a vegetable; grows in
the ground.
U-HI, s. Name of a small shell fish.
U-Hi-A-PA-NA, V. See Pakuikui, Kam.
U-Hi-u-Hi, V. To thatch a house poorly
witn banana leaves ; be ako paa olc.
U-HI-U-HI, s. Name of a timber tree on
Kanai ; wood a dark red color, very dura-
ble, very hal'd.
U-Hi-Ki-No, s. TJhi, to cover, and kino,
the body. A covering ibr the body ; a
shield. Ilal 3.'j:2.
U-Hi-NA, s. A net for taking fish.
U-Hi-Ni, s. An insect somefliing like a
grasshopper j the word has been used in
the Bible for grasshopper. Hah. 13:33.
For locust. Pvk. 10:14. Mai ai oe i l(a
vhini; by a change of letters. Sec UMiii.
. Vhini huluhulu, a canker worin; Ifahum.
3:15. Uhini hulu ole, tbo )>almci' worm.
loel. 1:4. Uhini ot»io hnlu ole. tod. 2:25.
U-Hi-Ni, adj. Thin ; slender ; small j
almost broken ; puahilo.
[J-Hi-Ni-PAA-WE-LA, s. The parent of
the uhini ; Hhinipaawekt,; oia ka uhini
makua.
U-Hi-Ni-Pi-Li, s. The leg atid arm bones
bound up together ; be akua uhinipUi ;
they were worshipped in that condition.
See UnitiU'ii,!.
U7H1-N1-PU-A, s. See Uhini. The young
vhini before it has wings ; Oia ka uhini lii-
lii aole ehcu.
U-Hi-NU, V. To take advantage of a
man's ignorance in a bargain ; to deceive
in that way.
U-Hi-PAA, 0. Uhi, to cover, and jiaa,
fast. To cover up entirely so as to be out
of sight, as a cloud or fog.- Laieik. 16.
U-Hoi, V. See Hoi, to return. To return
from following one ; to turn back. 2 Sam.
2:26.
2. To unite together; to -live and sleep
together, as a man and wife once separated.
D-Ho-LA, V. See Hola. To unfold; to
sprpad out, as the wings of a bird.
2. To spread down, as a mat.
3. To spread out or smooth, as a cloth
that has been ruffled up.
4. To wrap up, as to wrap up one in bed
clothes; to spread out, as a net. ffal. 140:5.
5. Fio. Applied to the mind ; to calm ;
to soothe: to prepare for hearing a message,
good or bad.
6. To open, as the mind ; to ealighted
See HoiioLi and HoT.iHoi.A.
U-Ho-LE, e. See Hole. To skin; to
strip off the skin of an animal ; to peel the
bark from a tree ; to peel off the skin, as a
. banana; c maibi.
U-HU, V. To groan from pain ; to com-
plain of suffering.
2. To complain of an injury done to one.
3. To think hard of: mai wfta nul wale
00 i ka hoi i kou wahi ibo, do not ihink too
hard of going back to your own place.
4. To bolt, as a horse.
5. IIoo. Mai ImcAihu aku 00 i ka faolo 0
ka Ho ; to groan ; to coiigh. See KanIUuDi
U-HU, s. A cry of grief; grief; hard
feeling ; no kcia olelo a ua haole la, o ka
vhu koke ae la no ia e holo.
2. The groaning of persons.
3. The grunting of hogs ; kani uhi, a,
deep groan.
4. Name of a fish the size of a salmon.
U-HO, adj. Wasteful ; improvident.
U-HtJ-AO, I). Toiush; to struggle.
U-Hir-E'LA, «. A species of red fish.
U-HU-fl^tB-B'LE, S. A species of fish._
U-Htr-u-HU, j). See Uho. To heigh, as
a liorae. ter. 6:8. To bray, as an ass.
2. To cough frequently.
3. IIoo. Td caiise a neighing or groan'
ing, &c. .
4. To hem) to hawk, as in clearing the
throat.
U-Hu-u-HU, *. A neighing, as of a horse.
Int. 8:16. A frequent coug^iing ; he kunn-
kunu.
U-Hu-HA-LA-HA-fLA,- «. Nameofafish.
U-Hu-Ki, V. To pull up, as grass or
weeds I to root up, as weeds or small trees.
ler, 11:19.
2. To root np, 'destroy, as a people.
Amos. 9:16. See HuKi, to pull ; draw.
3. To rob ; to take violently what is an-
other's.
U-Ho-Ki-WA-LEj Si A Seizing and taking
away what is another's : a robbery.
U-HU-PA-KA-Li, *. Cnu, a fish, and p9-
kali, to deceive so as to catch. The lish
used as a decoy in catching other fish : oia
ka uhu e hoowalewale ai, e kaana mai al
na uhu e a bei i ka upena. See Uho, fish.
U-HU-pi-Ko-u-LA, s. Name of a fish ; a
kind of fish and a way of catching it. See
Uhu, lisb.
UKA
118
UKI
P-KA, s. The shore; the country inland;
opposed to kai.
U-KA, V. To send; to convey; mostly
with ftoo; to send, as a letter. 2 /Stem. 11:14.
To send, convey, as money or goods. 2
Om. 16:3.
2. To bring npon one, as evil. I<^s. 23:1.5.
3. To consume ; to destroy ; to devour.
4. To cast up; to ;nake a road. i«a. 57:14.
5. To add to ; to make more of. 1 Nal.
12:11.
6. To commence an attack, as in a bat-
tle ; ekolu paha la e kana. ai ; alalia, hoch
utonui.
7. To throw upon, as goods or property
on board a vessel.
U-KA, ». To address in calling a hog ;
i kuu manao, aole manao o ka puaa; ;na e
oleic aku ke kahu, e i aku ia me neia, itka —
uka — u mai ka puaa. See Uhu, a.
U-KAE, adj. Dirty; filthy; hoggjtsh.
U-KA-0-KA, V. Hoo. To throw or pile
upon, as baggage on a vessel or canoe.
2. To gormandize; to eat as long as one
can ; ka ai nui ana a ono ka ^ttu.
U-KAu-KAi, iidj. FoTukaukaai. Large,
fat and fee We;
U-KA-HE-WA, V. Uka, to make an at-
tsmpt, and hewa, wrong. To make an at-
tempt and miss ; to attempt and not per-
form.
U-KA-KA, s. The female of the bird oo.
U-KA-LE-KA-UE, adj: Deceitful lying.
See HooKAi.BKAT.B. He kanaka ukalekcSe,
aole oiaio.
U-KA-Li, ». To follow after ; to follow,
as people in a train of a chief; hahai, a
vkali i ke alii.
2. To accompany ^ne ; to go with. Sol.
7:Za.
3. To be sent after, as a package. 2
Sam. 11:8.
U-HA-Li, adj. The younger; the smaller;
applied to shot sent from the gun at the
game time with the ball: called poka ukali
because they follow after the ball ; called
also pokii, the younger' brothers (of the
ball.)
2. Following, 3. e.,' accompanying ; at-
tending upon ; ma na waa ufcoti o ke alii.
laieik. 112.
U-KA-LI, s. Name of the planet Mer-
cury ; so called from its following close
after the sun.
U-KA-Li, adv. After; behind, like one
following after ; hele vikcUi hou, they went
pillowing after. Laieik. 72.
U-jcA-NA, s. SeoUicAandAMA. A send-
ing ; something soni
2. Property or somethiog to be conveyed j
W tinother place. I
3. Baggage on or to be put on a canoe
or vessel.
4. Any movable property. itn.46:6. A
bundle ; one's substance. los. 14:4.
5. The calabashes, remnants of food, Ac,,
after a family has eaten. Laieik. 86.
U-KE, V. To Strike, as the cloth mallet;
to tick, as a watch. See Puke and Koele.
U-KE-KE, s. Name of an ancient pulsa-
tile musical instrument among the Hawai-
ians; aharp,„l Sam. 10:5. Kaukekehabsca.
U-KE-KE, s. A shuddering; a chill. See
Haceeke, anu, lia.
-KE- , ( j_ A species of bird.
U-KE-KE-KE, ) *^
U-i:e-le, v. To be muddy; slipperj'.
See Kelb.
U-ke-le-ke-le, adj. Muddy ; miry ;
slippery from mud, as a road. See Kble,
mud; mire.
U-Ki, s. A plant or shrub, sometimes
used in thatching houses ; there are thi^fe
kinds ; the leaves of these bushes could be
used only in temporary shelters ; kamala
vjci, he hana wikiwiki ; kkmala liki kau
hana ana was jestingly said when one
thatched badly, leaving holes, as in a shel-
ter made quickly ; applied in this sense to
all thatching.
2.. Name of the grass inside of the house,
as the pili was outside.
U-Ki, V. To provoke ; to do that 'which
ir'itates one ; used mostly with hoo, or in
the frequentative form, as ukiuki.
U-KI, *. Name of a kind of grass.
U-KI, adj. Partaking of the quality of
uki : as, kamala uki, a shanty covered with
uki leaves ; unsubstantial ; applied also to
cloth : as, lole tiki, blue cloth. 2 Oihl.
3:14. '•
U-Ki, V. To have a strong offensive
smell ; to smell unpleasantly. See Ukiuki,
adj.
U-Ki-u, ) J. The shell of the kukui
U-KI-0-KI-U, 5 nut ; ka ili a kukui.
U-Ki-u, ) s. The name of a north
U-Kl-u-Kl-u, J wind ; similar to the hoo-
lua; he makani kiu.
tJ-Ki-p-Ei, V. To be offended ; to be
vexed ; provoked ; to be very angry.
2feh. 4:1.
2. To treat with contempt; to be in
anger at one. Kard.l9:6. To be displeased.
2 Sam. 6:8.
3. To scold ; to be indignant ; to jtreat
vindictively ; to hate. Kin. 50:15. Ua likC
ka ukiuki me ka inaina ; ukiuki iho la ia
no kona nele ana i ka aina ole, he was vm/
angry for being deprived of land. Soo-~
rm. The same meaning.
UKU
119
ULA
U-Ki-if-Ki, V. To be gently in motion,
or to ha^e a little strength, as wares ; ufci-
wfei ka aleale ana. Aniani, aheahe, nahe,
&c.i ufduki and malanai arc Mrong in tlie
order in Wbicb they are here planed, TncUa-
naf being the strongest,
U-Ki-ir-Ei, 1. Gontempt; anger; ragej
envy ; disaiTection ; wrath. Kaiil. 29:27.
Fig. with ninini, Ezek. 20:13, 21.
U-Ki-u-xi, adj. Papa ukiuhi ka makani,
a strong blowing wind.
; 2. Strong smelling; offensive; he ukmki
ka waha o ka mea puhi baka ; pilopilo.
U-Kj-Hi, adj. Sores at the comers of
the mouth.
2. Well spoken, as a fluent person in
speaking; lie waha ukVii, hoOpoloiei, miko-
mlko ha waha.
U-Ki-KE, s. Name of an ancient musical
instrument ; a kind of jewsharp. See
Ukeke.
U-Ki-Ki, s. Name of a species of fish.
U-KO, s. An offering which one carried
with hiin before Wakea when he died.
Human sacrifices were offered for this pur-
pose ; he uko keia oihana a ke kahuna — a
moa ae la ka puaa nko.
U-Ko-'KO-LE, adj. Sore ; inflamed ; ap--
plied to a partial inflammation of the eye.
See KoLB.
U-KO-LE, s. Name of a species of fish.
U-Ko-LE-Ko-LE, adj., Reddened or in-
flamed, as the eye ; he ^kolekole ka maka.
U'KD, V. To pay j remunerate ; to pay,
as a Bne. I'uk. 21:30. To pay a tax or
debt.
2. To compensate either good or bad,
according to what has been previously
done. Puk. 34:7. Stn. with hoopai.
3. To reward ; require or demand pun-
ishment for an offense.
4. To bring evil upon one, as a pnnish-
ishment. .
6. Pass. Td hb punished 5 to be paid, as
wages ; e uku tiewa, to punish ; e vJcu mai-
kai, to reward.
6. Hoo. To reward ; to pay for a benefit.
2 Sam. 19:36. To lay a fine upon one.
Kanl. 22:19.
U-Kir, s. Wages' or reward for work
done. Mh. 18:31.-
2. Fine for a misdemeanor ; nk- hoopai,
punishment for a crime. Laidk: ZX2. Tax
or tribute to a ruler.
3. A pledge for a debt. Kani. 24:6. A
pledge for a thing lent. Kanl. 24:10.
4.' He vku mare, a dowry. Fuk. 21:10.
5. A priciB for a privi!er;9 ; a he uleu no
kou. kokoke aku, a price for your approach.
Laieik. 99.
U xtr, s. Name of a gienus of small in-
sects ; uku poo, a lead louse ; ufcu kapa, a
body louse ; «*tt pepa, the book insect ;
uku lele, a flea, &o. The root is probably
ufcu, to be little or small. See Ucku.
U-Ktr, *. A species of fish.
U-Ku-i, s. A reward. See Ukit.
U-KU-TT-KTT, adj. Very small ; little.
U-KtT-Hi, V. To pour, as wafer into a
cask ; to fill a vessel with any fluid. loa.
9:13. Ukuhi iho la a piha na pahu, they
poured into tbe'casks till full.
2. To get or obtain water ; i holo mai e
vkuAi wai a loaa ka ai i ola, they come
here to obtain water (Lit. to pour water
in) and to get provisions.
3. To wean, as a child from the breast.
Kin. 21:8. Equivalent to haalele waiu;
hooki i ka ai waiu ana 0 ke keiki ; keiW i
vkwhiia, a weaned child. Hal. 131:2.
U-Ku-Hoo-PA-NEE, s. l/A«, pay, and Aoo-
panee, to put off^ i. e., interest on money
lent ; usury. Isa. 24:2.
U-KU-KA-PA, s. Uku, louse, and kapa,
garment. A kapa louse; a body louse;
he uku no ke kino 0 ke kanaka.
U-Kn-Kir-Hi, V. To put or pour into, as
liquid into b vessel. See Ukuhi. JE kiaha-
dlia.
U-KU-LE-LE, s. Vku and lele, to jump,
A flea. '1 Sam, 24:15.
U-KU-PA-NAi, s. Uku, pay, and paTtai,
to redeem. A pledge for a payment. Pvk.
22:26. Security tor a person or thing. Oih.
17:9.
U-KU-PE-PA, s. Weu and pepa (Eng.),
p.iper. The insect that eats paper or books.
U-KU-poo, s. Uku, louse, and poo, the
head. A head louse.
U-LA, *. Ula, red. A lobster, from its
color : he ia iwi mawaho ; also,
2. A species of fish ; also Written xdaida.
U-LA, i ■«. To be or appear red, as
U-I,A-X?-I<A, ) the end of a blaze of fire, or
of Si.lamp : to be red. Isa. 63:2.
U-LA,' ) s. Redness ; a scarlet color.
U-LA-U-LA, J Puk. 25:4. Red, v. 5 ; ua
liko ka ulaula me ka weo ; name of a red
fish. See Ula.
U-LA, ) adj. Red, as a blaze seen ■
U-LA-U-LA, J in the night; purple; ka-
naka ula.
U-LA-0-KO-KO, adj. l^a and too, blood.
Red, as fire, or anything paiE:.ed bright
red ; red, as blood, or blood red. Note, —
Sometimes the last o falls out in speaking,
thus, via — koko.
U-LAS, *. A species of fish.
U-LAi-A, V. To live in solitude, as &
hermit, oa account of disappointment.
ULE
120
. tJLI
tJ-w-n-LA, s. See U1.A above. Ka weo-
vi-eo, ke kolekole ; the redness of tbe flesh
when the skin is mbbeil off.
U-LA-u-LA, adj. See Ula above. He
helohclo ; slight red; rerlilisb.
U-LA-i'-LA, s. Name of a species of fish.
U-LAtr-tAi-LA, s. Name of a child iile-
gitimately born of a chief aniJ a common
Yiom&n.
U-LA-u-LA-KE-A-Hi, 5. VlaiUa, red, and
ke ahi, the lire.
1. The name given to JiqviOr when first
diBtilled, from Its color ; also,
2i A name applied to the god who pre-
sided over the tusineBB of distillation ; no
Ulaviakeahi ke kiaha mua o ka vama, for
iTlanlakeahi the first ciip (distilled) of rum.
U-LA-Hio-Hio, adj. TJla and urn. The k
is probably euphonic. Eeally red. See
. Ulaokoko of the same meaning.
Il-LA-Hi-WA, adj. Ula,. red, and hiuoa,
black. Purple; dark red.
U-LA-LA, V. To act insanely ; to be out
of one's right miud.
0-LA-LA, s. Insanity ; madness. Kekah.
9:13.
2. A crazy person.
U-LA-LA, adj. Crazy; denented; out of
one's senses.
U-LA-LE-LE, s. A favorite; one highly
esteemed.
U-LA-NA, V. To weave ; to plait ; to
braid; to intertwine. as vines. Piifc. 28:32.
To wreathe ; to weave. 2 Nal. 25:17. E
idana mocna, to'braid or vireave a mat.
U-tA-NA, adj. Lying still or calm, as
the surface of water unrufBed by wind.
2. Idle ; unemployed ; lalana, Iieha, mo-
lowa.
D-LA-NA, adj. hvi ulana. Kam.., B. 9,
p. 7, 3. The prophecy or expression of the
kilokilo when looking upon a person in
good health, raeaniug he will soon die.
U-LA-PAA, s. Via, red, and poa, fast;
"■ concealed. The oesa vagina of females,
IT-L£, V. To hang; to swing; to pro-
ject.
U-LE, s. The penis; the genital of men
and male animals; o ka uU no paha ke
meue ; haha ia i ka ule o Kanekii.
2. A tenon for a mortice.
3. The pointed part of the post which
enters the crotch of the rafter.
U-LEi, s. Name of a tree, the timber
very hard; from this tree instruments were
made for cultivating the earth, as the oo, &c.
U-LEi, V. To open; to uncover; to sep-
arate ; helei, uwehe, wehe.
U-LEI, s. An opening; uncovering; ka
helei, ka uwehe.
U-LE-u-LE, s. A sty on the edge of the
eyelid ; ka v.le>de o ka maka.
U-LE-U-LE, adj. See Ule. Pendulous;
hanging down ; projecting out.
U-LE-ir-LiE-LE, I!. To ride on horseback ;
kaukaulelewaihui. See Poijshemhe.
U-LE-HE-LE-HE, adj. Not bound tight;
applied to a bundle ; paa ole.
U-LE-Hi-Lo, s. The gonorrhea; same as
waiki.
U-LE-Ho-LE, V. Vie and hole, to peel.
■ To practice onanism or masturbation.
U-LE-Ho-LE, s. Onanism; masturbation,
&c.
U-LE-KA-Hi, s. Ule and liahi, to cut. A
name for circumcision.
U-LE-PAA, s. Epithet of a man who has
not kno^vn a woman ; the same as puupaa
applied to a woman.
U-LE-PE, V. To stand erect, as the comb
of a cock. See Lbpe. To stand erect, as
the hair when one is cold.
2. To be rongh.
U-LE-pu-AA, s. Ule and puaa, a hog.
The name given by Eawaiians to a screw
auger, gimlet, or any insti'ument of that
class.
U-Li, adj. Blue ; cerulean blue ; green,
as a meadow ; whatever is green among
vegetables. Puk. 9:22. Pertaining to a
dark or dusty color ; iiU ka wai o ka niu.
U-LI, s. The blue sky; ka poe nana
uli o ke alii, the foietellers of the weathei.
Laieik. 36.
U-LI, s. The name of a god to which
a prayer was addressed in the pule anaana.
U-LI, s. A canoe steerer for the king's
canoes ; one of the king's, special servants.
U-LI, V. To steer a canoe or ship.' See
HOEUU.
U-LI, V. To gurgle ; to make such a
noise as when water is poured out of a
calabash or a coccfannt ; e neneke ; uli ka
wai o ka niu.
U-LI, s. Name of a species of kalo.
2. Name of a species of fan leaf cocoa-
nut ; ka uli, ka loulu, ka hawane.
U-LT, s. The personal appearance or
fitness of a peison for any duty; applied
particularly to runners as fhey appeared
to the poe kilokilo; e nana no ka pocnana
uli, c like mc ke kukini.
U-Li-E-o, s. See Ull The appearance
of a person as fit or unfit for a duty or of-
.ficc, including his mental fitness ; helo mai
ka poe akimiu e nana i ka vHeo o kckahi
kukini.
U-li-u-li, adj. See Uli. Blue. Pu'c.
25:4. Greeu. Kant. 12:2. Osim. colored.
ULU
121
ULU
ibi». 6:16. Black. Mel. Sol. 5:11. Ka mo-
ana vliuii ; ka lole vlmli,
V-Li-v-JA, s. Green things; verdure; a
pasture. lod. 1:19.
U-Li-Hi, ». An advanced state of old
age ; feebleness ; loss of hair ; want of
strength.
U-u-Hi-Li-Hi, adj. He mea. idikilihi ; a
running, as a low vine like the kowali.
U-u-KA, adj. "Wet ; soft to the touch.
U-u-KA-Li-KA, V. Ninanina.linalina; to
adhere to, like wax or any gluey substance;
like mud or clay ; like kalo that is loliloli.
U-Li-KA-Li-KA, adj. Sticky; adhesive,
as mad ; he lepo vMktUOca.
U-Li-i-1, *. A species of hird.
2. A small kinct of gourd used for a top
to play with ; also called uliviiu.
3. A Idnd of bamboo flute ; be ohl hoo-
kanikani.
4. A religious ceremony In the pule ana-
ana, the same as auhmthui,
5. The name.of a hula;_he«2{ii kahi hula.
U-u-Li, V.' Ke ulUi anapu nei i kuu
manawa. LaieUe. 118. To exhibit the trem-
ulous motion of the hot sunlight upon a
flat, smooth surface.
U-Li-Li, s. A ladder.
2. A whistle made of bamboo, in which
tire was put and blowed upon.
U-Li-u, adj. Ladder like; ala ulili, a
ladder. See Atahaka.
U-Li-NA, adj. See Lina. Soft, as the
fiesh of a fat person ; full fleshed ; plump.
2. Soft and tough, as clayey ground.
U-li-na-li-na, adj. Fat ; plump ; soft
to the touch ; tough ; adhesive, as cold
clayey ground. See Linauna and Uaca.
U-Lo-No, V. To cry, as in distress ; to
make a complaint ; to cry, as one in prayer
or in snffering. Hal. 30:2.
U-Lo-No, s. A cry of distress ; the voice
of crying. JBal. 9:12. He leo pule.
U-LU, V. To grow, as a plant. Isa. 53:2.
2. To increagc i'' any way ; to grow, as
a disetMse in the skin. Oihk. 13:39.
3. To become strong or excessive, as in
anger, with pwn^. Pvk. 32:22. To grow
or increase, as good or evil in a commu-
nity.
4. To grow up, as men. loh. 31:18.
5. To grow in size and ttrcngtb, as an
infant. 1 Pet. 2:2.
6. To be extene"'3ly known, as a report.
7. To have spiritual possession, either
good or bad; to be inspired; in this sense,
mostly in the passive ; as, lAuia or ulvhia.
Mat. 8:16. To influence tiie affections.
8. To poke the hot stones out of the hole
in which food is to be baked in order to
put in food; e vlu kakou i ka umu, to
16
throw out the stones of the oven when hot.
See Ulucmu.
9. To stick fast, as meat or bones be-
tween the teeth of the eater.
10. Iloo. To cause to spring up, as seed
sown. Fio. 0 ko'u makcmake iiui, c lioo-
vlu i ka hana ana ma ka pono^ my gica^
desire is to increase in good works.
U-LU, s. Name of a tree ; the bread-
fruit ; the fruit good for food, the timber
for building, for canoes, &c.
2. Name of a stone used in a play. At
Haul and Oahu this stone was called oloku.
See Oi-OHU. ,
3. Name of the game where the said
stone was used.
4. Name of an oven for baking food. Sec
U»B.
U-LU, adj. Of or. belonging to what
grows, as fruit. Fio. Itr. 2:3.
2. Wet. See Polu. Uh, ka palapaja i
ka ua.
U-u'-A, s. Name ofa large kind of fi.sh.
2. A kind of vegetable forbidden to
women co eat ; ina i ai ka wahine i ka niu
paha, he maia paha, he viva paha, make ia.
U-LU-A, V. To assemble together, as
men ; ua vlua mai kakou ma keia wahi.
U-Lu-A, s. For vluia. See Ulu. A col-
lection ; a gathering together ; an assem-
bly.
2. A forest or garden of breadfruit trees;
ka haba ulu,ka hopuhopu ana i ke kanaka
e pepehi a make.
U-LU-A, s. Name of the sacrifice ob-
tained by the kapopo.
U-LU-A-o-A, u To gather in great num-
bers, as people ; to come together in-egu-
larly ; to make confusion in an assembly,
U-LU-A-o-A, s. Confusion ; want of reg-
ularity in an assembly of men. 1 Kbf.
14:33.
U-LU-A-o-A, adj. Gathered together, as
people ; confused and noisy.
U-LU-AU-wui, s. The name of a wind
off Hilo ; vhumrnd, he makani pono ole kc
ku ma ke awa o Hilo, a bad wind for
coming to anchor in the harbor of Hilo ;
the north wind, attended with rain.
U-LU-A-HE-WA.
U-LU-A-LA-NA, V. Ulu and alaTia, an of-
fering. To offer upon an altar ; to gq uxk.
upon an altar. See Alana.
U-LU-A-jao-HAi, s. The name of a fi^>.
U-LU-Eo, *. Name of a tree; timber
very durable, even more so than, uhiuhi.
U-LU-u, V. See Ulu. l/luia is the. pass-
ive. To be possessed by a spirit ; to be
inspired ; more often written wi & h in-
serted, uhihia. See (Jldhi^, below
ULU
122
ULU
U-i.u-o-A, s. He puoa ; standing erect ;
Rcandlng uprightly.
U-LU-B-LV, V. To grow up; to grow
thick,, &c. See Ulu.
2. Hoo. To cause to gro-vy up.
3. To excite ; to stir up ; to provoke to
■anger. See Naki.u.
U-LTJ-u-LU, V. To work or turn about
in the moutli, aa a person eating sugar-
cane ; idmihi no ma ka waha.
2. Moo. To gather together. Kin. 29:8.
To coUett, as things scattered ; to lay np ;
to assemble, tis a peoplt. Nah. 11:16.
3. To lift up ; to cavfy ; to convey to a
higher place ; e kau ae iluna i ke kapa.
U-LU-u-LU, s. A gathering ; an assem-
bly of people for any purpose. IIoo. A
convocation, &o. Oilik. 23:.3.
U-m-u-LU, s. Name of a species of fish
net ; upena uhadu.
U-LU-u-LU, V. To lift up one's dress on
passing over water or mud.
U-LU-p-LU, ado. O ka hana me ka
ikaika, me ka hele iduulu am.'i ka hele kipa-
iale ; laboring sti-ongly ; -pith energy.
U-LU-u-MTJ, s. The stick by which the
stones are thrown out of an oven when
heated. See XJhxi end XXmu. j
U-LU-HAi-HAi, f . See TJhVKU. The foel- j
ing of the mind under the influence of fear '
with uncertainty as to the result, mixed |
with strong desire. &e.
U-LU-HA-oA, adj. Thick, as rough jagged
rocks among grass and bushes ; uhUtaoa
enaena maloko o ka nahele.
U-LU-HA-LA, s. A forest or thicket of
I'ala trees ; ka vkihala o Polon.
U-r,u-HEE, s. A species of plant or shrub.
U-LU-Hi-A, V. See Ulu and Uluia above.
Uliihia, }i inserted, to be possessed by a
spirit; to be influenced or under the direc-
tion of some spirit without the person.
Mat. 4:24.
U-LU-Hu-A, V. Ulu, to grow, and kua,
envy.
1. To trouble ; to give concern.
2. To be tired with one's company ; to
be weary of one's visit.
3. To be vexed or troubled with any
matter. Xaieik. 78. To be weary with
doing or repeating a thing. ler. 15:6.
4. To be weary with life. lob. 10:1.
5. Hoo. To cause grief or trouble. Hoi
10,:1. To be much vexed. Et.ek. 22:5.
U-LU-HU-A, s. Discouragement ; want
of confidence ; disappointment ; jelf dis-
pleasure. 1 NcU. 20:43.
U-LU-Hu-A, adj. Displeased; angry;
discontented ; dis?.ffected.
U-LtJ-KA-Hi-Ki, s. Vlu and kahiki, for-
eign. A foreign breadfruit tree, i. «., the
fig tree, from tlie resemblance of its leaves.
U-Lu-Kir, V. Ulu and ku, to stand.
1. To have a strong desire to perform
^ anything.
2. To be restless at night or to lie sleep-
less.
3. To be troubled ; restless, as the see ;
kupikio ; same as hiaa.
U-Ltr-KU, s. Restless; sleepless; de-
siring strongly to possess or to obtain a
thing.
Ea uluku ulohalbai
Komia e oia Koia — MeU.
U-LU-LA, s. Name of a bird translated
owl Kard. 14:15.
U-LU-LA-Atf, s. XRu, to grow, and laau,
tree.
1. A thicket of trees ;_a wood.
2. Ahabitatlotidi Wild beasts. Jos.l7:18.
He vivicMu ! ua nel ae la iloko o ke kai,
it is a forest 1 it has moved into the sea ;
the exclamation of Hawaiians on first see-
ing the ships of Captain Cook.
U-LU-LE-LE, J. A favorite ; one highly
esteemed.
U-LU-LU, p. To rejoice ; to be gay; to
be cheerful ; e hoohoihoi, e hooolioli.
2. IIoo. To pretend t<i be what one is
not.
3. To flatter the gods : to be a favorite.
U-Lir-Lo, s. A rejoicing; gladness; self
satiafaction ; being on good terms with the
gods.
U-nj-LU, s. Name of a small fish net
which «ras sunk deep in the water'and en-
tangled the fish.
f-Lu-LU, adj. Rough; not smooth; ka
huluhuiu. ka mannmanu.
U-LTj-MAi-KA, s. The name of a game.
2. Name of the stone used in playing the
game. See Ulu; hIsoMaika. Note. — Since
the introduction of bowling-alleys, viu-
maika has been si)plied to the game of
bowls.
U-LIT-MA-HI-E-HI-E, V. See HoOMAHIE.
To appear or affect an extra appearance in
dress or in personal behavior, as we say
like one possessed.
U-LU-MA-NO, s. Name of a violent wind
which blows from the south aiid other quar-
, tors, in the night only, on the west side
o' Qawaii. Kamehameha ma were once
wrecked by it off Nawawa; a whole village
was burnt to light them ashore.
U-LTJ-MO-KU, s. A collection or fleet of
ships; a navy; applied to the arrival of
whalesbips.
U-LU-NA, V. To support the head; to
bolster up, as a weak person.
2. To sleep upon, as a pillow ; to make
? pillow of, Sin. 28:18.
UMA
133
'JMI
3. To tie up a bundfe for a pillow : e
pela ulunai to make a pillow. S«e Pela,
U-Lu-NA, s. A pillow. Kin. 28:11.
K«1ii makou ua kau ke poo i ka ukma, we
thou(|;ht we had laid our head^' tpon the
pUlow.
2. The upper part of the Bhoolders where
they unite with the neck. See Hokpa.
U-Lu-NA-HE-LE, s. Ma na kuamoo tune
na idunahel^ amo na loko; » growing luxn-
liantly, like fruit in a good soil.
U-Lu-PA, V. To break into pieces. 1
Sam. 2:10. ' To dash into atoms. Hal. 2:9.
2. To he^t tine. Isa. 27:9, E wawahi, 6
huopau.
U-LU-PA, s. A breaking to pieces; a
breaking up fine.
U-LH-PAA, s. The state of virginity.
Sec Ulbj'aa.
U-LU-FE, V. Tp be wet ; to be cold.
U-Lu-pii, V. To be wet and cold from
rain ; to bo ghivering from cold and wet.
U-Lu-Pii, adj. Wet and cold from rain;
shivering.
U-LU-pu-Ni, V. To be or to wax hot, as
one in anger. Pvlf. 32:19. See Ulo 3. To
swell, as in anger. See Pdnj.
U-Lu-WA-LE, V. * Ulu, to grow, and imle,
of itself. To grow wild ; to grpw without
cultivaliou.
CJ-LU-wE-Hi-wE-Hi, t, TJlu, a thicket,
and wddwehi, thick; tangled, as v cgf'ables.
1. An overgrowth of Terdur<i ; the t^ick
intertwined leaves of a forest
2. A general name for thick vines in a
forest ; Ka nahelehele nui a maluna i ka
lau 0 na laau.
U-MA, V. To screw; to press, as a vice;
to grasp or hold.
2. To pry, as a lever.
3. To wrestle ; to throSv down In wrest-
ling.
i. To throw over from an upright posi-
tion ; e hoohina, e kulai,
U-MA, s. A vice ; a pressure ; a push-
ing over or down ; a kind of wrestling to
try strength.
2. The name of a game ; o kekahi lealea
0 kaumo.
U-MAU-MA, s. The breast; the bosom.
Puk. 4:e. The breast, i. e.. the meat of the
breast. Puk. 29:26. Umauma hoali, wave
breast. 2fah. 18:18. Umauma luli, wave
breast Oihk. 7:34. Kahi mawaena o na
waiu.
U-MA0-MA, adj. Of or belonging to the
breast; he pale umauma, a breast plate.
1 Sam. 17:.5.
U-MAXi-MA-LEi, s. A name of a species
offish.
U-MA-LEi, s. Name of a disease in the
chest.
_ 2. Name of a spficies of Osh.
U-MA-LU, s. The brow of a hitl; he
umalu o ka pali.
U-ME, V. Tq pull ; to pull after one ;
to draw out, as a drawer of a bureau.
2. To lengthen, as a sound.
3. Fio. To incline one to go after an-
other. Ma. Sol. l:i.
U-ME, s. A drawing out; a pulling; a
lengti^ening oul, as a sound.
. 2. A name given to the character •^ hold
in. mjtsic
3. A kind of a, lascivibtis play in the
night ; he lealea o ka u»»e i ka po.
4. The grass and thatching on the cor-
ners and ridges of a house.
U-ME, adj. Mea ume, something draw-
ing ; attractive. Fio. Mea urns, the mis-
tress of a lover; hele aku o Hauiliki a i ka
mea ume. Laielk. 114. See No. 3 of the
preceding.
U-ME-u-ME, V. See Umi. To pull; to
hook : to draw,
2. To_ struggle, as two persons for the
same thing. See Pauueume.
U-ME-u-ME, s. Name of a game.
2. E kalai ia ua moo a pau i ka umeumeia.
U-ME-KE, s. A poi calabash ; full form,
wmekepoi. See next.
U-ME-KE-Po-i, s. A ppi calabash full of
food, much valued by Hawaiians; o ke
aloha ka Biea i oi aku ka maikai mamua o
ka ume/cepoi amc ka ipakaia.
U-Mi, adj. The number ten; ka vmi'
the tenti^.
U-Mi, V, .To be ten in number. Kin.
18:32.
U-MI, V. To lengthen out the breath.
See Umb. To suppress the breath.
2. To choke ; to strangle ; to press upon
one so as to stifle him.
3. To crowd in ; thrust down.
4. To seize hold of the neck, as if to
choke. McU. 18:28.
5. To suppress a rising emotion.
6. To kill, as an infant in the practice of
infanticide. See TJmikeiki and Umikamai,ii.
7. /loo. To cause to choke; strangle, Ac.
U-Mi, adj. Strangled; pressed; killed;
mea umi wale. Oih. 15:20.
U-Mii, *. A kind of disease or pain in
the side attending disease.
U-Mi-u-Mi, V. The 13th conj. of umi.
To choke ; to strangle ; to kill. 2 Sam.
10:4. .
U-Mi-ti-Mi, I. The beard; hair on the
chin ; ka huluhulu o ka auwae.
UNA
124
UNE
2. A kind of moBs which fastens the na-
hawele, a kind of shell fish, to the rocisg.
U-Mi-n-.Mi, adj. Thick ; large, as the
branches of trees ; na lala umiumi. Isa.
16:8.
U-Mi-HAU, s. Name of a strong east
wind which blows' all before it.
2. The name of the last hog sacrificed
when on the point of going into battle; ua
kapaia keia paaa he puaa umihau.
U-Mi-KA-MA-ui, ) s. Uffii and kamalii, a
U-MI-KE-I-KI, J child. The practice of
infanticide, mostly by pressing or choiring
to death. Note. — The infant was gener-
ally killed by choking or pressing on its
first presentation; bat if the mol^er had
great affection for it, it was buried alive in
the ground. Umikamalii, oia kc kinai ana
i ke keiki a make iloko o ka opu o ka tua-
jtuahine. Nni na hewa o ka wa kahiko, o
ka umikamaliL many were the ^rrors of
ancient times, infanticide.
U-Mi-Ki, V. To pinch with all the fin-
gers.
2, To scratch ; to bruise ; e wawaln, e
wau, e uwau.
U-Mi-Ki, s, A pinching; a scratching of
the skin ; e awaUi ana me ka boopohole i
ka ili ; ka waluwaln.
U-MI-KI, «. A large gourd.
U-Mi-wA-LE, s. Umi, to choke, and wale.
The seizing of a person by the throat; a
killing by strangulation.
U-Mo-Ki, s. A Stopple of a calabash ; a
cork of a bottle ; a bung of a barrel. See
Omoke. He umoki pu, the wad of a gun.
U-Mo-Ki, V. To stop up, as with a stop-
ple or bung.
U-Mu, V. To bake, as in an oven ; to
dig ; to heat ; to cover up ; to do all that
belonged to the process of baldng food
under ground. See Imt.
2. To collect; to place together; to leave
together, as in making an oven.
U-MU, s. An overt. Oikk. 2:4. A place
for baking food; a furnace. Neh. 3:11.
Umu hooheehee, a furnace for melting
metals. Eeek. 22:20.
U-Mt;-A-Hi, s. Lit. A fire oven ; a fur-
nace. Kin. 15:17.
U-MO-A-KU-A, adj. Unfriendly; unso-
cial; niggardly.
U-MU-LE-po, s. C7otm and fepo, earth. A
furnace for trying metals.
U-NA, V. To send one, as on business,
ifoo. The same; to commission to go. Nah.
13:17.
2. To send to one with a demand. los.
2:3.
3. To exercise authority ovct one in send-
ing.
U-NA, s. A sending, especially sending
one on business; o ke kena e holo i kabila
e imi waiwai.
U-NA, adj. Sore or stiflf from hard Work;
tired ; weak ; fatigued ; exhauateu. Lank.
4:21.
2. Dull; stupid; drunk.
3. Tired or weary, as a man sitting still.
See Unauna same.
U-NA, V. To be weary ; fatigued frorfl
labor. Note.— This word is probably the
same as una, to send, as senduig on busi-
ness may cause fotigue.
U-NA, s. Weariness; fatigue, &c.
U-NA, s. The shell of the turtle or tor-
toise.
U-NA, ) ^. To pry up, as a stone;
U-NA-U-NA, ) to loosen by prying ; more
properly une. See Unb.
U-NA-o-A, s. The barnacle on the outer
plank of a ship.
U-NA-tT-NA, V. To send. See Una. Hoo.
To send on repeated errands. Sol. 10:26.
To send new orders frequently.
2. To exercise authority over. Mat.20:i5.
U-NA-u-NA, adj. Tired ; weak ; ex-
hausted. See Una, to'be weary; dull;
' stupid.
U-NA-u-NA-HE, ) adj. Soft ; melodious,
U-NA-HE, J as the voice ; he leo
unahe.
2. Thin ; soft, as kapa ; he unahenahe ke
. kapa.
U-NA-u-NA-Hi, ) y. To scale, as a fish;
U-NA-HI, J to scratch off the scales;
e hoopau i ka unaM o ka ia mawaho.
U-f{A-Hi, S. The scales of a fish. Oikk.
11:9. Scaly things; unahi laau; ka ili
oolea i ka ia mawaho.
U-NA-Hi, adj. Scaly; hard. 1 Sow.
17;5. Thin ; flexible, like a scale.
U-NE, V. To pry, as a stone with a
lever ; to bear down, as with a lever ; to
edge on ; to pry up out of the dirt, as a
stone ; to loosen.
U-NE, s. A lever for prying with; a
prying ; a lifting up.
2. The^ action or quality of a lever.
Anal. 1.
U-NK-A, s. Indolence; indiTerence; stu-
pidity.
U-NE-u-NE, V. See Une. To -pry up;
to loosen, as a stone ; to remove or turn
over, as stones. Kekah. 10:9.
2. To disturb, harass or vex one ; o ka
hookolokolo hewa, e uneune ana ia ame ka
imihala.
U-NE-u-NE-A, adj. Sickish at the stom-
ach ; having no relish for food.
UNU
125
UFA
U-NE-LU-NE-LU, adj. Fat; soft; pliable.
See NotUNOLft. Unelandu kau baehae ana.
U-Ni-Hi, s. A species of grasshopper.
SeeUHWL He mea eheu liilii me he pinao
la, a little winged thing like the dragon-
fly i he mea lele.
U-NI-HI, ad). Small; thin; spindle
legged; hence,
a. Weak ; without strength.
U-Ni-Hi-pi-Li, s. The leg and arm bones
of a person. See Uhikipiu. He kanaka
mai loa a hiki ole ke hele mawaho ; ua
unihipiU leo, aole hiki ke pane mai, having
a feeble voice, not able to speak; ua uuku
ka leo. UnihipUi was one name of the class
of gods called akuanoho; aumakna was
another ; they were the departed spirits of
deceased persons.
U-Ni-Hi-pi-iii, udj. The qualities of some
gods; na akua unihipUi, arae na akua mano.
TJ-Ni-NA-Nl-NA, adj. Plump ; fat ; ap-
plied to the cheeks of a person. See Oni-
NANA and UUNALINA.
U-NO-A, adj.. Raw; uncooked.
U-Noo, adj. ,Not well cooked, as food ;
applied to vegetable food ; vhcn applied
to meat, it is kolckole ; but this last is some-
times applied to food ; unoo ka ai, unoo ka
malakeke.
U-N0-T7-N0, V. To be red ; inflamed, as
the eyes. See also Nounoc.
U-3JU, s. A place of worship; a tem-
ple ; he heiau, he Inakini.
U-Nir, s. A coward.
2. Small stones' or chips of atones for
propping up and sustaining large ones.
3. A prop or wedge. See Makia.
4. The small stones used to fasten the
posts of a house when erected in the ground.
5. Any small stones.
U^u, V. To drink; same as inu; unu
awa, to drink awa.
U-Nir, ». To make up into a round
heap ; to shorten.
U-NiT, adj. Made round; heaped up, &c.
U-NU, V. To prop up; to help hold up;
e UHU iki ae paha ka pono, to help a little
perhaps will be wellj to shove back or re-
tract, as the skin in amputation.
U-NU-A, V. To put or thrust into, as a
spear into a man.
Si. To breathe into a bamboo.
3 To put in and tread down, as feathers
or pulu into a cask in order to put in more;
e umia ibo i ka hulu, alalia hahao hou ; ua
unuaia ka' wawae.
U-NH-u-Nu, V. To prop up. See Unu.
JJoo. £ hooummnuia.
U-NU-u-NU, s.. Something guJiered int*
heaps; applied to soldiers who ure cow-
ardly and shrink from fighting ; alaila, o
aku imua me he unwuna la ke ano.
U-NU-u-NU, adj. Piltd up, as several
ohias in one hand; ame ka ohia unuunu
ma ka lima,
U-NU-Hi, V. To draw out in various
ways.
2. To take, as a ring from a finger. Kin.
41:42.
3. To take out, as the hand from one's
bosom. Puk. 4:6.
4. To draw out ; unsheathe, as a sword.
P«fc. 16:9.
.5. To let fall from a bundle. iJut 2:16.
6. To draw out, as from a ditch.
7. To take away a part; to substract, as
in arithmetic.
8. To translate from one language to an-
other; i urMhiia mai ka olelo Hawaii a i ka
olelo Beritania. See Nmn.
U-NU-Hi, adj. Perfect; good; skillful;
wise ; be hemolcle, he maikai, he akamai,
he naauao.
U-NU-NA, s. A pillow J something for
another to rest on. See Uluna.
U-NU-NU, s. Young ohia timber used in
making gods.
2. A stick erected as a sign of kapu.
3. Name of a wind or sea breeze atPuu-
loa.
U-NU-NU, V. To pull or scrape oif the
hair of a dog or hog preparatory to cook-
ing. Note. — ^It was done by laying the
animal on a tire.
U-Nu-pE-Hi-i-o-LE, s. Name of a class
of persons who' adhered to others for the
sake of a house.
U-PA, V. To act, as the jaws in eating;
to open and shut, as the mouth in eating
or speaking.
2. To devour with greediness.
3. To chew, as food, i. e., the action of
the jaws in chewing.
U-FA, s. Any instrument that opens
and shuts after the manner of shears, scis-
sors, a compass, bellows, &c,; a carpenter's
compass. Isa. 44:13. Tjoie action of the
material heart in receiving and sending
out blood. Ar«U. 44. Note.— Cutting in-
struments were formerly made of shark's
teeth. See the compoondg of the upa class.
U-FA, adj. Strong, as a man wno does
a great deal of work or rows fast in a canoe.
U-PAA, V. 0 hele e ke kama e upaa me
ka pipine.
U-PA-A-Hi, *. Upaaaiahi,6ie. Tongs.
Puk. 25:38.
U-PAi, adj. Long; tall; slender; loibi,
piopio.
U'PAi-PAi,. 3. To bend, as the lafters of
a house in a strong wind. See Ofaipai.
UPE
123
UPU
TJ-PAj-PAi, s. The bending or vibration
of the rafters of a house in a wind.
U-PA-(J-PA, V. See Ufa. To open or
act, as the mouth iu speaking or in prayer;
eupaupa ana i Ita waha me he meapulela.
U-PA-u-PAi, V. To hover, as an owl or
other bird just before darting on its prey;
U) icmain suspended in the air, as an owl ;
e upaupai i ua eheu ; e peahiahi. _
lT-PA-KO-Li-KU-Ki;-r, s. tJpaand kdli SLnCi:
kuJcui. Snuffers. Puk. 25:38.
U-PA-MA-KA-Ni, y. Vpa and maka7d,
wind. Bellows. ler. 6:29..
U-FA-LU, V. To be young ; beautiful ;
comely.
Ua upalu wale i ke oho o ke kapukupu
Pepe ka maka o ka abihi ka makahelei o
Malaila— «.— ilfe2e.
U-PA-LTi, adj. Beautiful ; splendid ;
lovely.
U-PA-PA-w, s. Name of a species of
fish.
U-PE, s. The mucus or secretion of the
nose ; petulta ; a ua kaumaha nul au i na
waimaka arae ka wpe o na makaainana «
pau. Mai makamaka wahine 5 ka «pe ke
ola. Ham. Prov.
U-PE, s. A living with quietness and
propriety after having been mischievous
and wicked ; ka t^e, opepe, hoolulelule ;
e upe ana i aa malua aui o Hawaii.
U-PE-HH-PE-HU, V. To be swollen; en-
larged. See Pehu.
U-PE-Hir-PE-HU, adj. Large; fleshy, but
weak, as a fat man. See Pehu.
U-PE-NA, s. A net for taking fish; a
snare for catching birds ; e malama i ka
upena nanana, take heed to the spider's
web ; ixpena papale oho, net work. Isa.
3:18. Fig. Anything for entrapping one
in evil ; ua makau au i ka uperia d ka make,
I am afraid of the snares of death.
2. The cord of which fish nets wer&made;
ke aho i hooliloia i upena.
Ea upena kua kanaka a Lono,
Ka upena iiahae e make af ka luhia '
Ka lalakea, ka maDO ka mano ai a ka lani.
U-PE-NA-MA-Ki-Ni, s. Ka uperuimakini a
. ka poe kii ai ia ke ahi a ka po, e kinai au
e pio — e.
U-PE-NA-NA-NA-NA, s. Upenj. and na-
nana, spider. Thfe web of the nanana, a
certain kind of spider. See Nanana.
U-PE-PE, V. To ^-^ flattened down ;
crushed.
2. Applied to the mind ; to be broken
spirited; to be humble; to act awkwardly,
like a backwoodsman.
U-PE-PE, adj. Weak ; feeble, as a per-
son sick; dry; without sweetness, as sugar-
cane.; applied also to kalo ; kapae kekea
upepe 0 ka hei — e.
U-PE-PE-HH, ofi;. Swollen, as the flesh.
of a person. See Peho.
U-Pi, V. To sourd, as water when
squeezed out of a sponge.
U-Pi, s. The noise made by walking
when the shoes are full of water.
U-Pi-u-Pi, V. The frequentative of upi,
U-i'i-Ki, V. To shut suddenly together,
as the jaws of a steel trap ; to entrap.
U-PI-KI, s. A trap. Jsa. 8:14. A snare;
anything deceitful; a treachery. Puk.
34:12;
U-pi-KW,i-MA, *. A handcuff.
U-pi-Ki-pi-Ki, m^V Shutting up; folding
together, as a foreign Ian ; he mea upiki-
j)&i, he pcahi maikai no.
tj-po, V- To desire strongly ; to lust
after ; to covet. See Ipo and Upu.
U.-POi, V. To sink, as in water; to sink
deep.
2. To move, as a bird moves its wings;
to cover with the wing. Isa. 10:14.
3. To break over, as the surge forming
the surf; to spread or cover over, as any
large covering. Laieik. 104.
, 4. To bring one's legs together, as when
theiiB is need of concealing; applied to
men or women when discovered without a
. pau or malo on. See Poi and Popoi.
U-po-HO, ». To be flattened down or
fallen in, as the' roof of a house; to be con-
cave, as a surface. Anal. 6. See Opaha.
U-Po-Po, V. To strike together, as the
hollow palms of the hands, making a hollow
sound ; e halehale, e poopoo.
U-PTT, V. To desire strongly; to be
strongly attached to a person. Laieik. 136.
To lust ; to covet. See Uro.
3.. To be long, as one who goes to an-
other place to make a long visit ; aoe npa
aku nei au, ke hoi mai nci no.
3. To swear or vow ; hoohiki ; to vow,
as when a man vows not to eat the food of
his land till he catches a certain fish, or
vows that the child then born shall cat the
sugar-cane that is then planting ; ua upu
ke kanaka i kana ai a loaa ka iu.
U-pu-u-pt;,, s. The desire to see a per-
son after separation of some time ; ka upu-
upu ole aku. See Hoo. -
U-PU-u-PU, I). See Upir. To be not long;
not to pass a long time ; to be not long after
a certain event. Laieik. 106.
U-FtJ-KA, s. A gate;' the various forms
are, puka, aipujca, ij}uka, up-uka and feani-
puka. See the first iu its place.
U-Pu-PA, s. The name of an unclean
bird in KaM. 14:18 ; the lapwinc ! also
OVik. 11:19.
UWA
127
UWl
U-WA, V. To cry out; to exclaim aloud;
to shout, as the voice of a multitude. Oih.
n-22.
2. To cry out togethej' ; to make an up-
roar ; to be in commoilon. Laieik. 91.
U-WA, s. All outcry; the sound of
many voices m confusion ; hakaka iho la
lakou me ka uWa nui.
2. A joyful shouting. 2 OiU. 15rl4.
tJ-WAi, V. To open or shut, as a door.
See Uai.
U-WAi, s. A door, &c. See Uai.
U-WAO, V. To intercede in behalf of
contending parties. Heb. 7:25. To make
peace.
2. To intercede in behalf of the guilty.
Ier.7:l6. To reconcile. See Uao.
U-wAo, s. A peace-maker. Mat. 5:9.
An intercessor.
U-WAO, adj. Peace-making; mea. utvao,
an intercessor. &al. 3:20.
U-WAU, s. A species of bird; a kind of
water fowl.
XJ-wAu, V. To scratch the skin; to
pinch with the fingers. See Umiki..
U-WAU, s. A cat, from her noise. See
OWAU.
U-WAU-WA, V. See Uwa. To cry out
in a clamorous manner. Mar. 15:14.
U-WAU-WA, s. A frequent shouting, as
a disordered multitude; a noise of revelry.
Puk. 32:17.
U-WAU-WA, V. To be tight; fast; hard;
e linalina, e moku ole, e paa.
U-WA-Hi, s. V and aki, fire. Smoke.
Fuk.lSilS. See Uaki. Ac liiiia/ii, a vapor-
ous cloud ; a fog, &o. ; uwaJii umuhao. the
smoke of a furnace, ios. 8:20.
U-WA-KA, V. See Oaka. To open, as a
door ; to open, as the moiith to speak.
U-wA-iiA, s. Name of a certain kind of
the leho, a sea-shell.
U-WA-LA, s. SeeUALA. f7 and a?fl, sweet
or odoriferous.
1. The sweet potato.
2. The large muscles of the upper arm.
U-WA-LA-AU, ». To make a noise, as a
multitude. Puk. 33:17. See WAl.A.tu.
U-WA-JLA-AU, s. A tumultuous noise; a
great confused noise; 'a shout. See Wa-
LAAiT. Note. — Uwalaan is a noise made by
the mouths of men; it applies also to birds
sitting togetti^r in afreqnented place called
kula manu ; other noises are called koele,
halvlu, &c.
U-WA-Lo, ». See Ualo. To cry out; to
call aloud. See Uwalaah and TJalo. To
call upon one in a way of entreaty. Laieik.
71.
U-WA-Lu, V. To scratch, as a cat. See
UWAU. To pinch with tho fingers; to
pucker up.
U-WA-NA-AO, r. SeeWANAAo. To dawn,
as the first light of morning.
U-WA-NA-AO, s. The dawning of day-
light. See Wanaao.
U-wA-Ti, .?. Eng. SeeWATi. A watch;
a time-piece.
U-WE, V. SeeUE. To weep; to mourn;
to cry for help for one's self or others.
Mh. 11:18. To moui'n. Mm. 32:2.
2. To cry in behalf of one, i. e., to pray
for him. Puk. 8:8.
3. To bewail; tb lament for. Oiftfc. 10:16.
4. To cry out for pain; pepehi iho la na
'kanaka, a, nwe ae la ua mau haole la no ka
eha, the men (natives) struck them, and
those fordgners cried out for pain.
5. To salute, as friends. Mat. 5:47. To
bfd good-by at parting. Oih. 18:18.
6. To bray, as an ass. ib6. 6:5. Tolov/',
as an ox. lob. 6:5.
U-wE, adj. That which pertains to
mournicg or lamentation. JPuk. 32:18.
U-WE, s. A movement. See Ue, to
hitch. A jerking movement ; he uwe, he
mea e lele ana ma ka lewa.
U-wE, V. SeeUE. To jerk; to shake;
to move : toMtch along ; mostly found in
the compounds nciict, naue, &c.
U-WEU-WE, V. Hoo. To move a little
without moving much; to pretend to move
or'leave one's place without doing it.
U-WE-HE, V. See Wehe. To open; to
untie ; to uncover.
U-wnE-KA, s. Epithet of a very erying
child ; applied to a crying child ; kani hoi
kela wahi uweka •; kani papala mai la hoi
ua uweka nei.
U-wE-KA-WE-KA, adj. TrouWesome ;
crying ; dirty, as a child.
U-WE-KE, V. To open ; to open wide,
aa a door. Eoo. To cause to be opened.
See Wehe.
U-WE-Ko, ». See Weko. Bad smelling^
as food ; to smell like soured food ; as
rotten potatoes, &c.
U-wE-Ko, s. The smell of rotten pota-
toes or other lood.
U-WE-KO-WE-KO, s, A strong reeking
smell of decaying vegetables ; ka nauala,
ka pilopilo.
U-WE-NE, V. To break wind slightly.
U-WE-NE-wE-NE, adj. Hoo. Dirty in
one's habits ; stinking.
U-wi, V. See Ui, to wrings to squeeze.
To wring, as water from clothes. Lmik
6:38.
HA
123
HA
2. To guasb or grind with the teeth.
Bal. 112:10.
3. To wring, i. e., to squeeze, as in milk-
ing an animal, ba. 66:11.
4. B uvii i ka poo, to wring off the neck.
(mc. 1:15.
U-wi-A, u For utoiia, the pass, of uwi.
To break ; to injure ; to upset j e nahae, e
hulipu.
U-wi-A, s. An injury done by rubbing
pr daslxing against.
0 ua make pabs keift
X uvin wale ia nei— ku
lI-wi-u-wi-A (ui-ui-a), v. To nib or dash
one against another ; to assemble thickly
together,
'L To make or create a shade.
U-wi-0-wi-Ki, s. Place of small holes ;
full of small holes, through which anything
can go.
U-wi-Ki, V. Tq be full of small holes,
through which light may pass; e hakahaka
liilii.
U-wi-Ki-wi-Ki, V. To shine, as light
through small apertures.
U-wi-LA, s. See Uila. Lightning. Jer.
10:13.
U-wi-Li, e. To mix together, as grass
and mud in making adobies.
U-wi-Ni-HE-PA, s. A bnck; so called
from Captain Winship, who brought the
first bricks to the islands.
U-wi-wi, s. A species of small fish.
See Oiu.
U-wo, V. See XJo. To cry out ; to pro-
claim as the watch' in the night, "all'ii
well."
2. To bellow, as cattle.
3. To roar, as a ravenous beast; as a
lion. Lmik. 14-.6.
U-wo, s. A crying out; a bellowing of
cattle. 1 iSam. 15:14. A roaring of beasts.
U-wo, s. SeeUo. Food well pounded ;
soft and flowing to the touch.
V-yro,cdj. SeeUo. Soft J well pounded,
aspoi.
U-wo, V. See Uo. "To drive or expel
something from a hollow substance; e koi,
e manai, e no i ka lei i ke kaula.
U-wo-u-wo, s. Name. of a species of
ohia on the hills.
U-Ri-MA, s. Heh. The urim worn by
the Jewish high priest. P«fc. 28:30.
H.
Hthe sixth letter of the Hawaiian
J alphabet. It represents, as in English,
the sound of an aspirate. It is frequently
euphonic, particularly between the verb
and its passive termination ia; ss.maluhia
instead of maluia. In this ca^e it is some-
times changed for I; as, kmtli,a for kauia.
See Oram. § 48.
Ha. a particle expressing strong affirm-
ation, stronger than no ; as, oia hoi ha, so
it is indeed; truly; certainly; indeed; i
mai ia, ua hewa ha oe, he said you are in-
deed guilty; e hele hoi ha wan. I will surdy
go. Fuk. 2:7.
Ha is often prefixed to the original root
of a word, or insorted when St takes the
causative hoo; aa,inu,to drink ; hoohainu,
to give drink ; like, to be like ; hookalike,
to resemble. It is also often prefixed to
the roots of words without any apparent
modiiioatien of the sense : in other words,
the sense is variously modified; as,havili, a
dark color. See Uli, blue, &o. Lalo, down;
haXalo, to turn the eyes and head down, to
think, reflect.
Ha Js also used in reciting meles in the
middle of a line »o a, o, «, &c., are at the
end for the voice to rest upon while can-
tiUating, as he ana/ia nui keia no ke au!r"e
la, where ha has no meaning except as the
voice protracts the syllable.
Ha, num. adj. The number four; gen-
erally prefixed by o or e. See Aha and
Kha. Ma seems to be the original word
for the nnmeral four ; as, wawae ha, four
feet. It becomes an ordinal by prefixing
the article ; as, ka ha, the fourth. Mat.
14:25. I ka to 0 ka la, the fourth day ; i
ka to o ka makahiki. Othk. 19:25.
Ha, s. See the foregoing. On fours; by
fours ; e hele ana ma na ha, going on four
(feet.) Oihk. 11:20. 21.
Ha, v. To breathe ; to breathe with
some exertion ; to utter a strong breath ;
different ii'om hanu, to breathe naturally.
ib6. 15:30. It is connected with hanu m
Kin. 7:15.
2. Fig. To breathe revenge. Oih, 9:1.
3. To breathe upon ; to ke Akna i ka
lewa, God breathed into the open space.
Mde of Kekupuohi. To breatiie out; to
expire.
-Ha, s. a breathing; a strong breathing,
2. A strong forced breath, as of anger.
lob. 4:9.
S. The expression of anger. 2 Tes. 2:8.
4. Fn. Light ; transitory, as & breath or
breatSang. jSi2. 62:9.
HAA
129
Ha, s. In music, name of the fourth
note from the key.
Ha, s. The lower end of Icalo tops or
leaves when cut off from the root; t^e same
also of cane tops ; the lower part of that
which is cut off.
2, The stem of a kalo leaf or of sugar-
cane.
3. The outside leaves of the kalo when
outside leaves are killed with cold or
drought; ua maloo ka AOjUapalakekumu;
ha ko, ha kalo, ha mala.
Ha, 5. Atroughforwater to run through;
a water pipe ; In modem times, a lead or
iron pipe through which water flows. See
HiWAI.
Ha, v. To dance ;• ha ana, a dancing ;
more generally written haa, which see.
Ha, s. A species of wood ; ohia ha or
haa.
Haa, v. To dance; connected among
Hawaiians with singing. 1 Saw. 18:6. As
an act of worship formerly among the Jews.
2 Sam, 6:14.
Haa, s. A dance ; a dancing, as in idol-
atrous worship. JPuk. 32:19.
Haa, s. Name of a shrub or tree.
Haa, adj. Short ; low ; humble ; gen-
erally doubled, haahad, which see ; ohi
kukai o kanuukea ka haa.
Haa is often used in some words for the
causative prefix instead of hoo; oftener
found in the Tahitian dialect.
Ha-a-a, tJ. To acknowledge one as a
friend; to treat with hospitality; to ex-
hibit affection for ; to love.
Ha-a-a, adj. Friendly; kind ; hospita-
ble.
Ha-ae, s. Saliva or spittle, especially
the saliva when worked up in the mouth
into foam ; hence,
2. The name of a beer made of the sugar-
cane when fermented and foaming. The
beer was intoxicating.
Ha-ae, v. To drizzle ; to drip ; to slab-
ber at the mouth.
Haa-i-kai-ka, v. To revile ; to" grin.
Ha-ao, s. a multitude following.
Ha-ao, adj. Driving,asrain with wind;
epithet of a rain of Anaulelc ; ua haao.
Eua haku i ka u« ioae— e—
My lord in the driving rain.
Ka lele la ka ua mauka o Auaolele;
The rain flies qalckly upland of Auaulele.
'tele ka ua, lele pu no me ka makani.
The rain flies,— fllee with the wind.
Haa-haa, u. See Haa. To be low;
humbic.
2. To like quietly ; e noho malie.
3. Hoo. To make lowr to humble: to
n
HAA
abase. Ezek. 8:21. Applied to those wjjo
are proud. Isa. 2:17.
4. To sabdue ; to put down. Kanl. 8:2.
Haa-haa, adj. Low ; short, as a man.
2. Fio. Humble; meek; sorry; cast down.
2 Cw. 7:6. See Haa, adj., above.
Haa-heo, v. See Heo. Haa is the caus-
ative tor hoo. Chain. 6 212, 3d. See Tahi-
tian Diet., art. haa. To strut ; to exhibit
pride in dress or movement.
Haa-heo, s. Pride ; haughtiness. See
Heo. OiW. 26:19. He A<zoAeo,he mea anei
ia e pono nona iho7 haughiincus, is that a
thing to benefit himself? '
Haa-heo, adj. Proud; lofty; haughty;
magnificent ; applied mostly to persons.
Haa-kea, *. A species of fruit ; in Isa.
5:7 it is translated in English by wtZd grapes:
a species of weed ; in lob. 31:40 translated
cockle.
2. The fruit of a shrub, of which beads
are made, something like grapes; the name
of the plant is akia.
Haa-kei, p. Haa, causative, and kei.
See Kri. To be proud; )iighminded; vain-
glorious ; to be puffed uj).
Haa-kei, s. Causing pride.
2. A proud person ; a scoffer ; a con-
temptible person; o ka haaheo, he loea
paha ia e make ai no ka poe haakel, pride,
that is a thing perhaps to kill the scoffer.
3. Pride ; haughtiness.
Haa-kei, adj. Proud; assuming the
dress and character of another.
2. ScofiSng; scorning. Hal. 1:1.
Haa-ke-ke, v. Haa, causative; also hoo
and keke. See Keeb and Km. To strive ;
to cause strife ; contention ; to be angry ;
to scold.
Haa-kei-kei, v. See Kei and Haakei.
To vaunt in pride ; to be insolent.
Haa-ko-ae, liaa, causative, and koae.
1 . Name of a species of bird that is white.
See KoAE.
2. A high precipice.
Haa-koi, v. Haa, causative, and kd, to
force ; urge'. ^
1. To practice onanism; applied to one
afone. See Pdahct.
2. Fio. To labor hard and obtain noth-
ing.
Haa-koi, s. The practice of onanism.
Haa-koi-koi, t. Haa, cau6ati\re, and koi.
To practice venery, like dogs or hogs.
Haa-koo-koo-wa-le, s. Haa for koo, and
kookoo. See Hakoeo, to wrestle. A wrest-
ling; a striving in the exercise of wrestling
Haa-ko-hi, e. /iaa,. causative, and A'oAi,'
to hinder; hold back.
1. To cause a restraint ; to choke.
2. To have or endure strong labor pains.
HAA
130
HAA
as a female ; to be in strong labor. Kin.
35d6.
•3. To travail in child-bii'th. Oal. 4:19.
Haa-ko-hi, s. Labor pains.
Haa-ko-ko-hi, v. The 7th cotij. of /fo^e,
haa (or hoo ; intensive.
1. To have or snlTer hard labor pains.
2. To draw one tbing out of another with
difficulty.
Haa-jko-ko-hi, s. Strong labor pains of
& female. ] Tes. 5:3.
Haa-ko-ko-hi, adj. Suffering from strong
labor pains. Hal. 48:6.
Haa-ktj-a-u-ki, s. Name of an office
among the followers of the king.
Haa-ku-e, s. The name of the person
who swings the fly brush over tho chief
when he sleeps.; o ka mea nana e kahili i
ko ke alii wabi e moe ai, he haalcue ia.
Ha-a-le, v. Contraction for haa, caus-
ative, and ale, a wave or swell of water.
1, To cause to be full : to swell up, as
water.
2. To be deep; to overflow; to rise high;
h(uAe ka wai, the water rises.
Haa-i£-le, v. Haa and lele, to fly,
1. To cause to fly, that is, to forsake ; to
give up, as a man his wife ; as a child its
parents.
2. To leave off; for.sako, as a job of work
before it is finished.
X To reject ; cast off. The following is
often used in the same i«;nso, though really
as follows :
Haa-le-lea, v. Pass, of the foregoing
with thet dropped. Gram. § 211. To be
left; to bn thrown away; to be cast off, <fcc.
Haa-le-lea, s. That which is thrown
away or forsaken.
2. Name of a process In making gods. .
3. The name of the man sacrificed on
cutting down a tree to make a god.
Ha-a-li, v. To spread out or spread
down, as a cloth ; generaliy written
Ha-a-lii, V. SeeHAALi. To spread out;
to spread down, as a mat, kapa, paper, itc.
See Li/, h-a. 37:14.
Ha-a-li-a-li, s. The lips of a fish, or
the checks of a fish.
Ha-a-u-a-li, v. To catch by the neck,
as a fi.sh.
2. Used .^Kt-aRuelj/, and apiilied to men.
Haa-li-li. See Hoolili.
Haa-li-li, v. See Haalii. To spread;
to spread out, &c.
Haa-li-lo, adv. Kani kaalilo, nu ka
binihini.
Haa-lou, v. Haa and lou, to bend in
sorrow.
1. To cauac to bend in sorrow.
2. To sigh ; to weep in affliction or grief.
HAA-Lou-Loa, V. See foregoing. To be
dejected ; grieved ; sorrowful.
Haa-lou-i.ou, adj. Cast down in mind;
dejected ; sud.
Haa-lu-lu, v. jHoo, causative, and Zt«/w,
to shake.
1. To cause a trambling; to shake ; Ija
tremble.
2. To be ti'oublcd, or to tremble vvitl.
fear.
3. To bo out of joints, as bones.
4. To bo in great disorder ; to be in a
state of Jrepidation.
Haa-i-u-u;, .s. a trembling ; a trepida-
Uon. I'uk. 15:15.
2. A shaking, as the earth in an cartli-
quakc. 2 Sam. 2:8.
Haa-ma, v. To begin to ripen, as ohias,
oranges, &c., but not get soft. See Hooama.
Ha-a-no, v. To boast; to exalt; to ex-
tol. Sec next word. See Hoaxo.
Haa-noi, s. Boasting lang'uage ; olelo
haanou.
Haa-nou, v. Haa, causative, and tiou.
a puff of wind. See Nou.
I.' To be pleased or gratifled with the
admiration of another.
2. To bo puffed up with flattery.
3. To bo inflated with pride ; akcna.
Haa-nou, adj. Boasting ; olelo haanou,
boasting language.
Haa-nui, v. Haa and rod, great.
1. To praise greatly ; to extol ; to boast.
Sol. 20:4.
2. To exaggerate; to triumphs 2 Sam.
1:20. Syx. with akena and haanoi.
3. To .speak great words. 2Pe(. 2:18. To
magnify one's self. i)an. 18:11.
Haa-nui, s. The boasting of some thing
received or favor obtained.
2. A boa.ster ; ono who Ijrags.
Haa-pu, ». To desire strongly; to yearn
for.
Haa-pu, adj. Na hana naauao haapu,
the strongly desired laljoi-s of lenrning.
Ha.^-pu-ka, v. Haa, and pu.ka, to cheaC
To gather np ; to scrape together llic good
and the i>ad, anything and everything foi
property. .SW. 13:11.
Haa-pu-ku, v. To unite several children
or other friends in one's affection ; pilikil*
iho la oloko, haupuku niai la ka inanao aasv,
Ha-a-wa, s. Name of a tree; also written
hoawa.
Haa-we, v. Ha for /laa, and atoe, to
carry. To carry on the back ; to put upon
the back or slioulders foi- eai'ryiug. Syn.
with waha. See Awk and Lawk.
Haa-\ve, s. a burden. Isa. 58:6. A
pack carried on the back. Xunfc. 11:4C.
HAE
131
HAI
HaA-we-a*we, s. The growth of pota-
toes from some being leSt when the crop
wae dug; ka. hnupaupu, kaokupn.
Haa-wi, v. Ha(orhoaihoo. SeeHoAwi
and Awi, a root which has not yet been
found.
1. To Kive ; to grant to another.
2. To help •; to ttssifit.
8. To offer or propose for a thing.
4. TocoDimeod to one's care; Imawi aie,
usury, ^anl. 23:20. iJoauii liio ole, to lend.
KoM, 24:10. To give ; with nmii, to as-
cribe praise. Isa. 42:8.
Haa-wi-na, s. Haam and ana, a par-
• ticipial termination.
' 1< A giving ; a giving out; hence,
2.. A portion; something given ; a gift;
a part assigned to one. Bom. 11:29.
3. In school, a lesson appointed to be
learned.
4. A present from one. gYK.withmakana.
6. A gift, that is, ability to do a thing.
1 Kor. 12:4.
Hak, s. See Haehae. Something torn,
:as a piece of kapa or cloth. The Hawaiian
signals were formerly made of torn kapa ;
hence, in modern times,
2. A flag; ensign; banner; colors. Iidl.
20:5. The flag of a ship, &c. ; ke kia, ame
ka. pea, ame ka hoe, the masts, the sail, and
iheflag. See Lefa.
Hae, adv. A word expressive of deep
affection for another;, as, aloha hoi hae,
from the deep yearning, breaking or tear-
ing of the heart' See Haehae below!
Hae, s. a species of wood.
Hae, v. To bark, as a dog. /so. 56:10.
Hae, adj. Wild; tearing; furious; fero-
cious ; cross ; he ilio hihiu Aae, a ferocious
wild dog ; applied to a wolf.
2. The growling or snarling of a cross
dog.
Hae, ». To tear in pieces ; to rend, as
a savage beast. See Nahae. Often used in
the double form.
Ha-ei, v. To look; to peep; to look
sijly. See Kiei and Halo.
Hae-hae, v. See Hae. To tear or rend,
ks cloth or a garment. Kin. 44:13. With
aahu. /os. 7:6.
2. To tear iU' pieces, as a savage beast
does a person. Kin. 37:33. To tear, as a
garment, through grief or indignatior..
NcOi. 14:6.
3. To rend, as the mountains in a hurri-
cane. liVfli. 19:11,4. See Hak, adt)., above.
4. To be moved with compassion ; to
sympathize with one. Kanl, 28:S2. Haehae
na maka, haehae ke aloba.
Hae-hae, s. Strong affection for one.
2. A strong desire for a thing, as a starv-
ing maa for food.
Hae-hae, s. Naftie of two yards per-
taining tci a particular house of Lono.
Hae-hae-ia, adj. Tom; injured. Kin.
31:39. Rent. los. 9:4.
Ha-e-hu, v. To grow thriftily and large,
as a tree or plant, potatoes or kalo.
Hae-kai-kai, v. To grin.
Ha-e-le, v. To go or come as mai or
clru is used. Syn. with hele. See Hkle.
But requires a dual or plural subject.
Ndi. 4:S ; Nah. 9:17.
Hai, t>. Often SYN. with hae. See above,
To break, as a bargain or covenant. 2
Nal. 18:12.
2. To break open ; separate, as the lijw
that are about to speak.
3. To spcik of; to mention. P^ufc. 23:13.
4. To tell; declare; confess; relate. Puk.
ip:8. Ke toi ole, not to tell ; to keep se-
cret, los. 2:14.
6. To break off; to stop doing a thing;
as, aole hai ke hoiho! akn, ho docs not cease
(begging) though sent away. Note. — The
ha of this word is sometimes doubled, then
it has the form of hahki, to follow, but its
signification is to break away or tear away ;
as, hahaiia ka lepa a ua poe kahuna la, the
ensign of those priests was broken away.
Hai, 0. T-o put or placfe in, as in a box;
hai aku i ke alii o lakon iloko, then they
put their chief inside.
Hai, s. a broken place ; hence,
2. A joint of a limb ; ka kai a mawe, the
elbow joint.
Hai, pron. or adj. Gram. § 15, 14:3.
Another ; another person ; no hai, for an-
other; ia 7tat, to another. Neh. 5:5. Hoo-
kahl no makamaka, o oc no, aole o liai, one
oialy friend, thou art he, there is no other.
Ha-1, v. To be vain ; proud.
Hai, s. Name of the god of the poe
kuku kapa.
2. A sacrifice at the altar.
Hai, s. Name of a particular form of
gathering dead bodies slain in war.
Hai-a, s. An assemblage ; a number,
especially of persons ; it is used as a prefix
to other words.
Hai-na, *. Hai, to speak, and a/ia. A
speaking ; a declaration.
Hai-ai, v. To do over again.
2. To tie up a bundle of food anew ; to
tie up, as fagots.
3. To cook over again.
Hai-ao, s. Hai, sacrifice, and ao, day.
A sacrifice offered in the daytime in dis-
tinction from haipo, a. night sacrifice.
Hai-A-0, s. a modem word; hai, to de-
clare, and ao, to teach. A sermon ; a pub-
lic declaration of religious truth.
Hai-amu, V.
HAl
132
HAI
Hai-a-no, s. Grammatical term ; hai,
to declare, arid ano, the meaning or qual-
ity. An adjective.
Hii-A-wA-Hi-Nfi, s. See Haia, a com-
pany, and Wahime, woman. Tlie united
assemblage of a number of wires of one
man exclusive of the favorite one among
several.
2. A wife of secondary quality; not a
favorite wife. 2 Sam. 13:3. A concribine.
bmh. 19:1. A kept mistress.
Hai-a-wa-hi-ne, r. To multiply wives;
as, nani kona haiavMhine ana, wonderful
his multiplying wives.
Hai-e-a, s. a species of fish.
Hai-i-noa, s. Hai, to declare, and inoa,
name. la. grammar, the word declaring
the name ; a nonn or substantive.
Hai-0-u-li, r. Hai, to declare, and ouli,
the sky. To prognosticate ; to declare fu-
ture events from observing the heavens.
HAi«o-t?-Li, X. A prognostication from
observing the .sky. Isa: 47:13. Kindred
with kilolani an4 kilokilo hoku.
Hai-o-la, s. Hai, to declare, and ola,
life ; salvation.
1. One who preaches or declares there
is salvation for men.
■2. The declaration of such a feet.
Hai-o-le, adj. Hai, to break, and ole,
not Bold ; hard ; impudent ; unpacified ;
stubborn.
Hai-0-le-lo, s. Hai, to declare, and
oldo, word.
1. A preaching; a declaration of the
word (of God.) 1 Cw. 1:21.'
2. To make a speech or an address.
LaieUc. 115.
Hai-u-la, s. The red or yellow appear-
■ ance of the dust raised by a whirlwind ;
the same to some extent in a waterspout.
Hai-hai, v. To follow; to pursue; to
chase. See Hahai.
2. To run a race.
Hai-hai, v. See Hai, to break. To
break ; to break in pieces ; to break, as a
yoke. Kin. 27:40. To break off, as the
branch of a tree. Bom. 11:17. To crush,
as a flower. Laieik. 142.
2. To break, as a law or command. Nah.
15:31.
3. Soo. To tease ; to vex ; to make one
cross ; to provoke.
4. To go through the process of separat-
ing the flesh from the bones of a dead per-
son; to dissect; ua haihai o Kamehameha,
alalia hoi mai o LihoUho mai Eawaihac
mai.
Hai-hai, adj. See Haihai, to break.
Brittle ; easily broken.
Hai-hai, s. A- state of brittleness ; lia
bility to break. Anat. 2.
Hai-hai, «. See Hai, to break. A breach,
or breaking of a law.
Hai-hai, adj. Proud; vaunting; lasciv-
ious.
Hai-hai, e. To show one's self haughty,
strutting, lascivious.
2. To feign one's self out of bis senses in
order to escape death from one upon Whom
he has practiced sorcery.
Hai-hai, v. SeeHAi, to speak. To con-
sult or talk together, as two or more per-
sons on business.
Hai-hai-a, adj. See Aia. 4^ repeatecl
to give intensity and h inserted. Wicked;
unreasonable ; vile. 2 Tes. 3:2. Profane.
Heb. 12:16. Ungodly. I.Tim. 1:9.
Hai-hai-a, t. Ungodliness. 2 Tim. 2:16.
Hai-hai-a, v. To court the favor of the
gods, or rather perhaps to use various artp,
as by getting herbs and medicines and of-
ferings to prevent the gods from hearing
another's prayers.
Hai-ha-na, v. Uai, to declare, and Aa?ia,
to do, i. c., to declare something done. In
grammar, a verb ; a modern wprd.
Hai-kai-ka, v. Tomockbyinakipg wrj
faces ; to make another word by the ti'ans-
positlon of letters.
Hai-kai-ka, adj. Grinning; expressing
anger ; he Kaikaika kona maka ame kona
waha.
Hai-ea-i^, s. Name of a fatal disease
of which VMiiki was the medicine.
Hai-ka-la-mu-ku, *. Name of a disease
equally fatal with the above, in which the
same medicine was used.
HA-i-Ki, adj. Ha and iki, small. See Iki.
1, Narrew.asapassage: pinched; scanty.
2. Suffering for want of food. '
Ha-i-KI, V, To be pinched for want? to
be pinched with hunger. Mar. 2:26. To
be desolate ; bereaved. Laieik. 142.
Ha-i-ki-a-ka, v. To grin; to make wry
faces. See Haikaika.
Hai-la-we, tJ. To exchange, as in bar-
ter ; to give one piece of profterty for an-
other.
Hai-le-a, adj. See Loea. Ingenuity;
skill in doing a thing.
Hai-le-po, v. Hai, to break forth, and
lepo, dirt.
1. To evacuate the bowels.
2. To be sick with the disease called kai-
lepo.
Hai-le-po, s. A name of a disease or
sickness in former times.
2. Name of a large living creature of the
sea. See Hbbimanu and Hahalua. It was
HAi
133
,HAl
forbiddon to womea to eat ucdei' penalty
ol' death.
Hai-lC'PO, v. Na maka o kekahi poe e
hailepo ana, nolaiU no ka haiUpo ame ka
olelo ihaiha.
Ha-1-li, s. Ha and iU, skin ; surface.
1. A spirit ; a i^host
2. The impression of sometiung fondly
remembered; balialia wale mai no ke aloha,
facanoano wale mai no me he haili la e kau
ihu ana maluaa, love brought the fond re-
membrance, it Drought solemnity as if a
spirit rested on him: lele ke aka o ka
manao, leleiaka i ka lani ; lele ae la ka
tiaiii 0 ka !a nui iluna.
Ha-JpLI, v. To cry but suddenly; to give
an alarm.
2. To gasp," to pant for breath. See Aim.
Ha-i-li, s. a temple.
Hai-li-a, v. To be frightened; to start
suddenly from fear.
HLv-i-li-a-ka, s. See Haili and Aka,
i^afiow. A ghost ; a spirit Sec Hiiu.
Ha-i-li-i-li, v. Reot probably hai, to
speak, and. ili (see lu, hoo 7), to use pro-
fane language.
1. To revile the gods; to swear pro-
fanely; to curse.
2. To SDeak disrespectfully of one. Pvjc.
.21:17.
3. To reproach ; to blackguard ; to re-
vile. Xer. 15:10.
Ha-i-lm-li, s. Cursing ; profane lan-
guage : he hoiao.
Hjii-Li-Li, V. To have the feelings of
sojTow and affection on the deai;h &f one
rery dear ; ua make hailiRe.
Hai-li-wla, s. Hai and li?na, the break
ot the arm, i. e., the elbow. In measure,
the distance of the elbow to the end of the
Sogers ; Jualf a yard or a cubit. JSzek. G:3.
Hai-EO-aa, s. Hai and haa, to obtain,
i: A key or answer to. a qiiestiou ; jl
declaration of what one has found oat.
2. The n&ms of a little book called >i key
to an algebra.
3. A key or clue to intricate propositions.
Hai-lo-na, t>. To cast or draw lets.
Oa. i:2S. -To distribute by lot.
2. To certify by actions that sometbang
will be done.
3. To make a signal for some porpose.
i. In modern times, to play at dice. See
HOilLONA.
Hai-u)-na, *. A mark, sign, character
representing a thing, as a letter repiesent-
ing a sound ; an aritiimctical sign, ifco.
2. A lot in casting lots ifel),. 6:5S, .'56.
Whatever js used in casting lot.-. Oih. 1:28.
Hii-LO-tfo, «. Hai and lono, the news.
To teit the news ; to spread a repor*. ; aohe
a haUoH'j iki, 2 Oihl 20:24. I. c., no.^e at
all (escaped) to tell the news.
HAi-Ltr-Ku, V. //«»' and Jwiw, to slaughter.
To stone. Puk. 17:4. To stone to death.
Oih. 7:69, To pelt with stones ; okena ae
■ la ke alii e /wtiJufcu i ua poe la, the king
sent word to stone to death ttiose persons;
e hoonou, e hooulua, e ahuku.
Hai-lu-ku, s. a stoning to death ; lull-
ing one by stoning him.
Hai-ma-ltj-lu, adj. Soft ; effeminate ;
deliberate at work ; weak in body or per-
son ; haimdiulu i ka ua a ka naulu, weak-
ened by the rain of the mist.
Hai-ma-na'-wa, s. Name of a species of
white kapa rather thin.
2. Xame of. the school bopjc used at La-
hainalana in teaching chronology.
Hai-na, v. a verb formed from the
contracted hai ana. Se^ Hai.. To cell ; to
relate ; to declare ; to speak.
2. To break, as a command ; as a law.
See Hai 1.
3. To break, as a stick ; hence,
4. To reject; to destroy; to take no care
ofj as one sick. Noib.— The ideas of speak-
ing, declaring, &c., seem to be nearly con-
nected in Hawaiian with breaking.
Hai-na, s. A speaking; a declaration;
a conversation.
2. A breaking, tei of a stick or other
thing ; a breaking of a law.
Hai-ka, v. To abuse ; to be stingy of
food ; to witt(hoW food from those who de-
serve it.
Hai-ma, adj. Cruel; unmerciful; hard
hearted. -
Hai-no-le, v. See Kinaunait, Earn.
Hai-na-ka, s. B»g. A handkerchief; a
napkin. Pvk. 28:4. Also spelled ItaiuAkit.
Hai-na-ki, . *. The name of a prayer oh
gathering in the property tax for the chiet
Ha-i-mtj, v. See Init. Hoo. To give
drink to one; to cause to drink. Kin. 29:3.
Note. — The syllable ha is often inserted
between the causative hoo and the verb.
See Ha.
Hai-po, s. ,Ha«, a sacrifice, and ^, night
Name of a sacrMce offered in the night in
distinction fi'om haiao.
Ha-i-pct, s, Ea, the but-end of a leaf,,
and ip», a gourd. The stem of a gourd
k3,f used in medicine.
HAi-riy-LU, v. Hai, to speak, and fula,
to pray.
1. To speak or say a prayer to. the gods.
2. To worship visibly.
3. To exhibit the character of a wor-
shipper ; to practioB religious rites. 1 N<ii.
S:28. Ina e makemako oe o haipuie, if you
wish t« practice religions duties.
HAO
134
HAO
i. To -consecrate a temple ; to prescribe
the formB of religion ; nana (na ke alii) e
haimde na beiau poo kanaka, oia hoi na
hiakini.
Hai-ptj-le, ». A devotee ; one addicted
to worship: a pions person; a saint Ep^s.
1:1.
2. Piety; profession of religion; outward
worship; Idk. 1:26.
Hai-pu-le, (tdj. Pious; devout; reli-
gioiie ; religiously disposed ; a ike mai o
Vanekouva he alii haifule o Kamehamcha,
Ac., when Vancouver saw that Kameha-
meha was religiously disposed, &a.
Hai-mta-le, adj. Hai, of another. An-
other's only.
Ha-o, v. To rob; to despoil. Mat. 12:29.
To strip one of property; to plunder.
Lunk. 2:14.
2. To kill and plunder, 1 Sam. 27:10.
3. To strip one of his garment Kin.
37:23. To take hy little and litt'e ; to col-
lect together,
Hao ba Koolau, pau na mea aloha,
Koolan was robbed of all endeared things,
^htt tho ka poa wahairaha 1 Wailua,
Ibe despised blossoms vexe collected together at Wai-
lua.
Note. — ^It was formerly the practice of the
•chiefs to punish offenders for all offenses
less than death, by stripping them entirely
of thcjr property'; this practice continued
until the people'had a writtiu code of laws.
Ha-o, v. To put less things into r^
greater ; to put into ; to take up and put
into ; to take up by handfuls.
2. To shovel dirt. See Haoiiao below.
Ha-o, v. To wonder at; to be aston-
ished ; mostly kaohao.
Ha-o, «. A robber ; a plunderer. I«?iit.
2:U.
Ha-o, s. Name of any hard substance
as iron, the horn or hoof of a beast
{% The name of a species of wood ; name
Of a tree.
Ha-o, adj. Strained tightly j hence,
hiird, &c. ; in the phra,ses kao na kepa, the
spurs are iron, applied to a horse running
swiftly ; also, hao na polena, the bowlines
are iron, applied to a swift sailing ship ;
hao ka lima, applied to one working hard.
Ha-o, adj. Thin ; poor in flesh ; wivvi,
emi iho ks kino a olala.
Ha-o-a, adj. Hot ; burning hot, as the
sun ; wela loa ; e na hoa o ka la nui haoa
0 na kula nei, e imi mua kakou i ka pono
0 ka naau, 0 companions of the groat burn'-
ing sun of the high school, &c.
2. Suffering pain ; severe ailliction from
the pain of burning.
3. The Jfear of being burnt
Ha-6-a, «. The fierce burning heat of
summer. Laieik. 119.
2. The pungent bitter matter vomited
from the stomach ; sourness ; so\irue3s of
the rtomach ; heart-burn. AnM. 53.
Ha-o A, V, P3,ss. of hao instead of kaoia.
Tooe taken, as by an enemy; to be taken
byviolence; to be given up, as to an enemy.
2 To take, as an ensign in war. 1 Sam.
4:n.
Ha-ja-ptj-hi, s. Among fishermen, name
of the stick used ipstead of a hook in catch-
ing eels.
Ha-9E, V. To be uneven, as points of
a jubstance ; to rise one above another ;
han ka ale o llopoc i ka ino, the waves of
Hopoe stand up, are erect in the storm.
See Ha. without the hoo.
Ha-oe-oe, v. See before. To make a
rushing noise, as wind upon the trees ; ha-
oeoe ka ohia, ho ua nui ino Kaelcawaawa,
loli i ka ua c, the ohia trees give a sound,
Kaelcawaawa is in a great storm, it bends
to the great rain.
Ha-oe-oe, adj. Uneven, as points which
sticfup, or as waves of the sea; haoeoe na
ale o ke kai.
2. Applied also to men rutmin? where
some are before and some behind ; haoeoi
na kanaka e bolo iriai la.
Hao-hao, v. To doubt; to discredit;
\o distrnsi; a statement
2. To be troubled in accounting for an
event ; io be restless ; sleepless at night ;
b/mka.0 hoikeia po o'u, aolcwau i moe iki.
Luieik. 198.
3- To msrve! : to wonder. Isa. 63:5. To
bo asteni!<hed. Tsa. 52:14.
4. To be in doubt respecting one's char-
acter. Gal. 4:20. Haohao hewa, to think
or design evil.
5. To seek for ; to hunt after ; to search.
Hao-haso, v. To distribute ; to give
equally to many; e haawi like me ka puu-
nawe.
Hao-hao, v. To dip up with the hands;
to measure by handfuls.
Hao-hao, i. Disappointment; doubt;
uacertainty. Laieik. 106.
Hao-hao, adj. Soft; immature, as fruit;
as a soft cocoanut
Hao-hao-a, s. Places so covered with
t>roken lava that one cannot walk on them;
kapu ma ka haoa ka haohaoa lani.
Hao-hao-a-la-ni, s. The reverence and
affection formerly felt by the p'-ople for
their chiefs ; he kuhau lafapa o kekapu la.
Hao-hao-na, v. To spring up in the
mind, as love for a friend.
2. To have the recollection. of a person
by one who is separated firom him.
HAo-KA-Ntj, V. Hao and kanu, to buiy.
To plant; to plant or l^nry a thing with
earth brought &'om another place.
HAU
133
HAU
Hao-ki-lou, s. Hao, iron, and Mtou,
hook. An iriMi hook.
Ha-o-le, adj. White ; he keokeo j ina
i keokeo ka buln o ka puaaapuni,heA«io2e
ia, pnaa ; lie pnaa hadf..
Ha-o-le, s. See the above derivation.
A person with a vrbite skin ; hence, a for-
eigner ; but ilawaiians say haoh eleele for
a negro.
2. A person from a foreign country ; an
alien. Note. — The foreigners who arrived
first at the islands were white persons.
Hao-ma-na-ma-na, s. ffao, iron, and
wKwamana, divided. A gridiron; so called
by natives from the divided irons.
Hao-na, s. Name of some calabashes
lor food when first cooked.
Hao-wa-ha, s. Hao, iron, and waha,
mouth. The iron of the mouth, that is, a
bridle bit. Hat. 32:9.
Hao-wa-le, s. Hao, to rob, and wale,
without cause. Robbery ; a taking an-
other's without right.
Hau, s. Name of the land breeze, that
blows at night ; hence, any cool breczi? ;
hu liau kekahi makani mauka mni. iia ma-
nao ia mai loko mai o ke kuahiwi kcia ma-
kaui. Note. — This word has several forms.
It usually takes ke for its article instead of
ka; but thH ke is sometimes united with
it, and then it becomes kehati. This how-
ever requires a uew article, which would
be k€,kekehau; but thi.'S article also Bonie-
timcs adheres to the nouu, aud thus re-
quires a new article still ; hencfi the differ-
ent forms of the word : hau, kehan, and
kekeliau, all of which talce corresponding
articles.
Hau, s. The general name of snow, ice,
frost, cold dew, &c. ; i hooman.iwanui ai
hoi kaua i ka hau huibui o ke kakaiiiaka,
when we two also persevered in the cold
frCst of the morning ; hau paa, hoar frost.
Puk. 16:14. In the same verse hau is ren-
dered dew ; snow. Nah. 12:10.
2. The rough bristles of a hog when
angry ; hubu ka puaa. ku ka hau; hence,
3. Anger ; applied figuratively to men.
4. Name of a species of soft porous stone.
Hao, s. Name of a tree or large bush;
the bark was sometimes beafen into a fine
species of kapa sailed kapd hau. Laieik.
112.
2. A kind of dance used for lascivious
purposes, accompanied by singing.
Hau, 1). To swallow; to g:ulp down, as
the smoke of tobacco.
2. To inhale j to snuff up, as the wind.
ler. 2:24.
' 3. To snort, as a horse, /er. 8:16.
Hau-a, v. To whip ; to applv ^st^ipes
to one; to chastise. iSoI, 19:18. SeeBiiBAV.
Hati-a, J. A whipping; a stripe; a
cbaslisement. Sol. 19:29.
HAU-A-Ptr, s; A ^earning; a strong feel-
ing for one. See Uwvyv.
Hati-e-ka, v. Hau and eka, filthy. To
be defiled ; to be filthy ; unclean.
Hau-e-li, f. Hau, /rost, snow, ice, and
di, to dig. Name of the native Glauber
Salts which are dug up out of caverns in
the rocks on the Island of Hawaii.
Hau-i, s. The title or epithet of a chief,
as noble, a descendant of kings, (fee. ; o
Ua'd ka lani, ke alii kiekie, he kumu alii.
Hau-pi-ao, s. a kind of fish net.
Hau-o-ki, $. Name of a medicine given
to wotrien ip labor, similar to slippery elm.
Hau-o-ki, ». A kind of palsy or perhaps
stiffness of the limbs, as when one w chilled
with cold ; having been long in the water.
Hau-o-le, adj. Hau, frost, dew, &c.,
and ok, not. Without dew, 'as a barren
place.
Hau-o-li, v. Hau and oli, to sing. See
Oli. To sing ; to rejoice. inam.liW.To
expres^joy by singing; to be joyous. Hoo,
To cause joy : to make glad. llal. 36:4.
Hau-o-li, s. Joy; rejoicing; gladness.
Hau-o-li, adj. Joyous; glad.
Hau-o-li-o-li, v. Intensive form. To
take delight in ; to rojoicc in. Hal 1 19:77.
Hau-o-bia-lo-lo, s. Name of a species
of fish net.
Had-o-p6, v. To lay in good order, as
stones in a wall? to stand evenly; he waisi
i nini, i kumauoia a maikai.
Hau-o-po, s. What is put together it*
good order; a good, well finisUud work.
Hau-u-pu, s. Ifeep affection for one ; a
yearning over a beloved object. See lUu-
APu and HiUPiT.
?Iau-hau, v. To lay stones in a wail ;
to build with stones.
Hait-hau, v. To strike ; to smite ; to
beat See Hahau.
Hau-hau, adj. See Hau, cold, &c. Cool,
as where the heat is separated from a thing'.
HA.U-HAU-NA, adj. Strong smelling; of-
fensive to *]ie smell. See Hauna.
Hau-hi-li, v. To bind up; to tie up, as
a bundle; eMuhili a paa, bind it ap tightly.
■See Hill
Haf-hi-li, s. Carelessness in doing a
thing : no ka mikioi o ka hana, aole no ka
hauhiii, for the niceness of the work, not
for the slovenliness.
Hau-hi-i,j, adj. Diverging from the
straight path ; blundering ; false ; not to
be depended on for truth.
HAU
136
HAU
2. Crooked or blind, as a path in the
buii}ie8. S«e Hiu.
Hah-Ica, 's. In gamUing, when one wins
he says ftaiifco ; a foreign word perhaps.
Hau-kae, v. See Hooeae. To deface ;
to blot oat; to squander: to behave shame-
fully.
2. fo do a thing carelessly ; hia e hau-
bili a haukae_ ka oukou hana,' if you do
yonr work In a slovenly and careless man-
ner.
3. To be filthy ; dirty in appearance.
Hait-kae, s. Filthiness ; carelessness ;
also,
2. A- mean fellow ; a babbler ; a trifling
talker. Ojft. 17:18.
Hatt-kab, adj. Slovenly done; foul;
unclean; impure ; wicked.
Haw-kai, v. See Haukae, v., above.
T« erase, blot out and destroy.
Hai;-kai, adj. See Saukae, adj. Care-
less ; unprepared.
Hait-kau, *. The staie of the sea in a
chopped sea something like the kai kupi-
kio, very difficult to urge a canoe through it.
Ha-u-ka-it-ka, s. Se^ Ukauka 2, to eat.
A ringworm.
Hau-ka-mu-mu, s. Hau and kamumu, a
rustling sound.
. 1. The confused noLseof a multitude; ua
ahiia kona leo e ka haukamumv, leo o ks.
aha, his voice was drowned by the Confused
noises of the multitude. LaieHc. 22
2. The low or indistinct conversation of
two persons. Laieik. 80.
Hatt-ke, ij. To hunt, a? for prey; to
fall npon ; to catch ; e hauke ukii, to hunt
Hoe in one's head.
HAtr-KE, ;. The act of hunting lice; ka
baule ana i ka nku poo.
Hau-ki,, s. The sea-egg. See Hatike-
uKe.
Hait-kea, s. Hau, snow, and kea, white.
The white snow : the whiteness of snow in
cold countries ; ka haukea o Maunakoa.
Ha-u-ke-tt-ke, v. To shiver much and
intensely with the cold.
Ha-u-xe-u-ke, s. The name of a. small
sea animal.
Ha-u-ke-u-ke, s. Name of a shell fish
that has many prongs two or three inches
long.
Ha-u-ke-u-ke, s. Name of a small in-
Boct that adheres to the skin of persons,
alrailar to th'> ane ; haukenke, he ane, ho
mea e pili ana ma ka ill o ke kanaka, «a
like me ke ktme.
Hau-ke-ki:, v. To iihi vet with the cold;
to be contracted with cold, as the mur^oles;
Aatifce/ce mai ana ka lehelohe, minonvino ua
lima, eleele ka liliilihi, the lips quivered
witb the cold, the' hands were wrinkled,
dark were the ^ebrows; to be in pain
with the cold. lob. 33:19.
Hatt-ke-ke, s. a shivering with the cold.
Hau-ke-ke, adj. Cold ; shivering with
cold.
Ha-u-la-u-la, v. See Ula, red. To be
a little red ; a haviavla ka waha i ka laau
Hau-la-la-pa, s. The high ascending
blaze of a large fire. See Lapa'^apaahi. E
ku haulakipa, e lapalapa.
Hau-la-ns, v. To root, as a hog; to
plunge, as a canoe.
2. To be restless in one's gra.sp ; to
squirm ; e oni ; to try to free one's self
when held fast.
Hau-la-ni, adj. Uneasy; seeking free-
dom from restraint; restive; he mauli hau-
lani.
Ha-u-le, v. To fall; to fall from a per-
pendicular state; to stumble; to fall down.
2. To come upon one, as a new set of
feelings ; to come to or arrive at a place ;
to encamp ; a kaule lakou i Kailna.
3. To loosen ; to let go ; to unfold. ,"
4. To become void ; to lack ; to fail ; to
be wanting ; to fall dead.
.5. To overturn; to destroy; to seek after;
to fall npon for destruction.
6. To fail in coming to pass or to be fiiS-
filiedi as a promise. los. 21:45. To fall, as
one to fail in his moral or religions char-
acter. II<i>. 6:6.
7. Moo. To cause to fall; with va, as
rain, i. e.. to cause to rain. 1 l\al. 18:1.
8. To throw one's self down on to a thing.
1 iSam. 31:4. To cause to fall,i.e., destroy,
as an army. Ezek. 32:12. To be rendered
void, as a law.
Ha-u-le, adj. A thing lost ; dropped.
Oihk. 6:3. Kekahl mea haule.
Hau-le-na, s. Contracted from haule
ana. A falling, that is, whatever falls ; a
gleaning. OilJc. 19:9.
Ha-u-li, s. See Uli. Anything of a
dark color ; the dark shadow of an object ;
dark clouds ; the deep blue sky.
2. Fio. A stain upon a pei-son's char-
acter ; ka haidi o ka mea hewa ole, e nalo-
Walc la, the stain upon a person's character
without feult will soon vanish.
Ha-u-li, adj. Dark ; swarthy ; tawny ;
shadowing; darkish; shady.
2. Cool, having lost warmth.
Hau-lii-mi, v. Hau, iron, and KUii^ lit-
tle. A factitious word got up by Hawaiian
cooks, and moans to broil on the gridiron;
tliey call the gridiiun havliUii, i. e.. Utile
irons; with some, 3 YN. witb hooniakaukau,
to get ready.
HAU
137
HAU
Ha-it-li-u-li, v. The intensive of te<ZJ.
To be dark, Sco.
,2. To be in a slight state of commotion ;
applied to tlie rippling of the sea When the
wind just begins to blow.
Ha-u-li-u-u, s. Name of a species of
gBb.
Hau-ma-ea-iho-le, s. Epithet of an ad
vanced state of old age, when the eyc9 are
dim, the steps totter, and the breath short.
Hait-ma-na, v- To be or act, as a scholar.
2. Hoo. To teach, as one teaches scholars;
to make scholars or learners of persons.
8. To teach them some art, or convey to
them gome knoT/ledge they had not before.
4. To instruct, as a scholar or apprentice
ir any art or handicraft
Hau-ma-na, s. a scholar; an appien-
tice ; a disciple. Mai. 10:1.
HAu-MA-Ntr-BiA-Nr, odj. Full of holes,
. cracks or crevices. See Manu.
Hau-me-a, s. Name of the mother of Ke-
kaaakahi, the war gpd.
Hau-mi-a, v. To defile ; to pollute ; to
be either morally, physically or ceremoni-
alfy unclean. Hoo. To d«file naturally,
morally. Kin. 34:2. Or ceremonially, to
stain ; defile, lol. 3:5.
Hau-mi-a, s. Contagion; ceremonial de-
filement from contact or contiguity to dead
bodies.
2. Morally, from various wicked prac-
tices.
3. Things forbidden under penalty of
death, stronger than kapu; micleanness,
&c. OiWfc, 16:2, 3. Defilement. (?aJ.6:19.
Hau-mi-a, adj. Unclean; impure.
2. That which defileth. Oihk. 5:2.
Hau-na, s. The strong offensive smell
of meat
Hau-na, adj. Strong smelling; offen-
sive to the smell.
Hait-na, s. The striking of the hand or
other substance in playing the kilu ; a i
ka umi o ka liauna kilu, a laua. Lakik.
114.
Hau-na-e-le, v. To flee in war; to
suffer the consequences of such flight; that
is, to forsake houses, homes, and the gen-
eral lo^ of all comforts.
2. To be in confusion, as in a mob or
general disobedience to laws. Pule. 32:26.
3. To be in doubt or perplexity of mind.
4. Hoo. To stir up the people ; to make
popular disturbance in a government
Pvk. 32:25. Note.— The English faangla-
tlon nde and koomle in this verse is prefer^
able.
HaU'Na-e-le, s. The excitement and
disturbance of war.
18
2. Any popular commotion or disturb-
ance. 1 Sam: 4:14. '
Hai7-na-ma, s. a strong offensive smell,
but less so thanhajuia; he wahi pilau uuka.
See Hal'nj.
Ha-it-pa, v. To eat much; to swell up,
as the stomach from eating tov much-
2. To be greedy in eating.
3. To act, as the jaws i? eating fast. See
Ufa.
Hau-pee-pee, t>. To play hide and seek;
e peepes akua; to play hide and geek, as
children.
Hau-pee-pse, s. The play of children,
hide and seek.
Hau-pia, v. To mix together (pia) arrow-
root and oocoanut and bake it ; to cook
arrow-root and cocoanut together.
Hau-piA, s. The substances of arrow-
root and oocoanut mixed together aad
baked for food.
Hau-po, s. The lower end of the breast
bone ; the place where the ribs unite.
2. The thorax. See Houro.
Ha-u-pu, v. To excite ; to stir up, as
the affections or passions.
2. To suffer with anxiety; to be much
excited or moved ; ua haupu honua ae la
ka makaula, the prophet was much excited.
Laieik. 157.
3. To rise up suddenly in the mind, as a
thought.
4. To stir up one to recollection; alalia,
e haupa ia lakou me k&;hdinanao.
Ha-f-pu, s. The sudden excitement of
the passions. Note. — This word was used
in a moral philosophy for conscience, or
the internal monitor; o ka mea i nanea
palaka ka haupu, alalia aole e ole kona
hewa. Afterwards lunamanao was used.
Hau-puu, s. Any hard bunch or pro-
tuberance on the joints or limbs.
HA-ir-pir-ir-Pir.
Hau-putj-puu, s. A hard protuberance
on the joints, as on the fingers or wrists.
See Haopdu.
Hau-puu-puu, adj. Swollen, as the
ground by frost; Uneven, as with bunchce
of hail, or with heaps of salt in the salt-pits.
Hau-vva-la-au, v. To gabble where al!
talk and none hear.
2. To get into confusion, as an assembly
disagreeing in opinion ; alalia hauwalmu
loa ae la ka lehulehu, then the multitude
fell into great confusion. See Walaau.
HAtr-WA-LA-WA-L.4-AU, s. See the fore-
going. Noise, as of many talking or bawl-
ing at once without cause or meaning.
2. Mere gabbling without cause : make-
ka alii o Niinn ma Koolau, kahaha kahi
poe, i mai kanaka, he hmm(dawi(A<mji wal«
HAH
138
HAH
no, when the chief Nona died sA Kooiau,
some were astoniehed, but the people said
fliere was nothing bat a great taik. See
WAIAiU.
Hau-wa-na-oa, v. To extend; to stretch
out. See Wanaoa.
Hait-wa-wa, v. To talk in vain, con-
ftisedly or In dis&rder. See Wawa.
Hau-wa-wa, s. Confusion ; disorder, as
a mnltltade talking at once.
|Ia-ha, e. See Ha: To breathp hard;
to pant for breath, as in great haste.
2. To feel of; to niove the hand over a
thing. Xm. 27:12, 21.
3. To feel, as a blind person ; to grope ;
to feel, as if searching for something, ha.
69:10.
4. ^00. To manipulate; to mannfachire;
heohaha paakai, to.manufactiire or make
salt.
6. To strut; to act the fop; to Tralk
about like a cock turkey.
Ha-ha, si Ifoo. AsweUingorpuffingup.
Ha-ha, s. The inside of kalo tops used
for food ; the whole top is called hvli. See
Ha,
Ha-ha, s. A sort of wooden net used
for catching the oopu, a fresh water fish,
from brootm.
2. The board on which fishermen place
their nets.
3. Name of a tree.
Ha-hae, v. See EUe. To rend ; to tear,
as a garment.
' 2, To break; to separate into parte ; to
split, as lauhala, lengthways.
Ua-hai, V, To follow; to pursue. Fuk.
14:4. To chase ; to follow literally.
^i. To follow one's example ; ua hahai
nuii ha kanaka a pau mamuli o na '111 e
noho ai, all iuen ^enerMj followed a^r
the chiefs for the time being.
8. To break ; to. break to pieces ; to
break, as a law. See Hae and Hab^g.'
Ha-hai, v. See Hai, to speak. To tell;
to talk about ; e hahai ana no lakou i na
moeuhane, they were tdiing their dreams.
Laieik. 143.
Ha-hai, s. A breaking; a disjoining;
a separating. See Hae.
Ha-hai, s. Name of a disease on the
upper part of the thigh or groin, occasioned
by impure connections and habits.
Ha-hao, v. See Hao. To put or thrust
in. Oihic. 10:1. To cram do>rn.
2. To put into, as a person into prison.
Oih. 16:24.
3. To throw or cast wood into a lire.
4. To put into a particular place; to put,
as money into a purse ; to put, as into a
buHket. Mat. 13:48.
C. To put into one's head ; to suggest to
the mindj to put words into one's mouth-
2 Sam. 14:19.
Ha-hait, v. See Haua. To whip; to
strike with a cane, stick, rod, or sword.
2. To scourge ; to chasten. Pvk. 5:14.
Rahauia kona kua i ke kaula e ka faaole,
his t)ack was whipped with a rope by a for-
eigner.
3. To inflict plagues. P«fc. 32:86. To
smite with blindness. 2 Nai. 6:18.
4. Hahau ai, to thrash, as grain.
6. To hew stones. 2 JVirf. 22:6.
Ha-bait, s. That which is put or laid
upon, as a burden, or punishmeni; stripes.^
Ha-hait-a, v. See Hahati above. To
scourge ; to whip ; to strike.
Ha-hau-hu-i, f. Nante of a leligfious
ceremony in the pule hoopiopio ; same as
vhmihui.
Ha-ha-hi, v. The frequentative or 5th
aot^.othahi. To tread upon. JToI. 91:13.
To trample down. Isa. 63:3. Root haM.
See also Hehi and Eai. /
Ha-ha-kw, v. The 6th conj. of haku.
To tie together in a bunch; to tic up, as
feathers in a fiy-brush.
2.' To fold up ; to put in order. See
Haku.
Ha-ha-le, v. To flatten down; to sink
in.
2. To be hungry. See Halehale ; also
OpahA.
Ha-ha-l0, v. To be internally defective,
as wood worm-eaten or rotten inside.
2. Fio. Applied to a hungry man. See
the root Hal0.
Ha-ha-lit, adj. Sotten or defective in-
wardly ; applied to wood, kalo, potatoes,
&c., that are decayed inwardly.
2. Applied also to one hungry ; ua ha-
fiaiu, ua pololi ka opu.
Ha-ha-lit, s. Name of a species offish.
Ha-ha-lu-a, s. Name of a species of
fish, forbidden to women to eat under peO'
altjr of death ; also, name of a sea animal
similar to or Oxe same as ihimanu and hihi-
mann.
Ha-ha-na, V. See the root Hana, to
work. To be warm ; applied to the heat
of the sun;
2. To be warm from hard work.
3. To cook popolo, laulea, akeakea, &c.,
with hot stones.
Ha-ha-na, ». Warmth ; a genial heat.
Ha-ha-na, adj. Very warm, as the heat
of the sun, the weather, or the effect of
labor.
Ha-ha-ha-na, v. See the root Hana,
and Oram. 6 226. To cause to work ; to
do; to do n-equently; pela laua i haho
kaMai.
HAK
139
HAK
Ha-ha-no, b. To use the syringe ; to
give an Jujoction. See Hano.
Ha-ha-paa-kai, s. See Haha and Paa-
KAi, salt. A salt bed ; a place wlieie salt
18 made by evaporation of the sun. See
fUiiA i, hoo.
Ha-hei, v. To follow; to push with the
Bhoutder; e pahu pii ma ka bokua; ^e
puaa iiahei, a piishiDg or figbting hog.
Ha-hei,, adj. Fat; plump; full, as the
flesh oh a healthy fihoulder ; also kehei.
Ha-hko, v. To be proud, especially of
dveas or equipage ; to pat oa airs of supe-
riority. See Hbo.
Ha-heo, adj. Proud; proud of dress or
anything gaudy.
2. Haughty m maimer.
Ha-hi, v. To tread upoa; to trample
down ; to troad oat, ae grain. 1 IVm. 6:18.
To stamp with the feet &f.k. 6:11. To
tread or trample upon. See Ein andHEHi.
Ha-hi, s. A treading upon ; a trampling
down ; an overturning.
HA-Hi-HA-iSt, t». Freq. of the foregoing.
To tread or tfamplc upon frequently.
Ha-hi-u, »> Name of a species of fish.
Ha-ho, », lo become poor in flesh; to
fail; to want strength; e wiwi iho ma ke
kino.
Ua-hu, s. Ib.ving taken so much drastic
medicine that nothing is left in the bowels.
Ha^hh-a-lo, s. The tail fin of a fish.
See HuELo.
Ha-ka, v. To stare at. Fig. Hal. 22:11.
2. To look earnestly at a person or tbiae
for evil. Hal. 10:8.
3. To set one's eyes upon a thing with
desire. Dan. 10:1S. Often connected with
fiono as an intensive. Oih. 1:10. Sm with
nana, and sometimes with maka.
4. A haka mai na moa ma ka lani.
Ha-ka, s. A hole; a breach, as in a
side of a house ; hence,
2. A ladder, i. e., the cross sticks and
spaces between.
3. An artificial hen-roost ; hanaia i haka
no ua moa la e kau at
4. A building not lightly inclosed, hav-
ing many open places.
Ha'-kA, ddji Full of holes or crevices ;
many spaces.
Ha-ka, v. To quarrel; to spar; to dis-
pute; to contend. See H.IKAKA.
Ha-kae, r. Probably for ^&a ae. To be
unsound ; to be weak ; frail ; applied to a
person out of health; applied to other
things deficient in strength.
Ha-ka-0, V. To go naked; to walk
about destitute of clothing.
Ha-ka-0-le-lo, v. Haka, to quarrel, and
olelo, word. To lay blame upon one ; to
accuse falsely.
Ha-k.4-o-le-lo, », Kartse of one whom
a chief employs_ to report the errors of the
people ; the epithet of parente in govern-
ing, their children, having the vight to sus-
tain and govern them.
Ha-kau, v. To look slim and tall, as a
person whose flesh is wasted from his limbs.
Ha-kau, adj. Slim; tall; poor in flesh.
Hatkau, v. To fight together, as two
cocks ; to practice cock-i^hting.
Ha-kau, v. See Haka., To fight; to
contend.
Ha-ka-ha, u To delay ; to detain.
Ha-ka-ha-ka, v. See Haka, To be full
of holes; unsound; cellular; to be hollow,
m a bone. Anat. 4. To be empty.
2. Hoo. Fig. To be oj>cn ; to be pene-
trable, as the ear to sound, i. e., to listen.
Isa. 48:8. E hoohakahafca i ka pepeiao i
vrahi e komo ai ka olelo'.
Ha-ka-ha-ka, i. That which is full of
holes or open spaces.
2. Fig. Want; deficiency; loss.
3. Empty room ; place unoccupied ; me
or ma ka iutkahaka, in the place of. JSset.
2:4. He hakahaka ka naau for pololi, hnn-
. gcr. Isa. 29:8. One in the place of an-
ether. i .JVa. 1:30, 36.
Ha-ka-he-le, v. To walk with meas-
ured steps, as one weak. See Aeargle.
Ha-ea-ka, I'. See Haka. To quarrel ;
to contend; to fight. 2 iSam. 14:6. But
often only in words. Kin. 26:20. To de-
bate. I
2. Hoo. To set at variance; to cause
strife : e Iwohakaka ana i na bipL
Ha-ka-xa, s. a fighting ; a quarrel ; A
contention ; a controversy. Mik. 6:2.
Ha-ka-kae, v. To rend ; to tear ; ' to
separate into parts. See Haea and Eae.
Ha-ka-kai, u To be swelled. See Ku-
uakaeai.
Ha-ka-kau, v. fZa^a, a ladder, and ifcau,
set up.
1. To be BUHpended, as on a baka.
2. To stand with a slender footing, as on
the edge of a canoe looking tor squid ; ke
hakakau la ke kanaka me he kioea la,, the
man stands like a Juoea (a long-legged
bird.)
Ha-ka-kau, s. A place to hang things
upon.
2, A thin, spare, tall man.
Ha-ka-kau-lu-na, s. Name of the stools
on which doable canoes were placed when
out of water ; also ake.
Ha-xa-kact-pi-li, v. Tp stand intent
upon any sound, like a thief.
% To be ready to fly from the approach
HAK
140
KAK
of any one ; e kau me he iwa la i ka lai, e
lele aheahe malie ana.
Ee hcu'iakaupili me be mn la i Its lai,
Ke aka lele au a ks la hiki ale.
Oil ka maka la Eohala pall uka.
Ha-ka-ke, V. To Stand on stilts; to
stand, as a spider on long legs.
2. To stand huddled or crowded together.
HA-KA-Ttu, s. A frame for drying fish
for the chiefs which are kapu.
Ha-ka-la, s. The gable end of a house.
See Kala. Aia mahea ia! aia ma ka fvakaia
o ka bale,
Ha-ka-li-a, v. Hakaia, the I inserted.
Oram. S 48. To be hard ; difScult to ac-
complish. Kin. 18:14.
2. To be dilatory; glow in doing a thing;
ua hakalia ka amo ana o ka maka, sUyio waa
the winking of the eye».
3. Hoo. To defer or put off doing. Kekah.
5:4.
Ha-ka-li-a, s. a difficulty in doing a
thing ; meeting with ohstacles ; a deten-
tion ; he hcwa nui, o keia hakalia o lakou,
the great error was this slowness of them.
. See explanations in the next.
Ha-ka-u-a, adj. Long in doing a thing;
dilatory ; slow ; tailing too much time ;
also,
2. Careless; unthinking; holo makoa me
Ka hoopiipii mau ana ame ka haknlia.
Ha-ka-li-na.
Ha-ka-lij-Nu, s. Extreme old age when
one is no longer able to walk ; hele o mea
akauka luikalunu.
Ha-ka-mo-a, s. Haka, to quarrel, and
moa, a fowl. Cock-fighting ; the name of
a game practiced in former times ; o ka
tmkamoa kekahi mea makemake nui e na
'lii.
Ha-ka-ne-ne, v. To be swelled; puffed
up ; e m^imai, e nkeke.
Ha-ka-net-le, adj. Thin; spare in flesh;
ua liakamk oe i ko oukou hiki ana mai ;
applied to man and beast.
Ha-ka-po-no, i> See Haka. To look
earnestly at; to look steadfaetly; to direct
the eyes upon. 2 Ml. 8:11.
2. To stare or gaze at ; to be amazed ;
to see something to be wondered at. Isa.
13:8. Note — These two words are often
written separately as well as together, and
then pono is used as an intensive adverb.
Ha-ke, s. See Hoo. To resist; stand
against. See Ke and Hookbb. To displace;
put aside ; put away.
Ha-ke-a, adj. See Kea, white. Pale,
as one sick.
Ha-ke-lo, ) a^^-_ Hanging down
Ha-KB-lo-ke-lo, J lu swelling or pendu-
- loua"baQCbeii) as the mucus from the nosii
of a child ; applied to swellings of intemui
parts, as flie uterus ; hakelo or hakehkeXo
ka hupe.
Ha-ki, v. See Hai, k inserted. To break,
as a piece of wood ; to break, as with the
hands. Hal. 18:34. To break, ae a bone.
Hal. 34:20. Pass. EakiatoThaMia. tc be
broken. Oihk. 26:26. Fio. Applied to the
punishmentof wicked men. io&. 24:20. To
break, as the teeth, that is, one's power
crushed. Note. — The wor^ applies mostly
only to such things as are somewhat brittle.
Ha-ki, adj. That which is easily broken;
Tuiid wale, brittle.
Ha-ki-a. Pass, of hoM. See above.
JHa-ki-a, $. A pio;; jx nail. Syn. with
makia and kakia,
Ha-kii, I^. To tie fast; to make
HA-KU-Kn, J fast by tying. See Nakh.
Ha-ki-u, v. See Kixr. To spy out; to
look at ; to examine ; alalia, haidv, like iho
la lakou i ka mea a lakon i iini aL
Ha-ki-ha-ki, v. 13th conj. of haki. To
break in pieces, as wood ; to break fre-
quently. £iri.76:3.
Ha-ki-io, u. To observe narrowly; to
watch closely and attentively.
2. To look at what one is about to do.
Lvk. 14:1. To watch one's actions or con-
duct, generally to iind occasion, or with
some evil design. Mar. 3:2.
8. To eavesdrop or listen secretly, ex-
pecting something bad ; ua hxikiLo a£n an
la mea ma e ohumu ana.
4. To act the spy. See the root Eno. To
watch, as a thief does if any one sees him.
Ha-ki-ka, s. Contraction for haki ana,
a breaking. A piece broken off: a piece
of a thing ; a remnant ; hakina ai, a piece
of food. loh. 6:12. A iart ; a portion, 4c.
Ha-ki-na-o-le-lo, s. Used for syllable
in the music Gamut
Ha-ko, v. To be dignifiea in one's bear-
ing ; to appear honorable ; to be noble iu
form ; ua hako kona helehelena, ma kona
mau maka.
Ha-ko, «. The leaf of the sugar-cane ;
wakawaka o Mano e moku ae ka hako.
Ha-koi, v. To dash, as water against
water.
2. To be agitated, as wat«r carried in a
dish unsteadily ; hakoi ka wai.
3. To be unsettled, as one's thoughts
when in trouble.
Ha-koi, adj. Heavy; weighty, as lug-
gage, &c. ; kaumaha, koikoi ; heavy ; bur-
densome.
2. Fio. Heavy, as the heart.
Ha-koi, s. An action productive in chil-
dren of parapbimoBis.
HAK
141
HAK
Ha-koi-koi, v. To rise or swell up, as
water.
2. Fio. Ma ka baale o ka manao e pii
iluna nie he wai la c liakoikoi Hoko o ka
manawa, through the overflow of thoughts
rising up like water, the afifcctions flow
within.
Ha-ko-ha-ko, adj. See Hako. Portly;
dignified in appearance ; noble in person;
Ha-ko-ko, ) ,,. To wrestle ; to con-
Ha-koo-koo, ) tend with anothet to cause
him to tall. iTin. 32:24. FiO. J^es. 6:12.
NoiK. — Hawaiians write the word in both
tlic forms. The last syllables are equally
long and accented.
Ha-ko-ko, ) j. A wrestling ; conten-
Ha-koo-koo, J tion of strength between
two persons to cause each other to fall; eia
kckalii Icalca, o ka hakookoo, here is on^
' pastime, wrestling.
Ha-ko-nA, adj. Scorched or dried black,
as breadfruit which hangs on the trees long
altei the season is over, when one side be-
comes parched and blaclc with the sun ;
he hakom ka hua ulu.
2. It applies also to the side lying long
on the dirt; the other side is kuapaa.
Ha-ko-na-ko-na, adj. Bough; dark;
clouded; uneven.
Ha-ku, v. To dispose of things in order,
to put in order.
2. To arrange or tie feathers in a kahili;
to make a wreatb.or lei ; e haku i ka lei ;
e hukw oe i lehua. LaleUc. 146.
3. To put wordB in order as in poetry ;
to compose a song.
4. To rule over people, 5. e., to put and
keep them in Order ; to act, as a lord over
men.
5. By a change of letters, haku for kaMi,
U> bake flsh mw hot stones.
6. I<'io. The forming of a new affection
in the mind; ka manawa i haku, ai ke aloha
ma ka naao. -
7. .Hbo. To tale over: to direct others.
Oi/ifc. 25:43. HaJca mele, a composer of
songs, L e., a poet; nana ia i haku, he com-
posed it.
Ha-ku, t. A lord ; a master ; an over-
seer ; a ruler. OiWc. 21:4.
2. A hard lump of anything; the tongue
of a bell ; a padlock ; a hard bunch in the
flesh ; the ball of the eye; haku onohi; the
name of several species of hard stones for-
merly used in working stone adzes ; ua
kapaia kela mau pohaku, he haku, ka koi
&a inoa.
Ha-ku-ai-na, s. Haku, lord, and aina,
land. A land-holder, i. e., one who man-
ages the land and the people on it under
tiie chief .or owner.
Ha-ku-a-kea, s. a phrase in praise of
Lono; a lord of extensive power; papa ka
hakuakea o Lono.
Ha-ku-a-fa, ) ^. Haku&ndapaaniepa,
Ha-KTT-e-pa, J false. To speak falsely; to
speak to the hutt of one ; to detract.
Ha-ku-a-pa, ) s. a false speaker; a de-
Ha-KU-je-pa, ) tractor.
2. A false report ; evil speaking. 1 Pet,
3:16.
Ha-ko-e, s. a species of sea-egg with
many prongs.
2. The prongs of such fish. See Hakui.
Ha-ki7-e-ku-e, s. The prongs of the
hakue.
2. The ringworm. See HAOHiiDKA.
Ha-ko-e-pa, s. See Hakuapa.
Ha-ku-i, v. See Km, to sound out. To
reflect sound, as an echo.
2. To sound in every direction, as thun-
der rumbling through the heavens ; e kani
mahope o kekahi kani ana me he kihili la ; .
to reverberate.
Ha-ku-i, v. To be sickish or a little sick
at the stomach ; hoopailua.
2. To make attempts at vomiting, ae one
sick at the stomach ; hakki wale mai no,
aole luai mai, he was merely sick at the
stomach, he did not vomit
3. To flutter ; to palpitate, as the heart.
4. To shoot, as pain in the chest; hakui
maloko o lea hoapo ; e apo ka oill.
Ha-kc-1, u To roast blood in cooking;
halcui koko.
Ha-kc-i, s. The blood of hogs when
roasted for eating.
Ha-ku-i, s. The horn of the sea-egg.
See Hmcub,' which is probilbly the more
correct orthographjr.
Ha-ku-ia, aaj. See Haku., Bound j
braided ; wreathed together, ice. Zaieik.
112.
Ha-ku-i-ku-i, V. To crack, as breakiQg
timber; to sound; to inake the noise of
breaking timber.
Ha-ku-0-hi-a, s. The lord of tiie ohia
trees.
2. The ohia tree of which an idol was to
be made ; a i ka la i pii aku ai 1 ka haku-
ohia make kekahi kanaka, i mea e mana ai
ua kii ohia la, on the day they went up for
an ohia tree some man would die, to give
efficacy to the idol. Note. — ^The species of
ohia used was the ohiaapdne. Sakuohia
the same as kiiohia.
Ha-ku-o-le-lo, v. Haku, and olelo, to
put words together. To accuse falsely; to
detract ; to slander.
Ha-ku-o-lf-lo, s. a false accuser; a
deti'actor.
Ha-ku-0-ne, s. Haku, lump, and one,
sand. Name of a small division of land,
HAL
142
HAL
dmilsx to or smaller than a koelc cultivated
for the chief. See Ki'jikua.
liA-Kn-o-MO-Hi, s. Hafoi, a hard lump,
and onohi, the eys-baU. The apple of the
eye ; the little image in the eye. See Ku-
03J0HI.
IIa-ku-ha-ku, v. See Haku, to put to-
gether. To fold up, as kapa ; to put in
order ; to arrange.
Ha-ku-Ba-ku, a^'. Full of iiard lumps;
lampy. [
Ha-ku-ha-le, s. Haku, master, and hale,
house. The master or owner of a house.
Puk. 22:8.
Ha-ku-ha-na, i. A word applied to the
appearance or motion of the clouas ; he ao
hakmana.
HA-KXT-KAi, 0. Haku, Itunpy, and kai,
sea. To be in perturbation, as the sea; to
be stormy. Sea Oomikd.
lia-KTj-KO-i, V. See Haettkai.
Ha-ku-ko-le, ». To blackguard; to re-
proach in iilthy language.
Ha-kct-ko-le, s. a blackguard; a vile
person.
Ha-kct-ma, s. a thick cloud, ooethreat-
-eainga storm.
HA-Kg-MA-KTJ-HA, ». Tolcwcr; to frown;
so look threatening, an clouds portending
a storm. Mat. 16:3.
2. To be rough or pitted, as from the
scars of the small-pbx; kakwumkuma ka ili.
3. To be thick together ; to be thici, as
a board. See Kumakdma.
Ha-ku^ma-k0-ma, adj. Lowering, as
clouds threatening a storm.
2. Pitted, aa the siin with disease.
3. Thick ; set close together. '
Ha-ku-me-le, b. Haku, to compose, and
mefe, a song; poetry. To compose or make
poetry.
Ha-ku-me-le, s. a poet; one skilled as
a poet ; a coudftoser of songs. Kah. 21:27:
Oik. 17:28.
Ha-kh-pe. See Kupehe.
Ha-ko-pe-he, ». SeeLoLOHi. To speak
carefully as to truth and propriety; to roll,
as a ship with but little wind.
Ha-ku-wa-ki-ne, s. Baku, a lord, and
vnH'fte, a female. A female master, i. e.. a
mistress: the wife of a chief or noble. Qal.
4:22.
Ha-la, v. To miss the object aimed at.
Lunk. 20:16. Nou mai la ia, a hala iia po-
haku ; nou hon mai la ia a hala hou no ; a
i ke Jkolu o ka non ana, pa akn la; he threw
and the Btone missed; he threw ivgain and
missed again ; the third lime he threw he
bit.
2. To be gone ; to pass away ; to paes
over.
3. To proceed ; to pass onward ; to go
beyond. Nah. 22:18. To pass away, as
time.
i. Hoo. To miBs the object ; to cause to
err ; to be guilty or blame-worthy.
6. To depart from a command, or act in
opposition. Kad. 1:43. To err ia opinion;
to disobey ; to object to a request or com-
-iand ; to refuse obedience. jEsei. 3:3. To
transgress. Nah. 14:4.
Ha-la, s. A trespass; a sin; an oifen^e;
a transgression.
2. A matter of offense. KaiiL 9:21,
3. A law case ; $ iml hida, to seek occ»-
Mon against. lMnk.\i\i. Lawe^ota, a sig-
ner ; Wo ole, without sin ; without cause.
Puk. u-n.
Ha-la, adj. Sinful ; %vicked ; kanaka
haia, a sinner ; one often breaking some
law.
Ha-la, adv. Sinfully; in a state of sih;
hauau hala, born a sinner.
Ha-la, adn. (Referring to space past
over) onward; throughout; even to; up
to ; he pa |iohaku a hala i ka lani, a stone
wall (reaching) oZear up to heaven. Kavi.
1:28. Also ofeaZo, clear -up to. £ani. 9:1.
Ha-la, s. The pandanus tree.
2. The pine-apple.
S. A species of fish.
Hx-iJii, s. The lulling of a strong wind;
a calm. See La.i and hxE.
Ha-la-io, adv. The 1 is probably .sub-
stituted for n. Well done! clever! brave!
Ha-la-i-wi, s. See Halawi, to 'scruti-
nize. Looking earnestly at a thing with a
. desire to obtain or possess it ; k<£tim me
ka manao e lawe malu.
Ha-la-o, v. To foe! pain, as the eye
with some mote in it ; to have pain in the
eye from a mote ; halao ana i kun maka.
Ha-la-o, i'. Pain in the eye from some
small mote. See Lao. A small particle of
something moving in the five.
Ha-la-oa, r. To project; to stretch
out ; to extend cpwards. as the mast of a
ship ; to project, as the horns of the sea-
nA-xji-0A.,adj. Projecting j standing up.
Ha-lao-lao, v. To be small; thin m
flesh; poor, as small stunted weeds or
brush on poor land.
Ha-lao-lao, a<i/. Small; stunted; poor;
thin.
Ha-lau, v. To be long ; to extend; to
stretch out
Ha-lau, s. a long hou^e with the end
in front ; used mostly for canoes.
2. Name of a ben that bas bad chickens.
HAL
143
HAL
Ha-la-ha-la, v. See Hala. To turn
aeido ; to go astray ; mostly used in the
causative hoo.
2. To object to one ; to decline a propo-
sition ; to find fault with one's words or
conduct ; aole hoohalahala kekabi o lakou,
not one of them found fault.
Ha-la-ha-la, adj. Bitter; spur; brack-
ish ; ko haUdMla, sour or fermented cane.
Ha-la-ua^la, *. Name of a species of
ash ; the uhu. See Uhuhaijuiala.
Ha-la-ha-la-wai, ado. Slippery; wet,
as a road ; running ; ua kelekele kcikihakir
wai i ka ua.
2, Wet, as a sore eye.
Ha-la-hi, u To miss, as anything
thrown at another.
2. To dodgo any missile.
3. To fly near to one, as a stone or other
atiasile thrown,
4. To hum while passing through the air.
Ha-la-hi, s. A hissing or whizzing of
any projectile passing through the air.
Ha-la-hu-la, s. Name of a particular
aha used in preparing for war.
Ha-la-katj, -y. To place one thing on
top of another.
2. To lean orer ; e baukau.
Ha-la-ke-a, s. The name of a kapa
when dyed with the niu.
2. The name of upright posts inside of
houses ; o na Mlakea, oia na kia e ku ana
mnloko u ka hale,
Ha-la-la, adj. Long and curving, %s
hog's tushes; hioiela ka niho o ka puaa
kahiko.
2. Applied also in men exposing them-
, selves.
3. A large bimch of bananas.
HX-la-lo, v. Ha and hlo, downward.
1. To take hold of with the .arms under,
as in taldpg up a child or anything else.
2. To drop the head downward, as i'l
deep thought.
3; To begin to think. 2 Om. 20:3.- To
think within one's, self; pela Uuu hsMo
ana ia'u iho, so I ihmight within myself.
4. To thinlf or reflect on the moral ac-
tions of others. Ke)cah.S:9.
6. To look earnestly at a thing near or
far o6f ; to think closely.
6. To look intetiially ; haialo iho la no
au a ioaa no.
7. To search closely or look for a thing
with effort.
Ha-la-lo, v' To administer an injec-
tion. See Hahano, ,
Ha-l& loa, «. The name of a species
offish.
Ha-la-na, v. Ha and lana, to float.
1. To overflow, as water orer the banks
of a river, or over a levee or loft land.
Amos 9:5.
2. To float on the aurface of the water.
3. To be overflowed; i, e,, to be drwacd.
4. floo. To flood; to overflow wxth a
flood. Jsa. 54:9.
Ha-la-na-la-na, 0. See Halana. To
overflow; to flow thick and fast, as the
tears of one weeping ; nolaila i haUmalana
ai lakou me ka haloiloi i ko lakou wai-
maka ; to shed tearu.
Ha-la-pa, v. In a prayer, to bring to
pass ; to pray that ,; thing lioped for may
be granted ; halapa i ke mauli kultala ia
bale hau.
Ha-la-wai, v. To meet, as two persons;
to meet, as two lines in an angle.
2. To assemble, as persons for business
or for public worship.
3. IJbo. To cause to meet with, i, e., to
find. Kin. 27:20.
4. To come to one for assistance. Hal.
69:4.
Ha-la-wai, s. A meeting ; a place of
meeting ; the place of union between th«
heavens and, the earth ; the space b^ween
them ; same as lewa aadkiokui. See Hoo-
KOl. JD. Maio 5:5.
2. A meeting or assembly of people foi
business or public worship.
Ha-la-wai, adj. Of or pertaining to
meeting ; hale lialawai, a iiouae for a p^-
lio meeting.
Ha-la-pe-fe, s. A tree ; the hala tree,
a species of the pandanus; he laauano like
me ka hala.
Ha-la-pi-a, s. The white hala ; hala
keokeo.
Ha-la-^vi, v. See Halaiwi. To scruti-
nize ; to look critically at.
Ka-le, s. a house ; a habitation ; a
dwelling" place ; mostly for men.
2. A sheltered and inclosed place for
any purpose. Note. — ^In ancient times
every man was supposed to have six dif-
ferent houses of some size.
1. The heiau, house of worship where 't^>e
idols were "kept.
2. The rnua, the eating house for the hnsr
band, and distinct from^the eatiiig house
of the woman. Husband and wffe nevi-
ate together. The miux was kapu to tho
wife.
3. The noa, the .separate house of the
tlrife, but was free for her husbau'dtoentifl'.
The woman ate in the hale noa.
i. Hale aina, tho eating house of the wife.
6, The kua, the house where tl)e wife
beat out kapa.
6. HalepeOj the house of separation for
the wife during the periods of iier infirla-
ity. They had other houses and for other
purposes, but these were considered iteces-
HAL
144
HAL
sary fisturea for every peTson in respesta-
ble alanding. See the above worcls in their
places.
Hi-tE-Ai-NA, s. Hale and aina. See
AiNA. The eating house for the woman ;
one of the houses anciently used to eat in ;
the mua was the eating house of the man.
See Rile.
HA-i:.E-ArKA-L(L, s. House of the sun;
name of the high monntain«on East Maui.
Ha-le-a-lii, s. Hale and alii. A chiefs
house; a palace. 1 Oihl. 29:19. Halealii
palaoa, an ivory palace. Sai. 45:8.
Ha-le-0-ne, s. a place made by men
for a temporary residence ; sand or soft
dirt made into a house ; kukulu lakou i
haleone, ua kapaia he hale pnone ; more
properly puu one, a sand pile.
HA=iiE-OTPE-o-PE, s. Hole and opeope, to
told up, as clothes. The name of the house
where tiie chief's wardrobe was kept.
Ha-l£-u, v. To comb ; to clear out ; to
puiily ; to cleanse.
Ha-le-u-ma, s. See Heleuma.
Ha-le-u-mu, s. Hale and umu, an oven.
Name of Lono's house.
Ha-le-hau, s. flaZe, house, and Aaa, the
hau tree. A house built of hau timber for
the use of the gods.
Ha-le-ha-la-wai, s. Hale and hakneai,
to meet ; assemble. A meeting bouse ; a
synagogue ; a place of meeting.
Ha-le-ha-le, v. To sink down ; to fall
in ; to flat downj as the roof of an old
house.
Ha-le-ha-le, s. A place deep down; a
pit; kalehale poipu, deep under the surf.
Laieik. 133.
Ha-le-ha-le, adj. Deep down, as a pit
dug ; deep, as a cavern.
Ha-le-hei-au, *. Hale and keiau. See
HEiikU. One of the houses of an establish-
ment. See Haiji.
HA-LE-Hoo-LTj-atj s. Hale and luhi. A
house of bondage ; hence,
2. Fig. Slavery. Lunlc. 6:8. A place of
bondage. Puk. 13:3.
Ha-le-hoo-ki-pa, S. Hate and Icipa. See
KiPA, to turn in and lodge with one. A
lodging house ; a house for strangers. See
Halekipa.
Ha-le-kaa, s. Hale and kaa, to roU.
1. Any carriage with a top or covering.
2. A chariot. Pvk. 14:7.
Ha-le-kau-a, s. Hale and kaua, war.
A fort; a tower; a fortification. Lunk.
9:51, 52.
Ha-le-ka-hi-ko-kap-a, s. Hale, kakifco,
armor, and kaua, war. An armory; a
place for storing or keeping arms.
Ha-le-ka-ma-la, s. Bde and kamala,
a temporary shed.
1. A house quickly and slightly built
2. A temporary shed ; a booth ; a tabet^
nacle. Mar. 9:5. _ i
Ha-le-ki-a, s. Hale and kia, a post; n
pillar. A portico to a house ; a verandah
supported by pillars. 1 Nal. 7;6.
Ha-le-ki-ai, s. Hale a.ni Mai, to watch.
A watch tower ; a tower. J,unk. 8:9.
Ha-le-ki-pa, s. Hale and kipa, to lodge
a traveler. An inn; a lodging house. PtJc.
4:24.
Ha-le-ko-ko, s. Name of the house
where the hoali', slept ; ua kapaia ka Aate-
koko o ka hoalii. See HoAi.ii.
Ha-le-ku-a, s. Hale and kua. One of
the hou-ses of a residence. See Kua.
Ha-le-ku-ku, s: Hale and kulcu, to beat
kapa. Name of the house occupied by the
woman in beating out kapa. See Kda
under hale.
Ha-l£-ku-la, s. Hale and kola {Eng.),
school. A BChopl house.
Ha-le-ku-pa-pa-it, *. Hide and laipO'
pau, a dead body; corpse. A tomb; a sep-
ulchre. 2 Sam. 1§:37. A grave. 1 JSal.
13:22.
Ha-le-la-au, s. Hale and laau, wood ;
timber. A wood house, in distinction fi-om
a grass covered house.
Ha-le-la-na, s. Hale and lana, to float.
A floating house ; applied to Noah's ark.
Ha-le-la-na-la-na, *. See Halelana
above.
ELa-le-la-la-la-au, s. Hale, lala, a
branch, and laau, tree. A house made of
branches of trees or other slight materials;
a booth ; a shanty. OiMc, 23:42.
Ha-le-le-lo, s. Caves supposed to be
in the ocean.
Ha-le-le-po, s. Hak and lepo, dirt;
earth. A mud house; a house built of
adobies, or sun-dried brick.
Ha-le-le-wa, s. Hale and lewa, swing-
ing. A portable house ; a tent. los. 22:4.
Ha-l£-lo-l£, s. Hale and lole, cloth. A
cloth house, i. e., a tent. Stn. with hale-
lewa. 2 Sam. 7:6. Poe humuhumu hale-
lole. Oih. 18:3.
Ha-le-lu, s. Heb. A psalm; naioZe^,
the psalms of David.
Ha-le-lu, v. Heb. To sing praise to
Gfod. /er. 31:7.
Ha-le-lu, adv. E mele halebi aku ia
ia, to sing praises. 1 Oihl. 16:9.
Ha-lb-lu-a, «. Hale and lua, a pit. A
tomb ; a sepulchre ; a grave, 1 Sam. 2:6.
Ha-le-lu-a-paa-hao, s. Hale and hut,
HAL
145
HAL
s&
pit, and paa and hao, iron. A prison house.
See Halepaahao.
Ha-le-lu-ia, v. Heb. imperat. Praise
tlie Lord.
Ha-le-ma-lu, s. Hale and mdu, cool;
shady. A' shaded house ; a shed.
Ha-le-ma-lu-ma-lu, s. Same as above,
Kin. 49:14.
Ha-lb-mo-e, j. Hah and moe, to sleep.
A sleeping house ; one of the houses of a
Hawaiian house-holder. See Moe.
Ha-le-mu-a, s. See Kale. Name of one
of several houses of a house-holder in
former times; the house where the husband
ate his food.
Ha-le-na-le, s. Clear moonlight.
Ha-le-pa-a-ni, s. Hale and paani, to
play. A play-house ; a theater.
Ha-le-paa-hao, s. Hale and paa, fast,
and hao, iron. A house of conmiement ; a
prison house.
Ha-le-pa-hu, s. Hale aad pahu, a box.
Kame of a particular house in the war cere-
mony.
Ha-le-pa-paa, .V, Hale and papaa, se-
cure. A store-house. Sin. 41:56.
Ha-le-pa-kui, «. Hale and paha, to
splice. A fortified house ; a tower. Kin.
11:4. A pyramid.
Ha-le-pe-a, s. ITafe and pea, filthy and
unclean. See under Halk. A house where
the mcnstruous women formerly were
obliged to remain, laieik. 171. Notb.^ —
The people might go to each woman's
house, but the priests could not.
Ha-le-pi-o, *. Hale and pio, an arch.
A particular kind of a house.
HA-LE-Fo-HA-Etr, s. Hale and pokaku,
stone. A house built of stone ; a stone
house.
Ha-le-po-ki, s. The name of the heiau
where the bones of the king were depos-
ited.
Ha-le-pu-kau-a, s. Hale, pu, a gun,
and kima, war. A fort; a. tower,; a house
4. To carry, as an armor bearer. 1 Sam.
31:4.
5. Fio. To bear the sin of others. Oihk.
10:17.
Ha-li, s. Contraction of kalii. That
which is spread down, as a mat, a carpet,
a cloth spread out.
Ha-li-a, v. Pass, of hali for haliia. To
Ha-le-pu-le, s. Hale and 'pde, to pray.
A prayer house ; a house of worship ; a
iaeeting house.
HA-tE-PU-NA, s. , Hale and puna, lime.
A house plastered with lime.
HA-LE-pn-PD, ) s. Bale and pupupu,
Ha-LE-PU-PU-PU, ) poor; frail. A tempo-
rary, frail house. Isa. 1:8.
Ha-li, v. To bear; to carry; to con-
vey ; haii mai, to bring ; kali aku, to take
or carry away.
2. To bear, as a burden. Na}i. 10:17.
3. To carry, as a child. Kanl 1:31.
19
Ha-li-a, v. To have a fond recollection
of a person or thing. Xaieifc.116. Seenext.
Ha-li-a, *. A symptom ; a premonition ;
the first' beginning of a feeling ; ke kau a
mai nei ia'u ka luuia o ka makau, ame ka
wcliweli. LaieVe. 180.
Ha-li-a-li-a, v. To have a recollection
of a friend ; e halialia ana no nae ke aloha
ia'u ma na wahi a kana ! ao ai.
2. To become inteWt, as the mind, or
fized, as thoaghts which keep one wakeful.
3. To spring up, as thoughts or affections
in the mind ; Jmlviiia ke aloha. Sec Lia.
Ha-li-a-ii-a, s. The rising of a fond
recollection of a person or friend in the
mind ; ke kau mai siei ka TudiaV.a aloha ia
lakou ; malaila no ka halialia aloha ana,
there was the beloved reeoUoctiuQ. Laieik,
34.
Ha-li- A-Li-A, adj. Beloved; cheri.shed;
remembered with affection ; ka manao ha-
lialia a'u i ka manao i ki- ao, I have a fond
remembrance of the desire for insti'uotion.
Ha-lii, v. To spread out and lay do\vn,
as a sheet or mat.
2. To spread upon or over,a9agarmentj;
io spread or cover over, as ^now over the
tops of the mountains. Laieik. 112.
3. To spread out, as grass or hay.
4. To expose to view as something that
had been concealed, los. 7:23.
5. To spread, as grain upon a cloth. 2
Sam. 17:19. To spread over, as a sheet.
Ha-lii, «. The out or under side of
leaves of certain plants; the under or dried
leaves of plants ; laele.
Ha-lu-ku-li, u. To be hard ; disobedi-
ent ; stubborn.
2.- To be thick.
Ha-lii-lii. v. See Halu. To spread out
or over frequently.
Ha-lu'-pi-li, u To spread over a regiop,
as a shower, like the spreading of & mat ;
haiiipili i ke kula o Me, the shower ex-
tends over the plain of Lahaina.
Ha-li-u, v. To turn towards or from-
as mai or aku is used.
2. To turn one's attention to a thing ; to
turn round to look.
3. To turn the ear ; io listen.
4. To tarn aside from following one 2
Sam. 2:21, 22.
HAL
146
HAL
b. To turn from a direct road. Kanl.
1 :40. IVilh pepeiao, to listen.
6. To turn towards ono with love aad re-
•spoct; manafl iho la au e /wira ae i ka Haku,
i determined to turn to the Lord.
7. iioo. To cause to turn, as the allen-
tion or care. 1 ^fll. 8:58.
Ha-li-u, s. What the fundament is
wiped with; a word which Kamehameba
applied to Keoua when he threatened to
join kings against Mm.
Ha-li-ha-li, v. The' frequentative of
hali. To convey frequently ; to bring ; to
carry. •JVaft. 11:14.
Ha-u-ke, ». To liken J to resemble; to
be like.
i. To give equally ; to equalize in dis-
posing of things. ,
8. Hoo. With me, to compare ; to do as
one does ; to resemble some one in con-
duct. 1 Ifal. 14:8. See Like. Note. — Like
is the root, ha is euphonic. Oram. § 48 and
211, 2.
Ha-u-na, s. Bali and ana. A bearing
or carrying j hence,
2. A bearing, or personal appearance ;
form; more generally /iaK»aii?ia. SeeLwA.
Ha-li-na-u-na, s. See Halina. Resem-
blance or similar appearance ; he helehe-
lena like.
Ha-lo, u'To turn; to look; to look
at; a halo aku la au mahope; to sweep
round.
2. To spread out, as the hands in the act
ol swimming. Isa. 25:11.
8. To look out ;, to peep ; to look slily
or shy.
1 To rub, grind or polish.
Ha-lo, s. The motion of the fins of a
fish in swimming ; the motion of the side
fins of a shark ; the motion of rubbing or
polishing.
Ha-lo-a-lo-a, v. To be rough or uneven,
as with stones.
Ha-lo-a-lo-a, s. Roughness.
Ha-lo-i, ) p. 'I'o be about to weep;
Ha-lo-i-lo-i, J to have tnat deep feeling
that exists just before the tears flow.
2. To shed or pour out tears.
3. To wipe the eyes when weeping ; to
wipe the tears of grief ; me ka haloiioi i ko
lakou waimaka no ke aloha. See Haloko-
I.0K0.
Ha-lo-i-lo-i, s. The state of feeling just
as one is about to weep; deep internal feel-
ifig.
Ha-lo-1-lo-i, adj. Weeping; shedding
tears; ka maka holoiloi o ka ohia, the
weeping eyes of the ohia.
Ha-lo-ke, v. To rtib against each other,
Ai, the ends of brolten bones. Anat. 26-.^'^'
Ha-lo-ke, adj. Sprained or broken, as
a limb.
Ha-lo-ko, s. a paddle of water.stand-
ing after a rain ; a small pool of water.
Ha-lo-ko-lo-ko, v. To stand in pools,
as water after a rain ; hence.
2. To be'9bout,to weep; to have deep
affliction. SeeHALOx.
Ha-lo-xo-lo-ko, s. Small pools of water
after a rain.
2. Dibi-s of tears as they flow from the
eyes.
Ha-lo-ko-wai, s. a pool of water; a
small lake ; o na waipunajhnihui, o na fta-
lokowai. ' \
Ha-lo-ku,- v. To bubble up, as when a
heavy rain falls into water ; haloku ka la
o Kuluhaipo.
2. To disturb the surface of smooth water,
as when many small fish come to the sur-.
face.
Ha-lo-la-ni, s. The flight of a bird that
sails round arid round wili but little mo- .
tion of the wings ; lele ka pinao o Halo-
lani, lele i ka lani.
Ha-lo-h-i-li, adj. Lazy; idle; useless,
as a x;anoe made in the mountains, and
there lies and rots ; o Mano kapu o Jte ka-
ele haloUili.
2. Applied to lazy, useless persons.
Ha-ltt, ) ^; "Jo be thin ; lean, as
Ha-lu-HA-LU, ) a person poor in Sesh.
2. ■ To be hungry for food.
3. To be greedy after what is another's;
to confiscate property, as chiefs in ancient
time",
Ha-lu-a, v. To lie in wait for one. 1
Sam. 22:13. Hoo. To lie in wait in order
to Jail or injure one. Jer. 9:8.
Ha-lu-a, s. a ripple on the water; the
rising up of water by the wind; he nao
kuktt.
2. A streak, stripe or seam, as of a stock-
ing.
Ha-lu-a, adj. Striped; seamed; streak-
ed ; he lole h^lua; he kilika haiva.
Ha-ht-a-ltt-a-,- «, ■See Lualua, soft ;
flexible.
l„,Tp be soft ; flexible.
2. To be weak.
HA-Lij-A-LU-A, s. Softness ; weakness ;
ilexibility.
Ha-lu-a-po', v. SaLua and po, night,
1. To lie in wait in darkness.
2. Soo. To waylay ; to lurk for one ; to
lie in wail for a person with a design to
kill hija. See Halda.
Ha-lu-a-fou, v. To plant out bananas.
Ha-lu-i, ) ^,. See Lull To turn ; to
Ha-lu-li, J twist ; to shake.
HAM
147
HAN
Ha-ltt-ku, v. To wallow in the mire,
68 -a hog. 2 Pd. 2:22.
2. To lap water, as a dog ; e kope i ka
wtu me he ilio la.
3. To use the padclle in rowing.
Ha-ltJ'KU-lu-ku, v. To fall, as a heavy
ghower with a heavy sound f to drip, as
water in a shower-bath.
Ha-lu-la, V, To become calm, as wind
after blowing.
Ha-x-u-ia, s. a calm ; stillness, as the
sea without wind.
Ha-lu-le-lu-le, v. Ha and lule, to be
shaken. To be weak: yielding; to be flex-
ible.
Ha-lu-lu, v. To roarj to rage; to roar,
as tbunder; as the sound of a heavy wind;
to roar, as the sea. Isa. 5:30. Ilcdulu aku
1b ka pohakn i ke kahakai, the rock thun-
dered off to the sea shore ; hahUu ana o
Iniia ma kapuka o ka hale, sftoofc violently
the door of the house.
Ha-ltj-IiTT, s. a noise of a chariot and
horsemen rushing to battle. 2 NaJ. 7:6.
The noise of rushing water. Hal AW. The
sound of thunder or wind. loh. 3:8. Ha-
tuJuhekili. Hoife. 6:1.
HA-LU-t0, s. The name of a fabulous
bird in ancient times killed by the chief
Waukulenuiaiku ; o haivhi, o ka mani kani
halau.
HatLU-NA, v. To summon men to work.
2. To breathe hard, as when the nose is
filled with mucuB.
3. To snore.
Ha-ma, v: To open, as ;he mouth.
Ha-mau, v. imper. Silence; hush; be
Btill. I/unk. 18:19. Alalia, hea mai la iu
makou, i mai la, kamau kakou, then he
called to us and said, let us be still.
Ha-mau. v. With the imperative form
e hamau, to keep silence as an act of wor-
ship, zip. 1:7. .
Ha-matt, adj. Silent, as a person who
refrains from speaking. Sol. 10:19. Re-
strdning speech.
Ha-matj, adv. Silentlyt Sol. 11:12.
Ha-matt, s. a species of the ohia tree.
Ha-ma-ktj-a, 5. The name of two dis-
tricts of land; one on the north-eastern
' side of Hawaii, and the other on the nortli-
eastevn side of Maui.
Ha-ma-ktju, v. To raise ,up and stand
erect, as the hair with the fingers, &c.
Ha-ma-ma, v. The 9th conjugation of
the verb harm. To open wide, as a door :
to open, as the mouth. See Hama.
2. To' gape, as the earth. Nah. 16:30, 32.
3. To open, as a door, box or book.
i. Moo. To cause to op«ni to open wide.
Hul 35:21. Fig. To cause to open the
mouth. IM. Sl:10.
Ha-ma-ma, adj. See Hama. Open.; dis-
clos^ed.
Ha-ma-ma, adv. Openly; standing open,
as a door. los, 8:17.
Ha-wa-rk, ) s. Eng. A hammer. lAink.
m-ME-KE, ) 4:21.
Ha-me, s. Name of a tree supposed to
be very superior for the finest cabinet work.
Ha-me, s.
Ha-mi-ha, v. To make calm, as the sur-
face of the sea.
Ha-mo, v. To stroke over with the hand;
to wash the face ; to rub or brueli, a.'-; in
cleaning clothes.
2. To besmear with blood; to plaster
withlime ; to anoint with oil. Puk, 29:2.
Or ointment. 2 Sam. 12:20.
3. To bend orcrook the arm, as in doing
the foregoing things ; to crook round ; to
bend round, as an oval surface.
4. To be exactly circular, as a good cal-
abash; naftamo kaipu. See Ana. }I(m. 10.
Ha-mo, adj. Anointed ; plastered ; be-
smeared; ina hele ke kanaka me ke poo
hamo palolo, if a man went with head he-
smeared with white clay ; mea hmno, oint-
ment; perfume.
Ha-mo-u-la, s. Harm, rubbed over, and
uZa, red, A kind of kapa colored or stained
red ; similar to Icmula.
Ha-mo-ha-mo, V, Freq. of hamo. To
rub ; to feel frequently ; to touch ; to nib
the hand over a surfaxie.
Ha-mo-ha-mo, s. Name of an office ex-
ecuted by one of the servants of the king.
Ha-mo-le, adj. Rounded and smooth,
as the edge of a board.
2. Small, as the eyes ; he m^ka limnole.
Ha-mu, v. To eat fmgments of food ;
to eat the skin ; to pick bones ; to scrape
up and eat what is left ; e ai hamu.
Ha-mu, s. The refuse of food.
Ha-mu-i-li, s. The class of persons about
a chief; a distinct class of persons with
superior privileges.
Ha-mu-ha-mu, u. To crumble up into
2. To eat fragments. See Hamu.
Ha-mu-mu, s. A lov? indistinct rumbling
sound; an Indistinct sound of conversation.
Ha-mu-mu-mij, V, To talk in a low in-
distinct manner ; to whisper. 2 Sam^ 12:19.
To talk in a low voice just above a whisper.
Ha-na, v. To do ; to work ; to cause ;
used in the most exiensuve sense ; to act ;
to labor.
2. To inake ; to do a thing ; to aafoot ;
HAN
148
HAN
to produce. iJow. 3:32: To perform a duty;
to cause a thing ; to 7juild, as an edifice.
3. To form for & particular purpose.
4. To observe a ceremony ; to keep a
command. Puk, 12:47. Pass. To cause to
be dotie, i. e., to become. Puk. 15:25.
6. To be or become warm. See this in
the compounds fiiHAKA, Ma or Mehaka,
Hasahana, and Kobeana. Note. — Hana is
qualified by other words; hana paa, to
bind ; imprison. Lak. 3:20. Saiia is often
used in a causative sense. OiA. 3:12. Mana
hou, to proceed to do again, fcr something
similar. 0»ft.5:3. jHantf make, to destroy;
kill. Bom. 14:15. Eana, kanawai, to keep
a law. ffana is often causative of the fol-
lowing verb. Isa. 42:2. Hana ino, to do
ba^ly- Sana kumu ole, to do without
cause. Moo. To cause or compete. Mek.
14:23. To work; to aflJiot PvJe. 1:13. To
refresh ; to renew.
Ha-na,,.?. Work; labor; duty; office;
calling; trade, &c.; kana mana, a miracle;
hana aka lani, the doing or the work of
the chief.
Ha-na, s. Name of the white or wauki
kapa.
Ha-wa, s. Name of the. middle post of
a honsii ; pou hana.
Ha-na-a-le, v. To pester; to hector;
10 rally-
Ha-nab, v. To blunder in doinga thing;
to labor it trifles.
Ha-nae, s. Vain labor; trifling effort;
a blunder.
Ha-na-ea, v. See Hana. To do ; to
work ; to make a thing.
Ha-nai, v. From hana and ai. To feed;
to nourish, as the young.
2. To support, as those in need. 1 2fal.
,18:4.
3. To feed, as a flock ; to feed ; to fius-
taln, as a people. Kan!. 32:13.
4; To entertain, as strangers ; e hookipa
i namalahini; hanai waiu, to give suck;
to enokle, ae an infant. .Mat. 19:24.
5. To »ct the part of a parent towards an
orphan.
Ha-nai, s. One fed or sustained by an-
other ; a foster child ; a ward.
Ha-nai, adj. Nourished; fed; applied
to the receivor ; a servant, &c. X«fc. 1:54.
Fig. Keiki humi, a foster child.
2. Applied to the giver; as, makua toiai,
a foster parent ; he :j.!n hanai, &o.
Ha-nai, v. To skim along the ground,
as a bird.
HA-Nit, s. Name of the strings that
surround a calabash.
2. Kite strings.
Ha-nai-a-hu-hu, v. JTowfli, to feed, and
hu, to swell oat
1. To feed or stixff with food,' as a favo-
rite hog or dog.
2. To make a pet of a hog so he will fol-
low everywhere.
3. To feed, as a child or any young ani-
mal from birth ; he keiki hanaighuhu n^'u.
4. To be fed or brought up by hand, as
a cosset or any young animal. IToo.'tiie
same ; ua hoonanaiakiihu ka puaa i ka poi.
Ha-nai- A-HC-HtT, adj. Full fed; plump;
swelled out ; pu^ar hanaiahvhu, a pet hoe
well fed.
Ha-na-i-li, s. Sania and Ui, the skin,
A tanner; a manufacturer of leather. Oih.
9:48.
Ha-nai-pu, s. The feeding of a god with
the person who carried him ; o ke kanaka
nana e amo ke akua' ia ia no e hanai aka
ai, ua kapaia he harMimi,
Ha-n.i-oi, s. Harm and oi, sharp. A gen-
eral name for cutleiy, as knives, <fcc.; sueh
things as are sharp ; a unuhi ae 1 ka Aa--
jiooi, (iien he drew out his knife.
Ha-nau, v. To come frous or be sepa-
rated, as a young animal from its mother ;
to be born.
2. More rarely used in .an a„tive sense to
bear or bring forth, as a mother. Kin. 16:1.
Note. — The translators of the Hawaoiaji
Bible have used the word in the active
sense for want of a better term, but Hawai-
ians seldom do ; it mostly expresses the
act of separation of the child from the
mother ; hence in a neuter or passive sense
often, then was horn to ovfoi- (such a one)
do and so. Kin. 5:3, and throughout
3. Soo. To cause to be l^orn, i. e., to
beget, as a father.
4. To bring forth, as a mother. JSak.
11:12. Hanau ana, the being born, i. e.,
the birth. Jlfa^. 1:18.
Ha-natj, s. Child-birth.
Ha-nau, adv. Hoo. Ka holoi hookanau
hou ana, the washing of r'egereration. TU.
3:6.
HA-NAU-A-NAtf-A, i;. To whisper. See
Hawanawana.
Ha-nau-hp-pjj, ^. Thp, second child in
relation to the first, or the third in relation
to the second, &c., even to the last, accord-
ing to the connection.
Ha-nah-ka-hi, s. Hamw,, bom, and kahi,
one. The-one born, i. e., an only child of
parents ; the only born. Sol. 4:3.
Ha-nau-ka-ma, adj. Hanau and kama,
a child. Child bearing; fruitful in chil-
dren ; epithet of a mother having borne
many children.
Fa-nau-mha, s. Banau and viiuty the
first ; the first boia of parents.
1. The fii'Bt child. See Hiapo and Maka-
BIAFO.
HAN
' 2. Fio. Ka hanaumua o ka moke, the
first born of death. lob. 18:3.
Ha-nau-na, s. For kanau ana. Is used
for relations in generaL JSin.i7:l. Equiv-
alent to iMahanau. See Kin. 47:3.
1. A circle of relatione of the same faux-
Jiy.
2. A succession, as of father, son, grand-
son, &0.
3. A generation, i. e., people living at
the same time. Kin. 5:1.
Ha-nait-wa-le4. Siee Hanawalea.
Ha-nau-wa-ha-paa. See Hanawaha-
PAA.
Ha-na-ha-ka, v. To be severe; to be
hard ; to affect evilly ; to afiSict, as a fatn-
■ ine. Kin. 47:13.
2. To he fatal j dea«lly, as siokneaj.
3. To be warm, as from violent exercise;
to be warm, as by the sun or fire. Note. —
This word is often used by foreigners as an
intensive of hana, to-do 'quickly or fre-
quently, but HawaiiJBis never use it in this
sense unless in imitation' of foreigners. See
Hana,
HA-NA-HA-NA,<id;. Warnj; heated, as
with exercise or other ways. See Eaiuxa,
Mehaka, &c. See the root H.4K4-
Ha-na-ha-na, adj. Disa^eep.ble to the
sn).ell ; offensive ; stinking ; ^naJiMa ka
ai awaawa.
Ha-na-ha-i»ai, *. SeePALiPALi. A place
near the top of a pali oa the ascending sid<?.
Ha-na-ha-kau-na, s. Hana, a redupli-
cation, and hanauna, a generation. A rela-
tion ; a kindred ; relations by friendship.
HA-NA-HA-NAa-NA, adj. Coteiflporaiy
born ; of the same age.
Ha-na-he-mo, v. Hana and hento, to
loosen. To loosen ; to let go ; to untie.
Ha-na-he-mo, s. a feeble state of health;
state of weakness.
Ha-na-hi-o, v. Hana and Mo, to lean
over.
1. To cause to lean or push over from an
upright position.
2. To stagger in walking; to go tore and
there.
Ha-na-hi-0, s. a Staggering; a walking
crookedly.
Ha-na-hi-hi-t;, ) s. Hana, a wort, and
Ha-NA-HI-KI-tt, \ hihiu. wild. A strange
work; a miracle. NoTK.-:-The last form,
hanahikiK, was found la a Hawaiian maau-
soript, but it may be a mistake for haj^uhi-
hiu, therefore both ai-e inserted.
Ha-na-hi-hi, adj. Ea7iaa.niMM. Wild;
uncirfl ; untamed.
, 2. Branching, as a vine, &c.
Ha-na-ho-kai, v. Hana and hokai, to
waste. To behave foolishly; to behave
149 .HAN
carelessly ; to act the spendthrift; to do
mischief. See Hokae.
Ha-na-kai, v. Hana and kai ; same as
. hokai. ,To erase; to blot out; better written
hanahae.
Ha-na-ma-na, s. .Sana and mana, super-
natural power. The words are often sepa-
rated ; as, hana mana.
1. Something done above or be; end
human ability: a work of the gods; hence,
2. Used in the Bible for a miracle. Note.
Hawaiians supposed there was a class of
gods having superhuman power, and next
to these were the highest chiefs, who were
reverenced as gods. Kamehameha was one.
Ha-na-ma-nu-ea, v. To blunder ; to be
careleiis ; to be slow in movement.
Ha-bta-na., adj. Crooking inwardly ;
bending ; flowing away.
Ha-na-na, v. See Halana, a change of
I for n. To flow , as water ; to ovei:flow, as
a stream its T)ack8 ; to overflow land.
Ha-na;NAI, V. To be lofty ; proud,
Ha-na-nai, *. Loftiness ; pride. •
Ha-na-paa, v. Ham and paa, fast •
tight. To fasten; to make fast; to tighten
The fiill form is hama apaa.
Ha-na-pe-pe, v. HaTia a.nipepe,hxciieii
fine.
1. To bruise greatly ; to crush ; to hurt
severely. Hal. 44:19.
2. Fig. To be pained. Uzek. 6:9.
Ha-na-wai, v. Aia hartavmi kou niakua-
Mne. Xaieifc. 171. Twices-ra.withmai. Ih,
1. A euphemism for kahx, koko.
2. To void urine.
Ha-na-pi-lo, ^ adj, Sana and pilo, pu-
Ha-NO-PI-LO, > trid or bad smelling.
Ha-NU-PI-LO, ) Hoarse ; speaking with a
low hoarse Voice, as with a cold or sore
throat. See these words in their places.
Ha-na-wa-le, v. Hana and wale, only.
1. To do for the sake of doing ; ^o do
something without reward, i. e., gratuit-
ously.
2. To work without design as to the end.
3. To labor in vain.
4. To do oi say a thing in sport.
Ha-na-wa-le, s. A gratuitous work; a
benefaction.
Ha-na-wa-ha-paa, s. a boisterous, noisy
person.
Ha-na-wa-ha-paa, adj. Obstreperous,-
fiill of noise in talk.
Ha-na-wa-le A, v. JETawa and jsa&o, sat-,
isfaction.
1. To live, act or do as one pleases.
2. To be satisfied with one s self or one'e
condition.
3. To be C'OUtented.
HAN
150
HAN
Ha-na-wa-lea, & Self satisfaction ;
contentment; quietness.
Ha-na-wa-na-wa, v. HaWauawana by
inversion of letters, which see. To whisper.
Ha-ne, s. He nui ka hane ma kel^i
alii ; irregularity (perhaps) in living. See
EUneeani;.
Ha-mea, v. To have no appetite.
2. To be indolent ; inefficient ; stupid.
Ha-nea, s. Having no appetite ; loss
of strength ; indolence.
Ha-nee, V, Ed and nee, to slip; slide
along.
1. To fall flat, as a decayed house ; to
flat down; to tumble down, as a stone wall.
2. To slip or slide down, as an avalanche;
uakapaia o Eaholo mahope o knhanee ana
o ka pali, It (the place) was called Kaholo
(the moved) after the sliding down of the
pali. See Neb.
Ha-nee-nee, v. Intensive-of the above.
To bitch along ; me he oopa la haneenee ae
la ka nee, as a lame man hitches akmg his
pace.
Ha-ne-ha-ne, v. To cry; to wail, as
the ghosts of the dead were supposed to do.
Ha-he-ha-ne, *. The wailing or crying
of tne spirits ; hoopihaia i na leo wawalo o
ka hanehane,ra6 ka leo uwe ; (the air) was
filled with the voices of lamentation, and
crying ont and the sound of wailing.
Ha-ne-ne, v. To blackguard; to ase
vulgar, filthy language.
Ha-ne-ne, «. Low, vulgar, filthy lan^
guage ; blackguardism. '
Ha-ne-be, TOim. adj. Eng. A hundred
Ha-ni, v. To step lightly; to walk
softly.
2. To graze or just to touch in passing,
as a canoe does a rock.
3. To pass quickly through the air with
a humming noise. '
Ha-ni-u, s. Ea, but-end or stem of a
leaf, and niu, cocoanut. The thick large
heavy end of a cocoanut leaf used in beat-
ing tue sides of kalo patches.
Ha-ni-ha-ni, p. To make first or slight
advances in tempting to adultery. Boo.
The same.
Ha-ni-le, p. To prepare for company ;
to receive company.
Ha-ni-na, s. a pau, an ancient woman's
garment colored with olena or turmeric.
Ha-ni-na, v. See Hoc and Hanihani.
No right ; no portion ; no part in a thing.
Ka-ni-ni, t). See Nini and Ninini. To
overflow : to run out, as water from! a ves-
sel full ot liquid ; to spill.
2. To pour out, as water. 2 Sam. 14:14.
To pour down, as a powerful rain, ha, 46:8.
3. To be gone ; to disappear. Jer. 49:7.
Ha-no, s. The- asthma ; a cough ; a
wheezing with the breath ; a cough, a sig-
nal of one's presence, laidk. 146. la wa
no kani aku la ka hano, then he emitted a
cough.' lb.
2. A syringe for giving injections ;. a
squirt-gun. See Haeako.
Ha-no, v. To use, as a syringe; to in-
ject
Ha-no, ) p. To breathe naturally, as a
Ha-nu, 5 -well person. Hoo. The same.
Ha-no, ) j. The breath ; the power of
Ha-NTJ, 5 breathing. OVi. 17:25. The nat-
ural breath,
Ha-no, adj. Desolate : lonely, as a place
uninhabited ; silent ; still.
Ha-no-a-le-wa, s. a temple ; a place
for sacrifice.
2. The oven of the temple ; be heiau, be
luakini. '
Ha-notj, v. Hano, to breathe, and u,
pain ; grief. To pant ; to breathe with dif-
ficulty.
Ha-nou, s. a hard oi; difficult breath-
ing ; the asthma.
HA-No-HA-No,.)t,. To honor; to exalt;
Ha-NU-HA-NQ, J to triumph.
2. To be rich 2 to have the honor that
wealth gives.
3. Moo. To raise to honor, glory, &o.
4. To exercise authority or dominion.
Mat. 91:16.
Ha-no-hA-no, s. Glory; honor; pomp;
splendor ; excellency ; especially such as
arises from wealth.
2. Wealth ; the privileges of wealth.
Ha-no-ha-no, adj. Glonous; honored;
grave; sober; dignified. 1 Tim. 3:4, 11.
Also,
2. Proud ; haughty.
Ha-no-na, o. To drag a long fishing
line towards shore ; to lie along stretched
out, as a long line.
Ha-no-na-no-na, s. An artificial pond
made, but in letting in the water it will
not hold:
2. A kahawai that overflows with water,
but the rain stops and the stream is dry ;
he hanonono, he panonono.
Ha-no-no-no, adj. Cracked; full of
holes ; hakahaka, pukapuka.
Ha-no-pi-lo, v. To be hoarse; to speak
in a deep-toned voice ; to speak, as one
without a palate. See Hanamlo.
H4-N0-P1-L0, adj. Hoarse ; speaking
with a deep-to:ied voice.
Ha-nu, v. See Hano. To breathe; to
emit air from the lungs. LaiMk, 104.
2. To beat ; to throb, as the pulse.
HAN
151
HAP
3. To act with energyl
4. To be 80' exceedingly angry that one
cannot stand still, that he nins one way
/then another, ranting, scolding and threat-
ening all that oome in his -way.
5. Hoo. To breathe furiously or ansrily.
i'Kfc. 15:8. ^
Ha-nu, s. The breathing ; the natural
breath.
2. Breath; spirit. Pig. 2 OiW. 9:4. Ilanu
wale, m^e existence without enjoyment ;
vanity. lob. 1:16.
3. Breath, i. e., anything etaneccent;
vanity. Hal. 39:S, 11.
Ha-nu, adj. Na mea hanu, the breath-
ing things, i. e., people. los. 10:40.
JIa-nui, s. Ha and. nui,giea.t. Thebut-
■ end of the stem of a cocoanut leaf.
Ha-n0-i, s. Name of a species of fish.
Ha-nu-ha-nu, v. To smell ; to smell,
as a dog following the track of his master ;
e imimaka7iam(/ianw ana l* ka ilio e loaa
ai ka hookapulii.
. Ha-nu-nu, v. To bend over; to be stoop-
ahouldered. See Oohu.
Ha-nu-nu, adj.- Stooping; bending over,
as a stoop-shouldcred-person.
Ha-nu-pi-lo, i;. See Hanomlo and Ha-
KAPU.O.
Ha-nu-a, v. To be low ; level ; plane ;
flat ; to lie flat. See Hoxua.
Ha-nu-a, adj. Level; plane; flat
Ha-nuu, s. Stairs; steps for ascending ;
uneven places. See Nco.
Ha-nuu, adj. Rising by steps ; ala ha-
nuu. Pufc. 20:23.
Ha-nuu-nuu, V. SeeHANUu. To ascend,
as upon stairs ; to go up stairs.
2. To lay one thing on the top of another.
3. To be uneven, as stairs ; as protuber-
ances on a plane.
Ha-nuu-nuu, s. Stairs; steps, &c.
2. Uneven ; irregiilar places on. a plane.
See Hanto and Nun.
3. irregular flashes, of flame; also,
4. Vibrations of sound.
Ha-nuu-nuu, adv. Irregularly; n&t
smooth: unequally; ina i ulanla hanuunuu
ke ao, if the clouds be unequaUy red.
Ha-nd-ha-nu, s. Name of a pastime
among the aocient Hawaiians ; kekahi lea-
lea o ka hctnuhanu.
Ha-nu-na-nu-na, s. The rising of fumes
from the stomach to the nose, as in drink-
ing soda-water, or after eating highly fer-
mented food, as new risen poi.
2. The hard breathing from <he stoppage
of the nose.
Ha-nu-pa, s. Ha and nupa, deep mud.
A deep muddy pit ; a dark hole.
Ha-nu-paa, ,s. Hanu and paa, tight. A
cold or catarrli.
Ha-nu-pau, s. Hanii, to breathe, and
pau, to finish. Tho gasping of a dying per-
son ; the giving up of the spirit ; he hanu-
pau ka make.
Ha-nu-pa-nu-pa, v. Ha&ninupa,soit;
niuddy. To be muddy; soft; to find it
difficult to walk from slipperiness. See
Hanupa.
Ha-nu-pa-nu-pa, adj. Slippery; muddy,
aa a road bad from deep mud ;. unsteady,
as by walking in a bad road ; allowing the
. feet to sink m, as a sandy or very dirty
road.
Ha-nu-pi-lo, v. See Hanapilo and Ha-
KOPILO.
Ha-pa, v. To diminish ; to make less ;
to decrease"; to "be partly done, as a job of
work.
Ha-pa, s. An indefinite part of a thing;
a few ; a small part.
Ha-pai, v. To lift up; lo elevate; to
take up ; to carry.
2. To raise the hands, as in taking an
oath. Kin. 14:22.
■ 3. To honor; to praise; to exalt &r past
deeds ; to recompense. Eset. 6:6.
4. With pu, to assist (ne in his business;
t/O act together.
5. To take ilp, that is, commence, as a
speech. Nah. 23:7.
6. To conceive, 'as t female ; to become
pregnant. Oihk. 12:2 Hoo. To conceive.
Fig. Nah:n:l2. _
Ha-pai, adj. Haviig conceived; preg-
nant, as a female ; lou hapai ana, thy con-
ception. Kin. 3:lf Hapai ana, the con-
ception (of femaleii)
Ha-pai-a-na, s. See Hapai above.
Ha-pau-ea, s. lb, breath, pau, all, and
ed, life.
1. Short breaih ; applied to invalids and
aged persons.
2. Weaknes-; feebleness.
Ha-pa-u-mi, ■. Hapa, part, and umt,
ten. A tend part; a tenth. Kin. 14:20,
Note. — Thi word has been used errone-
ously 'by Jtiwaiians to moan a small coin,
six and f quai-ter cents, which is not a
hapaumioi any known coir. ; hapaumi is
ten cent, or one-tenth of a dollar ; hapa-
vnlu is one-eighth of a dollar, or twelve
and aJalf cents; hapaha is one-fourth of
adoUc, and hapalua is ono-half of a dollar.
HA«PAr-PAU, adj. Besmeared; dirty;
obsoired, as glass, furniture, &c. ; ua ka-
pmqau ke aniani, ua hapaupau ka papa, e
ho^l ae.
Ha-'A-jU, s. Hapa, part, and Iia, four.
Afourth part of a thing. Mh. 23:10. A
ftAP
162
HAW
(jaartef; specifically libo sum of twenty-five
ce^ti), or a quarter of a dollar.
Ha-pa'^ha-pai, v. See Hafai and Hoo-
UiiLGi. To lift or toss il^, as a child.
HA-fA-Ko-Ltr, s. Hapa and k<^u, three.
A third part of a thing.
HA-tA-KU-E, t. To be twisted in the
legs and fcut ; to be deformed ; to bo crip-
pled.
' 2. To stammer or be slow in speech, as
an aged person ; ma ka olelo a«na eliema-
kiile, ua lohl ke kamailio ana, hapakrte ka
waiia i ka olelo.
Ha-pa-ku-e, ddj. Crooked; deformed;
crippled.
2. Stammcrine ; hesitating in speech.
Ha-pa-ku-i, v. To stammer. See Hapa-
KUE.
Ha-pa-la, v. See Pala. To defile ex-
ternally ; to disfigur« ; to besmear.
2. To daub ; to paint ; to plaster with
lime. KarU. 27:2.
3. Fio. To be satiated, 1. e., stained, as
with blood, tsa. 31:6.
4. To be soft, as kalo killed with cdld or
drought; ua hapala ke kalo, ua pala ke
ki'.mu.
Ha-pa-le, s. a shovel or trowel.
Ha-pa-li-ma, s. Hapa, part, and lima,
five. One-eah: a fifth part of a thinar;
Ha-pa-lct-a, s. Ha^a, part, and lua, two.
One-half; a half part. Puk. 24:6. This
word is used specifically for half a dollar
as Impaha is for twenty-five cents.
Ha-pa-pa, s. a Stratum of rOck covered
with thin earth ^ a stwiy place.
2. Earth covered with stones.
Ha-pa-pa, adj. Shallow, as earth above
the rock ; .shallow ; not deeply planted, as
seed ; o kahi hapapa i ulu ole a mac koke.
Ha-pa-pa-pa, s. and adj. Very shaUdw,
Ac. See above.
Ha-pa-wa-le, s. Hapa and wale, only.
Only a part ; a few ; a small portion.
Ha-pa-wa-lu, s. Hapa and. wahi,e.ight.
The eighth ; the eighth part of a thing ;
specifically, the sum of twelve and a half
ceuia.
Ha-pe, adj. Wrong! incorrect.
Ha-pou, *. Name of a soft porous kind
of stones.
Ha-po-po, adj. Dim-sighted ; almost
blind ; blear eyed, as one who cannot see
clearly ; kapopo ka miika.
Ha-pou-pou, adj. Blurred; darkened
or whitened over, as the eye ; o like me
poaeae ; hapoupou ka muka. See IIavopo.
Ha-pu, s. Name of a vegetable eaten j
in time of famine. '
Ha-ptt-ee, s. Name of a species of fish.
Ha-pou, v. To be many? to be multi-
tudinous ; to abound in plenty 5 thick to-
gether.
Ha-puu, adj. Many; abounding; plen-
teous.
Ha-puu, s. Name of a species of large
fern ; the root is ratable in time of famiive.
Sec Kauai'uu.
2. Name of a species of flsh.
Ha-puu-puu, v. To be undecided as to
what one ha.s said ; to be not plain as to
the meaning of something said ; ua hapxu-
; puu kana olelo, aole akaka ; ke hapmpvu
' net ka manao, mafaope p»ha akaka.
Ha-puu-put;, a«^'.' See Hapuu, many.
To be numerous; hapuupwi ke lulo 0 Hilo
i ka ua.
HA-puu-PTjg, s. Name of a species of
flsh. See Hapuu.
Ha-pu-ka-'o-hi-o-hi, V. To speak fool-
ishly ; to talk noniiense ; ma ka hapvkaoki-
ohi ana paha a ka waha ue ka poe Kauai la.
Ha-ptj-ka-o-hi-o-hi, 3. Foolish, nonsen':-
ical talk.
Ha-pu-ka, ) I,. To gather up everything;
Ha-pu-ku, ) to collect together indiscrim-
inately good and bad ; to Ecrape together.
2. To be crowded together, as thoughts
in the mind ; pillkia iho la oloko, ftapuku,
hapxdcu mai la ka manao ana.
Ha-ptt-na, s. a dirty puddle of \vater.
See Kio, Hai.6kowai, &e.
Ha-wa, v. To be daubed with excre-
ments ; to be defiled ^ to be in a pitiable
state.
Ha-wae, s. The white sea-egg.
Ha-wae-kai-nui, adj. Awkwaid, as in
diving and gpatterUig the water much;
hawaekainui ke kanaka i ka Inu.
Ha-wae-wae, s. a species of«mall lob-
ster.
Ha-waI, v. To pour water on an oven
when heated to generate steam.
Ha-wai, y. To pour or dash water on to
an oven to increase the steam ; i hale pa-
liraa, hale tiatixti m& ka la hookahi.
Ha-wai, adj. Pertaining to the place or
business of steaming food in an oven.
Ha-wai, s. Apipefercohveyingvrater;
a lead pipe, hose, &c.
Ha-wal-i, s. Name of the largest island
of the Hawaiian group, and gives name to
the group. Fi-om time immemorial the
people have called themselves "ko Ha-
waii," Mnd the'islands "ka pae aiiia o Ha-
waii," " na moku .Hawaii," &o.
Ha-wai-i-a-kea, s. Broad or large Ha-
waii ; i kana na ke kaikamahine alii o
itav>aiiakea. Laicik. 168.
HAD
153
HEA.
Ha-wa-ha-wa, adj. Filthy; dirty; espe-
cially with such £rt aa sticks to one. See
HiWA.
Ha-wa-le, s. Lying; deceitful; no con-
fidence m,
Ha-wa-li; ) «. a place where veg-
Ha-wa-li-wa-m, J etatioa grows around
a salt pond.
2. A kind of slimy, sticky fish.
Ha-wa-na, v. To whisper ; to speak in
the eai' ; to speak in a low voice.
Ha-wa-na-wa-na, v. To whisper, &c.
See IIawana. A huki iho la ia ia, e ftawa-
naviana i kona pepeiao, he palled him to-
wards himself to whisp^ in his ear; to con-
sult against one. Hal. 41:7.
Ha-wa-na-wa-na, s. Whispering; low
talk in the ear ; soft conversation.
Ha-wa-ne, s. The name of the palm
coeoanut
2. The frnit of the tree otherwise called
loulu: the frnit is eatable ; its leaf made
into hats.
Ha-wa-wa, v. See Hawa, To be awk-
ward; foolish; ignorant; not to know how
to do things.
Ha-wa-w.^!,,. s. Awkwardness ; igno-
rance; without skill or energy to obtain it.
Ha-wa-wa, adj. Awkward; unapt; un-
skillful ; ignorant ; rude ; weak in knowl-
edge, mm. 1:21. Mea Jiatoatoo, a silly
person. Idb. 5:2.
Ha-we-le, v. To lengthen; to lengthen
by tying on a piece ; e loloa ae ; hence,
2. To tie or lash on with a cord or string.
3. To bind or secure by tying ; to fasten
by tying.
4. To bind on, as shoes or sandals. los.
9:5. To tie or fasten on, as a sword. 18am.
25:13. As the cover of a vessel. A'oA.19d5,
As armor generally. Kaid. 1:46.
5. I'd shoe; to put on shoes. .^es.6:15.
Ha-we-le, »'. A tying on; a binding on.
Ha-we-na, s. a substance similai to
chalk: chalk.
2. Hoariness; the wlu&hness of .gray
hair ; a hoary or gray head : hapala iaika
hawena, danbed with whilasnncBs.
3. Applied to a gray headed man who
has but little wisdom.
Ha-we-we, v. To make a monotonous
rustling sound, as one moving his feet,
dramming with his fingers, &c. ; nehc, ne-
neke. See TJb and TJecb.
Ha-we-we, s. A rustling indistinct
sound ; a slight rumbling sound.
Ha-da-sa, s. Hei. The myrtle tree. Tsa.
41:19.
Ha-da-sa, adj. Lala hadasg,, myrtle
branches. IS'eh. 8:15.
20
Ha-re, s. Eng. Name of an unclean
animal ; a hare. Oihk. 11:6.
He, art. The indefinite article, answer-
ing somewhat to English a or an. For its
various uses, see Gram. § 66, 111, Kale 6th,
Syntax, Ac.
He, s. a grave; a place where one per-
son is buried. Km. 36:20. A sepulchre ;
he lua kupapau.
% A dividing line or boundary between
lands.
He, s. Name of the little worm that eats
the leaves of the coeoanut and the palm-
leaf pandanus.
He, s. Nameof a weapon used in war;
bawane, he laau hanaia i hs kaua.
He, e. To roar, as a strong wind, such
as roars down the ravines ; he leo o ka
makani kauaula kahi i Ae iho nei, ke nee
nei i na kahawai.
He-a, e. To call; to give an appella-
tiofl. STO.withkapa. Joan. 13:13. To call
to one ; to call one.
2. To choose ; to appoint
3. To sing or recite a mele ; ina ku ke
kanaka i ka hta mele ana, if any man stand
up for reciting a mele. See Kahea.
He-a, s. a call ; a .calling out ; a cry.
He-a, adv. int. Which ? what ? When ?
where? referring to place, inhere; ka hale
h^a? what or which house? ka manawa
kea? when? what time? &c.; it is declined
like a noun. See Gram. § 160 and 165. It
takes also other prefixes; as, auhtaf pe-
kea? &c.
He-a, v. To eat up entirely; to leave
. nothing uneaten. Note, — This was applied
to the last hog that was sacrificed on the
, eighth day at the dedication of a heian.
' The hog itself was called puaa kea, as it
was to be entirely eaten up. Should any
person refuse to eat of it on this occasion,
he would be immediately sacrificed ; or if
any part of the hog should be left after all
had eaten, they would all die by some
dreadful judgment.
He-a, e. To be red or sore, as inflamed-
eyes ; to be stained or colored red.
He-a, s. Sore eyes ; inflamed eyes.
He-a, adj. He ua hea. See Ua, *. A
cold rain. See Konahea, cold rain. See
KoNA.
He-a. Used as a sufSx to various wordg,
as paapuftea, meaning perhaps heavy qi
smoky.
He-au, s. Name of the place where
fishermen set the basket in catching fish ;
tl>e place was artificially built ; alalia ku-
kuin hou i mau AcoiA— mft ka hcma o ka'-
mokupuni, me ke kukulu heau no.
HEE
154
HEl
He-a-iu, adv. int. Me and aka. Lit. A
what? what? why?
He-a-ha, ». . To what ; to ask what ;
heatia mai ]a kekahi, heaha ia ? a ceilam
person whatted (asked what) is it ? Gram.
§3T. See Aha.
Hk-a-he-a, u See Hea. To call; to
call freiiuently ; to call out; to call for
help yriOx earnestness.
Hea-eea, ». See HiiA, 0., to be red. To
imprint with spots ; to stain, especially
with rc4 colors; to be smeared, as with
red dirt.
Hea-hea-ia, s. a calling; a voice of
calliDg ; aote nse i loaa ka heaheaia mai.
Tjaidk. 91.
. Hea-hea-hea, adj. See HeAhe a. Wann,
&c. ; bald.
He-a-hi-o, adj. Lazy; loitering behind.
He-a-na, s. The dead body or corpse
of one or niore slain in battle Sanl 28:26.
A carcass of any dead animal. Mai. 24';2&
See He, a grave.
Hee, v. To melt ; to change from a
solid to a liquid snbstance ; to ran, as a
liqwd ; to flow, as biood or water.
2. To slip or glide along; to melt away;
to play on the surf-board. Xaieifc. 91. Stee
HEENiLir,
3. To flee through feat; Ite kau» ana. o
ka poe i Jiee. makau lakou ; to flee ; to be
dispersed in battle. iK». 34:10.
4. To melt ; applied no, to the heart; to
be feacl'ui : cowardly. Xanl 20:8.
5. To be disappointed, /so. 23:18 To
dip up and pour out water; to skim jff' the
scum, as cream, &c. See Auhee.
C. Impeiaiiveiy, hee akti paha, b- oft'; go
about your business ; contractioi perhaps
for hele. ;
Hee, s, a flowing, as of bimd or other ;
liquid.
2. A flight, as of a routed army. |
3. A bloody issue, catsimenia ; he Af* 1
koko ka wahine ; heskolua, to slide on the !
holua, a pastime among 4e ancients ; hee-
nata, a playing on the ssrf-board.
Hee, s. The squid, irom his slippery
qualities.
2. The rope that supports the mast; a
stay.
He-e-he, v. To bteat, as a goat.
Hee~hee, v. The .13th conj. of fee. To
flow or melt avay ; to disappear ; to be- ;
come li(^uid ; *o flee in battle ; tj dip up i
water with a cup, ifooi To melt away, as {
an army ; hence, to flee ; to run.
2. A word used in enforcing the highest
kapus.
Hee-hee, f. A boil; a sore emitting
matter. See Hbhe. Boot ftee.
2. An avalanche or pali slidden down ;
earth or dirt fallen 'down from a steep side
hm.
He-e-hi-a, w. To be filled with awe ;
■ to tremble with fear. See EfcHU.
Hee-ho-lxj-a, v. Bee and hiitta, a ma-
chine something: like a sled upon which tke
ancients slid down hill; a pastime among
the ancient Hawaiians. See Hoix'i.
Hee-kke, s. Name of a species of fish.
Hee-ko-ko, s. Hee and tUiho, biood. A
flowing of blood ; any great flow of blood ;
.spedfiii(iB.y, the catamenia. Oihlc. 15:25.
Hee-ma-ko-ko, s. Name of a species of
large squid fouu<2 in the ocean, not eata-
ble ; he hee nui loa ia ma ka moana, he
mea ai ole ia.
Hee-ma-ko-lj', s. Squid that has been
cured with -'alt. anfl is red.
Hke-na-lit, v. Hee and nala,ihe surf.
To slide down Uic surf; to play on the
surt-bo*rd. See below.
Hee-n>(:LU, s. Bee and nalu, the surf.
A pbying on the'surf, a pastime among the
auaenta; the name of their play on the surf.
Hes-ne-hu, s. The name of a species
it small fish; he uabuki heenehu na ka
lawaia.
SEE-Pt?-L0A, s. A fisn of the sqiiid genus.
'Hee-wa-le, v. Hee and iJiale, only. To
melt easily ; to flee, as a cow^d in lime of
danger.
He!, s. a net; a snare for entang'ing
and taking an anima} ; applied tt> men.
Sol 29:5.
2. A draught of fish. I/iike i:i.,
3. Game caught ia hunting.
4. A cat's cradle. Sal.
Hei, v. To entangle, as in a net.
Hohak. 1:15.
2. Fig. To be insnared or entangled with
difficulty. 1 Tim. 3:7.
3. To catch and entangle one by the ncclc
or legs ; i mea e Aei ai ka a-i, ka wawae
paba.
4. ffoo. To catch in a net. J'lO. Zvke
6:10. To entrap, entangle, &n. ; ua makaii
an i ka mea kii nifti ia'u e hookei ultu, i aoi
afraid of him wijo shall come to miinip in(-.
Hei, s. The form of hanging grtv-as
about the house of the gods to render the
sacrifices acceptable; i mea c. hoobiwahiwa
aku.
2, A wreath of green leaves. Fig. Au
ornament ; o ke akamai o ka makuakano,
e lilo no ia i hei na ke fceiki, the wisdom of
the father, it shall become a virmlh for the
child.
Hei, s. The name of the pawpaw tree;
ateo called mili.
2. Also the name of the fruit,
HEU
155
HEH
Hei-au, j;. a small secret room in the
large temple.
2. A. large temple of idolatry among
Hawaiians ; a temple for the worship of
oup or more of the gods ; e kiikulu oe i
ma\i heiau no na akua, no Kh, no Ijono,no
Kane ame Kanaloa, build thou some tem-
ples for the goda, for Ku, for Lono, for
Kane and Kanaloa.
3. The /leioft was one of the six houses of
every man's regular establishment — ^tho
house for the god ; cono hale o na kanaka,
he heiau, oia kekahi, men had six houses,
the heiau (temple) was one.
4. In the Bible, a high place of worship.
2 Ml. 12:14 ; Isa. 15:2.
Hei-e, s. a servant to a prophet who
reported his declarations.
HeI-hei, u To run, as in a race ; to
n>n a race. Jlcd. 19:5.
Hei-hei-ho-lu-a, s. a race with the
hooliiSi ; a sliding down hill on a lioolua.
Hei-het-na»lu, s. Ileihei and naiu, sni;f.
A riding tho surf in the way of a race be-
tween two or more persons; an ancient
pastime.
Hei-hei-waa, s. a race between, two or
more canoes ; practiced much in former
times.
He-o, adj. Proud ; haughty ; used
mostly with tlic causative luia. See Haahbo
a,n<l Hooauo.
He-0, s. The semen mascnlinum; eojii
ka puu, i olu jka heo ?
JJe-o, ) ^,. To be ill haste, as an assem-
He-oo, ) bly to disperse.
2. To be in haste to go, as one afraid or
jiot welcome.
3. T-o be in doubt what way to go,-
He-o-he-o, s. The glans penis j applied
to men and to some animals; witbm the
prepuce ; loaa ka heoheo.
He-u, s. Down or ftfie hair.
2. A youngster : a young man, from his
down or first beard ; kiiu kaae o ka wa
hen ole,my husband from the time o^?/ou<A
(without a beard.) Luieik. 204.
3. The quicksilver on the back of a look-
ing-glass ; boloi lakou i ka hsa o ka aniani,
thoy washed oif the quicksilver of the glass.
4. The work firet done, the speech firet
made, the first movement in an affair.
He-u, V. To begin to growy as the
beard ; he kanaka qpiopio wale bo, akahi
no a hen.
J1e-u, adj. The first shooting of beards
in boys ; he keiki hea, a ehpd bearded.
Hjs'u, } «. With a shajj) break in
He'u-HE'u, ) pronouncing, to sing, as birds;
to sound, as the voice of birds ; to sound,
ae toe voice of spiritB with sweet soimds. '
He-u-he-u, v. See Heu above.
He-u-kae, v. To split, as ^ cane.
2. To treat one badly ; to use harshly.
3. To act the villain. See Hai'Kai:.
He-tj-mi-ki, adj. Good.
He-ha, adj. Lazy; indolent; slow in
work; opii 7icAa. 2';M;12. Translated sioic
hdlks. iSyn. with ulana, Molowai Icahana-,
manaka.
He-iie, v. See Hee. To run or flow
out, as an ulcer or the contents of a boil.
2. lloo. To melt or cause to become
liquid, as metals by heat. See Heehee.
He-he, v. To laugh j to mock; to de-
ride.
He-he, s. A swelling ulcerated on the
skin,
He -HE, s. The upper calabash of a drum.
He-he, adj. Ulcerous ; belonging to a
boil ; mai hehe. Kanl. 28:27.
2. Molten ; that which has been cast.
He-hee, v. To melt, as metals ; to
liquefy any solid substance. 1 Fei. &:12.
2. Ffn. To soft'jn, as the heart ; to make
fearful. Pufc. 15:15.
o. IIoo. To molt and cast into any figure.
Puk. 25:12. To cause to be soft; unstable;
e lewa.
4. To flow ; to :;un, as a liquid metal ;
he pohakn i hoohehee wale ia no. See Hee.
tiE-HEE, s. With mai, a running sore,
Oihk. 13:18.
He-hee, adj. Roo. Liquid; thir^j flow-
ing ; melting. Sol. 17:3.
He-he-hee, v. See Gram, k 228. A
poetical form of the verb Aee, to flow away,
1. e., to fade, as the colors of calico ; hehe-
Tiee i ka wai, to fade by washing,
He-hei, v. See Hei. To entangle in a
net, as fish or birds in a snare.
He-he-0, v. E peeaniki, e koheo, e
pueo. Kamdk.
He-he-lo, v. To be like the helo or
ohelo, a reddish brown ; hence,
2. To be good looking ; grand ; proud.
He-he-na, v. To be mad ; crazy ; in-
sane, /er. 25:16.
He-he-na, s. A madness. iTawZ. 28:28.
2. A mad person ; hana iho la e like me
na }tehena ame na holoholona, they acted
like madnien and brutes. 2 Nal. 9:11. See
Ehbs'a.
He-he-na, adj. Insane; crazy; deliri-
ous ; raving mad. 1 Sam. 21:13, 14.
He-hi, v. To tread upon. Kanl. 1:36.
To trample down. See Eai. With kajmai.
Kard. 11:24. ■
2. To put the foot upon, a symbol of sub-
jection. 70S. 10:24.
3. To trample upon, i. e., disobey or dis-
HEK
156
HEL
regard, ad a Uw ,' hehi na mea a pau ma-
luna o ke kanawai o ka aina, everybody
trampled upon the law of the land ; hehi
berita, to trample- apon or disregard a
covenant. Lutnk. 2:20.
i. To loathe, as a full person bis food.
8ol. 27:7.
He-hi, s. a treading; a place for tread-
ing; kabi hehi palaoa, a thrashing floor
where grain was trodden ont. Nah. 15:20.
He-bo, s. A cob ; a corn cob.
He-hu, V, To pull up by the roots ; to
root up. 1 Ned. 14:lfi.
2: Fic. To root out, as ,a people ; malia
paha i hehuia makou i poe nana ekuhikuhi
I na iwi o ka poe kahiko, perhaps we shall
be rooted up aa those who shall point to the
bones (land-marks) of the ancients.
3. To pull ttpfortraaspIanting4 to trans-
plant.
4. To carry manure for the good of -a
transplanted tree.
He-hu, v. To summon to work or to
war ; to warn oat
He-hu, s. A tree pulled up for trans-
plantation.
2. Mist ; steam : vapor ; spray from the
sea. See Ehu and Hhihokal
3. Name of a 'medicine.
He-hu-kai, s. See Eiiu. Heku and Icai,
the sea. The spray of the sea.
He-hu-na-kai, s. He and hina, small
particle, and ixit, sea. The spray of iiie sea.
He-ka, Xadj, Sore 5 red, as in-
He-ka-HE-ka, { flamed eyes; eyelids turned
' out by inflammation.
He-kau, v. To tie with a rope.
' 2. To make fast, as in anchoring a boat
or cask, by tying to stones or rocks tmder
water. LaieUc 12i. Aoleelilo,ua?ieJi;au{a.
He-kau, s. A large strong rope for fast-
ening boats, canoes, &c.
He-kau, adj. Epithet of a large strong
rope ; he kanla fte/cau; strong ; firm.
He-ke, s. a nail or pin to hang things on.
2. One thing up over another; a sail
- drawn up over another sail.
He-ke, adj. Fallen, as the countenance
with shaTie.
2. Faded ; wilted, as a plant.
3. Angi'y ; cross ; reluctant
He-ke-he-ke, adj. Weak; faint; des-
titute of energy.
He-ke-ke, adj. Hakake, leilei, pokole.
He-ki-li, «. Art. ke. Puk. 9:33; Puk.
20:18. Thunder; avoioefirom the clouds.
"i. Anything terrible, raging, terrific; uhi
paapu mai la oia i na hekili o ke kuko ino.
Lai^h. 196.
He-ki-li, v. To thunder. Hai. 29:3.
JIoo. To vav<ie to thunder. 2 Sam. 22:14. >
He-ku-ni, s. a steward.
He-ku-pau, s. Be, a grave, and kupa-
pau, a dead body. A grave ; a place for
depositing a corpse. Nah. 19:16.
Hb-la, )adj. Eednessofthecor-
He-LA-HE-LA; ) ner of the eye ; jpart'al
blindness ; o ka paholcholo o ka ill, hela-
heUi ino ka poe i hana pela.
He-le, v. To move in any way to a
large or small minute distance; the quality
of the motion is expressed T r other words.
2. To walk ; to go ; to more.
3. To act ; to exhibit moral cond,uct. 1
Kor. 3:3.
4. To stretch, as a string or rope.
6. Boo. To cause one to go or pass on.
jEiefc. 16:21. To desire or pretend to go on;
to depeu^ ; aole uae e pono ia laua e hoo-
hde wale 1 na pohaku hoohde ; htU kue, to
go against, as an enemy. Inaik. 1:10. ^eie
wale, to be or to wallc about naked. See
Belswale. Edi e, to go before ; ke he2<
aku nei ke keiki, the child grows, i. e., in-'
crease* in statiire ; IttU liilii, belelei, to
scatter ; to separate. See the compounds.
He-le, s. A noose i a snare for catch-
ing birds. See Pahele.
2. A going ; a passing on ; a journey ; a
course.
He-le-a, v. To put a noose around die
head of a shark ; i heka ka o kai o ka lani.
He-lei, adj. Inflamed ; opened, as the
eye, so a^ to turn the lid out; he maka
h4ei, an inflamed eye.
He-lei, v. To open or spread open, as
the legs; to straddle. See KuSklel A
Cfpecific word, and rather iudelicate.
2. To say no by a signal, that is, by pull-
ing down one corner of the eye slily.
He-le-0, *. A vulgar word for the welu
used in wiping the fundament.
He-le-u-ma, s. jBck, to move, and Mma,
to grasp.
1. The stone anciently used as an anchor
to hold a canoe.
%. In modern times, an anchor of a ves-
sel ; aole i kuu ka heleuma o ka moku, the
anchor of the ship was not let down, Fio.
lUb. 6:19.
He-ije-he-le, V. See Hele. To go
through; hence, to cut up; to divide asun-
der, as with a imife or shears. See Madelc.
He-le-he-le-na, $. The external ap-
pearance of a person, his form, contour;
especially the face of a person. lak. 1:23.
With maka, the appearance of tiie face.
Dan. 10:6. HMuima 0 ka poiDO,/ace of
sadness. Laieik. 142.
He-le-ho-nu-a, v. ^e?e and /(onua, pre-
ceding ; going before. To precede ; to go
before ; to do previously.
HEL
157
HEM
He-le-ho-mu-a, v. Hde, a noose or snare,
and Aonua, adv. To tie ; to bind ; to en-
tangle ; to cateh in a snare or net.
HE-I.E-SI-KA-HA, V. Hde &nd kikaka.
1. To act in ignorance of wliat is doing ;
to iroik in obscnrity.
2. To wander a loi^ way off; a pro-
vnrbial expression, msn noho a hmdakaha
aktt, act not witliout object. See Kikaha^
He-le-ki-ki, v. Hele and kiki. See Kiei.
To act hastily ; to do quickly ; to go in a
hurry.
He-le-lei, v. Hele and lei, to throw
away.
1. To scatter, as any email articles ; to
spill, as water.
2. To distill, as dew, i. e., to fall upon
one, as music or a speech. Kmd. 3i-X
3. To slaver with one's spittle. 1 Sam.
21:13.
-. To scatter, i. e., to fall, as seed sown.
Mat. 13:4. ifoo. To cast or throw away, &o.
He-le-lei, adj. Scattered; dropping or
falling, as tears ; halawai oia me kana
keiki me ka waimaka hddH, she met with
her eon mthflov,ing tears.
2. Broken or crumbled, eo as to separate.
Tog. 9:12. Crumbling, as ilirt; he lepo
He-le-pe-la, V. imperat. Hde and pela,
tbuij; so.
, 1. Be gone ; be off ; get out ; go just as
you arfc j often more full ; thus, e Aefe Jop
joeld, get you gone clear away.
2. Boo. To cast out; to throw away;
to diive off.
Hfi-LB-wA-us, t'. Hde and i{»i2e, in the'
condition one is in naturally. See Wam;.
1. To go about destitute of clothing; to
be naked.
2. To be poor; desUtate of comforts.
See IiiiHOTJB.
3. To go or bie anywhere without any
fixed purpose ; helewale mai nei au, I hap-
nened to come along here. Note. — ^The
words are often written separately.
He-u-0, v. To face about; a military
teno. See Haluj.
He-lo, s. Name of a species of whor-
tleberry, of a reddish brown color ; gener-
ally written oheloj hence
He-lo-he-lo, adj. Red as the ohelo
berry ; reddish brown,
He-lo-he-lo, v. To h& red like the ohelo.
He-lu, v. To scratch the earth, as a
hen ; to dig potatoes with the fingers ; to
paw the ground, as an angry bull.
2. To count ; to number ; to compute ;
to reckon up the sum of numbers. Pufc.
30:12. ^ . ^
3. To reckon in favor of one or agamst
him ; to impute, dhk. 7:18>
i. To tell ; to relate ; to recount some
past transaction. 2 Nal. 8:4.
He-lu, «. The seeds of the puakala.
2. Shot used in shooting birds.
{{e-ltt, adv. Reciting or proclaiming
the v!rttt6s of a deceased person ;.alaila,
nwo hdu mai In- ia, penei, a uwe fteiu ^o la.
Laietk. 60.
He-lit-ai, ». The office of a person en-
f' aged in ttie play of kiln ; a lalan mai ka
eluai i ke kifu.
HE-Lu-u,arfy. Pass, of Mm. That which
is counted or reckoned in. Nah. 7:2.
He-lu-u'ka, s. See Helu. Eduia and
ana, a number ; a numbering. The being
numbered. 1 Oyd. 27:1.
He-lu-he-lu, v. To read ; to con over
and over ; to read in or from a book.
2. To recount; to make mention of some
past transactioOr 2 2M. 23:2.
Ue-lu-na, £. Helu and ana. Gram. ^34.
1. A numbering, counting, &c. ; hence,
2. A number, L e., the result of counting.
Boik. 13:18. Ua like Hahehina o konamaa
' nibo me ko ka lio, the num&er of his teeth
is like that of a horse.
Hb-lit-ho-i-ee, i. Helu and fuiike, to
show. An arithmeticon, a frame with
strings of counters, used as an aid in solv-
ing questions in arithmetic; a modern word.
His-MA, adj. -Lett; applied to two op-
po^te things ; as, lima luma, the Uft hand,
m distinction from lima akau, the rigid
hand: welan hema (in geograpliy), the south
pole; opposed to welau amu, the north
7)010; kanakalimabema, a left-handed man.
IJunk. 3:16. Note. — ^In marking the car-
dinal points of the compass, a Hawaiian
will place himself back to the east aad his
face to the west ; hence, his right indicates
the north and his left the sonu.
He-ma-H£-ma, adj. See Hema. Left-
handed; hence,
2. Awkward, as a left-banded man ; un-
skillful; inexpert
3. Boo. Dull of apprehension; ignorant.
JJom. 1:31.
4. Wanting; lacking; destitute. Oihk.
22:23.
He-ma-he-ma, v. SeeHEMA. To be des-
titute of ; to want. Kanl. 16:8. I makau-
kan ko oukon hoi ana, aole e hemahema,
that you may be supplied on your return
and not be deslUvie.
2. Boo. To make destitute ; to deinive
of; pehea kakou e hoohemdheina nei i kp
kakou ola? how are we oepriwnj ourselves
of our living I
He-ma-he-ma,^». Want; need; neces-
sity.
He-ho, v. To loosen; to untie, as a
rope ; to cast off.
HEM
158
HEW
2. To come ou* ; move away ; depart ;
to turn off, as a lenant; to dispossess of
one's land,
3. To loosen, i. e., to sail, as a Tessel; to
set sail.
i. To break loose from restraint or con-
finement; to break over ft boundary. Puk-
19:21.
6. To break off a habit ; to wean, as a
child ; i hem.o ke keiki i ka wain, let the
cliiia be broken off from the tailk, i. e.,
weaned.
6. Eoo. To loosen, &c. ; to put away,
i. e., divorce, as married persons ; he wa-
hine i Hoohemoia.. See On and Hooki.
He-mo, *. A loosening; a separation of
things once united ; ua like ka Imno me ka
makili.
He-mo, adj. Loose ; separating.
He-mo-e, adj. Hem.&iad. c,' strangelyi
i. e., very much. Faint; hungry; gasping;
near dissolution of soul and body ; dying ;
hemoe. ke aho, the breath is very loose. See
E, afl!>.
He-mo-he-mo, v. Freq. of hemo. To
Iposen often or very much.
2. To be weak fifom fear; to be unfast-
ened.
S. Hoo. To take away; to separate; to
takeoff. P«fc. 14:25.
He-mo-he-mo, s. A separating; agoing
off; a loosening.
He-mo-le-a-l'b-a, v. Hemo ani lea, joy;
cheerfulness. 7'o consent cheerfully to
one's going for, or doing a thing ; to bid
Wm God speed ; ka ae pono ia aku ; ka
hele ana aku me ka pono.
He-Mo-le-le, v. Hemo, to loosen, and
Z«Je,to jump or fly off; to be sepaiate from
some other thing; hence,
1. In a natural sense (the dofeci of a
thing is supposed to have been separated),
io be complete ; perfect ; fully finished.
2. In a moral sense, to bre^t or separate
from what is wrong or evil. Kanl. 26:19.
In this passage the lele is evidently used as,
the intensive of hemo, i. e., to be entirely
separated. Oihk. 19:2.
3. To be perfect; lacking nothing; com-
pleted, as a work. 1 loan. 2:5. Also in a
moral sense. Kol. 4:12.
4. To be perfect ia moral rectitude. 1
JfaZ.8;61. To be holy; perfect. 1 Pet 1:15.
5. jBoo. To perfect; to finish, l^zefc.- 27:4.
I1e-mo-i:,e-i,e, s. The perfection of a
thing.
2. Virtue; holiness. OiA. 3:12. A sepa-
ration from what is evil; goodness; a state
of glory.
He-jko-le-le, adj. Perfect ; faultless ;
holy; complete. Hal. 139:22.
He-mu, V, To scare or drive away, as
fowls,' pigs, &o.
He-na, s. The hollow of the thigh.
Kin, 32:25. The buttock; the nakedness
of a person. Isa. 47:8. The place of tie
kanha intestine. Anat. 52. The mons,
veneris.
He-na-he-ma, v. See Henehene.
He-na-lu, v. See Hkenalv.
He-ne, s. a bundle, as of potatoes or
other things done up for carrying. See
He-ne, u To laugh at ; to mock ; to
deride. See Hxnehbxe.
He-we-he-ne, v. To laugh in derision j
to mock ; ixt^ treat a person or thing with
contempt.
2. To oaat off and forsake as worthless or
contemptible.
3. To be secretly pleased when another
falls ; applied to wicked men when a good
man falls into sin. Sol 25:10. With the
passive heneheneia,io be the subject of rid-
icule. 1 Nal. 9:7.
4. Hoo. 1 0 laugh scornfully; to reproach.
Isa. SJ:ii. E henehtroe mai ka make itv,
lakou, death mocks them.
He-ne-he-ne-ia, s. Mockery; contempt.
2 Oild. 29:8. Superciliousness ; haughti-
ness.
He-ne-he-ne, adj. Disdainful; foohsh;
insipid ; aka, i ka poe hewa, he raea hen^'
ft.ne ia e lakou ka nani o ke Akua
He-ni-po-a, adj. See Nipoa. Feeble;
debiUtated ; weak.
He-nu, V. To anoint, &c. See Hmn.
He-nu-he-nu, v. See Hinuhinu. To be
smooth ; to be polished.
2. To be shining.
He-nu-he-nu, adj. Shining; glittering;
polished.
He-pa, s. A shaking of the limbs ; the
palsy ; a sitting in silence.
He -PA, adj.. Mischievous; false; lazy;
nani ke kanaka kepa.
He-pa-he-pa, adj. A person so diseased .
that he cannot help himself ; applied to the
palsy.
He-i-a-no-a, adj. See Panoa. Dry and
parched, as land.
He-pu-e, s. See Pue. A pushing on or
along ; the rapid flow of a current.
He-wa, v. To be virrong ; to be in the
wrong ; to act or to be in error.
2. To sin, 1. e., to go contrary to right ;
to transgiess. Isa. 43:27. To be viciously
inclined.
3. Hoo. To accuse ; to find fault with ;
to complain. See Abewa.
4. To condemn ; to reprove.
5. To be under a cnrse ; to be accursed.
Kin. 3:17.
HIA
159
HIA
He-wa, s. Error ; wrong ; sin j vice ;
often connected with ino and halw. Pvk.
34:7.
2. The fruit or consequence of sin, i. e.,
punishment; overthrow, i^unfe. 20:41. He
mau hewa lele wale, little vices that spring
up of themselves and are not punished.
He-wa, adj. Wrong; improper; sinful;
wicked.
He-wa, adv. Erroneously; wrongfully;
hele kexoa, to go wrong ; to miss the right
way.. Fig. To commit sin;
He-wa-he-wa, v. See. Hewa, to be
wrong. To make a mistake ; to commit an
error ; mostly used in the causative.
2. Hoo. To forgei' one's appearance or
name.
3; To mistake one person for another.
' 4. To be deranged in mind ; to be silent
and unsociable through alienation of mind.
He-wa-he-wa, s. A rnistake of one per-
son or thing for another.
2. Derangement of mind from sickness.
3. Sullen silence.
He»wa-he-wa, adj. Crazy; unsound in
mind ; qmad. ler. 29:26.
He-be-do-ma, s. Gr. A term or space
of seven days ; a week \ a space of seven
years. Kin. 29:37.
He-be-ea, , s. Heb. A Hebrew ; a man
of the Hebrew race. Kin. 14:13. t)ne of
the descendants of Abraham ; mostly nsed
as an adjective.
HsfiBE-EA, adj. Hebrew; pertaining to
th6 Hebrew people. \P«i;. 21:2. Also per-
taining to lie Hebrew language. Luk.
33:38.
He-ke-e-ke-la, s. Engl Herschelj the
planet of that name. See Astronomia.
Hi, V. To droop ; to be weak.
2. To flow away, as the contents of the
bo wels in a dysentery ; to purge.
3. To blow out with force any liquid from
the mouth.
Hi, s. A' flowing away; a purging, as
in dysentery.
2. The name of the disease called dysen-
tery ; he hi Ka mai.
3. A hissing sound, as the rapid flow of
a liquid ; hikoko, a bloody flux. Oih. 28:8.
See Hikoko.
Ki-a, v. To rub ^,wo sticks one upon
another to. obtain fire. See Aclma and
AuxAHi. E hana i ke ahi me ka annahi, a
maluna iho ka aulima, alalia kuolo me ka
anai ana i mea e a i ke ahi.
2. To reflect ; to think. .
3. To run about as wild ; to strut about.
4. To entangle ; to catch; as in a net ;
eha ai i ka npena.
Hi-a, s. a reflecting; the act of think-
ing.
2. The person who Catches or entangles
fish in a net.
Hi-a, adj. Roving; unsteady; alsopn-
taugled.
Hi-A. The passive termination of many
verbs instead of ia; aa, p<iuhia tor pavia.
Oram. § 48.
Hi-A-A, V. To lie awake ; to be sleep-
less ; restless while attempting or wishing
to sleep ; e Maa ana no kona aloha, he was
wakefvi on accour t of his love. LaiMh. 205.
See UiVKV 2.
2. To be absent from one. as sleep : to
be sleeples.". as one troubled in mmd.
Dan. 2:1.
Hi-A-A, adj. Sleepless ; desiring to '
sleep, but cannot.
Hi-A-Ai, s. Strong desire; a deSire which
keeps one awake during the time of sle<rn ;
applied to the mind; o ka hiaai o ka naau.
Hi-A-Hi-A, V. See Hie and Hiehie. To
be honorable ; to be honored ; noble ; to
be respected.
Hi*a-hi-a, v. See Hia, to rub two sticks
for fire. To obtain fire by rubbing two
sticks.
Hi-a-hi-a, s. Goodness; honor; nobility.
Hi-A-Hi-A,' adj. Fading; transitory;
soon done.
Hi-A-KA, V. To recite legends or fabu-
lous stories. See Httaka.
Hi-A-KA, s. The recitation of legends.
2. "A particular kind of mele or song.
3. The company of gods "belonging to
-Pele ; among the class called akuanoho.
Hi-A-KU, s. Name of a place in the sea
beyond the kainli, and inside the kohola.
2. The name of the fish caught in such a
place.
Hi-A-LA, ». Hoo. Zam. Haw. 16:i,3. To
be greedy of food ; to eat lar^ly of all
kinds of food.
Hi-A-Mo-E, V. Hi, to droop,. a, until, and
moe, to prostrate.
1. To lie asleep; to sleep; to fall asleep.
2. Fig. To rest in sleep ; e hiamoe i ka
make, to sleep in death, i. e., to be dead.
1 Nd. 15:8. To die. Kml. 31:16.
3. To fall prostrate, as if' asleep. Dan.
8:18..
Hi-a-mo-e, s. Sleep; deep sound sleep;
rest in sleep. Stn. with moe. Sol. 6:10.
2. Hiamoe, the sloth, an animal of South
America.
Hi-A-po, s. The first born of parents.
See Makahiapo. Panina, the youngest
child, or mulikope ; first of several childreij.
iVe/i. 10 :36. In opposition to mulihope ; .me
ka leo 0 na keita hiapo, aole me ka leo o
na keiki mulihope.
2. The first born of animals as well as of
Hn
160
HIU
men. Fide, 12:12. Biapo is a!?o oitposed
to muli or rmdi ha. los. 6:26.
Hi-E, V. To be good; excellent; grand;
used mostly in compounds.
Hi-E-Hi-E, V. To be excellent or good
in appearance ; maikai loa ke nana aku.
2. Boo. To show a splendid appearance;
hence,
.3. To be proud; self dignified; haughty.
4. To be regardless of others; to act
shamelessly or unseemly. 1 Kor. 13:5.
Hi-E-Hi-E, s. Boo. Dignity in appear-
ance ; honor.
2. Pride; haughtiness; overbearing con-
duct..
Hi-E-Hi-E, adj. Neat; tidy; good; lively.
2. Proud ; haughty ; o na mea hoohiehie
ame na mea Icalea.
Hi-E-NA, *. Eng. A hyena. Lam.Eaw.
22:1, 2 ; ler. 12:9. Note This last refer-
ence is not kmna in English.
Hi-E-NA, s. Name of a species of stone,
soft and porous.
Hn, V. To lift up ; to bear upon the
hips and support with the arms, as a child;
to hold, as a child on the knees. Isa. 66:12.
To caiTy in the arms and on the bosom ;
ike ae la oia i ke kaikamahine e hiiia mai
ana. Laieik. 10. To nurse ; to tend, as a
child. Kanik. 2:22.
Hn-A-KA, s. A general name of the gods
of volcanoes. See Hiaka. 0 Biiaka ke
akua i hookahe mai i ke koko ma ke poo o
kona kahn.
Hu-KAU, V. See Hikau. To throw, as
a stone at a person or thing ; hiikau aku la
na kanaka i ka pohaku, the men threw
stones at them ; similar to nou.
Hn-KA-LA, s. Name ofa species offish-
hook.
Hii-LA-Ni, V. Hii, to lift up, and lani,
on high.
1. To nurse or take care of, as an infant
chief.
2. To exalt ; to praise ; to admire. See
HooLANi and Hoonam. Bal. 117:1.
3. To admire and obey, as a servant does
bis master.
Hu-LA-Ni, s. Praise; exaltation; defer-
ence paid to one dignified.
Hii-pa-ka", v. Aole no ia e hiipaka o ka
wahine ke kane waiwai.
Hii-po-i, c. Hit and poi, to protect.
1. To tend and feed, as a young child.
2. To feed and defend, as a chief does his
people. Oih. 13:18. .
3. To take in the arms, as a child. Mar.
7:36. To carry in the bosom, as a child.
JVoft. 11:12.
i. To take care of and provide for gen-
erally ; spoken of Gud'a care of men ; ke
liiipoi mai uei ke Akna ia kakou.
Hu-puu-PTTtr. See Hipuupttu.
Hi-o, V. To lean ovei; to slant; to in-
cline firom a perpendicular ; hence,
2. To be one-sided ; to swing to and fto.
A. To lean upon ; to trust in. Isa. 30:12.
4. To wander. Moo. To cause to wander.
ler. 48:12. ' Mea hoohio, a wanderer.
Hi-o, s. A slanting wind, 1. e., a wind
down a hill.
2. The inside comer of a (grasB^ house,
i. e., slanting two ways.
3. A howling confused noise.
4. The comb of a cock.
5. Eructatio ventris.
Hi-o, adj. Leaning; oblique; kahato;
any line which is not parallel, nor perpen-
dicnlar, nor horizontal, is hio. Ana. Bon. i.
Hi-o-o-LE, s. "With stability; firmness.
Ln'. Without leaning ; me ka haipule man
i ke Akua me ka hiaole.
Hi-o-Hi-0, V. To draw the breath into
the mauth, as one eating a hot potato ;
hence,
2. To eat in a hurry.
Hi-o-Hi-o, s. Name of a species of fish-
book.
Hi-o-Hi-o, adj. Bright red; ula kiohio.
Hi-o-tA-Ni, V. To lie stretched out with
laziness ; to sit at ease, as a chief; to be in
a posture of thought ; e pio na wawae, e
lele pio.
Hi-o-Hi-o-NA, s. Hio and ana, the lean-
ing. The featarea of a person; his peculiar
gait ; the form, external appearance. Isa.
52:14. Face; presence. Sxx. with helehe-
lena.
Hi-o-Lo, V. Hi, flowing, and olo, to vi-
brate.
1. To tumble down» as a wall. los. 6:20.
To fall over, as a house.
2. To Btnmble or fail down, as a horse.
3. To roll away, i. e., pai<s fiway in for-
getfiilness ; i ole e hioloia kona inoa.
4. To become useless or void.
5. Boo. To throw down ; to overthrow ;
to destroy, as a fortification. 2 Nal. 25:10.
6. To make void ; to set aside, as a law.
Jtom. 3:31.
Hi-o-LO, «. A tumbling down; a sliding
away ; a iiaUing over.
Hi-o-NA, s. Personal appearance ; face,
countenance, 4c. See Hiohioma. Anat. 6.
Hi-u, V. To seize ; to grasp hold of, as
a rope.
2. To throw a stone with violence.
3. To be wild ; untamed, as an animal.
4. To cry, as e sailor does in pulling a
rope; hence,
■6. To haul, down a ship for rcipairs.
6. To practice sorcery.
fflH
161
HIK
7. To mftre the kiu, (see the s.) in playing
konane, a game.
Hi-tJ, s. The tail of a fish, but not syn.
with bnelo.
2. The practice of sorcery.
3. The name of the counter or iliili used
in playiug konane or konene ; ina he hiu,
a he aneo paha, a he lalani, a he punikihi
palia.ala no 1 ko lana mau lunamanao.
Hi-tj-A, adj. He mea ula kiua; name of
a game played on a board of four squares.
. Hi-u-HT-iT, v. See Hnr,. To practice sor-
cery.
2. To play the game konane.
Hi-tr-MA-Lo-Lo, s. Hiu and maMo, the
flying-fish. The tail of the flying-fish.
Hi-u-WAi, s. The name of the ceremony
of batiiing in cold water in the worship of
some of the gods.
Hi-Hi, V. To branch or spread out, as
vines, or as the limbs of. a tree ; to grow
' thick together ; ka pikopiko, ua lahi ; IM.
piea ka lewa. lawik. 168.
2. To be satisfied ; to have enough.
Hi-Hi, s. The running, spreading out,
the entwining or creeping" of vines, or a
thick growth of vegetation.
2. A cause of entangling ; an offense ; a
cause of offense. Note. — This last sense
mostly in the form MlAa.
Hi-Hi, adj. Thick together, as grass;
as vines ; as men.
Hi-Hi-A, xi. Thatis, AzAiea,pass. ofAiA?.
To be perplexed; entangled, either phys-
ically or morally.
2. To be in a state of difficulty or per-
plexity.
3. To be lost by going astray ; to tui'n
this way and that for relief.
4. To be offended.
5. JEToo. To entangle ; to be the cause of
trouble. P«fc. 10:7.
6. To be entangled; to he led astray;
to be the" cause of evil to one.
7. To entrap one in bis epeech ; to be
offended.
Hi-Hi-A, s. A difficulty; a thing per-
plexed ; a cause of trouble.
2. A thicket of forest; ka Wiia paa o ka
nahele. Laviak. 94.
Hi-Hi-A, adj. Difficult; perplexing;
troublesome.
Hi-Hi-A-Lou, ». Name of a plant with
small yellow flowers.
Hi-Hi-A-WAi. &. The name of a plant
sometimes eaten for food.
2. The name of a species of fish.
Hi-Hi-0, V. See Hio. To sleep ; to fall
asleep.
2. To dream; e paa ka malsik-a ike ka
uhane, to shut the eyes- and see with the
soul, that is, to have a ridioiu Bsyik. 1:1Q.
21
3. To fall asleep again after waking.
4. To sleep soundly.
5. To blow; to rush violently, as a strong
wind. See Pcahiohio.
Hi-Hi-o, s. A vision. Kin. 15:1. A
dream.
Hi-Hi-u, v. SeeHroS. To be wild; un-
tamed, as an animal; to be wild and sav-
age, as men.
2. To mistake in speaking, as one un-
taught.
Hi-Bi-iT, adj. Wild; untamed; strange;
unfriendly; unsocial; often applied to ani-
mals that have been once tamed, but have
become wUd. Whiu is the opposite of loka,
tame. Na holoholona Wim ame na holo-
holona laka ; he ilio lahiu hae, a wolf.
Hi-Hi-KA-E-KA, V. To tangle up, as a
rope or string ; to tangle, as the hair ; ua
hihia namea a pau,uaAi/iifcaefca ma ka leo
mana ; to tangle or perplex one 1:^ speak-
u>g-
Hi-Hi-MA-mj) &. Name of a large, broad,
soft living Creature found in ^e sea; It
was forbidden to women to eat under pen-
alty of death. See Ihimanu.
Hi-Hi-WAi, s. The name of a four-footed
-animal living in the sea.
Hi-KAU, V. To throw stones at one. See
HiiejlD. Sikau is perhaps the best orthog-
raphy.
Hl-KA-TT-Hi, adv. To no purpose ; of no
use, &c.; aia ko'nwaxthikavhi maMolokai;
hikauhi oe a hole e ka moku ; hele a Mka-
uhi.
Hi-KA-KA, V. To stagger; to reel in
walking, as a drunken man. Isa. 19:14.
To stagger, as a man carryiug a heavy
burden.
2. To wander ; to go astray. Isa. 47:15.
3. Moo. To cause to stagger, i.@., to walk
in darkness. lob. 12:25.
Hi-KA-KA, adj. Staggering ; walking
unsteadily.
Hi-KA-KA, adj. Bent round; curved;
crooked.
Hi-KA-PA-LA-LE, s. A word used in the
kaki or namu, unintelligible except to those
taught.
Hi-Ki, V. To come to ; to arrive at, as
connected with mat or aku.
2. To be able to do a thing ; to accom-
plish a purpose; to prevail. jERki is often
used with other verbs as !» kind of helping
verb. Orarii. § 171.
3. Soo. To cause to come ; to bring
forth; to produce. Pufc. 8:3.
4. To take an oath ; to atBrm a thing or
an signt as true.
5.' To call or give a name to • Mai.
22:43, 45. To name or speak of with ap-
probation.' J^os. 5:3,
HIK
162
HiL
6. To mention in one'^ prayers, Pilem.i.
7. To vow ; to oonaocrale j to set apart ;
to promise a thing especially to a god ; to
set apart as sacred. I Sam. 1:11. IlooUki
ino, to desecrate ; to treat With contempt ;
hoohiki wahaheo, to sweaj' falsely ; to take
a false oath. See Hoouiki, s. Iliki wale,
to Iiappen ; to come by chance.
Hi-Ki-A-Lo-A-LO, adj. The rising and
coming to the zonith, as the full moon ; i
ka maliina hihialoalo.
Hi-Ki-E-E, vi, iTo approach to ; to draw
near.
, 2. To bridge over a stream.
Hi-Ki-E-E, s. An approach of one; a
coming near to.
2. A bridge over a stream
3; A raised platform for sleeping ; a sort
of bedsti^ad or couch ; a place for a bed.
Puk. 11:28.
Hi-Kii, V. To tie; to fasten by tying ;
to bind, as a person. ISn. 22:9. To bind,
as a prisoner ; to tie, as a rone or cord to
anything. 7oa.2:18iind 21. SeeNAXiL To
bind on, as a sandal ; to tie up, as a purse.
Hi-Kii, s. A b-nding; a tying; a fasten-
ing-
Hi-Kii-Kii, V. SeeHiKii. To tie; to bind
ntrongly. Mai. 27;'i.
IIi-Ki-Kb', s. Hiki and kv,, lo rise. The
place of the suu's rising ; poeticaUt/, the
oast. See Hikina.
Hi-Ki-LE-LE, V. Hiki and lele. to jump;
to fly.
1. To wake suddenly irom sleep. Isa.
ii'9:8. To wake witli affright.
2. To jump or start suddenly from sur-
prise or fear.
3. To do a thing su''denly and in haste ;
to be weak with fear from any event. Kin.
42:28.
4. Iloo. To wako up a person from sleep.
Isa. 29:8.
5. To come by sinprise, as one army
upon anothwr. Jo.i. 1 1 :7.
IL-Ki-LE-LE. «. A sudden coming upon 5
Hl-Kl-LE-LE, adv. Hoo. Quickly; sud-
denly. 7sa. 47:li.
Hi-Ki-MO-E, s. Hiki and moe, to lie down.
Poetical name of the west j place of (the
sun's) lying down.
Hi-Ki-NA, s. Hiki and ana, participial
termination. The full form is, ka hiki ana
(a ka la), the coming (of the sun), i. e., the
east ; the place of tlie sun's rising. Hal.
50:1.
Hi-Ki-NA, adj. The eastern; makaacao
hikina o Hawaii, on the eastern side of
Hawaii.
Hi-Ki-NA, ado. Eastwardiy. 1 Nal. 17:3. i
Hi-Ki-WA-WE, V. HiM&ndtoawe,i{nick.
To do quickly; to be quick or smart in
doing a thing. Hoo. To cause quickness ;
to make dispatch.
Hi-Ki-wA-WE, adv. Quickly; speedily;
without delay.
Hi-kitWA-le, adv. Hiki and wale,
merely. What has happened ; come by
chance ; withont design.
Hi-Ki-wi, u See Kivvi. To crook; to
bend.
Hi-Ko-Ko, s. Hi and koko, blood. A flow-
ing of blood ; specifically applied to a dis-
ease of the anus called emerods. Karil.
28:27. A dysentery ; a bloody flux.
Hi-Ko-wi, s. Nameof a ser /ant marked
in the forehead ; o ka poe kauw^t i hoailo-
' naia ma ka lae, ua kapaia be kauwa hikoni.
Hi-ku, adj. The seventh in order; i ka
hiku 0 ka malama. Oihk. 16:29 ; Oram. §
115, 2, 4. As a cardinal, seven.
Hi-KU-Hi-KU, s. A noise; confusion by
many voices.
H1-1.A, V, Not yet found in this single
form. See the double forms and Hoo.
Hi-LAi, adj. A word used in tne prayers
of the ancients, meaning not very clear.
Sec Lanahilai.
rii-LA-Hi-LA, V. To be ashamed ; to be
put in coufasioi; to be ashamed of iNal.
2:17.
2. Hoo. To. cause shame ; to ' make
ashamed.
3. To have that quick agitation whfch
arises from shame ; confusion^ sulfosiou nf
the face.
I^i-LA-Hi-LA, .-■. Shame ; a blushing of
the face ; confusion attendant on shame.
Hi-LA-fti-LA, adj. Ashamed.
Hi-LA-Hi-LA, ado. Shamefully.
Hi-LA-LA, V. To bend; to crook; to
bond from a straight line. See HiKiwi.
Hi-LE-A, adj. LazYE indoleiici <loing
Hi-Li, V. To braid ; to plait, as awreath ;
to braid, a.s the hair. 1 Pet. 3:3. To string,
as kukui nute ; e hili kukui.
2. To turn over and over, a.«in braiding;
to twist ; to spin ; to tie oa, as Hawaiians
formerly lied or brsudcd tbsir kois on to
the bandies.
3. To deviate from the path in traveling;
to wander here and there. SM. 15:22. To
miss one's way. .
4. To droop; to flag. See Mii.oandWiLt.
5. To smit^'. as with a sword or the hand.
Hi-LT, s. A general name for baras
used in dyeing ; as, hili kolea, hili koa, &o.
2. A black dye for coloring kapas made
of kolea bark.
HIL
163
HIN
3. The principle of tanning in koa and
other barks.
Hi-Li, adj-i- Taming; wandering aside.
Hi-Li-AU, V. BUi and au, current. To
wander; to go astray niorally ; to do wrong;
he ikalka hiliau, sti'ong to flo evil.
Hi-Li-E-E, s. A shrub having a power-
ful stimulant corrosive bark. _ Sec Iuukb.
Hi-u-ou, s. A square braid of eight
straws.
2. A sickness of the bowels ; sickness of
the stomach ; fullness of the stomach.
Hi-Li-n, .1. The voice of a shell or trum-
pet ; tbe sound of one blowng a wind in-
striuucnt.
Hi-i.i-Hi-Li, V. See HiLi, coloring barks.
To color or dye red, or any dark color.
Hi-Li-Hi'Li, adj. Red or brown in color;
shaded; dark.
Hj-lj-ih-li-ho-nu, adj. Rich; wealthy.
Hi-L!-KAU, V. To accuse inuch, and
falsely ; to say and unaay.
Hi-u-KAU, adj. Tripping in one's walk;
stumbling.;
2, Varying in one's story ; c lauwili, e
lalau. ^
3. Walking cross-legged.
Hi-u-NA-E-jiu, s. The nartie of a Hawai-
ian month ; tho tenth month of the Hawai-
ian calendar.
Hi-Li-SAi, V. HUi and nai, to strive for.
l.To loan upon; to lean against. Lunk.
16:26.
2. To trust in ; to have confidence in
one.'B word. 2 yal. 18:19, 20. .
Hi-u-NAi, s. TruEt; confidence; a lead-
ing againg* or upon.
2. What is leaned upon, as a table } a
bed or place for reclining.
Hi-Li-NA-MA, s. Name of the ninth
month among Hawaiians.
. Ht-li-nf.-hu, s. Name of the eleventh
Hivwaiiari month.
Hi-Li-NO-H0, *. The name of the eighth
month.
HirLO, V. To twist, as a string on the
thigli; to twist with the thumb and fingers.
2. To spin ; -to turn, as in twisting. See
HiL(, Mu.o, Win, See.
Hi-LO, s. The name of the first night in
which tho new moon' can bo seen, as it is
like a twisted thread ; o hUo ka po mua no
ka puahilo ana o ka mahina.
2. An issue; a running sore. Oihk.
15:2,3.
Hi-Lo, flcy. Spun J twisted. Puk. 26:1.
Iwi kilo. Ami. 16.
Hi-LO-Hi-LO, V. See Hilo, v. To wan-
der here and there in telling a story ; to
lengthen a speech by mentioning little cir-
cumstances.
2. To make nice oratorical lauguapic.
Hi-LO-Hi-LO, s. The sweet juice of the
ki root, especially when there is but little
and very sweet.
Hi-LTT, s. Name of a species of fish,
spotted, variegated with colors.
Hi-Li;, adj. Still; quiet; -reserved; dig-
nified ; a word of commendation ; h'du ka
'noho anao mea.
2. Neat; elegant; powerful; magnificent.
Hi-LU-m-LU, s. See Hilu. The excel-
lent ; tho glorious ; the powerful.
Hi-LTJ-Hi-Lu, adj. Excellent; nice; beau-
tiful.
Hi-ME-Ni, s. Eng. from Gr. A hymn ;
a song in sacred worship; a mele in praise
of lehova. 2 OiU. 20:28.
Hi-ME-Ni, V. Eng. from Gr. To hymn ;
to sing a hymn.
Hi-NA, ■». To lean from an upright posi-
tion.
2. To fall ; to fall down, as a house.
3. To fall morally, as a person from a
state of upi'ighlness ; to relapse or (fecline
from a state of i ectitade.
i. To offend; to be offended, /oan. 16:1.
6. Hoo. To slant over ; to throw down,
as a person, huk. 4:3.5.
Hi-NA, s. A leaning; a falling; a caus-
ing to fall ; a stumbling.
Hi-NA, s. Heb'. A hin, a Hebrew meas-
ure. Pvk. 29:40.
Hi-?A, s. Name of a goddess. SeeHiNA-
HEI.E below.
Hi-NA, adj. Gray; hoary; applied to
the head ; o|jo him. Kin. 44:?9. Gray, as
the beard ; be umiumi hina.
Hi-NA-A-LE, s. A species of small fish.
Hi-NA*-A-Lo, ) s. The blossoms of the
Hl-NA-LO, j hala fruit; the leaves which
inclose the hala fruit.
Hi-NA-A-Lo, ) adj. Aromatic ; fragrant,
Hl-NA-LO, ) as the fruit and blossomu of
the hala tree.
Hi-NAi, s. A container braided out of
the ie suid other materials; a basket. Oihk.
8:2.
Hi-NAi-A-E-LE-E-LE, s. Name of the
seventh Hawaiian month.
Hi-NAi-po-E-Po-E, s. A round basket; a
basket braided around a calabash ; hinai-
hooluuliiu. ,
Hi-NA-HE-LE, s. Often called simply
Hina; the goddess of fishes, mother of
Aiaiaknula ; Hinuhele laua o Kuuk na 'kua
lawaia, mai Hawaii a Niihau.
Hi-NA-Hi-NA, adj. Gray; grayish.
2. Withered, as fruit ready to fall.
HIP
164
HIW
Hi-NA-KU-LAi-NA, V. See HiNA and Ku-
LiiNA. to push over. To partially fall down.
Hi-NA-KU-LU-i-0A, s. Hina, goddass,
lojlu, to drop, as rain, and ua, rain. The
goddess of rain ; has two sisters, viz. :
Hinakealii and Hookuipaele.
Hi-NA-LE-A, s. A species of fish.
Hi-NA-LE-A, adj. Applied to a basket
for catching fish ; hinai hinalea.
Hi-NA-LE-A, V. To blow from aft, as
wind favorable for sailing.
Hi-NA-Lii, adj. Hifm, gray, and Hi, very
little. Very little gray, as the hair; whitish.
Hi-NA-Lii, s. The name of a person
(chief) in whose time there occurred a uni-
versal deluge or kai a kaSino?«; hence
kaiakahinalil is at present used for the
flood of Noah. Kin. 6:17. See also ke kai
a ka Hvlurnanu.
Hi-NA-Lo, s. The leaves inclosing the
hala fruit. See Hinaalo.
2. The flowers of the hala tree.
Hi-WA-MO-E, s. Hina, to fall, and moe,
to lie down. A place of death ; often ap-
plied to the volcano.
Hi-NA-NA, s. Name of a very small fissh,
the young of the oopu.
Hi-NA-WE-NA-wE, adj. Thin; spindling;
slender. See Umni.
Hi-NE, adj. Strutting; proud of one's
appearance.
HbNi, u. To be small; thin; feeble.
Hi-Ni-Hi-Ni, s. See Hini. Speaking in
a small, thin voice; a whispering; hane-
hane.
Hi~Ni-Hi-Ni, adj. See Hini and Uhini.
Tbin ; slender ; pointed.
Hi-ni-p6-a, adj. See Henipoa and Ni-
f OA. Heavy, as the eyes when drowsy or
very sleep/; he maluhiluhi.
HirNir, V. To anoint; to besmear, as
with oil or greasfl.
2. To be smooth ; shining.
3. To slip ; to slide easily.
4. To anoint. See Kahinu.
Hi-nu, s. Ointment ; substance for be-
smearing ; momo,na, mea poni, &c.
Hi-NU, adj. Smooth; greasy; polished;
dazzling with brightness ; anointed.
Hi-nu-hi-nu, v. SeeHiNU. To shine as
if anointed with oil. Hal. 104:15. To
glisten ; to be bright ; to sparkle.
Hi-NU-Hi-NU, adj. Bright; shining;
splendid, as red cloth ; glittering, as pol-
ished stones. 1 OiU. 29:2.
Hi-PA, s. A little bundle.
'i. A blunder in speaking; the use of
words out of their ordinary meaning.
Z. Hoo. A falsehood. '
Hi-PA, V. To blunder in speaking. Rod.
To falsify.
Hi-PA, adj. Hoo. He olelo hoohipa, a
kind of mele.
Hi-PA, s. Eng. Sheep. loan. 10:2, 3.
Hi-PA-Hi-PA, V. To be joyful; to express
gladness.
H1-PA.-KA-NE, *. Hipa, sheep, and kam,
male. A vam. Kin. 15:9. Hi Aipafcojjs, 4
ram skin. Puk. 25:.'5 ; Oram. § 95. Fig.
Ilipakane wawp.hi, a battering ram. Ezek^
4:2.
Hi-PA-KE-i-ia, s. Hipa,s]ieej>,Sindkeiki,
the little one. A lamb. Oih. 8:32. See
Keikthipa. Note. — The word lamb is ren-
dered in Hawaiian tty Ijoth forms, Mpor
keiki and keikihipa.
Hl-PA-PA-LA-LE, S. See,-PAPALALE. A
speaking with readiness and correctness,
without a tone, and not through the nose ;
0 ka hana maiau MpapaMe ole, noiau papa-
lale ole.
Hi-po-FO-TA-Mu, s. Gr. The river-horse.
lob. 40:15. The hippopotamus.
Hi-Ptr, ) y. To tie in knot3,as the string
Hi-puu, \ of a bundle or bag.
Hi-PU, )s. A knot; a fastoniriff; auy-
Hi-puu, J thing tied. Fig. £ weho oe i ka
hipw naaupo, 0 make auanei oe.
2. A bag for carrying small things in, as
money; a purse. So?. 1:14.
3. fiijjuM tala, in the English translation,
a crisping pin. ' Isa. 3:22.
Hi-puu, adj,' Knotty, as a string tied
up in knots; tied fast; applied to men,
" m-schievous.
Hi-puu-pult, v. See Hipuu. To tie up
in knots ; hence, to tie up in a bundle.
2. To tie fast ; to gird around, as with a
sash ; aole kakou i like ne na kanaka kiai
alii a hipuupuu kahi malo, we are not the
men who guard the king, belted up with
Hi-PDtr-puu, s. What is tied up in knots
or made fast.'
Hi-puu-puu, adj. Se.^ Hipuii. Tied;
fastened ; knotty, as tied iii knots ; he hi-
p-Mtpuu kahi malo o kahi ijlii, the malos of
some chiefs were tied up in knots.
Hi-PU-KA, s. A kind of snare for catch-
ing birds ; ka hipui^ei no na manu hihiu ;
kau aku la ia i ka kipuka pahele.
Hi-wA, adj. Black; clear black; up-
plied mostly to thfit which was used in sac-
rilice to the gods, as a black hog; iua i ele-
ele a puni ka hulu, he hiwa pa. ia puan ; a
bl.ick cocoanut, a black kapa. &a.. and
always considered valuable ; hence,
2. Deiar; valued; l.aloved; precious; he
puaa him, he jM. hiwa, he awa hiim
HO
165
riOA
H.i-wA, V. To be of a black color, such
6s was considered precious or valiiablo in
sacrilice ; to be of a <■ lear or pare blaci:.
Hi-WA, s. Any black article supposed
to be accexjtablc to tlie godsasanoftienDg;
hence,
2. A precious raluable article.
3. Applied to persons j keiki /iiwo, a dear
child.
Hi-WAA-WAA, adj. SeeMoijONA. Large;
faL, an a X^rge flcsliy person ; applied on'ly
to persons.
Hi-WA-Hi-WA, V. See Hiwa, adj. To be
greatly loved ; mostly witli hoo.
2. To be pleased with; to be satisflod
with, as a god with an offering ; to be uo-
ceptablc to ; e hoohiwahiwa kakou i ka
hana, let us make the work acceptable.
3. To pet i to treat a child, a servant or
an animal with delicacy iiol. 29:21.
Hi-WA-Hi-WA, s.' A person or thing
greatly beloved ; ^.pplied mostly to ani-
mals or children ; a pet ; a bele^ed one.
7Cani. 33:12. The beloved one. iufc. 23:35.
Hi-wA-Hi-wA, adj. See Hiwa. Thick;
dense ; black, as a cloud ; glossy black. ,
2. Acceptable ; desired by any one.
3. Very preoidus ; greatly esteemed. 1
Tes. 2:8. Greasy beloved. Isa. 5:1.
4. Meek; docile; he keiki hiwahiwa ia.
Hi-wi, V. To diminish, as a swelling ;
to flatten down, as a protuberance; ua Mwi
mai. Sec the compound Poo.»iiwi and Kua-
DIWI.
Hi-wi, s. The flat or depressed summit
of a protuberance.
Ho, V. To transfer, i. e., to bring here
or carry away, according as it is followed
by mai or alai. See Mai and Aku. Oram.
§ 233- arid 234. As, ho mai, bring here; lio
aku, carry away.
2. To bring ; to present. 1 Sam. 17:10.
To give or put away, as money at interest.
Mai. 15:5.
3. To carry or cause to be conveyed; to
transport ; to remove.
4. To produce; to bring forward, as food
on to the table. Kin. 43:31.
Ho, V. To cry out in a clamorous man-
ner
2. JFoo. Tu cause the voice to be raised;
to r^isis the voice to a high pitch.
3. To speak together, as in voting viva
voce; to "proclaira; to shottt acclamation
of approval Puk. 24:3.
4. To shout in triumph. los. 6:5. IIoolio
olioli, to triumph over one. Mai. 41:11.
5. To cry out for fear ; to cry. out in dis-
iresa. ifah. 14:1.
6. To wheeze ; to breathe hard, as in the
SJsthrjia; to snort; to blow, as a horse. See
Hooi(o in its place.
Ho, s. The asthma ; the lowing of cat-
tle, &c.
2. Eng. A farming utensil ; a hoe ; the
colter of a plow. 1 Sam. 13:20.
Ho. This syllable (see the two articles
above) has a 'neaning of its own, and as
such may enter into compound words; but
very often, as -. ill appear, it i» a contrac-.
tion of hoo. (See Hoo.) The contraction
is made before all *lie letters, but mostly
where the word commences with some of
the vowels, especially with the letter o.
Ho-A, s. A companion ; a fellow ; a
friend ; an assistant. It is found in laaaj
compounds ; as, hoapio, a fellow pi-isoner ;
hoamoe, a bed-fellow ; koahele, a traveling
companion, &c.
Ho-A, V. To strike on the head with a
stick.
2. To Jjpat, as kapa with a stick on »
stone. .
3. To strike, as in ^ghting.
4. To drive, *s cattlp,
Ho-A, V. To tie; to secure by tying:
to bind; to wind round, as a rope or string;
to rig up, as a canoe ; a ma ka wa e koa ai
ka waa, he kapu ka hoa ana. See A and
HoHOA. Alalia, koaia ka pou mo ka luhe-
lau.
Hc-A, 0. Ho for hoo, and a, to burn.
1. To kindle a fire; to btirn,i.e.,to cause
to blaze ; to make a U^jht. L/iieik. 77. To
rage, as a flame of love ; ua hoaia, Vj ahi,
enaena o ke aloha wela, th(; raging fire of
hot love blazed forth, Laieik. 204.
2. To comb or dress the hair or the head.
' 3. To cast or throw away ; e hookuke ;
hence,
4. To commit mischief, as a child.
Ho-A, s. A tying ; a binding.
Ho-A, adj. Unsteady; movable. See
HiA, adj.
Ho-AA, V. See Ho for hoo, and Aa, to
blaze. To kindle ; to cause to bum.
2. To stare; to look about in doubt. See
Aa, to be bold.
3. To mistake; to blunder; to go astray.
4. To challenge j to dare ; to provoke.
Ho-AA, s. A mistake; a blunder; an
error.
2. The kindling, i. e., small pieces of fuel
used in kindling a fire.
Ho-A-Ai, s. Hoa, companion, and ai, to
eat. An eating companion; a guest. 1
Not. 1:41.
Ho-A-Ai-NA, s, Hoa and ahta, land.
1. A person to whom the hakuaina or
konohiki commits the care of his land.
2. A husbandman; a tiller of the ground.
Hc-A-A-Hi, s. flofor^ofl, a, tobum,and
ahi, fire. Fire kindlings ; the materials for
HOA
166
HOA
causing a fiie to burn ; e imi mma o£ la no
ka hoaahi ana.
Ho-A-A-Htr, c. Ho for hoo, and adhu, to
clothe. To clothe ; to put on a garment ;
to give kapa or clothes to one. Mat. 25:36.
Ho-tA-A-LO-HA, s. lioa, rompanion, and
oZoAo, to love. Aftiend. Ioar;3:29. Abe-
loved companion; ja wa, ua iilo ko Hawaii
nei i poe hoaaloha no na misionari, at that
time the Hawaiians bepame friends to the
missionaries.
Ho-AA-MA-KA, V. Ho foT hoo, aa, bold,
and maka, eye. To beg for a thing by
looking wishfully at it.
Ho-A-A-NO, V. A factitious word; ho
for hoo, aa, to dare, and «6, a particle of
aflirmation, indeed ; truly ; hence, to have
confidence in one's self ; to brag; to ex-
press bravery.
Ho-A'A-NO, adj. See the verb. Forward;
presumptuous ; defying punishment.
2. Proud ; daring ; obstinate ; self con-
fident.
Ho-A-A-PiT, t'. lio for hoo, and aapu, to
warp ; bend up. To make a cup of the
hollow of the hand; e hoaapu. ae i kou
poho lima, make the palm of your hand
into a cup.
Ho-AE, V. Sfee Ho, v., and Ae, verbal
directive, ffrom. i§ 233, 5th. To move side-
ways ; to turn a little. Note. — The ae is
n; part of thfe verb.
2. To raise up : to cause to asc ; to
go up.
Ho-A-E-A, ». Ho fui- ^0, and acfl, to wan-
der about. To pretend to wander; to
make ae though one was a wanderer or
vagabond in order to accomplish a partic-
ular object.
Ho-Ai, V. Ho for hoo, and ai, food. -
1. To stir up ; to mix ; to make poi thin
with water that it may be fit for eating.
2. To unite two things together, as by
stretching or sewing kapas together.
3. To be singular in one's conduct or de-
portment.
Ho-Ai, s. The union of things sewed
together ; ka hoopili ana ma na hookuina.
2. In anatomy, a suture ; a joining ; hoai
manawa, coronal suture; tioai kaupakn,
sagittal; ftoai kala,lambdoidal; koai maha,
temporal suture, &c.
Ho-Ai-Ai, e. Ho for hoo, and aiai, to
be white.
1. To be clear ; white ; shining.
2. To cause to be white, &c.,'.i. e., to
, whiten; to clear oli rust or dirt freftn a
substance that it may shine.
S. To be clear; as the unclouded moon ;
to bo shining, as a light. •
4. To be proud; to be lifted up wi(,'i
pride.
Bo-.ki-Ai, s. See the foregoing. A soft
clear white light ; a pure light ; abstract
whiteness.
H(j-Ai-Ai,' a^j. White; clear; shining,
Ho-Ai-EA-N£, V. Ho{cThoo,aiani/cdne.
See AiKANB.
1. To 'fcommit the sin against nature ; to
-commit sodomv ; applied to either sex.
2. To be anlntimate friend of the s^me
sex, 1. e., to givp and 'receive favors ftom
one of the same sex. JUiieik. 81.
3. To act the part Of an aikane or inti*
Jteite friend;
4. To make friends, as two persons about
to flghti Lakik- 47.
Ho-Ai-KA-NE, s. A friend on terms of
reciprocity.
2. The house where such friends reside
or meet.
Ho-Ai-KO-irA, V. Ho for hoo. See Aikola,
Akola and Naikola.
1. To express triumph over one with
contempt for him ; to cause eontemptuons
treatment; to triumph over one with ex-
pressions of vanity and contempt.
2. To blackguard ; to triumph over an-
other's ills ; to reproach ; ua hoaikola mat
o Palu ia oe ; to rejoice or triumph over.
/«a.l4:8. ^-
3. To perplex ; to bring one into diffi-
culty.
4. To desire to have one put to death.
Ho-Ai-KO-LA, s. A sneer; a sneering ex-
pression of approval.
2. A contemptuous cheering, calling one
good fellow, wdl done, &c. ; in an ironical
sense, ku no ka akaiki o lakou ame ko lakou
hoaikola ana, their chuckling and their
false chemng hit us.
Ho-Ai-Lo-NA, ». SeeHAiLONA. To sound
the depth of water, i. e., to throw the lend.
2. To mark ; to set a mark upon one.
3. To cast lots for a thing. OihJc. 16:8.
In modern times, to play at dice.
Ho-Ai-LO-NA, i. See the verb. A mark;
a signal; a sign of somethiig differentfrom
what it appears to bo.
2. A sign or forerunner of something
coming to pass or expected. Oih. iHS.-
3. A part ropresonling the whole. Oihk.
2:2.
4. Something whose real signification is
different from the appearance. los. 4:7.
6. A sign; a pledge; a distinguishing
mark. Pitfc. 3:12. A sigiiet. PtjJIt. 28:11.
6. A target ; a mark to ahoot at 1 Sam.
20:20.
7. A lot cast, as in casting lots ; ma ka ■
hoaHona, by lot. Imnk. 20:9.
8. A scepter; a badge of authority.:
Heb. 1:9. See next word,
Ho-Ai-Lo-NA-MO-i, s. See Hoailona
above, and Moi, sovereignty. A scepter ;
HOA
167
HOA
a. badge or emblem of regal authority. Hal.
45:6. ■
Ho-A-i-MU, ij. flo for hoo, a, to burn, and
imu, oven. To kindle a fire in the oven ;
to heat the oven.
Ho-A-i-po-o-LA, V, See Aipoola and
PuupooLA. To gulp up wind from the stom-
ach after eating heartily.
s. In Hawai-
ian paiftotojj/, the
names of a class
of dUeases, all
fatal : the vniiki
Hp-Al-PU-KA-HA-LE,
Ho-A-KAI-PU-KA-HA-LE
Ho-A-KA-KU,
HoA-KA-KA-KAI,
the only remedy used.
Ho-Ai-PUU-pnu, V. Ho{orhoo,a.niaipuu-
\ puu, which see. To act the aipnupuu ; to
serve out provisions ; to distribute food.
Ho-Ao, V. Ed for hoo, and ao, to try.
1. To try the qualities of a thing; to taste;
to tempt ; to make trial ; as^ay ; to hegin.
Zflieiifc. 184
2. To cohabit after marriage ; to make
public a marriage contract a(ter Uie ancient
manner. ^
5. To prove ; to put to the test. 2 (Hhl.
8:1, *
4. To undertake ; to attempt Us^. 9:23.
6. To bang up ; e kaulai.
Ho-Ao, s. See the verb. Marriage after
the ancient custom of the islands.
2. The taste of any eatable. Nah. 11:8.
3. A temptation : a trial. Kani. 4:32.
Ho-AO, adj. The night of tiie day called
Huna ; mamua o ka po hoao o na alii, i ka
po 0 Huna.
Ho-A-o-LE-LO, s. Hoa, companion, and
oUHo, word. A companion''in conversation;
one consulted on business; a counsellor;
0 lakou nq jcp Kamebameba mau hoaoMo
no fcela mea keia mea nui o ke aupunl,
those were Kamehameha's counsellyrs con-
cerning every important matter of the king-
dom.
Ho-A-o-PU-i-NO-i-NO, s. Hoaa-niopuino,
evilly disposed. A companion in crime;
one alike evilly disposed with aflbtlier.
Ho-Air, V. Ed for koo, and au, to swim.
1. To move gently a little ; to dodge.
2. To bring forward and present on the
altar of the gods.
3. To offer a sacrifice ; to courtesy.
Ho-An, V. To strike; to beat with a
stick.
2. To wash clothes, as Hawaiians wash
clothes by beating them. See Hoauau.
Ho-AU-AU, V. Ho for hoo, and ati, to
swim, or auau, to wash. To wash the bbdy ;
to bathe; to cleanse away filth by batjjjng.
Ho-AU-Ar, s. See the verb. A washing;
a cleansing by the use of water.
Ho-Atr-*u, V. Ho {oT hoo, a.ni(iuau. See
• AuAD'4. To excite ; to stir up ; to hurry ;
to quicken. one to do a thing.
Ho-Atr-AU, *. Quickness in doing a
thing; haste.
2. Name of a sni^re used in catching
birds, like kipuka, pahele, ahele, &c:
Ho-AU-AU-WA-HA, V. Uo for hoo, auau
for au, and wgha. See Au*aha. To make
a ditch ; to plow a furrow.
Ho-AU-AE-Puu, ) V. jio for hoo, and
Ho-AU-WAE-PUU, y ouae, to be lazy. To
be lazy; indolent; inactive; to spend time
to no profit.
Ho-AU-AE-FTiu, s. See AOAE. Indolence;
loitering ; inactive ; disposed to treat wi*h
contempt.
Ho-Atr-;HEE, V. Ho foT hoo, and auhee.
See Hkis, to flee. To cause to flee, as an
anny ; to rout ; to put to ^ight.
Ho-AU-HEE'HEE, V.- Seeabove. Tocon-
yergp pftMi^SB generally.'
Ho-AU-Lu; mj. Nice; well dressed;
straight as a stick ; skillful ; mikioi, pala-
waiki, hoakamai.
Ho-Au-MOfE, V. Ho for hoo, and aumoe,
to sleep.
X. To sleep with ; to lie in oi),e'8 bosoin.
2. To fondle ; to cherish in the bosom, as
a child or a pet.
Ho-AU-MO-E, s. A cherishing; a fond-
ling, as a child or a pet animal ; fondness ;
attachment.
Ho-AU-NA, V. Ho for hoo, and auna, a
flock. To collect together, as a flock of
birds.
Ho-A-u-NA, s. Sba, companion, and MMffi,
to send. . A companion of a messenger; one
who accompanies a messenger.
Ho-ADT-HTT-LU, V. To converse. See Ho-.
AUHGEUEE.
Ho-A-HA, V. Ho {or hoo, sjai aha, a. cord.
To make or braid together the strings for
a palabash ; to tie up a fS^lajj^s}) ; e hoalia
ika ipu.
Hu-A-kA-A-HA, V. To sit cross-legged,
a la Turk, in eating.
2. To be proud ; high-minded ; ;hc ka-
naka koahaafiii. '
3. To be bent up ; stujjted ; crooked out
of shape.
Ho-A-HA-NA, s. Eoa, companion , and
luana, to work. A fellow laborer in any
kind of business. 1 Kor. 3:9.
•Ho-A-HA-NAU, s. Hoa, companion, and
hanau, to be bom. A companion by birth;
a kindred ; some blood relation ; a rela-
uve ; a brother in an extensive Sense. 1
(3fW. 9:25. In a modern sense, a fellow
professor of religion.
Ho-A-HA-NAU-NA, s. Hoa, ccAnpaniou.
ar ' himauna, relations. Relatives of oae's
HOA
168
HOA
ovm clan, tribe or nation. Oal. 1:14. See
Hanauka.
Ho-A-HA-Ai-NA, V. Ho for hoo, aha, col-
lection, and aiTia, to eat. To cause a col-
lection for eating ; to make a feast.
Ho-A-HA-Ai-NA, s. Ho for Jma (one a
dropped), and ahaaina, a feast. A fellov/
feaster ; one at the same feast.
Ho-A-HE-LE, s. Hoa and hele, to go. A
fellow traveler, los. 14:8.
Ho-A-HE-WA, ) ^. See Ahewa and
Hoo-A-HE-WA, ) Hewaw a finding or pro-
nouncing guilty of a crime, by wrong ; to
condemn.
-Ho-A-Hi-A-Hi, V. Ho for hoo, and ahiahi,
evening. To darken; to obscure; to cause
a thing to be obscure in vision; to be
neither clear nor dark.
Ho-A-Ho, V. Ho for ^0, and oAo, breath.
1. To give breath, i.^.J. deliverance iVom
immediate danger ; to put one in safety
from danger.
2. To be quick; to hasten; to do quickly.
3. To Idndle a iirei
Ho-A-Ho, V. Ho and aJu>, a string.
1. To make or twist strings for a house.
2. To tie aho oh to a' building. See Aho.
Ho-A-HO, s. Quickness; rapidity.
2. One who has escapecl a place of pro-
tection.
Ho-A-HO-A, V. See Hoa, to strike. The
frcq. conj. of lioa. To strike or smite fre-
quently.
2. To break fuel, as Hawaiians did be-
fore liiey had axes.
3. To cause the hair to stand erect; e'
hookuku ae i ka lanobo iluna.
Ko-A-Ho-Ai s. A striking, smiting, &c.
2. The name of the mallet with which
kapa (the wauki) was beaten.
HotA-hc-a-a-ka, v. Tq cause a fire to
bum ; to'make a blaze ; to make a shining
light.
Ho-a-ho-a-a-ka, s. a burnipg fire; a
blaze ; a bright light.
Ho-A-Hoo-LAU-KA-NA-KA, s. Hoa, friend,
hoo, causative; lau, the number 400, ka-
naka,'men.
1. A friend of the increase of men ; one
friendly to the multitude.
2. The multitude itself ; aloha oe e kuu
iMahoolaukanaka o kahi kanaka ole, good
morning mj friend of, the peoplfi where there
are none.
Ho-A-Hoo-i-Li-NA, s. Hoa, companjp'n,
hoo, causative, and Uina, an inheritance.
A fellow heir to an inheritance.
Ho-A-Hu, V. Ho for Aoo, and aku, a col-
lection of things.
1. To cause a collection or gatherinig to-
gether.
2. To lay np. aa goods for future use.
Mai. S:26.
3. To collect articles; to lay np in heaps.
4. To lay up against one, as aager ; e
hoahu ana i ka huhu maluna o kela poe.
Ho-A-HTJ, V. To esteem lightly; to des-
pise ; to contemn ; to dislike ; to be dissat-
isfied with,
Hp-A-Hu, s. An assemblage of things ;
a collection.
2. A collecting, as of property ; a gath-
ering together.
3. Dislike ; contempt for a thing.
Ho-A»HU, adj. Disagreeable ; unsatis-
factory.
Ho-A-KA, t). To lift up 5 io lift up, as a
spear in fighting. 2. Sam. 23:18.
2. To drive away -^ to frighten.
3. To open; to open the mouth in speak-
ing. See Oaka. Hoik. 13:0'.
4. To glitter ; to shine ; to be splendid.
^ahitm, 2:3.
Ho-A-KA, u. Ho for hoo, and oka, to
laugh. To cause one to laugh ; to laugh ;
to be pleased.
Ho-A-KA, s. A name of one of the kapu
days ; the second day of the moon.
2. The crescent of the new moon ; the
hollow of the new moon.
3. The arch or Hntel over a door. Pvk.
12:7.
4. In speakAng, ft defense ; an apology.
Ho-A-KA, s. Brightness; shining; a
glittering ; a flaming torch. Nahum. 2:3.
Glory, as of a people, i. e., their liberty ;
;-'^' freedom.
Ho-A-KAA, ) p. To covet ; to desire
Ho-A-KA-A-KA, \ earnestly.
Ho-A-KA-A-KA, '-. Ho for hoo, and aka,
to laugh.
1. To cause laughter; to cause one to
laugh.
2. To laugh at ; to mock ; to reproach.
Ho-A-KAtr-A, s. Hoa, companion, and
kaua, war.
1. A tellow soldier.
2. One against whom a soldier is fight-
ing ; an antagonist ; hoapaio.
Ho-AtKau-wa, s. Hoa, companion, and
kauvm,, a servant. A fellow servant. Hoik.
19:10.
Ho-A-KA-KA, V. Ho for hoo, and dkaka,
clear ; explicit. To make plain ; clear ;
to render explicit; to explain; to interpret.
Ho-A-KA-KA, ,.s. An explanation; an
opening of what is intricate.
Ho-A-KA-KA-fA, adj. Expressed; stated;
proved; rendered explicit; approved. Oik.
2:22,
Ho-A-KA-KA-KAi, s. Name of a disease,
generally fatal.
HOA
169
HOA
Ho-A-KA-KE-A, s. Hoaka and kea, a cross.
The arch over a door ; a lintol.
Ho-A-KA-KU, ». Ho for Iwo, and akaku,
a vision. To have a vision with the eyes
open. 3e« Axakv,
Ho-a-katKU, s, a vision.
Ho-A-KA-KU, s. Name of a fatal disease;
an internal disease.
Ho-A-KA-LA-KA-i/A, s. A bracelet made
of hog's teeth.
Ho-A-KE-A, V. Ho for hoo, and akea,
broad. To make broad or wide : to cause
enlargement ; hence, to delivci from diffi-
culty.
Ho-A-KE-A-iA, s. Enlargement; escape;
deliverance. ISset. 4:14.
Ho-A-Ki, V. To withhold from the land-
lord htB due ; /toa/d I ka hakuaina.
Ho-A-Ko-A, s. .Hbas, companion, and Aoa,
soldier. A fellow soldier ; one under the
same leader. PUip. 2:25. See Hoakaua.
Ho-A-KO-A-KO-A, u Ho for hoo, and
akoakoa, to assemble.
1., To assemble ; to come together, as
men.
2. To collect, as things generally. See
Akoakoa.
Ho-A-KU-KA, I s. floa, companion,
Ho-A-KU-KA-KU-KA, ) and kuka, to con-
snlt. A fellow counsellor ; an advisor.
Bom. 11:34..
Ho-A-tA, V. Ho for kpo, sSai ala, to rise
1. "^o raise up from a prostrate position.
2. To awake irom sleep; to cause one to
awake.
3. To raise up ; to excite ; to stir up ;
applied to the mind.
4. To rouse one to action.
Ho-A-LA'A-iA, V. The intensive of the
foregoing.
Ho-A-LAU-NA, s. Hoa, companion, and
launa, friendly. A companion on intimate
terms ; an intiinate friend always near. 2
Sam. 15:37. One in the habit of rendering
kind offices ; a neighbor. Puk. 12:4.
Ho-A-LA-KAA, V. Ho for, Iwo, ola, road,
and km, to roll. To cause to roll ; to roll
along a road.
Ho-A-LA-iJi., V. Ho for hoo, and alala,
• to cry out. See Alala. To make one cry
oat, as the alala.
Ho-A-i,A-LA-Hr-.A, V. To Stir one asleep
so as to wake him: to punch; to touch; to
shake so' as to waj;en one ; hoaMaMa aku
ua kane hele loa nei au la.
Hn-A-LA-wA-iA, s. Hoa, companion, and
hwaia, a fisherman. A fellow flshorman ;
a fishing corupaniou.
Ho-'-LA-WE-HArNA, s. fliw. Companion,
22
laiof,, to bear, and hana, woVfc. A fellow
laborer : a, fellow workman ; a helper ; an
assistant. JSzer. 5:3. gee Lawf.hana.
Ho-A-LA-WE-pu, s. Hoa and lawe, to
carry, and pu, together. One wlio works
with another; a partner in labor. Pilrni. 17.
Ilo-A-LE-A-LE, V. Ho for hoo, and ale, a
wave. To make or cause waves in water ;
to stir up, as water. See AixalK.
Ho-A-Li, V. To shake ; to wave an of-
fering made to the gods: to swing; to move
to and fro. Pvk. 29:24. To wave, as an
offering. Naif.. 5:26.
2. To offer, as a sacrifice. Nah. 8i21.
3. To stir up, as ashes.
Ho-A-Li, adj. That which maybe waved.
Puk. 29:24 Mohai hoali, a wave-offering.
Ho-A-Li-A-Li, V. See Hoali 2. To offer
freqiicntly to the gods.
Ho-a-li-a-li, v. Ho for hoo, and diali.,
to whiten. To make white, as snow or
paper.
Ho-A-Lii, adj. /To for Aoo, and aZii, chief ;
king. Causing a royal appearance; imi-
tating royalty; royal; kingly; kapa houiii,
clothing of tapestry. iSW. 31:22.
Ho-A-Lii, s. Hoa, companion, and alii,
chie(. A contraction for hooalii or hoa'lii.
The companion of the king or high chief;
kukuluia i bale kamala no ka/iouTii, a moe
no ka hoalii ma ua bale la.
Ho-A-LO, V. SbforAoo,anda/o, tododge.
1. To shun or avoid ; to escape from. 1
Pcf. 3:11. To pass over or by. fso. 46:27.
2. To skip over, as in counting; ka hana
i kekahi la, ka noho wale .1 kekahi la, to
work one day, to do nothing one day. See
Alo.
Ho-A-Lo, s. A man that works, then
ceases, then works by spells.
Ho-A-Lo-A-Lo, V. SeeHoALo. To dodge
or pass by frequently.
Ho-A-LO-AA, s. Hoa, companiori, and
loaa, to obtain.
1. A follow receiver; a. partaker with
one. 1 P&l. 5:1.
2. One who receives as much as another;
ka loaa like.
Ho-A-Lo-HA, s. A contraction for /«?z-
doka. A friend ; a beloved companion :
one on friendly terms. Seft Hoaaloba.
Ho-A-LQ-HA, ) V. Ho for hoo, and
Ho-A-LO-HA-LO-HA, ) aXoha, to love.
1. To love ; to fondle ; to cherish.
2. To give thanks for Efomething received.
1 K<yr. 11:24
3. To make suit to ; to pay respects lo.
/o6. 11:19. To apply to for a favor. Laieik.
72.
Ho-A-iio-A-LO-HA-Lo-HA, s. Foetic : koa,
cf"npanion, and aloha, love. Those who
HOA
170
HOA
converse often together, who are chief
friends and love eacli other. -
Ho-A-tu , ■ V. Ho for hoo, and alu, flexible.
1. To be flexible ; to loosen ; to hang
down,
2. To tow down ; to make low ; to be
humble ; to courtesy. See Ar.o.
Hp-A-LU, „. Flexibility; pliableness ;
humility ; a bending down.
Ho-A-LU, adj. Yielding; bending; loose;
hanging down.
Ho-A-Lff-A-Ltr, V. See Hoalu and Alu.
To be soft ; flexible ; yielding.'
2. To bow down ; to be humble.
Ho-A-LTT-A-Lu, s. Softness ; a pelding
to any pressure ; humility.
Ho-A-LU-A-LTT, adj- Hanging loosely;
bending down ; yielding.
Ho-A-Lu-Hi, s. Hoa, companion, and
hihi, fatigue from labor. A companion or
fellow laborer in any work or business,
whether there be much or little fatigue;
eia keia, e o'u hoaluhi.
Ho-A-MA, V. To begin to ripen, as obias
and othei- fruit, but not yet soft.
Ho-A-NA, *. A hone ; a whetstone ;' a
grindstone.
2. He hoana e paa ai ka waa, a polishing
stone for finishing a canoe.
Ho-A-NA, V. To rub, as with a stone ;
to grind, as with a grindstone. See Anai.
But hookala is more often used for grind-
ing, i. e., for sharpening tools.
2. To make believe ; to make pi-etense.
Ho-A-NA, s. The name of a species of
fish, large and singularly abmpt behind,
as if cnt off in the middle ; the diodon.
'Ho-A-NA-A-NA-PTJU, ) y. See HoANA, to
Ho-A-NA-PUTJ, ) grind. To twist; to
bend ; to undulate, as the air.
; 2. To throw up in heags.
Ho-A-iTA-A-NA-puTJ, ) g. A cTooMng ; a
Ho-A-NA-PUU, ) bending ; an undu-
lating motion; protuberances. See AsAPun.
Ho-A-NA-E, V. To lay up; to stow away
for future use. 1' Pet. 1:4.
2. 'To set aside ; to reserve. Iitd. 6. To
lay aside, i. e., to conceal. Note. — In Oihk.
8:12 hoana is printed tbr Aoano, to sanctify,
to consecrate, and in acme senses h/iana is
similar in meaning to hoano.
Ho-A-NA-jiu-A, V. Ho for koo, and a7ia-
?it«i, stooping; bending. To stoop; to bend
over, as a tall, slim man who walks stoop-
shouldered. See ASahua and Kanahua.
Ho-A-KA-Htr-A, s. A izil, slim, stoop-
shouldered man.
2. Anything like a humpbacked person.
See Kanahla.
Ho-A-NA-KAA, V. HouTia, grindstone, and
fcaa, to turn, To turn a grindstone; to grind
or sharpen, as an edged tool.
Ho^A-NA-KAA, s. A grindstone. See Ho-
ana. .
Ho-A-HA-PA, V. Ho for hoo, and anapi,
~ to flash ; to shine.
1. To exhibit a flashing light ; to cause
sudden reflected light, as from a mirror.
2. To flash, as lightning ; to gHttcr. See
Anapa.
Ho-A-NA-PA, s. Light from reflection;
a bright flswhing light, like lightning ; any
reflected or sudden light.
Ho-A-NA-PATT, V, To t.um, as on hinges.
2. To^bentl, as a flexible piece of timber;
to form a cv.rve. See Axapau.
Ho-A-NA-PA0, s. See Anapau. A turn-
ing ; a place of turning ; a hinge joint ; a
bending : a crook.
Ho-A-NA-PUU, V. See HoANAAKAPUtr
above. To crook, as a piece of timber; to
be uneven, as a rope of unequal size ; to
project; to make an angle. See,AsAPuu.
Ho-A'-JTA-Puu, s. A crook; a bending;
a protuberance.
Ho-.4|-N0, «. Ho for hoo, and ano, form.
1. To reverence in the highest degree.
Mat. 6:9. To hallow. Oihk. 10:3. To be
holy. OUik. 11:45.
2. To set apart ; to consecrate ; to lay
up, as a sacred deposit; to put by; to keep
back.' See Hoaxae.
3. Soano e, to set apart for a particular
purpose, either good or bad; to keep back;
to conceal ; to embezzle property.
4. To dare ; to venture.
5. To be proud ; to be full of self confi-
dence, Rom. 2:17.
6. To change one's appearance ; to ap-
pear wiiat on» is not ; to disgnise. 2 Sam.
28:8.
Ho-A-No,.s. See the verb. Pride; self
confidence; a high, daring spirit. SeeHoA-
ANO and Aano. Boasting of one's bravery.
See Haako.
HotA-no, adj. Sacred. Puk. 3:5. De-
voted to sacred uses. Oihk. 5:15, 16. Con-
secrated.
Ho-A-No-Ho, s. Jt'oa, companion, and
noho, to dwell. A neighbor ; one who re-
sides with or near Tjy another. los. 20:5,
Ho-A-PAi-o, s. Hoa, companion, and
paio, to contend. An antagonist ; a fello^r
wrestler or fellow fighter. 2 Sam. 2:16.
Ho-A-PA-o-Ni-o-Ni, «. Hoa, companion,
and paonimii, to struggle. A fellow con-
tender. See Paonioni.
Ho-A-PA-PU-A, s. Hoa, companion, and
papua, to throw arrows. One who plays
with or bets with anothi^r in the game of
papua.
HOA
171
HOE
Ho-A-Pi, V. See Hoaki.
Ho-A-pi-o, s. Hoa, fellow, and pih, pris-
oner. A fellow prisoner. Pjiem. 23.
Ho-A-pi-Li, s. i^a, companion, and pz'/i,
to adhere. One who attaches himself to a
chief and goes with hira constantly ; a
friend. 7/*i;. 16:3. An attache. Notk. —
Tl)iis was the name given to the late Gov-
ernor of Maui, from his attachment to Ka-
muhameha I. His original name was Ulu-
maheihei.
Ho-A-pi-Pi, V. To be united together, as
two canoes, but not like a double-canoe ;
he waaaole i ho(tpi,piia, ho waa hookahi.
Ho-A-PO-No, V. Ho for hoo, and apono,
to approve. To pronounce blameless ; to
approve ; to find not guilty on trial.
Hp-A-po-No, adj: Approved as not in
error ; right.
Ho-A-WA, V. Ho for Jmo, and taoa, bitter.
1. To cause bitterness; to make bitter to
the taste.
2. Fio. To be hard ; to be cruel ; to op-
press ; more often hoawwivia.
ilo-A-WA, i. Name of a tree or shrub.
Ho-A-WAA, s. The tackling or rigging
up of a canoe, tying on the ako, &c. ; o ka
ajfa, he mea hoawaa ia, a e holo ai.
Ko-A-wA-A-wA, V. Ho for hoo, and awa-
awa. See Awa.
1. To be bitter to the taste; to make
bitter ; to cause bitterness.
2. To be hard ; to be cruel ; to embitter
one's life ; to curse.
Ho-A-WA-A-WA, s. Bitterness to the
taste. Fio. Hardship.
Ho-A-wA-A-wA, adj. Bitter to the taste;
severe ; cruel ; hard.
Ho-A-WA-A-WA, s. Bitterness; sourness;
badness.
2. A rising in the stomach from sourness
or other causes.
Ho-A-WA-Hi-A, V. For hoawaia, passive.
To be bitter; to enuse bitterness; to cause
sadness, sorrow, snifering. See Awa and
AWAUIA.
Ho-A-WA-WA, V. Ho{oxhoo,s.nA,awawa,
a ditch. To make a ditch or furrow. See
AWAWA.. .
Ho-A-WE, t). Ho for hoo, and awe, to
carry on the back. To carry on the back,
»g a child br'a person. See Awe and Lawb.
Ho-A-wE, s. Ho and awe, a burden. A
burden ; a weight carried on the back.
Ho-A-WE-A-WE, s. Anything made small
or diminished.
Hb-A-WE-A-WE-A, V. To discolor; to be
colored a reddish brown, like red that is
faded-
Ho-A-WE-A-WE-A, s. A rcddish color ;
an indistinct color, like the sea at times.
Ho-A-WE-A-WE-A, adj. Faded ; discol-
ored.
I klkchukohu hoaweavira a ke kai. — Mele.
Ho-E, s. A paddle for a canoe ; an oar
for a boat.
Ho-E-u-M, s. A rudder.
Ho-E -HA, V. Ho for hoo, and eha, pain.
To cause pain ; to give pain.
Ho-E-HA-E-HA, u 36 for hoo, and eha-
eha, the reduplication of eha. To give pain,
bodily or mentally ; to vex ; to harass ; to
get one into perplexity ; to oppress.
Ho-E-HA-E-HA, s. Pain ; distress, either
of body or mind ; vexation ; peg)lexity.
Ho-E-HA-E-HA, adj. Painful; distress-
ing ; difficult ; treublesome.
Ho-E-HO-E, s. See Hoe. The shoulder-
blade, from Its resemblance to a canoe pad-
dle ; ka iwi ma ke kumu o ka iwi ulnna.
Ho-E-HO-E, V. See Hoe, a paddle? To
row a canoe or boat here and there.
Ho-E-HO-E, s. A wind instrument among
Hawaiians somewhat resembling the flute.
Ho-E-HO-E-NA, e. See Hoehoe above
and Ana. To play softly on the hoehoe ;
hence,
2. To be joyftil. See Hoenb.
3. To bore; to pierce through in boring;
e hoehoena iloko o ka pepeiao.
Ho-e-ho-e-ke, v. To be poor; destitute;
sick.
Ho-E-Htr, V. Ho for hoo, and ehu, to
scare awajr.
1. To drive or frighten away ; e hoehu i
ka puaa e ku mai nei, drive away the pig
standing here.
2.. To do a thing quickly.
Ho-E-LE-E-LE, V. Ho for hoo, and eleele,
dark. To make black ; to darken.
Ho-E-LE-i-Ki, s. Robberv; a lying in
wait to rob one ; deceit ; treachery.
Ho-E-Lo, -0. To urg'e on ; to push along ;
to cram down ; e ohiki iloko.
2. To kindle up, as a flame ; o ke ahi
nana e hoelo wela.
Ho-E-iiO, adj. Urging; throwing in.
Ho-E-LO-E-LO, V. f o press on ; to urge
forward.
Ho-E-Mi, V. Ho for hoo, and emi, to lessen.
1. To cause a diminution ; to lessen.
2. To shrink; to become blunt, as an
edged tool.
3. To return backwards ; to fall behind.
i. To drive back ; to put down.
Ho-E-Mi-E-Mi, V. SeeHoEMi. To shrink
. back, as the mind ; to doiibt ; '> heatnie.
Ho-E-MX!, V. Ho for hoo, and emu, to
HOI
172
HOI
throw away. To cast away j to banish ; to
8cnd aw»jf ; to drive off; to drive off as
one drives off hope.
Ho-E-NA, V. Ho for hoo, and ena, to
lage, as fire.
J. To eause to burn ; to glow with heat.
, 1 2. To be In anger J to esiibit a high de-
gree of anger. See Ena.
Ho-E-NA-E-NA, V. To gloW, as stones
red hot in a fire. See Bna.
Ho-E-KE, V. To sing 5 to be joyful ; to
play well on an inatrnment.
Ho-E-NE, s. Pleasure; enjoyment; oka
/toeiic ku 0 ka uwe a ka laniL
Ho-E-NE, u To give an injection; e
balalo ; to administer medicine.
Ho-E-NE, s. A syringe.
Ho-E-No, V, Ho for Aoo, afld eno, to be
wtld. To run aa wild ; to be scary, as an
animal once tame, ]}ut has become wild.
S^e Ahiu.
HorE-PA, V. Ho for hoo, and epa, to de-
ceive. To deceive; to cheat; to act basely
in everything. See Epa,
Ho-E-PA-E-PAj V. Freq. of the foregoing,
To act out a general bad character ; to
^tea) ; to cheat ; 'to slander, &e. See Epa.
Ho-E-wA, V. Ho for hoo, and ewa, to
turn aside. To be one-sided; to lean over;
to sway to and fro like an old grass honsd
in the wind.
Ho-E-WAA, V, Hoe, paddle, apd waa,
canoe. To row or paddle a canoe.
Ho-E-WAA, s. An oarsman; one ^ho
rows a boat or paddles a canoe. Laieik. 8S.
Ho-i, V. To return ; to go back ; inth
hou, to return again ; imperativflg, e hoi,
and o Iwi, go back^; retnm. .
Ho-i, adv. Also ; besides ; moreover ;
indeed ; an intensive word ; no hoi, also ;
besides.
Hoi, s. The name of a vine bearing a
bulbous root, eaien in time of scarcity,
acrid to the taste.
Hoi, s, Thenameofa state of marriage
among chiefs.
Ho-j-i, V. Ho for hoo, and ii, parsimo-
nious.
1. To save; to gather together little
things.
2. To be close ; pirsimonious ; pinching
in a bargain.
.3. To squeezo or work out of anotheE
some little favor.
4. Tone hard ny,('a: tc oppress; applied
fj; )j( •.',;;:■• ' ''nr '.•1',',;ij':M(.' piu^xwcb ; oka
luiokohu! ';;iii r.'.u' \\i hoii a katjal-iii iiCi ke
Aiiiii Sec i; Mii-1 iviii 3.
Hu-i-i, i. Stinginesi!; closeness in deal-
ing ; hard and cruel oppression upon the
weak and poor. ,
Ho-i-i-MA-KA, V. Ho for hoo, ii, to be
hard, and maka, face.
. 1. To forbid or discountenance iniquity
openly, but favor it aieoretly in practice.
2. To play the hypocrite. See Hon.
Ho-i-o, s. A species of plant, the tender
leaves of which are used for herbs.
Ho-i-o-LE, V. Ho for hoo, and iole, a
mouse. To cause to rush upon ; to seize,
as a cat does a mouse ; to bold fast.
2. To force ; to compel.
Ho-i-o-MO, V. Ho for hoo, and iomo, to
fall into the water without spattering. To
bung up ; to stop, as with a cork or bung^
Ho-i-u, V. Ho for hoo, and iu, to ky a
kapu.
1. To lay a kapn upon a person, place or
thing ; to consecrate such person, place or
thing to a particular purpose.
2. To create fear, as fear was connected
with this kapu.
3. To be afraid. See Iu.
Ho-i-u, s. Fear ; trembling ; anxiety.
Ho-l-Hi, adj. Afer off; at a very great
distance. See Lomi.
Ho-i-HO-i, V, See Hoi, Used actively, to
I return a thing to its former place ; to re-
.' store ; to bring back. 2 Sam. 19:10, 11.
' 2. To send back ; to dismiss.
3. To change one thing for another.
4. To retnm ; to restore, as a rebellious
people to their allegiance. 1 Nal. 12:21.
5. To return an answer; e koHwi i ka
olelo. M. 35:4.
Ho-i-Ho-i, B. In a neuter sense, to re-
turn ; to go back ; used for hoi.
Ho-i-Htf-i, 0. To be pleased; to rejoice;
tobejoyfnl.
2. ttoo. To refresh ; to assist ; to g^ve
pleasure. 2 Tim, 1:16. To be greatly con-
soled. Heb. 6:18.
3. To reprove. 2 Tim. 4:2.
Ho-i-HO-i, s. Joy; gladness; good feel-
ing; rejoicing; cheerfulness. Bom. 12:8.
Gratification m a thing. Neh. 4:6. Me ka
hoihoi, me ka hauoli ame ka manao lana,
with good feeling, with joy and with hope.
Ho-i-Ho-i, adj. Glad; joyful; gratified;
well pleased.
Ho-i-Hou, V. Hoi, to return, and hoi:,
again. To return again.
Ho-i-Hou, s. In music, name of the char-
acter signifying a repeat.
Ho-i-Ho-PE V. Hoi, to return, and hope,
back^vards. To go back after an advanioe;
to return hj fori!!':.- rn'acticeaafk'rareform-
atioti ; to rev(\i.!ij as one taken captive ; to
turn bac!.-. Ici: 6:28.
Ho-i-KE, V. .Hb for Aoo, and i^e, to know.
HOI
173
HOC)
1. T6 cause to know ; to make known.
2. To show; to make a displ^; e nnihi,
c pufca iwaho j to put outside for appear-
ance; to exhibit; to explain, as a language.
Ho-i-KE, s. That which shows or is
shown ; an exhibition, as of a school ; a
witness of an event ;' a witness in a court
of justice. Stn. with ikemaka, also hoike-
maka, an eye-witness. PiKp. l:8r
Ho-i-KE, adj. Exhibiting; showing;
making plain.
Ho-i-KE, adv. Openly; visibly; clearly.
Ho-i-KE-A-NA, s. A showing; exhibiting.
2. The name of the last book in the
Bible, BevehiiUms.
Ho-i-KE-i-KE, V. Ho for hao, and Uce, to
kcow. To kiiow, more particularly than
hoike; to make I^nown clearly; to commu-
nicate knowledge ; to point oat tniUis or
facts.
Ho-i-M, V. J!/ofor^o, and «2i, to strike;
to hit.
1. To cause to bring or to come upsn
one.
5S. To place npM(, i. e., to put on board
a ship.
3. To strike Upon, as a ship upon a rock ;
to go ashore ; to strand.
i. To fall to on^, as property firom 4
parent ; to inherit.. See Im.
Ho-i-Li-i-Li, P. Hi) for hoo, and HiUi, to
collect
1. To collect together, as things of any
kind in one place. ''
2. To lay up ; to heap together.
Ho-i-Lo, s. The season of the yeat
answering to winter in more northern lati-
tudes.
2. Winter, the stormy season, from the
interruption of re^lar trade winds., ^otio
is nsed in opposition to kau, the hot or
summer season. Ttte word is also written
hooilo.
Ho-i-LO, adj. Wintry; pertaining to
winter. ler. 36:22.
IJo-i-Lo-i-Lo, V. To guess before hand ;
: to predict something future ; especiaUy, to
predict evil ; to tell one when he was sick
that he would die; ihoUoUo mai o mea ia'u
e make, a ua ola ; to give up a sick person
to die as incurable.
Ho-i-u-HU-NE, V. Ho for hoo, and Ui-
hune,poof, destitute.
1. To make one poor; to deprive one of
his property.
2. To be humble ; lowly. See Ilihomb.
Ho-z-Li-KO-LE, V. Ho fox hoo, aaAUikde,
raw skin. Like the foregoing, only more
strong. To make very 'poor; to deprive
of all comforts. See Iuxoi&
Ho-i-Mi, V. flb for /tea, and mi, to seek.
To search diligently.
Ho-i-NAi-NA, V. Ho for hoo, and irutina,
anger. To cause hatred ; to stir up anger ;
to, provoke one to*nger.
Ho-i-NA-i-NA, V. See Ina. To ease off;
to hang down ; to crook.
Ho-i-MO, V. Ho fdr hoo, and im, bad.
1. To curse one. litem. 17:43. To vex;
tu harass; to harm; to injure; to cause
reproach.
■ 2. To make filthy ; to defile. See Im.
Ho-i-No, s. Reproach; contempt. 1
Sam. 17:26.
Ho-i-No, adj. Berena hoino, bread of
affliction. KanL 16:3.
Ho-i-No, adv. Mai olelo koi?io, do not
revile. Puk. 22:28.
Ho-i-NO-iA, s. That which is contempt-
ible ; A reproach ; contempt Kin. 30:23.
Ho-i-NO-i-NO, V. Ho for hoo, and inoino
(see Ino), to deface. To disfigure ; to .sad-
den ; to diseoiae, as the face by auBlerity.
Mat. 6:16. '
Ho-i-N0, V. Ho tor hoo, and inu, to
drink. To give dmk; to cause ouc to
drink ; generally written hohainu.
Ho-i-po, \v. Ho for hoo, and ipo,
Ho-l-po?l-tO, j a paramour. To commit
fornication or adultery secretly.
Ho-i-wi, V. Ho for hoo, and itei, crooked.
See Itr, cdj. To turo ibt ^e-ball from its
natural position ; to turn the eyes aside ;
to squint 5 to tie cross-eyed.
Hoo. This word is the causative prefix
to verbs : as, moZu, to shade, koomalu, to
cause a shade, to overshadow ; p<mo, good,
right, hoopono, ia correct, to make right ;
aJ'ea, to be broad, hooakea or hoakea, to
cause to be broad, L e., to extend, enlarge,
&o. See Oram. § 33 and § 212, and- Sie
conjugations 7, 8, 11, 12, 15 and 16.
This prefix, wottgh originally adapted to
the verb, continues its innucnce though the
verb with its causative prefix becomes a
noun, adjective or adverb. Ua hele oiit, i
ka hoike, he has gone to the exhibiUon; he
kanaka hoopunipuni, a man earising decep-
Uan, i. e., t, deeti^vl man ; olclo hooino iho
la, he spoke causing reproach, i. e., he spoke
reproachfully. Before words whose first
letter is a vowel, the last o of the lioo fre-
quently coalesces^ with the vowel of the
word following, parlicttlarly before a, e and.
o; as, hoano for hooano; hook for hobole,
&Q. (See tiie pi^ceding pages from the
word hoaa to hoo.) Some words have haa
for their causative prefix instead of Koo;
as, haaheo for booheo (from heo, pride), to
be haughty. Tfaisfom seems to com ..from
the Tanitian dialect ,; A few words take
both forms for their causative, as /toonui
And haamii, from nut, to .be large. Eomoi,
HOO
m
HOO
U) give, is used for hooawi, but haawi is
used oftener than either.
Strictly speaking, hoo in a Dictionary
>:l)Oulcl not begin a verb, but verbs liaving
this prefix .shoulc! be set in tlieir places,
and tbeir meanings be modified by the hoo
as it occiirs} as, ike, to know, &c., hoo. or
ho.; to oause tio know, to sliow, to exhibit ;
ilfc.ia, t<j be known, hoo., to be made known,
to be shown ; ifceifce, to know clearly, hoo.,
to make known clearly or frequently, &c.;
but a large class of words have been found
beginning with the causative prefix hoo,
whose roots are not, known or have not
come to light, or are out of use. It is true,
such a root might be assumed as being in
existence or having once existed,' as Greek
Lexicographers often assume an obsolete
theme; but there would be much danger
in Hawaiian of getting the wrong word :
hence, we know not where to put such roots
unless we retain the hoo for the beginning
of the word. This occasions some repeti-
tion, but it is hoped it will not be a serious
iuconvenience. The following words be-
ginning with hoo are such as were first
found in that form and wliose root was not
known. They are now retained in that form
because many are other parts of speech
than verbs. Where the words beginning
with hoo have been defined under their
roots, Wie definitions here will be very short
and the reader referred to the root.
Ho-o, V. ]3ff for hoo, and o, to pierce.
See the verb 0. To pierce ; to stab ; to
cause to enter ; to thrust or put in.
2. To furnish ; to supply. lob. S8:36. '
3. To stretch out ; toejctead.asthehand
to do a thing.
Ho-0, V. To caus3 to enter; to put
one's hand iu his pocket ; ]u)o iho la 1 ka
poi, kokulu iwaho.
Hoo-A, V. To break; to break up, as
fuel 5 to break to pieces.
2. To vomit ; to be sick at the stomach.
See HoowA.
H60-A, s. A breaking up J a separating.
Hoo-AA, ) J,. The o and a coalescing
Hoo-WAA, ) give the sound of to. See ©j-am.
§ 13:7, note.
1. To dig up, as a trench ; to dig, as with
an 00 or spade.
2. To wander about without friends ; to
be destitate.
Hoo-AE, 0. See Ae, to break kapu. To
break, as a law'or kapu ; to transgress.
Hoo-Ai-KA-NE, V. See AiKANE. To make
friends.
Hoo-Ai-PUD-Puu, ». See Aipuyruu. To
make or constitute one an aipuupun or
waiting servant j to act as a servant, par-
ticulaiiy at waiting on the tabie.
Hoo-ATj-AU, 0. See Auau, to wash. To
wash the body ; to bathe.
Hoo-AiJ-A-NA, I 0. See Atj AN A, to wan-
Hoo-AU-WA-NA, ) dor. To cause to v/an-
der ; to scatter ; to disperse, as a conquer-
ing army disperses the enemy. Pass. To
be dispersed.
Hoo-AU-HEE, V. See Hee and Auhee,
to run, as from an enemy. To disperse in
battle ; to put to flight.
2. To pillage a conquered people.
3. Fig. To bo destitute ; to be stripped
of everything as those formerly conquered
were; hence,
i. To be poor ; to be destihite of every
comfort and resource.
Hoo-AU-wA-HA, V. See Auwaha and
AoAxrwAHA. To plow; to make a long ditch;
to dig a furrow.
Hoo-AU-wA-HA-WA-HA) v. Freq. of koo-
auwaha above.
Hoo-AU-WA-NA, V. See Auwjina. To
disperse, as a dogflisperseeatlcckof goate,
or as a conqueror disperses his enemies.
Hoo-A-HA, V. So •written for koowaha.
To make or dig a trench, ditch or furrow.
See Waha.
2. To cov^i ; to seize upor without per-
mission.
Hoo-A-HA-A-HA, u. To sit cross-legged.
Hoo-A-HE-WA, V. See Hoahewa. To
pronounce one guilty; to condemn.
Hoo-A-Hi, V. See Am, fire. To set fire
to ; to set on fire.
2. Fig. To fire up ; to be angry (or a
supposed offense; to be troubled with jeal-
ous feelings.
3. To peek or dig into, as a bird with its
bill.
Hoo-A-Ho, V. See Aho, sticks for thatch-
ing on. See also Hoaho. To put the aho
on a house ; to tie on small sticks to hold
the thatching of a house,
Hoo-A-HU, V. See Ahu, to collect. To
gather together ; to collect ; to heap up.
2. To put down ; to leave.
Hoo-A-Hu, adj. Gathered ; collected ;
laid up.
2. Dissatisfied, as with work imperfectly
done.
Hoo-A-KA, ) j,_
Hoo-A-KA-A-KA, J \
to make one laugh.
Hoo-A-KA, ) .y. See AfeAKA, clear. To
Hoo-A-KA-KA, 5 explain ; to make clear
\/hat is intricate ; to make perspicuous ;
to expound.
Hoo-A-KA-MAi, ». See Akamai, skillful.
To make wise : to h.- skillful at any art or
business ; to bo intelligent.
See Aka and Aka-
AKA. To cause to laugh;
HOO
175
HOO
2. To make a pretense of wisclomi to be
ptoud of one'a attainments.
Hoo-A-KK-A, V. See Area, broad. To
enlarge; to spread out; to widen; to make
broad.
Hoo-A-LA-LA, V. See Alala and Hoa-
ijHa. To cry out, as the alala ; to make
one cry. \ '
Hoo-a-le-a-le, v. See Ale, a wave, and
Alkalis. To stir round soft poiwith Uie
fingers, as in eating poi ; hence,
2. To eat poi. Syn. with miki.
3. To make the sea into -waves.
Hoo-a-li-a, v. See Alia. To hinder;
mal kooalia mai oe : to stand in the way of
another.
2. To cause one to stop doing a thing.
3, To wait ; to procrastinate. ^
Hoo-A-Lii, V. See Ain, chief. Toniake
a chief; to establish one in office.
Hoo*iA-LO-HA, V. See Aloha, to love.
To cause to love; to make one's self friends.
Hoo-A-Lo-HA-LO'-flA, V. See Aloha, to
love. To take pleasure in ; to give thanks ;
to bless.
Hdo-A-LU-A-LU, V. See Altjaltj, loose.
To cause to loosen or slacken, as a rope ;
to make one's clothes loose.
Hoo-A-Mo, V. See Amo, to carry. To
cause one to carry or bear a burden.
Hoo-A-NA-E, V. bee Hoanoe. To set
aside ; to set apart for a particular use.
Hoo-a-ni, s. A rumbling; a movement
of wind in the bowels.
Hoo-a-no-a-no, v. See Hoano. To be
solemn, as with the idea that an invisible
spirit was present.
2. To solemnize the mind, as for worship,
or as in the presence of a spirit ; Iwoario-
ano wale mai no me he liaili la e kau ifco
ana raaluna,
Hoo-A-po-NO, V. See Pono and Hoa-
poNO. To pronounce not guilty, i. e., to
justify. . m IT.
Hoo-h-a, r. See E A, to rise up. iolift
up ; to i,'U:vate.
Hoo-E-A-E, V. To read with a tone.
Hoo-EU, ) y. See Eir and Eueu. To
HoO"EtJ-EU, ) animate ; to encourage; to
excite.
Hoo-E-tE-E-LE, V. See Elk and hLE-
klk. To make black : to blacken, like the
ga,1;bering of clouds bcforo a storm.
Hoo-e-Mi, V. See Emr. To draw back ;
to diminish in size or number ; to lessen ;
to humbly. • ^
Hoo-i-A, y. For hoooia. SeeOu,t). To
pi-ove ; to couflrra ; t<r make, evident ; to
confirm the truth of a thing.
Ho-oi-oi, adj. SeeOioi. Assuming; for-
ward ; desirous of appearing conspicuous ;
vain; conceited.
Iloo-iA-i-o, V. Hooia and io, really. To
prove, &o. ; to substantiate as a fact.
Hoo-iA-i-o, s. A pledge for something
promised. Kin. 38:20.
Hoo-i-E-i-E, V. See lEis,--adj. To be
prottd ; vainglorious ; light minded ; fop-
pish.
• 2. To be quarrelsome.
Hoo-i-E-i-E, adj. Proud ; vain ; light
minded. See above.
Hbo-i-i-KA, V. Freq. oiika. See Hooika.
Hoo-i-o, V. See Hoola. above. To prove;
to confirm.
2. To think much of one's self; mai ao i
na mea hewa — ^i ka hooio, i ka hookiekie.
Hoo-i-HA-i-HA, V. See Iha. To draw
tightly, as a rope ; to be intent.
Hoo-i-Ho, V. See lHo,.to descend. To
cause to descend ; to go down ; e liooiho
ana ka waa i Oahu.
Hoo-i-HO-i-Ho, u Freq. ofj/w, i;. Togo
down.
Hoo-i-Ho-NA, s. See HooiHo and Ana.
A road leading down hill ; a descending.
Hoo-i-KA, V. See Ika, to float ashore.
To gb ashore from a boat or canoe ; to put
ashore, as from a canoe ; to Oirow on a
bank from any water.
Hoo-i-XAi-KA, V. See Ikaika, strong. To
make strong ; in streciprocal sense, to make
one's self strong.
2. To strengthen ; to encourage ; to ani-
mate.
Hoo-i-KE, V. See Ike and Hoike. To
show ; to make known ; to exhibit ; to en-
lighten.
Hoo-i-Ki, V. See Iki, little. To make
small ; to diminibh ; to hold back.
Hoo-i-Li, V. See Ili, to strike. To hit
upon ; to put upon, as to put on board a
ship ; to place upon, as upon the shoulders.
Hoo-i-Li, adj. Articles of supply, as for
family use ; he nui no ka maona ma ke
ku»aina,he maona /iOoiK; something to eat
and lay aside.
Hoo-i-Li-i-Li, V. See Ili and Iliili, to
collect. To collect in store ; to gather to-
gether ; to gather in heaps.
Hoo-i-Li-NA, s. See Ilina, burying place.
An inheritance ; property falling to one
from the death of a person.
2. An heir ; an inheritor of the property
of a deceased person. Kin. 15:3, 4.
3. A burying place.
Hoo-i-Lo, s. The name of the rainy or
wintry months, in distinction from fca.«,the
summer season ; also Aoi/o.
Hoo-i-LO-i-LO, V. See Hosloilo. To
HOO
176
HOO
euess correctly ; to predict ; t6 tell before
Eand ; especiallj.to predict evil.
2. To rejoice.
Hoo-i-NU, V. See Inu. To give drink
to ; to cause to drink ; generally written
hoohainu. Forthe ha, see Gram. § 48,
Hoo-i-NAi-NA, v.. See Iha, v., and Hoi-
NAINA.
Hoo-i-?o, V. See Ipo, a mistress. To
woo ; to court ; to solicit the affections of
one ; applied either to men or women.
2. To cohabit secretly ; to keep a mis-
tress.
Hoo-i-po-i-po, ». Freq. of the foregoing.
Hoo-oi-oi, adj. jSee Hooioi. Assuming;
desirous of appearing at the head ; con-
ceited ; vain. Isa. 3:16.
Hoo-o-LU-o-LiT, V. See Oluolu and Ho-
OLUOLU. To comfoit; to console one in
affliction and pain ; to give to body or
mind ; to please.
Hoo-u-A, V. See Ua, rain. To cause it
to rain ; to give or caiise rain.
Hoo-tr-AA, or Hoo-tt-waa, adj. Opes;
free to enter, as a harbor ; e komo no na
moku mannwa iloko o na awa a pauiAoo-
naaia. *^
Hoo-u-A-u-A, V. To be tight; strong;
to draw along.
HoD-u-A-Hi, V. See Uahi, «noke. To
cause smoke, steam or vap'^r : to burst
forth, like steam.
Hoo-u-E, ) „, See.UE and Uwe. To
Hoo-u-WE, J cauEe oufi to cry; to cry out
for pain or grief.
Hoo-u-E-u-E, n. Intensive of Aoowe above.
To cry out ; to so* ; to sigh ; to grieve ; to
mourn ; to cry l»ng ; to wail.
Hoo-tJErFE, V. See Ueue, to shake. To
cause a shaSing ; to bend ; to crook ; to
movfc along a little.'
Hod-u-HA, V. To draw tightly.
Hoo-u-)iA-u-HA, V. To fatigiie ; to tire.
Hoo-vHA-LU, V. To bring out; to unfold.
Hco"U-HE-NE-HE-NE, v. See Henehene.
CO laugh secretly at one ; to mock ironic-
^ ally-
Hoo-u-Hi, V. See Uhi, to cover up. To
overspread j to cover up ; to wrap up ; to
nut out of sight by covering up.
Hoo-u-Hi-u-Hi, V. See Uhi as above.
To cover up ; to conceal in various ways ;
to cover over ; to hide from view.
Hoo-u-HU-Hi, V. To trouble ; to vex.
Hoo-u-KA, «. SeeUKA, tosend; convey.
To put or lay upon, as to lade a horse or
other animal ; to put on board a canoe or
vessel; to freight; tosend property by ship.
2. To attack, as an enemy ; to make an
attftck ; to rush upon, as in battle.
Hoo-u-KA, adj. La hoaaka, day of bat-
tle; day of attack. 7o6.3fc23.
Hoo-u-KA-u-KA, V. Frecfuent. of AocK^a.
Hoo-u-KA-Li, V. See Ukau, to follovir.
To cause to follov ; to follow after ; to ac-
company by follDwing.
Hoo-u-ka-na, «. S?e Ukana, goods to
be carried aloAg. 'To buadle up or pack
movable goois.
Hoo-u-Ki, V. See Uki, Ukiuki and Na-
UKi. To provoke ; to do that which will
offend.
Hoo-u-Ki-ff-Ki, V. See TTh. To cause
one to ie bffonded ; to insult.
Hoo-ir-xo',- V. See XJku, reward. To pay
or discharge a debt ; to pay a fiae ; to pun-
ish or reward ; hoopai.
Hoo-ir-Kir, s. SeeUKU. A recompense;
payment ; doing justice. j£4.. 35:4.
Hoo-u-LAu-LAu-A-KA, V. To enjoy, as
. the union of the sexes.
Hoo-u-le, ». See Ule, to hang down.
To cause io hang ; to swing. '
Hoo-u-LE-ir-LE, V. See Ule. To swing;
to hang pendulous; to ease off; to crook
or tui-n down.
Hoo-u-Li, I!. See Uu, to be dark col-
ored. To make black ; to darkea ; to be
green, as the sea ; as a forest.
Hoo-u-Li-u-Li, V. intensive of the above.
Hoo-u-Lu, v. See Ultj, to grov/, as a
vegetable. To cause to grow, as seeds
planted ; to sprout ; to increase in size, as
2. To lift up ; to release, as something
fast ; ma kahi o paa ai ka waa, e Aoouiu no
kekahi kanaka i ka waa.
Hoo-u-w-A, ». See Ulua, to assemble.
To collect ; to assemble together, as men ;
to collect together, as things.
Hoo-0-LU-A, i;. To sing in order to en-
courage men to work.
Hoo-u-LU-tJ-Lu, V. See Ulu and Ulo-
DMi, to collect together. To collect to-
gether, as men or things ; to assembl-j in
one place.
Hoo-u-Lu-u-Ltr-wA, ) ^,. jji^^ to coUeci,
Hoo-u-LU-u-LU-WAA, \ and iMo, canoe.
To collect many canoes together in ono
place.
Hoo-u-LU-Hff-A, «. See Uluhua. To
give trouble; to weary; to vex; to op-
press ; to wear out the patience of one ;
mai hocnduhua i ke keiki.
Hoo-u-LU-Lu, «. E hoauMu akua, to
make protensicns of being a god, or hav-
ing a god in one.
HOO-U-LU-MA-HI-E-HI-E, V. See UWMA-
HIE.
HOO
in
HOO
Hoo-u-Mi-Ki, V. See Umiki, a gourd. To
ewoU' out round and full, as a large gourd.
lioo-u-Mi-Ki-Mi-Ki, V. Intensive of the
abore.
Hoorir-NA, ». See Una, to send. To
cause one to go on business; to send on an
errand.
Hoo-11-BrA-tJ-KA, e. Intensive of awa. To
send frequently.
2. To perform some part in the hoopio-
.piA or anaana.
3. To ask or urge one to do a thing;
aote o'u manao e Asounauna aku ia olua.
Lateik. 21.
Hoo-u-nE, V. See Une, to pry up. To
pry up, as with a lever ; to lift by prying,
Hoo-u-NK-d-NE, V. Frequentative of ftoo-
une. To pi'y up.
2. To deceive,
Hoo-u-NOO, v.\ See Uuoo, not well
cooked. To b« not sufficiently cooked ;
hence,
3. To be raw ; to he red, as raw meat.
Hoo-ir-NO-tr-Noo, v. Freq. of the above.
Hoo-u-pu-tj-pu, V. See Upu, to desire.
To desire strongly ; to covet; to lust after.
iioo-u-viTA, «, .See Uwa, to shout. To
cause to cry out ; to, shout ; to be clam-
orous.
Hoo-Tj-wA-u-WA, «. Intensive of the
above.
floo-Tf-WA-BC, V. SeeUwAHi. Lrr. Uahi.
To ri3$ up, as a column of smoke.
Hoo-ir-vra, v. See Uwe, to cry. To
cause .to cry ; to make one cry.
Hoo-tr^WE-pE, V. To open. ScbWehe.
Hoo-T7-wfe-wE, v. SeeHoouETTE. To be
fickle ; to move about : to shake.
Hoo-tr-WE-u-WE, V. To sound, as a bell;
to sound, as a murical instrument.
':ina
voice,
like a weak dying person.
Hoo-u-wi-i/"-~WT, V. See Uwi, to wring;
to twist To HrriJig ; to sfiiieeze ; to twist.
Hoo-tr--Ri-n-wi, i: The name of a shade
tree : he iaau malumal-t.
Hoo-u-wi-Ki!, V. See Uwi. To squeak,
' as new sho^ss ; to grind the teeth.
2. To cause to shine thiough staall holes.
SeeUwna; , _
Hoo-B-WT-tJ-wi-xi, s. See foregoing- 2.
Veiy small Jvoles.
Hoo-HAA, V. See Haa, low; short. To
cause to be low ; to humble ; to be unlike
another ; e hoohita, e ano e.
Hoo-HAA, w. To '^ie deceitful ; to get
one's living by cheating;
8 To be lazy; toliveinatmrslessmaanor.
Hoo-u-wE-NE, K?. To speak in
Hoo-U-WE-NE-WE-NE, J small shrill voic
Hoo-HAA-HAA, V. See Haa, shorthand
Haaiua. To make low ; to humble ; to
abase ; to make humble.
Hoo-HAA-HAA, adv. Humbly; modestly.,
Rom, 12:3.
Hoc-HAA-NU-i, V, See Haanui. Haa,
causative, and nui, to be great. To boast ;
to swell in glorying ; to multiply words ;
to speak unintelligibly.
Hoo-haa-lu-i,t;, ». See Haalulu, i. e.,
Haa, prefix, and LwLU, to shake. To shake;
to tremble, as one in great fear. Note. —
It appears from this and other words that
the causative prefix haa is more ancient
than hoo, for we have here hdu, to shake,
and hacMu as a causative form, and this
seems to have been incorporated with the
word : since, however, the more modern
causative hoo has been prefixed, thus the
word haa two cansatives.
Hoo-HAE, V. See Hab, wild. To be wild;
' savage : io provoke to anger.
Hoo-B&E-EAE, V. See Haehae. To
make one angry ; to provoke ; to tease ; to
vex ; to trouble.
Hoo-hai, v. See Hai, proud. To be
proud ; to strut about ; to look down upon
others.
Hoo-hai-hai, v. Itttensive of the fore-
going. See Hatsai. To be proud ; vain.
Hoo-ha-i-li, v. See Haili. To be of a
dark color ; to be dark ; dim to' the sight.
2. To take the appearance of a spirit.
8. To be transformed, as one taking a
new form.
Hoo-HA-i-NTT, V. See Inu and Haiui;.
To give drink to ; to cause one to drink ;
to quench one's thirst by drinking.
Hoo-hao-hao, v. See RtokAo, to search.
To seek ; to cause a search: after a thing ;
to hunt after.
Hoc-HAtr-o-Li, V. See Hauoli, joy. To
cause joy ; to rejoice.
Hoo-HAU-m-.u, V. See Hili, to wander,
and Hachih. To cause a blundering id
speaking ; to tolk foolishly without regard
' to truth. '
Hoo-fiAU-KAE, V. See Haukae, a sloven.
To be a sloven, or to act in a slovenly man-
ner ; to be base in one's conduct.'
Hoo,-HAtr-Mi-A, V. See Haumu, filthy^
To defile ; to pollute ; to cause to be un-
clean ; to contaminate ; to deface ; to dis-
figure.
Hoo-HAtr-NA, V. To deceive; to entice;
to insnare.
2. To' clasp around.
3. To seize with the hands, as something
difficult to hold.
Hoo-HAif-NA, V. To stuif the vagina in
order to produce abortion,
HOO
178
HOO
Hoo-HAW-NA-E-LE, V. See HaitnabLe.
To cause a disturbanca ; to get up a riot ;
to do miscbief in a mass.
Hoo-HA-u-WA-tr-WA, V. See Uwa and
(JwAUWA, to gabble. To talk ail together;
to make ccofteeion by a multitude talking
all at onee.
Hoo-HA-HA, V. See Haha, to Strut. To
be obstinate ; opinionatetl.
2. To be proud ; high minded ; to strut ;
to act tbe dandy ; to strut, aa a cock tor-
key; he kanaka hoohaha, hookano, haaheo,
nolio wale, aole hana; he lux^uiha kana
bele ana ; to stmt, as a person of conse-
quence, ler. 48:29.
3. To beat down; to pound; to make
hard, as the bottom of a salt pond.
Hoo-HA-HA, adj. Covered up ; shaded ;
overshadowed, as- by cioads ; init i poipu
ka lani, a aneane makani ole, he luMMha ia.
Hoo-HA-BAt, V. See Hahai, to follow.
To puTfiue ; to chase ; to follow after.
Hoo-HA-HAU, ». To make believe ; to
pretend to be what one is not; to put on
the dress and appearance of another ; e
hoano. e hoohailL
Hoo-HA-Bftr, V. To make even; smooth;
level.
HoO-HA-HU-HA-Hp, V.
Hoo-HA-KA, V. ■ See Haka, full of holes.
To be open ; to be full of openings, cracks
or. spaces.
Hoo-HA-KA-HA-KA, V. See Haka. To
open ; to be full of holes or cracks.
2. Fig. To open, as the ear ; to give at-
tention tu what is said.
Hoo-HA-iCA-Li-A, V. See Hakalia. To
detain; to delay; to lengthen out the time.
HOO-HA-KA-NU, V. See ftAKAMD. To be
speechless ; silent ; unsocial.
Hoo-HA-KK, V. SeeHAEE. To break, as
a boil ; to thrnst ; to pnsh ; to cram in.
Hoo-HA-Ki, V. See Haj:i, to break. To
oauise to break ; to break, as a stick or a
bone. See the foregoing.
Hoo-BA-Ko-i, V. See Hakoi. To cause
water to dash ware againsf wave, or against
the sides of a vessel.
2. To be agitated, as w*ter in a dish un-
steadily carried.
3. To swell and riae up, as water.
4. Tolie agitated, as the mind.
Hoo-ha-la, V, See Hala, to miss; to
pass o^. To canse to miss the mark; to
dodge ; toturn aside.
2. To transgress ; to go beyond. NtA.
14:41.
3. To pass b^ the house of a Mend; mai
hoohoda oe ia la, do not miss him, i. e., in
throwing a spear at a man.
Hoo-HA-LA-HA-LA, V, See Hala and
HmjAHala To refuse assent to the term»
of a bargain;^ to break off a bargain^ to be
displeased with the proposed conditioaa Of
another ; to break a promise.
2. To turn aside ; not to Usteu to what
t^ne says.
3. To find feolt with a proposal or oSi».
Hoo-ha-la-ha-la-wa-le, «. A complairt
without cause ; an unreasonable objection,
to a proposal.
Hoo-ha-la-la, V, See Hoohala above
and La, day. Lit. To canse the day to
pass away.
1 . To pass off the time; to speud the day.
2. To endure for the present day ; ap-
plied to sick persons ; na pono kou mai7
Ans. Aole, he hoohtdala wale no, no ka
make. . Applied to the hungry ; he ai anei
ia, oukon? Aole, he hoohctMa wale no —
he kaman ea. Applied also when one has
but a little food, just enough for the day.
floo-HA-LK, V. See Hale, house. To
rest in a house J^: to stay in a house ; to re-
ceive one into alonse^ to lodge; to solicit
one to be a host or friend. See Hoaikanb,
Hoo-HA-LE-HA-LE, V. Intensive of the
foregoing. To sink down, as the stomach
when hungry, or iike a bouse roof fallen in.
2. To be hungry : lo suffer with hunger.
HOO-HA-LE-KI-PA, 11. SeeHALEKlPA. To
entertain, as a guest ; to receive into one s
house, as a friend. "
Hoo-HA-LE-PA-PAA, V. See Halepapaa.
To shut up one in a tight house; to inclose;
to secure by putting in a tight house ; to
store ; to put in a store-house.
Hoo-HA-Li, P. See Hali, to carry. To
cause to bear ; to carry.
2. To transfer to another person or to
another place.
3. To carry the words of one to another;
to put words together.
Hoo-HA-LLi, V. To stir up, as anger;
hookalm mai i ka inaina.
Hoo-HA-Li-HA-Li, V. Intensive of haU.
To carry or bear, as a burden ; to carry
frequenfly.
Hoo-HA-Li-KE, u' See Like and Halhce.
To causa to be like; to resemble; to make
similar.
Hoo-ha-l£-ke-u-ke, v. Freq. of the fore-
going. See Hauke. To make alike ; to
divide equally ; to equalize.
Hoo-KA-u-KE-Li-KE, s. A resembknce ;
likeness ; a similarity.
Hoo-HA-LTj, V. See Halu. To be or be-
come poor or thin iu flesh.
Hoo-ha-lu-a, u. To watch an ojtportu-
nity foir mischief; to lie In wait 'fos. 8:4
Either to kill or rob.
2. To act as a spy ; to go seorbtty to do
HOO
1%
«00
utbing; to rob ; to watclifor an opportu-
nity to see or speak to a person. Laikk. 77.
Hoo-HA-LU-A, .«. An ambush ; an am-
liuscadu. fTes. 8:2. Poo /looAalua, liers in
wait. I/imlc. 9:25.
Hoo-HA-LU-HA-Ltr, V. Freq. of hooJudu.
Sec Halu and Hahai.u. To bo poor in
flesh ; to be tliin ; to be hungry.
Hoo-HA-LU-LU, V. See Halulu. To
cause a roiiring like th\indvr, or a heavy
wind; to rage; to make a rumbling sound.
Hoo-HA-Mo, V. See Hamo, to rub. To
cause a rubbing, as with the band ; to be-
smear, as with oil.
Hoo-HA-Mo-HA-Mo, V. See the above. To
feel with the han;l frequently; to rub over;
to anoint,
Hoo-HA-NA, v. See Hana, to work. To
cause to work ; to do service for another ;
to compel to work, as a slave; to encourage
to work.
Hoo-HA-NAU, ». See Hanau, to bring
foVth young. To cause to bring forth, as
ft female. Notb. — The word was mo?.tly
I'iied in connection with the application of
ntediciAcs designed to effect premature par-
turition.
2. In modern times hoo'lM.vm has been
us^d in the sense to beget or cause to be
born ; not used by Hawaiiaq^ themselves
in this sense.
Hoo-HA-Ni, V. See Hani, to approach.
To come near to so as just to toncL ; to
pass softly by.'
Hoo-HA-Nl-NA, V. See HoOHANmANI.
Also, to turn a little so a.s to allow one to
pass in a narrow road.
Hoo-HA-Ni-HA-Ni, V. Freq. of Jwokani.
To. tempt slightly to adultery; to make
gentle advanctffl.
Hoo-HA-Ni-Ni, V. See Hanini and Nmi,
to spill. To pour or run out, as water from
a vessel ; to cause to flow, as water ; also,
as tears; ua hooltaniniia na mapuuawai-
maka, the fountains of tears overflowed.
Zaieik. 203.
Hoo-HA-No, V. See Hano, to be still ;
undisturbed. To honor; to exalt; to be
vain ; to be haughty ; to be selfrglorious.
Hoo-ha-no-ha-no, v. See Hano. To
exalt one's self above others ; tor conduct
haughtily ; to raise 0Jt6 to honor.
Hoo-HA-Ntr-A, V. See Hanpa, plane ;
Jevel. To live independently; to have
enough ; to be supplied.
2, To bo level ; plane, as low level
ground. See Honha.
Hoo-iiA-NU-HA-NU, 0. See Hanu, to
breathe. To cause to breathe frequently ;
to draw the breath in .and out
2. To rvsuacitatc; to revive from fainting.
3. To snuff up, as the wind.
Hoo-HA-PAi, c; See Hapai, to lift or
raise up. To conceive, as a female ; par-
allel with hoohanmi. Nah. 11;12. Notk. —
HoolMium aiid AooAapai arc both factitious
words and of modern date, and are not
after Hawaiian idiom, as the Hawaiian has
no words properly signifying* conceive an
{^"mother, or to beget as a father ; at least
no such words have yet been discoveredi
Hoo-HEE, V. See HEE,to meltj to flow.
To cause to molt ; to flow, as a liquid.
2. To cause to fleq ; to put to flight ; to
ront, as an army. See Auuke.
Hoo-BEE-BEE, V. Fk([. of kookec. Also,
.to make angry ; to vex ; to bo wild.
Hoo-HEE-WA-LE, V. To melt casily ; t&
run into liquid.
2. To flee or run away ; to act the cow-
ard. See HoBE.
Hoo-BE-HEE, V. See Hee, to melt. To
melt away ; to run, as a liquid; to liquify,
as any hard substance.
Hoo-BEi, V. See Hei, a snare or net.
To set a net or share ; to be entangled !n
a snare.
2. To beset with difficulties.
Hoo-HEi-BEi, V. To sound or strike on
the drum.
Hoo-BEi-B£i, s. A drum ; a playing on
the drnqi.
Hoo-HE-0, V. See Heo, pride. To be
proud ; vacmting ; lofly.
Ifco-BE-HE-o, V. See Heo. To swell
ont; to be large, as a woman with a large
pau.
Hoo-BE-v, V. See Hev, a beginning.
To open a speech ; to commence a talk.
Hoo-he-be-lo, v. See Hebelo. To be
proad; to be proud of one's appeerance or
dress ; to be deceitful.
Hoo-b£-ki-li, v. See Hekili, thunder.
To cause it to thunder.
Hoo-HE-LE, adj. Sei Hele, to move.
Movable ; moving.
Hoo-BE-LE-BE-LE, V. See Hele and
HljMEix, to divide. To go between ; to
divide ; to separate by cutting, as cutting
cloth with shears.
H00-HE-1.E-LE1, V. See Heielei, to .scat-
ter. To scatter, as in sowing grain ; to
throw away.
Hoo-BE-MA-BE-MA, V. See Hema, left
(hand.) To be unfurnished ; unprepared;
not ready.
2. To be wanting in some important qual-
ity or thing.
3. To cause a destitution ; to deprive of.
4. To dislike and take no care of ^ ap-
pUedto all things not desired.
HOO
180
HOO
5. To Bet no value upon ; hoohe^nahcma
i ka waiwai, wiiiho wale a lilo ia hai.
JIuo-HE-jtto, V. See Hemo, to loosen.
To make loose; to loosen; to set at liberty.
Hoo-HE-Mo-HE-Mo, V. Freq. of the above.
To make loose.
Uoo-HE-Mu, V. SeeHEMUjto drive away.
To scare away ; to frighten ; to drive off,
as hens, pigs or other animals.
Hoo-HE-NA, «. See Hena, thigh. To see,
feel or handle the thigh ; to take off one's
clothes.
Hoo-HE-NA-HE-NA, V. Intensive of the
foregoing. To act lasciviously; to uncover
one's nakedness; to dress so as to show
tile hena.
Hoo-HE-NE, 1). See Hene, mockery. To
cause mockery ; to show contempt.
Hoo-HE-NE-HE-NE, V. See the foregoing.
To cause laughter at another's expense or
feelings ; to mock ; to vilify.
Hoo-'HE-PA, 1). See Hepa, to be silent.
To W mischievous ; to be careless ; to imi-
tate another.
Hoo-HE-PA-HE-PA, V. See HoOHEPA. To
talk improperly, as imitating the talk of
foreigners.
2. To mispronounce words or misoon-
struct language ; e Siookahuli i ka olelo. ,
Hoo-HE-WA, V. See Hewa, wrong;
error. To condemn ; to convict of crime
or misdemeanor ; to accuse one of crime ;
to punish. See Ahkwa..
Hoo-HE-WA-HE-WA, ■ V. See HoOHEWA,
to cause to do or be in error. To forget;
to mistake; to forget the name of a person.
2. To mistake one pelrson for another ;
to be doubtful with regard to a thing.
3. To be slightly deranged ; to be delir-
ious; but not so strong as fuhena or puptde.
Hoo-HE'WA-WA-LE, V. See HoOHEWA
and Wale, gratuitously. To condemn with-
out cause; to ofipress; to injure. Nd'E. —
This word is often divided into two words
in writing, and perhaps should always be.
Hoo-Hi, V. To open ; to dissolve ; to
act as a cathartic ; e boomama.
Hoo-Bi-A-Hi-A, 1). To be good ; honora-
ble ; noble in aspect and deporbneut.
2. To have the outward appearance 'of a
gentleman without the substance.
3. To be proud and vain. Sea Hoomahib.
Hoo-Hi-A-LA, V. To eat with greediness;
to cram down food ; to swallow, as one in-
satiate.
2. Ill a moral sense, to swallow down in-
iquity; no ka mea, ke hoohiala ae noi oukou
I ka bewa iloko o onkoti iho.
lloo-Hi-A-LA-Ai, t'. JJooAJfflte and aj, food.
a. To stuff, with food.
2. Pig. To be inieni on evil; ebanaraBU
ma ka bewa.
Hoo-Hi-A-MoE, V. See Hiamoe, to sleep.
To cause one to sleep.
2. To be lazy ; to be weary ; to be dull.
Hoo-in-A-Po, V. See Hiapo. To be con-
stituted a first born; to ha ve the privileges
of a first born.
Hoo-Hi-E, V. See Hie, excellept. To
make or cause to be excellent; to be grand
to look at.
2. To be proud; to be haughty; to cany
a high head.
Hoo-Hi-E-Hi-E, V. See HiEHiE, pride, &c.
To show a proud behavior; to act proudly.
Hoo-Hii, V. See Hii, to carry a child.
To lift up, as a child in the arms to <;arry.
Hoo-Hi-o, V. See Hio, to lean. To cause
to lean or slant from a perpendicular ; to
bend over. .
2. To stagger in walking,
Hoo-Hi-o-Lo, V. See HioLo, to fall down.
To overthrow ; to cause to roll down or
away ; to throw down ; to demolish.
Hoo-Hi-Tj, V. See Hiu, strong ; fierce.
To be wild ; to be fierce ; to be unta,med.
•. 2. To be unfriendly ; to be unsociable.
3. To fear ; to be afraid.
Hoo-Ej-Hi, V. See Hmi, to entangle. To
cause entanglement; to get entangled in
anyway. ■■
2. . To desire to get what is another's.
Hoo-Hi-Hi, adj. Ofiensive; injurious,
Hoo-Hi-Ki-A, V. See Hihia, entangle-
ment To get one into difficulty; to en-
trap ; to hold fast
Hoo-Hi-Hi-u, V. See Hoohiu above. To
cause fear ; to be fearful ; to make afraid ;
hence, to make or be wild ; to be untamed,
Hoo-Hi-KA-KA, «. See Hikaka, to stag-
ger. To lean this way and that, as a rick-
ety grass house ; to lean overJ
2, To stagger in walking, like a drunkpn
man,
Hoo-Hi-Ki, V. See Hiki, to come to. To
arrive at a place, especially at a place
designated,
2. To vow ; to swear to a fact ; to abjure
on oath.
3. To swear at ; to reproach ; to revile ;
mostly with ino.
Koo-Hi-Ki, s. A VOW ; a promise ; a
prayer ; a swearing. OUik. 6:1. Hoohiki
wahahce, a false swearing, Oihk. 6:3.
Hoo-Hi-Ki-Hi-Ki, V. To beM or carry fre-
quently ; to carry a little at a time.
Hoo-Hi-Ki-LE-LE, V. See Hikilele, to
startle. To startle one ; to cause one to
jump; to startle with affright; to wake one
suddenly, as from sleep.
HOO
181
HOO
Hoo-Hi-LA, V. See Hila. To cause
shame ; to lie ashamed.
HoO'HI-LA-HI-LA, V. See'HDuAHILA. To
iMi timid ; modest ; feaii'ul, ag a bashful
person ; hence, to he affected With shame ;
to malse ashamed; to act with modesty;
to put one to shame, by his own superior-
ity. Xoieifc. 138. E hhohUaJkUa aicu ai ia
Laieikawai.
Hoo-Hi-LA-Hi-LA, adj. Bashful; modest,
as a hacliwoodsman; hebooluauui kekua-
aina, he hoohUahUa-
Hoo-Hi-l/A-tA, V, See Hilala, to bend;
t<i croolt. To bend, as ttie slim branches
of a tree with the wind; to curve; to bend
round, as a hook*
Hoo-ni-Li, V. See Hili, to wander. To
wander from the right path; to wander; to
go here and there without object.
Hoo-Hi-Li-Hi-Li, V. See Hiii. To cause
to wander often.
2. To besmear t^^th blood; to defile with
blood.
Hoo-Hi-U-U.
Hoo-Hi-LO, V. See Hito, to twist. To
cause to twist; to spin or twist, as a cord.
Hoo.Hi-LU, t>. See Hilu, to be glorious.
To exalt ; to praise ; to dignify.
Hoo-Hi-LU-Hi-LU, V. See the foregoing.
To exalt ; to praise ; to honor ; to dignil'y.
Hoo-Hi-PA, V. See Hipa. To vow; to
perform a vow.
2. To speak falsely.
Hoo-Hi-PA, g. Affection; attachment.
Hoo-Hi-PA-Hi-PA, w. To blunder in speak-
ing ; to speakjfalsely. ,
Hoo-Hi-Puu, 0. See Hiputj, a little bag
or bundle for carrying provisions. 'Bo
make up into a bundle ; to bundle up for
carrying.
Hoo-Hi-WA-Hi-WA, V. See Hiwa, black ;
acceptable to the gods. To be acceptable
to the gods ; to he dear ; to be greatly be-
loved ; to honor ; to treat as beloved or
precious.
Hoo-Ho, V. See Ho, to cry out. To shout
or cry out, as a single person; to call after
one. .
2. To exclaim with many voices ; hole
ka moku makai. hele na kanaka mauka e
hoolM hole ai, the ship went on the sea, (ie
men went on shore with vociferation.
3. To make the low noise of a horse.
Hoo-HO, s. A shout; an exclamation of
joy ; to triumph. 1 24s. 4:16.
Hoo-ho-a, v. See Hoa, to drive cattle.
To challenge^ to dare one to fight; to pro-
voke to anger..
Eoo-ho-a-ho-a, v. Frequentative of the
above.
Hoo-HO- no, V. To force out; to emit
wind.
Hoo-iio-ho-no, v. See' Houono, strong
smelling. To give or cause a strong offen-
sive smell, like tar, sulphur and decaying
fish.
Hoo-Ho-KA, V. See Hoka, disappointed.
To cause a mistake or error; to disappoint
one.
Hoo-ho-ka-ho-ka, v. To make frequent
mistakes or-Wimders ; to be disappointed.
Hoo-ho-le«»aa-haa, v. To preserve for
another.
Hoo-ho-u, v. See Holi, to do first. To
come out, as the first beard of a young man.
2. To make one's first effort to do a thing.
See HooHKU.
Hoo-Ho-LO, V. See Holo, to run. To
cause to run ; to run along a road.
2. To move in various ways ; to sail ;, to
set sail, as a vessel ; to ride on horseback.
3. Tp thrust the hand, into, as into flie
bosort ; to stretch out the, hand, a" iii ges-
turing.
4. To agree, as a deliberate assembly ;
to pass, as a vote ; to confirm an assertion.
Hoo-HO-LO, s. A lider on a horse; a
horseman; more generally united with Ko;
as,
Hoo-HO-LO-Li-o, s. A horseman; cavalry.
Hoo-Ho-Lo-Mo-Kir, 0. Holo ani'moku,
ship. To saQ or to direct the sailing of a
ship ; applied pithor to the master or men,
Hoo-HOrto-MO-KTJ, s. Holo and trnku, a
vessel. One who sails or causes a ship to
sail.
Koo-Ho-LU, V. See Holu, to bend. To
bend ; to arch ; to. crook ; to be flexible* ,
Hoo-Ho-LU-HO-Lu, V. See Holu, to bend.
To bend, as a flexible' piece of timber ; to
bend, as a stick.
Hoo-hu, v. See Hd, to rise. To cause
to rise ; to swell, as leaven.
2. To bake in an oven.
3. To start up suddenly.
4. To run along the bank of a kalo patqb.
5. To detect ; to discover.
Hoo-hu-a, ». See Hua, fruit. To cause
to swell, as a bnd ; to produce fruit, as a
tree ; to bring forth, as a female.
2. To tease or vex by begging; to resort
often to one for favors.
3. To persevere in, as in an.y habit ; ke
hoohm nei ko noi a na kanaka i kela mea
i keia mea ; hoohua kanaka i ka ina rama,
men persevere in drinldng rnm.-
Hoo-hu-a, V. Perhaps hookutoa, to
lengthen out the time. To persei^Bre.long;
to continue in a practice; to retain a habit,
good or bad, especially the latter.
Hoo-hu-ae, v. See Hn. To cause to
HOO
18B
HOO
OTerflow ; to have morfe than enongh ; to
allow fco escape.
Hoo-HTr--*-Htj-A,'u See Hua, to swell.
To caage to enlarge ; to increase ; to grow
in size. See UUbdabua.
Hoo-HtT-A-HKr-A-LAtr, V. To question m
sport or derision, tlie person questioned
being igupraat of the design.
2. To puzzle with captious queatiotis; to
throw difficulties in the way of explana-
tion ; to talk strangely.
3. To make one's self stiange ; to pre-
tend not to be acquainted.
Hoo-hu-a-hu-a-lau, adj. Puzzling; cap-
tious ; olelo hoohwthvalau, insidious ques-
tioning. . • .
Hoo-Hu'-a-5tj-a-lau, v. To question with
belief or with unbelief; o ka poe boom^-
loka, hoohmhuakm mai i ke akuanoho.the
imbelieving guestkn the exiBtence of tlie
resideat gods.
HoO-HXT-A-HtT-A-A-NA-LAU, V. To ques-
tion captiously, &e. See above. ,
Hoo-Hxj-A^KA, V, To smoke tobacco con-
stantly. „ TT -1
Hoo-HO-A-KE-EO, V. See HuA, jealousy,
and Kaeo or KEEa To be evilly disposed;
to cherish a bad disposition.
; 2. To reject a proffered gift; to turn
iaway with disdain ; to be displeased.
3. To consent against one's will ; to coi>-
sent in anger.
Hoo-HH-A-KE-Eo, s. Pride ; disdain ; con-
tempt for one.
Hoo-HTJ-A-Li, V. See Huali, to glitter.
to shine with brightness; to glitter with a
pure white.
2. To make pure ; to cleanse ; t'jnce, to
be shining.
Hob-Hu-E-LO, V. See HnELo, the tail of
an animal. To lengthen out; to make small
by drawing out in length.
Hoo-HTj-i, V. See Hci, to unite. To
cause a uuiCn between two or more things;
to add to : t4> add on ; to annex.
Hoo-HU-OE, V. To wonder.
Hoo-Hu-i-po, V. To go in the night
withotit a light.
Hoo-HU-oi, V. See Huoi, jealousy. To
be jealous; to feel jealous towards another
for some real or sujiposed advantage ; ina
i uoho lakou me kekahi alii, koohuoi kekahi
Bilii, if they bad lived with a parUoulaj:
chief, another chief would have been jeal-
ous.
2. To allow i« touch : to permit to blow
upon, as the wind. Xaieifc. 17.
Hoo-wu-oi, s. Jealousy j o ka hoc.huoi o
nli !<anaka ame na 'lii i na misionari, the
jeaio'isy of the people and chiefs respecting
the miEsionaries.
Hoo-HO-oi, adj. Causing jealousy; dis-
trusting one's faithfulness; he mea hookum
ia Halaaniani ka nalo ana o Laieikawal.
See Laieik. 128.
Hoo-HU-hu, V. See Hu and Huhp, anger.
To make angry ; to provoke ; to be very
angry.
Hoo-HO-HTJ-Ki, V. To act as a man and
his wijfe when they quarrel and she sets out
to leave her husband and he catches her
and they have a tussle, that is, to Aoo/m-
huki ; e hoonanai, e hookano.
Hoo-Str-LA, V. To destroy; to finish up;
to punish ; to tremble for fear.
Hoo-HC-LEi, V. Eng. To cry out hurra
(Ku-re) I to ride rapidly on a horse and cry
out liurral •
Hob-H0-Li, V. See HuLi, to turn. To
turn; to change; to cause an overturn;
to Express in another manner the eaiae
thing,
Ho6-Hn-u-H0-Li, V. See IIuu above. To
change; to turn ; to put in order ; to over-
turn ; to mix up.
Hoo-HW-NA, e. See Huna, to coiiceal.
To hide j to secrete ; to conceal.
Hoo-HH-WA-Hu-NA, V. See abore To
hide frequently or thoroughly.
Hoo-HU-NE, -v. See Huke, to tease. To
tease; to beg often; to ask something from
another ; to entreat a favor ; to persist in,
as in a bad habit
Hoo-KA, i>. See Ka, to dash; to strike.
To dash ; to strike ; to cause to kill,
Hoo-KAA, V. See Kaa, to toll. To pay
out money ; to pay a debt.
2. To roll ; to cause to roll, as a wheel,
3. To turn over often in bed ; to toss in
distress or sickness.
4- To throw over or down a precipice,
i. e., to roll down it.
Hoo-KAA, s. See above.. The payment
of a debt.
2. The rolling of a wheel. _ ■
3. A throwing anything down a preci-
pice.
Hoo*AA-o-KO.A, ) p. Kaa and okoa,
Hoo-KAA-KO-A, ) other; different. The
first orthography is preferable. To make
a difference; to place one side; to sepa-
rate; to abstain trom; to let alone. See
HOOKAOKAO.
Hoo-KAA-KAA, 0. See Kaakaa, to open.
To open, as the eyes; to cause to open; to
cause one to see by opening tbe eyes.
2. To cause to roll, i.e., to ride in a car-
riage. See Kaa, a wheel.
Hoo-KA-A-NA, B. To make tame or gen-
tle ; to follow after one.
Hoo-KAA-WA-LE, ». See Kaa and WaUb,
HOO
183
HOG
only. To roll off; to separate ; to make a
space between.
2. To divMle off; to cause a division.
Hoo-KAA-wi-Li, V. See Kaa and WiLi,
to twist. To cause to turn or writlie, as in
pain ; heuce, to be in severe pain.
Hoo-KAE, V. See Kae, to rub out. To
bate ; to dislike ; to treat contemptuously;
to reject.
2. To blot out ; to kill ; to destroy ; to
take away life ; ina i hookae mai ke Akua
i ke ola o ke kino, if God should take away
the life of the body.
Hoo-KAE-KAE, V. To daub over; to
paint badly ; to defile ; to pollute, as food,
booKs, mats, &o. ; mai hookaekae i ka mo-
ena, don't dirty the mats.
Hoo-KA-E-o, V. See Kaeo and Keeo, to
be quick tempered. To stir up an^er in
one ; to provoke ; to show an evil disposi-
tion.
Hoo-KA-E-o-E-o, V. Intensive of the fore-
going.
Hoo-KAi, tt See Kai, to displace. To
waste ; to destroy ; to put away.
Hoo-KAi-i, V. To harden.
2. To be hard'ia a bargain ; to be close ;
to be stingy.
Hoo-KA-o-KA-o, V. SeeKAOKAO. To put
one's self forward: to be prominent ampng
many others ; makcmake no oia e hookao-
kao la la. Laieik. 91.
Hoo-KAU, V. See Kati, to hang or put
up. To put up upon ; to go Up ; to place
one thing upon another ; e hookau hiamoe,
to fall asleep. Laieik. 143.
Hoo-KAu-A-HE, V. Kou. and aAe, light,
gentle, as a light breeze. To fly softly or
gently, like a kite.
Hoo-KAU-HD-A, s. See Kauhua. The
forming or growing state of the young in
the womb. Arwi. %.
Hoo-KAU-icAtr, 0. See Kah, to put upon.
To put up ; to ascend upon ; to cause to
arise ; to lift up a thing, as a child in put-
ting him on a horse.
2. To gather, as clouds before a rain.
Hoo-KAu-KAu; J. See above; The gath-
ering of clouds before a rain regarded as
a sign of foul weather
Hoo-KAu-KAU-LTT-A, V. See the forego-
ing. To wait ; to procrastinate.
Hoo-KAij-MA.-HA, w. See. Kaumaha. To
lay a burden upon one ; to bu hard upon ;
to trouble ; to oppreas.
Hoo-KAu-wA, V. See Kaitwa, a servant.
To make a servant of; to cause one to
serve or to be a servant; to act in the
capacity of a servant.
Hoo-KAU-WA-Kir-A-PAA, V. See Kauwa
and KvAPAA, to make one's back rough.
To serve with rigor ; to act under, and live
in hard bondage.
Hoo-KAu-wA-KTT-A-PAA, s. Hard serviccj
cruel bondage.
Hoo-jcATj-wo-viro, V. See Kauowo and
Kauwowo, to branch out and spread, as
vines. To cause to grow and increase, aa
vines or vegetables of rapid growth ; to
grow thriftily, as vines or plants.
2. To cause to multiply, aa a people.
Hoo-ka-ha, v. See Kaha, to seize. To
extort property from another ; to cheat.
2. To seize upon what is another'si
3. To take property with the owner's
knowledge, but without his consent .
Hoo-ka-ha, s. An extortioner j one who
strips people of their property. Imk. l&ll.
Bookaha is the result of kuko, Ua, iini, &o.
Hoo-KA-HA-KA-HA, V. To put on many
clothes, as children; to make a great show.
2. To make a great heap of kapas on
which to sit or be carried, as in former
times.
. 3. To make a display ; to exhibit finery.
Hoo-KA-HA-KA-HA, s. A display; an ex-
hibition ; a celebration ; hana iho la ia i
hookahakaha no kana poe wahine, he made
an eaSiiJiJow of his wives.
Hoo-KA-HA-KA-HA, odj. Superb ; fine ;
nice ; making a display as a dandy.
Hoo-KA-HE, V. See Kahe, to spill water.
To water; to cause water to flow overland;
to cause to flow, as a Iiq\ud ; to irrigate.
Hoo-KA-HE, s. A flowing, as of blood.
Hoo-KA-HE-A, ». See Hea and Kahea,
to call out. To cause to cry out ; to call ;
to raise the voice in calling.
Hoo-KA-HEE, V. See Hee and Kahee,
to slip or slide off, To cause to slin away;
to slip off; to flow off.
Hoo-katt-la-na, v. See Kaulana, to be Hoo-ka-he-ka-he, v. Freq. of hpokahe.
To water, as land; to cause to flow, as
water ; to wei ; to drain, as land.
Hoo-ka-he-la, v. See Kahela, to bend
round ; to curve. To come along, as the
swell of the sea when it comes along the
western coast of Hawaii from the south; to
flow along, as a high swell of the sea.
Hoo-ka-he-la-he-la, v. See Kahela
renowned. To make a person or event
known as famous; to sen4 abroad -a report
concerning a person or thing ; to make
famous.
Hoo-kau-lu-a, v. See Kaultta, to be
olaok. To procrastinate j to delay ; to de-
tain ; to be slow in obeying a command.
2. To be in doubt ; to hesitate about
doing a thing ; to postpone a work.
HOO
184
HOO
and Kdhbla. To bend round ; to cucve,
aa passing round a cape.
Hoo-KA-m, V. See Kahi, one. To be or
cause to be one ; to divide by individuaia.
2. To make one, 1. e.. to resemble: to be
similar or like something else. 2 Oihl.
18:12. £ imi kakou ma ka mea o hookoM
ai ka manao ana, let us seek to unite our
thaughts into one.
3. To attend to one thing ; to make one
out of many.
Hoo-KA-Hi, s. A oneness ; a unity j a
being only one.
Hoo-KA-Hi, adj. One ; only one, in dis-
tinction from many.
Hoo-KA-Hi, art. One of the semi-dofinite
articles ; a ; an ; one ; only one. Oram. §
63, 65, 3.
Hoo-KA-Hi-KA-Hi, V. See Kahi, to rub j
to comb. To anoint ; to daub over.
2 To mb ; to polish.
3. To comb.
Hoo-KA-Hi-o-Hi-o, V. See Hio, to lean
over. To cause to lean over a little.
2. To be a little intoxicated so as to
stagger some.
Hoo-KA-Hi-KO, V. See Kahuco, to be old.
To return to conversation and manners of
ancient times ; to talk of farmer times ; to
imitate ancient manners.
Hoo-XA-Hi-KA-Hi-Ko, v. Frequentative
of the above.
Hoo-KA-HO-KAi, V. To Hiix together two
ingredients, as flour and water, spittle and
earth.
Hoo-KA-HB-Li, V. SeeHuLiandKAHon,
to, turn ; to change. To change the out-
rward form of a thing; to turn over; to turn
upside down ; to overthrow.
Hoo-KA-HC-Li-Hu-M, V. Frequentative of
the above. •
Hoo-KA-HU-NA, V. See Kahuna, a pro-
fessional man. To. act in any profession ;
to act the artiaiiii the priest, the doctor, &c.
Hoo-KA-HTr-NA-H!T-NA, V. See HUNA, a
small particle. To be little, small or flne.
See HuMAHUKA.
Hoo-KA-KA, P. See Ka, to dash ; Strike.
To break up, as wood for fuel (anciently
Hawaiians had no axes for cutting fuel.)
2. To strike against ; to dash ; to break
up flae.
Hoo-KA-KAA, ». See Kaa, wheel. To
turn, as a wheel ; to turn round.
Hoo-KA-KAA, s. The dark involving of
clouds before a storm ; the rolling together
of clpuds; a thick atmosphere before a
storm.
Hoo-KA-XA-HA, V. See Kaha, to write ;
to scratch. To strike ; to dash against.
2. To pierce; as on coming In contact
likd two cocks in fighting ; to strike with
spurs, as a cock.
3. To scratch ; to make marks.
Hoo-KA-KA-HE-LE, V. E hoopopololei, e
hooinainau, e hookawowo.
Hoo-KA-KE-KA-KE, V. To wipe or wash
imperfectly or slovenly, as a table or. dishes;
in washing clothes when one daubs on soap
and hardly washes it off, it is said, he Koo-
kakekake kau hana ana, aole pan ka lepo.
2. To mix medicine with food in order
to take it
3. To daub or psunt over carelessly, as
in coloring a map.
4. To blot oyer.
Hoo-KA-KE-KA-KE, adj. Muddyj dirty;
pehea ia wahi, maikal anei 7 Aole, he koo-
kakekake wale no. •
Hoo-EA-KA-LA, V. See Kala, rougb. To
make rough; tc have manyprotabeninc^s;
to be rough with sharp points.
2. To sharpen ; to grmd on a stone
Hoo-EA-KA-LE, V. To luake soft or
spongy ; to be soft ; to be flexible, like the
comb of a cock.
Hoo-KA-KA-Ni, V. To have the itch; to
be sore. See Mkac.
Hoo-KA-LA, ». See Eala, rough. To
sharpen ; to grind, i e., to mb on a stone
for sharpening ; to grind, as a tool.
JEIoo-ka-i.a-ha-i,a, ». See Kalahala, to
pardon sin. To cause to pardon sin; to
make an atonement Nah. 16.
Hoo-KA-LA-KU-pu-A, V. To lie in wait;
to ambuscade for the purpose of robbery;
to act the part of spies.
2. To entrap one in his words.
3. To observe or watch slily as one plots
mischief,
Hoo-KA-LAE, V. Seg Kalae, clear sky.
To clear oif, as clouds after a rain; to open,
as the clouds that the sky may appear ; to
be clear, as the sky.
Hbo-KA-LAi, V. See Kalai, to hew. To
cause to hew; to cut, as wood or stones
into some shape.
H'oo-KA-LA-XA-LAi, V, See the above.
To.^cut <xS; to smooth, as the inside of a
canoe.
Hco-KA-LA-u, V. See Kaijili. To go
quickly and straightforward.
Hoo-KA-LE-KA-LE, adj. Lying; deceit-
ful ; treacherous.
Hoo-KA-Li, V. See Kali, to delay. To
cauae to wait ; to wait ; to delay ; to wait
for something.
Hoo-k'a-li-lo-i.i-lo, v. See Kalilo.. To
draw near to death : to have the last symp-
toms of death ; to die.
Hoo-KA-Lu-Hi, V. To bend; to vibrate,
as a leaf in the wind.
HOO
185
HOO
2. To ogle ; to bend and twist, as a fop
or a vain woman ; e hookaiuhi waiokila.
Hoo-KA-MA, V. See Kama, a child. To
adopt, as a child ; to make the child of an-
other one's own.
Hoo-KA-MA, «. An adopted child.
Hoo-KA-MA-HAo, V. See Kamahao. To
be or do something wonderfiil; to be trans-
formed : to take a new form, especially a
more splendid one.
Hoo-'KA-MA-KA, odj. As a prostitute, liv-
ing in a state of prostitution ; he Jtooka-
maka kekahi mea nui ma kahi alii. Note. —
This may be an erroneous orthography for
hnokamakama.
Hoo-KA-MA-KA-MA, V. See Kamakama.
To prostitute one's wife or daughter for
pay. ^. to prostitute one's self for mauey;
to make one a pro8tit\ite; to behave lasciv-
iously.
HoO-KAi-MA-KA-MA-KA, V. See HoOMAKA,
to begin. To prepare the way for doing a
thing ; to begin to do a thing.
Hoo-KA-MA-UL-Ni, V. See Kamalani. To
make one n, favorite, especially one that
appears unworthy to evei'yone oLse except
the chief; to treat, as a do Sing parent a
disobedient or niiachievoas child; tolavi.sh
favors on a bad child.
Hoo-KA-BiA-Ni, P. To have a very good
externaiappearance, as any t^ulistance, but
internally worthless.
2. Applied to persons, to be deceitful ;
to act the hypocrite ; to make hypocritical
pretonsioHs; .t« bea vrorthlessperson under
a pleasant exterior.
Hoo-BJi-MA-Ni, s. A hypocrite.
2. Hypocrisy ; guile. Ilitl. 32:2.
Hoo-KA-MA-Ni-HA, V, See Kamaniha, fo
be rude. To be nide ; to be rough ; td bb
; wild ; to be unsocial.
Hoo-ka-na-hai, v. See Kanahat, to de-
crease. To be small ; to be, stinted ; to
make small ; to make less ; to reduce in
size; to humble somewhat. See next word.
HoQ-KA-NA-HA0, I'. To be small ; to be
depressed ; to make less.
Hoo-KA-NA-OE, V. To push forward; to
urge on ; to quicken ; to hasten in doing a
thing. See Kanahb.
Hoo-KA-NA-HE, V. To drive or urge for-
ward.; to accelerate movement ; to hurry ;
to quicken.
H00-KA-NA-H17-A, , V. See Kanahua,
crooked : stoop-shouldered. To bend up-
wards, as a crooked rafter.
2. To rise above water, as a whale's back.
3. To bendj to crook; to Tuft humpbacked.
noo-KA-HA-KA, w. See Kanaka, a man.
To be 0* act like a man ; to be brave ; to
be manlv t to act the part of a brove man.
24
Hoo-ka-na-ka-ma-kii-a, s. SeeKANAKA-
itixuA. The state of being mature, as a
yonng person of either sex ; being grown
. up. Laieik. 28.
Hoo-KA-NA-KA-NA-iE, ». To quicken; to
hasten : to urge on. See Hookanahk.
Hoo-KA-NA-LE-o, V. To try hard to walk
Btraightly, as one who wishes to disguise
. his drunkenness.
Hoo-KA-NA-LU-A, V. See Kanaltta, to be
in doubt. To be in doubt ; to besitnte ;
to be fearful.
2. To stalk about in a proud swinging
manner.
Hoo-KA-NA-WAi, u See Kanawai, law,
&c. To be enraged at ; to set off from one
in anger ; to dislike one who has been a
friend ; hookanatoai aku la ia i kona wafai
i hele ai, aole e hele hou ; hookcmaicai aku
la i na maKamaka.
Hoo-KA-NE, V. To make a special ftiend
of a man ; applied only to a womah.
2. To keep a lodging house.
Hoo-KA-Ni, V. See Kani, to make a
musical sound. To sing ; to ring ior Joy ;
to make a musical sound.
2. To ring a bell ; to play on an iiiiilru-
ment of music.
I Hoo-KA-Ni-KA-Ni, V. See the foregoing.
To play the ukeko ; to strike on anything
to make a sound.
2. To sing often.
3. To make a noise, aj a multitude of
voiees end instruments preparatoij to a
mofcomoko or boxing match; ?. saho malic
na kanaka, alalia, hookdmikwd pihe mai,
penei.
Hoo-KA-Ni-pi-HE, V. T* make a great
noise, as in an a.ssembly for the hula and
other assemblies; alalia, Iwokatdpi}^ mai
kela aoao o ka aha.
Hop-KA-NO, V. See Kano, to be proiid.
To be proud ; to be lofty in demeanor ; to
be haughty.
2. To abstain from ; to let alone ; to
spare ; to treat ivith affection.
Hoo-ka-no, s. See Kano. Haughtiness;
pride; self sufficiency.
Hoo-KA-PAE, V. See Kapab, to pervert.
To turn off; to push aside; to pai-ry off;
to render ineffectual, as .an argument.
. 2. To conceal under one's kapa.
Hoo-KA-PE-EE, V. SeeKAFEKE,tobeout
of joint. To unloose ; to uncover; to send
forth.
2.. To lay aside, as property; to conceal.
3. To take off; to remove, as the cover
of a calabash ; hookapeke i ka waiwai, to
lay aside property ; kookaptke i ka poi, to
take off the cover ; hookapeke i Ms, waa, tx>
conceal the canoe.
Hoo-KA-PE-KE, «. Putting on a dress
HOO
198
HOO
and yet being exposed, an incentive to
lewdness ; eia kckahi mea e moelrolohe ai,
o ka liooiiichie a o ka liookapeke,
Hoo-KA-PE-KE-PE-KE, i). See above and
Kapukepeke.
Hoo-KA-PC, V. See Kapu, prohibition.
To prohibit ; to forbid ; to pat under an
interdict.
2. To. consec-ate ; to make sacred ; to
set aside for a particular use.
Hoo-KA-pu-KA-PU, V. See Kapu. Inten-
sive and frequentative of the foregoing.
Hoo-KA-pu-Hi, L'. To take care, as the
kahii or nurse of a chief's child ; applied
only to chiefs. Note. — This is said to be
a word peculiar to Oahu.
Hoo-KA-PU-Hi, s. A nurse of a king's or
a chiefs child; e na haumana, amc na
kumu, ame na hookapuld, ame na fcahu. .
2, TB'e kah}! of an animal, as the master
or owner of a dog ; e imi ma ka hanuhanu
ana ka ka llio e loaa'i ka hookapuhi, to
Seek like the dog's smelling to find the
master.
Hoo-KA-wi-Li, V. See Kaawili and Ka-
wiLi, to twist. To twist ; to turn.
Hoo-ka-wo-wo, f. See Kawowo 5, to
roar. To make a slight rumbling noise, as
by moving the feet, drumming with the
fingers, &c. ; to rustle, as leaves in the
wind ; to roar, as a waterfall.
Hoo-KE, V. See Ke, to force ; to com-
pel. To crowd together, as at the door of a
liause (as formerly); to elbow; to edge on
by degrees.
2. To get possession in a foreign country
without permission ; applied to many for-
eigners who have crowded themselves in :
to push aside any person or thing that is
ill the way.
3. To get one into difficulty; to stniggle
against opposition.
4. To abstain from; to let alone; to leave
untouched.
5. To blow the noiie.
HoQ-KE, s. A struggling against diffi-
c\\\tj ; an urging on.
Hoa-i£E-Ai, V. Hooke and ai, food. To
abstain from food ; to fast.
Hoo-KE-E-o, p. See Keeo, to be angry.
To be quickly angry ; to be wrathful : to
be quick teilipercd.
Hoo-KEE-KEE, V. See Kekee, crooked.
To make crooked ; to crook ; to bend.
2. To do wrong ; to pervert right.
Hoo-XEi, V. To set one's self above
others literally; to take a higher seat;
moraUy, to be proud ; to be self exalted;
alalia, hookei iho la ke kahuna nui nana i
kai ka aha.
Hoo-KEi-KEi, V. See Kki, to glory; tol
boast. To bonor one's self; to be proud
of one's skill at any business ; to be vain-
. glorions ; to think mnch of one's self.
Hoo-KE-o, V. See Keo, white. To make
white ; to whiten.
Hoo-KE-o, s. A long calabash.
Hoo-KE-o-KE-o, V. See Keo, white. To
cause whiteness ; to be white.
Hoo-KE-u, V. See Keb, a remainder.
To hare over and above ; to have or mako
a remainder.
Hoo-ke-ha, v. See Keha 3, to be puffed
up. To be pnSed up ; to be proud ; to be
self glorious.
Hoo-ke-ha-ke-ha, r. See above and
Kera. To be proud ; to be high minded ;
to imitate a chief in manners and dignity.
Hoo-KE-KEE, V. See Keekee, crooked.
To crook; to bend; to pervert; to spurn;
to make crooked.
Hoo-KE-SfiR, adj. Crooked ; warped ;
bent, naturally or morally.
2. Displeased : offended at any neglect
Hoo-ke-la, v. See Kjxa, to extend be-
yond. To exceed; to go beyond; to be
higher ; to be more.
Hoo-KE-LA, s. The name of a month.
Hoo-ke-le, v. See KelE; to slip ; to
slide along. To sail, as the master of a
ship or canoe.
2. To direct or steer a ship or caaoe ; to
hold the helm.
3. To praise ; to extol.
Hoo-ke-le, s. a steerer of a canoe,
Zaieik. 45. See Hoosei.ewaa.
Hoo-ke-le-ke-le, ». See Kele, td slip,
&c. To slip or slide" easily.
2. To sail about for pleasure in a canoe
or boat
S. To bathe a child near dead with' famine.
i. To scatter water ; to wet mats ; e hoo-
kdekele i ka moena.
Hoo-KE-LE-wAA, s. The helmsman of a
canoe.
Hoo-KE-PA, V. See Kepa, to snatch at.
To snap or snatch at with the teeth; to
prick like a spur.
Hoo-Ki, ». See Ki, to shoot, and Koo-
KiKi. To spill ; to drop.
2. To shoot a gnn.
Hoo-Ki-E, V. See KiE, high. To lift up;
to be high. See Kikkie.
Hoo*Ki-Ki, t. See Kiei, to look sharply.
To cause to peep ; to look slily at
Hoo-ki-e-ki-e, ». See Kie and Kiekie,
to be high. To elevate ; to lift up.
2. To.be proud ; to be high minded ; to
lord it over another.
Hoo-ki-e-ki-e, s. Pride; haughtiness;
overbearing conduct Nah. 16;30.
HOO
187
HOO
Hob-Kii, », See Kii, to go after. To
canau to go for a thing ; to cause to fetch ;
to go aft«!r : to take bold of; to seize.
Hoo-Kii, V. To grow thin in flesh 5 to
disiiolve ; loj^sappear. /er. 34:4.
Hoo-Kii, s. Thinness of flesh ; consump-
tion. A'oTiZ. 28:22. Leaoness.^oj. 106:16.
HocvKii, adj. Thin ; lean in iesh.
2. Close ; parsimonious.
Hoo-Kii-Kii, V. To swell out, as the
breast ; as the stomach ; to rise up.
Hoo-Ki-0, V. See Kio, a pool; a puddle.
To spread out ; to enlarge.
2. To assemble together, as water in a
lalte or pond.
Hoo-Kio-Kio, V. See Eiokio, to play on
a pipe. To pipe ; to play od, as a fiiie ; to
play on any wind instrument.
Hoo-Ki'HB, ». See Kihe, to sneeze. To
cause to sneeze. 2 Ndl. 4:35.
Hoo-Ki-Hi, P. To defend off; to reproach;
to persecute,; to put one undor a law.
Hoo-Ki-Kii, V. See Hookiikii above. -
Hoo-Ki-Hi-Ki-Hi, V. See Kuii, corner;
edge. &c. To branch out ; to make many
corners; to make the sides of a figure irreg-
ular.
Hoo-Ki-Ki, p. See Hooki, to spill. To
spill; to drop, as water; to squirt or throw
water, a» a fire-engine.
Hbo-Ei-Ki-NA, I!. See Kin a and Kikina,
to scud one on an errand. To send on an
errand with dispatch ; to command ; to
order ; to hurry.
2. To scold ; to be angry.
3. To iaavesuddanly.asinagreatliiirry.
Hoo-Ki-Ki-NO, e. See Kmo, body, and
HooKiNO. To make or cause a body ; to
embody.
Hoo-Ki-Lo, V. See Kilo and Haiulo, to
look earnestly. To spy ; to evesdrop or
overbear ; to act as a spy upon tbose-who
do wrong : e hookUo i ka hewa.
2. To watch, as one who is doing wrong;
to watch sliiy.
•Hoo-Ki-LO, V. To grow thin and spare ;
to waste away, as one in the consumption;
hookilo kino ole, wiwi.
Hoo-iKi-i*0( ».,See Kmo, to strike. To
seiKe ; to catch up ; to grasp, as the band
, does a stone.
Hoo-Ki-MO-Ki-Mo, V. To be oppressed ;
to be weighed dowfi ; to be weary ; to be
near fainting.
Hoo-Ki-NA, ». See Kina, to urge on.
To make one heavy or sad; to, op press;
to make weary; to put one burden on after
another;, to add one command after an-
other.
2. To urge one to do a, thins; ; to compel
to do it : malia i hookim ai kuu kane ;;.'a
i ka inu awa, jierhaps my husband will
compel me to drink awa. Laieik. 208.
3. To pour down fast, as rain.
Hoo-Ki-NA-Ki-NA, ». Frequentative of
kina.
Hoo^Ki-NO, c. See Kino, body. To em-
body ; to give body, form or solidity to a
thing ', to take a shape ; hookino ai ka
honua, he gave the earth a body' or shape.
Sec HOOEIKLNO.
Hoo-Ki-PA, ». See Kipa, to turn aside.
To- turn in to lodge.
2. To entertain with •hospitality ; to in-
vite to enter one's house.
Hoo-Ki-PA, adj. Disposed to entertain
strangers j kanaka hookipa, a man liberal
In entertaining strangers; wahlne Aoofcipa.
los. 2:1.
Hoo-Ki-pi, adv. See Kipi, rebel. Eebel-
liously ; treSicherously. Kanl. 13:6.
Hoo-Ki-wi, V. See Kiwi, to crook. To
crook or bend, as a horn. .
2. To pull along ; to fall down.
Hoo-Ki-wi-Ki-wi, B. See Kiwi above. To
pull along ; to seize bold of; to fatigue.
2. To hook on to ; to crook.
Hqo-ko, n. See Ko, to fulfill. To fulfill;
to carry out, as a contract ; to fulfill, as an
agreement or promise.
Hoo-Ko-A, V. See Koa, a soldier. To
act the soldier; to be brave; to be strong;
to be fearless.
Hoo-Ko-A, V. For hoookm. See Osoa,
anotlier. To make another.
2. To divide; to distinguish; to separate.
3. To whirl ; to turn round.
4. To put off; to postpone.
Hoo-Ko-E, V. See Koe, remainder, To
cause some to remain; to be over and
above ; to be left after some are taken ; to
reserve ; to set aside.
Hoo-Ko-B-Ko-E, c. See Koekoe, cold.
To cause to be cold ; to be cold and wet ;
to be chilly.
Hoo-Ko-E-NE, u. See Koene, shelter;
rest. To cause rest; to cause quietness;
to be free from trouble.
Hoo-Ko-i, V. See Koi, to urge on; to
compel. To speak in a rough ha.rsh voicp:
to make rough or harsh ; to urge ; to drive
on.
Hoo-Ko-i-Ko-i, ». See KoiKoi, heaviness;
weight. To make heavy litfrally or mor-
~ally ; to oppress ; \o treat with rigor.
Hoo-Ko-i-Ko-i, s. A bearing of a burden;
the act of making one sad ; putting one in
circumstances very disagreeable and grii?v-
ous to be borne.
Hoo-Ko-i-Ko-i-pu-A-m-o-LE, «. To make
great pretensions .of forbidding iniquity,
HOO
18S
KOO
and at the same time to practice it secretly.
Note. — Thia is i hew coined word adapted
to modern times. '
Hoo-Ko-i-NE, ». See Koine, to hasten.
To be calm, as the mind ; to be at rest; to
b« quiet.
Hoo-Ko-no-Ko-LA, V. To rejoice at the
overthrow of oue's eaejny ; to be glad at
his discomfiture. See Hoonaikola and
A(K0I.i.
Hoo-Ko-Htj, V. See Kopxr, to agree ; to
be alike. To resemble ; hookohu ke keiki
a Daniela i kona makua; to cause <t re-
semblance ; to ' make a likeness ; to set
apart for one's sejf.
Hoo-Ko-Hu, s. A favorite or chosen
one ; one appointed Si'st to a post of duty.
Laieik. 104.
Hoo-Ko-Hu-Ko-HU, V. See the furegoing.
To ask with forwardness.
2. To affect resemblance ; to be assum-
jng.
3. To make advances to a woman with
a view to have her for a wife.
i. To agree together.
Hoo-Ko-Ko, V, See Koeo, blood. To
spill, as a liquid ; to JBow, as blood.
Hoo-Ko-KQ-Hi, V. To be black and threat-
ening, as clouds. I to lower.
Hoo-Ko-Ko-Hi, adj. Running low; black;
thick; threatening; as clouds; he ao Jwo-
Icokohi, a thick black cloud.
Hoo-Ko-Ko-KE, V. See Kokoke, near
either in time or place ; to cause to draw
near ; to approach.
Hoo-Ko-Ko-LE, V. See Kole, raw; un-
cooked. To remain uncooked ; unfinished.
Hoc-Ko-Ko-Lo, V. See Kolo, to crawl.
To cause one to crawl or creep.
2. To Htoop or bend down,
Hoo-Ko-Ko-No-iE, ti. To be at rest; to
be qiiiet.
2. To stir up ; to provoke.
Hoo-Ko-LA, V. See Akola and A;kola,
to triumph. To rejoice at the ills of an-
other ; to express such joy.
Hoo-Ko-LA-Ko-LA, V. To rouse up the
sexual passions.
Hoo-Ko-LE, V. See Kole, raw, as flesh,
To make red, as raw meat ; to look red ;
to make raw flesh.
Hoo-Ko-LE-Ko-LE, V. See above. To
make raw or red, as raw or fresh moat.
Hoo-Ko-u-Li, V. See Kolili. To flutter
In the wind.
Hoo-Ko-Lo, t'. See Kolo, to creep; to
crawl. To cause to creep or crawl along ;
to walk bent over ; to crouch.
2. To approach one with the intention of
entering into conversation with him.
3. To draw near to a chief to inform
against one.
4. To approach humbly to ask a favor.
Note. — In ancient times all persons sent
for by a chief as suspected or accused of
an offense, and all who came ^o a chief to
ask a favor, approached him on tbeir bands
and knees, crawling from a distance.
Hoo-Ko-Lo-Ko-Lo, V. Intensive of the
above. To call to account.
2. To question with the design of elicit-
ing some fact ; to investigate by question-
ing.
3. To try an accused person : to hold a
court.
Hoo-Ko-Lo-NiJ-HA, V. Bookolo and Tiuha,
to sit doubled up in silence. To sit bent
over in sullen silence ; not to reply v/hen
spoken to ; aole ou kanaka hookolonvha e
like, you have no man sullen like him.
Hoo-Ko-Lo-NU-HA, adj. See Kolo and-
NuHA, silent. Sullen ; silent ; refusing ta
speak See example above.
Hoo-xo-Mo, V. See Komo, to enter; to
, sink down. To cause to enter in various
w^ys ; to enter an aperture ; to eater the
door of a house; to sink down into, as into
water.
Hoo-Ko-Mo-Ko-Mo, V. See Komo and
KoMOKOMO, to enter. To cause to entei-
frequently.
2. To be supplied, as with food ; to bei
satiated with eating.
■ 3. To play at a game called koipokomo.
Hoo-Ko-NA, V. See Kona, to be strong,
To be brave ; to dare ; to be hard upon.
Hoo-Ko-Ni, V. See Koni, to taste ; to
try. To try; to experience; to make plain.
2. To ask or try a littlo by way of beg-
ging or making a bargain ; tn tempt.
Hoo-Ko-Ni-Ni, V. See Konini, to revive
from fainting. To cause to shoot up or grow
like a plant.
2. To swell, as a bnd.
3. To convalesce, aa a sick person.
Hoo-Ko-No, V. See Kono, to invite. To
invite ; to lead along.
Hoo-Ko-No-Ko-No, 0. See Kono, to in-
vite; to urge. To set on; to urge, as dogs
to fight.
2. To entice so as to force one to do
wickedly. • '
3. To stir up or excite feeling in one.
4. To send frequently to hurry one on ;
to be induced to do a thing. Laieik. 128.
IJoo-Ko-No-Ko-NO, s. A setting on, as
dogs to fight ! a getting up a difliculty be-
tween per.ions that they may fight and kill
each other.
Hoo-Ku, V. See Ku, to stand. To cause
to stand ; to stand erect ; to atick up in a
perpendicular position.
HOO
189
HOO
■ 2. To dedline-j to withhold ; to refuse ;
to be unwilling.
3. To hold water with the paddles when
the canoe is sailine.
Hoo-KU-A, V. To fail in one's strength,
as aft«r much and long effort oue'a spirits
and strength begin to fail.
Hoo-Ku-A-Mi-A-Mi, V. See Kuamiami, the
motion of a hinge. To make motions, per-
haps indelicate ones, like a hinse.
Hoo-KO-A-NU-i, ■(;. See Kha, back, and
Nti, large. To cause the back to swell ;
to make one work hard ; to be severe ; to
increase ; to enlarge, as a swelling.
Hoo-ku-a-ke-e-0, v. See HooHnA\BEo.
To act contrary to; to go to au extreme in
anything because of anger, as when a little
is asked and a great deal is thrown to him
in anger.
Hoo-KU-E, V. See Koe, to resist. To
cause to resist ; to oppose ; to make oppo-
sition.
Hoo-KU-E-Ku-E, V. See the above. To
excite anger; to stir up opposition; to grin
with a frown.
Hoo-KU-E-Ka-E-MA-KA-N0-i, V. See above
with Makanui, great face. To grin moat
horridly with rage or anger.
Hoo-KU-E-NE, V. See Kuene, to meas-
ure. To take the meaflure for Uyingout a
building ; to measure ; to lay out.
Hqo-kd-e-ku-e-ne, v. See E^yp'^E. To
make way.
2. To wait on one.
3. To move back and forth, as a fan in
fanning.
4. To cbol one with a fan.
Hoo-kh-e-wa, v. See Koewa, to wan-
der. To wander about, as a vagabond; to
go here and there without object; to be
friendless.
Hoo-KU-i, V. See Kui, to join. To stitch
together, as with a needle ; to stitch to-.
gether, as the five kapas for a pau or sleep-
ing kapa;3.
2. To pierce, as in sewing cloth or kapa.
3. To join together, as letters in making
a word, i. e., to spell.'
4. To meet together.
Hoo-KU-i, s. A joining or connecting ;
o kabi mawaena o ka lani ame ka honua,
ua kapaia he lewa, he hciokui ame ka hala-
wai.
Hoo-ku-i-ka-hi, v. See Kuikahi, to
unite in'oiie. To unite in one; to agree
together.
2. To mak^ a treaty of peace and friend-
ship. . m
Hoo-K0-ii»^u-t, ». See Kui, to unite. To
naite : to join together ; to put words to-
gether, as in a dictibn%ry.
2. To collect iu one mass.
. 3. To unite by sewing, as cloth ; e hoo-
kuikui i ka manai, a uo i ke kaula a lawa.
4. To reseinble ; to be like.'
Hoo-KU-i-KU-i, s. Something united or
put together ; a sentence ; a collection of
. *:ord3.
Hoo-KD-I-NA, s. A uniting ; a joining ;
a seam in a garment ; he hoolcuina ami, a
hinge joint. Anat. 18;
Hoo-KC-o-E, V. To cause to be or act
the vagaboni) ; to wander about without
business or care; to live in poverty; to be
worthless.
Hoo-Kxr-oi, V. See Oi 3. To limp; to
walk with unequal steps.
Hoo-KU-oo, V. See Kuoo, to stand ready.
To stand ready; to be prepared for any
bushaesS or^^ent ; to be in readiness' for ij.
call.
2. To aasnme great gravity for the sake
of deception.
Hoo-Ktr^-HA, s. A disease from the
illicitintercourse of the sexes. See Kcoha.
Hoo-KU-ojco-A, V. See KnoKOA, to stand
abide. To cause to stand aside ; to put
one by himself; to make another.
Hoo-KTT-o-LO, V. See Kuoi-o, to shake j
to tremble. To shake ; to bo unsteady, as
. with the palsy; to have the palsy.
Hoo-KU-o-Ni, V. See KuoNi, to move
gently. To move a little ; to move slightly
or easily ; to walk slowly ; to lag behind.
Hoo-KU-o-NO, V. See KnoNo, a bay or
gulf. To sink in, as the eye in sickness;
to sink down; to indent, as the land on tile
sea shore and cause a bay.
Hoo-KU-o-No-o-No, V. See KuoNooNO, a
sufficiency. ^To be supplied ; to have suf-
ficiency. . ,
2. To be quiet ; to remam quiet a long
time ; to be well established.
3. To put in order; to keep in order.
Hoo-KU-o-NO-o-NO, «. Persons living at
ease Having a competency of the means of
living ; aole hune nui o ka poe ZsoofcMono-
ono, he lakd lakou.
Hoo-KCTJ, V. See Kon,. to loosen. To let
go ; to dismiss ; to send away; to reUase ',
to let down.
Hoo-Kuu, adj. Let down; loosened;
dismissed.
Hoo-Kua-Kuu, V. Freq. orabqve. A0l6t
down, as » rope , to subside, or cause to
retire. , . . ^ri
Hoo-KU-Hi, V. See Kuhi, to think. To
cause to guess : to suppose ; to think.
Hoo-KU-Hi-Hi, ». To entangle; tt)cattse
to entangle. See KAnnn. '
Hoo-KU-Ht-KU-Hi, 0. Freq. of hoqhihi.
To guess ; to *hink; to be uncertain.
HOO
190
HOO
Hoo-Ku-Ho, V. See Kuho, the sound of
a stone falling peip^diciilai'ly in the watyr.
To sound short and quick, as a ttonu fall-
ing perpendicularly in the water.
2. To coogh ; to cough up from the
throat.
Hoo-Kc-KE, V. See Kuke, to drive off.
To throw away ; to banish ; to drive off.
Hoo-KD-Ku, V. See Kbku, stuffed with
food. To *at to uncomfortable iuUnees ;
to stuff with food.
2. To have a sufiQciency ; to eat enough.
3. To eat food vorapiously ; applied to
many eating togethpr ; applied to one per-
son it is hoonuu.
4. To try or fit on, as a garment.
Hoo-KU-Ku, s. Fullness of food ; over
eating.
Hoo-Ku-KU, adj. Full, a.s with fopd;
satiated.
2: Fitted ; having a resemblance.
3, See Kg, to stand. A standing up, as
in the practice of boxing. Lateik. 46.
Hoo-KU-KU-Li, V. See Ktjlij the knee.
To cause to kneel ; to kneel down.
HOO-KO-LA-NA-LA-NA, V. See KULANA-
LANA, to walk weakly. To walk or stand
•unsteadily.
2. To stumble ; to recede back.
Hoo-KU-Li, V. See Kuli, to be deaf. To
turn awa^ from hearing; to refuse to hear.
2. To disregard one's advice or instruc-
tion.
3. To bribe to disobedience.
4. To give one's property for an evil
purpose.
Hoo-KD-Li, adc. Silently ; made to say
nothing by a bribe, in the phrase moe hoo-
kuli,
Hoo-KU-Lou, V. See KuLon, to bow. To
bow down ; to cower ; to sit cowering.
2. To cast the eyes downward.
Hoo-Ku-Lou-xn-Lou, V. To bend over,
aa in sorrow or in pain.
Hoo-Ku-Lou-Lou, V. To bend over, &c.
See above.
Hoo-KU-LU-Ku-LU, V. See Kulu, to drop.
To leak; to fall in drops; to drip; to
sprinkle with water.
Hoo-KU-MA-KAi-A, V. To cause all am-
buscade; to betray; to accuse an innocent
person.
Hoo-Ku-MA-Ki-NA, V. To cause to wail,
as persons for the dead.
Hoo-KO-Mu, I'. See Kumj, fouodaticn.
To settle; to root; to establish; to appoint
to a particular business or office ; to lay a
foundation.
Hoo-KTJ-NAi-NA, V. To make a conquest;
- to conquer ; to show an extirmiuabng
Bpirit.
See HooKOLANA, n
To step sideways; to
HOO-KU-NA-NA, f.
substituted lor i
stumble in walking
2. To besitute in speaking ; to be unde-
cided.
Hoo-KH-Nou, V. See KuNou and KoLou.
Lit. To stand bent. To bow, aa the head ;
to nod, as the head ; to wag the bead, or
shake it in derision; to bow; to bend over.
Hoo-Ku-Nu, V. See KuNT7, to cough. To
cause to cough ; to make one cough ; to
hack and cough. See Hookiho.
Hoo-KU-PA, V. See Kupa. To dig out j
to cut ; to hew, as in disging out a canoe.
Hoo-KU-FA, V. Eng. To be or work like
a cooper ; to act the cooper,
Hoo-KTJ-PAA, V. See KuPAA, to .stand
fast. To cause to stand fast; to confii-m,
as an agreement ; to make perpetual, as a
promise or covenant.
Hoo-Ku-PA-Ku-PA, V. SeeHooKUPA. To
cut ; to carve ; to pare ; to dig.
Hoo-KU-PE, V. To turn, as one's ankle
or foot in walking ; hence, causing a stum-
bling.
Hoo-Ku-pu, V. See Ktrpu, to spring up.
To cause to grolv Up, as a vegetable ; to
spring up, as a seed.
2. To pay or gather a tax ; to pay a tax
or tribute.
3. To accomplish ; to perform.
4. To give freely ; to make a present to
one.
Hoo-Ku-Fu, s. A tax; a taxation; a
tribute to one in higher standing ; a pres-
ent ; a gift ; a gratification. .
Hoo-KU-pu, adj. Liable to taxation;
mea hookupu, a tributary. Kanl. 20:11.
Taxed ; laid under tribute. iMnk. 1:30.
Hoo-Kct-wE-inf-WE, ) ,,. See Kuekue,
Hoo-KU-E-KU-E, I the knuckle or elbow
joint. To elbow ; to jog with the elbow :
to push.
Hoo-LA, V. To withhold openly J to be
parsimonious.
Hoo-LA, s. A kapa or Hawaiian cloth ;
applied mostly to single kapas ; but on
Kauai, used instead ot-the word kapa gen-
erally.
2. A remnant ; a piece.
Hoo-LA, V. For hooola. See Ola, to re-
cover from sickness. To have ease after
pain ; to recover from sickness.
2. To save from danger ; to cure a di»-
3. To deliver or free from death.
Hoo-LA, s. Used for AoooZo. Safety after
danger ; deliverance from peril ; salvation
as ot a people. Puk. 14;i3.
Hoo-LAA, V, See Laa, to consecrate.
HOO
191
HOO
To coMecratc ; to hallow : to Bf t apart for
a particniar purpose, especially for reli-
gioii8 purposes.
H06-JUA-1.AA, e. For ftooMa. SeeLiLA,
a braocb ; a limb. To branch out, as the
limbs of trees.
Hoo-LA-AO, V. To ask, as a child for
food. •
2. To«well np, as the stomach.
Hoo-LAB-Ho-ND-A, V. See Lae, the fore-
head, and HoNUA, entirely. To bow or
carry the face low, as one affecting great
golemnity.'
Hoo-LAB-LAE, V. See Laelae, ?.Iear. To
be clear ; to shine ; to be bright, as an an-
- clouded sky.
Hoo-LAI, V. See Lai, to he still. To ap-
pease ; to quiet, as a mob ; to be quiet ; to
be still.
Ho-o-LA-o-LA, V. For koodada. See
QiJsnA, the sound of the throat in drink-
ing. To gurgle, aa water when drinking.
Hoo-LA-o-\, ) V. To tie up, as small
Hoq-la-o-WA; \ slicks for fuel.
Hoo-LA-o-A, s. A hook for catching eels.
Hoo-LAO-tAo, V. See Laolao, a bundle.
To do up in bundles ; to tie up, as a bun-
dle for carrying ; to tie a string around.
Hoo-LAU, V. See Lau, many; the num-
ber 400. To make numerous ; to m.ike
company for one.
2. To take away the solitude of a place.
Hoo-LAU-A-KA-NE-A, V. Tohidc; to con-
ceal ; to go or put away out of sight ; to
deceive.
Hoo-LAU-LAU, V. See Hoolaolao and
LiCLAD. To tie up a bundle.
Hoo-LAtr-LE-A, V. See Laulba, to be on
friendly terms with. To appease ; to calm
one angry ; to satisfy an injured party ; to
reconcile.
Hoo-LATJ-NA, V. See Launa, friendly.
To be on good terms with one ; to act the
part of a friend.
Hoo-LAB-wi-ti, V. See Latjwili. to turn ;
to be fickle. To cause to twist ; to take
many positions or shapes.
2. To go round and round in speaking ;
. to nse many words in saying little.
3. To be inconstant or fickle in doing a
thing- . ,
Hoo-LA-HA, V. See Laha, to spread out.
To spread out; to widen; to spread abroad,
i. e., to publish extensively, as news; to
cause to become of general interest.
Hoo-LA-HA-LA-HA, ». Tofaear; to carry,
as on a double^ianoe or peleku.
Hoo^LA-BA-LA-HAi, V. See Lahai and
T.tT.>H^V; to hover over. To hover over, as
a bird ; to flap the wings without making
any advance, as an owl.
2. To float in the air, as a kite.
Hoo-LA-Ho-LA-Ho, V. See Laho, the
testicles. To tuI) the testicles ; to practice
onanism. *
Hdo-i.a-H(;-i, u. See Lahui, to prohibit.
To cause to be consecrated ; to be mitde
kapu ; to forbid the doing of a thing.
Hoo-LA-KA, V. See Laka, tame, as an
animal. To tame ; to domeslicate, as an
animal; to take av^ay wildress by quiet
friendly treatment.
Hoo-LA-KA-LA-KA, V. . See above. To
make tame, &c.
Hoo-la-k6, v. See Laeo, a sufficiency.
To supply ; to cause si supply ; to be fur-
nished; to supply for an emergency; to
prepare ; to get ready.
Hoo-LA-KO-LA-KO, , V. Frcq. of theabove.
Hoo-la-la, v. See Lala and Hoolaa-
LAA, to branch out. To branch out, as the
branches of a tree ; to divide off different
ways.
2. To lay the foundation of a work ; to
commence a job.
Hoo-LA-LA, *. A stick once crooked that
has been made straight; he hau bi&ha ka
inoa o ia wahi i ka hookdaia.
Hoo-LA-LA, V. To begin or commence
a work or business.
Hoo-LA-LA, b. To move aside out of the
course, as one sailing la the surf turns off
and goes some where else.
Hoo-LA-LA-HAi, 0. See Lahai and Hoo-
I.AHALAHAI.
Hoo-la-le, v. See Lale, to urge on.
To stir up ; to hasten the doing of a thing;
to excite to action ; to get ready quickly
for an event.
Hod-la-la-au, v. To stop up a path;
to plant or cause bushes to grow.
HoO-LA-LE-LA-LE, V. See HOOLALE.. To
get ready quickly; to put in- order in a
hurry, as a house when a visitor comes un-
expectedly ; to hasten generally.
Hoo-LA-NA, V. See Lana, to float; to
hope. To cause to float; to- be light; to
float upon, as upon water.
2. To offer, as a sacrifice.
3. To listen with' attention ; e hoolci,na i
ka pepeiao.
Hoo-LA-NA, s. Indifference m regard to
morals and moral principles; aole e pili
nui kekahi man hewa iloko<o ka pono, o ka
hookaulana, 0 ka hoolana. &c.
Hoo-LA-NA-LA-NA, V. See Lana and
fjANALANA. To cause to be light; to float, &c.
Hoo-la-maiKI-la, v. See Lahakila, to
' overcome. To cause to triumph.
HOO
192
HOO
Hoo-LA-Ni-tA-Ni, V. To exalt; to praise.
2. To enjoj" the privileges of a chief.
3. To take deceitfully (as Puniai did from
. Kauwa.)
Hoo-LA -PA-LA-PA, V. See Lapa, a ridge,
and Lapai,apa. To spin round, as a top.
2. To roll, as the wheel of a plow.
3. To boil ; to bnbble up, as boiling
water : to fry.
4. To blaze, as a blazing fire.
Hoo-la-pa-nai, .1). F oT hooolapanai. See
HooLA. to save, and PANAi,to redeem. To
save one by redeeming ; to buy one's lib-
erty who is in bondage ; to redeem.
Hoo-LA-PA-iv/iT, s. A redeemer. Isa.
iV.U; HcU.7S:Z5.
Hoo-LA-PEE, V. See Lapek, to bend
over. Tq bond up; to dottUe over; to
Ewell up.
Hoo-LA-Puu, V. See Lapito, to bend up.
See also Lapbb. To bend oyer ; to arch ;
to crooii ; to recede from, a straight line.
Hoo-LA-WA, V. See Lawa, sufficiency;
enough. To finish; to make means suit the
intended purpose; to accomplish a purpose.
2. To have enough ; to be supplied.
Hoo-la-wa-la-wa, v. To finish alike.
See above.
Hoo-la-we, v. See L/SWE, to carry. To
draw out ; to carry from one place to an-
other; to cause to bear or carry; to take
away.
Hoo-LA -we-la-we, V. See the foregoing.
To carry frequently; to get things together;
to make ready ; to wait on, as a servant ;
to do this and that.
H00-LA-WE-BLA.-LA, V. To seek occasion
against one ; to find someiliing for ground
of accusation.
Hoo-LA -WE-HA-LA, s. Treachery; seek-
ing evil of one ; a desire to detract from
one's reputation.
Hoo-LE, V. For hoodie. See Ole, no;
not. To deny ; to be unwilling.
2. To- contradict ; to refuse assent ; to
withhold.
Hoo-LB-A, V. See Lea, to be pleased
with. To praise; to extol; to sing praise to.
Hoo-LE-A, s. Praise; tho object of praise.
KaiA. 10:21.
Hoo-LE-A-LE-A, V. See Lea, to please.
To amuse ; to sport with ; to sing in order
to atti'act attention.
2. To soothe ; to assuage ; to alleviate
sorrow or piiih.
Hoo-le-a-le-a, adj. .Anything pleas-
ing ; soothing, as music. LaXeik. 79.
Hoo-LEI, ». See Lei. to cast; to throw.
To cast or throw away; to reject ; to drop
carelessly.
Hoo-LEi"LEi, V. See the above. To cast
or throw away often.
Hoo-lEi-LOA, V. See Hoolei and Lca,
long; also Hooloa\ To extend or straighten
the body ; to .straighten out ; to make
straight.
2. To stretch out the arm or extend it
straight.
3. To stretch out the lower limbs.
Hoo-LEi-KA, s. For hoolnana. That
which is cast or thrown away; refuse mat-
ter. Dan. 3:29. See Hoouska and Ho^
UNA.
Hoo-LEi-WA-LE, V. HoeleizxAwciU. To
throw away as useless or worthless.
Hoo-LE-o-LE-o, V. To rise and fall, as
the waves of the ocean.
2. To go about in eonfission, as men run-
ning hither and thither.
3. To be uneven ; up and down, as a
wrinkled mat or floor.
Hoo-LE-HE-LE-HEi, V. See Lehei, to
jump-from a high positJMi. To fly in an
imperfect manner, as an unfledged bird.
2. To jump from a high position.
3. To dive into the water from a height.
See Lehai.
Hoo-LE-HE-LE-HE-sii, V. To be disap-
pointed ;^to be baffled.
Hoo-iE-LE, ». See Lele, to fly. To let
fly, as a birff from its cage.
2. To fix up in the air ; to flutter in the
wind.
3. To flutter, as a bird from fear; ua Aoo-
Teteja ka oili, she was lafraid, her heart flut-
tered, ioieifc. 205.
Hoo-le-le-hu, v. See Lslehu 3, to be
sleepy. To be sleepy ; to wriflie, as in the
pangs of death. ■
2. To taru sideways.
HoorLE-MA-NA, V. Hoole, to deny, and
mana, power; authority. To deny oni's
power or authority, as tiie people in Liho-
liho's time denied the authority of the
priests and the ancient gods ; as the Jews
also denied the authority of Jesus Christ
Hoo-LE-NA, s. See Hooleina. That
which is Thrown away, &o.
Hoo-le-pe, v. See Lepe, the comb of a
cock. To be scalloped out, as the comb of
a cock ; to be cut out.
Hoo-le-pu-le, V. See Hoole, to deny,
and Pule, prayer; religion. To deny one's
authority to act as priest, as the people did
after Liholiho had broken the kapu. See
HooLEMAKA above.
Hoo-le-wa, v. See Lewa, to swing. To
cause to swing ; to vibrate ; to float in the_,
air.
2. To lift up and can-y, as between' two
persons; to carry in a manele or palanquin.
HOO
19:1
HOO
S. To bear or carry a corpse at a funeral
procession.
4. To hang pendnlone ; to hang down,
as a flag without a breeze.
Hoo-LE-WA, s. A bearing ; a carrying' ;
a floating in the air.
2. The act of bearing a corpse at a fune-
ral ; hence,
3. A funeral procession.
Hoo-LE-vvA-LE-wA, V. See Lewa. To
suspend ; to swing back and forth.
Hoo-le-wa-le-wa, adj. Moving; flying,
as cloud's that fly low ; ina e kolcoke mai
te ao, he ao Iwohwalewa. '
Hoo-Li-o-Li, V. For hooolioli. To cause
to rejoice ; to make glad ; to be cheerful ;
to be joyous.
2. To be dazzling with brightness. See
Ou,
Hoo-Li-o-Li-0, V. To dazzle with bright-
ness.
Hoo-Li-v-Li-u, V. See LitrLirr, a long
time. To cause time to be long; to lengthen
out time.
2. To stay ordelaya long time in a place.
3. To get ready; to prepare to do a
thing.
Hoo-Li-HA-Li-HA, ». To cause fear J to
be afraid ; to be fearful.
Hoo-li-ke, 0. See Like, to be like. To
make alike ; to make equal ; to liken one
thing to another ; to make a resemblance.
2. To divide equally.
Hoo-li-ke-li-ke, v. Intensive of the
above.
Hoo-Li-Li, V. See Lili, jealously. To
partially close the eyes on account of a
bright light.
2. To contract the sight of the eye ; to
make a wry face.
3. To make one jealous ; to cause jeal-
ousy.
4. To question with pertness ; to appear
consequential ; to be dignified.
5. To set up for or assume what^oep not
belong to one ; IwolUi ko Oaha e hookolo-
kolo i ko Lahaina.
Hoo-Li-Li, Vi To undulate, as the air
under a hot sun ; to undulate, as the sur^
face of water by the skipping of fishes.
Hoo-u-Ll, s. The name of the place
where the opelu are found.
2. The putting on of airs ,■■ a feeling of
one's importance ; the act of creating jeal-
ousy in another.
HoQ-Li-Li, adj.W\T:a; hard; bold; dig-
nified ; important.
Hoo-Li-LO, V. See Lao, to pass from
one to another. To cause a transfer; to
, t^ange from one to another; to, be lost; to
delivei' from one to another.
25
Hoo-Li-MA-Li-KA., 'c. See LaiA, band.
To make a hiargain; to hire; to buyorew-H
Hoo-li-ma-li-m;> , s. A person hired to
work. loh. 7:2.
Hoo-li-na, w. See Hooi,eina and Hoo-
LENA.
Hoo-Li-NA-u-NA, V. See LiNA and LiNA-
t.iNA, to be tough. To be tough and hard,
like wax or gum.
2. To be smoothed or polished.
Hoo-Lo-A, V. See LoA, long. To stretch
out or extend the arms or legs after being
bent. Lit.. To make long. Note. — Eooloa
is said to be a Kanai word for hooleiloa.
Hoo-Lo-i-Hi, V. See Loim, long. To
lengthen out ; to prolong.
Hoo-LOTT, I). See LoTJ, a hook. To hook;
to pull with a hook; to draw tight; to bind
on j to insert, as one thing into another.
Hoo-LOTT-Lon, V. To bend over; to stoop
in grief or sorrow; to cry; to weep ; to b»
afflicted.
Hoo-LO-UA, V. See Lotj and Loua, a
hook. To hook ; to pull with a hook ; to
pull ; to bind on.
Hoo-lo-ha-lo-ha, v. See Loha and
Aloha, to love. To be sick ; to be weak ;
to fade ; to fail through weakness.
2. To hang down, as a withering leaf.
3. To cherish ; to fondle ; to caress.
Hoo-LO-HE, V. See Lohe, to hear. To
cause to hear ; to turn the attention ; to
listen ; to regard ; to obey. ,
Hoo-Lo-HE-Lo-HE, 1,'. To give ear ; to
pay attention. '
Hoo-Lo-Hi, V. See Lohi, to be slow. To
malce slow ; to delay ; to detain.
Hoo-LO-Hi-LO-Hi, V, To procrastinate ;
to postpone.
Hoo-LO-KO, V. To insinuate ; to suggest
as a sport.
2. To send ; to order away.
3. To dance ; to play ; to rejoice.
Hoo-Lo-LA, V. To be dull ; to be stupid ;
to be indolent ; to be unable to aooo-nplish
anything ; to neglect.
Hoo-LO-LA-to-LA, V. Freq. of hoolola.
Hoo-LO-LE, V. See LoLE, skin of an ani-
mal. To tui-n ; to change ; to turn out-
aide in.
2. To skin, as an animal. See also Lotj.
Hoo-LO-Li, V. See Lou, to change. To
change; to alter ; to renew; to take a new
form.
2. To change one thing for another.
Hoo-Lo-Li-Lo-u, u^^See Lou. To rec
tify ; to change ; to reform.
Hoo-Lo-LO-HE, V. See Lohe. To be
30ur and to act roughly.
HOO
194
HOO
2. To be barsb ia one's speech and be-
havior.
3. To refuse compliance with one's invi-
tation; to refuse all approaches; to be dis-
obedient, LaieUc. 65.
Hoo-LO-KQ, u See Lono, kindred with
Jk>Ae. To regard ; to listen to ; to obey; to
keep.
Hoo-lu-a; v. See Luj», two; twice. To
do twice ; to repeat ; to do over again.
2. SpecificaJUy, to bal:e over; to cook
twice.
'3. To stop up a pathway that had been
common.
Hoo-Lxr-A, *. The name of the strong
north wind ; be na kabi hodlva, a be ua ole
kahi koolua, f-ome strong winds have lUii,
others not
2. The name of the rain accompanying
the north wind; be ua hnohia, he ua nui
.DO ia.
Hoo-Ltr-A, adj. Strong'; rough; mus-
cuIbt; he hoobia noi ke kuaaina, he hoo-
pepehii.
Hoo-Lir-Ai, V. See Lttai, to vomit. To
Tomit ;' to cast out of the stomach.
2. Fio. To cast out, as a people; to drive
off.
Hoo-LU-Ai-E-LE, V. To be deceitful; e
hoopunipuni ; to go here and there ; to
move about often.
Hoo-Lu-A-LU-Ai, V. See Luai, vomit. To
raise the cud. as raminating animals ; to
raise again. Kanl. I4:6.
2. To use means to provoke vomiting ;
a hoolitaluai aku la, a pan loa ka awa i ka
luaiia. Laieik. 208.
Hoo-LD-E, V. See Lite, to overthrow.
To overthrow ; to cast down ; to cause to
slide away ; to bang down.
2. To bring fortii many young, as a
woman that has borne many children ; as
{a.faen that hatches many chickens.
Hoo-LU-E^itr-E, V. To cast down; to
loosen ; to throw away ; to be loose, as a
garment.
Hoo-nj-E-Lir-E, *. A govni; a 'loose
dress ; a Sowing robe, so called from its
Iposeness.
Hoo-LU-E-LU-£, adj. Hanging low and
loosely.
Hoo-Lu-i, V. To overturn the decision
of a council.
Hoo-LU-o-LtTi V. For hoooluolu. See Glu
and Oi.DOj(.i>, to please; to comfort. To
make easy; to quiet; tocomfbrt; to be cool.
Hoo-Lnu,,^;. See Luu, to dive in the
.water; to plunge in a liquid; hence, to
/ dye ; to color. *
Hoo-LHD-i-Li, V. See HooLun and Ili,
a skin or hide. To tan hides.
Hoo-Luu-i-Li, s. A tanner of skins or
bides. Oih. 9:43. Notk — A later editioa
h/is hanaili instead of hoohm'U. _
Hoo-Luu-Luu, v. See Lutr, to dive. To
fish for the Bah called hinalea; to dive and
take fish iu a ba8k<'t.
Hoo-Lutr-LHo, s. The act of taking or
catching fish in a basket.
Hoo-LUU-LTin, adj. Applied' to a fish
basket ; binai hooluuluu.
Hoo-luu-paa-kai, s. Ike i ka ulana mo-
ena ame ka hoohmpaakai.
Hoo-lu-hb, V, To be proud; to act
haughtily.
2. To wither, as a leaf; to be weak; to
hang down.
Hoo-Lxr-HE-ic-HB, V. To hang loosely;
to be flexible with weakness.
Hoo-LU-Hi, V. See Luhi, fatigue. To
make weary; to oppiess; to make on«
work hard ; to overbear.
Hoo-lu-hi-be-wa, v. Ho(Aukia.nihewa,
wrongfully. To oppress; to harass; to
bnrden wrongfuHy. Edl. 9.9.
Hoo-LU-Hi-LU-Hi, u. Freq. of UiM. To
force one to do many kinds of much hard
work.
Hoo-LU-LE, V. See Lule, often sym,
with Inli, to turn ; to shake. To turn ; to
turn round ; to change.
2. To shake, as flesh with fatness ; to be
loose.
Hoo-LU-LE-LiT-LE, V. To cause a trem-
bling or shaking.
Hoo-LU-LE-LD-LE, s. A trembling; the
. state of old age.
Hoo-LH-Li, V. See Luu, to vibrate ; to
shake. See Lule above. To rock ; to vi-
brate ; to cause a motion back and forth.
Hoo-Ltr-u-LiT-Li, V. See Luu, to rock,
roll, Ac. To stir up ; to awake one out of
sleep; to disturb one's qaiet; to rock, as a
child in a cradle ; to agitate.
Hoo-to-LU, V. S6e Lulu, quiet ; calm.
To lie quietly and still in the water, as a
ship in a harbor ; to be calm.
Hoo-LU-LU-Hi, V. See Luhi, weary with
labor. To cause the eyes to be heavy with
sleep ; to be drowsy ; to be sleepy.
Hoo-Lu-LU-Hi, s. The heavy and. dark
clouds gathering before a storm ; thicken-
ing atmosphere before a storm.
Hoo-LU-NA, V. See Luna, an officer; an
everseer. To be. or act as an officer ; to be
in authority over others.
2. To stir up or order men to their duties;
to act the luna.
Hop-LU-Ni, adj. See Hooluu. Weak;
shaky ; applies to persons or things wherf
there ia weakness.
HOO
195
HOO
Hoo-MA, I.'. See Ma, lo fade; to wilt.
To cause to fadu ; to wilt, as a liowor ; to
perish.
2. To strike with the hands or paddle, »•■
a man on a «urf-1)nard.
Hoo-MAA, ti. See Maa, to accustom. To
accustum: to practice; to exercise by prao-
tioo.
2. To he ready for any buijinens by hav-
ing experience in it.
Hoo-ma-au, 0. See Maau, to trouble.
To defend off; to take an oath ; to make a
law.
2. To persecute ; to injure maliciou.sly ;
to offend ; to bate ; to dislike,
3. To follow from affection.
4. To f(o from place to place.
ft. To be indifferent ; to neglect.
HoO-icA-AU, s. A tempting; a trial as
to one's constancy. Laieik. 102.
Hoo-ma-au-e-a, v. See Maau and Ea.
To work lazily; to leav(! one's work iiiifln-
isbed.
HOO-MA-A-KA-A-KA, V. See Akaaka, to
laugh. To cansft laughter; to make sport;
to play a trick ; to say that which is not
tnie.
Hoo-MA-A-LE-A, ». See Maalea, cun-
ninji. To act wisely ; to act craftily ; to
act deceitfully ; to bo lazy.
Hoo-MA-A-u, I'. See Ali,' a ecar. To
make the trace of a thing, as the wake of a
ship ; to make a faint track of a person
walking; to make a slight road; to appear,
as the scar of a wonnd.
Hoo-iiiA-A-u-u, V. SeeMALiLiandMA-
ALti.i, to assuage ; to cool. To aanupge
heat ; to cool ;. to pacify, as ttng(ir.
Hoo-MAA-MAA, p. See Maa, to accus-
tom. To aociistom one to work : to, teach
one to work; to be furnished; to be ready
for business.
Hoo-ma-a-we, t>. See Maawe, a small
indelinite pavt. To divide out in small
quantilii's
Hoo-ma-a-we-a-we, «. Frequentatiwe
of the foregoinij.
HoorMAE, )). See HooMA and Mae, to
wilt; to fade. To cause to wilt, as a loaf;
to wither; to dry, as a vegetable; to blast;
-to fade, as colored cloth ; to hang down,
as a wilting vegetable.
Hoo-ma-e-a-e-a, jj. To disregard; to
turn a deaf ear to; to relu.se to listen. See
IIOOVAI.UI.ij.
Hoo-MAE-E-LE, V. See Maeele. lo
pity ; to have one's sympathy excited ; ua
hoomaetleia ka naan o k-o lakou kaikanan"
i ke aloha. Laieilr- 74.
Hoo-MA-E-HA, V. To dare ; to provoke t
to be boisterous.
Hoo-MAE-MAE, t>. See Mae, to fade.- To
wilt, as a leaf; to fade, as the colors of
cloth ; to dry up.
2. To cleanse ; to purify ; to clear awaj
filth or stench.
Hoo-MA-E-wA, V. See Maewa, to mock.
To mock ; to mimic ; to reproach ; lo pro-
voke.
Hoo-ma-e-wa-e-wa, v. See the above.
To reproacis ; to sncier at ; to ridicnle.
Hoo-MAi, V. See Mai, sickness, and
AIab. To cause sickness; to be weak; to
be out of health.
Hoo-MA-10, 1). See Ma, to fade, and lo,
(l(!Sh. To grow thin iu Uesb ; to have littlo
flesh on thi; bones.
Hoo-MA-io-io, V. To peep like a chicken.
See loio.
2. To mar ; to spoil.
3. To cut up ; to make, marks.
Hoo-MA-i-nA-i-nA, B. See Maiha, to be
energetic. To draw firmly, as a rope ; to
be intent upon, as the mind ; to pmsne
eagwly.
Hoo-MAi-KA, 1). To be strong; to be in-
tent upon.
Hoo-MAi-KAi, V. See Maikai, handsome;
good. To make good; to correct; to maike
handsome.
2. To bless; to ascribe goodness to one;
to make prosperous.
Hoo-MAi-KAi, *. See above. Thanksgiv-
ing. Oihk. 7:15. Honor. KarU. 20:19. A
blessing. Kanl. 33:1. B'avor; respect; ad-
miration. Eset. 2:1.').
Hoo-MAi-KAi-iA, s. Honor; outward re-
spect paid lo a superior. Mai. !;(i.
Hoo-MAI-KAI-KA, V. See HoOMAIKA. To
baslrorig; to draw firmly.
Hoo-MAI-LA-Ni, V. To tend, 3s a child;
to take care of; to honor.
2. To treat mildly when one is fliseour-
aged.
Hoo-MAi-MAi, V. SeeM/ii, sitltness. To
pretend to be sick ; ua lioomaimai ao la
oia, a nolaila. ua hala ia po. Laieik. 209.
Hoo-ittA-i-NO, V. See Ino, badness. To
make sad ; to treat with severity.
Hoo-MA-i-NO-i-No, V. See Mainoino, to
snifor affliction. 1\3 aSiict; to treat wiUi
severity; tfl slander; to deride.
Hoo-MA-o-A, V. See Maoa, pain; lame-
ness. To have lameness in the hip joint;
to be weak iu the muscles of the thigh.
Hoo-MA-OE, I „. See Maoe and Maoi,
Hoo-MA-oi, ) forward ; bold. To be im-
pertinent ; to speak or ask for a thing ; to
give a hint of one's desire.
H00-MAO-MA9, V. To darken ; to make
a black or blue color. See Ouaumao.
HUO
196
HOO
Hoo-MA-o-NA, V. See Maona, satisfied
wiib food.' To feed to eatiety ; to fill with
food ; to be satisfied with eating.
Hoo-MA-ir, V. SeeMAuandMAUU, wet;
moist. To moisten ; to wet, as with dew ;
to soak.
2. To be cool ; to be agreeable ; to be
refreshing.
Hoo-mau, v. See Matt, to repeat. To
be constant ; to be immovable ; to perpet-
uate; to make fast, as an anchor in sand or
rocks; to keep perpetually in action; to
perserere ; to go forward ; hoomau aku la
laca i ka nele. Laidk. 101.
Hoo-MAtr, adj. Irreconcilable; opposite
in aatures, as fire and water; as virtue and
vice.
Hoo-MAU-A-KA-LA, V. To be lazy; to
Hpend the day; to be indolent; to go about
doing nothing.
%. To accuse falsely; to laugh with
8Cort|. Liik. 8:53.
Hoo-MATi-AE, V. To be lazy; to be idle
2. To lay or place one thing on top of
another. See Ma.dae.
Hoo-MAU-iA, adj. Continual; perpet-
ual. Nah. 4:7. See Hoomad.
Hoo-MAtr-iu-iu, V. To become sore
again ^ to oppress more.
Hoo-MAc-HA-LA, V. See HooMAU, to per-
petuate, and Hala, offense. To keep long
enmity against one; to retain long the
memory of an oflFense ; to seek revenge
long after an offense.
Hoo-MAU-HA-LA, s. AnoldgTudgc; cher-
ished Jtevenge. Laieik- 69. '
Hoo-MATT-LE-Ho, V. See Hoomau and
Lbho, a callous bunch. To cause one to
work hard ; to oppress ; to make one work
all day and every day without wages.
Hoo-MAU-NAu-NA, V. See Maunauna
and Maijna. To waste, as property; to
spend uselessly ; to consume ; to destroy
without ifp^ard to expense.
Hoo-MAU-NAU-NA, s. waste; useless de-
struction of property. MoLiS'.iB.
Hod-MA-HA, V. ^ee Maha, rest. To
cause to rest from fatigue or pain; to cease
from exertion.
Hoo-MA-HA-HA, V. See Haha, tile inside
of kalo tops. To throw the small refuse
kalo roots on the side of the kalo patch..
Hoo-ma-ha-la, v. To loosen; to un-
ravel ; to clear up or vindicate one's char-
acter.
Hoo-MA-HA-NA, V. See Mahana, warm,
also Mehana. To cause to be warm ; to
warm by the fire or by tlie'sun.
Hoo-MA-HA-NA-HA-NA, V. Freq. of above.
Hoo-ma-ha-na-ha-na, s. Name of one of
the last kapuE ; kakali ihp la oia 1 pau ka
hoomahanahana, a neenee aku.
Hoo-MA-Hi-E, V. See Hie, pride, and
HoOHiE. To be excellent ; to be grand ;
to be noble in appearance.
2. To be proud ; to have a high look.
Hoo-MA-Ho-LA, V. See Mahola, to open,
as a flower. To spread out smoothly, as
clothes of kapa. See Hor.A.
2. To open j to spread open ; to expand,
as a flower.
Hoo-MA-Ho-LA-HO-LA, V. Freq. of the
foregoing. Notk. — The difTorent forms jtio-
hola and inohala have the same meaning.
Hoo-MA-HU, V. See Mahu, steam ;
vapor. To steam; to burst forth like steam.
Hoo-MA-HU-A, V. To watch; to lie in
wait ; to act as a spy secretly ; to mock ;
to deride.
2. To hide one's self; to conceal from
view ; to dodge behind something.
Hoo-MA-Hu-A, V. To increase ; to grow
in size ; to swell out ; more often used in
the double form, as
Hoo-MA-HU-A -Hu-A, v. See Mahua and
Hda, to grow. To increase; to enlarge;
to grow big.
Hoo-MA-HU-A-KA-LA, V. To jeer at; to
treat with contempt.
Hoo-MA-HU-i, V. See Mahui, to follow
after. To follow after; to imitate ; to lis-
ten to one's counsel or advice ; to imitate
one's example.
Hoo-MA-HU-KA, V. See Mahuka, to run
away. To coiuisel or advise one to run
sway ; to assisi one to leave a place or
business secretly ; to hide one's s6lf to
avoid w.ork.
Hoo-MA-HU-WA, V. To be blind, especi-
ally with one eye.
Hoo-MA-KA, V. To begin ; to comraenc*^
a work ; to set forth a new thing ; to com-
mence, as a course of evil. Tmeik. 191.
2. To be wild ; to be untamed ; to be
evilly disposed.
Hoo-MA-KA, s..The fresh blade of a
plaut ; the fii-st leaf of a tree. Mar. 4:28.
Hoo-MA-SA-A-Ki-u, V. See Makakiu,
watchful eye. To spy out; to ftnt the part
of a spy; to watch with joalonsy. Note. —
This 18 rather a phrivse thana word,<oco»j-
mence to watch. Haleiu 10:8. '
Hoo-MA-KA-E, V. To look at with dis*
dain; to stand aloof from; to be at enmity
with ; to look askance or be angry at.
Hoo-MA-KA-1, V. See Makai, a police-
man. To be bold ; to be fearless ; to be
a.ssnming.
2. To act the sheriSF; lb B*> a pivliceman.
3. To be stingy; to bo close ; to bo hard
to deal with.
HOO
197
HOO
Hoo MA-KA-0, V. See Makau, fear. To
cause one to fear; to roak« afraid; to
fiighten.
Hoo-MA-KAti-ATJ'Aj «. To hang or fasten
up, US clothes to dry.
Hoo-MA-KA-u-KA-u, V. Freq. gf in/tkau.
To make afraid; to try to Bcave; e lilo aoa
oe i mca « Ihoowakaukau ia aj ma na ala-
iiiti, thou Kliait become an cxanfple causing
fear by \\H' load sides. Laieik. 212.
Hoo-MA-KAU-KAU, V. See Makaukatt,
ready; prepared. To make ready; to pre-
pare ; to get in readiness for bUBines.<) or
for a comine event.
Hoo-MA-KATT-Lii, s. One who feigns
friendship and eats with one while he
watches his opportunity to ininre him; one
pcting with cunning and duplicity.
2. Strong desire for and corresponding
effort to obtain a thing.
Hoo-MA-KAO-Lii, V. To be thorough
going ; to persevere ; to hold out ; to have
a strong desire for a thing ; e hoomanawa-
nui a loaa mai ; he kanaka hoomakradii
hakn, a nolaila e malama pono i ka wai-
wai ; he hoomakaylii ma ka manao i ke
Afcua.
Hoo-MA-KA-Ki, V. To beg ; to ask.
2. To design revenge ; to meditate mis-
chief.
Hoo-MA-KA-Ki-u, V. See Hoomaka and
Kru, to spy. To wateh with a jealous eye;
to lie in wait to do evil.
Hoo-MA-KA-Ki-u, a4j- Jealous; suspi-
cious ; watchful tlirough jealousy.
Hoo-MA-KA-MA-KA, V. See Makamaka, a
friend. To be on terms of 'intimacy; to
make friends for the sake of profit or con-
venience.
Hoo-ma-ka-la, v. See Makala, to
loosen. To cause to open a little, as a door;
to loosen ; to untie. See Kal.v. To loosen,
as in taking off one's garment.
Hoo-MA-KA-NA-HE-LE-HE-LE, V. See HoO-
MAKA and Nauele, land grown up to bushes.
To go astray in the bush; to get out of the
road.
IJoo-MA-KE, V. See Make, death. To
cause death ; to kill.
2. To wish to die ; to fast.
3. To put in a state of privation; to
cause thinness of flesh.
4. To put one's self where he would ap-
pear to be lost; mai hoopae oe {i ka aina),
c hoomake oe i kou nalu, go not ashore,
pluru/e under your surf.
Hoo-MA-KE-A-KA, V. See Aka, to laugh.
To excite laughter ; to exercisn wit
Hoo-MA-KE-A-KA, odj. Exciting laugh-
ter ; witty ; ho olelo hoomakeaka.
Hoo-MA-KEE, ». To be greedy after
property; to scrape together ; to lust after
property
Hoo-MA-KE-iiE-wA, V. To accuse falsely;
to do a thing in vain.
HoO-MA-KE-MA-KE, v. See Makj-:9iAke.
To rlesire ; to wisli for.
HOO-MA-KE-NA, V. ScC MaKENA. To
cause mourning; to cause sorrow; to cause
^ricf.
Hoo-MA-Ki-u, V. Sec Kiu, to spy. To
watch with a design to surprise ; to watch
(or an opportunity to do mischief.
Hoo-MA-KO-A, V. To walk, talk or act
bravely ; to act as an olliccr among sol-
diers ; e hookba, o hookulali.
Hoo-MA-Koi, V. To be hard; to be stingy;
to be close ; to be regardless of others.
Hoo-MA-Kou, V. See Makou, to be, red,
as the eyes. To make red; to bo blood
shot, as the eyes from being long in salt
v/ater.
Hoo-MA-KO-];.E, V. See Kole and Mjlt
Koi.K, red, as raw flesh. To be jaw, as flesh;
to be red, as inflamed eyes.
Hoo-MA-KO-u, V. See Key, to trim ; to
cut short. I To cut short ; to make small ;
to render fine.
Hoo-MA-KO-MA-KO, odJ. The epi&et of
a {loiid; he ao hMimakonuiko, a large
cloud, perhaps.
Hoo-MA-KU, V. To increase ,- to grow
large ; to grow thickly.
Hoo-MA-KU-A, V. To grow J to enlarge;
tn become thick or many.
Hoo"MA-KU-E, V. To burden one ; to
vex ; to trouble; to be angry at ; to frown
at.
Hoo-MA-KU-E, s. An angry look; a
frowning at ; a stirring up of displeasure.
Hoo-MA-Ku-E-KU-E, ». To ftown ; to
frown at one.
HOO-MA-KU-MA-KU, V. See HOOMAKU. To
increase ; to enlarge ; to grow fat ; to be
heavy, as a fat person 6r animal.
Hoo-MA-LAE, V. SeeMALAE.tobecalm,
To put on a pleasant countenance ; to. as-
sume the appearance of friendship when
. the heart is disaffected : to hide an evil de-
sign by ^suming pleasantry.
Hoo-MA-iiA-E-A, V. To be calm; to be
quiet; to settle down in quietness; ap-
plied to the pfiBence of one who was re-
prodiohed when absenC
Hoo-MA-LAE-LAE, •&. See Laeiae, cleaT,
as the sky. To enlighten; to make clear
and pleasant; to "calm.
Hoo-ma-lai-le-wa, v. See Malailena,
bitlerness. To make bitter ; to embitter.
HoO-MA-LA-o, V. To act the idler; to be
HOO
19S
HOO
1» vagabond ; to go about from place to
place doing uotbin?.
Hoo-MA-uc, V. See MAMti, to reject
good advice. To be unbil.eviDg; to be
ungodly ; to be irreveifnt towards sacred
things.
Hoo-MA-L*«-E-A, V. To be lazy J to be
indolent,. See Malao.
Hoo-MA-LA-Hi-A, V. Pass, for malaia, to
bo bitter. l"o make bitter : to be bitter.
Hoo-HA-LA-MA-LA-MA, V. See Lama, a
torch. To enlighten : to shine iipon.
Hoo-MA-LA-NA, V. To throw away, as
refuse matter.
2. To be disrespected.
3. To take care of.
4. To be large; to swell, as a dead bodj.
Hoo-MA-LA-NA-tA-NA, V. Frcq, of above.
Hoo-MA-LE-A, 0. See Malea and Maa-
J-EA, wise; crafty. To deal wisely; to be
' crafty : to act wisely nr prudently.
Hoo-MA-Li-E, t>. See Malie, calm; quiet.
To hush, as a tumult ; to clear olf, as the
sky after a storm.
Hoo-MA-Li-i-u-E, V. To appease, as a
ruiSed mind; to soothe; to cajm, us anger;
to treat kindly.
Hoo-MA-Li-m-wl, P. See Malihini, a
stranger. To make one's self a stranger ;
to become a stranger; to be foreign to one.
Hoo-MA-u-Ko, 0. To discredit.
Hoo-MA-Li-MA-ti, I'. See Malimali, lo
flatter. To flatter; to secure one's favor
by flattery.
ttoo-MA-Loo, V. See Maloo, parched ;
dry. To cause to dry up, aa water ; to
wither, aa a tree or flower ; to make any-
thing dry.
Hoo-MA-Lo-Hi-Lo-Hi, ». See LoHi, to be
slow. To be fatigued, as by traveling ; to
beiame. See MAi,tTHiLunt.
Hoo-MA-LO-KA, V. See Maloka, to be
slnggi^h; to be etnpid. To be dull ; to be
stnpid in mind; lo disregard any important
trath-; to be unbelieving ; to disobey the
command of a chief.
Hoo-MA-LO-LO, s. The name of the day
jeforethe la Itapu ; hence under the chris-
tian system, the la heomalolo is Saturday,
i. e.. the day before the Sal)bath.
Hoo-ma-lu, v. See Malc;, a shade,
peace, Ac. To rule over; especially in a
peaceful way ; to guvi^rn quietly; to make
peace.
Hoo-MA-LU, adj. Making or causing
peace bt'tween differing parties ; mahai
hoomalu. a peace-offering. Puk. £0:21.
Hoo-ma-lu-le, V. To change from one
form to another ; to metamorphose, as a
caterpillar into a butterfly.
Hoo-MA-Lu-MA-LU, adj. Overshadowing}
shading, as clyuds that run low; he aohoo-
malumalu.
Hoo-WA-NA, V. Sei, Mana, siiperhuman
power. To ascribe divine honors ; lo wo^
ship; to cause one to h.tve regal authority.
Hoo-MA-NAo, ('. See Manao, to think.
To turn the mind upon ; to call to mind ;
to cause to consider; to remember that
which is past.
Hoo-ma-nao-nao, v. See Makaonao, to
lament. To call up the past with sorrow;
to think or reflect on the past. •
Hoo-MA-NAO-NAo, s. A reflection on the
[jBiBt ; sorrow for the past.
Hoo-MA-NA-Kii, V. See Hoomana above
and Kir, au idol. To worship idols; to
worship any god except Jehovah.
Hoo-MA-NA-KII, *. The practice of wor-
shipping idols; idolatry; ca\\e(lfiyurativtly
. in Scripture, whoredom. 2 Nal. 0:22. Also
vanity ; b vain service ; idolatry. 2 Nal.
17:15.
Hoo-MA-NA-LO, V. See Manalo, sweet;
free from taint. To purify ; to sweeten
anything from salt or any unpleasant taste
or smell.
Hoo-ma-na-wa-le-a, v. See Manawa-
i,£A, alms. To appease by a gift; to give
alms lo the poor; to relieve the distressed.
Hoo-ma-ne-a, v. See Manea. To ren-
der callous ; to harden ; he mea ia na ke
kalaimoku e lioomanea i kanaka i haalele
ole i ke alii.
Hoo-ma-ne-o-ne-o, v. See Maneo, to
itch. To scratch where; it itches ; to tickle.
HoorMA-NO, V. See Mano, a shark. To
act the shark ; to be greedy.
2. To be continually at; to persevere in,
as one in begging. i
3. To t«ase with importunity.
Hoo-MA-WAE-NA, t;. To come into the
midst of a company of people or things ; a
i ka au hou ana o ka mea i komo.i ka pua,
hornnawcuna mai oia.
Hoo-ME-A, I). See Mea, to trouble ; to
effect To cause something ; to do some-
thing ; to make pretense ; to deceive ; to
disappoint ; to m'lke trouble.
Hoo-ME-HA, V. See Meha, to live alone.
To stay at home fiom work ; to cease from
work. Note. — Formerly lioomeha was ap-
plied to a la kapu, but is now used as syn-
onymous with la hoomalolo, the flay before
the Sabbath, i. e.. Saturday.
Hoo-ME-HA, adj. Preparing for the Sab-
bath. See HooMAUil.o.
Hoo-ME-tE, V. See Mele, a song. To
cause or make a song ; to sing a mele ; to
be joyous ; to rejoice.
HOO
199
HOO
doo-ME-NE-ME-NE, V. See Mens, to
have pity. To be dear to one ; ib have
compassiott upon ; to pity ; to treat t«Q-
derly. as a beloved oae.
Hoo-Mi-Ho, V. To build by laying one
thing on top of another.
Hoo-Mo-A,- V- See Moa, cooked. To
canse to ba cooked ; to be thoroughly
baked.
Hoo-MO-AE, V. To tear or snatch away;
to steal.
Hoo-Mo-A-KA-KA, V. See Akaka, clear
to the mind. To caussc to be very plain to
the mind ; to make one nnderstand what
may be intrieate ; to explain. See Hoa-
' XAKA.
HoO-MO-A-iA-A-LA, V. See MoALAALA, tO
islac up to go. To be busy about ; to go
from house to house; to be forward; to be
impertinent
Hoo-Mo-A-NA, V. As if hoqmoena. To
sprjad down mats for staying over night ;
hence,
2.' To encamp, as travelers ; to pncam|l,
aa soldiers. "Sec also Moana.
Hoo-Mo-A-NA, adj. Encamped ; kahi
Aooffioana, a camping place; a camp. OihJc.
. 16:28. ,
Hoo-Mo-K, V. See Moe, to lie down.
To canse to lie down ; to prostrate in ado-
ration. ■ . •
2. To speak of one's sleeping with an-
other, that is, of marrying together.' Laieik.
66.
3, To lie down to rest ; to vest one's self
by lying down.
Hoo-Mo-E-Mo-iJ, V. To cause to lie down.
2. To hush or put to sleep.
Hoo-Moo, o. .To continue or persevere
in laying taxes upon the people; to follow
up a ipursuit ; ame ka hoomoo o na pmi
waiwaii, to urge or force people to give
their property for such purposes as the
rulers need ; e kaukolo, e hookoikoi.
Hoo-MO-U'Ki-ir-Ki, V. See Ukiuki, hot
and bad smelling. To cause an oflfensive
smell ; to reelc wijh offensive Smells, like
an old and "dirty ship, or like the breatb of
B tobacco smoker; to be warm or stifled
for want of pure air.
Hoo-Mo-HA-LA, V. To openj'to unfold
or blossom, as a flower.
2. To spread, as a kapa or she«t. See
HooMABOi;.A by a change of syllables.
3. To have a little hope, as one disap-
pointed ; ua hoomohdlaiai kona naau kana-
iua. Laieik. 93.
4. To unfold, as one's iuward desire; to
rage, as lust. " Lamik. 19(5. «.
Hqt-mo-ha-lu, v. See Mohaltt, to be
at ease. To entertain in one's house ; io
invite to one's bouse.
2. To lie at ease ; to rest securely.
3. Td break ; to crack. See next word.
Hbo-Mo-HA-LU-HA-LU, V. To crack ; to
break, as the auamo or stick on which
things are carried on the shoulders of men.
Hoo-MO-Ho-LA, P. SeeMoHOLAandHo-
HOLA. To spread out widely ; to unfold,
as the growing of a plant.
Hoo-Mo-Ho-LE, V. See Hole, to peel. To
peel ; to strip the skin from an animal ; to
peel the bark from a tree. See Uholb.
Hoo-Mo-Ko, V. This is probably for Aoo-
Immo, or it may mean, to cut short. Ahoo-
moko ka wai ma ua pae.
Hoo-Mo-Ku, V. To cause a division ; to
cut and divide, as a land.
Hoo-MO-KU, s. A cutting or a dividing,
&c.
Boo-Mo-LE, ». See Mole, smooth- To
be shorn close : to be cat smooth.
2. To cause to linger ; to be slow ; to be
behind. . .
3. To refuse', to be unwilling.
Hoo-Mo-LE-MO-LE, V. intensive of the
above. ^
Hoo-MO-LO-wA, 0, . See Molowa, inac-
tive. To be indifferent about a thing ; to
be indisposed to do a thing, especially to
work ; hence,
2. To he lazy ; to be idle.
Hoo-m6-mo-le, ». See Hoomole above.
To be smooth.
Hoo-Mu, ». See Mu, to shut the lips.
To sit silent ; to be speechless ; to make
no reply; to refuse to answer. See Mu-
MULB, like the English to be mum.
Hoo-Minr, ». To cause a collection j to
heap together.
2. To gormandize.
Hoo-Mu-E, V. To be bad tasted to the
palate ; to be offensive to the taste ; to be
bitter ; to be brackish.
Hoo-MiT-E-Mn-E, V. Freq. of the above.
Hoo-MU-Hi;, V. To collect together. See
MUMDHO.
2. To make a low humming sound.
Hoo-mf-ka; v. See Muka, tasteless; in-
sipid. To be tasteless ; to be insipid ; ono
ole.
Hoo-MU-KA-M0-?A, 0. To be insipid; to
' be tasteless.
Hoo-Mu-MU, V. SeeMir. To hold in the
mouth without swallowing.
2. To hold the mouth silent from speak-
ing.
Hoo-Mu-Mu-Hir, V. See Mtrsu, ti? hum.
To collect ; to assemble together, as men ;
to gather together, as ottier thing.?.
HOO
200
HOO
■ 2. To make a low indistinct noise; to
sound like an indistinct low hum.
Hoo-Mtr-Mu-KU, m. See Musu to cut
short. To cut short ; to cut too short ; to
brestk off. See MrMOKu.
Hoo-MU-MU-LE, «,. See Mumttm;, to be
dumb. To be silent ; to be dumb.
2. To be out of one's mind; to be crazy;
to be insane.
Hoo-snr-OTU-LT, v. To collect togethe,r
in great numbers ; to be thick together, as
swarms ol flies.
Hoo-NA, V. See Na, to be quiet. To
cause ease ; to give quietfrom pain.
2. To obtain a refuge from danger.
3. To Search or look for a place. See
Naka.
Hoo-NAK, V. See Nae, to breathe hard.
To breathe hard; to puff like one traveling
fast up hill ; to be fatigued.
Hoo-NAE-NAE, V. Freq. of the above.
Hoo-NA-E-LE, V. See Naeie. To cause
to be thick, as mud ; to be muddy.
2.. To break open; to crack, as dried
mud.
Hoo-NA-i-Ki, V. To persecute.
Hoo-NAi-Ko-LA, V. See Aikola and Ho-
AiKOLA. To cause to triumph over aa en-
emy ; to rejoice at a victory.
2. To treat with contempt, S"s a eonqr.eji ed
one.
Hoo-NAi-NAi, V. See Hoonae, to pant.
To sob ; to breathe hard.
Hoo-na-ue, v. See Natje, to vibrate.
To cause to rock ; to reel to and tro ; to
shake, as the earth in an earthquake.
2. To move a little; to shove along. See
Nawe and NAtrwB.
Hoo-na-ue-ue, v.. Freq. of above. To
rock ; to shake to and fro.
Hoo-NA-u-Ki, V. SeeUxiandNAtiKi. To
fret ; to provoke ; to make one angry.
HocNA-u-Ki-u-Ki, V. See above. To pro-
voke ; to make angry.
Hoo-wA-tj-Lu, V. See Naulu, to vex.
To vex ; to provoke. Eanl.9:2'i. To vex.
1 Sam. 1:6.
Hoo-NA-HA, V. See Naha, to crack or
break, as glass. To break or crack, as
gla.ss.
2. To cause to operate, a.s a cathartic.
Hoo-NA-HE-NA-HE, V. See Nahe, thin;
soft. To be low ; to be flat ; to be thin ;
to be humble.
Hoo-NA-Hi-Li, u SeeNAHiLi,tobeawk-:
ward ; to be slow. To lengthen out ; to
make long, as a road by going a cii-ouitoos
route, or by losing one's way.
2. To hesitate ; to linger.
Hoo-NA-Ho-A, t>. See Nahoa, strong;
bold. To be hard; to be stronj;; to be
bold, as a soldier.
2. To turn a deaf ear; to refuse to listen.
Sec HOONEHO*.
Hoo-NA-HO-WA-HO, V. See Nahonaho, to
be deep. To be set deep in the head, as
the eyes ; to be deep, as a pit.
Hoo-NA-KK, r. See Nahtt, to bite; to
gripe. Tosaap, as com parching; to cr?,ck,
as a pistol ; to make a report, as fire-a.-jis.
Hoo-NA-Hu-NA-Htf, 'v. ' See the above.
To snap at, as a dog.
2. To be in labor pains.
3. To be seized by sadden pain.
Hoo-NA-KE-LE, V. See Nakele, soft;
slippery. To make boggy, as land ; to be
soft and shalcy, as a miry plac«.
Hoo-NA-KOA, V. See Koa, a soldier. To
be bold ; to be brave ; to act the soldier ;
to be fearless ^ to be daring.
Hoo-NA-Ecr-i, V. See Kui, to sound
abroad. To make a mmbling noise ; to
tremble.
2. To spread outj as a sound ftom a place.
Hoo-NA-KO-Lo, V. See Koto, to crawl,
and Nakolo. To run along ; to spread, as
ink on pajper.
Hoo-ifA-KrJ»Hj, v. To cause to fell in
drops, as rain ; £ts perspii-ation.. Zaieik.
118. . ,
Hoo-NA-KTr-LU-KU-LU, V. See KuLtr, to
drop. To drop down, as raan; to drip from
the clouds, as "rain. Isa^ 49:8.
Hoo-NA-Lo, v. See Nam, to disappear.
To be lost ; to vanish ; to be out of sight ;
vfith wale, to be forgotten.
Hoo-NA-Lo-NA-Lo, V. Freq. of the above,
Hoo-NA-LTT, B. See Nalf, the surf. To
cause a swell of the sea. on shore ; to rise,
as t.he surf; to act, as the sea when the
wind and tide are contrary.
Hoo-NA-Ltr-Lu, V. To turn a deaf ear;
to refiise to listen ; to disregard. See Hoo-
UADAEA.
Hoo-KA-Mu-NA-M0, «. See Namit, to
speak rapidly. To«peak in an unintelli-
gible manner.
2. To find fault behind one.
Hoo-NA-NAA, V. To enrage.
Hoo-na-na-ait, v. See Nana and Lana,
to flrjat. and Aw, tide; current. To cause to
float on the surface of water; to swim
staEding or erect ; to float here and there
as *be current goes.
Hoo-NA-NA, It. See Na and "Nana, to
hush ; to quiet, as a child. To calm ; to
quiet, as a child ; to hush up a difficulty ;
to ease a pain ; to comfort ; to console.
Hoo-NA-NA, adj. See Nana, to bark; to
growl. Angry ; cross ; Teluctont.
HOO
201
Hoo-NA-NA-n-HA, D. To be Strong; to be
hard ; to ^e tight ; to drag : to diaw.
HOO-NA-NA-HI-LI, V. See^NAHILI, slow ;
UggiDg. To go in a crooked manner ; to
wauder about; to miRtake the road.
Hoo-NA-NA-Ho, V. See Nanaho, deep
down. To be deep.
2, To be sti ong ; to be tight.
Hoo-NA-MA-HO, V. See Nahu, to bite,
and NiNABu and Lanahc, a coal of fire. To
char, as wood; to make coal; to burn wood
to charcoal.
2. To bit« ; to sting like a burn.
Joo-na-na-ka; v. See Naka and Na-
NAKA, a crack; a crevice. To be full of
cracks, openings or chinks.
2. To be unstable ; not firm, as a bog.
Hoo-NA-NA-Ki, %\ See Nanaki and Na-
KH, to tie ; to fasten. To bind ; to tie np.
Hoo-NA-NE,/u. See Nane, a riddle. To
put forth a riddle ; to propose something
mysterious for explication.
Hoo-NA-NE-A, ti. See Nanea, easy;
quiet To be easy; to be contented; to tje
satisfied wHh one's self; to be indiffei-ent
to the future.
Hoo-NA-Ni, V. See Nani, also Lani, i
beautiful; glorious. To glorify; to praise; '
to exalt ; to honor.
Hoo-NA-Mi-NA-Ni, V. Intensive of the
above. To be proud; lo be vainglorious;
to be haughty ; to be arrogant.'
2. To act the spendthrift; to waste prop-
erty.
Hoo-NA-NU-E, i>. See Nanoe, to swell
up. To tremble ; to shake. See Nace.
Hoo-NA-PAi, V. See Napai, to bend in.
To crook ; to bend ; to arch.
Hoo-NA-PE, V. See Nape, bending; flex-
ible: To bend ; to crook ; to bend, as an
elastic stick.
Hoo-NA-PE-LE, V. SeeNAPEi^.tohurt;
to wound. To make a wound on the head;
to swell, as the effect of a wound; to swell
out, as the belly.
2. To be soft and yielding, as a boggy,
miry place ; to shake, as a tog ; to soften,
as tbe food in the stomach ;* o ka opu, oia
kahi e hoonapele ai i ka ai, the stomach is
the place to soften the food. Anai. 51.
Hoo-NA-PE-LE-PE-us, V. Intensive of the
above.
Hoo-NA-Po-Lo, V. To straighten; to
make straight
Hoo-NA-WA-LE, V. See Na and Hoona
with Walf. To comfort; to attempt to
quiet without efibct.
Hco-NA-WA-Li, V. See Nawau, weak;
/ceble. To.be weakly j to be sickly; to
have little strength.
26
HOO
, . 2. To totter when one walks; to be thia;
to be flexible.
Hoo-NA-WA-u-wA-Li, V. Intensive of the
above,
Hoo-NA-WE-LE, V. See Nawelb, fine;
small; tbin. To make very little; to be
tine, like the threads of a spider's Wfcb ; to
spin, as a spider its web.
Hoo-NE, V. To tease; to ftetj to ask
for food, as a child.
Hoo-jtE, s. Name of a soft porous stone.
Hoo-NB-A, V. See Nea, to desolate. To
make desolate; to sweep off all; to destroy
wholly. See Neo and Neonko..
Hoo-HE-A-NE-A, V. To take all away;
to dispossess one of everything; to take
all the fruits of one's land.
Hoo-NEE, V. See Nee, to move. To
move ; to shove along ; to rub against.
Hoo-Hee-nee, v. See Nee, to move
along.! To push along; t»iiu>ve frequently;
to shake.
Hoo-NEi, V. See Nei, to move. To move,
as people in a tumuli ; to move, as trees
bylbe wind.
Hoo-NEi-NEi, V. See Nei and Hoonel .
To crowd one upon anott«i ; to move
along, urged by others.
Hoo-jse-0, v. See Neo, to be .silent. To
make silence ; to hush : v> be still.
2. To be silent from loneliness or deso-
lation.
3. To be in a wild, lonely place. .
Hoo-NE-0;WE-o, V. See the above. To ■
hush ,to stillness ; to be still.
2. To be still or quiet for want of people.
Hoo-NE-HO-A, V. SeeHooNAHOA. To be
severe ; to be bold ; to act the soldier ; to
be brave.
Hoo-NE-LE, V. See Nele, destitute. To
deprive one of somethtEg ; to maLe desti-
tute ; to deprive of.
Hoo-NE-Mo, V. See Nemo, to smooth
over. To be polished; to be made smooth;
to be nice and good.
Hoo-NE-Mo-NE-MO, u- To make smooth;
to polish.
Hoo-NE-NE, u To chirp, as a cricket;
to sing, as a cricket
Hoo-NE-NE, V. Ka leo 0 ka 6waewa iki
e Iwonene ana. Laieik. 149.
Hoo-NE-NE, s. The voice of a cticket.
Hoo-Ni-AU, V. To go away and leave
one's company secretly, generally for some
evil purpose ; a no keia mea (ka ikea ana
o ke kahoaka o Laieikawai), hoord.^u aka
la ka Makaula i ka pule ana. Loaeilc. 26.
Hoo-Ni-AiT, V. See Nuii, to sail gen-
teelly. To copy or follow those whoso
coDdnot is nprigbt ; to do rightly.
HOO
202
HOO
Hoo-Nii-A-Ni-A, V. SeeNiAjbaldheaded.
To make smooUi or fair the outside ; to be
smooth, as a baldhead.
2. Pio. To make fair pretenses.
3. To blame or accuse falsely. See Nia-
NU.
Hjo-ni-a-ni-ao, v. Ta ask questions
often and frequently ; to question ; hooni-
ele. , .
Hoo-Ni-o-Ni-o-Lo, V. See NioKioLo, cor-
rect; siToight. To be morally straight; to
be upright ; to be correct in practice.
2. To be correct in principle; to have
right views.
3. To go without carrying anything,
while others perhaps are heavily loaded ;
kaumaha lakou, a he hoonioniolo kana hele
. ana. He kanaka haabeo ka !
Hoo-Ni-o-Ni-o-Lo, s. Straightness; that
which is correct ; upright ; me ka hoonio-
niOM 0 ka manao kekahi, some with cor-
rectaCss of ojnnion.
Hoo-Ni-Ho, V. See Nmo, to indent; to
set in. To lay stones in a wall ; to lay
stones in the wall of an embankment, as
the lower side of a road, that is, to insert
stones into a bank like teeth in tho gums.
See Nmo, tooth.
Hoo-Ni-Ho, s. Stones inserted in a bank;
a stone wall or hedge.
Hoo-Ni-Hi-Ni-Hi, V. See Nihinihi. To
he fall of ridges ; to diminish upward.
'2. To take slender hold of a thin^, as
from fear of filth. .
3. To eat sparingly ; e ai hoonihinihi.
Hoo-Ni-MA^ V. See Nina and Lina, soft
to the touch. .To be soft to the touch.
2. To be wet and tough, as cold land.
. 3. To be weak and feeble, as "one recov-
ering from sickness ; pill i ka mea ua ola,
aole ola Ioek
4 Not to have flill cheeks, as one sickly.
See Papalina.
Hoo-Ni-NA-Ni-NA, V. Freq. of the above.
See Ndtanina and Lik ' /Ma.
Hoo-NO, V. For hook w. See Hono, to
mend, as a garment or a fish net. To join
together, as in mending a net ; to unite, as
in tying sticks together.
Hoo-No, V. To think ; to look at atten-
tively ; to be sharp upon.
Hoo-No-A, V. See Noa, the cessation of
a kapu. To cause to cease, as the force of
a kapu ; to put au end to a kapu.
Hoo-no-a, v. To keep continually burn-
ing, as a fire ; e hoomau i ke ahi ; to bum
continually, as a volcano.
Hoo-KO-E, V. See Noe, mist; fine rain.
To make thin or small, like a head with
few hairs ; to be small, like fine rain.
Hoo-No-E-Mo-E, V. See Noenoe, mist.
To make smail or fine, as small dot-a on
paper.
2. To attend, as the mind to little things.
Hoo-Noi, V. See Noi, to beg To be^;
to ask something of another.
Hoo-Noo-Noo, V. See NooNoo, to think.
To cause to think upon ; to remember ; to
consider ; to reflect upon.
Ho-o-NO-o-No, V. For hooonootio. See
Ono, ready. To be ready ; to be prompt ;
to be mature ; to act the man.
Ho-o-NO-o-No, *. Promptness; readi-
ness ; having a supply. See Kuonoono.
Hoo-Nou, V. See NoTJ, to throw a stone.
To throw a stone ; to pelt with stones ; to
throw, as missiles.
2. To loosen : to send forth.
Hoo-No-Bi, V. To cause to be red; to
be of a reddish color.
Hoo-No-Hi-No-Hi, 1). To shine with
brightness ; to be red.
2. To have a different form.
Hqo-No-Ho, V. See NoHo, toputdotvn;
to place. To set in order; to place rightly;
to regulate.
Hoo-No-Ho, s. The name of a species
offish-hook.
Hoo-No-Ho-NO-Ho, V. To Settle; to es-
tablish ; to collect together'; to arrange.
Hoo-No-Ho-No-Ho, s. In the phrase hoo-
nohonoho _a,'k.uA, the act of setting up or
worshipping the poe akua noho : haaa ino
nui ia kekabi poe hoonokonoko akua, a ma
huka lakou ma kahi e akn.
Hoo-NO-HO-NO-LO.
Hoo-No-HC, V- To let downj as the sails
of a ship.
Hoo-No-KE, V. See Noke, to be ener-
getic. To work energetically and perse-
veringly ; to be acute in searching for the
means to secure an end; to act with en-
ergy and intelligence.
Hoo-No-ix, V. Used perhaps for none,
to snore.
Hoo-NO-Ni, V. To joggle ; to rustle ; to
disturb.
Hoo-NO-RO-LO, V. To chirp like a bird;
to warble ; to sing.
2. To coo like a dove.
3. To growl, as a dog.
4. To grunt like a hog.
5. To snort, as a horse.
Hoo-NU-A, V. To tread upon continur
ally ; to do over and over again ; to act
\7i& energy and perseverance.
Hoo-Ntr-A, s. A treadifig ; vigorous ex-
ercise'.
Hoo-Nu-A-KT7-A, V. To be ennobled ; to
be honored ; to be rich.
HOO
203
HOO
Hoo-NU-i, V. See Wtri, to be great. To
cause to enlarge; to grow big; to increase.
2. Fig. To boast ; to brag. See Haanui.
Hoo-NTT-i-MTJ-i, V. Intehsive of the above.
Hoo-Nuu, V. See Ninr and Anuu, a
raised place. To be greedy in eating ; to
eat to great fullness ; to gormandize ; ap-
plied to a single person. See Hookuku.
Hence, ,
2. To swell; to rise up, as one's stomach
from great eating.
3. To begrudge the food another eats.
Hoo-Ntm, s. Greediness after food ; a
voracious appetite ; a seizing food with
eagerness.
Hoo-NUu, adj. Greedy after food.
Hoo-NU-HA, V. See Nhha, silent; tac-
iturn. To be idle ; to be lazy ; to be in-
disposed to do anything.
% To sit still, as a person unable to walk.
3. To be disabled.
Hoo-NU-HA-ND-HA, V. Intensive of the
above.
Hoo-NU-HA-NU-HA, s. A palsied persoh;
one disabled from palsy.
Hoo-PA, V. See Pa, to touch. To cause
to touch; to take hold of; to hit; to strike.
Hoo-paa, v. See Paa, fast; tight. To
make fast ; to bind ; to keep tight ; to de-
tain.
2. To tie or fasten a thing; to make
light.
3. To stop one's speech ;. to be silent ;
you have said enough. Laieik. 65.
Hoo-PAA-Ki-Ki, V. See Paakiki, hard
morally and physically. To hold fast to
one's opinion ; to be obstinate ; to be un-
yielding.
2. To have no respeetto other sfeelings,
person or property.
3. To be hard in the treatment of others;
to be hard hearted.
Hoo-PAA-Ki-Ki, *. Stubbornness ; diso-
bedience. 1 Sam. 15:23.
Hoo-PAA-iPAA, V. See Paafaa, to dis-
pute. To be hard upon others ; hence,
2. To dispute pertinaciously; to contend;
to qnarrer; to have a mental contest.
Hoc-PAE, V. See Pae, to go ashore. To
cause to arrive at land ; to go ashore from
a canoe, boat or vessel.
2. To float ashore, as anything at sea.
3. To throw up on a, bank of a kalo
patch.
Hoo-PAE-E, V. See Pae, to misunder-
stand. To hear indistinctlv through soine
noise ; to misunderstand what is said ; to
be partially deaf.
Hoo-PA -EE, s. A desire and an effort to
obtain another's property; a species of rob-
bery.
Hoo-FA-E-LE, V. See Paele, to be dirty.
To besmear ; to defile ; to make dirty ; to
blacken. Figuratively, to disturb with o ther
thoughts and reflections. Laieik. U2.
Hoo-PAE-PAE, V. See Hoopae above. To
be driven or dashed on shore by the surf;
to ride ashore through the surf.
Hoo-pae-pae, V. See Pab, to sound.
To make a loud boisterous noise in con-
versation; to talk with a loud voice so that
everybody can hear.
Hoo-PA-E-WA, s. SeePAEWA. Crooked-
ness in dealing ; so dealing as to get the
advantage; also, in conversation, a perver-
sion of. truth or an erroneous statement.
It is often connected with robbery and
murder.
Hoo-PAi, V. See Pai, to strike. To strike
back; to revenge; to treat one as he treats
us.
2. To pay back; to punish; to punish
according to law.
3. To stir up; to excite; to reward either
good or evil.
Hoo-pai, s. An avenger; ka^oopaikoko,
an avenger of blood. Kard. 19:6.
Hoo-PAi-Ho, V. To make a significant
gesture by putting the thumb between the
fingers.
2. To give a warning with the hand.
3. To tempt, or to kuamaamu ; eia na
olelo hou e bewa ai, o ke kake, o ka olclo
Kauai, o ka hoopaiho lima.
, 4. To rub the skin from the arm ; to
skin.
5. To make crooked. Note. — This word
is said to be peculiar to Kauai.
Hoo-PA-i-Ki, V. See Pa, to touch, and
Iki, little. To touch lightly or softly ; to
move gently ; to move a very little.
Hoo-PAi-LU-A, V. See Pailua, nausea.
To be sick at the stomach ; to nauseate.
2. To dislike greatly ; to Be displeased
with.
Hoo-PAi-LU-A, s. Sickness at the stom-
ach; disgust;, loathing.
2. A disgusting sight ; an abomination.
Hoo-PAU, V. See Pact, all. To make an
end of a thing.; to finish ; to complete a
work ; to cease to work.
2. To devour ; to consume all.
Hoo-PA-u, V. See Pa-u, a woman's gar-
ment. To put or gird on the pa-u; to bind
on one, as a loose garment ; to tie around.
Hoo-FAU-A-KA, r. See Pauaka, to be
weary. To work without wages or reward;
to be compelled to work gratis: to oppress
with hard labor ; to work here and there.
Hoo-PAU -Li-NA-Li-NA, V. See Luj A, soft ;
yielding. To work lazily or carelessly be-
cause of little or no pay.
HOO
204
HOO
Hoo-PAU-MA-E-LK, v. See Paumaele, to
defile. To cause defilement or pollution ;
to danb over ; to foul ; to dirty.
Hoo-PAU-MA-Ko, V. See PAUMAKO.heavi-
nu.^3 of eyss. To have great affection for ;
to weep over one for grief; to be sad at
the loss of a friend or anything valuable.
Hoo-PAU-MA-NA-WA, V. To waste time ;
to play the ch'ld after one has grown up ;
to aet foolishly ; to live idly.
Hoo-PAU-rAU, V. SeeHooPAUMAELE. To
defile; to make filthy; to render vile; pol-
luted.
Hoo-PAU-PAU-A-HO, V. See HoopXu and
Aho, breath. To be nearly out of breath;
to pant; to breathe hard.
2. Fro. To be weary in doing a thing ;
to be discouraged.
Hoo-PA-HEE, V. See Paheb, to slip. To
*lip ; to slide ; to fall prostrate ; to fall
down ; to ^de, as the feet in a slippery
place.
Hoo-PA-HEE-HEE, V. Intensive of above.
HoO-pa-he-le, t). See Pahele, to in-
snare. To insnare ; to take or catch with
a snare.
Hoo-pa-he-mo, v. See Hemo and Pa-
HEMo, to loo&cD. To loosen ; to slip off, as
an axe from the helve.
Hoo-PA-Ho-LE, V. See Pahole, to peel
off. To peel ; to pull off, as the skin of a
lianana.
-8. To rnb ; to polish.
3. To do a thing with indifference.
Hoo-PA-HU, V. See Pahu, to mock ; to
push away. To mock ; to deride ; to treat
with contempt
2. To defend off", to piish away.
3. To snap, as parching corn.
4. To beat the pahn or drum.
fr. To frighten, as one who carries the
'report of death or calamities.
HcO'PA-HU-A, V. To strengthen; to con-
firm.
2. To sail in a zigzag manner ; to beat
against the yrind.
3. To dance.
Hpo-PA-Hu-PA-HU, V. See Pahu. To
m^V, as corn in the fire; to crack 'or make
a report, as a pistol.
2. To heat the drum.
3. To do a thing very quickly or rapidly.
Hoo-pa-hu-pa-htt, s. a drumming or
thrnmraing on a pabu or drum ; a thump-
ing ; aole wau i moe iki. i ka hoopahupaku
wale ia n<i a ao wale. Laieik. 198.
Hoo-pa-ka-ua-a-ka, v. See Aka, to
laugh. To can.ie one to laugh ; to create
laughter ; to make sport.
Hoo-PA-KA-KA, VI. See Pakaka, to be
flujooth. To make smooth; to swell up, as
a swelling of the skin ; bonce,
2. To'be smooth and shining ; to swell,
as the belly so as to be smooth;.
3. To glide smooihly, ^over a surfaco.
Hoo-pa-ka-ke, ». See Kake and Pa-^
KAKB. To practice the kake.
2. To talk unintelligibly eicej)! to those
instructed in a kinctof mysfteal language.
3. To talk like a foreigner Without learn-
ing his language.
Hoo-pa-%e, v. See Pake, to push away.
To partition off; to guard ; to defend; to
push away; to allow to escape.
Hoo-PA-KE-LE, V. See Pakele, to escape.
To cause to escape from ; lo deliver ; to
save one from danger.'
Hoo-PA-KE-LO, V. See PakeIo, to slip
out of. See Pakem. To slip out" of Hie
grasp of a person or thing, as e£ fish from
the hands. ~
2. To inject; to give an enema. ■-
Hoo-PA-Ki, V. See Paki and Pake, to
resist; to push away. To be hard against}
to resist; 'to push; to crowd out, as an egg
about to hatch; to swell out; to urge
through any opposing substance.
Hoo-PA-Ki-o, V. See Pakio, to drop con-
tinually, as rain. To cause to rain fre'
qaently ; to drop down rain continually.
Hoo-pa-ki-ki, v. See Pakiki and Paa-
KiKi.very hard. To resist; to set against;
to stir up ; to excite.
2. To bardea; to be or act obstinately.
3. To skim stones on the surfiice of the
. water. .
Hoo-PA-Ko-LE, V. See Pakole and Po-
koLE, to be short. To curb in; to restrain;
to shorten ; to make short
Hoo-PA-KU-PA-KU, P. To be brisk at
work ; to work quickly, without laziness.
Hoo-PA-LA, i>. See Pala, mellow; soft.
To make soft ;:-ift ripen soft, as dead-ripe
fruit
2. To stain ; to daub ; to smutch ; to
plaster.
Hoo-PA-LAu, V. To engage to marry, as
a man and woman ; to make an agreement
of marriage.
2. To betroth, as parents a daughter; to
make a matrimonial alliance.
Hoo-PA-LATJ, adj. Betrothed; engaged
in marriage, as a woman to a msn. ^
Hoo-PA-LATJ, V. See Palau, to lie; to
deceive. To lie; to deceive; to act treach-
erously.
Hoo-pa-la-ha-la-ha, v. See LAHA.to
' extend. Tu spread out ; to make broad ;
to widen.
Ooo-PA-LA-HE-A, o. See Palahea, dirty.
HOO
205
HOO
To dofilft; to daab over; to stain; to make
dirty.
Hoo-PA~iji-HEE, V. See Palahee, to
shnuk from duty. To be lazy; to be un-
octapied.
Hoo-PA-LA-HU.-Li, V. To tum upside
down ; to turn over and over.
Z. To bo lazy?- to be uDo.csnpied..
Hoo-VA-LA-LE, V. See Palale, to be
slovenly. To speak with another voice ;
to (lisgiiisefthe voice", to sfammer; to vo-
cifwate.
Hoo-pa-la-le-ha, «.• See Palal^ha,
slotlilul. To be slothful; to be idie; to be
careless.
Hoo-PA-LA-LE-HE, V. To be idle ; to
waste tiino ; to be inactive.
Hoo-PA-LA-Ni, V. To cause a strong of-
ftjnsive smell, as that, of tar, snlpLurr&c.
Hoo-PA-LE, .B. See Pale, to ward off.
To drive off from ; to defend oflF when at-
tacked ;_to separate from.
2.- To be or act the defendant in court.
Hoo-PA-tE-LA, P. See Palela, idle ;
lazy. :Td be indisposed to work; to be idle;
to be lazy.
Hoo-PA-UE-Mo, V. See Palemo, to sink
in water. To plunge ; to cause to sink in
water.
Hoo-pa-le-pa-le, v. See Pale and Hoo-
PAi,B.. Toseparate; toward otf; to loosen.
Hoo-PA-to, V. See Palo, to live idly.
To sit speechless, as one watching others :
to sit silent and quiet, but with sly and
wicked' thoughts or intentions.
Hoo-PA-LU, tj. See Palp, to lick or lap
water. To lick or lap water with the tongiie,
as a dog.
2. To run put the tongue to taste.
3. To paint or daub over ; to blot ; to
paint, as in painting a map.
Hoo-PA-LtJA, V. To put two things to-
gether, as two letters in reading.
HpO'PA-LU-HEE, »> See Paluhee, to
soften. To make soft ; to cook soft ; to
cause, to flow.
Ho,o*PA-nriipA-Ltr, v. See Pali;, soft;
gentle. To soften ; to be soft or tender, as
a sick person; to be^ young and tender; to
be weak and flexible.
Hoo-pa-ne, «. See Pane, to speak in
reply. To reply back and tbrth iu conver-
sation; to make a reply to what has been
said.
Hoo-PA-NEE, V. See Panee, to post-
' peine. To put off; to push out of place;
to postpone doing a thing : to delay.
Hoo-PA-NEE, adj. Put off; postponed;
delayed; akn hoopanee. inierest on a debt.
HoO'PA-NE-FA-NE, V. See Pane and HoD-
PAisjE a'love. JTo speak and reply ; to an-
swer eaeh.oth'er. as people in conrersaljon.
Hoo-PA-Ni-o-Ni-0, V. SeePANio, tospot;
to paint. To spot ; to print, kb in i)rinting,
kapa ; to variegate.
Hoo-PA-Ni-Ni-o, «. See above. To vari-
egate with colors ; to put xlitfereiit colors
on a tiling ; e wai kilikilola e panvpnio.
Ho6-pa-no-a', v. Sec Panoa, wild dry
land. To )>',: dry, hard and rocky, as a.
barrf^n diy lAnce.
Hoo-P;\-NO-PA-No, V. See Panopano and
PaPaxo, thick ; blacK ; glossy. To make
thick and black, as a cloud ; to be thick,
"glossy.black.
2. To regulate.
Hofl-PA-PA, V. Pa doubled. See Pa, to
touch. To touch; to feel; to take hoidof;
to examine.
2, To communicate with each other, as
husband and -wife.
3.- To be intimate with another persott's
wife or bu-sband.
Hoo-PA-PA, V. See Papa, a row ; a rank. •
To place in rows or ranks, as soldiers; to
lay in rank one above another; to pack in
order, as clothes in a trunk.
Hoo-PA-PA, s. A shelf made by placing
sticks across the corner of a room.
2. The condition of a female with a board
tied on to ber abdomen to secure her con-
ception; a e hoom;u'mae i kona banau keiki.
Hoo-PA-PA, f. For hoopaapaa. To quar-
rel ; to coatend ; to dispute : to scold.
Hoo-PA-PA A, I'. To burn; to scorch in
the fire, as food burnt black.
Hoo-PA-PAr, V. See Papai, to strike
with the open hand. To move softly or-
gently ; to move lightly.
2. To touch or strike softly.
Hoo'PA-PAU, V, See Papau, to be intent.
To be all engaged in a thing; to be wholly-
taken up with it.
2. To be in earnest in a work or in an
affair; to have .great anxiety about a thing.
3. To persevere.
Hoo-fa-pau, *. Engagedness; devoted-
ness ; earnestness and pei-sererance in a
parsnit.
Hoo-PAU-HA, u To exert one's self
greatly, as in carrying a very heavy load ;
to be. strong ; to be energetic.
Hoo-PA-PA'-Li-MA, 0. See Pa PA and Lima,
to touch bands. To touch, join or shake
hands as confirmatory of a previous agree-
ment. Note. — This was an ancient prac-
tice among Hawaiiana. '
Hoo-PE, V. See Pe, to anoint. To anoint
with what is perfumed; hence, to perftime.
-Hof^-PE, adj. Perfumed; anointed with
perfumed substances.
HOO
306
HOO
Hoo-PE, V. See Pepe, mashed; bruised.
To break up; to break fine; to scatter
abroad ; to roll over anything ; to mash it.
Hoo-PE -A, V. See Pea, to, make a cross :
to oppose. To accuse or punish an inno-
cent person ; to bring one into difficulty- ;
to deal falsely or unjustly.
Hoo-PEE-PEE, V. To conceal one's self;
to go off out of sight through shame or diffi-
dence.
2. To deceive one ; to get Hin into diffi-
culty. See HooPEA above.
Hoo-PE-HTr-pi.-inr, adj. Full; large ;
spreading, as 'clouds ; he ao hooptkwpehu.
Hoo-PE-PE, V. See Pepe, feoft ; pliable.
To be downcast or ashamed ; to be not
bold ; uftt confident.
Hoo-PE -PE-Htr, 'adj. Strong; muscular;
energetic ; he hioolna nni- ke kuaaina, he
Hoo-PE -PE-LiT, V. See Pelp, to bend
over. To cause to bend or double ovar.
2. To be in doubt; to be doubtful -srhieh
■way to go.
3. To talk double, here and there; e lau-
wili, e olelo pelupelu.
Hoo-Pi, ». See Pi, to be stingy. To be
hard ; tt) be close ; to be stingy.
2^ To be sour ; to he unsociaule.
Hoo-pi, s. The name of such persons
as were^ eCondmical in regard to food and
took care (if it in distinction from the waste-
All ; o ka poe mabiai malama i ka ai, ua
kapaia ua poe la, he hoOpi'a.o\e o lakou wi.
Hoo-pi, ts. To foUow ; to attend.
Hoo-pn, 0. See Pu, to ascend. To cause
to ascend ; to go up ; to appear ; to pro-
trude above ; ua hoopiina ka huelo o ua
moo nui nei. ZaieUc. 103.
2. To inform the chief of the fa,ult of a
person.
3. To complain to one in authority of one
in error or fault.
4. To accuse before a court of justice.
5. To ask a favor.
Hoo-pn-NA, s. See Phna, The ascent
pf a hill ; a path or road leading up a bill,
Hoo-pn-PK, ». See Pu, to go up. To
ascend ; to go up.
2. To beat against the w^'id ; to sail in a
zigzag manner.
3. To raise the cud, as ruminating ani-
mals.
4. To cause to flow upward, as water out
of a spring.
Hoo-Pi-o, V. See Pio, to extinguish. To
put out ; to extinguish, as a fire or light
2. To bend, as a stick; to maike an arch;
to bend over. ,
3. To humble ; to reduce to servitude ;
to make a prisoner of; to conquer.
Hoo-Pi-o-pi-o, V. To practice sorcery, a
part of which was the avihaiihui and hiu.
See Anaana.
2. To pray in the practice of sorcery.
3. To perform other oeremoaiea with
medicines, &c., in order to kill. Norc. —
The god to whom tfie prayer was made was
called Fua.
Hoo-Pi-o-Lo-o-LO, V. To be in trouble, as
the mind.
2. To feed a sick person with the fruit of
the noni, which makes one sick.
Hoo-Pi-HA, V. See Peha, full, as a con-
tainer. To cause to fill ; to fill full, a£ a
container; to put into a vessel until it runs
over.
2. To overflow its banks, as a stream.
Hoo-Pi-HA-pi-HA, V. See Piha. To cause
to be full ;■ to overflow ; to abound.
" 2. To swell up, as the stomach from dis:
ease.
3. To be full, as cloth gathered and
plaited into a ruffle ; hence,
4. To be full and flowing, as a ruffle.
Hoo-Pi-Ki-Ki, V. To be too short; to
shorten.
Hoo-Pi-u, B. See Pili, to adhere to.
To adhere to ; to stick tu ; to cling to.
2. To put together the parts of a tiling.
3. To attach one's self to another; to ad-
here to a person, as a ,servant or retainer j
no ka hoopUi mea ai i loaa mai ka ai ia
lakou.
Hoo-Pi-Li-Ki-A, 9. See Pilikia, crowded
close. To get one into difficulty : to lead
one into straits; to cause one to be in want.
Hoo-pi-ll-mea-ai, v. To attach one's self
to a chief or rich person for the sake of a
living ; to. be a retainer, especially where
not much service is required; to serve
merely for ;» living.
Hoo-pi-Li-MEA-Ar, s. A person serving ,
another merely for his living.
Hoo-pi-Li-pi-Li, V. See Pili and Pipili,
to_ adhere to. To put together two or more
things into one ; to cause them to adhere
closely.
2. To live together in close friendoMp, as
two intimate friends.
3. To pat in opposition; to bring into
difficulty.
Hoo-pi-na-na, v. To swim standing up-
right ; to float, as a log perpendicularly.
2. To rise and pitch, cs a vessel in a
storm.
Hoo-pi-pi-ka, v. To go here and there;
. to stagger.
2. To wander ; to go into an inclosure."
3. To go wrong in advance.
Hoo^o, V. See Po, night; dark. Tnact
in the dark. Fig. To do ignorantly.
2. To give without dircretion ; to act
HOO
207
HOO
fooUehly withoat intelligeaoe ; e. hoona-
aapo, e noooalowale.
3. to al)aent one's self slUj, as if ia the
dark j 1 k«kabi maiiawa, ike fa mai lakou i
ka pTile, a, i kekaU manaWa, koopo loa aku,
sometimes they appear at worship, at other
times they make themselves ctorfc.
4. To keep out of oae's sight.
6. To be willingly blind or igooraut.
Hoo-po-E, p. See Postois, round. To
cut off short; to out off square, as pieces of
Bugar-cane or pieces of wood.
2. To cut the hair alike all over the head.
3. To make globular.
Hoo-po-E-Po-B, V. See Hoopoe above.
To make round ; to collect intp a ball.
2. To shorten endways.
3. To cut off, as a section of a log for a
cart wheel.
Hoo-po-i, V. See Poi, to eicamiiie by tor-
ture. To cause to be awi&e; to excite; to
stir up,
2, To ezaoiise'by torture or threate.
Hoo-PO-i-PO»i, V. Freq, of foregoing. To
smother, as a flre ; to extlnguisb,
Hoo-po-i-NA, ».. "See PomA, to forget.
To cause to forget; to be unmindfa!.; to
be indifferent as to business or knowledge;
to be thoughtless.
Hoo-po-i-NO, V. See Poiwo, to be in dis-
tress. To be illfated ; to be unlucky : to
be in distress.
2. To be filthy ; to be unclean.
Hoo-poo, V. See Ppo, the head. To go
ahead ; to go forward ; not to retrograde.
2. To be brare ; to bold fast.
Hoo-poo-poo, «. See Poopoo, deep. To
be deep ; to dig deep ; to sittk down.
Hoo-PO-B-Li, V. See Pouu, darkness.
To darken ; to make dark.
2. To blind.
Hoo-Pou-POiT, V. See Potrpou, short, par-
ticularly of stature. To shorten ; to make
orbe short. '
2. MoraRy, to be low ; to be humble.
Hoo-Po-B4,' «i See PoHA, to burst; to
bie^-- To cause to break or burst forth,
as a sound.
2. To burst, as tiie contents of a boil; to
oyeifiow.
3. To flow away.
Hoo-PO-HAE, Oi See Pohae. To cause
to tear ; to tear open. '
Hoo-Po-Ht-Ku, V. SeePoHAKiT.astone;
a rock. To become a stone or rook; to
harden ; to become as a rock or stone ; to
be very hard.
Hoo-PO-HA-LA, »i See Pobaia, to re-
cover from sickness. To rest; to be quiet;
to recover Mia' Meimess.
2. To prevfent or dissuade one from gilr-
ing bis consent to a bargain or proposition.
3. To object to ; to speak against. ,
Hoo-po-HA-LA, s. A pretense J a specious
course of conduct.
Hoo-po-HA-LT7, V. To make a hole or
crevicfe! to split ; to crack ; to burst forth;
to swell up, as a wound ; to be large.
Hoo-PO-HE-o-HE-o, ». To make a head
on the end of a stick or other substance, as
. in making the neck on the top of fi, rafter
on a native house; e kalai ia luna o na oa,
a uukn, a hoopoheoheo ia ko luna o na oa.
Hoo-Po-KA-KAA, V. See Pokakaa, the
_ wheel of a pulley. To turn, as the wheel
of a milley ; to cause td roll, as a wheel.
2. Fig, To go over arid over again with
the same story, as a verb'^e speaker.
Hoo-pd-Ko-LE, c. See PofeoLE and Pa-
KOLE, short. To Shorten j td fint short ; to
curtail the length of a tbmg.
Hoo-po-Ko-po-Ko, V. See Poko, short.
To make short ; to curb- in ; to cut short
Hoo-po-la-po-la, v. See Polapola, to
sprout. To pusn or urge on.
2. To revive or come (c, as one sick.
3. To sprout ; to push out, as a bud ; to
quicken ; to hasten on.
Hoo-po-Lo-LEi, V. See Pololei, straight.
To make straight ; to straighten ; to cor-
rect; to make corrections; to put to rights,
Ho-po-LO-Li, V. See Polom, hunger.
To cause hunger ; to fast ; to eat no food,
Hoo-po-Lu-LTr-Ei,.!!. See Poutluhi, dark;
foggy. . To cover the sky with dark storaj
clouds ; to thicken and darken, as clouda
before a storm.
Hoo-Po-LU-LU-Hi, *. The dark gathering
of clouds before a storm.
Hoo-po-MAi-KAi, V. See Pomaikai, for-
tunate. To liake one fortunate; to be for-
tunate in obtaining what one wishes; to be
blessed.
Hoo-PO-NA-to-NA-LO, ». See Nalo and
PotnLOTSUA, to obscure. To appear dimly
as scarcely discernible ; to be obscure to
the sight ; to be vanishing.
Hoo-po-Ni-u-Ni-u, V. See Poimr, vertigo.
To have a dizziness of the head.
Hoo-po-Ni-Ni-ir, V. See above and PoNin,
dizziness. 'To be iizey, to have the sensa-
tion of a turning of the head ; to tiu'h or
whirl like a top.
Hoo-po-Ni-Po-Ni, V. See Poni, purple
color. To be of a black or deep blue color.
2. To have a mixture of colors ; to be
purple. 1
Hoo-po-NO, V. See Pono; good; right.
To rectiiy ; to put in order ; to make cor-
rect ; to do rightly.
HOO
208
1!00
To
Hoo-po-NO-po-No, V. See Hoopono,
mlu ovoi' ; to by a siipeiiiitendent.
i. To put in 'order ; to regulate ; to cor-
roct what is eironeoiia.
Hoo-ro-po-LO-Lu, V. See HooKAKAHELE.
To be v/eak in body ; to be unstrung, as
the nerves and muscles.
Hoo-pu, V. See Po or Pni;, to contract
into a bunch. To sit shriij^tged up in one's
kapa or blanket ; to shiver with the cold ;
to sit cruraiii'd up in a bunch.
Hoo-pu, -s. For hanapu. A mediator for
peace or war.
Hoo-Fir-A-H!, t>. See Hookohukohct and
PuiiiiAHr, To dress one's self up finely.
Hoo-pn-Ai, V. S°e P0AI, to flow, as
blood. Tq vomit; to cast out ; to boil up.
as a spring.
Hf)0-pa-ArKE-A, V. To appear at a dis-
tance as beautiful, desiraoie.
Hoo-?CT-A-KE-A, «. A white cloud, or any
beautltii! distant object. j
Hoo-pir-A-Pu-Ai, p. See Poai, to flow. !
To guigle.aa one drinking from a calabash; |
to boil up, as a spring. . I
Hoo-pg-i-pcr!, V. See Putpui, fat. ToJ
become large, fat and fleshy, as the body.
HoPD-i-wA, .V. See Puiwa, to start
suddenly. To be suddenly sicared; to
frighten ouej tote overtaken; tobe seized
by ; ua lioopavmaia ke alii kane e ke tuko
ino. Laieik. 37.
Hoo-PCT-o-pu-0, V. To be deep.
2. To spread abroaJ. as the ocean.
3. To spread out. as all the sails of a ship.
Hoo-PUCT, V. See Poet, a heap. To col-
lect together ; to collect in heaps ; to lay
up in store.
2. To fill up, as we belly with wind ; to
fill, as the heart with resentment ; ho.opmi
ae la ka'u ia ia i kana hoahewa ana ia'u.
3. To make ridiculoiis gestures or faces
in ridsculu of others. See Hoopuukahua
and HooMALOKA.
Hoo-puir, s. A fullness of resentment
of one against another ; e kuu aku i kou
hoopnu i pau, let loose all your resentment.
Hoo-pd-u-a, ^•. See PuuA, to be choked.
To push away ; to treat with dislike.
% To be choked ; to have hard labor, as
a female.
Hoo-Puu-KA-H(j-A, 0. See Hoopuu above.
To make ridiculous faces and gestures to
the disparagement of other.?.
Hoo-puij-puu, V. See Hoopuu. To lay
in heaps ; to collect.
Hoo-pc-HA-LA-LU, V. See Palalu, the
snorting of-a horse. To imitate the neigh-
ing of a horse ; to snort like a horse.
Hoo-pu-HA-LO, V. To spend fiine lazily.
iiage so as to mean
2. To expljun-
nothing.
3. To object to ; to refiise consent to.
4. To magnify an offense.
Hoo-po-HA-LD, s. One fhat'acts under-
handed ; a hypocrite.
Hoo-PD-HA-Lif-HA-LU, V. To be tough
and watery inside; to be inwardly unsound;
to be of poor quality.
Hoo-pu-HA-NU, i!. SeePuHANir. To rest
a little ; to breathe soft and easyi-
Hoo-PU-Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo, B. To Warm by the
fire ; to cook.
Hoo-pu-KA, V. See Pijka, an opening.
To cause to pass through an orifice, as
through a doorway or through a hole in a
. fence, &c.
2. To mate a substance full of holes or
ohinlis.
3. To appear iu sight, a.s a ship at a dia-
tar.ce.
4. To emerge to light, as from darkness.
5. To publish, as a newspaper.
Hoo-pu-KA-Hii, V. To adhere to another
and not to one's proper lord ; ka ! kupaiar
naha, no'u aku kuu aina, a hoopiikaku oe i
kou waiv/ai mamuii o ke alii.
Hoo-pn-KA-pu-:KA,'«. See PuKA. To push
forward ; to make prominent.
2. To charge interest or per cent, on
goods.
3. T6 answer or reply back and forth ;
to show one's skill in an.iwering again ; to
contradict, ae two who are obstinate in
conversation.
Ho-o-pu-KU-Mo-A, V. See Opn arid Ku-
Mo.i, to be sour. ' To be «villy disposed ;
to be envious.
2. To be greedy after property.
3, To be sour and selfish in disposition.
Hb-O-POTK0-MD-A, adj. Hard-hearted ;
close-fisted ; selfish.
Iloo-FU-LA-PU-LA, II. See PuLA and PtT-
LiPi"i.i. the tops Tjf sugar-cane. To plant
in order to increase vegetables ; to propa-
gate by planting ; to begin "to plant a new
kind of vegetable.
Hoo-FU-LA-LE-L/L-LE, c. See Lale and
PuLALE, to hurry; to scare fish. To hurry;
to hasten ; to make a stir in doing a thing.
2. To encourage strongly.
Hoo-pu-LE-LE-Hu-A, V. See Pulelehda,
a buttei fly. To blow away, as small bits'
of paper.
2. To act the butterfly ; to flutter about,
as vain d;; jjy persons.
■ 3. To talk much with little sense.
Hoo-PD-Lou, o. See Pulou, to veil the
head. To cover the head with a kapa.
2. To sit bending the head down so as to
keep warm.
Hoo-Pu-LU, V. To deceive; toacttreach-
HOO
ii09
HOO
eroHsly ; to get the advantage of one by-
deceit.
Hoo-Pir-LU, V. To m&hare; koopulu hi.
Hoo-pu-Lu-PD-Lu, V. To cause a stench;
to make aa offensive smell.
2. To deceive.
&. To protest against. .
Hoo-pu-Lu-pu-LU, adj. Strong smelling j
stinking.
2. Deceitful ; hypocritical.
Hoo-pu-MA-HA-NA, J .„. See PnaffiHANA.
Hoo-PU-ME-HA-NA, J To warm, as by fire;
to warm by covering with clothes; to warm
np, as food,
Hoo-?n-NA-HE-tE, V. See Punahele, a
favorite. To- make a favorite of one; to
treat one as a favorite ; applied mostly to
chiefs who wore inclined to treat on-j or
more of their people as favorites.
Hoo-pn-NA-HE-nr, p. See PaKAHELtr,
mould, spiders' webs, &c. To grow mouldy
or musty ; to grow old.
Hoo-pu-NA-LU-A, ». See Punalua. To
have, as a man, another woman eeiually be-
loted as his wile; to have, as a woman,
another man equally beloved as her hus-
band.
Hoo-pu-na-na, v. See Punana, to sit
on, as a nest. To sit like a fowl on eggs
to hatch them.
2. To hatch eggs by warming them.
3. To. brood or cherish, as a fowl her
young.
4. To warm, as a person by the fire.
HoQ-ptr-Ni, V. See Pumi» to surround.
To come around ; to (wirround.
2. To get the advantage of; to deceive ;
to begoile.
3. To be charmed with ; to' desire much,
as the desire of the se.tes. Ldidk. ^S.
Hpo-PU-Ni-Pu-Ni, V. See Hoopuni above.
To get around one, i. e., to deceive; hence,
to lie ; to speak falsely.
Hoo-pu-Ni-pu-Ni, s. Deceit; treachery;
falsehood.
Hoo-po-Ni-pu-Ni, adj. Deceitful; caus-
ing deceit ; treacherous.
Hoo-pu-NO-NO-Hu, V. See Pcnohf, to
ascend, as smoke. To enlarge] to spread
out, as a sail on a mast ; to rise up, as a
thick smoke when there is no wind.
Hoo-PD-NO-Ni, V. See NoNi, a plant. To
be or to make of a reddish color ; to be
brown.
Hoo-piT-NO-No, V. See Ponono, to dress
gorgeously. To be noble ; to dress gor-
geously.-
2. To have red eyes.
Hop-pn-PTJ, V. See Pupu, a bunch, as
of grass or leaves. To collebt together; io
heap up. See Hoopod.
27
2. To be uncomfortably filled with food.
See HooKUKu.
3. To hinder; to be unwilling; to refiiso;
to bold fast
i. To cleave to one's home when driven
or invited away.
5. To breathe quick and short, as an aged
person ; hence,
6. To be feeble and tottering ; to walk
like an aged person.
7. To dispute ; to converse roughly.
Hoo-ptr-pu, s. For hoopimpuu'. See Pirn-
PDC. A collection of thingi; a gathering up.
2. An old person, from his walking in a
stumbling, irregular manner.
Hoo-PU-Pu-KA, V, See PnKA and Po-
FDKA', worthless ; full of holes. To speak
contemptibly.
2. To act disgracefiiUy.
3. To be ugly to look at.
Hoo-pn-PU-L^, V. See Pupule, crazy.
To malce one ci%zy; to be out of one's wits;
to be insane.
Hoo-PU-WA-PU-WA, u See Puwa, to as-
cend, as smoke. To hang suspended, ae a
flag, or as smoke or clouds in the air.
2. To act proudly, as above otheta.
3. To glitter with brightness.
Hpo-wA, e. Tocpusetovomit; to make
sick at the stomach ; to flow ofi'.
Hoo-WAA, u To dig a trench; to set
out, aa plants where many are planted,to-
getber.
Hoo-wAi, V. To move so as to maite
room.
Hoo-WAi-Ho, V. SeeWAmo,tolaydown.
To leave exposed, as a woman her shame ;
eia kekahi mea e moekolohe ai, o ka boo-
waiho.
Hoo-wai-h6-wa-le, v. To sit in a state
of Httdity; to expose one's shame. See
. HOOWAIHO.
Hoo-wai-wai, v. See WArwAi, property.
To make rich ; to have a supply ; to be
abundantly provided for ; hence,
2. To be honorable.
Hoo-WA-HA, V. To covet ; to seize ; to
take with the knowledge, but without the
consent of the otiFner. See Hooeahi.
II00--WA-HA, adj. Hiving a disposition
to take another's property; greedy; he
hooioaha, he alnnu, he hao wale no,.
Hoo-WA-HA-WA-HA, V. See Waha. To
make mouths at; to treat with contempt;
to ridicule ; to hate ; to. dislike.
Hoo-WA-Hi, V. See Wahi, to break, and
Wawami, to break up. To grind or break
to pieces.
Hoo-wA-Hi-NE, V. See "W ahine, woman.
To make special friendship with a woman;
applied only to mei.
HOtf
210
HOU
2. To imitate, as a mait, the laacnersi of
a woman.
Hoo-WA-Hir, V. See Hoowaha above. To
Tob ; to take by force.
Hoo-WA-HU-A, V. Seo WahJEa, asnare;
rt trap. To insnare ; to entrap.
HoO-WA-tE-HAl;, ©. SeeWALEHAU. To
distill ; to flow from the nose, as muconi?.
Hoo-WA-LE-WA-LE, V. See Walewale,
to deceive. To deceive ; to insnare ; to
plot miScTiief.
Hoo-WA-LE-WA-LE, s. Thedeceiver; the
tempter.
Hoo-WA-LE-WA-LE-NA-HE-SA, V, To ex-
ercise enchantment. Eani. 18:11.
Hoo-wE-Hi-'WE-Hi, V. See Wehi, a
, wreath. To gather a tiunch of flowers for
ornament.
2. To fix up ornaments for a person.
Hoo-wE-LA, V. See Wy.LA, heat. To
burn ; to cause to be burned or seornhed.
2. To cook in the fire.
Hoo-WE-LA-WE-LA, V. See Weia, to
burn. To burn up ; to consume.
2. To be lout out of sight.
Hop-Tra-Li-WE-Li, s. Causing iear ; a
tbreatening of one or keeping Mm in fear
In order to secure obodience or to extort
property.
lioo-wE-Li-wE-Li, adj. See Weliweij.
Fearful ; thrsatocing ; having the quality
of exciting fear; he a* koowdiwdi, a threat-
ening cloud.
2. Exciting fear for the sake of obtaining
property.
Hoo-wi-u-wi-u, p. To cause to be en-
tangled ; to entangle, as a kite.
2. To daub or besmear one with any
filthy substance.
Hoo-wi-Ki, f. To opeu a little ; to make
' a small aperture ; not so muoh as hoohaka-
haka.
j-Ioo-wi-Ki-wi-Ki, u See WiKi, quick. To
hasten ; to hurry ; to do a thing quickly.
Roo-wi-Li, V. See Wili, to twist. To
bind or tie up, sa a buiidle; to fasten
tightly by tying ; to tie around.
Hoo-TVi-u-Moo, «. The name of a cer-
^tain aha ; also Mlahula.
Hoo-w7-Li-wi-Li, V. See Wili, to bind.
To bind or tie up tight'y; to tie up in bun-
dles,
2. To make afraid. See WjiuwELi.
Hoo-wi-Li-wi-Li, V. To move here and
thare irregularly.
2. To movC; as clouds with contrary
winds.
3. To cause daikness or obscurity ^ y t!'i>
commingling of dark clouds.
Hou, 1). To stab; to pierce, 1 '^tm.
31:4. To run through the body, as with a
spear, Pnh 19:13.
2. To exert one's self in casting a spear
or javelin. 1 Sam. 18:11.
3. To dip, as a pen into an inkstand; fto«
aku la i ka hulu i ka inika ; to dip into a
liquid: iJirf. 2:14 To moisten or soak ii
water.
i. To thrust, as the hand into a hole.
6. To stretch out, as the hand ; to draw
oat; to extend.
6. To search for something, as the mind;
hm wale akn la ka manao i o, i o, e ake e
loaa ; i. e., to reach after.
"Hou, V. See Hon, new. To be new; to
be fresh ; to be lecent. Io5. 29:20.
2. To repeat ; to So over again. KanVc.
ler. 3:23. To do s^aiu as before. Imik.
20:31.
3. To breathe short ; to pant
Ilotr, adj. New; recent; lately done.
HoTJ, adv. Again; recently; anew;
iifresh.
Hon, s. Sweat; perspiration. Luk.
22:44.
2. The MtliTia;- shortness of breath,
Hou, s. if ame of a species of fish.
Hoir-HOTT, V. To be blunt; to be obtuse;
to be dull, as an instrument. .
2. To be persevering ; to continue doing
a thing.
3. To thrust through ; to di'ill ; to bore ;
to pierce. 1 Tim,. 6:10.
Ho-u-Lir-TJ-LU, V. For hooulmdu. See
ljLU,.to grow. To collect together ; to as-
semble, as people.
2. To bring together things scattered.
Ho-tr-LCT-c-LU, ?. An assembly; a con-
vocation. OUik. S3:24,
Ho-D-LTJ-u-LU-A-Kir-A, V. See Um 6 and
AiUA, god. To set up one's self for a god ;
to make pretensions of being a god.
2. To make or appoint gods.
Ho-u-metKE, v. For kooumeke. Se^
Umekb, a poi calabash. To swell in grow-
ing like the calabash gouid ; to swell, as
fruit in growing,
. 2, To have enough ; to.be supplied with
comforts.
Ho-u-PE-PE, D. See Pepe, crubhedj
braised. To be modest ; to be bashful ; to
acj; as a backwoodsman; to be difSdent; to
be crushed, as the mind.
Ho-u-po, s. The thorax ; the region of
the material' Ueurt. l.xieik. 45.
2. A palpitation or fluttering of the heart.
3. The action of the region of the mind ;
ielele ka houpo i ka olioii, the mind (or
heart) leaped for joy.
4. The heart Isa. 60:5, See HADPt.
Ho-tr-ro-LE-wA-i,E-v.vi, v. See Houpo
HOH
211
HOK
above and Lewalewa, movable. To flat
down, as the stomach of a hungry person.
2. To he hungry ; to be dijEzy for want
of food.
3. To be light or empty, as the Btomach.
Ho-u-Po-LE-wA-LE-wA, 8. A hungjy,
empty stomach.
3. Faintness for want of food. ..
Ho-u-Pu-TJ.pu, V. For hooupuumt. See
Vvv, to desire strongly. To tell lies, as in
giving a false alarm, or ij) accusing another
in order to, clear himself of suspicion. '
Ho-u-wE-KE, V. For homweke. See
UwEKH, to open wide. To open; to open,
as a door ; to open, as the mouth ; to open
wide. See ■Wehe,
Ho-HA-NA, »> To grasp; to seize hold
of with the hand ; "to hold fast ; e puili.
Ho-HA-NA, s. A measure, both hands
fall, used in giving out food, small fish,
&Ci ; a small measure box or calabnsK.
Ho-HE, V. Probably for kooliee. To be
afraid i to flee. ifcA. 6:11. To flee from
f 'iar. Bol. 28:1. To be overcome or routed;,
aole^^ liohe Va, ilo ma ka lua abi, e ai mai no.'
Ho-HE, jt. Fear J terror.
2. A coward.
Ho-HE, adj. Fearful; timorous,
Ho-HE-HE, adj. Faint-hearted; weak.
Ho-HE-WA-LE, s. A fleeing withont
cause ; cowardice.
Ho-HO, e. See Ho, to breathe. To snore;
to breathe hard ; to guigle, as one breath-
ing through water in the throat.
2. To snort, as a horse ; alaila, hxihx) mai
ha lio.
3. To cry out; to shout after. SeoHooHO.
rio-Ho, s. Snow; the gpray of water
from a cataract.
2. The distant sound of a small cataract.
Ho-HO, V. To sink down, as a caiioe in
the water.
'?. To leap or slide down, as one from a
pali.
.3. To jet. as water into a canoe where
there is a hole ; ke holw mai la ka llu.
Ho-Ho-A, V. . See Hoa, to strike. To
strike repeatedly on the head witli a stick.
2. To beat kapa after coloring that it
maybe soft; kohoa kapa, to beat kapa with
a stick on a stone.
3. To strike, as in fighting.
4. To smooth kapa out by beating ; ap-
plied to the flr§t process in beating.
Ho-Ho-A, 5, A cane ; a staff; a war
club, an instrument for knocking down an
adversary. See Pahoa.
Ho-HD-HOi, 0. See Hoi, to return. To
return again. Oram. § 209.
Ho-HO-EA, V. SeeHoKA. To be ashamed. I
Ho-Ho-LA, V. See HoLA, to sprea;d out.
To nnfold and spread down, &s a mat ; to
spread out, as a kapa or garment ; hxiluoh,
■i ke kapa. Kard. 22:17.
2. To spread out, i. e., to smooth j, cloth
that has been ruffled.
3. To spread out, as a not. SoZ. 29:5. '
4. To spread up, i. e., to make up, as a
bed, Sbi!.7:16.
5. To spread or stretch out, as the visi-
ble heavens. M>. 9:8,, To spread out, as
the clouds. loh. 36:29,
d. To stretch out, as the hand. Kin.
48:14. To spread oat, as the wings of «
bird. JTdwZ. 32:11.
7. To spread over, as darkness or dark
clouds. Note, — JToAoto applied to the wind
To calm; to soothe; to prepare to
hear or receive information.
9, To open ; to enlighten the mind.
10. To set forth ; to manifest.
11. To make a gesture or stretch out one's
hand in speaking. See Uhola and Mahoia.
Ho-Ho-LA, adj. Open ; opened ; un-
sealed ; mo ka palapala i Ao/wtoia, with as
open letter. Aeft. 6:5.
Ho-Ho-i.E, u. See Hole, to skin; to peel.
To peel off the skin, as a banana ; to akin,
as an animal.
2. To peel ;, to rub : to Ble off.
Ho-Ho-LO, 0, See HoLo, to run; to sail.
To run ; to sail ; to glide swiftly.
2. Pass. To be diiven swiftly by the
wind. lak. 3:4.
3. To put outone's hand to take a thing.
Imnk. 15:15. See Hohola 6.
Ho-Ho-MAj », See Homa, lean. To be
poor in flesh-; to be lean.
Ho-Ho-MA, adj. Reduced in flesh; poor;
lean.
Ho-Ho-No, V. To smell strongly, as tar
or burning sulphur ; to cause a strong of-
fensive smell.
Ho-Ho-No, s. A strong offensive smell;
a stench; the smell of anything. Dam. 3:2?
Ho-Ho-Ntr, V, To be deep, as water;
deep down, as a pit.
2. To be full, L e., deep, as the sea at
full tide.
Ho-Ho-NU, s. The deep, i. e., the sea ;
the depth. Pv3c. 15:6. '
Ho-HO-KU, adj. Deep, as a pit; as a
well. It>an. 4:11. _ ~
Ho-HO-PA, adj. Long, thin, slender a%
spare, as a mau ; he kanaka hphopa, a tbia
slender man.
Ho-HU-LE, adj. See Ohule, bald. Bald,
as the head ; baldbeaded.
Ho-KA, V, To squeeze; to press; to take.
hold of ; to^^ather up.
HOK
212
HOK
2. To Bcarch or look after ; to examine
into.
3. To strike ; to attack.
i. To be destitute ; to perish ; to he de-
stroyed. Hal 9:18.
5. To fail ; to be disappointed. Hal
22:6. To fail ; to forsake. 1 Oi'ni. 28:20,
6. To be ashamed through a failure.
.Horn. 9:33. Miti hoka au imua ona, e ole
ka ekemif ana o ka waha.
7. Hoo. To put to shame, JM. 44:7. To
be disappointed; to be mocked. Hal 2:Ui
Ho-KA, s. A mistake in understanding
one's words.
2. A blunder ; carelessness in doing a
thing.
Ho-KA, adj. Destitute ; poor.
2. Blundering ; careless,
Ho-KAA, V. For hookaa. See Kaa". To
cause to roll.
Ho-SA-A-WA. Mai hele i ahuawa, koka-
awa; aka, pakele ae nei paha au i keia la.
Ho-KAE, V. For hookas. See Kae, to
rub or blot out. To seize hold of awk-
wardly ; to blunder in doing a thing.
2. To erase ; to blot out.
3. To smite .; to kill. 2 Sam. 6:7.
Ho-KAi, 1). For hookai. See Kai, hoo.
To drive ; to drive away ; to banish ; to
dash, as a melon on the ground and break it.
2. To disregard ; to squander ; to mis-
spend.'
3. To tnrn upside down ; to destroy ; to
blot out. Kari. 7:24. To destroy utterly.
Kaid. 25:19.
4. To put away ; to' do mischief genet-
ally^ mea hokni. a destroyer. Mai. 3:11.
no-KAi, adj. Unprepared.
Ho-KAi, adv. Disorderly ; mischiev-
ously ; wickedly. 2 Tes. 3:6.
Ho-KA-Ho-KA, V. See Hoka before. To
feel demeaned; to be ashamed; hokahoka
wale ibo no ka mea haku ole, he is ashamed
of himself who has no master.
Hp-KA-Ho-KAij V. See Hokai 3. To stir
up ; to mix, as two ingredients. loan. 9.(>.
Ho-ka-la-lu. Ebkalalu na holpholona
ia mau malama.
Ho-KA-i^', s. A hard concretion in the
flesh ; a kernel ; he mau wahi anoano ma
ke kumu |tepe!ao. a malalo o kc a lalo.
Ho-KA-u; s. The loss of appetite.
Ho-KA-U, adj. Thin in flesh ; meager.
Ho-keto, s. The lower of two gourde
which conlpose the drum.
2. He hulUau. a calabash to put clothes
in whin traveling on a canoe.
Ho-Ki, s. Eng. An ass; a mule. Nah.
l(i:16._ Hoki keiki, a young ass. NciTt. —
BoH is the Hawaiian pronunciation of the
Euglish word Aomb, which was flrft usetl,
but afterward Kp was applied to a horsB,
and hoki was applied to the ass and the
mule.
Ho-Kn, V. See Kii, also HooKii. To dis-
solve ; to pine away, as a diseased person,
Isa. 34:4. To pine away, as with too coo-
sumption.
Ho-Kii, s: The phthisic, ba. 10:18. A
consumption ; a pining sickness. OUik.
26:16.
Ho-Kii, lidj. Lean, low or thin in flesh.
Ho-Kj-o V. For haoldo. To play the
pipe ; to whistle.
Ho-Ki-o, s. A pipe; a whistle; .some
musical wind instrument play(!d with the
mouth. 1 Sam. H) .5,
Ho-xj-o-Ki-0, V. Yotftodlciokio. To pipe;
to play oa tlic piiie.
Ho-Ki-o-Ki-0, s. An ancient wind in-
stnimont among Hawjtiians, the pipe ;
among the Hebrews, /se. 5:12.
Ho-KM.0, V. To be sick and famished
away.
Ho-Ko, V. To imitate.
Ho-Ko, s. The fleshy movable part of
a fat person or animal.
2. The battock ; applied to men and fat
animals.
3. The inside of the thighs; ua pili ne
hoko, or ua hui na hoko on account of fat-
ness.
4. The under part of the thigh.
Ho-Ko, ) adj. Large; fat; rolling;
Ho-KO-HO-KO, \ applied to the thighs of
mep, women and fat animals.
Ho'Ku, s. The asthma. See Hokii.
Ho-KU, adj. Thin in flesh ; meager.
See Hokii. ^
Ho-KU, *. The name of the fifteenth
day of the month.
Ho-KU, s. A star; hoku lele, a c«net;
ka poo Aofcu o ke kaei, the planets. 2 Nal.
33:5. The twinkling orbs of heaveiir
Ho-KU, s. A word ; a thought ; some-
thing rising in the mind ; he wahi hoku iki
ko'u no keia mea.
Ho-xu-A, s. The lower and back part
of the neck where it joins the shoulders.
Hid. 49:15.
2. The back between the shoulder-s. Pvk.
12:34.
3. A division of men at work ; a party ;
a company where a number of men are
divided into several companies, one of
them is called a hokua.
Ho-Ku-A-EA, s. Hoku, star, and aea,
wandering. A moving or wandering star,
i. e., a planet.
Ho-Kir-Ao, s. Eoku and ao, light. The
momiBg star ; the bright star ; the planet
HOL
213
HOL
See
Venus wlien it is the luoroiDtc star,
also l{()Kui,OA.
Ho-Ku-A-Mo-A-Mo,'«. HoAm and amoatno,
to wink, The twinkling or wiuVmg of tlie
Btai's.
. U. The motion o1' Ihewinltingof tboeycs.
See next word.
Ho-Ka-1-Mo-i-Mo, s. Hoku and imoimo,
tu.ivink. Same as abnve.
Hip-k(j-nE-LE, .V. liohu andhele, to move.
it p) an at. Sec Hwkuaka.
Ho-k^vHroo:'KE-Li5-wAA, s. Hofcu, star,
idviakf^ip .Bteer, and waa, canoe. Ntiine
(if a sl»i', the appearand; of which was the
signaf for sailing on a voyage; a i ka wa-
naao, i k» piika ana o ka IwkulioukelevMU,
at tlie dawn of Iho morning, at the appear-
. ante of the star. Laieik. '.iS.
2. Th« name of a star that appeared jusL
li)(5fore the hirtli of a high chief.
HoKu-Ho-KU, v.,, To breathe hard; to
wlice/.e as one slnffed witli food.
Ho-KU-Ho-KU, odj. See Hoku, asthma.
Having the culi''.
?. Filled with anger or unpleasant sensa-
tions ; Iwlcuhoku u iloku — o ake e helo a
buokolokoio.
Ho-KU-LE-LE, 5. Eoku and lele, to fly
A meteor.
iHo-KU-LO-Aj s. Hoku and loa, great. The
.morning star. Se,'? Hokuao. also M*na,\A).o.
flo-Kn-pii-Hi-BA-KA, 5. Hoku and puM-
bafco. tobaQco smoliing. A comet. Seethe
next word.
Ho-KU-WE-LO-wE-LO, s. Hoku ^.ni wclo-
vielo, a tail. A comet from its tail of light.
A comet IB also called by Hawaiians Aofcu-
puhibali:a, tobacco-smoking star; also hoku-
hueh-laiki long-tailed star.
Ho-LA, s. The name of the root and
stalk of the auhubn, a poisonons and in
toxicating plant, the bark of which was
used in poisoning or intoxicatinji; fish go
they «ould bo caught. See Auhoi.a and
Auimm;.
2. The name of the system of fishing when
they were to be caught by poisoning.
Ho-L.A, V. ,To poison or intoxicate fish
with Ihehola or auhnhu.
Ho-LA, e. To open ; a kola ia ka waha
a palalialaha; to spread out. See iloHor.A
and Uhola.
Ho-L.i-o, c. To pass by ; to run on.
Ho-[,A", s. A collection or multitude of
people assembled.
2. One person together with a collection
of fowls "Or other aniinals.
Ho-LA-HO-tA, X. See Hola above. To
poison or intoxicate tish.
He-LA^HOrLA, t'. See Hola, to spread
out. To spi'ead out; to smooth; to smooth,
as a kapa or cloth ; to make up, as a bed.
Oih. 9:M.
2. Applied to the mind, to 'calm ; to
soothe ; to open ; to enlighten. See llcv
iioi.A and Uiioi.A.
Ho-LA-PA, s. For hoolapa. See Lapa, a
ridge. The act of rising; or boiling up; the
swelling or rising, of a. blister.
Ho-LA-pu, V. To stir up; fornix water
and dirt; to make water daik colored by
putting in dirt.
Ho-LE, V. To curse.
2. To peel olf ; to skin ; to flay.
3. To.rasp ; to file ; to rub off.
4. To scratch or break the bark of a tree
or skin of the flesh.
6. To notch the end of a spear; to make
grooviffl, as in a kapa beater ; hole ie.
Ho-tE, s. A bruise ; a scratch or break
in the skin. See Poiioi.b.
Ho-LEi, ». To open ; to gape open, as
the eyelids, or as the labia retninaf-um.
Ho-LEi, s. Name of a tree used (bark
and loot) to color yellow.
Ho-LE-1-E, V. Hole, to peel, and ie, a
vine. To peel the bark from the ie used
in basket making.
Ho-LE-i-E, s. See above. The name of
those who prepared the ie for braiding or
weaving.
2. Those who In connection with prepar-
ing the is, also pounded kapa; amekapoe
kolde kuku kapa.
Ho-LE'So-LE, XK See Hole, to peel. To
peel; to strip ofl', as the skin from the i^esb;
as the fiesh frOnl the bones; hokhole iho la
lakoa i na iwi o Lono, they skinned the
bones of Lono (Captain Cook), that is, sep-
arated the bones from the flegb.
2. To separate one thing, from another.
Ho-Li, V. To commence or start fiifst;
to go forward.
2. To beg earnestly, in such a manneras
that one cannot be denied.
Ho-Li, s. The first appearance of a thing
as the first coming out of the beard of a
young man.
Ho-Lo, V. To go fast ; to move gcner?
ally, like hele.
1. To travel iu any way, i. e., to run or
ride or sail.
2. To put or thrust in, as the band into
the bosom.
3. To flee away ; to go swiftly.
i. To run. as the thought, i. e., to decree;
to decide, loan. 9:22.
5. Uoo. To ride on horseback, or on a
camel. 1 Sam. 30:17.
6. To cause to ride, i. e,, to carry in ftny
vehicle, as a carriage. 1 OVd. 13:7.
7. To slip; to cause to slide down, oa aa
avalanche.
HOL
314
HOL
8. To etretoh out, as the hand for taking
anything ; to reach forth, as the hand,
iunft. 3:21.
9. Eoolwlo manao, to take coancil; to
consult. Im. 30:1. See No. 4.
10. To promise ; to agree with ; to pass,
*B the sentenoo 'of a judge.
11. to decide by vote of a deliberate
body; ua A./Joftofo, it was voted ; it pa'jsed ;
it was decreed. Note. — The common form-
ula is, lia holo ka manao, the thought goes,
or a shorter form is, iia holo, it runs, i. e.,
the vote is carried.
Ho-LO, s. A running; a racing! agoing;
a moving.
2. A bundle ; holo ai, a bundle of food.
Ho-Lo, adj. Running ; moving ; sail-
ing ; racing ; he Ito holo, he moku holo.
Ho-Lo-AA-, V. Holo and «a,. the small
roots of ttees. Hence, to make a mistake;
to run here and there ; to go wrong ; to
blunder. See Hoaa.
Ho-i<o-AA, odj. Destitute of property or
of friends.
Ho-LO-Ai, s. See Horo, bundle, and Ai,
food. A bundle of baked ki^o.
2. A wrapper to carry food in.
Ho-LDi, t>. To Wash with' water, as
elothes ; to separate the dirt from a thing.
2. To scrape or clean the dir*, from the
feet.
3. To brush clothes; to wipe; to cleanse.
4. To blot out, as a writing; 2 ifai. 21:13.
5. To cle^n in any way; holoi a maloo,
to wipe clean. loan. 13:5.
Ho-LOi, adj Washed ; cleansed by
, washing or wiping.
Ko-Lo-Ti-¥A, V. Makaniuka, wind from
behind ; he kio, paJi wauaka ma ke kua,
makani holouka.
Ho-LO-HO-Lo, t). See Hom, To walk;
to walk about. Kin. 3:8.
2. To sail or run to and fro. <7er. 6:1. To
go about from place to place. Luk. 13:33.
3. Hoo. To cause to ride, &c. Kanl. 32:13.
JfoTB. — This double form, holoholo, has
most of the senses that are attached to holo.
Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo, s. The name of a game
among the ancient Hawaiians.
Ho-LO-Ho-LO-o-LE-Lo, V. See Holo and
Olklo, talk. '^0 slander ; to tell tales to
the disadvantage of another; to propagate
.false reports.
Ho-LO-Ho-Lo-o-LE-iiO, s. A tale bearer.
OiAfc. 19:16. A tattler. 1 Tim. 5:13. Note.
This is often written in two words.
Ho-Lo-Ho-Loi, V. See Holoi. To rub
with pressure and quick motion ; to rub off
dirt ; to rub down smooth.
Hc-M-Ho-LO-KA-KE, adj. Ke ai hohholo-
kakeia la o ka makam.
Ho-Lo-Ho-Mi-KE, V. See Holoke, to rub
against. To .strike upon; to light aj>ou
easily; to touch ; to rest upon, as the ends
of a rainbow. Laieik. IC
Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo-u-o, s. See Holo artdLio,
a horse. A rider on a horse ; a horseman ;
cavalry. 2 Oihl. 1:14.
Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo-Mo-KU, s. Sce Holo, to sail,
and Moku, ship. A sailor ; one who rides
in a ship.
Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo-NA, s. See Holoholo and
Ana, a running about. A four-footed beast:
geuerallyapplied to dome.»tic animals, bu«
often to wild ones.
Ho-Lo-Ho-Lo-pi-NA-Au, s. The Hawaiian
name of the planet Mars.
Hb-Lo-HU-A, V. Ua hcHohiia ka manao.
Ho-Lo-KAA, V. Holo and kaa, a chariot.
To ride majestically. Hal. 45:4.
fio-LO-KAi, s. Holo and kai, sea. On?
who rides on the sea ; a seaman ; lia ]\o\o-
kai, seafaring men. JBkek. 26:17.
Ho-Lo-KA-Hi-Ki, s, Holo and kahiki, a
foreign country. Epithet of a Hawaiian
sailor who has visited foreign countries:
ua tausani paha na holokahUci no HawEUl
aku, theie weye thousands perhaps of sail-
ors irom Hawaii : o Lehua ka inoa o ka
kohkahiki nana i hoolike iwaona o Vane-
kouva ame Kamehameha, Lehua was the
name of the sailor to foreign countries who
interpreted between Vancouver and Kame-
hameha.
Ho-Lo-KE, V. Holo and ke, to strike
against. To run or rub against some op-
posing object
2. To be stopped short, as the mind in a
course of thought or investigation ; a holoke
ka noonoo, a'kukapikiio ka manao ke loaa
ole.
Ho-Lo-KE-Lo-KE, V. To croak ; to crep-
itate or grate, as the two ends of a broken
bone against each other.
Ho-Lo-Ki-Ki, V. Holo, to run, anikiki,
intensive. To run or sail swiftly; to run
headlong.
Ho-Lo-Ko-HA-NA, i). Holo, to go, and ko-
hana, destrhite of clothes. To go' about
naked ; to be destitute of clothes, not oven
a malo.
Ho-Lo-Kir, s. Some kind of a garment;
a long flowing garment. Sal. 109:29. A
cloak. Isa. 69:17.
Ho-LO-KU-KU, V. Holo and kuku, to stop
short. To tipt, as a horse.
2, To ride roughly or uneasily. ■
Ho-LO-LA, V. The M is a particle. Ke
ImIo ia oe e manao ua hoka raakou, you,
0 thought, have supposed that we "are
ashamed.
Ho-Lo-Li-o, «. Holo, to ride, and lio,
HOL
horse. A rider of a horse. Isa. 96iii Hoo.
A. horaeman : ' a rider on a horse. Puk.
U:9.
Ho-LO-i;,n-A, v. Holo and hta, double.
To go or move two ways; to go both ways,
lUce the crab; as the munce, Qie papai,£c.
Ho-LO-LU-A, adj. Creeping or running
both ways, 'like t}ie orab; aole e like me
kou mauao ka muhee, ka kolohia,
Ho-Lo-Mo-KU, V. Holo and wwAa, ship.
To sail on a ship.
2. To rush along, as a toiTeiit.
Ho-iiO-MO-Kcr, s. A sailor; a seaman;
ka halepule no ka poc holomoku ma Hono-
lulu ; he man mea holomoku, seamen. 1
Not. 9:27.
2. Arushing, asof water; an overwhelm-
ing ; applied to the wicked. 2 Sarn,. 22:5.
rio-Lo-NA, s. In music, a close ; the end
of a tune.
Ho-Lo-PA-A-Ni, V. Solo, to run, and jpB-
ani, to plajr. To run and play like children.
2. To sail about for pleasure.
Ho-Lo-PA-PA, V. To rule; to control; to
overcome ; to prevail over ; used where
one man conquers several others.
Ho-Lo-PA-PA, s. J3bfo and papa, a board.
A shelf made of sticks in the corner of a
room where kapas and other articles were
laid.
2. A raft for floating logs, boards, stones,
&e. I (Hid. 2:16.
3. A bridge over a small stream.
4. An arch over a space.
Ho-Lo-WA, s. Holowa kaa, certain en-
gines for throwing missiles in war. 2 Oild.
26:i5.
Ho-Lo-WAA, s. i&Zo and wao, canoe. A
box ; a chest ; a trunk ; a coffin ; a cradle.
2. A species of fishing net.
3. A trough ; a watering trough. Puk.
2:16.
Ho-Lo-wA-LE, V. JHofo, DO run, and waZe,
freely. , To flee without cause or danger ;
to act the coward.
2. To go about destitute of Clothing, i. e.,
in astate of nature.
Ho-LO-WA-LE, s. A coward; one fleeing
without cause.
Ho-LU, V. To bend, as an elastic stick;
to arch over.
Ho-LTT, s. Abroadaxe; ahoe; anadze;
ilcot/iolu, an adze.
2. The depth of the sea; the deep ocean;
the flood tide.
Ko-LTJ-A, ». To glide down on a sledge ;
to play the h/ohma.
Ho-Lu-Ay s. A smooth path on a side hili
for sliding down.
?. The name of the sled orr sledge for
alidiag down hili.. Notb.— To play jrith
215_ HON
the hobiA was an ancient pastime among
Hawaiiaus.
3. The name of the strong north wind,
generally in the winter.
Ho-nr-Ho-LU, V. SeeHotUjB, To bend;
to be flexible.
Ho-Ltr-Ho-LU, adj: Ductile ; elastic ;
springy, as a sword blade.
Ho-Lu-Lir, V. To oppress.
Ho-MA, V. To be poor; to be thin in
flesh ; to make one's self poor.
2. To be disappointed ; to be bEiflled ia
one's efforts to do a thing.
Ho-MA, adj. Thin in flesh ;^ poor; hol-
low ; apt^ied to the cheeks.
.2. Disappointed: baffled.
Ho-MA-HorMA, V. SeeHoMA. To be des-
titute ; to be bereaved.
3. To be 'thin ; to bg poor.
Ho-MAi, »f See Ho. for A6<>, and Itiii, a
verbal directive, usa^ mostly in the imper-
ative. Lrr. Caus^.to be this .way :; hand
this way: give this way j bring here. Svi.
3:15. Roinai i wahi wai ina na'u, giv; me
here some water to drink.
Ho-ME, s. Eng. Home^ place of, one's
family and residence.
Ho-ME-RA, s. Heb. A homer, a Jewish
liquid or dry measure.
Ho-ME-TA, s. Heb. A snail. OiMc. 11:30.
Ho-Mi, adj. See Omi. Withered; sick;
unfruitful, asa plant; sick, as a person.
Ho-Mi-Ho-Mi, V. SeeOMioMi. To spring
up, as a seed planted, but with feeble
strength and produce nothing.
Ho-NE, V. See Ne. To be saucy; to be
playful ; to be tricldsh ; to tease one ; to
run upon.
2. To prick ; to enter, as a sharp thing ;
Ine be wahi kuikele la ia c Iwne nei iloko o
ka manao, like a needle it j^ierces.intp the
thought.
Ho-NE, s. Mischief; a trick; teasing;
he mea hookanikani o ka mo'ku.
Ho-NE-A, s. Dirt; the matter in the iii-'
testines not voided. .Lank. 3:22. See Ho-.
NOWA.
Ho-NE-Ho-NE, V. See Hone. To be
trickisb ; to be mischievous.
Ho-NE-Ho-NE, adj. Haying tricks; teas-
ing ; fretting ; not letting one alone.
HoiNE-KO-A, V. See Hone and Koa, to
be bold. . To rail ; to be saucy.
Ho-NE-KO-A, adj. Impudent; undaunted;
not afraid.
Ho-Ni, V. To beg"earhestly. S^fe'HoLi
Ho-Ni, V. IlQ toiich.jj|to.,apply-a com-
bustible article "to -tfieariB. Xmi/s, 16:tf.
2. To. smell, as an odor. Kin.&-2i.. To
smell any perfume ; to anuff, as a candle.
HON
216
HOP
3. To feet the inSuence of, as tfaerooisof
trees do the watur. lob. 14:9.
i. To salute by tonchiog noses (the ordi-
nary way of saluting among Hawaiians);
honi iho la i ka thn. Zaieik. 203.
5. To kiss ; to salute liy kissing. Kin.
.27:26,27. To embrace on parting; ap-
l)lied to various forms of salutation, as
good-by, shaking hands, &c.
Ho-Ni, s. A salutation; a kiss. Mele
Sol. 1:2.
2. A touch as of a mat«h to a combusti-
ble.
3. A shaking of hands at parting, &c.
4. Commanding a complimentary salu-
tation to one; ehaawi i ko'uAoni ala aloha
ia lakou, give them my sweet loving kAss,
i. e., affectionate salutation.
Ho-Ni-NA-Ni-NA, adj. See Oninahdia
»nd UN'raANiNA. Fat ; plump ; round, as a
fleshy person.
HoNO, V. To stitch; to sew up; to
mend, ai> <! garment or a net Mat.iiil.
'2. To join ; to unite together by sewing
OK stitching.
Ho-NO, s. A stitching; a sewing; a
joining together; ka Aono ona ainaoMaui,
the uniting of the lands of Maui.
2. The back of the neck.
3. The name of a kapu when every man
must bold his bands in a particular posture.
4. The name of a place where the *ind
meets some obstraction and is reflected
back ; oia kahi kono e hoi mai ai ka nui o
ka makanL
Ho-HO-A, *. See Honowa.
Ho-NO-Ai, s. See Hong and Ai, the neck.
The back of the neck.
Ho-No-Af, *. See Honowai below. A
uiiitiog ; a bringing together and causing
a new reli^tionship ; mostly brought about
by marriage ; as, makua Mnoai, a parent
by marriage, or a parent-in-law; makua
honoai kane,a fatber-iu-law; makua Aonoat
wahine, a mother-in-law. Note. — The or-
thography honoai is better than honotoai.
See also the word Hckoai.
Ho-NO-Ho-No, *. Name of a weed, very-
thrifty in growth and very hard to kill.
Ho-No-Ho-Np, adj. Bad smelling. See
HOHONO.
Ho-No-KAA, s. A water course»
Ho-No-KE-A-NA, s. Nameof a spccles of
soft porous stone.
Ho-No-LE, V. See HoN|E. To be mis-
chievous ; to be trickisb ; to be saucy,
Ho-NO-Ftr, s. A hai e ka lua i hxmofpu.
See LuiULTDMi, burnt ; scorched, as the
ground .by the great heat of the sun.
Ho-No-WA, J, See Honea and Honoa.
The matter contained in tlie intestines.
2. Excrements; human fiBcces; used mostly
in retierence to chiefs. Notb.;— This is the
proper and polite lamfi of excrements.
Ho-NO-WAi, s. A uniting; a bringing to-
gether and causing a nev> relauonsbip ;
mostly brought about by marriage ; as,
makua honoai, a parent by marriage, or a
parent-in-law; makna honoai kane. a father-'
in-law; makua honoai wahine. a mother-io-
law. Note. — The ortiiography hi.'ioai is
better than honowai. See also the word
HUNOAI.
Ho-Nu, s. The turtle ; a terrapin ; xnon
generally applied to the sea turtle ; a tor-
toise. Oihk.lliiS. Note. — Thenonitwaa
formerly forbidden to women to eat in the
limes of the kapa under penalty of deaiii.
Ho-NU-A, s. Flat land ; land of an even
or level surface, in distinction from hills
and mountains.
2. In geography, the earth- genentlly, ia-
ciuding sea and mountains.
3. A foundation ; a resting place.
4. The bottom of a deep place, as of the
sea or a pit ; wahi honna ole, bottomless.
Ho-NU-A, adj. Preceding; going before
hand ; olelo konua, the forgoing dessrip-
tion; pifle honua, the former r&ligion ; i
kau kauohai honua, ana, your charge jnst
given. Laieik. 20. Ke makau honua e mai
riei no. Zaieik. 180.
Ho-NU-A, adv. Gratuitously; vvithout
cause ; naturally ; ua aloha honua anei ni
kanaka kekahi i kekahi ? do men naturaUy
love each other? No ka pono a ke Akna i
waiho honua mai ai, for the righteousness
which God had freely manifested; o ka
hoomaka ana, ua like' no ia me ke ao ana,
i ola honua i ka palapala; thoroughly; en-
tirely. Zunk. 20:25. Altogether. 1 NaL
ll:l3.
Ho-NU-Ho-NU, V. See Honu, terrapin.
To play the t«rrapin; a play where people'
crawled on all fours like terrapins.
Ho-PA-LA, I). Ho for koo, and pala, soft.
To paint ; to daub ; to besmear.
2. To blame one who is innocent
Ho-PA-LA-PA-i^, V. Ed for hoo, and pa-
lapala, to write; to paint To cause to
write badly ; to scrawl in making letters
with a pen ; to daub with a pen.
Ho-FA-PAU, s. Sorrow; grief of a hus-
band or wife for the death of a companion.
Ho-PE, s. The end or beginning of a
thing; the terminationof an extremity; the
finishing result or termination of a course
of conduct
2. A place; steady office; successor la
a place.
3. The finishing; the close of a period of
time.
HOP
217
HUA
i. A. particular aje or time. Zfe6. 9:26,
in this age of the world.
6. The time of one's death ; the end of
life.
6. Tlie end, i. e., the consequence or re-
sult of an action ; ma neia hope aku, from
tinaiime on; ma i&hope iho, after that tee;
hope ole, endless. Jod. 22:5.
Ho-PE, adj. Ending; last; na olelo
Aope, the last words; mea hope ole, without
resutt, i. e., without proJU.
Ho-FE, adv. Adv. declinable. Gram, i
ie&, '2 class. Behind ; after, &c. See the
different cases.
Ho-FE-NA, s. Hope tLTii na f 01 ana. The
ending ; the bringing to a close.
2. The end ; the hindmost, as the rear of
an army. los. 10:19.
. 3. The end -of a series of «vcntg. Ik^.
7:2, 3.
Ho-FE-PE, V. Ho for .W, and pepe, to
mash fine. To cause to crush, as any sa)>-
stance.
2. F:o. To overbear, as ib". mind; to
humble. See Hoopepb.
Ho-PE-FE, adj. Humble ; depressed ;
downtrodden, as the people of a hard,
cmel chiefs o ko ke kuaaiua noho ana, he
/lopepe, he bopohopo, he wiwo wale me ka
makau ; he ttopepe ke ano o na koaaina.
Ho-PE-Foo, s. See Hope and Poo, the
head. Thebackpartof thehead.
Ho-pi-Lo, V. SeeOpiLO. To relapse after
a partial recovery &om dcknese.
2. ^o be often sick.
Ho-Pi-COrLE, adv. To eat slowly and
carefully, as a sick person. See Niole.
Ho-po, V. To fear; to be afraid; to
shrink hack throng fear.
Ho-Fo-Ho-Fo, V. See Hopo. To sear
much ; to be agitated by fear ; to dread ;
to be troubled by fear. Kanl. 1:2.
Ho-po-Ho-PO, s. Fear; dread; the feel-
ing of fear.
Ho'Po-Ho-Po, adj. Fearful; afraid; hav-
ing the sense of fear.
Ho-Pir, V. To seize upon, as something
escaping ; to grasp ; to catch.
2. To take, as a prisoner; to ^prehend,
as a criminal. Lunk. 21:21. To hold fast,
as some^ing caught
Ho-Ptr, s. A taldng; a seizing; a catch-
ing of one.
Ho-pu-e, s. The name of a tree, the
bark of which is used like the oloua, and
made into strings, cords, &e.
Ho-ptr-Ho-pti, V. See: Hopu. To seize ;
to grasp frequently ; to hold fast firmly.
Ho-Ptf-HO-PU-AU-KE-LA,
Ho-i'u-HO-pu-A-LU-HX,' V. See Hopuhopp
28
and LiTLiT, t>> tremble. To do something in
a state of trepidation.
2. To prepare in haste, as a room or a
house when company unexpectedly arrives.
3. To catch quickly and shake ; to do
quickly ; to make haste.
Ho-pu-Ho-pi!r-A-LU-nr, s. Quickness; dis-
patch ; a sadden effort to do a itbing.
Ho-Fu-P0, V. F 01 TioopuupiM. See Pntr
andPucpmr. To be filled or pnffed up with
wind, as the bowels, or as a bladder ; ho-
jmpu ka opu ; kopupm, ka naan i ka inaina,
fiited with anger ;kai! ka Jwpupu ioko i ke
aloha, wonderful! he is internally /u22 of
love.
Ho-EA, s. Lot, An hour; a particular
time ; a measure of time.
Ho-sA-NA, inter j. Heb. An exclamation
of praise to God. Mat. 21:19.
Ho-SA-NA, s. Exultation ; praise.
Hu, V. To rise or swell up, as leaven
or new poi ; to effervesce.
2. To swell and rise up, as water in a pot.
3. To rise up, as a thought; hu mai kieia
manao iloko o'u, this thought sw^ed up in
me. ,
4. To overflow ; to run over the banks,
as a river. Isa. 8:7.
5. To burst out, spoken of affection. 1
Nal. 3:26. Or a flow of passion (hence
hvhv,.)
,, 6. To shed or pour out, as tear?. lob.
16:20. Su ka uhane, to Tiave ccmpasaion.
ba.b8:10.
7. To ooze out silently.
8. To circulate, as the story of a murder.
9. To miss one's way ; to deviate from a
direct path.
10. To come, i. e., to heave in sight ; to
make its appearance, as a ship at a distance.
11. To be unstable; to be inconstant.
Ein. 49:4.
12. To whistle, as the wind tbioiigh the
rigging of a ship.
13. MOO. To meditate; toiB!aile,asasong.
JTal. i5:l.
Hu, s. That which causes rising, leaven.
2. A classof the common people, nearly
STS. with makaainaua ; e ka hu, e na tna-
kaainana, ^c. Laieik. 21. O ka poe hema-
hema a naau^io, ua kapaia lakou he hu ka
inoa, be makiainana kahi inoa.
3. A noise; a rustling, as the wind among
trees. Laieik: 1,04.
4. A top ; hu kani, a humming-top.
Hu, adj. Fermenting, as beer or new
wine.
2. Leavened, as bread: mea hu, anything
leavened. Pvk. 34:25. Berena hu ole, un-
leavened bread. Jos. 5:11.
Hu-A, w. SeeHowA. To be envious of
.tnotber; to feel jealous of another; to
envy ; to hate.
EUh
ei8
HUA
?. To quarrel with ;. to be angry witti ;
is be much addicted to ctU.
Htt-AV«- Envy; jealousy; an envious
difipGBilion; making unfounded complaints
agaiuBt another.
Hu-A, adj. See Hdwa. Envious ; jeal-
ous of suctess in another; quick to find
fault.
Ha-A, V. To sprout;' to bud; to bear
fruit, as a tree or vegetable.
2. To grow or increase in size, as fruit ;
to iacrease; as a people. Oihk.26:9.
3. To swell up, as the foam of water.
See HuAHUA.
i-'lHua with hvauMo, to speak; to utter;
to produce words. Sin. 49:21.
5. Eoo. To produce fruit.
6. To increase, as a people. JE^tn. 1:28.
To be fruitful, as a race. ■ itn. 9:1.
Htt-a, s. The swelling, growing and
maturity of vegetables; name of the moon
when perfectly full; the name of thatnight
is akua.
2. Fruit ; offspring ; production of ani-
mals or vegetables. Kin. 46:7.
3. A fruit produced : an egg ; a kidney,
ka. Hua oo, ripe fruit ; hua maka, fresh
fruit. OiAfc. 23:14.
4. The effect, product or consequence of
aa action; ka uaaupo, he h%ia ia na ka ino,
ignorance is the resvit (fruit) of evi^ prac-
tices.
5. A summary of one's wishes ; a short
sentence ; e waiho mai oe 1 htui na makou,
leave for ns some kAo?** expression; a word,
an 'idea (said to Kamehameha I. when
dying.y
6. A letter of the alphabet; ma ka hva o
ke kanawai, i. e., lUeraMy; Aua kena, an
order; a word of command; no keia kva
kena a kana wahine. Laidk. 198.
7. Fruit in several senses ; as, hua o ke
kino, children ; hua o ka aina, increase of
the fruits of the land, i. e., means of living;
hua 0 na holoholona, flocks, herds, &c. ;
hua ala, spices.
8. A flowing ; a going out firom; froth ;
foam, as of one in a fit.
9. A flowing robe; a train. Isa. 6:1.
ifua lole, the skirts of a garment Ter.
13:22, 26.
10. i Seed, as of grain for sowing. Kxn.
47:23.
11. The human testicles. Oihk. 21:20.
Hu-A, adj. Iwi hua. ATtat. 6.
Hu-A, s. A flowing. See No. 8 above.
The trail of a pa-u; the trail of a garment;
the tucks at the bottom of a gown.
2. The snapper of a whip.
Hu-AA, V. To pfy up.
Hw-AA, V. To be displeased at impor-
tunity or intercession.
2. To be small ; to be" alinted is grow-
ing, as fruit.
H0-A-A-E-LO, s. Hua, egg, and ano,
rotten. A rottea egg.
HtJ-A-A-E-LO, a«[/. Empty; deficient;
rotten.
Hu-A-Ai, s. Hua, egg, and ai, to eat. An
egg that may or can be eaten, or an ejg
for eating.
2. Gram ; fruit for food. Mat. 3tl2.
3. A kind of wiiid ; hvaai malili. Sard.
28:22.
Hu-A-Ai, ) y. To dig up soinething cov-
Hu-AI, ) ered in the grouiid ; to open,
i. e., dig up, as opening a native oven and
take out what is baked ; huai oja i kana
■umu iho, he unccniered his own oven.
'2. To open, as a grave; to disinter. &fc.
37:12.
3. To open, as a reservoir of winds ; to
cause the wind to blow; huai mai laKahiki
i ko ipu makani, Eahiki thou didst open thy
wind-box.
4. To open upwards, as the lid of a chest
5. To suck or draw up water in drink-
ing, as a beast. Idb. 40:23.
6. Hoo. To bring a wind ; to cause it to
blow. Kin. 8:1.
7. To torn or. dig up the ground. Zo5.
28:5.
Hu-A-A-LE, s. A pill; a medicine in the
form of a little ball, to be swallowed whole.
Hu-AE, V. To rise up against ; to re-
sist ; to defend off. Hoo. To cause to re-
sist, &c.
Hu-A-E-LO, V. See Hua, egg, and Elo,
wet, as a kapa ; hence, rotten ; worthless.
See also Huaaelo. To be or become use-
less, worthless or in vain ; e malama hoi,
ohuaelo ka luhi o ka hoikaika ana, beware,
lest the weariness in perseverance be in
vain.
Hu-A-o-LE, adj. Lit. Without fruit.
Epithet of a person without character, no
reputation.
Hu-A-o-LE-Lo, s. See Hua, a letter, and
Oi^BLo, speech. Aword in distlnctioBfrom
a speech ; in gramrnar, a word ia dliatino-
tion from a syllable ; the words of a song.
Kanl. 31:30.
Hu-A-HA-u-LE, adj. JHwa,' seed, and Ai-
tde, to drop; to fall. Lri'. Seedfallen;'pre-
maturely bom ; hence, friendless ; without
' support; no means of Uviiig; set loose
from any chief or parent
HiT-A-HA-ir-LE, s. See the foregoing.
One prematurely born ; an orphan. Bm.
109:12.
Hu-a-ha-u-le-i^-ni, s. The name of a
species of sweet potato.
Hu-A-HA-u-LE-wA-LE, s. Name of cet-
ta>in leaves of the potato.
HUA
219
HUA
2. Tbe name of the potato itself.
Hu-A-HE-Ki-Li, s. Hua, egg, and heMi,
ftnnder. Lit. A thunder egg.
I.. A hail stone; hail. Pvk. 9:18, 22.
Nori! — ^It generally thunders during the
hail aioims on the mountains of Hawaii,
heuce the supposition that hail was pro-
duced by thunder.
2. The name of a plant used in medicine.
Hu-A^HU-A, V. See Hua and Huahuwa
below. To foam ; to froth at the mouth,
us one in a Si. Imc. 9:39. To froth,as the
sea in dashing ashore. luda 13.
2. To turn away in disgust ; to hate ; to
(iOTj. iSiJi; 26:14. SuoAtta mai la na puna-
hele mua. Zaieik. 31.
Hu-A-Hu-A, s. See HuAHUA above. Foam
or froth, as of the sea or anything causing
froth.
2. A bunch or kernel in the flesh, as in
. hogs or other anjmals ; especially applied
where many Muz&uos are growing together.
3. Small swellings about the eye, the
forehead and neck.
■i. See Hua, to be envious. An evil eye;
looking with disdain upon another ; enVy.
Hu-A-HU-AE, c. To open and shut with
violence.
Hu-A-HU-A-A-NA-LAU, V. See HUAHUA-
LAU, also HoQHUAHCil.AU.
Hu-A-HU-Ai, V. See Huai. To boil" up,
as water in a spring.
2. To bieak up; to break forth, as water.
JVaft, "21:17.
3. To open frequently that liquid may
tlow.
i, To tpar or break the skin.
Htj-a-htj-ai, s. See Huai. A violent
boiling ; a frequent opening.
Hh-a-hu-a-hu-a-laf, v. I To question
with a design to entangle ; to put one to
the torture.
Hu-A-HTT-A-KAi, s. Asponge. Mar. 15:36.
Htr-A-HU-A-LAC, V. To tempt; to try to
deceive ; to puzzle or try one with ques-
tions; to question captiously. Soo. To
make one's self strange to another; to pre-
tend not to know one. Kin. 42:7. To talk
temptingly or deceitfully. 3 loam 10.
Hu-A-HU-A-LAU, s. Hoo. A deceiving;
an endeavor to insnare one ; a temptation
for one to say something he would npt.
Hu-A-HQ-A-NA-tAj *. The same as kua-
huaiau.
HtJ-A-HU-A-NA-NA-, s. Huohua, froth, and
nana, for lana, to float. Lit. Floating froth.
■ A reproiiching ; making use of reproachful
epithets ; calling one an ignorant nothing.
Hij-A-HU-WA,- s. See Httahua. Envy.
Qai. 5:26; PiJip. 1:15. But hvahva is tiie
common orthography.
Ht7-A-KA, adj. Clear as crystal; clear as
pure water,,&c. ; bright ; white ; shining,
Hu-a-kai, V. Hua, foam, and kai, sea.
To foam and froth, as the sea ; hence,
2. To boil or be agitated violently.
3. To travel in large companies, as in
caravans. See KAinnAXAi.
Hu-a-kai, s. See Hua and Kai. The
foam of the sea.
2. A sponge. See Hcahuakai.
3. A large company traveling together.
Kin. 32:21.
Hu-a-kai-he-le, s. See Huakai above
and Hele, to go. A great number of per-
sons traveling together ; a cararansera ; a
troop. 7o&. 6:18.
Hu-A-KA-pu, *. Hua, foam, froth, and
kapu. The rich property about the chiefs
and kapu to the people, was called Auti-
fcopu, forbidden fir oth.
Hu-a-ke, adj. Full-; plump, as a healthy
man ; well propordoned, as a good mod-
eled canoe.
Hu-a-ke-e-o, S. .HKfl and A;eeo, displeas-
ure; anger. Hardness of heart; stubborn-
ness.
Hu-A-KE-E-o, adj. See the foregoing,
jffoo. Hard-hearted; stubborn; stubbornly
bent on wickedness ; i mai la me ka olelo
hqohuakeeo, he said to me in stubbomnessj
he hoohuakeeo mamuli o ka hewa, fiar^
hearted in wickedness.
Hu-A-KE-u, ) adj. (Ineigoodsinse) fear-
Hu-A-KU, J less; bold; he kanaka /ittafcu,
■ wiwo ole ; he olel© huaku ma ka pono, a
speech fearless for the right. (In a bed
sense) Bold ; impudent.
Hu-A-KE-o, V. See Huakeeo above.
Ho-A-Ki-NE-To, s. Gr. A hyacinth, name
of a precious stone. Hoik. 21:20.
Hu-A-KU-KU-i, s. Name of schools of
fish that show their heads above water, as
the anal.
Hu-A-KU-KU-i, s. Hiia and /cukui, the
name of the candle-nut tree. Akukni nut;
the fruit of the kukui tree.
Hu-A-LA-KE, V. To tie; to bind up. Syn.
' with nakiki.
fifo-A-LA-KE, V. To swell out J to be
large ; to be round ; to be fiilL
Hu-A-LA-LA, adj. Applied to surfaces,
circular; oval; ili Tiuaiote, an oval surface;
spherical ; curved ; equally arched, as the
rainbow. Ana. Hon. 10.
Hu-A-LA-LAi, *. Name of a mountain on
tlie westcrB side of Hawaii.
Hu-A-EE-LE, *, Hua, seed, iind lele, to
fly. The seeds of the plant laulele.
2. A term expressive of hernia.
Hu-A-Li, P.' To be bright, us polished
HUE
220
HUE
metal ; to be clean ; to gUttesr -with white-
ness or purify, as a garmeat .Mat. 28:3.
Hoo. To fuibjsh or barnish. .Mfc. 21:10.
2. To strike.
3. To commence a kapa nt a particular
kind. '
Htj-a-m, adj. Blight; clean,. as a sub-
stance polished ; bright ; polished. 2 OUU.
4:16. Pure whiteness; lole huaii, very
white cloth ; shining.
2. In a ?norcU sense, pure ; undefiled ;
morally good; applied to the heart. 2 Pet.
3:1. '
3. Glittering, as a sword. Katil. 32:41
i. Hoo. Keleawe i Jioohvaliia, polished
brass. J&efc. 8:2.
Hu-a-lh, adj. Hua, seed, and Hi, little
Smalt; diminative.
Hu-A-u-Lij s. The second.crop of frdits,
trees or vegetables, or degenerated fmit ;
ka bmUUif'hua.xiaili o Kobala.
Hxr-A-Lo-iE, s. See Hua and Loi£, cloth.
The skirts of a garment. Kanik. ler. 1:9.
Hu-A-Ltr, tidj. Small; diminutive. See
Htr-A-HE-LE, s. Hiuf, letter, and mele,
to sijg. The notes in music; a modern
term.
Hu-a-mo-a s. Hua, r^gg, and moa, a
fowl. A hen's egg.
2. Tie name of the round bone tjat en-
ters tie socket of the hip. Mn. 32:25;
Ancct. B.
Htr-A-No-Ni, s. Hua, fruit, and noni, a
shrub. The fruit or the apples of the noni;
he kauaftuffl«o»i kekahi, some fought with
noni apfies.
Hir-A-PA-iA-o-A, s, Hua, seed, and ^a-
. laoa, Erg. (flour), bread. Ihe seed cl
bread, L «., wheat. Puk. 22:6.-
flu-A-PA-IA-O-A-E-LE-E-LE, J. See HuA-
PAiiAO.t. soove and Eleelg, dark colored.
Hence, rje. as distinct from wheat.
, Hu-A-Poo, s. The side of the head.
Hir-A-WAi-WA, s. Hiia, fruit, and waina,
grape. 2. grape ; coUedively, grapes ; the
fruit of tte vine. Oihk. 19:10. Suavoaina
pala Tmia, the first ripe grapea. Nah. 13:20.
Hu-A-BA-iE, s. Hva, fruit, and bale
(Mifj.), larley. The grain of barley, or
simply b»rley. Rut. 2:17, 23.
Hn-A-Fi-Ej, s. Hua and fiku {Eng.'j,
fig. A % ; a bunch of figs. 2 Sam. 16:1.
Hu-E, V. To look slily at a thing; to
glance yith the eye.
2. To jteal ; to take secretly what is an-
other's ; hue ae la kekahi kanaka 1 ka apa
lole kuiaenalo, a certain man stole a piece
bf unbleached cotton cloth. See AmnE.
Hu-E, V. See Hn and E. To cause to
flow out ; to unload, as a.sbip.
Htr-E, s. A thief; one who steals.
Hif-E, v.^To dig; to throw out dirt, as
in digging apit.
Hu-E, adj. Thievish ; disposed to steal.
Kasni. 24:7. Kanaka hue. " , , ,
Hu-E,"**. ''A gourd ; a water calabash ;
• Rw iii, ia skin bottle; , '/
Hu-E'iE, s. Hue and ie, a vine used in
basket maUng. A demijohn, from its case
or covering.
Hu-E-u, s. A bold fearless man; one
- who excites to action, good orbad; soldier
like ; he kanaka koa ; hueu oe i ke kolohe,
you are bold in mischief; a bold energetic
man in action j hooeu.
Hu-E-u-Ai-NA, adj. Hueua.rxd.aina,ea.t-
ing. Bold and rapid in eating.
Hu-E-i-u, s. Hue, calabash, and Hi,
skin. A skin bottle, such as the Asiatics
used for containing liquids. los. 9:4.
Hu-E-Hu, V. To shiver, as with cold.
Hu-E-Hu, s. The strong (cold) blovring
wind.
Hu'E-HU, adj. Chilled; cold.
Hu-E-Hu-E, s. The name of the water
on Haalalai where the last volcano broke
out.
Hu-E-HU-E, V, See Hue, v. To throw
up ; to raise up : to locsen.; to open.
Hu-E-HU-E, adj. Sprfcadingcer; grow-
ing thickly like thrifty Vnes, ae the koali
(convolvulus.)
2. Spreading over like rain ; he ua hue-
hueia no Dli.
Hu-E-HU-E-Lo, s. See Hueui. The tail
, end of a thing ; the last of it ; nolaila, fce
hai aku nei au i keia wahi huehuelo maaao,
wherefore, I declare this tail end of a
thought (last idea); loaa mai o ka hwehudo
wale no, aole o ke kino pu kekahi, I ob-
tained the tail only, not the body with it.
Hu-E-KA-Hi, adj. One alone ; a single
child of a family.
Hu-E-LO, *. The tail of a beast or rep-
tile; ke kahili o na holoholonamakahope,
the fly-brush at the •>xtremity of animals ;
huelo awa, a sting. 1 Kor. 15.55. Mai noho
a makamaka ilio. i ka hxido ka L'c*. be not
friends with the dog, for the tail will show
it ; . the tail. Fuk. 4:4. The rami). I'vk.
29:22.
2. Fig. An inferior ir opposition to poo,
a superior. KarH. 28:13.
Hu-E-Lo-E-LO, adj. Tail like :
appendages like tails.
Hu-E-WE, s. Name of a siclcr.ess caus-
ing panting ; want of breath.
Hu-E-wAi, s. Hue, calabash, and wai,
water. A water calabash, in distinction
from calabashes \ised for oth-jr purposes ;
jiavmp-
HUl
221
Hur
A large goard ; any kind of bottle used to
contain water.
Hti-e-wai-na, *. See Kvt and Waina
{JOng.), wine. A bottle for' wine ; a bottle
filled with wine. 2 Sam. 16:1.
Hu-i, V. To mix ; to utiite together, as
different things ; to unite, as an aha with
the spectators; hence, hui ka aha, to iredk
up the assembly. Lauik. il.
2. To add one thing to another. Mn.
38:9.
3. To assemble together, as people for
business. '
4. To agree in opinion ;' to have a union
of tiionght ; iia hui pu ka. manao.
5. To bend ; to turn one way then an-
other, as the voice in rising and falling in
reading music.
6. To ache ; to be in pain.
7. Soo. To add one thing to another; to
connect. Mc. 3:20.
8. To unite, as Hi a treidy-; <to wake ai-
flnity. I iV(rf. 3:1.
9. To coUact together, as men.
.10. To meet; to mingle; to cmne together,
as waters.
11. To meet, as persons long separated-
Hc-i, s. A uniting ; an assembling.
2. A cluster or collection of things; as,
hui maia, a bonch of bananas ; hui kato, a
kaio hill ; hui waina, a cluster of grapes ;
hui uin, a cluster of cocoanuts.
3. Tbe flippers of the sea-turtte.
i'. The small uniting .sticks in-atbatched
house, parallel with the posts and rafters
and between them.
5. Bodily pain ; rheumatic pain ; niho
hui, the toothache.
6. The name of the prayer on the morn-
ing after the anaana. See Huihdi.
Hff-i, I adj. Cool; cold; chilly, as
F[ui-HTr-l, 5 the ;3iorning air from the
moimtaiu ; i hoomanawanai ai hoi kaua i
ka hau huihui o ke ka&abiaka; CJld, as
cold water. Mat. 10:42.
Htm-o-pa-pa, s. The name of a prayer
used in or near the luakini; a ma ia ahiahi
no haule ka huiopapa,
Rxi-i-'J-NA, s. Perhaps for huiana. A
seam^ a uniting by sewing together.
Hu-i-HU-i, s. A bunch J a cluster of
ihitigs, as stare.
2, A constellation. Isa. 13:10.
3. A bunch; applied to kalo. SeeHw2.
i. The wtme of the seven stars. See
Htihui.
Htt-i-hu-i, adj. Cold; chilly. See Hxii
above.
2, Mixed ; manifold ; much ; many con-
taining the idea of union ; aloha huihui,
ranch love.
Hu-i-KAi, 0. To mix or jumble together
things dissimilar; to make discordant com-
ponnds ; to put several stories into one.
Hu-i-kau, v. See Huikai above. To turn
topsy-turvy; to mix up irregularly; to
throw things together without order.
2. To accuse much and falsely ; to vary
in narration; to cross one's own track in
a story.
Htr-i-KAU, s. Confusion; without order;
irregularity.
Hu-I-KAH, adj. Stumbling in walking;
without order; varying in one's story; put
together irregularly. See Opa.
Hu-i-jfA-Hi, adj. Lit. United in one^
Bound lip ; girded, as a man with a malp,
or a woman with a pa u.
Hct-i-ea-hi, s. Name of a short maio.
Htr-i-KA-LA, V. jBifi and Aafo, to loosen;
to forgive. To cleanse, as a disease; to
"^^0
2. To be purified. Puk. 29:23.
"3. To sanctify one's self. „Oihk, 20.-7.
4. To cleanse morally. J&i. 36:2.
5. To oleaase ceremonially. NeK 12:30.
Euikala ole, unholy. . 2 Tim. 3:2.
6. Eoe. To cleanse ; to purify ; to sant-
,tifr. a*. 9:13.
m-i-KA-LA, adj. Cleansing; purif3ring;
wai huikaltt, water of purilication. ifah-
19:9.
Hu-i-LA, V. SeelliLA. To'flash, as burn-
ing powder ; to give a sudden light; haule
i ^ papu, e huih na pu e.
Hu-i-LA, s. Eng. A wheel. Fuk. 14:25.
Sys. with pokakaa. &^. 1;16.
Hu-i-NA, s. Hui and ana, a uniting, A
number ; the sum of several numbers. 2
Sam. 24:9. E hookui i ka feuuw, to add up
the sum. Nah. 1:49.
2. The' point where two lines meet, an
angle; the place where two roada meet ; a
corner, as of a house, ferce, &c.
3. In music, a close ef a tune.
4. In geometry, huina is the general narne
for angle, qualified by such terms as desig-
nate the various kinds of angles.
Ht7-i-na-oi, s. Huina and oi, sharp
pointed. jAn acute angle. Ana. Hon. 8.
Kvj-i-NA-HA, s. Euina and ha, four. A
quadrilateral or four-sided figure. Ana.
Ron. 14. Note. — Under the name huivjika
are the following : huincutalike, a square ;
humahtiloa, a rectangular parallelogram;
' huhiahaht.0, four equal sides but oblique
angles ; huinahaMoloUd, an oblique paral-
lelogram rftainafcafcawitfee, a square or j»ar-
iilielograin; huAiiahulualike, a four-sided
P;3:nrc wbieh has two parallel sides only;
huinahalilceole, a four-sided figure where
all the sides are unequal.
Hv-i-NA-HE-LTJ, s. MvAno, and kelu, to
count ; to number. A number; the sum
HUH
sag
HUH
of several nuuljera ; Iminahdu okua, the
whole numbei Jfah. 14:29. See Heluha.
Hu-i-NA-Ko-m *. Mdnaa.nii:o2u,thiee.
The general jame for triangle ; thus, hui-
nakclvlike, an equilateral triangle; huinor
kolii dua aow lilce, an isoswles triangle ;
huinakolu (oao like ole, ai irregular tri-
angle ; huvMkolii kupono, a right angled
triangle ; hiinakoj^u peleleu, an obtuse an-
gled trianjle ; huinakolu oi, an acute an-
gled trianjle.
Hu-i-NA-Krr-po-NO, s. A right angle.
Hu-.i-NA-iA-AU-LA-KA, s. Huina, a unit-
ing, lamt. timber, and lana, to float. A
union cf fioatiog timbers ; a raft. I Nol.
6:£.
Hu-1-NA-i.i-MA, s. Huina, angle, arid
lima, fre. In geometr-y, a five-sided figure;
huina ono, a six-sided figure; kuina kikii, a
seven-Bided figure ; huina walu, an eight-
sided figure, &C.
Hir-1-SA-PE-LE-UEU, s. An obtuse angle.
Hu-j-NA-WAi, *. Huina, a meeting or
union, and. aicS, water. A meeting or col-
lection of waters ; a pool. Pj«fc. 7:19.
Hir-i-NA-wAi-KA, s. Hui, bunch, and
vxdna, grapes. A cluster of grapes.
Ha-i-Ni, V. To end in a sharp point, as
the top of a iigh r.iast. See Winiwint. i
Hn-i-Ni, adj. Having sharp points like
needles.
Hd-i-pa, *. Name of a species of stone
out of which the njaika stones wore made.
Hir-i-FA, s. Eng. A whip.
Hu-i-pu, V. Hui, to unite, and pu, to-
gether. To mix together: to come together;
to .unite ; to assemble, as persons.
HtT-i-TA, s. Eng. Wheat. !.&»•. 15:37;
might be overturned ; huhtmua i maui kai
ka wai e.
Hu-HU, s. The name of a worm, a moth-
like animal that ealB cloth. Isa. 51:8.
2. A worm or bug that bores into wood,
renderjjig it full of holes.
Hij-hu, mj. Rotten, as a calabash;
worm-eaten, as wood.
Hp-HUy V. See Hu, to rise up; to swell.
To be angry; to express angry feelings by
Bcolding, storming, cursing, &c. Moo. To
provoke to anger ; to offend. Pvk. 23:21.
To be crabbed ; to be churlish. 1 Sam.
25:3.
Hu-HU, s. Anger; wrath; displeasure.
Hu-HU, adj. Angry; offended; pro-
voked.
Hu'Hu-i, s. See Hui. Hu doubled. A
bunch ; a collection of things, generally
qualified by a following word; as, huhui
palaoa, a head of wheat. Mat. 12:1. Ilidiw
man, a bundle of grass; hukui maia, a
bunch of bananas; huhui (boku under-
stood), the pleiades or seven stars. Idb.
38:31. The constellations of stars. Isa.
13:10. See HuiHCi.
Hc-HU-i-H£-LU, .s. Hukuia.r\ihetu,inih<-
metic. Logarithms; the tables of loga-
rithms ; ina e imi an maloko o ka kvhui-
helu, if 1 should compute by hgarithms.
Hu-Hu-i-KA-i.o, s. Huhui, bunch, and
kalo. A bunch of kalo.
Hu-HU-i-wAi-NA, *. Huhui, cluster, aai
loaina, grapes. A cluster of grapes. JBJml.
32:32.
Hu-Hu-HU, adj. See Huhu, adj., above.
Rotten ; worm-eaten, &c.
Hu-hu-hu-e, v. See Hue, to steal. A
frequentative. To steal frequently; to
Puk. 29:2. «, . ^ .,- ■ ■
A frequentative. To dance and sing ; to
exceed. To have an overflow of passion
Soo. To feel or express jealousy; to have
in feelings towards one.
Hu-oi, s. Hoo. Evil surmising respect-
ing another. 1 Tim. P:4.
Hu-o-le, adj. Hu, leaven, and ole, none.
Without leaven ; unleavened ; berena hir
die, unleavened bread. Puk. 34:18,
Hu-o-No-o-NO-o-LE, adj. Hu, rising up,
onoono, comfortable, satisfied, and ole, not.
Unsteady ; not fixed ; uasatisfled. See Ku-
ONOONO.
Hu-HA, adj. Something said; a report,
but no certainty as to the truth ; he wahi
olelo i maopopo ole, he lobe laulahea.
Hct-ha, s. A large fleshy person, but
weak, indolent and lazy, cili>er man, woman
or child.
Hu-HO-NTJ-A, V. Hu, to lifce, and homia,
land. To pray that tho land or country
dance much and often.
Hu-Hu-Hu-LA, V. See Hula. To dance
and sing and play, as at a hula ; e pae, e
hula, e like pu.
Hu-Hu-Htr-LEi, V. To ride rapidly with
, a dress flattering in the wind ; to dance
with kapas fluttering.
Hu-HU-Hu-Li, p. See Huli, to turn. To
turn often ; to turn, as many persons.
Hrf-Hu-Hc-NA, «. See HuNA, to conceal.
To hide often or much ; to conceal.
Hu-Hu-HU-NE, V. See HrjNE, poor; des-
titute of property. To be poor: to be
stripped of all property.
Hu-HU-Ki, t'. See HuKr, to puU. To
draw fi-cquently ; to pull out, as in draw-
ing cuts. LaHk. li. To pull along.
2. To dry up, as water ; hoomaloo.
3. To cut down, as a tree ; e kua aku.
HUK
223
HUL
Htr-Hu-Ku, adj. Full of holes; puka-
puka, popopo. See Hdhb and Hchdhu.
Hu-Hu-LA, V. See HcLAHULA. To sing,
dance and practice tbe forms of the hula.
Hu-HTJ-Li, V. See HtjLi, to turn, To
turn ; to turn up ; to search ; to look here
and there.
Hu-H0-Ln-i-i, V. BvJu, hair, and ii,
mould like. To stand up, as the comb of
a cock ; to stand up, as bristles ; to stand
erect, as the hair on the flcsb when one is
wet and cold.
2. To be wet and cold ; to shiver with
cold.
Hu-Hff-iiU-i-i, edj. Made rough and
ugly, as the hair or feathers of an animal
in wsrter.
HiT-HiT-LU-LO-Lo-A, V. Bidu, Hair, and
too, long. To let the hair grow long.
Htr-Hu-NE, V. See Hune, to tease. To
set a trap for one; to entice; to lay a bait.
Hu-HU-Ni, s. The sickness of hogs.
Hn-Htr-PAU-LA-AU, s. A slanderer; a
backbiter.
Htr-KA, V. To call hogs ; to call to one,
as in calling hog^.
Hu-KA, s. A term used iw calling hogs.
2. Advice ; information.
3. Name of an herb similar to balm.
4. A vulgar word of contempt ; heJe a
piha, hwka pala, &c.
HiJ-KAA, s. A general name for pitch,
resin or gum from a tree ; any substance
of a resinous nature.
2. A species of tree ; an oak perhaps.
Isa. 1:29. The turpentine tree perhaps. ■
Hu-KAi, s. Water slightly brackish ;
drinkable.
Hu-KAi-L0-LO»A, s. Epithet of a person
who always lives witli one particular chief ;
a no ma hvkmloloa, a ke kanaka i noho me
ke alii hookahi, aole i noho me ke alii e.
Hn-£A-Htr-KAi, adj. Insipid; tasteless;
unpalatable; not relishable.
Htr-KE-Kiy adj. Cold; shivering with
the cold.
Hu-Ki, V. To draw ; to pull ; to draw,
as with a rope. loan. 4:7.
2. Tfr rtuse ; to lift up, as a person by
the hand.
3. To put up upon, as onft substance on
another.
4. To brace or prop up.
5. To cook soft ; to 8often,.as vegetables
cooked, or meat undergoing decompositipn.
See Kahdki.
Htt-ki-hee, s. ffuki, to pull, and kee, to
slip. A gliding along ; a passing: over, as
over a bridge.
2. A bridge for passing smoothly ovar a
stream. See Punee.
Hu-Ki-HE-LEi, s. The skin about the eye
drawn aside and the eye diseased.
Hu-Ei-Hir-Ki, V. Fieq. of huki. Todmw
or pull frequently. Puk. 2:16. To draw
out ; to pull upwards ; to brace against.
Hu-Ki-Ki, V. To be wet ; to be cold on
account of wet; to shiver with the cold.
See HxjTKEKi and Orn.i.
Hu-Ki-Ki, adj. Small; pointed; d'varf-
ish.
Htj-Ki-Ki, s. Name of a species of fish.
Hu-Ki-WAi, V. To draw water, as from
a well.
Hu-Ki-wAi, s. One whose business it, is
to draw and fetch water. ■ Kanl. 29:10.
Hn-KU, s. A heap of dirt pr rubbish ; a
protuberance in any way. "See OHOxa.
Hu-inr, adj. Proniinent; projecting, aa
the forehead; he hvku ka lae.hehas apro-
Jeding forehead. See Oodev.
Hu-KtJ-Hi, V. See Hitki. To pull fay
force.
Hn-KU-LH, V. ffuku, buncli, and Hi, lit-
tle. To be very small ; to be little ; to be
dwarfish.
Bv-KU-ui, adj. Small; little; dwarfisa.
Hu-LA, V. To pry up with a lever.
2. To transplant, as a tree; to plant out,
as a young tree.
3. To out off the tops of plants.
4. To bend over, as a tree; to piushover
any upright thing ; to fall over upon.
6. To shake or tremble for fear of injury
from another.
6. To trample, and make a beaten path;
to tread down ; to trample upon.
7. To shake ; to dance ; to play an in-
strument and dance; to sing and dance.
2 Sam. 6:21. The same as liaa and Ide in
verses 14:1$. Alalia, hida iho la kabi poe
alii ame kanaka, thendaneed certain of the
chiefs and people.
8. To play on an ioftrument.
9. To sing ; to sing and dance together.
10. To make sport Ijunk. 16:25.
11. To palpitate, as the ,heart ; to throb,
as an artery.
' 12. Td move -from place to place.
13. To bore a hole; e hvla apuka,t(>bore
and pierce through.
Hu-LA, ) s. Music; dancing; sing
Htr-LA-HC-LA, ) ing, &c.
2. A play in which numbers dance and
a few sing and drum.
3. A dance ; a carousal ; the action of
uancing. Puk. 16:20.
4. A dance; a dancing, an expression of
joy. Kdnik. ler. 5:l&. Note. — ^The name
of the hula god. was Lakakane.
HUL
224
HITL
H0-LA, ) s. A swelling ; a pro-
HtJ-LA-HU-LA, ) tiiberance iinder the arm
or on the thigh ; be 0 ka njai mamaa, a
mahojfje hvla mao u mao, a ma kala wahi
jia keia wahi o ke kino, pela i hvlahvla ai.
?,. A twitching, as of the eye ; an invol-
untary muscnlar motion.
'Av-LA, } J). To swim past a cliff
Hc-LA-A-TfA, ) that projects into the sea
and interrupts the passage along the beach.
Htf^LA-A-NA, s. A place where one must
8wim to pass a precipice that projects into
the sea. Lauik. 73.
Hu-LA-HTJ-LA, s. The name of a good OF
favorable ah^ji. See Aha, the name of a
prayer formerly very sacred.
2. Ea mea e ho^uka ai i ka leipoo.
Hu-la-hu-ijl, v. To twitch oftfen, as the
eye ; to twitch, aa involuntary spasmodic
motion.
Htj-la-le, -adj. Wet ; muddy, Ssc. See
Hu-LA-Li, ) V. To be muddy ; to be
Htt-LA-LI-LA-LI, j slippery, as the ground
on account of rain; hutalUali ke ala, pakika
i ka ua.
2, To have a gloss ; to glitter : to sh'jje.
3. To shine, i. e., to reflect light, as a
glass window at a distance ; ka huMiiali a
na pnka aniani.
Htj -LA-LI, s: A shining surface; a re
fleeter of light, as a wljite shining kapa; he
mea e ka Imlaii, ia mianawa. LaieOc. 121.
Hu-LA-Ni, ». Hu, to rise, and larii,
heaven. To praise; to exalt.. See Lele-
PAILANI.
Hu-LEi, V. To place on high; to put up
on a precipice ; to be lifted up, as a fe-
male's dress by the wind.
Hu-LEi-A, s. Name of a species of soft
stone.
Hu-LE-HU-LEI, V. See MuHTrHULEI. To
go np and down, as children on a see-saw.
Hu-Li, V. To turn generally in any way;
to turn over and about.
2. To change; to turn ovar, asthe leaves
of a book ; to search here and there for a
thing. JCin. 31:37.
3. E hifdi i ka naau, to give attention to
a thing. '
4 To turn to or towards one.
5. To. roll over and over; to roll over or
away, as a stone. loan. 20:1.
6. E huli i ka^manao, to change the mind
or opinion ; hence, to repent and change
the Ufe.
7. To seek, i. e., to hunt after, as a wild
beast Oihk. 17 aS.
8. To turn ; to change one's course in-
traveling. KarH. 2:8.
0, Eoo. E haohuli e i kenaka, to pervert
the people ; to overturn ; to upset, as any
system of government or society.
10. To turn, i. e., to persuade one ij)
change his course. 2 Kor. 5:11. See Ka-
HULI.
Htt-li, *. A searching; a seeking; a
turning over.
2. The name of kalo tops for planting.
See HcLiKAi.0.
Hu-Li-A-MA-Hi, V. To overflow, as a
ijver ; to be full of water. Hal. 78:2. Eur
liamahi na moku, to overflow the islands.
Laieik. 175.
2. In a figurative sense quite often ; as,
kaua huUamaki.
Hu-Li-Hir^i, f. See Hull To turn over
frequently; to search after. loh. 13:9.
Hu-Li-KA-LO, s. See Huli, *. The tops
of kalo for planting by which the kalp is
propagated.
Hu-li-lau, *. A calabash for carrying
clothes in a canoe. See Hokbo.
£ noho no ce e Kaohana
Me na hulilatt a kaua — Mete.
Htt-li-li, V. To be cold ; to shiver with
the cold ; to be contracted with the cold.
See HuHCi-ni.
Hn-Li-Li, adj. Shivering, as with wet
and cold.
Hu-Li-Li, v. See Ulili. To burn, as the
fire ; to be wai-m.
2. To undulate, as the air under ^ hot
sun ; to undulate, as the surface of water
, by the skipping of fishes.
3. To lay sticks across, as in covering a
pit ; e hulUi aku 1 ka laau, alaila kanu i ka
laau,
Hn-Li-Li, s. A fluttering blaze ; the
vibrations of the air under a hot sun.
2. The rolling up, as the swell of the snrt
before it breaks.
3. A garrison ; a fort, 2 Oihl. 27:4. A
strong place.
4. A ladder ; a bridge. See ALAHiKA.
Hu-Li-Mo-KU, adv. Huli, to search, and
moku, island. To search the island ; that
is, everywhere, all about, every place.
Htj-Li-NA, V. To be soft to the touch ;
to be weak. See Lina and TTlina.
Hu-Li-NA, s. ffulianiana. A turning;
a turning place.
Hu-Li-NA-A-LO, .?. 3idina, turning, and
ah), front. A place over against; one place
opposite to another. Mar. 13:3.
Hu-Li-LTT-A, adj. Huli, to turn, and but,
two; double. Turning two ways; blow-
ing two ways, as the wmd.
2. Changing from one thing to another,
as the thoughts.
Me be makani hnlilua ta.
Bull ka mamio — hele ka DConoo MeU.
IJke a shifting wind, ^
The nisd ohacgeB—thougbt moree.
HUM
225
HUN
HiT-Li;Pn, V. To turn together; to wring,
as wet clothes ; to press together.
Hir-LO, V. and int. Eng. To shout ; to
cry aloud ; to cry out huzza! hurra!
Hu-Lu, V. To be disobedient ; to disre-
^rd one's commands ; not to pay atten-
tion. See Bnuh4.
Ht;-i-0, f A feather of a bird. Oihk.
1:16. A quill.
2. A bristle of a hog ; the hair of the
bodyj Aula Icuemaka, the eyebrows. Oihk.
14:9.
3. Wool ; a fleece from a sheep. Kanl.
18:4.
4. Name of a kind of fish-hook.
Hn-LU, ae^. Sluggish, as the mind ; dis-
' obedient.
Hu-Lu-A-NAi, s. See HuLtr, bristles, and
AmjlI, to rub, ' A brush for painting ; es-
pecially for whitewashing.
Htt-lu-i, b. To draw together, as a fish
net when full of fl?h.
Buluiia mai knu lant kuu altf — e— he. — Mele.
Hu'iiU-i-i-wi, «. ; Ibdu, feather, and mm,
a small red bird. A feathered cloak made
or adorned with the feathers of the iiwi.
£ia ka lani ka hahal huluS,vii.~^Wtle.
Hu-Lu-o-0, s. Hulu, feather, and oo, the
name of a bird. The feathers of the oo ; o
lia hulu mamo, ua oi aku ia mamua o ka
Hu-LTJ-Hi-rA, s. Htdu, wool, and Mpa
(.®»jr.), sheep. Wool (Lii. Hsiir of sheep);
a fleece of wool. 1 Bam. 25:7.
Htj-lu-hu-ltj, J. See Hulu. Cotton ; a
fleece blanket; a floece of wool. ImtHc.
6:37. The hair of an animal ; feathers, &c.
Hu-iu-Hu-LU, iidj. Hairy; covered with
hair, feathers, wool, Ac.
Hu-iu-MA-Mo, s. Uubt and mamo, a yel-
low bird. The feathers of the mamo with
which war cloaks and royal robes were
adorned.
Hc-LU-MA-Nu, s. Huiu and niaim,aLhiTi.
A bird-feather. Note. — -Bird's feathers
were highly valued in former times ; o ka
hvlumanu ka mea i manao nui ia, he wai-
wai ia.
Hu-LU-MA-NU, s. Lit. A bird's feather.
Name of a class of men around a chief, very
great favorites ; a favorite of the chief.
See the foregoing.
Hu-MA, s. Name of the star Aquila.
Hu-MA-MA, s. Name of the cluster of
three stars in a row in the constellation of
Aquila.
Hd-me, V. To bind around the loins, as
a malo ; to gird on, as a sasH. ler. 13:12.
Ina hume ke kanaka i ko ke s3ii malo, e
make nu ia, if a person should bind on a
29
cliiefs malo, the penalty would be death.
Baw. Sisp.
Hu-ME-MA-LO-MAi-KAi, s. Wearing an
ornamental malo, i. e., imitating a chie*';
acting the fop or dandy.
Hu-Mu, V. To sew cloth ; to fasten to-
gether by sewing.
Hu-Mu-u-LA, s. Name of very hard stones
out of which the ancient kois were made.
Hu-MTj-HU-MTT, V. Freq. of humu. To
sew ; to stitch ; to fasten by sewing Puk.
18:6.
HTT-Mxr-HD-Mu, adj. Mea kumukumu rope
ano e, needle-work; embroidery. Puk.
35:37.
Htt-mu-htj-mp, s. a sewing; a stitch-
ing ; a fastening together.
2. A species of fish.
I 3. A dark spot or mole on the cheek.
Hu-MU-HU-MU-HI-U-KO-LE, J
Hn-MU-Htr-MU-MEE-MEE, VS;
Hu-MU-HU-Mir-NTT-KU-NU-KU-A-PU-AA, )
See HcMi'HUMu 2, a fish. Different species of
the hnmuhumn kind.
Hu-Mu-NA, *. Huinu and ana. A sew-
. ing ; a seam. See KncsA.
Htr-NA, r. To hide; to conceal; to keep
from the sight or knowledge of another.
Kin. 26:15.
2. To keep back truth in speaking. 1
Sam. 3:17.
3. To hide, as a trap or snare.
4. To hide ; to conceal ; with maka, to
hide the face, i. e., to turn from. Kant.
32:20.
5. To conceal,!, e., to^ disguise one's self.
2 Oi?il. 18:29. ~
6. To protect ; to defend. Hal. 64:2.
7. Hoo. To coiiceal, as knowledge or
wisdom. lob. 17:*4.
Hu-NA, V. To be small; to be little; to
be reduced iine, as powder.
Htj-na, s. That which is concealed;
kahikuna, the private members of the body.
Oihic. 18:6. 7. Wahi huna, same. Puk.
20:23.
Hu-NA, s. A small part of anything.
Luk. 16:17. A particle of dust ; a crumb
of food or other substance. 2 0ild.l:9. See
HuA'A, to be little. See other words below
with their qualities.
Hu-NA, s. A name of a day of the
month ; i ka po i o Huna. Xaie%. 112.
Hu-NA-A-Hi, s. Huna and aki, fire, A
spark of fire. Isa. 1:31.
Hu-NA-o-LO-NA, s. Huna and. olona, u
shrub, the bark of which resembles flax.
Tow, the refuse of flax. Isd, 1:31.
Ht;-NA-HU-NA, s. See Huna above.
Crumbs, as of food.
K
226
KA
2. Fine rain : spray ; fine dust ; maluua
o na hunahuna icjpo a pau ma ka honua,
3. Little partioles of knowledge ; o na
hunahuna o ha naanao, oia ka 1 loaa mai
ia'n, the little parts of knowledge, that is
what I have received; eia ke ano o ka
hunali'Mia, he wahi mea unku loa ia.
HiT-NA-HU-NA, u. See HuNA, to conceal.
To steal away and hide ; to conceal one's
self.
Hu-NA-KAi, s. Huna and kai, sea. The
fine spray of the sea.
Hu-NA-KAtr-A, s, Huna and kaua, war.
The individuals of a war-host. los. 10:5. "
Hu-NA-KE-LE, V. To bury a corpse se-
cretly, as in former times, so that no one
might know where it was and thus steal it;
to bury one without any mark by which
the place might be known.
Hn-NA-KE-LE, s. A place'where.only one
body is buried secretly : a burying place
for Only one. See the above.
Hn-NA-ts-Po, s. Buna and lepo, dust.
Dust; very small particles of matter. Nah.
23:10.
Hir-NA-LE-WA, s. The ran of an army;
the front ranks ; the opposite of hunapaa;
o ka poe mamna,he poeuuku ia,uakapaia
lakou he himaiewa.
Htj-na-paa, s. The rear of an army, in
distinction from hunakwa, the front. los.
6:9.
Hu-NA-wAi, s. flwMffl and wai, water. A
particle of water.
Hu-NJE, V. To tease ; to persevere in
enbeaty.
• 2. To be trlokish. JSoo. The same.
Hu-NE, V. To be poor; to be destitute;
to be impoverished, iunfc. 6:G. To he v.i
want. Hoo. To impoverish ; to strip one
of property, iuitfc. 14:15.
Ho-NE, adj. Destitute of property;
naked ; poor ; applied to persons.
Hu-NE, s. A poor man ; e ola auanei
ka hime, the poor mortwill soon recover.
Hu-NE-HC-KE, V. See HuNE, to be trick-
ieh. To entrap one ; to deceive ; to play a
trick on.
Hu-No-Ai, s. A parent-in-law, either
~ father or mother, according to the desig-
nating terms kane or tcakine. See Honoai.
HtT-NO-Ai-KA-HB, s. A fathei-in-law.
Hn-No-Ai-wA-Hi-NE, s. A mother-in-law.
Hu-No-NA, s. A child-in->law.
Ha-No-NA-KA-NE, s. A Son-in-law.
Hn-No-NA-WA-Hi-NE, «. A daughter-in-
law.
HtT-PE, s. The mucus from the nose,
snot. See Kakelo.
Hu-PE-Ko-Ho-LA, ». See Hupe above and
EoHOiA, whale. A kind of slimy substance
foond in the ocean (probably a living crear
tore); so called becaose supposed to be
from the nose of the whale.
H&-PI, V. To pull or draw. See Hum.
Hir-po, V. To De ignorant; to be wild
to be savage ; to be in menbil darkness.
Hu-po, adj. Savage; ignorant; bar
barons; dark; idiot like. Hal. 119:130,
He nui ka poe hupo lea ma kuaaina.
Hn-Po-KA-Ei-TO, r. Gr. A hypocrite,
Note.— This word was formerly used by
the translators of the New Testament for
hypocrite, but lately hookamani has taken
its place.
Hd-pu, adj. Angry. See HnHu.
Hn-pir-NA, s. A coUectiou, as of water
in a hollow place.
Hu-PU-NA-wAi, s. Hupuna and wai,
water. Standing water; a collection of
water.
Hu-PTT-pu, s. Name of the worm that
eats hard bread.
Hu-WA, 5. SeeHtTA. Envy. 1 Tim. 6:4.
Hu-WE-Lo, *. See Huelo. The tail of
a beast-
Hu-so-PA, *. Gr. ETig. Hyssop, an herb.
OiAfc.l4:4.
Hu-so-PA, adj. Pupu ^zuopa, a bunch of
hyssop ; lala husopa, same.
K.
Kthe seventh letter of the Hawaiian
■J alphabet. Its sound varies somewhat
from the English k sound to that of the t,
according as the enunciation is made at the
end of the tongue or near the root. It is
difficult to make, Hawaiians perceive the
rtifrerence between the English sounds of
k and (.' The natives on the Island' of Ha-
waii generally pronounce the letter with
the palate, that is, give it the k sound,
while the natives of the Island of Kauai
pronounce it with the end of the tongue
that is, pronounce it aa t.
Ka i(i the beginning of a speech is used
to call attention.
Ka, int. An exclamation «f surprise,
wonder, disappointment or disgust; also,
similar to hark, hush; often repeated: See
Kahaha.
Ka! ka! »»tf. Enough; sufficient; stop.
Ka in different parts of a sentence, con-
KA
227
KAA
turns somcliiing like an assertion with dis-
approljation; used also on tbo discovery of
A mistake. 1 Sam. 28:12. It is ased on
expressing opposition of sentiment. Puk.
32:17. After a verb it implies oblique ab-
surdity, soniotbing unaccountable. iMkc
23:30. When the contrary takes place from
what was expected or attempted. Isa.
M-M, 15. He kau malic ka la, o kn bonua
lea ke kaa nei ! it is the sun is it that stands,
still, the earth forsocfth, that rolls! Ka
' contains the idea of some supposed error,
or something wrongly done or thought.
Oih. il;3.
Ka, art. The definite article, the. Be-
fore nouns b^inning with, the letter k, it
is changed in^ fce instead of ka. See Ke.
See Oram. § 69, CO, 61. Ka as aa article
often represents not only the article but
the noun supposed to belong to it, or it
may have m«a or some other word under-
stood (like, in another sense, the English
whai, as an antecedent and a relative); as,
0 ka aila ka (mca) iloko o kona lima, the
oil the (tiling) which, that which was in his
hand. Oihk. 17:11. O ke kokd ka (mea) j
bana i kalahala, the blood the (thing) it
makes atonement' ; that is, the thing which
mfOces ; o ka pono wale no ka i oi mamua
o ka j^cwa, righteousness only is the thing
(that which) excels wickedness. Ka also
s^ an article stands for ka mea, and ka mea
nana, the person who, or the thing which.
See the following passages: John 12:2, 49;
Mat. 18:23 ; Mar. 9:7. See also Grammar,
Syntax, llule 6, Note 3.
Ka, prep. Having the general sense, of;
belonging to ; it marks the relation of pos-
session and is used before nonns and pro-
nouns; it is similar in meaning to the prep-
osition a, but used in a different part of the
sentence. SeeGrammar§)05, 4. JTa (also
ko) before nouns is similar in mean^'ng to
the apostrophic s in English, and signifies
the thing or the tilings belonging to those
nouns; as, ka ke alii, hdongina to the ghief ;
ka lana, that of them two. See Grammar
§ 105, 4.
Ka, v. Tobail water, as from a canoe;
e ka oe i ka lin.
2. To strike; to dash; to overthrow.
Puk. 16:4.
3. To strike, as to strike fire with flint
and steel; fcaahi. SeeKAKA. To block or
split off a piece of hard stone for the pur-
pose of making a stone adze in anpicnt
times; o ka poe ka koi ka poe i nianao nni
la; hele no kapoefca koi e imi i napohaku
paa e pono ai ke bana i koi j ka makau,' to
fabricate a bone into a fisb-nook.
4. To finish or end a thing ; to rest ; to
escape from pursuit : to flee away ; ua fco |
ilaila kuu po auhee. I
5. To radiate; to gc out from the center, >
as light from the sun ; as cinaers from a
rod hot iron ; to braid'or knit, as a flsh net
(o ka poe ka Upcna) from a center point.
6. To go out every way, as from a cen-
ter. JRn. 3:24. See Kaa.
7. To curse; to express anger at one by
wishing evil from' God; a low kind of
swearing.
8. To doom ; to pass sentence ; ka ola,
ka make, to doom to life, to doom to death
(according to the pleasure of the gods.)
9. To catch birds in a snare.
10. rioo. To destroy; cause to perish.
11. To be diBappointed;^attocon!'u8ion;
to be made ashamed.
12. A nolaila e aho hoi ke to i ka ueVe
lua. laieik. 197.
Ka, s. a dish to bail water with.
2. A striking against ; a colii»ion.
3. A vine, the branches of which spread
and run.
Kaa, r. To radiate. See Ka 5. To go
out, as rays of light from the sun ; as cin*-
ders from a red hot ironj to turn evei-y
way, as bones in a socket joint. Anat. 18.
Kaa, v. To roll, as a wheel; e oloktia;
to travel about from place to place ; often
withpuni,
2< To operate; to take effect, as an cmelie
or cathartic.
3; To pa«s off or out from ; to go out
from the presence of one.
■4. To fall away; to leave one party to
join another. 1 Oihl. 12:19. See Kaana.
6. To remove; to change one's place;
to be transferred to another, iiahi" 36:9.
To cau.se to be done ; to be gone ; ua kaa
na peelua, the woims (peeluas) are done,
i. e., the time for them is past. Isa. 10:23.
6.. To be sick; to suffer pain, in sickness;
to lie or be confined with long sickness.
Isa. 61:20.
7. To mourn, as in the loss of relatives;
ktta kumakena na wahine i fta kane i kpla
la i keia la, wives were sick with weeping
for their husbands every day.
8. To paya debt; e emo kaa koke ae no
ka aie a ke alii, very soon will be paid the
debt of the chief; to postpone ; to put off;
to put aside. Oih. 5:34.
9. 7/oo. To roll off; to remove.
Kaa, a A tradition; a legend. See
Kaao. .
2. A cross ; same as kea.
3. Anything that rolls or turns, as a top,
a wheel of a carriage, a carriage itself, a
cart, wagon or chariot. lUn, 46:5. Kaa i
uhiia, a covered wagon. Nah. 7:3. A grind-
stone.
4. The branch of a vine.
5. A name given to all kinds of foreign
timber, except oak.
£. A strand of a cord; a rope; the string
that fastens a iish-hook to the line.
KAA
228
KAA
7. A path to walk in. . Eal. 6:11.
8. A sbnib.
Kaa, adv. Gone J absent; no more.
Ka-aa, num. adj. • The number forty.
Tbis perhaps is a mistake for kaxm.
Kaa-a-la-a-la, adj. Hard, as the healthy
body of a growing iofant ; a kaaalaala ke
keiki e hitnai i ka ai.
Ka-ai, v. To bind or tie round ; to gird
OD, as an oriental dress; to tie on, as a fillet
on the head, or a girdle around the waist.
See Kaei. Paai o liaho aku i ke kaa%.
Ka-ai, s. The girdle around the loins
of the gods, put round by the chief, made
of vines ; e lawe ia mat no ko ke alii kane
akua kaai.
Ka-ao, s. a legend; a tale of ancient
times. See Kaa aboye. A traditionary
story ; a fab1«. 1 Tim. 4:7. A history in
the manner of a story. 2 OiU. 13:22. Aole
1 oleloia ma nafcooo kahiko o ko o nei poe
kanaka, it is not spoken of in the ancient
legmds of this people.
Ka-ao, v. To be calm in some places
while the wind blows on one side or in
some parts ; kaao ae la ka makani ; to be
smooth, as the sea in a calm, but not a dead
calm ; i ua po nei e kaao ana no o ianei ia
makou. Zakik. 30.
Ka-ao, s. A multitude (doubtful.)
2. The name or the quality ascribed to
the fruit of the hala tree when nearly ripe.
Ka-ao-e, s. a poor man; one destitute
of property; a wanderer; a vagabond. Sec
Kaaowe.
Ka-ao-e, adj. Wandering; vagabond
like ; he hele wale, he kuewa.
Kaa-o-ki, v. To end ; to cut short ; to
put an end to ; to beautify ; to finish off,
aa a canoe.
Kaa-o-ko-a, v. Kaa a.ni okoa. To spare;
to let alone ; not to employ. Eoo. Same.
Sol 13:24. See Kaokoa. To abstain from
a person or thing. Oih. 15:20. To with-
draw from.
Kai-o-ko-a, adj. Separate from; left
by itself.
Ka-a-o-na, s. The name of the second
month of the :'£■■'
2. j^ fcundle of anything bung up to
rmoke or dry ; applied to Bsh, sngar-cano,
&c. ; that which is smoked red or brown.
Ka-a-0-na, adj. Red or reddish brown;
me hci pua kaaona la, like a blossom dried
reddish.
Ka-a-o-we, s. See Kaaoe. A person
that owns no laud ; o ka poo aina ole, he
kaaowe ia.
Ka-av, nuni. adj. The number forty;
appUed in coaatmg fish ; kam is.
Ki-AU-AU-nro, s. Name of a species of
soft porous etone.
Ka-a-ha, $. A stick or rod having at
one end a bunch of leaves with kapa fas
tcned,and held by the priest while ojfering'
sacrifice on the heiau.
Ka-a-ha, s. The name of a long fish.
Ka-a-ha-a-ha, v. To grow; to increase
in size and solidity.
Ka-a-he, v. To be feeble ; to be near
dying; pehea o Auhca? Acle akaka ka
pono — ^ke kaaJie ae la. See Abe, a slight
breatliing.
Kaa-ha-le, s. A wheel carriage with a
covered top. Lrr. A house-cart.
Kaa-H£-L£, u Kaa and A«2e, to go. Td
travel about ; to visit different parts of the
country; to go here and there. Nah. 13:32.
To pass over or through a country. Imik.
11:29. To travel from place to place. Mat.
10:23.
Kaa-eaa, ti. Kaa, to roll. To open, Aa
the eyes ; to look upon ; to have respect
to ; to watch over. 2 OiU. 6:20. Hoo. To
cause to opeu, as the eyes. Kin. 21:19.
Kaa-kaa-hi-ki, v. To go to a place of
safety ; to feel secure in a place.
Kaa-kaa-li-na, adj. See Lena. Tough;
stringy; not soft or pulpy; applied tb
bananas.
Kaa-kaa-wi-li, v. See Kaa. Uoo. To
turn frequently ; to writhe in agony ; hoo-
lAiakaawili iho la oia no kona ehacha, he
writhed muck, being in gr^at pain.
Kaa-kau-a, s. a chariot; a war car«
riage. IJunk. 4:15.
Kaa-kau-a, v. Kaa, to keep off, and
kaua. To prevent or keep off war.
Kaa-kau-a, s. and adj. Name of a class
of chiefs consulted by the king in times of.
difficulty ; he alii kaakaua, he alii akamai
i ke kaalcaua; koho oia i kekahi poe ^-
naka akamai i ke kakaolelo, ame ke Jeaa-
kaua, i mau hoaolclo nona; one sHiUful in
managing war operations j o ka mcft «**•
mai i ke kaua, he kaakev.B. la. Kaakava
also rsfciB to tue maneuvers of the armies
in time of battle.
Kaa-ka-lo-lo, o. a kaakalolo o ko laua
noho ana.
Kaa-ko-lu, adj. Three-fold ; three-
stranded, as a rope. Kekah. 4:12.
Kaa-ku-a, *. A headache with dizziness
and weakness.
Kaa-kit-a, adv. Kukini, alalia, pili nui
lakou, pili hibia, pili kaalcua.
Kaa-ko-mu, adj. Dull; blunt, as a tool;
not sharp; koi kaalcuinu,, a dull koi or adze.
Ka-a-la, s. The name of a mountain
on the Island of Oaha.
KAA
239
KAA
an
To
2. Tbo name of a porous upecics of Btone;
he pukapuka c like me kaah.
Ka-a-la, s. a widow or a widower.
2. The name of some urt anciently taught
among the chiefs ; hu Dui ka poe ao i kc
kaka laan me ke kwda.
3, The name of an iustrument used in
war.
Kaa-la-lo, v. To talk crookedly by way
of flattery ; to fialter ; to crouch in order
to gain some point; to act meanly to secure
some object.
JHlAA-le-le, v. To make a reeling mo-
tion, as a feeble person attempting to loan
on a stalT; to reol.
Kaa-le-le-wa, s. jKaa.toroIl.and^eim,
to swing. Clouds which are driven or float
Swiftly through the ain See Kaa and Lewa.
Kaa-IiE-i-e-wa, adj. Flying ; driven
with the wind.
Kaa-lu-ma, V. E moe me ke kaa o ke
poo i kaaluna mc ka lolii ana i kc
paa. See Keua.
Kaa-mao-koi, s. a fishing pole;
angling rod.
Kaa-ua-loo, v. Kaa and nudoo, dry.
wipe dry ; to wring dry, as a cloth.
Kaa-ma-lu-na, v. Kaa and
above. To take the oversight of business;
to exercise an office over others.
J{aa-me-hai, v. To backbite; to slander.
Kaa-me-iiai, s. Detractioa ; slander.
Kaa-me-ho'j, s. The tying on of a fish-
hook to the string.
Kaa-mo-la, p. Kaa and mola, to turn.
. To turn round ; to be not firm ; not stead-
fast.
Kaa-mo-la, adj. Turning round; chang-
ing; not steadfast.
Ka-a-na, v. To make alike ; to resem-
ble. '
2. To bring over to one's parly or pur-
pose ; to proselyte. Mat. 23:16.
3. To' fall away from one patty to an-
other. 1 Om. 12:19. See Kaa.
4. To make ; to gain.
5. To deceive ; to entrap ; to outwit.
6. Tocomparc,i.c., to resemble; to make
-like ; to be mingled in with others; ua ka^
ana ka iho (kapa) mc ka hewa ; na kaana
mai ka bipi bibiu maloko o ka bipi laka a
laua, the wild cattle were mixed with the
tame.
Ka-a-ni-au, adj. Broken ; psist away,
as a kapu; noa ke kapu; he kapu ka laua,
noa kc kapu, tlie kapus of the long gods
and the short gods are no more — noa.
Kaa-ni-ni, v. To be agitated ; to be in
a flutter.
'2. To run in agitation, as a child wishing
to go with its parent who haa started be-
fore, or to be .agitated aa a child afraid to
be washed in cold water; kaanini ke kciki
i Ica.wai.
KaA-no-i,' ». Desire ; kuko.
Kaa-pa-hu, v. To cut off; to cut in
pieces. See Apauu.
Kaa-pa-la-oa, s. a modern word. Kaa,
wheel, and poiaoa,' flour. A flour mill; a
grinding of flour.
2. A thrashing instrument. ' Isa. 41:16.
Kaa-pa-la-oa, v. To grind} to make
flour. Jo&. 31:10.
Kaa-pe, adj. Disobedient to orders.
Kaa-pe-ha, «. A name given to the oil
plant on Hawaii.
2. The name of a largo sized person
also of great influence.
Kaa-pe-ka, s. a person of a large size;
a large bodied person, like a chief.
Kaa-pu-ki, v. Kaa anc^ puni, around.
To go or roll around ; to go round from
place to place; to circumambulate; in law,
he lunakanawai kaapum. a ciroiiii judge.
Kaa-pu-ni, adj. Going or traveling
about, or &'om place to place.
Ka-a-wa, s. a large dish or hollow
place worn by water in a rock.
Kaa-wa-le, v. Kaa and wale, only. To
separateias persons or things; to separate;
as friends.
2. To separate, as two things that adhere;
to open.
3. Boo. To separate one thing from an-
other ; to divide between ; to create a va-
cancy.
4. To start in enrprise; to be frightened.
Kaa-wa-le, s. a separation ; 'a space
between two or more things; an empty
space.
Kaa-wa-le, adj. Separate from j free ;
empty, as space ; empty, as a house ; state
of being unchanged ; convenient ; At ; wa
kaawale, spare time.
Ka-a-we, V. To tie any flexible thing
tightly around the tluroat; to choke by
tying the throat.
2. To suspend ; to hang up ; generally
by the neck; to strangle with a cord. los.
10:26. Kaawe ia ia iho a make, to commit
suicide. Mat. 27:6, Note. — Kaatoe tathet
applies to suicide; li, to a publicrexecution
by hanging.
Ka-4-we, s. a suspension ; a strangling,
i. e., death. lob. 7:15.
2. A neckhandkcrchief ; a cravat; o ke
kaawe kekahi mea e cani ai ka a-i kanaka,
the cravat is what adorns the neck of a
ihan.
Ka-a-wE-a-we, s. Qppression of the
chest ; sickness of the stomach ; a disease'
of the neck and chest
KAE
230
KAE
Kaa-we-la, s. The name of cne of the
planets, Venus, the evening star.
Kaa-wi-li, I'. Kaa and wUi, to twist.
To writhe ; to writhe in pain.
2. To mix together, as different ingredi-
ents ; mea kaawUi laau, an apothecary.
Fuk. 37:29.
3. To knead, as bread. 7er. 7:18.
4. IIoo. To torture ; to cause to writhe
in pain ; to give pain to. Im: 4:19.
6. To tear; to rage, as a foul spirit. Mar.
1:26.
Kaa-wi-li, *. A pain; a torture; a
Writhing pain.
2. A mixture of things.
3. A school of fish ; kama'di Uieihe, kaa-
vMi auau, kaminli pukiki.'
Ka-e, v. Torubout, asamark; toblot
out ; to erase.
2. To kill ; to take away. Hoo. To blot
out; to destroy; to kill instantly; to smite.
1 OiM. 13:10.
3. To make desolate. Oihk. 26:31.
Kae, s. The brink, border or edge of a
thing ; the exterior of the anus ; the side.
as of a precipice, wood, lake, &c. Pvk,
25:25. The brim of a vesisel or container.
1 lHal. 7:23. The inner bark, as of wauke;
kaa wauke.
Kae, v. To have a border or brim. Uoo.
To hold on the brink or border; topro-
tecl.
Kae, v. To spurn; to turn a deaf ear;
to refuse to listen ; to answer foolishly.
2. To try a kalo patch, to know if "it is
ripe enough to eat ; e kae i ka loi.
Kae, s. Contempt; a refusal to hear
advice.
2. A name of au office in the king's train.
Ka-ea, v. To have no appetite ; to lose
the appetite for food. See Kanea and Kda-
NEA. To be indolent ; to be lazy.
Ka-ea, s. The loss of appetite ; no rel-
ish for food ; o ke kaea pu walo no ia.
Laieik. 142..
TiA-EA, adj. Having no appetite. See
MiNAWAHCA.
Ka-e-e, s. The name of a fruit which
resembles a bean, used as a cathartic.
2. Joy ; gladness, as at the arrival of a
fneuu. .
Ka-ee, adj. Hard or stiff, as new kapa.
Ka-e-e, v. To dry up, as water in the
Bun or by heat. See Kae, to rub out. He
wahi wai, aole i fcoee i ka la.
Ka-e-e-e; adj. Stiff; ragged. See Kaee
above. Kmee keli, i ka onohi o kuit maka.
Ka-e-e-le, s. The body of a canoe. . ,„„„ _ ,, ,, ,^,^„,„,.
Ka-e-e-lo, s. The name of a kind ofjKA-E-T^, *. A beam, bjace
food, perhaps of Bora'jora origin. I niece. See Kaola.
Ka-ee-pa-o-o, s. Name of a species oi
fish net.
Ka-ei, v. To gird qn ; to bind on, as ?
belt around the body ; e ap.o ma ka 0]iu.
2. To put on, as armor; to gird c, , as
an official or extra garment. 1 Sam. 2:18.
3. To put on, as a mourning iress or a
loose garment. Sin. 37:34.
Ka-ei, s. A belt; a girdle; a sash. 'PvJc.
28:4. Ke ape ma ka opu.
2. In geography and as-frononij;, a zone of
the earth or heavens ; na hoku o ke fcoeS,
the planets. 2 Nal. 23:5.
Ka-jei-poo, $. A turban; a diadem. lob.
29:13,
Ka-e-o, s. 4^nger or excitement against
what is wrong ; anger at.sin. See Keeo.
Ka-e-o, adj. Full, as a calabash with
food ; he aloha i ka ipu kaxo.
Ka-eu-eu, ». To be the largest, as of
(wo ropes or pieces qtwood joined together;
to be big ; to excel.
Ka-eu-eu, s. Joy ;- delight ; gratifica-
tion : excitement. See Et'EU.
Ka-e-ka, v. To be e«tangle(l, as a rope
or st.-ing : e hihia, e lauwlli.
Ka-e-ka, adv. Kolled and twisted up;
entangled ; e will /kaei:a.
Kae-'KAe, e. To be smooth and plump;
without protuberances. '
Kae-kae, adj. Young, fresh and smooth,
as an unmarried woman who is much de-
sired; hence, applied to a smadi woman.
2. Applied t» a canoe, new; smooth;
without knots, ..fee.; he waa kaekae; also,
i mai no ia, he kihei pili nau,he kaekat ka
olupi.
Kae-kae, adj. Soft; mellow; soft, as a
cooked potato.
2. Light in traveling.
Kab-kae, s. See Kae. The .narrow edge
.of a rule. '"
Kae-kae, aSv. See Kae, border. Hav-
ing many edges ; by borders ; on tlie bor-
ders.
Ka-e-ke, ». To beat the drum. SeeHoo-
EKEEKE.
Ka-e-ke, s. Drum beating; the skill of
drumming; he poB akamai i ke kaeke.
laieik. 112.
Ka-E-ke-efe, v. To beat or play the
drum, as in ancient times ; e pai pahu, e
hookanikaiii.
Ka-e-ke-e-ke, s. A kind of dmm made
of the cocoanut tree.
2. The art of drumming ; oia ka wa i
laha mai ai ke IcaekiAke.
or cross-
KAI
231
KAI
Ka-e-la, adj. Hair full ; partly filled ;
- unfinlalicd. See Kaelewaa.
Ka-e-le, v. To increase in number; to
be a great number t kaele ua make, 7cae/e
ua ia, kitele ua kanaka.
Ka-e-le, ». 'fo be partially filled, as a
calabash with fish or food, leaving some
empty fipace at the top-
Ka-b-lb-loi, s. The sound of the dram
in ancient times ; the roll of the drum ;
kaekeeke.
Ka-e-le-waa, $. An unfinished boat or
canoe. See Kaela. He waa 1 kapili ole
ia i ka laau.
2. The bottom of a canoe.
Ka-e-lp, s. The name of that month
of the year nearly corresponding with our
January.
Ka-e-na, s. a room in a house. Mar.
14:15. A cabin in a ship ; a drswer of a
bureau ; a closet of a room. See Keena.
Ka-e-na, ». To boast; to glory; to brag.
1 OVd. 16:10. To make pretenses; to boast
of what one has done. 2 Oifd. 28:19. To
be self-conceited ; auhea la ka mca nui i
kaena ai oukou ia oukou iho ? where is the
great thing for which yon boast yqiirselves ?
See KAisENiL.
Ea-e-na, s. High mindedness; pride;
self-ezaltatioA.
Ka-e-na, adj. Excelling; going before;
self-opinionated.
Ka-e-na, adv. With certainty ; surely;
without error, &e.; no ko'u ike i kamaikai,
ko'u mea no ia i olelo kaena ai, "rom my
knowledge of beauty, I can speak vnth con-
fidence.
Ka-b-na-koi, s: A low blackguard word;
e helo oe a 1 kaenakoi.
Kai, v. To lift up on the hands and
carry ; to lift up the foot and walk, as an
infant in beginning to walk, or as one re-
covering from sickness ; to step amiss, as
a child; generally connected with hiiia;
aa, kai aku la ke keiki a hina Ibo la.
2. To lead; to guide; to direct; kai aku
i ke kaa, to drive a cart 2 Sam. 6:3. To
direct the ceremonies of the Inakini ; ke
fcoi ana o ka aha. ST^f. wilh oihana.
3. To lead, direct or bring to a place.
Sin. 2:19.
i. To lead into or entice, as fish mto a
net, or any animal into a trap or snare.
6. To bring; to take in hand; to do
with ; to pull up, as kalo.'
6. To shove along; to move; to go a
journey ; to travel slowly.
7. To bring, i. e., to lead ; to transfer, as
ar people from one place to another. Kanl.
7;l;
- 8. Hqo. To separate or part asunder, as
a cracked part of a canoe ; ua kmi ka pili
0 ka waa ; or as a door so sw.;Ued as not
to shut ; ua kai na pili o ka pani ; to dis-
place ; to put away. Seb. 10:9.
9. To take away by robbery ; to mis--
spend ; to squander. Luk. 15:30. To re-
ject ; to dlsrcirard. See Hokai.
Kai, s. The sea; sea water; a flood;
kai hooee, an overflowing flood. Don. 9:26.
Hence,
2. Brine; gravy of roast meat; broth.
Lunk. 6:20.
3. The surf .of the sea ; kai ula, the red
sea ; kai piha, the full sea or flood tide ;
kai make, the dead sea or ebb tide ; kai
koo, a very high surf, &c. See these com-
pounds.
4. 'A current in the sea; he kai I Hawaii,
a current towards Hawaii.
6. A traveling guard.
Kai, s. See verb. No. 4. Anet for fish;.
a snare for birds ; a lasso for cattle, &c.
Kai, s. The toothache; a pain in the
teeth.
Kai, adj. Insipid, as food; having no
appetite; the state of a person so suffering
afliictioa aa to have no desire for food.
Kai, adv. A long time ; kai ka hana
loa ia oe, very long the time you were doing
it ; e hana loa kai ka loihi, it is long to do,
Iww very long. See IT ai, int.
Kai, int. How; how much; hwiS^reat.
2 Sam. 1:19. Kai ka nani! 0 how glori-
ous! 2&'m. 6:20. :£oi ka bemolele ! uow
excellent! Hal. 8:1. Heiiowned; wonder-
ful ; kai ka Inhi, what a weariness. Mat.
1:13.
Kai-au, s. a place a little ways out ia
the sea, beyond the kuaau ; also called ho-
honu.
Kai-a-u-lcj, s. The kilohana ; the out-
side ; the best ; the figured one of a set of
kapas, i. e., figuratively, something rather
remarkable in appearance.
. 2. An overhanging cloud.
3. The space on top of a pali.
4. A high elevated post.
Kai-a-u-lu, s. Name of a strong wind
otf Waianae on Oahu.
Kai-a-hu-a-kai, v. KaisxAhuakai^To
lead a large traveling company. SeeHcA-
KAI.
Kai-a-hu-a-kai, s. A large company
traveling together. See Huakai.
Kai-a-hu-lu, Vi Kai, sea, and hidu,
hairy. To be in a foam, as the sea agitated
greatly by the wjnds; to act, sa the sea
when current and wind are contrary. .
Kai-a-hu-lu, s. The sea in great agita-
tion, so as to be white.
Kai-a-ka-hi-najji, s. £ai, sea, and J?z-
TWtiii, hame of a cUef of Hawaii. See Ui-
KAl
232
KAI
NALD. The nam<3 cf a groat flood in ancient
times which by tradition covered the whole
earth, i. e^ the Hawaiian Islands. See the
story in D. Malo's work. Hence this is the
word used for Noah's flood. Kin. 6:17.
KAi-A-KA-HU-LTT-MA-Nrr, s, Eki, se&,a.ni
hidumanu, a favorite of the king. The
name of the flood yet to come, as me fore-
going is the name of the flood, that is past
Kai-a-lh, s. Name of a sp6cies of hard
rock out of which hatchets were made.
Kai-a-li-le, v. To be indolent, lazy or
indifferent ; to' treat with contempt any ef-
fort to be otherwise.
Kai-x-u-ve, adj. Indolent; lazy; con-
temptaons.
Kai-a-li-le, adj. Unskillful; awkward;
inexpert ; aole e loaa keia mea o ka ma-
Bao, i ka mea kaidlile lomalomaaibalale.
Km-a-no-a, s. The name of a kind of
fish-hook.
Kai-a-po,. s. a rising or high tide; i ka
pii ana o ke kai, ua kapaia -he kaipii, be
Kainui, he kaiapo kahi inoa.
Kai-e-a, s. Kai, sea, and ea, to rise. A
rising tide; a swelling of the sea; a spread-
ing over the land.
Eai-ee, s. Kai, sea, and ee, to come up.
See KiTv.i al;ove.
Kai-e-e, s. The name of the purgative
bean.
KAi-E-to, s. Water of the cocoanut
mixed with other ingredients.
KAi-E-m, s. Kai and em, to lessen. A
decreasing or falling tide. See Kmmakk.
KAt-E-NA, V. To be self-Opinionated; to
boast ; to glory ; to make pretenses. See
Kaena.
Kai-e-wa, v. £zi and eimt, crooked. To
be led astray ; to be tossed about.
2. To live as it happens, 'tometimes well
off, sometimes in poverty, exalted or de-
pressed.
Kai-e-we, s. Kai, to lead, and euoe, the
navel string. A company following a chief;
ka baakai, ke kaieme o ka lam.
Kam, v. To walk buttoned up tightly;
to stn^t ; to be vain.
2. To turn away ; to refuse to listen to
one's request.
3. To be stingy ; to be close-fisted. See
Hon.
4. To tie up the throat ; to choke.
Ka-ii, s. a kind of net for taking fish.
Kai-h, s. Name of a vegetable growing
on the mountain^, eaten as food in time of
famine.
Ka-i-o, s. The name of a bird like the
pueo or owl. .
Kai-oe, i. The name of a plant or ti«e;
he pna laaa no ke kaioe, the tree blossom
of the kaioe.
Ka-io-io, adv. Ulu AaioJo ka nahelehele.
Ka-io-o-le-le-pa, adj. 0 Kalani kaioo-
lelepa ka alapa pii moo o Ku.
Kai-o-hu-a, s.~ Name of a place a little
way out in the sea ; same as poana.
Kai-o-ki-lo-hee, i. Name of a place in
the sea ; same as kaiau.
Ka-io-le-«aa, s. The name of a famine
in former times.
Kai-o-le-na, *. Kai, liquid, and dena,
yellow. Yellow coloring matter.
Kai-o-le-na, b. To cleanse; to purify;
3 hnikala, e hoomacmae.
Kai-o-lo-a, s. The name of a ceremony
, of tying the malo on to the god ; it was
done by the women of the chief.
-Kai-o-pe-lu, J. A place in the sea. Syn.
with kaiuli.
Kai-o-po-ke-o, s. Name of a long prayer
at the dedication of a heiau.
Kai-u-a, v. To repeat over and over, as
one docs when drunk ; kaina ka oielo ; he
olelo kuawili ; e kavua i ka hookahe i ka
wai, continue to water the ground.
Kai-u-la, s. Kais.ii(iula, lei. The Red
Sea. Puk. 13:18. The sea that separates
Africa Irom A-'ia.
KAi-iJ-LA-iiA, s. Far out at sea ; out of
sight of land.
Kai-tj-li, s. Kai, sea, and liU, blue.
The dark blue sea ; hence, the deep sea ;
the name of the sea beyond the kohola ;
also called kailvJiee.
Kai-u-lu, s. The name of the sea at
fall tide. See Kainui and Kaifih.v.
Kai-u-we, v. KapoeiAaiatoepinepine.
Kai-hee-na-lu, s. Name of a place on
or near a reef,.like kohola.
Kai-he-hee, s. Name of an anciert
kapu bf the chiefs, connected with death ;
also called lumaiumaia.
Kai-he-h£-na, s. Kai and hehena, mad.
The raging sea. The following epithets of
the sea are found in a prayer of Keaninl :
kaikane, kaiwahine, kaipupule, kaibehena,
kaiulaula, kaipiliaikee — e.
Kai-he-le, s. The laying of stones, as
in a pavement, one beside another ; a i ke
kaihde ana o na pohaku,.oia no ka mea i
kau i ka pohaku.
KAi-HE-LE-Ka,- *. The name of the sea
beyond the poana, i. e., the second space
beyond where the surf breaks ; also called
kaipapau.
Ka-i-hi, v. To spin round like a top ;
to be dizzy.
2. To withhold wheit is another's; to
keep Lack what is forfeited in a same.
KAI
933
KAI
Ea-i-hi, $. DizidnesB ; a sense of tum-
ini; in the bead.
2. Tbe name of a species of fish net : he
upena kaihi.
Kai-hoi, s. Kai and hm, to return. A
falliog or low tide.
Kai-ho-ho-nu, s. KeuanAhoAonUfieef.
High tide; full sea; deep water.
Kai-hu-a, s. High tide ; high water.
See KjUKL
Kai-ka, X. The border of a cultivated
plat ; the border of a kalo patch.
Kai-kai, v. See Kai. To lift up, as the
hand. Nah. 20:il. To lift or raise up, a«
the eyes to heaven. Syn. with lefaa. To
lilt up or raise, as tbe voice in complaint ;
kaikai i ka leo. JM,. 14:1.
2. To take up ; to bear ; to carry upon.
Kin. 7:17. To carry off: kaikai no laua i
ka pahu a hiki ma ka hakae.
5. To take off, as a burden; to carry
away ; to lift, as a weight, ba. 40:15.
4. To carry tenderly, as a child. Puk.
19:4.
6. To promote ; to exalt ; to favor, a3 a
king a subject. &et. 3:1.
6. To be led or urged on, as by strong
desire or Inst; a na keia kuko, kaikai kino
hott ia mai la. Laitik. 196.
Kai-kai, adj. That which is lifted up
or herved. Puk. 2d:27. Uba mua o'ka
mobai kaikai, heave shoulder. Ifah. 6:20.
Kai-kai-a-po-la, s. The tail of a kite ;
e ka mea e pono ai ka lupe, o na laan liilii
ame ke kaula. ame ka welu, anie ke kair
kaiapola, ame ke aho.
Kai-kai-na, s. The younger of two
brothers or sisters ; used by a brother
when speaking of a brother, or a sister of
a sister. Bat if a brother spoak of a sister,
or a sister of a brother, it is kaikunane.
Kai-ka-o-wa, ) „. imper. Seize ; take ;
Kai-KO-WA, J follow; tbe word given by
Kefcuaokalani for seizing boys, fish, &c.,
that were not his own.
Kai-ka-hi, adj. Few; scarce; unfre-
quent ,
KAHI.
Kai-ka-ma-hi-ne, s. a daughter; a fe-
male descendant. Sm.20:VZ. Note. — ^Ac-
cording to analogy this word for daughter
. should be keikiwahine, like keikikane, but
Hawsuians do not use it so.
Kai-ke-a, s. The fat of hogs or other
animals. Puk. 29:13. Fig. Isa. 34:6.
2. The sap of a tree, the outside white,
wood resembling in color the fat of ani-
mals.
Kai-ki, *. High water ; high tide.
Kai-ko, s. a coQStable; a policeman.
See Maeai.
30
Kai-koakoa, s. The watery fluid of the
bowels.
Kai-ko-e-ke, s, a hrother-in-law; a sis-
ter-in-law ; generally designated by kane
or vxihine.
Kai-eo-e-le, s. a very shallow sea in
a calm, too shallow for a canoe; he. kai kui
opihi, he malia paha.
Kai-ko-i, 5. A species of kalo ; he kalo.
Kai-koo, s. a high surf of the sea ; a
raging swell of the sea.
Kai-koo, v. To roll in; to rage, as a
high surf; kaikoo ke kai. Laieik. 165.
Kai-KO-WA, v. See Kaikaowa. above.
Kai-ku, »'. A middle tide, not high^ nor
low. Sec Kaihau.
Kai-ku-a, s. a countryman; a back-
woodsman.
"Kai-kua-a-na, s. The elder of two broth-
ers or sisters; used by a brcther when
speaking of a brother, or by a. sister when
speaking of a sist^ ; but when a brother
speaks of an «lder sister, it iskaikvmahiiie.
"When a sister speaks a! an elder brother it
is kaikuiiane.
Kai-ku-o-no, t. Kai, sea, and kiumo, a
bay. A gulf; a creek; an inlet of water
into the land. Isa. lV:lo.
ILu-KU-NA-NE, y. The brother of a sis-
ter. Sin. 20:5.
Kai-ku-wa-hi-ne, *. The sister of a.
brother. jEtn. 12:13.
Kai-la-na-hu-a-hi, s. Ktfi and laitaku-
a'ai (same. as nanalmahi), a coal of Are.
Very dark or black water of the ocean.
Ka-i-u, V. To snatch ; to take away ;
to take by force; to take away,'as onv'i:
pleasure and joy: loan. 16:22. To take
away one's right. .Sin. 31:31. To spoil or
rob one's glory. Kol. 2:15.
2. To give up; to depart, a.s the spirit of
a dying person ; kaili Tee aho, to catch for
the breath. See Ailj. To breathi; the last.
Kin. 35:18.
Ka-i-u, J. Nam^ of a fish net from its
Ka-i-li, adj. Waiwai kaii.t, spoa Ezek.
7:21. Manu kaili wale, a la venous bird.
£fecfc. 39:4. ■
Ka-i-li, s. He mea kaUi, extortion ; a
taking by force.
Ka-i-u, s. The act of taking fish witl:
a hook. See Aiu.
Ka-i-li, *. The name of the gi'eat feather
god of Kamehamehd.
Ka-i-li-i-u, v. To take and carry here
and there.
Ka-i-li-i-li, s. a narrow valley neaif
the top of Waialeale on Kauaii, a resting
place for .kin^ and queens in ancieut times
KAI
S34
KAO
Kai-li-ke, v. Kai and like, alike. To
divide equally between a munber of per-
sons. Xu/c. 22:17.
Kai-li-ko-li-T£o, s. Kai, gravy, and liko,
oily. Fat gravy ; the oily part of fat.
2. The appearance of oil poured upon
wuter. See Liko. i
Kai-li-ko-li-ko, adj. Fat or greasy; ap-
plied to gravy.
Kai-li-fo-li-po, s. Kai and lipdipo, blue
or black. Epithet of the deep sea. as dark
blue or black.
Ka-i-li-po-ni, s. a disease in which one
fells down dead; something like apoplexy;
fie kaUtponi ka make.
Ka-i-li-wa-le, v. Kaili and wale. See
Waub. To take without regard to right or
to consequences; to take by force. 1 Sam.
2:16.
- 2. To rob ; to plunder. Oihk. 19:13.
Ka-i-li-wa-le, s. Sei2dng the property
of another; a plunder; a robbery.
KAi-tTT-HEE, s. Name of a place in the
8ca ; same as kahdi, blue water.
Kai-mait, s. Middle tide, neither high
nor low. See Kintn.
Kai-ma-ha-mo-e, s. Kai, gravy, and
malw/moe, a fish. The gravy m^de for the
fish mahamoe.
2. The fat or grease of that iish.
KAirM\-KE, s. Kai andmake, dead. Low
water ; ebb tide.
2. A calm sea; no wind ; still water ; in
geography, name of the Dead Sea.
Kai-ma-loo, s. Kai andmaloo, dry. Low
tide ; ebb tide, when many places on the J
sea shore are dry, or the coral and reef are
bare.
Kai-ha-LO-lo, s. Kai and moMo, rest-
ing; quiet. A shallow place of the sea
B^ar the shore where the sea is at rest.
2. A place where the sea is green and
shallow ; place of soundings. .
Kai-mo-ku, s. Middle tide, i. e., when
the tide begins to recede. See Kaimau.
Ka-i-na, v. See Kai, to take, and Ana.
To take: to seize, as a fit ; as the influence
of a wicked spirit. Mar. 9:18.
2. To seize, as a prisoner ; to lead away
to trial; ua uku i ke dala, ua hana, ua paa
i ka hao, ua kaina aku imua o na lunaka-
nawai.
Kai-na, v. To move slowly and softly,
as a weak person trying to walk.
Kai-na, s. A younger of two brotheTs
or two sisters ; hence, a thing that is after
or second to another; pokiiteHM, the very
younger.
Kai-na, s. A sitting to practice sorcery;
the practice of sorcery.
Kai-no, •) V. (Impersonal ) I thought j
-A, i --•-■- -'-
Kai-no-a, \ j'ist as if; Iwuto heoiaio.aole
ka! 1 thought it was true, bat it isnot;
alaila, e i aku an ia oukou, ka! /coinoia,
alia e hoole.
Kai-nu-i, i. High sea J high tide.
Kai-nu-nU'KI, adj. Km and imnuki.
Irregular ebbing aud flowing, as the sea.
Kai-pa-ea-ea, s. a calm, smooth sea ;
same as pohu.
Kai-pa-pau, s. a siiallow place in the
sea, the same as the poana, or kaiohua.
Kai-pii, s. a rising or full tide. See
Kaifhu. and Kainhi.
Kai-pi-ha, *. .Kai and pfAo.fiill. A high
sea ; high tide.
Kai-pit, s. Same as kainui and kaipiha
above.
Kai-p0u, v. To divide out into parts or
portions. See Pini.
Kai-puit, s. a division or portion; more
commonly written puu.
Ka-i-wi-foo, s. Ka, article, iwi, bone,
and poo, the head. The skull bone ; the
name of the place where Jesus Christ was
crucified. loan. 19:17.
Kai-f-iu, s. Wehe ke kaitdu i ke oho <k
kaniu. - -
Ka-o, inter j. The article ka and o. Sim-
. ilarto kahaha; kao mai,makekelakanaka;
it expresses surprise.
Ka-o, v. To cry out as above; kao raai
la o mea, somebody cries out with aston-
ishment.
Ka-o, v. To intercede ; to m:ediate ; to
separate contending parties; to prevent
one from accnsing or slandering another.
See UwAO. Ua Taia mai oe ia'a.
Ka-o, s. a peace-maker; an intercessor.
Ka-o, s. a goat ; ifflohele, a scape-goat.
Oi/ifc. 16:15.
Ka-o, b. a legend; a tradition. See
Kaao.
Ka-o, s. a dart ; a javelin ; a rocket.
Ka-o, v. To throw or cast, as a dart or
javelin.
Ka-oo, v. To bind ; to tighten ; to be in
a press of people ; to bo in straits.
2. To punch, as a man does bis own
breast in the colic, with a stick or bis hand.
Ka-oo, s. Being in straits; suffering
pain.
2. A multitude ; applied to animals.
3. AlsOj a, traveling company; same as
huakaihele.
Ka-o-hi, ». To fix ; to establish.
2. To abide; to continue to adhere firmly
to a thing or course of conduct ; to be
steadfast.
KAO
235
KAU
3. To keep; to retain; to 'keep back.
Laieik. 176. To restrain.
i. To invite to stay wiien one is about ^o
go away or further on. Luk. 24:29.
6. To keep, i. e., to pay regard to a law
or command.
6. To restrain one from doing a tiling by
friendly advice.
7. To compel or urge. 2 OUtl. 21:11.
Kaohi na 'lii la ia e noho, aole oia i ae mai.
the chiefe urged him to stay, but he did not
consent ; e kaohi i kou wawae, to refrain
the foot from wandering, ler. 14:10. To
rcstraia ; to Ixold back. Hai. 19:13.
8. To keep, as a promise. 1 Nal. 8:24.
9. To choose. Zsa. 7:16.
10. To save; to screen, as a guilty person
from punishment. Ezek. 13:19.
Ka-o-hi-hi-u, s. Kao, goat, and Mhiu,
wild. The gazelle or wild goat.
Ka-o-kaa, *. Name of a play and a
former pastime.
Ka-o-ka-na-ka, s. Kao, goat, and ka-
naka, man. Name of an animal to be found
in the desolations of Babylon ; a satrr.
Jsa. 13:21.
Kao-kao, v. To be prominent ; to pro-
ject
2. To be red.
3. To be hard to the touch.
Kao-kao, s. The first dropping of a
shower ; tbefore part of a cloud ; kc kao-
kao ae, c ua iukao Kanmana.
2. Hardness; redness; prominence.
3. The venereal disease.
Ka-o-ko-a, v. Ka and pkoa, different.
To be whole ; to be undivided.
2. E.00. To separate from. 1 Sam. 21:4.
To abstain from a thing ; to separate one's
■ gelt from moral evil; ; e hookaawale ia ou-
kou ibo i na mea hahmia.
3. To stand aloof from ; to let al<)ne.
4. To. make one% self coiL-ipicoous : to
be eminent,
KArO-Ko-A, adj. Whole ; unmutilated ;
he ia kaokoa, okioki ole, mdi ke j'oo a ka
hiu, a fish whole, uncut from bead to tail.
Ka-o-ko-a, s. The being separate; aloof
(from wrong-<lo)ng); o ke kaokoa, he hewa
we, be hihia olc, he pluoln, he maikai.
2. A man who leiivos bis proper haku
and serves another, or pays his food and
presents to another.
Ka-o-M, s. a stick or beam laid across
a house from rafter to rafter to strengthen
it; a beam ; the beain of a bouse. Eckah
10:18.
2. A bar ''or a door; a bar across the
gate of a city. 1 Sam. 20:7.
3. Fig. Na kaola o ka po, the bars of
night. /o6. 17:16.
Ka-o-la-hau, g. Kfu^a and hau, iron.
An iron bar. Sol. 18:19.
Ka-o-le-l£, s, Kao, dart, and lele, to
^. A dart ; a javelin ; a sky-rocket. See
Ka-o-lo, s. The descent of a hill or
pali ; the going down a hill. See Eaeai-
PAU, also Olo.
Ka-o-mi, v. To press down, as- with a
lever ; to bear down upon a thing.
2. To press; to squeeze out, as wine.
iMiik. 6:11.
3. Fig. To press, as the breasts; a eu-
phemism for moekolohe. Ezek. 23:3.
4. To crush ; to humble one ; e hoobaa-
haa.
Ka-o-mi, *. Name of a wind; the north-
east trade wind on the east side of Lanai,
and about Maui. Stn. with moae. Loaa
makou i kekahi makani ikaika, he jboomi
ka inoa.
Ka-o-mi-wai-na, *. A wine press. MaS.
21:33.
Ka-o-na, s. The name of a Hawaiian
month.
Ka-o-pa, s. a painful stiflTness or rheu-
matic affccdon of the limbs, which makes
it difficult for one to stand or walk. See
Opa, adj., and Oopa.
Ka-o-pa, adj. Lame; stiff; rheumatic;
kanaka kaopa.
Kau, v. In an active sense, to hang; to
hang up ; to suspend, as an article to be
out of the way ; to crucify or hang, as a
criminal. Kin. 40:22.
2. To bang, tie or gird on, as a sword ;
kau i ka pahi kaua. Puk. 32:27.
3. To put upon or place a thing in some
designated place ; to put in an elevated
sitnation; to mount a horse; to go onboard
a ship or canoe.
4. To overhang, as the heavens over the
earth.
5. To fall upon; to embrace affectioi.-
ately, with ai. Sin. 46:29.
8. Ti. put up^n one, as a heavy burden,
mh. 11:11.
7. -To set or fix the boundaries of a land
or country.
8. Toput down, as words on paper. See
Kakad. To write; to dot; hence,
9. To give publicity to a thing ; to pro-
mulgate, as a law ; i kau aku oukou i ka-
nawai miukai, that yon may establish good
laws.
10. To set before one, as food.
11. To tempt, as in taking birds with a
snare.
12. In a ncirfer sense, to light down upon,
as a bird ; as the spirit or divine influence
upon one. JSah. 11:26.
13. To come down upon ons unezn'ec't-
edly. f
14. Kau pono kona maka, to set ot di-
rect one's face or desire.
KAU
KAU
15. To rest upon; to stretch out. or over.
16. To come upon one, as a suffering or
calamity.
17. To rehearse in the hearing of another
that he may learn.
18. Afco!* ka hamere makeliahi lima, he
took the hammer in one hand. ii*nfr.4:21.
To '.ay or place the hand upon one for evil.
19. Hoo. To setagainst: to resist, iunfc.
7:22.
20. To appoint against; to come upon.
Jer. 15:3.
21. To bring upon; to cause to fall upon.
22. To rest ; to place. Kanl. 7:23.
23. Kau aku i kauhale,togoaboutfrom
hoaee to house; to go about idly. Seedefi-
•nition 11.
Kau, a. Season. Kin. 1:14.
2. The summer or warm season, in dis-
tinction from hopUo, the winter months.
Note.— The Hawaiiane had but two seasons
in a year, viz. : the kau summer, and hocnlo
winter ; hence,
3. .\ period of time when one lives. Esd.
la. A specified time, iunfc. 10:8. A i ke
k<m i ke alii, ia Kamehameha, in the life
time of Kamehameha.
4. A time for a particular purpose.
6. Time of indefinite length ; kau ai, a
fmitfnl season ; kau wi, a time of famine.
6. Midnight ; so called" from the game
called puhenehene, in which were five puu
or places to conceal the noa : the first called
kSd, second pili, third kau, fourth pilipuka
(i. e., applied to flight, 3 o'clock, A. M.),
fifth kihipuka. Dr. Baldwin.
Kau, s. a place ; kau kanaka laha ole,
place where men go not ; kau kanaka, a
place Where men live ; kau kanaka ole ai,.
where there are no people.
Kau, s. a canoe ; kaukahi, a single
canoe ; Icatdua, a double-canoe.
K.AU, mj. A setting of the sun ; a rest-
ing ; mai ka la hiki a ka la kau, from the
rising to the setting sun. D. Malo 5:11.
2. A sitting place, as a roost for fowls ;
kau ka moa i ke kau, the fowl sits upon its
roost.
Kau, s. Name of puukapu in the game
of noa.
Kau, pers. pro. An oblique case of oe,
second pei-son. Of thee ; of thine. Oram.
§ 132, 133. Also a prefix pronoun, thy ;
iiine. Gram. § 149, 150.
Ka'u, pers. pro. An oblique case of au.
Of me ; mine; belonging to me. Gram. §
124, 1. Also a prefix pronoun, my; mine;
of me. Oram. § 150.
Kau-a, v. To war ; to fight, as two
armies.
2. To make war upon or against. Kin.
14:2.
3. To fight for. Puk. 14:14.
4. Hoo. To cause to fight.
5. To servo as <he conquered serve the
conqueror ; hence, with a stronger pronun-
ciation, kauwa, a servant.
Ka'j-a, *. A war; a battle; an army
drawn up for battle. 2 Aai. 28:5. Poe
kaua, a host ; aai army. Puk. U:2i.
Ka-u-a, e. To hesitate about doing a
thing after an engagement ; to be in doubt
about fulfilling apronuse ; to beg off; hoo-
hala.
2. To invite to stay. SeelCAOHi. Aoleo
maua mea nana e kaua mai, a liuliu ko
maua noho- kuewa ana, there is no reason
why we two should stay and lengthen out
the time of our sojourning.
Ka-ua, pro. dual. We two ; you and I.
Gram. § 124, 3.
Katt-ai, s. Name of one of the Hawai-
ian group of islands ; ma ka hapukaohiohi
ana paha a ka waha me he hoe Kauai la.
Kau-ai-ka-na-na, v. To sleep in the
day time for pleasure or comfort ;. to take
a siesta.
Kau-au-la, s. a kind oi soft porous
stone.
Kau-a-tj-la, s. a strong wind from the
mountains, occasioned by the breaking
over of the trade winds ; often destructive
at Labaina.
Kau-a-u-la, adj. Strong; raging; furi-
ous ; applied to the trade winds when they
break ov^r the hills back of Lahaina ; be
leo o ka makani kauavia ka'u i lobe iho neL'
Kau-a-hau-a, s. Ua pau i ke icauahauaia
na kanaka a pan i ka hana.
Kau-a-ho-a, s. Coarse grained ; a sour
disposition ; not easily pleased.
Kau-a-ka, s. a person crazy, noisy with
constant muscular motion.
Kaua-lae-paa-kav-ana, s. The most
offensive of language ; when used, instant
fighting is the consequence.
Kau-a-latt, s. The plantain, a vegeta-
bU' like the banana.
Kau-a-lh, s. a low chief, not a high
one. See KACKAUALn.
KAu-A-r:T-o, s. Kaua, war, and lio, a
horse. A warrior (h. horseback ; cavalry,
in distinction from infantry. 1 Sam. 13:5.
Kau-a-lu-pe, v. Tb carry, as a man
wounded in battle, without much care.
Kau-a-mat, v. To invite, &c. See Kaua
2. The mai is simply a verbal directive.
Kau-a-pai-o, s. a combat where there
is striking back and forth.
Ka-u-e, v. To be in fear.
Kau-ea,. adj. Having no appetite.
Kau-e-ke-ke, adj. Short, as a coat or
gown ; lean, as a man.
KAU
2^1
KAU
Kau-i-iia, v. To- oifer sacrifice at the
close of a kapn.
Kap-i-la, s. Name of a species of hard
reddish wood regemljliiig mahogany.
2. He foa no Punkapele.
3. Puhi kauUa.
i. He kapu kauSa.
5. I kahi a lakou i pee ai a noa ke kauUa.
Kau-i-la-hu-lu-hu-lUj s. The name of
a praynr at the heiau.
Kau-o, ) „. To draw or drag along;
Kati-WO, \ to haul, as a load. Ehni. 21:3.
To draw morally, i. e., to' endure ; to in-
cline to do a thing.
2i To conduct, as a prisoner.
3. To pray for a special blessing or favor;
applied to the worship at the time of ma-
kahliki.
Kau^o, ) s. Seed; offspting; increase;
Kau-WO, ) fruit of marriage. If Nahiena-
ena tia4 lii^d a son, the old chiefs would
say " ua loaa ke kauo." D. lHalo. Hence,
a supporter ; a sustainer.
KAn-o, i. The yellow part or yolk of
an egg ; kaiuo moa ; kaw> ke akua liulu.
Kah-o, adj. Drawing; pulling; drag-
ging along: bipi kauo, a laboring ox. OOik.
7:23.
Kau-o-e, s. Name of an office in the
king's train.
Kau-o-uo, J «. To increase or grow
Kau-wo-wo, > rapidly, as vines; to spread
Ka-wo-WO, ) over, as vines or other run-
ning vegetation that grows thriftily and
covers the ground.
2. To increase rapidly, as a people or
race ; applied to the peopling of Hawaii
from the first man.
0 kauouQ i IftDi a paakani lea,
FuapuE), buahaa mai la ka la mnnaia. .
Kau-o-ha, 0. To give a dying chaige ;
to make a bequest or a parting charge.
ha. 38:1. Hence, to make a will. Note. —
Ancient wills, of course, were verbal; now,
by law, they must be written.
2. To give a charge on any subject ; to
command ; to'put in charge or trust, as one
chring or going away ; kauoha ae la oia (o
Kamebameba) ia KauikeaouU e noho i alii
no Hawaii nei, he (Kamebameha) gave in
charge to Kauikcaouli to- retgn as king over
the Hawaiian Inlands.
3. To commit into, the hands of another.
1 Fet. 4:19.
4, To give orders concerning a person
or thing. Kin. 12:20.
5, To commit to paper, 5. e., to write
down; nolaiia, ke koMoJia akunei au i ko'n
mauao ma keia palapala, i ike oc i ko'u
manao.
Kao-o-ha, s. a will, verbal or written;
a comniand ; a charge ; a. dying request.
2. A covenant; a commission; a judicial
decision.
3. A determination ; a decree.
4. Beggary.
Kaxj-d-ka-hi-ki, ». Name of a species
of ohia ; o ka ohia nui ke kauokaUH i kal,
oia ka laau o ka lananuu; out of this same
-timber the god was made for the heiau.
KAXT-o-Kutr, s. The name of a sickness
or pestilence which formerly spread over
the Islands ; tia kapaia ka inoa o kela mai
(ahulau) he kauokuu, the name of that sick-
ness was kauokuu.
Kau-o-la-ni, v. To express admiration
of a chief or his deeds.
2. To express admiration generally.
Kau-o-lit-pe, v. Kauo and lupe, kite.
To draw ; to pull this way and that, as a
kite pulls Hie string of him who holds it.
Kau-o-waa, s. Kauo, to drag, and waa,
canoe. The work or busiiiess of drawing
down canoes from the mountain wben fin-
ished or partly so. ,
Katt-ea, s. The rectum, the third of
the large intestines. AnaL 52.
Kau-ha0, p. To strike with a whip or
stick ; to throw a stone at, &c.
Kau-ha-ka-ke, adj. Short, &c. See
KAtJHEKBKB and Kadbkeke.
Kau-ha-le, i. Kau, place, and hale,
house. A small cluster of houses ; a til-
lage. Pvk. 8:5.
2. A house or residence of a person.
3. A place where a honse has been, or
where one is designed to be.
Kau-he-ke-ke, ) adj. Short, as a coat
KAn-HE-KE-KEI, ) orgOWn. SeeKiUKKEEE.
K.4-TI-HI-U-HI, s. Name of a forest tree,
timber used for the boards of the bolaa
and for oo.s for tilling the ground.
Kait-hi-lo, v. To fasten with a rope the
sticks of a building while in the course Sf
erection;- be aho mai.waho mai o ka hale
i ka manawa ,e kauhiio ai ; alalia, kaukilo
ia ka hale a pau.
Katt-ho-la, s. Some disease of the neck
and chest. f
Kau-ho-la, v. To open; to expand; to
unfold, as a kapa folded up; as a flower in
blooming.
Katt-ho-lo, v. To wish and try to .con-
demii one.
2. To try to bring one to terms or obey
orders. _ '
3. To'send after, and try to get one back
wbo ha,-.i gone.
Kau-eo-lo-pa-pa, .?, Name of a perscr.
wtio knows himself to be a Chief by birtn
but others know it not, and he refuses te
hang his clothes among those of otLer jieo-
j)le ; ua kapaia aka ia lie alii kavJwlopupa,
KAU
238
KAU
no Ka mea, ma ka holopap^ i ikeia ai kona
alii ana.
Kau-hua, V, To conceive ; to become
pregnant.
2. To swell out, as one with child."
3. JIoo. To conceive; to be foil of. Eal.
7:14 To be foil morally of evil.
4. To put down in letters ; to reduce to
writing ; na ko oakou kaikaina banane
mahoe i hookauhva ia (i keia manao) i ka
malama o Augate : hookauhua paha ananei
kakou iloko V) ka hewa.
Kau-hua, s. The.swelling out of preg-
nant females.
2. The longing of pregnant women, espe-
cUUy the sickness of stomach.
3. The state of pregnancy ; ua kauhita,
ua ko, na hapai.
i. The act of writing down words or
thonghts.
Kau-hu-hu, s. a ridge or edge of a
precipice.
2. *nie pole mnning lengthways of the
honse to which the tops of the rafters are
fastened ; a ridge pole.
3. The sharU that was formerly wor-
shiped.
Kau-kai, v. To wait for an event to
happen, or for any change in aflaifs ; kau-
kai aku nei ka pono, it is better to wait
awhile, laieik. 67.
Kau-kau, V. To set or fix, as a snare or
net for birds. See Kau. Sal. 141:9.
2. To take coansel ; to revolve in one's
mind. Bal. 13:2.
3. To speak to one, especially to chide ;
to speak reproachfhlly; e nuku; to address
one, as a petitioner, and in a way of com-
plaint £aieik.11.'
: 4., To explain ; to make clear, i pobihi
ole.
Kau-kau, *. An appeal to one's sense
, of justice or compassion. LaUik. 76.
Kau-kau, v. Kaukau is said to be a
cbrniption of a Chinese word, and signifies
\to eat, to drink. It is used ^by foreigners
in conversing with natives, and by natives
conversing with foreigners.
Kau-kau, s. A heap of stones made into
a-mde altar.
2. A snare so placed or Bxed a^ to catch
birds.
3. The name of a disease, the piles (mostly
used on Oahu.)
i. The snaring or taking offish; kavikau
nlna.
6. AVhat is clear, explicit in expression,
without doubt.
Kau-kau-a-lii, s. The name of a class
of chiefs below the king ; a prince. Dan.
1:3. 0 na 'lii malaloo ke alii nni. Note
The poe kavkaxialn were generally the de-
ecenddnts of chiefs where the father waa a
high chief and the mother a low chief, or
no chief at all.
Kau-kau-le-le, adj. Nimble; active j
jumping.
Kau-ka-hi, s. ^izii, canoe, and itoAJ, one.
A single canoe. See Kad. Ma ke kaulna
o &eopuolani, a ma ke kaukahi o Hoapili,
he waa aole i hoapipl ia, he waa hookahi.
2. Figurativdy, a oneness; a perseve-
rance ; steadiness in doing a thing ; ma ka
kaiikaM kana hana ana, aole ma ka lauwili.
Kau-ka-li', v. To wait for. See Kali.
Aole hoi kakou i haalele akn o ke kuka ame
- ka wahahee kavkali.
Kau-ka-li, adj. See example above.
KaU-ka-ma, s. Eng. A cucumber. Nah,
11:5. Na kavkama ulu wale, wild gourds.
2 Not. 4:39.
KAtr-EA-MA, adj. See Eaua. He kane
''Isama. Kamak.
Kau-ka-na-wai, v. iuizu, to appoint, and
ktmauMi, law. To establish or appoint, as
a law ; as a king or legislatare.
Kau-ka-na-wai, *. One tlmt makes.
laws ; a lawgiver. Sin. 49:10.
I Kau-ka-ni, or Tau-sa-ni, s. A tiiousand.
Kau-ko-ko, v. An ancient word not
much used. To string or hand on stiings,
as a load to be carried on the mamake.
Kau-ko-lo, v. To chase, as a fowl ; to
follow ; to pursue.
2. To persevere in asking a favor until
obtained ; e hoomoo, e hookoikoi.
3. To run and spread out, as the roots of
a tree just under the surface of the ground.
Kau-ko-lo, s. The small roots of a tree
spreading and running every way.
Kau-ku-kui, adj. Of or belonging to a
candlestick or lamp. Luk. 8:16.
Kau-IiA, s. a rope ; a strong cord ; a
cord or tendon in the animal system. AnoA.
26.
2. Zaula nila, a chain of lightning,
3. A bow string. Hal. 11:2.
4. A line in a book or written document.
/so.> 28:10.
5. A stick laid across the rafters of a
house or the top of the posts, after the man-
ner of, a beam ; more properly written
kaola. See Kaola..
_ 6. In geometry, the chord of an arc of a
circle. Anahonua 28.
7. A lash, i. e., the wound of a lash In
whipping ; a stripe. 2 Kor. 11:24.
Kau-la, s. a prophet; one who preaches
or annouaces future events. O'A. 3:24.
Kitf-LAE-LAE, t>. To put up something
plainly to be eecu ; to exhibit clearly ; to
make plain. See Laelajb.
Kau-lai, v. To put up in the sun to
dry ; kapili ma ka poi, a pili ka wela ma
KAU
239
KAU
ka laau, kaulai aka i ka la a maloo ; to
hang np, aa clotbes'to dry.
2. To lay aside for use. Nah. 11:32.
3. To hang up. Puk. 26:13.
4. To spread out in the Sun. Ter. 8:2.
Kau-lai, s. Tfce act of drying what is
■wot ; tilings so put up to dry. ,
Kati-la-hao, f. Kaula, rope, and hao,
iroD. A chain ; a cable ; a chain of any
size.
KAC-LA-tEi, i. A bunch; thick tpgether,
as a buaeu pf grapes.
Kau-la-LiJ-a-hi-ne, *. The name of a
rope for binding a mat on to a canoe; o ke
ktndaiuaMne e moe ana ma ka aoao o ka
waa, oia ka mea e paa ai ka ahu. See Ahu,
a mat.
Kau-i^-na, v. To be or become famous
or renowBcd; to be celebrated for some
quality ; ua kaulana, stka keia walil no ka
naauao, this place is famous ior intelli-
gence ; a kavlana aku i na aina e, to be
renowned even to foreign lands.
2. Hoo. To publish; to spread abroad,
as news: to publish evil reports. KatU.
22:14.
3. To make famous or renowned either
for good or evil.
Kau-la-na, s. Fame; report; renown.
los. 9:9.
2. Government of an island; ho kaulaim
o ka aina.
Kau-la-na, adj. Universally known,
noted or remarkable for some quality; cel-
ebrated; notable,
Kau-la-na-aa, s. a resting place on
the road. See Oiovsx.
iLwj-LA-NA-o-LE-Lo, s. Formerly used
synonymous with hooilinaolelo. He kau-
oba, i. e., the -will of a deceased person.
Kau-la-wa-ha, v. Kaula, rope, and
waha, mouth. Tq bridle ; to rein in ; to
restrain, as a horse. Fio. Applied to the
tongue, lak. 1:26.
Kau-la-wa-ha: s. A mouth rope, i. e.,
a bridle. lak. 3:2.
Kau-la-wa-hi-ne, s. Satda, prophet,
and wahine. A prophetess. Puk. 15:20.
Katt-lei, v. To be insecure ; e kauwale
iho iluna, aole mapopo o ka paa ; to trust
to what will not benefit.
2. To be deceived in our opinioa of a
thing.
•3. To be too short for the purpose de-
signed ; kaidei ka naau, to be deceitful
(perhaps.) Kwm. Hem., B. 2, p. 26.
Kau-lei, adj. Not firmly established;
deceptive; without secure foundatiou; ap-
plied to men seeking happiness in life and
failing.
Kab-ib-o, ». T6 exhort; to ur^ie or re-
quest one to do a thing ; to eirioin, as a
duty. Pii. 8.
2. To charge; to command one to say or
do something to or for auotber. I ifai. 5:8.
Kau-lei-lei, v. See Kaulei.
Kau-le-le, v. Kau and lele, to be sep-
arated. See Lele. To add something on ;
to enlarge ;. to 'be or do something besides
what was proposed, as in making a bar-
gain ; to add more scj as to aatisf}-.
2. To spread over; to make abundant;
to increase; manao iho la au, o kaulde aku
i ko'u aloha maluna ou.
Kau-le-le, s. An addition aiade to
something ; an enlargement; that which is
added to complete the bargain.
Kau-le-le, adj. Over and above; added
on ; enlarged ; very great ; he aloha kau-
Ide !a oe e ka boalilhi.
Kau-le-le, adv. With addition; exces-
sively ; ke aloha kaideU aku nei au ia oe.
Kau-le-le, s. A rocket.
Kau-le-le, adj. Flying. See Lele.
That which is set a flying ; hoike oia i ku
ahi kwdsle, ho .exhibited sky-rockets.
Kau-li-a, V- Pass, of kau for kauia-.
Oram. § 48. Sometimes written kavJila.
1. To be hung np; to be suspended.
Eanl. 21:23. Hence,
2. To kill ; to slay. los. 16:28.
Kau-li-ke, v. Kju, and like, aUke. To
balance or hang even,
2. To make alike , to make no distinc-
tion ; to be just ; to be equal ; to be right.
Ezek. 18:28. Syjr. with ewaewa ole.
3. To be just as good ; to be as well as ;
na pololei, na kaidike keia mea me ka na-
auao.
4. In law, to deal in equity or righte-
ously ; to decree, decide or do that wiiich
is just, equitable and right without regard-
ing the letter of the statute law.
Kau-li-ke, s. Justice ; uprightness ; no
partiality.
Kau-li-ke, adj. Just; equitable.
2. In geometry, parallel, as lines ; kalia
kaidike, parallel lines. Aimhon, i.
KAH-Ln-Lii, V. KauaniliUii,]itth. To
divide out in small -quantities ; to make
distributions on a small scale.
Kau-lo-lo-a, v. To ask frequently for
a thing; to tease in order to obtain a thing
requested ; a loaS i keitahi kanaka kc koi
hao, a lohe ke alii, alaila kandoloaia aku la,
a lilo mai la.
2. To speak to one (a chief) often as to
an offense.
Kau-lua, s. To be slack; to Ije remiss in
fulfilling a prom&e ; to delay the time of
doing a thing. Hoo. To wait; to delay;
to procrastinate; also hookaukavhua; to
put off; to postpone 2 Pei. 3:9. To li^-
KAU
ger in doing a thing. Kin. 19:16. Tq atay
a long time in a place. 2 Nal. 1.5i20.
Katt-ltta., v. Kau&nilua,two. To put
two togetlier; to yoke or harness together,
» as two animals. Kanl 22:10.
Kait-uta, s. The name of several things
where two are put or used together ; kau-
lua, a, double-canoe ; bipi kwiihia, a, yoke'
of oxen. 1 8am. 11:7. Kaulua lio, a span
of horses. 2 Wcd-Tili.
KAtr-LtTA, s. The name of this second
month ; the fourth month of the summer
season.
Kau-ltt-a-li-o, s. See Kahlua above.
Ka-u-lo-ma-loo, «. The dry growth, the
name of a famine.
Kau-ma-ha, b. To be heavy, as any
substance.
2. To be weary with carrying a heavy
burden.
3. To suffer oppression from rigorous
service.
4. To be weary for want of sleep.
5. Applied to the fflind,J}0 be downcast
in mind ; to be heavy-hearted ; to be sad ;
to be sorry ^ to be grieved. Kin. 40:6.
6. Hoo. To make heavy ; to oppress. ; to
treat one with rigor.
7. To afflict; to make one suffer unneces-
sarily ; to be afBieted. Oihk. 23:27.
Kau-ma-ha, V. To offer in sacrifice ; to
kill a victii:i for sacrifice; to offer a gift
upon an altar. Puk. 3:18.
Kau-ma-ha, s. Weight, as of a burden ;
weariness ; heaviness ; depression of spir-
its ; nui ke kaumaha o kona naau no ko
lakou lukn wale ana, he was rery sorrow-
fid at such a slaughter of men.
Kau-ma-ha, s. A sacrifice; a service
rendered to Grod.
Kau-ma-ha, adj. Heavy loaded, as a
person or a beast of burden; burdensome;
applied to the mind, painful. Hoo. Elard
bearing. P«fc. 23:1.
Kau-ma-kai-o-le, s. An epithet of old
age. Sec Nihoeahi, one tooth'.
Kau-ma-kai-o-le, v. Kaiia.nditnakai,io
look, and oJe, not Not able to see or to
see clearly; applied to old age. Generally
hmanakalcie.
Kau-mi-hau, >.). To appoint a kapu by
the priest ; men were separated from their
wives, and a hog was baked, hence the
name to bake a hog ; a kaumikau ana ma
ka ia kaua.
Kau-'Moo, v. To be inactive because of
jgnoranne or uncertainty how to act; to be
in doubt what to do, and hence, to do noth-
ing; aole makou i mahi i ka aina, kammoo
wale no, i ke akaka ole.
240 KAU
Kau-mo-ku, ) u. To cut short ; to cut
Kau-MU-ku, \ off;, to shorten; to be anfit
for the purpose desired.
Kau-na, s. Four; the composite nuni-
berfour. Oift.l2:4. See(Jrammar§116,5.
KatjtNA-ko-ma, s. KauJia, four, and
koma (Eng.li a comma. The four commas
" " used in quoting another's words.
Kau'ne, v. To be slow; to be dilatory;
to walk or move leisurely; to cause delay.
Kau-ne, s. Delay; slowness in doing
a thing ; lagging behind.
BLau-nei-nei, v. To cut oflf; to shorten ;
not to be sufficient ; to be rmsteady; to be
unfinished. See Kujlw.
Kau-no-a, s. a slender worm which
when it comes upon a. tree or herb, there
is a universal withering ; ua kau miai ke
kaunoa.
2. The dodder, a parasitic plant
Kau-no-o.-a, s. See Kaunoa 2. A spe-
cies of vine which grows without a root
Ka-u-nu, y. To make angry; to pro-
voke ; to express the feeling of jealousy,
Ka-u-nu-a-na-lau, s. Name of alkirge
bird on Hawaii.
Kau-pao-na, ) y, Yo weigh, as with
Kau-pau-na, ) scales or steelyards ; to
weigh out, as goods or money, i. e., to pay
out Isa. 55:2. To weigh morally, as the
deeds of men, 1 Sam. 2:3. As one's life
and character. Dan. 5:27.
Kau-pao-na, ) s. Scales for weighing;
Kau-pau-na, J steelyards or other instnj-
.ments for weigliing. Soik. S:5,
2, The weight of a thing. Oilik. 26:26.
ELau-pa-ku, s. Kau and paku, a parti-
tion. The upper ridge pole of a house, di-
viding the house properly so .called and the
bonnet or cap of the house, Zso, 22:1,
KAU-PA.rKU, V. To put ou the. bonnet or
thatch the ridge of a house ; alalia, kau-
paku a paa, pau la hana, '
Kau-pa-le, v. Kau and pak, to defend
off. To separate, i. e., to put a mark or
sign ot partition; to cause a division, Isa.
59:2. To stand between ; to set or put, as
au obstruction or divisioB. Hai. 104:9. To
raise a slight partition between, so sis to
stop a cliild. Hoo. To fence or partition
off. Fig. To fence off, i. e., resist tempta-
tion to evil ; hookaupale aku ta hewa.
Kau-pa-le, s. Something coming be-
tween two things to separate them, either
sensibly or imaginary ; a boundary lino
bfetweentwo lands; a partition in a bouse;
a dam, &c.
Kau-pe, v. To put down ; to put low ■
to humble ; to crush. See Pe.
KAU
241
KAH
Kau-pi-li, v. Used in a mele as follows :
Kaupili alo alai o.U&beha,
0 ke kanaka no kuhe i ka irai.
Kau-pi-li, s. To unite, as man and wife j
. to love one anotber, as two persons.
Kau-poo-hi-wi, v. KaudMapooMwitths
shoulder. To put or place on the shoulder;
to sfaonlder, as something heavy; as flre-
aiTus.
J£au-poo-hi-wi, adj. What is placed on
the shoulder ; applied to a musket ; ua
mahuahuit iki ae na pu kxtupoMwi, the
number of muskets (Bhoulder-gans) wiis a
little iitcreAsed.
Kau-po-d-na, s. Another orthography
for kaupdona, but seldom used. See ICac-
Fi.oNA. Steelyards and scales forweiglung.
Ka-d-pu, ii Name of a lai^ black birf-
the size x>t a turkey, found mostly on Nihoa
and Kaula.
Kau-pu-a, *. An elevated clouid of sin-
^Iivr appearance. .
2. Name of an ancient pastime.
Kau-wa, v. See Kaua, v., 5. A ser-
vant ; in the most general sense, one who
serves ot does the business or labors'for
another. ~
1. Any Subject of a king or chief.
2. A household or domestic servant.
3. A slave ; a menial servant ; kauvia
kpo, aa order of men who sacrificed them-
selves on the death of a chiei.
Kau-wa, c. To serve; to do the will of
another." Boo. To serve another, as a peo-
ple serve a king; to serve, as a master; to
be in a state of bondage. Puk. 14:12. •
Kau-wai, v. To pour out, as water; to
lead along, as a small stream ; to pour
into ; to fiQ with water.
Kau-wau, s. The sickness of dogs;
sickness of all ki4d8.
Kau-wa-hi, art. Some; something;
some place ; any one place or thing.' See
Kau, place.
Kau-wa-hi, s. Some ; some part ; a
part of a thing. Isa. 44:16; A parcel in-
definitely large. Kin. 3S:19. Kamtiahi o
ke koko, some of the blood. Notb. — Kau-
leahi as a substantive rarely takes the airti-
cle, except when it refers to place. Stat.
25:8. It has always the idea of a partitive.
Kau-wa-ka-me, J. Kamoa and kane,
male. A man or male servant. JEoni.5:18.
Kau-wa-lu-pe, V. Kauwa and lupe, kite.
To carry ; applied to persons who have a
frien4 in danger from others, some taking
Ijim by the arms, some by the legs and
other parts to carry him off.
KAir-wA-wA-Hi-NE, s. Kav^o, and wa-
him, female. A maid servant. Puk. 20:14,
Kact-wje-lo, v. To putup some.sjgnal
31
that the year has past and that a new year
Is began ; ma ka malama o Ikuwa e kau-
wda ai ka makahiki.
Kau-we-we, s. A covering, or what is
put on top of an imu or oven in baking
food.
2. A ruffle for the neck, not fertile bosom,
tbatispiAoptto.
Kati-vti-la, v. To appoint as a day of
consecrating a heiau; o kekahi akua o Kaui-
kauila; e hoomakaukau no ka la e kauwila
ai ka heiau. Laieik. 164.
Kad-wi-la, s. Another orthography for
kauila. See Kacha. A species of hard
reddish wood found on Kauai, used for war
spears, kapa mallets, &c.
KAtr-wi-t^, adj. A day or time under a
kapu,; a kokoke i ka la kaiamia. laieUc.
164.
Kau-wi-u, v. To mingle in with other
thingEf.
2. To gather on to a moving thingt aa
people join on to a traveling-party.
Kau-wo, v. To pull; to draw, &c. See
Kado.
Kait-wo-ha, v. To give a charge, &e.
See Kadooa.
Katj-wo-wo, v. To increase; to grow
thriftily. See Kaoouo.
Ka-ha, v. To scratch; to make marks;
to write ; to make marks indefinitely.
2. To cut ; to hew, as timber.
3. To cut open, as a fish or animal; to rip
open, as the belly of a person. Amoa 1:13.
4. To turn about and go away; to go off;
to set out to go. L(Aeik. 67.
6. Soo. To seize; to take with one's
knowledge, but without his consent ; to
rob ; to take what is another's. See Hoo-
KAUA, an extortion. See Maeaha.
Ka-ha, v. To stand sideways; to'stand
up on the edge like the comb of a cock; to
tread water; to swim standing up. Laieik.
92.
2. To land or be thrown on the shore
from the surf without asurf-boaid.
3. FiQ. To press the laud on the back,
as when one lands on shore in the surf ; e
kaka i ka nalu ; hence tiie proverbial ex-
pression, ua kaha aku la ka nalu o kuu
aind,, means (Lit. ; The surf has pressed
updn my land) to have a famine for land,
i. e., to press, to squeeze the people for food.
Ea-ha, s. A scratch; a mark; a letter.
2. In mathemaiies, a line.
3. A strip of barren land on tb« sea
shore; hence.
4. Barren land anywhere where upland
kalo will not grow, but.the people depend
on another place.
5.- Thfc channel of a small stream. See
Kaeawai and ICahasai.
KAH
212
KAH
Ka-ha, *. A kind of paper or cloth.
Z. The crafik of a whip ; the report of a
pistol.
3. Robbery ; plunder ; rapine ; oppres-
sion.
Ka-hat v. To be fat ; to be plump ; to
be ftiU, as a well-fed animal. Kin. 41:2.
Ka-ha, s. Largeness: fatness; plump-
ness ; aohe lo o ke kah/t.
Ka-ha-a-ku-a, s. Kaha, marks, and
ohm,, god. A track of a god in a desert
place.
Ka-ha-a-po< s. Kaha, marks, and apo,
hoop. Lrr. An embracing mark.
1. The circumference; be umi kapuai ke
kahaapo o kekahi, ten feet is the circum-
ference of some.
2. In grammar, brackets. [ ].
Ka-ha-e-a, v. See Osiaomao. To ex-
tend over the heavens as a cloud, varie-
gated, black, white, blue, &c.; x\a,'ka,haea
luna, na hoopono i ka maka u ka opua.
Ua ODiaomao ka laoi, ua kahaea lona,
Ua pipl Jia maka <'> na boku,
Ka-ha-f.-a, J. The name of a disease;
iliB thrush; the scald head; then goes over
the body and is called kakaea.
2. The name of a god.
Ka-ha-b-a, *. A singular appearance of
the sky in the morning ; a sign of rain ; he
kahaea ia, be aouli ua ia.
Ka-hai, c. To gird; to bind one. girdle.
2. To decrease, as a noise ; to cease ; to
come to and to be quiet. See K.u<auai.
Ka-hai, s. A girdle-.; a belt ; a fillet.
2. Quietness ; stillness after a clamor.
ICa-hau, c. To abate, as the wind ; pe-
hea*ka makani? Ua kahau iki mai, aole
ikaika : e hole kakou.
2. To be diminished, as sickness; ua ka-
hauVa mai kon mai, ua pale ka nui.
3. To abate, as a stream of water; kahau
ka wai, kokoke pau.
Ka-eau, s. The name of a play or pas-
time ; he kahau kaM hana.
Ka-ha-u-la, adj. See Aikahaula and
MOBKAHADLA.
Ka-ha-0''lb, V. JSJaha, to cut, and ule,
penis. To. circumcise. See ICahbole.
Ka-ha-ha', int. An expression of won-
der, surprise or displeaeiure. NolE. — Ha-
waiiaas in the use of this word express a
great variety of shades of meaning, accord-
ing to the pronunciation, tone of voice, &c.
Ka-ha-ha', u To wonder or . be sur-
prised at a thing ; to be astonished at the
sight of a thing or at an idea expressed by
one ; to marvel ; to hiss at ; to treat with
contempt; to be In doubt or perplexity of
■what one sees or hears and knows not how
to aoconnt for; to think a thing strange., i
I'et. 4:4. Note.— 'This word is used with
manao or naau to express wonder.
Ka-ha-ha-ia, s, a wonder; an object
of wonder or astonishment to the beholder,
as something unaccountable. Kanl. 28:3.
Ka-ha-ha-nai, s. Kaha and kanai, the
name of the strings that surround a cala-
bash ; hence, in geometry, the radius of a
circle. Anahjon. 23.
Ka-ha-hui, s. Kaha, a mark, and hui,
to unite. In mvsic, a brace.
Ka-ha-kaj, s. £(2^, mark, and ^o}, sea.
The sea shore. Kin. 49:13.
2. The sand of the sea beach.
S. The name of the region of country
bordering on the sea.
Ka-ha-ka-ha, I'. The 13th conj. of kaha,
io mark, &c. To m irk or scratch frequently.
1 Sam. 21:13. To writo upon paper or a
slate. Fuk. 31:18. To engrave on stone or
copper ; to write in the sand or upon the
ground ; aole anei e kaliakalia ko kakoa
naau i kekahi hena o kela kanaka? To cut
off; to divide frequently,
Ka-ha-ka-ha, *. Hon. A display; a
show of uress , a parade, &c. See Hooka-
HAKABA.
Kfl-HA-KA-HA, s. An engraving ; a wri-
ting, fuk. 28:21.
Ka-ha-ka-ha-na, s. The clothes in
■ which a corpse is dressed ; grave clothes.
loan 11:44.
Ka-ha-ke-lr-a-we, s. jpToAa, to cut, and
kekawe, copper. A cutting of copper ; an
engraving ; ka mea a ka ■poe kaltaJideawe i
hana'i.
Ka-ha-ku-hi, s. Kaha, mark, and kuhi,
to point out. In grammar, any letter, mark
or character directing the reader to the
margin or bottom of tibe page.
Ka-ha-ki-ki, v. To pour down violently,
as rain.
Ka-ha-la, *. Nameoi a species of fish.
Ka-ha-la-ha-la, s. He kahalahala, na
palai.
Ka-ha-la-wai, s. The mixing of two
uulike substances so as to make a third lui-
like, as paints of different colors.
Ka-ha-le-le-le-po, s. The name of a
limine in former times.
Ka-ha-u-u, v. To struggle.
Ka-ha-lo-a, s. The name of a stone
brought before- a priest in a certain pule
anaana.
Ka-ha-na, s. The name of a valley on
Eauai.
Ka-ha-ni-a, ». JV inserted for I, To be
shaven; to be out close; to be made'smdotlii
as a shaven head ; kahama ke poo o ka
ohule.
KAH
243
KAH
Ka-ha-fi-li, s. Kaha, a mark, and piZi,
to touch. In geometry, a tangent of a cir-
cle. Anahon. 23.
Ka-ha-po-ai, s. ZoAa, a mark, and poai,
to surrouncl. In geometry, the line of a cir-
cle ; the circumference of a circle.
Ka-ha-poc-hi-wi, s. Kaha, fat, and poo-
hiwi, shoulder. The fat or muscle on the
shoulder-blade or ovcir it.
Ka-ha-put;, s. Name of a plant of the
fern species growing on the rnounUiins,
eaten iu time of famine for food. See U\-
rm.
Ka-ha-wai, s. Kaha, a small stream,
and wai, water. A brook ; a rivulet ; a
water cour.se ; a cascade ; a stream with
frequent rapids ; any small stream. Kanl.
8:7.
Ka-he, v. To spill; to pour out, as
water or blood.
2. To run, as ivater; to flow, as a stream
or river.
3. To flow, i. 0.., to abound iii any sub-
stance. ' Nah. 14:8.
4. To drop ; to trickle, as tears. Ezek.
24:16.
6. To flow, as froth from the mouth of a
person in a Ut.
6. To flow, as blood from a wound.
7. jCToo. To ca\ise (o flow or run, a.s a
lif(md, i. e., to water, as a land; to shed or
cause to flow, as blood in murd(^r. Kin.
37:22.
8. To cause to flow back, as the sea.
Puk. 14:21.
* * ' * • 0 keata,
0 us 1'"^ o Kaikaa ku i ka maka Hi,
H&Dini, umilani e luai e ao
E leaks e Vakahi mai auanei
Ka omaka wui kapu o Louo.
Ka-he, v. To cut or slit longitudinally;
to cut off; with oroofca, to circumcise alter
the Hawaiian manner ; to castrate ; to
.shave. 8eo K,uii.
2. To bind round the waist ; to gird.
3. To begin to wither, as leaves eaten by
a worm.
Ka-he, s. Hoo. A flowing; a flowing
of blood ; 111', poko ma kauwahi,_he la ma
kauwalii, he hauoki flia kauwahi, he kahe
ma kauwahi.
Ka-he-a, I'. See Hea, to call. To call
any one for any purpose. OHik. 1:1.
2. To r.vy to one for help ; to call upon
one, as in prayer. Puk. ii\l&.
3. To speak : to call aloud.
4. To cry out, as in pain.
Ka-he-a, v. To be dirty; to be foul; to
be corrupt. See rAi>.iiiEA.
Ka-he-a, adj. Foul ; filthy.
Ka-he-a-wai, v. To flow; to be soft;
to run like water.
2. To be multitudinous
Ka-hee, v. See Hbe, to slip; to slide.
To slip flowers along from the needle or
manai to the .string iu making wreatti.s.
Ka-hei, v. To tie round, as a girdle or
belt ; to gird on. See Kabi.
Ka-hei, s. A belt ; a band around the
belly of a person.
2. A sack passing over the shoulders, as
a soldier's belt.
3. A cloth for preserving goods.
Ka-he-u, v. To clean -weeds, as in a
garden ; to put a garden in order ; to stir
up the dirt, pull up the weeds, grass, &o.
See 11 KU.
Ka-he-u-le, u Kake, to cut, and ule,
the penis. To circumcise. See Kaue.
Ka-he-u-mi-u-mi, s. Kahe, to cut, and
wriwmd, beard. A beard cutter, i. e., a
razor.
Ka-he-hi, V. To slip ; to mistake ; to
slip off.
Ka-iie-ka, s. Na io paakai liu o na ka-
heka.
Ka-he-ko-ko, s. Kahe, to flow, and koko,
blood. LiisTully, liie shedding of blood;
ua knhekoko i ka nahua ('■ ke anu.
Ka-he-la, s. The name of thf swell of
the sea when it comes along thf wettem
shore of Hawaii from the south.
Ka-he-la, V. To move along, as the
kahcla above mentioned.
Kakfla ka nalu o ka pae tauhala,
Hoo aiai kc kaiko o Maliu— e.
Ka-he-la-he-la, V. To lie spread put,
as a person asleep, his limbs extended and
spread apart. See Kahei,.\.
Kn&ela, kahelattela ka lae o Leie.
Ka-he-le, s. Lit. The going. A braid-
ing ; a wreathing, as of vines ; a platting
of leaves.
, 2. The name of the common adze.
Ka-he-na-wai, s. Lit. Kalie-na-wai,
flowing of water. A water brook; running-
water.
Ka-he-wa, V. To miss; to make an si-
tempt but not succeed; to tf y and to be
foiled.
Ka-hi, V. To rub gently with the thumb
and finger.
2. To comb, as the hair. Note. — The
idea is from the motion of rubbing, polish-
ing, sawing, &c.
S. To cut.; to shave, as the beard. 2
Sar/i. 10:4.
4- To cut, that is, to tear; to lacerate.
Lwik. 8:7. See K.-VHS, to out, &c. Mea
k-ahi unaiomi, a barber.
5. To cut. as thK hair. Z«nfc. 16:17. From
the old manner of sawing off the hair witfi
bamboo knives.
6. To slit open, i. e., cut longitudiiiaUy:
KAH
244
KAH
kahi i ka opn, kahe i lea omaka. See Kahe.
NoTK. — The feeble sound of e and i so rnuiiU
resemble each other that both orthogra-
phies are used, i. e., fcafte and kalii, to cut,
though thji latter is preferable.
Ka-hi, s. ,A place ; some definite place
spoken of or nnderstodd: it does not adinit
of the definite article; often STs. with wahi.
Kakl kuai, a market place,' or simply a
market ; ma kahi e aku, at another place ;
kahi kakakaka o ko'u kina, the beaten place
of my offense; kaM hoano, a holy place; a
sanctuary. NAh. 3:28.
Ka-hi, ait. Gram. .^ 6b. One; some
one; som?;;!!il takes' the article ke—kekalii,
Tvhieh see. Some ; a part ; a portion ; o
ka ia kahi' oa ke akua, some fish for the
god. See Hooiciiii.
Ka-hi- AP, v. To give away lavishly and
inconsiderately.
Ka-hi- Air, adj.. haivisii of gifts; wasting
of property by indisorimicate giving ; he
katiaka fcaAioM. See KmisAU.
KatHI-o, a(^'. Proud.
.Ka'-hi-o-lo-na, adj. Of cutting or peel-
■ ing olona ; ma ka hale kahiokna, at the
house for cutting olona. Lakik. 206.
Ka-hi-u-mi-u-mi, v. Kitki and umivnii,
beard. To shave off the beard.
KA-Hi-ff-Mi-u-Mi, s. ■ A beard cutter, i. e.,
a bai ber. See KAHEDMiuMt.
Ka-hi-hi, ?;. See Ilmi. To entatigle ; to
choke, as weeds do plants. Mai, 13:7.
2. To sue one at law; to cause on^j to ijfe
entangled witb a law or kapu. Mai. 6:ki.
3. To entangle one by accusing him ; to
tell false stories ; to slander.
4. To block up an entrance ; ua kaMd
ka puka o ka hale e ka upena isanana, th»
door of the house was stopped with a spi-
der's web.
Ka-hi-ht, s. Entanglement; perplexity.
Ka-hi-ka-hi, b. To isciatcli out, as wri-
ting with a knife.
Ka-hi-ka-ka-ka-ka, s. a irau do e hoo-
kOBio Iho ma kabikakakaka o ko'u kina.
Kahi here is probably llie noun, and Jtaka-
kaka the adjective.
Ka-hi-ka-le-na, '0. To finish; to dis-
pose of before auother is aware, as if a part
of a family should eat up the food while
part were absent; a e anai mai kalakaUna
k« i kapa— hai ka mea h.alni ole ; pau loa,
aohe mea koe.
Ka-hi-ki, s, It takes no article. The
general name of any foreign country ; hai
mai la oia i na 'lii i kona holo i kahiki, ho
told tho chiefs of hia sailing to a foreign
cmiulry; hence, hohkahiki means any Ha-
waiian v/ho has been to a foreign land.
Ka-hi-ko, s. The name of the first man
upon the Hawaiian Islands according to
some genealogies; ua hou ia mai, m» ka
mookuaubau i kapaia Ololo, he kane ia ka-
naka mua loa, o Kalako kona inoa, it m
said again, in the genealogy called Ololo,
that the very first inhabitant was a male,
whose name vas KaMko. The question
here discussed is whether the first person
on the Islands was a man or woman. D.
Malo, chap. 3, 4.
Ka-hi-k6, v. To be or become old ; to
fade, as a flower or leaf; ua kabiko o, to
become old prematurely ; to be ancient,
Ka-hi-ko, adj. Old; ancient; that which
is long past; poe kahiko. the ancients; the
old peo{)le ; Wa kahiko, old time.
Ka-hi-ko, «. An elderly person ; an old
mftn: elua man mea kahiko, e kipakuia'naj
e hele pela, two old men, thiey were being
driven away. Stk. with poohina. Idb.
15:10.
Ka*hi-ko, v. To put on or dress in
superb clothing; to put on splendid ap-
parel for appearance sake ; to be clothed
splendidly. Mat. 6:29.
2. To decjk or put on ornaments, as an
Eastern bride, /so. 6J :10. .•
3. To adorn with royal robes, as ancient
kings in their armor. fMleilt. 112. To go
in full armor, as a sofdier equipped. Kani.
3.18, '
-i. To be armed for battle.
a. To show honor ; to dignify bv honori
able treatment. 1 Kor. 12:23.
Ka"Ki~ko, s. A splendid dress; the dress
and ornaments, as of au Eastern bridt-
groom. Isa. 61:10.
2. Tbc iidestly robes of Aaron. Puh.
29:21. Jsa kabiko laa, the consecrated gar-
ments.
5. Armor; defensive weapons ; military
dress. i'Jjes. fi:l3.
4. The furniture of a house, -jspccially
handsome costly fturniture; e hookupu pah*
no ko lakou w^iwai, ko lakou kaWko o ka
hale.
Ka-hi-ko-kau-a, adj. Hale JcahiJiokmid,
house for aftnory. Isa. 22:8.-
Ka-hi-ko-iii-ko, v. To be very aged; to
1h' well versed in ancient aSiairs ; to speak
in the language of anciunt times; to follow
ancient customs.
Ka-hi-ko-i,i;, s. Three in one; the Trin-
ity; used only in the Scriphiral sense; the
(lOdliead, Father, Son and Holy Spirit.
Ea-ui-ko-ltj, adj. Three-fold ; three 'n
one,
Ka-hi-li, s. See iliLi, to plat; to twist.
A brush generally, but especially a fly-
brush, made of fe.ithers botind On to a stick.
2, EmphalkaUy, the large brushes ussd
by the oaiefs; they wore used as badges Of
royally on all public occasions...
KAH
245
KAH
Ka-hi-li, v. To brushy to sweep, as
with a broom ; to sweepj as a house. Mat.
12:44. To wipe.
2. To sweep away, as the wind blows
away light substances ; hence,
3. To destroy;
4. To change j to be changeable.
Ka-hi-li-hi-li, u To scatter away ; to
brush off, as small dust or light substances.
Ka-hi-mo-e, s. Kaki, place, and moe, to
sleep. Aslceping place; a bedstead.
Ka-hi-na, v. See Hina, to fall. To fall
before one; to bo the victim of one's in-
tiigue or displeasure.
2. To supplant; to taKo the advAntage
ofon«. Kin. 21 M.
Ka-hi-na-lii, s. Proper name of a cele-
brated chief in whose days was the flood ;
hence, kaiakahinalU, the flood. See also
HiNAlJi with tlic.arljele dropped.
Ka-hi-nu, v. See Htnu. To rub over
with oil ; to anoint. Kanl. 28:40.
2; To rnb over or anoint, as a Hacrifice,
with a brush large in the middle.
3. To rub or grease tlic runners of a sled
or holua which was formerly used. See
HOLUA,
i. To roast, as meat. Kanl. 16:7.
Ka-ho-a, 1). To appease one vvho mpy
be angry with us ; to exhort an evil per-
son to {>e good, to do right, &c.
Ka-ho-a-ho-a, u To be still; to behave
quiefty ; to do no evil.
Ka-ho-a-ka, s. The spirit or soul of a
person still living, supposed to be seen by
liriests; nona ia jcahoaka c hihia nei, he
uhane, he faaili, he uhane kakaola.
Ka-hoi, v. To hinder ; to keep back.
Ka-h6o-ku-i, s. a, union ; a joining ; a
uniting. See Km and Hookci.
Ka-ho-ho, V, To cry out or after one.
.See Hfxono.
Ka-ho-ho, s. a crying out; a shouting;
a calling.
Ka-ho-kai, v. To mix up.
2. IJoo. To mix two ingredients, as earth
and water; to mix up, as in malting bread.
Ka-Ho-loj v. To work rapidly at any
busino^.
2. To row quickly.
3. To jostle ; to be moved or put out of
place ; e omaii, o holo luna.
Ka-ho-lo, (wZy, Movable ; unfixed ; un-
steady.
Ka-hu, v. To bake in the ground as
Uawaiiana do ; to cook food.
2. To kindle or make a fire ; to burn, as
lime in a pit; to burn, as brick. Kin. Ih'i.
To burn; to consume. Ezek. 39:9. Svn.
with puhi. Kahu man, to bake in an oven :
a Contracted form is kahimu. See b^low
Ka-hu, s. AnhonoredoTupperservant;
a gttardian or nurse for ,fihildren. RtU.
4:16. Hence, a feeder; a?fceeper; a pro-
vider; kalmV.na,, a shepherd.
Ka-hct, v. To he or act as a servant.
Hoo. To act the part of a servant; to have
or take the care of persons or property ;
spolcen of a king, to take care of his peo-
ple.-' lifaM2:7.
Ka-hu-a, .«. The prepared foundation
of a house, 1. e., the ground cleaved off and
leveled down on which to set up a build-
ing; na maikai ke kahua o kckaiii hale,
the place (for the foundation) of the house
is good.
2. A place of encampment for a company
of travelers or an army ; an open space r
proper for an encampment; a camp ground;
kahua kaua, a camp. 2 Sam. 1:2. Kahna
hehi palaoa, a thrashing floor. Nah. 18:27.
Kahua mokomoko, a place where people
assembled to wrestle. Laieik. 42.
Ka-ii0-a, *. Wrath; anger, See Hua,
envy ; jealousy.
Ka-hu-a, v. To designate; to point ovt;
to direct.
Ka-hu-ai, v. Kakun, to bake, and ai,
food. To bake kSlo in the ground.
Ka-H0-ai, s. a baker; one who prepares
the food, ifiji. 40:3.
Ka-hu-ai, II. Pass. part, of kahu. That
which is or has been burnt.
ELi-HU-Ai-NA, s. Kahu and aina, land.
The head man of a land.
Ka-hu-a-o-le, s. Kahua, foundation,
and oU, not. A good for nothing person ;
one useless.
Ka-ho-a-o-ma-lio, s. Kahua, founda-
tion, and malio. the first dawn of morning
light LUeraUy, the source of light and
comfort.
2. Figuratively, the source of life's enjoy-
ments, such as food, fiuh, mats and all the
fruitfl of the land.
Ka-hu-a-ha-le, s. Kahua and hale, a
house. The foundation of a hou.se. See
Kahua. A town ; a village ; a cluster of
houses.
Ka-hu-a-ha-ne-ne, s. Kahua and ha-
mcne, low; vulgar. A place used for pleas-
ure and vile purposes.
Ka-hit-a-hi, s. Kahu, servant, and ahi,
Are. One who has the care of the fire ; a
five builder.
Ka-hh-a-hi, v. To build a fire.
Ka-hu-a-hoo-u-ka, s Kahua and hoo-
uJca, to attack. A battle ground ; a place
selected for the contest of two armies.
Ka-hu-a-hit-a, s. One engaged about
the altar; one who has charge of the gods;
a priest.
KAH
246
KAH
Ka-hit-a-kau-a, s. Kahua and kaiia.,
war. A field of battle.
Ka-ho-a-ko-i, s. a species of pastime
fovmei-iy on tbe kahua with the koij be
kahn e kukele mai ai.
Ka-hu-a-le-a, s. Name of the pkce
where people asaeralDled for play or gaming
or other pastime.
Ka-hu-a-mai-ka, s. The path made for
playing at maika. See Maika. „ ^ , . , .
Ki-HU-i-LA-o-KA-LA-Ni,s. The lightning Ka-hu-na, s. /ia«« and a«a, a cookmg.
ho kahua akea, a malaelae, he kakuhii ke
kana kupono ma ia kahua.
Ka-h0-mo-ku, s. Kahu sxAmohi, a ship.
A mate of a ship j specifically, the second
^ate.
Ka-hu-mu, s. Something relative to
mahiai or farming.
Ka-H0-mu, V. A contraction of Aato and
umu. To hake in an oven ; to bake, as
kalo. Om. 26:26.
flash of heaven; one of the names of Kalai
pahoa, siipposeA to be a god from a foreign
country, who entered the nioi, a tree on
Lanai and Molokai, honoe the tree was
called by his name ; it is very poisonous.
Ka-hu-tj-mu, i;. To bake food in an
oven ; to cook food generally, t See Kahu
and Umd, oven.
Ka-hu-u-mu, s. One who cooks or bakes
food.
Ka-hu-hi-pa, s. Kahu and hipa, sheep.
A shepherd. loan. 10:11.
Ka-hu-ka-hu, v. To ofler a sacrifice to
the gods ; to sacrifice ; to worship the god
of fishermen, to the anmakua.
KA.-Hn-KA-Hu, s. The sacrifice offered to
the gods.
Ka-hu-ki, p. To corrupt; to rot; to
putrefy, as a dead body. See Palakahuki.
Ka-hu-ki, s. Corruption ; putrefaction,
especially of animal bodies.
Ka-hh-ku-la, f. A'aAm and ^te, school.
A school committee; one having charge of
schools.
Ka-hu-li, v. See Hull To change ; to
turn over ; to upset.
2. To overturn ; to confound, as a lan-
guage.
3. JJoo. To overturn ; to overthrow ; to
pervert Tit. I -.li. Hookahdi i ka pono,
to pervert judgment, ] Smn. 8:3.
4. To overthrow, as a city. Kin. 19:2.5.
5. To change ; to confound ; to confuse,
as a language. Kin.\l-1.
Ka-htj-li, s. a chs.nge; an overthrow;
an overturning.
2. Uprightness; cor.eotness.
3. Tne singing or sounds of what Hawai-
ians suppose to be snails. Laieik. US.
4. The snails themselves.
Ka-hh-ij-o, s. KaJiu and lio, a horse.
One who tends or feeds a horso.
Ka-hu-li-hu-li, v. See Kahuli and
.Hull To be overturned ; to be changed ;
to bfi tossed about frequently, as a ship in
% storm ; to rock ; to wave ; to stand. iu a
tottering manner. Soe Lull
KA-Hrr-Ltj-J, ac^/. B road and well planned 1
and biuU, us the ibuiidalion of a house; ina I
Hence, a general name applied to such per-
sons as have a trade, an art, or who prac-
tice some profession; some qaalil^ing term
ia generally added ; as, kalmna lapaau, a
physician ; kahuna pule, a priest ; kahuna
kalai laau.a Oivipenter; kahuna kala, a sil-
versmith; kahuna kalai, an engraver. Fuk.
38:23. NoTii. — Generally in Hawaiian an-
tiquities, the word kahuna without any
qualifying term,, refers to the priest or the
person who offered sacrifices. Puk. 18:1.
0 ka mea pule i ka ke alii beian, he kahuna
pule ia. See the above and others in their
own places.
Ka-H0-na, v. To exercise a profession J
to work at one's appropriate business.
2. SpecificMy, to be cr act the pricsv.
Lunk. 18:19.
3. To sprinkle salt on a sacrifice; e kapi
i ka paakai i awaawa ole. See Kahuka-
HUNA.
4. floo. To sanctify or set apart to the
priests' office. Puk. 28:41.
Ka-hh-na-ao, s. Kahmn, and ao, to
teach. A preacher; a pulpit teacher; one
whose business it is to impart knowledge
to men.
Ka-hu-na-a-na-na, s. Kahuna &aA ana-
ana, sorcery. One who uses divination or
sorcery. KarJ,. 18:10.
Ka-hu-na-hai, s. Kahuna and hai, to
speak. "One who speaks or declares pub-
licly ; a preacher. 2 Tim. 1:11. The full
form is kahunahai oldo.
Ka-hu-na-hoo-pio-pio, s. Kahuna and
hoopiopio, to practice sorcery. A priest or
one who practices sorcery in connection
with his priest's oflice.
Ka-hu-na-hu-na, v. To sprinkle; to
sprinkle a little salt upon meat; to sprinkle
salt or water in small quantities ; e kapi
awaawa ole i ka paakai. See Kahuna '2.
Ka-hd-na-hu-na, s. See Huna and Hir-
NAHUNA, small particles, &c. Small parti-
cles of any substance, as small bits of food;
fine dust.
2. A fog ; a mist, A.c.
Ka-hu-na- KA-LA J, s. Kahuna tini kalai,
to hew. One who hews out canoes; a car-
pfnlfiv genovnU)-.
Ka-h^-n'a-kh, s, Tiiore are several form?
KAK
247
KAK
of this term ; as, kahuna o na kii. kahuna-
pule kii aoao. The .directoi- and guide of
the high chief or king in things relating to
war ; ma ka wa e kaua ai, o ke kahunakil
ka mea alakai mua i ke alii nui ma kana
oihana.
Ka-hu-na-la-pa-au^ s. Kakuna and la-
paav, to heal. A physician ; a doctor of
medicine.
Ka-h0-na-pe-le, s. liahuna and pek.
The priest or priestess of Pele.
2. The woi'shipcrs of Pele.
Ka-hu-ka-pu-le, s. Kahuna and pule,
prayer. A priest ; one who publicly offi-
ciates in the exercises of religion.
Ka-hu-pit-aa, s. £ffl^a and pzMja, swine.
One who tends or feeds swine ; a swine
herd. Mai. 8:33.
Ka-hu-wai, *. Kahu and wai, water.
One who has the charge or oversight of the
division pf water.
Ka-htj-wai, s. a brook or streEwm of
water. See Kabawm.
Ka-ht;-ea-ka,' s. Kahu and baka (Eng.),
tobacco. A servant of the chiefs who has
charge of their tobacco, lights their pipes,
smokes a little himself, and presents it to
bis master.
Ka-H0-bi-pi, s. Kahu and bipi, an ox or
cow. A keeper of cattle ; a herdsman.
Kin. 13:7, 8.
Ka-ka, v. Ka, to Strike; to dash. To
beat ; to whip.
2. To cut and split or break wood (this
was anciently done, not -with an axe, but
by striking sticks against stones or rooks.)
'3. To wash, as dirty clothes (this is done
by Hawaiians by beating them.)
4. To strike, as fire with flint and steel ;
ka or kaka ahi.
5. To thrash, as grain. Rut. 2:17.
6. To rip open. 2 JSal. 18:12.
7. To dip or bail out water. See Ka.
Ka-ka, v. To be odorous or sweet-
scented ; to smell agreeably.
Ka-ka, s. Fruits that grow in clusters,
as grapes ; much fruit in one place.
Ka-ka, s. A bird; a species of duck;
he maau nene.
Ka-kaa, v. See Kaa, to roll. To roll ;
to turn this way and that.
2. To stare or gaze with wonder ; to
strain the eyes with looking.
3. To tmn aside from; to deviate from
a right line ; to sail in a zigzag manner.
i. To squint.
Ka-kaa, adj. Rolling.
2. Watery ; sore eyed.
Ka-kaa, s. A waterj"- or sore eye.
Ka-kae, v. To run; to be spry; to be
quick.
Ka-kae, adj. Spry; lively, as a child
in walking.
Ka-kai, v. See Kai, to lead. To go
along in company ; kakai ka aha i muli
honua, the company followed all together;
to travel together, as a huakai or caravan;
kaka^ lua ka uele a kanaka.
2. To follow, as chickens do a hen.
3. To follow one after another, as in In-
dian file.
4. To look carefully around, as with an
evil design.
5. To fjird on to the loins, as a sword.
6. To pray, as in ancient times at a great
kapu occasion ; kakai ka aha a loaa hoi.
7. To copulate, as the different sexes.
8. Hco. To look after ; t,o see to ; aka,
aole e pau i ka hookakai aku.
Ka-kai, s. A company traveling to-
gether.
2. A family, including' servants, depen-
denta, &o.
3. A litter, as of animals.
4. A cloud that hangs low near ihc
ground ; he makaai auanei, ke kan mai la
ke kakai o Waimea.
5. Name of some of ihe strings used iu
tying up a calabash.
Ka-kai-a-po-la, s. The tail of a kite ;
alaila, nakinaki na kanla hanai arae ke ka-
kaiapola ame ke aho. See Eaikaiai'OLa.
Ka-kai-e-le, ) ^. To be slow; to be
Ka-kai-HI-LI, \ sluggish; to lag behind.
Ka-ka-o-ko, adj. Duli;slow; crooked.
Ka-kai-ka-hi, v. To be few; to bo
scarce; to be seldom occunring ; hence, to
be precious. 1 Sam. 3:1.
Ka-kai-ka-hi, adj. Few; scarce; here
and there one : a small number.
Ka-kai-pau-da, s. Eiig. A cartridge
box ; also kapepaHda-
Ka-ka-o-la, s. The spirit or soul of a
living person as seen or pretended to be
seen by the kahuna kilokilo or juggling
priest. If many spirits were seen in com-
pany they were called oio. The ghost of a
single deceased person was called ftinotcai-
lua. which see.
Ka-kai-pa-li, s. See Kakai, a going. A
going down a pali.
2. The descent of a pali.
Ka-ka-o-le-lo, s. /(TaJa and ofeZoj word.
A counsellor ; an adviser; a lawgiver; a
scribe: one skilled in langnago ; kekahi
poe kanaka akamai i ke kakaolelo, certain
men skillful in judgment.
Ka-kau, v. See Katt. To write; to
mark with apen or pencil; to make letters,
2. To write upon ; to print or paint on
kapa; as in former tijnes ; to put down for
remembrance. Nah. 33:2.
KAK
248
KAK
3. To describe; to mark out; to desig-
nate ; to divide out into parcels, m land.
los. 18:6, 8.
Ka-kau, s. a writing, i. e., anything
written.
2. The act of writing ; hence,
3. A taking, i. e., writing down the names
of persons w£o are to pay tribute. ImIcVX
Ka-kau-a-lii.
Ka-kau-o-le-lo, s. Kakau and oldo,
word. A person whose business it is to
keep or write a record.
2. A scribe; a clerk; a secretary. 2
Sam. 8:17.
Ka-kap-ha, v. To stretch out, as the
arm with mascnlar energy ; to exert great
strength; hence,
2. To oppress; to be hard or cruel to
those who are subject.
3. To bring under bondage; to cause
one to groan through hard service.
4. Eoo. To oppress ; to harass ; to im-
pose burdens upon.
5. To stret^ out the hand to punish.
Puic. 7:5. Hookaumaha iho la me ka Aoo-
kakauha maluna o kanaka, he oppressed
and imposed upon the people.
Ka-kau-ha, adj. Stretched out, i. e.,
strong; powerftl; stiff; kakauha kiiu pnu,
my neck is stiff; strained, as a large rope;
as the muscles of the arm in exerting
strength; kakunha ka lima; energetic.
Puk. 6:6. Hard ; severe ; exacting.
Ka-kah-ka-ha, v. To print, paint or
, mark, as on the sldn. Oihk. 19:28.
"Ka-kau-moo-o-le-lo, s. Kakau and moo-
olelo, a connected story. A recoi d. 2 Sam.
20:24.
Ka-ka-ha, s. Name of a shallew place
out' in the sea.
Ka-ka-he, v. See Kahe, to flow. To
flow ; to overflow; ; to run, as a liquid ; to
melt; to flow, as a melted substance, 2
Pet. 3:12.
Ka-ka-he, s. A flowing brook ; a flow-
ing or dripping of water.
Ka-ka-he -A- wAi, s. A brook ; a flowing
stream. Sec Kahawai.
Ka-ka-he-le, t). Kaka and Me, to go.
To go quickly ; to move quick ; to be in a
hurry.
Ka-ka-he, p. An error perhaps. in wri-
ting for kajcahi. To break ; to dispel ; ua
kakaJie ae i ka manawa pono e hana'i, he
broke in upon the proper time to work.
Ka-ka-hi, s. An iron hoop. See Ka-
KAKI.
Ka-ka-hi-a-ka, s. Eakahi and/ aha,
shade. Lit. Breaking the shad'- (of night),
i. e., morning; kakaUaka r,ui, earh' in the
morning. Puk. 8:16.
Ka-ka-hi-a-ka, v. To be or become
morning.
Ka-ka-hi-ki, adj. Conversing a long
time to no pnrpose ; waste of time in vain
talk. See Maiibkahiki.
Ka-ka-hi-li, s. Long conversation about.
many things without much profit.
Ka-ka-hou, adj. Just planted.
Ka-ka-hou, v. E kakaola, q. v.
Ka-ka-ka, s. A bow for shooting arrows;
a cross-bow. 1 OUU. 12:2.
Ka-ka-ka, v. To crook; to arch; to
bend, as a bow.
Ka-ka-kau, v. To write, as a law. 2
Oihl. 31:3.
Ka-ka-ka-ka; adj. Small cracks or open
spaces in any substance ; a uau no e hoo-
komo iho ma kahi kakakaka o ko'n kino.
Ka-ka-ke, s. a species of potato. See
Kake.
Ka-ka-ki, s. See Kakahi^ An iron hoop;
iron from a hoop, i. e., hoop iron ; hookah!
pnaa, hoolcahi pauku kakakA, one hog for
one pieceof iron hoop. Moooldo Hawaii.
Ka-ka-kii, v. To blunder in speaking;
to speak ^vithoiit regard to truth ; to be
careless of what one says.
Ka-ka-kii, .5. Carelessness in speaking;
falsehood.
Ka-ka-ki-hi, v. To step lightly; to step
softly ; to go quickly ; to run lightiy.
Ka-ka-la, v. To be rough with sharp
points ; to be craggy ; to be sharp, as a
needle, pin, &<j.
Ka-ka-la, s. The breaking of the surf.
2. Anything sharp pointed; small and
sharp, liJce a needle.
3. The spur of a cock; See Kala, to
sharpen.
4. A species of worm that destroys pota-
toes and other vegetables ; same as peka
and pdue.
Ka-ka-la, adj. Sharp ; sharp pointed ;
rough with sharp points.
Ka-ka-la-au, s. Name of some art
taught among the chiefs in ancient times ;
he nui ka poe ao i ke kupololu ame kc ka-
kalaau, me ke kaala.
Ka-ka-la-io, u. To stand, erect, as the
hair of one frightened.
2. To shudder with fear.
3. To have the sensation (rf cold ; to be
rough, as the skin affected with cold. See
Okala.
Ka-ka-lai-o-a, s. A thorny vine with
pods very prickly, seeds globular, very
hard, shining ; a tlun-n. Kin. 3:18. Giiil-
landina Bonduc.
Ka-ka-lai-o-a, adj. Thorny; composed
uf thprna.
KAK
249
KAK
Ka-ka-lai-o-a, v. To stand erect, as the
hair ; to ha stiff; to be sharp pointed.
2. To be angry. See Kakaw.
Ka-ka-la-na, v. To ciy out; to call'
aloud.
Ka-ka-la-we-la, v. Kakala and wela,
to burn. To make a scar by burning ; to
dear.
2. To have the color and appearance of
a seared or scarred skin.
Ka-ka-la-we-la, s. a scar from burn-
ing; the smooth, brown, hard surface of the
skin after being seared.
Ka"KA-i.e, v. To be thin; to be watery;
to be nearly liquid, as thin poi; to be
mixed with water.
2. To be movable ; to be flexible ; to be
shaky. See Kale.
Ka-ka-le, adj. Thin 5 greatly diluted
with water, as thin poi ; he ai kakaXe.
Ka-ka-li, v. See Kali. To wait for
some person or thing to come or be done ;
' to expect. Isa. 64:4. To continue wailing
tor something.
2. To be detained.
Ka-ka-u, adv. Waitingly; in a wait-
ing posture ; in wait. ler. 3:2.
Ka-ka-h;-le, s. Wandering; repetitious
. in conversation ; kakalvie ma ke kamailicr
ana.
Ka-ka-na, v. To speak sneeringly or
contemptuously; to hurt one's feelings by
sneering language.
Ka-ka-na, s. Contemptuous language;
reproach; vilification.
Ka-ka-na-ka-na, *. A species of grass.
2. A species of sea-weed ; limu kakana-
kana ; a slippery or smooth limu.
Ka-ka-jni, s. a blafit or blight on vege
tables.
2. A small insect which liVes on the out-
side of iruit, leaves, &a.
3. The itch ; little round pimples on the
flesh.
Ka-ka-pa, s. a small strip of land ad-
joining another's large land ; ina he ka-
kapa o ka loi,i faookani lalani o \i&kakapa
ai la.
Ka-ka-pa-hi, v. Kaka, to strike, and
jjoAi, knit^; sword. To' fence; to use the
sword in fencing.
Ka-ka-pa-hi, s. a fencing ; the sword
exercise.
Ka-ka-wa-hi-e, *. The name of a bird;
he kakawahie kahi mann.
Ka-ka-we-le-we-le, s. Something un-
known at present, but looked for in future;
a i loaa hoi kakawdmneh pono iki no ia
manawa.
Ka-ke, s. a kind of artificial language;
32
it is used both in speaking and writing ; it
is designed as a secret kind of communi-
cating thoughts, and understood only by
the initiated. In writing it is tnade by
transposing the letters of words and by
giving words new meanings ; it is used
mostly, if not always, for vile lascivious
purposes.
Ka-ke, s, A species of potato. See Ka-
ka kid.
Ka-ke-kA-ke, ». To change; to inter-
mix.
2. Eoo. To mix up.
3. To be heavy ; to be wat«r soaked, as
kalo.
Ka-ke-ko, adj. Powerful; strong.
Ka-ke-le, v. See Kele. To slip; to
slide, as on a muddy road.
2. To glide on the surface of tho water;
to sail about for pleasure.
3. To besmear, as the skin with oil.
4. To do that which will please one.
Ka-ke-ij;, J. A rubbing over the sur-
face of the body ; an anointing the skin of
a person.
Ka-ke-pau-da, s. Eng. A cartridge box.
See KAKAiPAUnA.
Ka-ki, adj. Cross; petulant; angry.
Ka-ki-a, s. a nail; a pin; a wedge.
See Makia.
Ka-ki-a, v. To wedge or fasten up
tightly ; to fasten in a particular place or
situation with a nail, pin or wedge.
Ka-ki-o,- f. The itch ; the itching pus-
tules of the skin. KarU. 28:27. The same
as maiau.
Ka-ki-ni, s. a garment made to cover
the foot and leg ; a stocking.
KA-Ki-m, adj. Eng. Twelve in number,
a dozen.
Ka-ki-wi, v. See Kiwi, to ctook. To
bend: to crook, as a horn.
2! To bend the body, as in bowing ; to
nod, as one going to sleep.
3. To press down upon ; to crush flat,
4. To slap ; to strike suddenly.
Ka-ki-wi, adj. Crooked; bent; pahiiff
kim, a crooked sword; a crooked knife; a
sickle; Hoik. 14:4.
Ka-ko',
Ka-koo,
to bind round. 1 Sam. 2:4.
2. Fig. To give strength. Sal: 18:39.
Ka-koo, s. A sash; a girdle. Isa. 11:5.
Ka-kou, pers. pron., first person plural.
We ; spoken of more than two, including
the spealcer and tho persons addressed,
emwv. § 124, 125 and 1. SO.
Ka-ko-lu, adj. Three-stranded; three-
fold ; kakoht ke kaula.
3. mjlK. i.lL.t.
'> I V. To bind up; to gird on^ as
o> ) one's loose garment with a sash;
KAL
250
KAL
Ka-ko-na, v. See Ar.Ai. To stop; to
binder anything in its progress ; kakona
ke alii haule wale ibo no.
Ka-ko-na-ko-na, i. Name of a species
of grass.
Ka-ku, s. The name of a long fish. See
Kdpala.
Ka-kutA, «. To bind or fasten on, as a
pa-u.
2. To tie on, as a isihei. 2 Sam. 20:8.
To put round, as a cincture or girdle. See
Kakoo.
Ka-ku-a, p. To ascribe power to the
gods ; to magnify ; to offer sacrifice to tlie
gods.
Ka-ku-a, *. The worship of the gods,
ascribing to them power ; worship.
Ka-ku-ai, v. To worship the gods; to
pray in a particular manner.
Ka-ku-ai, s^ The constant daily saori'
fiee offered at every meal. Hotb. — The of-
ferings were mostly of bananas.
Ka-la, V. To loosen; to untie, as a
string or rope ; to let loose, as an animal.
Mar. 11:2.
2. To unloose; to put off, as clothes from
a person; to undress; to put off, as armor.
1 Sam. IT;39. .
3. To open half way, as a dooror t>ook.
4. To absolve from a contract.
5. To put away : to take away, i. e., to
forgive sin or a crime ; to pardon. Pvk.
34:7.
6. To forgive, as a debt ; to release one
fi'om payment. Mat. 18:27.
7. To spare ; to save from punishment.
2 Sam. 21:7.
8. Roo. To whet; to grind or sharpen
on a grindstone or hone. Kanl. 32:41.
9. To run out the tongue, as a serpent ;
to sharpen the tongue, i. e., to speak against
or injm-e one, loa. 10:21.
10. To sharpen, as a sword. Hal. 7:12.
Ka-la, v. To proclaim, as a public per-
' son the will qI' his so'^ereign ; to cry, as a
public crier.
2. To proclaim ; to send for ; to invite.
Oihh. 2?,:2.
3. To publish : to make known. 2 Sam.
1:20.
i. Uoo. To cause to be proclaimed. Piik.
36:S.
Ka-la, s. A person whose business it
was t,o summon people and chiefs together
ia time of war, in a great assembly, with
Mglitii and torches, &c. ; a public crier.
2. A substitute ; one in the place of au-
oibur. Kin. 22:13.
3. The ends of a houae, in distinction
from the sides.
4. 'f be name of a species of flsh ; also
species of bird,
fi. Eala (English) the Hawaiian pronun-
ciation of dollar; hence, silver; silver colo
generally.
Ka-la, ado. Spoken of time; used only
in the negative aole; as, aole e kxila, long
ago ; long since ; not very lately; not just
now ; a good while ago ; aole e kola ka
iioho ana o na haole maanei, it is a good
. while that foreigners have lived here, i. e.,
their coming here ia not lately.
Ka-la-au, v. £ala, to call, aniau. See
Wu^na. To call ; to call aloud.
Ka-la-au, s. The striking of one stick
upon another, as a part of the music in a
hula; bo kalaau ka hula nui a na 'lii e
hana^ai.
Ka-lae, *. Clearness; whiteness. Fuk.
24:10.
2. A clear pure atmosphere ; a calm.
See Lae and hiEiAE. Lamk. 25.
Kk-hAE, adj. Clear; pure; white; calm;
pleasant.
Ka-la-e-a, s. Roughness ; rudeness m
speaking ; harshness.
Ka.-la.-s-a, adv. Roughly; harshly; an-
grily; applied to speaking. (HM. 10:13.
He olelo kalaea wale no ka Hakau ia Umi,
Hakan spake only rough words to ITipi.
Ka-lai, v. To hew; to cut. Kanl. 10:1.
Kaiai laau, to hew wood; kalai pohaku, to
hew stones.
2. To pare ; to oi^t ; to grave ; ti carve
out, i. e., to divide out, as one's portion ;
kaiai laau, a hewer of wood. los. 9-3,1).
Kalai pohaku, a stobe cutter. Isa. 22:16,
Ka-lai, adj. Hewed; cut; carved.
Ka-lai-ai-na, v. Kalai, io divide, and
aitia, land. To manage or direct the affairs
of the land, i. e., the resources.
Ka-lai-ai-na, *. The name of the office
of the Minister of the Interior.
2. Political economy.
Ka-lai-ia, part, of kalai. Engraved;
y out. Puk. 20:4.
Ka-lai-i-no, v. Kalai, to carve out, and
ino, wickedness. To concoct mischief; to
devise a plan of evil against another. See
Aiahclu.
Ka-la-i-hi, adj. Proud ; exalted on ac-
count of one's office or nearness to a chief;
ame ka leo kalaihi o na kumu.
Ka-lai-mo-ki;, s. One who is concerned
in managing the. affairs of the moku, i. e.,
island.
2. One whose advice is valued in man-
aging a people"; o ka mea akaniai i ke ka-
kaolelo no ke aupuni, he kalainwku ia.
Ka-lai-po-ha-ku, s. Kalai and pohahij
a stone. A stone cuttor. 2 Sam. .'5:11.
Xa-latj, v. To thatch with leaves of
put«to vines ; to work ineaieienOy.
KAL
261
KAL
Ka-i-au-ae, v. To be indifferent to
work ; to be lazy ; to bo tndifiposed to
work ; to work without satisfaction.
Ka-laxt-ae, adj. Indisposed to work;
lazy ; loitering.
Ka-lau-no-1-o-hu-a, s. Name of an an-
cient king of Hawaii who lived in a time
of universal famine which came on account
of drought.
iKa-la-ha-la, d. Kola, io pardon, and
Ma, guilt. To loose or' absolve one from
gaiU or 'sin ; to pardon sin.
2. To take away the ground of an of-
fense, or to answer for it. .
3. ifoo. To make an atouenient. Pule.
29:36.
Ka-la-ha-la, s. The taking away of
guilt ; an atonement. Oihk. 4:?0.
2. Thatwhich takes away sin; that which
absolves sin ; a redeemer.
Ka-la-ha-le, ade. Kala and hale, the
end of s>^ house. Like the end of a house,
i.e., perpendicular, or nearly so; onawahi
kiekie kcUahale ana ma kahi aoao, bo pali ia.
Ka-la-he-wa-he-wa, v. To settle or
bestow one's property, as a crazy man ;
eia ka'u, eia kau nntil it is all gone.
Ka-la-ku-a, s. The ceremony of chief
women being allowed to cat fish after a
kapu ; ai no hoi na wahine a pan i ka ia
hou mai, ua kapaia kcia hana ana he kala-
hiMi.
Ka-la-ka-ka, V. To be craggy; to be
rough ; to be harsh,
Ka-la-ka-ka, adj. Hough; scraggy;
thorny ; knotty.
KA-LA-KArLA, adj. Bough ; sharp, as a
raspi ;■ as saw teeth.
Ka-la-ka-la, adv. £oughly; harshly.
So!. 18:23. , ^ ,
Ka-la-ka-lai, ». SeeKALAi. To hew;
to cut; to carve, as in wood, i Nat 6:18.
Ka-la-ki-ni, s. Kala, money, and kini
for tini, tin, i. c., silver or new money, as
we Bay sUver dollars; kau kuai ana i Ka
wahine o Mani 1 ke fcaWci»i, your buying
awoman of Maui with siiver doUara.
Ka'LA-ku-a, s. Kaia, roughness, and
km, ba«k. The ftn On the back of a flsh ;
the same as kuala.
Ka-la-kd-pbt-a, v. To lie in wait for
one ; to entrap one in hia words.
2. To act the spy ; to pounce upon se-
cretly, as a cat does upon a mouse. Hno.
Tue same.
Ka-la-lak, t. The name of a place on
Kanai.
Ka-la-lau, v. To caU, a§ one person to
aiiothur; napelepfele WaJdtt otvali i ka ma-
bani.
Ka-i-a-le-a, s. Height; what is high up.
2. I'ride ; haughtiness, as in men.
3. The name of a Ssh of the eel kind on
the mountain Kalalea; oia ka ia ino ma ke
Ralalca.
Ka-la-le-a, s. Name of a mountain on
Kauai. jMieik. 13.
2. Prominent and long, as the nose of a
person ; a long prominent nose ; kulalca
ka ihu o kokahi faaole.
Ka-la-le-a, adj. Distorted, as the face
of an angry man ; niaka kalalea.
Ka-la-u, v. To walk stiffly or proudly;
to walk like a soldier marching.
Ka-la-li, adj. Quick and straightfor-
ward; applied to motion ; kalali ka holo o
ka moku; kalali ka hele o ke kanaka mama.
Ka-la-ma-u-la, s. Name of a species of
stone out of which maika stones wore made.
Ka-la-ma-lo, s. a sort of grass with a .
furzed top.
Ka-la-ma-ni-a, s. Kala and majiia,
smooth. The smooth end of a houae; a
steep smooth hit! ; a pali.
Ka-i.a-mo, s. Eng. Calamus. Mel. Sol.
4:14.
Ka-la-mo-e, s. a species of fish like
the kala, but bluish.
KA-LA-MO-Kn, s. A kind of fish of th«i
awa kind, but large ; awa kalamoku.
Ka-la-na, s. The name early given by
Ilawaiians to white writing paper; he pono
anei kcia manao o na kumu ao a jiau o keia
kalana,'/
2. The name of a division of an island
next less than moku, and stn. with okana
in Bome places.
Ka-la-na, v. To sift; to strain, as
through a cloth, &c. Sea K.inana.
Ka-la-na, s. See the above. A sieve ;
a strainer.
Ka-la-nae, v. To persevere; to hold
oil to ft job ; to persevere against difficul-
^eS; be hana ikaika, aole e hoonawaltwali,
aolu he hoomolowa, aole he kalanae.
Ka-i,a-nae, s. Perseverance; acting in
the face of difficulties.^
kA-LA-NE-o, V. To hide; toconcal; to
go secretly. Hoo. Tlie same.
Ka-la-ni-a, adj. Smooth, as the pea
withont a wave. See Alamia.
Ka-la-ni-tj-li, s. The blue sky ; t^e
upper visible heavens. See Kapapaiani.
Ka-la-ni-Ipaa, s. The broad blue sky;
the Sxed, strong firmament. See Kafapa-
tAKI.
Ka-la-wa, v. To move off one side and
partly round ; ua kalawa ae la ma ke kua
0 ka hale; to move a little sideways and
in a circular motion,
KAL
252
KAL
Ka-ia-wa, s. a place where a bend in
tbe road comes again to a straight line.
"i. Sbootiuj; pains in tbe side, neck, &c.
Ka-la-w^i, v. To go round; to go
abont ; to surround ; like poai.
Ka-la-wa-ia, s. The occupation of a
fisherman ; tiie act of taking fish. Note. —
The ka of this word is the article, or else
she word takes no article. The word is
written and pronounced by Hawaiians as
though ka was an integral part of the word.
Sec Law.ua and Lowai*..
Ka-la-wa-k0-a, v. See' Kalawa above
and Ki)A, the back. To move sideways and
roand the back side.
Ka-la-wa-la-wa, adv. He maona, keda-
vmtuvitt kahi alii. This is probably an error
tov kawalawala, seldom; here and there one.
Ka-le, v. To be thin and watery, like
very thin poi. See Kasau! and KAUiKAi,E.
Ea-le, adj. Thin and watery; very
nearly liquid poi so mixed with water ; he
mkale.
Ka-i.e-a, v. To go into the windpipe,
as water oi other liquid when it goes the
wrong way; to choke; to cough; to gtran-
gle, as in swallowing a liquid.
Ka-le-a, $. Some kind of disease j ina
i haalele i ka baka, a puhi aku, o ke kalea
CO in, a nui ke kunu; a choking; a cough-
ing.
Ka-le-0-ko-muo, A'. r»iame of a place
near the summit of Waialeale on Kauai.
Ka-le-ka-le, adj. See Kale above.
Thin : watery, &c. ; soft ; nearly fluid.
Ka-le-ke-do-na, s. ijtr. A chalcedony,
the name of a precious stone. Hoik. 21:19.
Ma-le-le, y. To lean upon, as upon a
caue or staff. 2 Sam. 1:6.
2. To press upon gently.
3. To be propped up ; to lean, as the
head on the band.
Ka-le-le, s. a stay; a railing; any-
thing like the arm of a chair. 2 Oihl. 9:18.
Ka-le-lei, v. To appear beautiful, as a
beautiinl woman.
2. To yield obedience, as a scholar to the
precepts of his teacher; a papapu mai ma-
muli 0 Ke kumu, o kaldei mai no ia i ka
maka.
Ka-i.k-le-ktt, v. SeeKALELE. Topress
gently ; to bear on softly.
KA-i.E-LB-jin-KU, V. To lean on the stern
of a vessel with haugbtinosa; to lean upon
the side of a canoe.
Ka-le-le-wa, adj. See Eaalelewa.
Flying ; floating, as clouds ; ao kaleleuia,
1 Tes. 4:17.
Ka-le-le-wa, v. To float, as a vessel
not at anchor ; to stand off and on, as a !
vessel ; aole nac i kn ka moku, kalekuxs
wale ao, the vessel, however, did not an-
chor, it only lay off ami on. See Lewa and
Kaauslewa.
Ka-le-na, 1'. See Lena. To stretch out
for drying, as a hide ; to spread .©ut, as a
cloth.
Ka-le-pa, v. To peddle; to hawk about
goods ; to sell from place to place.
2. To vend merchandise, as a shop-keeper
(this is a modern use.) Note. — Kalepa wag
formerly used on Hawaii, mamiauvm on
Oabn, and pide on Kauai for peddling.
See Ma.wauwa and PiErjB.
Ka-le-pa, s. One who brings things to
market ; in modern times, a merchant. I
N<il. 10:15.
Ka-le-pa, adj. Trading ; peddling ; he
raau moicu kaiepa kekahi, some were trad-
ing ships. Note. — It ia the custom of Ha-
waiians vrhen they have poi or other arU-
cles to sell, to hoist a small fiag (iepa);
hence kaXepa, to sell; to make market. See
Lepa and Lepalefa.
Ka-le-pa-le-pa, v. To flap, as the sails
of a ship : to flap in the wind, as a flag or
ensign. See Kilepa and Lbpalbpa.
Ka-le-wa, «. See Lej^a. To float ; to
be Seating, sis any substance in the air.
2. To sail here and the'fe on the water ;
to lio off and on, as a vessel.
3. To carry a weight suspended on a pole
between two persona.
i. To be unsettled ; to move often from
place to place.
Ka-le-wa, s. A swing; a pendulous
machine for moving back and forward, like
koncaXi.
2. A place near or in the laakini where
the king and a few people were separated
from tbe multitude.
Ka-le-wa, adj. Banging; swinging, as
a weight on a pole; flying, as clouds; lying
off and on, as a ship.
Ka-li, v. To wait; to tarry; to stay,
Pwfc. 12:39.
2. To sojourn with one.
3. To wait for something; to lie in wait,
4. To hesitate iii speaking.
5. To expect ; to look for.
6. To gird ; to tife ; to fasten on.
7. IIoo. To waste away with disease.
Ka-li, s. The edge, as of a board, leaf,
&o.
2. Disease ; sickness, 1. e., a waiting for
death.
3. A word of eont^linpt j o oo kali. See
Kaupilaii.
i. Slowness ; hesiiaucy of speech. Pufc
4:10.
Ka-u-a-li, s. a tree or plant used as a
medicine.
KAL
253
KAL
Ka-u-a-we, s. Brass ; copper, &c. See
Kblbawe.
Ka-lii, s. Name of the ceremony when
the high chief lands from a voyage with his
puople and his god.
Ka-li-ka-li, 1'. See Kali, to wrait. To
be a little behind ; not quite up even with
something else.
2. To be not quite full ; to lack some-
thing.
Ka-li-ke-a, s. Kali, edge, and kea,
white. A white border or fringe ; white
on the edge or border. Sec Kuakai.ikea.
Ka-li-ku-ku-i, 8. The union of several
string.') of the meat of the kntui nut made
into a flambeau ; he kalikukui i aularaaia.
Ka-li-lo, s. a fatal disease or sickness,
like mai make; a slckaess so great that
death only remains ; he mai lilo wale aku
no koe.
Ka-li-lo-li-lo, v. To be about to pass
away, that is, to die ; to be so in the last
stages of life as to be impossible to live.
See Kai.ilo and Lilo.
Ka-li~na, $. JTa^z and ana, a remaining.
Old potato vines that have done bearing.
2. Potatoes of the second growth.
3. A garden of potatoes where the old
refuse potatoes and vines only remain.
Ka-li-pi-latj, s. See Kali, disease, and
Pilau, offensive to the smell. A word of
contempt or blaekguardisni, used to pro-
voke ; kalipilau oe ; one that intercedes
would say to the speaker, e, oe kali.
Ka-lo, s. The well known vegetable of
the Hawaiian Islands; a species of the
arum escidentmn ; it is cultivated in artifi-
cial water beds, and also on high mellow
upland soil; it is made into food by baking
and pounding into hard paste ; after fer-
menting and slightly soaring, it is diluted
with water, then called poi, and eaten with
the fingers. Note. — The origin of the kalo
plant is thus described in Hawaiian Mythol-
ogy (see Mooolelo Hawaii by Dibble, p. 37 ) :
ulu mai la ua alualu la, a lilo i kalo, the
fetus grow (when it wa-s buried) and be-
came a kalo.
Ka-lo, s. One of the class of gods called
akua noho ; Opua ame Kalo kekahi akna
makau ia.
Ka-lq-a-ku-ka-ih, s. a name of a day
of the month ; also kanaloakukahi.
Ka-lo-a-ku-lu-a, s. Name of a day of
the month.
Ka-lo-a-pao, s. Name of a day of the
mon th,
Ka-lo-ha, s. The name of a species of
■ush. See Kai.uha.
Ka-lo-he, s. See Kolohe. Violence;
mischief; evil. Laieik. 104.
Ka-lo-hi, s. See Lohi, to be slow. A
hindrance ; a delay ; e pono paha e kapa
hou ia kona inoa o kalohi mahope o ka lohi
ana o na moku malaila, viz. : the south-
west side of Lanai.
Ka-lo-ka-lo, 11. To pray to the gods ;
to supplicate favors.
2. (In a modem christian sense) to call
tipon God ; to ask for assistance ; aka, e
kalokalo aku kakou i ke Akua, a nana e
lilculi lelewae, but let us call upon God,
and he will blot out and wash away (our
sins); e hoi a ka,lokalo aku i ka mea nani
hiwahiwa o ka lanikolu.
Ka-lo-le, s. Straight smooth hair, like
the Chinese ; e like me ko ua Pake.
2. Name of an office in the king's train.
Ka-lo-le, adj. Slick ; smooth, as some
kinds of cloth.
2. Straight and smooth, as hair ; he hn-
Infaulu kalole ko ka lio, be piipii inoino ko
ke kamelo.
Ka-lo-le, v. To turn the tone of the
voice ; tc change one's voice so aa not to
be known.
Ka-lo-lo, s. a name given to the first
liquor that runs off in distillation; the last
running is called kawae. See Okolehao.
Ka-lu, s. Thefallingof ripe fruit; also,
2. The falling of dried leaves.
3. A yielding ; a bending before the
wind.
Ka-lu-a, v. JTa and Zim, a pit. To bury;
to hide under ground.
2. To bake, as animal or vegetable food.
Note. — This was always done in an oven
under ground, i. e., it was buried.
3. To kill, dross and cook an animal for
."ood, embracing the whole process.
4. To burn brick or lime; the latterwag
always burnt in a covered pit.
Ka-lu-a, s. The name of a infionth an-
swering to February ; ka malama o Febe-
luai-i, 0 Kalua ka inoa i ka olelo Hawaii,
the month of February is called Kalva in
the Hawaiian language.
Ka-lu-a, s. See Loa, a ,pit. A deep
place ; a pit ; a deep ravine.
2. A descending or down-bill road. See
Kaoi.o and Ihona.
Ka-lu-a, adj. Double; two-stranded, as
a rope ; kalva ke kaula.
Ka-lu-a-lu-a, adj. Rough, as a road;
rough ; uneven, as land,
Ka-i.u-a-ndu-no-ho-ni-o-ki-0, s. Name
cf one of the gods in the luakini.
Ka-lu-ha, ) g_ Akind of sea grass
Ka-lu-HA-lu-HA, ) or rush of which strings
ire made ; kaula knhtha. lob. 41:2.
2. A general name for all kinds »f grass
and ruanes which grow in water.
RAM
S54
KAM
K^-LOHi, p. See HooKALCHi. To yield;
to bend ; to i'all, a* ripfi fruit or withered
lenves.
Ka-t.u-ka-lit, s. a vegetable growing
like the kaluha, chiefly at Kapaa on Kauai.
3. A very thin gauze lilje kapa ; pale
kaiukalu. Isa.3:i9. Translated in Bng-lish
muffler ; kcdwlcalu nui, a mantle.
Ka-ma, s. The first husband of a vsife;
he kane iniia o ka wahine, he kankama.
2. Children generally, i. e., male and fe-
male children ; the iseoond generation in a
family.
3. Specifically, children adopted into the
family of another ; fcam<i ole,.childles8.
4. Jioo. Adoption ; the act of receiving
or being received, as- a child into the fam-
ily of another ; ka hookamaia, adoption.
Rom. 9:4.
Ka-ma, v. To lead or direct.
2. To bind or tie up, as a bundle. See
KAMAK4.MA.
3i Boo. To adopt, as a child; to take
another's child as one's own. This has
been a very common practice among Ha-
waiiaus of all grades from time imraemo-
•ial.
Ka-ma, adj. Iloo. The state of being a
child by adoption ; keiki hookama, an
adopted child.
Ka-ma, s. A cavern ; a fiss\ire in a rock.
Ka-maa, s. Sandals; shoes, i. e., shoes
for the bottom of the feet.
i. Kapa or other material bound round
the feet and legs when traveling on places
of scoria or other rongh places. Puk: 12:11.
Ka-maa, v. Hoo. To shoe; to furnish
with shoes or sandals. Jfeei. 16:10.
Ka-Ma-a-Sa. See the compound Molo-
Ka-sia-ai-na, s. Katna, child, and aina,
land. . Ltt. a child of the land., A native
born in any place and continuing to live
in that place. Oilik.. 18;25.
2. One belonging to a land and trans-
ferred with the land, from one landholder
to another.
3. The present residents in a place ; a
citizen. Oih: 21:39.
4. Fig. The indwelling of evil in the
heart ; he kamaaina kahiko loa ka hewa
ma ka naan. mai ka hoomaka o Satana ka
hakuaina o ka po. Sec Kupa.
Ka'Maa^lo-a, *. See Maaloa.
Ka-maa-lo-i-hi, s.. Karma atid hihi,
long. Lit. Long shoes. Shoes with legs,
i. e.j boots.
Ka-ma-eu, s. Rama, child, and eu, mis
ihievous. A mischievous, vicious child.
2. A vicious, lying, deceitful person.
Ka-ma-e-hu, s. Strength; energy; ku
tomoeftu, to atand firmly.
Ka-mai, t). To play the whoremonget
for hire.
Ka-mai-0-a, s. He kapipine i huiia me
ke kamaioa.
Ka-mai-ka-hu-li-waa-pu, 1 i. Different
KA-MAi-KA-nu-Li-Ptr, > names of the
Ka-MAI-HB'-li-wa a , ) god who aidei'
in floating upset canoes ; their jurisdiction
extended over all the islands.
Ka-ma-i-ki, s. Kama and i/d, little. The
oldest or first born ; the most endeared or
best beloved ; an expression of endear-
ment, as my precious child. Jf«r.'2:.5.
Ka-ma-1-li-o, II. To converse ; to ex-
change ideas colloquially ; to confer to-
gether; to consult; to talk with. Jos. 22:16.
Ka-ma-i-u-o, s. Conversation; consulta-
tion.
Ka-mau, v. To remain a long time ; to
persevere in any state or business in whicb
one is.
2. To hold on or continue in a business
with no certainty as to the result.
3; To hang by a trifle, as a heavy body
by a small string ; to be long sick and eat
but little.
4. To be unfixed ; to be insecure ; paa
pono oie.
5. To strain; to persevere; to take a long
breath.
6. To trump, as with a trump card ; fco-
mau i kcla ai. trump that trick.
Ka-mau, s. Endurance; perseverance,
especially in uncertainty.
2. Name of a kind of kalo.
Ka-matt, s. a friend of one on account
of relationship, i. e,, a friend as well as ft
relation.
Ka-matt, fl<i!/. Fast adhering; constant>
as a friend or beloved relative.
Ka-mac^-a, i). See KAMAt; and Ea,
breath. To hold on for the present ; just
to live; to eat but little; to live on till the
breath leaves.
Ka-ma-hao, adj. See Kama and Hao,
to wonder. 'Wonderful j astonishing ; sur-
prising; unheard of; mcomprebeusible ;
kc ku ana mai o keia mea k<muihao the
standing of this iDondetfui thing ; kamahM
aina, a wonderful thing in the land.
KA-MA-feo-E-Ho-PE> i. The- name of a
month, September ; also HUina.
KA-MA-HO-E-Mtr-A, s. The name of a
month, August ; also Hilineliu.
Ka-ma^0-i, adj. Gloriolis ; all over
splendid; he puni nani ; beautiful ; he alii.
fcamaAoi, ft glorious chief.
Ka-ma-kau, s. Ka, to block out, and
mAkaul, rihh-hMk. The art of manufactur-
ing the bonee of mea or animals into fish-
KAM
255
KAM
hooks; o ko kanaka akamai i kc kanmkau,
lie kanaka waiwai ia.
Ka-ma-ka-hi, s. Mama and kahi, one.
A'n only .child. Mel. Sol. fi:9.
Ka-ma-ka-lei-o-ku, «. Name of a god
■ made ofithc tree called koalaukane, a spe-
cies of koa ; lie was Keawe's god.
0 ka haka maha o Kalanahuu
O Kamakaltiukti kalai aku Hoonccnaa
Ke ana a Kataukani
Kaiii kuhcle ka ua i kanpafeu o ka bale o mo«— a.
Ka-ma-ka-ma, V. See Kama. To bind;
to tic; to' make fast; to Ijind up, as a bun-
dle ; to bind on. '
Ka-ma-ka^ma, v. To practice prostitu-
tion; to live a life of lasciviousness. Udo.
The same.
Ka-ma-ka-ma, s. Hoo. A prostitute
Ka-ma-ka-ma -K A, $. A speech; a prayer;
the asking of a favor.
2. The covering materials of an ovon; a
cover for an oven.
Ka-ma-ka-ma-i-li-o, v. To converse; to
talk together familiarly; otherwise syjj.
-vith kamailio. Ilal. 119:4C.
Ka-ma-ka-ne, s. JTame, child, and &ane,
male. A vaaXti child.
Ka-ma-ke-na, s. Sorrow; the eyes
heavy with sorrow ; great sorrow. See
ilfAKENA.
Ka-ma-kii, v. To be idle; to be wan-
dering about doing nothing.
Ka-ma-kii, flrf/. Going about'i'dle; lazy.
Ka-ma-kii-lo-hi-lo-hi, s, a kapu wor-
ship for the chief.
Ka-matKI-ni, s. a jkapu worship for the
chief. See above.
Ka-ma-ko-na-ka-hi-ku-la-ni, s. With-
oat love ; without affection for one. See
Maxona, want of reciprocity between per-
sons, parents and children, people and
chiefs.
Ka-ma-kup, s. a setting up of the hair
of the head ; setting the jib of a vessel ;
the' assembling of persons and horses to
ride.
Ka-ma-la, v. To thatch with the leaves
oi the ubi for a temporal^ ftouse.
Ka-ma-la, s. A booth; a temporary
house; a stall for cattle. Kin. 33:17. Halo
kamala. 2 Oihl. 8:1.S.
Ka-ma-la, adj. Temporary, as the cov-
ering of a house or shelter.
Ka-ma-la-ni, s. Kama, child, and lani,
chief. The child of a chief, i. e., a favorite
or petted child. Syx. with punahele.
Ka-ma-la-ni, v. To treat one as a favo-
rite. Hoo. The saiho ; also, to faVdr ; to
gratify ; e hoopunahele, e hooLiwahiwa.
Ka-ma-le-na, s. The name of a pa-u or
other kapa dyed with the root of the olena
or turmeric.
Ka-ha-lii, s. Kama, child, and Hi, little.
Children, either male or female.
2. Dear friends ; the young people of a
faniily.
3. A word of eudearmeat, used both in
' the singular and plural.
Ka-ma-lo-le, v. To reject; to forsake
one thing and seek another, as food, kapa,
women, &c.
Ka-ma-iit, v. See Malu, secretly. To
do, secretly; to steal; ua kanKUuia kua
puaa e mea, my hog has been stolen by
somebody.
2* To prohibit ; to forbid ; ua kamvdu
mai 0 mea la makou, aole make bana.
Ka-ma-ma-ki, «. See Mamaki.
Ka-ma-na, *. Eng. See Kamena below.
A carpejtter. Mar. 6:3.
Ka-ma-Si, s; Tht; name of a tree, pro-
ducing beaulifiil wood and leaves ; hence,
wliJat is fair and beautiful outside ; hence,
7jea A hypocrite ; hypocrisy. Mai. 15:7.
Ka-ma-ni, v. To appear to be what one
fa not ; to dissemble.
.2. Jibo, To feign ; to dissemble ; to pjre-
tcM; to profess, to be what one is not.
0. t»«leal falsely. OiMc. 19:11.
4. To dis^ise one's self. 1 Nal. 14:2.
Ka-ma-ni, adj. Feigned ; hypocritical.
Ka-ma-ni, adv. Beautiful outside; pleas-
ingly in exhibition without corresponding
substance; ano nani kiuofccimam iho lako
Hawaii nei ia manawa.
Ka-ma-ni-u-la, s. Name of a timber like
the koa growing in various places.
Ka-ma-ni-ha, v. To be rude; to be
wild ; to be unsocial. Hoo. Same.
Ka-ma-no, s. Eng. The name of a, fisj^.
a salmon.
Ka-ma-no-ma-no, s. a bitter gowrdwitfi
a bitter shell outside.
Ka-ma-pu-aa, s. £(zma, cnild, and puaa,
hog. Ln'. I'he sou of a bog. The name
of a fabled kupua or wizard, half man, half
hog. He was the son of Hina and Kahikl-
.ila, and grandson of Kauauaniho. Kama-
puaa was the husband of Pele, and their
child's name was Opeluhoolili. He was
worshiped as a god.
Ka-ma-pu-ka, v. To beg; to ask favors;
to get from another,
2. To glory; to boast; to praise; to
extol. Hoo. The same.
Ka-ma-pu-ka, s. A beggar.
Ka-ma-wa-hi-ne, s. Katna and waknie,
female. A female child.
Ka-me-hai, adj. Baiting; giving some-
thing to a priest to obtaia bie favor.
KAN
258
KAN
2. Liwciviously mischievous, as a young
boy ; be mau keiki kamehal Hae. Saw,
Ka-me-le-0-Sa, s. Eng. The chame-
leon.
2. The mole. Oihk. 11:3.
Ka-me-lo, s. Erig. A camel, an unclean
animal among the Jews. Oi/ifc. 11:4.
Ka-me-j^o-pa-w, s. Eng. Acamelopard.
Ka-me-na, s. Eng. A carpenter. Zelc.
1:20. See Kamana.
Ka-mo-ku-mo-ku, v. To move; as the
bowels in a diarrhea, at intervals.
Ka-mo-la, v. To be slackly twisted, as
a string ; to be tied.
Ka-wo-l?, s. Name of a plant growing
around kalo patches having a yellow blos-
som ; jpsisea.
Ka-mu-mit, ) s. a rumbling indis-
Ka-MU-MIT-MU, J tinct noise of something
doing.
2. The noise and action of a person eat-
ing meat baked to a crisp, or cartilaginous
meat.
8. Tlie rumbling' of wagons or chariots ;
ke leatnumu o na kaa.
4. The sound of many footsteps ; ke fco-
nmmu o na wawae. 1 NaX. 18:41.
5. The roar of a great rain at a distance.
1 iVirf. 18:41.
6. The rustling of wings. Szek. 3:12.
The sound of wheels ; the sound of going.
.E^fc. 3:13. The sound of horsemen. Ezek.
26:10.
Ka-na, pron. An oblique case of the
peiaonat pronoun, third person singular of
ia. His; hers; its (seldom used in the
neuter.) ■ iTa is a preposition, of. More
often it signifies possession, where in Eng-
'iah the apostrophic s would be used. See
Grammar § 137, 138 and 139,
Ka-na, pron. A possessive adjective
pronoun ; it has the same meaning of pos-
session as the above, but is used in connec-
tion wiib some noun expressed or under-
stood. Gram. § 149, 150.
Ka-na, s. Name of a man who formerly
resided at Hilo, said to have 'ueen four
hundred fathoms high; he stepped over the
hill of Haupu on Molokai and slipped down;
he also fought with Keolaewanuiakamau.
Seo the story,
Ka-na, c To dislike ; to despise ; to
treat in an angry manner. Sec Konakona.
Ka-na, ». To see ; to appear ; to get a
sight of ; to obtain what one wished ; i
nana aku i ka hana 1 ka hale o ke alii, aole
i kai\a mai, o ko'u hilahila no ia mea, I
went to see the house of the chief, I did liot
see it (get sight of), I was ashamed.
Ka-na, s. The outside of the neck;
similar to kaniai.
Ka-nae, s. £■(« and Tjae, hard breathing.
Hence, fear; a holding the breath from
fear.
Ka-nae-nae, v. To observe; to watch.
2. To pray to the gods; to offer saciiflce.
to the gods ; e kanMnue i ke akua.
S. To appear angry.
Ka-nae-nae, s. A sacrifice; an offer-
ing to the gods ; a propitiatory sacriflc'
Laidk. 27.
Ka-nae-nae, adj. Propitiating; appeas-
ing; eia ka mohai kanaenae ia ce c ke
akua, here is a .peace-offering to thee 0
god ; he hale kanaenae no ka lani e ols, a
house offered to the god in Bacriflcefor the
chief that he may live.
Ka-nai, s. Name of a place in the sea
where the water lies smooth and caim like
a road ; o kahi o ke kai e moe ana me he
alanni la, he karmi ia.
Ka-na-ha, V. To be forty. Zm. 18:29;
Oih. 4:22. See Ha, No. 4.
Ka-na-ha, num. adj. Fo.ty in number;
used for forty in counting ropes, cord, bun-
dles of food and property generally, but in
counting kspas iako is used. See Ia£o.
Ka-na-hae, I p. To decrease J todimi.i-
Ka-NA-hai, ) ish; to cei^se; to leave off;
ua kanahae ka wela c ke kuni, the heat of
the burning has ceased; kanahai ka ue, the
wailiug has ceased •.ka'Mtliai anei ka inn
rama? Aole. See Kanakai.
Ka-na-ho, ». To be moved; to pant
from hard exercise; to cause one tos^ke;
to tremble.
2. To take refuge from fear; to be safe
under the protection of anolther.
Ka-na-ho, s. A refuge ; a place of pro-
tection.
2. One who has escaped from danger.
3. A coming with eager eivpectations.
Ka-na-hu-a, v. To walk bending for-
ward ; to walk in a proud swinging man-
ner; to walk as a stoop-shoulderecl person;
to be crooked in one's person.
Ka-na-ka, s. A man; one of the human
species ; one of the genus homo ; the gen-
eral name of men, women and children of
all classes, in distinction ftom other ani-
mals.
2. A common man, in distinction from
alii or chief.
3. People generally; persons; mankind.
4. In a vulgar, low sejise as sometimes
used by foreigners, a Hawaiian, a native,
in distinction trom a foreigner.
5. Own; self; per.°on; aka, i maka.i ia
kakou kanaka iho, but they feared us opr
own pe coiis; kanaka e, another man, i. e.,
a stianger. Puk. 12:19.
Ka-na-ka, s. The end of the outrigger
of a canoe.
KAN
257
KAN
Ka-na-ka, v. To be or dwell as men ;
a e kanaka ole auanei. Zek. 9:5. Hooko-
Iiukohu, a kanaka iho la kekahi poe no ke
Akna.
2. Boo. To act the man, i. e., to act cour-
ageonsiy or firmly. 1 Sam. 4:9.
3. To observe rectitude of conduct. 1
Kbr. 16:13. To show one's self a man, i. e.,
of common sense ; not a tool ; not silly.
Isa. 46:8.
4. To act faithfully,, firmly, courageously,
and not faint-heartedly. 2 Oitd. 15:7.
Ka-na-ka, adj. Manly; firmly; stable;
ame ko lakou ano kanaka no bd Akua.
Ka-na-kai, v. To cease ; to decrease ;
to leave off. See Kanahai.
Ka-na-ka-ma-ku-a, s. Katiaica and ma-
kmi, parent. The state of mature age,
whether on^has children or not, i. e., one
mature of person, full grown loan. 9:21.
2. A man of bodily strength ; a man by
way of eminence. 1 Nal. 2:2.
3. One who acts the part of a mastet of
a household ; a provider.
Ka-na-ka-no, 4nt Kanaka and no, em-
phatic, indeed! really! A phrase express-
ing applause or approbation, well done!
noble! iSne! manly!
Ka-na-ko-ltj, num. adj. Three tens ;
the number thirty.
Ka-na-le-0, v. Hoo. To make efforts
to be regular and self-possessed when in-
toxicated ; to try to walk straightly when
partially drunk.
Ka-na-lo-a. See Kukanaloa.
KA-NA-i.o-A, s. The name of a small
&h.
Ka-na-lo-a-k0-ka-hi, s. Name of a day
of the month. See also Kaloakhkahi.
Ka-na-lu, s. The name of the priests
of Kn who served at the luakini ; ua ka-
paia na kahuna o ia aoao na kahuna o Ka-
nalv,, no ka mea o Kanrdii, ke kahuna mua.
Ka-na-lu-a, v. To be in doubt; to hes-
itate between two things : to be in doubt
how to act in a certain case; to be in
doubt iow to account for an event; to have
in Bospense; to hang in doubt. Kanl. 28:66.
Hoo. To put, make or cause one to be in
doubt. loan. 10:24. See Koibbe.
Ka-na-lt7-a, ». Doubt; uncertainty
what to think or how to act.
Ka-na-lu-a, adj. Wavering; fickle-
minded ; fearful of a result.
Ka-na-ltj-a, num. adj. Tvro tens;
twenty ; elua umi, umi lua. Kamk.
Ka-na-na, o. See Kalana. To sift, as
flour; to winnow, as giain, JJm<. 3:2.
2. To strain; to pour through a strainer,
Li., with a view to separate the good from
the Doo'*
33
3. To sift, i. e., to try one's moral char-
acter. Luk. 22:31.
Ka-na-na, s. A sieve; a strainer. Araos
9:9.
2. White paper for writing; ua makau-
kau ia ka hnlu, ka inika ame ke kanana.
Ka-na-NA-na, v. See Kanana. To sep-
arate what is evil from tbo good.
Ka-na-nu-ha, v. To be dull in listening
to a story ; to sit in sullen silence, giviuji
no reply ; to be dull in learning ; to have
a want of apprehension; to be stubborn or
snrly. Hoo. The same.
Ka-na-ntj-ha, adj. Hoo. Dull; stupid;
slow. Heb. 5:11. Slow or dull at answer-
ing-
Ka-na-pi, v. To snap, as a gun; lani
kanapi ka pu.
Ka-na-pi, s. The Hawaiian orthography
for centipede, a creeping animal. •
Ka-na-ptt, v. To bend upwards; as, ua
kanapu ke oa.
Ka-na-wai, s. Ka, preposition, of, be-
longing, relating to, &C., ma, sign of the.
plural, and wai, water. Lit. What belongs
to the waters, i. e., rights of water. N. B. —
The ancient system of regulations for water
courses contained almost everything the
ancient Hawaiians formerly had m common
in the shape of laws ; hence the name Ka-
nawal has in more modem times been
given to laws in general.
1. A law ; an edict ; a command of a
chief.
2. Still more modern, a legislative en-
actment.
Ka-na-wai, v. To put under law; to
forbid a thing to be done; aole nae makou
i kanawai i ka puhi baka no kailihune, we
did not, however, forbid (put under law)
the smoldng tobacco.
Ka-na-wai-lu-a, s. Kanawai and lua,
double. Deuteronomy, the name of thr-
fourth book of the Scriptures, i. e., a repeti-
tion of the laws by Moses.
Ka-na-wa-o, s. a hard, heavy stone
from some water brook, used in war with
a sling ; a sling stone.
2. Name of the small fresh water tish
fr>und back in the mountains.
3. Name of a fruit found on a tree in the
mountains.
Ka-na-wi, v. To be poor; to be thin i.".
flesh.
Ka-Ne, s. The male of the animal spe-
cies ) opposite to loaMne.
2. A husband ; be kane mea wahine, a
husband having a wife ; kane hou. a man
lately married ; a bridegrooin ; also, kane
mare, a bridegroom.
3. The name of a stone god.
4. White spots on the flesh.
KAN
258
KAN
6. The jrod of living water ; he akua
nana ka wai ota.
6. Tlie name of certain gods, Kaue and
Kanaloa.
7. Tho name of a small insect. See Ane.
8. Name of a day of the month ; ma ia
ao ae, o Kane ia la.
Ka-jje, v. To be or act the part of a
husband. 1 Tim. 3:2.
Ka-ne-a, !>. To have no appetite for
food ; to be sickish ; to loathe food.
2. To be slow and dumpish about work.
Ka-ne-a, s. The loss of appetite; sick-
ishness ; without strength ; without incli-
nation to do anything.
JCa-ne-a, adj. Stiff; lazy; inactive.
Ka-ne-a-pu-a, s. a younger brother of
Kane and Kanaloa ; they were all left on
Lahai.
Ka-ne-i-a-hu-e-a, s. One that blunders
in managing a canoe by night, or traveling
liy day.
Ks.-xe-)-ka-ptt-a-le-na, s. The god of
Kaweio, son of Mahunalii and Malei.
E[a-ke-ki, v. To be near to trouble ; to
bi^ near to overflowing, as a river; na hele
ta wai a kaneki wale o ka pua.
KA-NE-KU-ptr-A, s. The name of a mock
fight on the arrival of a high, chief ; Ua ka-
paia keia kaua ihe ana he kanekvpua.
"Ka-ne-ma-ke, adj. Kane, husband, and.
make, dead. Epithet of a ivoman whose
husband is dead : a widowed woman. 1
AaZ. 17:9. "
Ka-ne-ma-kd-a, s. The god of the fish-
ermen who caught the malolo in a net.
Ka-ne-ma-ee, s. See Kane. A married
man ; a hridcgroom. Isa. 62:5.
Ka-ne-ktt-i-a-ke-Av s. A general name
of a class of gods ; the individuals in the
class are as follows : Kanekii, Kanehakia,
Kanelele. Kaneikamakaukau. Kanekohala,
Kaneikaaiei, Kaneikokea, Kanepaina, Ka-
nepohakaa, Kanemakua, Kaneholopali, Ka-
neikapualena, Kaneikapuahakea.
Ka-ne-pai-na, s. a living thing like a
fish, worshiped as a god.
Ka-:>je-po-lu, s. Nameofachief on the
Island . of Oahu, killed by falling from a
pali one or two feet high ; make o Kane-
polu i ka pali uuku.
Ka-ne-pu-aa, s. Natne of the god of
husbandry: ke nuhu nei, alia i oki ka aina
a ka hewahewa a heu. See Kowaa.
Ka-ne-ga-ru, ) ,. Name of an animal
^.A-NE-GA-ROOi J found in New Holland ;
a kangaroo.
Ka-ni, v. To make a sound more or
less musical ; to hum, aa a tune.
2. To strike, as a clock; kani wale ka
wati me ka hookani ole ia akn e ka lima
kanaka.
3. To sound, as a trumpet. Fuk. 19:13.
4. To explode, as a pistol.
5. To crack, as a whip.
6. To rumble, as thunder.
7. To squeak, as shoes.
8. To crow, as a cock : ke kani mai nei
ka moa.
9. Ebo. To sing ; to praise ; to play on
an instrument of music. 1 Sam. 16:18, 23.
10. To cry out. as a multitude; to ex-
claim ; hookani aku la na kanaka penei,
the people exclaimed thus.
11. To be unpleasantly affected, as the
ears af hearing bad news. 1 Sam. 3:11.
Na mea kani, musical instruments.
Ka-ni, s. A singing ; a ringing sound ;
a report, as of a gun; the sound of>a trum-
pet, or of musical instruments. "
Ka-n!, adj. Sounding; singing; squeak-
ing ; making a noise.
Ka-ni-a-au, v. To mourn ; to.grieve for
the loss of a husband or wife.
2. To wander about in sorrow ; to go
from place to place in despondency.
3. To te greatly afflicted, so that the
sight of objects bringing the deceased to
mind would be distressing.
Ka-ni-a-axt, s. A mourning for the loss
of a wife or husband ; i.ieep seated grief;
solemn mourning.
Ka-ni-a-i, s. Kani and a-i, neck. The
throat. jHo?. 5:9.
2. The protuberance at the end of the
windpipe ; also,
3. The windpipe itself.
Ka-ni-atj-ka-ni, s. The name of Eame-
hameha's return from Oahu to Hawaii ;.u»
kapa kela hoi ana o kaniavkani.
Ka-ni-a-hi-a, v. To weep immoderately
and lament for one absent, as a man for a
beloved wife.
Ka-ni-i-e, adj. Kard jn distinction from
soft ; oolea, naboa.
KA-Nr-u, } o. To be full of hard lumps.
Ea-ni-u-tj, J - -
sound.
2. To have a sharp, quick
Ka-ni-0, I s. a groaning ; an expres-
-IT. i
Ka-ni-u-U, ) sion of grief, trouble or pain.
See ^ANiuHD.
Ka-ni-u-hct, v. Kani and uku, to com-
plain. To complain of pain of body ; to
groan with pain or grief.
2. To coo or mourn like a dove. Isa.
59:11.
3. To mourn, as in affliction. Neli. 1':*.
4. To sigh on account of oppression.
Pwfc.-2:23.
5. To be sad ; to be sorrowful.
KA-Ni-n-Ht;, s. Sorrow; sighing; cou-
KAN
259
KAN
pJaint. ifo/. 142:2. Groaning; trouble;
sorrow, /sa. 30:6. Groaning from oppros-
eion. l/unk. 2:18. Noho no lakou me ko
Imniuhu olo iloko o lakou iho. tboy live
withoat cwnplamt within tbcmaelTes.
"KA-N-^-u-iin, adj. Sighing ; sorrowing
on account of oppression or wronq;.
Ka-ni-u-li, v. To put out the lip.
Ka-ni-hi-a, adv. Suffering from love or
affection for another; e noho kaniltia aloha
ae ana an ia oe.
Ka-ni-kau, v. To mourn for the loss of
friends: to lament; to bewail, as for the
dead. Kin. 23:3.
2. To compose a dirge, or to sing one ex-
t(?niporaneou8ly. 2 5om. 3:3ii. TocoinpcBe
an elegy for one. 2 8am. 1:17. See Kuma-
KBNA.
Ka-ni-kau, s. A dirge; a mourning song;
mourning; lamentation. Ezek. 19:1.
Ka-ni-kao, adj. Mourning ; hale kani-
kau. Kekah. 7:2. 4.
Ka-ni-ka-ni, b. Freq. of Icani, to make
a sound. To tinkle, eta a Kmall b<:ll. /xa.
3:16. To sound, as any sharp noise ; to
cry out with a shout, kanikani jiihe aku la
ka aha, "kawahinemaikai,e!" the woman
is bcautii'nl I Laieik. 16.5.
2. To play on a musical inetrnment. Hoo.
The same.
Ka-ni-ka-ni, s. The sound of any tink-
ling instrument.
2. A jack-knife, from the sound of open-
ing and shutting ; a unuhi ae i ka hanaol
amc ko kanikani; also, a case knife.
.'{. The name of a famine.
Ra-ni-ka-ni, adj. Iloo. Sounding; giv-
ing or causing a sound.
Ka-ni-koo, \ s. Epithet of an old
Ka-NI-koo-KO, > man ; an old man, so old
Ka-ni-koo-KOO, ) that he cannot walk with-
out a staff. See Koo, a cane.
2. The state of old age.
Ka-ni-ko-ha, V. Kant, to sing, and koha,
to crack. To cackle like the ao, a bird of
the monritaiiiH.
Ka-ni-li-hu-a, *. A mist like rain;
small misty rain with wind.
Ka-ni-moo-pu-na, s, Kani and moopuna,
a grand child. That state of old age when
one has many grand children.
Ka-ni-ni, s. a state of convalescence ;
state of recovoring from sickness.
2. A covering; a screen: a shade to keep
off the sun.
Ka-ni-pu-ka, s. a gate; a door. See
PUKA.
Ka-ni-wa-hi-e, adj. Hard; difficult; in-
tractable : anything paakiki.
Ea-ni-wa-wa53, adj. Of or belonging to
a foot soldier ; na kanaka kaniwamne, foot
soldiers. 1 Oihl. 19:18.
Ka-ni-wa-wae, *. A foot soldier; in-
fantry. 2 Sam. 10:6.
Ka-no, v. To be proud ; to be haughty.
2. /Too. To exhibit prid«; to show a lofty
indept'mVinci!; to act pro jdly. 1 7Hm. 6:4.
3. To be always eating.
4. To .spare ; to treat with affection.
Ka-no, s. Hoo. Pride; arrogance. Hal.
10:2. Haughtiness; impudence; disobedi-
ence. JHzclc. 3:7.
Ka-no, s. The name of the two bones
of the lower arm ; hence,
2. A cubit in measure.
3. The body of a tree in distinction from
its branches.
4. The handle of an axe, oo, hoe, shovel,
&c. ; Icano oo. See Kuau.
• 5. The running vines of a grape vine,
gourd, melon, &c.
6. A notch made in a tree, &c., where
birds may light in order to catch them.
Ka-no, v. See Kano, s., the bones of
the arms. To grasp in one's arms, as in
wrestling; e kanoia i kekahi me kona ikaika
iho.
Ka-no-a, s. a round spot of land lower
than the surrounding land. See Panoa.
Ka-no-a, odv. Externally; outside; ap-
plied to the dish containing awa; epoepoc
kanoa, e hae kanoa.
Ka-no-e-no-e, v. SeeNoEandNoENOE,
the north-east trade winds. To blow
strongly ; applied to the trade winds ; ke
hanoenoe raai nei no ka makani.
Ka-no-ka-no, t>. See Kano. To be high;
to be lofty ; to be majestic.
Ka-no-ka-no, adj. High ; independent
in feeling ; proud ; great.
Ka-no-no, V. To ■ ring, as a bell ; to
sound; to make a noise by striking agaiuBt
a sonorous body, as a clock hammer.
2. To snore. See NoNO.
Ka-no-no, s. a ringing sound; a snor--
iog. See Noko.
2. A red fowl ; he moa ula hiua.'
Ka-no-wa, s. See Kanoa.
Ka-n0, v. To burj', as a corpse. 1 Sam.
25:1. To cover u^ in the earth.
2. To plant, as seed; to plant out a veg
etable. JIal. 80:15. To tra.-isplfcn't.
3. To hide in the earth.
Ka-nu', v. To be silent, to be stubborn.
Ka-hu, f. A burial ; a planting ; a put-
ting out of sight in the earth.
Ka-nu, adj. Mea kd7iu, seed or a vege-
table for planting: laau kanu, « tree for
planting.
Ka-nu-e-e-i-na, v. See Eeina. To fix
KAP
260
KAP
and smooth down, as the wet ruffled feath-
ers of a fowl.
Ka-nu-lu, ) adj. Chsnge of I for n.
Ka-NU-nu, ) Heavy, as a sound; oppress-
ively heavy, as a deep heavy voice or sound.
Ka-nu-lu, )j. See above. Anexcell-
Ka-WC-NU, ) ing ; an increasing ; a grow-
ing larger.
KA-Ku-Ntj, V. To have a heavy deep
BouDd, as the voice of a person with a cold.
Anoet. 6.
Ka-no-pa-pa-hu-wi-li.
Ka-pa, v. To call ; to nume ; to give a
name to. Kin. 3:2. To give an appella-
tion,
2. To designate ; to stigmatize.
3. To gather upin the hands and squeeze,
as awa dregs ; eieapa mai oe i kuu wahi
awa.
Ka-pa, s. A bank; a shore ; the side of
a river, pond or lake ; the side of a kalo
patch; ttie side of a wood or land; the side
. of a road. Stn. with aeao.
2. A name given to the labium of a fe-
male; both labia together are called kapa-
Fi-PA, s, A kind of eel that makes
javoo among all kinds of fish. See Puhi-
KAPA. Hence Kamehameha was called Pu-
hikapa, because victorious over all.
Ka-pa, s. The cloth beaten from the
bark of the wanki or paper mulberry, also
from the mamaki and other trees ; hence,
2. Cloth of any kind; clothes generally;
kapa komo, a coat ; a dress.
Ka-pa, adj. A rustling; a rattling, as
large drops of rain ; he ua kapa nui. See
PAKiPAKA.
Ka-paa-i-lu-na, s. The arch of heaven
above supposed to be firm and strong.
2. Any place in the air or above the
earth; o kahi e pili ana i ka laniua kapaia
0 kapaailutu. D. Malo.
Kj! -PAA-i-LA-LO, s. Ka paoofaZo was Sup-
posed to be the opposite o{ paaoluna, but
was under the earth ; but it applies to any
place on the earth in distinction from
heaven ; o kahi e pili ana i ka honua, ua
kapaia o kqpaaiicUo. D. Malo.
Ka-pa-au, s. Name of the place of the
god in the hoiau, and where offerings were
laid. See Nuu.
Ka-pae, v. To pervert; to turn aside;
to make crooked morally, i. e., to turn aside
from moral rectitude. 1 Noli 9:6.
2. To turn aside from the direct road in
traveling. KawL. 2:27.
3. To turn aside tcoxa. following one. 2
Sam. 2:19.
4. To turn aside from obedience to law.
Kanl. 9:12.
6. To .turn » thing from.its designed use
or object. Notb. — It was often applied
when a commander in battle ordered a sol-
dier to throw a spear at one of the opposite
party who was the soldier's friend; the sol-
dier would throw his spear under his arm
or some place where it would do no hurt,
and yet would pretend to obey; he would
thus be said to kapae the' spear. The word
was much used formerly as applied to the
management of a chief's property, a species
of embezzling. ■
6. To change the meaning of a word from
its common acceptation.
7. To pretend not to nnderstand what is
said.
8. To set aside, as an officer or ruler ; ia
dethrone. Oih. 13:2. To suspend from the
church.
9. Hoo, To camie'to turo a«ide, &e.
Ka-pae', s. The act of turning aside
anything from its proper nse, or from moral
rectitude.
Ka-pai, v. To pound gently with the
fist, as on one's flesh to promote circula-
tion.. See Pai.
2. To anoint the body with ointment.
See Kakele.
3. To break up wood for fiiel. SeeEAKA.
Kji-VAi, adj. He popo kapai, a ball for
lomiing or nibbing the sick.
Ka-pa-o-a, *. The name of a plant, the
root of which wjs used to dye kapa and
scent it.
Ka-pa-o-ka, s. The Polynesian pronun-
ciation of Sabaota — Sabaoth; Seb., armies.
Supposed to be introduced from the Society
Islands.
Ka-pau-it, v. To catch fish in a net by
turning it this way and that ; to cause fisd
to onter a net.
KA-p,Ati-u, s. A moving of a net in tak-
ing fish.
Ka-pau-u, v. To flutter, as an ensign or
flag in the wind ; kapauu ka lani, ua hehe-
hili ka lani.
Ka-pa-hai, s. The sea shore ; ku i Ae-
pahai ka mca hakn ole.
Ka-pa-kai, I'. To look quietly at an-
other taking property without the order of
a chief.
Ka-pa-ka-iii, adj. Kapa, side, a.nA kahi,
one. One-sided ; uneven j crooked ; par-
tial to one party to the injury of another:
lawo kapakaki, to act irtth partiality.
Ka-pa-ka-hi, 0. To act partially; to p"t
out of square ; to turn aside. ,
Ka-pa-ka-pa, v. To be lame in the hii>
joint.
2. To call by an assumed or fictitious
name. See Kapa, v.
Ka-pa-ka-pa, adj. Fictitious; assumod,
KAP
261
KAP
as one's name ; he inoa kapakapctf an as-
sumed name tor purposes of concealment.
Ka-pa-ka-pa, s. See Kapa. The labia
offeraaliBSi kahi halnhuln.
2. The crotch of men; he mai kapakapa
nha i ka manawa e hcic loihi ai.
Ka-pa-ke-t;, 1). To detty j to refuse ; to
rivject; to quarrel; to dispute; to te an-
gry ; to distort the countenance.
Ka-pa-ka-ketj, v. See Kapaeeu.
Ka-p^-ko-mo, *. Kapa and fcomo, to enter
in, i. e., to put on. A garment for .putting
off an a on. Kin. '6^:3.
Ka-pa-kij-i-ka, s. Kapa, «nd kui, to
stitch. Tbt! five kapas sewed together for
a set of sleeping kapas.
Ka-pa-la, v. See Pala, to daub. To
blot ; to daub ; to strike or bjot out.
2. To stain ; to spot ; to paint or print
kapa or cloth. See Palahala.
Ka-pa-la, s. A writing; a printing; ^
stamping.
Ka-pa-la, s. The n'arae of a plant, the
leaves eaten for food in scarcity.
Ka-pa-la-ait, s. The place of sunset-
ting; kokoke ka la e biki S.kupalaau, the
sun will soon roach the Bctting place.
Ka-pa-la tr, $. The leaves with which
the dead body of a chief was boand up
previous to burial.
Ka-pa-la-lu, adv. Badly; awkwardly;
witliout skill ; kap'jialu ka. pu,
Ka-pa-li-li, v. To shake rapidly; to
vibrate, as a reed or leaf in the wind; to
vibraf<i, as the tongue in pronouncing the
letter r.
2. To ferepidate, as tho heart either by
fear or joy ; kapalili ka houpo. Hoo. To
be in fear; to tremble.
Ka-pa-li-li, s. a trembling or palpita-
tion, as of the heart ; the vibration of the
tongue in pronouncing the li'rench r.
Ka-pa-ltt-lu, v. To move ; to tremble .
to shake ; to make a tremulous or buzziug
sound.
Ka-pa-lu-lu, $. A tremulous sound, as
a fly buzzing in the ear.
Ka-pa-na-ha, adj. Crazy.
Ka-pa-pa, v. To sprawl aboiit, as one
having fallen down in the dark feels about;
hina waio i ke ula kapapa.
Ka-pa-pau-lu-a, «.- A human sacrifice ;
a ma liekahi kanaka i kp kitpapaidua ana.
Ka-x'a-pa-ku, s. Some unknown place
in the center of tlio oarlh.
Ka-pa-pa-la-wi, s. The broad sky; the
firmament. 'Bee Kalanipaa.
Ka-pa-pe~a, s. Kapa and pea, filthy. A
kapa or dress which a menstr"ous woman
wore, and left when she returned to the
family. See also Isa. 64:6.
Ka-pa-wa, s. a border or edge of a gar-
ment. See LiK[ and Pawa.
Ka-pe-a, v. To lay hold of; to seize,
as a criminal.
2. To accuse falsely. See Hoopra, and
Pea. j
3. To collect charges of evil without
cause against a good man.
Ka-pe-.a-pe-a, v. See the foregoing. To
watch closely; to seek occasion; to entan-
gle one.
Ka-pe-he, v. See.K.0PEHE.
Ka-pe-he, i.r a companion; an assist-
ant ; a fellow ; an associate.
Ka-pe-ke, v. To be out of joint, as a
limb ; to limp, as a lamo person. Kin.
32:35, ?A. To misstep, /fo!. 37:31.
2. To miss in attempting to do a thing ;
to mistake ; to di.sjoint.
3. To be-eolored, a.s a male of one color
on one side, atidahbthor color on the op-
posite side ; ho male k^ipcke ; hence, the
name for that spcicie.s of iria'u).
4. JIoo. I hookapekeia h-.n ka holei, that
it (kapa) may be colored on one side with
the holei; o piilto, e hainama, ewaiho wale.
Ka-pe-kei, V. To drive, as fish into a
net
Ka-pe-keu, v. To quarrel; to scold; to
disagree ; to be on unfriendly terms,
Ka-fe-ke-pe-ke, w. SeeKAPEKE. To be
Unsettled in mind or opinion; to be in
doubt 1 .Nul. 18:21. To be inconstant;
to be fickle.
2. To go in a crooked manner.
3. To stand unsteadily; to tottle; toroU;
to be about to fall.
4. To fasten or put up a thing superfici-
ally; ua paa kapekepeke no, aole i paa pono.
Ka-pe-ke-pe-ke, s. Inconstancy; doubt;
fickleness ; hesitancy.
Ka-pe-ke-pe-ke, adj. Unsteady; hesi-
tating; doubtful; unlike at different times.
Ka-pe-ke-pe-ke, adv. Doubtfully; irres-
olutely ; onsteadily. .2 Pet. 3:16.
KA-iPE-Ktr, ) u To splash or spat-
Ka-pe-KIT-PE-KC, ) ter in the water, as peo-
ple do to drive flsb into a net ; to spatter,
as a fish docs when suddenly frightened.
Ka-pe-le-le-u, s. See .Peleletj. The
naaio of Karaehameha's voyage when he
wont to take possession of his kingdom; so
called from the hind of canoes he went in;
ua kapaia kela hele ana o kapeiden, the
voyage was called kapddeu.
Ka-pe-na, s, Eng. A captain or master
of a ship ; i kapaia'ku ai Kapena Kuke i
lono.
2. A captain ; a military officer.
KAP
262
KAP
3. A carpenter; but Hawaiistns lately
write kamena for carpenter.
Ka-pi, I (1. To sprinkle with salt ; to
Kii-FII, ) preserve with salt ; to season wllh
salt Mar. 9:49.
2. To sprinkle with water., Isa. 52:15.
To pour otit water.
3. To sprinkle, as with ashes. Jer. 25:34.
i. To apply to ; to put to, as one thing
to another. iMnk. 7:6. See PiPi.
Ka-pii, s. Name of an office among the
king's retinue.
Ka-pi-o, v. To be arched ; he pio kolea.
See Pio.
Ka-pi-hi, aij. One-sided.
Ka-pi-ki, s. a kind of poi.
2. Eng. The Hshraiiair pronunciation for
the worfi cabbage ; hence, a cabbage or
heaci of cabbage.
Ka-pi-li, v. See Pili. To join or unite
together in various ways.
2. To fit different substances together.
3. To put or fit together, as the different
parts of a house or ship or other work of
the kind. 2 Oihl. 3:1. KapUi laau, to work
at carpenter's business ; kapili moku, to
build a ship ; ua popopo ke kia moku, hoi
hou oia e kapili, the mast of the ship was
rotten, he returned to repair it.
i. To repair oi" mend what ie broken.
Neh. 2;8.
5. To plaster ; to besmear.
Ka-pi-li-a-lo, s. Some unknown land,
where the people were unknown of what
Hind ; be pilikua, he kanaka ano e.
Ka-K-LI-ku-A, s. See above. An imag-
inary country not known where nor the
character of the people ; he kanaka pili
taakna, ma ke kaao ana e loaa mai ai.
Ka-pi-li-ma-nit, s. See Kapili and
Manu, a bird. The art of catching birds
with laird lime (pilali, Ac.) ; i ko'u pii ana
iuktt i ke kapUirtumu.
Ka-pi-li-mo-ku, V. See Kapili. To build,
but especially to calk ships.
Ka-pi-li-mo-ku, s. The art of ship build-
ing.
2. A ship builder or a ship calker. &ek.
37:9.
Ka-pi-li-pi-li, v. SeeKAPin. To fit one
thing to another ; to join two things so as
to make one ; to unite.'
2. To set, as precious stones. P«fc. 35:33.
3. To fix blume on another; to complain
of another.
-t. To excuse one's self.
Ka-pi-pi, v. See Kapi and Pipi. To
sprinkle, as salt ; to sprinkle, ai blood or
wat*r. Pak. 24:6.
Ka~pi-pi-nr, s. a word of uncert.ain
meaning brought from some of the western
islands ; i aku ke kama kapipirie, he kapi-
pine ohuiia me ke kamaioa.
Ka-po, s. a sister of Kalaipahoa, a fa-
bled goddess from abroad who entered
some kind of a tree and rendered it poisoJi-
ous. See K..u.aipahoa.
Ka-poo, i;. To enter into, as a spirit;
kapoo ka uhaue o ke Akua iloko.
2. To sink, as in water ; kapoo i ke kai.
3. To set, as the sun ; i ke kapoo ana o
ka la, hele au ; kamailio iho la makou a
kapoo ka la.
4. To sink into, as the foot in soft In-td.
See Napoo.
Ka-poo, s. Sunken in; the armpit; the
same applied to a fowl.
Ka-poo-poo, v. See Kapoo. To descend;
to go down.
Ka-po-la, V. To bind up in a wrapper ;
to fold up in a kapa ; e wahi, e kupola.
,^a-po-la-pi-lau, s. Any limb sore, bad
smelling and swathed with kapa or rags is
called a kupolapilau. See Kapola.
Ka-pc, s. a general name of the sys-
tem of religion that existed formerly on the
Hawaiian Islands, and which was grounded
upon numerous restrictions or prohibitions,
keeping the common people in c' sdienoe
to the chiefs and priests ; but many of the
kapus extended to the chiefs themselves.
The word signifies,
1. Prohibited ; forbidden.
2. Sacred ; devoted to certain purposes.
Nah. 6:7.
3. A consecration ; a separation. (See
Hawaiian History and D. Mnio on feajwis.)
Eha na po kapu ma ka malama hookahi,
there were four taJfu nights (days) in a
month : 1st, kapuku, 2d, kapukua' 3d, k>!r
pidcaloa, 4th. kapiUcanii.
Ka-pu, v. To set apart; to prohibit from
use ; to make sacred orholy.
2. lloo. To devote to a special purpose.
Tuk. 23:3. To eopsecrate; to set apart as
sacred. los. 20:7, 8. lloalcapxi ae la o
Wakca i kekahi ia, AVakea lahwd certain
fish,
3. To put on airs of distance or separa-
tion frora others, airs of self-importance.
See HooiHiiHJ.
Ka-pu, adj. Prohibited ; forbidden ;
hence,
2. Sacred ; consecrated ; holy; devoted.
Ka-pu, s. A place of fire ; a stove ; a
gun lock. See KAPiiAMi.
Ka-pu-ai, ) g. The sole ov bottom of
Ka-pu-vvai, \ the foot. los. 1:3,
2. The track of one's foot; a foot-print:
a foot-step,
3. A foot in measure (modern use) ; ka-
puwai mauamana, the paw of art animal.
OUA. 11:27. NoTB,~The Haw&iiaus have
KAP
263
KAW
no word tor foot ia distinction from wawae,
leg; but XDawae includes often both foot
and leg ; so linm signifies arm including
tbe hand, but no specific word for Itand.
Ka-pu-a-hi, s. See Kapu, place, and
Ahi, fire. A fire place.
2. The pan of a musket or gun.
3. A censer for sacriSce.
4. One who attends upon an oven or
bakes.
5. The place itself of baking ; an oven.
Ka-po-a-hi-hao, s. Eapuahi and hao,
iron. An iron stove ; an iron furnace.
2. Fig. The place or circumstances of
affliction. KmA. 4:20.
Ka-pu-a-mo-e, s. The name of a kapu
when everybody was roquired to prostrate
themselves when the chief passed ;, he alii
niaupio no, he kapuamoe no kona.
Ka-pu-a-no-ho, s. a kapu requiring the
people all to sit when the king's calabash
or other utensil was carried by; healUnui,
he niaupio no, he kapuanoho nae kona.
See above.
Ka-pj-a-pu-a, s. a kind of plantain or
banana.
Ka-p(J-o, s. a kapu in honor of the god
Eaili.
Ka-pu-hi, s. a master of an animal ; a
nurse of a child ; a provider. See Hooka-
PDin.
Ka-pi7-hi-li, s. Name of a species of
fish.
Ka-pu-ka-pu, s. See Kapu. Honor;
praise ; dignity ; separation from what is
common.
Ka-pu-ka-pu, v. Hoo, To put on airs of
sell-consequence ; to ape dignity : a Icapu-
kapu no hoi me ou mau kaikuahine. Zaieik.
99.
KA-PU-KA-pir-iiA-Ni, V. To frown or repel
one by^sour looks ; to be distant and ill-
natured ; kapukapvlani ka raaka.
Ka-pu-ka-wai, v. To be handsome ; to
be noble.
Ka-pu-le, v. To be hung up, as a bunch
of banauas until tbe skin turns black in
spots ; ua kapnk ala mea wale i ka na.
Ka-pu-lu, ». To be unfaithful in busi-
ness ; to be careless ; to be slovenly.
Ka-pu-lu, adj. Work slovenly done ;
dirty ; filthy ; foolish ; sottish. ler. 4:22.
Ka-pct-lu-pu-lu, v. See Kapulu. To
work lazily ; to act in a shiftless manner.
Ka-pu-jn'i, s. SeePuNi. The circumfer-
ence of si thing ; a surrounding ; a circuit.
2. The name of a chief who was bom,
grew up, became old and died in the same
place.
KA-pn-Ni, adj. Overspreading; widely
diffused ; he ua kaptwi, a rain over all tho
islands.
Ka-pu-wai, s. See Kapu, place, and
Waj, water. A bathing tub.
2. A foot-step. See Kaphai.
Ka-pu-wto-hi, s. a kapu less than a
kapu niaupio, i. e., a relaxation of the kapu
niaupio ; o fce alii kupuwohi, aole oia ame
kona lawe kahili ; o Kamehameha I. he
kapuwohi kona.
Ka-wa, s. a precipice down which a
suicide pinnies ; a lele aku i ka make me
he kio kawa la. Sec Lelekawa.
2. A manner of playing.
3. A person who goes behind or followb
after another.
Ka-wa, s. A deep pool of water with a
precipice overhanging it, from which to
dive.
Ka-wa, v. To strike secretly; to pierce
one in the- dark ; to assassinate.
2. To overtake and shoot ahead of one.
3. B! pulepe.
4. To shoot or fall down. SeeLELSKAWA.
5. To rain heavily; to flow freely, as
perspiration upon the skin.
Ka-waa, s. The voice of a bird on
Molokai which seems to say, " i fcawaa, e
holo, ua nui ke kai o ke aumoe."
Ka-waa, s. The name of a species of
fish net ; he npena kawaa.
Ka-wae, v. To bring up the foot, as in
sitting cross-legged on a mat.
" 2. To draw one to you with the foot.
3. To trip one with the foot;
4. To put the arm over one's shoulder,
or the foot over another; to bring, the legs
across.
5. To bind on, as a girdle.
Ka-wak-wae, s. Name of a kiud of
stone used in polishing canoes.
Ka-wai, s. The name of the coloring
matter or residuum when water is poured
on the second time.
2. The name of the partially c'oloretl
water itself.
3. The liquor obtained from cane, &A.,
after most of the intuxicaling matter is ex-
tracted; aohe ikaika o keia rama.he/tcEuai
wale no, there is no strength in this rum,
it is nearly all water.
Ka-wai-ka-ma-ma, v. See Lopio and
Nio. To soften down, as the rigor of work;
to make easier to do; to modify one's char-
acter for the. better,
Ka-wau, v. To be wet and cold; to be
damp.
2. To keep back ; to detain.
Ka-wau, s. Dampness.
2. Distemper among dogs resembling the
itch.
3. A seed used in deceiving fisb.
KAW
264
KE
i. The block on which kapa is pounded.
See Kha.
5. A species of tree, tised somewhat for
canoes and other things.
Ka-wau-ke, »■. See Waitke.
Ka-wa-ha, v. To be hollow, as a log
or pillar. J'uk. 38:7 ; ler. 52:21.
Ka-wa-ea, adj. Vacant, as a space,
hoUov/. Pnk- 27:8. Hollow, aj an arch.
Puk. 28:11.
Ka-wa-ka-wa, s. The name of a spe-
cies of fish.
Ka-wa-ka-wa, v. SeeKiWA. To be wet
with water or tain.
Ka-wa-ka-wa, adj. Wet ; damp with
flae ram.
Ka-wa-ka-watj, v. Tobe wet and cold.
2. To be wet with perspiration, is the
bo4y or bed where one sleeps.
Ka-wa-ka-watt, adj. Damp, as mats or
'.grass. See Kawatt.
Ka-wa-la-wa-la, v. To speak in an un-
■ intelligible manner.
Ka-wa-la-wa-la, adj. Few ; scatter-
ing ; here and there one, as persons ; few
and scattering, as houses in the country ;
hence, kauhale Icavxdawala, the cbiintry in
distinction frein a village.
Ka-wa-la-wa-la, s. Fewness ; scarcity.
Ka-we-a, s. a species of fish.
Ka-we-lau, s. See Welau. The ex-,
tremity of a thing ; the top of a bank ; the
top of a precipice
Ka-we-le. v. To work slowly or mod-
erately, as at rowing a canoe, or at culti-
vating the soil ; kawele wale aku no.
Ka-we-le, adj. Slow; lingering, as a
disease ; o ka bookali ka mea e kawele nei
ia poe.
Ka-we-us, s. Eng. A towel; a napkin;
a wiping cloth.
Ka-we-le-a, s. SeeWELEA. A species
offlsh.
Ka-wji-le-we-le, v. See Kawele, v.
To work slowly or moderately.
Ka-we-le-we-le, s. The name of cer-
tain short ropes about ' a canoe ; he man
wabi kaula ma ka pu o ka waa.
2. The beard.
Ka-we-lo, s. Naraeof a species of fish.
Ka-we-we, t). To cover kalo with mats
iij the ov.en when about to bake.
2. To clatter, as in the movement of
plates or slates : to make a rustling noise.
Mek. 37:7.
2. To be dry ; to be uufruitfia, as pota-
toes without water.
Ka-we-we-le, s. The person at the end
of a long rope where many persons are
drawing a heavy substance; o K$,vpa ke
akna i kawemele.
Ka-wi, «. SeeUiandKowi. To press;
to squeeze, as grapes or suiy substance in
order to extract the juice.
Ka-wi-li, ». SeeWiLi. To mix together
different ingredients," as flour and water in
making bread ; to stir up together.
2. To be changeable or variable. See
IiAUWILI.
3. Bno. To mis together; to knead bread.
mh. 15:4
i. To tear ; to rend ; to vex ; to harass.
See Kaawiu.
Ka-wi-li, s. The art of catching birds
with bird llme,&c.; pela no oia 1 papa aku
ai i ka poe kawUi maau oo, so also tie for-
bid those who caught full grown birds.
Ka-wi-li-ka-e-ka, v. Kavfili a.ni kaeka,
to entangle. To entangle ; to go jfchis way
and that ; to involve; to go over and over
again.
Ka-wi-li-ma-nu, s. See Kawili and
Maku, a bird. - A method of catching birds
with bird lime ; he lawaia manu.
Ka-wi-li-wi-li, s. Name of a tree, the
timber of which was very much used for
svrf-boards and the amas or ontriggera of
canoes ; erythrina corallodendvon. See
WiLIWIU.
Ka-wo-wo, v. To grow thriitily, as vines
which branch out and run luxuriantly every
way.
2. To grow ; to increase ; to soread out.
ler. 23:3.
3. To increase, as a prosperous people.
ler. 29:6.
4. To make a rustling noise ; to rattle.
See Kawet\'e above.
5. To roar ; to rage ; to sound heavily.
Ka-wo-wo, *. A plant grpwing thriftily.
Md. Sol. 4:13.
2. Plants ; running vines, &c.; a sucker;
a scion.
3. A continued rustling or rushing noise;
the noise of a waterfall.
Ka-ba, s. Heb. A cab, a Hebrew dry
measure, nearly three pints. 2 X'al. 6:25.
Ka-si-a, s. Eng. Cassia, an odoriferous
herb. Hal. 45:8.
Ka-ta-ra-ke-te, *. Heb. A cormoranv,
name of ao unclean bird. ^aid. 14:17.
Ke, def. art. The. See Ka, art. This
form of the article (fee) is used before all
nouns beginning with the letter fc. A few
nouns beginning with the letter p have ke
also for their arricle,:and a still smaller
number beginning with the letter m. Nouns
whose first letter is a have both ka and Jfce
for their article ; that is, some nouns take
one and some the other, but no one noun,
without a radical change of meaning, takes
KEA
265
KEA
both forme ot the article. Nouns beginning
with o, like ts, take both forms of the arti-
cle. Before all other letters, whether vowela
OT consonaats, lea is the form of the article.
See Grammar § 69, 60.
Ke, partic/erliefore a verb and rm after
It, marks the present tense of the itidicative
mood ; bnt /ce with the subjunctive mood
marks the future tense. After the verbs
hiki, always, and jjOTW? generally (both used
as auxiliary verbs), fee is used before the
iniittitive instead of e. Oram. § 203.
Ke, interj. An exclamation of surprise,
indeed! 1 Kor. 16:36. See Ki. Se is often
used in ijeginning a reply to what one has
said; and expresses astonishment at what
had been advanced; sometimes disgust and
the greatest contempt ; e manao ino me ka
henehene.
Ke, ». Mostly with hoo. To force ; to
compel ; to urge on. Lunk. 1:34.
2. To be intent upon ; to press forward;
to go ahead in any affair; hooke loa mai la
o Keoua me ka manao el awe i ko Kame-
hameha man okana nona, Keoua iocs intent
upon the idea of taking Kamehameha's dis-
tricts for his own.
3. To tlirust ; to push or drive at. £a!.
118:13.
'i. To obstruct one as he goes along ■, to
get a person or persons into difficulty ; to
strnggla against ; to be troubled. 2 Ki/r.
4:8.
5. ffo crowd together at a door ov about
a person ; to assault one's house ; to press
upon.
6. With ai, food, ixi push away, as food
wi&ont eating; to abstain fi'om food: hence,
7. To fast. 2 Bam. 12:16. Note'.— Vol-
untary fasting among Hawniians recpiires
the exercise of some force.
Ks-A, s. A cross ; the form of a cross,
viz, : one post upright, the other transverse.
See AssAiiA.
Ke-a, *. A tigktness of the chest at-
tended with difficulty of breathing; nearly
synonymous with pa'ni,
Ke-a, \ adj. Wiiite. See Keo. Pel-
Ke-A-KE-A, ) lucid ; clear.
Ke-a, v. To shoot or throw arrovys of
sugar-cane. See Ke-u*!;*.
Ke-a, s. Two -different places . is the
thorax ; ' the kea paa was above, the fceo
hakahaka below : elua fce«, o ke km paa
anie ke kea hakahaka.
Ks-A, s. The name ofa play of children
with arrows of cane.
2. The Tinme of a mountain on Hav«ii —
Mmm-ikta, whiip mmiiitain.
3. The name of tlif raia or rai«t at Hana
and at Koolau on Maui. ^
i. The name of the semen of males, from
ths oBlor. Set! Ke-ikea boJow and Kba. «*'.
34 ■ '
6. The name of the male unmssoulated
hog ; iua i kahe ole ia, he kea ia puaa.
6. The name of an office in the kiDg'."!
train.
Ke-a, ». To hinder; to object to. See
Ke. v., and Keakt..^. bolpw
Ke-aa-wa-i-le-u, s Name of a species
of flsh-hook.
Ke-ai, v. See Ke above and Ai, food.
Il4o. To thrust away food ; to fast
Ke-ao, s. a legend ; a tale of ancient
advectures. See Kaao.
Ke-ajSsa-ea-ha-ka, s. Kea and hakaJidka,
empty. The part of the body in aion and
beasts which embraces the .ibdom«n, as
keapaa does the chest.
Ke-a-ke-a, v. See Kea, to hinder. To
■ .Jiinder. I Sam. UiS, To stand in the way
of.
2. To object to that which would be to
the advantage of another.
3. To keep back ; to restrain one from
doing a thing. Nah. 24:11. To prohibit ;
to resist. Oih. 13:10.
Ke-a-keta, adj. See Kea, cross, above.
Jji the form of several crosses, as sticks
uuder a piece of timber to carry it ; a kea-
kea a arnc aim.
Ke-a-ke-a, s. See Kea 4 above. The
semen masoulinum; the semen of all malcH.
See Kehea.
Ke-a-ke-a-la-mi, s.. The name of an
ancient chief woman, supreme over all the
islands, a woman of good character (hai-
pulc loa), from whom was descended Ke-
awe.
Ke-a-kit, s. Name of a cave on the
eastern side of the 7alley of Kailiili,whicti
see.
Ke-a-ikj-a-la-pii, the ghost god, and Ke-
KtrpuoBi, the bamboo plant, s. The names
of two red coats which Vaacouver gave to
Kamehameha I.
Ke-a-li-a, s. a place where the sali
water is brought or caused to flow inland,
the sea then shut out and the water evapo-
rated, leaving the salt, which may be gath-
ered up. See Aliapaakai.
KE-A-MAir-MAtr, s. See Amaomau.
Ke-a-paa, ^. The chest of the human
body, that Ls, the whole body included
within the ribs, in opposition to k-eahalca-
haka, the abdomen.
2. The same also in lelation to beasts
Ke-a-ptja, v. See Kea, to shoot, and
Pka, the blossom of the sugar-cane ; heuce.
a,'! 'UTOW. To throw or aboot arrows of the
sugar-cane. Note. — This w^f^ and is now
a fiiyorite playof ehildreuj formerly it was
a game among men.
Ke-a-wa-koo, s. Ths name of a stone
KEE
263
KEI
idol near tLe top of Mauoa Waialeale on
Kauai.
Ke-a-we, s. a name frequently heard
among Hawaiiana either by itself or som-
Dounu«d with other words ; it Bignifies the
bearer.
Ke-a-we-nui-kau-o-hi-lo, s. One of the
claps of gods called akua nobo.
Ke-e, v. To bend ; to crook ; to bulge
out; to oppose. See Rde. Ka puu a Kana
i kee ai a hiolo iho. See Eeeeee.
Ke-e, s. Crookedness; want of upright-
ness in conduct ; wrong doing ; mai iiai
aku i ke 2cee o ko kakou aiua ; aka, e 'bai
aku i ke ala atnc ke onaonaamekapeekue
o ka naanao.
Ke-e, ai/. Crooked. See the verb.
Ke-b-o, v. To be angry; to be indig-
nant at what is wrong.
2. To perform the office of executioner.
3. To be suddenly excited; to rago. See
Kaeo.
Kb-e-o, s. Dissatisfaction ; displeasure ;
anger.
Ke-e-ha-na, s. Kee dLitd aria, kiiiSetle'A.
See Kee. The bottom or sole of the foot ;
kapuai.
2. A. place for the bottom of the foot, or
a place to rest a thing on.
3. Gronad stamped upon ur trodden by
the foot.
4. A footstool; a place to put the feet
upon.
6. A prop; a supporter; keehanawawae.
ba. 66:1. See Kkhana.
6. A place for the feet, i. e., a floor. 1
Nal.G:16. A pavement. Ezek.i-.IT.
Ke-e-ha-na-wa-wae, s, a footstool, &c.
See the foregoing.
Ke-e-hi, v. To kick; to stamp with the
foot.
2. To lift up the foot again.st one, i e., to
resist.
3. To kick at; to despise. 1 Sam. 2:29.
4. To rebel. Kanl. .32:15.
5. To strike or hit upon, as s beam of
light ; i ka manawa e keefii iho ai na ku-
kuna 0 ka la i ka piko o na manna, when
ttie rays of the sun shall hit the top of the
mountains.
Ke-e^hi, s. The stirrup of a saddle.
Ke-e-hi-lae, adj. Proud; haughty; dis-
dainful.
Ke-e-hi-na, ?i. a different or-
K.E-E-H1-MA-WA-WAE, J thogr^phy for fcc«-
hana and mefiavawawote. A fbotatool, &c.
See above.
Ke-b-ke-e, p. SeeKssandKEKEE. To
crook ; to bend.
2. To psivcrt. flbo. The same. Kanl.
27:14.
KE-E-KE-fi'KU-Kir, V. Keekci and miku,
to scold. To rise up, as two perabas in
order to Bght, and after scolding at each
other awb'ilo, separate 'wilhout fighting.
Ke-e-la, ) adj. Great,asanoise; great
Ke-e-LE, J as a land;; large; excelling;
very great ; fcerfe koiialoha.
Ke-e-le, v. To be very great, as a
trouble or perplexity; -fceeJe ka pioo ana o
ka mai a ola. '
Ke-e-le-a-waa, adj. Having frequent
ditches or gullies ; kedsawaa ke ala.
Ke-e-mo-a, v. To be sour; to be crabbed;
to be ill-natured.
2. Hoo. To be greedy ; to be covetous.
Ke-e-mo-a, adj. Having lost one's afiec<
tion or attachment for another and looks at
him with indifference. See Naackbkmoa.
Ke-e-na, s. a room ; an apartment in
a house. 1 Nal. 6:6.
2. A drawer of a bureau ; keerwL kapu, s
sanctuary. Pvk. 25:8.
3. A partition of a room.
Kei, int. An expression of wonder;
7.'onderfulI glorious! excellent! stupend-
ous!
Kr-i, v. TPo praise; to extol; to boast;
to gloryi
2. Haa, To be URed up with honor or
pride.
Ke-i, s. a boasting; glorying; pride;
high-mindedness.
2. The name of a species of hard rock
out of which kois were made.
Ee-i-a, adj. pron. Ke, article, and ia,
he, she or it. This, referring to somethiog
presenter justsaid; thisperson; this thing.
QramJ^ 152.
Ke-i-ke-i, v. Intensive of Arej. To glory;
to boast ; to be proud.
Ke-i-ki, s. Ke, article, and iki, little,
email, i. c., the little one. The fee has now
become aasimilated to the word ^ ajid
takes another article.
1. A child, male or female.
2. The olfspriog of one, whetber a child
or grown person.
3. A defendant of any numbc of de-
grees.
4. The yc ing of animals or vegetables ;
keiki maia.
Ke-i-kIj v. To hav"? or obtain a child.
Kin. 30:,3.
2. To be or become a child. Rom. 8:16.
Properly hoolceUcL
Ke-i-ki-a-la-me-a, s. Name of a fatal
discMp; kawaiiki was used as the remedy. '
Ke-i-ki-hi-a-po, s. JSGwAi and Aiapo, first
born. The first born of a family,
Ke-i-ki-hi-pa, jf. Reiki 9inAhipaiEhg.),
°'""- A lamb. (KAJfc. 4:35:
KEU
267
KEH
Ke-i-ki-ho-ki, s. Keikiaa<ihoki,arkaaa.
Tlie yoiinff of an afl8. Mn, 49:11.
Ke-1-ki-ka-o, s.' Keiki and kao, goat. A
kill. OiAfc. 4:23.
Ke-i-ki-ka-ne, s. Kiifiiandikane,ma]e.
A Hun ; a male cbilrl.
Ke-i-ki-pa-i'a, s. Keiki and papa, ansLn-
c(ator. 'AiuHiflfnt; a descendant; one who
among many othcrB, is a descendant of
some )^reatman,who lived perhaps several
generations back ; but it is on the condi-
, tion that said descendants continue to re-
side un tho ground where their ancestor did.
2. A native born in distinction from Jto-
naka e, or malihini. loa. 8:33.
Ke-i-ki-wai-u, s. Keiki mxAwaiu,m\\k.
Any young suckling ; a sucking child ; an
infant. Kavl. 32:25.-
Ke-i-ki-bi-pi, s. Keikiznihipi,o.noxox
cow. A calf. 1 NaX. 12:28.
Ke-i-k!-bi-pi-ka-ne, J. Keikibipi and
Imne, male. A young bullock ; a grown
mala calf. Nnh. 7:16.
Ke-1-na, s. The number four; more
generally written kauna. See Kauna.
Ke-o, s. a comb.
Ke-o, adj. White; clear; glistening
white. See Kea.
Ke-o, ) adj. Proud; haughty; car-
Ke-o-ke-o, j rying one's self haughtily.
2. White, as paper or cloth ; while, as
fruit that is ripe. Uoo. Whitened ; made
white.
Ke-o-ke-o, v. See Keo, white. To
whiten ; to become white.
•2. Hoo, To whiten ; to cause to glisten
with whiteness. Mark. 9:3. Ktokeo olino-
lino, glistening white.
Ke-o-lo-e-wa, s. Name of one of the
class of gods called akua nobo.
Ke-u, ) y. To he more; to have a
Ke-U-ke-U, ) remainder.
2. To excel ; to run over ; to hang out ;
to project like a hog's tush.
3. Uao. To do over and above ; to do
more than is roquired ; to eicecd. Puk.
30:15. Opposite to Aooemi. Notb. — This
word is used in counting or in specifying
a general amonnt, with something over,
thus : pa kauna a kfia, four each and some-
thituj over, or four and some hesiOvi: pa
■umi a km, ten and upwards; pa kanaba a
• fceit. forty and more; pa lau a keu,, four
hundred and over; the fraction over the
definite sum is not specified.
Ke-u, s. What is over and above; in
wriOimdic, a remainder.
Ke-u, adj. Remaining; over and above;
besides. Lunk. 2:8.
Ke-u, adv. A keu, and over.
Ke-us-ue, ) 0. Ke, to push, and ue, to
Ee-DE-we, ) move. To paiti against ; to
oppose one ; to treat barsfaly.
Ke-u, ) J,, To contradict ; to scold ;
Ke-U-KE-U, j to find fault; to show a bad
dispopition ; to be morose.
Ke-u, |s. Surliness; pettishness;
Ke-u-ke-U, j anger.
Ke^uIke-u, { '^3- Very angry; cross.
Ke-u, • ) s. The voice of a bird, the
Ke-U-KE-U, ( alae ; the singing voice of
the atae ; ina e lobe oe i ke kea a ka alae.
Laieik. 149.
Ke-ha, v. To snap with the teeth, as
when a dog*^ seizes an animal and tears out
a mouthful.
2. To extend ; to lengthen out, as time.
3. To be puffed up with pride.
4. To sing or repeat a song.
Ke-ha, t>. To lean the head on one's
hand and lean over sideways ; e moc mo
' ke kaa o ke poo i ka a luna mc ka lolii ana
i ke kapa a paa.
Ke-hau, s. See Hau. The gentle land
breeze at night on the west side of Hawaii.
2. The mountain breeze in the morning
anywhere ; e o'u poe hoa o ka la wela o
Lahainaluna ame kc kdum anu o ke kaka-
biakanui.
3. A mist; a cold, fine rain Boating in
the air, mostly in the m&untainoiif regions.
Ke-hau, adj. Frosty; rainy, &c.; hoa-
hele,'boa o ke anu kehau o ke kakahiaka.
Ke-ha-ke-ha, v. See Keha 3. To be
proud ; to be haughty; to be arrogant ; to
be wasteful.
Ke-ha-ke-ha, t. Wastefulness; pride;
arrogance.
Ke-ha-ke-ha, adj. Swaggering; lofty;
prond. Isa. 2:12.
Ke-ha-lu-ha, v. See Keha 4. To sing
or repeat a song.
Ke-ra-na-wa-wae, t. See Keeuana
and Wawae, leg. A footstool.
Ke-ha-pa, II. To be less or fewer than
was expected ; to be not enough.
Ke-he-ne, s. The name 6f a plsice where
offals or filth is thrown ; a kind of Tophet
like the Gehenna of the Scriptures.
2. A basket.
5. A fire ; a volcano.
Ke-hi-na, s. See Keehana and Kee-
uiNA. A place ''or putting the jeet; a toot-
stool.
Ke-hu, s. a contraction perhaps of ka
ehu, the steam.
2. Ad unnatural pnCBng or distention of
the abdomen, as from over-eating.
KEK
2B8
KEL
Ke-kav-ua, adj. Stretched out; straight
and stiff. Syti. with kakanha,
Ke-ea-hi, adj. pron., art. See Kahi.
One ; some-; some one ; certain. Gram. §
63, § 65, 2.
Ke-ka-htj-na, s. Ke, article, the, and
kahuna, priest. The preacher ; the name
of a book in the Scriptures, Ecdesiasie.1.
Ke-ka-lo-a-ka-ma-ka-ma-ka, s. Name
of a prayer in ancient worship.
Ke''KA-na-li!, s. Food that grows very
slowly ; vegetables that are a long time
small.
Ke-ke, v. The intensive of Ae. To strive
together; to contend.
2. To scold; to be angry at; to provoke.
3, To skin,; to pull off the skin; to show
the teeth, as a cross dog.
i. Hoo. To press hard upon, i. e., to be
intent upon ; to carry a point. Ein. W:9.
Hal kookeke i ko kakou hele ana.
Ke-ke, v. imp. A word used to children
in charging them to cover up their private
Ke-ke, s. Name of a species of bird.
See Akeeb.
2. Name of a fish.
3. Displeasure; scolding; angry expres-
sions.
Ke-ke-a, s. The semen of all males ;
semen virile. See Kbakbi.
Ke-kee, v. See Keke and Ke. To be
crooked; to be twisted; to be out of shape.
2. To pervert ; to turn to another pur-
pose. Puk. 23:8.
8. Soo. To do contrary to the rule of
right KM. 27:19.. '
Ke-kke, s. Name of a kind of fish which
swims near the surface of the water.
Ke-kee, adj. Crooked ; twisted ; incor-
rect; contrary to the nile of right; twisted
out of shape ; cross ; petulant.
Kk-kee, adv. Crookedly; erroneously;
hana fcefcee, to do unrighteouBly. 0^,
19:35.
Ke-ke-ka-ha, v. To make a show ; to
be wondered at.
2. To oontead, as two cocks when one is
beaten and shrinks away ; fcefcefcafta ae la
i ke knla o Puopelu.
Ke-ke-ko, w. See Keko. To be small ;
of small and low stature, ^Aether men cr
women ; e keko, e ihukoM, e kokikoki.
Ku-ke-ne, v. To be jealous of; to envy.
Ke-ke-ne, adj. Envious; jealous; i alcu
la att,no ke aha? no ka opu kekirm o Moo,
J. said what for! for the enviou,^ (Unposiiion
of Moo.
Ke-ke-we, adj. Swelled; full, as the
belly, fccfcsjoe ka opo.
Ke-k!, f. The name of a bush or small
tree whose fruit is eaten in time of scarcity.
Ke-ki, s. O keki no ame ka uhane.
Ke-ko, s. a little short ma;, ; hence, a
monkey. 2 OiW. 9:21. He kauaka poupoa
inoino, kokikoki ka ihu me ka maka.
Ke-ko-ke-ko, adj. Pertaining to a small
man or woman ; short ; little ; keko, ihu
kumene, kokikoki.
Ke-ku-i-e-lu-a, s. Name of an instru-
ment used in war.
Ke-ku-pu-o-hi, s. Name of a red coat
which Vancouver gave to Kamehameha I-
See Keakdalapd.
Ke-la, adj. pron. From ke, the, and la,
there. That; that person; that thing; that
fellow (move emphatic and definite than
ia) ; he ; she ; it. It is used in opposition
to fceKi.,-this ; it ia used when the noun to
which it refers has just before been used.
Gram. § 152.
Ke-la, v. To exceed ; to ga beyond. 1
Nal. 10:7.
2. To project out beyond another tiling.
3. To be more. ler. 7:26.
4. To cause to exceed; to be more. Hal.
119:98. E hookda i ke aloha, to love more.
Mat. 10:37.
Ke-la, adj. Excelling ; going beyond ;
preceding ; great above another;
Ke-la-k9&-i,a, V. The intensive of kela.
Hoo. To boast: to brag. Eai. 10:3. To
enlarge one's desires ; to prefer one to an-
other; to act with partiality. 1 Tim. 5:21.
Ke-le, «. To slip ; to slide j to glide
2. To sink in the sea or in the mud.
3. To be entangled at the bottom of the
sea wb«n diving.
4. To sail far out to~«ea, as a canoe ; e
kele wale ana ka waa mawaho.
5. Soo. To steer a ship or canoe ^ hifci
ia ia ma kona ike ke hookete mokn ; eia ka
pule:
A kele akiu, ketekele akiu.
Ke-le, s. Mud ; mire ; the fat of ani-
mals, grease or whatever induces slipperi-
ness.
2. Hoo. The steersman of a canoe orship;
the director of a boat or ship.
Ke-le, adj. Reached or arrived at by
sailing -, he moku kcle i ka waa, an island
reached by » canoe. Moolelo Haviaii 7:3.
Ke-le-a-we, i. Brass ; copper ; tin ;
polished stflcl. Fvk. 25V3, Keleaiee mele-
mele, yellow copoci, i, p., bras.;
Ke-le-a-we, adj. Pertaining to copper,
brass, tin, &<■■, Ins. 6:24.
Ke-le-ke-le,' v. See Kele. To sail
itboutjii a boatforpleasuie; to glide easily
KEN
269
KEW
hero and there. Uoo. The same ; also, to
ri<lf the surf ia a canoe.
Ke-le-ke-le, g: Fat; grease. Jfuk.
29:22. Fatness. Hal. WiM.
2. Fat meat in oppoeition to io, the lean
meat of an animal.
3. The fat part of a hog; fat meat gener-
ally.
i. Mud j mire ; kelekele ke ala, the road
J8 slippery.
Ke-le-ke-le, adj. Fat; plump; slip-
pery, as a muddy road.
Ke-le-wai, s. Name of a species of
kapa, tvom its color; iria i kalua pu ole me
ka palaa, oia ke kapa kdeiJoai.
Ke-le-ro, s. Gr. A lot in casting lots.
Ke-lo, int. With a prolonged sou.id.
Jlng. The Hawaiian Bnglinh cry of mil ho!
Ke-lou, s. a fishing hook ; a hook of
any kind. Sse Lou.
Ke-mau, s. Name of a plant on the
mountains, eaten in time of scarcity by the
people.
Ke-ma-ke-ma, s. a wish"; a desire; a
rejoicing. Note. — This ia merely the word
makemake ivjtfc .the syllables transposed,
and probably belongs to the k<:^e.
Ke-mo-a, v. To be angry.
Ke-na, v. To command ; to onlei to be
done ; to give orders ; to corapel. Neh-
.. 6:12; Laieik. 176.
2. To send to, as an officer on busine.ss ;
kfna aku la o Kamehamoha i koua poe ka-
naka e imi i ka laau ala, Ramchameha sent
his men to look for sandal-wood.
3. To give orders in case of emergency.
Ke-na, v. To drink; to sla^ie thirst.
Hoo. To givp or furtfish drink. i?oJ. 107:9.
Ke-na, v. To be weary; to suffer under
hard labors to grieve.
Ke-na, adj. pron., for kda, n for I. He;
she ; that person ; aohe kekahi la kula e
like me kena olelo, there was not a single
day's school as ke said.
Ke-na, s. Hard labor; wearisome ser-
vice.
2. Depression of mind under unmitigated
toil.
3. The feelings of a parent towards a
child that refuses his instructions ; weari-
ness, anger and love all combined.
Ke-na, adj. Weary; heavy; sad; sor-
rowful.
Ke-na-ke-na, v. See Kena above. To
mourn. 2 Kor. 5:2. To weep ; to groan ;
to suffer inconvenience ; to be bitter.
Ke-na-ke-na, v. Freq. of A:e?ia,tosend.
To send frequently.
ICe-ne-ta, s. Eng. A. ceut, the hun-
dreth part of a dollar.
Ke-ki, v. To walk very softly, so as to
make do noise with the teet.
Ke-ni-ke-ni, v. To furnish a supply;
to have enough.
Ke-p*, v. To snap, as with the teeth ;
to cbank the teeth, as a boar.
2. To turn; to turn back iipjm. Mat. 7 -.6.
3. To scrape, as^ dirt from a stoua or
board. ('
K.E-PA, s. fCorruption of English spur.
A spur;. BO named from its use or motion
on the bjel ; he kui e hooeha ai i ka lio ma
na auao.,
2. The fruit of a tree used in seasoning
food, r '
Ke -PA,' adj. Of or belonging to the fruit
fcepcy. hua fcMJO. Kekah. l'i:5.
Ke-p^jj, s. a general name, of sub-
stapges fusible by heat, as tar, pitch, rosin,
lead, pewter, &c.
2. Tlie name given by Hawaiians to prin-
ter's types; o ke kepnu i paiia'i ka manao o
ke kanaka, the types by which the thou^^hts
oJT men are printed.
Ke-pau-vu~ka, s. Eepau and poka, a ball
or'^buliet. Lead; a mass if load. ISzik.
22:18.
Ke-pa-ke-pa, «i'To crack or snap, as
with a whip ; kepakepi^ iho la , k'iVahi pu i
ke mele mo ka hoolealea ma'i." '
Ke-pi-a, s. The matter about one's faco
who has sore running eyes; ..applied also
to oil that stands and gets partially dry.
Ke-po-da, s. Name of an unclean bird
in Isa. 34:11.
Ke-pu-e, s. The name of a species of
bard stone out of which kois were made.
Ke-p0-ka, v. See Puka. To play curi-
ous tricks.
Ke-pb-ka, s. a curious or wizard art ;
a sleight of hand trick ; a trick of legerde-
main.
Ke-wa, s. Something far absent, but
with which one hopes to meet or be I'nited
with in future ; a future point of time ; 4(1
ai i ke awa i ke kewa.
Ke-wai, s. Wind from a place of i»in;
a mist connected with rain some distance
off; pili ke kewai, kuhaluka ka manna.
2. The moisture which settles c^ mats
anl walls inside of a house from tin damp-
ness ; applied sometimes to a wind with a
little rain.
Ke-wai, adj. Spoiled; rotten, ar. an egg.
Ke-wa-ke-wai, v. To be addled, as a a
egg ; to be spoiled.
Ke-we, adj. f'aptorted; twisted out of
meaning, as wordK;Macorreol.
Ke-wi-ke-wi, s. The horns, as of the
new moon. See Sxm.
KIA
270
KIA
Ke-de-ra, s. £«gr. A cedar tree; cedar
V jod.
Ki-DE-Rii, adj. Eng. Pertaining to
cedar ; laau kedtra, cedar Umber. 2 8am.
5:11.
Ke-ra-ti-0, ai;'. Gr. HuaAeraiio, a veg-
etable muntioaed in Xufce 15:16; a shuck
pr shell of a vegefAble.
Ke-kq-ko.s. Gr. Saffron. Mei. So/. 4: 14.
Ke-ro-ko-di-le, «. Gr. and Eng. A croc-
odile, lob. tV.l.-
Ke-rd-ba, s. ■ /-. eb. A cherub.
Ke-bd-bi-ma, t. Heb. The plural of A;e-
. n«6a.
Ks-Ru-so-u'-To, s. Gr. A chrysolite,
the name of a precious stone. ' Hoik. tV.'lQ.
Ke-rtj-so-pe-ra, |t; Gr. A chryso-
Ke-RO-SO-pe-ra-so, J prasuB, a precious
Btone. Hoik. 21:20.
%i, s. Eng. The key of a lock. Lut^.
8:26.
2. The lock itself Nek. 3:3.
3. The trigger of a gun.
Ki, V. Modem. To pull the trigger (Ai)
of a gun ; hence, to B&oot a gun ; alalia IH
mai la na baole i koe i ka pn; to discharge
fire-arms; ina e ae oe i kuu lio, e ki koke
(tku an ia oe i ka pu, a make oc.
2. To squirt water, as with a syringe.
3. To sift ; to strain.
4. To make fine by separating the coarse^
6. To bloT^ from the mouth into the sea,
as fishermen .blow from the mouth a kind
of oily nut chewed op in order to quiet the
surface of the sea, so that they can look
deep down into the water.
Ki, *. The name of a plant having a
saccharine root, the leaves of which are
used for wrapping up bundles of (ood; the
leaves are Qsed also as food for cattle and
for thatching ; dracaina terminalis.
Ki, f. Name of a small bird; he ki
kafai manu. be manu uuku.
Ki, adj. Close; parsimonious; kanaka
ki. Jjee Vi.
Ki-a, s. a pillar or inner post of a house
which support^ the ridge.
2. A pillar or post set up for any pur-
pose. Pufc. 26:32.
3. The mast of a ship or any vessel.
4. A standing idol; be kia hoailona, a
standing image of worship ; kia ao, a pil-
lar of cloud ; fcio ahi, pillar of fire. Puk.
13:21.
Ki-a, V. To drive by knocking, as with
a hammer.
2.. To drive, as a nail or spike ; to nail ;
to spike.
3. To run against or push another.
4. To catch birds or fish ; kia manu, a
bird catcher. See the substantive.
Ki-A, s. One virho entraps or catches
birds or fish ; kia manu, a bird catcher.
Zaieik. 106.
2. The name of the material used like
kcpau or pilali in catching birds.
Ki-A, s. A spike or nail for fastening
boards or timbers.'
Ki-A-AirNA, s. £ic0, pillar, and ain<z, land.
Lit. The pillar or support of the land. A
governor; a governor of an island; afuler.
Ki-A-Ao, s. kia, pillar, and ao, cloud.
A pillar of cloud or cloud pillar. Pult.
13:21.
Ki-A-A-Hi, s. Kia, pillar, and ahi, fire.
A pillar of fire ; a fire pillar. Puk. 13:21.
Ei-Ai, V. To watch over ; to guard ; to
take charge of; to look out for ; to act the
part of, or tp do the duty of a guard.
2. To wait for; to expect; to think; poe
kiai. guards.
Ki-Ai, s. A guard; a watchman. 1 Sam.
14:16.
2. The tire of a n-atch. Hat. 90:4. .
Ki-Ai-Po, «. Kiai, watch, and po, night.
A niglit watch. Neh. 4:22.
Ki-Ai-Poo, ». Kiai, watch, and poo, the
head. A bead guard; a title of the person
who guarded the king for the time being ;
ua kapaia ua kanaka la, kiaijfoo, that per-
son (who guardjBd' the king) was called
kiaipoo.
Kl-Ai-pu-KA, s. Kiai, guard, and puka,'.,
a door or gate. A porter ; a guard at a
gate. loaTi. 10:3.
Ki-Air-AC, V. To smooth; to smooth
down ; to take wrinkles out of kapa or
clothes.
2. To walk lightly ; e mama i ka hele
ana ; e mele pale waa.
Ki-A-HA, s. A drinking dish; a cup; h
mug ; a tumbler ; liiaha ooma, a pitcher ;
also, a basin. Puk. 12:22.
Ki-A-HA-A-HA, V. See KiAHA. To pour
water, as out of a container.
2. To drink out of a cup.
Ki-A-HA-MA-NU, J. Name of a small kind
of fish found in fresh water, in sti'eams,
ponds, &c. ; called also nawao.
Ki-A-KA-Hi, s. Kia, mast, and kaki, one.
A oni^-mastcd vessel ; a sloop.
2. Firmness of purpose ; adheranco to a
fixed plan ; constancy.
Ki-A-KA-Hi, adj. With one accord; agree-
ing ; noho kiakahi ma ka poao ; alike ; in
unison ; applied to opinion or action. See
KuiKAin.
Ki-A-Ko-Ltj, s. Kia, Tnast, and kolu,
three. The name given to a ship for hav-
ing three masts: iieicinkolu,& three-masted
thing, i e., a abtp.
Ki-A-Lo, V. To dig out, as the eye. See
KIE
271
KH
POALO. ?i'o twisi ij!it, as a tooth ; to reach
aftfft', 113 in drawing somiitbing to one.
Ki-A-LO, s. A digging out: a wrenching
or twistiag off.
Ki-A-LO-A, s. A small, long, beautiful
canoe.
2. A fishermac belonglag to sucU a canoe.
3. A long fiabing line.
Ki-A-Lu-A, s. Kia, mast, and Ituif two.
A brig or schooner from having only two
insists ; he moku Idalua, a vessel of two
masUt.
Ki-A-PA, s. A bark, in distinction frojn
a Bhip.
Ki-A-WE, s. The name of a tree ; also,
the nania of the fruit
Ki-A-WE-u-LA, *. A species of red ; aj)-
plied to the clouds ; iua he ulanla ke ao,
ua ula ia. he klaieeula.
Ki-E, V. To be high ; to be lifted up ;
more often doubled, kiekie.
Ki-E"K, ) V. To look into; to scrutininie ;
Kl-£I, ) to peep M ; oi imi aku i fca ma-
nao, oi buli akti. oi halalo aku, a kiei akn,
a nana ilio;'a kiei malalo o ka papale o na
haole, thsy peeped under the bonnets of the
foreignerc (women.)
3. To look at one by stretching the head
around or over something; to look over in
order to see anything.
3. To look silly ; e nana malu.
i. To watch the conduct of one ; ke kiei
mai nei no ia i ka poc ubai k^nawai.
5.. To look at a particular object; kiei
aku laau-makai a mauka, abolo aku la an.
6. To lookthroxigh a door or crevice to
gee something. Laieik. 174.
7. To be moved with joy or fear. Hal.
68:16.
Ki-E-EE, s. See Eke. A hag; a pocket;
a satchel; a bag for carrying provisions.
Luk. 10:4. iJiefce l^ahublpa, a shepherd's
bag. 1 Sam. 17:40..
Ki-B-Ki-E, V. See Kib. To be lofty; to
be high.
2. To.be lifted up ; to be raised high, as
a material object.
3. To be high, as the mind; to be proud;
to be self-exalted; to think one'sself above
or better than others.
4. Hoo. To be exalted ; to be lifted up,
83 with, pride. .ATaft. 16:3.
5. To exalt one's self; to think much of
one's self.
6. To raise oue to a higher station. Eset.
3:1.
7. To promote ; to signalize one's self.
8. To raise or lift up the voice in a cry.
Ki-£-Ki-s, s. A height ; a high place ;
Ice feieAie, the high one, i. e., God ; ua like
ke kiekie me ka loa, the heir/hi is like the
length.
Ki-E-Ki-E, adj. High ; lofty ; exalted ;
separated ; holy.
Kr-B-Ki-E-NA, s, Kiekie and ana. Being
high ; rising high. Sec Paupafj.
Ki-E-LE, s. The name of an odoriferous
sbrub or tree ; be laau aala. .Some say it
was brought from a foreign country, but
the word is found in two ancient melee at
least.
He kiele ka alau niu
Mo Ran& Uu aala ai na 'Hi. — Mele.
0 ka lau o ke kiele ,i aala}
E ka lai^I ai mai ai mae
Aala Qo mai ka.lau a ke kuncu. — ^ete.
Ki-E-LE, V. To emit a fragrant odor; o
ka lau o ke kaa i kiele i aala, the 'eaf u^ the
kaa sent forth, odor.
Ki-E-LEi, ». To squat; to sit on the
bams.
Ki-E-LEi, s. The name of a kind of hula ;
he kielei kekahi hula.
Ku, 'V. To go after a thing j to go for
tlie purpose of bringing something; to
fetch. 1 Ml. 12:3.
2. To come to one; to approach: to meet
3. To send for a person or thing; to send
away.
4. To take from another ; to procure for
one. Kin. 34:4.
5. To require of one. &ek. 3:18, 10.
6. Boo. To pine away, aa in the con-
' sumption ; to cause to grow thin in flesh.
7. To starve ; to suffer starvation.
8. To mourn ; to suffer. Hal. 88:9.
9. To make thin, i. e., to deprive of; i
hoonele a i hookiiia oukou i ka ike.
Kii, s. An image ; a picture ; i ko la-
kou ike ana i ke kii o ko lakou man hale ;
an idol ; a statue ; kii kalaiia, a graven
image. Puk. 20:4. Kii palapalaia, a pic-
ture. Nak. 33:52. Kii hoobeeheeia, a mol-
ten or cast image. Nah. 33:52. Kii akua,
images of gods for worship. I Nal. 14:23>
lie laau ke kii no na kanaka ame na 'lii,
the common people and the chiefs have
idols of wood ; Hi ku, a standing image.
OUik. 26:1. Kii pobakn, an image of stone;
kii onohi, pupil of the eye.
Kii-A-KD-A, s. See the foregwng. Ai»
image representing a god.
Kii-HE-LEi, V. See Helbi. To stand
with the legs wide apart ; to straddle ; u»,
ki\ kiihelei oia ma kelaaoao a makeiaaoao
o ke awa.
Kn-HE-LEi, adv. Branching apart; strad-
dling. See the verb.
Kii-Hoo-HEE-HEE-iA, s. See Ku above.
A molten or cast image.
Ku-KAtJ, adj. Pertaining to clouds ii
vided into strips black or white , he a.-
onohi opua kiikau.
Kii-KA-LAi-iA, s. See Ku, ;., and Kai.ai,
KIO
2T2
KIO
to hew. A carved idol ; r graveja image.
KaiU. 6:8i
, Kn-KE-A, *. A medicine used to relieve
pain ; it is a kind of barki
Kn-ioi, V. To swell ; to enlarge, as the
abdomen of pregnant women ; to be full
from over-eating.
2. To paint the hiur over the forehead
white.
Kn-Kir, s, Kii a«d hi, to stand. A stand-
ing image or idol.
Kn-MA-NA-NA, «. To enlarge ; to swell,
as the belly god.
Kn-PA-LA-FA-i^, s. Kii and pdapala,
. writing. A picture ; a portrait ; a picture
for worship. Nah. 33:52.
Kn-po-HA-KU, i. Kii anApohaku, stone.
A at<Mie idol. See Eho.
Kq-na, v. em and ana, a sending. To
send after or call for persons ; to go for a
person or thing ; to fetch ; to bring some-
duBg. JEsd.Z:li. Note. — ^Itisusedoftei^
a passive sense, fijna mai la e na kaha ma
Ice kaulua,he was sent/or by his guardians
on a double-canoe.
Kn-PU-A, adj. Going about^ as a person
without business, more or less mischievoiis;
nahili, lalaa. lobian, hanamanuea.
Ki-o, u To break wind ; ua hanai oia
1 kana mau keiki, a pau ke aho, no ke Ho
ana 0 na keiki.
2. To blow on a pipe
3. To blow on a leaf across the lips, the
vibration of which produces a sound.
Ei-o, s. An excrement.
2. A pond orpuddle of water, especially
if filthy. See ^owai and Haloeowai.
3. A cistern ; a pool ; a water sluice.
4. The dregs, lees or settlings of liquor.
6. A part of a potato which branches off
firom the main root.
6. A process ; a projection ; a bunch on
a large body.
'7. A bubo, a disease connected with
lewdness.
Ki-o, adj. Practicing in a military
school, as the chiefe in former times had
mock Gghts tor practice; he kaua paani, he
kaua lealea, he kaua leh, &c. ; be kaua
pahukala kahi inoa.
Ki-o-A-Hi, s, Kio and aki, fire. A fiery
pit; a place of torment; bell; a poino mau
ka poe hewa i ke kioaM a ka po mau loa.
Ki-o-E, V. To skim off the scum of a
lijiuid, or to skim tliC cream from milk ; to
(lip up water, as with a ladle.
Ki-o-E, s. The name of a small surf-
board ; he papa hee«alu liilii.
Ki-o-E-A, s. The name of a bird having
long legs, found on Molokal and in other
plaees.
2. The voice of a bird on Molokai (fl»e
Icioea probably) ; kani mai la ua manu la,
peuei : " leioea, kioea, lawekeo, lawelaw«>-
kao."
3. Name of a cape where the bird lives ;
iia kapaia kela lae mahope o kekahi manu
olaila, he kioea,.
Ki-o-E-A, u To be long ; to extend ; to
stretch out.
2. To be lifted up . to stand high, as on
long legs (see the noun); ua like ke kiekie
me ke Icioea.
3. To be set confusedly together, as mkby
things of different kinds.
Ki-0-E-o-E, adj. A contract of Idaoeoe.
Long ; tall, as the mast of a 'ship. ^
Oeoe.
2. Flat ; extended.
Ki-o-Kj, adj. Fat; plump; muscular;
rolling, as the flesh of fat animals.
Ki-o-B3-o, V. See Kio, To play on a
pipe or other wind instrgment Hoc. The
same, to play on the pipe or flute. 1 Nat.
1:40,
Ki-o-Ki-0, s. See Kio. A pond of water;
a puddle where hogs may wallow.
Ki-o-Ki-0, s. Name of a rausicalinstni-
ment ; also, with koo, the names of instmr
meut players ; poe hooMokio, players on
instruments. Hal. 87:7.
2. A file (from the noiset, or any mate-
rial to polish with.
Ki-o-Ki-o, s. Anything variegated, as
cloth; as spots in the sea, some places calm
and some ruffled ; variegated ; unequal in
i^pearauce.
Ki-o-Ki-o, adj. Boo. Of or belonging to
a pipe.
Ki-o-Ki-c-Ki, adj. See Kioki. Plump,
fat with rolling muscle; muscular; applied
to young strong men's shoulders.
Ki-o-LA, V. To lay down a substance
for inspection. Laieik. 198.
2. To overthrow; to cast down. Pui.
15:1. To reject, as a peopte'for their moral
worthlessness. 0%hk. 20:23.
3. To tbro^ away as worthless or im-
proper to be iejpt JWi. 13:a
Ki-o-ui-o-LA,. v. ^ee Kiola. To throw
or cast frequently; as stones or other mis-
Ki-o-le-a, v. iK and ofca, hard; severe.
To ait on a high seat ; to sit unsafely ; to
sit uncomfortably.
Ki-o-LE-A, s. A high seat ; an exalted
station.
2. A rickety seat on an elevated place ;
hence,
3. Fio. An unsafe state or condition for
one.
Ki-o-LEi, V. To squat on the hamsj to
sit on a seat with the feet drawn up.
KIU
273
Kffl
Ki-o-LE-NA, V. Kio and letia, to iron
clothes. To spread out to dry, as Jcapa ;
to wbiten in the sun.
lvi-0-i.E-NA, s. A place for coloring kapa.
Ki-o-LK-ro, s. JiSo, a pool, and fepo, dirt.
A puddli! ; a place of f'th ; a collection of
mud, water and filtli. 2 Pet. 2:22.
Ki-o-Lo-A, s. A very small canoe iri
■ which only one man can sail ; holo aku la
ia ma kona vvaa kioha i ka lawaia lubee.
2. A lung fishing line for taking fish in
deep water.
Ki-o-NA, s. Eio and ana. A place for
throwing excrements ; he wahi hoolei ho-
nowR ; a dung bill. Hal. 113:7, A privy
or back-liouse.
2. The fundament.
Ki-o-NA, adj. Of or belonging to excre-
ments. 2 Nul. 10:27.
Ki-o-NA-HA, V. See Onaha, to crook; to
bend. To bend or curve outward ; to fall
over a defense ; to bend up ai.d over.
Ki-o-PE, V. See OoPA, lame. Tobelfime
in the legs ; to limp. See Kaoi'a.
Ki-o-po-i, s. Kio and poi, food. A poi
calabash.
Ki-0-WE-A, s. See KioEA.
Ki-o-WAi, S. Kio, collection, and wai,
water. A oolleotion of water ; a puddle ;
standing water.
2. A place of pouring out water; a water
sluice. Kin- 7:11.
3. A fountain. Mel 8ol.i:12. SrN.witb
punawa . , ^
Ki-o-WA-o, s. The haipe of the mist or
, cloud almost always settled on the hills of
. Oahu.
Ki-u, ■«. To spy; to act the part of a
spy.by watching another's conduct or move-
ments ; 0 kiu malu, to spy secretly.
2. To spy out, aa a- country.^ jMnk.lS:2.
3. To look at wWh mfecflicvous inteiit.
Ki-u, s. A spy. Kin. 42:9, I kou hoi
ana, ea, mai iioclikc ia oe me na klu ; hoo-
una mai la oia i poe iiu,he sent forward a
company of spien; ki mai ua poe kanaka
km la i ka lakou pu, that company of spy-
men fired their guns; ■
2. A hook ; a fish-bookl
3. The name of a strong wind at Honua-
ula, Maui, occasioned by the trades break-
ing over the mountains.
i. The north-west wind at Uana,Eavpo,
&o., and very similar to a hMlua.
Ki-u-Hoo-pu-LU, V. Km, to spy, and
hoopulxi,, to flatter ; io deceive by flattery.
To afit with cunning in order to entrap one;
e bana maalea e punihei ai.
Ki-u-Hoo-FU-i/U, s. The business or ac-
tion of a person sent as & spy ; canning
practice.
35
Ki-HA, V, To sneeze.
Rt-HA, s. See the foregoing. The move-
ments or convulsions in the act of sneezing.
Idb. 41:18.
Ki-HAE, V. To fade; to (le(^y; to cor-
rupt, as dead vegetables or animals; kihai
oho o ka Ian ki o Luakaka.
2. To be inspired or possessed of aome
god.
3. To become a god and go above.
Ki-HAE-HAE, «, To tear to pieces ; to
rend into small parts. Sue Hakiiais.
Ki-HAU, V. To eat a meal when there
^is but little to eat; to eat sparingly.
Ki-HA-MU, V. Ki and hamu, to eat frag-
ments. To eat proudly or daintily; to taste"
this and that, aa though tasteless. .
Ki-HA-PA, V. To be : half clo&ed ; to.
have only a kibci over one shoulder ; to
liave only one-half the bead shaved.
Ki-HA-PAi, «. . A small division of land
next less than a paw/cu.
2. A cultivated patch of ground, a gar-
den, a potato patch, a field, a small farm,
&o., Ijclonging to the people in distinction
from the chiefs, which was called hoett.
3. A particular department in business
or office. NoTE.»—Formerly the ceremonies
of religion were divided into several de-
partments ; it was the business of one to
keep the altar in order, of another to offer
the sacrifice, &c. ; these difK^rent depart-
menis or offices v/ere called Icihapais.
Kj-iu-wa-hi-ne, s. The name of the
lizard god ; it was classed among the poe
akna noho. It is said to have been applied
also to certain fish, the hUu and others.
Ki-iie, 0. SeeKraA. To sneeze. 2Nal.
4:35. To snore ; to breathe hard.
2. To have the hose filled with mucns.
3. To dive down, as the bow of a vessel
in a heavy sea.
4. To dive, as one djves under the surf;
to roll or dive, as a poi'jiioise.
Ki-HE, V. See Kihae', to wilt. To fade;
to wilt, as a plant.
2. To be weak ; to faint, as a person.
3. To become a demi-god.
Ki-HEE, V. To blow ; to blow or strike
upon, as the wind.
2. To' wheeze ; to cough up phlegm ; ?
kunn me ka hookahe ana 1 ka bupe.
Ki-HEI, s. Name of the garment for-
merly worn by Hawaiian men; a loose
garment of kapa thrown over one shoulder
and tied in a knot ; it was. thrown off at
wort. '
Ki-HE-HE, V. To be or become deihed ;
to pass or live invisibly in the air.
Ki-HE-Ki-HE, V. See Kihe. To pant or
stroggie for breath : to cough severely.
KIK
874
KIK
Ki-HE-LE, V. To scratch or tear, as briers
or anything crooked
Kt-HE VRi, V. See Helei. To stand with
the logs spread apart; to straddle.. See
Kdkiuelei.
Ki-HE-NE, s. A bundle, as of potatoes
done up for carrying.
Ki-Hi, s. The outside corner or projec-
tion of a thing. Kin. 47:21. The apex of
an angle.
2. The edge of a garment.
3. The bojfier or outside of a land or
cotmtry.- Oihk. 19:9.
4. The extremity of a thing ; ke kihi o
ka pepeiao', the tip of the oar. Oihk. 8:23.
Ke kihi oka aahu, the border of a garment.
Nah. 15:38, The corner, as of a board ;
the sharp point of a leaf.
5. The commencement of evening, when
darkness begins ; as, ke kihi o ka po. See
Kau 6.
Kj-hi, s. The name of a variety of sweet
potatoes, the ancient potato of Hawaii ;
uala paa.
Ki-Hi-KAU, V. To give lavishly and until
all is gone; i ke kihikou jiu,'a ua pan. See
Kabiau,
Ki-Hi-Ki-Hj, V. To bend, as e. curved
.aiiii'face;tO'Eollowout, as sails in the wind.
'i. To branch off from the main body.
Ki-Hi-Ki-Hi, s. The curving of the horns
of the moon ; tbst is, the exiremitiea are
the Mhikihi.
2. The curve of tli? wings of a bird.
3. The broad part of an ancient cocked
up hat. as the brim was turned up and
made sharp corners ; ua kihilcihi ke poo,
curved are their heads, viz. : the officers of
Captain Cook's ships with their cocked hate
on,
Ki-Hi-Ki-Hi, s. The name of a species
offish;
Ki-Hi-LOA, adj. Cjrooked; blunderinj
wandering, &o.
Ki-Hi-Mo-E, s. Name of a puu kapu in
playing the game of noa.
Ki'Hi-po-Hi-wi, s. Kihi, comer., and po-
hiwi, shoulder. Generally Med as synon-
ymous with pohiwi, the shoulder, but really
the corners, points or sides of the shoul-
ders,
Ki-Hi-po-KA, s. Name of one of the five
pun kapus in playing the game of noa,
Ki-Ho-E, !). To .shift from place to place.
Ki-Ho-Lo, s. The name of a large kind
of book formerly made of wood, used to
catch the shark and other large fish.
Ki-Ho-Mu-A, s. The side or bank of a
water-course.
K.I-KA, adj. Strong; energetic, as a
"g;
magistrate iu applying the law to trans-
gressors.
Ki-KA-o-LA, s. Ki (Eng.), key, and ka-
ola, a bar or 'cross-beam. The bar of a cit^
gate. ler. 51:30.
Ki-KAU, V. To give frieeljr; tb bestow
favors upon others with good will.
Ki-KA-HA, adv. Passing by a former
friend ; not recognizing one with whom h«
was formerly acquainted; c wawau, e hele
loama ke alanui, e aloba ole.
Ki-KA-KA-HA, V. See Kaka, u. To pitch
into ; to dash against ; to rush together, as
two cocks when fighting.
Ki-KA-KA-LA, V. To spur; to Strike with
the .spurs, as fighfcig-cocks.
2. In fishing for squid, to draw up with
a hook.
Ki-KA-LA, s. The hollow of the back be-
tween the hips.
2. The name of the bone called coccyx,
3. Thehip; keJri/coJaamekauha. Xujifc.
15:8.
4. The buttocks: the posteriors. 2 Sam.
10:4.
Ki-EA-LArPAl, s. Tlie bips of a person
sunk, not well formed ; papai, pauanai.
Ki-KA-MA, s. The white kapa made from
the wauke.
Ki-EA-MTJ, V. Persons for a time socia-
ble, then to sit silent for some cause.
2. The gathering of small fish ardund a
baited took, but do not bite.
Ki-EA-KA-pu, s. Name of a species of
fi.sh, white and round, with black spots.
Ki-KA-NA-LKi, V. To squat on one's feet.
2. To stop or stay for a short time.
Ki-KE, V. To break or strike, as- witii a
hammer ; to break, as a stone ; to cracii,
as a nut upon a st<)ne.-
2. To speak by turns, as in a dialogue.
3. To divide into two or more equal parts.
_ 4. To reason ; to confer together. Tsa.
i:i8,
Ki-KE, V. To sneeze. See Kihe.
Ki-KEE-EEE, V. See Kee and Keekee.
To crook ; to bend ; to move crookedly.
KirJCEE-KEE, adj. Crooked; zigzag, as
a path ; he kikeckm ke ala ; not straight,
2, Ju a moral sense, wrong ;~ perverted ;
erroneous; mai hele oo ma ke ala kikeekee
0 ka aina o kaua, o kuia auanei oe a hiua ;
aka, eheli^ oe ma ku a!a pololei, go not in
the orooked path of our laud, lest ere long
you stumble and fall, but go in the straight
path. °
3. MkeeJcee is the opposite o{ pololei.
Ki-KEE-KEE, s. A winding or crooked
path.
Ki-KE-KE', V. See Kike, to break. To
KIK
275
KIK
knock, as af a door for entrance. Lunk.
19:22.
2. To strike frequently upon, as in crack-
ing a nut.
Ki-KE-NE-NEi, V. SeeNEiNEi. To (Iraw
in ; to contract
2. To draw or lift up ; to throw or ftast
np ; U> put upon Romcthing.
Ki-KE-NE-NEi, adj. Too short; changing
one's place.
Ki-KE-PA, r. To fix or place a thing in
a one-sided manner : to lean oyer on one
side ; to cover one side of the head.
Ki-KE-PA, s. The hair oftbe head turned
over or^e side as though tbti'head was one-
sided ; a sash over one shoulder.
Ki-KE-pA-KE-PA, V. See the above. To
put on a dress irregularly;. to dress fantas-
•tically.
2. To cut the hair of the head fantastic-
ally.
3. To adorn the person differently from
the fashion.
4. To disfigure one's self, as in ancient
times when a chief died, the people knocked
out their teetl), lacerated their bodies, &c.
Ki-Ki, V. A frequentative and intensive
of ki, to shoot or sqKirt. To spurt, as water
pressed through a small ori&ce.
2. To eject black matter, as the squid.
3. To practice masturbation.
4. To flow swiftly, aa water from the bot-
tom of a fuU barrel.
5. To do a thing with vehemence; to run
very swiftly;. to fly furiously at, as one
cock at another, or as a hen m defense of
her young. No^. — Kild ia used as an in-
tensive adverb in various senses. Sec be-
low.
Ki-Ki, V. To pj'nt the face or hair white
with lime or with clay (palolo.)
Ki-Ki, s. ^Bundles done up for carrying
on a stick, of which a man carries two.
2. A rough kind of basket.
3. The rushing or striking of a cock with
his spiirs ; also, the action of a hen in de-
fense of her chickens.
4. The swinging or slamming of the door
of ahoute,
5. The leaves used in tying np bundles
of potatoes or other things.
6. The name of a bird, usually^ caught
with a net,
Ki-Ki, adv. Quickly; suddenly; vio-
lently; in a hurry. los. 7;22. Note.— -tfi/ci
is often used as adverb of intensity after
verbs of action or condition, and signifies
very, exceedingly, &c. ; as, holo fcifci, he
ran swiftly; paa kiki, veri/ tight; heleWd
aku la, i ike ole o Papa ia ia, he went hasiUy
that Papa might not see him.
Ki-Ki-Ao, s. A sudden gust of wind ; a
squall ; a strong wind.
Ki-Ki-A-i,o, V. To move quickly ; <o
hasten ; to be in a harry.
3. To catch fish in a net.
Ki-Kii, t>. See Kn. To slumber.
2. To toTieh or strike softly.
3. To move quickly, gently or softly.
Ki-Ki-o, 0. See Kio. To void stool ; to
discbarge fseecs.
Ki-Ki-Hi, adj. SeeKiHi. Having corners
like a cocked up hat ; ua kapaia'ku e ma-
kou, 0 ka papale he poo kikihi; anything
having many corners; aole like mo ke poo
kiltihi a Kane; he poo kikihi, a half-mooned,
cocked up or military hat.
Ki-Ki-Hi, s, A sailing about in a canoe
with a sail, or walking about quic^j^y.
2. The brim of a broad-brimmed hat
turned up.
Ki-Ki-Hi, s. A door frame.
2. The side posts of a door ; the door it-
self. ■
Ki-Ki-Ki, adj. Very hot ; oppressively
hot, as a tight room, filled with people ; fci-
Iciki ka wcla a ka la.
Ki-Ki-Ko, V. See Kiko, to make a point,
dot, &o. To print ; to tattoo the skin ; to
make marks or letters on the skin.
Ki-Ki-Ko, adj. Dotted ; spotted, as on
paper, kapa or the skin.
Kj-ki-lo, s. Some place or thing afar
off. See Okilo.
Ki-Ki-M, adv. Afar off; at a great d's-
tanee.
Ki-Ki-MO, V. SeeKiMO. To bow or bend
. over the head in front ; to fall, as the head
in front when one is going to sleep in a git-
ting posture ; to nod with drowsiness.
Fi-Ki-NA, V. Intensive of IcinCy to urge,
drive, <fcc. To send with speed.
2. To harry one in doing a thing.
3. To act as if in anger.
4. Hoo. To command with earnestnes? ;
to compel or drive one to do a thing ; to
hasten ; to urge on that a thing may be
done quickly. Puk. 11:1, iroofcifc>?|0 akU
no lakou i na kanaka, they hurried on the
men (to work.)
Ki-Ki-NA, s. A hurrying time or season ;
kokoko pau ke kikina nui ma Honolulu
nei, kawalawala loa na moku i koe iloko o
ke awa. IIoo. Hard driving or urging peo-
ple to do anything ; o ka hoolcikina ana
paha ka mea i make ai, the severe driving,
perhaps, was the cause of his death.
Ki-Ki-PA, V. See Kipa, to turn aside.
To turn in, i. e., to call upon one.
2. To go frequently or often to a neigh-
bor's.
3., To make a circuit to avoid one.
4. To turn aside from a straight road, or
from one's regular business.
KIK
276
JKIK
Ki-Ki-wi, V. See Kiwi, to bend. To bend
or bow the head ; 'o nod fronj. drowsiuess.
2. To bend over ; to bow down.
3. To be very faint and wear^from bard
fatigue.
Ki-Ki-wi, adj. Bent and rounded at the
point like a duck's bill.. -
Ki-KO, V. To reach after ; to stretch out
the hand to take a thing.
. 2. To pluck ; to pull off, as fruit from a
tree.
, 3. To pick up, as a fowl does its food.
4. To peck or break the shell, as a cbicken
in hatching.
£. To mark on a roll opposite one'6 name
for absence.
Ki-Ko, s. A small spot, dot or point.
2. A spot.OD the skin.
3. The figure marked on the skin in tat-
tooing.
4. The general name given by Hawaiians
to the marks used in punctuation.
5. The_ dot or mark made as a sign of
absence in a school roll.
6. The cock of a pistol.
Ki-KO, adj. Striped; spotted; speckled.
Ki-Ko-A, V. Pass, for k^dia. Gram. ^
211. To be picked np ; to be marked, &c.
Mat. 13:4 ^kfla na lae o ua kane ame na
wahine, the foreheads of men and womep
were marked or dotted.
Ki-KO-i, V: To do a little here and there;
to hin-gkip ; to do things irregularly.
2. To be bold ; to" reprove indiscrimi-
nately.
3. To inteirupt the attention of a hearer.
i. To supersede ; to forestall.
Ki-koo, V. SeeKiKO. To stretch out Jie
hand to take something, or to do something.
Puk. 17:11. ^
2. To stretch or spread out the wings, as
a bird abont to fly.
3. To extend the hand in making a. ges-
ture.
4. Kikoo for kakoo, to gild; to tie on; to
strengthen. HcU. 18:32.
Ki-Koo, s. An arm or weapon of- some
kind; a bow. 1 Sam. 2:4. He kaka, he
mea e pana'i ka pua ; a bow, a thing to
shoot arrows.
2. A span; ^ measure made by the thumb
Pud fore finger. Offl. 41:5. Aha kUcoo i
koe 0 ko ia la maikai ia ia nei, that person
is four pdnis less handsome than this.
3. A line across the arc of a circle ; the
chord of an arc. Anahon. 23.
4. The bent bow was called kikoo in
shooting; . kikoo k^ Vaka, a bow. Bos. 2:20.
Ki-Koo-koo, V. To reach as far as one
can for a ttiing ; to stand on tip-toe and
reach as high as one can.
Ki-Ko-0-LA, V. To huddle together; to
pat together confusedly; to fill a container
without any order.
Ki-Ko-o-LA, adj. Carelessly performed j
entangled; topsy-turvy; miked together
confiiBcdly.
Ki-Ko-Hoo-MA-HA, s. Kiko, point, and
hbomahai causing rest.. The name of the
points or characters used in writing which
indicate pauses or rests for the voice in
reading, as comma, semicolon, period, &e.
Ki-KO-Hu, V. See Kohu. To spot; to
make a spot with coloring mattar.
Ki-Ko-H0-KO-uu, V. See above and Kohu.
To daub ; to dirty ; to defile, ai> a clean
garment; to spot; to make unelean; to
spatter, as ink in writing.
Ki-KO-Htr-KO-HU, J. A dirty place on a
garment; defilement; sp'bts of impurity.
Fig. 2 Pet. 2:13. A blemish; an imperfec-
tion. Syn. with palahee.
Ki-Eo-KA-Hi, s. Kiko and kahi, one; one
point. A period ; a pause in reading.
Ki-Ko-KA-iA, *. Kiko, point, and ka la,
the sun. The spot or place of the sun ;
near the time of the oun's rising.
Ki-Ko-Ki-So, V. To nibble, as fish at the
bait
Ki-Ko-Ki-KO, adj. Spotted; speckled; of
different colors. £ot. 30:39. Striped; hav-
ing spots jof«Siffereat colors.
Ki-Ko-3fi-Ko^, »-. See Kik6i. To skip
aboutj OS ijd working in one place and then
in dottier; applied to reading or teaching
the alphabet, to read skipping abont ; kn-
hifaihi lelele, to point here and liteie.
Ki-ko-h-ko-i, adj. Hete and there; ir-
regular ; hip-skip, &o. ' ' .
Ki-KO-KO-MA, s. Kiko, point, and kdma
(Eng.), comma. A semicolon, a sign of a
pause-in reading; See Kikohodmaha.
Ki-Ko-LA, V. Gontvsiction of kikoola. To
place together in confusion ; to hwidle to-.
gether without order.
Ki-Ko-LA, adj. Mixedi up ; entahgled ;
without order.
Ki-Ko-Lu-KO, adj. Alito, a dot, and !ufto.
Spotted; speckled'; dotted.
Ki-Ko-MOE, s. Kiko aitiimoe, to lie down.
A hyphen (-), the name of one of the points
In written or printed language.
Ki-Ko-Ni, 0. To smooth off and finish
a canoe after it is dug out.
2. To prepare and make soft the wauki
for making kapa; ka wauki i kikoniia 8
palupalu maikai.
' 3. To pierce or lance a swelling on ihe
bead.
4. To rap one gently on the foreoead, or.
with the knuckles of -I e hand.
Ki-Ko-Ni, s. The art or trade of finish-
KIL
277
KIL
ing off canoes after they are dug out and
shaped.
Ki-KO-NirA, s. The stork. KarU. 14:18.
The name of an unclean bird.
Ki-Ko-Ni-KO-N!, adj. Having hard lumps
on the head ; ke kikonlkoni ana i ke noo.
Ki-Ko-Ni-NAu, s. Eiko, point, and mnau,
question. The name of the inteirogation
point (?.)
Ki-Ko-PU-i-WA, s. Kiko, point, and ^
iwa, surprise. The name of the point ex-
pressing surprise or wond?r (1.)
Ki-Ko-WAE-NA, s. Kiko, point, and im,-
ena, the middle. The center of a circle.
Anahon. 22.
Ki-LA, vdj. Strong; stout; able.
Ki-LA, s. Eng. Steelj a flint-steel for
striking Are.
2. A general name for chisels ; ka hao
ma ka maka o ke koi, the iron at the edge
of the adze ; ka hoaka o na kila o na We
koa, the flashing of sted of the cbarioiA.
Nak. 2:3.
Ki-LA-HA, s. See Laha, to spread out.
An onlargini; ; a swelling up ; ke kUafia o
ka opn.
Ki-la-ki-la, v. KUakila biekv. rani ]&,
long may she (Laicikawai) stand thcre^ an
we say, long live the king. To express ad-:
miration ofone's person. Laieik. 165.
Ki-la-ki-la, adj. Great; long; strong;
stont ; brave ; applied to a person.
Ki-LA-Ki-LA, s. Bfeight; grandeur; mag-
nificence ; applied to a mountain.
Ki-LE-A, s. The name of a small but
prominent hill; a hillock; inai pii an i puu
kilea, i ka hoolehclche.
Ki-LE-o, s. The pistil of the flowers of
plants.
2. The palate of the human mouth. lob.
34:3. He ike aku i ka pu i kant no i ke
kileo.
3. The rooi of the mouth. lob. 29:10.
!. The stopper of the lungs.
5. Tha trigger of a gun.
Ki-LE-PA, V. See Lepa, a small fiag.
To float in the wind, as a kapa o.r a piece
of cloth fastened to a stick.
Ki-LB-PA-LE-PA, V. See KiLEPA, Kale-
PALEi'A and Lbpa. To flap or flutter in the
wind, as an ensign br'«iag ; to flap in the
' wind, as a sail.
Ki-LE-PA-LE-PA, s. The fluttering or
aoatirig of a flag or colors. Laieik. 26.
Ki-nj V. To rain fine rain; to rain but
little ; to wet.
Ki-Li, s. A kind of shrub or grass.
Jfi-Li-o-o-pu, s...Naihe of a ecies of
grasELv Laidk. 192.
2. N-vme of a wind at Waihee, Maui
Ki-Li-HAU, V. To fa^ gently, as A soft
shower ; to diminish, as the termination of
a shower.
2. To be meek; to b« mild; to act gently.
3. To eat modestly and but little. See
KiUKA.
Ki-Li-HE-HE, V. To sneeze; to snore; to
breathe hard. See Kniisi
Ki-Li-HtJ-NA, V. To be scattered iijto
small pieces like fine rain. See Lblehuna.
Ki-Li-KX, V. To fall in fevir drops, as
rain ; to decrease, as rain ; to grow small.
2. To cat sparingly. See Kilihad 3.
Ki-Li-KA, *. Eng. Silk. Sol. 31:22.
Ki-Li-KA, adj. Silken; lole kUika, siJ.k
cloth.
Ki-Li-KAA, V. See Ku,ika above. To
diminish or to be near ceasing, as rain.
Ki-Li-Ki-Li-HAU, V. See Kilihau. To
Tall, as mis.t or fine rain; to sprinkle slightly,
as rain.
2. To sprinkle, as a little salt ; aole na,
ke JdlikJlihau wale mai la no.
3. To blow gently, as the wind ; kiliMlir
hau ka makani.
Ki-Li-Ki-Li-HAff, adj. Diminishing; soft-
' enlng ; ceasing.
Ki-Li-Ki-ii-HU-NA, s. See Huna, small
' particles of dust, rain, &c. Stn. with &c
foregoing. A small particle of dust, fine
rain, &o.
Ki-li-poi-poi, V, To strike the hollow
hands together, causing a sound.
Ki-LO, V. To look earnestly at a thing.
2. To look at and watch the stars.
8. To prognosticate eytints by looking at
tiie stars ; to foretell what the weather will
be.
4. To act as a sorcerer.
5. To be or act as a judge between man
and man.
Ki-LO, s. a star-gazer; o ka mea nana
lani, he kUo lani no ia.
2. A predictor of future events from the
observation of the stars, from the barking
of dogs, the crowing of cocks, &o.
3. An astrologer; a magician. £171.41:8.
A soothsayer ; an enchanter. Kard. 18:10.
4. A judge; a prophet; o Kahiko ke alii
pono, a akamai ia, he kahuna ame ke kilo,
Kahiko was a good king, he was wise; he
was a priest a,via' a, prophet.
Ki-LO, s. A kind of looking-glass..
Ki-lo-ia, v. Kilo, to look at, ^d ia,
fish. To look as a fisherman looks into the
water for fish ; heaha kana e hana la? e
kiloia ana.
Ki-lo, adv. Used sometimes iitiprcperly
for liio; luka kilo for iiika iilo.
Ei-Lou, s. See Lou, to bead, A hook.
2 OiM. 4:16.
KIL
273
KIM
Ki-i/)0, «. To hook ; to fasten on to, as
ith a noyk; to catch with a hookj to take
fish with a hook. .Wzek. 29:4.
Ki-Lou, s. A Still, quiet place; a place
of no noiie ; a placu favorable for sleep,
Ki-Lo-HA-NA, s. The outside kapa of a
paru, which was oi the best material an'l
the most beautifully printed.
2. The very best as contrasted with that
which was poorer ; ka mea maikal loa i
hnipuia me na mea iao.
3. .'. hiijosfc or heap of stones i;sed as a
rcstint; place ; he pmi hooniaha.
Ki-LO-HA-NA, adj. Fine ; beautiful ; ex-
cellent ; best
Ki-LO-HEE, s. 'Squid looking ; name of
B place in the sea beyond the Ituaan and
aynonymouB 'with hohonu, a place where
fiEhermten look for squid.
Ki-LO-Hi, V. To look at one's self, his
person, hisfeatnres.his dress, &c., with ad-
miration; to be proud of one's dress or
person.
2. To act with self-complacency.
3. To be vain ; fo exhibit v.anity in any
way-
4. To scrutinize, as one's character ; to
examine ; *o observe.
Ki-LO-ni, J. Pride; vanity; ahigh opin-
ion of one's ijelf.
Ki-TM-m'adj Proud; self-opinionated.
Ki-Lo-KT-LO, t. See Kilo. To act the
kilo, i. «>., to tell fortunes by magic; to act
the sorcei or.
2, To, examine cwefully.'
3. To gwess concerning future events; to
predict; to tell before hand what the
wealierwiU be. Jlfot. 16:3. Bkohohonua
wale no me ka manao wahahee.
Ki-M-Ki-LO, J. A guessing at the future;
a predicting ; a watching the singular ap-
pearance of clouds.
2. An enchantment Nah. 23:23. A di-
viner. 1 Sam. 6:2.
Ki-Lo-Ki-to, adj. Practi<:ing enchant-
ment ; divining ; fortune telling.
Ki-M-Ki-j-o-u-HA-NE, s. KUo^ndiuhane,
the spirit To foretell the condition of
one's soul as being safe or near death, as
living or as about to suffer ; a species of
necromancy baaed upon falsehood, much
practiced in former ticisi.
Ki-LO-Ki-to-Ho-KU, *. See Kilokilo and
HoKU, a star, An astrologer; a star-gazer.
Km.Oi-ki-lo-l.vni, s. See KiLOLANi. An
astrologer. i>an..2;27.
Ki-L0-LA-«i, s. Kilo and lani, heaven.
One who looks ai the stars ; a star-gazer ;
an astrologer. Isa. 47:13. One who pre-
tends to predict the future by watching the
Ki-LO-ivii-KA-Ki, s. Kilo atid makard,
wind. One -ivho prognostieate.? the future
by o!::<crving the winds.
Ki-Lo-WA-Hi-NE, s. KUo and icakine, a
woman. A propl!etes3 ; a Boroeress. Isa.
57:3.
Ki-Lir, s. The name of a small gourd
or calabash for patting in small, choice
things.
2. A kind of email gourd used at play ;
o ke kilu, he ipu no ia i kalai kapakahi ia
malialii o ke an; a game attended with
gambling and licentiouaness.
3. The name of the •pX&y itself ; hs paani
iuo 0 ke fcife i ka po. Laieik. 114. 0 ke
kUu ka mea e olioli ai na mea akamai i ke
mele. Note. — EUu was a play for grown
people, puheoheo for children. See Puebo-
H£a
Ki-tn, V. To play at the pastime called
kHu ; a ma ka wa e kilu ai.
Ki-Lu-A, s. See Ltta, double : deceitful.
A liar ; a deceiver ; a falsitier.
2. In t\ie abstract, sl lie] a deceit; a false-
hood.
Ki-ME-BA-LA, $. G7\ A Cymbal, 2 Sam.
6:5.
Ki-Mo, V. To strike, as with a stone, a
stiek or a sword ; to thrust with a stick.
2. To pound, braise or mash, as in pound-
ing pot.
3. To seize something while in motion.
4. To go headlong or headfirst, as down
a pall ; kimo e mai ke poo a make loa.
6. To strike, as with a stick in choosing
the puu in playing at pnhenchene where
thenoaia.
b. To bend over or forward, as in mak-'
ing a bow.
7. To nod, as with drowsiness.
Ki-MO, s. The u.:me qf a former game
or play, described as follows : ka pal ana
i kekahi pohakn me ka hoolei ana i ka po-
haku liilii iluna me ka apo ana e me ka po-
hakunuimekalima i kekahi pohaku uuku.
2. Name of a play for children.
Ki-Mo-Ki-Mo, V. To hew, shave or spiooth
off the inside of a canoe. NoTp. — This was
done with a koi or small adze,' with many
repeated strokes.
-2s; To pound r.p fish for bait in taking
othex fish.
Ki-Mo-MO, V. See Kimo, to strike. To
strike ; to pound ; to bruise ; to break, Ac,
Ei-Mo-PO, V. Kimo, to strike, and po,
night To kill in the dark; to assassinate;
.to rob in the night ; to lie in wait to kill ;
to do a thing in th j dark and in secret ; a
po iho, kimopo iho ia na kanaka, during
that night men commuted assassinations.
Ki-MO-Po, s. Secret rebellions; assassin-
ations.
KIN
S'TS
KIN
2; He ]iur, kvmo, assassins; perflonsof re-
bellious disposition.
: 3. Night vofcbors ami pliindevois; ma.ka
papii (ma Keuai) ke kbnopo ana.
Ki-Mo-1'oo, V. See Kmo 6 and Pao, the
lieaU. To bow down ; to bend the beuU
forward ; e Jtulou ilalo tnamua ke poo.
Kt-NA, u. To drive on ; to urge; to op-
press.
2. J/oo. To command; t6 order; to urge
strongly. See KmiNA.
Ki-NA, s. A blemish, as in a, person or
body of an animal. Kard. 15:21.
2. Sin ; cnor ; wickedness ; kina olo,
without fault ; sinless.
3. Any troublesome untoward event or
circumstance tUat prevor.ts the reali;!atioii
of one's iiupes ; ma na aina kula bo hoo-
uianawa uui ka banu uo na Mna, ho poko,
le la, he.Jiauoki, he pulua ame kahi man
hina e ae,
Ki-NA, adj. Sinful; wicked; bad; er-
roneous ;. defiled.
2. Having a blemish, as an animal; Mpa
kan6 kind, ole. n ram unblemished.
Ki-NA, fiK^o. Hoo. .ka intensive. Bad;
much ; very. Isa. 23:5.
Ki-NAi, B, To quench;- to extinguish,
as fire. Oihk. 6:12.
2. To put out a light; ua Icmai loa ia ka
malamalama.
3. To extinguish, ais life; tolcili bysti'an-
glhig, striking or piexeing, as'oo keiki.
■ 4. To make bitter with bitter ingredients.
6. To kill by poisonous medicines.
Ki-NAi-NA, s. Einai and f^na. The put-
ting out of life ; the end of life.
2. The end of a road, or where it van-
ishes.
3. A mourning for the life, or loss of one
dead..
Ki-NAU, s. Name of a species of fish,
2. The name of a god.
3. The name of a species of a small white
eel living in the sand.
Ki-riATT-HAU, V. To grarable secretly;
to oortplain to one's self on account of not
having one's expectations roalisMsd.
2. To seoldj to threaten; to breathe ven-
geance.
3. To be full'of evil; to be internally vile.
4. To complain of another; to find fault.
Ki-NA-Ki-NA, P. See KiNA 2. To call to
oae iu anger; to call loudly after one ; to
hurry oae.
Ki-KA-NA, s. A hen, especially one that
ban hiitohcd chickens.
Ki-NA-NA-HA-i-E, s. A house ; a resi-
dence for pf^ople; especially a crooked-
. sided bouse.
Ki-NA-NA-PE, adj. Crammedfuli; filled;
stuffed, as with food.
Ki-NE-MO-NA, s. Eng. Cinnamon, tht
odoriferous bark of a trc^e. Md. Sat. i:H
Ki-Ni, s. The number 40,000. "
2. Any nnraber indefinitely great.
3. A retinue of persons; a train follow
ing a chief, as in former tinioB. 1 Hal. 10:2.
4. Kiasfolks ; relations, Sx
5. ISnq. Tin ; as, pa kini, a tin plate; so
written instead of pa tini.
Ki-Ni, s. Hawaiian orthography for^jJM?,
gin, a distilled foreign intoxicating liquor.
Ki-Ni-Ho-Lo, s.' Kini and hoh, to run.
The name of a particular game, of hall,
similar to base ball.
Ki-Ni-Ki-Ni, *. A multitude ; a number
indefinitely large. Hoi., ,189:18.
Ki-Ni-Ki-Ni, adj. Numerous; multitudi-
nous ; very many ; me he hale puka kini-
kird la, like a house with 'inany windows.
Ki-Ni-Ki-K^-puo, s. The name of many
puus or hillocks standing near each other.
See Oi.owAMJPi'u.
Ki-Ni-LA0, s. Name of a multitude or
school of fish in the sea.
Ki-Ni-po-po, V. Kini and popo, a glob-
ular snbslanct!. To play at ball in the
various different games.
Ki-Ni-FO-Po, s. Playing at ball ; a gen-
oral term for all the games of ball-playing,
Ki-No, s. The body of a person or other
substance as distinguished from the limbs
oi" other appendages.
2. The body of a perso.i in distinction
from «fta?ie, the soul ; okoa ke kino, okoa
ka uhanc.
3. A person ; an individual ; one's self ;
kuhi oia me kona fcijio iho,he thought with
himself.
A. Ilie bodj ; the substance; the prin-
oijial part of a thing ; he keokep ke Idno o
ko'u kapa.
5.' A stalk of grass ; the body of a tree :
that which is'ihe substantial part of mat-
ter. See Oiwi. ,
6. In rjrmnmdr, person : as, kino kahi,
first person ; kino lua. Ac.
Ki-No, V. Hoo. To take a body ; to take
shape; to embody, as a shapeless mass;.
•hoQk'mo ka honua, iho earth took shape
(frem chaos.) Mel. of Crealion.
Ki-NO-A-KA-LAU, s. Kiiw and akalau, a
spiiit or ghost, The B;)irit or ghost of a
person not yet dead. See Wau.ua, Akalac
and KiNowAii.iiA. Note. — ^There were per-
■sons formerly, mostly priests, who pre-
tended to see the ghosts or souls or spirits
of others while still living, and would in-
form thp living persons that they had. seen
their spirits, and that it was .a sign of some
great calamity about to befall them ; this
the priests did to extort something alua-
ble from them. I aku 1h kela (kekahuna),
KIP'
280
KIP
jaa ike au, lie hele ino ana kou kinoakcdau,
he (the priest) said, I hare seen yonr spirit
going about in sadness; i aku la an, heaha
ka pono ? I said, what is proper to be done ?
I aku la keia, he Uio keokeo paha, he kapa
keokeo, he hee, he kala. he weke, he (the
priest) said, a -white dog perhaps, or a white
kapa, -or a squid, or a kala (a lish), or a
weke (also a fish.) One or more of these
was reqiiired by the priest that he might
appease the ghost, and escape death.
Ki-NO-Hi, Is. The beginning; the first
Kl-NO-HOU, ) of a series.
2. Primitive; the first in time.
3. The beginning of th6 world.
4. The name of the first book of the Bible,
Genesis,, iiom the fii^t word. Note, — Ki-
nohi never takes the article.
Ki-No-HOff, adv. At first; before. INcd.
Ki-No-Hi-NO-Hi, adj. Printed, a,s calico;
Knotted ; bikokiko, onio.
Ki-NO-MA-KE, s. Kitu),&hi make, dead.
A dead body. : Oihlc.'5;2. A corpse of a
man or t^oiiaal. See Kupapau.,
Ki-m-fv* ». The effluvia or smell or
strong scent of tobacco ; o ka poe a pan i
lawe i ke kimm) na okiia ka lakon mau
ipu.
Ki-NO-wAi-LU-A, s. Kino and waihia, a
ghost. A poetical name for a spirit or
ghost of one seer: while livilig, distinct from
and in a different place from his body. See
KlNOAKAIAir and Kakaola.
Ki-No-RA, s. Heh. Hjdims of a musical
instrument. fiaJ. 57:87 .•
Ki-PA,' V. To turn from the direct path.
2. To turn in and lodge ; to put up or
slay with one. Kin. 38:1.
3. With <fe, to turn from. Kanl. 28:14
To turn aside. Puh. 3:3.
4. To si^y ; to abide ; to live ; to dwell.
2 Sam. 14:24 To dwell in a certain pla'ce;
to §6 and .come with familiarity "at one's
honeo ; c hookanaka ia kaua d kipa hewa
keaioha i ka ilio, i ka Imelo ka ike; a/cipa
i na kale o Keopuofaini, they staid in the
jiouses of Keopuolani.
6. To water land artificialij, directing
the streams here and there.
6. Hoo. To receive into one's house ; to
lodge: to entertain, as a guest ; to rece«-e
morally. loan. 1:5.
7. To be a lodger or guest at another's
house.
Ki-PA, s. Kindness; hospitality; access
to one.
2. lloo. An entrance upon any business.
3. The name of a medicine given to mad-
men ; same as pipa.
Ki-.A, adj. Friendly; kind; hospitable.
Ki-PAE-PAfi, s. Stone steps for entering
a house.
2. A pavement. 2 OiH. 7:3. See tjxaian
and ICiPAiFAl. - ■■■-
Ki-PAi, V. To drive offorexpej, as dogs
or chickens belonging to others ; ke kipai
ana i ka mea e hoom^u ana i kana maa
keiki. -
Ki-PAi, s. The driviii^ away or expul-
sion of animals that do not belong to one. '
Ki-PAi-PAi, s. See Kipaepae. A pave-
ment, i. e., a road paved with stones, ferii
trunks or the like. See Kjpai'a.
Ki-pai-pai, v. To pave a road, as with
stones or other materials.
Ki-pao-pao, I). See Paopao. To strike;
' to pound, RS with a hammer; to beat; to
bruise.
2. To pelt with stones. Sec ECrpopO.
Ki-pa-ku, v. To drive away forcibly; to
expel or turn out of a house or place of
residence. . Kin. 3:23.
2. To put away, as a wife. Mat. 1:19.
To cast out ; to turn off. loan. 6:37.
3. To put away, as property unlawfully
obtained. los. 7 :31.
Ki-pa-ku, s. A banishment ; an- expul-
sion.
Ki-pa-la-le, *. A rushing ; a hurry; a
rapid flow, as a swollen stream of water ;
1 na kipalaie a na waiahnlu, by the rushing
of muddy water.
Ki-pa-la-le, adj. See Lale, to hurry.
What is done quickly and expeditiously ;
ka hana me ka ikaika, me ka hele aluahi
ame'fca hele kipalaie; what is swollen and
^jnlarged, as a rushing stream.
Ki-pa-pa, v. To pave ; to lay a pave-
ment of stones. Md. Sol. 3:10. See Kipae-
pae and KiPAiPAi.
2. To baUnce on the top of the surf; to
turn sideways, as on a su-Mioard in the
surf.
3. To be thick together.
4. To lay with flat stones or boards, as
a road or, bridge.
5. To protect and support when anoUiet
condemns.
Ki-PA-PA, s. The topping off of a wall;
the filling up of a hole with stones.
2. Kipapa pohaku, a pavement.
3. A back-load of anything ; a burden ;
same as haawe.
Ki-PA-PAu, u To descend from a high
place to a place below.
Ki-pa-pa-la-le, s. See Kapalale. A
balancing of two heavy burdens on a stick
that thejjmay be easy to carry.
Ki-PA-PA-Po-HA-KU, s. Kipapa and po-
haku, a 3toiie. A stone pavement. loam.
19:13.
KiP
281
KIP
Ki-PA-wA-LE, V. Kipa and wale, gratu-
itously. To go ana Bit unbidden in an-
other's house.
2. To enter another's premiaeg with dis-
honest intentions.
3. To seize and take another's property.
Ki-PA-WA-LE, *. The coming upon and
taking another's property without right.
2. The name of a species of sweet potato.
Ki-PE, ». To bribe ; to offer secretly a
reward for some wrong doing; to girs
something secretly to screen one from jus-
tice ; e haawi malu i ka waiwai i mea e
pakele ai.
Ki-FE, V. To stone i to pelt with stones ;
to pelt or strike, as hail or rain in a storm.
Ki-PE, *. A reward ; an inducement tp
do what otherwise one would not do be-
cause evil ; a bribe; a gift.. Kard. 10:17.
2. Property given to screen froip punlsb-
mont; he waiwai e haawi malnia e pakele
ai ka hihia ma ke kanawai, o lilo i ka hoo-
hewaia.
3. One who practices bribery. 706.15:34.
Ki-PE, ddj. Tending to bribery; in-
ducing one to commit bribery. Pufc. 23;8.
Ki-PEA, )t). See Pea. To cross one
Kl-PEA-PEA, ) sticis with another; to build
a shanty or temporary shed for a shelter,
as from the rays of. the sun ; to erect a se-
cret place where one may hide.
Ki-PE-Hi, V. See Pehi, to pelt with
stones. To throw clubs or siones ; kipehi
aku la ia i ua wahi manu la, a pa aku la
kona wawae a hai. See Kipe.
Ki-PE-PA, V. To bite or snatch, as v.'ith
the teetb.
Ki-Pi, V. To resist lawful authority, to
rebel ; to revolt.
2. To withhold allegiance ; kipi hou iho
la o Kaaekoa a kana me Keoua.
3. To act contrary to one in authority.
KatiLM.
4. Hoo. To stir up rebellion.
6. To kill or murder one's chief.
Ki-pi, s. A rebel.
2.. Rebellion, opposition and resistance
to lawful authorily. Eanl. 31:27.
3. A breaking up or overturning a gov-
ernment ; he ku e, he pepehi a he moknar
faana.
Ki-Pi, adj. Seditious; rebellious. Hoo.
Bebellious ; ezcitiog to rebellion.
Ki-pi, ado. Eoo. Rebelliously j sedi-
tiouiily. Kard. 13:6.
Kr-pwu-pi, V. Frequentative and inten-
sive of kipi. To stir up sedition ; to fight.
2. To exdie to rebellion.
3. To fight, ta in a mele ; e hakaka ma-
lana, icalalo, e paio me ks inoino.
36
4. To dig and hill up, as in hoeing pota
toes ; to dig a hole.
5.' Hoo. To gather together for rebellion.
Isa. 54:15.
Ki-pi-Ki-Pi, s. Commotion; tumult, as
people in a state (rf revolt; he pee fcipifcipj,
rebels.
2. A striker: a boxer; one given io
striking. 1 Tim. 3:3.
Ki-pi-Ki-Fi, adj. Rebellious, acting ia
frequent rebellions. '
Ki-pi-KU-A, s. The Hawaiian name for
pickaxe.
Ki-po, V. To break ; to break open, as
a box or chest ; e hooilaha. e wawahi ;
alalia, hvpo ihO la i ka pabu i ka pohaku.
Ki-po-i-fo-i, adj. Concealing one's own
errors : hiding one's own fault* ; kanaka
wahine i ka awa Idpoipoi.
Ki-pou, V. See Pou, post of a house set
in the ground. To drive down, as a stake
in the ground.
2. To stand leaning, as the post of a
thatched house ; to bend over.
Ki-po-LA, V. See Pola. To warm, as a
sick person in order to favor the operation
of medicine.
2. To wrap up a hen or turkey or flsh in
order to carry to market.
Ki-Po-LA, s. The wrrapper fastened
- around any substance for carrying to mar-
ket, as fowls, fish, &c.
Ki-po-LA-po-LA, V. To warm a sick per-
son ; to apply whatever will tend to warm
a sick person.
Ki-po-Lo, s. A prayer desiring the death
of an enemy ; he bua pule.
Ki-Po-NA, *. Variable places in the sea,
some calm, some ruffled \ hiki i na kipona
ino o Kohala.
Ki-po-NA, V. To be variable, as spots ia
the sea in a calm. See Kifonafoma..-
Ki-po-NA-Po-NA, V. To be variegated, as
the sea, sometimes calm, sometimes rough;
e kiokioki e like me ke kai i kekahi ma-
nawa raalie, e kipona.
Ki-po-po, V. See Kipo. To strike; to
hit; to break.
Ki-PO-DA, s. Heb. Name of an animal
mentioned in isa. 14:23; the bittern or
porcupine.
Ki-pu, t>. To turn the paddle, as in set-
ting a canoe back ; kipu iho la lakou i na
hoe, they turned biick the paddles, that is,
rowed backwards ; to turn away ; ka Iiua-
huaike/opu. i/bo. The same.
2. To fom tightly around oqg, as a large
kapa.
3. To keep back, as a Ehower appearing
to approach, but does not come.
Ki-Pnu-PUTJ, s. The thought that arises
KIV
282
KOA
in one's mind when he^ears that another
has slandered oil spoken evil of him ; an
intevnat paia ; a digturbance Of mind.
Ki-Pir-KA, s. A snare for taking bird&
Kekah.S-.li. A sliding noose..
2 Something variable j a cbf^oge ; vari-
ety.
3. An opening ; ^ calm place in a high
sea.
Ki-pij-KA-prr>Kji, a4j. Full of openings
or kiltttkas.
Ki-ro-uv, v.. To apply manure to the
soif to enrich it; to do to the.grounu what-
ever will cause vegetables to grow.
2. IToft. To cause to enrich, as the ground;
to manure.
Ki-pu-L0, s. Manure; dung, &c. IJVaZ.
U-M.
Ki-pu-LU, adj. Hoo. Enriching; mak-
ing fruitful; ka ua noeantiAoofctpwiulehua
o na pali.
Ki-ptr-Ni, V. To gird on; to wrap around,
as a-eoat or cloak around the body ; e fci-
ptTiU ka aahu.
2. Fio. E fcipu»i^ makotl i kapoao,i ke
aloha, &c., w« are encircled with righteous-
ness, with love, ^.
Ki-pu-pn, V. See Kipa. To set an oar
back littles by little;
2. HoOr To brace back the oar little by
little.
3. To be hindered or impeded in some
way.
4. To di'aw back or reftise to go when
Invited or ordered, or pulled, by the arm,
as a wife by berliusband. See Hoopdpu 3.
Ki-WAA, 's: The name of a very large
bird.
Ki-WAA-wAA, *. A rough .kind of kapa
used for various purposes, but of a rough
texture ; a coarse kapa ; he hana hoopulu
kuku na ka wahine ; he pa-u manoanoa.
Ki-WAA-wAA, adj. Breacl-shbuldered;
stout, as a strong man.
Ki-WA-WA, Si Wauki partly beaten into
kapa ; the thick kapa matter when partly
beaten ont; or ready for beating. See Ki-
WAAWAA above.
Ki-Avi, V. To turn from a natural shape
«• position.
2. To fail or tumble down.
3. To pull along, as a fi«h that is fssA to
a hook. i. e., to bend the Hue out of its
sifttunil place. ,
4- To bend or to fcf crooked.
6. To bend forward or sideways, as a
slsejjy perpott ; to nod.
ft Toturii iv iittie one wide or etkewvsya,
7, To iv -I !.lt crookedly ; \\k fcfe' ka lieie
anA.
Ki-wi, .5. The hoiM of an ox or cow,
ft Offl tbeir crooliedDers. Kaatl. ii-.lX. KivA
hipa, aram's bom. /o». 6if6. Any hooked
thing ; a crooked horn ; a sickle.
2. A pulling here and there, as a fish
caught with..the hook in Iris mouth.
Ki-wi, tdj. Sideways; lateral.
Ki-wi-Ki-wi V. See Kiwn. To turn ; to
ttend; to nod,£c. See Kakiwi and Kiktwi.
JJoo. To pull frequently at a hook with a
fish on it; bopu mai lake kanaka iw'aho,
}tool(Awi]cim iho la, a hemo ae la.
Ki-DA, s. ,BeA. Cassia: Fuk. 30:24.
Ko, adj. pron. Contraction of iow. Thy;
thine ; of thee. Oram. § 132.
Koj pr^. Of; the sign of possession or
property, answering often to the apos«
trophic s in English, thus : ho na, of him,
of her, of it, that is', Iiis, hers or its (seldom
however in the neuter); ko kakou; of us,
that i8,«ur, ours; ko lakou, of them, theirs,
£c. It has VtiP same meaning 'as o, but is
placed in another part of the sentence. Ko
. is used also before nouns proper and com-
mon in the same way. Sometimes ko and o
are both used ; as, to o nei poe kanaka, o/v
or what belongs to Uie people, ftere, or the
. o may be taken as a noun of place. Qr(an.
§ 69, 1, 2, 3.
Ko, V. To iiccomplish ; to fulfill ; to
bring to pass, as a promise or a prophecy.
Lunk. 13:17. To fulfill, as an agreement ;
opposite to hmde, to fail. loo. 23:14. To
fulfill, as a threat; to be avenged. I«r.
6:29. To obtain; to conquer j to overpower.
2. To win in a bet ; olioli iho' la ka pde
i fco, so those who winnsd in a race i'ejoiced ■
to prevail, as one party over another. Lule.
23:23. To obtain what one has sought after;
to succeed an a search. Laieik. 63.
3. To proceed firom, as .a cliild from a
parent ; to be^et, as a father. ler. 16:3.
i. To conceive,, as a female ; to become
pregnant ; e hapai, e piha. Sin. 16:4.
5. To ^raw or drag, as with a rope ; n
kauo,ehnki. 2 Sum. 17:13.
6. .JSToo^TV) fulfill an engagement Lakik.
109. To perform what has been spoken.
Nah. 23:».
7. To put a law in force ; e kooko i ke
kanawai. 2 Sam. 8:15. That is, cause to
fulfill the law.
Ko, «K^ Drawn ; dragged, &c. -
Ko, *. Sugiar-cane ; hence, sugar ; mO-
2. In^wwic, the second ascending note.
Ko-A, V. To be dry; to be without ftois-
ture : maloo, mauu ole.
2. To be unfruitful ; to bear no fruit, as
a plant or ti-ee ; e hua ole mai i ka hna.
t<. To speak unwitliagiy; to apeak in
jcsfc; not mcMing euicHy what one says.
4. To miss ; to make a mistake ia speajt-
ing; e olelo kjkoola; to throw words care-'
lessly together without thonght:.
KOA
283
KOA
5. To be bold; to be courageoua; to act
the soldier ; e ikaika oe e koa boi, mai
makan.
6. Hoo. To*e valiant; to act valiantly.
.rer.9:3.
Ko-A, s. A .barren, fruitless plant or tree.
2. A Bolclier ; plixral, soldiers ; an army;
a multitude.
'i. TW horned coral ; the same as akOa-
koa; the coral rook; fcooahiaudfcoaopelu,
places among tbeiiporal rooks where thd
Dshes ahi and opeln are foiind ; o ke koa a
iakou e lawaia a1, the corof is where they
Pshed; ho puu koa, a clump of coral rocks,
4. A mean bcggari;
6. The name of a large tree growing on
the mountains, good for furniture, of which
canoes are made arid instruufdnts of war.
6. A mistake in speaking or acting; doing
what was not designed.
7. In geography, a 80un<l ; a strait ; ■
channel ; waha koa, a strait. See Kowa.
. 8. A broad, prominent forehead.
Ko-A, adj. Brave; bold, as a soldier.
2. Dry ; without, moisture.
3. Unfti^tful, as a plant or tree. .
4. Unsteady ; irregular in habit.
Ko-A, adv. Boldly; without fear; e
olelo koa, speak boldly.
Ko-A-A, V. See Koa. To be dry; to lack
moisture ; hcnfie,
2. To be unfruitful, as plants in 4ry
ground.
Ko-A-A, s. The name of an unfruitful
plant ; aole hua,he hoaa; he uala hua ole
ke koaa. .
Ko-AE, adj. White;; ofa whitish color;
bright.
Ko-AE, s. The name of a species of
white bird which is found about p; ^icip'ces.
''2. The name of a species of red fish.
Ko-A-E-A, adj. Dry; unfruitful; bear-
ing no friiit. See Koaa.
Ko-Ai, V. To wind round; to tie about;
to creep round like a circling vine; to gird
round, as a pa-u, or girdle upon the body;
6 koai i ka pa-u. See Kaei and Koai-t.
Ko-AJ-Ai, V. See Koai, To move round
the hand ; to stir, as one does tea.
Ko-a-i-e, Ji Name of a species of tim-
ber growing inland ; wood bard ; used for
house posts and for making shark hooks.
Ko-a-ka, v. To be continually changing
one's residence ; to go here and there.
2. To marry wives and go and leave
them.
3. To act the debauchee.
Ko-A-KA, s. A debauchee ; one who mar-
ries wives and puts them away again ; he
moekolohe pincpine.
2. Mug. The Hawaiian pronnnpiation for
quarter,' i. e;, a quarter (of a doll!.r.)
3. Namo of the.place whore a retreating
wave meets one coming in, in shallow
water. See Poac.
Ko-A-KA, «irf/. See Koaa, Valiant;
brave; applied to men. .1 Sam. 14:5?, He
keiki koaka nae (Halaaniani.). Laieik. 128.
Ko-A-KE-A, », Koa, coral, and kea, white.
The while coral of tl|e ocean.
Ko-A-KO-A, V. To live jn one place; not
to move or rove about from one' place to
another ; not to visit here and t^ere. See
Koi'ENE. Jioa Same.
Ko-A-KO-A, adj. Furnished; supplied;
having what is necessary for comfort. See
KijoiiooNO. Kuonoono koakoa ka noho ana.
,2. Brave; bold; daring; impudent; he
olelo koak6a ko kekahi alii kanaka : the
opposite of kopepe and oheke. See Koa,
brave ; soldier-like.
Ko-A-KO-A, s. Generally written' akoa-
koa. See Kua and Akoakoa. The coial of
the occa:' j the coral rock.
Ko-A»Ko-A-NA,' adj. Applied to a person
once lazy and indolent, but chained in his
habits, end nowhas a house and comforts
and is collecting valuables; i ka waha wi-
kiwiki koukoana ole.
Ko-A-KU-ittD-o-LE, s. A tree of that name
, manka of Kahihikolo; the tree was devote J
to Kamapuaa.
Ko-A-LA,' V. To roast over coals of fire;
to broil on the coals. Ijuk. 24:42. To cook
on the fire ; properly, to lay on the coals.
2. To leave or have a remainder; to
grow less and less ,' to be over and above.
Ko-A-LA, adj. Cooked; broiled on the
coals.
Ko-A-LA, «. The uterus; the placenta
of females; he puu kok,^ i paa maloko o ka
wahine hanau.
Ko-A-LA-A-LA, *. Breakfast. Eich. Ko-
dUiala ma ka hewa.
Ko-A-LAU-KA-NE, s. A particular kind of
koa; the name of the wood or tree of which
gods were made.
Ko-A-Li, s. The plant convolvulus ; he
mea bihi kolo.
Ko-A-ti, V. SeeKoAi. To creep around;
to twine about, as a vine; to run and grow
thickly together, as the convolvulus,
Ko-A-NA, a4j. Clear, as water when the
dirt has settled to the bottom.
Ko-A-NA, 1). To remain i to be over aad
above. See Koala 2.
Ko-A-NA, $. A small part or piece of
anything ; a fragment ; a particle ; ka ma-
awe o ka papale a o ka moena.
2. A bladder; the coats^iner of urine.
Awd. 16. Koana mimi ; fie wahi e waibo
ai ka mimi.
Ko-A-NA-A-wA, V. See Miala and Ma
KOE
28i
KOE
5;ioi. To lieat one hardly to whom he has
given property to take care of ; to be hard
npon one.
Ko-A-N!-A-Ni, V. To blow J to weeZe, as
a fresh breeze; k? koaniani mai aei ka
makani. See AxiAKi.
2. To blow sol'tiy or gently, creating
coolneas.
3, To make or cause a breeze, as with a
fan ; e koaniani me ka pcaLi.
Ko-A-]<fi-A-Ni, s. A- soft cooling wind.
2. A place cooled by a gentle breeze.
3. The blowing of a cool breeze ; he pe-
tthi koaniani.- i
Ko-A-PA-KA, adj. Valiant; brave; suc-
cessful, as a combatant.
Ko-A-PA-Ki, s. A soldier well cared for;
an active soldier.
2. A tree thoroughly manured.
Ko-A-WE-0-wE-o, s. Na.nie of a species
of calle, joints striped white and red.
Ko-E, V. To remain ; to be over and
above ; not quite all.
2. Sbo. To cause to remain ; to save
from destruction; to leave ; to let remain.
Pufc. 16:19. To spare; to save; to reserve.
i Sam. 8:4.
3. To JiilflU ; to accomplish, as a pi-om-
ise, 1 Fed: 8:24.
4. To allow or permit to remain. Oihk.
7:15. Aole i koe ke aho, no courage re-
mained, i. e., it was despair. /o.s. 2:11.
Ko-E, V. To spit; to discharge phlegm ;
e kuba iho.
a. To divide off; to separate ; e mahele.
Ko-E, s. The remainder ; what is left;
an excess ; an overplus ; more j a .lurplus.
See KoEKA.
2. The angle worm.
Ko-E, adj. Remaining; enduring.
Ko-E-A, «. To be dry; to be hard, as
eaith dried in the sun.
2. To refuse a favor ; to bo unkind ; i
ole makou e aaka a koea iho, that we may
cot be stubborn and refuse.
3. To divide off; to cut off; to separate.
Ko-E-A, s. A person inclined to indo-
lence ; indisposed to yieli to fte wish of
another.
Ko-E-A, adj. Disobedient to orders ; self-
willerl ; taciturn ; lazy ; indolent ; indis-
posed to go when ordered.
Ko-E-HA-E-HA, s. For koeaea. See Koea.
One who Is hard, unobliging or morose.
Ko-E-HA-E-HA, adj. Hot; uncomfortable
by reason of beat; sultry; koehaeha ia
wahi ) ka la.
Ko-E-HA-NA, s. A footstool. See Ku-
HAJJA.
Ko-B-HA-NA, adj-. Warm; applied to
weather ; mohana, welawela.
Ko-E-HA-MA, s. Warmth ; heat, as of
tbe sun ; ka wela o ka la.
Ko-E-HO-Nn-A. s. Koea.ndfumua,a.iverh.
A remainder; a remnant; as when a piece
of work is almost done, the unfiniBhed part
is tbe koehonua.
2. A raele composed on the name of a
chief; he mele labi.
Ko-B-Ko-E, V. To be wet and coldj to
be cold from being wot.
2. To scratch out, as writing with a knife.
Ko-E-KO-E, s. Dampness; cold; chilli-
ness; i ke anuanu amekefcoejfcoe o uawaU
nei la.
Ko-E-KO-E, adj. Chilly from being wet;
chilled; cold.
Ko-E-LE, s. A small division of land
Mess than a kih/ipai; hence, a field planted
by the tenants for the hakuainaor landlord;
a garden belonging to the chief, but culti-
vated by his people.
2. A slight knocking or pounding ; the
Bound oi the kapa mallet at a distance.
3. Tbe ticking of a wat«h.
4; A tall man.
5. Equality in numbciu or strength.
6. A.unioQ of two things.
Ko-E-LE, e. To strike ; to beat; to tick,
as a clock.
Ko-E-LE, oij. Dry, as the ground ; ma-
loo ; dry. as bones; kode na iwi o Hua ma
i Jia la, dry are the bones of Hiia and his
company in the s>in. Notb. — Una was a
chief whose peep's and him.self died trav-
eling in the sun.
Ko-E-LE-B-LE, V. To make a sound fre-
quently by striking ; to sound often ; kani-
kaoi.
2. To be dry, as a place without rain and
under the heat of the sun ; koeieele aku o
Ikna.'
Ko-E-LE-E-LB, adj. Contentious; quar-
relsome, as a man and his wife ; strong for
fS^hting ; siuch disposed to fight
Ko-E-LE-L0-A, V. Sec KoELE 5. To be
equal in numbers or strength.
Ko-E-UE-PA-i^tJ, *. A puddir.g- made of
potatoes and cocoannt
Ko-E-Li, J. jSb and eli, to dig. The
sugar-cane planted or put under gi-ound;
he ko malalo o ka \epo no HalaliL
Ko-E-Lo, s. See Kowelo and Wem.
That which hangs .<iuitened at the top, as a
signal, colora, a slreamer, i&c.
K0-E-1.0-E-A, adj. Some character of the
wind ; pa mai la ka makani o kodoea.
Ko-E-Lo-E-Lo, V. SeeKoELD. To stream
off, as the tail of a comet ; to float, a^-an
ensign ; to Oap in the wind.
Ko-E-NA, s. Contracted from koe anJ
tmo. The remainder; au overplus; a rea^
KOI
285
KOO
nant of somettiiag larger oi more muoer-
ous ; Iienoo,
2. The ruins of anything. los. 10:20.
' Ko-E-NE, V. To take shelter in some
sale place or under' Bome one'n protection;
lo ifcl safe or secure from harm,
Ko-i, e. To use force with one, either
pliysical or moral.
2. To urge ; to entreat one to do or not
to ilo a thing ; to compel by entreaty.
3. To ternpt; to be led to do a thing.
Ka7d. 4:19. Koi ac ia ialsou ia ia (ia Liho-
liho) e a!o, they urged him (LiholJho) to go
jj! debt.
i. To drive; to urge with* violence; to
compel by force ; to insist on a thing ; ta
practice any athletic exercise ; e koi man
a inama i ka bolo.
.'). To asli or invite one to go in company
with him.
fi. 'J'o take aside to ask a favor.
7. To carry a bundle on the sbouldsrs of
two men on a stick between them.
8. To drive or forcfe in, as a nait or spilce
into wood; to force one thing into another.
9. To flow or tush like rushing water
over a dam or any obstracfcjon.
10. To put in the Bliek or vine on. which
kutaii nuts arc strung ; e fcot i lie kukui.
Ko-i, s. A compulsion ; an urging, &c.
2. A small adzu ; tot Hps, a hatchet.
3. A projecting (iorehead, i. e., % sharp
face ; he !ae koi kou, an insulting expres-
sion.
4. The name of a species of kalo.
5. The name of a play ; a sort of race in
sliding ; iua j ao i ka pahee. ame ka lioo-
holo moa, amo ke koi; he mau ikaika pili
waiwai.
6. Tlie name of a splinter of bamboo on
which kukni uuts are strung.
7. All indolent person wtinting energy
or decision in action.
Ko-i, adj. Shrill; shaip; iine, as a voice
on a high key.
Ko-iA, pron. pars. Ko, preposition, and
ia, third pors. sing. pron. The ancient but
j-egnlar form of the auiiki of ia. Of hinl ;
' his ; ka welaa wale no o fcoia la lima, the
end only of his finger.
Ko-i-Ei-Ei, s. See Koi, »., 8. A rapid
current sucking in and carrying off every-
thing.
2. The thing.? thus swept away.
3. The naroo of a play.
Ko-i-Ei-Ei, u To rest; tobeqaiet; to
be still,
Ko-i-E-LE, V. See Koi, to force. To
drive ; to force ; to push on ; to urge.
'L To overfiov/ : to rush here and there,
as overflowing water ; to drive on, but in
the wrong road.
Ko-ii, V. To diminish ; to gfiow less, as
water flowinjr a long di.s1anre; koii ka wal
Ko-ii, adj. Fresh ; vigorous ; green ;
flourishing, as young hsaltiiy plants.
Ko-H, s. A reproachful epithet ; sneer-
ing language.
Ko-H7-ju, V. See Ion;. To be afar off;
to be high up ; to be at a great distance.
See Pomro.
Ko-ixj-ia, .adj. What is far off; very dis-
tant ; at a great heigiit.
Ko-!-u-LA, V. To rise or ascerfd, as
smoke ; to Qoat in the air ; to ascend, as a
cloud.
Ko-i-u-LA, s. A rising smoke i a floating
cloud.
Ko-i-HO-La, s. See Koi and Hotu.; to
bend. An adze, i. •;., a bent axe.
Ko-i-KA-m, s. Koi arid kahi, to cut. A
plane for planing boards or timber. Ita.
44:1S.
Ko-i-Ko-1, ». See Koi. To uTge ; to be
hard upon ; to be heavy.
2. To carry a heavy burden on a stick is
two bundles.
3. To ask; to entreatwith perseverance.
4. Hito. To compel ; to exercise attthor^
ity over.
5. To bear down upon; to treat with
rigor OP violence.
Ko-i-Ko-i, s. Substance; strength; spirit.
2. Honor; substance, 7o6. 21:7.
3. Weight; heaviness; solidity; riehea
4. Hoo. Rigor : severity. IPuk. 1:13.
Ko-i-Ko-i, adj. Heavy; weighty. Sol.
27:3.
2. Substantial : honorable ; valiant, aa
persons of integrity. 2 &ni. 23:19. <
3. Applied lo words or speech, full of
meaning ; emphatic ; also, rough ; incon-
siderate; olelo koihoi, a rough speech. Kin.
4:2,7. Poe fcoifcoi, honorable persons. los.
14:1.
4. Boo. Oppressive ; hard : cruel.- Zek.
10:4.
Ko-i-Li, c. To set ; to go down, as the
moon ; to set (apparently), as tbe moon on
the surface of the sea when going down ;
ke kau ana o ka mabina maluna o ka ili o
ke kai i ka manawa e napoo aku ai.
Ko-i-Li-pi, s. ^08 and ^«p«, sharp; taper-
ing. An axe; au instrnrtient for hewing
tBtones. Pufc. 20:22. A hatchet. KarU. 19:6.
Any tool. Kani. 27:5.
Ko-i-NA, s. See Koi, to force. A press-
ure ; a compulsion ; a forcing.
Ko-i-KS, D. To hasten ; to be quick ; fo
hurry on. '
Ko-o, V. To support ; to prop up ; to
e.stabliBh; tosuBtain in any position or par-
pose. Eal, 112:8. To brace one's selt
KOO
286
KOH
2. To p>ish oft", ae with an oar or setting
pole.
3. To belp ; to assnt'. Isa. 63:5.
4. To prop or brace np .^nythipg liable
to fall'; to uphold. Stn. with kokua.
6. 'to uocoil, as a rope or gtring when
wonnd up; to Blacken, as a rope that is
drawn too tight
6. To struggle hard, as in rowing a canoe
against the wind.
7. To be loose ; to be separate ; to fail
off.
8. Boo. To loosen ; to unbind ; to make
or cause to be vacant; aole no oe e hookoo
iki aku i kau wahi.
Ko-o, s. A prop ; a brace for holding
anything \'p.
2. Some part of a canoe^ e lalan ae kon
lima i ka hoe, ame ke ka Im, ame kc Jlcoo.
, 3.' A vacant pl^ce ; eia no kahi koo iki.
Aohc wahi koo iki o ka la, spoken of one
who has no leisure.
Koo, adv. Equivalent to fold, as how-
many fold ? £o6lua, two-fold ; kokookplu,
thVee-fold ; koo or kowalu, eight-fold, &c.
Ko-o [J, adj. Wet virith sea water ; cold;
damp ; chilly from moisture of clothes ;
moist, also, as mats, hotise, &c. See Kotj.
Koo-KA-pu, V. To forbid strictly on pain
of death ; kookapuia ae la ka puaa ame ka
neulelo. See Hookapc.
Koo-xoo, s. A staff; a cane for support-
ing a weak person; kookoo hao, an iron
rod ; a rod ; a shepherd's orook. Oihk.
27:32. Fi6. A stay; a staff; a supporter;
that is, means of livelihood. Isa. 3:1.
KoJD-KOroxr, adj. See Koov. Damp; wet;
kookoou me he kapa pulu la.
Koo-Koo-HAO, s. Kookoo, staff, and fuio,
iron. An iron staff; a rod of iron. Hal. 2:9.
Koo-Koo-LAU, '«! A very small tree or
bush ; a little tree for planting.
Koo-Koo-3^-A, s. See Kokoolcta.
Koo-KU, B. To swell; to enlarge; to
puif up, as a ruffle.
Koo-KU, s. A swelling of land on the
side of a mouAtaia; make koohu o ke kua-
hiwi.
2. Nitme of a load or path lesding up
hill. SoePiiNA.
Ko-o-LA, V. See Kola,
Ko-o-LA, *. The tail of a cock; me ke
koola no ka rooa kanc.
Koo-LAU, s. The name of districts on
the north sides of two or three islands.
Ko-0-Li-Li, s. The quivering motion of
an arrow as it flies through the air.
2. The twinkling of the eyelids.
3. The undulating motion of the atwos-
phcie near the earth under 'Uie 'direct rays
of the sun.
Koo-LU-A, s. See Koo 2 and Lua, two.
A canoe with only two persons; elua wale
no ma ka waa.
Koo-icp-A, s. Koo and moa, a fowl. The
long feathers in a cock's tail.
Koo-Mo-A, adj. Long tailed; waiving
like die tail fieathers of a cock ; long and
bent like a cutlass. ' -
Ko-o-«Ei, pran. Oblique case of 'net.
Gram. ^ 105, Z. Of this here. Oih. 26:23.
Koonei kanaka, the people of here; thib
people ; Mxe people of this region. j
Ko-o-NA, s. See Koena. A remnpjit;
■ the remainder of water in a calabash ; the
little water that remains iu a. calabash.
Ko-u, V. To look; to look about-; to
look here and there ; e nana, o imi L.o i o.
2. \Hbo. To have a -stlfBoiency; to be sup-
plied with the noci'ssaries of life;
Ko-u, adj. Moist ; wet ; damp ; chilly
from moisture; moist, as dry bread brbufht
' to a moist place. See Kooir.
Kou, s. The name of a large shade tree
growipg mostly near the sea beach ; tim-
ber good for many purposes, especially for
;ups, bowls, dishes, &c. ; takes a polish.
Kou, adj. pron. Thy ; thine ; of thee ;
of iyou ; of yours ; an oblique case of oe.
Oratn. § 132 and 133, 3d. See Kao, NotE.
It has the diphthongal sound.
Ko^vfadj. pron., first person. My; mine;
of itie ; an oblique ca!5e faf au or wau, and
formed like the foregSiag. See Grammar
§ 124, 1st, and § 126, 33. i'o'it is dlsjjp-
guished from kou by a slight break in the
pronunciation between the preposition ko
and the u and indicated in writing "by an
apostrophe. It is doubtlessa contraction
of fco ou.
Ko'u,
Ko'u-Ko,
Ko-u-Ko-u, <s. The.nofse of a mouse.
KoCT-Koa, adj. Moist, as a healthy skin
when somewhat cold; hmkou ka ili: moirt;
damp ; chilly, as a kapa or house. '
Kou-KOU, adj. Heavy, as a canoe ot
anything which sinks in tTii' water instead
of floating lightly. See Korsoi.
Ko-o-LA, s. A'o, sugur-cant-, and ula,
red. A variety of fiiig-or-can,.-, whit 'j h of
a reddish color.
Ko-u-GA, s. Eng. Tae nainr of an
mal, the cmiguv.
Ko-HA, 4'. The cracking of a whip; &
report of a.pistol ; a 3!itifli.'a MHieak, and a
smallei; sound than poha. See.PoHA.
Ko-HA, adj. Cracking; sounding with
a sudden noise.
Ko-HA-HA, cf^y. Large; increased in
siae ; swelled up ; plump, as a tat animal ;
V. To cluck, as a ben.
KOH
287
KOH
swelled; puffed up, as a swelled limb. See
Ko-HA-KA, s. A vicious pron'inciation
for Icoaica or feuaka for kuala (M^g.), quar-
ter. A quarter (of a dollar) ; Hawaiian,
hapaha.
Ko-HA-LA, s. The naiDQe of the northern
district of Hawaii.
Ko-HA-NA, V. Hoo. To make bare; to
strip naked. ler. 49:10. To be destitute of
covering.
Ko-HA-KAi *. Nakedness ;■ an utter des-
titution-of clothing ; hele wale, aole kapa.
Ko-HA-NA, adj. Naked; destitute of clo*
thing;; not even a malo.
Ko-HA-NA, adv. Nakedly; holo kohana,
fled in nakedness. Oih. 19:16. Ku kofiana,
to stand nakedly, i. e.. to be in nakedness.
Isa. 58:7.
Ko-HA-NA-HA-NA, V. Ko and kanakana,
to be warm. To be hot ; to be wtom ; to
burn. See Hakah.vna.
Ko-HE,'*. A sickness ; the name of a
disease.
2. Vagina feminarum.
Ko-HE,;'y. To detain.- See KoHi.
Ko-HE-A, s. A warm day; pleasant,
agreeable v,'eather.
2.' A lowe flowinn; garment.
Ko-HE-A-KA, s. A diseaseoffensaies, at-
tended witi pain or ditficuity in passinjf
urine.
Ko-HE-o, V. To walk about, as a hen
witii bor wings loose or partially spread
open ; mo ka upaupa ana o na ebeu.
2. To fly up on something ; e lele a kau
maluna.
Ko-HE-o-HE-o, s. A mixture containing
a deadly poison; he mea awaijwa e make ai.
2. A medicine of the sorcerer to kill with.
Ko-HE-0-HE-o, adj. Deadly; causing
death, aa a deadly poisonous drng; apu
hohioheo, the poisonous cup, the contents
of which were made up of several poison-
ous ingredients, designed for self-murder
or for the execution of criminals by the
order of a chief, the person presenting the
cnp saying, he wahi mea ola ia.
Ko-HE-o-HE-o, s. A kind of play among
chWdrea, as swinging a rope to be jumped
over.
2. Name of a certain stick or buoy to
float a^ fish-hook.
,3. An instrument to assist in mourning
or wailing along with other sounds ; he
mea kaq^kani pihe me ka uwalaau.
Ko-HE-o-HE-o, adj. The epithet of a
frock coat, not a jacket, not a dress coat ;
he lole kohecheo.
Ko-HE-Ko-HE, s. Name of a small rush
o'r grass growing in kalo patches.
2. A kind of shell fish that grows to th&
sides or plank of a ship at sea, but different
from the okohekolie.
Ko-HE-KO-HE-A, V. See KoHEA. To be
clear, as tbo sky ; to bo serene ; withoui
clouds; to be calm; to be warm'; to be
agreeable.
Ko-HE-Ko-HE-PA-FA, s. A sore and ulcer-
ated throat ; an eating sore.
Ko-HE-LE-MU, V. See Kohe and Lemu,
the under part of the thigh. To stand or
.sit still ; to be inactive.
2. Not to do what is bidden.
Ko-he-le-mu, adj. Dull ; inattentive ;
disobedient; inactive.
Ko-he-lu-a, *. The name of a species
offiah-hook.
Ko-he-lu-a-paa, s. Name of a kind of
fish-hook.
Ko-he-na-lo, 5. Name of a .species cf
atone.
Ko-hi, v. To dig; to make a hole or
cavity in the ground ; to dig, as a well.
Pufc."7:24, To dig in the ground. Isa. 5:2.
Syn. with eli,
2. To take up ; to aeparfite, aa the kalo
from the huli.
3. To prevent ; to hinder ; to hold back,
-i. Saa. To travail in birth ; to endure
the pains of child-birth. Gal. 4:1.9.
Ko-HT, s. Hoo. The first or commencing
pains of child-birth. See ILiAKOKoni. • The
throes of child-birth pains.
2. A fat piece of pork ; a piece of fat.
3. A swinging off' or outside.
Ko-Hi-A, V. To rub gently with the
thumb' and fingers.
2. To be stingy; to be close; to be hard;
to crowd on to one.
Ko-Hi-Ai, », Koki, to dig, and ai, food.
To dig food from the ground, ,as potatoes.
2. To watch ; to guard ; to.keep.
Ko-Hi-Ko-Hi, V. See Kohi 2. To sepa-
rate food, the worthless from the good.
3. To separate the good from the bad
Ssh after a great haul.
Ko-Hi-Ko-m, s. The act of separating or
sorting out the good from the bad fish after
a large haul.
Ko-Hi-Ko-Hi-KA-PA-LA-LA, s. A heaping
up of sand in ridges and heaps which has
been dug up.
2. A pastime onlv to make one dirty; he
hana lealea e hawahawa ai.
Ko-in-Ku, V. To waste and destroy food
in time cf war.
Ko-Ho, V. To choose generally ; to se-
lect without regard to number.
2. To choose one of two persons; to make
choice among two or more objects. los.
2t;15, 22.
KOH
KOK
3. To choose one of two or more uncer-
tain things.
4. To choose, i. e., to determine ; to de-
cree ; to name out.
6. To interpret atiddle or paiable.
6. To guess: to guess, as a riddle. Jjimlc.
14:12.
7. To ask for al'chosen or specified object.
Ko*KO-Ho-Nn-;i^, u See Koho 7 above
and HoNUA, entirely ; only. To asfi for ;
to beg, as for land, fish or any definite ob-
ject desired ; kohohomia i ka aina, he
begged for land ; kohohorma i ke akna i
waiwai, he asked the go I for property.
Ko-Ho-Ko, s. A disease in utero.
Ko-Ho-KO-Ho, 0. A frequentative of ^0^,
To choose fi equflntly.
2. To cast lota for a thing.
3. To guess in uncertainty.
4. To acquiesce concerning a thing wMoh
is in great obscurity.
5. To unriddle, i. e., to solve a riddle.
6. To choose some one : to draw near .;
to attach one's self to another.
Ko-Ho-LA, s. A reef; a dry place in the
■ sea a little way from the main land.
2. A place of very shallow water some
distance from the shore like Ealia on Oahu;
also, some places still more shallow or d'y,
as at Kona ou Molokai.
3. A whale from bis spouting water, rais-
, ing up water like a reef. Note.— The flesh
"■ of the whale was forbidden Jo women under
the k»}>« system. Something like the surf
as it breaks on the outer reef.-
4. The name of the first law which a chief
promulgates ; a very strict law.
Ko-Ho-iu-A, «. A hard polished bone
used in piercing unborn infants. Fin. He
papa kohobui oi ke alii.
Ko-Ho-Mir-A, s. Koho, to choose, and
wi'«l, first. A first choice, and one greatly
desired,
Ko-EU, u. To agree together : to dv/ell
in harmony.
2. To lake or recolTC co\or from one,
i. e., to resemble physically or morally:
«a kuku i ka makuabiue, be takes hie color
from his raotber, i. e., physically, the color
of the skin, or, figuratively, her character.
3. To be eneobled ; to be honored : to
be beautiful; to appear noble, ilke a chief.
4. Ifoo. .To follow after: to take thetypi'
of one, i. e,, to be like bim ; e kookohu Jo
kako'j: i Ba oihana i hoomafcaiai.
Ko-HU, *. The snp ormilli of pkntE; or
vegetables, parMi;ular!y if colored, and
such an may bo dcawn or expressed Iron:
the juiue of vegctableE. A'ah. G-S. H<'nc(\
2. Ink or any Sxed Coloring matter for
printing or coloring kapas or cloth ; pale
iuk.
3, The fixing or permanency of the color.
' 4. ^00. A screen"; a covering ; a pre-
tense. 1 Tes. 2:5.
5. Eesemt) lance ; likeness.
Ko-Hu, adj. Agreeable; suitable; fit;
convenient; becoming. 2 Ttm.2;9. Alike;
similar ; he maka kohu hacle kela.
Ko-HU-Ko-HU, ». See Kohu, to agree.
iZoo. To be harmonious in opinion ; to
agree together; ftoofcoAttfco/iM, a kanaka iho
la kokahi poe no ke Akna, a certain com-
pany agreed together ,and acted like men
towards God.
2. To exhibit'; to make a sbow or dis-
play. K()l.2:23, To have the form of some-
thing, but not the reality. 2 Tim. 3:5.
Ko-HD-Ko-Hd, adj. Noble; honorable;
digniOed. See Kohd 3.
2. Enshing, as water, or as a multitude.
3. Jealous.
Ko-KA, ». To stuiT anything, as paper
into the moutb.
Ko-KA, adj. Dry,as land ;oty; barren;
hard, as a dry soil.
Ko-KAA, *. Lean meat ; meat on which
there is no fat.
Eo-KA-HE, s. A false assertion; a lie;
an untruth.
Ko-KA-Ko-KA, V. Intensive of KoKA. To
put paper into the mouth ; to stuff the
month full.
Ko-KA-LA, s. So and kala, a fish. The
sharp thorns on the back of the Ssh kala.
2. A white thorny fish.
Ko-KE, V. To be near ; not far off; to
be nigh, either in time or place.
2. To be near, as in friendship ; e launa
mai, e pilikana.
3. To iome near or strike together, as
two or more things. See Uke and ?ckk.
4. To guess ; e koho i kana puu noa ma
kiihi e, a 6 hilawi aim ka pan ana i fcofce ai
na ktt m?a nana i huca.
5. To draw m.^ar ; to be friendly to one.
Ko-KE, mj. Quick ; soon (in time) ;
near ; not far otf (in space.)
Ko-KE, adv. Quickly; straitway; iai-
nicdifitely ; quickly, as in moving from
place to place.
Ko-KE-A, s, Ko., sugar-cane, and kea.
white. The white cane; he opukea, he
ainakha,
K.a-K£-A-.'?o, adj. Silent; deserted; un-
iBhftbitcd.
Ko-KE-Ko-KA, V, To puni.sli or strike
one for an tiiSetise real or imaginary.
Ko"K!, adj. Short-nosed j .?nab-nosed,
like a iMookey; kekokeko, fcekij, ihu ku-
meue, kuk^kuki.
Ko-Ki, s. The extremity ; the end of a
tree ; a very high place.
Ko-ii.j-0, s. A shrub; a tree.
KOK
289
KOK
Ko-Ki-o, r. imp. Stop ; don't go with ;
spoken in contempt.
Ko-Ki-Ki, s. A bending branch of a tree ;
the higliBst top of a tree, especially a bend-
ing twig or branchj a place whore a branch
divides off.
Ko-Ki-Ko-Ki, s. See Koki.
Ko-KO, V. To feel; to squeeze; to press,
as in lomilomi.
2. To set a broken bone ; to replace ^
bone.
3. To go about from place to place with-
out object.
4. To pull this way and that ; to pull or
drag along ; t« tie up the koko or strings
of a calabash. See rCoKO, s., 3. Topasb';
to jostle, as in a crowd.
6. To be inconstant ; to be fickle.
6. To mi; to fulfill; to fill up a specified
time. Job. »9:2, See Ko, v.
Ko-KO, s. Blood; the red fiow in the
arteries and veins of animals; koko hala
Ole, innocent blood. 2 Nal. 24:4.
^. A .species of shrub or bush used for
fuel.
3.. The netting or net work of strings
around a calabash.
4. A rising up ; an extension ; ke kllaha
0 ka opu. .
5. A noise or cry of a cock when a hen
annonuces that she has laid her egg ; to
cackle, as a hen.
6. Koko is sometimes used by Hawaiians
in modern times for cocoa or nkocolate;
also written kokoa, which is better,
Ko-Ko, s. The strings |iraided for car-
rying a calabash ; alaila, hanaia kekahi
^oko bakabaka ; a pan na kanaka eha ma
na kihi eha o ua koko la.
Ko-KO, adj. Falling rain where the ligtt
shines through it and it appears reddish ;
e ku aha ka punohii i ka moana,amekaua
koko. Zaieik. 26.
Ko:KO-A, s. A modem word. Chocolate.
See the above; 6,
Ko-Ko-E, ». To divide ; to separate into
parts ; to divide out.
2. To cat with a sharp instmment 1
Nal. 18:28.
3. To be in advance or ahead of another;
to hasten forward ; to set or fix one's eyes
upon ; kokoe akn la na maliu, i ka ike i
kona enemi. Laieik. 120.
4. To strike, injure or disfigure the eyes
of one when angry. .
5. Moo. To scratch or dig at one's eyes
in order to injure them ; mai hookokoe i na
maka a ka mea i alohaia, o ku ia oe ia aia
bookahi.
Ko-KO-i, V. See Km. To spurt; to eject,
as water ; to cast out suddenly.
Ko-Koo, adv. Connected with uny 'iiu-
37
meral, it expresses as many fold or as
many persons as the numeral expresses;
as, ftofcoo Ina, two together, or twofold;
kokoo kohl, three in company; kokoo ono,
six together, or sis-fold, and so on to ten.
Ko-KO-o-u, adj. Cold ; damp in the
house, as in a valley where much rain falU;
muddy and damp.
Ko-Koo-Hi-A, ado. iiit. How many ? how
many fold? Asked in reference to the
number of persons or things together. See
Kokoo above.
Ko-Koo-KO-n;, adv. See Kokoo above.
It answers the question kokoohia? how
many times? how many? Three-fold; three
times; a firm of three; three together^
iMk. 12:52.
Kq-koo-iaj-a, adv. See Kokoo. Answer-
ing the question fco/cooAia .' two-fold ; twp
times ; two persons.
Ko-koo-lc-a, *. A staff; a cane; hence,
a second ; an assistant ; a hjBlper ; a com-
panion ; a union of two ; two-fold ; two
together. Luk. 12:.52.
Ko-Ko-Hi, V. See Koiii, to dig. To dig
up ; to separate the kalo from the bull.
2. To give thoughtlessly until all is gone,
and perhaps has promised another.
Ko-Ko-Hi, s. Haa. The strong pains of
a woman in child-birth.
2. The sadness of fear felt in time of a
storm.
3. The storm cloud itself. See Haakohi
and Haaxokobi.
Ko-KO-Hi-Ku, V. To do evil to a land ;
to pull up the food and ithrow it away ;
hele mai la ia, a kokohikui na kalo o Wai-
pio.
Ko-Ko-HU, V. See Kohu. To spot; to
mark; to daub.
2. To have a form ; to take the garb or
assnme the manners of another.
Ko-Ko-HU-A-wAi-NA, s, Koho, blcod, and
hvuiwaina, grape. The blood or juice of
the grape,.!, e., pure wine. Katd. 32:14.
Ko-KO-KE, V. SeeKoKE. To be near to;
to favor ; to approach. .Hal 34:18. Eoo.
To be on friendly terms with ; to be at-
tached to one ; to meet with.
Ko-T(D-KE, adv. Near, to ; close by ; e
hele kokoke mai, draw near. Kanl. 4:11.
Note. — ^Tho adverb is mostly koke, which
see.
K.o-Bo-Kf, adj. See Koki. High; ex-
tended, as the end or top of a thing.
Ko-ko-ko, adj. See Koko, blood. Like
a {erson with his blood vip ; raging with
anger ; ready for murder or any deed.
Ko-KO-Ko, s. The .aet of eating fish oi
other meat with the blood.
KOL
290
KOL.
Ko-Ko-Koo-HA, s, VeTy small potatoes
with rud veins.
2. Water-Soaked potatoes.
Ko-Ko-KO-HE, adv. Kindly; friendly;
pleasantly, as peaceable neighbors ; he
noho poDo, he olviohi.
Ko-Ko-LE, s. oraail kalo stinted with
weeds.
Ko-KO-Lo, V. See Kolo. To go on the
hands and knees ; to crawl.
2. To walk with the back bent, as a hump-
backed person.
3. To creep in growing, as a vine. Hal.
80:9. . ^
Ko-Ko-M(?j s. See Komo. A sinking
canoe ; a going down, or entering in.
Ko-Ko-Mo, adj. Sinking; entering in.
Ko-Ko-Ni, J), See Koni. To throb; to
beat, as the pulse.
i 2., To be in p^n ; to suffer in distress ;
> e kokord ka aha ia ia hea o Lono.
KotKo-ho-^i-Ej v. See Kong and Ie, to
insult. Hoo. To stir up; to excite; to pro-
voke,
K6-K0-PS, V. SeeKoPE. To defend off;
to push away ; to shovel, as dirt,
Ko-Ko-ru-NA, s. Menstrual blood from
one who is purely a virgo intacta.
Ko-Ko-WE, V. To run swiftly; to be
light.
Ko-KU-A, V. Sh, a brace, and kua, the
back. To back or brace up, as a falling
house.
2. To assist in business or an undertak-
ing.
3. To help; to help forward; to help one
who is poor or in distress.
4. To bind or tie on, as a pa-u or a gar-
ment. See Kakua.
6; To cut ; to hew ; to grave.
C. In deliberative bodm, to second a mo-
tion.
Ko-KTJ-A, s. Help ; assistance ; what is
given in charity; entcrtainm.ent : hospital-
ity; epithet of the Holy Spirit, han. 14:26.
The Comforter.
Ko-KU-Li, s. That which is soft and
yellow in the ear ; ear wax.
Ko-LA, s. SeeKooLA. The tail feathers
of a cock,
z. Kola is written for kohola, the whale;
nui na lawaia i kii i na ia a pau, ko" nac
ke kola.
Ko-LA, B. To spread out; to grow; to
enlarge ; to be tliick together ; to extend:
beyond, as the tail of a cock.
2. To be excited, as the animal passions.
Ko-LA, adj. Unripe ; used in reference
to barianas put into the ground which do
not ripen.
Ko-LAI-LA, adv. The auiiki of laUc.
Gram. § 66, 2. There; thai wWcb belongs
to that place, person or thing. Sol 28:2.
Ko-LA-Hi, s. Ko, sugar-cane, and lahi,
a species of white cane. White sugar-cane.
Ko-LA-Ko-LA, V. See Kola, to spread
out. To cause a spreading out ; to spring
up ; to raise up.
Ko-LA-NE, V. To be clear, as the moon;
to be explicit, as a statement.
Ko-LA-Ki, *. Name ofa species of hula;
he kolani kekahi hula.
Ko-LE, V. To be red, like raw meat ; to
be inflamed, as the eyes ; as a wound ; to
be raw, as flesh with the skin off.
u. To shave the hair of the head closely.
3. To cause one to be naked ; e hooolo-
helohe.
Ko-LE, s. Redness; inflamed ejds, &c.
2. Name of a fish.
Ko-LE, .adj. Raw, as meat not fully
cooked.
2. Inflamed; red, aa an inflamed wound.
3. XJsoA adverbially, you are denied; you
are nothing, as in the sentence kolekole kou
maka, i. e., the corner of your eye is red or
pulu; down! you see that you are up a
stump. See also Koleeolemaxa.
Ko-LE-A, V. To make a frien^ of one ;
to form a friendship quickly and without
obi'ect ; e hoomakamaka wale akn no ; to
be on very friendly terms with one for the
present
Ko-LE-A, s. A parent-in-law, that is, a
father-in-law, makuakane kolea, era mother'
in-law, makuawahine kolea ; he kane hou
na ka makuahine, he wahine hou na ka ma-
kuakane.
2. The name of a small fish.
3. The name of a fowl of the duck genua.
4. The name of a tree having a very as-
tringent hark, which is red and used in col-
oring black ; the wood reddish and uaed
for board.=.
Ko-LE-A-LE-A, s. See Lea and Leaxea,
to please. The action of hushing or stUlipg
children when they cry.
'Ko-LE-KO-LE, V. SeeKoLE. To be raw;
not cooked, as meat.
Ko-LE-Ko-LE, s. Red earth; the red
clay found in diiferent places; be alaea,b(i
lepo nlaula.
Ko-LE -KO-LE, adj. Reddish ; raw, as
mial. half cooked ; red ; flushed with red ;
uncooked in the oven.
Ko-LE-Ko-LE-i, s. See Kolea 2. Name
of a species offish.
Ko-LE -ko-le-ma-ka, adv. See Kole, adj.
Ko-Li, «!. To pare ; to shave off little
by little ; to whittle.
2 E koli i ko ohoi to shave or cut th«
hair. ler. 1C:6
KOL
291
KOL
3. £ kiii i ke knkai, to trim the lamp.
Fuk. 30:7.
i. E koli i ke fcila, to cbamfer or work
with a chisel. Puje. 32:4.
. 6. To sharpen, as a pen with a knife; tu
trim off the outside, as the fringe of a cloth.
Ko-Li, «. Something moving through
the air ; a meteor ; lahi koli, a jack o lan-
tern; he mea e lele aba ma ka lewa, me he
akua lele la ; he oili.
2. The name of a tree; also called aUa.
Ko-Lu, p. See Koli,*. To diminish; to
tstper off; to grow less.
2. To be greasy.
Ko-ui, s. Anamegivento'thecafetorroil
plant, from Icolii, to be greasy. See above.
2. The dazzling of the eyes by looking
at the snn.
■ 3. Th«« partial blindness of the eyes' by
looking at any dazzling substance.
4. The dancing undulating appearance
of any large smooth surface shone upon by
the sua in a hot day.
5. The name of a parHcnlar prayer used
in ancient times.
iKo-Li-u-Li-ir, *. See Lhjlic. An imag-
inary sound heard or supposed to he heurd
from afar; a whisper from some other
world i spmething froilr afar ; inu wai fco-
lixditi o Hilo ; apmething seen afar off. as a
person, but so far as not to flistinguish any-
thing particularly.
Ko-u-Ko-Li, V. See Eou. To cut off
frequently; to cut off; to cut short; to trim.
Ko-Li-Ko-Li-Ko, V. See Liko. To swell
oat; to enlarge.
2. To be fat ; to have the appe^ji^ance of
grease floating on the surface of water.
Ko-Li-u, V. To (kep or leak out, as from
a cork.
2. To flutter, as a flag in the wind. Hoo.
To wave, as a flag in one's hand ; e hooko-
lUi ana i ka welau o ka maile. jAjp^h. 120.
3. To rush out, as pent up water; to flow
swiftly, as water from a deep cistern.
Ko-u-Li-D, adj. Dimly seen, as fine
print by a person of defective vision ; ka
la an'" koJiliu, ka bele ana e ka. laoi. See
. KOUDHU."
Ko-Lo, V. To creep on all fours, as an
intiant
2. To crawl, as a worm ; to grope, as a,
blind man. -' .
3. Tu crouch ; to stoop, as an inferior to
a superior.
4. To grow or run, as a lateral branch of
a vine. Kin. 49:52.
6. To creep, run or penetrate, as the fine
roots of a tree or plant into the earth; kolo
lea ko aa malalo, to take root downward.
2 2fdi. 19:30.
6. To urge, aa in asking a favor; to per-
severe till oue obtains the thiag asked tor.
7. To drive ; to tow swiftly, as a boat of
a war ship.
8. jSoo. Hookxilo i ka nui manu o kakou.
Note. — In former times no common person
was allowed to approach a high chief to
ask a favor or deprecate his displeasure
except on, hifi hands and knees. See Kolo.
Also, when one was called to account for
some delinquency , he was expected to come
into the presence of the chief on all fours,
andiie prostrate until ordered to look up:
hence, in modern times, hookolokolo, to call
ix) account ; to have a trial ; to try judi-
cially. See HooKof.o and Hookolokom.
-Ko-Lo-A, V. To pull; to drag along. See
KoKo and Kaco.
Ko-Lo-A, *. A ivLck; specifically, a. rcus-
covy duck.
2. iSej-afii/, long cane. This fact of long
cane is said to have given a name to a dis^
trict on Kauai.
Ko-LO-An, t). To stretch out the neck ;
to be weak ; to be fatigued ; e'loa ka a-i,
e maloeloe, e auan, e hookaluhi waiokila.
Ko-LO-A-HA, s. A species of potato with
fine roots and watery inside.
Ko-Lo-A-Puu-PTJTT, s. The name of a
wind ; he wa kipuupun.
Ko-Lo-HE, V. To be mischievous; foact
dishonestly; to render one's self obnoxious
to the feelings of others.
2. To defile ; to pollute.
3. 3oo. "To trick ; to defraud ; to cheat.
Ko-Lo-HE, s. Mischief; evil; that which
is bad in conduct.
2. Pollution ; defilement.
Ko-f,o-HE, adj. Roguish; troublesome;
mischievous ; polluting ; vile ; moe kohhe,
adultery ; fornication.
Ko-LO-HE, ado. Mischievously; badly;
vilely.
Ko-Lo-Ki-o, s. Name of a person who
catches by a long rod and bird-lime; kolo-
kio manu o Kaile ka nka nahele o Laa.
Ko-LO-ko-ti-o, s. A calling or catching
of birds ; a taking of birds mauka of Las
and Fakahi.
Ko-LO-KO, prep. Ko and loko. An ob-
lique case of loko. That which belongs
within; the inside or inner parts of a thing.
Ko-Lo-KO-Lo, V. SeeKoLo. To crawl to-
wards one to give an account of himself.
2. To call chickens, turkeys, dogs, &c.
3. To be vexed, aa a woman with her
husband.
/ 4. Hoo. To call to account ; to examine,
as an accused person.
5. To decide respecting an accused per-
son ; to judge.
6. In modern times, to reckon with one;
to look over bis account ; to keep an ac-
count with one. 2 Ml. 12:16.
KOL
292
KOM
7. 'I'o make iuquiiy in.o a matter. Eset.
2:23. Noi'E. — Since the piomiilgation of
written laws and the establishment of courts
of justice, hookolokolo is used in connection
with legal investigations; to try, &c., as in
a conrt of justice.
Ko-Lo-KO-Lo, s. The loud rumbling at
the close of a peal of thunder.
2. Hoo. A trial; a legal investigation;
a judgment; a legal decision.
Ko-Lo-KO-LO, adj. Relating to a judg-
ment, trial or decision.
Ko-Lo-Ko-Lo-HAi, s. A chief or a com-
mon person whose character is respected
for probity and virtuous condnct ; a term
of respect ; nona ka lala kan kolokolohai.
Ko-Lo-Ko-Lo-NA-Hi, s. SeeNiHi. Alight
soft breeze ; a very gentle wind.
Ko-LO-ti-o, s. A \'ery strong wind at
sea, such as would swamp canoes.
2. A strong rushing of water, as of a
powerful torrent
3. A breeze on one side or between two
other winds.
Ko-Lo-Li-o-i-Ki, s. A gentle current ; a
' light flow of water in a stream.
Ko-to-LU, adj. ■ Deformed ; irregular in
atnicture, as a defarmed child ; the word
applies to the body, aUd mind.
Ko-Lo-NA, s. Eng. The name of a pause
in reading ; a colon, thus (:).
Ko-LO-NA-HE, *. A gentle, pleasant
breeze : be makani e aniani mai ana.
Ko-LO-NA-HE, adj. Gentle; mild; peace-
ful ; blowing softly ; fanning, as a gentle
breeze.
Ko-LO-PU, adj. Full; well fed; well pro-
portioned thronghont ; full fleshed.
Ko-LO-pu-A, adj. Smooth, easy breath-
ing; breathing without constraint; i ka
nae kolopua. Laieik. 142.
Ko-LO-PD-pu, adj. Kolo, to crawl, and
pupu, roughly. Old; lean; wiUjered, as a
, very aged person.
Ko-Lo-pw-ptj, s. An aged infirm person;
an advanced stage of old and infirm aee.
2 Oihl. 36:17. '
Ko-Lo, s. Eng. The Hawaiian orthog-
raphy for glue ; e»like me he kolu la ka li-
nalina, like glw is the adhesiveness.
Ko-LU, num. adj. The simple form for
the number three; with the article, ke feola,
the third. The common forms are akdu
and ekolu.
Ko-m-A, V. ^o and ^Ms, B pit. To bury,
i.e., to bake; to cook. See Kalwh' Note
The Hawaiians mude their oveiia under
ground,
2. To put into a pit ; to hide.
Ko-ur-At s. The act of b-irying, i. «., of
putting into an oven uudur ground. See
Kalua.
Ko-Ln-i-LU-i, V. To strike upon the ear
indistinctly, as a sound,
Ko-LU-Ln, V. To be or to act as a guard
or defense ; to parry off; to defend firom
evil ; e pakn, e alai.
Ko-iiU-NA, amp. prep. The auiiki of
iuna, above. Oram. § 161. Of or belong-
ing to that which is above. Ezek. 40:13.
Ko-MA, s. Eng. A comma, the shortest
pause in reading (,).
Ko-MA-Ko, t. The Hawaiian orthogra-
phy for tomato, an edible fruit; the Hawu-
lans generally call the fruit of the tomato
obia.
Ko-MA-LA, adj. Pleasant.
Ko-MA-Li, adj. Bright, as moonlight.
Ko-MA-LU-NA, s. Eoma and luna, above.
The sign called apostrophe, as ka'u, no'u,
ke 'lii, &c., and signifies that a letter has
been dro)>ped.
Ko-HE, adj. £fe3., rushes. The Egyptian
gapyrus ; bulrushes. Puk. ,":3 ; ha. 18:2.
[e waa /come,& bulrush canoe.
Eo-ME, V. To push away; to malce
room for something ; e hookaawale.
Ko-ME-Ko-ME, V. To hold back; to
grudge in giving, as a wife when her hus-
band is disposed to give, or as a husband
when the wife is dispdsed to give.
Ko-Hi, V. See KAoim and Kowi. To
press together; to bear down; to press
down into a small space.
2. To rub down smpoth. as n;lBed kapa;
to rub or press, as a folded paper ; i ka
ban komi o ke kakabiaka.
Ko-Mi-Ko-MJ, V. To press ; to urge on ;
to urge on one to labor.
2. To be little or to attend to triSes in
dealing.
3. To be stingy; to be close; to urge for
th^ last mite.
Ko-iai-Ko-Mi, tidj. Put away; secreted;
stolen.
Ko-Mo, V. To enter; to go in, as into a
house.
2. To put it^ as the hand into a calabash
in eating poi ; to dip ; to rinse, but not so
strong as holoi.
3. To sink or to go under water, as a
canoe.
4. To put on clothes. Note.— Toputon
clothes in Hawaiian idiom is to enter into
them.
5. Uoo. To insert, as a ring on the flh-
ger, i, e., the finger enters the ring. ifin.
41:42. ''
6. To put on, as a hat or crown; that is,
the bead enters the hat
1. To enter, as into another's country.
EOM
293
KON
8. To canae to enter, as joy into one's
heart.
9. To pnt on, as a dress, i. e., to go into
it. Oihk. 8:7.
10. To fill full, as a canoe or ship; hence,
11. To sink, as a canoe or ship heavy
loaded.
Ko-Mo, s. The name of anything that
enters ; a tenon. P«fe. 26:17. The handle
of a hoe, *,o.
2. Anything that is entered ; a finger-
ring ; <a thimble, &c.
3. The filling up of any empty space; ka.
piha 0 ka tol'a hakahaka.
Ko-Mo, adj. That which relates to put-
ting in, filling or inseTting.
Ko-Mo-A, s. See Koomoa. The tail
feathers of a cock.
Ko-MO-Ai-NA, V, Kama and aina, land.
To enter upon an inheritance; to take pos-
session of a land.
'Ko-MO-HA-LE, V. Komo and kale, house.
To dedicate a hou^e (after which it was
proper to use it) ; to enter a new house as
a habitation.
Ko-MO-HA-NA, *. KoTno and hana, h in-
serted for ana. An entering in, as the sun
in setting appeared to Hawaiians to enter
into the sea; the sinking or going down of
th§ sun.
:2. The west, the pl^e where the sun
enters the sea. See Koho, to sink.
Ko-MO-HA-NA, adj. Western ; pertain-
-ing to the west Pwk. 10:19.
Ko-Mo-Ko-Mo, V. See Komo. To insert
un ; to gird on ; to try ; to St on, as a gar-
ment upon a person.
2. Boo. To hold one spell bound; to be-
. witch; to possess, as an evil spirit.
Ko-Mo-KO-Mo, s. The act of iitting a gar-
ment to a person until it fits well;
2. A disease, epilepsy; a deijioniacal
possession perhaps.
3. The name of a play or game.
Ko-Mo-Li-MA, s. Komo and lima, the
.hand. A finger-ring ; a thimble.
2. The hoop of a barrel ; he men e hoo-
puni ana mawahO o ka pabu.
3. A stocking; he J(akini; a thing which
the foot enters.
Ko-Mo-i,o-LE, r. Kom> and hie, cloth ;
clothes. To dress ; to put on clothes.,
. ' 2. To'fit a dress to a peraon.
Ko-MO-LO-x,E, s. Apparel; a change of
ilothes or raiment.
Ko-Mo-NA, s. Eng. A common person
in distinction from a lord; he poe i koboia
e oa makaaiaana e komo ma ka ahaolelo
alii.
Ko-Mo-WA-LE, t. jEooto and wafe, gratu-
itously. To eater and reside in a house
unbidden.
2. To wander out of the way.
Ko-Mo-WA-LE, s. Epithet of a person
going here and there where he pleases; a
privileged character
Ko-NA, s. A name of the aouth-west"
wind ; also, the south wind.
2. Pleasant or good weather ;' also, the
!namB of the rain accompanying a south
wind ; he ua kona, he ua nui loa ia. See
names of various species of Iconas below,
as konahea, konalani. &c.
3. Name of a division of an island be-
longing to several islands, as Hawaii, Oahu,
Kauai and Molokai, mostly on the west or
south-west sides of the islands.
Ko-NA, adj. pron. The auiiki or an ob-
lique case of ia, the third person singular
of the pronouns; -His; hers; its, &c. Gram.
§ 139 and 150.
Ko-NA, V. Tobestrong; toberigid; to
be obdurate ; to be unyielding.
2. To pass or rash through, as the ak
from the lungs; he ea e kona ana a e puka
mai iwabo.
Ko-NA, adj. Strong; fierce; angry;
bUistei'ing, from the fact that Eona winds
are so.
Ko-NA, V. To despise; to dislike; to
d isregard : - to oo n temn.
Ko-NA-HAD, V. To abate heat; to cool,
as the atmosphere ; as a hot room.
Ko-NA-HAU, V. To be fat, as an animal;
to be greasy ; to be sick of grease or fat-
ness. ,
2. To bend forward in walking, as a tall
■ man. See Kanabua.
Ko-NA-HE-A, .?. A species of the tains
called kona ; a cold rain.
Ko-NA-Hi-Li-MAi-A. s. Name of 3. species
of rain on the mountains.
Ko-NA-HU-A, s. The inside fat of ani-
mals. ~ Anat. 53. The fat of hogs, &c. ; a
kidney. Puk. 29:13.
Ko-NA-HB-A, ' «4;. Fat; fleshy, as an
animal ; as a man. Lunk. 3:17.
Ko-NA-KO-NA, V. To be rough ; to be
uneven ; to be dark colored:
2. To be undesired ; not to like.
3. To despise; to be displeased, with; to
treat with eoatemnt.
Ko-NA-KO-NA, s. Dislike ; disregard.
Ko-NA-Ko-NA, adj. Undesirable ; con-
temptible.
2. Strong; not easily tired or exhausted.
Ko-NA-KO-NE-A, V. To be restored to
health after sickness; to receive strength
after weakneSH.
Ko-NA-Ku, s. A class of the kona rain?;
a heavy rain. Ben Kona, rain.
KON
Ko-NA-LA-Ni, s. A species of the rains
called koaa ; a Rnf. rain.
Ko-NA-LE, adj. Bright; clear; unob-
Bcured ; white.
2. Quiet; still, like moonshine in a calm
etill night. Mel. Sol. 6:10. Aiai c like me
kamahina i ka po malie,loa; he mahina
konane — konale. '
Ko-NA-LE-LE-WA, s. Name of a species
of fish.
Ko-NA-Mo-E, s. A class of the kona
rains ; a cold rain.
Ko-NA-NE, s. Name of a game like
checkers ; a species of piinipeke ; he mea
hana lealea e like me ka punipuke ; the
stones are placed in squares black and
white, then one removes one and the other
jumps, as in checkers ; ua lilo oe ia'a i ko
kopaneia, yon are mine by the game ko-
nane. Laieilc. 59.
Ko-NA-NE, adj. See KoN ALE above. Na
po mahina konane, bright moonlight nights.
Lamk. 181.
Ko-NE, s. Eng. A cony; a species of
hare. Kasn],. 14:7. .
Ko-NE-Ko-NE-A, V. To be shaved smooth,
as the head ; to be made bald or smooth,
as the forehead.
2. To be hard and dry.
3. To be strong, as a person without dis-
ease.
4. To be restored from sickness ; to be
recovered from disease. See KonAkonea.
Ko-ne-ko-ne-a, adj. Restored ; recov-
ered again fromsickuess.
2. Shaven, as the head ; made bald.
Ko-NE-NE, V. To move or jump, as one
moves his iliili, or jumps in the play ko-
nane : to take up quickly.
2. To bo very dry.
Ko-NE-NE-LE, ) », To be quick; to go
Ko-NE -.»IE-NE, \ quickly ; to hasten.
2. Applied sometimes to one who has
been sick and is recovering; to be strong;
to be well, <S'.c.
3, To be hard and stiff, as a garment
(kapa) wet and dried again. See'KoNEsij-
' NEA.
Ko-NE-iii-SA, s. Nameof a foreign bird.
Ko-Ni, V. To try; to taste; to make
proof of by tasting.
2. To try: as one's constancy or aflTection.
3. To throb, as the pulso ; to be in pain
of body or mind; to be jealous; to sull'cr
from ipprebcnsion or fear.
4. Jlon. To try the quality of a thing by
experiment; hookord hole aku la lakou i
kahi « ono ai ka wai, they went along iast-
iwj till they found sweet water.
Ko-Ni, «. The beating or throbbing of
tb6 pnlae or heart See Ajpx.
294 KON
2. The thumping, as on a melon to try
its ripeness.
3. A trial of strength or ability ; make-
make na kamalii i ka hele no ke koni o ka
wawae.
Ko-Ni, adj. Beating; throbbing; pain;
ful.
Ko-Ni-A, adj. Disobedient.
Ko-Ni-Ko-Ni, V. To throb fast or fre-
quently, as the pulse.
2. To nibble, as a fish at a hook.
3. To snatch away a little at a time.
Ko-Ni-Ko-Ni, adj. Ardent; active; busy;
feeling deeply ; he aloha huihui konikotd
ana iloko o'u.
Ko-Ni-Ni, V. See Koni. To revive after
fainting.
2. To be convalescent.
3. To grow up, as a plant; to spring up,
as a shoot.
Ko-Ni-Ni, adj. Convalescent; getting
well from sickness.
Ko-Ni-Ni-TJ, s. See Nnr and Nmnr.
Dizziness ; vertigo. Sea PoNxvin.
Ko-No, V. To lead one along to any
place. Ufah. 22:41.
2. To take along, as a servant. .Ki».22:3.
3. To invite, as a guest; to take in com-
pany. 2 Sam. 13:23.
4. To imitate; to go along slowly, as foot
travelers; ekono man ana 1 kalaekahakai.
Laieik. 157.
5. To take, as one's wife in company. 1
Kw. 9:5.
6. Hoo. To hasten ; to hurry ; to send
away.
7. To set on, as dogs; to set one against
another. See Konokono.
Ko-No-Hi-Ki, s. The head man of an
ahupuaa.
2. .A person who has charge of a land
with <^hers under him ; o ka mea ai aina,
he konokiki ia.
Ko-No-Ko-NA, f. To despise ; to be dis-
pleased witii. See KonakoNa.
Ko-No-Ko-No, «. SeeKoNo. Tourgeoii;
to excite, &c.
2. Hoo. To set on each other, as dogs.
3. To make one angry with another by
persuasion ; to stir up discord. Soi. 6:14.
4. To excite to commotion ; to stir up
popular feeling ; hookonokono mai ia (0
Satana) i keia man mea ia kakou e hana,
Satan sill's us up that we should do these
things. ' .
5. To persuade to go, as on business j
hookonokono al(U o Liliha ia Kalama : o kii
a hoi mai, Liliha persuaded Kalama (say-
ing) go for bim and return.
Ko-NO, s. The center; the central point;
the middle, especially with waena. See
WAENA^'OiJU. Note. — Konu is used to rea-
KOP
295
KU
der iiomna more emphatic aiiS definito, as
the middle poini ; the very center of a place
or thing.
Ko-NU-i, ) ^j, I'o strike upon, as the
Ko-MU-l, J rays of the sun ; to be very
hot. See Non.
Ko-NU-WAE-NA, adv. See Konu above.
In the midst.
Ko-PA, s. A shrub, the fruit of which
is made into beads.
Ko-FA, .?. Eng. The Hawaiian pronun-
ciation (For soap; kula k(rp.oi, lole, the fuller's
field. Isa. 7:3. See also Sofa..
Ko-PA-LA-NI.
Ko-PE, u To shovel, as dirt ; to paw ;
to scratch.
2. To defend off; to parry, as a blow;
to turn, aside from.
Ko-PE, s. A shovel; a spade; a scoop
for lading flour ; any instrument of the
kind. Nah. 4:14.
Ko-PE-A-Hi, $. Zbpe and flA«, fire. Afire
shovel. 2 ]^al. 23:14.
Ko-PE-Ko-PE, adj. Morose; silent; taci-
turn ; ill-natured.
Ko-PE-LA, s. IMame of a shrub or tree.
Ko-PE-LE-HU, s. Kope and lehu, ashes.
A fire shovel. See Kopeahi above.
'Ko-PE-NA, *. He moonihoawa.
Ko-PE-RA, s. Heb. Camphire. Mel. Sol.
1:14.
Ko-pi, ) ^. To salt, as fish or meat ; to
Ko-pn, J sprinkle on salt ; to preserve in
salt.
Ko-Pi-KO, s. A kind of grass.
2. The name of a shrub. See Opiko.
Ko-Pi-Ko, s. The name of a tree, the
timber used for kuas iu making kapa; it is
also used for fuel.
Ko-pi-Li, s. A gift presented to a child
at its birth.
2. The name of a small white liaps put
on the idols. See Oloa.
3. A species of wanki.
4. The wauki bark pounded thin; ikoiko
ia a lahilabi.
Ko-Pi-u-Nui, s. The name of a day
when the altars and sacrifices were dressed
out with white kapa ; ua kapaia ua la la
he la kopkirm no ke kopili ana o ka lana-
nuumamao.
Ko-pi-NA, s. Eng. perhaps. A coping
on the top of a building. 1 Nal. 7:9.
Ko-pi-Pi, V. See Kopi. To sprinkle, as
water or salt. Heh. 9:19. Also, to sprin-
kle, as a perfume. SqII-II. See^PiPi.
Ko-PO-LE, s. A method of cooking fish
by wrapping them in leaves and roasting
Ko-PU-KE-A.
Ko-WA, V. To separate; to divide be-
tween two things.
Ko-WA, s. See Koa and Wa, a space.
A vacatit space between two things, as
1. The spaces between the fingers or toes.
2. A strip or space of water between two
lands ; hence, the channel of a harbor.
3. A strait or souud.
Ko-waa, s. a rope or string for draw-
ing or dragging a canoe or other things ;
he ill hau, he mea kmcm ia ; he akna ko-
waa o Kanepuaa.afurrow-maidnggodwas
Kancpuaa. See Kanepdaa.
Ko-waa, v. To drag; to draw; to move
a thing by drawing.
Ko-WAU, s. The testicles. See HtrA.
Ko-wa-ha, s. a species of wauki. See
Kopili. E)ia kona laau, o ka popolo ame
' kc kowaha.
Ko-wa-ko-wau. See Kokoou.
Ko-WA-Li, V. To swing to and fro, as a
rope for children to jump over.
Ko-WA-Li, s. A kind of play for chil-
dren; swinging a rope. There were two
kinds of kowaii.
2. Name of a certain stick or buoy on
which to float a fish-hook.
3. The name of a running vine ; a con-
volvulus ; also written kocdi.
Ko-wA-Li-PE-HU, s. A species of con-
volvulus with a white flower.
Ko-WE-LO, V. Ko and welo, to float in
the wind. To di-ag or trail behind, as the
trail of a garment.
2. To stream or float in the wind, as
colors or an ensign. See Koslo.
Ko-wi, V. To press; to squeeze together.
Kin. 40:11.
2. To wring out, as water. Sal. 73:10.
See Kawi and Ui.
Ko-SA, s. Heb. A cor, a dry measure,
2 Oihl. 2:10.
Ko-KA-KA, s. Gt. a raven. Kin. 8:7.
An unclean bird. OiMc. 11:15.
Ko-RE-BA-NA, s. Gr. Corban ; a gift,
consecrated property. Mar. 7:11.
Ko-EE-NE-TA, s. Eng. A comet, a mu-
sical instrument. 1 Oihl. 15:28.
Ko-KE-Ni-SA, s. NameofabirdinjffizwZ.
14:13 ; the glede ; a kite.
Ko-Ei-A-NA, s. Eng. Coriander; the
seed of the coriander. Puk. 16:31.
Ko-Ri-NE-TA, s. See Koreneta above,
Ko-EO-NA, s. Eng. A crown; the offi-
cial head dress of a king or queen. Ezek.
21:2C. Stk. with l(Salii.
Ku, V. Note .-^This word has two dis-
tinct tneaaings and yet they run into earh
KU
296
KUA
otber ; as, first, hi to rise np ; second, Jbu
to stand,
1. To arise ; to rise np, as from a sitting
posture, ioan. 11:29. To stand erect.
2. To rise, as war. 1 Oihl. 20:4. To rise
op to do a thing or for a specified purpose.
loan. 1:2.
3. To stand against; to resist; to act
contrary to.
4. Eoo. To excite ; to stir up, as an in-
snrrection.
6. To raise up, as an eminent person.
Kanl. 18:15, 18.
6. To raise up ; to propagate. Kanl.
25:7.
Ku, V. To stand, i. e., to stop still; to
let down, as an anchor (general'^ ^yntten
kuu); ku iho la makou ia nei, we anchored
(stood, stopped) at this place ; to stand
against or opposite to.
2. To hit ; to" strike against ; to pierce,
as a spear ; a fcu qia i ka poe panapna.
3. To hit, as tlie foot in walking; to
stumble. -JBom. 9:32.
4. To stand, as a ship, i. e., to come to
anchor. ,
5. Moo. To cause to stand, i. e., to hold
up; to stretch out, as the hand. INal. 8:22.
6. To be placed or set in a state or con-
dition, lob. 26^4. ■ I
Ku-A, V. To strike in a horizontal, di-
rection ; hence,
1. yo cut or hsw down, as a tree with an
axe ; alalia kua laau ala o Kalaitimokn,
then Kalanimoku cut down sandal-v ood.
2. To hew, as wood or stones. Kanl. 7:5.
To cut out, as stone from a quarry; kefcwa
pobaku oe ; to cut, as coral ; hele aku la
makou e kua puna.
'3. To overthrow; to destroy (cut down),
as an idol. OWc. 26:39.
4. To throw oi; cast away; to put away;
e kipakn.
Ku-A, s. The back- of a person or ani-
mal in distinction from the face. PvJc.
33:23. He kahi mahope o ke poo o ke ka-
naka, a o ka holoholona;
"2. The top of a ridge or high land.
•3. The hewed stick, block or wood on
which kapa is beaten. ""
4. The anvil of a blacksmith, from its
similarity to the kapa block (a modern ap-
plication.) Isa. 41:7.
• 5. The name of ope of the six houses of
an ancient Hawaiian residence ; he hale
Kua, oia kekahi. See Hai£.
6. The name of a species of fish.
7. The front side of a place ; ma ke alo
0 keia aina, he kua 6 ka mokn ia. D. Maio
3:23.
7. To fit; to be like; to resemble; to Ku-a-ai-na, *. Kua aad aina,hnd. The
agree with ; ua fcu ke keiki i ka makua,
the child rese/nbles the parent ; aole e fcu i
ke kauawai, it is not according to law. ,
8. To fit, as a garment. The following
are miscellaneous uses :
9. With pono, to be opposite to ; holo
mai la lakou a ku pono i Honaunau, they
sailed till opposite to Honannan.
10. Ku e, to resist ; to oppose.
11. Ka hooku ole i ka faala, not cop-
diemned.
12. Ku i ka wa, to stand in a space (be-
tween two^ parties) ; bence, to be ftjee ; to
be nnoommitted. lKor.9:l. '■ ,'
13. Ku o ka faao,to be fitted of iron, i.e.,
to be bound with iron. Mat. 8:28.
■ 14. To be suitable ; to be proper ; to be
fit. Luk. 3:8.
15. To extend ; to reach from one place
to another ; ua fcu ko'u pilau mal Hawaii
a Kauai, my.eril influence (ill savor) has
readied from Hawaii to Kauai.
Ifi. To come to one, as a report or in-
formation ; ku mai ia PoUahii I^a ike no
Aiwohikupua man hana.
Ko, s. A portion of land which does
not pass; with all the land from one to an-
other, but is fixed ; lilo ka aftia i fcu. trr.
The land has become ^ed.
2. The name of a month.
Ko, adj. Right; fit; proper; put in
order ; berena ku Rtlanij the show bread.
Puk. 36:13.
back country; up the monotain where there
are no chiefs; the country in distinction
from a village or city. Mar. 6:56.
2. The inhabitants or people of the back
country ; o ka poe i noho ma ke kua o ka
mokupuni, ua kapaia he kuaaina, be inca
hooino nae ia.
3. Ignorant, nninsiracted people ; the
ignoble ; the back-woods people. 1 Kor.
1:28. The Inhabitants of a b.aek country.
Oih. 4:13. Ka poe makaainana, na wahi
kokoke ole mM i kahi alii.
Ko-A-Ai-NA, o4/- Ofor pertaining to the
upland couatrv; inde ; away from refined
society.
Ko-A-Ai7, s. JEiea, back, and '7.M,ciirrenii
' Surf. A bare reef ; ke kohola; a dry place
within the sea"; he walii maloo ; a very
shalfpw place in the sea ; papau o ke kai.
KxT-A-A-HA, s. Name of a place wliere
the gods were worshiped ; he wahi e hoo-
mana ai i ke akua.
2. Name of a cup used in worshiping the
gods, i. e., the poe anmakua; he ipu auma-
kua, he ipu i hana ia i ka aaha a paa.
Kc-A-A-NA, J. Epithet of a relationship
■ signifying the older of two children of the
same sex; as, kai-kuaana, the older of two
brothers or of two sisters, each to each ;
ka faoahanau mua ma ka hanau ana,
Ku-Ai, V. To rub cse thing against an-
other \' to grind by rubbing one surfeee
KUA
297
KUA
against another ; to rub or etir round, as
flour in sifting it.
2. To barter one thing for anotlit-r. Note.
This_ was the ancient idea of selling and
buying, as HawEuians formerly had no com-
mon circulating medliitn.
3. To traffic nr exchange one commodity
for aliotber ; after coin began to circulate,
kuai lilo mai signified to bny,andAn///i lilo
aku, to sell. Puk. 21U6. At present, the
phrase is contracted into kvai mai, to buy,
and kuai akii, to sell ; ina i make kahi ka-
naka, s kuai in oia i ke akua kii.
Ku-Ai, adj. Of or belonging to trade ;
he bale kuai, a house for sale, or a house
where sales are made, l.c.,a store; waiwai
kuai, good!! or property for sale.
Kr-Ai-A-Ko, J. The place where the
akos are bound on to the canoe, both be-
fore and behind; mai kuaiako mua, a fa/xii-
o/co hope o ka waa. Laieik. 17.
Kau-ai-o-le, ) ,. The upper ridge pole
Ku-AI-l-o-LE, ) of a Ihpuse ; ka laau nia-
luna iho o kaubuhu ina kanpakn.
Ku-A-i-o, s. Thegideorborderof akalo
patch; the border of a cultivated plot; the
separating line between two fields. See
KUAAWNJ'
Ku-Ai-Hoo-o-LA, V. Kuai, to buy, 'and
AoooJo, to save alive. SeeOiji. To redeem;
to save from death. Hoik. 14:3, 4.
Ku-Ai-HO, adv. Over and over.
Ku>A-i-Lo, ». To declare or explain some
enigma or mysterious expression; e hai
mai i ka nane nalowalc loa, loaa ole i ka
imiia.
Ku-A-i-No, V. To turn back to an evil
course after having forsaken it.
Ku-Ao, adj. Cloud-standing; a cloud
standing in an upright position.
Ku-AU, s. The stick or mallet with
which the Jtapa is beaten out.
2. The bjjndle of an oo ; kuau oo ; the
handle of a bpp. Sec Kano.
^. The handle of a knife, file, auge).-, &c.
KnrA-u-A, s. contraction for ka ua ua,
frequent rains. The season of rains ; ame
ka hekili iloko o kc kuaaa. Laieik. IS),
2. A fertilizing rain; tcuavn mnsi, the
former rain; Icuaua hope, the latter rain.
iros. 6:3.
Ku-A-u-A-HO-PE, *. The latter piin. See
KoAXiA above.
Ku-A-u-A-MU-A, s. The first or former
rain. See Kuai;a above.
Ku-AU-HA, p. To council ; to advise.
Ku-Ati-HAU, V. Ku and auliau, to tax.
To bo recorded in g^ealogy, in history or
tradition ; o na kupuna mua o ko Hawaii
DBBi 1 kuaulumia, the first ancestors of Ha- '
38
waii which are TwrfaJ in genealogy. Lit.
Genealogized. Also Beb. 7:6.
2. To have the knowledge of genealogies;
to know the path of the descent of chiefs ;.
c ike i ke kuamoo kupuna alii mai kahiko
mai.
Ku-Atr-HAU, i,. A genealogy; a pedir
gree. 1 lii^. 1:4. Mai manao kakou he
pololci loa keia kuauhau, let us not 'thiiik
that this gentaU)ijy is strictly cori'ect. Nfh-
7:S.
2. A person skilled in genealogy or tra-
dition; a historian. Kin. 5:1. He mea ike-
ike kuamoo alii.
Ku-Atr-HAU, adj. fielating to what is
registercU',or I'utained as historical ; pula-
pala kumihau, a genealogical register.
2. Honorable ; distinguished.
Ku-A-D-LA, s. Red thick kapa ; red bark.
Ku-AU-KA'Hi, i. Kuau and kahi, ope.
The principal or single fain during the
summer months ; ka ua hookah) o ka nia-
kalii.
Ku-A-Tj-KA, s. Kva, a god, and uka, in-
land. The name of the gods of the moun-,
tains in opposition to kuakui, gods on iU
sea shore.
Ku-A-u-NA, s. The bank of a stream ;
the side or border of & kalo patch. See
KuAio. Ke hole nei makou ma na kuavva,
p<>ho, we ere traveling at present on the
borders of ka,lo pati^'es liable to sink in.
Ku-AU-PAA, s. Name of a bundieof po-
lolu carried by the chief on go'ng into bat-
tle.
Ku-A-HA-u-A, v- To^call put all the peo-
ple, as a chief; to call together on busi-
ness ; to assemble all the people,
Ku-A-HA-u-A, adj. ProclainDBgj calling
together, as the people of a chief; mamuli
o ka olelo biuikwua, acoordhig to procla-
mation, Laieik. 162.
Ku-A-HA-NA, s. The name of a god who
killed men.
KutA-he-a, s. a region on the side of a
mountain below the kgamauna and where
small trees grow.
Ku-A-Hi-Lo, V. See Hilohiw. To ram-
ble in telling a story; to make a long story.
Ku-A-Hi-Lo-Hi-Lo, 1). To talk without
coming to the point.
Ku-A-Hi-NE, s. A sister of a brother ; e
kuu lani, eia ko kuxMne, o Kahalaomapu-
ana, ka mea au e aloha qui nei. Laieik.
176. •
Ku-A-Hi-wi, s. Kua, back, and Mwi,
summit. Tbe top or summit of a mountaia,
Nah. 3:1, Hence,
2. A mountain of the highest class.
3. Mountains or a mountainous country.
4. A single mountain. 2 OiU. 2:2.
KtTA
KUA
Ku-A-HA, s. An altarfor sacrifice. JS«.
8:20. Kuaka okca, a whole altar. ' 1 No}.
6:22. He wahi e hoomoa ai na mohai.
Ktr-A-Hn-A, ». Kua, back, and akua, a
raised place. To bend upward, as the back;
to rise aboye vfater, as a whale's back.
Ku-A-HU-r, s. Sticks tied temporarily on
to the frame of a bouse while building ; he
aho mawabo o ka hale i ka manawa e kau-
hilo ai.
Ku-A-Hir-LU, s. Name of a vegetable
eaten in time of famine.
Ktj-a-ka-hi, s. The third generation of
a series, that is, the third from the parent.
Pnk, 20:6. Thus, first, the parent, makua;
second, the child, keiki ; third, the grand-
child, knakahi; moopu'aa^Tua/io/u, a grand-
child ; he keiki na kana keiki akn.
ittJ-A-KA-Hj, ad^'. Name of a place in-
definitely known, or rather not known, but
considered to be far <>3f ; oi noho kou uhane
ma puu KuakaM.
Ku-A-KA-Hi-Ki, s. Eiia,ha.ck,&x\dikaMki,
a foreign country. Something afar off in
another land, or done 'long ago so as to be
forgotten; i Jniakahild ka pule; kahi nalo-
wale loihi loa paha:
Ku-A-KA-LA, s. See Lu. A medicine
mixed np with some liquid and taken aa a
purgative ; the name of the plant is tutw/e.
Ku-A-KA-Li-KE-A, s. Kua, back, and ka-
likea, border ; fringe. White on the back,
border or edge,
Ku-A-KE-A, V. To. be white as chalk ;
as sait on or about salt pdnds ; ua hele a
kuakea i ka paakai.
Kir-A-KE-A-HU, s. An unseen imaginary
place at agreat distance off.
2. The poe kuaaina that live far off from
the metropolis ; a hala loa kou uiiane ma
kuakeahu.
Ku-A-LE-AO, Si See the foregoing.
Kir-A-Ki, V. To feel sad at the loss of a
bet in gambling; kuaki paha, pili oia i
kona waiwai a ^au loa, a ilihune, a pupule
maoli kahi poe i ka minamina nui. '
Ktr-A-Ko-Ko, s. Pain ; distress, as of a
woman in child-birth. Fro. Isa. 13:8. He
kuakoko uei ka w'ahine, o ka mea ikaika
loa no ia. a hiki mai ke kuakoko hanau.
Kxj-A-Ko-Ko, V. , To travail; to have the
pains of child-birth. Isa. 23:4.
Ku-A-Ko-Ko, adj. Of or belonging to
childbirth. Isa. 21:3.
Ku-A-KO-LO.
Ku-A-Ko-LU, s. The fifth in a series of
generations ; a great grandchild ; he ku-
puna h-uakolu. See Kdakahi.
Ku-A-Kc, adj. Ironically spoken.
Ku-A-Kn-A, V. See Kua, to cut down, as
. a tree ; to ^t; lo hew ont, as a canoa ; o
ke koi keia « kuakaa ana i ka waa.
Ku-A-KD-A, s. A section or piece of a
fish net ; ktmkiut upena.
2. A small section of land Uke'akoeleor
bakaonc.
Ku-A-KD-A-KU, s. A kalo patch.
K-y-A-Ku-Ai, v.: See Kuai, to rub. To
t;ub with pressure ; to polish ; to grind.
Ko-a-ki?-pi, «. A sore on the back.
Ed-a!-i.a, s. The fore fin on the back of
a. fish.
2. A sharp and ottttiog bone on the side
of a certain fish near the tail,
3. Hard kalo ; heavy food.
4. Increase;, interest; usury. Melc 18:8.
Intorost on money ; a word derived from
kuvDala,a.aometaet; tarning over and over.
See KowiLi.
Kn-A-LA, 0. To set a cask on its head.
2. To take or exact usury ; to pay over
and above.
Ku-A-LA, adj. Pertaining to usury.
Oihk. 25:36. 0ku kiuda, usurjr. _ Nek 5:7.
K(j-A-iiA, adv. .Usuriously ; giving upon
usury. Ezek. 18:8.
Ku-A-LAU, s. A strong wind ; a gale of
wind : wind and rain upon the ocean ; he
ua me ka raakani ma ka moana.
Ku-A-LA-AU, s. Kua, to hew, and hum,
wood. A hewer of wood. Kanl. 29:10.
Ku-A-LAU-wi-Li, 1). SeeLAUwiLi. To be
circuitous in conversation: to wander here
and there in one'" talk.
Kn-A-LA-KAi, *. The name of a^ species
offish.
Ktj-a-la-kai, s. The eating of fresh fish
pounded up finely and mixed with other
things. NoTK. — The malolo was the fish
frequently served up in this way.
Ku-a-la-kai, s. a swelling up of the
cheeks, perhaps the abdomen, from rich
eating, perhaps from disease.
Ku-A-LA-NA, V. To be idle; to be in-
different to all business ; to wander about
without object ; to sit .uninterested with
nothing to engage attention, as one who
does not understand the conversation; lilo
oukou i ka olelo haole a kuiHana ntakou ;
to sit idle, as one lazy(molowa)on a canoe
instead of paddling.
Kd-a-la-na, i. Indolence; laziness; &-
tigue ; niii ka poe kudUma e noho aiua ole
ana ; o ke kanaka hoopili wale he hictana
ia,-he who joins himself to anoUier with-
out work is a lazy fellow.
% A man who roves about vritbout a
chief or haku or any support or any one to
depend on.
Kir-A-LA-NA, adj. Lazy; not disposed to
work; o ka noho a ka ohua ku/da/na.
KUA
299
KUA
2. Fatigued, a» a man by paddling a
canoe and lays down his paddle.
3. Not sinking; floating:; komo ole. )ana.
Ku-A-LA-NA-pu-Hi, s. The office of thi
person wbo kept tbu flies off i'rom tbe king
when he slept; o ka mea kahili i ko ke
alii wabi c moe ai. be kualanapuhi ka inoa.
Kd-a-la-pa, V. To stretch out, as a
head-land ; to project, as a cape. See
Lap*.
Ku-A-LA-PA, s. A ridge of land .between
two ravint's. See Lat-a, s.
Ku-A-LA-PE-HU, s. Name of an office
among the king's train.
Ku-A-LE-HE-LE-HE, V. To Converse With
many words ; to talk fluently ; aka, o keia
pae aina i kualehelehe a Binamn.
Ku-A-LE-NA, ». See Lena. To stretch
or spread out in order to free from wrin-
kles.
Kd-a-li-a-li, adj. White, as lime; as
white paper and other things.
Ko-A-Li, ». To whiten ; to make white.
Ku-a-lii-lii, v. Km and liilii, small ;
little. To abate ;, to slacken ; to decrease
in beat.
Ku-A-Lo-NO, s. Kua and lono, to hear.'
The space on the top of a mountain; a place
of silence, i. e., of hearing.
2. A knoll, small hill or protuberance
(.11 the top of a mountain.
ku-A-Ltj-A, s. The fourth in descent j A
great grandchild; he moopuna, he keiki na
knna keiki ; the fourth generation. Puk.
S4:7.
Kd-a-lu-a, adj. Repeating ; doing a
thing twice. Mar. 1 *:30, 72,
Ku-A-LU-A, ado. Twice; the second
time.
Ka-A-MAU-NA, s. Kua, back, and mauna,
a mountain. A protuberance or hillock on
tbe side of a mountain.
Kn-A-MA-HA, s. The side of the head ;
the bones back of the ear.
Ku-A-MA-KA, s. To cut down, as a tree
\^ith the edge of «n axe.
Ko-a-mA-ka-ni, adj. Not sinking; float-
ing; without constraint;^ free, as tbe wind;
inconstant; komo ale. lana, kuamakani.
See KuALANA.
Ku-a-mi-a-mi, v. See Ami, a hinge. To
make a motion like tbe working of binges.
2. To express tbe intercourse of tbe sexes.
3. To laugh at; to mock; to express
coniempt.
Ku-A-Mi-A-Mi, s. The motion of a turE-
ing binge.
2. Any motion imitating that of n ninge.
3. Tbe motion of sexual intercourse.
i. A term of reproach.- See Axu^m.
Ko-A-Moo, s. Kua, back, and moo, a liz-
ard. The backbone of a man or animal.
2. A road or frequented path. Note. —
This was tbe word used formerly oa the
Island of Hawairfor path or road; the
word dlanui is now general ; a road or
■ highway. Lunlt. 21:19.
31. Fio. A way; custom. Syn. with aoao.
Mat. 10:15. Obedience to law. Mar. 1:3.
Kd-a-moo, s. The name of some place
on the bottom oi a cauoe ; alalia kalai ia
ua aoao ame ke htamoo malalo.
Kn-A-Moo, adj. Of or pertaining to the
backbone ; iwi Icuamoo. Vihk. 3:9.
Ku-A-MO-A-Mo, V. To curse the gods ;
to curse generally. Oihk. 19:14.
2. To blaspheme; to reproach; to swear;
to quarrel. Oihk. 20:9.
Ku-A-Moo-o-LE-Lo, s. See Kuamoo 3 and
OtELo, speech. A stylo of speaking; a dia-
lect.
Ku-A-M0-A-Mn, V. See Asm and Ami/-
AML-. To blaspheme, curse, &c. Syn. with
Jcuamoamo above.
Ku-A-MU-A-MU, *. Blasphemy; a revil-
ing of sacred things by word; reproachful
language. Kanl. 28:37.
2. The name of a play or dance.
Ku-A-NA, s, A shower.
2. Ku and ana. A standing : being in
an erect posture; ma ke kuana a ke kanaka.
Ku-A-NA-KA, s. Kua and naha, not solid.
An extensive disease up and down tbe
back resembling IcuapuM, but longer.
2. Name of a kind of coral formation ;
.the coral used in polishing.
3. Name of a species of fish.
En-A-NA-ta, s. The outside of the surf
towards tbe sea just before it breaks ; ike-
ia'ku ekoln' oukou e ku mai ana ma feuo-
nalu. Laieik. 130.
Ku-A-NE-A, s. See Kanea, laziness, &».
Dry barren land : unprofltable land.
2. An awkward ignorant person.
3. A reproach ; a laughing stock.
4. Loss of appetite ; loss of strengthi
Ko-A-Noo, V. Kua and woo, to think. A
place on tbe top of 3. mountain; a place for
thinking or meditation.
Ko-A-Nu-i, adj. Kua, back, and mmzj
great. Big-backed, i.e., awkward, in doing
something more or besides what, was. re^
quired, and thus spoiling what he tried to
do ; or doing a thing in his own way in
opposition to the will'of'bim for whom he
works.
2. Obstinate; self-willed; he alii fciMnui,
a chief that will have bis owe way ; aole
kuamd o Parao, he hewa maoli no.
Kb-a-pa, *. A crab of the species ;>ajeaj
- but wiU) a hard aheU.
KUA
Ku-A-PAA, o. ^tWjbatjk, and poa, hard.
To hardon the back, 1. e., to be hard upon
one ; to oppress.
2. To press or urge one to evil ; e ala, e
h«le mai i kahi e kmpaa ole ai n» uhane i
ka hewa.
i. Moo. To make one's back tough or
callous with hard labor, aa by carrying
burdens and other hard work.
4. To have or exercise, great patience
under bard labor or cruel'treatment.
ISo-A-PAA, s. A name given to bread-
fruit which remains on the trees long after
the season is over and is parched on the
side next the sun.
2. The name of a worm that eats vegeta-
bles.
3. Name of a species of fish.
4. A coral reef or rock showing itself
above water, though sometimes water may
be over it.
Ku-A-PAA. adj. Hard; severe; slavish.
2. Laborious; hurried witJi work; kauwa
Icvapaa, a slave.
3. Parched on one Side ; he ulu kaapaa.
Ktt-a-pa-pa, v. Kaa, to cut dovsrn, and
papa, a board. To hew oatboards or plauk.
Note. — This was the former way of making
boards, one log made but one board.
Kd-a-pa-PA, V. To unite or be united,
as people under one- chief.
2. To be at peace ; to live quietly; hele
mai itt nei, kuapapa o ko kakon noho pu
ana, we came here (Lahainatuna), pmc^td
has been our living together.
Ko-A-PA-PA, s. Peace ; quietness ; rest
from tnrbulance or anarchy.
KurA-PA-PA, adj. Peaceful; quiet; rest-
ing in confidence.
Ku-A-PA-PA-ND-i, V. See Kuapapa and
Noi, great. To enjoy quietness and satis-
fiiction under the same ruler ; to be free
from the turmoils of ,war. Lanlc. 3:1], 30.
2. To he at ease; to live quietly, as with-
out mucii care, and out of the bustle of
business.
. 3. To be quiet, as the effect of a virtuous
life. Isa. 32;17. -
Kj-a-pa-pa-nu I, s. Seal substantial
peace arid quiet in a government.
2. Peace following a treaty of mutual
benefits.
Ku-A-po-i, *. The name of the board on
the front part of a canoe.
2. The knee pan ; moe pono ka iwi ihu
maluna o ka ihu e like me ke laiapoi ma-
luna 0 ka waa.
3. Name of a bone in the arm or hand.
Anat. 21.
Ku-A-Po-i, V. Kua, back, and poi, to
■cover. To be full fledged, a.f birds or any
kitid of fowls; applied to young birds when
300
KUE
almost fnlly grown; huapoi na maou, the
birds are fully fledged.
Kn-A-PO-LA-o, s. Name of a small pile
of waiwai collected for the king.
Ku-A-pu-i-wi, adj. Long residence in a
place. See KuLA.rw[.
Ku-A-pnu, s. iTua, back, and 7>»u, a pro-
tuberance. A hump or crooked-backed
person. Oihk. 21:20.
Ku-A-PU-Hi, s. Kua, back, and puM, to
barst. A sore back ; a boil on the bac^.
Ku-A-WE-Hi, s. A kind of disease in the
back, or a sign of disease on the back.
. 2. A worm that has a black back.
Ku-A-wi-Li, V. Kua and iiMi, to tveist.
To repeat over and over again without
meaning; to wander from the point in
speaking ; tc use foolish repetitions in
spealdng. Mai. 6.-7.
Ktr-A-wi-Li, s. The name of a prayer
used at the dedication of the highest order
of heiaus and continued all day.
2. Indirectness, repetitious and irregular
in work.
Ku-E, o. Ku, to stand, and e, opposite.
To be opposed ; to be contrary ; to be
2. To act contrary to authority ; to op-
pose the civil government
3. Hoo. To set against ; to oppose. ler.
21:10. To cause to oppose, ianl. 2:30.
4. To oppose, as the bow of a canoe to
the wind. Note. — Kue has been written as
one word and as two, In which case the e
is an adverb ; thus, hie, to stand against,
.i. e., be opposite to.
iKu-E, s. Opposition; strife; commotion.
2. The crooked side timbers in a ship ;
be laau wae kekee.
3. Any object with an angle.
4. Name of a species of fish-hook.
Ku-t-A, V. A contraction of Arwetoa. To
wander about ; to have no home. See Eo-
BWA. ,
Ku-E-A, s. A wanderer -y. a friendless
man.
Ku-E-E, V. Ku, to stand, and ee, with a
meaning stronger than e. See Kufe above.
To disagree ; to contend in words.
2. To do contrary Jto ; to oppose.
3. To rise up against ; to attack.
;4. To bicker; to qiiarrel, as a man and
his wife. See KuKliE.
Ku-E-E, s. Disagreement; dissension;
opposition of sentiment.
Ku-EE-o-HiJ-A, s. A species of fish net.
Ku-E-o, adj. Unsteady; going here and
there ; a vagabond. See Kuewa.
Ku-E-HU, V. JTa and cAk, to drive away.
To stir up ; to make turbid, as water ; tt)
shu> otr, as water nimiing over laud.
KUE
301
KUI
2. To shake the dust from a mat.
3. To let go; to east away, as a thing
not desired. .
4. To hold up ; to present, as a signal
tor somctbing ; a kuehu ae la oia i ka l^pa
o kona aahu. Laieik. 22. ,
Ku-E-HC-E-Hn, V. Freq. of kuehu. To
cast ov throw dust or dirt
2. To toss up and down.
Ku-E-KAA, V. See Panoanoa. • To re-
turn, as the current or tide and sweep
everything away; to cast or tnrn one out
of house and home and all he has.
Ku-E-KU-E, s. See Kue, s., 3. A joint ;
a protuberance; the knucklos; the wrist
bones; kapuupuuokahailima; the elbow,
&o. ; qualified by some other word.
Ku-E-KU-E-Hu, V. To rub hard. See
KUISHO.
Ku-E-Ku-E-o, V. To stir or move slightly,
as one supposed to be dead.
Ku-E-Ku-E-Li-MA, s. The elbow.
Ku-B-Kir-E-wA^wAE, s. The heel. Kin.
3:15. The ankle joints.
Ku-E-Ku-E-NE, V. See Kuene, to lay
out a building. To act the part of a stew-
ard ; to serve out food.
Kn-E-KU-E-Ni, e. To shake; to tremble;
to move ; to struggle.
Ku-E-LU, V. To loosen; to cast down.
Ku-E-MA-KA, s. Sue and maka, face.
The eyebrows.
2. The brow of a hill.
Ku-E-MA-KA-PA-Li, s. See KuEM&KA and
Pali, a precipice. The brow of a hill.
Ku-E-Mi, V. £uandemi, toshrin&back.
To stand or retreat, as from something
feared.
Ku-E-NE, ». T6 measure for the pur-
pose of laying out the foundation of a house.
2. To frame ; to lay cut, as the frame of
a building.
3. To set up ; to jwt in order, as seats
for a multitude; to set up the posts of a
house.
4. To care for and divide out, as a stew-
ard does to drcook: to act the steward; kc
hooko noi oia, ke Jeuene nci ; c lana'e ka
pepeiao ke kuenda nei.
Ku-E-NB, , s. A steward ; a treasurer.
Isa. 22.-15.
2. A small quantity of anything: a frac-
tion, as half a glass of rum or water, &o. ;
h^ wabi kuene ai uuku, a little food.
'3. Detraction; slander; false speaking
against another.
Ku-E-NE-HA-LE, s. Kuens and hiHe, a
house. The knowledge o" putting up a
house and in the practice of several trades.
2. One skilled in framing and finishing
a house ; o ka <ke i ka mahiai, o ka ike i
ka lawaia, o ka ike i ke kuenehak, ame ke
kaapaku.
Ku-E-WA, V. To wander about ; to be
unstable.
2. To be friendless.; to wander about
without a homoi .Kiin. 21:14.
Ku-E-WA, s. One who has no place to
live, no friends | a fugitive ;. a vagal)ond ;
connected with aea. Kin. 4:12.
Kn-1, V. To stick together; to join.
2. To stitch or sew 'together. Kin. 3:7.
E Imi lehua, to braid lehua blossoms into
a wreath. Laieik. 145.
3. Uoo. To splice; tp join on; to add or
attach one thing to another. Inb. 34:37.
4. To add or sum up, as numbers. Nvih.
1:49.
5. To employ ; to use, as the tongue, es-
pecially in slander. Birf. 50:19..
Ku-i, u. To pound with the end of a
thing; to pound with a hammer or mallet;
to knock out. as the teeth ; mal kiti wale 1
na niho a hemo.
2. To pound, as poi; afcui i kjina ai.and
he pounded his food.
■ 3. To beat out, as metals. Puh- 39:a
4. To pound' up ;. to break fine. Kanl.
9:21.
5. To smite; to injure; to smite with the
hand. 2 OiU. 18:23.
6. To smite, as the conscience. 1 Ban
24:6.
7. To buffet or smite as a punishment.
1 Pet. 2:20. Kui a wali, to beat to pieces.
isa. 3:15.
8. To smite, as hail. Pvls. 9:28.
Ku-i, V. To sound, as thunder; Awj iho
la ka bekili maluna.
2. To sound abroad; to sound or spread
abroad, as fame or report ; kui aku la ka
lono. 1 OiM. 14:17. To be heard, as a re-
port.
3. Uoo. To roar, as tl>e wind;^j hookai
la ka makani i kela aoao i keia aoao, a
puka mai auanei.
4. To resist ; to oppose ; to put in dig-
order.
Ku-i, s. A general name for small
pointed instruments; he mea oioi ma ka
maka ; a nail ; a pin ; an awl ; a spike ; a
goad. jPufc.~21.:6. The double teeth; na
niho nui ma ka nao, maloko o ke a. Note.
Kui mostly has some qualifying term added
to designate what particulR- thing it is •
as, kuihao, a nail ; kuikele, a needle ; jfcuj-
kdeawe, a brass or copper nail, &b.
Kn-iA, V. The passive participle of ht.
Hit; fitted; stumbled; not sharp; bliint;
' doing over and over again ; meeting.
Ku-i-A, s. Name of an instrument used
in war.
Ku-i-Ai, s. Kui, to pound, and ai, food.
The act of pounding poi or food.
KUI
3G2
Ktn
Kd-1-ad-mo-e, s. The name given by
tbose about the thief tp those below thrm
in privilege, though better persons; o- ka
poc i komo ma ke kuiauTnoe, o ka poe la-
koa o pohokaQO. he knftuiplelo wale..pp ia.
Ki7-i-iL-Ln-A, s. The name of some art
taught in former times; be nui ka poe i ao
i kc kaala me ke kuialua.
Ku-i-EE, V. Kui and ee, the armpit. To
pecure ol carry under the arm ; to fold up
and put under the arm.
Kn-i-E-LtJ-A> s. The name of an aneieiit
game ; name perhaps as kuidhui:
Ku-i-HAO, V. Kui, to pound, and kao,
iron.. To forge ; to wbrk iron, as a blaok-
smit!"
Ku-i-HAo, s. See above, An iron spike j
a nail. .
2. A. blacbsmitb ; an armorer.
Ku-i-HAo, adj. Pertaining to a black-
smith. ,
Ku-i-HB, ) V. Ku, to stand, and he&, to
Kn-I-BEE, \ slide. To go forward, then
retreat ; applied to the mind ; hence,
2. To doubt ; lo hesitate ; to be unbe-
lieving ; to hesitate to obey or believe a
statement ; alalia, kuiht iho la keja no ke
atoba i na makua, then she hesitated on ac-
count of love to her parents. See Kanalda.'^
K0-i-HEE, adj. Doubting; hesitating;
advancing and retreating.
Ku-i-HE-WA, i). ifMi, to Strike, and Acwrt,
wrong. To strike or hit by mistake.
Kn-i-KA-Hi, V. Kui, to unite, and kahi,
one, To have things and interests united
in one.
ZJvJ^make pfeace or to be at peace : ua
kvikaM^e aupuni, the kingdom is in a
state of peace.
3. To make or to be conducive to peace;
he mea anei ia e lemk(Ai ait is that a thing
to make peace ? Kmkahi like, peace; quiet-
ness. Hoik. 6:4. I Icaikahi ai ka ainoa o
ke aupuni, that the breaking kapn might
be peaceably done throughout the king-
dom. "
i. Hoo. To make peace, as contending
parties. , 2 Sam. 3:12. To enter into a
treaty of peace after a war. 2 5am. 10:19.
To make peace ; to unite on toiins of am-
,ity, .^es. 2:15.
Kn-i-KA-Hi, *. A union of sentiment or
feeling.
2. A state of peace ; satisfaction.
3. A covenant ; a treaty. 1 Sam. 1&:3.
4. A treaty of peace anil imity.
Ku-i-KA-Hi, adj. Peaceful ; quiet ; olelo
Icuikaki, a league; a covenant; a treaty.
los. 9:6, 7.
Ku-i-KA-Hi, adv. Together; in common;
p(Sicefully.
ifo-i-KA-WA, adj. Ku, to stand, i, prep-
osition, in,fca, the, and tea; space. Lrr, To
stand in the space. A phrase signitying
independence ; not attached to either side.
It is applied to peisons coitceming whom
it is doubtful to wbatvehief they belong, or
to whose authority they are amenable ; or
as in English, he is oiU,he fence, that is, on
neither side ; bence,
1. Free ; not bound to any chief.
2. Not subject to any one's control ; noi
in bondage. Note. — This phrase ia some-
times written in one word as above, and
sometimes in four, as fcu i ku wa. 1 Kw.
9:1.
Ka-i-KE, V. For ku i ka ike: To know
. or think flike ; to agree.
2. To be understood; e haawi epaa i ka
litaa ke Icuike c mamua o ka blelo, to give
the band in conGrmatioa, provided the
agreement be previously understood.
KtT-i-KE, ». Kui and ke. to push away.
To smooth off a place ; to leave nothing
rough. "
2. To destroy men, as in war until not
one is left ; ua kuikeia a pau loa, it is all
smoothed -over ; kuikf, i ka auhau nui, i na
kamalii ame na mea a pau, they wcie heav-
ily taxed, children and everything else.
Ka-i-KE-LE, *. Kui, pin, and kele, slip-
pery. A needle ; a sewing needle.
Kd-i-ke-pa> s. The name of the work
of making the god named Lonomakua. . •
Ku-i-Ktr-i, V. Intensive of kui, to strike.
To strike often; to beat; to smite or buifct,
as a person. Isa. 58:4. To box ; to exer-
cise for a boxing match.
2. To take up arms against any one, L e.,
to unite against ; e hele kuiee.
3. To pelt; to throw at; to beat against.
4. To fasten, together, as the parts of ,^
building.
5. lloo. Toputtogether; to form; hence,
to feign ; to pretend. Neh. 6:8.
Ku-i-KU-i, i. Name of a medicine, com-
pounded or made iuto a drink from the sap
or gum of the koko tree.
Ku-i-Ktr-L, adj. Striking or blowing
strongly, as the wind ; he makani icuifcai ;
more frequently jwi/cu Jew j. See Akuikui.
2. Pounded ; bruised ; wauki kuikui,
.poupded wauki.
3i. United'; fastened. See the verb.
4. He upena kuikui, a. net well woven,
i. e., fastened. •
Ku-i-KU-i-wA-LE, «. A pounding or bruis-
ing to death; an ancient method of kiUing,
Ku-i-LA, s. The name of a kind of for-
eign cIoA ; he lole hihuhinu paa loa.
Ku-i-Lii s. The name of a prayer which
lasted all night.
Ku-i-LU-A, ti. .ffw?', toadd,andijtti,twoi
K0O
303
KUO
double. To add oa* to double .by addlug
to a thing; e kuUua, e kuilua mai i ka pono
ia lakou. add on, increase the goodness to
them, i. e., inqrease continually in good-
ness.
Ku-i-NA, s. Kui and ana, a uniting. A
sewing, that is, a set of sleeping kapas,
generally five, sewed together, answering
the purpose of sheets.
2. A seam; a place where pieces of kapa
or cloth are united.
3. In modern timen, a sheet.
Ku-i-NE-jiE, adj. Kui, to strike, afnd
nehe, a rustling sound. O ka lani kuinehc
uwe, the heaven vUcring sorrowful Bounds.
Ku-i-PA-LU, V. Kui, to break, and palu,
soft pr fine. To bruise or pound fine, i. e.,
soft '
2, To break up ; to break fine. 2 Oihl.
31:1. To' break down; to demolish, as idol
gods. 2 OOd. 4:3. Kuipaluia na akiia kii.
S. To beat or bruise, as a cruel man docs
his wife.
Ko-i-PA-LU, adj. Broken fine; braised;
pounded.
Kn-i'PE, B. Kui, to beat, and pe, crushed
flat. The full form is kui a pe. To beat
, down ; to bend over flat ; i lauipeia e ka
makani a paa.
Ku-i-PK-Hi, ». To be in doubt ; to htsi-
tate in acting ; to go with hesitancy ; to
distrust one's friendship or oflVir.
Ku-i-PE-Hi, s. Hesitancy ; distrust ;
making objections. Oih. 10:29.
Ku-0, P. floo. To desire to do a thing,
but from some cause he docs not do it.
Ku-o, V. To cry with a loud *oico ; to
lift up the voice in weeping for .joy ; e
aloha nni niai me ka nwo.
K/r-oi, V. Kti and oi, to limp. To move
slowly, as a rossel with liUle wind.
2. To rock or reel to and fro, as a vessel
in a calm.
3. To reel or stagger, as a fowl drenched
in water.
4. To stawRBi, as a person unable to walk
through woakniwS.
Ku-o-i-Li, V. /l!« and ofe', to ascend. To
walk a steep road up hill.
Ku-o-i-Li, adj. Steep, as a road up hill.
Kn-oo, V. Ku, to stand, and oo, ready;
prepared. To stand ready; to be prepared
for any event; especially, to be prepared
against evil. I Pel. 1:13.
2. To be fearless!; to bo intent on carry-
ing a point.
3. To be sober, i. e., unexcited ; to be
calm ; to be fully awake to circumstances.
IPrf. 4:7.
Ku-oo, adj. Fearless; ready; prompt
in action ; vigilant.
Ku-ou, V. Ku, to stand, and ou, to rest
the bead on anything. To incline the head;
to bend the head forward, as in bowing.
See KuNOu.
Ku-6u-E-i.E-NAi adj. Standing firmly
and constantly by the chief at all times; o
ke paupau akoa o ke paiipaii kuavJkna.
Ka-o-MA, s. Wahxe of a prayer used for
causing a man to love bis wife and a wife
to love her hnsband.
Ku-o-Ho, s. Name of a shell fish.
Ku-o-Ko-A, V. Ku, to stand, and okoa,
another. To stand aside by one's self.
2. To stand aloof from assisting or in-
juring another,
3. To cast otf the authority of a king or
ruler; to rebel.
4. tloh. To set fvee ; to deliver from the
power of another.
Ku-o-KO-A, adj. Standing aloof or sep-
arate from ; existing in independence of
anything else.
Ktr-o-LA, ». Ku&ndiola. To stand alive
. and safe ; to escatiu some great danger.
Ko-o-KU-o-i-o, V. Thej-intensive of Amo/o.
To make a vibrating motion, as in rubbing
or polishing; to rub; topolish, as in scour-
ing a utensil.
Ko-o-LO, V. To make a vibrating mo-
tion; tomb; to polish; to scour; to scratch.
2. To shake, as a fluid in a bottle or cask.
3, To tremble, as the voice.
Xn-o-Lo, s. A small sort of drum j a
timbrel. Hal. 92:3. The hula drum ; he
ipu hula ; he hula paipu.
Ku-o-Lo-Hi-A, s. Name of a species of
grass.
Ku-o-Lo-KA-Ni, s. See Kctolo above and
KaN!, to sound. An ancient niiisioai in-
atniment among Hii^faiiaM, nswl al hnla.-i
and on other occasions of amusciBurit anu
dissipation; a timbrel. Puk-Vi-.W. TvaOH-
lated p,?ai(eries in 2 Oihl. 0:11.
Kfi-o-LO-KU, V. See Kdolo. To siiyj like
a bird.
Ko-o-LO-kB', s. The voice or song of a
singing bird ; kuoloku ka. leo o ka macu
kani ted.
Ktr-o-Lo-NO, «. The general name of
hillocks or protuberances on the top#of
the mountains ; a o na puu malnna pono
iho o ke kuahiwi, e kn lalaai ana, a ku hoo-
kiihi paha, ua kapaia'ku ia'ho kaokmo.
]^u-o-Ni, V. Ku and oni, to move. To
. walk gently or softly ; to inove lightly ; to
fall back or behind another on account of
4' slow muvuraeut.
Ku-o-NO, s. A corner, as of a room, ap-
plied only to the inside. See IIio. r.ut
Mhi ia' the cotner outsidi' of Iha'hou.si.',
2. lof geography, a bay; .1 gitif ; a rooess
KUU
304
KU.U
of the sea into tbe land. See Kaikdono.
Ho wahi kai e poopoo ana iloko o ka aiaa.
3. The part of a honse (inside) opposite
to the door.
Ku-o-No-o-No, r. To be comfortably set-
tled; to be well ftiintshed with things for
comfort and convenience ; to be above
want.
K1/-0-N0-0-N0, s. An inheritance ; a set-
tlemeai
2. A settled place, i. e., a place of rest.
1 Nal. S:1S.
Ku-o-No-o-No, adj. Well furnished;
supplied I kuorioono olc, unsteady ; unset-
tled. Kuonoono is applied to a woman
skillful in pounding kapa and in braiding
mats, &c. See Loea.
Kun, adj. pran. It is used for ko, ko'u
and ka'u, my, mine, what belongs to me.
NoTB, — Kuu is often synonymous with ko'n
^and ka'u, but as these apply to different
things, and the speaker was at a loss which
'to use, it was proper, i. e., grammatical to
jUSv' kuu ; thus, Hawaiians say kS'u keiki,
ko'n hale, "but not ko'u keiki or fca'« hale ;
but it is correct enough to say kuu keiki
and kuu hale. Oram. § 150, i.
Kuu, ». To let go; to loosen; to re-
lease ; to slacken, as a rope that is too
tight ; to let down, as by a rope ; to let
down from the shoulder. Mn. 24:18.
2. To dismiss or send away, as on an
errand ; to send away, as a messenger ; to
allow to come. Lunk. 13:8.
3.' To put down, as one in authority; to
41 dethrone.
I A. to pay t)nt, as a rope or cable in cast-
ing anchor.
k. To loose, i. e., to cast, as a,, net into the
water for lish; to take fish in a net, 4. e., to
, ,let down the netfor them; tobeeomecalm,
/. as the mind after intense anxiety; to be
assuaged. Xaieifc. 77.'
6. To give liberty; to BufTcr or permit to
be done.
7. To cause to do ; to suffer to be done.
Kfinl. 18:10.
8. E kuu i ka ubaue, to give up tbe gjiost;
to die. Kin. 35:29.
9. To fail ; to giye up ; to cease to help.
7i'a.ni.,31:6, 8.
4J0. Hoo. To excuse ; to let go ; to $end
away, as a muUitude. Puk. 3:18.
11. To lead out of an inclosure ; to de-
liver from difficulty ; to set free from ; e
hoomaha, pau ka nao make.
Kuu, s. A releasing'; a letting go.
2. Tbe act of taking fish iu a n^t. NotB.
This idea is more from letting down the
net than from insnariiig the fish. See the
ferb 6.
Kbo, s. The name of a species of fish
net : he upena kuu. ,
KuD-A-LA, V. See KUAtA.
Kuu-E, V. The e gives intensity to the
verb. To release, as one from his suffa;
ings ; to have one's di£Bcu!ties pas.s away ;
kime ka Inhi, pan ka pilikia. ^
Kuu-KA-NAE, s. Kuu, release, and ka-
nae, the breathing. A free breathing, i. c.,
free from fear : safe ; palekana.
KuiT-KUU, c. The frequentative of kuu.
To let down ; to let go ; also, hoo., to let
down. OiA. 9:25. Alalia, fr«ufcuu lakoui
kii malolo.
Kuu-Kuu, s. The name of a game. Hoo.
Tbe same.
2. A species of spider, commonly called
Grandfather Longlegs.
3. Name of another species of short:
legged spider.
Kuu-KU-Li, V. To sit on the heiels with
the knees on the ground.
Kuu-LA, *. The name of the god of fish-
ermen from Hawaii to Kauai. Hina was
bis wife and the goddess of fishermen.
When the people prayed to Kuvia and he
would not give them &ih, they then prayed
to Hina to intercede with her bnsbond. '
Kuu-LA-LA, V. To be. beside one's self;,
to be out of one's right mind ; e pupule, e
hehena ; to go here and there ; to be law-
less.
Kuu-LA-LA, s. Great ignorance; stu-'
pidity; a want of comrnqh sepse- views; no
ke kuulala loa o ko onei poe kahiko i na
olelo lalau.
2. Wantonness ; effeminacy ; lascivious-
ness.
Kuu-LA-LA, adj. Wanton; lascivious.
lak. 5:5.
2. Insane ; out of reason ; lilo loa ma
kona makemake iho : unreskained from
following one's own inclinations ; ua nana
na kanaka, aole he kwuMa loa e like me
mamua, men looked at him, he was not so
much out of his senses as before.
Kuu-Lu-LU, V. To be cold j to be con-
tracted with cold ; to shiver with the cold.
Kuu-LU-LU, adj. Cold; shivering with
cold ; chilled ; hence,
2. Fearful or abashed ; kuiijidu na kahu
ia oe i ke kahuna.
Kuu-NA, s. Kuu and ana. A descend-
ing ; passing down. See Kcu. A heredi-
tary disease ; he mai na na kupuna, a dis-
ease from their grand-parenis.
KuD-NA, adj. Hereditary ; descending
or derived from parents to childien, as
some diseases ; be mai kuuna ia no lakou,
iheirs !s a hereditary disease. Fig. Ma ka
manao Imwna 0 oukou, according to your
traditionary opinions ; na nhane i ka hewa
kwma, traditionary vices.
KUH
305
KUH
Ku-HA, V. To spit; to spit upon. Nak
I2:li. To tgect Bativa from the moatb.
Kh-ha, s. Saliva; spittle; water from
the mouth. 1 Sam. 21:13.
Ku-HA, adj. Pertaining to saliva.
Ku-HA-i-Ki, adj. Ku and haiki, narrow.
Narrow; contracted; too small or nan-ow.
2. Straightened in mind ; concerned
greatly in mind.
Ku-HAo, V. Ku, to stand, and Aoo, iron.
To Btand as iron; to stand alone; to be
singular in a good sense ; to acknowledge
God before wicked men; to obej God
rather than follow our own opinions or
those of others; to stand alone morally; to
stand alone ; applied to a letter of a book
standing by itself; it applies also to men.
Ku-HAO, adj. Standing firmly and act-
ing alone; he ua Imhao, rain from a single
cloud or without a cloud.
Ka-HAU-HAU, V. Ku and uhmhau, weak.
To be weak; to totter with age. ScbUhau-
HA'J,
Ku-HA-KA-KAi, V. Ku and ftakakai, to be
swelled. To-be swelled out, as one fat or
fiiU fleshed.
2. To be swelled with disease ; hence,
3. To be weak ; to be sickly. ■
Ktr-nA-Ku-HA, V. J? req^. o{ hma. To spit
upon frequently.
Ku-HA-LA-HA-LA, t!. See HoOHALAHALA.
To break off from a bargain ; to grumble
at another's prosperity ; to find fault with.
2. To envy one his prosperity or wealth
and procure his death by ttie pule anaana;
i opainoino la mai no ka hanohano.
Ku-HA-icu-KA, adj. Many; numerous;
huddled together ; going in great compa-
nies ; pili i ke kewai kutialuka ka mauna.
Ku-HA-NA-o-LE, V. Ku and kema, work,
and ole, not. To be lazy ; to be idle ; to
do nothing.
Ku-HA-NA-o-LE, odj. Lazy ; idle.
Ku-HA-PA, V. jSIt, to fit, and ^2pa, partly.
To be incorrect, or c6rrect only in part in
speaking.
Kn-HA-rA-HA-PA, V. SeeKuHAPA. To be
frequently inqorrect in speaking.
2. To make' blunders often.
3. To be not tnisty.
4. To be varioas at different times.
Kn-HE, s. A change of color in the skin
in consequence of being long in the water,
as purple, blue, brown, &c.
2. The name of a species of fish.
Ku-HE-A, V. Ku and /tea, to call. To
call; to cry aloud; to call for one; to make
a noise ; to call out. See Kahea.
Ku-HE-A, s. A hunter, as of birds; hi-
hea mann ; one who imitates the whistling
39
call of birds, and then calls them into hi»
snare ; a fowler. Sol. 6:5.
KiT-HE-A, adj. Calling ; insnaring, as of
birds ; makaala ke kanaka Icuhna mann,
watchful the man who insnares birds;,
noisy; boisterous.
Ku-HE-KU-HE, s. Freq. of Aw/je. Change-
able as to colors, as black, green, blue,
thick dark.
Ku-HE-LA, v. To rise and move along,
as the swell of the sea; to ;pas3 along stand-
ing or rising high, as a high swell of the
sea ; to rise, as a high surf. See Eahela
and Kahelahela.
Ku-HE-LA, s. The high unbroken swell
of the sea as it moves along.
Ktt-he-le-lo-a, v. Ku, to rise. Me, to
go, and loa. any distance. To be sent off
from one's house and land and neighbor-
hood.
2. To wander aboat from place to place.
See WAn.AiJA. _ .
Ku-HE-LE-LO-A, s. A person banished
and sent off to live where he can, stripped
of everything.
2. A banishment.
Kxr-HE-LE-Lo-A, adj. Of or belonging tO'
a state of banishment.-
Ktf-HE-LE-MAi, s. Ku, to rise, Me, ta
move, and vnai, this way. The name given
to a kind of play used in gambling; hckoi,
he hooleilei.
Ku-HE-PA, V. Ku and hepa, false. To
be untrustworthy; to be uncertain what
one will do, as a servant or neighbor.
2. To break a bargain without paying
well.
Ku-HE-PA-HE-PA, adj. Doubtful ; differ-
ent from what was expected; aole ike mao-
popo; having an imperfect knowledge of a
thing.
Ku-HE-WA, adj. Ku, to hjt, and hewa,
wrong. Coming suddenly; seizing upon,
as a disease; striking unexpectedly, as the
wind ; he mai Imkewa, he makani kuhewa.
ku-Hi, V. To think; to suppose;, to.
imagine. So/. 17:28. .SuAi lakou he loko-
ino ko na kanaka o Hawaii, they thought
the people of Hawaii of bad: disposition.
2. To point out; to point at with the fin-
ger.
3. To give an appellation.
4. To cast up to one.
5. To judge ; mai kiM hewa oukon, do
act mistake ; do not judge erroneously.
Ku-Hi, s. A gesturing vnth the hand to
regulate singing, time, &o. ; the use of the
baton or band In directing mnsic; a na la- '
kou (ka poe hula) e ao i ke kuhi a paa ke
kuhi 0 na man mele la.
Kc-Hi-A-LA-E-A, adj. Epithet of a cer-
KUM
306
KUK
tain priest of Lono ; he kahuna knhialaea
bona inoa.
Ku-Hi-A-NO, s. Kuhi, to point out, and
ano, the meaning. In Hawaiian grammar,
a pronoun: kvkiano pili kanaka, a personal
pronoun ; Icvhiano pili inoa, a pronoun re-
lating to things.
Ku-Hi-H£-WA, V. See Kuhi and Hewa,
wrong. To mistake; to judge ci-roneou.sily;
■ to err ; to have a wrong opinion.
Ktj-hi-he-wa, s. An error in judgment
oi'opinion.
Ku-Hi-Ktr-Hi, V. Freq. of AwAi. To show;
to point out. KaiA. ISA.
2. To designate ; to point ont ; to direct
one to a particular pla6e.
3. To teach; to make signs with iibe
band; to point the finger; to direct by the
hand ; kuhUcuhi heiau, to direct the cere-
monies of the temple service.
4. To ask by signs.
Ku-Hi-Ku-Hi, V. To be fat; to be rich
with fatness, as food.
2. To be sweet or pleasant to the taste,
as high-seasoned food.
Ku-m-KU-Hi, adj. Sweet, as sugar; fat,
as the fat of a well fed animal ; sickish
with fatness ; momona, liliha.
Ku-Hi-K(r-Hi-Ni-A, adj. Pleasant to the
taste; delicious; applied to fjod. See Ku-
HINIA.
Ku-Hi-Kr-Hi-pu0-o-NE, s. Name of a
class of priests in ancient times who were
consulted and gave advice concerning the
building of luakinis,«speBially the location.
Ku-Hi-LA-Ni, adj. Proud; haughty; high
minded ; looking up.
Ku-Hi-Li, V. To blunder; to mistake.
See HiLi, to wander.
Ktr-Hi-Li, adj. Mixed with coloring mat-
ter, a^ wauki before it is pounded and thus
eolored in the bark ; ka oaohi ula me he
-wauki JcuhUi la.
Kn-Hi-NA, V. To bear the commands or
execute the orders of the chief.
Ku-Hi-NA, s. One that carries the orders
and executes the command of the kiag or
highest chief; the highest officer next the
king ; Ralanimoku was the Icahirm of Ea-
mchameha.
2; An officer of the king's guard. 2 8am.
23:23. • ■
Kn-Hi-Ni-A, V. To eat tQ the full ; to be
satiated with food; hence, to be fat ; to he
round ; to be plump ; to bo sickishly fat ;
to fee greasy.
;Ko-Hi-Ni-A, s. The fat of hogs.
2, Sweetness or richness in connection
with food.
, 3. The unpleasant sensation after eating
too much or too rich food.
Ku-Hi-Hi-A, adj, Fat; rich; sweet;
spoken of food.
Ku-Hi-PA, V. Not to know or understand
clearly; to mistake one person for another.
Ku-Hi-PA-Hi-PA, V. To be not understood,
as one's speech or plans ; to surmise ; to
guess ; to think in distinction from know-
ing certainly. See Kuhbpa.
Ku-Hi-wA, u To be under a kapu ; to
be subject to a chief and under his control,
in distinction from the freedom of the peo-
ple ; ua omea ia (ka aina) he kukiwa.
Ku-Ho, s. The falling of a stone into
the water.
2. The sound of such stone as it strikes
• perpendicularly into the water.
Ku-Hou-A-NA, s. jBm, to rise, Aoa, again,
and ana, participial termination. A rising
anew ; a rimng again ; a resurrection.
Ku-Hou-Poo, V. See Kuho and Poo, the
head. To dive heifd-first, as a man into the
water. '•'
Ku-Ho-HO, s. A deep ravine; a high
precipice.
Kc-Ho-KU-Ho, V. To fall of plunge into
a wave. See KnHO.
Ko-HO^-NU, s. A species of crab-fish.
Kxr-Hg-A, adj. Hard; thick, as a liquid;
as paste or bad ink ; scarcely flowing ;
firm; constant.
Kn-Hir-KU-HU-A, adj. Hard; thick, as
liquid. Sec Kdhua.
Ku-HU-KU-KU, adj. Epithet of a dove,
from its noise ; manu kahnkuku, 9, dove.
JCin. 15:9.
Ku-HO-Kxr-KU, s. A dove. Mel. Sd. 2:12.
Ku-KA, V. To think with one's self; ta-
revolve in one's own miml. 2VeA. 5:7.
2. To consult together, as persons, i, e.,
to consider how a thing is to be done.
3. To consider deliberately; to thfnk; to
decide a question. 2 Sam. 24:13.
4. To choose out; to appoint to a certain
business,
5. To reckoik; to compute. Gift*. 26:60.
6. To consult together, as a connciUof
state ; kuka iho la Takou no ke kaaa ana,
they consulted together respecting the Wiir;
latka howa, to think or devise mischief.
Ku-KA, s. A council for transacting
business; a caucus meeting preparatory w
business.
2. A reasoning on a subject; an Inquiry;
kalca olclo, a coni^ltation.
3. (Corrupt from English.) A surtout.
KiT-KAA, s. See Kaa, to roll. A roll ; a
bundle of cloth or kapa ; a large bundle ;
hookahi punahele, bookahi kukaa, each ia-
timate friend, one iuncUe (piece) of cloth.
Ku-KAA, V. jSrw and Aaa, to'roll. ToroU
KUK
307
KUK
up, aa a bundle of kapa or olotb ; to make
a heap ; to swell up ; e pehu.
Ku-KA-AO-Act, V. To be opposed to one;
to in,iuie,as by Blander; kukaaoao mai nei
o mea ia'ii.
Kir-KAA-WA-LE, ». Ku, to Stand, and
kaaiBttk, alone ; apart. To stand by one's
self ; to stand alone.
Ku-KAA-WA-LE, adj. Standing oflf; sep-
arate; alone.
Ku-KA-A-WE, adj. Saffc.
Ku-KAE, s. Excrements; dirt; filth; he
' honoa.
Ku-KA-E-A, s. A great discharge of faeces;
beni.3, strength.
Ku-KAE-u-Li, s. Sukae and uli, blue.
The black or blue liqnor in the bee or
squid; the soft matter of the squid used for
bait.
Ku-KAE-u-WAU, s. A groaning or moan-
ing animal found on the mountains.
Ku-KAE-Ko-LO-A, s. Name of a species
of grass found at Koloa.
Ku-KAE-Lo-Li, V. See Kukae and Loli,
to dirty, "to spot ; to stain.
Kn-KAE-NA, s. Ku and kaena, wrath.
Anger ; rago ; unappeasable wrath.
Ku-KAE-NA-Lo, s. .ffwte and Mofo, a fly,
A nairjj given by Hawaiiana to unbleached
or brown cotton.clolh.
2. Beeswax ; he kcpau e hoohele ai i na
lopl humnhumu.
Ku-xA£-PE-LE, s. Kukae and pde, sul-
phur.. Lit. The exoremenis oif Pele, i. e.,
sulphur ; brimstoae ; also, matches.
Ku4CAE-po-PO-Lo, i. Name of a person
whose father was a chief sXnd his mother
not. See Kulu.
Ku-KAE-Pu-E-6, s. Name ofa species of
griuss,
2. A speeics of ijea-weed.
Ku-KAi, V. To cheat in various wetys.
'2. To go back at tho beginning and say
the same tJiing over again.
3. To do tbe'ssme in reading ; ua fcvAwi
i na hua.
.4. To plant or set up wauki by the sea ,
e'kukultt i ka wauki i ke kai.
5. To replace ; to redeem. See Pasae.
Ku-KA!, s. The name of a rope fasten-
ing together two lish net?. See Aka.
Kb-kaj-o-i,E-ix>, *. A thing put in the
plac« of another; a substitute; particles or
connecting words. See Kdkai above.
2. Words often repeaisd. See Kaiua.
Ku-KAi-o-i,E-u), V. T« repeat over and
over- '
K'D-KA-ii-HO, i«f. Ku, to set up, ka, the,
aed ita, nose. To turn up the nose ; a
phrase signifying contempt.
Kc-KAi-KA-Hi, V. Ku and kaikahi,om
alone. To stand by one's self; to stand
alone.
Ku-KAi-KA-Hi, adj. standing alone ; be-
ing by one's self.
Ku-KAi-KE-A, adj. AMAraJ and ftcffl, white.
Farted, as cloth j pale, as a sickly person.
2. Ceasing to interest, as the same words,
thongbts or story often repeated ; hukair
kta ka olelo i ka lohe pinepine.
Ku-KA-i-Li-Mo-KU, s. Name of a fes^ther
god.
Ku-KA-oo, s. Name of the god of hus-
bandmen.
Ku-KA-u-LA, s. Nams oif a species of
fish caught with a hook.
Ku-KA-HA, V. Ku, to stand, and kaha,
to turn away. To stand bent sideways ; e
ku ewa ae ma ke kua. '
Ku-KA-HE-u, V. To stand up, as the
bristles of a hog when angry ; applied to
men when the face is flushed with anger ;
Icukahm, okala ka heu o ka raoe.
Kh-ka-he-ka-he, u To relate falsely.
2. To become a great talker with jests
and laughter.
3. To tell a great many stories or anti-
dotes ; e lilo loa ma k? kamailio ana me
ka lealea ; e hai waha aku i na olelo he
nui wale.
Ku-KA-HE-KA-HE, s. An incredible story;
a lie ; an untrue story.
Ku-KA-Hi, s. Name of a day Oi the
month or of the moon. .
Ku-KA-HU-A, adj. Thick; fat; soft, as
a fat animal.
Kc-KA-KAi-KA-Hi, t). See Kukaikahi.
Ku-KA-KA-LAi-o-A, *. Kit, like, and kor
kalaioa. a rough priekly siirub. Wildness;
rudeness ; resembling the kakalaioa.
Ku-KA-LAi-o-A, a4?' Wild; rough; rude;
untamed ; bristling up.
2. The sensation on the application of
Cold water. See Aalaioa.
Ku-KA-KU-KA, V. See K;tka, to think.
To think ; to reflect.
2. To hold a consultation. 1 Nal. 12:6.
,To consult together how to manage a dif-
ficult matter, iufc. 19:30.
3. AVith naau or iha, to consult or tliink
within one's self; to muse; to think. Luk.
3:15.
i. To devise good or evil. JEsefc. 11:2.
Ktj-ka-ku-kai, v. To go over and over
again. SeeKuicAi.
Ku-KA-LA, V. Ku, to stand, and kala, to
call out. To proclaim publicly. ^Ezra. 8:21.
To publish extensively ; ina e kukalaia
keia k'anawai ma kekaln kulanakauhale, a
nxi: kabi aina paha, o ka la i kukaSaia'i, oia
KUK
308
KUK
" ka la; to nrsciaim, as a public crier. 2
Olhl 20:3.
2. To cry or sell goods, as an auctioneer.
Ku-KA-LA, adj. Of or pertaining to a
public proclamation.
2. Belonging to a crier or auctioneer.
KurKA-Lu-Hi, V. To rest after labor, toil
and caie. After Kamehameha conquered
the Islands, he exclaimed, ua laikaluhi; so
a man wearj with carrying a burden, when
freed from it, exclaims, kukalvM.- NoTfi. —
The leu is probably for kuu, to let down,
ka, article, and luhi, pain from fatigue.
Ku-EA-Moo, V. Kuka, to consult, and
moo, lizard. Tp use enchantment. Oihk.
]9:26.
Ku-KA-NA-LO-A, odj. Some property' or
kind of banana ; he mai kukanaloa.
Kd-ka-no-no, v. See Kakono. To rise
up and spread, as a great smoke ; to make
a great smoke.
Kd-ka-pa-ka-hi, ». Ku, to stand, and
kapakahi, sideways. , To stand bent over ;
'to stand leaning sideways.
Ku-ka-pa-la-ni, s. The name of a fish,
to which a chief was likened.
Ku-KA-pn, adj. A person never sick in
youth, but taken sick when grown up.
2. Applied to a youug female obedient
and kind to her parents; he wahine Jmkapu.
Ku-KA-wo-wo, V. See Kawowo. To pro-
ceed with speed.
■ 2. To pray with great earnestness and
strength.
3. To speak correctly and very earnestly.
Ku-KA-wo-wo, s. The gurgling of water
when poured into the bung hole of a cask;
ke kani ana o ka wai iloko o ka pabu i ka
manawa e nkuhi ai.
Ku-KE, V. ku and'Ae, to drive off. To
drive or force away.
2. To hunch or push oV, i. e., to give a
bint with the elbow to go.
3. Roo. To cast out ; to expel ; to drive
away. Nah. 32:21.
4. To be angry at.
Ku-KE, s. A thin kind of adze, chisel
shaped.
Ku-KE, s. Eng. A cook.
Ku-KE-KU-KE, V. The intensive of it«ie.
To drive away : to expel with energy.
Ku-KE-KU, V. To bluster; to rage,,
Ku-KE-Ktt, «. The scattering of dust be-
. foris the wind; the violent blustering cf
the' waves of the sea.
Kn-KE-LE, V. Ku and kele, to slip; to
slide. To slip easily ; to glide about, as a
boat in smooth water for pleasure.
2. To tremble.
3. To., be OKiddy; to be slippery, as a
badroftd.
Ku-KE-LE, s. A trembling; a slipping;
a sliding of the feet in walking. _
Ku-Ki-A, V. Ku and kia, a pillar. To
set up a pillar or post; to raise up a mast.
2. To be trusty ; to be confidential ; to
be attentive.
3. To be unable to sleep, as one in trcnbto
or distressed in mind.
Ku-Ki-A, adj. Attentive; confidential j
trustworthy.
2. Not able to sleep through trouble. or
anxiety of mind.
Ku-Ki-HE-LEi, ' V. To stand with the legs
spread open or apart-; to straddle open.
Ku-Ki-Ni, V. To run, as in a race ; to
run swiftly. ler. 12:5.
2. To run round from place to place on
an express.
3. To hasten ; to hurry on ; to go any-
where.
4. To run on an errand for mischief.
5. Boo. To cause to run a race ; a ikeia
na mea mama, e hoolcukini ia laua.
Ku-Ki-Ki, s. A runner in a race; a post;
a messenger. 2 Oihl. 30:6. Stn. with elele,
messenger. Sol. 13:17. He luea mama i ka
holo. .
2. A runner in a ^ace; one who contenus
with another in a race course. 1 Kor. 9:24.
Note. — The kuMni was formerly an officer
of government, whose duty it was to carry
orders to different parts of the island, and
ruch were held in estimation according to
their fleetness ; wae mai oia ' (o Kameha-
meha) i man kukini nana, he chose some
runners for himself.
Ku-Ki-Ni, adv. In the manner of a race;
e holo kukini, to run, as in a race.
Ku-Ko, V. To desire strongly; to lust
after; to set the mind and desire upon; to
covet Puk. 20:14. To expect; to cherish
evil in the heart ; e lia, e manao ino ma-
loko ; kuko no i ke kana ame ka make o
Kaahumanu, he greatly desired war and the
death of Kaahumanu. Kuko in reference
to idolatry, to go after ; to yield to other
gods. Imnk. 8:27.
Ku-KO, s. Strong desire; lust, Pitk.
16:9. Kuko faewa, last; feitfco umi ole, un-
restrained desire; incontinent 2 Tim. 3:3.
Ku-KO, adj. Lusting; kanaka kuko.
Ku-Ko-AE-A-HA-wAi, s. The full flowing
of water in a water course with mud and
dirtj a pau ia,,kukoaeahawai ma ia ia hoo-
Icahi no.
Kd-ko-e-ae, *. Name of a heiau ; hoo-
laleia ka laau o ka heiaii hou, he kukoein
ua heiau la.
Ku-KO-HA-NA, V. Ku and kokatta, naked.
To strip off one's clothes; to be naked, uia.
32:11. To go about without clothipx,; e
hele aole kapa e ubtaoa ia ia iho.
KUK
309
KUK
Ku'Ko-Hoo-nui, s. Kuko and koonui, to
increase. Thedesireof hoarding up; cov-
etonsnesa ; ka ulaka me ka hiaa; sleeplees
with deeire.
ku-KO-Lff, s. The name of a day of the
month.
Ku-KO-NA, s. Sourness of disposition;
easily put out and made angry.
Ku-Ko-NA, adj. A ike aku la ia Hinai
ka malama e hele ana mekavaakakulcona.
laieik. 203.
Ku-Ko-NU-Ko-NC, s. A great increase of
rain; being wet or soaked with rain; great
moisture.
Kn-KU, «., See Kn, to strike; to hit. To
strike'; to beat^ as in pounding kapa ; na
laijcuia ke kua me ka pulu kapa 1 ka hale','
2. See Ko, to stand. To be or to stand
perpendicularly-, as a precipice ; to stand
. before t>ne; ua hele mai nei e Iculea i mua ou.
5. To rise up, as a thought in the- mind ;
nolaila, tmlcu mai la kahi manao iloko o'u.
4. To sweep ; to brush away, as dirt.
6. To be high ; to excel ; to be eminent.
6. Hoo. To be filled, as with food ; to
surfeit. Sol. 26:16.
Kir-KU, s. The operation of beating out
kapa.
2." A rising or standing up ; nana aku la
oia j ke fciifcu o na ftpua, he saw the long
clouds standing erect. Laieik. 48.
3. The name of an Ainclean bird, Oitik.
11:16. Sng. The cuckoo.
i. The thorn bush.
6. A small pricker that fastens readily
upon clothes.
Ku-KO, adj. Standing thickly together,
is trees; laau fcufcu, a thicket. I Sara. 13:6.
2. Having many sharp points; laaufcufctt,
thorns ; prickly bushes. JVaA. 1:1.0.
3. Standing erect ; riaiag up.
Kc-KU-A, .V. A crab-fish.
Ku-KU-AU, s. The name of a four-footed
animal in the sea.
Kc-KU~A-Hi, adj. High, as a house.
Kc-KU-E, 4'. A lame person ; one de-
formed or somewhat twisted. See Hapakob.
■ Ku-Kn-EE, t). -See Koke. To contend
with ; to oppose ; to bicker ; to quarrel, as
two persons.
Ku-KU-i, V. See Km, to publish. To
publish ; to spread, as a report ; to make
famous.
2. See Pakoi. To apMce Or piece out bo
as to lengthen, as a stick or rope.
Ku-KO-i, s. The name of a tree and nut;
the mil was formerly used to burn for lights;
Ifae tree produces also the gum pilali ; the
body of the tree wae sometimes made into
canoes ; the bark of the root was used in
eoloring canoes black.
2. A lamp. 1 Sam. 3:3. A candle; a
light or torch ; a lighter. Kin. 1:15,
Ktr-KU-1-A-Hi, s. Lamps of fire. Dan.
10:6.
Ku-KU-i-o-LE-LO, s. A company of peo-
ple full of talk and noise at night wUea
they should be asleep ; o ka poe o lakou
opohokano, he fcuAntMeZo wale no ia, aolo
e ai ana.
Ktj-ku-i-wa-na-ao, s. Name of the peo-
ple about the chief who talk and sing and
tell stories all night; o ka poe noho me ke
alii ma ke kukuiwanao, he poe lakou no
makou.
Ku-KU-HE, 1), To be dark colored; to be
black or bine. See Akbhb.
Kti-KU-Hi, V. See Ukdhi. To pour water
into a calabash or barrel; to fill with water.
Kff-KU-KAA-A-LAi-o-A, V. To bristle up ;
to be wild ; to act-as an untamed animal ;
as a wild boar.
Kd-ku-ku, t. The rising of anger.
2. Whatever is full of holes, i.e., of little
value.
3. Sickness; weakness.
4. The disease, called the piles.
5. Strong steam.
6. A name given to the soap plant of the
Hawaiian Isiand,M.
Kv-KV-Kv, V. A reduplication of ku, to
stand. To stand uprightly: to stand to-
gether; to sit together ; to sleep together.
Kn-KC-KtJ-KC, s. The name of a bird ; a
turtle, ler. 8:7.
Ku-KU-LA, V. From the English; kula,
school. To have school, that is, to attend
school; to go through the exercises of
school ; alalia, kukiM ibo la kakou i kaka-
faiaka nui, then we atiended soliool early ia
the morning.
Ku-KU-LE, s. A beautiful blossom ; th"^
beautiful opening of the petals of a flower;
the opening of a flower.
2. A kind of disease; an indisposition to
move ; applied to persona, to animals and
to fowls.
Ku-ji£0-LE, V. To be dumpish'; to be
loth to move, as in some kinds of disease.
Kn-KU-Li, V. See Kuu, the knee. To
kneel ; to bow the knee. Mn. 41:43. To
kneel in reverence, Jsa. 45:23. KukuK
hoomaikai, to kneel in prayer; to worship.
2. To crouch ; to lie down, as a beast.
Jfe&. 24:9,
3, Moo. To cause to kneel down, as a
camel, £»». 24:11. To stand on the knees.
Ku-KH-iii, , s. The joint of the knee. See
Kuu. '
2. An unpleasant sensation of the stom-
ach produced by food,
Ku-Ku-w, V. To set up on end; to
KUK
310
KUL
erect, as a tent. Pu/c. 40:2. To make fast
in a perpendicular position.
i. To set up, as the frame of a native
bouse. Puk. 26:30. To build, as a house.
-3. To stand up together, as a multitude.
Oihk. 9:6. To stand up for one, i.' e./to
speak words in Ms favor. Jo&. 4:4
4. To set up, as an idol. . 2 OOd. 25:14.
5. To stick up, as a stake.
6. With hxHe, figuratively, to perpetuate
a family. Kanl. 2d:9. KulMu i ka elelo,
to reason.
7. SeeEuLC. To cause to flow, as water;
to scatter ; to be unstable.
8. Eoo. FiQ. To be established in the
christian faith. Kol. 2:7i
Ku-KU-LTT, S. The place where the sky-
apparently me^ts tbe'hori£on; Uvloxbi, eha,
the four cardinal points of the compass,
i. e.; everywhere ; na la^cadu p ka honua,
the points or ends of the eartlu Jsa. 45:22.
The border or edge of a country ; ka pea
kapn o laileiM o Tahiti. Joieifc. 167.
2. A pillar ; a post. 2 Sam. 18:18.
Ku-Ktr-LU-A-E-0, s. The name of a bird
with long legs.
2. A person walking on stilts.
3. The name of the stilts ; he ohe kahi
laan hana ia i mea laikulvato.
Ku-K0-Ln-A-KAU, s. Kufadu, point, and
ofcOM, north. The north, that is, the north
point. Kard. 2:3.
Ku-Ku-LU-HE-MA, s. Kuhilu, point, and
hema, left; the south. The south; tho'south
point. los. 13:4.
Ku-KtT-tu-PA-PA, V. Kukulu, to build,
and papa, a board. To erect a temporary
shed or house.
Ku-Ku-MA, s. A whitish crab of the spe-
cies paiea.
Kn-KU-NA, s. The rays of the sun or
any luminous body.
2. The radii of a circle ; the spokes of a
wheel.
.3. The end posts of a naiiye house which
. verge towards the center.
4. The side posts of a door, i.e.,ot an
ancient Hawaiian house.
6. A gate post ; eha fcitfcuna i kukuluia
no ka pa; well posts j a elva kukuna i ku-
kuluia no ka pttuawai. .
Ku-KU-Ni, V. See Kuwi, to kindle; io
burn. To kindle, as a fire. Sot 18:8. To
bum, as a sacrifice. 2 Oild. 13:11. To kin-
dle a fire geaorally.
Ku-KU-Ni, adj. Burning; very hot; fe-
verish; leukuni keia la, this day has a fever,
i.e., it is very warm. See Kuni and Wkla.
Kc-KU-Ni, s. The prayer of a sorcerer;
be pule anaana.
Kt7-ku-ni7, s. a door post; a side post
of a door^ the end of a bouse. SeeKoxOKA.
Kv-LA, *. The country in rear of the
sea shore; the open country back from tht
sea. Lit. The name of the region of a
mountain near its base, next below the pa-
hee; it is a region where houses may be
built' and people, live. It extends to the/
region called kahakai, or sea shore.
2. Any op^ uncultivated land. 2tn.3:l.
3. A field for cultivation. Nah. 16:14.
4. Uncultivated land in the neighborhood
of a city, i. e., suburbs. JVoA. 36:3, 4.
5. Afield; a pasture.
6. A place in a tree Br trees where -for
the sake of flowers, perhaps, birds assem-
ble and sit; bekula mann paha keia e war
laaunei.
7. The name of the ancient god who
could overleap fences and monnti^ns, perch
on straws, converse with all the other gods,
&c., £c.
8. The name of a species of flsh caught
in a basket ; binai kudo.
Ku-LA, V. See above. To be in, or tj
have perpetual solitude, as to live in un-
cultivated and uninhabited places ; e paa
mai ka meha o ka la, e uhi mai ka malu.
Kir-LA, s. Eng. A school; a place of
instruction ; ua kukulu ia keia kula i wahi
e imi ai i ka naanao.
2. Kula is often written incorrectly fbr
gvia, gold.
Ku-LA, adj. Eng. for gtda. Golden;
made of gold.
Kn-iAi, V. To push over from an up-
right position. .
2. To knock down ; to overthrow.
3. To move, as the : tail of an animal.
m. 40:17.
4. To dash in pieces; to kill. Isa. 13:18.
6. Boo. To thrust at. Nah. 35:20.
6. To cause to fall, i' e., to bring upon.
Isa. 37:7.
Eu-LAi, s. A knocking down of a per-
son with a view to kill him ; a running
over one ; a thrusting at one to kill him.
Ktf-LAI-A, s. Afeast day; a day in com-
memoration of some event.
Ku-LAi-NA, V. See Kdlai above. To
overthrow; to east -down. 2 Kw. 4:9. To
bs overthrown ; to cast down, as a trans-
gressor in judgment. ler. 6:15. To start
and spring from his hiding place, as a man
when he is discovered. Boo. To overthrow.
lob. 18:7. To break down, aa a forest. Zek.
U:Z.
Ku-lai-na-ka-wa.
Ku-LA-i-wi, s. Long residence in a place.
See KoAPDiwi.
Kti-LA-Ku-LA, s. Name of a play like
nine-pins.
Ku-LA-Ku-LAi, V. To wrestle; to scuffle.
See Kioji.
KUL
311
KUL
2. The natne of a game ; kulakidai ma
ke kai.
Ku-JCA-Ku-LAi, s. A wrestling; a scuf-
fling ; a throwing another do-vrn.
Ku-LA-LA, s. See El/ and Lala, branch.
A vine. ;
Ku-LA-LA-Ni, V, Ku, to Stand, and la-
lani, a row. To be or to stand in a row ;
to be equal each to each; he kidaiani wale
no ka onionio, the spots stand in straight
lines.' "
Ku-LA-LA-Ni, adj. Standing in rows;
standing for presentation. Afar.. 2:26.
Ku-LA-NA, s, Ku and lana, to float, A
place where many things are collected to-
gether, as a village, a garden ; a meeting
or collection of persons ; e hele ana oukou
i hea? *E hele ana i p, i ke hulana pule,
i. e., to a- meeting which is held only odce
at a place or occasionally.
2. The sea in a calm immediately after
a high wind, or- the state of the sea when
wind and current are opposite. SeeOLOEU.
Kulana naln, a place in the sea where the
surf rises high and thick, i e., where the
high surfs follow each other in quick suc-
cession.
3. A market place.
41 Name of new food from foreign coun-
tries ; he mea ai hou no na aina e itiai.
Ktr-iLA-NA, V. Ku and lanOfto float. To
pitch backwards, or sideways, as one sitting
in a chair and nodding.
2. To nod, .as a iperson partially asleep ;
to bend the neck Jtn nodding. See Kakiwi.
To reel, as a drunken man. See Naue and
EUNOU.
Ku-LA-NA, s. A place in a hulili or fortifi-
cation where the men stand to throw their
spears.
2. The sides of a house ; na kulana o ka
hale.
Ku-LA-NA, adj. Nodding ; bending the
neck ; he poo kulana ka kela wahine. See
KVNGWA.
Ku-LA-NA-HA-UE, s. See KirLANA,«.,and
Hale, house. A village. 1 Oihl. 9:25. A
cluster of houses ; a town ; a city ; ma ko
kakou noho ana ma keia Jeulanahale, ma La-
hainaluna nei, by our living at this vUlage,
at Labalnaluna; more generally written
kutanakaukale.
Ktr-LA-NA-HEE-NA-LU, s. Kuhna and
heendU, to swim on the surf-board. The
place or village where a good surf came in
that the people might have the pleasure of
riding on the suil Note. — ^A good surf
from the sea was considered; an important
appendage to a village.
Kn-LA-NA-KAtr-HA-LE, S. See KtTLANA-
BALE. A large town, village or city; also.
often eynonymouB with kulanaheenaln, as
the terms were interchangeable,
Ku-LA-NA-LA-NA, ». Ku apd lanolami.
See liKSK, to float. To b6 moved : to be
agitated with fear. Lit. To stand trem-
bling; to.be disturbed in mind.
2. To aet upon uncertainties; to be trou-
bled. Sal.\&-A.
?,. To be removed iiroiB its place
4. To stumble. Isa. 63:13. To walk in
a stumbling manner. Isa. 59:10.
5. To reel, as one drunk.
KtJ-LA-NA-LA:-NA, s. A false step; a
stumbling. Hoi. 121:3.
Eu-LA-Ni-HA-Koi; f. Ku, to Stand, lani,
high np, and hakoi, heavy. What is above
or on high ; a supposed place in the heavens
from which the waters of rain came : the
windows of heaven. Isa- 24:18. Ina i nui
ke ao eleele ma ua poipu la, na manao ia,
aia^maloko olaila o Kvlanilwkoi, nolaila
mai ka bekili, ka hila, ka makani, ka ua,
ka ino nui.
Ku-LA-PA, s. See Lapa, a ridge, A
stretching out; a rubbing against some-
thing ; a rising or swelling up.
2. A hill or small mound on which kalo
is planted.
Kir-LE, V. To seize or take another's;
to give one trouble in dispossessing another
of Bis own. See Kdlekui.b.
Ku-LE, s. The name of a fish which
buiTows in the sand ; he lade ka inoa o ka
ia noho ma ke one.
Ku-LE-A, adj. Successful; competent;
able. '
Ku-LE-A-NA, s. A part, portion or right
in a thing. Oililc. 7:33.
2. A right of property which pertains to
an individual.
3. A friend ; a portion belonging to a
friend.
4. One's appropriate business ; hookabi
o kaua makamaka, o ka imi naauao, oia hoi
kokauafcuJeana e noho ai ma keia kpilana-
kauhale. Note. — ^In modern times, Imtmva
often refers to a small land claim inside
another's land, that is, a reserved right' ia
favor of sbme claimant ; the original term
was synonymous with lihi, an attached piece
of land which another was allowed to cul-
tivate and had some claim to.
Kr-LE-A-NA, ». To stir up ; to excite,
as the ripples or waves of water. Zamk. 15.
Ktr-LEi-tr-LA, s. An expression of admi-
ration for one's chief, as clothed with rain-
bow-colored kapas ; o lie knAeivJia an o ke
alii.
Ku-LE-H0, V. See Pulehu. To roast in
the fire or hot ashes ; to roast partially.
Ktr-LE-Ku-LE, V. To be ousted from
house to house, or from place to place.
EUL
312
KUL
2. To trample often where one ought not,
88 ahorse; fcu2eMeko'akapaia'lakou,my
kapa is trampled on Toy theni.
Kij-LE-Ku-LE, adj. Unsettled; unfur-
niahed ; lacking m ; conveniences ; the op-
posite of kuonoono and koakoa, ; noho wale
aku no lakou aole latkkvle.
Ktt-le-le, V. Ku and Ide, to fly. To
drive or scatter away, as some light or small
thing ; to drive away, as a puff of wind ;
kukk ka makani.
Kt-tE-LE-i-wi, adj. Making false steps;
stumbling, as an aged person ; hence,
2. To do awkwardly or badly.
Ku-tE-LE-u-LA, adj. KvMe and ida.
Bending j arching, as the rainbow.
Ko-LE-PE, V. To hew out roughly, as
timber.
2. To make a hole in the ground; kidepe
ekuia a awaawaa.
3. To split open, as a Esh.
4. To blow, as the wind in the middle of
a channel ; A:uSepe lele ka hauli.
Ku-LE-PE, ». The wind blowing in the
middle of a channel.
Ku-Li, V. To be stunned with noise ; to
be deafened ; not able to hear.
2. Moo. To turn a deaf ear ; to refiise to
hear.
3. To be disobedient; to be stubborn in
disobedience.
4. To 6e silent.
Ktr-Li, V. To give or pay something as
a reward for adultery or fornication.
Ku-Li, s. A reward given to a female
for adultery ov fornication.
Ku-Li, s. Deafness ; inattention to duty.
2. A deaf person. Fuk. 4:11. One una-
ble from deafness to join in conversation.
Ku-Li, adj. Deaf. Isit. 35:5. Ka pono
kidi. Hal 58:1.
Ku-Li, s. The knee. i,?a. 35:3. SeeKu-
KtJLI.
Ku-Li-A, s. A young handsome person
desired and sought after ; a beauty.
Ku-Li-A, V. For kuia, I inserted. Used
impra'aiW?/, stand up; be present; present
yourself; kulia kou ikaika, let your strength
come out. iaieifc. 104.
Ku-Li-A-NA, *.' The desire of a gift or
present to bo made to one.
Ku-n-Tj, s. A person quick to be very
angry ; one quick and violent tempered ;
oue given to seek quick if-i erigo.
Ku-u-Hi-A-MOE, V. KuH and hiamee, to
sleep. To doze; not to Jiear through drow-
siness.
Ku-Li-Hi-Li-Hi, y. Ku and likUihi, side;
edge. See LiHi. To be caught or hooked
ou the Bide or slightly, as a fish : to seize
ou some feeble part.
Ku-Li-Ku-u, V. SeeKtnu. To stun with
noise ; to be confused with noise so that
one cannot think.
2. Used i»nper<rfiue%, hush; be still; keep
silence ; referring to what another «aya.
Ku-Li-NA, ». Kuli and ana, feeing deaf.
To hear partially or indistinctly; lesb thaO'
hhe. Syn. with mahui.
KU-LI-NA, S. See KURINA.
Ku-Li-PEE, V. Kidi, knse, and pee, to
run and hide. To be lame; to be fatigued;
to be topsy-turvy ; to be confused ; to be
sicis ; to be weak ; to be feeble.
Ku-Li-PO-Li-po, adj. Deep water, as in
pools on the mountains ; dark, as deep
water. See NiPONrpo.
Ku-Lo, V. To continue doing a thing;
to persevere ; to wait long.
Ku-LO-A, V. £zi, to Stand, and 2oa, long.
To wait some time; to wait till food is ripe;
to procrastinate; ehooloihi ai i kamanawa
e waiho ai ; to continue doing a thing ; ke
kula mau ana i ke ao a i ka po.
Ku-Lo-A, V. For hokuloa. The morning
star.
Kn-LO-i-Hi, V. Ku and loihi, long. To
protract the time ; to be long about a thing.
Kir-Lou, V. Ku and lou, to bend, as a
hoot. To bow the head; to bend forward.
2. To stoop in order to look down.
3. To bow with respect to another.
4. To reverence ; to bow in. worshiping.
Tuk. 12:27. Kvlou lakou Halo me ka hoo-
mana. they bent forward as in worship.
5. To bow down with grief. See LooLou
With maka. to be cast down ; to be disap
pointed. - Mh. 6:16.
6. Boo. To lament; to grieve. Kan. 2:8.
To subdue, as an enemy, i. e., to cause to
submit. 2 Sam. 22:40.
Kn-LOD-poo, V. Kvlou and poo, the he&i.
To dive into the water with the head down,
i. e., head foremost.
2. To turn, as a somerset.
3. To leap down a precipice.
Kir-LO-KOj adj. Fighting, as one chief
against another in civil war; a mahope ibo
o ko lakou kaua kuloko ana.
Ku-Lo-KO-LO-KU, V. To Stand in pools
or puddles of water. See Halokoioeo.
Ku-Lo-LA-Lo^LA, V. Ku and lola, para-
lyzed. To be stiifened ; to be paralyzed.
2. To act as an idiot in drooling or slab-
bering.
3. To be weak or ioibccile ; to be slow
and awkward. See Kui.omaloma.
Ku-Lo-LA-LO-LA, adj. Stiff, as tiie limbs;
liot obeying the desire.
2. To be feeble in body and mind.
Ku-Lo-u, s. Name of a species of Wauki
on Hawaii at Falilua.
KUL
313
KUM
2. A person who hag no wife nor children
h called kuloU.
Ku-Lo-Li-A, V. Kuh and lia for ia. To
dash against ; to shake ; to tremble.
Ku-LO-Li-A, adj. Wandering ; going
'from place to place without object ; lazy.
Ku-LO-LO, s. A pudding made of kalo
and coaoanut, or of breadfruit and cocoa-
nut ; imt oia i kulolo, be mea ono loa ia ai.
Ku-Lo-Lo-Hi-Li, e. To be long in doing
a IMng ; to be very slow j to converse or
tell a story with many episodes and much
unnecessary matter ; to lengtiien out, as a
story.
Ku-LO-MA-LO-MiL, V. £uandifoma, slow;
awkward. To do a thing very slowly and
awkwardly ; to act as <uie partially para-
lyzed.. ,
Ku-LO-MA-iiO-MA, *. Dullness; awkward-
ness ; stupidity ; inexpertncss. .
Kc-to-NO, adv. Ascending to a great
height ; a e pii kviono 1 ke alo o ka lani.
Ku-Lo-No, i. Small holes in the bottom
of a -calabash or other vessel where the
water may drop throjigh. See Konono.
Ku-Lu, V. To d^p, as water; hdu ka
lani, the heavens dropped water, that is, it
rained. £«nfc.'5:4. To drop, as tears; na
wttimaka o kela meakeia mea, eJmhi, i lalo;
to distill from. Md. Sol. 5:5. Hence,
2. To leak, as the roof of a bonse.
3. To flow, as water.
4. To fall down ; to tumble over.
5. To be asleep ; to dream ; to be in a
trance.
6. To t« in a pleasant frame of mind.
7. To be near or quite midnight; uafcufo
ka po ; ua kvlu ke aumoe.
8. To be near night ; kokoke po ka la.
Ku-Lir, s. A drop of water or other
liquid.
2. The dropping of water.
3. The name of a disease.
i. The name of a tree..
5. The name of a day of the month ; the
first niglit in which the moon is dark or
cannot be seen.
Ku-LU-A, s. The name of a day of the
month or of the moon.
2. The union of two things ; a- pair of
twins.
Ku-LU-A, ti. To flow down; to run, as
water. See Kdlu.
2. To water, as land ; to give drink, as
to an animal. '■'
3. To flow along, as in singing or reciting
poetrr.
4. To sing, as a song.
6. The name of a person whose father is
a chief and liis mother not ; ina he alii ka
Aiakuakane, a he alii ole ka makuahine,ua
kapaia ka laua kelki he Jadua, a he waiU
40
kahi inoa, be kukaepopolo kahi inoa; o ke
ano o ia men olelo, be alii akaka ole.
Ku-LU-i, s. The name of a tree. ^
Ku-Lu-i-Hi-A-Mo-E, V. Kulu. i inserted,.
and hiamoe, to sleep. To doze; lo fall ipto
sleep. See Eoxcbiamoe.
Kn-Lu-i-Ki, V. Ktdu, to sleep, and iki,.
little. To be partially asleep ; ti> doze.
2. To endure ; to persevere ; to be con-
stant.
3. To enter in ; to soak in, as water.
4. To eat daintily or i^aringty.
Ku-Ltr-Hi-A-Mo-E, V. See Kulu and Hia-
XOE, to sleep. To sleep; to be in a trance;
to dream.' See Euluihiamoe and Kuludo.
Ku-LU-KA-Hi-o-Hi-o, ttdj. J^vlu and hio,
to lean over. To be partially dmnk ; to
reel to ancEft'o.
Ku-HT-Ku-LU, »i See Kunr, to sleep.
To sleep ; to^eam ; to be in a trance.
2. To be sociable and interesting in con-
versation. '
3. Eoo. See KtTLC, to drop. To distill;
to drop silently, as a mist from the clouds.
Ku-LU-MA, V. To see often ; to be well
ao<iuainted with, as with a person often
seen ; to know well.
2. To do frequently ; to know certainly
by frequent intelligence; aole paha kakou
i kuluma ia ia, akah'i no a ike, we are not
wdl aequairUed with him, we have seen him
but oitce ; aole kakou i hulvtma i ka ike
ana, we are not perfect in knowledge. Notb;
Kiduma isopposite to kuUna, partially 'deat
Ku-MA, adj. Pitted; rough, as the skin
frofli scars of sores ; set thick together;
dark colored, as clouds. See Kumakdma.
Ku-MA, s. Euma is a word used for
standing in company with. Sec Kp, to stand,
and Ma, implying some persons not men-
tioned. See Ma. Hence,it implies an «<}■
ditUm to, an enlarging. It ia found in the
compounds of numerals above ten ; thus,
umi, ten; kama, increased or standing with
kvM, one, that is eleven; the second ma
may be used for euphony's sake for me,
. with. Oram. §115, 4.
£n-MA-KA, V. Eu, to set, and maka, the
eye. To know certainly; to apprehend
fully 5 e ike maopopo, e ike lea. See Ku-
luma.
Kt-MA-KA, adj. Thoroughly understood;
fully known.
Ku-MA-KA-iA, V. To betray; fo ambus-
cade.
2. To accuse an innocent person.
3. To allure ; to entice to sin ; to offend
against one. Mel. 73:15.
4. To revile ; to reproach.
Kir-MA-KA-iA, s. A traitor; one who is
apparently firiendly. but is in reality an
enemy.
KUM
314
KUM
Ku-MA-KA-LE-Hc-A, v.' Ku, to put, place,
roa, at, on, ka, article, the, and lehua, the
lehua tree. To hang, as a bunch of bananas,
a' hog, or a man (a transgressor) as sacri-
fices upon the tree which was to be used in
building a heiau. Note. — Such tree was
generally a lehua; hence the term.
Ku-MA-KA-LE-HU-A, s. The action of put-
ting or hanging bananas, or a hog, or a
man, as sacrifices upon the tree which was
to be n.sed in building a hoiau.
Ktr-MA-KA-PA, V. To- live in another
place.
Ku-MA-KE-NA, V. To mourn; to wail;
to lament for the dead. 1 Tes. 4:13. To
grieve ; to be in distress for the loss of a
relative or friend ; e awe aloha me ke ka-
nikau. Fig. ler. 4:28.
Ku-MA-KE-NA, *. Amouming; a lament-
ation for the dead when great multitudes
raised their voices in lamentation.
2. The general mourning that followed
the death of the king or high chief, when
the people wailed, knocked out their teeth,
lacerated their bodies, and at last fell into
universal prostitution ; nui na. hewa o ka
wa kahiko, o ke Immakena kckahi, many
were the vices of ancient times, kumctkena
was one.
3. A moiwning or sorrow for the loss of
~ property, house, goods, &c., and the dis-
tress that followed; no ka pilikia o ka noho
sina. Sec Kanikau.
Ku-MA-KE-NA, adj. Mourning; hale Am-/
makena, house of mourning.
Ku-MA-Ku-MA, adj. See Kuma, rough,
as the surface of akoakoa or coral. Uougb
or pitted, as the skin of a person after hav-
ing the small-pox.
Ku-MA-NO, V. To set in good order, as
in laying stones.
Ku-MA-No, s. The head of a water course;
a fountain ; a brook or stream of water ;
he poowai, he pu, he manowai.
Ku-ME-NE, adj. Dull; blunt. SeeMENE.
He keko ihu kumene, a monkey with a blunt
short nose.
Ku-ME-BA-LA, s. Gr. A cymbal; a mu-
sical instrument. 1 Kor. 13:1. Kumehala
walaau.
Ku-MirMi, s. The small sprouts that
shoot from the root of the sugar-cane, after
the stalk is broken off.
2, The name of a species of shell fish,
poisonous to eat j it resembles the papai ;
kumlmi, he papai, he mea make ke ai, he
t\,waatva.
Ku-Mi-No, s. Gr. Cumin, an herb. Isa.
28:25.
IvB-Moo-A-Lit, s. A race or line of kings;
a d}'nasly ; o ke alii, nana no o mau ai ka
noho alii ana o na 'lii, a c mau ai hoi ke
kumooalii, aole e pau i ka hokai ia.
Ku-MO-Mo-LE,». Ku and momole, smooth.
See MoLK. To be straight up and down,
as a smooth pali ; to be smooth and steep,
as a pali that cannot be climbed.
Ku-MU, s. The bottom or foundation of
a thing, as the bottom of a troo or plant,
but not the roots ; as, kumu laaii, the bot-
Urm of a tree ; kuma maia, banana stumps
for planting; the .<itump of a tree; the stalk
or stem of plants ; the but end of a log,
&c. ; hence,
2. The beginning of a thing, as work or
business.
3. The foundation, that i3, the producing
cause.
4. An example; a pattern; a copy; kuma
hoohalikc, a pattern; a model. Puk. 25:9.
A socket Pvk. 26:19.
6. A fountain of water.
6. The price of a thing, or the property
to be given for a valuable.
7. The property to be paid for hire.
Note. — Formerly all trade among Hawal-
ians consisted of barter, and the price of a
thing was not a cash price, but one article
became the taimu of another if it could be
exchanged for it. ,
8. A shoal of Ssh; a flqcft; a herd; fcumu
puaa, a herd of swine ; inmM hipa, a Sock
of sheep.
9. Civil power ; legal authority. Note.
The word mana, out of its ancient and legit-
imate meaning, has lately been used for
power ox legal auSmity.
10. A teacher; an instructor from the
highest to the lowest class, including the
ministers of religion.
(11. A cough; a bard breathing; a pesti-
> lonco ; be mai ahulau, he mai Icamu, he
aheahc ; this is a vicious pronunciation tor
y<'Mnu. SceKuNij.) ifumuole, without cause.
lonru 15:25. Kuinu mua, elements of things.
2 Pe«. 3:10.
12. A species of fish of a red color, for-
^.<)idden to women to eat by the ancient
kapus.
Ku-MU, y. To begin or commence a
work ; to make an experiment.
2. Hey To foimd ; to, lay a foundation.
Kn-MU-AO,'s. Kumu and ao, to teach.
An intensive and giving dofinitivenesa to
kumu. A teacher ; an instructor.
Kir-MU-A-LA-KAi, s, Kumu and alakai,
to lead ; to guide. A loading teacher ; »«
school teacher directing to higher purauits.
Ku-MU-E-A, s. Kumu and ea, tortoise
shell. The ea or tortoise shell on the han-
dle of a fly-brush.
Ku-MU-i-Pu-Ku-KU-i, s. Kumu and ipu,
cup, and kuktii, torch. A candlestick ; a
Puk. 26:34.
KUM
315
KTJN
Ku-MU-o-HAi, s. See Kumc and Ohai,
a large flowering shrub or tree. The buish
or body of tfee ohai tree.
Kc-Mu-0-NE, S. Name of a stone out of
which maika stones were made.
Ku-Muu, s. The name of a kind of fish..
Kn-Mir-HA, ». The bottom of the intes-
tines ; the rectum.
Ko-MU-HE-LE, s. Something connected
wilh the intestiacs. See NiiiiNiiii.
Ku-Mu-Hi-PA, s. Ktami and hipa, sheep.
A flock of sheep. Mik. .5:7.
Kc-iwi-'-Hoo-HA-u-KE-iA, s. A pattern of
a thing. Jleb. 8:6.
Ku-ML'-Hoo-LA, 8. Kumu and hoda, to
savcfcom danger. A rangom; a price paid
for delivofance from death. Mat. 20:28.
Ku-Mij-Hoo-LA-HA, *, Kumu and hoolaha,
to Kjiread abroad. Secdj applied to ani-
mals; means of propagation. -A'w. 7:3,
Ku-Mu-Hoo-Li-KE, s. A pattern ; a copjT.
Ku-Mu-nou, *. Kuviu, teacher, and hxtu,
new. Lit. A new teacher. An epithet of
the Holy Spirit, /pan. 14:10, 17.
Kij-Mu-Ku-Ai, s. jEuwm and i*sai, to buy.
The tliiBg piiid for ah article in barter.
2- In modern times, the price of an arti-
cle in cash or barter. Kard. 33:19. Sec
Note under kumu, 7.
Ku-Mu-Kui, s. A teacher of boxing; a
feitcing master. Lnidk. 44.
Ku-Moi-KO-Mu, V. To be short, as the
remnant of what is ciit ofi'.
2. To bo cut short or shaved close, leav-
ing the 8titmps or kumus, i. c., the roots or
stamps of hair or beard when shared.
3. TO make blunt, dull or short.
Ku-Mu-Ku-MiF, s. The stumps or roots
of what is cut off; the short hairs with the
roots left after dressing a hog ; the roots
or stump.s of tlio beard after shaving ; the
short stumps left after breaking off weeds
instead of pulling them up.
Ku-Mu-LAu, s. Kumu and lau, a leaf.
Tha t which propagates or brings forth often;
a producer ; a breeder.
1. A vegetable that produces louch, as
the stump of a tree that throws out many
sprouts ; so of other vegetables producing
their own kind.
2. A female, man or beast that prodttCCB
many oif&pring. Lit. The bringers forih,
as a hen that has hatched more that once,
a sow that produces pigs often, &.c.
3. Fio. Applied to chiefs, because they
nourished or fed men.
4. Al80,jt(/Mr«M«eiv, a fruitful source of
evil or good, generafly the former; ua lilo
kekahi o na mau hcwa la i kurnvJau hoo-
laha no ka hewa, some of those rices be-
came theprtnc^ source of spreading evil. I
h. The leaf or sprout that grows out ol
the root or Kturap.
Ku-MU-LE-0-ME-LE, -*. KumiL and Jso,
voice, and mde, a song. The rules of mSsic.
Ku-Mu-MA-o-MA-0, s. The name of an
easterly wind at Oafau,
2. The name of a kind of stone from
which maika stones were made.
Kc-MU-Mu, V. To be blunt ; to be ob-
tuse. S(;e KoMUKUMU.
2. To have the tpalities of something
broken or cut off.
3. To be dull, as a tool.
KiJ-Mc-Mu, adj. Dull ; blunt j obtuse ;
dull, as an edged tool. ' vSee Mumu.
Ku-ML'-Mu-M0, s. Cartilage; something
between bone and meat. See J'h.au.
Ku-ML'-PAA, V, fwmu and paa, fast. To
have a fast foundation, lloo. To establish;
to confirm. IlalW.i.
Ko-Mu-i'AA, *. ^MJWK and ^(M, complete.
The sum in distinction from its parts ; the
principal in distinction from the interest.
Kn-Mu-PA-Ko-Li, *. Kumu and pa-ko-U,
three of the syllables used in solmizatioA
in practicing vocal music. The staff or five
lines on which music is written, i5ee Pa-
KOli.
Ku-Mu-PE-PEi-AO, s. The name of a pro-
cess just behind the ear.
Ku-MU-Pu-AA, s. Kumuaaijmaa,aipig.
A flock or herd of swine. Mat. 8:30.
Kn-MO-WAi, J. Kumu and wai, water.
A water spring ; a fountain ; the head of a
water course or stream.
Ku-Mu-wAi-NA, *. Kumu and imina
(Eng.), wine. A grape vine. loan. 15:1. .
Ku-MO-Bi-Pl, s. Kumu and Idpi (Eng.),
beef; cattle. A herd of neat cattle, loel
1:18.
Ku-NA, s. A dangerous sore; a species
of itch difficult to cure.
2. A species of fish ; something living in
fresh water; be Imna ka mea uoho o ka
wai ; he puhi no ka aina ; a land eel.
Kn-NAB, V. Ku and na£, to pant. To
stand firmly against opposition, that is, to
stand and breathe, but to stand.
Kn-NAE-NAE, 0. See Kunae. To stand
alone ; to stand unmoved.
Ku-NAi-NA, V. To push over; to push
from an upright position ; to, ovei'thrp,w,
B.00. To conquer ; to overcome.
Ku-NAi-NA, adj. Pushed over; thrown
down ; laid prostrate.
Ku-na-he-lu, v. To be strong smelling;
' to have an unpleasant odor.
2. To be mouldy; to smell of mould and
age. See PuKAHELH.
Ku-nA-Hi»Ri, V. Ku, to stand, and hiM,
KUN
316
KUN
thick together. To have the hair sfemding
erect, as a wild man ; to staiid shivering
with the cold ; to stand erect, as the hair ;
to be rough, nide or wild ; to shudder ; to
have the sensation of cold water applied.
, See Okala.
Ku-NA-Hi-Hi, s. Ferocity; wildness in
appearance ; a standing up of the hair.
Ko-NA-Hi-Hi, adj. Shivering; ferocious;
wild ; fierce ; bristling up ; applied to
words, ka olelo ikaika ame ke kanahihi,
Mrong language mth fierceness.
2, Growing; standing up; hence, mouldy.
Ku-NA-Hu-A, V. To bend fomard in
walking, as a tall man. See Kanahua.
Kd-na-ku-na, s. Ku and na for aTui. A
standing ; the things standing up, i. e., the
side posts of a door ; lapauila. _
Kc-NA-KD-NA, s. Asore; a Jdnd of itchj'
a species of disease.
Ku-NA-NA, V. Ku and nana for lana, to
float; To, step awry; to stumble sideways;
to stand tottering. See Kdlana. To be
moved ; to be agitated ; to stumble.
Kc-NA-NA, s. A garden; a place cleared
away for building a house; a house lot ; a
cultivated pl&t of ground. See Ktilana.
liu-NA-NA, s. A goat.
Ku-KA-NA-HA-LB,' i. See KuLAKAHALE.
A number of houses near together.
2. A place where a house may be built.
3. A place where a bouse once stood.
Ku-NA-NE, s. A game played on a board
with black and white stones.
2. The relationship of a brother to a sis-
ter, generally with the prefix kai; as, kai-
Icunane, the brother of a sister.
Ko-NE-Ki, V. To be full; to overflow;
to be over and above; to be crowded thick
together, as people.
Ku-N£-Hi, s, A crowd of people together;
the condition, the inconvenience of a crowd;
a fullness ; an overflowing.
Kd-ne-wa, v. To be in a deep sleep;
to sleep soundly.
2. To close the eyes in sleep.
3. To be weary ; to be fatigued. See
Nbwa.
Ku-KE-WA, s. Sleep; heaviness for want
cf sleep ; fatigue.
Ko-NE-WA-NE-WA, B. SeeKuNEWAand
NiswA. To be sound asleep,
2. To bo weary ; to be overcome with
sleep.
3. To fall asleep.
4. To stagger like a drunken man ; to
reel, flirf. 10:27.' Syn. with hikaka.
6. To go or to waader out of the way
thrnngh intoxication, ha. 28:7. Hence,
6. To be drunk.
Ku-^E-WA-N£-wA, f. Sound sleep.
2. A heavy wearmess.
3. A staggering through weakness for
•want of food ; e hoomanawanni i alo al
kaua i ka pololi ame ka bane, i ke annanu
koekoe ame ke lamswaneuxx.
Ku-Ki, V. To kindle, as a fire. OVik.
10:6, To light, as a lamp.
2. To blaze up and burn, as a fire ; to
consume. Oihk. 1:9.
3. To burn, as a sacrifice. OiMc 4:19.
4. To burn, as a fever.
5. To touch off, as a cannon.
6. To scorch or burn, as with a blaze of
fire.
Ku-Ni, s. A fever ; the ague and fever.
2. The beat of the sun.
3. The burning of lime ; fcunt hao, the
branding of cattle.
4. The name of a prayer connected with
sorcery and with praying people to death.
6. The practice of sorcery; the same s«
anaana. .
Ku-Ki-A, e. To be disobedient ; not to
yield to one's wishes; to be close. See
KONIA.
Eu-Ni-A-m, V. £um, to kindle, and 0^',
fire. To touch fire to a gun or cannon.
Kn-Ni-A-Hi, adj. Firing; noise by firing
a gun; kani ka pa fcuniahi, the cannon
sounded.
En-Ni-Hi, V. Ku, to stand, and mM, to
turn edgeways. To turn a thing edgeways;
to set up on edge ; to lay on one side ; to
s|and np prominently, as a ridge of hidr on
the head left uncut
Ku-Ni-Hi-Ni-Hi, V. See Ku and Nim.
To stand up, as a pali that cannot be
climbed.
K0-NI-E1-NI-HI, i. A pali so smooth and
steep as not to be climbed; a steep ridge,
2. A tuft of hair left on the head after
cutting.
3. The ridge of a war cap or helmet,
Kc-Ni-Ni-Hi, V. Ku and ninihi or nUii.
To stand up edgeways. See Knimn. To
stand, as a ridge of hair on the head, or as
a military hat,
Ku-Ni-Ni-Hi, *. A tuft or ridge of hair
left on the top of the head from the front
backwards after cutting.
2. A military hat
3. A helmet See EuNiHiNmi.
Ku-Ni-po-m-po, adj. Weak; languid,
&c. See Krajpoupo.
Eu-NO, V. Ku, to stand, and no, affirm-
ative particle. To stand firmly or securely,
Ku-NOtr, V. SeeEtTLOU. To make signs
for one to do a thing. Oih. 21:10.
2. To bow gently or slightly with respect
to one.
3. To recogniEe one as an acquaintance
or Sriend by a bow or nodding of tiie head.
KUP
317
KUP
4. To nod or beckon with the head in
order to communicate eomethiag secretl;.
laieik. 17. Tq hint to one by a motion of
the head.
6. £ aea kahi ai me he manu kolea la e
ae ana,
Ku-Nou-KU-Noc, V. Freq. of kunou. To
bow often; to nod the head in derision.
ler. 18:16. Eoo. To bow or wag the head
in scorn. Mar. 15:29.
Kn-Non-Nou, *. The name of a species
offish.
Ku-NO-KD-NO-Ka, V, To stand, as stand-
ing water in puddles. See;Kiux)KutoEU.
2. To stir up ; to trouble, as water ; to
malce into waves.
3. To be about to weep,
Ku-No-Ni, V. To shake gently, as a
gentle shake of the head.
Kd-no-no, adj. Red; bright red, as
blood ; like idvJiiioa, dark red : purple.
Ku-No-NO, adj. Full of small noles, as
a calabash that lets out the water.
2. Weak ; feeble ; without strength.
Kt7-no-no, s. Small or fine hole's in any
container, as a calabash.
2. A small idea ; a little thought ; he
wahi Icunoiio manao iki no nae.
Ku-No-Mo-PA, r. See Khhono, weak.
To be helpless, as a person with the palsy;
to be weak.
2. To lean over, as a tall man.
Ku-NU, V. To blow gently or softly, as
the wind, .
2. To have a eongh '; to cough.
3. To lay meat on the embers to roast ;
hence,
4. fTo roast meat on the coals.
Ku-NU, s. See Kumu. A soft gentle
wind ; a cough ; a pestilence ; he mai ahu-
lau, '
Ku-NU-KU-NU, V. To do a thing with an
evil intent ; to cherish secret anger.
2. To groan; to complain, aJs an oppressed
people. lob. 2i:12.
Ku-NU-KU-Nu, ^. Anger at the haku for
his requiring too much labor ; anger laid
up and cherished in the mind (-'nursing
one's wrath to keep it warm." Sums.)
£ not uku ia ia me ka hoowahawaha ole
ame ke hunukuna ole ; ua noho ia' 1 kcia
ii;abi me ka hoomanawanui ame ke kunu-
kunu ole.
Ku-NU-NA, adj.
Kn-PA, v. To dig out; to dig a trench;
. 2.. To clean oif or dig out the inside of a
canoe ; a kvpa la oloko o ka waa.
3. Eng. To act as a cooper.
Ku-PA, V. To be at home; to enjoy one's
place of repidence ; ua kupd lakou ma ko
lijtbu aida iho.
Ku-PA, *. One. native-bom in a place r
a long resident or native of a place; he ba-
maaina kabiko ; kupa ai au, a native-born
who eats (enjoys) the land ; au, poetic for
aina.
2. Name of.a species of worm oi cater-
pillar. See Peelda.
3. The name of a sea-shell : he leho.
4. Eng. Hawaiian pronunciation for soup.
Ku-FAA, V. Ku, to stand, and paa, fast.
To stand fast or Qrmly, as a material object
2. To stand fast morally; to continue
constant, as a person intent upon bis pur-
pose ; e hoomabawanui. "
8, Fio. To confirm ; to prove true,' as a
proigise or covenant. Bom. 9:11. To con-
firm, as an agreement. 2 N(U. 23:3. Moo.
To confirm I to establish. 2 (7iU.~7:18.
Ku-PAA, adj. Unraovable ; constant, as
a^memorial pillar.
2. Unehaken in mind or purpose,
. 3. Firm ; strong, as an arm ; fixed, as a
plan ; olelo htpaa, an ordinance ; a cove-
nant; a statute. JPufc. 21:1.
Ku-PAA, adv. Fully; thoroughly; firmly.
Kanl. 1:36.
Ko-PAi, V. To send away by water;
imperaiixxily, get away ; be off.
Ku-PAi-A-NA-HA, adj. Wonderful: un-
accountable; strange, as a story or the re-
lation of an event good or bad ; it is used
as an intensive. See Khpasaha.
Ku-PA-o-A, s. An odorous plant used to
scent kapa,
2. Fio, What gives character to the life;
0 ke kupaoa ia e hoope ai i na ui;ane, that
is the plaml which gives scent to eouJa,i.e.,
their pecuJior character.
3. Name of a species of porous stone.
Ku-PAU, *. A name of several of die
days of the month.
Ku-PAu, adj. Going back; fearful;
shrinking.
Ku-PA-KA, V. To writhe J to twist; to
bend this way and that; to move one way
then another.
, 2. To be borne down or overwhelmed
with sadness. Isa. 21:.S.
3. To be in great perplexity and deep-
less anxiety; to be fearful ; to shrink from
doing a thing ; kupaka ae la aole e hiki.
4. To thi'ow the limbs about, as in great ,
pain.
Ku-PA-KA, J. A writhing; a bending
tiiis way and that ; a teanng ; a treating
with violence.
Kn-PA-KA-Ki, adv. Awkwardly, as any-
thing done in a hurry or in eonsternalioa.
Ko-PA-KU-PA, V. See Kupa. To work
digging a trench.
2. To work hewidg out a canoe; to work
' off, M witti aa adze.
KUP
318
KUP
K0-PA-1.A, s. The name of a vegetable,
the root eaten in time of scarcity.
2. The BEume of a species of long fish; he
kaku.
Ku-PA-LA-HA, s. The name of a class of
Kamchameba's heiaus.
Ktr-?A-tii, V. To be little; to be dwarf-
ish; to be diminutive.
itu-PA-tii, s. The name of a plant.
2. A small man or woman ; a dwarf.
Ktr-PA-Lii, adj. Small ; dwarfish ; di-
minutive, as a dwarfish person.
Ku-pa-lii-ai-at;, *. A person who has
lived many years, or to old age.
Ku-PA-LO-Loi, V. To drum with the fin-
gers, on the drum or pahu at a hula or other
gathering; kupaldloi ka leo 0 ka paha e
kani i Mauoni.
Kc-PA-LU, V. To stuff with food ; to give
a person or animal as much as he can eat.
2. To fatten; to nourish; to feed highly.
San. 1:5. Hence,
3. To make a favorite of one.
4. To pound and beat out, as kapa.
Ku-PA-LU-iA, s. A failing; a well-fed
animal. Mat. 22:4.
■ 2. A taming, as of fish by feeding ; ka
hoobauna ana i laka mai ka ja.
Ku-PA-Ltj-t-A, adj. Fatted ; weU fed.
Ku-PA-NA-HA, V. To be wonderful. Uoo.
To exhibit some extraordinary trait of char-
acter. Birf. 31:21.
Ku-PA-NA-HA, s. A wpndey; a strange
event See Kdpaianaha.
Ku-PA-NA-HA, adj. Wonderful; strange;
illiberal ; close.
Ku-PA-NA-EL*., adv. "Wondrously; 'mac-
countably. Kani. 28:5S.
Kir-PA-PArr, s. A dead body ; a corpse ;
a, deceased person; lawe akn la lakou i ke
hiipapau o Lono, thp people carried away'
the <2ea<2 body of CaDtain Cook; eia ke kau-
oha a ke kupapau ;a'u, here is the last
charge of the deceased to me.
Ku-PA-PAU, adj. Of or belonging to a
dead body ; hale kupapau, a tomb.
Ku-FA-PAU-LA, V. To Stand with the
side to the wind, as a house ; to blow di-
rectly on, as the wind; to have the wind In
front or ahead.
Kr-i'A-PA-KU, s. A place deep down in
tie ground ; olalo 0 hupapaku.
Kto-PA-PA-LA-Ni, *. A chief. Fig. Lik-
ened to a fish.
KtJ-PE, V. To manage or direct a canoe,
as the man with the steering paddlb ; to
direct the bow of a boat or canoe j e boo-
pololei ae i ka ihn.
2. To shovel dirt ; to use a shovel or
spade. See Kofs. j
Ku-PE, s. The name of a rim of a cahoe
before and behind.
2. A fetter. See Kdpee.
Ku-PEE, V. To bind with fetters,* to
fasten with fetters.
■2. To bind ; to tie fast.
3. To ornament the wrist or arm with
bracelets ; to put ornaments on the arm.
Ku-PEE, s. An ornament, generally df
a string of shells (pupuhoaka.) Kin. 24:22.
Jlupee gula.
2. A bracelet. Puk. 35:22. Kupee lim^.
3. A fetter. See Kupb. 2 Nal. 25:7. Ku-
pee keleawe, a tetter of brass. ImtiJc. 16:21.
Laau kupee, stocks. Jer. 20:2.
Ku-PE-u-i-n, *. An old broken worn out
canoe, without sail or other conveniences.
2. A canoe with a large ihu ; ina neika
ihu, be kupeiulu kabi inoa.
Ku-PE-u-LU, adj. Old ; worn out, as a
canoe; pehea ko pukou waa? he wahiwaa
kupeviu no hoi, how is your canoe? it is
even a canoe 100m mit.
Ku-PE-HE, s. A going softly, as a per-
son; a moving, as a weak person; bakap«,
he kupehe.
Ku-PE-Hi, V. See Pehi. To throw at;
to pelt ; to cast stones at ; e boolei i ka
pobakn. •,
Kd-pe-ki-a, s. The fear of evil.
ffu-PE-LE, ». To bruise, as fruit to soften
it ; to soften ; to pound up, as kalo.
2. To feed ^11 or till surfeited, as a parent
does a child or a pet dog; e fcupele i ka ilio.
Ku-PE-LE, 1!. To mix up or woit over
poi the day after it is made. SeeHoowxu.
Huli ka wafaa (ka waa) ilnna, alaila ifcvj)ele
maloko.
2. To dig out the inside of a canoe.
Ku-PE-LEi s. The name of a medicine
given to soften the pou two or tlir^e days
before the waiki or pocpoe.
Kn-PE-LE-LEU, V. KuandpdeleUfdtshojt
wide canoe. To stand in a broad or spread-
ing posture, as one who blocks up the door
or a narrow passage..
2. To be broad, as one with spreading or
bulky baggage on his back; heaha kau e
kupeleleu nei 1 what are you doing stand-
ing 60 big here?
Kn-PE-NE, p. To live steadily in one
place, instead of roving about, visiUng, &c.
Hoo. The same.
Ku-PE-Nu, V. To dip into coloring mat-
ter. Kin. 37:31. To stain by immersion ;
to dip, as into blood or any liquid. Katd.
33:37. To plunge into a ditch. /o&. 9:31.
2. To smooth, as a ruffled kapa: to press
down. -
Ku-PE-iJir-PE-Na, V. The frequentative
of the foregoing.
KUP
319
KUP
Kr-n-xi-o, vf Ku and pikio, to stand
up, as water. See Peki. To rage ; to fee
in comfflotion, as water agitated by the
wind. .
2. To rage or be in commotion, as an
angry mallitude.
■ 3. To be troubled, as tlie mind. loh.
30:27.
Kn-Pi-Ki-pi-Ki-0, V. See the foregoing.
. To be in commotioa generally.
2. To rage, as tbe sea when wind and
current ai» opposite.
3. To be furious; to be agitated, as a
people in a popular tumult. Sal. 2:1.
4. To be agitated, as the mind.
5. Hoo. To cause a storm; to make bois-
terous; to rage, as the elements. Jso. 51:15.
Ku-pi-Ki-pi-Ki-o, s. The agitation of
water when the surface is thrown out of its
level ; the commotion of tbe waves of the
sea in a storm.
i. The raging of a multitude.
3. The agitation of the mind. Idk, 1:6.
K0-PI-KI-PI-KI-O, adj. Troubled; raging,
as kai kupikipikio. Isa.. 67:20.
Kc-pi-Li-Kii, V. See PiLiKiA. To stand
Close together so as to crowd.
KtT-Pi-NAi, V. Ku and piiiai, thick to-
gether. To mourn ; to wail ; to make a
great and confused noiso, as of wailing.
2. To go from house to house or from
place to place.
3. To be thronged with the numbers of
people ;' to stand thickly together, as peo-
ple in a crowd.
4. To reverberate, as a sound ; to echo
back a sound.
Ku-pi-NAi, s. A great crying; a general
or universal lamentation 'where multitudes
are wailing together.
2. The echo of a mourning or lamenta-
tion.
3. An echo ; a reverberation of sound,
as from a pali.
4. A great and confused noise of people.
-K&-PI-NAJ, adj. Noisy; confused with
noise ; alqha na hoa kupinai, wawa hane-
hane 0 ua hale nei'(bale kula.)
Ku-Pi-NA-Pi-NAi, V. To come and stand
thick together, as people day after day.
Ku-pi-pi, t>, £m, ftf stand, and jsjjjj, thick
together. To stand thick together,' as a
multitude ; t4 be confuse^.
Ku-Pi-Pi, s. Name of a speeies of fish.
Kf-pi-pi, adj. Close together ; thick, as
people standing tcigether.
Ku-Fo, s. Name of a species offish net;
be upena kupo.
Ku-POE-poE, V. Ku, to fit, and poepoe,
round. To be fitted round, i. e., well flir-
nished, as one wearing much kapa.
2. To have much property; to bo f"'ly
furnished.
Ktr-pou, V. To bend or bow forward, bs
in drowsing, or if one hits, his foot and
stumbles forward; a kuptm ihp la konapoo
" ma ka waha o ka ipn. Laie'ik. 211.
Kr-Po-u-Li, v. To be darkened; to be
benumbed ; kupcndi ka naau i ka ona i ka
baka.
Ku-pou-pou, s. A species of fish; along
fish.
Kn-Po-HU, 3. Ku and poku, calm. A
calm; the state of the sea when there is no
wind.
Ku-po-LA, V. See Kapola. To roll up,
as a bundle ; to tie up together.
2. To wither and roll up, as the under or
dead leaves of bananas.
Ku-PO-iiO-Lu, «. The striking or stab-
bing one with a pololu ; he niii ka poe ao
i ka lono maka Ihe, me ke kupololu.
KurPo-NO, V. Ku and poTW, right. To
be or to act uprightly ; to be just ; to be
true. Hoo. "f 0 stand upright, i. e., to stand
firmly ; to establish ; to bold up ; to be
just ; to be upright.
Ku-Po-No, adj. la geometry, upright ;
perpendicular; Vaha kupono, a perpendic-
ttlar line. Anahon. 4.
2. Morally upright. 2 Nal 20:3. Hon-
est; conscientious. Oihk. 13:37.
Ku-pu, V- To sprout; to spring up; to
grov^, as vegetiition; to shoot oat buds; to
open out, as leaves or blossoms.
2. To grow large ; to increase.
S. Fio. To grow up or increase, as evil.
Kmil. 29:17.
4. Eoo^ Top#y,asatBx; t« collect taxes;
hookauniafaaia ila makaainana e hookupu. i
kela mea waiw^i i kela mea waiwai, the
common people were burdened by tmng
twed on all sorts of property.
Ku-pv, s. A yegetable ; a thing sprouted
up.
2. A tax. Soo. A tax ; a tribute to a
ruler. Ezr. 6:8.
3. One whose ancestors were born where
he himself was and vice versa.
i. One who is mischievous or lawless.
Laieilc. 104. He laipu oe, hookahi no mea
i kolohe \ ka'n. See En.
Ktr-PU, adj. Thick, as paste.
2. Hoo. Hookupu hapaumi, a little tax.
Kanl 26:12.
Ku-pp-a, s. A sorcerer. Isa. 8:19. A
witch. XanZ. 18:11. A wizard. Pwfc. 22:18.
2. A person of extraordinary powers of
body or mind; one able to do what others
cannot ; o Aiwohikupna keia, ke kupua
kaulana a puni na moku. Laieik. 100.
NoTE*-Soroerers, wizards and witches are
frequently spoken of in Hawaiian antiqui-
LA
320
LA
ties ^in their kaaos ani melea — as things
that existed and were fully believed in.
Kv-TV'A, adj. See Kopu above. 1 hick,
as paste.
Ku-pu-E-u, s. A person who excels in
.doing good or in doing mischief; ma ke
ahiaM o ua la hoouka kana ijei o na fett-
pueu. Laieik. 109.
Kn-pu-o-Hi, V. Kupu, to shoot up, and
ohi, bamboo. To grow up quickly, as a
vegetable of quick growth.
2. To grow quickly, as a child that has
grown to maturity early.
Ku-PU-o-Hi, adj. Quick growing; early
mature, as men or plants. ■
Kd-puu, s. See Kupu and Aikupuit.
Ku-PO-KU-PU, s. A vegetable; what
springs up from the ground.
2. A species of ground pine
3. An odoriferous plant.
JKu-putKu-pu-u-la, s. a plant used to
scarify the skin.
Kxr-pu-LH, s. Kupu and In, little. A
small man, but not properly aa, a dwarf ;
it applies to slowness of growth in men,
animals and vegetables.
2. A monkey.
Ku-PU-NA, s. A grand parent, either
father or mother.
2. A father of two or more generations
back.
3. A forefather or ancestor indefinitely.
4. A patriarch. Mn. 17:5. No na fcu-
puna mua o ko Hawaii nei, concerning the
first fathers (ancestors) of the Hawaiian
race,
Ku-PU-NA-KA-NE, s. Kupuna and kane,
male. A grandfather. JK». 32:9. An an-
cestor of several generations back ; o Ku-
kanaloa ke kupunakane o kekahi poe o Ha-
waii nei.
Ku-pu-NA-wA-Hi-NE, s. KupunaBLnAwa-
hine, female. A grandmother, Ac. See the
foregoing. .
Ku-PU-Ni, V. Ku, to stand, and jxtm,
around. To stand around; to surround,
as an enemy. Jer. 1:17.
Ku-wA, s. The name of a prayer made
when a person finished a new hanae by
trimming the grass from over the door;
kuwa ka icoa clapnle; also a pr^yeiwhen
a canoe was finished.
Ku-WAi, V. To rub in a circular man-
ner.
Ku-wA-LA, V. See Kuala. To turn over,
as a man or Qther substance.
2. To add to a price agreed on, as for
delay in payment.
3. To take something else in pay in lieu
if the thing agreed on is not sufficient: ^-
wala i ka waiwai e, 1 ka puaa paha ke lawa
ole ka wahie.
Ku-wA-LA, *. A somerset; a turning
over and over, from which is derived the
word for interest. See Kuala.
Ku-wA-LA, adj. Usurious; taking usury.
Puk. 22:25. Stn. with uku hoopane.
Ku-T?A-iuA-poo, II. See KuloCpoo.
Ku-WA-LA-WA-LA, V. To beiidj to yield,
as grass or any fiexible thing to a flowing
stream of water, but which being elastic,
bends back again, causing the motion called
kutcaiavoala ; kuwalawakt ka hala ame ka
ohia ; kuwalavxda ka pono.
Ku-Bi-TA, s. Eng. A cubit in measure;
eighteen inches, .ffiji. 6:15. Iwifca&jfe(,he
iwi hailima e pili pu ana me ka ili kano, .
pne of the bones of the forearm joined to
the wrist. Anat 19.
Ku-Ri-NA, s. Eng. Corn ; corn meal.
Knis-Ti-A-NO, s. Gr. A christian; a fol-
lower of Jesus Christ. Oih. 11 :26.
L.
T A, name of the eighth letter of the
■'-' Hawaiian alphabet. It represents the
sound of a li(^uid as in other languages ;
hence it is easily assimilated to such of the
other liquids as are similarly pronounced,
viz. : n and the smooth American r in for-
eign words. Thus, nanai for lanai; on the
contrary lanahu is used for nanahu, &c. Z
is insarted sometimes, for the sake of eu-
phonjr, between a verb and its passive ter-
mination ia; as, kaittlu for kauia; manao-
lia for manama. The letter ft is used in a
similar manner. See H and Grammar § 48.
The name of the letter to Instead of eJ is
required by a law of the language, viz. :
that every syllable must end with a vowel
sound.
La, a particle following verbs, mostly in
some preterit tense, and generally con-
nected with either mai, aku, iho or ae.
Oram. § 239 and 240. It is also nsed with
nouns and adverbs and seems to have s
alight reference to place ; similar, but not
so marked or strong as the French to.
La, s. Thesun; hemeaemalamalama
ai 1 ke ao, ke alii o ka malamalama, that
whioji gives light to day, ihe king of light
2. Pay or light, in distinction flrom po,
darkness.
3. A particular t>r appointed day; to tor
I,AA
3S1
LAA
lahala, day ofatonemrat. OiMc. i3:27. A
particular day of ttie month or year.
4. The effects of the heat of the sua, i. e.,
a drongbt; ka la nui, a great drought;
heat ; warmth. Stifling heat is ikiiki.
La, s. The name of an ancient sail foi
canoes ; o ka pea o ko laliiou waa i Iw wa
kaiiiko, he la ka inoa o ia pea.
La, adj. Like the sun ; sunny, that is,
warm; haa'ele o Poleahu i koaa kapa ban,
lalau like lakou i ke Icapa la. Laieik.'llS.
Laa, v. To be holy ; to be set a^art for
holy purposes ; e hoojtaawale i na waiwal
i boanoia. . Puk. 30:29.
2. To be devoted to any person ; to be
consecrated to a particular use or purpose,
generally religious ; to be under or bound-
by an o4th. xTaieifc. 38. By a kiss. iMieik.
126.
3. To be devoted to destruction or death.
los. 6:17. A ike mai la na ilamuku o Liloa
ua laa keia keild no ka ae ana ma kabi
kapu, and the sherifi^ of Liloa saw that the
child was devoted (had forfeited his life) on
account of his climbing over a kapu place
(fence.)
4. To be defiled ; to become impure by
mixing one plant with another of a differ-
ent kind. Kanl. 22:9.
5. BifO. To sanctify; to be saactified; to
be devoted ; to be set apart as sacred, or
for sacred purposes. Puk. 13:2. To make
sacred or holy ; to revere ; to.Awlicate, as
a tiemple or image. Dan.SS. To devote.
Oihl. 18:11. ,
Laa, adj. Sacred ; devoted, i. e., given
up or set apart to sacred purposes; hence,
holy ; mea laa, a consecrated or holy one.
Puk. 16:23. He lahui kanaka laa, a con-
secrated nation'. Puk. 19:6.
2. Accursed; devoted to destruction.
loa. 6:18. (See the verb in the same verse.)
Laa, adv. Also ; together with others ;
so; Vikepda; besides all this; oiameaa
pan e laa me keia, all that tiing together
with this ; o ka launa nui aku i ka wabine
e, e laa me ka wahing i ke kane e. See
Elaa, «
Laa, s. Width j breadth. Syn. with
lanla.
La-au, s. a general name for what grew
put of the ground j o na mea e ulu ana ma
ka honua ua kapaia he laau.
1. Wood ; trees ; timber ; but not often
fire-wood, which is wahie.
2. A forest ; a thicket of trees ; ka mea
ulu ma na kuahjwi.
3. Fio. Strength ; firmness ; hardness.
4. Laau palupalu, herbs ; tender vege-
tables. Mai. 13:32.
5. Medicine; that which is taken in case
of Bickuess. Not£. — The ancient Hawaiian
medicines were numerous, and couusted
41
mostly of mixtures of leaves of trees, barks,
roots, &c., and some were exceedfngly nau-
seous, and otbers very acrid; but the phy-
sicians depended more on their enchant-
ments, their invocations to the gods, tbe
sacrifices ofifereil, or the prices paid, than
on the virtue of tjieir mecUcines.
La-au-a, adj. See Laa, devoted. De-
voted to destruction, as for having broken
, kapu..
La-au-a-la, s. Laau,^ wood, and tUa,
odoriferous. Sandiil-wood, an odoriferous
wood formerly in great abundance in ihe-
mountainous regions.
La-au-a-na, s. Laau, wood, and ana,.
participial termination. A ruling; maldng
a mark by a rule or ^iece of wood. Norn. .'
This is a modem word.
LA-Atr-r-Ki-Ai, s. Laau, wood, iki, little,
and at, to cat A general name for herbs. .
Mim. 14:2.
La-au-o-oi, ) j; Laau, bush, and oioi,
La-AU-owi, J sharp; full of sharp 'points.
A bramble bush. ^a. 34:13.
Li-Air-o-Li-VA, s. Laau and oliva (Gr.),
olive. An olive' tree. ICanI.^:ll.
La-au-o-we, ». To make a noise with
the feet; to drum with the fingers; to make
a shnffiing noise. See Lauowae.
La-au-hoo-pii, s. Laau, medicine, and,
hoopii, to cause to ascend. An emetic.
La-au-kaa, s. 2^u, tree, and £&a, pine..
A fir tree. Zek. 11:2. An oak tree. Kin.
36:4.
La-att-ee-a, s. Laau and kea, a cross..
A cross of wood.
La-au-ki, ». Zizau, timber, and ^'(£n^.),
key. A bar for a gate.
La-au-ei-a, s. Laau and kia, a sticky
mixture. A mixture used as bird-lime in
' catchiiig birds ; he laau a hoopili ai i ka
manu me he kepao la-
La-au-eu, s. Laau and ku, to stand. A
side post of a door, from its erect position.
1 IM, 6:31. A post of a house; an nprigbi
post. Mtk. 46:19.
LA-AU-En-KA-Hi, "i s. The names of par-
LA-AU-EU-tu-A, > tienlar days in the an-
La-axj-EU-PAU, y cient month.
La-au-ku-pee, s. JCbom and Awpee, a fet-
ter. StockB,fetter3,&c., for criminals; any
instrument of confining a person.
La-att-iJl, s. A divi^'on of the year.
La-au-la-lo, s. Laau and Mo, dowa.
The boom of a vessel, irom its horrioniai
position, in distinction from kia or laaxtka.
La-av-la-pa-ait, s. XrrzoM, medicine, and
lapaau, to' heal, cure, &c. Medicine, i. e.,
herbs, roots or other compounds for the t»
Uef.of diseases. ler, 46:11.
LAE
322
LAI
La-ati-li, s. The name of an ancient
god who made laws that were not to be
Broken ; ka inoa o ka mea nana I kau na
kanawai paa, o Kanclaauli.
La-a-u-lu, s. La, day, au, season, and
ulu, to grow. A time when vegetables
spring or grow fast iu distinction from laa-
make.
La-au-lu-ai, s. Laau, medicine, and
htai, to vomit. An emetic. See Laawii
and IiAAUHOopn. •
La-au-ma-sai, s. Laau, wood, and Tna-
kai, a conBtable. The signal or badge of
a constable under the first code of laws; it
was a square piece of wood five or six inches
. in length, each side, an inch, one-third of
the length was turned for a handle ; this
the constable carried with him as a desig-
nation,of his office.
La-a0-mo-e, s. Laau, medicinf, and
moe, to sleep. Medicine causing sleep; an
opiate.
La-au-na-ha, s. Laau, medicine, and
naha, to operate, as a cathartic. A cathartic
medicine.
La-au-pa, s. LaaUi, medicine, and pa,
barren. An ancient drug given to produce
abortion, or rather perhaps to prevent
fecundation ; nolaila, mu nui na wafaine i
ki laavpa i hapai oie lakou. He laau ha~
nau keiki ole.
La-au-pa tr, s. Name of a day of the
month. Sen tiAAiKOPAtr.
LA-Atr-PA-LAU, s. The name of an in-
struhien t of offense used in war, a long club ;
ihe, pololu, lanupalau, &c.
La-au-pii, s. Lcuai and pii, to ascend.
An emetic. Soo LAADi.rAi.
La-a-hi-a, v. Laa and ia, passive, .'4 in-
serted. See Laa, adj., 2. To bo involvod
In what othere do, especially of evil.
2. To be reproached for othera' faults on
account of living or associating together ;
inu rama oe, a laahUt ma ka bcwa:makou i
ka hohonu ia oe.
La-a-la-au, s. An herb; abush; herbs;
green things. Pnk. 3:2. That class of veg-
etables between trees and grass.
La-a-ma-ke, s. La, iay, time, find inake,
dead. The time when vcgefables generally
die or dwindle or grow slowly, like autumn
In cooler climates ; opposite to Itmulu.
La-a-na, adj. See Laa, devoted. De-
voted to destruction, as for having broken
kapu ; e hu laana.
La-a-lo, s. The name of kalo tops when
dry.
La-e, v. To be light ; to be clear, as
day; to be shining, as a light. See Laelae
and kindred with lai.
La-e, s. Any projecting substance, as
a prominent forehead. ■ 1 Sam. 17:49. A
brow of a hill : a cape or headland. In
geography, a cane or promontory.
2. A calm : c" calm place in the sea, as
under a binfl, capfi or headland.
Lae-hao-ke-iji, .?. Lae, forehead, hao,
horn, and fcefct, projecting. Name given to
■. the unicorn ; the unicorn.
L^e-kao-ke-la, adj. Having one horn
in the forehead ; he holoholona kiwi hoo-
kahi ma ka ibu. Lio laehaokela. NaJi. 23:22.
Lae-koi, s. iiae, forehead, and ioi, sharp;
projecting. A sharp or projecting forehead.
Lae-ko-lo-a, s. a species of soft porous
stone.
Lae-lae, v. See Lae, v. To enlighten,
i. e., to make visibly clear or plain by means
of a light.
2. To make clear or explicit by wordP;
as a statement or assertion.
3. To be free to move; to be unfettered;
to be loose ; to be separate from another.
LvSe-lae, adj. Bright; bright shining,
as the sun; e like me ka la laden 1 ke awa-
kea ; pure j clear ; serene, as a clear sky.
Fig. Pare m sentiment. ZTirf. 19:8.
2. Clear ; unobscured to the sight.
3. Clear ; distinct, as the meaning of a
word or speech.
Lae-l^e, 8, SeeLA£. Alight; a bright
Ught.
2. Calm, pleasant weather.
La-e-le, s. The name of kalo tops when
partially dry or thrown by as refuse. Sec
Laalo. The litter, as of kalo tops or old
kalo leaves ; any litt-er or refiise material.
2. The name of the outside leaves of the
loulu, tobacco, &c. ; the game as Aaiti
Lae-lu-a, adj. Lae and hia, double.
Projecting ; sharp : prominent, as a ridge.
See MuKoi.
Lae-ni-hi, s. Name of a species offish.
2. A steep, perpendicular forehead.
Lae-paa, s. Name of a servant marked
in the forehead. See Laefcm.
Lae-pu-ni, s. Name of a servant marked
in tbo forehead ; o ka poe kanwa i hoailo-
naia. ma ka lae, ua kapaia he kanwa Uu^ni.
Lai, s. Used for lemi, the heavens, es-
pecially wh«n the sky is, clear and the
weather calm ; c kc alii wahine o ka lai.
Laieik. 154.
2. A calm still place in the sea where
there is no ripple' and the sea is like a look-
ing-glass.
3. Any calm still place ; e noho mai a i
ka foi o Lolc;
4. Still, as water ; pohu, malie o ka lai.
See Mauno.
6. Any still, silent place; he wahi meha-
nseha, hakann
LAO
323
LAU
La-i, *. The leaf of the ki plant. See
Laui and La.uki.
2. Name of a species offish.
Lai, v. To be calm ; to make no noise ;
to be silent :• ua lai loa ia po, it was very
sW that nighf.
2. Hoo. To quiet; to appease, as a mob.
Oift. 19:35.
*«' 3. To be quiet, as the elements.
Lai, adj. Calm; still; quiet; shining,
as the Eiirface of the sea in a calm.
Lai-ki, v. To cram ; to stuff; to throw
together confusedly ; to eat too much ; to
be fall, as an oveMoaded stomach.
Lai-ki, s. Fullness, as of the stomach
from over-«ating ; ua laiki ka opu.
Lai-ki, adj. Full, as the stomach from
eating too much.
Lai-ki, $. Hawaiian orthography for
raisi. Eng. Rice ; a vegetable ; a species
of grain.
Lai-ku, s. a calm, either with reference
to the. atmosphere, without- wind, or to the
u stillness of the ocean, without wave or rip-
i pie ; he pohu, he malie hinu no ka moana.
Lai-la, adv. Referring to;time, then;
, at that time ; referring to place, there ; at
that place. It almost always takes one of
the simple prepositions, c(, i, o, no, fco, lai,
m<i or mai. See each of the compounds in
their places ; also, Oram. § 68 and § 165,
2d class.
Lai-lai, v. See Lai. To be" very calm
and clear, as the sun ; i ka wa e Utikd ana
ka la maluna'o ka aina. Laidk. 158.
Lai-na, s. a kind of eruption on the
body like shingles.
La-o, v. To spring up, as grass or weeds
alter a rain.
La-o, «. The leaf of the sugar-cane, es-
pecially in its use as formerly in thatching
nouses. The other qames ^.re lauo, lauko
and kako.
2. The name of a Species of fish.
3. A mote moving in the eye and causing
fiain; he pula oni ana iloko o ka maka
aolao.
La-o-a, v. To tie up the bones of a per-
son in a bundle ; to bundle up.
2. To put a girdle around the body
tightly.
3. To choke or strangle, as with a cord
around the neck ; also written laovoa. See
Lauiau.
La-o-la-o, s. a bundle of small sticks
tied up tor fuel.
2. A bundle of anything tied up for car-
rying.
3. Little sticks put down ts help sustain
the koauna or bank of a kalo patch ; Ira
Uwlao nabele kuakoa loi.
4. The booming or bass sound of a bell.
6. The pain of the eye suffering from a
mote. See Xiifi 3.
6. An uneasy st9.te of the bowels tending
towards colic. .
La-o-wa, v. See Laoa above.
Lad, v. To feel after a thing. .
2. To spread out ; to be broad, as a leaf.
3. To be numerous or many. .See t'^e
noun. Makeia kula panoa kanaka ole,2au
kanaka ai, in this dry uninhabited plaice
there are now many people.
Lau, s. The number 400.
2. The leaf of a tree or plant green or
dry. Oihk. 26:36. An herb; toit mulemule,
bitter herbs.
3. The face of a person, like helehelena ;
lau kanaka, persons ; where persons live ;
lau kanaka ole, solitary. See Laokanaka.
iou makani, a stray puff of wind.
4. The endfif a pointed substance. Syn.
with elau or welau. Lau alelo, the tip of
the tongue.
Lau-a, pron. dual. They two. Gram. §
139. Ma laua o,prep., together with; along
with.
Lau-ae, s. An aromatic herb:
Lau-au-a, s. a playing at games of
chance ; gambling. See PiLrwATWAi.
' 2. Name of the maneuvers in or during
a battle ; also kaakava.
Lau-a-ua, ) s. The name of a wind at
LaVtA-wa, ) Hana, Maui; makani lau-
awaawa.
Lau-a -Ki, s. A body of men working to-
gether at the same business.
Lau-a-la, s. Lau, leaf, and ala, st&Bd-
ing lip. The name given to kalo leaves be-
fore the kalo is pulled or gathered. Note.
After they are gathered for food they are
calted hMt^. See Ldao.
Lau-a-lo, s. The kalo leaf; the same
^s laukaU).
L au-a-wa, ' s. The leaf of the kalo when
it first shoots out after the hull is planted.
2. The first two leaves or shoote of the
Imli:
Lau-e-ka, adj. Awkward; UBsfcillful in
woii. See Cofamdeea.
Lau-i, s. See Lau. The leaf of the ki
plant. See Lai and Lauki.
Lau -I, adj. Of or belonging to the ki
plant; he pale laui kon ako^ ke hiki i EaJ-
lua, a ii fence is your god if you come to
Eailua, i. e., a frail de&nge.
Lau-ja, s. Name of a species of fish.
Lau-i-li, v. To be fickle j to be incon-
stant ; to be changeable. The better or-
thography is lauwUi. See Wru.
Lau-i-fa-IiA, s. a species offish.
LAU
324
LAU
Lau-o, s. See Lau. The leaf of the
8iigar-c:uic. See IiAO.
Lau-o-e, s. The sound of scratching, or
walking on aoything making a raatUng
noise.
Lau-oe, v. To ascend straightly up-
wards.
Lau-o-ha, s. Any vegetable that grows
large and tiirifty.
Lau-o-ha, s. The sail of a vessel above
the Bpanker.
Lau-0-hai, s. Name of a large bush
bearing beautiful flowers ; ka lau o lubea
o ka obai i mana.
Lah-o-ha-o-ha, s. See Lauoha above.
A thrifty growing vegetable.
Lau-o-he, s. Some material used in
poHsbiDg wooden calabashes.
Lau-o-ho, s. Lau and oho, the hair of
the haman head. The hair of the head.
UTah. 6:5, Ka bulu o ke poo. Note.— The
bair of animals is hidu, and so is hair on
the other parts of the body.
Lau-o-ne, s. Any place where the soil
, is light, mellow and without stones and
easy to cultivate.
Lau-o-wae, v. To make a rustling noise
i-ith the feet or fingers. See Laauowe.
Lau-u-ku-ka-hi, s. Name of a day of
the month, otherwise called Laau; a ma
ka la 0 Lauukukahi.
Lau-u-lu, s. Lau, leaf, and ulu, the
breadfruit tree. The leaf of the breadfruit
tree.
2. A word heard indistinctly, or an idea
GO obtained from a speaker as to give an
uncertain meaning.
Lau-hau, s. Name of a species of fish.
Lau-ha-la, s. Lau, leaf, and kola, the
pandanus. A pandanus leaf.
2. Applied to people as wanderers who
come as strangers and stop in a place, and
after a time move again. See Aibdawaa.
Lau-he-le, s. Name of a vegetable, a
small bush ; also called lavlde.
Lau-ho-e, v. To paddle together, as
several persons paddling a canot with great
strength and resolution ; i kabi a kakou e
lau/uie akn nei.
Lau-hu-a, «. Name of a species of fish,
bsmall. broad and yellow.
Lau-hd-ki, s. The god of those who
pounded or manufactured kapa ; he akua
no ka poe kuku kapa.
2. The oflSce of the person who moistened
the kapa during the process of pounding it
Lau-ho-lu, s. The banana leaf.
Lau-kai-a, s. The name of a god.
Lau-ka-hi, s. Name of a plant, the seeds
of which are to infante as a mswai or ca-
thartic to carry off the meconium.
Lau-ka-hmt, s. Lau, ka, article, and
hia, the tail of a fish. A long shark, or
long-tailed shark (the tail leaf-shaped.)
2. The son of Kuhaimoana.
Lau-ka-na, adj. Applied to one who
^ seldom prays in secret ; laulcana kabi me-
bameba.
Lau-ka-na-ka, s. See Lah and Kanaka,
people. A place of people ; where people
live ; Javkanaka ole, a solitary place.
Lau-ka-pa-la-la, s. The kaio leaf that
' grows up from the midst of other kalo leavei
sustaining the life of the kalo ; he mau
maka no Luaipo.
Lau-ka-pa-li-u, s. Lau Bind kapalilit to
tremble or vibrate quickly. The name of
the kalo leaf that first grew on the Hawai-
ian Islands.
Lao-ke-a, s. Name of a hard stone made_
into kois for its haj^ness.
Lau-kj, i. Lau and M. See Ki. The
leaf of the ki plant.
2. The name of a species of fish.
Lau-ki-pa-la, s. The name of a yellow
colored fish.
2. The leaf of the wiliwili tree.
Lau-ko, s. Lau and ko, sugar-cane. The
leaf of the sugar-cane. See Lao.
Lau-ko-a, *. Lau and koa, name of a
tree. The leaf of the koa tree.
2. The name given to a table knife.
Lau-ko-a, V. To be hatched out, as the
eggs of any kind of fowls; pebea ka oakoa
mau bua? Ua lavkoa, e lele ananei.
Eau-ko-a-i-e, s. Lau and koaie, a spe-
cies of timber. LUeralh/, a koaie leaf.
2. Figuratively, anything which is found
only in inland places.
Lau-ko-ha, adj. Lau and koha. Fledged;
feathered, as young birds; he lau laba ole.
Lad'-ko-na-ko-na, t). Lau and kqtuJcona,
to despise. SeeKoNA. To despise; to con-
temn ; to treat contemptuously.
Lau-kd-a, v. To gather together and
lay up the good and the bad, or to use
what is one's own by; right along with what
is another's, as by fbeft or extortion ; he
laukua wale no ko makou.
Lau-ku-a, adj. Things put togethet
irregularly or in confusion; applied also to
words in a bpeech; he olelo lattkua, heolelo
boohihia.
Lau-kw-a, s. Things scraped or gath-
ered irregularly togeUier : aia ke aloha o
ka laukua e laukua wale ai; also, the name
of a fish-pond where are many sorts of Seh.
Lao-ku-a, s. Applied to a person who
works iudustrioualy at many kinds of worr
and prospers.
LAU
325
LAU
Lau-la, "v. To be broad; to be wide;
to be eztendtid.
Lau-la, «. Extension; breadth; width,
&o. 1 Nal. 6:3.
Lau-la, adj. Broad ; wide ; he keeha
iouta. a wirte room.
Lau-lau, s. a bundle; ft bag, as of
money. Kin. 42:35.
2. A wrapper of a bundle'; that wbich
surrounds anything. Kin. 42:35.
5. A bundle, as of food done ug the sec-
ond time.
4. A bundle of small wood, or fagots,
d. The netting in which food is carried.
6. Aicontainer generally.
Lad-la -HA, v. Lau and laha, to spread
abroad. To be spread abroad,.a8 a noise
or report; to be heard extensively; to
learn something by report.
Lait-la-be-a, adj. Something said in-
distinctly or without clearness; indistijiotly
heiird ; he olelo laiulahea.
Lati-la-ha-O'LB, adj. See Lattlaha and
OiE, negative. Kept in; not reported;
not spread abroad.
LAtr-LA-Hi-LA-Hi, adj. Lau and lahilaM,
thin. Lit. Thin leaf. Thin, as the leaves
of ki leaf or banana. See Lalahi.
Lau-la-ma, s. The lamas or many
torches at night.
Lau-la-wi-li, s. See Lauwili.
Latj-le-a, s. Laudcadi fea, pleasure; joy.
Peace; friendship : satisfaction with a per-
son or thing after having experienced dis-
like.
1 ATJ-LE-A, «. To b© on terms of friend-
ship. See LrjNA, i. e., lau ana.
2i Eoo. To satisfy, as one offended ; to
reconcile; to become reconciled. Kin.
32:20.
3. To obtain favor with one ; to make
reconciliation.
4. To please ; to flatter ; to seek favor.
Gal. 1:10. See Hooi^alea.
Lao-le-a, adj. Peaceful ;/riendly; paci-
fied.
Lau-le-IiE, s. Lbm and Ule. 1 he leaf
of a species of turnip.
2, Also the name of the plant
3. A species of sea-weed into which fish
get entangled.
Lau-le-le, s. Name ofa plant self prop-
agjited, but eaten for food in time of scai'-
city ; he ilailau, he ananu, he pilapilau.
Lau-li-ma, s. The name of a company
of men who worked tognther on each other's
land, or at each other's work.
Lad-lo-a, s. Lau and loa. Lit. Long
leaf. Name ofa species of talo.
Lau-lo-le, adj. Lau and Me, cloth;
cloth-leafed. An epithet of the mulberry ;
laau lavlole, a mulberry tree.
Lau-ma-e-wa, s. Lcu and maeica, to ia-
jure ; to mock. He palala laumaewa kapu
no Lono.
Lau-ma-e£, s. Lan and make, Aea.th. A
poisonous herb.
2. The barb of a spear ; the point of an
instrument causing death.'
3. The abating or subsiding of water,
i. e., a drought.
La<t-ma-na-ma-na, s. Lau and mana-
mana, divided. Applied to that species of
potato whose leaves are slim and much di
vided.
Lau-ma-Ni-a, s. Lau and mania, smooth;
plane. A smooth thin leaf.
2. A straight, smooth even surface of a
body.
Lau-ma-ni-a, adj. Smooth, straight and
even; applied to the surface of bodies.
Jsa.'40:4. Smooth or polished, as glass;
ill lawnania, a plane surface.
Lau-ma-ni-a, v. To spread out smoothly
and even ; to smooth off what is rough'.
Soo. To level dowa; to make smooth, as
uneven ground. Isa. 45:2.
Lau-ma-ki-e, v. Another orthography,
but the same meaning as laumania.
Lau-me-ei, v. To flow slowly, as a
stream with very little water.
2. To move very slowly, as a very slow
trotting horse.
LAtr-M-LO, V. To writhe; to squirm; to
turn and twist awry. See Lauwili. Ua
laumUoia na uhane, ua malce.
Lab-mm.0, adj. Squirming; contorting;
mixing up. See Lad will 0 ka lena q k&
pubi laumUo i ka pa.
Lau-na, v. For lau (una, probably a
spreading. Tu associate With; to be on
friendly terms with one; to treat with kind-
ness or attention.
2. To receive in a friendly manner.
3. To be intimate with one ; to have »n
agreement with.
4. Hoo. To have fellowship with one,
(?aJ.2:9.
Lau-na, adj. Friendly; social; inti-
mate; with o2e, unlike; different from; ex-
cellent, &c. ; i ka hanobano launa ok o ke
atii kane. Laieik. 113.
LAtf-NA-HB-LE, s. Iioziand nahele,n. thich
growth of brush. The leaves or tMck
growth of a forest ; hence,
i. Herbs generally. Kin. 1:11. Launa-
heie hou, tender herbs. Kartl 32:2.
Lau-paa-pa-a-ni, *. A word used by
cbipfs in flattering and caressing each other:
also aterm of exciting pleasure: beUiupaa-
paani no me he wahialii la.
LAH
326
LAH
Lau-fae, s. a single branch of a kalo
top.
LAitf-PAi, s. The first two leaves of kalo
or bull after planting. See Lauawa.
Lau-pat;, s. a species of fish.
Lau-pa-la, s. a leaf fading and turn-
ing brown or red.
2. A person failing in health and consid-
ered not to live long,
Lau-pa-lai, adj. Shining; glittering;
greaiiy ; binohinu, lUe.
Lait-pa-fa, s, Lau and papa, a board.
A broad smooth plane.
Lau-wa-hi, v. tau and waM, to gather
np leaves. T»' be greedy of gain ; to
gather property avariciously.
2. To be ea^er after food,
3. To be active in indulging lost, as the
adulterer.
Lau-wi, s. Name of a species of bird,
small and yellow.; same as the alauwahio.
LAU-wi-Lt, V. Laai'ziad.v)ili, to txan; to
twist, as leaves affected by the wind. To
whirl or whiffle about, as the wind.
2. To be unstable, as a fickle-minded
person.'
, .3. To be double tongued; to be double
minded ; to be changeable.
: 4. To be fickle^ to be inconstant; to
change one's opinions often.
6. To lay a wager when one has no prop-
erty-
6. To mix, as different ingredients.
7. To be in great trouble or perplejtity.
8. To calk or speak in a round about
manner, as one never coming to the point.
liAU-wi-Li, s. Fickleness in conduct.
2. Carelessness in speaking or pronounc-
ing, with frequent repetitions.
3. The whiffling or sadden changes of
tiie wind.
4. A whirlwind.
5. Fia. Affliction; trouble. SeeKcAwiLi.
Ua like ka Umwili me ke kuawili.
6. Hoo. Aole ka hoolauvnli ma na mea
lapuwale.
Lau-wi-li, adj. Changeable, like the
'' wind i turning this way and that, like
leaves in the wind ; hence,
2. Fickle ; inconstant. Kanl. Si-JH. De-.
ccitful. /iirf. 78:57:
Lau-wi-li-ia, v. Passive oflauieUi. To
be in, or euffer'ng affliction. See Ladwili7.
I<AU-wi-i.i-iA, . Affliction; persecution;
distress.
Lau-wi-li-v i-li, p.Freq. oilauwili. To
change often ; to be very fickle, &o.
La-ha, v. To spread out ' to extend
laterally ; to make broad ; to enlarge.
2. To extend] to spread abroad, as a re-
port ; aole hoi i laha nui ka ai noa ia la,
the free eating (i. e., the report of it) did
not «ctend greatly on that day.
3. To be distributed far and wide.
4. To be circulated, as a proclamation.
6. To increase; to spread out; to become
numerous, as a people. Kin. 48:16.
6. Soo. To spread intelligence exten-
sively.
7. To promulgate, as a law or decree
among the people. Lvk. 2:1.
8. To increase greatly; applied to beasts,
birds, fish and men.
La-ha, s. Name of a calabash broad and
flat, but not high ; he ipu nou. See NonD.
La-ba, adj. Broad ; extended ; spread
out.
La-hai,, v. To start up suddenly; to
jump ;. to fly.
2. To hover over ; to remain suspended.
in the air, as a bird. See Lehai.
La-ha-la-ha, v. The ISthconj. oftete.
To spread out much or often.
2. Boo. The same ; also, to open, as the
wings of a bird in order to fly.
3. To brood over or upon, as a bird upon
a nest.
La-ha-la-hai, v. See Lahai. The in^
tensive of kJuii. To hover over ; to fly ;
to light upon, as from a flight. Moo. To
flutter over her young, as an eagle. Saiii.
32:11. See Lalahai.
La-ha-la-ha-wai, s. a broad puddle or
pond of water.
La-ha-la-wai, adv. Slippery; unpleas-
ant tp travel; uahclehelelaAoiatbaiikaua,
La-ha-na, s. La., day, and hana, to
work. A day's work ; the work of a day.
La-he-a, 0. To be soft or Gotten, as fruit
or flesh. Soo. To smell strong or rancid.
La-hi, adj. Thin ; flat ; opposite to trut-
noanoa.
2. He mele lahi.
La-hi, s. A specieS of white cane.
La-hia, v. To be involved and unjustly
condemned with the guilty.
La-Si-la-hj, adj. See Lahi. Thin, as
paper ; gauze like ; thin, as beaten gold.
La-h6, *. The testes of men or animals.
See KowAP and Hca.
La-ho-o6, adj. laha and oo, ripe ; ma-
ture. Hard; stingy; close; applied to per*
sons.
La-hoo-ka-ha-ka-ha, s. La, day, and
hpokxihakaha, display. A day of exhibi-
tion, of display, of fine appearance ; he la
e hoike ai i ka hanohano ; a public day.
La-hoid-la, s. Laho and ida, red. A
term of reproach ; a railing.
La-ho-li-o, s. Laho and lio, horse. A
name given by Hawaiians to gum elastio
or India rubber.
LAK
327
LAL
La-ho-ko-le, s. Laho and kole, law. A
blackguard word : an epithet of feproacl).
La-ho-pa-ka, s. a reproachful epithet;
a blackguard word siguifying cracked tes-
ticles.
2. A Btingjr man.
La-hu, adj. Forbidden; prohibited;
usually applied to food ; as, ka ai i lahuia,
the/or&idden food ; in this, it is eqaivalent
to kapu.
La-hu-i, 0, See Lahit. To prohibit; to
forbid 2 to lay a kapu ; to proclaim a law
or ordinance.
La-hu-i, *. La, day, and kui, to unite.
A time of coming together j hence, an as-
semblage; a company; a union of many.
See the following words and Lahu above.
La-hu-i-ai-na, *. jLoAkj and fliwa, land.
The nations of many lands ; spoken of col-
lectively, the people of many countries.
La-hu-i-ka0-a, s. Lahui, assemblage,
. and kaiui, war. People assembled for war;
■ warriors ; a company of soldiers.
La-hu-i-ka-la, s. La, day, and huikala,
to purify. A day for purification, in an-
cient religious ceremonies.
La-h0-i-ka-na-ka, s. L^kui, collection,
and kanaka, people. A body of people
collectively. OiMc. 18:24.
2. The people under one chief or king in
distinction from those of another. Ein.
10:5. Collective bodies umted in one peo-
ple; a union of men, but under different
chiero i i mea' e pono ai no na lahuikanaka
0 ko kakou pae aina ; -bence,
3. As in modem times, a nation ; a peo-
ple. 1 ATa!. 18:10.
4 A people without a king ; any multi-
tude ; he poe, he pae, he puu.
La-ka, v. To tame, as a wild animal ;
to feed to the full. Soo. To bring under,
as a ferocious beast ; to render docile and
obedient; to tame; to domesticate, lak,
3:7.
La-ka, adj. Well fed ; tame ; domesti-
cated; familiar; gentie; not ferocious; the
opposite of hihiu.
La-ka, s. Doinesticated or tamed ani-
mals.
2. The name of a species of bird, per-
haps ; kani ka laka.
La-ka-ka-ne, *. The name of a god ;
the god of dances; he akua no ka poe hula.
La-ka-la-ka, v. See Laka. Hoo. To
tame ; to domesticate ; e hoopau i ka noho
hihiu ana.
La-ke-e, v. To coil up, as a snake or
centipede ; to double over ; to bend, as a
flexible substance.
La-ke-e, adj. Bent; crooked; doubled
over.
LatKB-kb, s. The Hawaiian pronuncia-
tion of flie English jacket. A roundabout.
La-ke-we, s. See Lakee. Anything
flexible ; easily bending.
2. A person leaning or bending from
weakness or disease.
La-ko, v. To possess what is necessary
for any purpose; to be supplied with
requisite means of doing a thing ; to be
supplied with; to have a sufficiency; eia
na kanaka i Idko i kela mau mea ; to be
fitted out or furnished with what is requisite
for use or ornament, as the works of nature;
ua lakoia ka honaa nei i ka mauna, i ka
awaawa, i ka pohaku, &c.
2. Boo. To provide a supply for the
needy. 'Sal. 146:9. To supply a compe-
tency for a living. 1 Tim. 5:8. Aole ke
alii i ike i na mea i hoolakoia nei, the Idng
did not know what things were providai
here.
3. To be endowed ; to be famished ; to
be supplied. Kanl 28:11.
4. To supply what is wanting.
La-ko, s. A supply; a fullness; a suf-
ficiency.
La-ko, adj. Rich; prosperous; com-
pletely furnished with every necessary con-
venience.
La-ko, s. For lauko. The leaf of the
sugar-cane.
La-kot;, pars, p'on. The third person
plural ot the personal pronouns. They ;
used mostly of persons. Gram. § 122 and.
§ 139, 3.
La-ko-la-ko, v. See Lako. Tq enrich,
&c. Hoo. To famish; to provide for, as
for fan\ily use, or for any occasion. Mat
12:54.
La-ku-a, v. See Lauktta. To put to-
gether words incongmously ; to talk fool-
ishly and wisely, properly and improperly
at once ; ua lauwili, ua hui hope, ua lakua,
ua hopn hewa.
La-la, v. To begin a piece of work or
■ a job.
2. To' draw the outline of a piece of land
desired ; to mark out the plan or lines of
what is to be done.*
3. To set a copy for writing, as a teacher.
4. To make straight ; to straighten, as a
stick of timber that is sprung.
5. See La, sun. To bask in the sunshine.
6. To be hot, as the sun.
La-la, s. The limb or branch of a tree;
Ma Utau, branches of trees.
2. A limb of the human or animal frame.
3. The shining or glazing of varnish on
leather.
4. The four corners of a house.
5. A species of potato beafinjg Its fruit
on the leaves. See Alala.
LAL,
329
LAL
La-la, adj. For laa, I inserted. See
Laa. Consecrated ; set apart for a partic-
ular purpose i kala IcUa, money given for
pious uses; aole oia i hookoe i kekabi mea
me ka tola ole, he did not Iceep back from
consecration.
La-la-au, s. a grove of bushes. See
Laalaau.
La-la-au, adj. Bad ; spoiled ; rotten ;
applied to e°rgs.
La'LAU, v. To extend out, as the hand;
to lay one's hand on a thing ; e Iqiau wale
iho no.
2. To seize ; to catch hold of. Puk. 4:4.
To take out of or <'rom.> Oikk. 5:12.
3. To undertake on'one's owi^ account.
4. To wander ; to err ; to go out of the
right way ; hele hewa.
6. To err. Mh. 16:22. Stn. with hana
bewa naaupo. To mistake ; to make a
blunder. Mat. 22:29, To act carelessly;
to bo inattentive.
6. To wander about as a gossip. 1 Tim.
6:13.
7. To take without liberty; e tofauVale.
8. To turn aside from right. 1 Hal. 9:9.
To err in heart. Seb. 3:10. Lalau no na
lima i ka hewa me ka makau ole, the hands
indeed seised upon wickedness without fear.
La-laf, s. a mistake; an error'; a blun-
der, lob. 19:4. Moo. A leading astray; a
causing to err (morally.) Isa. 3:12.
La-lait, adj. Seizing; catching up
things, as e. child ; mischievous ; wicked ;
violating good morals; dispersed; scat-
tered.
La-lau-he-wa, s. Lalau and hewa,
wrong. The prictioe or indulgence in sin
genci-ally.
La-lau-wa-le, s. Lalau aaiwak, only.
The doing that which is contrary to reason
or has no reason ; foolishness.
La-la-hai, V. See Lahai and Lahala-
HAi. To hover over, &c.
La-IiA-Ha-la-ha, v. To rise and swell
and move along, as the surf before it breaks.
See Hoosabela,
La-la-he-ijl, s. Idleness; living long
ill the practice of vice.
La-la-hi, e. To be thin, &c. SeeLAHi.
JJA-LA-Hu, adj. Lola and hu, to rise up.
Convex; swelling out, an a bone set crook-
edly.
La-la-ke-a, s. a species of fish ; a kind
of shark.
La-la -LA-Atr, s, I.aZa, branch, limb, and
laau, tree. A br&nch or limb of a tree.
2. Herbs; herbage; green bushes, &c.
Isa. 42:15. See Laat^m.
La-la-ma, v. To meddle with one's
work, or business, or tools.
2.. To feel about the sides of a thatched
house, or under the edges of a mat to find
some little thing to ^al ; to pilfer some
article of small value.
La-la-ma, s. A'looking here and there
for something; a pilfering; a taking se-
cretl/v
La-la-ma, adj. Meddlesome j looking
into other people's business.
La-la-na, v. To warm, as by a fire.
Mar. 14:54. ^
La-lA'-ma, s. Name of some small ani-
mal or insect, perhaps a species of spider.
La-la-ni, v. To lead or go along in In-
dian Sle ; to be put in rows ; to stand in
rows oir ranks.
La-la-ni, *. A row, as of trees ; a rank,
as of soldiers ; a line or column of words ;
a row of corn. Oikk. 24:6.
La-la-wi, adv. In rows; by columns;
in ranks.
LA-LA-Ni-Pt7i7, s. Name of hillocks or
small hills when they stand in a row; also
called paepuu.
La-la-fa, v. To blaze, as a fire. Boo.
To burn, as fire in a blaze. See Lapaiapa.
La-la-wa-ui, adj. Dark colored; black;
the deepest, most intense blackness; ponli.
La-la-we, v. See Lawe, to take. To
take something from another; to take out of.
2. To pinch ; to get hold of to remove.
3. To scrateh where it itches; to feel the
sensation of itching.
La-le, v. To urge on; to hurry; to
stir up ; to constrain one to do a thing
quickly.
2. Hoo. To hasten another forward ; to
hasten to meet one ; to hui-ry ; Iioolale sum
la ka poalima hai manao ia'u. Fig. E hoo-
lale ana i na waimaka o kela meakeia mea.
La-le, s. Name of a species of bird.
La-le-a, s. a buoy; a floating guide
to one entering a harbor; a beacon to steer
by. See Mouo.
La-lei, s. A bunch or cluster of things,
as grapes. See Kacii.alei.
La-le-la-le, v. See Lale. To hasten.
Job. 31:5. To hurry ; to be quick in doing
a thing. 1 Sam. 25:18. Hoo. To hasten
another. Kin. 19:15. To be forward; to
hasten to meet one ; to hurry. Sset. 3:15,
La-le-la-le, s. Haste ; hurry in doing
a thing. Kaiil. 16:3.
La-li, adj. Greasy, as the face or hands
in eating pork ; fat ; shining with grease.
La-lh, v. To prepare ; to make ready.
La-lii, adj. A word distinguishing sev-
eral kinds of the opule, a species of Bsh ;
as, opule lain, opule ntakole, opule kmli,
opule eleele, &c.
LAN
329
LAN
La-u-la-li, adj. Wet J moist with
water'; wet and cold; koekoe. ,
La-lo, adv. Down ; downwards ; usu-
ally with the prefixes i, o, no, ko, ma and
nuii. Gram. § 166, 2d class. Lalo is also
found among the compound prepositions.
See Grammar § 161. As an adrerb, mai
lalo mai, out from under. 2 Nal. 13:5.
La-lo, adj. That which is down; low;
base ; very low in- character ; ka poe Idto
loa. 1 Kor. 4:9. Na kanaka Udo lori, the
basest of men. Dan. 4:17. See Lcna, adv.
La-lo-a, adj. Lengthy. SeeLoLOA. He
laloa no kamaXu.
La-M-la-lo, adj. See 1jMS>, adj. Low
down ; short ; very low.
La-lo-la-lo, adj. Epithet of a rich In-
fluential person, but not a chief; o ke ka-
naka waiwai a ai aina paha, he alii lalolalo
ia ; a chief by influence and character, but
not by birth ; aole loaa na 'lii UMah.
La-lo-wai-a, s. Ancient history in dis-
tinction from modern; an account of events
in very ancient times, before tJmi.
La-jia, s. The name of a species of
forest tree of very hard wood, used in build-
ing houses for the gods.
2. A torch; a light by night made of any
materials, but mostly from the nuts of the
kukui tree ; a light. JJunk. 7:20. A lamp.
.2 Oihl. 4;20. Connected with ipu kvJmi. A
torch. Zunfc. 15:5. He pnlama,he aulama,
be kalikukui i aulamaia.
La-iia-ku, 5. Lama axiilde, to stand. A
large torcli for giving light in darkness ; a
torch of kukui nuts ; a lamp. Lank. 7:16.
Sparks of fire. Isa. 60:11. A fire-brand ;
momoku ahi. Note. — The lamakus were
made by stringing the meats of roasted
kukui nuts on a wiry stalk of grass and
putting sin:, eight or ten of these strings to-
gether parallel, and binding the whole to-
gether with dry banana leaves, the whole
forming a cylinder from three to six inches
in diameter and from two to four feet in
length, and on lighting one en4, it produced
a large and brilliant light, and also much
smoke.
La-ma-la-iia, s. Many lights; much
light. See Lama. He lainakima ke kino o.
ka mea ai uala.
La-mu-ma-o-ma-o, s. a word used in the
ancient prayers praying that a heiau might
be built and sacrifices offered; koiakaohia
i kai i laau no ka lamumaomao a i laau kii
kekahi.
La-na, j). To float; to swim on the sur-
face of water. 2 Hal. 6:6.
2. JSbo. To cause to swim ; to bear up,
as water doesa vessel, that is, to cause to
(ioat. Kin. 7:17.
3. To float or swim in the airs e Aoolona
42
kou uhane i ke ao, to cause your soul t9
float into the skies.
4. Pig. With manao, to have hope; to be
confident ; with manao dropped, e iioolana
onkou, be cheerfal ; be of good courage.
Mat. 14:27.
La-na,- s. The carriage or bearing of a
person; the countenance. Jsa.2;H^ Hence
' lanahaakei. See Haazei.
La-na, adj. Buoyant; floating; mama..
La-na-au, v. Jjma, to float, and aw,
current. To float carelessly in lie current.
See Nanaau.
La-nai, s. a bower; a shed; a piazza;
a porch, Sefc. 40:7. A booth, lona 4:5.
2. Name of one of the Hawaiian Islands
west of Mani.
3. A pain or swelling on the back ; a
humpbacked person. See Nanai. Notbi—
The hump gives name to the island.
La-nai-'a, », See Nana, to see. To§ee;
to behold ; to look.
2. To walk in a wriggling manner with
self approbation.
La-nai-e-a, s. The appearance of a per-
son when dyin^, sight gone, chin fallen,
&c. ; pinanai, pinanaiea.
La-nau, v. To be bitter against ; to rail
at ; to have no friendship for ; to' act the
misanthrope. See Nanac.
La-na-haa-kei, s. Lana, the bearing of
a person, and haakei, pride. Pride; haught-
iness in conduct and treatment of others.
Isa. 3:16. Lit. Proud bearing.
La-na-hu, s. a coal; charcoal. Oi?elc.
16:12. Collectively, coals of fire ; lanahu
ahi. 2 Sam. 14:7. Figuratively for the rem-
nant of life. The word is more properly
written nanahu.
La-iia-hu-a, s. Some part of a heiau.
La-na-hu-a, adj. Bent in ; crooked ;
pressed down.
La-na-ke-a, s. a general weakness of
theaystem ; sick; hence,
2. Paleness ; whiteness from long sick-
ness ; also written nanakea.
La-na-KJ-la,^». lana &ni Ma, strong;
able. To be too strong for another party.
2. To come off victorious in a contest ;
to conquer. Puk. 16:21. To prevail over
an opposing party. 1 Nal. 16:22.
3. To hold dominion over.
4. Boo. Fid. To be victorious, &c. Hal.
98:1. ■ Note.— This word applies only to
war and not to single combat.
La-na-ki-iji, s. Lana and kila, a very
strong man. One who is powerful in phys-
ical strength; a conqueror; a brave sol-
dier.
La-na-ki-la, adj. Conquering; prevail-
ing; overcomijg.
LAN
330
LAP
La-na-la-na, s.'SeeLANAi A rope with
wbicb tbe ama and the iako of a canoe are
tied ; ka luikia i ka iako, ame ka lanalana
i ka ama ; al30 the name of the string with
which the ancient kois were tied on to the
handles.
2. The name of a large brown spider
which stands high on its legs. 'Isa. 59:5.
3. An image ; an idol.
La-na-la-na, V. See Lana. To make
light ; the opposite of heavy; e hoomama ;
to cause to float ; to be buoyant.
La-na-na, v. To strain, as a liquid.
La-na-n0i;, s. Lana and ntai, a step;
a rise. A high stage in the frame where
the idols of the heiau stood.
. 2. One of the gods out of the heiau.
JjA-NA-irou-MA-MAO, s. 'See Lananuu 2.
' Name of one of the gods which stood out-
side of the heiau ; ma ka hikina ka lana-
nuumamao.
La-ni, s. The upper air; the sky. Ein.
1:15. The visible heavens ; kahi i kau nei
na hoku ; lia ao o ka lani, the clouds of
heaven ; na manu o ka lani, the fowls of
heaven ; equivalent to na manu o ka lewa.
2. Heaven ; a holy place. Eatd. 26:15.
Anything high up literally or by dignity of
character ; haul ka lani, ke alii kiekie.
3. The title of a high chief when ad-
dressed by a subject ; equivalent to your
highness ; also when spoken of by a sub-
ject ; as, e fca lani, ke hai aim nei au ia oe
i na mea a kou makuakane, your highness,
I declare to you the d ecisions of your father.
See also meles and e ka lani o na lani, ke
ae aku nei wau ma kau noi e kuu 2am.
Laidk. 197. This is like Chinese adulation.
La-ni, adj. Heavenly; pertaining to
the sky^
2. Heavenly ; ano lani,' having a heav-
enly or holy character : o ka imi anei ia i
ka pono ano lani ? is that seeking righte-
ousness of a heavenly character ?
La-ni-a, v. To warm, as a person warms
himself by a fire.
La-ni-hi-ni-ki, adj. See Nihi and Nmi-
NiHi. Narrow in opposition to broad; nar-
row, as a wheel : thin.
La-ni-kae, s. Name of the people who
ate with the chief at sundown ; m» ka na-
poo ana o ka la, o ka poe i komo mai e ai
ana me ke alii, ua kapaia he lanikae.
La-ni-kae, s. The name of the kalai-
moku when there is only one chief.
La-ni-kh-a-kaa, s. The highest heaven;
nothjng beyond. laieik. 194.
La-ni-la-ni, t». See Lani. To be high-
minded ; to act chiefishly.
2. To be proud ; to show haughtiness.
3. Hqo. To exercise authority. Mark
10:42. Same as hooalii and hookiekie.
La-ni-pi-li, *. Lani, sky, and pih, to
adhere to. The place where the' sky ap-
pears to touch the earth. Lrr. The touch-
ing of sky and earth.
2. The clouds as they appear to touch
the horizon.
La-ni-pi-li, adj. Touching the heavens;
he ua lanipili, a shower reaching to heaven
i. e., a very heavy shower.
La-ni-po, s. An expression of admira-
tion at a garden or field where vegetables
are thrifty and produce a shade over the
ground; o kahihi la lanipo o Waiku lea
pawa.
La-nuu, s. See Lananuu. Name of one
of the gods outside of the heiau; o ka haku-
maka o ka lanuii.
La-pa, s. A ridge between two depres-
sions; a ridge of land between two ravines.
See Olapa.
2. The steep side of a ravine.
3. A swelling. Stn. with pehu.
4. The name of some parts of the organs
of generation in females.
5. The name of an instrument made of
bamboo, used in infanticide, before or at
the birth of a child ; he mea hou ; a pierc-
ing thing ; he ohe hapai i ke keiki.
a. A species of red potato.
7. The b.amboo on which were cut vari-
ous figures, used* by women in printing
kapa.
8. Ardensfemina coitus. See the verb.
La-fa, adj. Having a flat or square side;
e kalai a lapa, hew one side.
2. Squared, as a hewed stick of timber ;
kalai a lapalapa, hew all sides j^ or square.
Note. — ^Hewing three or four sides ofa-
stick of timber brings out the ridges or cor-
ners.
3. Troublesome, as a child in the way;
uneasy; disohedient; misciiievons.
La-fa, v. To desire sexual intercourse
(.'i.pplied to the female) ; ia ia e UqM kane
ai. ler. 2:24.
2. To jump and spring about as a wild
colt or a calf that is tied.
La-pa-au, v. To administer medicine.
2. To heal ; to cure. Ezek. 34:4. Sti:.
with hooikaika i ka nawaliwali.
La-pa-au, s. That which is used in
curing diseases, medicine. >
La-pau-e-a, s. The state or condition
of old age ; the trembling.or feebleness of
old age.
La-pau-i-la, *. The side posts of a door
frame, isa. 57:8. He mau kunakuna o ka
puka hale. Lit. The spread of a doot
frame. Puk. 12:17.
La-pa-la-pa, v. See Lapa. To rise or
stand up, as water bubbles up in boiling;
to protrude upwards ; hence.
LAP.
331
LAW
2. To boil in water ; to seetlie.
3. To blaze, as a fire in materialH highly
combustible, i. e., to project or proti-ude
upwards, as a flame ; hence, to blaze up,
as a fire.
4. flbo. toboil; tocook by boiling.
La-pa-la-pa, s. a ridge of earth; a
sharp ridge between two valleys. Ilai.
.65:10.. Generally written oJapotapa.
2. The blaze of a fire ; the flame. Puk.
3:2. ;The straight blaze of fire from an
alt^r. Lunk. 13.20.
$. The flashing of a flame of fire.
4. The boiling or bubbling of a liquid in
a vessel.
5. A square- yard for cattle.
6. Timber hewed square or triangjilar.
7. A square glass bottle.
'8. Several hilloclis or mounds near each
other.
9. The caimeof a large elegant tree with
wide spreading branches; peculiar serrate
leaves and light glossy grijcn; foond otx
the sides of Waiaieale on Kauai.
La-pa-la-pa, adj. Flat or square, i. e.,
where the , corners arc prominent, either
square or triangular.
La-pa-wai, s. Lapa and wai, water.
The surf or rolling np of water where a
cascade pours down.
2. The agitation where two forces of
water meet ; the meeting of the sea with
the waters of a river.
La-fee, p. To bend over; to double up;
to crook. See Lakek and Lafuu.
La-pi-ka, s. A Hawaiian but vicious
orthography for rdbita. JEng. A rabbit.
La^b;, »• To appear, as a ghost or
spirit, especially at niglit. Jtoo. To cause
a spirit to appear to one.
La-pu, s. An apparition; a ghost; the
appearance of the supposed spirit of a de-
ceased person. JIal. 88:10. Na mea lapu,
the ghosts; the dead. Isa. 34:14. _ A_o kou
inoa, he Lapu, a o kau mea e ai ai, o na
pulelehua, thy name shall be Ghost (Lapu),
thy food \he butterflies (^the judgment
against ICaonohiokala for his crimes.)
2. A night monster.
La-pu, adj. Spectral; ghostly; akuc
lapu, a specter ; an apparition of a god.
La-pu'-ia, V, The passive of lapu. To
be visited by a ghost; to have seen a ghost.
2. To search for something in the mud
. or in places of filth.
3. To be possessed of a spirit.
La-puu, 0. See Puu, a heap. To coil
up in a circle.
2. To bend or double over; to crook;
nanaia iho }a,ua2aptiu ka welau o ke alelo
iloko.
3. To hump up; to swell out like a hump-
backed person. ,See Hook(KU>, also Puu.
La-pcd, adj. Bunched or swelled out ;
o ke aalele lapuu,
La-pu-la-pu, v. To. collect together in
little heaps; to pick up, as small sticks for
ftjel. Oih. 28:3. To bind or tie up small
substances into bundles or fagots for fuel.
See Laomo.
2. To feel of; to handle over ; to tie up.
La-pu-wa-le, v. Lapu, ghosi, And wale,
only. To be only a ghost ; to be not real;
to be something not according to appear-
ance; hence,
2. To'be disappointed; kii akn o Maewa
i ka wai, aole i loaa, hoi mai, a olelo iho
la, ka I lapawale i ka wai ole.
3. Hoo. To disappoint, as one's expecta-
tions. Hal. 17:13. To stultify one's wis-
dom. Jisa. 44:25. Hence,
4. To act foolishly ; e hana ,ma ka mea
ino.
La-fu-wa-le, s. Lit. A ghost of a thing;
nothing substantial.
2. Vanity. Kekah. 1:1. That which in
appearance or imagination is something,
but in reality is nothing ; mea lapuwak,
folly; foolishness; wickedness. Jos. 7:15.
La-pciWA-XiE, adj. Foolish; worthless;
contemptible. lob. 13:4. Void of truth aud
reality in action ; he mea oiaio ole ma ka
hana.
La-wa, v. To work out even to the edge
or boundary of a land, i. e., to leave none
uncultivated.
2. To fill a container up to the brim;
hence,
3. To suflice ; to be enough, Pvk. 36;7.
To satisfy.
4. Fassivdy, to be satisfied ; to have
enough. loh. 6:7.
5. Moo, To supply what is wanting. 1
Tes. 3:10.
6. To fulfill, as a task; to complete, iia a
job. Puk. 5:13.
La-wa, s. The full finishing of a work.
2. "The filling up of a vessel or container
to the brim.
3. Aa enough; a sufficiency; a supply.
4. The name of a disease concerning
which it is said, paapu ka opu i na iwi aoao.
5. A white fowl ; he moa keokeo ; such
tus was ofiVred in sacrifice. LaUik. 49.
6. Name of a hook for catching sharks ;
he lawn ka makau mano.
7. The name of an office in the king's
train.
La-wa, adj. Sufficient; enough.
2. Full to the brim,
3. White; shining; he moa iaiqa, a white
fowl. Laieik. 14.
La-wa-ae-ae, s. Name of a white fowl,
especially a cock; kaJatoaaectekanonopaa.
LAW
33S
LAW
La-wa'IK, v. Lawa for lame, to take,
and ia, fish. To catch fish, i. e., to exercfee
the calling of a fisherman, by understand-
ing the places and times of the appearance
of different kinds of fish and the art of tak-
ing them; in more modern time the word
was applied also to the teking of birds.
See Lawaiamauu.
£iA.-wA-M, 0-. A fisherman; one skilled
in catching fish, and whose occupation it
is, JMoi. 4:18.
2. A fishing ; the business of taking fish.
lar. 16:16. Note. — The art of catching fish
was anciently cultivated among Hawaiians
to a great extent, and these who followed
it a« a business became very expert ; but
the Introduction of ca.ttle, goats, £c., has
rendered fishing leas necessary at present.
3. The cormorant, a bird that feeds on
flsh ; an unclean bird. Oihk. 11:17.
La-wa-ia-ma-nu, s. See Lawaia, %., and
Ma«(J, a bird. A hunter and catcher of
birds; a fowler. Sri. 124:7. Note.— Catch-
ing birds was toimerly practiced to a great
extent on the mountainous parts of the isl-
ands.
La-wa-ke-a, s. a white coek. See La-
WAAEAB.
2. People who dress in large wBfte flow-
ing kapas; me I ka uwo hoouwe akaJauxi-
fcea.
La-wa-ke-a, i>. Lawa and ^'2<a,'back,
To bind or tie fast on the back ; to bind
tightly ; to make fast ,- e lawalawa, e hoa
paa loa. See Lawalawa below.
La-wa-ku-a-ia, e. Passive of lawakua.
See Lawalawa 3.
La-wa-la-wa, v. See Lawa, to hold
fast ; to bind tightly. To bind, as a grftss
house or anything in danger of floating or
being_ blown away by the wind ; e iatcor
lawa i ka bale a paa.
2. To streich cords fi'om one place to an-
other to fasten something.
, , .1. To bind round and make fast; e lawor
lawa i ka ukana ma ka waa. Note The
force of this word and lawakua consists in
the completeness with which the fasteniug
Is done, as we say, do it up all sntig.
La-wa-lu, «. To cook meat on the coals
inclosed in ki leaves ; e koala, e hoomoa
me ka laui.
La-wa-lu, s. Meat roasted on the coals
bound up in ki leaves.
La-wa-m, adj. Cooked; as meat or fish.
Sec above. Hoomanao ao la lakou i na
wahiue a lakou, i na ia lawalu, i ka poi, &c.,
they remembered their wives, their cooked
fish, their poi, &o.
La-we, V. The passive is often written
lawea instead of laweia. To take ; partic-
itl^r!^, to tal^e and carryia tho han^ '
2. To transfer from one place to another.
3. To take away from, or out of.
4. To carry In any wa;^-
5. To take, as a wife, i. e., to marry ; u
lawe i ka wahine.., 2{aJi. 12:1.
6. Hoo. To t^lje out of, a small eK num-
ber from a larger, as In subtraction. Syn.
with unubl,
La-v/e-a, v. To do well; to do cor-
rectly j to be iH)r%ht in dealing; e hana
maikai, e hana pono.
La-wea, p. Passive of laiee for laiceia.
See Lawb.
La-we-o-ia, v. Lawe ai»d <ia, living.
To take alive ; to carry alive,
LA-WE-o-.r,E-LO, s. A tale bearer; re-
porting stories to the injury of otliors.
La-we-ha-la, v. Lawe and hala, an of-
fense. To carry or bear guilt, i. e., to com-
mit an offense.
2. To sin; to sin against one. Pufc. 20:17.
To transgress, by ^Ung ^forbidden object
loa. 7:11. Tp.trespass.
3. Hoo. Td'find occasion against one.
Kin. '13:18. To cause one to appear goiliy.
4. To be overtaken in a fault ; e loohia
ma na mea iffo.
La-we-ha-la, s. One bearing sin; an
open transgressor of the law.
2. The indnlgcfhce of sin; the practice of
evil.
3. One that breaks an obligation or cov-
enant ; one overtaken in the commission
of evil.
4. AbslracUy, sin; evil; a sinner; an ad-
versary; an enemy.
6. The person against whom one has
sinned.
La-we-ha-la, adj. Sin-carrying; sin-
ful ; dkjing that which is forbidden.
La-we-ha-na, t'. iaree and ^9ia, work.
To engage in business ; to commence and
carry on work ; to bo ready lor any busi-
ness; to be industriously engaged.
La-we-ha-na, s. One that engages in
work; a workman; alaborer; one engaged
in any set of dtttieg. lOiW. 25:1. Hoa lawe-
hrnia, a helper in any business.
La-we-ka-hi-li, *. Xoioe and /taMi, the
great brush. The badge of royalty.
2. Tho person who attended the high
chief, carried the kahili, and executed bis
orders. See Ilajtokd, Iwikuamoo and Pok-
LAMtTKIJ.
La-we-ke-0, ) s. The song of a
LA-WE-la-we-ke-o, J species of bird found
on Molokai; kani mai la na manu la, penei :
kioca, kioca, iatoefceo, lawelawekeo.
La-we-la-we, v. Freq.offeMjfi. To take
or carry frequently.
2. To wait upon at table, as a servant in
attendance.
LEA
333
LEI
S. To serve ; to pwform the dnties of a
Btati<]n. PiOc. 28:1.
4. To minister to one ; t6' serve. Pvk.
28:3. - to be'bTwy ; to employ one's self.
Skek. 27:16.
5. To handle; to feel of. Xufc. 21:39. To
handle, as in taming the leaves of a hook;
to handle, as in Qsinemusical instrument.
La-we-la-we, adj. Pertaining to work,
service or office; ka pootometoMe, servants,
waiters, &c.
La-we-la-we-i-wi, adj. Lawehwe and
iwi, a bone. Skillful in putting things in
order ; skillful or apt at different kinds of
work ; Jaweioweiwi o kana hana ana.
La-we-ltj-a, v. Latee and lua, doable.
To bind or tie up the second time ; Eence,
to bind tightly ; e hawelelna a paa.
2. To act in reference to both sides of
the question ; to act impartially.
La-we-pi-0, v. Louse and pio, prisoner.
To take captive by a conqaeror ; to carry
off, as a prisoner. 7er. 29:14. To carry into
captivity.
La-we-fi-o-ia, s. Tart. pass, oflawepio.
The state of being a prisoner; captivity.
ler. 29:14.
La-we-wa-le, v. Lowe and wale, with-
out reason. To take without leave or right;
to extort property irom one.
La-we-wa-le, s. The taMng the prop-
erty of another, as a chief or head man in
former tim^; not strictly aihie, as the
takmg might be with the knowledge of the
owrer ; a distraining of property ; extor-
tion.
La-we-we, v. The 9th conj. of hwx.
To carry frequently. Oram. § 209.
La-kit, s. The cuckoo, mentioned in
Kanl. 14:15,; an unclean bird.
La-ti-ke, *., Nets; latticework. \N<d.
7:17.
2. A chapiter in architecture .perhaps.
2 OiW. 4:12.
Le-a, c. To be pleased; to feel com-
fortable.
2. To delight in ; to be pleased with; to
take pleasure in a tMngj to eiqoy ; e Ua
auanel au 1 ka hiamoe, I shall soon mjoy
Bleep.
3. Hoo. To praise, especially in song and
with musical instruments. 1 OiU. 23:5. _
4. Tomakemiisic; to praise; to rejoice in.
6. Impersmal, i lea ia oe, if you please ;
if it pleases you.
Le-a, s. Joy; gladness; pleasure; mer-
riment ; satisfaction.
Le'a, *. Pronounced with a break,
' Name of sexual gradficatioa.
Le-a, adj. Pleasing; delightful; agree-
abla.
Le~a, adv. Pleasantly; agreeably.
2. Lea is used as an intensive; thus,
|)erfeotly; clearly; thoroughly; very; as,
maa lea, much accustomed ; moa ha, tkor-
ougMy cooked jite lea, weU known.
Le-a-le-a, v. The intensive of &a. To
delight in ; to be pleased with. Eset. 2:4.
Fio. To play, as in a game of boxing.
Laieik. 46.
2. To be merry ; to be exhilarated ;
spoken of the heart. Lunk. 16:25.
3. To be satisfied; to be contented. 2
Ndl. 5:22.
4. Sm. To praise; to rejoice; to 8y]Jnpa-
thize with; to comfort; to make mends
with one.
6. To negotiate terms of peace. los.
11:19.
6. To flatter ; to please, l^ea. 6:6. ^
Le-a-le-a, s. Gladness; pleasure; joy.
See Lba.
Le-a-i<e-a, adj. Pleasing; a^pseable,
&o. See Lba.
Lee-ni-hi, t. A species of fish, reddish
and striped.
Lei,, v. To put around the neck, als a
wreath; to tie on, as one's beads. See the
substantive. To put on an ensign or badge,
as an offtcer in battie ; ma ka la kaua, lei
no ke alii i ka nibo palaua.
2. To rise np, as a cloud ; , to lift up.
Pass. To be lifted or raised up, as a cloud.
Nah. 10:11.
3. Hoo. To cast out; to cast off; to fling
away from ; to reject as useless ; to throw
or cast down upon the ground. Puk. 4:3.
4 To put on one, as a crown; to crown.
Pass. To wear, as a crown.
5. To put on shore, as freight from a ship;
aole lakon i hoolei mua i ka lakon ukana,
tiiey did not at first put their goods on
shore.
6. To, cast out, as out of the mouth ; to
belch, i. e., to talk profanely. HcU. 69:7.
7. To defile-; to profane.
8. To lie down ; to fall at fiiU length ;
to stretch out; to cast dovrn.
Lei, s. Any ornamental dress for the
head or Heck.
1. A string of beads ; a necklace; a
wreath of green leaves or flowers.
?. A crown fcr the bead. See Leiald.
Xei bipi, the bow of an ox yoke ; the gar-
land for crowning a god.
3. Anyexternal ornamental work. Puk.
25:11. Note. — The leis of Bawaiians were
made of a great many materials, but the
lauhala nut was the most valued on ac-
count of its odoriferous qualities. SeeLEi-
HAIiA.
Lei-a-i, s. Lei and a-i, the neek. A
wreath for the ne(jk.
L£i-A-i<n, s. Lei and alH^ chief. A
LEO
%4
LEH
crown, i.e., a king's lei. Pio. Pilip.4:h A
diadem. Iso. 62:3. 8ee PaPiUUEAUI.
Lei-a-pi-ki, J i. jr« with tiie qualify-
Lei-A-U-IU, > ing words. Different eorte
Lei-pa-pa-H1, ) of leig, 01* leis made ftom
different msterialg.
Leio, v. To open the eyes with wild-
ness.
Lfii-o, s. The- opening of the mouth to
' speak. See Leo.
Lei-o-a, v. The passive of &to for Zeioia.
To be opened, as the eyes with wildpess.
Lei-o-ha-np, s. Leio for leo, and hano,
hoarse. A voice, as one hoarse ^r having
a cold.
Lei-o-le, s. Name of a kind of soft stone.
Lei-o-wi, s. a kind of disease in the
chest.
Lei-ha-la, s. Xei, wreath, and Ao^a, the
' pandanus. A lei made of the faala fruit,
which is odoriferous ; he Wuila oe ma ka
B-1 o ka poe naauao, thou art a hala wreath
on the neck of the wise.
Lei-hv-a, s. a planet ; the globe ama-
ranth ; so named from the flowers, w'nich
are made into wreaths for the head.
LEi-mr-Lir, s. A lei or wreath for the
neck made of the feathers of the bird mamo;
ka lei mamo no Laa.
2. Children beloved of their parents.
Lei-hu-hj-ma-nu, s. A wreath of bird's
feathers tied to tlie necks of the gods.
Lei-lei, v. Freq.ofZee. Hoo. To scatter;
(o disperse frequently, as dirt. Isa. 57:20.
To disperse, as a people. OiU;. 26:30. To
scatter; to throw away. M<U.-12:Z0. Op-
posite to twoUiili.
LEi-LErHO, s. Lei and leho, a shell. A
string of the leholeho.
Lei-u-ma, s. a species of lei ; he lei-
apiki. See IjSialihu..
Lei-na, s. For lei ana. Hoo. A throw-
ing or casting away.
2. Thai wUch is tlirown or cast away-
Dan. 2:29.
Lei-pa-pa-hi, s, a kind of lei. SeeLEi-
APIKI.
Le-o, ». A voice; ajsov.rid, mostly of a
person or an animated being; hookatii
j^atte' ana a ka waha, he leo ia.
2. In grammar, a syllable.
3. In music, a tone.
,. 4. Fig. The good or bad influence of
eqiTducti'o kR. leo o kapono k&'ue malama
ndi ; o%a 2eo o ka hewa ka'u e Idpaku nei.
S. The' meaning or intention of an act
Fvk. 4:1S.
Le-o-uu, s. Lea and uu, to groan ; to
Btammer. ' An impedimeut in speecli; a
stammering.
Le-o-u-wo, », Leo, sound, and uwo, to
bellow. The lowest notes in music; the
name of the'base notes.
Le-o-ea, s. The voice or speech of a
person intozicsted.
Le-0-la-ni, adj. High; lofty; tall, as a
man ; high, as the mast of a ship ; he kia
UoUmi, he kuahiwi leolani, he laau ledani.'
Le-o-i.e-0, v. To wail, as for the dead.
See UwE. '
Le-o-le-o, adj. Tall; high; shooting
upwards, as a tree; as a mountain ; he ka-
naka kcieo, he laau leoleo, he hale leoho.
See Leolani.
Le-o-le-o-a, )p. To wish evil; to
Le-o-le-o-WA, ) curse; to wish one dead;
to make a gre^t noise ; to bawl in a vocif-
erous manner.
Le-o-le-o-wa, adj. Wishing evil; curs-
ing ; he olelo leokowi, an expression eon-
sigmng one to deatli. See Houoilo. He
leoleowa ia i ko'u manao.
LEo-iiE-i.E, s. Leo and mele, a.
Musical sounds ; music generally.
Le-o-faa,, s. Leo and paa, tight; fast.
One whose voice is stopped with a cold.
2. A mute ; a deaf person. Isa. 35:6.
Le-o-pa-d:, «. Eng. A leopard. Jer.5:6.
Le-0-t.'ae-na, s. Leo and toaena, mid-
dle. The middle voice in music; a second
treble.
Le-o-wa-bi-nej s. Leo and toahine, a
woman. In music, the highest voice ; the
air of a tune.
Le-u-wI, s. a word of canoe makers;
the fore point of a canoe where the ends of
the two boards come together ; ina i pala-
halaha malnna o ka manuihu, he leuwi ia
waa.
Le-ea, v. To turn the eyes different
ways without turning the head.
2. To turn the eyes upward or askance.
3. ^o turn or lift up the eyes. Kcad. 4:19.
i. To direct the eyes toward any object;
to tarn the eyes to look; hence, to look
with expectation. 2 Sam. 22:42. To lift
up the eyes, as in prayer. John 17:1. To
lih up the eyes in admiration. Dan. 4:34.
Le-eai, v. To jump ; to leap ; to jump
over a thing, as a wall. 2 Sim. 22:30. ^o
start up suddenly, as a bli'd.
Le-ha-le-hai, v. SeeLsRAi. Tojuin,p
on botb feet ; to jump often ; e lehite-
Le-he, s. Name of a shell fish.'
Le-hei, v. See Leeai. To jump from
an elevation, as a dog or goat irom a wall.
2. To start up suddenly.
Le-he-le-be, aaj. Fat; plump; ingood
flesh. See Nehineld.
Le-he-le-he, s. The root ZeAe not found-
LBH
335
i.EL
The lips. Kant. 23:24. L c, synonymous
with wahai put for the organs of speech
generally.
2. The lip, i. c language ; manner of
speaking. Kin. 11:1. Syn. with olelo.
3. Hoo. PuukUea i ka hoolehelehe. See
. Le-hk-le-hei, v. Fieq. of lehei. To hop
or jump from twig to twig, as a little bird;
to take Dhort but frequent flights.
Lb-hoi s. Name of a species of shell
fish.
2. The shell itself.
3. A bunch or knotty swelling on the
shoulder or back of a person like the leho
(the shell of the fish leho), caused by long
carrying heary burdens,;, oiai. ke alii hila-
bila no ka ItM- no kona kokuai ke amo
ana, he was the chief who was ashamed of
the bmch (on his shoulder) from carrying
burdens. Note. — This leho was frequently
seen on the shoulders of laboring men as
late as 1840.
Lje-ho, v. To have knots or bunches on
one's shoulders from carrying heavy bur-
dens; a leho kana hokua i ke ?,mo i ka wai
ame kela mea kela mea. '
Le-bo, adj. Swollen hard, as a small
callous place on the skin ; he kua leho, he
a-i leho.
Le-ho-6-ma-o, ». Leho and omao, green.
A species of leho of a green color.
Le-^o-u-la, s. Leho and ida, red. A
species of leho of a red color ; a red shell
fish.
h'E-^o•v-h&., adj. See the above. Beau-
tiful ; precious ; beautiful red ; Very pre-
cious, as the red-shelled leho.
Le-ho-lei, *. A small white shell of the
leho species, used for beads.
LEi-ko-LE-Ho, s. See Leileho, A small
delicate shell fish of the leho kind, whitish,
mixed with yellow and gray, used for leis
for the wrist or neck ; a string of small
lehos.
Le-ho-le-ho, v. To string lehos for leis.
Le-ho-le-pp, adj. Knotted; swelled
from carrying burdens. See Leho 3.
Le-ho-paa, s. a species of leho. See
Leho. o
Le-ho-fo-tt-li, s. a variety of the leho.
Le-hu, s. Ashes. Puk- 9:8. Ka lepo o
ke ahi ; ke oka keokeo o ka lanahu.
2. The number 400,000, the highest in
the Hawaiian series of numbers.
Le-hu, v. To be- or become ashes.; e
pnhi aku a hhUj to burn to ashes, i. e., to
burn up! 2Pe«. 2:6.
Le-hu-a, s. The name of a large rook
or small island on the north-eastof Niihau,
which has a good spring of water and a
fine cavern.
2. The name of a species of ohia. other-'
wise called the ohia hamau; metrosideros.
3. The blossom of the ohia and the lehua
and the abihi,
4. Flowers done up in bundles, as among
foreign families; he pua lei maikahikimai.
5. Name of a spec'es of kalo; also called
Uhnakuikaioao.
6. The name of the first man slain in sac-
rifice on a particular occasion.
7. lehua is used of en flg\iratively for a
person highly esteemed ; as, kuu lAua ala
0 Koolau, my sweet-scented Uhua (very
dear friend) of Koolau.
Le-H0-a-'a-pa-ne, s. a species of the
ohia ai.
Le-hu-a-ha-mau, *. A species of the
ohia ha, on the blossoms of which the birds
feed.
Le-hu-a-hi, s. Lehu and ahi, fire. Ih'e
remnants of fire ; ashes. 16b. 2:8.
Le-hu-a-ku-i-ka-wao, s. a species of
kalo.
Le-hu-u-la, s. Dust and dirt when car-
vied by the wind and appears reddish.
LE-HU-LErBu, V. See Lehu. To grow
exceedingly numerous ; to beconie multi-
tudinous, Hoo. To increase greatly in num-
ber and also in size ; to magnify, as a con-
vex glass; he aniani lioolehQehu maka ame
na kino, a glass magnifying the face and
the body.
Le-hu-le-hu, s. a multitude; an in-
definitely large number. Kbi. 30:30. With
■ the article ka, the multitude; the many.
Mat.2i:12. A host; a great number; lehova
o na khulehu, Jehovah of }u>sts. 1 Sam. 1:3.
Le-hu-le-hu, adj. Many; numerous;
ma kona mau ipuka lehulehu i komo akuai
ka hewa,'-through its many doors does evil
enter in.
Le-hh-li-u, adj. Lehu and liu, raging ;
wild. Hot, as stones in an oven hsatcd to
a white heat; khuliu ka imu. See Aeuliv.
Le-ka, s, Eng. A leek, an herb. Nah.
11:5.
Le-le, v. To fly; to jump ; to leap ; to
fly, as a bird ; a ike aku la au i ka lefe ana
o ka manu.
2. To burst forth, as fire in a conflagra-
tion.
3. To move, as a meteor through the air.
4. To depart from one, as the spirit of a
dying person ; lele ke aho.
6. To come upon, as an officer upon a
criminal ; to fly or rush upon one, as an
enemy. Lunk. 20:37.
6. To land or go ashore from a canoe or
ship ; a He iuka lakou e makaikai, they
came ashwe to look about.
L£L
336
LEL
7^ To brandish, as a s'Ford.
8. Haa. for hoo. To leave ; to forsake ;
to leave one place of residence or business
for another.
9. To reject as not fit for use-; tde liilii,
to scatter ; to disperse; to scatter entirely.
Le-i£, s. An altai for sacrifice; he
wahi e kaa ai 1 ka mohai kani i ke kuahu.
Le-L£'A, i. The kapu which the priest
imposed upon awa while the chief was
drinking it.
Le-le-a-a-ka, v. To hang; to suspend;
to carry on the back as one carries a child
or a load.
Le-le-a-i-o-i-0, s. Name of the god who
inflicted bodily pain, sucli as nukee, oopa,
&c.
Le-le-a-o-a, s. The act of sailing rap-
idly away in a canoe or ship to another
land.
Lfi-LE-A-KA, s. The name of the white
belt of stars in the heavens; the milky
way ; he ala wain. See Leleioxa. '
Le-le-io, v. iefc arid w, really. To die
quickly ; to die suddenly.
Le-le-i-o-mo, v. ijfileand iomo, to plump
% into the water frdma height. E poui, e
omoki.
Le-iei-o-na, s. a fish ; a shark.
2. The milky way. See Lei^aka.
■ Le-le-i-no, v. Lele and ino, bad. To be
in an unquiet state, as the stomach from
eating some kinds of food; e Ideirto auanei
ka ai ma ka opu o ke kanaka.
Le-le-oi, v. To be quick and ready to
speak of one's faults j to say more than is
true about one, especially of evil.
Le-le-o-pe-a-pe-a, s, Lele a.nd qpeapea,
a bat. To flutter, as birds in a fright.
Le-lb-u, s. Name of a fruit tree ; also,
name of the fruit.
2. Naqie of the bird which eats the Idm ;
0 ka manual Mea,
Le-le-u-li, ) ». To cleanse; to purify.
Le-le-U-U-u, J 2. To pardon ; a nana
no e Metdi lelewai m<u i k^ kakou bewa.
'tis his to laash away our sins.
Le-le-ha.-p. To be sleepy; to be drowsy;
to be lazy ; to be stupid. Eoo. The same.
See Lblehct.
LE-Lfe-HA-PArHA, oij, Xefc, to sldp over,
an4 hap(Aa, by fours. Counting by fours;
BkipidBg four u counting : in mtmo, leap-
ing over four. places; leaping to the minor
fourth.
Le-le-hoo-haa-haa, ». The female god-
dess of Leleaioio. See above, r
Le-le-hoo-la-ha-la-ha, s. To fly or
float over one'^s head, as a large bird with
ouUpread wings; e lele i ka imooka lani.
Le-le-etj, I). To see with difficulty; to
be partially blind.
2. To be almost dead ; to be weak ; to
be faint.
3. To be sleepy or drowsy. See Egole-
Le-le-hc-a, a<^'. Skillful;jable to apply
the mental powers. See Mieoleleeda.
Le-le-hit-na, v. Xie2e and ^na, a small
particle. To fly into small pieces; to scat-
ter, as fine particles ; to become fine, aa
dust or fine rain ; mokiki ka ia lele a ka
manu.
Le-le-eu-na, s. Small, fine rain; he
kilihuna ; small particles of food.
Le-le-ka-ha-u-li, s. Lde and haidi, a
black spot. Surprise; admiration; fear;
a trembling through fear.'
Le-l£-ea-wa, v. £e2e and &n«KE, a prec-
ipice. To jump or leap down a precipice
(a method of committing suicide.)
2. To jump into the sea from an eleva- '
tion, a pastime among Hawaiians ; « lebai-
kawa, e hana lealea me ka lele ana mai ka
pali mai ilalo o ka waL
Le-le-ka-wa, s. The act of jumping
from a precipice on purpose to destroy
life, or of jumping a precipice into the sea
'is a pastime.
2. The place or precipice where such,
jumping takes place ; hele aku la lakon a
, liiki ma kahakai, he wahi 2e2efcatsa ia.
Le-le-ko-a-li, s. The name of a play.
Le-i,E'Ko-ke, adj. Ze2e and^&e, qui(^.
Fl^g quickly in a passion ; quick angry;
excitable.
Le-le-eo-lu, s. In music, a skip of a
third ; a tbu'd.
Le-le-ko-lu-ha-pa, s. Inmz«»c,aminoT
third.
Le-le-le, v. Freq. of 2e2e. To leap; to
jump ; to fly frequently, /so. 35:6. See
Lgle.
2. To light on something above.
3. Soo. To cause to skip or jump. HaL
29:6.
4. To be agitated, as the mind with joy
or fear. Isa. 60:6.
Le-le-xe-le, v. See Lei^', root doubled.
To run off; to run off in haste ; to run off
frequently or for a trifling offense, aa a ser-
vant.
2. To forsake frequently, as a man his
wife, or a wife her husband ; UHeUli maua
i ke kula o Pele, we two hastmed avxtu to
, the plain of Pele.
Le-le-le-le-ko-ke,.». See Lele and
KoKB, quick. To forsake' quickly for a tri-
fling ofiiense. See Lelbkoke.
LE-tE-LB-Po-Ni, s. ieZe and ,poni, cold J
LEL
337
LEN
shivering with culd. A sadden dying; one
Etrack fluddenly dead.
2. Anything done suddenly; no time.
lost ;' no postponement
Le-le-u-bia-Ju-pa, s. Lele and lima,
five, and hapa, part. In music, a, minor fifth.
Le-le-lu-a, s. Leie and lua, twd. In
muaie, a second.
Le-us-ma-iai-o-a, v. iefc and mdaioa,
small ; fine. To scatter or blow away, as
small ^agments of things ; to dnst.
Le-le-lti-fe, V, Lele and lupe, a kite.
To fly the Itite.
LE-LE-Mt7, s. Weight; heaviness; a
burden carried on the hips.
LE-t£-Hn, V. To b^ slow; to be sluggish
in movement; to be slow in obeying a
command.
Le-le-fai-i.a-111, ti. Lde and pai, to
touch, and lam, heaven. To praise; to
bless; to, extol.
Le-le-fad, v. To trost in ; to trust to
something. SaL 4:5. To lean upon. '
2. To apply the mind ; to giv« heed ; to
attend to. BA. 2:1. Idqaam i ka manao.
3. To ^link ma<:h of another ; e inanao
nuiiahai.
Le-le-fa-u, v. Lek and paH, a pieci-
pice. To leap down a precipice, a common
way formerly (not entirely forsaken yet) of
comndttil% suicide ; pehea la ka unane o
ka "poe Ithpali T how is il with the souls of
those who leap the precipice f See Xjeue-
KAWA.
LE-LE-n-NAu, f . The name of a game.
Le-le-pi-o, v. Lek and pio, an arch,
To fly, as ''a meteor through the sky; to
move along, as a comet showing its tail ;
to appear, aa a supernatural sign in the
heavens.
LE-I.E-FO, s. A small flying-fish.
LE-iE-Fo-Ni, V. To be struck suddenly
deadj to die suddenly-f to die without
wammg. See I^a£ugi<oin.
Le-I£-fo-no, v. Lele and pono, right,
To live prosperously; to be blessed in'one's
budness : to transact business rightly; to
die happily.
Le-u-fv-nIi s. a kind of play with
black and white stones on a board; in
music, tiie octave.
Le-le-wa, s. See Lswa, pendulous.
The private parts ; applied to men ; tbe
stem of a vessel ; a company following a
chief. ■
Le-le-wa, v. See Lewa, to swing. To
float in the air or on water ; ke Idewa nei
ka mbku.
2. To follow one about, as a company of
persons ; to follow after ; to hang on, as
tOiosewttdi followed a chief.
To
Le-le-wai, v. To purge; to cleanse; to
puri^.
Le-le-wa-le, V, Iiefeandu)ofe,witho'U
cause. To be or be done spontaneously ;
to more of one's own accord.
Le-ue-wa-le, *. A falling; a breaking
off; a yielding.
2. A term 'formerly nsed to express a
good omen ; hush ; «lence, &e.
Le-m-wa-lo, )p. Lele and
Le-ue-wa-wa-lo, ) or uah, to call
call ; to call aloud ; to call after.
Le-le-we-iv-we-lu, v. Lek and ledu,
to rend. To tear in pieces ; to rend.
Le-lo, s. See Alelo and £lelo. The
tongue ; ka hoenli o ka olelo ma ka waha,
the rudder of speech In the mouth.
2. Persons speaking different languages.
3. The name of a fish.
Le-lo, adj. Hung up in the smoke';
smoked rod.
Le-lo-le-lo, adj. See Lelo. Reddish
reddened.
Le-mu, v. To be slow; to lag behind;
to walk as one weak. -
Le-mtt, s. The under part of the tiiigh;
the buttock.
2. The botto|n part of a thing ; kahi ma-
lalo o na mea a' pan : e eu ka lema, stk
your stumps; get up from sitting.
Le-mu-xtt, v. To break off short; to cut
short. See Udkd.
Ls-MV-LB-utr, V. To go hesitatingly; to
walk slowly ; to step Uke an aged person.
Hbo. To be slow; to be slow to come when
called.
LE-MU-tB-Mtr, *. WaHdrig slowly and
with care and hesitancy. See Eotonrpi;.
Le-na, v. To bend ; to strain, aa a bow;
to make ready to shoot, as witfi 'a bow.
Nal 22:34, 8.
2. To take sight or aim, as in shooting
with a bow ; he poe Una i na kakaka.
3. To bend or use the tongue for false-
hood, ler. 9:3.
4. To pttU out straight and iron, as
clothes; e hoomohala a e hoopalahalaha
ae; to stretch out, as cloth or kapa to dry.
5. To squint ; to strain the eyes.
Le-NA, s. The name of a plant, the root
of which is nsed in coloring yellow.
2. A yellow coloring matter from the
ItM.
3. Lena is also used as an ingredient in
curry.
4. The name of a sickness ; a complaint -
of the bowels while the skin becomes yel-
low.
Le-na^ , ) a^j. Yellow ; yellowish*
Le^NA-LE'NAi ) ,2. Lazy; doing iiotlung.
LEP
338
LEW
Le-na-ti-la, s. Eng. Lentiles, a kind
of food. Ezek. 4:9.
Le-pa, ». To roll up the eyes.
2. To stand up, as the comb of a cock.
. 3. To cut a iiiece of cloth obliquely ; e
- oM kapakahi.
Le-pa, s. A border', hem or fringe of a
garment. Fvk. 28:33. A skirt or flowing
vf a gai-ment .; lie klM o ke kapa. be mea e
lewalewa ana malaio. 1 Ham. 24:5.
2. An ensign; a flag used in a war canoe;
the flag used at the door of a sacred house.
3. Anything standing up edgeways and
making a show, as the comb of a «ock.
Note. — The lepa was a piece of kapa tied
at the end of a stick as a si^'or flag and
used for Tarioas purposes; i ke kukuln
ana a ua poe kahuna la i ko lakou lepa,, on
the putting up of those priests their flag ;
a hahalia ka lepa a ua poe ksAuna la, the
, flag Oi^&e priests was torn away.
liE-PA-tErPA, s. A torn rag or kapa,
viz. : a» an ensign fluttering in ^e wind
becomes torn ; the torn end or border of a
piece of cloth or kapa.
Le-pe, s. The comb of a cock ; he ki-
pakn 0 ka moa kane.
Le-pe, adj. Diagonally; from corner to
corner ; o opiopi lepe, fold from corner to
comer.
Le-pee, s. a gash in the flesh; an open
wound.
Le-pe-le-pe-o-hi-na, s. a red animal
<>f thesea, wi!h a shell on one side; he mea
aho ia maloko o ke kai.
2. A species of miller or butterfly hatched
from a worm ; he wahi mea lele ma ka
lewa, he peelua i hoomaluleia.
Le-pe-lu-a, adj. Cute; skillful; eun-
ning; maaiea.
Le-pe-ra, adj. Gr. Leprous; belonging
to leprosy ; mai kpera. Oihk. 13:2.
Le-pe-sa, v. Or. To be or become lep-
rous; ua lepera. Nah. 12:10.
Le-pe-eo, s. Gr. A pereon diseased
with the leprosy ; a leper. Oihk. 14:2.
Le-pe-ta, s. Gr. Amite; a very small
piece of money. JmIc. 21:2.
Le-po, s. The geaeml name for dirt,
dust or defilement of any kind.
1. Tlie dirt ; ground ; dust ; earth ; ka
honua malaio o na wawae.
2. Dnug ; excrements. Puk. 29:14.
3. Clay ; lepD manoauoa. 1 NaX. 7:4G.
4. Dust ; anything pulverized to dust.
2 Nal. 23:6. ie^o poho, mud ; mire. M>.
o:ll.
fl. Name of that part of the ocean where
it is deep. Syn. with moana.' He moana
kahi inoa, he lepo kahi iiioa
Hoo. To dirty; to defile; to pollute; tef-
make turbid, as water, tkek. 32:2. ' • •-
Le-po, adji Dirty; unclean; earthy;
'made of earth;, he ipu lepo, an earthm'n
cup; he wai Zepo, dir^ water; be kapti lepo,
a soikd garment.
Le-fo-ha-nai, s, Lepo and kanai, to fp^
Dirt or rubbish which is carried to fill a pit
or hole ; aole paa ka lepo, he lepoAowi
wale no.
Le-po-ki-a-ha, *. Clay prepared for pot-
tery. Isa. 4S:9.
Le-fo-le-fo, adj. Intensive of hpo.
Very dirty ; turbid, as water. 8ol. 2S:26,.
Le-fu, s. Heb. A hare, an unclean ani-
mal mentioned in Kurd. 14:7.
Lb-wa, v. To swing; to float in the air,
as clouds ; to hang in a singing manner;
to float in mid heaven; e Uwa wale ana no
(ka honua) i ka lani, (the earth) •urns float-
ing freely in mid heaven. i
2. To move back and forth Uke a hinge;
e ami.
3. To float pn the water.
4. To put a thing up in an unsafe place
or in a tottering position where it may
easily fall.
6. jffoo; To carry on the surface, as to
floa^t on wat6r ; e hodeioa me ka wa,i.
6\ To be carried, as a coffin at a ft^nerai,
on the shoulders of men ; i ka hodeuia ana
i ke kUpapau.
Le-wa, s. The upper regions of the air;
the region of the clouds ; na ao o ka lewa,
the clouds of the air.
2. Whatever is suspended or movable.
3. The space where anything may be sus-
pended.
4. The air ; the atmosphere ; the visible
heavens ; kahi o ke ea, ka lani ; a partic-
ular place in the air or atmosphere; ma
keia kwa oka lani, in this jiart of the heav-
ens.
6. Persons without home or local attach-
ment. 1 Pet. 2:11. Auhea oukou e na ka^
malii o ka leiwa mai, amc na kanaka mainia
0 ka lewa mai no hoi.
6. A foreign conntiy ; mai ka lewa mai,
mai ke kua mai o ka moloi ; o ke ano o ia
man plelo, ua hele mai lakou mai ka aina
e mai, he leiea ia; a ma ke alo o keia aina,
he kua o ka mok\i ia. D. Mala 3:22.
7. Name of that part of the ocean where
it is deep. Stn. with moana.
Le-vita, adj. Swinging; pendulous;
floating ; unstable ; homeless.
Le-wa-la-ni, s. Xewa and ^a«i, heaven.
An indefinite space in the air; a part of the
skjr ; a place belonging to anything above
or ia the heavens ; the opposite or m some
way connected with Uyianuu.
liS-FO, 0. To be dirty; to be defiled. I Lk-wa-le-wa, v. See Lewa. To float
LIE
339
LIU
to (Tiinglo ; to Bwiug frequently ; to move
or go often from place to place ; hence, to
be deceitful.
Le-wa-le-wa, adj, ScbLewa. Swing-
ing ; unstable ; floating.
Le-wa-nuit, s. Ijswa and nuu, a higti
even place. Somelnduiliiite place on earth,
. generally connected with or opposed to
Usimlmu.
Le-wa-wa-lo, V, Lewa and ucdo, or
uaalo, to cry out To cail; to call out; to
run calling after another. -^
Le-ge-o-na, U.Gr.k legion, 10,000;
Le-GI-o-NA, ) an indefinitely large num-
ber. Hal. 91:7.
LiI-sE-MA, *. Heb. A ligure, a precious
stone, rule. 3«:12.
Le-ta, s. Eng. A letter; an epistle.
Haw. He palapala.
Le-vi-a-ta-na, s. Heb. A leviathan, a
poetical name of a sea animal ; the whale
perhaps; the crocodile perhaps. Ham-.U.
Li, v. To hang by the neck. Eset. 2:23.
To strangle by hanging ; to hang ; to furl,
as a sail ; eia to kakou pesi e li. -
2. To see ; to observe. IM. 48:5.
3. To fear ; to lie afraid; U) shrink back
with dread.
Li, s. The chill or shake of an ague fit ;
the ague. Kanl. 28:22. Any sickuesii con-
nected with the chills; li nui, indammation,
Kanl. 28:22. In music, the third note of
the scale ; pa, ko, li.
Li, adj. Trembling, as from cold; shak;
ing, as with. an ague fit.
Li-A, V. To ponder; to thipk; to con-
template.
2. To I'i^ar; to be afraid; to start sud-
denly, as a dog in catching a fly.
3. To desire greedily ; to lust after ; to
ponder or run, as the mind on something
foolish.
4. To be cold; to shiver with fear or
cold ; to have the sensation of cold.
Li-A, s. A shaking or trembling through
fear.
2. Fear or dread, as when one supposes
ho sees a spirit. .
3.. A strong desire; a desire to obtain or
posses^ something, like fo/co and iint; rest-
lessness from something on the mind.
4. Thinking intensely upon some subject;
the application of the .mind npon some-
thing ; ke kau uui o ka Inanao ma ka mea
e noonoo ana.
.5. Cogitations ; serious thoughts ; a vis-
ion. Dan. 2:28 and 4:5.
Li-A, adj. Fearful ; .affrighted.
Li-£, s. A goddess of the mountaiii
whose business it was to braid leis; ke aao
0 (Lia) Lei wabiae.
Lu, s. The primary form for alii. A
chief; a king; a ruler. See Aim. Notk. —
JPhe a is often dropped and an apostrophe
■^bstitutcd; as, ke Hii, na 'Hi. G^ain. § 47.
Lii, V. Haa. To spread out ;. to spread
dLvnt,as amatorkapa; to open and spread
out, as a letter. Zsa. 37:14.
Lii, J. The falling off or turning of the
hair white in children; he lauoho keokeo i
ka manawa kamalii.
Ln, adj. Aguish; sick of a' fever and
ague. See Li..
2. Little; small, &c.; generally doubled,
liUii, but found single in compounds; as,
Icamalii, makalii, moUii, &c.
Lti-Li, s. Name of the place where the
sacrifices were laid before the altar; a ma
ke alo iho o ka lelo ka UUi, malaila e hoo-
■ abu ai ka mobai.
Lii-Lii, s. See Lu, adj., 2. Small ; lit-
tle ; diminutive ; young.
Lii-Lii, ado. Slightly ; in a small man-
ner ; picccmeEtl ; little by little. 2 Oihl.
21:15. E hana lillii, to work by little and
little ; e hele liiUi, kau liilii ; e oki liilli, to
cut up finely, &c.
Li-o, s. A name given to foreign ani-
mals generally when first introduced into
the islands. See the verb. The word is
now mostly applied to the horse; the horse.
2. A species of bird.
3; The collar or tie beam Of a house or
other building; ka welau o ka lofaiokalto.
Li-o, V. See Lew. To open the eyes
wide, as a wild a&i'ightcd auimal.
2. To act wildly or ferociously, as an un-
tamed animal; to bristle up, as a wild hog.
See KCKAKALIIOA.
3. To have great affection for ; e paea-
nma Va ni&nawa. '
4. To utter a sound as {he bird ao screams
as it flitts>
Li-o, adj. Tight ; strained, as a rope,
Li-o-a, adj. See Liotahove. Wild; un-
tamable ; he an9"laka ole.
lA^-u-o, V. T6 draw tightj as a rope,
hui itpl extremely tight; ,to bind or tie on,
as a rope or malo.
2. ^u make tight; to make hard; to make
solid.
Li-o-Li-0, s. The sound or scream which
the bird ao makes when disturbed, When
she bristles like a.hen with chickens.
Li-o-Li-o, s. The name of a small bird.
Li-o-Li-o, adj. Bright; shining; daz-
zling.
2. Strained tight, as a rope.
Li-o-NA, s. Eng. A lion. Kin. 49:9.
Li-u, V. To leak, as a canoe in the
water ; to fill with water, as a ship.
2. To- season, as with salt; to render pal-
LIH
340
LIH
atable, afc food ; to restore food that has
been corrupted.
3. To get ready to do a thing ; to be a
long time doing a piece of work.
4. To draw out or protract the aound in
blowing a conch shell.
Li-r, «. Saltness ; the savory taste of
fdod.
2. The peculiar property of a thing or
that quality by which it is known.
3. The watei; in the bottom of a canoe or
$Mp ; bilge water ; sole i pan ka liu i ke
ka ia, the bilge water is not all dipped out.
-Li'tr, ttdj. Insipid ; not seasoned ; taste-
less, as nnripe fruit or unsaltedmeai
lii'V, adv. Slowly; tardily,
Ala liu ka te 0 Waianae
Wehe ke kaioln i ke oho o ka nla
Komo okoa iloko oka hale.
Li-v-x, e. To see indistinctly; to know
uncertainly ; to be in doubt.
2. To be transformed; to .be different
from what was sapposed after being seen
qlearly. Sec Niba.
Li-u-A,'*. A vertigo; a taming of the
eyes so as not to see things distinctly.
Li-u-A, /adj. Dizzy ; indistinctness in
Tjsion. See NiuA. Liua na maka 1 na wa-
hine moekolohe.
Li-u-LA, -s. See Ula. Dark; twilight,
i. e., time of indistinct vision. See Liua.
-Li-u-M-ic, V. To get ready for doing a
thing. See Liu 3. To prepare, as for a
journey ; IMm iho la na kanaka o Oahu e
holo i ke kaua i Kauai, the people of Oahu
t^dde reo^ to go to the war ou Kauai ; to
((et ready, L e., to prepare materials for a
a bnildin^-
2. To be awake; to watch for something;
to wait long for an event, but be ready or
prepared for it ; a mio, a liAm e i ola ho-
nua. . ,
3. To ptaerastinate ; to be for a long
lime future. 2 Sam. 7:19. To stay a long
time in a^plaoe; to delayaretom; to tarry
long •.liulm, iki, soon after.
i. To contiKnc long, as a particular je^.
son or time; be liuliii no na la e pa mai ai,
many are the days (the wind) blows.
hi-v-U'V, s. A living or staying a long
tme at another place.
Li^-Li-u, adj. Prepared; ready.
'2, Saltish j brnokish, as water; unfit to
drink; insipid; tasteless, Jui. See Liu, a(^'.
Li-u-u-u, adt. For a long time ; dur-
ing a long time. .^0^.9:19. Boo. Oih. 16x2.
Li-HA, V. To be sick at the stomach;
to nauseate. See Lihaltua and Liuha.
Li-HA, s. Nausea ;.€dckness at the stom"
ach.
2. A xtit ; the egg of .a head loose.
Li-HA, adj. Sick; nauseous; loathing
food. . , . , . . ,
Li-HA-Li-HA, V. Tobesickish,i.e.,sick
at the stomach. See Liha and Liliha.
2. To be fat ; to be greasy ; to be slip-
pery with grease. _
Li-BA-u-HA, ». See Liha, Sickness at
the stomach. ' -
2. Sorrow ; sighing ; moaming, as for
the dead.
Li-HA-u-HA, a<ij. Fatty; greasy; slip-
pery with grease.
2. Sick at the stomach ; loatiiing food,
SeeLujEA.
Li-HE, *. See LAa 2. A nit; the egg
' ofalonae.
Li-hi, v. To arrive at'; to approach to.
2. To come together; to be united, as
two pieces of cloth in a garment.
3. To be united in close friendship, as
two friends.
Li-Hi, *. A border or edge of aTthmg
where it unites or is near to aiiother when
in contact, as edges of bones. Ancfl. 6. A
border, edge or boundary of a land ; the
seam or place of nniting in a garment.
2. A lot or portion of land tDarked off.
Isa. 67:6. JAM wai, a border or edge of
water. Jos. 3:8. A part or portion. Sys.
with kulcana. JBo^ 22:19. He Uhi mia.-
kai ka liki o ka hana, a good^i?!^ is the
tightness of the work.
3. The union or nearness of relationsbip,
i. e., the friendship of relationsbip; he mea
e maopopo ai ke ano hoahanau ana.
4. The bending of an arch upward, as a
rainbow.
5. The i^bow itself.
6. With iJIn', a very fcmall porfira of a
thing ; Wti ild, a very onall piece. Srs.
with huaa, » .amaU fragment Mat. 5:18,
also OUkSifl. Aoleona wabi JiAi ike iki
i ka ka Haka olelo, he baa no knowledge
<U ail of <the Lord's word;
Li-Bi, aie. By the edge ; by the end ;
kau liki, laid with the edge or end only
resting on, i. e., slightly resting on; he
wabi Selehelena wale no kana ike Uhi ana,
be partly saw the outlipea of her eounte-
. nance. ' Xateifc. S3. '
Li-Hi-LAU-NA, V. Zi^iandJoMna, friendly.
To go to ; to reach or arrive at
2. To be frequently at, as at a place near;
aole ia i lihUawta aku ilaila.
Li-Hi-M, t>. SeePoHiix TothiiJtofan
object, then to desire it>Btrongly, then to
make vigorous efforts for it, then to give it
up and fall ; in a race, to run well with a
prospect of success; and then turn arade
and lose the race.
Li-Hi-u-Hi, i. The eyelids; the eye
lashes. Job. 16:16.
LIK
341
LIL
2. The eyebrows; he laaoho ma ke kue-
kue iuaka.
Li-Hi-wAi, s. Lehi and wai, water. The
boi'det or edge of a stream of water. See
Lnn, s., above.
Li-HO-Li-Hoi, adj. Very hot.
Li-KE, u To be like; to lesemble as
one thing Resembles another; to be similar
or to have many qiialiticB in common with
something else. -
2. Soo, To make one thing, in qualities
or appearance, lesemble another. Oa, is
often inserted for the sake of 'euphony.
Gram. § 211, 2d.
3. To do the same with; to make a thing
according to instructions ;- with me follow-
ing, to do as some one else docs, i. c., to
resemble in conduct ; to imitate.
4. To vanish.
Li-KE-u-KE, ». The intensive (of like;
also with hoo.
Li-KE-Li-KE, adj. Alike; resembling.
Hoo. Same. He olelo hod&a&iki^ a par-
able. ,
Lr-Ki, V. To gird; to tie up tightly; to
bind about, as a loose garment. Oi/i. 12:8.
2. To throng; to be troubled to move
' along on account of a multitude.' ifar.6:31.
3. To be stiff, as a limb with a spasmodic
aSiBclion.
4. JBoo. To gird on, as a loose garment.
I<i-Ki, s. A boast, or boasting ;^ Kanaka
Jifci, a braggart. •
Li-xi-u-Ki, V. Intensive of Wd. To tie
up or tie on tightly. See kussassi.
Li-Ei-PA-Hxr, i. iMd and |xiA», barrel
A tight hoop for a barrel ; an iron hoop.
Li-KO, V. To swell out round; to be
plump ; to be foil.
2. To be fat, as a fleshy person.
3. To swell ; to enlarge, as the growing
bud of a vegetable before the leaves spread
open, or as tiie bud of a flower before the'
petals open.
4. To en>and, as an opening flower.
EiA. 129:6.
6. To shine ; to glisten like drops of oil
poured on to water.
Li-Ko, ». The svirelling, budding, pro-
tniding, &c., of a growing plant
2. The swollen bud just before leaves or
flowers appear.
3. The top or growing end of a plant
Fig. a young child, especially of a chief.
4. The appearance of drops of oil on
water.
6. The light or shining points in a per-
son's eye ; ka Wlw, oia ka mno, ka ao, ka
omaka, ka mea e'^lu ai ma ka maka.
Li-Ko, adj. Swelling; growing; open-
ing, as a bud of a tree or a fl.ower ; thrifty,
as a growing plant
Li-Ko-Li-Ko, «. See Lnco. To swell; to
grow, &o.
2. To shine, as the wMte point, in one's
eye.
Li-LA, adj. Blasted, thin or shriveled
up, as a banana : he maia VSa, aohe io ; he
Ivia wale nu mai ka eka luna a hiki i ka
pola.
Li-LA-Li-LA, adj. Shrunk up ; turned
white or gray ; blasted, as fruit
Li-LE, t>. To be thin ; to be weak ; to
be flexible; to be thin and long, as the
lines of words across the page of a book^
or as a leng stave of music.
Li-BE, adj. Hoo. Weak; thin.
LirtE-Li-LE, t>. To shine very brightly,
as a lamp. Job. 29:3. To be da^luig, as
the rays of the sun. .IToi/c. 1:16.
Li-LB-Li-LE, adj. Bright ; "fehining; kaW
2i2rii2e, a bright spot. OiWc. 13:2. Smooth
and shining, as the akin of a* bald or shaved
head.
Li-iJ, V. To be jealous ; to be jealous
of a hoBbaud or wife. Nah. 5:14.
2. To hate ; to abhor ; to be indignant
at where jealousy is the cause.
8. Fm. To be jealous for the honor of
God. JVbft. 25:13.
4. To dare: to be bold; to magnify one's
self; e aa, e koa, e hoaano.
5: To be stiff, as limbs with lameness ;
ikaika likl o ka wawae, e oopa, e inaloeloe.
6. To join together, as letters tu make
, words ; same as hookui.
7. Hoo. To make jealous or to provoke
to jealousy. Kard. 32:16, Stn. with hoo-
naukiuki. Liii ae la ino moa, a haka ts>si
na'moa ma ka lani.
Li-Li, $. Jealousy; wrath; displeasure
at one.
2. FiQ. Zeal for the honor of God. Ndh.
25:11.
3. Pride ; haughtiness ; a disregard of
other's rights; ka manao ole i ko hai pono.
4. Pain ; distress ; internal anguish.
5. Weight : heaviness; that wMch is not
abltf to be lined up^
Li-u, adj. Jealous, as husband and
wife of each other ; jealous of the honor
and esteem of another.
2. Spoken of Jehovah in his feelings to-
wards other gods. JPufc. 20:5 and 34:14.
3. Proud ; baughtjr ; overbearing.
4. Heavy ; not easily lifted.
Li-U'A, g. Qr. and Eng. A lily. Mel.
SoL 2:1.
2., Carved work in Solomon's temple in
imitation of lilies. 1 Jfot. 7:22.
Li-Li-o, v, SeeLioandLiouo. To draw
tight, as a rope ; to stretch so as to make
stoaight ; e male, e moe pololei.
2. To be tight, as the skin of a glutton's
LIL
342
LIM
istoiuac]! After be has eaten ; to be drawn
%htiy or tensely, ?.8 the skin of the face ;
lUio i ka pauma ana ; to be drawn tightly
by stretching.
3. To be filled, as a glutton with food.
4. To have the pain or sensation of eat-
ing too much ; e miona pono ole, e hoku-
hokn.
5. To go forward quickly witlaut look-
" ing to the right or left.
Li-Li-o, s. A drawing ot turning of the
eyes so as not to see clearly.
2. A dragging ; a lancinating pain.
Li-Li-0, adj. Tightly drawn, as a rope;
full ; plump, as one full fed.
Li-Li-HA, V. See Liha. To be satisfied,
as the appetite with food or drink ; to be
stuffed full.
2. To be sjipplied with a sufficionoy of a
thing. Isa. 1:11. _ .
3. To be sick at the stomach ; to nause-
ate, as after eating mnch rich food ; to
vomit.
4. Fig. To he di-igusted at immoral con-
duct; liliha no hoi ke noonoo i ka ino o ko
lakou noho ana, it is siekeniru) to think of
the evil Of their living ; to feel disgust at
any disgusting object.
Li-Li-HA, s. The fat of hogs.
2. Anything causing sickness at the stom-
ach.
3. The feeling of nausea at the stomach.
4. Anything oftcnsive to good, morals. '
Li-Li-Hcr-A, 1). To go prepared; to be
fniuished for the purpose : to be supplied
with what is necessary ; UUhM na kanaka
i ka hele, aole kanaka aa ole.
Li-Li-Li, V. SeeLii. To be small; to be
little ; applied to fruit, withered ; stinted.
Li-U-NA, s. Eng. Linencloth, i.e., fine
white cloth. Fig. O Kahele oe, e ka lilina
ume naau.
Li-Li-No-E, adj. Lili (see Ln) and woe,
fine rain. Sprinkling ; fine, aa rain; he ua
lUin/)e, a fine rain ; a mist.
Li-Li-Pi, adj. See Lipi. Running to an
edge or point ; pointed ; sharp ; tapering
like the edge of an axe; ua koe lUipi akahi
pnu.
Li-LO, V. To transfer or be transferred
in various ways.
1. To become another's; to pass into the
possession of another ; lUo mai, to obtain ;
to possess ; lilo aku, to be lost ; to perish.
2. To turn; to change; to be lost; to be
gone indefinitely.
3. ~Hco. To cause a transfer or change in
different ways ; to raise one to office ; to
place one over others as an officer.
4. To give a thing in trnst to another;
to give absolutely; to consecrate ; to ded-
icate ; to devote. Kanl. 20;S.
6. To bring under one's dominion or ■
authority.
6. To change from one thing to another.
7. To change frijm one form or appear-
ance to another, or from one quality to that
of another. Note. — When lilo is foUowefl
by an article before the substantive iolloW'
ing, it means to become another's ; as, ua
lilo ia ke alii, he has become the chief's, i. e.,
from being in other circumstances before,
he, she, it or the property has now become
the person or property of the chief, or is
tianslerrcd to him. But when the article
is dropped from before the noun following _,
lUo, it means to become another character
or thing ; as, ua lUo ia i alii, he has become
a chief, i. e., from being a common man, he
is transferred to the honors and office of a
chief. When no noun follows Ulo, it means
the subject or thing sppken of is lost or
gone absolutely or indefinitely.
Li-Lo, adv. Out of sight; a great ways
off; lost; gone; distant; iaka lUo, far in-
land; kai lUo, out of sight at sea; hala
iluria lilo, gone very high up.
Li-Lo-A, V. To lie idly and lazily in the
house ; e lolo a maiele.
Li-io-E, V. To sit reclining on one's
back and his feet raised, as one lounging
and idle; e pio na wawae,e lele pio.e kio-
lani.
Li-Lo-Li-Lo, V. See Lilo. To be loos-
ened; to be liberated; to spread out freely:
to expand ; from a hud to become a full
opened blossom ; to be liberal and free in
giving. See Mohalahala.
Li-Lo-Li-Lo, adj. Loosened;. unbound;
broken loose, as a fish once caught by a
hook; open-handed; liberal, as one in giv-
ing to others.
Li-MA, *. The arm ; the hand. Fig, -
Power ; a stay ; a support. 1 Nai. 10:19.
Lima nni, the thumb. Puk. 29:20. Lima
iki, the little finger. 1 Ifal. 12:10. Note.—
The Hawaiians make no distinction between
arm and hand, lima applies to or includes
both ; so wauiae is both leg and foot. See
Wawae.
Li-ma, adj. With the article, an ordi-
nal; the fifth. Gram. § 110 and § 115, 4th.
I ka lima o ka makahiki. OUik. 19:25. See
Alima and Etj.ma.
Li-MA-A-KAiT, s. Lima, hand, and akau,
right. The right arm or hand.
Li-MA-i-KAi-KA, s. Lima and ikaika,
strong. A strong hand or arm. Figura-
tively, force ; power ; strength. Mier. 4:23.
Li-MA-i-KAi-KA, V. To handle roughly;
to assault ; to throw one down ; to force
one against his will.
Li-MA-i-Ki, V. To assassinate; to kill in
a secret place ; to fall upon, aa a robber.
LIM
343
LIP
Li-MA-HE-MA, s, Idma and hema, Mi.
Tbe left hand.
Li-MA-KU-Hi, s. Lmaa.nikuhi,to^omt
out. In read'mrj hooks, the index; the form
of a band ^S~.
Li-MA-LAU, V. To carry on the hips,
Li-BiA-Li-MA, V. See Lima,, hand. To
handle; to employ the hands. Boo. To
hire ; to bargain for work to he done ; to
agroe with one concerning wages.
Li-RLA-u-MA, adj. Appellation of a
prayer when the priest made many gestures
with his hands ; the ceremony was called
hoopU na aha limalima.
Li-MA-u-MA, adj. See Lima. Pull of
hands; one hired to work. Boo. That
which is bai^uned for or hired. loan.
10:12.
Li-MA-u-MA, ». Hoo. A hired person.
loan. 10:13.
Ll-MA-U-MA-PI-LAD, *. SeeLlMAUI!IA,e.,
and yiLAC, dir^. Dirty hands.
Li-iKA-KU-i, s. Lima and nui,giiea.t. The
thumb.
Li-Mi, V. To he entangled ot be in dif-
ficulty in the surf; to be upset in the surf
and tnraed over and over. See Lumaii.
Li-Mi-Li-Mi, ». Freq. of limi. To be
turned over and aver in .the surf; e liaiM-
miia e ka nftlu.
Li-MU, s. Sea-moss or sea-grass; a gen-
eral name of every Mna 6f eatable hecb
* > that grows in the sea ; the Sawaiians also
class the !tmu among flsh; tbe .varieties ace.
limuaalaula, limuckaha.'liinaiiiohaa, Umu-.'
opai, limaiilaula, Umiibinanla, limuhulu-'
lio, limuhuna, JImnkabakala, limukala, U-
mukcle, Unrokiki. !Iiinokoko, limulipaha-
pala, limulipalao, limotipalawal, limulipoa,
limulipiipu, Umnlipuula, limuUpuupuu. li-
muloloa, liniunanue, limupaakaiua, limu-
palahalaha, limupalawai, limupipilani.
Li-Mn, V. To turn; to change ; to have
various appearances. Sitj. with ouli.
Li-Mu-A, s. A long or constant rain ; a
constancy of water oi wet weather; a con-
stant flowing of water.
Li-MP-A, adj. The quality or action of
wet weather, of a long rain.
. Li-Mu-KA-KA-NA-«A, s. Idmu and kaka-
naka, a sj)ccies of grass. A smooth or slip-
pery kind o( grass. .
Li-Mtr-Li-Mtr, adj. Twisting; turning;
dissembling; trifling; trickish; the oppo-
site of lionest and open in conduct.
Li-MU-Li-MU, s. A twirling; a curling;
the whiffling of the wind ; the curling of a
negro's hair ; instability of conduct.
Li-MtJ-Li-pe-pu, s. A species of lini« ;
he pipilani. See Lmu above.'
Li-NA, t. Anything soft and yielding to
the touch ; papalina, the cheek.
2. JUoo. Anything soft, tenacious or
tough.
Li-NA, adj. Tightly drawn, as a rope.
See LiOMO.
Li-NA-u-NA, s. See Lina. Tough food,
i. e., kalo.
2. Wot, clayey land.
3. Any soft adhesive substance.
4. A drawing together of the skin of a
wound ; a scar. .,
Li-na-li-na, v. To stick to ; to adhere
to, like pilali or shoemaker's wax ; to be
tough and adhesive, like water-soaked veg-
etables.
LitNA-li-na, adj. Soft ; mucous ; adhe-
sive; tough; tightly drawn, as a rope. See
Lina. Jough or elastic, as India rubber.
Li-ke-ka, s. Gr. The lynx, a four-footed
animal.
Li-NO, ». To twist, as a string or rope;
tQ wear ; c lilt eha aoao.
Li-wo, ». A rope,
Li-NO-HAU, V. To be proud or haughty,
Li-No-u-No, s. Brightness; splendor;
BO bright as to dazzle the sight and iuake
one bund.
Li-NO-Li-No, adj. Calm; unruffled, as
the sea where there is no wind : hence, re-
flecting the light of the sun. See Malino.
Li-KV, adj. Close; hard; ungenerous.
Li-FA-HA, s. He wahi limu. See Limit,
sea-grass.
Li-Fi,. t. An axe for cutting wood, from
its tapering down to an edge.
2. .Gluttony ; he ai nui ana i IsA ai, he
pakela ai.
Li-pi, adj. Sharp ; tapering down like
the edge of an axe.
Li-pi-o-MA, ^ *• The names of sev-
Ll-Pl-HO--E-H0-«, ^^^ species of cutting
• -instruments mtroduced
lil-Pl-KA-HE-LA, anjong Hawaiians in
Ll-PI-KU-KE, J jnodern times.
Li-Pi-u-Pi, s. See Lipi. An]rthing thin
and standing up edgeways, like a sharp
ridge of lan£
Li-pi-Li-Fi, adj. Thit); sharp; tapering;
axe shaped. See Lilipl
Li-po, s. A deep shady forest.
2. Deep water in the sea; Tooaas, lipo
loa; hence
Li-po, adj. Blue, black or dark from the
depth of a cavei^, or from the depth of the
sea ; deep ; bottomless, as the ocean.
Li-po-Li-Po, s. See Lipo. Great depth
of the ocean so as to appear blue or black;
ka hohonu, ka moana.
LOA
344
LOI
Li-po-u-po, adj. Deep blue or black.
2.' Deef down ; ocean like ; deep ;bot-
totnleBg.
Li-PO-Lo-LO-mr-A-ME-A, J. The appear-
ance on looking into very deep_ water or a
deep pit where no-bottom is visible; bl^ck;
dark.
Li-Po-WAo-NA-HE-iE, s. JJt/po and waxh
nahek, thick forest. The darkness, and
gloom of a thick forest.
Li-pu-pu, s. A species of the limu; See
LniDUPDPn.
Li-WA-Li, aij. Soft; thin; worlspd up
like thin poi.
Li-BA-NO, J. Gr. Lit. Lebanon. Oihl.
9:29. L e,, frankincense, a gum from Leb-
anon, ifoifc. 18:13.
Li-cro-KA, t. Gr. A ligure, a precious
stone. Pvk. 28:29.
Li-RA, J. Gr. A lyre, a musical instru-
ment ; a harp. Zin. i:21.
Lo, «. The fore part of the head.
2. A speoies of bug, long and wiQi sharp
claws.
3. The name of some cluefs who lived on
the mountain Helemano and ate men; he
' inaualiiai Isanakano uka 0 Eelemano.
Lo. A syllable prefixed to many words,
the precise definition of which does not ap-
pear, as lokahi, lomUo, UMa, &c.
Lo-A, V. To extend; to be long; to be
inde&^tely long as to time, measnre or dis-
Lo-A, s. Length. \Nal.Gi2. The whole
of any district of land ; long space from
one place to another ; a length of lame.
2. A bank ; a raised place ; he ahua a.
S. A receptacle of filth ; he nenela ino-
iHOi
4. An officer who has universal charge
of the taxes.
fi. The i^me of tbe.gen«'al tax itself.
Lo-A, adj. Long ; spoken of time, of
space or measnre.
Lo-A, adv. An intensive word of gen-
eral' application; muchj very; exceed-
ingly ; it is connected with nouns, adjec-
tives and verbsi ^
Lo-A-A, V. Andittalous. Gram. § 232,
To obtain ; to find-; to receive ; to have,
i. e., to have obtained ; to meet with ; to
happen; to befall ; to be overtaJcen; to be
caught ; to be seized ; to be possessed of.
Note. — Loaa is mostly confined in its mean-
ing to a passive or neuter sense ; makau
wa1^i ke kapaia mai he holoholona i lui'
loaa ole e kam manao, I was a&aid of being
called a beast for not heing sAzed (possessed
of) by a thought ; that is, for not having a
thought. . ,
Lo-A-A, s. The name of a rough scraggy
' stone, as a coral rook or a rough slab of
lava. ■
2. Applied .^roJiwefo to hard, severe,
cruel kapns ; e ku i ka tooo i ke kapu.
Lb-A-A, i. A receiving ; an obtaining :
a getting ; a possessing.
2. Luck ; fortune; success or otherwise;
« hoao aim hoi i kau loaa. Laielh. 64.
Lo-A-LA, V. In poitry, to praise ; to ex-
tol ; to bless as the people spoke of a
chief.
Lo-E, *. The end of a fish-hook oppo-
site the point. - f
Lo-E-A, s. Skill; ingenuity in doing a
thing ; cleverness inplanning and execut-
ing a project See Hailea.
Lo-E-A, adj. Skillful; cunning; ingeni-
ous at any budness. See Loia. -
Lo-E-Lo-E, <^j. Flexible; feeble. .See
Lob and Maloeloe.
Lo-i, s. A water kalo patch ; an artifi-
cial pond where kalo is coltivated.
Lo-i, e. To sneer at or ridicule another's
opinion.
Lo-i, s. Disapprobation or contempt
shown for another's opinion ; he hoowal^
waha i ko hai manao. See Loiloi. Zoi is
used as a word of contempt, timilar to pur
pulca.
Lo-u, s. See Loea. A.n ingenious skill-
ful person : one who is handy and expert
at any busmess; applied only to women as
maUm is to men. See Haiau.
2. Skill ; ingenuity; experience in buei-
ness.
ho-jA) adj. Skillful; ingenious; dex-
ttroufi; applied only to women. See Noeau
Uld' lflK0r.0LbHDA.
Lo-i-£, s. See Loina. A rule of con-
duct ; a command ; a way of doing things.
Lo-i-E-LE, V. To be slow in doing a
thing ; to linger : Unde kana hana ; hcaha
keia hana au e loide nei? what are you
doing that you should be so slowt
Lo-i-E-LE, s. Slowness in doing a thing;
ka ! manomano ka 2oieie la oe, astonishing
the sloumess of yon.
Lo-i-E-LE, adj. Slug^sh; dull; slow;
awkward.
Lo-i-o, adj. Thin; poor; reduced in
flesh; spore.
Lo-i-o, s. Straightness; asujbstance,as
a stick without crook. '
2. A person reduced in size; thin in flesh.
3. Sng. A lawyer.
Lo-io-io, s. "The prancing of an un-
tamed horse on attempting to ride Um;
loioio expresses bis wild appearance.
2. The appearance of a person half
frightened.
LOU
345
LOH
Lo-i-Hi, V. To be long; to be lengthened
out, as space or time ; to live long.
2. To bo far off; to be at a great distance.
'i.Jloo. To make long; to lengthen owt,
as tinft ; to procrastinate ; to pnt far off.
, Amos 6:3. To add to the lengfli of tijne
or distance. .2 Nal 20;6.
Lo-i-Bi, ». Length; distance; length of
-Gtae. ' >
Lo-irHi, adj. Long ; applied to *.inie or
distance; al90, the measure of anything, as
timber, cloth, &c. ; kahi- loihi, a great dis-
tance pff. Note. — This word is sometimes
vulgarly pronounced as if written lokiM.
Lo-i-LO-i, ». See Loi. To ridicule; to
contemn or sneer at one's thought or opin-
ion. • ■
Lo-i-NA, s. A statute ; an ordinance ; a
rule ; a command ; an act ; a device, &c.
2. The meaning of a word or thing.
3. A pithy or wise saying.
4. A sign of somccoming event.
Lq-i-na, adj. Rulable; according to
, order after established custom.
Loo," V. To overtake; to come upon, as
a disease; to «omc upon, as evil or a judg-
ment ; found only jn^the passive lookia.
Loo-Hi-A, V. For looia, passive. of loo.
To be overtaken by anything, as a disease.
1 Sam. S:12. By suffering or misfortune.
Kin. 44:29. By sadness or grief. ,Pufc,
15:14. To come upon, as oi-'pressioD. tmnk.
6:13. To fall upon one, as fear. Xufc. 8:37.
To befall one. Msd. 4:7. See LoeiA.
Loo-KA-Hi, V. Loo a.ni kahi, chq. To be
of one ii^nd or accord ; to agree together ;'
to think alike. See Loeahi.
Loo-EA-m, adj. Same; similar; mji-
tnal; alike.
Loo-KA-Hi, adv. With one accord; with
unanimity. OOi. 4:24.
Lou, V. To bend, as a hook;. to bend
around (hence kulou, to stand bent, i. o.,
^wing down.)
2. To hook; to pull with a hook; to
come up with a hook, as a fish.
3. To insert ; to fit on, as a nng on the
finger. Kin. 24:47.
4. JIoo. To hook ; to pull with a hook.
2 Oihl. 33:11. I hoolmaa i ka makau kc-
i(ahi poc i ho)e iIalo< some who had sunk
diimn were hooked up with fish-hooks.
Lo0, s. A hook. Isd. 37:29. Lm io, a
flesh hook.' Puk. 27:3. Zou hao, an iron
hook; a joining. 10(7(2.22:3.
2. A pain in the side ; a stitch.
3. A perpendicular descent.
Lo-u-A, V. For leniia. To crook, as a
hook ; to be crooked.
2. To pull off with a stick or hook, as
cvaages or other fruit fi'om a tree.'
44
Lo-u>A, adv. Quickly;' no delay, as the
lapse of time, as-q^.lck work, &c.; hiui ole
aku nei ; ua loua ole aku ka hana,
Lotj-HAo, s. Lou nni had, itoa. An iron
hook. Sec Lou above.
Lo-u-Hu, v.. To leap off; to fly away; e
lehai aku.
Lou-LA, adj. Fast; firm, as a nail that
takes firm hold of the wood.
Lou-LOU, V. See Lou. To bend over;
to bend down.
2. To holdfast, as with a hook ; to hook
round the fingers and iiull,.a trial of
strength. Sen Lomx>Di.iM4.
?. ff'ta- To be bowed or bent over with
grief; to be deeply affected. 2 Ham. 13:33.
3. To weep on account of deep repent-
ance.
Lou-Lou, adj. Bending over or around.
2. lient with pain or grief.
3. Hooked or held fast.
Lou-Lou, s. The name of an exercise or
play ; eia kekahi loalea, (> ka 2ou2^' here
is one exercise, the }oulou.
Lou-LOD-Li-MA, V. See LouMtr, i;;, and
Lima, the hand. To hook in .riije's fingers
with the fingers of another person and pull.
Lo-u-tu, s. A tree with wide- leaves;
the fan-leafed palm tree.
2. The fruit of the 2ou2u.
3. An umbrella, especially a Chinese
umbrella.
' 4. A screen from the sun or rain, as the .
leaf was used for a covering.
S. The name of a species of fish.
Lo-u-LU, jodj. Lala loidu, the palm
' branching tree. 2 OiU. 3*.
2. Pointed ; sharp, like the points at the
ends of palm leaves.
Lo'u-PA-Li, s. A kind of residence for
people, like puha.
Lo-HA, s. Love ; affection, &c. ; the
root of the word (doha.
2. A plant or branch of a tree growing
thriftily.
3. The trimming to tjie corners and ridge
of a'thatched house.
4. The art of thatching well.
5. An under head man.
6. A.kind of sport of former times, the
same as kilu; e haele kakott i ka hale loka
oMea.
Lo-UA, ». To fade ; to wilt ; to wither,
as vegetables ; e mac.
Lo-HA, <m2/. Sullen; dumpish; indis-
posed to speak or act.
Lo-HA-LO-HA, adj. Speechless through,
fear; unable to utter on account of fear or
astonishment. See the above.
Lo-HA-i, s. A lever for raising heavy
articles.
LOK
346
LOK
i. The name of a disease ; a swelling of
the fa<s«>, bretiBt, &c.
3. The lameness of the legs frpm walking.
Lo-HA-i, adj. Belonging to a lever for
pryiDf; up heavT, masses ; be laau lohai
ntoku e upe ana i na malua &ai.
Lo-HE, V. To he;ir, as the ear a voice
or sound.
2. To obey; to follow instructions; to
regatd.
3. Soo. To give such attention as to un-
derstand and practice or obey. Lank. 2:2.
Lo-HE-*, ». Passive of lone for loheia.
To be heard, &c.
Lfl-HE-LAtr, s. The plate of a house
frame on which the rafters are fastened ;
kauia ka lohelaw ma ka waha oka pou.
Lo-HE-LAU, adj. Oldj worn out; rotten,
as timber, houses, &e,.
2. Exhausted ; spent, as a man by fast-
ing or hunger or fatigue.
Lo-HE-LAU, adj.' Excellent ; good ; fit-
ting.
Lo-HE-LO-HE, V. To hear indistinctly or
incorrectly ; scarcely to hear.
lio-Hi, ». To linger ; to be tardy ; a lohi
aku la maua mahope me ka hele malie, we
bf 0 lingered behind by walking slowly. ,
* i. To wait; to stay ; to be sUick to do a
thing. Kanl.1ilO.
3. Boo. To be slow ; to be dilatory ; to
be cautious. lak. 1:19:.
Lo-Bi, s. The name of the sexual organ
of a horse ; also, the sexual organ of mes.
See UhE. Ka welau o ka lohi o ka lio.
Lo*Hi, adj> Tardy ;. lingering ; slow;
; feeble.
Lo-Hi, adv. Tardily; slowly.
Lo-Ri-A, V. See Looeia. To happen to
ope I to fall apon ; to befall, as « calamity
or disease. Mat. 4:24.
2. To unite ; to come together, as two
things.
3. To overtake.
liO-Hi-A, adj. Overtaken; seized; pos-
sessed of, as by a spiiit ; overcome, as by
sleep ; overtEiken by a fault.
Lo-Hi-AU, V. To he slow in doing a
thing; to make blunders; lohiau Puna i ke
akua wahine.
Lo-HM.o-Hi, V. See Lorn. To be very
slow, &o. Hoo. To be tardy ; to delay
doing a thing ; to bear long with one's of-
fenses; to be slow in execirang justice; to
prooTastinjite.
Lo-KA, S. A state of mind full of doubt
about any fact or infbrihation ; unbelief;
dhbelief, especially of religious ti-utb.
t«|MrA-fii, t.. To be alike; to be agreed;
1 Ibtxthi ){a ike, a i knikahi ka mauao, that
they may knovi tAe same thing, and agree
in opinion; to be ojone mind; to be in
union or nnison. 2 O'M. .5:13. Hoo. To
cause a union ; to make a united effort of
the nioral powers. Sal. 86:11.
Lo-KA-Hi, s. See Lookahi/ Agreement
in miiid; unanimity of sentiment; union of
feeling ; oneness ; similarity.
Lo-KA-Hi, adj. See Lookahi. Of the
same mind j agreed ; <^ the same opinion.
1 Sam. 11:7. ' , . . •
Lo-KA-Hi, adv. Similar; with one ac-
cord ; with unanimity of sentiment. los.
9:2. 4
Lo-KE, s. A yicipus orthography for
rose. Mig. Arose.
Lo-KE-A, s. A long pointed kiiife with
a white handle ; pahi ioihi, kumu Iceokeo.
Lo-sE-A, adj. White. SeeKEAandKEo.
Lo-Ko, s. The inner part,; that which
is within ; applied to persons or things,
1. To persous, the internal organs.
2: The moral state or disposition of ^
person, either good or bad, according to its
compounds ; as, loko maikai, hko Ino, ke.
3. Applied fo things, the within ; the in-
terior ; that which b3ongs within ; the in-
wards ; ia po no, ai no i ka loko o ka ilio
noa, on that night indeed, they ate the in-
wards of a dog not forbidden; be mau meu
€ pili ana maloko o ka naau ; ia loko, the
within. Mat. 23:26. NoTE>-.The Hawai-
isaa tielieved that the moral powers or dis-
positions had their seat in the small intes-
tines. . See Naau.
Lo-KO, adj. Inner; what is wjthin; par
hale loko, the inner court. 1 Ndl. 6:36.
Lo-Ko, prep. In j within ; innef, &c, ;
compounded with t&'e simple prepoed^ng
0, ko, no, i, ma and mai. Gram. § 161.
See each in its place. Ja loko is used in
Mat. 23:26.
Lo-KO, s. A. pond; a lake; a small col-
lection of water ; he wai lana malie i puni
i ka aina.
Lo-Ko-i-NO, V. Loko, disposition, and
ino, bad. To act vilely; to deal malevo-
lently; to exhibit a bad disposition.
Lo-KO-i-No, «. An evil disposition; des-
titute of kindness.
Lo-EO-i-NO, (H0*. Careless ; slothful ; un-
merciful ; onlond ; ungenerous.
Lo-KO-i-ifo-iA, f.. Cruelty: malevolpnte.
Lank. 9:21.
Lo-Kc-KA-i-Ki, adj. Loko&ndkaiki,close.
Standing thick together; little space be-
tween.
2. Parsimonious ; close-fisted ; hard.
Lo-Ko-LO-Ko, 0. See Loko, pond. To
stand in puddtes or pools of water ; e ha-
tokoleko,
Lo-KO-Li-u, V. jLoA;o and Zzu, insipid. To
LOL
be iniipid ; to be without strength ; to be
hitler.
Lo-Ko-u-u, ad). Gross; angry; indif-
ferent.
Lo-Ko-Li-NO, adj. Loko and linu, close.
Parsimonimis. See Lokoitaiki. _
Lo-Ko-siu-KAi, V. XoA;o, disposition, and
maikai, good. To feel and act benevo-
le^tly;, to be kindlj disposed towards one;
lobe favorable to one.
Lo-Ko-MAi-KAi, ) s. Grace; favor^spe-
Lo-KO-MAi-KAi-iA, ) oi«l lavor; goodwill.
^!n.<S9:4.
Lo-Ko-MAi-KAi, adj. Merciful, Fuk. 34:6.
Disposed to do good j generous ; obliging;
kind.
Lo-Ko-WAi, s. Loko and wai, water. A
fountain. Hoi. 5:16.
Lo-KU, V. To prostitute for pay on a
large scale.
Lo-KU, s. A sort of pain, ache, distress.
Lo-KU, adj. Distressing ; painful ; fearr
ful ; ka leo o ka rxxloko mo ka hekili, the
sound of the severe rain witJi the thun-
der.
Lo-su-Lo-Ku, V. To suffer pain ; e loku-
iQfcu.nei iloko o ka hauaia,to suffer pain in
■ what was done,
Lo-Ku-Lo-Ku, s. See Loku. Pain; dis-
treps ; numbness of limbs.
Lo-Kcr-LO-Ku, V. See Lokolok<5.
Lo-LA, flfZy." Paralyzed ; stiif; lame.
2. Idle ; neglected ; barren, as , a fruit
tree j emasculated.
Lo-LA,' s. A palsied person ; one help-
less.
Lo-LA-Lo-LA, V. See Lola. Ua lolalola
loluhili.
Lo-la-mo-e-ha-lau, ». , Lola and moe, to
lie down, and h(dau,^a, long house. To be
idle; to be useless, as a person. Seo Lolo-
MOEIIALAU.
Lo-le, v. To turn inside out ; e huli-
huli; to unfold to Wow.
2. To change oue'.s mind. IM. 15:14.
To I'ectify ; to arrange ; to alter from one
thing to another. Mset. 9:1.
3. To beat down one's price.
4. To flay ; to skin, as an animal. Oihk.
1:6. Xo^e i ka ill.
5. To work with one's own hands.
6. To thatch a house smoothly.
7. To be weary, as with traveling; to be
larne. .
8. To be weak in the knees. Iloo. To
flay ; to take off the skjn. Mik. 3:3.
Lo-LE, s. Cloth, particularly foreign
cloth ; be aa haole.
2. A garment. Lunk. 8:25. Zole komo,
a gai'inent ; wearing appai'el ; lok hana,
347 LOL
garments fot partieiilat work. JPi<i:.'30:li
LoU lauoho,' sack cloth, Hoilc. 6:12.
3. Straight gmboth bur, like the Chiaese^
Lo-LE-A, adj. Fou^id in the phrase Z^r
Ua keia kata,1i>tid money perhaps; porfaaps
it is'for hlaa, to be changed'.
Lo-LE-HAu, c. To limp ; to b6 weary
from walking ; to be lame.
Lo-LE-HA-NA, J. Zoi[« aiia hana, work.
A working garment. See Lous, s. ••
Lo-LE-LAtj, 's. Ldk and lau, leaf. The-
art of thatching and trimming off a house.
See liOLB 6.
Lo-LE-Lo, D. To jump ; to skip. ler.
48:27. Ua loldo no oe i ka olioli.
Lo-LE-itr-JV, ». Lole and lua, twice. To
be changeable ; to be Unstable ; to be
double minded; IdHuo ka naau. lak. 1:8.
See Naadi^ua. To act with indecision ; to
change; to 'pervert; to cause a change.
. Kelcak-ia. ■ .
i. To be in doubt ; to hesitate ; to turn
back.
Lo-LE-LU-A, s. Doubt; hesitancy i a
changing often of,one'3 opinions or )$laU^;
c hana paha, aole paha, aole anei la he loh-
hui,i to \york perhaps, not perhaps, is not
that indecision ?
Lo-LE-LU-A, adj. Changeable ; fickle ;
double minded. Sol. 24:21.
Lo-LE-NA, V. Lole and ana, i. e., lole
ana. To be limber; to be flexible, as cloth.
2. To be ineflicient; to.be impotent; to
be incapacitated.
3. To have lost one's beauty and energy
of per3()n.
. 4. To produce no fruit, as a vegetable.
Lo-LE-NA, s. A person, animal or vege-
table slighted for want of beauty *tid'0fter
desirable <]ualiScations ; he mala MO ; he
maia kukanaloa, he mea ku waits iho no ;
he lolena., no ka mea aohe ona !iulia; a per-
son despised or not desired bT w^en. .
Lo-LE-NA, adj. Weak; faded J: withered,
as a plant or fruit or a person:
Lo-Li, V. The definitions of this word
run into those of hie. To turn over ; to
change ; to alter.
2. Eoo. T'he-same. To turn into. Neh.
13:2, Also, to change one thing, purpose
or plan fov another. . ^in. S0:2. To alter
one's design; e hooldli i ka manao. 2 Sam.
24:16. ' ' ' , .
3. To make a fepot with coloring matter;
to daub; to color; e kikohu, e onionio;,to
color in spots, as wis often done with kapa.
L'o-Li, *. The ^)iehe de mer, the name of
a species of fish; he ia maka ole ; a flab
without, eyes"; a sort limpsy fish without
bones. Anat. 1. ■
Lo-Li-A, -v. See Loliia. To turn on one
sidejthea on the other, as a sleepy person.
LOL
348
LOL
2, Applied to a new canoe wbfin drawn
from the mountairs, it turns on one side
thori the other when drawing; loiia kaakua
i kaula.
Lo-LTi, V. To make ready ; to prepare
hefoi e hand ; to prepare for »a event ; no-
laila, e lolii e oukou iho, therefore prepare
yourselves before hand.
Lo-Lii, s. What is thought of before
liat_l; tbat which is prepared previous to
use.'
Lo-Lii, adj. Prepared j ready; furnished.'
2. Having very many sides, as a stick of
house timber; where there arc less sides
it is opo/ca.'
Lo-Li-iA, V. To be turned or changed.
, Lo-Li-Lo-Li, V. See Loli. To be water
soaked or tough, as talo sometimes is ; to
be damaged or changed, as foo^; to Ise
unsound. See Olouloli.
Lp-Li-Lo-Li, adj. ..A term applied to
water-soaked vegetables, especially to kaio j
tough ; changed for the worse ; applied
also to vegetable food.
Lo-li-lu-a, adj. See Lolelua. Change-
able ; fickle ; given to change.
Lo-LO, p. To punish ; to fine for delin-
quency.
?. To ordain ; to appoint.
Lo-Lt), s. The brain of a person or ani-
mal ; Mo poo. Anal. 49.
2. The marrow of the bones ; lolo iwi..
3. The seat of thought ; ke kumu o ka
raanan ma ke poo. Notb. — This is a mod-
ern idea : the ancient Hawaiians supposed
the seat of thought to bo in the naau.
4. The palsy ; feebleness or disuse of
one's limbs. Mai. 4:24.
H. A person afflicted with the palsy,
fi. A perfton very awkward at doing any-
thing an though he had not the use of his
limbs. ■
7, The sheath that surrounds a young
cocoanut.
Lo-LO, s. The name of the hog Sacri-
ficed on the finishing of a canoe; alalia,
lolo ka waa, hoomana hou no i ke akua ; o
hooiohe mai be i ka taaikat'o ka loh anp. o
ka waa.
Lo-LO, adj. i'alsied; lying helpless.
2. Indolent ; lazy.
3. Cra/.y ; insane.
4. Tall ; slender, as a man.
Lo-LO, «7i<er)'." An expression ofjriumph
over the ills of aiiotlier'; same 'as akola.
See Oi,oi.o.
Lo-Lo-A, V. See Loa. To be long; to
grow or to liocomu long. San. 4:33. To
go afar olf ; to be «t a great distance.
Lo-Lo-A, s. Length.
Lo^o-A, adj, S^e Loa, Loog j tall, as
a tree; connecteid with kiekie. Isa. 2:13.
Afar off. '^''
Lo-LO-A, adv. Afar oS; a long timej
uhai '.oloa, following a long distance.
Lo-LO-AU, s. A species of fish.
Lo-Lo-HE, V. SeeLoHE. 1 he intensive
conj. of lohe, to hear. To hear quickly; to
listen attentively, &c. ; but the same word
silso signifies nearly the opposite ; as,
..2. Not to hear quickly; topjakeexrusea;
to procrastinate obedience; to be sluggish
in obeying one's orders ; to be heavy ; to
be dull; to be inattentive, floo. "The same.
Note. — ^The second definitions are proba-
bly from lohi, to be slow.
Lo-LO-HE, adj. The same in the adjec-.
tivo as in tlie verb. See above. Hearing
- quickly ; giving ready attention ; yielding
quick obedience, ice.
. 2. Slow in hearing; dull; disobedieiit.
Roo. The same.
Lo-Lo-Hi, V. The intensive of lohi. To
be very tardy or slow'; to be very linger-
ing ; tojag far behind.
Lo-LO-Hi/ », One slow from disease, as.
the palsy or other, disease.
Lo-Lo-Hi, adj. Very slow ; tardy ; lin-
gering behind ; dilatory.
Lo-Lo-Hi-Li, , ». See LoLOA and Hnj, to'
wander. To be far off; to be at a great
distance ; to stretch out a long way ; nil
lolalola lolohUi.
Lo-Lo-Ki, &dj. See Loi^m. Slow; lin-
gering ; weak in walking.
Lo-Lo-Ki-A, s. The stem of a cocoanut.
fruit ; the branch that conuects the fruit
with the tree. ,
Lo-Lo-Hu-A, s. One skilled in the use pf
language, especially the ancient language;
o ka lolohua alii o Kama i ka mokn.
Lo-Lo-iixi-A, adj. Indulging or cherish-
.ing an evil disposition...
Lo-Lo-Hu-A-ME-Aj *. The appearance of
the verge of the ocean to one in a canoe on
Hie ocean, as it appears green or dark col-
ored.
Lo-LO-HU-A-ME-A, s. The epithet of a
child who speaks Correctly and uses lan-
guage with propriety.
Lo-Ld-KAA, s.Ldlo, brain, and kaa, to
turn. A disease of tbb head ; dizssinc^ss af-
fecting the oycs.; a dropsy in the head.
Lo-iiO-KU, adv. Spatteringly, as a heavy
rain; as rain drops falling into water, caus-
ing a sound and a bubbling np ; uc, uo h-
■ loku mai ana.
Lo-Lo-KiT-Li, adj. Sick and deaf, that is,
deaf from 'lisease ; want of hearing; ko
makou pepoiao i mau aa lolokuli.
Lo-Lo-Lo, V. To think; to reflect.; to
reason ; to turn over in onp's. mind.
LOM
349
LON
Lo-LO-Tfl-A, s. 2^, palsy, and &)a, very.
^ The feeling of aft arm or leg when the blood
ceases to circulate.
Lo-Lo-Lo-A, adj. Intensive of foa. 'Very
long, as to time or measure ; na lima lolo-
loa, very long arms.
Lo-Lo-LO-HE, arfj. See LoLOKTJLi. Deaf;
unable to hear from disease or other ways;
i lohcia e na aa lololohe; aka, iua i lilo ke
aa lololohe i ko makou pepeiao i mau aa
lolokulL
Lo-Lo-LO-HU-A, adv. See LoLOHPA above.
To pronounce clearly, distinctly and cor-
rectly ; ke pane lololohva mai nei ia.
Lo-Lo-LO-LO-Hu-A, odj. Thinking; wiw;
skillful ; reflecting.-
Lp-LO-MO-E-HA-LAU, adj. SeeLoLAMOE-
HALAU. Idle ; useless, &c.
LtJ-to-Mo-E-HA-LAC, ». A man, woman
or child who is lazy, indisposed to work ;
0 ke kane palanalelo, molowa, bana ole,
oia hoi ka lolomoehcUau.
Lo-Lo-Ni-u, *. Ldo and niu, cocoanut.
A caiioe made of a cocoanut tree ; he waa
lolmm.
Lo-LO-PAT-0, ». To be tall and slim, as
a man ; ua biopaio i ka4a.
Lc-Lo-PAi-o-EA, s. A tall slim person
with a thin hatchet face.
tiO-Lo-PAi-o-EA, ». To walk unsteadily,
as a thin person. ,
Lo-Lo-pi-o, 1'. liAo for Me, and fm, an
arch. To fly in a carved line ; to fly as a
meteor ; ^ lele me he akna lele la ; me ka
welowelo, as a comet: to bend up the legs,
as one jumping into tne water!
Lo-Lo-Poo, s. /.oZo, palsy,. and ^0, head.
The marrow of the bead ; the brain.
2. .A disorder of the head.
3. The seat of thought in men. See Lol/).
Lo-w-pu-A, s. The zenith; the point
directly over hiad; eia la 1 ka 2o2opua o ka
lani.
Lo-MA, V. To be lazy; to be slow; to
be awkw%rd ; to be indolent.
Lo-MA,' s. Slowness ; want of skill i
awkwardnoss.
Lo-MA, adj. Lazy; awkward ; unskillful.
Lo-MA-Lo-MA, V. The intensive of kma
in all its definitions.
Lo-MA-Lo-MA, s. Idleness; indolence;
awkwardness. ^
Lo-ma-lo-mA-ai-ha-la-le, adj. Ijoma,
lazy, and aikdHale, to live on others. Lazy
and eating the food of others through idle-
ness ; aole e loaa keia ine'a, o ka naauao, i
ka mea manaka, aole boi i ka moa kaialile
ImnaiomamhalaU, this thing, knowledge,
cannot be. obtained by the easily discour-
aged nor by the xnidleKlly aiakncard.
Lo-Mi, u To rub; to press^ to squeeze
with the hand any one that is in pain or
fatigued ; to shampoo ; hence,
2. FiG> To comfort: to quiet; elomi ana
au i ka eha o ko'u naan, I am comforting
myself for my bad feelings.
3. ^0 crush; to mash fine; e hoowali ; e
hooaefte.
Lo-mi, s. a rubbing, pressing or squeez-
ing of one in pain or sick.
Lo-wi-A, V. For lomUa. To feel of; to
pinch ; to squeeze : to press.
Lo-Mi-Lo, V. See MiLo, OMiLo.and HiLo.
To spin with the fingers; to twist, as thread;
to make ropes, cords, &o.
Lo-Mi-M-Mi, V. See Lomi. To rub ; to
squeeze and chafe the limbs of one who is
weary or in pain ; to shampoo except the
bathing.
2. To mitigate or ease pain by so doiii|;.
3. To mend letters rn writing, that is, fo
draw the pen two or three times over the
same line to improve its appearance.
i. To feel of a thing to ascertain its qual-
ities; Umiilomi iho la kuu lima 1 ua pohakn
la, he paakiki la I my hand felt of that stone,
• it was hard.
5. To act upon, as the Spirit of God acts
upon the heart; i na manawa a pau loa
ko'na (ko ke Akua) lomilomi ana mai ia'u,
at all times has he (God) acted upon me. .
Lo-iii-Lo-Mi, .T. A rubbing, pressing, &c.
See LoMi.
2. The servant whose business it was to
take care of the spittle and excrements of
the chief.
Lo-NA, s. The blocks of wood on. which
double canoes rest when out of water.
2. The name of the Wood out of which
such blocks were made.
Lo-i^A, adj. Useless ; in vain ; v/ithoiit
advantage; awkward.
2. Straight; direct.
Lo-NO, V. To hear, as a. sound; to hear,
as the voice of one calling.
' 2. To regard, as a command ; to keep ;
to observe ; to obey.
3. To hear a report Dan. 11:44.
4. Hoo. To-oause to hear, &o.; to listen;
to regard. Dan. 9:10.
Lo-NO, s. A report; news; a hearing of
sometbJDg new ; fame.
2. A report of what one has beard another
say. Kin. 37:2. News ; nui ka maua ka-
mailio ana ia po'na na lono acie na hana i
hanaia, we two had much coaversalion that
night respecting the news and v/bat bad
been done.
3. A rumor; a report. 2 iVoZ. 19:7. -■
4. Fame. 1 Oihl. 14:17.
5. Tidings. Ezek. 21:7,
6. A remembrance. Kanl: 32:26.
LU
350
LUA
7. The name of^a day of the mostb ; b
Kakabiftka ae, o Zone* ia la.
Lo-NO, s^ He nui ka poe ao i ka lano
muka ihe. i
Lo-NO, s. Name of one of the four great
gods of tho Hawaiiau Islauds; the four
were Lono, Ka, Kane, and Kaaalpa.
Lo-NO-A-Ki-Bi, s. Name of the eel god.
Lo-NO-Hii, *. Lono and, Am, to tenJ a
cbim. A child that i& much tended and
dandled.
Lo-No-liO-No-A', s. A hearsay; a gossip
tattllnif; a story without Ibundution; lono-
lonoa I ka hiki o ka aina.
Lo-jftf, V. To swell ; to be large.
2. To be in pain ; to groan with pain.
3. To cheat in play ; to be trickjsh.
■NC, i '
rogue.
1 pla
ell J
Lo-NC, s. A swell J a cheat j a liar; a
Lo-PA, J. A man who cultivates land
nnd^r a common farmer, but owns no lands
himself; a tenant; he jnahi kihapai malalo
aku o ka hoa aina.
IjO-pa-hoo-pi-li-wa-le, s. a low grade
of farmers who obtained their living by ad-
hering to the lopas or under farmers.
Lo-PA-KU-A-KE-A, s. Lopa and htakea.
A man who ciiJIivates a garden under a
lopa; a farmer of a lower grade than even
a lopa. Laieik. 21.
Lo-i'A-LAV-E-KA, s. Lopa and laueka;
awkward. A man slovenly, awkward and
unskillful in his work.
Lo-PE, ) s. Eng. from the Eng. rope,,
Lo:PI, J but used byiHawaiians for thread,
sewing thread ; it should be written rope
or ropi. Lwik. 16:12. He mea e huma-
hiiiriu ai i ka (o'fe. Ske, Rope.
Lo-pi-o, V. See Pio. To bend over, as
- in nodding or going to sleep.
Lo-ptr, s. The name of the koi (hatthef )
offered in sacviflce.
Lo-wAi-A, s. SeeLAWAiA. A fisherman.
Lo-wAi-A, V. See Lawaia. To catch
fish.
Lo-GA, s. Heh. A Hebrew liquid meas-
ure ; a log. Oihk. 14:10.
Lo-Gou, s, Gr. The name of the second
person in the Trinity; an appellation of
Jesus Chvigt. -John 1:L
Lu, V. To scatter; to throw away small
things, as ashes »r sand. PtUc. 9:8. To
drip; as water. Zi/ieih^. 80. -
2. To sow. as grain
3. To shake; to kick or remove dust from
one's feot.
i. fa dive or plunge in the water. 2
ifal. 5:14. To dive, as in taking a squid.
Lu, s. That which is thrown away or
scattered.
2. That which is shot fromagun; hence,
gun shot, from their scattering.
3. The small seeds of the-puakala.
'4. A kind of medicine; the same mIom-
k<da ;.sma\l seeds beaten up and mixed
with some liquid for a purgative; the real
name of the plant is naide.
Lu-A, V. To kill by breaking the bones.
Note.— The liia was mdch practiced in an-
cient times and is understood now by some
old p.eople.
2. To dig a pit ; to make a deep hole in
the ground.
Lu-A, s. The art of breaking the bones
of a person.
2. The art of noosing men in order to
murder thcra, as was practiced on Kauai.
3. The place where the art of the Iva was
taught.
4. A pit. Pwfc. 21:33. A holq; a grave;
a den. Lwrik. 6:2.
Lu-A, s. See Lua, adj. A second ; an
equal ; an assistant ; a copy of a writing.
JTuni 17:18.
2.,siiikeness in quality; aole hui e like
' me ia, there is no second like it, i. e., there
is nothing like it. See Leaolk.
3. Zua expresses admiration and applies
to what is good; Iva poll, the endeared
bosom of a warm-hearted tiiend. Note; —
Lua was the watch-word given by Uoapili
previous to the last battle on Kauai.
Ltr-A, adj. The number two. SeeALUA
and Elda. Two ; double ; hence.
2. Deceitful; naau lua,& deceitful heart;
double minded. Hal. 12:2.
3. Weak ; flexible ; feeble ; nawaliwali,
palnpalu.
Lu-A, adv. Secondly; a second time.
Nah. 1:9.
Lu-^A-A-Hi, «. Z«a, pit, ai?d aM, fire.
liUerally, the volcano of Kilauca on Hawaii.
2. Figuralwdy. the place of punishment
hereafter ; h<fll j o ka h*wa ka waa pae i
ka Iwiahi, sin is the canoe that lands in
lieli; o ka luaald ke awa o ka make mau
loa, W is the harbor of eternal death.
Lu-A-A-PA-NA, ». To live idly or in
pleasure ; to live wantonly ; e noho lealea
me ka akaaka ame ke kamailio lapuwale.
Heaha ka oukou e hana nei ? Aolo, e lua-
apaiw, wale ana no makou. See Luaxa.
Lu-Ai, V. To vomit ; to cast out of the
stomach; to cast forth from the mouth.
Hoik. 12:15. 0 ka mea I Ixmiia, aole ia e
ai hou iho, that which has been vomited i^p
is not to be eaten again. Fig. Applied to
a country, to cast out as a country casts
out its pcoplefor their crimes. Oi/tfc. 18:25.
LtJ-Ai, s. Sickness of the stomach.
3. A discharge from the stomach.
3. Tho matter or that Which fe vomited
up. 2P««.2:22.
Ci
LUA
351
LUA
jU-Ai-a-ko-ko, s. Luai and koko, blood.
A vomiting of'blood.
Ltr-Ai-E-LE, 0. To go about from house
to house or from place to place without
apparent object ; to live without purpose;
MOO. To live by deceit.
Ltj-ai-e-le-u, s. Laziness; indolence;
1]ad habits; destitution; minamina ino
ko'u manao i ka luaiele i kcia la, o iumer
leia e kanaka.
Lu-Ai-KT7, s. A word made use of by
Eamehamelia I. to express his contempt of
cowards, meaning ELamehameha wtS vomit.,
Lu-Ai-PE-LE, s. iJtffli and Pefe, the god-
dess of volcanoes. Brimstone; sulphnr.
Kanl. 29:22.
Lu-Ai-to, s. The name of an ancient
progenitor, before Wakea ; his ootempora-
ries were called he poe ifce ale, he poe na-
aupo.
Ltt-a-o-ha-ne, s. Lua, pit, and chane
for t(7ian«,'8ouI. The inner canthus or angle
. of the eye ; the lachrymal duct perhaps.
Lu-A-o-LE, s. Lua, second, and ole,ao;
none. A darling; a nonesuch; an only
and dear one. Sal. 35:17.
' ' 2. Used in a bad sense, hoadle o ka waha-
' hee, no other such liar ; luaole o ka ike
maka ole, none his like in blindness or want
of observation.
Lu-A-o-Ni, s. The name of the second
man that fell in battle ; o ka lua o ke ka-
naka i make mua mai, he luaoni ia.
Ltr-Air, s. The petal of a plant ; the leaf
of the kalo ; boiled herbs. 1. e., the young
kalo leaves gathered and cooked for food.
2. Fig. A parent ; one to whom a child
can resort for food; probably so called be-
cause a parent is one to whom a child can
resort for his food; o kona luau (ka makua)
noia.
3. The name of a species of soft porous
stone.
Lu-AU, adj. Full; stuffed; crammed;
filled fnll.
Ltt-au-i," s. A parent ; those whom chil-
dren call parents or makuas; he makua,
he man makaa. Note. — Luaui united with
makua, means the nalurai parent as distinct
from an ditygt/^ parent or uncle or aunt.
Ltr-A-B'-^A-NE, s. See Ltjaohane above.
The inner corner of theeye. Awd. 11.
Lu-A-HE-LE, «, Jjaa; pit, and Aefe, to go;
To lead,a3tray from the path of virtue ; to
seduce.
Lu-A-BE-LE, s. A leading astrar ; a de-
ceiving ; a speaking evil against a person.
Ltj-A'HI, s. Name of a person or per-
sons captured in battle; name of one
wMpped in a single fight ; i upu afca ai
oukfiit 0 ka oukou hmhi ka ike.
Ln-A-Hi-NE, s. IiMffl and iMsAwifi, woman.
A contraction of Iwrnahine. An old wfeman.
Lu-A-Ho-Ho-Nu, s. Lua,'^'A,KcA.hohmu,
deep. A deep pit or ditch;, the bottomless
pit, hell. Soik. 9:1.
Lu-A-HU-NA, s. Imo. and Ammo, to hide.
A cave or pit in; which prdporty was con-
cealed, as in time of war ; a concealed or
bidden pit.
Lu-A-Ho-A-NA, s. The halo or lainbow
appearance around the sun or moon.
Lu-A-KA-HA, V. To hare dwelt long in
a place; to have become an inhabitant; to
be at home; to be familiarwith a location;
beaha ka onkou e noho ai maanei? Ans.
Ka inca he hmkaha, ko makou noho ana.
Lxr-A-EA-LAi, s. SeeLuAfiOANA. A halo
around the sun or moon in cloudy or hazy
weather.
Lu-A-KA-LAI-LA-NI, S. See LUAHOANA
and LcAKALAi. A halo, &c.
Lu-A-KE-LE, s. Asepulchrie; aplacefor
depositing the dead.
Lu-A-Ki-Ni, s. Imu, pit, and kini, ihul-
tltude. A heiau of the largest class ; o ka
luakini, oia ka heiau a ke alii nui e noi aku
ai i na 'kna ona.
2. The highest species (rf house in a heiau
where human sacrifices were offered.
3. The worshipers in a temple. ler. 7:4.
Note. — Since the introduction of the chris-
tian religion, the name luakmi has been
given to places of worship dedicated to
Jehovah ; e hai i ka olelo a ke Akua iloko
o ka luakini o lebova. .
Ltj-a-eu-fa-fau, s. lMaa.nikupapeai,a
corpse. A grave; a receptacle of dead
bodies; a tomb; a sepulchre. 12M 13:30.
Lu-A-Lo-A, s. A species of ^h-hook.
Lir-A-Lu-A, V. To be flexible; to be pli-
able ; to be soft ; hence,
2. To be old, as garments ; to be much
< worn or used. Heb. 1:11.
Lu-A-LU-A, s. A second-hand garment;
soft ; pliable ; flimsy cloth.
2. A rough road; inauy small ravines
crossing it.
3^ Kough uneven land.
4. A round set for taking fish; he upena
poopoe.
Lu-A-Ltr-A, adj. Limber; flexible; flimsy.
Ltr-A-Lu-Ai, V. Lua, twice, and luai, to
raise from the stomach. To raise the food
again &om tho stomach to the mouth', as
ruminating animals.
2. To chew the cud. KaiU. 14:6. Eoo.
The same ; to raise and chew the cud.
Lc-'A-LTT-Ai, s. Hoo. The cud; that
wliich is raised Grom the stomach of an an-
imal to be chewed over again; hemeahoo-
Iwahtaiin. (Hhk, 11:3,
LUE
352
LiUU
Lc-A-LtJ-A-NA, o. The intensive oihtana,.
Tq \ii) satisfled ; to liye. comfortably ; to
seek pleasure ; to be mf rry.
Lu-a-me-b::!, «. Imo, and mela, so deep
as not to see the bottom, A very deep pit;
a concealed hole in the ground. 2efc. 9:11.
Lu-A-NA, ». To live in idleness or pleas-
ure ; to be satisfled with one's self, JBbo.
'the same. Heaha ka oukOn e bana nei?
Aole^^ Xwiruj, wale ana no makou.
Lu-A-NA) adj. Satisfied; easy; living
in pleasure oj'' idleness. See Lhamjana.
Ltr-A-Nuir, t). To be dressed out with a
sl^ge knina of kapa, as the gods were on
important occasions.
u 2. To stand around, as the gods around
the temple.
Lp^-A-NH0, s. The name of tv.o gods in
the house of Lono.<
Ltj-a-paa-ha-o, s. lMa,]^itia:nApaahaa,
iron fast. A dungeon; ier. 37:16. A place
of the lowest piisons. Pu!c. 12:29.
Lu-A-BAA-HA-0, adj. Appertaining to the
lowest prisons or dungeons ; .hale luapaa-
hoio. See reference above.
Lir-A-PATJ, s. The bottomless pit in the
luakini ; hence synonymous with luakini.
' , 2. A yawning or.dievouring pit.
• 8. Fio. That which causes ruin or de-
struction ; o ka, mai pala, oia ka Ivapau o
Ts.bia. pae aina.
Lu-A-PE-LK, s. Lua, a pit, and Pele, the
goddess of volcanoes. Hence,
- 1. A volcano itself.
2. A volcano either now in action or Ex-
tinct.
' 3. A puu or hillock on the top of a moun-
tain, especially if it have a cavity on the
- top.
Lu-A-Fo, s. Lua and po, night. The
grave. Hal. 88:3.
Lu-A-WAi, s. Lua and wai, wat*r. A
well of water. Mn. 21:19.
2. A cistern; a pit for water. Isa. 36:16.
, He punawai hohonu,
LtT-A-WE-HE-0"LE, s. Lua atid wekeole,
unopened. The unopened or bottomless
pit. See LuAPAtf.
Lu-E,^. V. To loosen that isSSich has been
fast ; hence,
2. To break up, as any stmcture.
3. Boo. To overthrow", as a system. Oih.
6:39. To destroy, as a house or city.
4. To scatter here and there.
5. To bury up ; to overwhelm.
Ltf-E-A, , 4'. See PoLUEA. Sleepy ; fa-
tigued; the unpleasant sensations on board
a ship ; htea 1 ka ua.
Lu-E-HP, s. Name of a species of soft
or porous stoiies; there are many varieties;
the term is opposed to fga or pohaiMpaa.
Lu-E-Hir, iidj. Soft ; yielding, &c.
Lu-E-LTT-E,* V, Freq. of ^«e. To. loosen;
to destroy ; to l^reak up, &c.'
Lu-E-Lu-E, adj. Loose; flowing; long,
as a large loose kapa; lole hooludue, a long
loose robe. Esd. 8:15. He lole e uhi ana
mai luna a hala loa ilalo.
Lu-E-LU-E, s. A long flexible fish net ;
he upena luelue.
T ^"'' > V. See KoLuiLtJi.
IiU-l-LU-I, )
Lu-i-Ki-A, s. A tying or binding up the
outrigger of a canoe with taste and firm-
ZcS&a ; HA poe i aoia i ka hoonanawa, ame
ka holo moana, ame ka luikia i ka iako.
Lu-i-NA, s. A resident in a ship; a
sailor. Soifc. 18:17. Ka poe kanaka hoo-
' ikaika no ka moku.
Ltr-o-Ni, J. The person or chief who de-
livers one condemned to death and in con-
finement.
2. The work of salvation as effected by
Jestts Christ; this personage was called by
HawaiianEi Sdku malama.
Lutr, V. See Lti. To dive; to plunge
into the watflf*out of sight
2. To spill out; to flow rapidly; to rush,
as water confined in narrow places.
3. To sow, as seed; to scatter; hence,
to overturn; to overthrow. See Ltr.
4. Hbo. To dip into coloring matter ; to
dye. P'uk. 25:5. To dye, as a garment in
a liquid. Hoik. 19:13.
5. To plunge headlong down into the
deep.
Lnu, s. That which may be thrown or
scattered, i. e., shot ; luu mann, duck shot.
See LtJ.
Luu-i-Li, s. LiAi&nAUijSkm. A tanner
of .skins or hides. Oi7i. 9:43, Noia.—This
word in the reference has been changed to
hanaili.
Luo-i-NA, s. See Luina. A diving;
from this, perhaps, common poor tbioigners
wore called luina.
Luu-HA-Lo, V. Luu and A«fo,'to spw; ;;
out the hands to swim. To jnaku wiiii ti-j
hands the motions of swimming.
Luir-Ki-A, J. Also written Zi»Ma. He aha
waa, he hoana e paa ai ka wjia, e lukia
(luukia) i ka ama me ka iako.
Luu-Ki-MO, V. To dive; to dive head-
foremost for,some purpose;' toifcinw ihola.
ia mo ka manao e alualu aku i ua heo la.
Luo-tiiJU,-'«. To be in a tremor from
hjird exercise or from fear.
2. To shake, as a tice to get rhe fruit.
3. To droop ; to be oppressed with sor-
row. MaL 28:37. To be sad ; to bo do-
jeoted; to be troubled ill mind. /oan. H:2l.
LUH
353
LUL
4. Boo. To be sorrowful; to be cast
down.
Luu-Ltu, «. Grief; trouble. loh^ 6:2.
Depressing fear ; pau ka pali, hafa- k» licur
hm kaumaba, paet the pali, past this beary
fear.
Lnn-Luo:, adj. Toilsome ; painful. lob.
7:3. Heavy, sorrowfVil.
Luir-u-LA, J), Luu and ida, red. To color
red. Hao. To dye red. lia. 63:1.
Ld-he, adj. Proud; exhibiting one's
baughtiness ; making a s^w ; fat ; acting
the chief; Inla, luhe, i ke kaha o Kaiina-
Icwa.
Lu-HE, V. To fade; to wither; to hang
down, as a withering/plant.
Lu-HE-A, s. Name of a species of plant;
ka Ian o luhea o ka ohai o mana.
Lu-HE-A-MA, V. To feel comfortable, as
a hungry person after eating ; e biheana e
Jca malie.
Ln-HEE, V. To pull up and down the
line, as in catching Ibeequid.
Lu-HEE, s. Name of a species of fish
cauglit with a hook. .
2. Name of a quality of stone or rock ;
eia na pohaku Ivhee, be maa ano e foa ko
lakou, here are the Ivkee rocks unlike all
others.
Lu-HE-i/E-LEi, V. LufoiluUf&nihelelei,
to scatter. To be scattered about here and
latere, in this place and that, as books,
papers or small fiirnituro.
Lu-HE-LD-HE, adj. SeeLuHE. Fatj full;
plump ; momona, kaba.
Lu-Hi, i>. To be fatigUed with labor ; to
labor severely so as to be oppressed.
2. To labor or suffer with grief; to be
weighed down with grief.
3. IIoo. To oppress ; to be hard on one;
to urge one to labor equal to, or more than
his physical powers can bear; to weary
one witih intercession. Xufc. 18:5.
Lu-Hi, s. Weariness; fatigue. Fifi. A
cause of anxiety ; one especially beloved ;
i aku la, e kuu fafti, eia ke kane, my dear
one, here is a husband. Zaieik. 197.
2. A heavy burden; kameachooluhiai.
•a. Oppression ; hard labor. • Isa. S6:ll.
Lp-hi, adj. Tiresome J . causing weari-
ness; requiring a long time lo finish. Note.
Luhi, is mostly occasioned by carrying a
burden. Moo. Causing hard service or
bondage ; luna hooltM,- an officer who has
.power to oppress.
io-Hi-A, s. A species of large fish of
the shark kind.
Lu-Hi-E-Hir, adj. Soft; cooked soft;
■|)ala, moa.
'I/U-Hi-HE-WA, V. Luki and hewa, wrong;
wicked. To opprsss wrongfully. Eoo, To
46
cause one to be oppressed ; to vex. Oihk.
19:33. To be ill treated; to maltreat Bal.
9:9.
Lir-Hi-LU-Hi, V. Freq. of luhi. To trouble
or burden one often. Hoo. To weary one
with importunity ; to weary one with bad
conduct. Isa. 43:24 To burden with ex-
penses or taxes. Isa. 43:23.
Lu-KA, s. An assembly of women for
prayer ; he aha pule na ka wahine.
Ltt-ka-ltj-ka, s. The appearance of
growing, flourishiDg, thrifty vegetables;
also applied to animals; as, puaa lukaluka.
See NuKAMUKA.
Lu-KA-MA-E-A, S. A prayer used by fe-
males from the time of Papa; ma ia ao ana
ae, lukamaea, o olekukahi ia la.
Lu-Ki-A, V. See Ludkia.
Lu-Ko, adj.
Lu-KF, V. To make a slaughter, i. e., to
kill a multitude, as in a severe battle ; to
overthrow ; to destroy ; to slay, as in war.
Oihk. 26:17.
2. Fio. To smite; to destroy, as with a'
pestilence. Nah. 14:12. To root out or
utterly lay waste a people. Note.— TJufcw
applies mostly to the dostruodon of a great
many at once; to make havoc; to root out.
The word is also mostly coniiDed to the first
conjugation ; it is applied also to an ex-
tensive cutting up and dostroying o£ vines
aud fig trees. Sos. 2:14.
Lu-KU, s. slaughter J a destnictioa of
people on a large scale. Isa. 34:6. The
rooting out or utter destruction of a people.
Lu-KU, adj. Mea luku, a destroyer.
Fuk. 12:23.
Lu-KU-A, V. Passive for luhiia. To be
slaughtered ; to be scattered ; e boopauia.
Lu-Ku-NA, s. iato, slaughter, and asMa.
A slaughtering ; a destruction of persons ;
a papauku wale ka lukuma.
Lu-LA, V. To be calm, as when there is
no wind ; to be smooth, as the sea.
2. To be lazy ; to be indolent.
LtT-LA, s. A calm state of the a.tmos-
phere when there is no wind.
2. A diminishing or calming of a storm.
Lu-LA, adj. Smooth, as the surface of
the sea unruffled by the wind.
2. Lazy ; careless ; indolent ; hanging
like a flag without wind ; ivla, luhe, i ke
kaJia o Kaunalewa.
Lu-LA-NA, ». To be calm, as people that
have been wailing for a deceased person,
they cease wailing and are still; luiana akui
i ka ae wai liu la.
Lu-LE, V. To shake, as the flash of a
fat person.
2. To be fat; to have soft flesh. See
LUL
354
LUM
3. Mqo. To msike one fat or fleshy, j. e.,
to biiv'e one's tlesli shake and roU with. fat-
ness. Note. — In Some cases lule and its
oomponnds have definitions like Mi, they
are kindred to each other.,
I/tr-LE-Lu-LK, 0. See Lule. To'be very
fat, as a person ; to have the flesh soft and
rolling.
Lu-iiE-LU-LE, adj. Fat; rolling; shaky,'
as the flesh of a lat iperson.
Lu-Li, ». 1^3 vibrate ; to shake ; to shake,
as a bush in the wind. Mat. 1 1:7. ,
2. To vary from one' position ; to lock ;
to roU, B8 a ship v,ith the wind astern ; to
overturn ; to lay down .sideways.
3. To bo moved from place to place.
. i. To be unsteady.
6. Hoo. So change, as a law. Dan. 6:8
and 12. To stake, as the.liead in defiance.
2 Nal. 19:21. To shak^ together. ,
6. To wave as a wave-offering. Oihk.
7:30.
Lir-Li, adj. Unsteady; changeable;
shaking ; moving to and fro.
Lu-u-Lu-Li, V. See Luw. To shake
often ; to vibrate ; to shake, as in shaking
hands.
2.^To overturn'; to overthrow, aa th«
shaking of to earthquake,
3. To shake together; to shake down, as
corc^in a barrel.
4. To shake, aa the head in scorn. Isa.
37:22.
5. Roo. To rock, as iff a cvadle; to shake
the head in mockery. lob 16:1
6. To stii' up, i. e., to awaken out of sleep.
LiJ-i;t-L0-Li, adj. Tottering; standing
unsteadily; easily shaken; rocking"; not
firm.
Lu-LO, 5. Thick leaves of a tree wreathed
or twisted into an ornament for the. neck ;
a wreath for the neck.
Lu-Lo, s. A vicious orthography for
. rula, a rule.
Lv-to-m, V. To be in a deep sleep ; to
sleep soundly. See Ll-wjhi.
Lc-L0, V. To shake, as the dust from
anything; to shake, aa tlie ^ast ft'om one's
feet. 2raf. 10:14. To fan; to winnow.
2. To shake, us a cloth. Neh. 5:i:i, To
shake, as the fisi.s in defiance. Zaieih-. 46.
3. To sow or scatter, as grain. fii». 26:12.
i. To scatter ; to dibperse, as a people.
JS/zfifc. 30:26. To shake; tooverthi-ow. Pv.k
K;27,
5. To lie quietly or still, as a ship in a
harbor.
6. Maa. for /wo. To tremble : to ehake
through fear. Kanl 2:25.
7. To be awe strwck ; to bo afraid.
8. To be borne down; to be pressed
down, as with a freight. See Lclto.
9. To be calm, as the sea. See No. 5
above. Hence,
10. To flap or fluttei', as a sail turned
into the vdnd ; lulu ka pea.
Lu-LU, s. A calm spot at the leeward trf
an island or precipice.
2. A level spot of groiuad, m iiie kahna
of a bouse.
3. The play of dice nsed^in backgammon.
4. 'Boa. A trembling.
Lu-LC, adj. Sowing; huaMa, seed for
Bowing. Oihk. 11:37.
2. Calm; w^ahi hdu, a place where the
wind does not reach.
Lu-LU-Ai-E-LE, V. To be inconstant; to
go here and there ; to change one's place ;
e kealia. See hvusnE.
Lu-Lir-Ai-NA-o-LE, s. A young person
that has been well cared for from a child
and has grown up handsome and agreea-
ble.
Lu-LU-A-LH, s. Lidu, a shaking or flut-
tering, as a loose garmeat, and ofJi, chief;
royal. A garment of bird's feathers; a
robe of royalty. i
Lu-Linr, adj., He&vy witkgrief; sleepy;
bowed down, as the head. See LnuLcc.
IjU-i.u-hi, 0. See Luhi. To be verv
, much fatigued and heavy witU'sleep. ifofc
25:5.
2.~To be sleepy; to be'in a deep, sleep;
to sleep soundly. See L01.0M.
3. To tang black and heavy, as clouds.
4. Boo. To be harshly treated ; to be
fiequeltly fatigued with hard labor; to
labor as a servant constantly. Oih. 7:6.
Lu-Ltr-HVJ-A, s. Lulu and hita, seed. A
sower of seed. J/af. 13:3. . Lulu anoano.
' a sowi^r of seed. iufc. 12:24.
Lu-Lij-LU, V. See Lulu. To flap, as a
eail when the wind is irregular or but lit-
tle ; to be calm, or a want of steady wind;
lukdu, ka pea.
Lrr-LU-Mi, V. SeeLuMi. To gather into
small compass; to come together, as a rush
of people; t-o press upon one, as in a crowd;
to come together in multitudes. Luk. 20:33.
To rush along inegulsirly; e uhauhamake,
alanui ; to fold up; to pr«as hard, aa dirt
atonnd kalo ; huki i ke kalo nui, Mumi i
ka lepo, a popoi i ka mauu.
2. To hide ; to conceal.
Lulumi malaa i ke alo o k» amnion,
Kuikai hUn i te kai a halohua
I na 'ka no la i Peekoa.
LiSrLV-m, s. A thick crowd of people ;
a great multitude, particularly if they have
come together without order.
Lu-MA, V, To kill one by putting his
head under water.
LiJ-MAi, V. See Lir. To put to death by
putting the head under watei'.
LUN
355
LUN
Lu-MAi-A, V. To be entangled or turned
over and over by the surf; e lauwiliia, e
liinilimi e ka halu,
Lu-jiAi-A, s. The' being overwhelmed,
as in a lioavyBtotm,rain pouKng down all
over one; ua Mlu wale 1 ka lumaia e ka na.
Lu-MA-NA-WA-HUrA, s. An internal pain;
a pain of tlio bowels.
2. Internal pain for the loss of one's
property, like minamina.
Lu-Mi, 0. See Lulumi. To come to-
gether; to come together, as a rush of peo-
ple ; to rush along, &o. See Lulumi for
the various meanings.
Lu-Mi-A, s. A species of sorcery; he
pule ana,ana.
Lu-Mi-LU-Mi, V. Intensive of lumi. See
the dulinitiODs of Mumi.
2. To practice sorcery; to repeat the
pule anaana.
Lu-Mi-Lu-Mj, V. Tp,act foolishly; to act
wickedly ; to do slovenly ; e.hana ino, ka-
pulu, opiopi inoino ; to be is a state of
dvnnkennesa and debauchery; na lumilur
miia laua c ka ona a k^ awa. laieik. 203.
Lumitumi a fca poll o a^ialoha
A haf e kh lua i honopa.
Lu-NA, s. The upper side of anything.
2. The upper ; the above.
3. A high place or scat ; kahl klokie.
4. A person who is over others in office
or comruiind ; hence, an oversiier; an of-
ficer ; a director.
5. A head man of a land who gives or-
dor.s.
6. A lietald ; a raftsspnger ; one scut on
business by' a chief: an ambassador.
7: An executive officer of any idnd, qual-
ified by the added word. See iha exaniplt;s
below.
8. The cbiof piece in tlio game konane ;
paa Diua ia'u na Inna o ka pupa konaue a
maua. Laieik. 115.
Lu-NA, adj. Upper; higher; above;
kcena Vuna, an upper room. Note.: — Imna
as opposed to I/do, down, takes its base at
the height of a man's heaid ; all above the
heiglit of a man's head is said tO' be Innai
above, up ward, high, according to the thing
spoken of;- and all below the height of a
man's head is said to be Mo, down, below,
under. See D. Mala 6:1. Hence the terms
in ascending are, oluna «e, ohmn aku. ntiina
loa uku, oluna lUo akw, ohma lilo loa, oluna
o ke 00, above the clouds , itill higher, ke
aouU, ka laniuli, ka lanipaa.
Lu'OJA, comp. prep. On; above; higher;
over, &c. ; found only in the compounds a,
i, 0, ko, no, ma and mai. See each ii^ its
place, also Grammar § 161.
Lu-NA-AU-HAU, s. Litna, officer, and au-
hau, a tax. One who collects taxes and
has chargfi of tax money ; a tax-gatherer ;
a publican. Luk. 7:24. A maslcr of the
tribute.. 1 Nal. 12:18.
Lu-NA-A-HA-Ai-NA, s. Lu?ia and ahaaina,
a feast. The master or director of a least.
loan. 2:8.
Lu-NA-o-HA-NA, s. iwMa and ^Mfl, work.
An overseer or ofKcer of work. 1 Oihl. 9:34.
Lu-NA-o-LE-LO, s. iwwa and o?cto, speech.
An officer of commuDication ; one sent to
make proclamation ; an apostle. Oih. 1:2.
Ln-NA-HA-LE-Ki-Ai, s. Luita and hale,
house, and kiai, to watch. Tne governor
of a fortress. J«a. 33:18.
Lxr-NA-HA-NE-Ri, s. Lwiu and lumeri
(Eag.), a hundred. Au officer over a hun-
dred soldiers; a centurion. Luk. 7:2, 'i.
Ltr-NA-Hoo-HJ-Hi, s. Luna and kooluki,
to vex; to burden. A task ma* er. P«fc.5:6.
Lu-NA-KAu-A, s. Im^uz and kaua, vrar.
A captain in war. imnk. 11:6.
Lu-NA-KA-Hi-Ko, s. LunaanA kaMka, old.
An elderly man of iulluence from age, dig-
nity of character, knowledge, &c. PiSc.
3:10.
Lj-na-ka-na-li-ma, s. lama, and Uanor
lima, fifty. A leader of fifty men. 2 Sal.
1:10.
Lu-NA-KA-NA-wAi, s. Luna and kanawai,
law. A judge; a magistrate; one who ap-
plies the law to delinquents or transgress-
ors.
2. Name of a book of the Old Testament,
Judges. , >
Lir-NA-Ki'A, s, Luna, over, above, and
kia, a pillar or post. That which is above
or over the kia or pillar ; a chapiter ; the
upper part of a column. 1 Nai. 7:16. .
Lxj-NA-ia-Ai, *. Luna and kiai, te watch.
A person who oversees or watches over
others; a bishop; an overseer, PiKp. .1:1.
Lu-NA-Ki-E-Ki-E, s. luwL- and kiekie,
high, A dignified person ; a person high
in responsible office ; dignity. IuOm 8.
Jjij-KA-Ko-A, s. LuTiaa-niioa, soldier. A
military officer; a captain;. a sergeant, Src.
Lu-NA-LA-wE, s. Luna&nilawe, to take;
to carry. An upper servant.
Lu-NA-LA-WE-HA-NA, s. Luna and lawe,
to take, and haria, work. A mfaiister ; a
chief sei-vant. Kol 1:23.
LxT-NA-MA-NAO, s. LuTUi^ and manao,
thought. The director of one's thoughts ;
the internal monitor, i. e., conscience ; the
sense which feels in view of right and
wrong ; pioloke ka noonoo ana a ka Iwim-
mamao, tho thinking of the conscience was
-troublesome. Notk. — ^This is a late coined
word introduced into the work on Moral
Philosophy and used to some e.ttent in
other late books; used with lioopimcu. See
Laieik. 78.
MA
356
MAA
Lu-NA-TAU-sA-Ni, »i Lima and tausani
(Sng.), a thousand. The captain or officer
over & tbonsand men. Mar. 6:21.
Lu-wu, V. To covet, as the property of
others.
2. to extort ; to have that feeling that
would extort from others-. See Ai.dso and
also (incorrectly pronounced) Nonu.
3. To swathe; to fold or bind Up; to roll
up, as a bundle of kapa or cloth ; to bind
up, as an article in kapa.
Lu-NC, adj. Covetous J stingy; parsi-
monious; exercising a kind of violence;
oppressive ; lai^less. See Alund.
2. Swollen ; puffed up.
Lu-PA-LU-PA, s. Tlie name of a prayer
at a luakini; a pule do ke kahuna, he lupa-
iifpo, ka itea o ia pille.
Lc-PE, s. A kite.
2. The end of the outrigger of a canoe.
See Kanaka.
3. A species of fish.
4. A large creature of the sea. See Hihi-
MANU. r !_• J
Ld-pe-a-ke-ke, s. The name of a bird;
the sea eagle.
Ln-WA-Hi-NE, V. To be an old woman.
Bia. 1:12. See Ldahine.
Lu-wa-hi-ne, s. An old woman.
2. A particular class of men under Ka-
mehameha I. : some were chiefs, some were
common people.
Lu-WA-Hi-NE, adj. Of or pertaining to
an old woman; wa hwahine, time of beii^
an old woman.
M.
TIM' is the ninth letter of the Hawaiian
■^'■^ alphabet. It is a liquid, and yet it is
interchangeable with k, a mate; as, makia,
kakia, &c.
Ma. The syllable ma is used for several
purposes.
1. Ma ia formative of many nouns, in
which case it seems to imply fullness, solid-
i;ty, addition, &c., to the original word.
2. It often carries the idea of aecompaoy-
ing. together, &c. See Maiana, MAidAUAKS,
to die together, &c.
3. Ma is used in swearing or taking an
oath (1 Sam. 17:43, 55), and signifies by.
See the preposition ma.
4. Ma is also used sometimes like the
emphatic o in such phrases as this : Ttia kela
mau mea elua, na loaa paka no i na kana-
wai.
Ma, prep. At ; by ; in ; through ; unto ;
by means of; according to, &c. Qram. §
67 and §< 68, 1. Ma laua o, together with ;
haalele oia i ka aina o Wailuku ma laua o
V/aihee, he forsook the region of Wailuku
t-oget)ier with that of Waihec ; in this case it
is synonymous with laua me and a me.
Ma, adj. 01 a particle, which mostly fol-
lows proper names of persons, and signifies
an atienSi'nt upon, 01 persons btUmgiiu/ to.
or accompanying ; as, ke alii nwj, the chief
and his irain; an officer and his posse; the
master of a family with bia children and
domestics ; Hoapili ma, Hoapili and those
known to he about him. It includes persons
in all capacities from an equal with the
one named to all connected with him, even
to his servants. Nah. 16:8. Note. — It is
possible that the dovible mo or »nama which
enters most of the numeral adjectives both
cardinal and ordinal above umi or ten,
should be referred to this particle.
Ma, u To fade, as a" leaf or flower; to
wilt.
3. Tit blush, as one ashamed.
3. To wear out, as a person engaged in
too much business. Puk. 18:18.
4. HoQ. To fail ; to perish, as a persou
or thin^.
Maa, v. To accustom; to be accus-
tomed to do a thing, as a work; to be easy
iu one's manners; to be polite^; to be
friendly; e walea, e launa ; to be used ; to
be accitstomed; to have practice.' /er.2:24.
2. To, accustom one's self; applied to the
knowledge of a road often traveled.
3. To gain knowledge by practice.
4. To sling, a.t a stone ; to cast a stone
from a sling. IJunk. 20:16. To throw or
cast away, as a sling does a stone. ler,
10:18.
6. To be small or little, as a substance.
Maa, s. a sling. 2 0ild.26.U. An of-
fensive weapon of war formerly in use
among the Hawaiians. 1 Sam. 17:40. He
kaula ho(dele i ka pohaku.
2. A string of a nmsical instrument ; he
kaula hookani.
3. Ease of manners ; politeness gained
by practice.
4. Experience ; long use; frequent trial.
6*. A going about here and there; ka bele
wale i 0 ia nei.
6. The name of a sea breeze at Labaina;
the same as aa.
Maa, adj. Accustomed to do a thing.
ler. 31:18. Practiced in any business;
used to.
2. Offensive in smell ; stinking.
MAA
357
MAA
Ma-a-a, s. !Naineof aseabreezeatLa-
haina. See Maa 6 above. Makani mooa.
Maa-e-le-le, v. To be cold ; to shiver;
to shake with the cold ; e anuana, c haa-
kelte.
Ma-a-0, s. The name of a fish.
Ma-au, ». To entangle; to get one into
difliQulty ; to make a law or lay a kapu in
oriler to entrap people, aB in former timegj
mostly used with
2. Hoo. To give one trouble ; to afflict
without cause ; to persecute. Kurd. 30;7.
3. To avenge or to take vengeance. Oiiilc.
19:18. Syn. with hoomaubala.
Ma-au, s. Hoo. Indifference ; neglect
of that which is good.'
2. l'«rseoution ; tribulation | affliction.
3. Willful or needless opposition to one;
a going about from house to house, being
forward, impertinent, troublesome.
Ma-au, s. The name of a weed.
Ma-au-a, v. Hoo. To increase; to come
upon, as fear ; to be afraid.
Ma-au-a, s, Anytiiiing old or ancient ;
what is of long standing ; epithet of a per-
son who has lived long ; old age.
2. A garden ; a patch of ground.
Ma-au-a, adj. OlcLrancient ; old, as a
person ; long ago, as an event.
Ma-au-au, *. A poi calabash.
Ma-au-au-a, U. To have articles for
Ma-au-au-wa, J sale ; to sell goods ; to
peddle ; to trade ; to make market. Note.
This word was formerly confined to the
Island of Oahu; at the other islands it was
pieZe and kaiepa.
Ma-au-au-a, >j. a market man; a
Ma-au-au-wa, ) peddler; one who trades
and gets money without work.
Ma-au-au-a, adj. See Maaua. Old;
applied to men ; a very indefinite term.
Ma-au-e-a, adj. Lazy; manifesting a
lazy disposition.
Ma-a-UiLA-u-la, s. Maa and via, red.
A kind of red earth used in coloring, ob-
tained in some deep ravines.
Ma-au-po-po, adj. Thick.
Ma-a-he, ». See Ahe, a light breeze.
To make small ; to diminish; to reduce to
less Size.
Ma-a-la-hi, ». To escape from any evil
real or imaginary.
2. To be possessed of privileges, as an
intelligent pei-son over an ignorant one;
nolaila, inaakthi wale ka poe i'imi aku ia
oe (ka naauao), aohe nui ka hana.
Ma-a-la-hi, s. Nobleness ;. exultation ;
ka hanohano.
Ma-a-le-a, s. Maa, accustomed,and lea,
adv., very. Cunning; craft; subtlety, such
aa is obfainod by practice ; skill in doing
a thing, especially mischief, such as getting
the advantage of another. Luk. 20:23.
Ma-a-le-a, adj. Prudent; having fore-
thought; wise.
2. Cunning; crafty. lob. 1.5:5.
Ma-a-le-a, u. To fe wise; to be artful;
to be cunning ; to use policy.
2. IZoo. to act wisely ; to act skillfully,
&c.
Ma-a-le-a, adv. Deceitfully. Puk,
21:14. Cunningly ; craftily, los. 9:4,
Ma-a-li, s. Some small slender sub-
stance ; a piece broken off. ,See Moai.i.
Ma-/i-u, adj. Small; thin; he maawe.
Maa-li-u, v. To abate heat in any hot
substance. AnM. 43.
2, To cool or appease, as anger, SseLi-X.
■ '6. IXoo. To cool ; to reduce the temper-
ature ; to appease the anger of any ore,
Hoi. 16:14.
Maa-li-li, ndj. Cooled; spoken of wfaat
bas been hot ; lukewarm.
2. Blasted ; stunted ; spoken of fnilfc
Amos 4:9.
Ma-a-lo, v. Ma and alo, to pass from
one place to another. To pass along by a
place or thing. Kanl. 2:S.
"2. To pass by one. lob. 9:11.
3. To pass through, as a land ; to make
way through a crowd.
4. To pass away, as one's glory or prop-
erty. Dan. 4:31.
6. To pass by, as a shadow. loJ). 4:15.
Maa-I*-A, s. The name of a bu^h or
small tree, from the bark of ^hich kapa
was made.
Ma-a-lo-a-ld, t>. See Maalo above. To
go frequently or quickly from place Us
place.
Ma-a-lo-a-lo, s. .The act of reading by
hitching along without being aide to read
fluently.
Maa-lo-e-m-e, », See Maloeloe. To
be weary ; to be tired ; to be heavf with
sleep,
MAA-HAA-tE-A, odj. The intensive of
tnaalea. Verj cunning; very crafty; more
tbAD orditonly politic.
Ma-a-ma-a-dia, v. For malamalama,ihb
I dropped as in the Marquesan dialect
Light: the opposite of darkness; ka pau
ana o ka manawa po, Laieik. 26.
Ma-a-ua-a-ma, adj. Light as opposed
to dark. See Malamai.aiia.
Ma-a-nei, I a<fc. ]^a, preposition, and
MA'E-NEI, > ami or end ornei.here. Here;
Ma-NEI, } at this place, in distinction from
some other place. Lit. At here. See Nbi.
MAE
358
MAE
Ma-a-we, V, To go along a narrow
roajl; to -wind along, as in a crooked path.
2. Tu be Email ; to be tbin ; to be poor
in flesh ; hence,
3. To be weak or sickly. See Awe, the
strings or tails of a squid.
Ma-a-we, s. Ma and awe. See Awe-
awe, to be small. A small indefiuite part
of something ; a small substance ; a bit of
& string- or small piece of a rope ; a shoe
etring. &c. Kin. 14:23.
. 2. A print of a footstep ; a track ; the
wake of a ship ; he aweawe, me he holo
ana oa ka mokii.
Ma-a-we-, adj. Small; narrow; thin.
2. Moviug in a narrow path ; ap.plied to
a rond or path ; hele aku la oia i ke ala
riiaawe iki a ke aloha, he l^as gone in the
path little traveled by the loved ones.
Ma-a-we-a-we, s. Spots; variegated
colors on a thing ; marks making ditfereut
shades of colors. See Maawe and Awe.
Ma-a-we-a-we, adj. Spotted; marked?
variegated with small changes of color or
f(^m, , ■
MaiA-we-u-la, s. Mamoe a.niula,Tei;
btfiwa. , A. path or road so much trodden
as to cause the Ved or brown earth to ap-
pear.^
Ma-a-we-lo-lo-aI s. Madwe and loloa,
long. The warp of olotli. Oihk. 1S-A8.
Ma-a-we-po-ko-p/j-ko, *. Maavie and
. pokopoko, short The filling or. woof of
cloth. Oihk. 13:48.
Mae, v. To blast ; to wither ; to fade.
1. "to wfther, as the petals of flowers or
leaves of vegetables ; e loha ka lau o ka
laau, e maloo.
2. To roll up, as the leaves of vegetables
in drought (kindred wifhr'?»iat, sick.) See
Ma.
3. To piiie aww', as persons with disease,
i. e., to perish. Hal. 18:45.
4. To i(ass away, as a people ; to disap-
pear, as a judgment from heaven. OHik.
26:39. -
Mae, s. See Mai. A species of sick-
ness ; a pain in the bowels.
Mae, adj. Blasted, as fruit ; withered,
as a flower or a leaf. ■
2. Faded, as a color. , •
3. Sad ; sober, as a person disappjinted
in his expectations.
Ma-e-a, adj. Ma and^ea,. strong smell-
iilg^ Bad smelling; strong; unpleasaui to
the smell ; banna. . ' . ,
Ma-e-a-e-a, adj. Ma and eaea, strong
smelling. See Ba. Turbulent; refractory.
. 2. Strong in disobedience, as a child that
refuses obedience to his parents and runs
away ; not under restraint.
3. Strong physically ; he keiki maeaea,
a strong child ; maeaea i ka holo, swift to*
run ; huteaea i ka hana, strong for work.
Mae-e-le, v. Mae and ele, an intensive.
To be void of pi'oper feeling, as a leg or an
, arm from the want of proper circulation of
blood. AncU. 49. Ua maeele kona puuwai
i ke aloha.
2. To^be benumbed ; to be insensible to
the touch ; maeel» oia no kona kaikiiahine
opiopio. - Zaieik'. 176. » -
3. Soo. To be touched with sympathy ;
to have feeling for one. Laieik. 74.
Mae-e-le, s. Numbnes? of any part
when the circulation of blood is retarded ;
ka pilikia loa o na aalolo no ka noho man
ana ma ka aoao hookahi. Note. — Hawai-
ians express a strong internal glow of love
for a person by the term maeele, equivalent
to the external feelipg of a limb when the-
flow of blood has for a time been stopped
or retarded and the limb, in common lan-
guage, is said to be asleep ; he mea e ka
radeeh o kc alii waliine i ke aloha, Zaieik.
205.
2. Hardness and numbness of any part.
3. The c'cnsation of a female daring the
time of gestation.
Mae-£-le, adj. Benumbed; he maeele
no ka lima ; void of feeling, as a l^g or an .
^rm which has its circulation stopped.
2. Filthy ; polluted. See Paei.e. '
Ma-e-ha-b-ha, s. Ma and ehaeha, pain.
Twilight ; dusk of the evening when it is
painful for the eyes to see.
Mae-mae, v. To be pure; to be clean;
to be without defilement physically or mor-
ally I to be free from any wrong done to
another. Oih. 20:26.
2. JEToo. To cleanse ; to make clean ; to
purify naturally, morally or ceremonially;
e hoopau i ka pelapela. OiUc. 8:15,
3. To sanctify; to cleanse what has been
impure. los. 7:13.
4. To dry ; to put up to dry.
Mae-mae, *. Cleanness ; purity, either
physical or moral; a separation from what
is wrong ; a s6parating between igood and
evil.
Mae-mae, adj. Clean r pure ; free from
defilement morally. OUik. 11:44.
2. Glorious; good.
3. Dried ; put in a situation to dry.
Ma-e-nei, adv. See Maanei. Ma and
enei ox nei. ■ See Nei. Hel^ ; in this place.
Nal. 22:7. Here, i. e., in this life, in dis-
tinction from another. iE*. 7:8. Ma oka,
puka, a maenei o ka puka, that side of the
door, and this side of the door.
Ma-e-no-e-no, t>. Ma and eno, to, be
wild. To be jealdus ; to entertain jealous
thoughts. .
Ma-e-wa, v. Ma and ewa, to bend out
Mai
359
MAI
of shape. To be tremulous ; to bfi unsta-
ble, as any substance unfixed.
2. To he led crookedly ; e kaiewa.
3. To be blown here and there, as the
spray of the surf by the wind ; e hoopu-
ehala e ka wai.
4. To mock; to. revile; to treat with
scorn ; to make ashamed ; to reproach one
with some base act of which he is not guilty.
Soo. The same.
M.A-E-WA-E-WA, V. Intensive of maewa.
To abuse; to mock, &a. Soo. To trouble;
to vex; to ridicule. 1 JfaZ. 18:27. To
abuse ; to treat vilely Or contemptuously.
15am. 31:4. To suffer affliction. Iofc.5:10.
Ma-e-wa-e-wa, s. a reproach; a scorn-
ing. See MakWa. ,"
2. The cutting of the hair irregnlaHy on
account of the death of a chief or relative.
Ma-S-wa-E-wa, adj. Reproaching. SoZ.
17:5. Scorning.
Mai, v. See Mae, to fade, &c. Tq be
,or to fall sick. 2 Sam. 12:l'o. To be dis-
eased ; to be unwell. loan. 11:1, 3.
Mai, v. Oia kekahi mea e hooheehee
ai ka ai, alalia mai iho la. Anat. 52.
Mai, s. Sickness generally ; illness ;
disease ; mat ahulau, mai luktt, a pesti-
lence; mai eha nui, a painful disease; mai
pehu, the dropsy.
2. The private parts of men or women ;
0 ka malo, oia ka wawae e paa ai ka mai;
mai will, the venereal disease or gonorrhea.
Mai, adj. Sick; diseased; weak.
Mai, prep. From, as from a person,
place or tWng ^ojcen of.
2. Towards a persoil; place or thing
speaking, and repeated after the noun when
the motion is towiards the person spealdng;
otherwise aim or a« i^ used; as, mai Kanai
mai, from Kauai, (here) this way ; mai
iflonolnlu afcu a i Kailna, from Honolulu
onward to Kailna. Oram. § 75.
Mai, adv. An adverb of prohibition;
before a verb it is used imperatively for
prohibiting; mai hele oe, do»'i you go; mai
hana hou aku, do it not again. It is often
used wi& noho a in a prohibitory sense ;
as, mai noiho onkou a hana kolohe, do not
do mischief. See Noho.
Mai, adv. Almost; nearly; near to;
exposed to j'about to be ; mai ike ole oe
ia'u, you were near never seeing me } mai
make au, I waa'aimost dead| mostly tised
in the beji^ning of a sfelitbnce.
Mai-a, s. The plantain, the banana and
its different varieties; a fruit kapn for
women to eat in ancient timei.
Mai-a, v. To chew in the mouth ; -to
masticate ; to soften for strallowing.
Mai-a, adj. Chewred ; ground up in the
mouth ; masticated ; hoowaliia.
Mai-ao, s. A toe or finger nail; the
hoof of a beast ; the claws of a bird or an-
imal. See Maiuu.
Mai-au, s. Natural skill ; ingenuity ;
wisdom. lob. 11:6. Syn. with noiau. ,
2. The itch; same as kakio; more cor-
rectly written meaii.
Mai-au, adj. Neat; cleanly.
2. Industrious ; (ioiistantly employed.
3. Skillful ; ingenious ; expert at doing
various kinds of bnsiness.
4. Ready and correct in speaking ; o ka
hana maiaix,, he bipapalale ole, he noiau,
he papalale ole. Note. — Thi^ epithet apr
plies to men chiefly ; the same quality ap-
plied tOjWomen is Joia.
Mai-a-ku-ka-na-lo-a, s. Maia and ku-
kanaloa, a speciesof bainana. A thin, shriv-
eled or blasted banana. FiG.-Any fruit
blasted or shriveled up.
MAi-A-Hn-tAu, s. Mai, sickness, and
ahvlau, pestilence. A general sickness
among the people ; a piestilenee. Ikek.
12:16. See Ahci^d.
Mai-a-pi-lo, s. The name of a shrub or
tree.
Mai-e-le, s. Acknowledge of the use of
words in a language.
2. Skill in using words. See Noili.
3. Asking questions with skill, so as to
puzzle one.
Mai-e-u, s. The name of thick brush
growing on the tops of the mountains. Se^
PCPDSBAWJB.,
Mam, v. To sprout Of grow, as a plant;
. to open or spread out ; to unfold, as a
flower. • .
Mai-ii, «. iMa^' sickness, and ii, heavy.
A pi^ in the bapk.
2. Fatigue from lying loog on one side.
3. The name of a species of fish ; same
as the mtAko.' .,
Mai-o, s. A sickaiess reducing the pa-
tient's flesh, like consumption; consump-
tion ; the ph&isic ; he mai e wiwi ai ke
kino a olala.
Mai-o, «. A toe or finger nail, &c. See
Maiao above.
Mai-o, d. To scratch or mark with the
nail or pointed instrhment.
Mai-o-ia, v. To scratch or mark with
a knife or one's nail.
Ma-io-io, adj. Uneven; some short
some long, as hair cut unevenly.
Mai-uu, s. See Maiao. A nail of a fin-
ger or toe ; a hoof of a beast Isa. 5:28,
Maiuu mahele, a cloven foot. Eani. 14:C.
E oki i ka jmduu, to pare the nails. £mi.
21:12.
Mai-ha, v. Ma and iha, to \k) intent
upon. To be energetic; to be Intent on
MAI
360
MAI
doing a thing ; to act perseveringly in a
cause ; to fix the mind upon.
Ma-i-he, v. JUa and i^, to peel oflF. To
' strip off, as ttie bark ftom a tree; to scrape
off. See Maibi.
Mai-he, ^ j_ jlai^ sickness, and
Mai-he-he, > hee, to run or flow. A
Mai-HEE-h;ee, ) boil ; a running sore ; a
Mister. Pwfc. 9:9. .. -
Ma-i-hi, V. Ma and iki, to peel. To
strip off; to peel, as the outside of fruit ;
to skin, as an animal ; to strip «ff, as the
bark of a tree.
Mji-i-m, adj. Stripped ; peeled ; every-
thing outride taken off.
JIa-i-hm-u, V, Maiki and Ui, the skin.
Lit. To strip off the akin.
2. To strip one of property; to leave one
destitute.
3. To lay a tax so as to take all the peo-
Vle have except their persons.
Ma-i-hi-i-u, s. One who strips another
of all he has ; a skinflint
Mai-hi-lo, s. Mai, sickness, and Mo, a
running sore. The venereal disease ; the
gonorrhea. See Maiwiu.
Mai-ho-L£, s. Name, of d species of fish.
Mai-hu-li, *. Presents made at the birth
of a child. See Fal^xa.
Mai-ka, v. To play at the gune called
' maUca; it consisted in rolling a round
smooth stone called ulu or olohu ; it was
connected with betting.
2. Eoo. To exercise at matte; ehoopiaa
lewalewa.
' 3. To exercise violently, as at maifca.
4. To be fotigued with hard exercise.
Mai-ka, t. The name of an ancient pky.
2. The name' of Qie stone used in the
gaibeof maite.
3. Fatigue, psun or weariness from play-
iagrruuka.
4. Fatigue, lameness, &c., from any cause.
Mai-ka, adj. Weary; fatigued; lame.
Mai-kai, adj. Externally good; hand-
some; beautiful ; he wahhie maka maikai,
a handsome woman.
2. liorally good ; upright ; correct ; ex-
cellent.
3. The sum of external excellence in con-
duct.
Ma'i-kai, t. Beauty; external excellence
of persons or things.
2. Beauty of personal appearance; hele-
helena mailcaxi Eset. 1:11.
3. Groodnese ; that which is excellent in
moral conduct ; uprightness.
4. The sum of various external exoellen-
sies ; na like ka maikai. me ka nani, ame
ka hemolele, ame ka mimo, ame ka pono,
ame ka pnnakai ole. ame ka aaliihoio manu.
Mai-kai, v. To be handsome; to be ex-
'ternally good ; to be pleasing to file sight.
2. To be of use; to be useful; to benefit;
to be good.
3. Eoo. To make good ; to repair what
has been wasted, lost or destroyed. • 2 OM.
24:4. To supply a deficiency; to -set things
in order ; to regulate.
4. To treat kindly; to speak favorably
of. Sn. 12:15. ;
5. To bless ; to praise, as in worship.
6. FasHv&y, to oauso to be blessed ; to
pronounce a blessing upon.
7. To honor ; to reverence, as a worthy
character. Fuk. 20:12^
8. To exalt ; to extol.; to glorify. .
Mai-kai-ka, V. Hoo. The intensive of
manka. To play hard aad long at the game
of maika.
2. To be wearied ; to be fatigued.
Mai-kai-ka, adj. Tired ; weaiied, as a
person from labor or exercise.
MAi>KA-HiT-Li-Fir, s. One of the names
of the god who assisted in restoring and
righting canoes when upset in the ocean.
See ElAhakahdufi;.
Mai-ka-kai, adj.
Mai*ke-i-zi, s. JUot, sickness, and A«iib',
diild. Pregnancy ; tite sickness of preg-
nancy.
Ma-i-ee-i-k£, «. JI2aanduletie,toknow
clearly. To declare ; to set fbrth. Hoo.
I^e same.
M™w.!*-^«p««««°ffi^^-
Mai-ko-la, aij. Worthless; triflmg;
used in provoMng or irritating language.
See Naieola, Akola and Aieola.
MA-i-iE, s. Name of a vine with green
odoriferous leaves, of which wreaths are
made ; alyxia oUvseformis.
2. The name ofa cert^ chief woman
who lived in former times.
3. The name of the rod used in playing
at puheneheno and other games. ZaieiJc.
114. See Mailepdhbsehbne.
Ma-i-le-ka-ka-hi-ki, s. a shrub vriiose
branches and leaTes are odoriferous; he
laalaau liilii hohono.
Ma-i-le-pu-he-ne-he-ne, s. The rod
used in playing at the puhenehene which
was sttucKon a bunch of kapa.
Ma-i-m, *. Name of a soft porous stone.
Mai-,lo, v. Probably contraction of mai
too. To be thin or spare, as one wasted
away with long sickness; ua hole kona mai
a nwnjlo,
Mai-lo, adj. Thin; spare; wasted away;
applied to sick persons ; mailo ke kanaka.
Mai-lo-i-hi, s. Mai, sickness, and l<nld.
MAI
361
MAO
long. He nonopaps, he piliaiku; he mai
papaakai.
MaitLT7-n A,. coOTp. firep. and adv. Mai,
from, and luna, above. From above. Isa.
32:15. TheauiheleofZuna. Gram. ^ 16 L
Mai-mai, v. Intensive of mai, sick. To
be sick ; to be weak^ to be feeble.
2. Hoo. To feign sickness; to pretend to
be sick. . 2 Soto. 13:5, 6.
Mai-iIai, s. Languor; feebleness; some-
what sick ; unwell.^
Mai-mai, adj. Feeble; languid; weak.
Mai-mai, v. Formed from mai express-
ing motion towards one. See Mai, pr^.
To call one to come; to invite towards one;
to call, as in calling chfckens; e hea, e ko-
lokblo aku i ka moa ; to call fowls. See
KOLOKOLO.
Mai-mc-li, comp. prep: Mai, from, anM
TOtt/i, after. Prom after, i. e., from follow-
ing after one ; ihairritdi ona aku. JVoft,
32:15. See Grammar § 161.
Ma-i-no, v. Ma and ewo, to hurt; to in-
jure. To be the cause of evil or injury to
one.
2. jBoo. To hurt; to afflict; to make mis-
erable by evil treatment.
Ma-i-no-i-no, v. The intensive ofmaino.
To afflict ;, to abuse ; to bring evil upon.
3. Hoo. To suflfer from perverse treat-
mejit. ' "^
3. TSo torment ; to afflict ; to trouble; to
curse ; to be under a curse. &al. 1:8.
4. To strip one of property; to make one
ashamed.
6. To betray ; to deceive ; to persecute.
Ma-i-no-i-no, s. a defacing or marring
the beauty of a thing, as the countenance.
Isa. 52:14.
2. .Hoo. Affliction ; persecution.
Ma-i-no-i-no, adj. Reproachful; mock-
ing; causing shame. Boo. Despiteful;
sneering ; contemptuous.
Ma-i-no-i-no, adv. Miserably; with
much suffering, ier. 16:4. fibo. With great
suffering ; ?riSi severity ; severely painiiil.
2 Pet. 2:6. .
Mai-no-ho, adv. prohib. See Mai, for-
bidding; Do not (followed by a before a
verb); mainoho a faana pela, do not so.
Mainoko is sometimes printed in one word,
sometimes in two. Neh. 8:10, 11.
MAi-ptr-HA, s. Mai, disease, and puha,
to burst or break, as a boil. A9 ulcer-; a
running sore.
Mai-wae-na, comp. prep. From out cf;
ft'om the midst of. Oram. § 161.
Mai-wi-li, s. Mai, sickness, and wili,
to writhe in pain. An incessant pain or
sore; a sore constantly running. See Mai-
HILO.
46
Ma-o, v. To carry; to bear off; to carry
away.
2. To separate; to take to another place;
to pass off or away, as a cloud or fog.
Laieik. 90. ;
3. To hush np; to quiet; to make an end.
4. To fade, as a decaying plant.
5. To corrupt, as a dead body.
Mai-o, s. A_kind of shrub used in dye-
ing kapa.
2. A blossom of thai shrub.
3. The name of a species of flsh.
4. The name of a great heiau:
5. A moving along ; a change of posi-
tion, ^s a body of persons. Laieik. 49.
Ma-o, adj. Se^iaied; quiet, as in a
retreat from danger ; kuu po moo ole ma-
kole ka la.
2. Meek ; mild ; gentle ; applied to per-
sons.
3. Applied to colors, green ; greenish ;
also bine. See Maomao.
Ma-o, comp. prep. Ma, preposition, and
0, there. Lit. At there. Yonder ; there ;
sdme place not far off; mao akn, beyond';
mao mai, from over there this way. Oram.
§ 161.
Ma-o-a, v.' To be dry ; to be hard ; to
be cracked, as the skin.
2. To be painful, as a sore made by fric-
tion of the skin. See Maoha.
Ma-o-a, *. A sore caused by the fric-
tion of the malo between the legs during a
long journey; he mai ma kapakapa, be eha
1 ka manawa e hole loihi ai; a sore, also, on
the legs or feet; maloeloe na wawae, mawi
na uha mamae.
Ma-o-e-a, adj. Tired; weary; lazy.
Ma-oi, v. Ma and ot, to exceed. To be
bold ; to be forward with strangers.
2. To assert one's rights with confidence.
2 Kor. 11:21. To act the soldier.
3. To be intrusive'; to be inquisitive re-
specting forbidden things. Eol. 2:18.
Ma-oi, s. Boldness; arrogance; for-
wardness.
Ma-oi, at^y. Bold; forward; fearless;
shameless.
Ma-oi-oi, v. See Ma and Oioi, proje'ct-
ing. To be rough ; to bo uneven ; to be
Irregular.
Ma-oi-oi, adj. Uneven; notched.; pro-
jecting, as a rough board or one that is
split crookedly ; zigzag, as a line; aliali,
nihomole.
Ma-o-ha, v. To rub; to chafe, as the
skin ; to make a sore.
Ma-o-ha, adv. Appearing gray or whit-
ish, as tops of mountains at a distance ;.
kupu maoha ke kilakila o na kuabiwi; ap
plied also to a person when he begins to
grow gray.
MAO
362
MAU
Ma-o-ha, adj. Grayish, as the whitish
feathers of a black bird ; ka iw«, he manu
nui ia, he eleele kona hutu, he maoM, kahi
hnttt.
2. An affectionate salutation betireen
persons for some time absent.
Ma-o-ki, s. Ma and oki, to cut. Any-
tl^ing cut up in pieces ; pieces cut short.
-'% A vulgar and incorrect pronunciation
for the word maoli.
Ma-0-ki-o-ki, adj. Spotted; variegated;
having different colors.
Ma-o-li, s. a species of banana; the
long dark colored plantain ; he maia eile-
ele loloa.
Ma-o-li, adj. Indigenous in distinction
ftom foreign; native; real in distinctioD
A-om fictitious ; true; genuine.
Ma-o-li, adv. Really; truly; without
doubt
2. An intensive added to other epithets
to Strengthen them; he lio kolohe hana ino
maoli.
Ma-o-li-a, adj. Dia^ra out and dimin-
isaed, as an elastic substance, a rope or
other thing.
Ma-o-m-ha, s. The ancient name of
the strings or net for a calabash, cquiva^
lent to the modern word kolco; na kapaia
0 koko a maoloha ia koko. See Koko.
Ma-o-lu, adj. Muddy; sinking dovm,
a? in a guagmire; pohopoho, m6olu,noolu,
nenela.
Ma-o-ma-o, adj. See Mao. Green, as
vegetation ; dark blue. See Oxaohao.
Ma-o-ma-o, s. Green verdure; thick
grass aiid bushes ; a forest.
2. A species of fish living near banks
and shallow places.
3. Applied to clouds, bluish green ; he
ao maomao.
MA-o-MA-o-pdWo-LE, *. The name of a
species of fish' See above.
Ma-o-na, b. Ife and offlfl, drunk. To be
stuffed, as in eating ; to be filled, as with
food. Kaid. 31:20. To eat to satiety ; to
be satisfied with food.
2. To have one's desire upon an enemy.
Puk. ]6;9.
3. Boo. To fill with food; tosatisfyone's
self by eating. Bal. 103:5.
Ma-o-na, s. Fullness; satiety.
Ma-o-na, adj. Filled; satisfied; -dis*
tended, ae -tliq stomach with food.
Ma-o-pa-o-pa, aflj. Ma and opaopa. See
Opa, lame. Weary from walking j lame ;
fatigued.
Ma>o-p6-po, v. J!fo and opo, clear; plain;
even. To be plain; to be clear to the sight
or senses.
2. To be clear and explicit to the under-
standing ; to be not doubtful.
3. Hoo. To understand Clearly ; to com-
prehend the meaning of a word or expres-
sion ; to bare a clear understanding of a
thing.
4. To credit ; to trust.
5. To appoint, as an evil, i. e., to l;>ring
evil or » curse upon one. Oihk. 26:16.
6. To appoint or set, as a time ; to ap-
point a concerted signal.^ Xtmfc. '20:38.
7. To set apart; to designate, as a place
for doing a thing.
Ma-o-po-po, s. Clearness; that which
is explicit, as a natural or moral truth; not
liable to ifiistake.
2. Ibxt. A clearing up of what id donbt-
M.
3. An interpretation or an explanation
of a fcreign language.
Ma-o-po-po, adj. Plajn ; clear to the
senses or to the understanding; not doubt-
ful ; ready; in a state of preparedness to
act.
2. Generous ; friendly; obliging ; maha-
maha, lanna.
Ma-o-po-po, adv. Clearly; evidently;
plainly.
Mau, v. To repeat often or frequently,
as in counting ; to do over and over the
same thing ; ua mau, ka ua o Hilo.
2. To continue; to endure; to persevere;
e hiki ia oe ka ttmu ana (a gerundive form),
■ you will arrive at endurance, i. e., you will
be able to eoidxime.
3. To continue; to remain perpetually;
to be evermore. Oihk. 13:28. to ''ave con-
tinually.' loan. 12:8. E mau i ka hele, to
be constantly going.
4. To persevere; to preserve constancy;
to flow on ever, as a living stream of water;
e k^e mau, o pio ole ka wai.
5. Hoo. To persevere; to continue in the
same state in which one is ; ke koomau nei
no ia man mea pono ole, they still conHmM
to practice those evil things,
6.' To continue in the same place or sr-jie
business. OUt. 1:14.
7. To remain in force, as a law or statrte.
Mau, v. (A word of this orthography
is used in several senses, some of which
are nearly opposite, but the pronunciation
is slightly changed.) See Matto.
1. To be dry; to stop flowing, as a liquid.
2JVaZ. 4:6. •" '' 6> h
2. To terminate, as the catamenial period.
3. .Hoo. To fit or tie on, as sandals or
shoes. See Hawrle.
4. To fill with water ; to wet ; to soak
up, as a sponge.
6. To water; to irrigate land. Isa 27:3.
6. To stock or plant ground with ver-
dure.
MAU
363
MAU
7. Mau for mauu. To moiaten; to be
moistened or wet ( to soak.
Ma-u, s. Dampness ; moisture ; cool-
ness, as the air around a shady moist place.
Ilai. 32:4. See Maud. Also written ma'u.
% The iiamc of the region on the sides
of mountains next below the waoakaa ;
also called voaakanaka, i e., where men
rnay live.
3. ^ species of small bulrush growing
in damp places; green grass. See Hauu.
4. Dryness, from No. 1 of th^ preceding
word ; the period in each . month of the
sickness of fethales, especially Uie termina-
tion of that period ; k« hiki i ko lakou wa
e mau ai.
Mait, adj. Statedly occurring; con-
stant; contianous; evermore; never ceas-
ing.
2. From mavM. Moist ; wet ; cool.
3. Obscnred by the eun, as tbo stars in
the murning.
4. Ceasing to flow, as the eatamenia.
Laieik. 173.
Mau, adv. Frequently; continually;
perpetually.
Ma'u, s. Nameof a plant on the moun-
tains, eaten for food in time of scarcity.
Mau. a sign of the dual or plural num-
ber. See Mau, i;.
1, Two or a couple for the dual.
2. Some, Bcvcral, a number, as a sign of
the plural. Notk Mau did not fonnerly
apply to a; great number; in modern times
the application extends to a larger num-
ber. Oram. § 85, 86, 90.
Mau-a, pers. pron. dual. We two, viz.:
those who are speaking, but not including
any who are addressed.
Mau-a, adj. Large; many.
2. Close ; stingy ; illiberal ; obstinate.
See Makona. He kanaka maua.
3. Lame ; sore ; stiff, as wiUi walking.
Mau-a, s. The name of a tree, timber
good for boards.
Mau-a, adv. See Mau. Often or con-
stantly repeated; loaa mau mai, mau maua,
hiki.pinepine mai.
Mau-aa-li-na, v. To be heavy or hard
upon, as two men contending ; to seize ;
to force one to do a thing ; to use force
upon.
Mad-aa-li-na, adj. Powerful; conquer-
ing; overcoming.'; strong.
Mau-ae, v. To exchange a thing dif-
ferently from what was first agreed npon.
2. io vary in statement ; to say and un-
say.
Mau-ae, s. A crack or cleft in a rock.
Puk. 33:22.
Mau-ai, s. a space between two boards;
a crack ; a cleft ; perhaps a wrong orthog-
raphy for mauae.
Mau-a-ka-la, v. To laugh. Hoo. To
laugh with scorn or contempt ; to deride ;
to insult
2. E hoomabuakala, e hoopobala.^
Mau-e-le, 0. To be lazy ; to be idle.
2. To waste or spend time in doing noth-
ing.
. 3. To be indifferent as to future good or
evil. See Mauw£i.e.
Mau-i-ib, adj. Lazy ; indolent ; going
about 4oing nothing; acting the vagabond.
Mau-j, s. Name of one of the Hawai-
ian Islands.
Mau>i, s. Pain from a broken or frac-
tured limb ; ka eba, ka faaki.
Mau-i« adj. Broken; fractured; pain-
ful, as a broken limb.
Mau-i, v. See Mauu, To moisten ; to
make wot.
2. To wring the stem of a bunch of ba-
nanas to cause it to ripen. Hoo. Rhoopa-
lapalani, e hoomakankanca.
Ma-hu, v. See Mau. To moisten; to
wet Sol. 80:16.
2. To make a noise in swallowing water.
3. To work up the saliva of the mouth
into froth.
4. J?oo. To make wet ; to moisten.
Ma-uu, *. The noise made by swallow-
ing a liquid.
2. A general name for green herbs, grass,
seeds, rushes, shrubbery, straw, &c. Kin.
1:11, 12. Mami uliuli, green herbs. Hoik.
8:7. JMauu maloo, hay. Kin.2i:25. Grass;
straw, &c. Note. — ^Gonneoted with mauu
is the idea of moisture, greenness and cool-
ness.
3. Coolness as connected with green ver-
dure.
Ma-uu, adj. Green; moist; refreshing,
as a cool breeze ; cool.
Mau-uu-lii-lii, s. EaTth that is little
wet ; vegetation that partially grows and'
covers the ground.
Mau-uu-li-po, s. Mauu, and li'po, dark
Dark green verdure, as in a dark forest.
Mau-u-la-i-li, «. A poisonous plant
used to burn and scarify the skin.
Mau-ha, adj. Weary; fatigued; slow;
lazy; indolent.
Mau-haa-le-le, s. The shadow of death;
death shade. See Malukoi. • '-
Mau-haa-le-le-a, s. Epithet of the
man sacriGced on cutting down the ohia
tree to make a god ; the man thus sacri-
Gced was a kanaka mmiivMUlm,.
Mau-haa-li-na, c. To bore or pierce a
hole in a hard rock.
2. To carry a heavy burden on the back
MAU
364
MAU
until fatigued; expressions for hard slavish
work; ke mamaalina ae la mauka oMake-
ahi.
Mah-ha-la, ». MaUylo coniinue, and
hala, offense. To keep up a grudge against
one; to remember his offense. Hoo. To be
offended with one; to have a supposed
cause of enmity ; to lay up or remember
the offense of one. 2 Sam. 19:19. To bear
a grudge. Oihic. 19:18. To reserve anger.
Is<t. 3:5.
Mao-ha-la, s. Hoo. Envy ; revenge ;
malice. 1 Kor. 5:8. Ka manao ino; a bad
feeling towards one.
Mau-Ka, s. The name of a play ; ao i
ka bana ana i ka mauka ; c kalai i ka po-
hakn pouo i ka mauka.
Ma-tt-ka, adv. Ma, preposition, and »^a,
inland. Inland, in a direction Opposite to
the sea; opposite to makai, towards the
sea.
Mau-koi, s. Mmi and hoi, perhaps for
koe, an angle worm. An angling rod. ;
Mau-ko-li, v. Mpoi and koli, to trim or
pare off. To divide out food sparingly
each day for one's self or ffjmily in a time
of famine; also, to divide out waterlntime
of drought
2. To make an offering stingily or on a
small scale to the gods. ~
3. To live along from day to day when
one is expected to die. -...
i. To be constant: to be persevering;
ke maukoli nei i ka nana, i ka hele, aohe
molowa.
6. To make or to bo small or little ; to
draw out into fineness.
Mau-ko-u, s. The worship or sacrifice
rendered to the gods.
2. One who worships or sacrifices to ibe
gods.
3. Any small diminutive thing ; he ma-
awe.
MA-u-Ka-Ka, s. Mau, .grass, and kuku,
to stand erect. A spe6ies of low grass
growing on the sand in certain places.
Ma-u-le, ». Ma and vie, to swing. To
be weak or faint through great fear or suf-
fering.
2. With rmau, to faint from hearing
8tr*nge or exciting news. Sin. 45:26.
3. To be dispirited ; to lose courage.
4. To be dizz^ or weak through dizSness.
5. To be faint through fasting. Mai.
15:32.
6. lloo. To consume ; to cause to fail,
isa. 64:7.
MA'U-iE, ». A dispirited State of mind ;
weakness ; faintnoss. Oihk. 26:36. Dizzi-
ness.
Ma-u-i,?, adj. Faint; weak; fearful;
fi{inttieai.tcd ; dizzy; poniunio.
Ma-u-le-u-le, v. Intensive of maule.
To be faint for want of food. Mar. 8:3.
Mau-le-ho, t. Mau and leho, a bunch
on the shoulder from carrying burdens. To
make or continue a hard bunch on the
body from hard labor.
2. JIoo. To cause one to work hard and
continuously..
3. To oppress with hard labor unrequited.
MatU-li, s. The name of the first day
of the new moon.
2. "An obscure cloud seen at a distance;
he rriavli ua paha.
3. A shoot, as from the root of a tree or
vegetable, as from kalo or banana ; pod-
iemy, from persons, as chiefs; y.iavli au
honua, a descendant (of chiefs) from an-
cient times.
Ma-d-li-a-wa, ». Ma and 2<2e, to gargle,
and awa, bitter. T'o hiccough; to gasp for
breath ; to be faint ; to. be dizzyl
Ma-u-li-a-wa^ s. The hiccough ; a gasp-
ing for breath ; a hard breathing.
Mau-li-hi-u-hi, v. Man and Wd, edge.
To hang by the edge, i. e., to be fastened
slightly ; to adhere, but without tenacity ;
e pili iki. " ^
Mau-li-hi-li-hi, adj. Slightly fast^ed.;
not stroDgly put together.
Ma-u-li-na, s. Ma and idina^ tough.
Hard laborious work without pay.
2. Disappointment in not obtaining what
one expects.
Mau-lo-e-lo-e, adj. Tired; fatigued.
See Malobloe.
Mac-lu-a, adj. Hard; difficult; paa-
kiki.
Ma-u-lu-u-lu, adj. Lame from travel-
ing. See Maloeloe. Stiff and swelled, as
the feet and ankles from traveling. See
POANAANA. ■ = •'"■
Ma0-ma£, s. The name of a heiau.
Mau-mau, i. See Mac, to be constant.
To be firm ; to be fixed ; to be constant ;
to be enduring ; e nutumau 'ole, to be in-
constant; ua maumau, ka hana, the work
endwesj na maumau ka ai, aole he hehee,
the food is Aard, not flowing.
Maw-Mau-a, v. To obtain often without
reward and vrithout labor, as the chiefc
formerly obtained their propertj^.
M^u-mau-a, s. The obtaining of prop-
erty without work ; ka loaa o ka waiwai a
na 'lii.
Mau-matj-a, adj. Got or obtained often;
arrived at ; come to ; he clemakule loa, ua
maumaua.
Mau-ma0-ae, adj. See Mauae. Differ-
ent from what was expected; doubtital;
uncertain.
MAH
MAn-MA-NA-HA, s. The heart-bum (per-
haps.)
Mati-na, s. a mountain; the inland
region* of .an island. NoTB,^On all the
islands with whidh Hawaiians were ac-
quainted, the land rises on all sides from
tiie sea to the central parts of the island ;
this is called the mauna. A high hill, as
Maunaloa, Mannakea : names of the two
highest mountains on Hawaii
2. A mountainous region. Mauna is the
opposite of awawa. los. 9:1.
Mau-na, s. The name of a species of
hard stone out of which kois or adzes of the
ancients were made.
Mau-na, adj. Large; swelling; exten-
sive; nni, mahuahna; {)rominent for ex-
cellence; mama, ili ke keiki, he punahele
ia; mauna kiiili i ka wauwauia; scratched;
narked.
Ma-d-na, v. To .waste ; to dispose ,of
jreelessly ; i mauna aku ai i ka pono kahiko.
See Maukacna.
Mac-nau-na, v. To spend prpperty; to
waste ; to. live wit(iout regard to expeikse.
Soo. To waste property ; to spend use-
lessly; mai hiamoe i ke ao, oia ke hoomau-
nauna i na la ame na hora i loaa mai i ke
Akna.
Mait-hau-na, *. A wasting. Hoo. No
ka hoomaunauna i ka waiwal, on acconht
of wasting property^
Mac-nau-na, adj. Wasteful.
Ma-u-nu, s. a species of crab used for
bait in catching fish.
2. Any bait for taking fish.
3. The writhing motions of a fish worm
on a-hook.
4.' Anything belonging to a person, as
bis kapa, hair, spittle, &., which another
could get, and by means of it, could pray
him to death. See mele na Niau.
5. The shedding of, bird's feathers; ka
jnanawa maunu, the time birds shed their
feathers.
Ma-u-nu, v. Hoo. To moult or shed, as
ibe feathers of birds.
2. To cast off, as some reptiles do the
skin.
3, To change from the chrysalis state to
that of a new animal ; e faoomaheleia ke
kino mamna, a lilo iai kino hou.
MiV'tiv-isv, 5. The name of a sea breeze
at Fuuloa on Oahu.
Mau-wa-le, adj. Constant; never end-
ing ; Icun pilikia mauwale ana a kuu haku.
irfiieifc. 166. . _
Mao-wb-le, adj. Lazy ; idle, &c. See
MAtlBUB.
Ma-ha, v. To i«st; to rest, as from
labor or toil ; to give or cauw to-rest. '
365 MAH
2.' To eojoy ease and qniet after pain; to
be better ; to begin to recover from aick-
3. To be assuaged; to be softened down,
as anger, Lunle. 8:S. <<»
i. To rest, as a land, i. e., to cease from
l^eing the theater ot evil. Oihk. 26:S4.
6. Hoo. To give or take rest from labor
in fatigue. .,
6. To relieve from suffering; to comfort;
to be satisfied.
7. To ease one's self; to attend to a call
of nature. Kanl. 23:14.
Ma-ha, v. To exercise affection towards
one; to acknowledge or treat one as^
friend ; to be complaisant towards one; to
love ; to cherish.
2. To make a rent or hole in, as i& a
kapa ; to tear in two.
3. To hide a thing away ; to steal.
Ma-ea, s. Rest; repose; respite or re-
lief from pain or sickness ; convalescence ;
relief from any calamity. Puk. 8:11."" Eest;
peace.
2. The wing of an army ; the fore ffns oil
a fish.
3. The side of the bead; the temple.
Imnk. 4:21. See Mahamaba.
Ma-ha, adj. Easy; quiet; resting, as
from labor ; free from pain ; ceasing from
anger.
Ma-ha, adv. Hoo. Silently; quietly; at
.rest. Zsa. 62:1.
Ma-hae, s. Name of a species of fish.
Ma-ha-o, s. Tlie pith of ,a tree or veg-
etable; a soft or decayed place in the cen-
ter or body of. a tree; a hole in a tree.
See Pdho and Pcha.
Ma-ha-o, adj. Defective in the center,
as a tree ; soft ; rotten ; hollow ; bent in
or down, as a decayed grass house.
Ma-ha-oe, arf/; 'Not ashamed.
Ma-ha-oi, v. See Maoi, the ^a dropped,
Maoi is probably the, original form of the
word. To be bold ; to be impertinent
2. To treat a superior as an equal or
vrith great familiarity.
3. To be forward in aeldng questions; to
be asking or begging of a chief frequent^
Ma-ha-oi, s. Forwardness; immodesty
in asking favors ; impertinence in address-
ing a,Buperior ; boldness in address ; _nani
ka nui 0 kuu hilahila, a he mea e hoi ka
m^cJiiaoi loa o kekahi poe o kakou. Ua ka-
paia aku ia o Jfaoi, no ka ma?moi o ka olelo
ana.
Ma-ha-oi, izdj. Always asking favors
(of chiefs), thus : na'u kela lole ; na'u kela
palaoa, &c.; and so of all which one de-
sires.
Ma-ha-ha, v. See Haha. To be soft;
to be tender ; to be weak, as a person.
MAH
366
MAH
2. To be tender or flexible, as a. vegeta-
ble.
3. To be 8oft and tongh, as water-soaked
vegetables.
Ma-ha-ha, s. The name of a species of
fish, the kala.
2. A species of kalo.
Ma-ha-ha, adj. Soft and tough.
2. Tender, as a weak person.
3. Soft anid mealy, as a baked potato.
Ma-ha-ke-a, s. An uncultivated piece
of land overgrown with weeds and grass ;
a jungle ; a wild place.
Ma-ha-ke-a, adj. "Wild; overgrown
•with weeds, grass and bushes ; nahelehele,
weuweu.
Ma-ha-la, I ^. j!fg and hdo, to look
Ma^A-lo, ) out ; to turn the eyes upon.
To admire ; to wonder at ; to magnify the
goodness or virtues of a person or thing.
2. To be glorions; magnificent to behold.
S._To approve ; to praise ; to honor ; {o
glorify.
Ma-ha-lo, s. Wonder; surprise; admi-
ration.
2. Approbation; blessing; honor given
to one. •
3. The act of blessing or praising God ;
ua like ka mahalo me ka hoonani.
Ma-ha-lo, adj. Beautiful • glorious ;
pdmirable.
Ma-ha-ma-ha, »., To glow, as with
friendly feelings towards one; to expect a
meeting with 'a friend. Laieilc. 58. To be
glad to see an old friend or relative.
!Ma-ha-ma-ha, i. See Maha. A fond-
ling ; the exercise of affection, Sriendship
or hospitality.
'8. The temples of the head ; the sides of
a substance.
3. The gills or fins of a fish. Kani. 14:9.
Also the fore fins of a fish.
i. The wings (eheu) of the malolo or fly-
ing-fish.
6. The things or appendages which be-
long to the wings ; na mea maha, nta mea
eheu.
6. The prepntium (paha.)
Ma-ha-ma-ha-oo, s. a piece cut or
broken off; he apahu, he pauku.
Ma-ha-me-a, s. a species of fish.
Ma-ha-mo-e, s. Maha and moe, to rest
quietly. To appear fat, oily or shining.
2. To be plump or round, as a fruit ; to
be fat, as an animal. See Kolikoliko.
Ma-ha-mo-e, s. a species of fish.
Ma-ha-mo-e, adj. Clear; plain; blueoi
black.
Ma-ha-na, v. Ma and kana, work ; ex-
ercise. To be or become warm, aa the
. risipg son. Fuk. 16:21.
2. To warm, as one person is eootact
with another. 1 Ml. 1:1, 2.
3. Hoo. To warm, i.e., to make warm by
the fire ot by exercise. See Mehana.
Ma-ha-na, s. A small degree of heat ;
warmth.
Ma-ha-na, adj. Warm, as by the influ-
ence of the sun. Neh. 7:3. Warm; not yet
cooled, as newlybaked bread. 1 mm. 21:6.
Ma-ha-na, j. For mana, a branching
oiit, ha inserted. Any substance branch
ing out; anything double; having two
branches; beoce,
2. A pair of twins ; iuan mahne ; two
things conneeted ; na mea elua, a, pair of
things.
Ma-ha-na, arf/. -Double; mates; branch-
ing out.
Ma-ha-na-ha-ka, 1'. See Mahana. To
warm very much or frequently. JSToo. To
warm one's self by a fire. Jsa. 44:16.
Ma-ha-ni, v. Ma and ham, to pass si-
lently. To pass easily and silently; t»be
evanescent ; to disappear ; Jto vsnuh, as a
thought ; ua mahanl ka manao.
2. To heal up; to granulate, as a wound
so as to disappear.
3. To vanish, as an ulcer when it heals;
mahani keia wahi, a e poha hou ma k^ e.
Ma-ha-we-la, s. a blue kind of fish.
Ma-he-a, int. adv. Ma and hea, where.
Where ? at what place t Oram. 165, %■
Ma-he-a-la-ni, ». The name of the six-
teenth day of the month: the day when the
full moon began to lose Its roundness. S«e
also Malam.
Ma-^e-u, v. See Mehbtj.
Ma-he-u, s. Name of a porous kind of
stone.
Ma-he-ha, adv. Ma and heha, slow.
Slowly; lazily. Boo. Working slowly and
lazily but perseveringly ; aka, bana ftoo-
maJieha ana ame kohu molowa,hooDiau no
nae i ka bana.
Ma-he-le, v. Ma and- hde, to go; to
move. To divide ; to cut in pieces ; to di-
vide a portion to one, as land.
2. To divide or separate from one an-
other, as people. Kin. 10:32. To divide
into two parts, as an army. 1 N<d. 16:21.
3. To divide, as stfeams of water; as the
sea. Pufc. 14:21.
4. iSoo. To cause a division; to separate
one thing from another.
Ma-he-le-he-le, v. Freq. of mahde.
To divide into small pieces ; to divide fre-
quently. Kin. 49:7. Hoo. Same.
Ma-he-le-lu-a, v. Mahele and Itia, two.
To divide into two parts.
Ma-he-lu, e. Ma and Aeia, to scratch
MAH
367
MAH
the earth. To spread dust orer as an arti-
ficial soil.
2. To spread loose soft dirt over a kalo
Satch after the bottom has been pounded
, ard. See Paluito.
Ma-hi, v. To dig the ground for the
parpose of planting food; to cultivate land
by digging; to dress land; to tiU, as a field
or garden ; e Tnaki aku i ke kihapai o ka
aina. Notb. — Clearing«ff d«e weeds, grass,
Ac., is Moete. ,
Ma-hi, '«. Cultivation j planting, &c. 1
Sam. 8:x2. • ,
Ma-hi, adj. Strong; energetic, as a
laboring man ; as a figbtlng-cock ; moa
mcM, a fighting-cock.
Ma-hi-ai, B. ifoAt and &2, food. To cul-
tivate land ; to produce food from the
gronnd ; to till the ground. '
Ma-hi-ai, s. A cultivator of the soil ; a
tiller of the ground ; a husbandman.
2. Culture ; tillage of the ground.
Ma-hi-ai, adj. Of or belonging to till-
age ; kanaka makiai, a^farmer.
Ma-bi-e, v. Ma and kie, shameful. To
be proud ; to be lofty ; to act without re-
spect to good manners or morals.
2. Hoo.. To break Over every rule of de-
, cency ; to act shamefblly ; he mea maikal
' no nae ka naaaao, hownahie ole.
Ma-hi-U-hi-e, v. To dye fast coIqiS; to
color kapas with clear distinct spots or
colors; hence,
' 2. To dress finely; to be clothed in hon-
OTat)le robis.
Ma-hi-i-li, «. Mahi and ili, the skin.
To take or seize properly for the kbg.
KoTB. — ^This was often done by the unscru-
pulous ofBcers, who left nothing to the peo-
ple but their skin.
Ma-hi-o-le, s. a war cap^ a helmet;
an officer's cap. 1 Sam. 17:6.
Ma-hi-hi,u See Ihi. To peel off bark
from a tree.
Ma-hi-ka-ka, v. Ma and hikaka, to stfig-
ger. To crook; to bend; to put oUt of a
straight line. • '
Ma-hi-hi-ki, v. To spatter; to flap in
the water, as a duck at play.
Ma-hi-ki, v. To vibrate; to play up and
d£wn, as the beam of a scale ; hence^
2. To. weigh, as in scales.
3. To play up and dov^n, as a lever upon
its prop in the center ; to pry, as with a
lever. Anai. 3.
4. To cast out, as an evil spirit ; to ex-
orcise.
6. To hop ; to jump ; to leap.
6. To scatter ; to blow away, as with a
nnff of wind.
7. To lift up ; to carry in the arms.
Ma-hi-ki, s. Thick, tali grass in a damp
place ; thick, low shrubs or underbrush.
2. The place where tail grass or thick
bushes grow.
3. A prop on which a lever rests in pry-
ing up a weight.
4. A calabash for water.
Ma-hi-ki-hi-ki, v. Freq. of mahihi. To
jump or fl^ frequently.
2. To vibrate rapidly, as the tongue ; e
kapalili.
3. To shake, as in an earthquake; to
move frequently.
4. To overturn ; to upset.
6. To spatter ; to flap ; to spatter, as ink
in writing.
Ma-hi-ki-hi-ki, s. A sort of thick high
grass ; the place where such grass grows.
Ma-hi-lo-a, adj. Distant ; afar off.
Ma-hi-ma-hi, s. a species of fish; the
dolphin.
Ma-hi-na, s. Mahi and ana, participial
termination, a cultivating. A cultivated
patch : a garden.
2. llie moon; ka- mea e malamalama ai
i kapo; hence,
3. A lunar month ; mcMna o hoku, the
same of the day of the full moon.
4. The eye of a sii^l in the end of his
horn ; he maka pupu.
Ma-hi-na-ai, s. MaMva and ai, food, as
if a contraction of mahi am t ka ai. A
field, either in a state of ooltivation or pre-
pared for it. Nah. 24:6.
2. A field, generally of larger size tlian
kihapai where food is raised. Oihic. 23:22.
3. A cultivated patch ; hence,
4. Husbandry itself.
Ma-hi-nu, v. Ma and hinu, to s^int.
To rub oyer ; to anoint.
Ma-hi-wai-na, s. Maid, and waina, a.
grape vine. A vine dresser ; a cultivator
of grapes. loan. 15:1.
Ma-ho-e, s. Two of men or animals
born at the same time of one makua; twins
MA Sol. 7:3 ; Kin. 25:24. See Mahana 2.
Ma-ho-e-ho-e, adj. Straight and free
from branches, as a tree ; potolei, lals
ole.
Ma-ho-e-ho-pe, s. The name of a Ha-
waiian month.
Ma-ho-e-mc-a, s. Name of a Hawaiian
month. '' '
Ma-ho-la, v. Ma and kola, to spread
over. To spread oui ; to open wide, as a
flower in full bloom.
2. To spread out;- to unfold, as a kapa
to dry. See Uhola, Hohola and Kausna.
Ma-ho-la, *. The spreading out and
extension of the stomach ; me ka mahana,
ame ka mahola ana o ka opu. Anat. 52.
MAH
368
MAH
Ma-ho-la, adj. Spread open; spread
out; estended.
Ma-ho-la, adj.. In the ancient practice
of the kahunas : hae mahola, ahi ntakola ;
o ka hee mahola oia no ka mea e Jieehee ai
ka raai.
Ma-ho-la-ho-la, t>. Intensive ol mahola.
To spread out extensively.
Ma-ho-le, v. Ma and nole, to peel ofFj
to skin. To bruiae, as the flesh ; to hurt ;
to break up.
Uti aaM na moku, mahole eha ka Dfthele.
Ma-ho-le-ho-le, v. Intensive oi miAole,
tobtnise. To bre^ up; to breE.k or crush
into pieces ; e inikiniki, e waluwalu.
Ma-ho-le-ho-le, s. a bruise ; a hurt ;
an injury ; aole ni/iholehole o ke kino a'u i
ike ai. :,
Ma-ho-m-ho-le, adj. See Mahole.
Bruised and broken to pieces ; crushed to-
gether.
Ml-HO-PE, adv. and contp. prep. Ma and
h<^e, the end. Behind ; after ; afterward.
It expresses future time in respect of the
time in which an action was performed,
though past in respect of the person speak-
ing. Oram. § 161.
Ma-hu, v. To blow out steam or smoke;
to smoke, as a smothered fire; to throw out
hot vapor, as from a volcano.
Ma-hu, s. Steam; hot vapor; smoke.
M4.-H0, s. A man who assimilates his
manners and dresses his person like a
woman.
2. A hermaphrodite ; a eunnch.
Ma-hu, adj. Silent; indisposed to con-
versation ; silent, as a deserted place.
Ma-hu-a, V. Ma and htia, envy ; jeal-
ousy. To be envious. Soo. To mock; to
deride ; to have in derision. Hal. 2:4.
Ma-hu-a, ) p. jj^a and hua, to grow
Ma-hu-a-HU-a, ) or increase. To increase
in size or numbers ; to grow large.
2. To boast ; to brag ; to glory over.
3. To grow strong, as a ruler over a peo-
ple. Oihl lli9.
4. To increase, as money. Kanl, 8:13.
5. Hoo. To increase in number, as ani-
mals, vegetables or men.
6. To increase; to make mcrtj of. Ezek.
36:29.
7. To set or employ, as a spy; to act tho
part of a spy ; e hoomakaikm.
MA'iHir-A, ) J. Increase ; growth ;
Ma-H0-A-H[J-A, ) a growing. P«fc. 1:12.
Ma-hu-a, ) a^i Increasing; large
MA-Hir-A-H[;-A, ) in quantity.
Ma-hu-a-ka-la, adj. Contemptuous of
good things ; diaobedi(-it to the gods ;
wicked.
Ma-ht7-e, v. To be numerous; to go or
move in crowds.
Ma-hc-i, v. Ma and hui, to join; to
unite. To follow the example of one ; to
imitate him.
2. To imitate, i. e., to be led to do as an-
other does. Gal. 2:1.3. To pattern after.
3 loan. 11. To be an example for another.
1 Pet. 6:3.
3. To adhere firmly, as to a purpose or
habit ; e mahui i ka hana ino ; 0 hoomahui
i ka hana ino, to determine on doing evil.
i.. To hear a little, as when one hears
only partially, or in parts; similar t« Im-
Una.,
6. To go about here and there, as an in-
sane person ; to act foolishly and without
good sense. Note. — The following exam-
plea will illustrate definitions 1 and Z : Ma
ka like kakon e hoomahui ai, lei us foUow
by doing likewise ; he pono no ia kakou
ke hoomahvA ma ia hana, it is proper for ua
to imitate that transaction ; hoomahtti na
makaainana ma 0 Kekuokaiani ]a, the com-
mon people /oZtoaied the example of Kekuo-
kaiani ; 0 ko Idkou pono, oia ka kakou e
hoomahui ai, their good deeds that is what
we should imitate.
Ma-h0-i, s. a kind of sly conduct in a
female by which she means to express to
one of the other sex her desire.
Ma-hh-i-hu-i, ». To learn or understand
obscurely ; to strike upon the ear indis-
tinctly, as a so\ind at a distance.
Ma-HU-ka, v. To flee away ; to escape
from. 1 Sam. 22:7. To flee away secretly.
Sin. 16:6. To run away, as a servant from
bis master. 1 Sam. 25:10. To flee from
fear of pvnishment 2 Sam. 13:31.
Ma-HU-ka, s. A runaway; one who has
escaped.
Ma-HU-ka, adj. Escaping ; running
away secretly ; he Inina mahuka, a nm-
away sailor.
Ma-hu-lu, 5. The name common to
three gods in the house of Lono.
Ma-hu-ma-hu, v. To be silent, as a weak
dying man.
Ma-hu-ma-hu, adj. See Mahu, silent.
Desolate ; without inhabitant ; silent, as a
place deserted.
2. Brittle; not stringy, as kapa that falls
easily to pieces.
3. Brittle ; not sticky ; applied to poi.
Ma-hu-na, *. MaandAwTM, a particle;
small ; fine. The scaly appearance of the
skin after drinking awa- the chapping,
cracking or breaking up of the skin: i kona
wa i inu ai i ke awa, maikai ka ill, a ma-
hope, mahuna ka ili, nakaka, puehnehu,
inoiuo loa kona kino.
2. A species of kB-ja like the paipaJfcwfcMJ.
MAK
369
MAK
Ma-hu-ne, adf: Ma and hune, poor;
destitute. Poor; stripped of property; be-
reft of comforts.
Ma-hu-ne-hu-ne, adj. Ma and hune.
See above. I'oor ; with nothing but one's
person.
Ma-hu-ne-hu-ne, adv. Scarcely; noth-
ing left ; with difliculty ; ola mahwieJiune
ae la o Aikakc (Isaac Uavis) mai ko lakou
lima ac, Scarucly did Isaac Davis escape
their hands ; i. e., he escaped with nothing
but his person.
Ma-ka, s. The eye; the organ of sight;
aole e ike ka maka 1 kona pula iho, the ei/e
does not sec its own mote. Promrh. Tfae
face ; the countenance j he maka no he
maka, face to face-. Mztk. 20:35.
2; The point or edge of an instrnmcnt,
as a knife or aword; maka o kai)ahi kaiia;
the blade of a knife or sword in distinction
from the faandlc. ImkIc. 3:22.
3. The bud of a plant.
4. The teat or nipple of a female.
5. The presence of one, i. e., liis (avor or
blessing. Pufc. 33:U, LI. Manaoikawsafca,
toregard a person. Kanl. 10:17.
6. Fic. A guide; a director. Nak. 10:31.
7. Hoo. A destruction ; a slaughter, 1
Sam. 5:9.
8. The budding or first shooting of a
plant; hence,
9. The beginning or commcncomentt)f a
work or an action. See Hoomaica.
10. Name of a very hard stone, out of
which maika stones were made.
Ma-ka, v. Hoo. See above, 8 and 9.
To begin ; to commence, as a work or job;
to commence doing a thing ; komo wau i
ke kula i lioomalcaiaH ka naauao, I entered
the school that knowledge mvjhi be com-
menced. Note. — Iloomaka is used as op-
posed to hooki.
Ma-ka, adj. Raw in opposition to
cooked, as raw, uncooked flesh.
2. Fresh, as fjcsh provi|iona in distinc-
tion from salted.
3. White, as a potato well cooked and
dry ; moa a maka.
Ma-ka, adv. See Maka, edge of an in-
strument. By the edge; with the edge;
alalia, ooki niaka koi hookafai iho ana, then
he cut with the edge of the adze (koi) one
stroke (one brin^n| down.)
MA-KiiA, s. A species of fish.
Ma-ka-ai -na, s. Ma, at, on, ka, the, and
aina, land. A resident ; one belonging to
the land and was transferred with it, as in
ancient times.
Ma-ka-ai-na-na, s. See Makaaina and
ANA, being of the land. The laboring class
of people In distinction from chiefs; a coun-
tryman; a farmer; coUecfiveJj), the common
47
people in distinction from chiefs; o na 'lii
ame na makaainana, the chiefs and the
common people.
Ma-kaa-o-a, s. a species of fish.
Ma-ka-a-ha, s. a swinging bed; a cot;.
he wahi moo lole lewa.
2. Tlio outlet of a flsh-pond into the sea.
Ma-ka-a-ha, s. Small pimples ; sores ,t
the ilcli ; kakani, mecau.
Ma-ka-a-ha, adj. Covered with sores ;,
full of pimples, as with the itch ; leproii.s ;
faookuku, liana, hoao.
Ma-ka-a-kau, s. Maka, eye, and akau,.
right. The right eye.
Ma-ka-a-kau, adj. Open; clear.
Ma-ka-a-ki-u, v. Maka and kiu, a spy.
T'l spy out secretly; to observe, as a sjjy.
7/o((. To lie in wait for one to kill him.
Ma-ka-a-ki-u, adj. Spying secretly;
watching for evil; lurking after something;
going secretly. H(A. 10:8. See Makaku;.
Ma-ka-a-la, v. Maka, eye, and dla,.
awake. To wake; to be awake, i. e., to be
watch ful; to be aware or on the guafd; to
look out ; to take heed ; beware. Kanl.
24:8.
2. To look shl but not to see by reason of
blindness.
Ma-ka-a-la, s. Watchfulness ; a being
on guard.
2. 'A small faint track made by a person
going once ; a path scarcely visible j he
maawe alanui ; > faint path.
Ma-ka-a-la, adj. Awake ; watchful ;
vigilant.
Ma-ka- A-LU-A, s. Mats and ^mo, a hole;
a pit. Aholc (lua) to plahf or set a tree in.
Ma-ka-e, v. Maka, eye', and e, against.
To set against; to be opposed to. Nalli,'i:5.
2. Hoo. To tarii„a way from. lPd:i:12.
To slight; to turn off; to treat contemptu-
ously. JIabak. 3:8.
Ma-kai, ) p. Maka, eye, and i, in-
Ma-kai-KAI, 5 tensive, real; particularly.
To look at closely ; to inspect ; to search
out Pufc. 39:43.
2. To spy or look 6(tt;"to' act the part
of a spy. Jos, e:22.
3. To look at fjtflm motives of curiosity ;
to take a view of .a place; to ezaiuine.
Syn. with kiu. Xos: 2:1.
4. To look en as a spectator. Puk. 3ii.
5. To examine secretly for evil purposes;;
hookalakupua.
6. To follow; to entrap one ; e ukali, e-
hakilo.
Ma-kai, s. A guard ; a constable ; am
officer always found ip the' king's train ; a
name given to policenien from the 'nature
of their office. See the verb.
2. Any instrunient with a. sharp edge ; a
MAK
370
MAK
hatchet ; a koi ; a, needle or an instrament
used as a needle in sti'inging fio«rers for
wreaths; manai.
3. Sourness of mind ; -stinginess ; he pi,
. he ana.
4. Ka'hoomakai kohi ole a ka ua.
Ma-eai, adj. G-uaiding ; going or act'
ing as a guard ; hnakai makai,. a train or
p^ple accompanying as a guard. See
Lauik. 190.
Ma-ui, adv. Ma, at, and kai, aea. At
or towards the sea, in opposition to maufctz,
inland.' The full form is makaMkai, at tbe
sea heach.
Ma-ka'i, s. a person that owns no land ;
0 ka mea aina ole he maka'i ka inoa.
Ma-ka-ia, s. Name of a person puna-
hele of a chief, but turned otF and become
a ponahele of another chief; the two go to
war and through the efforts of t^ mScaia
the second chief conquers th6 fii^t ; ia. ma-
nawa e ku ai ka makaia o Lajeikawai.
Ldieik. ISO;
Ma-kai-o, v. To be frightened and run
off, as a wild animal.
Ma-ka-i-hu, *. The sharp point at the
bow of a canoe ; e kapiliia na mc^caihu.
Ma.-kai-kai, v. See Makai, v., above.
To look ; to examine, &c.
Ma-kai-kai, s. Trouble; grief; evil
treatment or treachery from a supposed
friend.
Ma'-ka-i-no, v. JIfofto, eye, and iwo, bad.
To have an evil eye towards one ; to lose
one's affection for a child or person. Kanl.
28:54.
M^-KA-i-WA, s. The name of Lono's
Ma-ka-i-wi, s. The twinkling of the
eye, i. e., suddenness; suddenly, as we say,
in the' twinkling of an ^e.
Ma-ka-o-ka-o, s. Ma and kaokao, hard-
ness. Hardness; obduracy.
2. A hard substance.
3. That which is much broken up ; na-
ka.kaka.
Ma-ka-o-L£, s. Maka, eye, and de, the
eye teeth ; the edge of the eye teeth. Epi-
thet of the 00 ; an oo.
Ma-eatt, s. a fish-hook; also a shark
hook. Stk. with kiholo.
Ma-kap, t». To feat; to be afraid; to
dread'; to fear in time of danger. Pvk.
14:31.
2. To h^Ve in reverence, as one feared
and greatly respected.
3. To' tremble ; to be agitated through
fe^r.
4. Hoo. To cause to fear ; to put one in
fear. Nih. 6:4.
6. To diive or fray away. Kanl. 28:26.
Ma-kau, s. Fear; dread of evil. Oihk,
26:16. Makmi, nui, terror ; dread ; disqui-
etude of mind,
Ma-xau, adj. Fearful ; afraid ; causing
fear.or dread.
Ma-kau, v. To be ready; to be pre-
pared for an event. Eoo. To make ready;
to prepare. 2 Ndl. S:21. See Hoohaeav-
EAU.
Ma-katt, adj. Seady; in a state of
preparation ; prepared ; furnished.
Ma-kati-a, v. To increase ; to grow
large.
2.- Eoo. To vex j to harass ; to trouble.
3. To make a&aid.- See Makau, koo.
Ma-kau-ait-a, adj. Hung up to dry.
Ma-kau-ia, s. Ferf. part, of Tnakau.
Fear ; respect. Puk. 20:17. ^
Ma-eait-ha-no-na,' 5. The hook that be-
longs to the hanona or long fishing line.
Ma-ka-u-bi, adj. Maka, eye, and tihi,
to shade; to cover. Hidden or/ covered,
as the eyes.
Ma-kau-ka0, v. Intensive of makau, to
be ready. See above. To be ready. Boo.
To be put in readiness ; to make ready; to
be prepared for any event.
Ma-kau-kait, s. Beadiness ; preparation.
Ma-kau-kau, adj. Ready; prepared for
an event.
Ma-kau-kd, adj. Makau, fear, and kit.
Idol. Great fear ; dread of the gods.
Ma-kait-la, s. Ma and kaula, a prophet.
A foreteller of future events; a star-gazer;
a person supposed to be posessed of some
supernatural gifts. Laieik. 13. Note.—
Kaulas and maka'ulas were connected gen-
erally with high chiets, forming a part of
their council. See ithelr office, Moooldo
Hateaii, chap. 31.
Ma-ka-u-li, adj. Maka, eye, and uli,
dark green. Dark, black or blue-eyed.
Ma-kait-u-a, s. For makauia, I inserted.
See Maead, fear. Fear; qualitiea inducing
fear. lob. 25:2.
MA-KAtr-tn, B. Makau, fear, and 7k, a
chief. JGToo. To take special care of the
property of a chief; to be careful that no
little thing be lost.
2. To fear, i. e., to serve a chief in order
to obtain favors from him ; to follow; to
adhere to from motives of advantage; i
lako o ua kanaka la, o kana hoomakauHi
ana, that man's obedience to the chief is from
the favors (lako) he expects; ua hooma-
kaiiiii ane! kakou e malama ia ai? have u>«
been obedient in order to be taken care of!
Eia ka manao iloko o na kanaka la, o kana
hoomakaviii ana, o ka loaa mai ka aina.
He kanaka huhu wale, he poe hoonuticaitiii
aina.
MAK
371
MAK
Ma-kau-lii, ». A very careful person;
one saving the property of a chief. Hoo.
The same.
2. An accuser ; a defnmer ; a slanderer.
Ma-kau-lii, adj. Very careful ; saving.
Ma-kau-li-mo, adj. Makau, fear, and
limb for lirmi, sea graas. Ea makavXimo,
the flea turtle fearing the sea grass. Note. —
The turtle is ^aid to be afraid of the sea
grass, as his flippers are easily entauglud
in it.
Ma-ka-u-pe-na, «. The midriff; that
which covers the bowels. Anai. 51. Ka
makaupena e uhi ana i ka naaii. See Niiu-
NiKi. Oihk. 3;3.
Ma-xa-ha, s. Maka, eye, and ka, water
sluice. An outlet or inlet of a pond whore
the sea flows in and out.
2. An inflamed, swelled and running eye;
he maka pehu.
3. The sickness of hogs.
4. He humu, h^ paehilmn.
Ma-ka-ha, t'. Ma and kaka, to extort
property. To seine what is another's ; to
i"ob ; to plunder'; to extort property. See
HOOKAHA.
Ma-ka-ha, *. A robbing; a seizing what
is another's ; robbery ;• extortion.
Ma-ka-ha, adj. Robbing; plundering;
seizing the property of another.
Ma-ka-ha-hi, ) p. To be filled with won-
Ma-KA-HE-HI, ) der and delight; to ad-
mire ; to be astonished and y^t pleased ;
makahahi aku la na kanaka i keia meanui
kupanaha, the people were seized with won-
der at this huge strange thing ; ike lakou
ua nni ka bao, makahahi iho la, they saw
there was much iron, they were astonished.
2. To go triumphing or rejoicing. .
Ma-ka-ea-hi, *. Wonder; amazement;
Bstonisliment. Haii 22:17.
Ma-ka-ha-kai, adv. Ma, at, kaha and
kai, sea beach. Af the sea side ; on the
sea shore.
Ma-ka-ha-ka-ha, s. The ceasing of rain;
, the slow dropping of rain.
Ma-ka-ha-ka-ha-ka, s. Maka&nikaka-
haka, full of holes ; open. A deep pit or
hole ; ka poopoo.
Ma-ka-ha-la, V. See Makaha. To take
another's property unjustly.
Ma-ka-ha-ni, V. See Hani, to step
lightly. To igo lightly or softly ; to touch
liglitly ; just to graze.'.
Ma-ka-he-hi, V. See Makahahi above.
Ma-ka-he-ki-u, s. Maka, eye, and he-
kill, thunder. Lit. The eye of the thunder.
A hailstone?. See Hoahekili.
Ma-ka-he-ma, s. Maka, eye, and Aema,
left. Thcicfteye.
Ma-ka-hi, s. Name of a species of fish.
Ma-ka-hi, adj. Contrajstion for maka
and akahi, one. One-eyed ; haviug one
eye.
Ma-ka-hi-a-moe, p. Maka, eye, and kia-
moe, to sleep. To fall asleep ; to allow
one's self to doze. Hoo. To give one's self
to sleep.
Ma-ka-hi'-a-moe, adj, Sleepy ; dull ;
stupid.
Ma-ka-hi-a-po, s. Maka and hiapo, the
first born. The first bom child. See Hiapo.
Ma-ka-hi-o, adj. Malfa and hio, to lean.
A leaning this way and th H ; a motion to
and.fro.
Ma-ka-hi-ki, s. The name of the first
day of the yeitr.
2, The commencement of the year. ,
^. The space of a year ; a year ; ka puni
o na malama he umikumamalua, a finish-
ing of the twelve-moiith.
Ma-ka-hi-nu, s. The unpleasant feel-
ings of a chief when a person goes to him
frequently for favors; the natives describe
such a person as greasing his forehtiad with
oil ; e hamobamo i kona lae me ka aila
knkui ; he alamakahinu i ke alii.
Ma-ka-xii, s. MakasoA kii, an image.
A mask.
2, A lustful eye ; a proud look ; gener-
ally connected with moekolohe.
Ma-ka-ki-u, V. Maka and kiu, to spy.
•To ^y: to spy out, as an enemy. Hoo.
To act the part of a spy on an enemy. '
2. To spy out, as a country. 1 Oihl. 19:3.
3. To lie in wait to kill. See Mak.iakict.
Ma-ka-ko-a, adj. Maka and koa, a sol-
dier. Lit. A soldier's face. Fierce ia coun-
tenance. Kanl. 28;50.
Ma-ka-ko-le, s. Maka and kole, raw ;
sore. Inflammation of the eyes; sore eyes.
See Makole.
Ma.-ka.-ko-i,e, adj. Sore or watery-eyed.
Ma-ka-ko-ko-e, adj. Maka and kokoe, to
strike at the eyes. Angry ; evil eyed ; de-
signing to hurt.
Ma-ka-ku-i-ko-i, v. Maica and hd, to
strike ; to bnffet. To stir up anger in au-
• other ; to provoke.
2. To grin at ; to scowl at one.
Ma-ka-la, V, Ma and kola, to loosen.
To open what is closed; to separate a little.
2. To draw out ; to extract.
3. To open a little, as a door ; to open^
as a book that has clasps on it.
4. Td untie ; to loosen ; to set at liberty.
6. To remit,, as a debt ; to forgive, as an
offense; emakala mai 1 kuu hala,, forgive
my offense. See !^ala.
Ma-ka-la, s. a loosening; an opening;
a separating.
MAK
372
MAK
Ma-ka-la, v. a contraction for maka-
ala, to be awake. To watch; to take heed;
to beware ; to be vigilant.
Ma-ka-la-ka-ua, v. Intensive of the
fotogoing. To hold or keep the eyes open;
to be Bleeplees ; makili, makalakala i ka
hiamoe.
Ma-ka-lau-na, s. Make, face, and launa,
an intimat«. An intimate acquaintance ;
one on terms of friendship ; ka mea i maa
e mamna.
Ma-ka-le-ha, v. Maka, eye, and kha,
to lift up the eyea. To. wonder after ; to
admire. Hoik. 13:6.
Ma-ka-le-ha, s. A lofty, mischievous
■ eye.
Ma-ka-le-ho, s. Maka, eye, and Uho,
the shell of a fish. Haaghtiness; lascivioos-
ness. 1 Pet. 4:3. Proud behavior.
Ma-ka-li, v. To bait a hook ; to angle
for fish ; e makali e loaa iki.
Ma-kA-lii; s. The celestial sign Castor
and Pollux.
2. The seven gtars.
3. The name of a month.
4. The name of the six summer months
collectively.
Ma-ka-lh, s. Maka and lit, small ; lit-
tle. Smallness; littleness: inferiority.
Ma-ka-lii, adj. Very small; diminutive;
very fine.
MA-KA-Lii-o-Htr-A, s. A ipecies of very
small fish fonad in shoals^ near the shore ;
also called ohtm.
2. A multitude of diminutive creatures
of any kind,
Ma-ka-li-o, adj. Drawn or strained
tightly, as a lope.
Ma-ka-lo-a, s. Maka, green, fresh, and
loa, a long time. A kind of rush of which
mats are made.
Ma-ka-lo-a, «rf;. Alvirays green ; always
fresh.
Ma-ka-lh.-a, s. Maka, eye, arid lua, pit.
A hole dug for planting upland kalo in j
also a hole for planting vines. Isa. 5:2.
2. The socket for the eye-ball. Amt. 6.
3. The name of a certain fish.
Ma-ka-lo-a, adj. Jfafca and ^wa, double.
Two-faced; two-eyed; epithet of a two-
edged sword. HoUc. 1:16. See Oilua.
Ma-ka-ltj-i, v. SeeMAKALUHi. To labor
long and perseveringly, then to make a
feast. That feast is called an ahaaina ma-
kaiai,
Ma-ka-lu-ku, v. Ifafca and ?MfcM, slaugh-
ter. To turn against one for harm ; to be
bent on slaughter,
Ma-ka-mae, adj. Precious; valuable;
much desired- costly; precious, as a stone.
2 Sam^ 12:30. Precious, as a beloved child
or servant. Isa. 43:4. Na mea mahamae,
precious things. Ezek. 22:25.
Ma-ka-mae, s. Maka and mae for mpe-
jjMie, pure. A darling ; a precious one ; a
beloved one. Hal. 22:20.
Ma-ka-ma-ka, s. a friend; a beloved
one ; an intimate ; one on terms of receiv-
ing and giving freely. loh. 2:11. A rela-
tive. Fig. Anything to which one is^reatly
attached ; hookahi hoi, o kaua makamaka,
0 ka imi naauao, oia hoi ko kaua kulearfft i
noho ai ma keia kula nui, we two have
Only ono friend, that is knowledge seeking,
that is the right (reason) of our living at
liiis' high school.
Ma-ka-ma-ka, adj. Good; beautiful;
splendid; fresh; new.
Ma-ka-mo-mi, s. Maka and momif the
pearl in the oyster shell. A white speck in
the eye by disease.
Ma-ka-md-a, s. Maka and mua, the
first ; the beginning. The beginning ; the
first of things, as of a period of time. ler.
26:1.
2. The first or oldest of a family of chil-
dren. Stn. with mua. Ka makamua o na
la, the beginning of days, i. e., the Son of
God. Dan. 7:9.
Ma-ka-mu-a, adj. First. Ein. 4:20.
Primary ; beginning ; the first of a series,
like mua. Puk. 12:2. Ua maopopo i ka
poe i komo (i ke kula) i ka la makamva o
lulai, it was understood by those who en-
tered (the school) on ihejvrst day of July.
Ma-ka-na, v. To give freely or gratu-
itously ; to make a present to one.
Ma-ka-na, s. A gift; that which is
freely bestowed upon one by another; a
present ; that which is received gratuit-
ously.
Ma-ka-na, adj. Freely given or re-
ceived, as a present.
Ma-ka-na- A-Lo-HA, s. Mdkana^x\Aalo6a,
love. A free-will or willing offering, PyJe.
35:29.
Ma-ka-na-he-i^, s. See the foregoing.
A free ofibring ; ka haawi wale ana.
Ma-ka-na-he-lb, adj. Ma, at, ka, the,
and noAete, wild land. Wild ; untamed ;
dwelling in the wilderness.
Ma-ka-naf, s. The name of a heiau.
Ma-ka-ni, s. Wind ; a breeze ; air in
motion.
2. The weather ; the general state of the
atmosphere.
3. The news ; the report of some recent
event ; the gossip of a neighborhood.
Ma-ka-pa, v. To be shy; to run away,
as an unlamed animal; e hoeuo mau ia, he
meo.
MAK
373
MAK
Ma-ka-pa, s. One who goes about from
1)01130 to house or goes hero and there ; ho
holoholo kaubale.
Ma-ka-faa, s. Maka and paa, fast.' One
with closed eyes ; a blind person. OUik.
22:Ti. See Makapo.
Ma-ka-paa, adj. Closed eyes; without
sight,; blind. loan. 5:3.
Ma-ka-paa, adv. Blindly; without see-
ing. •
Ma-ka-pai, adj. Sore, as the eyes; thus,
it applies where one eye has been sore and
the disease has gone totbe Other, and both
eyes are sore.
Ma-ka-fa-la, adj. Maka andipala, soli.
Secreting healthy pus, as a sore ; e boloi
amakapala.
2. Ripe or ready to break, as the head
of a boil.
Ma-ka-pe-hii, s. Maka, eye, and pdai,
swollen. Swelled or' inflamed eyes; ola
iho la ko'u makapelm ia ole.
Ma-ka-f£-iji, s. Maka and pela, foul.
Offensively si^elUng eyes.
Ma-ka-po, v. Maka and po, night. To
be blind naturally ; unable to see ; to be
blind viorally. PuA;. 23:8.
2. Hoo. To .blind ; to make one blind ;
to smite with blindness. Kin. 19:11'. See
Makai-aa and Moowini.
Ma-ka-fo, s. Blindness. Kard. 28:28.
A blind person. P«fc. 4:11.
Ma-ka-po, adj. Blind; without the
- sense of sight ; moowini.
Ma-ka-po, adv. Blindly; in a state of
bUhdlicsS.
Ma-ka-fo-u-li, v. ilfaAia and pot<2e, dark-
ness. To faint; to fail for want of strength;
to be dixzy ; e poniuniu.
Ma-ka-po-tj-li, s. The darkness that
procedes fainting. _ ,
]VIa-ra-po-ni-u-ni-u, v. Makaaaiponiu,
to be dizzy. To faint; to be dizzy or faint
for want of food. Lank. 8:4. To be dizzy;
hence, t(f faint.
Ma-ka-pS-ni-u-ni-u, *. Obscure vision ;
applied to the eyes, blindness. See Polda.
Applied to the heart, want of courage.
Ma-ka-pO-hi, s. Name of a species of
fish-hook.
Ma-ka-ph-la, adj. Maka and pida, a
mote in the eye. Sore-eyed; blind with
one eye ; having matter in the corner of
the eye.
Ma-ka-wai, adj. Maka and wii, water.
Watery-eyed; near sighted. -Ki?i. 29:17.
2. Corrupt ; running, as a sore.
3. Large at one end and small at the
other.
MA-KA-wA-Ltr, V. Maka and loalu, to
scratch. To scratch like a cat; to rub; to
scrape.
2. To go in large companies ; to travel
by caravans ; hele okai. ,
Ma-ka-wa-x-tt, t, K large company ; a
large army ; aole e pono ke kaua uuku ke
hana i mukawalu ame ke kahului, it is not
proper for a small army to engage a large
army in a smopth place.
Ma-ka-we-la, s. Epithet of a servant
marked in the forehead ; ina i hoailonaia
ke kauwa'ma ka lae, ua kapaia he kauwa
■makawda.
2. Name of a species of soft porous stone.
Ma-ka-we-le, s. The name of a valley
on Kauai which opens into ths Waimea
I valley.
Ma-ke, ». To die; to perish; to be
killed ; to sulTcr, as a calamity.
2. IIoo. To put to death ; to deaden ; to
cause to die; to bo slain. Ezek. 11:6. To
n^ortify ; to kill. Oihk. 20:4.
Ma-ke, v. To desire; to wish for; to
wish ; 0 manao Dui, to think much upon ;
to dcBire often ; to love.
Ma-ke, v. Used impersonally. To need;
to have necessity ; it is necessary ;' ge7>er-
ally a negative ; aole make kukui, were is
no need of a lamp.
2. To be proper ; to be fit ; to be right ;
aole make bookuke ia Kalaiwahi, il is not
proper to banish Kalaiwahi.
3. To be ; to exist ; to bo present ; aole
make haumalunaihoou,{e< there ie no dew
upon thee;
4. To permit ; to allow ; aole Tiwke an e
haule i ka lima o kanaka, let me-not faU
into the bands of men. i Oihl.21:lS. Aole
make hakaka kaua kekahi i kekabi, let us
two noi contend, one with the other. Note.
In all the examj|>les the meaning of make
seems to be, to v}ish or loUl, and it may be
the obsolete root otmakemake.
Ma-ke is also used impersonally in the
sense, it is agreed,U is a bargain, &c.; «hia
huamoa make ka hapawalu? how many
ben's eggs loiK buy (will pay for, will be
equal to) a rial ? Hookah! puu wahie make
ka pahu aila, one ^ile of wood paid for a
cask of oil. Make beira, a bad bargain ;
no profit ; in vain, &c.
Ma-ke, s. Death; the dissolution of soul
and body ; the state of being dead; as an
agent it triumphs over the bodies of men.
Bom. 6:9. Na make wabahee. 'ler. 2:14.
Ma-ke, adj. Dead ; hurt ; injured ;
wounded.
Ma-ke, adv. £ hinajwaZce, to fall dead;
i hina make ai, he fell down dead.
2. Even; nor; besides; neither.
Ma-ke-e, v. MaAe and c, beforef. To be
jealous.
MAK
374
MAK
2. Make, to desire. See verb, Note and
E iirtcnsive. , To desire, as property.
3. To be greedy after a thing generally;
used in reference to lioarding property; ua
nui na mea i makee i Icela mea i keia mea,
i Iia waiwai, i ka banobano, a ia'mea aka
ia mea aka. Ma Hawaii nei, o ka aina ke-
kahl mea a lakou i tnakee ai.
4. To withhold from others property that
isdae. Mek. 18:16. jifafcee is synoaymoiis
with puniwaiwai, but is stronger. See
Alund.
5. To gather or scrape together things of
value and of little value to keep them ; e
hapnku.
Ma-ke-e, s. Joined with waiicai, covet-
ousness. ler. 22:17. Greediness of gain.
Hal. 10:3.
2. Without waiwai, a covetous person.
3. A robber. lob. 6:5.
Ma-kee-waa, v. Manao ae la lakou,
makeewaa ana e mat^e ai o Kamaiole.
Ma-ke-e-wai-wai, s. See above in ma-
kee, s.
Ma-ke-he-wa, v. Maie and Aewa, wrong.
To be or to do to no purpose; to do in vain
or tono profit. ler. 2:30.
Ma-ke-he-wa, adv. In vain; to no profit;
not answering the purpose. Hal. 89:47.
Vainly, as labor without reward. Isa. 49:4.
Ma-ke-kau, adj. Angry ; irascible ;
quick in a passion; unfriendly; makekduos,
aole ike i kou boahanau, aole bookipa, ea.
Ma-ke-ke, s. Eng. Mustard. Mat.
13:31. Hua makeke, mnstai'd seed.
Ma-ke-le, s. a deep place of earth and
water ; deep mud, but partially hardened
or covered with grass so as to be shaky ;
unstable land. See Naka.
Ma-ke-ma-ke, v. See Make, to desire.
To desire much ; to wish for ; to love.
2. To rejoice, 1. e., to obtain one's desire;
to be glad ; e hoilioi. e olioli ; ua like ka
makemake me ka bauoli ame ka olioli.
Note. — Makemake is often used by foreign-
ers where other words such as ake, manao,
anoi, &c., would apply better.
Ma-ke-ma-ke, ,».. A desire ; a wish ; a
want; a thinking mncb of.
2. A rejoicing ; gladness.
Ma-ke-na, v. Make and ana, a dying.
To mourn, that is, to make the sound of
mourning ; to mourn ; to wail, as for the
dead ; to mourn, as at the death of a rela-
tive or friend ; to mourn in any manner.
2. To float in the air, as the sound of
mourning. Note, — Mourning among Ha-
waiians was expressed by audible lugubri-
ous tones of the voice.
Ma-ke-na, «. A wailing ; a mourning
ut lameutatioa f^R- the dead ; the sound of
mourning or wailiifg. Kurd. 26:14. See
KCMAKENA. • '
2. Sorrow or suffering from habits of in^
torincation ; pan ka makena ana o ka poe
ona rama, the sorrows .of those drinking
rum were ended.
3. Sorrow ; disappointment. Laieik. 66.
Ma-ke-na, adj. Mourning; lamenting
the death of a friend; wawa makena, a
noise of lamentation for the deadj kapa
makena, mourning garments. Kin. 38:14.
Ma-ke-na-wai, s. Make and na, plural
article, and wai, waters. A place where a
brook loses itself in the ground.
Ma-ke-wai, v. Make,toiesue,B.ndwai,
water. To be thirsty ; to thirst ; to desire
• to drink. Lunk. 4:19._
Ma-kE-wai, s. a desire to drink; thirst.
Ma-ke-wai, adj. Thirsty; desiring to
drink.
Ma-ke-wa-le, adj. Make, death, and
wale, -wifhout cause. That which has dfed
of itself. OUUc. 22:8.
Ma-ki-a, V. See.KAKiA. To fasten, as
with nails, spikes or pins; to nail; to belt;
to drive a nail. Zunfc. 4:21.
2. To tighten or make fa^t what other-
wise would be loose.
3. Fig. To bind f to make fast, as by a
covenant or treaty.
4. To be at peace with one ; to be in a
state of peace or quietness ; ua makia ka
aina.
5. To lay or mark out the ground for a
beiau ; makia buli ka moku, ]to turn as the
earth, though fast.
Ma-ki-a, *. A pin; a bolt; a nail; a
wedge; anything used to keep a snbiitance
in its place.
2. Fig. The state of being settled with-
'out disturbance ; the state of being under
treaty.
3. The measure used in laying out the
ground for a heianl
IVu-Ki-AU, ». A nail of.the finger or toe*
See Maiao. <
Ma-ki-ka, s. Eng. The Hawaiian pro-
nunciaiion for musquito or musketo. A
stinging fly ; mai'noho hoi a aki wale aku
e like me na makika nabu kolohe. Note. —
Mnskctoes were first brought to the islands
in 1823. A ship lying in the roads at La-
haina, oti being cleared of vermin by smoke,
a liglit breeze brought some masketoes
ashore. They are now numerous and trou-
blesome on the leeward sides of all the
islands.
Ma-Ki-ki, s. Name of a kind of soft
porous stone ; maika stones were some-
times made of them.
Ma-ki-ko-e, adj. Esteuded; long; flat.
See KiOBOE.
MAK
375
MAK
Ma-ki-li, v. See Mikili. To opeij, as
the mind; to be conscious of some internal
feeling or desire.
2. Boo. To open the mind to recdve as
veil as understand important truths ; e
hoomakili ae kakoa 1 fea maka o ko kakou
naau.
Ma-ki-lo, v. Ma and kilo, a star-gazer.
To look wishfully after a thing.
2. To, beg. iJfliJ. 37:25. Pololi loa oia, a
bele oia ma kauhale e makilo ai i ai nana
me ka bilahila ole.
3. To go about begging food.
Ma-ki-lo, s. a beggar.
Ma-ki-ma-ki, s. Nanxe of a fish ; a dol-
phin.
Ma-ki-ni, v. To be uneven, as land,
some places high, some low ; makini kon»
aoao.
Ha-ki-ni, s. Name of a species of fish.
Ma-ki-ni, adj. Name of a certain kind
of fish net ; ka upena majdni a ka poe kii
ai ia ke aJbi a ka po.
Ma-ko, adj. Angry; provoked at others
so as to q^uarrel and fight.
Ma-ko-a, s. Ma and koH, a koa tree. A
tract of land midway between the shore
and interior;Where koa trees grow.
Ma-ko-a, v. Ma and koa, a soldier. To
go forward fearlessly; to do courageously.
2. To be hard with people ; to be close ;
to be stingy ; to be unkind.
Ma-ko-£, v. Contraction of maka, eye,
and kole, raw. To have sore or inflamed
eyes.
Ma-ko-e-a, adj. Hard ; diflUcult ; paa^
kiki, makona.
Ma-ko-i, adj. See the foregoing. Hard;
severe ; nncourteons ; hostile. ■
Ma-ko-i-e-le, v. To teeter; to balance,
as two children in play; to swing, as a
single one on a rope.
Ma-ko-i-o-le, v. To restrain breathing;
to hold in the breath.
Ma-kott, pers, pron., first person plural.
We ; our company, excluding the persons
addressed. Gram. § 117:4 and § 129. O
ka ea noli ka TnaJcoxi ku kahakai.
Ma-koit, v. Tp be red; to be inflamed;
to have rejl or infli^med eyes. See Makolb.
2. To be red like the flame of a lamp
which has burnt all night.
Ma-kou, s. Name of a lamp with a red
flame, or a flame that has burnt all night ;
he poe lakou no makou, no ka mea o ma-
hou ka inoa oia kulcui.
2. Name of the kalaimoku where the
chiefs are concerned ; Buch:,a person was
esteemed highly. -
MatKo-hi, s. a species of red fealo.
Ma-ko-ko, s. a species of large fish of
the squid kind, of a reddish-color ; it is
eaten by whales ; makolco, he wahi la uui
ano hee, ulanla, he ai na ke kohola.
Ma-ko-le, s. Contraction of maka, eye,
and kole, raw ; inflamed. ' Inflamed eyes ;
the ophthalmia. MakoU is mostly brought
on by swimming long in salt water. See
Maxoe.
2. The time when the sun is high or
fiercely hot ; i. e., from eight o'clock to
two or three in the afternoon.
Ma-ko-le-ko-le, s. See the foregoing.
Sore, running eyes ; red with soreness ; he
maka helohelo ; ohelo eyed, i. e., red like
an ohelo.
Ma-ko-li, adj. Little of any work done;
a little way that any one travels in a day ;
mohai, loaa iki mai.
MArKO-Lo, V. Ma and hoh, to crawl; to
creep. To crawl, as a four-footed animal.
2. To run along ; to creep, as a vine.
3. To appToach on hands and knees, as
the people in former times approached a
chief to ask a favor ; hence,
4. To ask a favor ; iio ask a question.
Ma-ko-l6-a, s. Name of some vegeta-
ble out of which mats were made, a kind \
of small rush; o ka imkoloa kekahi hanecia
i moena.
Ma-ko-lu, s. Name of a certain kind
offisd.
Ma-ko-lu, adj. Wide; thick; deep; be-
smeared thickly with dust. Syn. with ma-
noanoa.
Ma-ko-lu-ko-lu, adj. Intensive of the
foregoing. Thick; deep; thick, as a plank.
Ma-ko-ma-ko, ». To enlarge; to in-
crease ; to be gteat. See Makumaku.
Ma-ko-ma-ko, s. Greatness; great size;
largeness. *
Ma-ko-na, *. An unpeaceful disposi-
tion ; fretfnlness.
Ma-ko-na, adj. Implacable; unappeat:-
able ; aloha ole..
Ma-ku, ». To run and hide ; to flee.
Ma-ko, v. To^be full grown; to be full
sized.
2. To be fixed ; to be fini to be hard.
3. To be large ou numerous.
4. Hoo. To dress up in a quantity Of
kapa with pomp ; to make a gfeat show.
Ma-ku, adj. Full grown ; firm ; hard.
2. Stiff or thick, as oil by long standing;
maleu, ka aila. See Makua below.
Ma-ku, s. Dregs of a liquid; lees; set-
tlings. Jsa..50:17. The mother of vinegar;
the lees of wine.
Ma-ku-a, s. See Maku, full grown, A
parent; a begetter, either a father or
MAK
376
MAL
mother, i.g., a mature person; applied also
to aa uncle or aunt.
2. Fig. A benefactor; a provider; o ko
. kakou makua ma keia wabi, o ka naauao
no ia. Aloha. ka naauao, ka makua hoi o
kahi maKuM ole.
Ma-ko-a, adj. Full grown; of full age J
mature; kanaka makua, a full gr6wn man.
Ma-ku-a, v. See Maku above, to be
large. To enlarge; to gt<>w. IIoo. To in-
crease ; to be full ; to be thick set.
2. 'To strengthen; to sustain, i^aj. 18:35.
3. To call one tatber or master; to honor.
Mat. 23:9.
Ma-kh-a-hi-ne, 1 J. Makua, parent,
Ma-K0-WA-HI-ne, > and loa/iine, female.
Ma-ku-a-wa-HI-ne, ) A mother, &o., sub-
ject to all the figurative ideas of makiM, s,
Ma-ku-a-ho-no-ai, ) s. Makua and ho-
Ma-KU-A-HO-NO-wai, ) noai, to bind to-
gether. A parent-in-law, either father or
mcfher as it ia followed by fcane oi viahine.
See next words.
Ma-kd-a-ho-no-ai-ka-ne, s. Makua a.ni
Jianoai (see above), and kane, male. A
father-in-law. Lunk. 1:16.
Ma-ku-a-ho-no-ai-wa-hi-ne, s. Makua
and ^onoai and loahine, female. A mother-
in-law.
Ma-kit-a-ka-ne, s. Makua and kane,
■ male. The roale parent; a father; the hus-
band of one's mother,
Ma-ku-a-ka-ne-ko-ie-a, s. Makua and
tone, male, and kQlea, to make a friend. A
step-father.
Ma-ku-a-ke-a-hi;, adj. The spirit going
here and there even to where the clouds and
sea meet; o waibo oe auanei a halaloakou
ubane m/ikuaJceahu.
Ma-ku-a-ko-le-a, s. Makua and kolea.
A parent-in-law, either father or mother.
Ma-k(j-a-ku-a, s. a species of grass
growing in bunches ; a buncb of grass.
Ma-ku-a-lii, s. Jfffltea and Ki, chief. A
progenitor ; a patriarch. los. 13:21.
2. A head of a tribe; a chjef. Kin. S6:15.
Ma-ku-e, s. a pale brown or chestnut
color ; purple ; blue ; any dark color.
Ma-kc-e,' adj. Dark ; brown ; blue ;
green, according to the substance; lole
makue, purple cloth. 2 Oihl. 2:7.
Ma-ku-e, V. Ma and fc«e, to oppose. To
punch, hunch or elbow one ; to provoke
one to anger ; to draw down the eyebrows
as if sullen or angry.
Ma-ku-e, s. Opposition; anger; strife.
Ma'Ku-e-ku-e, s. a kind of grass ; the
grass with which good adobies are made.
Ma-ku-o, adj. Brown.
M.A-KVV, s. A crease around the end of
a canoe to hold a rope for dragging it;
alalia hoopualiia ke kanwahi mahope o ka
waa : ua ^eipaia kela wahi he m<tkim.
Ma-kuu, adj. Ma and kuu, to let go.
Discharging stools involuntarily; lepo ma-
kuu, involuntary alvine discbarges.
Ma-ku-eo-A£, s. The state of one just
dying, formerly worshiped as a god.
Ma-ku-le, s. a company of traveling
persons ; ho huakai ; a company of horses
and riders, &c.
Ma-ku-lit, ) „. Ma and Atrfw, A
Ma-KU-LP-KU-LU, ) drop of liquid. To
drop, as water or a liquid ; to shed drops ;
to drop down, as water from a leaky roof;
to drop, as water from the clouds.
Ma-ku-wa-hi-ne-ko-l£-a, s. Maleuaani
viahint and koleai to make a friend. A step-
mother.
Ma-la, v. To swell; to swell up; to
grow large ; to poffup, as a swelling.
Ma-la, s. A swelling or puffing up, as
of the cheat ; an enlargement ; a growing.
2. The name of a disease.
3. A small patefa of ground ; a garden ;
a small plat of ground for cultivation or
under cultivation; afield. Neh. 5:11, See
Malawadia.
4. A gentle breem ; the east wind ; ma-
kani hikina, he aeloa.
Ma-la, adj. Swelling; puffed up; en-
larging; growing.
2. Exhausted; spent.
Ma-lae, s. Ma ana lae, 9. calrti. A calm;
a calmness ; a pleasant appearance. See
KoOttALiE.
Ma-lae-lae, adj. Clear; serene, as the
sky ; pleasant, as the weather.
2. Clear; smooth, as a plain; without
obstructions.
Ma-lai-o-a, adj. Broken fine ; scattered,
as small particles of a substance.
Ma-lai-la, ade. Ma and laila, there
There; at the side of; atthatplacs. Gram.
§ 165. 2 : Auialo.
Ma-lai-le-na, s. Bitterness; ill tasted
what is unpalatable.
Ma-lai-le-na, adj. Bitter, acrid or sour;
unpalatable.
Ma-lai-lu-a, s. a goat without horns,
derived from the name of a particular goat
formerly found at Kona, Hawaii.
Ma-la-o-a, adj. Sad; sorrowful, as one
sitting and thinking of many sources of
grief and imaginary evils as they flit be-
fore the mind as real ones; he well malaoa
aku no ka luo la.
Ma-lao-lao, *. Twilight; light between
day and night.
MAL
377
MAL
Ma-latj, s. a place in the sea where
the water is still and quiet ; a calm place
in the sea.
2. A place where the bait for the akn or
bonita is found.
3. An impious wicked person.
Ma-lau, v. See No. 3 above. Hoo. To
reject ^ood adricft or good principles ; to
treat with contempt one's principles or doc-
trines.
Ma-lad-e-a, v. To hawk about and
sell ; to peddle.
Ma-la u-E;A, i. An indolent person, in-
dlsposed'to work ; mcdauea o ka pililna c
lawaia oike. aukaka.
MA-tAU-LAU, s. See Malau. A prepara-
tion.
Ma-lau-lau-a, v. To trade ; to make
market; to peddle. See Maiacea. See
also Maauada, the I dropped.
Ma-la-hi,'«. To he relieved from pun-
ishment; to be joyful, aa one who has been.
condemned, but the accuser is reconciled
or no longer angry.
2. To be joyful, as one who seeks for a
thing and quicl^ly finds it.
Ma-la-hi-a, adj. For mdaia. See Mala
2. Bitter ; disagreeable to the taste. See
Malailbna.
Ma-la-lai-o-a, s. Name of an office in
the king's train.
Ma-la-lu-a, r. To swell, as anything
blistered ; as fruit exposed to the hot sun ;
na malaiua i ka la u Kawaihoa, Kawaihoa
is Uister^ i« the sun.
Ma-la-lo, cmnp. prep. Ma and lalo,
down. Downward; under; below; beneath.
Oram. § 161.
AIa-la-ma, v. Ma and lama, light. To
keep ; to preserve ; to watch over. See
Kui.
2. To serve as a servant; to take care of,
as one who cares for another. Kin. 47:13.
3. To' reverence; to obey, as a command.
Kant. 5.-9.
i. To observe, as a festival; to attend
to, as a duty.
5. To be awake to danger.
6. To put and keep things in order.
7. To swell; "to be enlarged, as the belly.
See' Mala.
Ma-ia-ka, s. Light, as of the sun, moon
or stars. See Malamalama.
2. A solar month in distdnotion from ma-
rina, a moon or lunar montJi.
U A looking-glass ; he aniani nana.
4. One who observes the heavenly bodies;
a prophet ; a star-gazer ; au astrologer.
Ma-la-ma, adj. Taking carej giving
heed ; watching over.
Ma-la-ma, adv. A conditional tena,
Perhaps ; it may be, &c. ; malama e kupa
auanei ka hua i luluia, perAops hereafter
the seed sown may spring up ; mdtama o
hull mai, perhaps he will turn. Malama is
often connected with paha, which only
strengthens the possibility ; as, malama
paha e make ia, pertiaps he will die ; the
same as malia or maliapaha, perliaps.
Ma-la-jiatLA, v. See Mala, to swell-
To swell ; to rise up round and full ; to be
Ma-la-ma-la, s. See Mala. Something
swollen ; enlarged by swelling ; swoUen-
with pride or haughtiness ; he poe makaui
kakou i ka malamcda.
Ma-la-ma-la-ma, ». See Ma and Lama,.
a torch ; also Malama. To shine ; to give
light, as the sun or a luminous body.
2. Eoo. To enlighten; to cause light.
Km. 1:14, 15.
MA-LA-jii-LA-MA, s. Light; the light of
the sun or of the heavenly 'bodies j thelight
of a lamp or of a fire.
2. Fio. Supernatural light : light of the
mind; knowledge; knowledge of salva-
tion ; opposite to pindi o ka naan.
Ma-la-ma-la-ma, adj. Shining, as a
. light.
Ma-la-na, v. See Manana. Ma and
lana, to float. To float together, as a body
of canoes ; to move together, as a drove of
cattle or a multitude of men ; ke malaria
mai la na kanaka. Malana hiki ae i ka ili
kai.
Ma-la-na, s. A moving together, as
many single things.
2. The name of a fine rain from the north-
east at Waimea as it moves along before
the trade wind.
Ma-la-na, adj. Tottering ; weakj fee-
ble. See Laka.
2. Loose; pulling up easily, as weeds
trom soft ground.
Ma-la-nai, s. The gentle blowing of
the north-east wind.
2. One of the names of the trade wind.
See MoAB and Aeloa.
Ma-la-ni, s. The name of the sixteenth
day of the month. See Mabealani.
Ma-la-wai-na, s. Mala, a garden, and
uaina, grapes. A patch for grapes; a vine^
yard. Kin. 9:20.
MJ.-LE, ». To hawk and spit; to raise
phlegm ; e palahehe ; to expectorate.
Ma-le, s. Phlegm; mucous raised from.,
the lungs or throat ; he huka paa.
Ma-le, s. A species of fish ; the young
of the uhu. See Ohalkmali:.
Ma-le, s. An incorrect orthography for-
mare. See Make.
Ma-le-a-le-a, v. See Maalea. To be-
MAL
378
MAL
cunning; to be crafty; to have a fore-
thought for one's advantage.
2. To assuage, as one's anger; to pacify.
Ma-i.e-Hj1-i.e-ha, s. The appearance of
the 8ky at evening. .
2. The time of evening. Isa. 5:11.
Ma-le-hu-le-hd, s. The appearance of
the 8ky at dawn of day.
Ma-le-la, adj. Idle ; lazy ; indolent.
■ Ma-le-le, v. To distribute or give out
to others, as food. Eoo. To parcel out; to
give to one and to another, as food ; pau
no ka ai, aole makh aku ia mea. E Ium-
malde akd 1 ka ai ia hai, ame ka palapala.
Ma-le-le, ». To call to one for help ;
malde knala.
Ma-le-na, s. a burning or preparing
medicine ; he papaa iaaa lapaau.
Ma-L£-no, S. a rough sea.
Ma-li, p. To tie on; to fasten, as a
tish-hook on to a string ; to tie the end of
a rope to keep it ftom unraveling ; to tie
up, as a.broken limb.
2. To beseech ; to beg in a soothing
manner.
Ma-li, s. See the wrb above. A string
used in tying the bait on a fish-hook, or for
tying the end of a rope to prevent it from
unraveling.
Ma-li-a, aiv. See Malama, adv. Per-
haps ; but ; then ; if then ; lest ; often fol-
lowed by paha or o or both ; mMia paha i
hchuia makou i poe nana e kuhikuhi i ka
iwi; malia o, lest. Katd. 24:15. M<Ma
paha 0, lest perhaps. Nah. 22:6.
Ma-li-e, v. To be calm; to be quiet;
to be still as to noise ; to cease an agita-
tion ; to be calm, as the sea after a storm..
Hoo. To make quiet ; to still ; to hush up.
Ma-li-e, adj. QuiBt; calm; still; gentle.
Ma-li-e, fl(i». Quietly; calmly; gently.
Ma-li-b-li-e, b. Intensive of malie. To
hnsh up a perturbation of any kind. Soo.
To soothe one's anger; to entreat quiet-
ness; to persuade one to be still. 2fah.lS:3.
Ma-lu,». A contraction for maZiZt. See
Ma-li-o, s. The.,ppening of the morn-
ing j the first rays of light; medio pawa o
"ku kakahiaka. See Pawa.
MA-li-tj> v. Ma and liu, preservative.
To attend to one ; to regard or listen to
one's request.
2. To turn a compassionate eye upon
one; to be favorabljr disposed towards one;
to look upon ene with kindness when need-
ing compassion. Puk. 32:12.
3. To hearken to advice ; to tarn from a
purpose. Kanl. 21:18.
i. To be accepted as an offering. Oihk.
1:4.
5. To be gracious to one ; to turn to-
wards one ; to have respect to. Kin. 4:4.
6. Eoo. To be.pntreated for a person or
thing. 2 Sam. 21:14.
Ma-li-u, s. A chief deified and become
an aumalcua.
2. A deep sound, as of an ancient deep-
toned instrument (sheU),like the bellowing
of a bull.
Ma-u-u-ia, adj. Acceptable; favorable.
mi. «9:13.
Ma-li-hi-ni, v. To be or to live as a
stranger. Puk. 2:29.
Ma-li-hi-ni, s. A stranger ; a non-resi-
dent; i transient person; a person from
another place. Oihlc. 20:2. Fig. One that
has not been seen for some time.
Ma-li-hi-ni, adj. As a stranger; stran-
ger like ; new faced ; maka hou.
Ma-li-li, v. Ma and lUi for lii, small.
To be or become small, as something that
is too great.
2. To calm down, as a storm' or one in
.fierceanger.
3. To be consoled, as one indulging in
immoderate grief.
4. Hoo. To wither ; to droop ; to lessen
down ; to make less.
6. To be bereaved of children, as parents,
or of parents, as children.
Ma-li-li, s. A blast, as upon fruits ; a
blasting. 1 Nal. 8:7.
Ma-li-li, adj. Lessened ; stinted ; de-
generated ; withered ; applied to fruits.-
Isa. 37:27.
2. Applied to a wind ; huaai mcdili, a
wind injuring vegetables. Kanl. 28:22.
Ma-li-ma-li, V. Sep Mali, to beseech.
To dissemble through flattery.
2. To flatter for th? sake of some advan-
tage.
3. To speak pleasantly in order to make
one forget former injuries.
4. To make a defense before an assembly.
5. To talk soothingly ; to make friends
with those whom we have offended.
«. To persuade. 1 Nal. 22:20.
7, jBoo. To flatter. Hal. 78:36.
Ma-li-ma-li, s. Flattery; dissimula-
tion ; pleasant speech for gain or advan-
tage ; be poe akamai i ka malinudi, a com-
pany skilled injiattery.
Ma-li-ma-li, adj. Soothing in language;
flattering ; dissembling,
Ma-li-na, s. a calm smooth plice in
the sea ; o ka mcdina a Moi kekahi kahana
nui 0 ia manawa.
Ma-Li-no, adj. Ma ^nd lino. See Lino-
LiKO. Calm ; qu|et, as one whose spirits
have been ruffled ; calm, as the sarfaee of
water without wind ; quiet ; gentle^ Ses
MAL
379
MAL
MAj.tis. Reflecting light, as calm water.
See Oimo.
Ma-li-no-j^-no, adj. See Mamno above.
Ma-lo, *. A strip of kapa or cloth girded
about the loine of men; in former times the
•cnalo yia& the only dress worn by men when
at work ; a covering fc the nakedness of
men : ka waWae e paa'i ka mai.
2. Fig. TTa lofaeia mamna ka olelo a ke-
kahi alii, e kaohi a e moku ka ka moJo.
Ma-lo, adj. See Maloo.
Ma-lo-e-u)-e, t). See Loeloe, feeble.
To be faint ; to be weary ; to relax, as the
joints of animals. AwA. 1.
2. To breathe hard ; to poff from hard
exercise, as traveling, or by hard labor.
3. fli/o. To weary one's self in doing
evil. let. 9:5.
Ma-lo-e-lo-e, adj. Weary; stiffened
with labor or traveling. Stn. with oopa.
See Ma^loeloe.
Z. Firm ; substantial.
Ma-i<o-i, Vi To start in the eyes, as tears
for love or affection.
Ma-loo, e. To dry up, as water.
2. To wither, as a tree.
3. To become dry, as a river. los. 3:16.
4. Hoo. To cause to dry np, as the sea.
los. 2:10. To dry or season in the sun.
Ma-loo, adj. Diy; dry, as land, in op-
position to "water; dry in opposition to
moist or wet
2. Dead, as a vegetable dried up.
Ma-loo-ha-ha, X). To be dry; to be
without moisture.
2. To yield no 'fruit, as dry grwmd.
Ma-loo-ha-ha, adj. Dry; barren; un-
fruitful, as ground.
Ma-lo-hi, «. Ma and liM, slow. To be
slow; to be lazy; a malubi, mak/U,, ma-
loeloe.
Ma-lo-bi-i.o-hi, V. See' Ma and Lorn,
slow. To be weary ; to; be fatigued. See
Malokloe and Mai,iihildhi.
Ma-lo-hi-lo-hi, adj. See MAitrHu.uHi.
Weary from traveling. See Malobloe.
Ma-lo-ka, u Ma and loka, not found.
To be sluggish in mind; to be Slow in giv-
ing one's attention to a subject.
2. Soo. To be unbelieving ; to be diso-
bedient.
3. To treat sacred things with contempt.
Ma-lo-ka, s. A disregard to the com-
mands of a chief. Soo. Unbelief in a chiefs
word or promise; disobedience in practice;
under the christian system, an unbeliever;
a scoffer.
Ma-lo-ka, adj. Disobedient; unbeliev-
ing in the word of a chief. Hoo. Unbeliev-
' ing ; discrediting the christian system. 1
Kw. 7:12.
Ma-lo-ko, amvp.'~^ffp. Ma and hJto,
within. In ; within ; inside of; -internally.
Oram. § 161.
Ma-lo-lo, c. To break off work at the
arrival of a la kapu ; to rest. Soo. To
rest ; to be still ; to desist from work or
labor on account of kapu.
2. To ebb and flow, as the ocean, much
more than usual ; o Nana no ka m^lama e
mak>k> ai ka moana.
Ma-lo-lo, s. a day of preparation be-
fore a la kapu. Soo. Causing a mototo or
restiQg day. Note.— At the present dme
it is equivalent to Saturday; ka la, Sooma-
Udo, the day befdre the Sabbath.
Ma-lo-lo, s. The flying-fish that swijns
near or on the surface of the sea ; ma ka
ili kai e holo ai ka rmjiolo.
Ma-lo-lo, adj. Ebbing much further
than usual, as the sea, and when tiiis occuns,
it is followed by a very high tide called ke
kaimcUolo.
Ma-lo-lo-hi, adj. Ma SiBd lohi or loloM,
slow. Sluggish; numb; torpid.
Ma-lo-lo-lxt-a, adj. MaMo and hm,
second. The reflux of a very low ebb .tide
of the sea ; o ke kai maktloltia kona.
Ma-lo-wai, s. iUfcZoend tooi, wet; water.
A wet malo ; ina i komo ke kanaka ma ko
ke alii bale me ka pale ole 1 kona maXomox
e make no.
Ma-ltj, v. To shade; to overshadow;
to cast a shade; mabi. ka la, the sun is
shaded. Laieik. 163.
2. To be comfortable, aa in a shade when
all is beat around; to be in a state of quiet-
ness and peace with others.
3. To be favored ; to have many enjoy-
ments and privileges.
4. To be fruitful ; to be blessed.
6. L'oo.- To bless; to comfort; to make
comfortable.
6. To rule over ; to govern, as a chief;
to keep in order the affairs of state. 1 ]fal.
3:9.
7. To make peace, i.e.,a treaty of peace
with olelo kuikahi. Ziink. 3:19.
8. To protect ; to govern ; to put under
a. kapu ; hoomalu iho la o Kamehameha,
nana wale no e kuai i ka wahie ala, Kame-
hameha prohibited the sandal-wood; he
only would sell it.
Ma-lu, s. a shade ; the shadow-^f a
tree or anything that keeps off the cun.
2. Peace ; quietness ; protection.
3. Watchfulness ; care.
Ma-ltt, adj. Overshadowed; protected;
governed.
2. Quiet ; without care or anxiety.
3. Wet ; cold ; damp ; soaked in water ;
i waibo ia maloko o ka wai.
4. Shivering with wet^d cold.
MAL
380
MAM
Ma-lu, adj. Secret; not openly j con-
trary to order ; without liberty; unlawful;
olelo Tnalu, secret conversation. Imnk. 3:19.
Ma-lu, adv. Secretly; unlawfully.
Ma-ltt-a, v. Ma and lua, a pit or hole.
To dig or prepare holes or hiUs for plant-
ing ; to plant, as corn or potatoes.
Ma-l0-a, s. Hills dug up or places
made for planting potatoes.
2. A little spot dug up and prepared for
planting.
3. Laziness ; indifference about -work ;
be malawa.
Ma-lu-a-he-le, s. Name of a wind on
Kauai from the north-west.
Ma-lu-a-ke-le, s. Name of a. wind
blowing mostly on Kauai ; hohola ka ma-
luakele.
Ma-lu-a-ltt-a, », To be rough and un-
even ; to be np and down, as hilly land ;
«as an uneven road.
Ma-ltt-a-ut-a, adj. Kough; uneven;
billy, as land.
Ma-lu-a-lu-a, t. Name of the north-
west wind at Lahaina.
2. Name of a wind at Kauai.
3. Name of anorth wind at Oahu.
Ma-lu-o-hi»a, s. The sacrifice of a per-
son at the cutting of the tree for a god.
2. The name of the kapii setting apart
that tree.
Ma-ht-ha, s. Heb. A mallows bush.
7o6. 30:4. Pnrslain perhaps.
Ma-ltJ-hi, adj: Ma and luhi, weaiy.
Tired; slow; weary; lazy; dull; drowsy.
MA-Lu-m-A, V. Passive of malu for ma-
luia, h inserted. To be at rest ; to enjoy
peace, &c. ; aole i malvhia ka .aina no ke
kaua pinepine, the land did npt enjoy rest
on account of frequent wars.
2. To be i\nder a kapu ; to be under the
injunction of a solemn stillness or silence,
es at some parts of the ancient worship.
3. To be under the fear or dread of the
punishment of broken kapus.
Ma-lu-hi-a, s. Peace ; quietness ; safety.
2. A sense of the presence and power of
the gods.
3. iFear ; dread of the gods in ancient
times.
4. The solemn awe and stillness that
reigned during some of the ancient kapus.
5. The sacredness and solemnity of j^eli-
jgious rites.
Ma-ltj-hi-a, adj. Peaceful; quit;, &c.
2. Fearful ; troubled with, fear during
tie ancient worship.
Mi-LiJ-Hi-A, adv. Quietly; silently. los.
10:21.
Ma-lu-hi-lu-hi, v. iWa and Zm^i, weary.
To be weary &om traveling. 2 Sam. 16:14.
To be weary, i. e., to be inclined to sleep.
Bal. 121:3. Soo. To weary; to fatigue.
Kekah. 10:15.
Ma-lu-hi-lu-hi, s. Weariness; pain
from exertion ; fatigue from labor.
Ma-lu-hi-lu-hi, adj. Fatiguing; pain-
ful ; weary ; lazy ; indolent.
Ma-lu-ko-i, s. Malu, shade, and koi,
root not found. The shadow of death;
death's shade. See M.u:.umake.
2. The act of going and cutting ohia trees
for a heiau ; ka malnohia, ka waokele, no
mauhaalele.
Ma-lu-le, V. ilfffl and Zjife, to shake. To
be weak ; to be yielding ; to be flexible.
2. To be soft, as poi.
3. To change ; to vary one's form.
4. Boo. To be'cbanged ; to pass to an-
other form. 1 Kor. 15 .-52.
Ma-lu-le, s. Weakness; flexibility; a
changing &om one form to another.
Ma-lu-le, adj. Limber; weak; flexi-
ble ; changeable.
Ma-lu-le-lu-le, adj. Intensive of mO'
lule. Weak ; flexible ; changing ;■ limber.
Ma-ltj-lu, s. Ma find Mu, a calm spot
of water. A place where water stands not
dried up by the sun nor by drought ; hei
wahi wai, aole kaee i kalaameke koeleela,
Ma-lu-ma-ke, s. Malu, shade, and
inake, death. The shade or shadow of
death. lob. 24:17. See Malukoi.
Ma-lu-ma-lu, adj. See MALtr. Shady;
cool ; comfortable ; peaceful ; bale rmdw-
maiu, a shed.; a portico.
MA.-LU-HA-LU, s. See Malu. A shade,
&c. Fig. Protection ; safety. Ein. 9:6.
Ma-lu-ma-lu, r. See Malu. To be
shady, &c. JBoo. To shade; to overshadow.
Seb. 9:5.
Ma-lu-ma-lu-hi-a, s. See Maluku.
Peace; quietness; rest. Pisfc. 18:23.
Ma-lu-na, 4xmp. prep. Ma and luna,
above, tfpward; upon; over, either as to
place or office ; oia no, mahma o ka poe
kaua. Oram. § 161.
Ma-lu-wa, adj. Lazy; indifferent about
work ; idle. See Molowa.
Ma-ma, v. To be light, in opposition to
heavy; to be unoppressed -with a burden:
to be relieved of a bui-deu, of care or of
labor ; to be light, i. e., quick in making a
journey.
2. To be active-; to be nimble ; to be af-
fected with wine. Eset. 1:10. To revi'-e
from a fainting fit. Laieik. 105. A Jiktma
ae la ke alii.
3. Hoo. To lighten what is heavy,' i, e.,
to mitigate an affection. 1 Sam. 6:5.
4. To lighten or diminish, as a task Or
hard labor. 1 Nai. 12:4.
MAM
381
MAM
6. To finish ; to have done with a thing ;
to set it afloat.
Ma-ma, v. To ctew with a view to spit
out of the mouth; to chew or worli over in
the mouth; toomakauk^u iho 'Uiaemama
I ke kukui; to chew or grind in the moutn,
'as the Hawaiian doctors do some of their
medicines. Note. — ^When the snbstiince
chewed is to Tje swallowed, the action of
chewing is nau. Hoolale kok€ ae la ke
kuhina e mama i ka awa. LaieUc S4.
Ma-ma, s. Lightness ; swiftness in
movement. 2 Bam, 1 :23.
Ma-ma, adj. Light; active; nimble.
Ma-ma, adj. Chewed; masticated; kona
man mama awa, persons whose boainess it
was to chew awa to make intoxicating
drink. Laieik. 88.
Ma-mae, s. Ma and mae, p>in. A kind
of pain or oneasy feeling, as of the flesh in
cupping ; similar to mae. a
2. A slight involuntary contraction of
the muscles when hurt or threatened to be
hurt.
Ma-ma-o, adv. A/o and niao (see 0),
compound preposition. Lit. At there, i. e.,
at a distance, but not far off ; t)ut of hear-
ing. Puk. 18:24. .
Ma-ma-0, adj. Further; distant; far
off; palena marrmo loa, the utmost bounds.
JVaA. 22:35. E ku mamao aku, keep at a
distance. Tit. 3:9.
Ma-mA-o, s. a distance of time or space;
a long distance ; afar off. Mat. 8:30. A
space between one place and another;
something existing or done at a great dis-
tance off, or a long time ago.
2. A sticky substance, as tar, pitch, pi-
lali, &c.
3. Name of a species of fish.
Ma-ma-o, v. To remove to a distance ;
to go afar off; to be far from locally and
morally. .
2. To make clear, explicit or plain.
3.\Hbo. To remain at a distance; to sep-
arate widely fi-om a person or place. Xiiek.
11:15.
Ma-matt, v. Ma and nutu, to continue.
To be rough, as a road^ to make rough or
uneven.
2. To be hard or heavy upon ; to over-
power, as something opposed.
3. To be heavy ;' to press down.
Ma-mau, adj. Rough; difficult; un-
even; narrow, as a path ; hard to unloose;
rough in. treatment, as in oontention.
Ma-uiau-a, v.^'Ma and wwiaa, often; re-
peated. To obtain often ; to obtain gratu-
itously. See MA.CMAUA.
Ma-mait-e-a, s. Wild kalo growing in
uncuitivated places. See Aweoweo.
Ma-ma-ka, v. To "tifavel in company ;
to go in bauds ;^e hele hnakai.
Ma-ma-ka, ». Name of the stick on
which Eawaiians carry burdens across the.
shoulders. . See also Acamo and Auuaxa.
Ma-ma-ea-kau-a, s. Ma,inakaa.iid.katia,
war. A principal man in battle, such as
bears the brunf of a fight.
Ma-ma-kau-a-lu, adv. Horizontally j
flying off horizontally like a bird; lelema-
mokaualu auhono i ke kai.
Ma-ma-ke, ) ». Freq. of make, to die.
Ma-MA-MA-ke, ) To die or perish together
or in companies.
Ma-ma-ki, s. The b\;sh or plant from
the bark of which the mamaki kapas are
made.
2. The name of the kapa or cloth thus
made.
Ma-ma-la, s. Ma and mala, a small
piece of ground. A small piece of any
substance broken off from a larger; a frag-
inent. Luk. 9:17. He hakina.
Ma-ma-la-ho-e, s. Mamala, piece, and
Ttoe, paddle. 'Name of one of Kamehameha's
criminal laws, a law of the most stringent
class ; -the violation of all such law.s was,
indeecli punishable with death. The name
was derived from the fact that he came
near losing his life by a paddle being split
over his hea^. 0 Kamehameha ka mea
nana i kaii mamalahoe kanawai.
Ma-ma-lu, s. Ma and tiwIu, shade. A
shade ; a screen from the sun.
2i In flbdern tiihes, an umbrella. Sed
LoDLU. A- defense from ft storm. Isa. 32:2.
A covering ; a protection.
Ma-ma-ltt, v. Ma and maiu, to protect.
To defend one from ?vil ; to parry off; to
hinder one from doing a thing.
Ma-ma-lu, adj. Covered; shaded; pro-
tected.
Ma-ma-mo, s. Name of a species of fish,
Ma-ma-na-la, adj. Small; little, as lit-
tle or light work ; little, as the voice ; he
noho wale iho no na 'lii, he oluolu, he mo
mancda, aole hana nni.
Ma-ma-ne, s. Name of a species of tree,
wood hard, used for the boards of holnas
and for oos.
Ma-mi-na, e. Ma and miTia, grief. To
regret the loss of anything ; to hold on to
it ; to withhold its loss. See Minamina.
Ma-mo, s. A descendant ; posterity be-
low the third generation, ifm. 26:24. Chil-
dren; descendants generally. Eanl. 32:52.
'2. A species ol bird with yellow feathers,
and much valued for its feathers.
3. A yellow war cloak covered with the
yellow feathers of the mama.
4. The name of a speoies of fish.
MAN'
382
MAN
5. The aame of a -tree with beautiful
blossoms ; b.e pua nani, he,}%au.
Ma-mo, a^j. Yellow, from" the yellow
bird called mo)»io; aahU mamo, a yellow
garment ; ua aahuia i ka lole ula ame ka
aabu mamo, he was clothed ia a red coat
and a yellow robe.
Ma-mo-na, s. ChcM., mamon; Eng.,
mammon. Eiches. Mat. 6:24.
Ma-mua, com.'p. prep. Ma and mua, first.
Before ; first in time or place ; formerly ;
previously ; in fi'ont of. Gram. § 161
Ma-mu-li, comp. prep. Ma and muli,
after. Behind; afterwards; hereafter; soon;
by and by ; after ; according to ; after the
example of. Oram. § 161.
Ma-na, s. Supernatural power, such as
was supposed and believed to "be an at-
tribute of the gods ; power ; strength ;
might. See Oihk. 26:19. Applied under
the christian' system to divine power. ImtJc.
6:14.
2. Spirit ; energy of character. 2 N(d.
2:9. Official power or authority ; o kona
mau kailniahine ka maim kiai. Laieik. 101.
3. Glory ; majesty ; intelligence ; ka ihi-
ihi, ka nani, \s. ike.
4. A branch or limb of a tree ; the cross
piece of a cross; a limb of the human body.
5. A line projecting from another line.
Pufc. 37:19. SeeMANAMANA.
6. Food while being j chewed in the
mouth, children were fed by taking the
food from the mother's mouth and putting
it into the child's ; a mouthful of food.
7. The name of the place ofgvorship in
a hemii ; a house in the Inakini^; hence,
8. 'I'hename'of a particular class of
hciaus/
9. The name of a species of kalo.'
10. Name of a species of fish-hook.
Ma-na, adj. Powerful; strong. 1 Sam.
2:4.
Ma-na, v. To branch out; to be di-
vided ; to be many.
2. To chew food for infants; e mana aku
i ka ai na ke keiki.
3. IIoo. To reverence ov worship, as a
superior being, i. e., of superhuman power;
a hoomana aku la i ua alii la e like mi ka
hoomana akua, they worshiped that chief as
if they worshiped a god.
4. To worship ; to render homage to.
Pwk. 20:5.
Ma-na, s. Hoo. Worship ; reverence ;
adoration.
Ma-nai, s. An instrument used an-
ciently as a needle in stringing flowers for
wreatbs ; e ake no lakou e hookuikni i ka
manai, a uo i ke kaula i lawa ; a sharp in-
strument to make leis with.
Ma-nai-e-A, s. a species of sea mcs.
See Manauisa.
Ma-na-o, v. Ma and Tiao, root not found.
To think ; to think of; to call to mind; to
meditate; mariao iOfmanoooiaiOjtfl believe
as true; to credit; to have ii«ll confidence
in ; to wish ; to will. - Mom. 9:18.
. 2., JEToo. To remember ; to consider ; to
call to mind ; to please to do a thing ; to
will.
Ma-na-o, s. a thought; an idea- apian;
' a device ; a purpose ; a counsel ; a strat-
agem; manoo kiekie, a high thought; pride;
matuw io, faith; belief; ponfidence; ma-
nao oiaio, the. same; itmnao kuko. lust;
mamo lana^ hope; expectation; manao
akamai, spirit of wisdom. Pyk. 28:3.
Ma-nao-ia, s. or part. pass. What is be-
lieved, thought or supposed.
Ma-nao-i-o, v. Manao and io, real; sub-
stantial. To believe ; to credit what one
says. Kin. 15:6. To have confidsnce in.
Pvk. 14:31. The same as manao -oiaio, to
tiiink to be irath or true.
Ma-nao-i-o, s. Faith : verity ; full con-
fidence.
Ma-naq-ku-paa, s. Manao and ku, to
stand, and p(w,, fast. A decree ; a fixed,
plan ; a purpose.
Ma-nao-la-na, v. Manao and lana, to
float. To be buoyed up, as the mind ; not
to sink, in opposition to maTiao polio, to
sink ; to despond ; frence,
2. To hope; to trust in; to expect Eal.
71:5.
Ma-nao-la-na, s. Hope; expectation;
a buoyancy of mind.
Ma-nao-li-a, s. See Mana 6ia,Z inserted.
What IS thought of, or destined, or pur-
posed. Gj'om. § 48.
Ma-nao-nAo, v. Frpq. of manao, to
think. To thihk over ; to turn over and
over in one's mind; to meditate. EaX. 63:B.
2. To lament ; to grieve ; to pity one ;
to mourn for one ; kumakena.
Ma-nao-nao, s. a meditating; a turn-
ing over in the mind ; grief ; sadness on
parting with friends. Zaieik. 19i. Mourn-
ing ; sadness for the death of one.
Ma-nao-paa, s, Manao and paa, fast.
Apian; a resolution; a design. Laieik.ii.
Ma-nao-paa, adj. Just ; inflexible ; not
turned aside by selfish motives ; he kaika-
inahine manaopaa no, aole e hoopilimeaai.
Zaim.k. 194.
Ma-na-ha-lo, ) s. Mana and hah. See
Ma-na-HO-lo, ) Halo, s. The motion of
the arms and Itgs in swimming.
Ma-na-ka, p. To be discouraged ; to be
disheartened in doing a thing.
2. To become indifferent aa to the result;
to be laay; to work slackly and carelessly.
Ma-na-ka, s. Discouragement; faint-
MAN
383
MAN
beartedness; indifference in one's business;
lazinesa. Soo. Soomanaka is apposed to
luxflkiika. E hana no me lia hooikailsa,
aole me ka hoomanaka.
Ma-na-ka, adj. Faint-hearted; lazy;
aole e loaa keia mea, o ka naauao, i ka mea
manuka, this thing, learning, will not be
obtained by the lazy.
Ma-na-i«, adj. Sweet, as fresh water,
in distinction from brackish or salt water ;
slightly brackish ; insipid.
2. Sweet,, that is, free from taint; insipid;
'ree from taste.
3. Firm ; hard, as good kalo, in distinc-
tion from hliloli.
Ma-na-lo, s. Sweetness; destitute of
bad ta^te.
MA-NA-LO-NA-to, v. To be unseasoned,
as food ; to be insipid to the taste ; to be
withont taste, as pure water. See Mana-
NALO.
Ma-na-ma-na, v. See Mana, a branch.
To branch out ; to grow into branches ; to
' form several divisions; to part asunder, as
several things from each other.
Ma-na-ma-na, s. A branch: a limb of
a tree or of a person. ^ ' . ,
Ma-na-ma-na, adj. Branching ; project-
ing in parallel or radiated lines ; divided ;
split, as limbs of trees, twigs of branches, &c.
■ Ma-na-ma-na-li-ma, s. I.e., the branch-
ing of the arm ; the finger. JPuk. 29:12.
Ma-na-bia-na-nu-i, s. The thumb or
the great toe as it is connected with the
, lima or the wawae.
Ma-na-ma-na-wa-wae, «. The toes.
Ma-na-na, s. Name of a kind of potato.
2. That wljioh is tottering, weak or fee-
hie. See Matana.
" 3. That which is buoyed up ; hikike, ha-
Ma-na-nai, s. See Malanai. A gentle
breeze ; a pleasant wind to sail with and
io motion of the canoe or vessel.
Ma-na-nao, s. See Manao. Thought;
opinion ; view of a matter ; eia ka mana-
noio o ka po^ pono ia lakon. Ina hoi i ole
ka pepa, beaha ka pono e loaa mai no ka
noonoo ana i mananao ? ,
Ma-na-na-lo, v. To be pure 5 to be sim-
ple, as a liquid; without miztore of ingre-
dients. Boik. 14:10.
Ma-na^na-lo, adj. See Manalo. In-
sipid; tasteless, as pure cool water; slightly
brackish ; hence.
2. Sweet, as water. Sol. 9:17. Okakai,
koekoe.
Ma-na-na-lo, s. Name of the planet
Venus.
2. Name of a species of flsh.
Ma-ma-»a, v. To be angry or displeased
with ; hoopiti aku, a matuma koke iho 1»
no. Manana ke kanaka i ka wahine, i k«
keiki, ame na mea e ae. '
Ma-na-ne, *. A kind of tree.
Ma-na-wa, s. ' Feelings ; afiections ;
sympathy. ' Kin. 43:30.
2. A spirit ; an apparition.
3. The anterior and posterior fontanel in
the heads of young children; thesoftpiaoe
in the heads of infants. Ankt. 9.
4. A time ; a season ; a space between
two events ; a space of place between two
material objects, between two localities,
&c. ; ho rnanavm ole, instantly ; immedi-
ately. Xoieifc. 102. See Wa.
Ma-na-wa-e-a, s. Childhood before the
open place in the head is grown up.
2. Hard breathing; an impediment in
breathing.
Ma-na-wai, adj. Bent in; crooked; de-
fective internally.
Ma-na-wai-ku-i-kai-oo, s. Name of a
fabled whirlpool.
Ma-na-wa-i-no, adj. See Manawa and
Ino, bad. Evil minded; baying a bad dis-
position ; unlovely ; nmrietidly.
Ma-ka-wa-nu-i, v. Manawa, time, ind
nui, much. To be a long time. Moo. To
be patient ; to be long-suffering ; to con-
tinue steadfast; to bear up against difScul-
ties ; to be persevering ; to be awake and
active ; to be reidy. '
Ma-na-wa-nu-i, s. Steadfast in difficul-
ties ; patience ; watching. Moo. The re-
sistance of evil appetites or passions; tem-
perance.
Ma-na-wa-hc-a, adj. Manawa, dispo-
sition, and hua, jealous. Bad dispositioned ;
unlovely ; evil minded.
Ma-na-wa-hu-a, i. Loss of appetite.
2. An unpleasant state of the bowels;
the disease called hailepo.
3. An evacuation of the bowels. See also
Kaea.
Ma-na-wa-hu-a, s. Manawa and kua,
envy. Irascibility; anger; evil minded-
ness.
Ma-na-wa-hu-a-kai-koo, s. Manawa,
time, hua, to swell, and kaUcoo, a high surf.
A great perturbation of the sea, wind arid
current contrary.
, 2. A great perturbation of the mind,
thoughts distracted. See Haeuxai.
Ma-na-wa-le-a., s. Alms; that which is
given to the poor ; a gift ; a present ; help
m time of need; a present madelio assuage
onfe's anger. 1 Sam. 25:27.
Ma-na-wa-le-a, v. JIf a«at«a and fefl, to
please. To send or give relief in distress;
to give alms ; to give willingly, cheerfoUy
and liberally : to bestow soinething upoa
another with affection.
MAN
3S4
MAN
BIa-na-wa-le-^, adj. Bestowing freely Ma-ne-ne, v. To tremble for, as for one
to tbe needy ; generous ; liberal ; bestow-
ing upon the undeserving; gracious. Puk.
34:6. Mea naau ifiariaioalea, a person of a
■mlling heart, i.e., willing to give. Fitkj
35:5. (
Ma-ne, s. Heb. Manna, the food of the\
foraclites in the wilderness of Arabia. Puk.
16:31.
Ma-ne-a, «. The hoof of a beast, as ox
or horse. lamk. 6:22. The nai! of. a per-
son's finger or toe ; the claws of a beast or
fowl ; the ball of a man's <'oot. See Maiao
and Maioc:
2. Manea o ka moku, the toes, i. e., the
divisions of the island.
Ma-nei, comp^ prep. Ma and mi, here.
This; here 5 in this place. Gram. § 161.
See Maanei and Mbnbi.
Ma-ks-o, b. To itch; to feel the sensa-
tion of itching.
2. To be bitter ol: pungent to the taste,
as after eafing raw kalo or red pepper.
Si To be s&r^ and pricking.
Ma-ne-o, f. An itching pain; the sensa-
tion after eating red peppers or raw kalo.
Ma-ne-o, adj. Itching j pepeiao maneo,
itching ears, i. '«., desirous of hearing new
or strange things, , 2 Tim. 4:3.
Ma-Ne-o-n^'-o, 's. A species of sea-grass.
Ma-nb-le, s. a sedan chair; a species
of palanquin ; a bier. 2 Sam. 3:31.
2. The name of the pole with which two
men carried a corpse ; he laau amo kupa-
pau. :
3. Name of a tree found on the moun-
tains.
Ma-ne-lb, 0. To canyon the shoulders
of four men, as a palanqnin or a sedau
chair. Note. — This mode of conveyance is
said to have been, formerly, very comman
among the chiefs ; but a certain chief of
Kauai, very corpulent and very crabbed to
his people, used to make them carry Mm
up and down the palis, until weary with
his petulancy, they allowed him to fall, or
threw him down a deep pali or precipice ;
since which time it has not been so fashioU'
able for chiefs to ride in them.
Ma-nb-lo, s. The name of certain large
fissures or caves in the bottom of tjie ocean.
Ma-ne-lo, adj. Free, as land from
stones, lava or gravel.
Ma-ne-na, s. Name cf a medicinal herb.
Ma"Ne-ne, ndj. Soft and tender footed ;
smootb footed,
■2. Affected in walking, as with dizziness.
3. Fearful ; tiembling with fear.
Ma-ne-ne, s. The nervous sensation of
onn when in a dangerous situatiou his hands
or feet slip.
ill danger; manene akn i ka mea aneane
haule ; manetie i ka mea e pepehi ia ana ;
manene i ka mea kokoke make.
2. To be dizzy or like one iiitoxicated.
See Mania and Ona.
3. To slip, as a man's foot or fingers in
climbing a pali or precipice.
Ma-ne-wa, s, a vegetable; a species of
grass near the sea beach.
2. The breathing of a fish ; ,thc muscuUr
motion of such breatoiog.^
Ma-ni, s. Heb. A Hebrew weight for
money ; a pound. Neh. 7:71.
Ma-ni, v. To diminish, as heat ; to fly
off, as beat; to cool ; e waiho ana ka mo-
moku pi e mani ai ka umu.
Ma-ni, adj. Dull; heavy; srhooth. See
Mania.
Ma-ni-a, ». To be dull; to be blunt, as
n dull instrument; to be heavy*;' to be
smooth.
2. To be sharp ; to be smooth cutting ;
to smooth down what is rough.
3. Boo. To set on edge, as the teeth by
eating acids, or by any tingling noise, as
the filing of a saw.
~i!*'Po--be atfected, as the nerves at any
sudden or unpleasant noise.
6. To smooth down a rough toad. Luk.
3:5.
Ma-ni-a, s. Dizzines"!; drowsiness; iii-
clination to sleep.
2. The sensation felt when one files a saw.
3. A. broad srhooth place, as a reef un-
covered with" water.
Ma-mi-a, adj. See Laupapa. Smooth;
doll, as the blunt smooth edge of a knife.
2. Sleepy ; inactive ; lazy ; weary.
.3. Straight ; even : smooth, as a surface.
Sne Lachania.
4. Boo. Set on edge, as ihe teeth by eat-
ing an acid.
5. Having the sensation occasioned by a
grsiting noise, as the filing of a saw, &o.
Ma-ni-a-ni-a, V, Intensive of numia in
all its senses.
M.i-Ni-A-Ni'A, adj. Even; smooth. Hal.
26:12.
3. Didl ; sleepy ; lazy, Sus. See Manu.
Ma-ni-a-ni-a, s. Name of a species of
grass, soft and smooth, See Manieniis,
Ma-ni-a-ni-a-it-la, s. Maniania, grass,
and via, red. A species of low grass with
bearded seeds ; it is found on Lanai, and
is the same as pilipiUuia on Hawaii.
Ma-ni-e, adj. Clear; smooth; plain.
See Miiffl, Ijaumania and Lacmanie.
Ma-ni-e-ni-e, s. SeeMANiANiA. Name
of a species of grass, soft and smooth; it is
very tenaoious of life.
MAN
385
MAN
Ma-ni-ha, adj. Wild ; rude 5 rough ;
liarah. See Njha and Kam^iha.
Ma-ni-he-0, 1). To -bruise, as flesh ; to
injure ttie surface Of a ^iag.
. 2. T'Obreak: to break ofif or break itf two.
Ma-j<i-la, s. The name given to Manila
hats from tbe city Ma&i)a.
Ma-ni-ne, adj. Scratching with the fin-
ger where one ilcbcs.
Ma-m^ni, V. Ma and nini, to spiU over.
To sjiill or spatter out, as water in carrying.
2. To overflow ; to run over, as water. •
3. Soo. To pour out water bj little and
littte.
4. To be dashed, as water against tbe
sides of a container by carrying it unstead-
ily.
Ma-ni-ni, *. Name of a species of fish
caiigtat by diving down aft«r it
2. Name of ft species of kalo.
Ma-ni-ni, adj. Spilling; overflo^ving,
as water^
Ma-ni-ni-ni, v. Freq. of manirii. To
overflow ; to spill over ; to ran over, as
water ; aleale ka wai, maninini mawaho.
Hoo. The same as hoomanini.
Ma-hi-ni-ni, adj. Overflowing, &c. See
Mani.vi.
Ma-wi-hi-ni, s. The name of a species
of lj.sh.
Ma-ni-no, X. See Malitjo, change of I
for n. A calm or quiet after a storm ; the
abating or lulling of strong winds.
Ma-ni-no-ni-no, s. Intensive of mammo
above. A calm ; a lull of strong wind.
2. A small quiet place sheltered from the
wind.
Ma-no, s. The number 4,000; hookahi
laii ai, hookahivniano ia, one 4U0 bunches
of food, one 4,000 of fish, ffram. § 116:5.
He umi lau ua like ia me ka rnano, 4,000.
Ma-no, ) s. a shark; he ihoa no ka ia
Ma-noo, J ai kanaka. Note. — There are
many species of shark, besides some other
kinds of Gsh which Hawaiians call by the
general name of marM, as the rmiJa. and the
Ai; they were all kapu to women to eat
under penalty of death.
2. The fountain head of a stream of water.
See PoowAL
3. A channel of a brook or stream. See
Manowai.
Ma-no, c. To throw; to cast, as a
stone; to throw at a thing; e pehi; to pell.
Ma-no, adj. Thick ; multitudinous ;
many; numerous. See Mabomano and
Manuu, - .
Ma-no-a, adj. Thick, as a board or
plank ; thick; deep, as a substance having
breadlb and depth, that is thickness.
49
Ma-no-a, ». Thickness,; depth.
Ma-no-a-no-a, v. Se6 Manga. To be
thick ; to be impenetrable. Fia. Applied
to the mind, to be careless ; to be dull of
apprehension ; to be inattentive ; to be, in-
different. Oa. 28:27.
Ma-no-a-mo-a, s. Thickness. 1 Nal.
12:10. Aia no a like pu ka mawtamoa alii
o na kupnna.
Ma-no-a-no-a, adj. Thick, as a board-
Ma-no-i, «. Gocoanut oil scented.
2. Perfume. Isa. 57:9. Oil. Isii. 61A
A Tahitian word perhaps.
Ma-no-he-u, p. To bite with the teeth'
and peel 6ff, as the bark of a tree ; hence,
to deface ; to make a mark in.
Ma-no-ma-no; u See Mano. To be
moltitndinous ; to be or become many.
Ma-no-ma-no,. aij. Manifold; many.
Hoi. 86:6. Great in number; excessive;
magnificent ; powerful j numerous.
Ma-no-ma-no, s. Greatness; might, ha.
63:1.
Ma-no-mo, s. Name of a tree, timber
used for some parts of canoes.
Ma-no-no, s. The sea as the surf dashes
against the rooks ; 0 ,kekaikuihala kui mgi-
iMno. ' ,
Ma-no-wai, s. a channel of a brook c
river. Isa. 8:7.
2. The material heaiit; that place whence
the blood comes together, as in a fountain,
and flows out again. See Kwiano and Po-
WAI.
Ma-nu, s. The general name for fowls
or the feathered tribe. Kin. 1:20. All
winged feathered animals ; na mea ehcu e
lele ana.
2. Tbe name of two gods at the gate of
Lono's yard.
Ma-nit, adj. Salted; applied to meat
and fish.
2. Humming; lightly rumbling; malo^g
an indistinct noise.
3. Full of boles, like some worthless
thing.
uttA-NU-A, ) J. The Hawaiian pronuu-
Ma-NU-WA, J ciation for the English phrase
man-of-war, i. e., ship-of-war.
Ma-nu-ai-hu-e, *. Manu, bird, and ai-
hue, to steal. The thievish partridge. ler.
17:11.
Ma-nu-e-a, ». See Hanamanuea. To-
make a blunder ; to act carelessly ; to be
dilatory in movement.
Ma-nu-e-a, adj. Blundering; careless;;
indifferent in action.
Ma-nu-io-io, s. Ma?iu,hiti,a.niiaio,tO'
peep. Name of a small bird ; a swallow
perhaps. lar. 8:7.
MAP
38&
MAR
Ma-nu-i-hu, s. The name of the beak,
i. e., th« end of the bow and stern of a
canoe ; ina i palahalaha malima o ka ma-
nuihu.
Ma-nu-u, «. Name of a bird ; perhaps
< a crane, ier. 8:7.
Ma-nuu, ) adj. Great; immeasura-
Ma-KUU-NUU,..J ble ; vast ; muititadiootts ;
manifold.
MA-Ncrn, adj. Sick; painful; weak.
' Ma-nu-he-u, s. Marm and Imi, wing.
A breaking up ; a flying away ; a setting
at variance, as a people ; civil commotion
oc contention.
Ma-H0-hu-hu, s. MewKand AmAw, angry.
A wild ravenous bird. Isa. 18:6 and 46:11.
Ma-nc-ka, ». To mistake; tp blunder;
to be slow ; to be careless ; to lag behind.
Ma-wu-ko-ea-ka, Si Manu and kcrraka,
Gt. a raven. IJfai. 17:4.
MA»NU-Ktr, adj. A dove, so called from
its noise. Bal 55:6.
]S|a-nu-ma-nu, adj. Rough; irregular,
like the surface of a board unplaned.
2. Defective; full of cracks or holes; not
solid.
3. Rough ; unpolished ; want of beauty.
Ma-N0-ma-nu, s. Civil commotion: a
■ breaking up; a crash in civil affairs; a set-
ting against each other.
•Ma-nu-nu, v. To crack or creak against
each other, as broken bones. See Haloke
and UniNA.
Ma-nu-nu, adv. In pieces ; finely, as if
broken fine; haki manunu ka iwi o ka mokn.
JH^A-NU-NU-NU, s. A rumbling; a rustling
indistinct noise ; a rlight tremor,
Ma-nu-nu-nu, adj^ Rumbling; rust-
ling ; tremulous, as an indistinct sound.
Ma-nu-nu-nu, v. To creak ; to grate or
crepitate, as the finger joints when pulled,
or -the back .when lomied, or as broken
bones when they come in contact.
Ma-pe-le, s. Name Of a tree used in
buildinj; a heiau in the worship of Lono ;
alalia, he mapde ka heiau e kukulu ai ; he
bemu pili ka mapele i ka hcoulnultt ai.
Ma-pu, v. To rise, up, as incense ; to
rise up and float off.
2. To spatter, as when rowing a canoe.
3. ifoo. To set off together, as two per-
sons riding in on the surf on a bet.
Ma-pu, adj. Moving, as a gentle wind ;
floating, as odoriferous matter in the breeze;
spattering, as water from a paddle.
Ma-pu, s. The name of a wind.
2. A ring-tailed monkey.
Ma-pu-ma-pu., v. SeeMAPU. To fly up-
wards ; to float off in the air.
Ma-pp-ma-pu, s. a rising upward ; ,a
^noving off; o ka mapumapu aloha o Wai-
aloha e.
Ma-pu-na, v. Mapu and ana. See Mapu.
To boil np, aa w^ter in the sea near the
shore or in other plaoe.s.'
2. To excite or stir up the mind.
3. To turn ihetiffections upon a belov<*d
object.
4. To love ardently.
Ma-pu-na, tedj;; Boilwg up and flowing
off, as water in a spring ;jwai mapuna,
"spring water. Pig. Oili niai la ka make-
make i ka naauao o ka poe naauao me he
wai maputia la e kahe mai ana.
Ma-wae, *. A cleft ; an open place o;
opening among rocks ; a secret or hiding
place ; n pit
Ma-wae, adj. Hidden; secreted; stolen.
Ma-wae, v^ See the substantive. Hoo.
To crack ; to break ; to cleave asunder.
Ma-wae-hu-na, s. In the phrase mawoe
kuna aina, literally, freaking the land in
small pieces. All practices of the people,
such as gambling, betting, racing, &c., that
induce laziness and ita vices.
Ma-wae-na, comp. prep. Ma and waena,
between. Between ; among ; in the midst
of; in the middle ; a mawaena iho, in the
interior ; in the space betweea ; between
two points, loan. 4:31.
Ma-wae-na-ko-nu, adv. Mawaena aod
konu, center. In the center ; in the mid-
dle. Isa. 24:13.
Ma-wae-wae, s. The fish prepared or
food first given to a new born infant ; he
banau wale iho na wahine USiune i ka lakcu
mau keiki me ka mawaewae ole.
Ma-wai, s. Any cathardc medicine
given to children to carry «ff the meconium
Ma-wa-ho, comp. prep. Ma and viaho,
outside, Whaf is outward; outside; oppo-
site to maloko.
Ma-wa-le, v. Ma, to wilt, and ivale,
only. To fade quickly or easily ; to pass
away, as the beauty of a thing; to come to
an end, as earthly glory. Boo. To be de-
stroyed or perish soon. Note. — ^The word
. . in its origin has reference to the fading of
a flower or the colors of a- kapa ; indeed it
is applied to everything subject to decay ;
hence, to perish quickly.
Ma-we-he, V. Ma and wehe, to loosen.
To loosen; to separate; to be loosened; to
be separated.
Ma-go-i,. s. Gt. a magician ; a prac-
tieer of magic arts. P«fc. 7:U.
2. A wise man: a philosopher. Mat 2:1.
Ma-ha-ki, s. Eng. The name of the
third month of the year, March.
Ma-e.e, *. Marriage. Isd. 62:5.
MEA
387
MEH
Ma-ee. v. Eng. To riaany; to take a
wife or a husband ;_ td wed. Puk. 21:3.
Ma-be, adj. Married or to be<married;
as, kaae mare, a bridegpcom. Mat. 25:1.
Wahiae mare, a bride.
Ma-ke-ka, i. Eng. Name of the planet
Macs. See the Srst Hawaiian AlemanaliLa
for 1835; TheEawaiiian name of Qie planet
Mars Is Eohkolopitutau.
Ma-te-te, s. Eng. Mustard ; a plant ;
hua inatete, mustard seed. See Makkkb. .
HLk, simp. prep. With; accompanying;
as ; like ; like as ; besides ; so. Orarn. §
68" and 72.
Me, eonj. With or Without other words;
with ; in oppipany ; a me, and. It is often
ioUowed by pela, corresponding with it ;
as, 77te la i oana'l, peta ue e bana ai. It is
frequently connected with like ; as, e like
me oe,ftfc$ you: it then merely strengthens
like/ mejiei, like this.
Me, s. a oonlraction of mea, a thing.
ScbMba. PMfc. 17:14.
Me-a, *. a thing ; an external object j
a visible or invisible substance.
'i. A circnmstahce or condition,
3. A person ; a thing in Its most exten-
givo application, including persons ; ame
kolaila poe piea a pan, and all the things
belonging to them. JSin.Z:l.-
i. Having the quality of obtaimng or
possessing somcithing; as, lie wahiae mea
kane, a woman having a hiisbaod. Kin.
20:3.
Me-a, v. To do;; to say; io act.
2. Tohavetodo; to meddle with. Kaanl.
22:26.
3. To touch ; to uyure : to meddls with.
mn. 22:12.
f i. To -trouble with unprofitable business;
to hinder. Sol. 14:10.
6. To cause to come to. ler. 18:2.
6. To speak ; to utter ; to ask <}uestlons.
7. Hoo. To hinder; to stand in the way;
mai hoomea hoi oukpu i ke pai; aka,ehoo;
iaio aku hoi i hiki wawe mai hoi na wahi
palapala a kaktm.
Me-a-e, s. Mea and e, another. Another
in addition ; another besides.
2. A stranger ; 'one unknown ; a new
thing ; a wonder ; a prodigy. > '
Me-a-e, adj. Wonderful; strange; un-
accountable ; something new.
Me-ae, v. Toi mea ae. SeeMEA6.»To
speak to one ; to address ooa j to ^ask
one. • * 'i ,
Me-ait, $. The itch. See Maiau atid
Me-a-ha-le, s. Mea and hale, bouse.
The Owner of ajhpuse ; a chief.
Me-A'KI-ai, s. Mea und kM, to guard.
A guard ; a protection : a preserver ;. epi-
thet of Jehovah. /o6. 7:20.
Me-a-me-a, adj. Yellowish; whitish;
ke poae ula, kc ,kode nui hulu meamea.
Me-e, V. Contraction of meae. See
Meae, To wonder at ; to be astonished.
Me-e, «. A thing greatly desired; some- 1
thing much wished lor ; he mua i make-
make niii ia.
Me-e, adj. Singular; strange; unheard
of.
Me-e-au, s. The itch. See Mbau above.
2. Name of a class- of insects on trees.
Me-eu, v. To jump ; to run; to fly^ to
run, away.
Mee-ibee, s. Strong desire ; the 'object
of desire;; the thing desired ; o ka meenw-
ui nui o Hanalei.
Mbe-mee, aclj. Desirous for; longing
■ after ; sweet to one's thoughts. _
Mee-wbe, s. Name of a species of fish.
Me-o, v. To shoot or sprout out, as a
vegetable ; td grow, as a plant.
Me-o, *, The v0ice of crying, as of a
child. '
2. A sickly crying child,
3. One who is often calling to obwia
favors. ' ,
Me-0, adj. Sickly ; weak ; crying, as a
child ; meddlesome ; taking hold of «very-
thing in one's way,
Me-o-me-o, adj. Reddish, as the bud of
a plant ; as a feverish swelling on one's
finger ; ulaula, omeomco.
Me-u, . 1), To meet ; to bring two things
together ; to stitch together ; to meet to-
gether, as two persona in kissing.
Me-tj-a, t'. To strike each other, as two
persons quarreling ; peua, men.
Me-u-ke-u, s. The knuckles of the fist
when the band is dopbled up.
Me-u-la, i. Eng. A mule ; the offsprin,r ,
of a.borse and an ass; vulgarly pronounced
jpiuZa, See Mn3i,A.
Mji-u-BiE-D, V. To be blunt ;;to be round
on the edge ; to be dull, as a catting in-
strument,
Me-u-me-it, adj. Veryhlunl or dull, as
an instrument whose edge or end is beat off
till quite round.
Me-ha, V. To be solitary; to dwell
alone; to be desolate, .ifoo. To dwell
alone without society; to sit solitarily in a
honse or at home, as in keeping the ancient
kapus.
Me-ha, s. Loneliness; the state of being
solitary.
Me-ha, adj. Solitary; desolate; duell-
ing alone.
Mel
388
MEN
Me-hai, s. Some hair X>i kapa or other
article carried to the sorcerer by which he
(sorierer) might procure the death of the
one desired ; o ke ola lau mehai, o meftoi
kolo.
Me-ha-me-ha, v. See Meha. To be
waste or desolate, as a country. ler, 46:19.
Me-ha-me-ha, orfy. See Meha. Lonely;
alune; withont society: 4Molafce. Ual
25:16. Alone by one's sell ; retired; Secret;
forsaken.
Me-ha-me-ha, ado. Solitarily; without
company. 2 8am. 13:20.
Me-ha-na, V, See Mahana. To be or
become warm. Kekah. 4:11.
Me-ha-na, «. See Mahama. Heat;
wa,rmtb. Isa. 18:4.
Me-hp, adt. . Me, conjunction, as^ and
he, indefinite article. Like a ; as a, &o.
Note. — This is generally written in sepa-
rite words as me ke.
Me-he-h, s. Atrackof thefoot; anim-
pressioQ of a foot""on the sand or dirt; a
.^cratch on paper ; a frsck of a horse. See
Katuai.
2. The eSfects or results of some action
or something done.
Me-h^-p, v. To make tracks.
2. Tq walk over ground; aole loa i mefceu
aku na wahi a makou i hana pu ai me na
haku, the places are no longer trodden by
ns wliere we worked with our masters.
3. To walk over a particular spot fre-
quently so -as to make a path. See Maa.
Me-he-u, adj. Trodden, as a path
through hi^h grass. Note. — If it becomes
much trodden or a large path it is maa.
Me-he-u-he-tt, v. Freq. of meheu. To
make tracks frequently, &c.
Me-he-u-he-u, s. Many or frequent
tjpacks.
2. Custom ; what is often done.
Me-ki, s. The ancient name for iron;
the modern term is hao.
2. A nail; an iron spike, used for fasten-
ing crpinning.
3. A secret pit or pitfall in the moun-
tains into wMoh, if one fell, he never came
out.
Me-ki, adj. Used with lua, pit, as an
intensive. Hence, Zmo meki, an unseen (se-
cret) bottomless pit ; he lua meki ia aina
meld, full of deep pits is that land of pits.
Hoi. 88:12. Note.— Hawaiians couple the
idea of lua meki with that of liui ahi as they
read lua ahi in the Bible. -
Me-ko, II. To reply in scolding terms ;
to talk back offensively.
Me-le, v. To chant; to cantillate; to
sing singly.
'?.. To sing in chorus or owcert, Pufc.
15:1. To sing with joy; to sing and daspd.
See Hdla. ' '
Me-le, «. A singing; a subject of song.
2. A Boog ; the words of a epng. Katil.
81:19. A chorus ; a song of praise. JPuk.
15:2. In idodern times, a hymn ; s rejoie-
ing expressive of gladness. Note.— ifele
sometimes takes ke instead of ka tot itt
article.
Me-le, adj. Of or pertaining to song or
rejoicing. Pwfc. 32:18. Walaa»mcZe,{iilftr-
ity,
Me-le, adj. Yellow; generally writfen
mdemele.
Me-le, s. Formeli. Honey. SeeMEU.
Isa. 7:15.
Me-le-ko-la, s. Eitg. for tnarigula.
Marigold, a yellow flower.
Me-le-me-le, adj. SeeMELE,B<^'. Yel-
low. Oih. 13:SQ. Oho mdcnwie, yieUow heir.
2. Beautiful ; handsome ; pretty.
Me-li, s. Lat.,me\. Honey. .Ki«. 43:11.
Me-lo-me-lo, adj. Applied to a piece
of wood smoothed and oiled over and let
down inttf the water to attract fish ; it was
called laaumrfojneJo; me ka laaumetometo
a kahekabe paha.
2. Lazy ; unemployed ; lying in th»
house ; not working.
Me-lu, 0. To pull out the beard.
2. To swell ; to be soft.
Me-l0, s. The act of pulling out the
beard as Hawaiians did tbrmerly.
2. Softness ; aswelliDg.
Ms-Lff, )adj. Soft, as fish long
Me-ME-LU, J caught.
2. Bad smelling, as spoiled fish ; swell-
ing up.
Me-lo-me-mt, adj. See Mfwr. Very
soft ; swelling up large.
Me-mk-ki, s. Anger.
Me-me-ki, adj. Angry.
Me-jbe-le, t>. See Melb. To sing; to
sing often, or to sing many together.
Me-me-le, s. a singer; foe inemele,
concert singers. 1 Oihi. 15:27.
Me-na, s. Heb. Manna. See Manb,
Me-ne, adj. Dull ; blunt, as the rounded
edge of a knife or axe.
Me-ne, v. To shrink or settle down;
to pucker up ; to contract ; aole i mene ke
poo 0 ke kohe.
Me-ne, s. Art.ke. Any dull utensil, aS
an 00 or axe or koi ; o kou no ke mene.
Me-nei, adv. Jl/e, as, like, and ««, this.
Lrr. Like this. Thus; so: as follows. See
Penef.
Me-ne-o, v. See Maneo. To itch;' to
tingle ; to stagger ; to reel aa drunk.
MIO
389
MIH
Me;NS-o, I. An itching; a reeling j a
staggering.
Me-ne-u, v. To double up, as the arms
at the elbows, as the legs' at tbe knees, &c.;
ua pelupelttla, ua meneu wale.
Me-nb-us-nb, e. To have compassion
upoiU to pity. Bom. 9:16.
i,to r^ard with kindnesB one who is
in % Buffering condition. Lunk. 10:16.
i:' To cnrl up ; to contract, as. a wound.
' See Meii£, v. ,
4. To fear ;' to shrink with fear ; to be
afiraid ; to be sad from fear.
Me-ne-me-ne. *, Fear for one lest ievil
should befall him; no ka menemene'o make
j ka ai noa, for fear lest he should die by
eating contrary tq l^u.
Me-ne-jie-ne, adj. Fearful for one; sad
' on account of his hazardous situation or his
Bufferjing condition.
He-nu-i, adj. Contracted; shortened;
curled in ; blunted off.
ME-BE-Kn-Ei-A, s. £n^. Name of the
planet Mferpury ; Hawaiian name,' UkA
Me-sa, s. La*., wiissa; i'V.,i»esse. Thp
mass, i. e., the consecration and oblation
of the host; a service in the Boman Catholic
cburcheB.
Me-si-a, s. Heb., anointed ! in Gr.,
..Cbristos, the same. The anointed or con-
secrated one, to be a Savior of men, Jesus
Christ ; ka mea nana e lawe aku i ka J^ala
okeaonei..
Me-to-pi-0, s. Name of a spice, galba-
Bum. P«fc. 30:34.
Ml, V. To void uiihe. See Mwjii and
Mi-A, V, To make vrater ;<» void urine.
' See Hi, Hu and Mini.
Mi-A-NA, ) ,. Mi and am. The placfe
Mil, ) for voiding urine.
2. The member by which it is voided.
Mi-A-LA, V. To be bold ; to be imperti-
nent; to exhibit familiarity; to be forward
in asking favors. See Koana.
Mil, s. See Miana above.
Mn, adj. Good; jJrecious; desirable;
ano e.
Mi-o, t'. To be pinched up ; to be con-
fined on all sides.
2. To wallow ; to roll ; to tumble about
in the water ; to sink out of sight.
3. To leer ; to lay back the ears, as a
horse or mule when about to kick.
4. To move easily ; to move softly ; to
make no noise.
5.. E kio, e mohai ke ananio, e bal ke
anau.
6. To flow strongly and swiftly, as water
oonfiaed in a narrow channel.
. 7. To be prepared or ready for any event
See Loui. £! lolii # oukou ia oukou ibo a
mio.
Mi-o, *. A place where a stieam of
water is confined within very narrow
bounds,, and hence runs very swiftly, like
water in a millrace.
2. The flowing^ or tunning qt water in
the above condition.
3. The moving of the arm in water, as in
swimming. ,
Mi-o, adj. Ready; prepared; prosper-
ous ; doing well.
Mw>, ) adj. Confined in a narrow
Ml-p-Ml-o, ) space; pinched up, as the.
toes in a tight shoe.
Mi-o-i, adj. Bold; forward. See Maoi.
Mi-oi-oi, V. To stick; to adhere; to
meet together; to almost close up the eyes;
t« wrinkle up.
Mi-o-Mi-o, V. See Mio. To dive in ihe
water; to swim; to move the hands in
swimming'; to puff; to br^tbe bard, as in
swimming.
Mi-o-Mi-o, adj. Sloping; tapering to a
point
2, Beautiful, like a nicely shaped canoe.
Ml u, V. To admire the appearance of
a chief, the fine dress of one, or' anything
remarkable about one,
Mi-u-LA, s. Eng. A mule ; the offspring
. of an ass and a marc. Kin. 36:24. See
Meula.
Mi-HA, v. To flow along, as a wave ; to
pass, as a slight breeze over still water,
stirring up ripples.
2. To wave along, as , a succession of
waves; to Bow or pass along, as a current.
3. To float off in tbe air, as miasma.
4. To look dark, as water rippled beside
calm glassy water. See Au.miha.
Milta lana au i koakahiki ka neva'na.
Mi-HA-LA-NA-Atr, V. Miha and lana, to
float, and au, current. £ aio, e holo; e ale.
Mi-Hi, V. To be sad in countenance;
to express tbe feeling of sadness or grief in
the countenance.
2. To feel or have regret for past con-
duct.
3. To repent of a past act o. acts.
4. To change or break off from a sinful
course of life.
Mi-Hi, s. Repentance-; sorrow or sad-
ness of countenance ; ,a breaking off frcsi
an evil course of life.
Mi-Hi-Mi-Hi, V. See Mmi. To be sour
or cross to one; to look upon one with dis-
favor ; to be inimical to ; to be bitter to-
wards.
Mi-Ho, «. To place one thing or. top of
another.
MIK
390
MIL
Mi-Ki, V. To eat poi or other food by
putting the fingers into it. Mar. 14:20.
2. To pincb; to enatch; to eat inahnrry.
3. Toufgeon; to act promptly and ener-
getically; to b«-quidk in doing a thing; to
hasten on a work to completion.
4. To lick ; to sup up. 1 iJaX. 18:38.
Mi-Ki, adj. Energetic; active; Teady to
act ; diligent. Sol. 22:29.
Mi-Ki, s. Readiness; promptness in
doing a tting.
2. One ready to ask for anything lie sees.
Mi-Ki-A-LA, V. Miki and tda, to rise tip.
To arise quickly or early in the morning ;
to be promptin getting up ; hence,
2. To he in season ; to be promptly on
the ground and ready prepared; e mikiala
mai i k^kahlalia nili, be here bright and
early.
Mi-Ki-A-LA, tidj. Early on hand J ready
for hUdineas.
Mi-Kj>oi, S. MiMa.nioi,fo excel. Neat-
ness ; excellency In work ; no ka mikioi o
ka oukou hana.
Mi-Ki-oi, aSj. Neat ; nice ; neat, as
work done in a workmanlike manner ; pa^
lawaiki, aulii.
Mi-Ki-ii, ». See Makiu. To perceive
internally ; to perceive, as the mind ; i ka
lua 0 ka'a noonoo ana,wiJJiZi iki mai la ka
maka t> ka manao inaloko o ko'n naan, on
my second thought, the isye of my mind
within me perceived.
2. To have a little light; to shine, as
light through small holes: to be feebly
lighted.
Mi-Ki-Mi'Ki, T». See Miki. To be quick ;
to be brisk and dextrous lu doing a thing.
2. To pinch or seize hold of readily, as
in eating n^ith the fingers.
3. To scoop up and eat fish gravy with
the fingeia. .
4. To nibble, as a Ssh at a hook.
Mi-Ki-Mi-Ki, adj. See Miki, adj. Ener-
getic-; ready to act ; prompt ; neat ; dili-
gent. ~ ,
Mi-Ko, ». To be salted ; to be seasoned,
as food.
2. To be entangled ; to be mixed up
with something else: 'to tie up into a knot.
3. Fig. To be tasteful; Ic be edifying
and profitable, as instmotive conversation.
JSol. 4:6. To be advantaged by another ;
to be benefited. Ezera 4:14,
4. IIoo. To season ; to salt Olhk.2:lZ.
Mi-KO, adj. Seasoned with salt; savory;
saltish. Pufc. 29:2. Na mea mikb, Bpicery
used in embalming. 2 Oihl. 16:14.
2. Entangled; lied up in a knot. See
Napuv.
Mi-KO-LE, V. Miko and oZe, not; To eat
daintily; to eat fastidionsly; to eat tem-
perately.
2. To eat in an awkward manner, like an
aged person who had lost his teeth.
3. To suck the fingers, as in eating the
inamona.
4. To desire stronglv ; to wish for very
mnch; to look for s(f&ietbing a peiSQn
wants.
Mi-Ko-LE-XE-Hu-A, adj. Thoughtful;
skillful; having the power of reflecting per-
taining or applying to the subject on hand;
ua huli an, ua noke au, ua noil au i miuiao
mikolelehua no'u, a.
Mi-Ko-Lo-Lo-Hu-A, adj. See the above.
Thinking; reflecting; skillful, wise and in-
telligent in affairs of difficulty. See Anil-
KOLOMAlrtl.
Mi-xo-Mi-Ko, ». SeeMiKO. To be taste-
ful, as well seasoned food ; to relish well,
as food.
2. To be pungent or "bitter to the taste ;
e mulemule.
3. To be pleasant ; to be instructive ; to
be entertaining In conversation.
4. To be pleased or satisfied with the er-
rangement of an affair. Laieik. 40.
Mi-Ko-Mi-KO, adj. Kelishable, as food;
seasoned.
Mt-LA, s, Eng. In arithmetic, a mill,
the tenth part of a cent.
Mi-LE, s. Eng. In measure, a mile;
eight furlongs.
Mi-LE-Ni-o, *. Lot. MiUe and armts, a
year. A spaeeof time of a thousand years'
duration about to come, when Jesus Christ
will reign over the kin^oms and nations
of the world. Boik. 20:2, 4, 6. The mil-
lennium.
Mi-LE-TA, s. Eng. Millet, a species of
grain. Esek. 4:9.
Mi-Li, V. To feel of; to handle.
2. To take up and carry; to bear in one's
arms.
3. To look at ; to exanune ; to look at
carefully or critioaily.
Mi-Li, s. A handling; a carrying; a
taking up ; examining.
Mi-Li, adj. Sullen; sluggish.
Mi-Li-o-NA, s. Eng. In arUhmetic, a
million ; ten hundred thousand ; the num-
ber 1,000,000.
Mi-Li-KA-NA, I s. The name of the paw-
iVll-Ll-KA-Nl, ) paw tree ; also the name
of the truit; he papaia, he hei.
Mi-r,i-LA-Ni, V. MiU and lam, heaven,
4n intensive. -Lit. To lift up ; to raise up
to heaven.
2. To praise ; to celebrate the exploits
of one; to exalt Puk. 15:2. See Hn-
LANI.
MIM
391
MIN
3. To, thank ; to praise. 1 Oihl. 16:7, 8.
To give thanks. Hat. 79:13.
Mi-Li-LA-Ni, s. Thanksgiving; rejoicing;
praise. Hal. 100:4.
Mi-Li-Mi-Li, II. See Miu. To view ; to
handle ; to look at, as a curiosity ; to ex-
amine: a e milimUi neimehekeikialobala.
Mi-u-Mi-Li, s. A thing to be looked at
as carious ; a curiosity ; nana iho la maua
me ka mUimHi,-we two lookedtat aa a ouH-
osUy.
2. A lord; a chief: afoster-chUid» Laieik.
20. He .hakii, he alti, he banaL
Mi-Li-Ml-Li, adj. Desirablis to look at;
worthy of examination ; na mea milimUi,
curious things. Isa. 2:16. Tpu milimUi.
Mi-LO, V. To twist, as a stFing, thread
or cord on the thighs; to spitu. as a thread:
to twist into a rope ;- to twist tVith &e fin-
gers. Puk. 36:25.
Mi-Lo, *. The name of a shrub or tree ;
laau mUo. Laieik. 40.
2. A species of tree ; the fttiit contains
seeds which are used as cathartics.
Mi-Lo-Mi-Lo, V. See Milo, to twist. To
roll in the fingers or hand, as a pill to make
it round.
Mi-Lo-Ro-PE, s. MUo and rope, thread,
Mea milorcme, a diBtatf. Sol. 31:19.
Mi-LD, s. Ihe name of an ancient chief
noted for his wickedness white on earth ;
he is now, according to Hawaiian mythol-
ogy, lord of the lower regions, to whose
dominions departed spirits go. He is the
Pluto of Hawaiians. He alii no lalo o ka
po, ka haku o ka pouli.
Mi-LTJ, adj. Soft,, as a totten spot in a
melon.
2. iBeautiful ; grand ; splendid ; nani.
Mi-Lu-Mi-LU, adj. See MiLn. Grand;
solemn; shaded.
Mi-Mi, v.. See Mi. To void or pass
urine, as man or beast.
2. Tq play tricks upon one ; to vex ; to
make one cry ;' to be mischievous.
Mi-Mi, s. Urine ; water from the blad-
der. Isa. 36:12. Opu mimi, the bladder.
Mi-Mi, adj.. Hoo. Extinguished; put
out, as fire ; not burning.
Mi-Mi-Hi, V. Intensive of mihi. To re-
pent ; to change one's course ; to cease to
do wrong ; e hoopau i ka hewa.
Mi-Mi-Ki, «. Freq. of miki. To cut or
loU up, as a dried leaf.
2. To spring together, as a steel trap; to
pinch up tightly.
3. To be industrious ; to be constantly
at work r e hele mau ma ka bana.
4. To be' quick or spry, as men at work;
mimiM mai kanaka.
.5. To retire ; to recede, aa a wave from
the shore ; ■niimiki aku ka nalu.
Mi-Mi-Kj, s. A meeting of a^ returning
wave with another.
2. The same as mimilo below.
Mi-Mi-Lo, v.- See Milo, to spin. To
twist ; to spin round ; to go round and
round, as water in a whirlpool.
Mi-Mi-Lo, s. See Milo. A whirlpool ; a
great pit in tbe sea where the water makes
a great noise, flowing round and round and
destroys everything in its reach.
2. The turning of the hair on the top or
crown of the head.
Mt-Mi-LO, adj. Rolling up like a dried
leaf; twisted;, curly, as the hair of a negro,
described as follows : he kanaka eleelc,
lauoho pokopoko mimilo.
Mi-Mi-MPo, V. Todi^edown; to plunge
deep in water ; e lululuu. i ,
Mi-Mi-Mi-Hi, V. See MiHi, to be sad. To
grieve ; to be sad ; to repeni; rforely, &c.
Kani waje lafeou e mimimihi nei,
tJa mihl aku, ua mibl mai,
Ua baakulou vale ka DOho ana,
Ua kalele na lima i ka auwae.
Mi-Mi-NO, V. SeeMiNO. To wrinkle; to
curl up ; to ruffle, as paper or cloth, in op-
position to smooth.
2. To languish ; to be weak ; to be fee-
ble ; to l^e infirm. Isa. 24:4.
3. To wither ; to dry up, as grass. Isa.
40:7.
Mi-Mi-NO, adj. Wrinkled ; faded ; with-
ered; immature, as fruit untimely fallen
or plucked. Isa. 34:4. Or as fruit prema/-
turoly fallen before fully grown. Kin.
41:2^
Mi-Mo, V. To be right morally; to be
good.
2. To be gentle ; to be soft ; to be ^asy
in one's manners.
3. To be without noise or confusion.
4. To move off unperceived; to stef)
silently aside ; ke ike nei au ua mimo, ua
panakai olc-.
Mi-Mo, ». Stiaightness ; uprightness;
what is morally good; gentleness; aole ma
ke ino, ma ke kekee; ma ka rn>r,io wale no.
Mi-Mo, adj. Upright; straight; gentle;
good; without noise. ' "^
Hi'MO-KA, s. Name of a tree, a species
of the locust.
Mi-MO'SU-Mo, adj. See Mimo. Good;
gentle; soft*
Mi-«A,. s. Grief for the loss of a thing;
mostly found in the compounds ma,minti
and minamina.
Mi-NA-Mi-NA, V. See Miha. To grieve
for the loss of a thing | to be sorry for the
sufferings of any one, i. e., to have sympa-
thy with. £(»>:. 32:36.
MIN
393
2. To be sorry oa acconnt of the conse-
quences of an event : to pity so as to save
from pnnishsent. Kanl. 19:13. To spare
from persecutipn. Oih. 20:29.
3. To be sorry at sad Intelligence; to be
sad ; to be cast down, as the countenance.
1 Sam. 1:18. To be weighed down with
sorrow.
i. To grudge what is due to another.
Kanl. 15:10.
6. To be stingy; to be covetous; to keep
closely all one has.
6. To be greedy of property ; to be in-
tent on aeoumulating one's personal con-
veniences regardless of others.
Mhna-mi-na, s. Regret for the loss of a
thing.
2. Sorrow; sadness; regretfor an error.
3. Sorrow for others' misdoings. Hos.
U;8.
4. Covetousness ; a strong desire for
property; hard, unjust treatment of others
in order to get it ; ka makee, ka alunn, ka
puni^aiwai.
Mi-NA-Mi-NA, adj. Much desired; pre-
cious ; considered valuable ; scarce ; sorry
to lose ; ka 1 he mca minamina ka waa.
Mi-NE-TA, s. Eng. Name of an herb,
mint. Mat. 23:2S.
Mi-No, ». To be loose, i. e., weak; to
be unstrung, as a feeble person.
2.' Hoo. To be sad ; to bo sorrowful, as
one desponding. SeeOMDJO. Npi^.^— JfiTio
and mimino is an expression mad^se of to
children, as much as to say, "cover up
your nakedness."
Mi-No, s. The turning or curling up, as
a dried leaf or wrinkled paper; the curl of
the hair, i.e., the crown on top of the head:
he mimilo maluna o ke poo. See Milo and
MnciLO. *
Mi-no, adj,. Deep down, as a deep pit.
Mi<N0-i, V. Mt7K>..aad i. See Mino, s.
To contract towards a center, as the lips of
a child in sucking.
2. To suck, as a child ; to suck the fin-
gers, as in eating gravy with the fingers
where the lips contract around the fingers
to secure the gravy.
Mi-NO-i-NO-i, t'. See Mmoi above. To
snck, as a child, &c.
2. To fold and tie up in a narrow com-
pass ; to collect a great many things in a
narrow space.
3. To come togetherjn one place in great
numbers, as Ui;:8.
Mi-NO-Mi-NO, V. See Mino, s. To con-
tract ; to wrinkle up ; to curl together ; to
be wrinkled, as cloth or the skin of an aged
persQn ; minomino na lima, elcele ka lehe-
leh^. See OuiKO. '
Mi-no-mi-no, s. a wrinkle in folding a
cloth. S^es. 5:27. See Muomo.
Mr
MOA
Eng. A minute, the bIx-
I-NU-TE, s. M^,-^.
tieth part of an hour.
Mi-ge-bo, ad}. Heb. Fapale migebo,
goodly bonnets. Puk. SO-.'iS.
Mi-si-o-na-ri, s. Eng., Lat. One sent
for any business.
2. In rdigion, the same as the Greek,
Apostle; one sent to publish the Gospel
and teach men the religion of the Bible ; a
missionary ; Maraki 31, 1820, hiki mai na
misionari i faolo mua mai.
Mo, v. To break or to be broken, as a
. rope ; na mo ke kaula ; the same as m^ku.
i. Fjo. To break or open, as light in the
dawn of the morning ; na mo ka pawa.
3. Hoo. To strike against; to dash. See
HooiLi, HooPAE and Hoomo.
Mo is a prefix to many words, but the
meaning is not verj^ apparent.
Mo-A, V. To dry i "to roast; i mai la
kela, aole i moa ka baka, that person said,
the tobacco leaf is not dry; to bake. OUik.
6:17. To be cooked in an oven or pan.
0!hk. 7:9. £00. To be thoroughly cooked
or baked. OtAfc. 23:17. To cook tood gen-
erally, vegietable or animal.
Mo-A, s. A fowl 'of the hen species;
tnOa kane, a cock ; moa wahine, a hen.
2. The name of a stick used in play.
3. Name of a plant, the leaves of which
made into a tea are cathartic.
4. Name of a piece of wood made to slide
down hill on ; so called perhaps from its
shape: the practice of using it was attended
with gambling ; ka hooholo moa, he mea
pili waiwai ia.
a. Name of a moss-like plant growing is
the forests.
6. A kind of banana or plantain.
Mo-A, adj. Done, that is, cooked thor-
oughly in any way ; ai moa, cooked vege-
table food; ia moa. cooked flesh. &c.; mon
lea, fully cooked ; berena moo ole, dough.
Mo-AE, s. Name of the regular trade
winds ; he kaomi ; no ka mea, he makani
ikaika ka moae.
Mo-AE, t>. To be cracked; to be broken;
to be split;, to be full of cracks.
Mo-AE, adj. Cracked; split; bent;
crooked.
Mo-A-E-Ku, s. Moae and Am- or eku, to
resist. A foreign wind, or a wind from a
foreign country; be makani noKahikimaL
Mo-A-E-LE-HD-A, s. Mooe and lekaa.
The name of a wind that shakes the lehua
trees; mai hookoke na maka a ka moaelehua,
Mo-AE-PE-HB, s. Jiboeand peAu, swollen.
The name of a wind.
Mo-Ai, p. To relish food; main k<Hipuu
i ka ai a mea, your stomach rdithea tha
fdodoflfr. ,
MOA
393
MOA
Mo-Ai, orf;. Long; bending; arching
over.
Mo-A-ou-A, s. Moa and mui, unsparred,
as a cock. A young cook before his spurs
are grown. See Odwa.
Mo-Aij', adj. Long ; stretching out.
Mo-A-u-LA, Si Najne of a heiau for of-
fering human sacrifices in time of war. ,
Mo-A-HA, s. The name of some white
substance connected with a fish line in
taking fish ; ka moaka ka lau b maewa.
Mo-A-HI-LE-LE, S. See MOOAHILELE.
Mo-A-HO-A-Ho, adj. Afar off; at a great
distance.
Mo-A-KA-KA, V. Mo and akaka, to be
clear or plain. To make clear ; to render
explicit, as anything not easily understood.
2. To make things clear or distinct, as
colors. Kin. 30)37. To be plain; to be
clear ; to be explicit ; to explain or inter-
pret, as a dream. Dan. 2:9.
3. JIoo. To expound a writing. 2fdi.8:8.
See KoiXiXA.
Mo-A-KA-KA, adj. Clear; plain; intelK-
gible, as the expression of a thought or an
Idea; transparent, as glass. SeeMoLAELAE
and KoNAlG.
Mo-A-EA-icA, s. Hoo. A reasoning; an
explaining. lob. 32:11.
Mo-A-KA-EA-LA, s. Moa and kakala,
points ; spurs. A cock with sharp spurs ;
he moa kane, ua wini kakala.
Mo-A-Ki-NA-NA, ;. Moa and kinana, a
hen. A hen that has laid eggs ; he moa
wahine i hanan i na hua.
Mo-A-LA, s. Name of a species offish;
be papai.
Mo-A-LArA-u, adj. Mo and ala, to rise
up. Croing ttom house to house; going
here and there; forward; without back-
wardness or modesty in seeking or asking
for favors.
Mo-A-L£-A, adj. Moa and ka, very.
Thoroughly cooked, as food.
Mo-A-Li, V. To be fine; to be small, as
a thread ; to be small, as a very little bit
of a thing. See Haau.
... 2. E helei,« makoe, e pokole. See Moo-
AC.T.
Mo-A-Li, s. The thread or strand of a
rope : a fraction or small piece of a thing.
See Maali. A slight track where a person
has only once gonei See Makaai.a.
Mo-A-Li, adj. Small; short; fine; fine
marked.
Mo-A-MA-iiA, adj. Moa and maha, to
rest; to cease, mperfeotly or half cooked.
Mo-A-MA-Hi, s. A cotk that conquers.
2. A conqueror of any kiud.
Mo-A-Mo-A, V. To be or to act the cock
50
among fowls. Hoo. To go in company
with, as a cock,goes with hens to give warn-
ing in case of danger; to be intimate with;>
e hoopunahele.
Mo-A-uo-A, f, The sharp point at the-
stern of a canoe ; kahi e oioi ana mahope
o ka waa.
Mo-A-MO-A-WAA, s. The paper nautilus..
Mo-A-NA, V, Moe and aria, a lying down. .
To spread out or down, as a mat.
2. To spread out, i. e., to camp down, as
a people or an army ; to stop at a resting-
place, as travelers ; e boomaha, e oioi.
3. Boo. To encamp; to make an encamp-
ment ; to lodge in a place, as an army or a
great number of travelers. Puk. 13:20.
4 To bow down; to prostrate one's self,
i. e., to worship. Pvk. 34:8.
6. To rise high; to spread over the shore,
as the tide ; ua moam mai ke kai.
Mo-A-NA, s. ilfoc and awB, a lying down.
The ocean; the sea generally; particularly,
2. The deep places of the sea; nawafai
hohonu maloko o ke kai.
3. A place of rest or a resting place for
a company of travelert.
4. A place of meeting for consnltation
among the chiefs ; he w^i ahaolelo.
6. Name of a species of red fish.
6. nbo. Ka,' pee lioomoana, the people
encamped. Neh. 2:17.
Mo-A-NA, adj. Broad; wide; extended.
Mo-A-NA-A-NA, V. See Moana. To be
broad ; to be extended.
2. To be opened widely.
3. To leave a thing to its own care or
protection.
Mo-A-NA-A-NA, adj. Widely extended;
open^ widely.
Mo-a-na-kai, s. Moana and kai, salt.
The salt sea; lUeroHly, a salt ocean; epithet
of the Dead Sea. Mali. 34:3. Applied in
geography to salt lakes; lilo iho la la wahi
im^nami make, that place became a dead
9ea.
Mo-A-NA-PAA-KAi, s. Moafia and poakai,
salt. The salt ocean or the salt sea. Nah.
34:12. The same as moanakai.
Mo-a-na-wai, s. Moana and wa?, fresh .
water, A lake; a lake of fresh water.
Stn. with loko. JKirf. 8:26, 27.
Mo-a-ni, ». To emit an odor ; to send
forth a perfume or fragrance. Md. Sol. 1:12..
Mo-A-Ni, s. Mo and ani, a breeze. A
breeze ; the name of a wind.
Mo-A-m-A-Ni, adj. Moanianitmiani-
ani. Blowing along as the moani ; he ua
moaniani lehna no Fnna.
Mo-A-Ni-LE-Htr-A, s. Moanianilekua,s.^
tree. The name of a wind; the lehua-
breeze.
MOE
894
MOE
Mo-A-No, s. The name of a species of
fish ; a (lark or reddish color.
Mo-A-PA-LA-HU, ^ s. Mm, a fowl,
Mo-A-PE^LA-EE-LA-nu, I fndpaioKtt, swol-
M" ' Men. Soft and red:
o-A-PE-LK-HU, fgpiaet of a cock
Mo-A-PE-LE-PE-LE-Hff, j turkey from its
comb and gobblo ; a turkey, especially a
cook turkey; he manu lepe ulauia e boole-
walewa ana.
Mo-A-wi, s. Moa, fowl, and lei, poor in
Besh. A poor fowl.
Mo-E, V. To lie down; to fall prostrate,
as in ancient worship. loan. 11:32.
2. To lean, forward on the bands and
knees, as the people in Coming into tliu
preseuce of a cMef.
3. To lie down, as in sleep. 1 Sam. 26:7.
To lie down for the purpose of taking sleep ;
e moe no kaua, a raomoe ibo la ; hence,
4. To sleep ; to take rest in sleep.
6. To dream ; to dream a dream ; e moe
ka ubane ; c inoe i ka moe.
6. To strotcb one's self on a bed ; e mot
hoolci. .Amos 6:4.
■ 7. Hoc-. To lay one's self down to sleep';
to cause to sleep.
8. To sit upon, as eggs to hatch. Isa.
'69:5.
_ 9. To bow down in humble iolemn adora-
tion. Note.-:— flbomoe signifies the observ-
ance of tfaat silence, awe and respectful bc-
haTior proper for the highest degree of
adoratioa.
10. E IwonMe kolohe,, to go a whoring
after one. PiOc. 34:16.
Mo-E, s. A bed; a sleeping place ; moe
bilinai, a couoh.
2. A dream. Dan. 2:3, 4. Ma ka moe, in
a dream. Mul. 1:20. Hoakaka no hoi ko
alii i ka moe i» ia, the king explained the
dream to him; aa moe ia ma ka moe, he lay
on a bed.
Mo-E, s. The naine of one of the six
houses of a Hawaiian establishment ; eono
hale 0 na kanaka, he bale moe kokahi. Sue
Hai,b.
Mo-E-At-KA-NE, o. Moe and aiX»72e, sod-
omy. To commit sodomy.
M«-E-Ai-KA-NE, *. Moe and fliionc, sod-
omy. Carnal abuse, male with male. 1
Kor. «:9.
Mo-E-i-KA-HAi, s. A phrase rather than
a word, jlfoe, to sleep, i, with, and ka hai,
another's (wife or husband.) Adultery
with another's wife or husband. 1 Kor. 6:9.
Mo-E-i-No, s. Sleeping uncomfortably
for want of room, being crowded ; he ka-
hua, he raoewaa.
2. An unpleasant dream; a dream of an
unpleasant nature, or as we say, a bad
dream.
Mo-E-i-PO, s. Moe and ipo, a lover in a
low sense. A fornicator; an adulterer;
one v/ho indulges with another, as a kept
mistress ; a mistress.
2. Fornication ; adultery.
Mo-E-o-NE, s. Moe and owe, sand. The
name of a. worm that lives in the dirt ; a
pcclua.
Mo-E-u-HA-NE, s. Moe, to sleep, tand
uhane, soul ; spirit: A dreaih. Kin. 20:3.
A dreamer. ler. 27:9. A vision; a trance;
he akaku ; oia keia mea nui, he maeatHane
na ka wabinc o Liliba, here is a thing of
importance, a dream by a wolnan of Lilifaa.
Mo-E-HA-LAu, V. Moe and fuUau, to
stretch out. To stretch one's self out at
full length ; to lie at full length.
Mo-E-HE-WA, V. Moe and &wa, wrong.
To be disturbed in one's sleep ; to talk i&
sleep ; to get up and do things in sleep.
Mo-E-HE-WA, s. Talk in sleep; restless
and disturbed sleep ; somniloquism.
Mo-E-KA-HA-u-LA, s. Moe and kdhaula.
A lascivious dream; a dream of sexual in-
tercourse ; ka moekolohe ana ma ka moe-
uhane. See Aieahaula.
Mo-E-KA-HU-A, s. See Moewaa and
MOEI.N'O.
Mo-E-Ko-Lc/-HE, V. Moe, to sleep, and
kolohe, mischief. To have unlawful inter-
course between the sexes.
2. To commit adultery or fornication.
3. To sleep at an improper place or time
4. Iloo. To cause to commit lewdness.
2 Om. 21:11.
.'>. Fig. To practice idolatry, as Jehovah
claimed to be the husband and protector of
bis people as well as their Maker and God,
the worship of all other gods w.as consid-
ered as adultery, i.e.y a breach of covenant
with him. Ezek. 16:8, 15.
C. To defile ; to pollute.
Mo-E-KO-LO-HE, *. The unlaMul inter-
course of the sexes, adultery, fornication,
&c. ; generally connected with many other
vices. :Rom. l:29f.
Mo-E-Ko-LO-HE, adj. Adulterous; lust-
ful ; morally impure. Nah. 15:39.
Mo-e-ktt-hu-a, adj. Sore eyed, so that
On waking the eyes cannot be opened, being
glued together.
Mo-E-Lo-A, V. To sleep a long time ; to
sleep till late in the morning; aole Wakea
i ala mai, ua moelou.
Mo-E-LU, V. To commit adultery; no
ko Wakea. makemake no e inodu laiia mc
Hoohokukalani — maloko o ia mau po 1
modu ai o Wakea.
Mo-E-LU-A, s. Aredkapa,eitheramaio
or pa-u. See Penauea. He kapa, he pa-u, '
he moelua.
MOO
395
MOO
Mo-E-Mo-E, V. See Moe. To lie' down
to sleep ; to dream.
2. To lurk; to lie in ambush; to lie aon-
coalod for some evil purpose. JIai. 10:9.
Mo-E-Mo-E, s. An ambush. 20i/d. 13:13.
Mo-E-Mo-E-A, V. See Moemoe above. To
devise evil against another.
2. To dream an evil dream.
3. To tell an evil dream.
Mo-E-NA, s. Contraction of »/we and awa,
a lying down. See Moana. Amat; a mat-
tress ; a conch ; a pillow ; the common ap-
plication is to Tnats of different kinds as
Hawaiians use them in their houses.
Mo-E-NA-A-HU-AO, s. A mat braided from
very Snc strands of the laubala leaf.
Mo-E-NA-PA-WE-HE, s. A species of fine
mat, colored, chcclcered, and mostly made
on the Island of Niihau.
Mo-E-WAA, s. He moe ino, he moeka-
hua.
Mo*i, s. A sovereign ; one in vifhom is
mipreme authority. Tiio 3:1.
2. Sovereignty; majesty' supremacy; it
ig applied to men and to gods, as haleti,,
alii and osfcw//,. In theOld Testament, it is
applied to Jehovah. H$b. 8:1. In the New
Testament it is applied to Jesus Christ.
Jleb. 1:3. Hoailona moi, a' badge of su-
preme authority ; applied to the Son of
God. Heb. 1:8.
3. The name of one of the gods in. the
luakini. ' '
Mo-i, adj. Supreme; royal; lordly;
pertaining to the gods ; haku, alii, akua.
Mo-i, s. Name of a species of fish of a
white color.
2. White specks on a dark skin.
Mo-i-D, ) arfy. Jj5, and iu or iuiu, afar
Mo-I-U-l-U, J olf. Afar off; at a great dis-
tance ; out of sight ; hence, more or loss
venerated. See Poioin.
Mo-i-Lii, ». A small white fish found at
Kpbda ; ka huaili hua moilii o Kpfaala.
Moo, s. A general name for all kinds of
lizards. Oilik. 11:30. Hence, a serpent;
a snake ; the lizard god of Paliuli, whose
Dame wa.s Kihanuilulumoku, ka moo nui.
TMieik. 101.
2. A narrow strip of land ; a division of
land next less than an ili.
3. A planted patch of food, provided it
be much longer than it is wide.
4. Two or three rows of bananas or other
food planted between two v/ater courses.
6. A pafh. See Kc/ijioo. A line of di-
rection.
6. Ka raea nana raoo, an observer of
times by watching serpents. Kard. 18:10.
7. Name of some long sticks that run
lerigii! ways 'of 'a canoe ; penei, e kalai ia
na vMO a paa i ka umeumeia.
8. A history. See Mooolelo. A con-
nected story.
9. A bed in a garden ; a division madfe
for irrigation. See the compounds.
Moo, V. To dry; to become dry. See
Mat.oo. E kuku ma ke kua mc ka ie a pa-
lahalaha, a kaulai a moo a lilo i kapa.
Moo-A, s. A narrow? or faiut path; slight
traces Of a path where only a few foot-steps
are seen.
Moo-AE, s. Name of the. north wind at
Honolulu.
Moo-A-Hi-LE-LE, s. MfX) and ahi, fire,
and Ide, to fly, A fiery flying serpent. Isa.
14:29. Noi'K. — In the last edition of the
Bible the aid is left out; the word ILere is
moolele.
Moo-A-KU-A, s. Moo, a story, and akua,
a god. A lc;^end ; a story concerning the
gods.
Moo-A-Li, adj. Moo. atnd ali, a scar.
Small ; thin ; little. Sco MoAij.
Moo-A-Lii, s, Jfoo. a linci, and a/ii, chief.
The names of a line of chiefs; a genealogy;
a history of one's ancestors.
Moo-o-LE-LO, s. Moo and oMo, discourse.
A continuous or connected narrative of
events ; a history, ittfc. 1:1. A tradition.
Mai. 15:2. In modern times, the minutes
of a deliberative body ; a taxation liE,t
Moo-o-Mo-LE, adj. ilfdo and OOTO&, roand
and smooth. Anything haying the quali-
ties of round and smooth.
Moo-o-MO-LE, s. A long, smooth, round
bottle, like some oil bottles ; a femooth,
long calabash.
Moo-HU-E-LO-A-WA, s. Moo and hudo,
tail, and aidce, bifter; stinging. A scorpion.
Kanl.6:lb. A poisonous serpent. Hoih. 9:S.
Moo"K4.-A-LA, s, Nameof the species of
lizard fonnd on dry lands running about
on the rooks.
Moo-KA-Ao, s. A historical legend ; a
tale of ancient times. D. Mdo 1:8.
Moo-KA-u-LA, s. A species of black liz-
ard foiind about houses.
Moo-KA-m-Ko, s. Moo and kahiko, old.
The old serpent; a being spoken of in
Hoik. 12:9. Satan ; Diabolo ; Oeragona.
Moo-KA-Hu-NA, s. A genealogy of the
ancient priests, kept by the priests them-
selves.
Moo-KA-NA-KA, s. Moo and kanaka. A
genealogy or a list of the people for the
purpose of taxation. .
Moo-KU, s. The name of the worship of
the god Ku, one of the great gods. See
MOOLONO.
Moo-KU-ATJ-HA s. Mooa.nikitaukati,a.
tax. A atofj tfr nistory or genealogy of
, MOO'
396
MOH
the ancestors. Note. — The mookuauhau
has sevei-al sources; some believed Kumu-
lipo to stand at the head ; others, Paliku ;
others, Ololo ; others, Puaniie ; others, Ka-
pohihi.^ D. Malo 1:8 and 10. A line of de-
scent fot the people, but in connection -sirith
taxes.
-Moo-KU-Pxr-NA, s. Moo. and kwpuna,
grandfather. A list or line of the stock or
tribe of one's family or ancestors.
Moo-LE-LE, s. Moo and Me, to &y. The
name of a reptile mentioned in Kin. 49:17,
KuTil. 32:33 and Isa. 34:16 ; a dragon ; a
flying serpent.
Moo-Li-o, p. To be small or narrow, as
a path.
2. To be small, as a patch weeded by
many men.
. 3. To breeze on one side. See Eolouo.
Moo-LO-NO, s. Name of the worship
rendered to Lono, one of the four principal
gods; ua kapaia ma ka moolono, no ka ntea
0 Lono ke akua nui o ia aoao. See Mooku.
Mb-o-tu, adj. Oiu, noolu, mo and olu.
Free : unrestrained ; quiet.
2. Sinking, as in the mire ; loose ; yield-
ing.
Moo-MA-KE, s. Moo and make, death.
Name of a deadly reptile in Isa. 11:8: asp:
viper. ib6. 20:16.
Moo-Moo, s. Kapa of second or third
rate; kapa that is not considered valuable.
, Moo-NA-HE-SA, s. A boa constrictor. -
Moo-Ni-Ho-A-wA, s. JWoo and MJAo, tooth,
and atoa, poison ; bitter. Lrr. A' lizard
with a poison tooth. A serpent ; a viper ;
a poisonous reptile. Kard. 32:S3. SeeMoo-
LELE.
Moo-NU-i, s. Moo and nui, great. Lit.
A great lizard. A being several times,men-
tioned in the Scriptures and translated
dragon. Sal. 91:13; Isa. 51:9.
•Moo-PE-PE-i-AO-HA-o, s. Moo and pepe-
iao, ear, and hao, iron or horn. Name of
an animal mentioned in Isa. 11:8; trans-
late:* in English cockainee.
-Moo-PE-TE-NA, s. Moo and pethm (Heb.),
adder. An adder. Eal. 68:4.
.Moo-pu-NA, s. Moo, sucdession, and
purM, springing up, as water. A grand-
child. an.29:6. Posterity generWly; moo-
puna, kuakabi, that is of the third genera-
tion : makua first, keiki second, keiki a l^e
keilti third, i. e., moopuna, grandchild; moo-
puna kualua, a grandchild of the fourth
generation, i. e., a great grandchild. Note.
Descendants were counted down as follows:
1st, makua, parent ; 2d, keiki, child ; ."id'.
moopuna huakahi, grandchild ; 4tL, noo-\
puna kmlua, great grandchild ; 5th, moo-
.puna kuakolu, great, great grandchild, <feo. i
Moo-WAA, s. Name of some long sticks
belonging to a canoe reaching for* and
aft.
Moo-wi-Ni, V. To be misty; to be dim
visioned ; to see indistinctly ; to be blind.
Moo-wi-Ni, s. ifoo and ««m, fine pointed.
Dimness in vision ; misty in seeing.
2. Blindness, natural or moral, Oihk.
13:11 ; Earn. 11:25.
3. ^blind person; nana mai no namaka,
. aole nae he ike.
Moo-wi-Ni, adj. ,Very small, like the
filaments of a spider's web ; very fine.
Mo-u, s. See Mouo below. Eiakahoo-
lana ame ka mou poho ole.
Mo-T7-o, s. A buoy-; a float to show
something below the water,- as aa and .<r.
Fio. O oe no ka mouo nui nana i hoolaiia
i ko'u nhane i ke ao. A piece of wood,
board o- other substance to float on ; o ka
mouo b ou ai ka naau, a buoy for the heart
to escape on;, a place where anything may
float securely, like the poe heenalu when
they come in through the surf and flo^t at
ease.
Mo-Tjo-uo, s. A float or buoy for a fish
net ; he lowaia mououo. See Ponono.
Md-TT-Ki, ) adj. Mo and itki, dirty.
Mo-u-Kl-U-KI, ) Dirty; bad smelling; cor^'
rapt.
Mo-u-Ki-u-Ki, adj. Warm, as the efflu-
via from a corrupting body ; bad scented,
as the air from a tight room. See Ikhei.
Mo-HA, adj. Bright; clear; shining;
glistering.
Mo-HAi, V. To break, as a stick; to
break in two ; to break off.
2. To sacrifice to the gods,- to offerasao-
riflce ; to present a gift at the altar.
Mo-HAi, adj. Broken; fractured; broken
in two.
Mo-HAi, s. An expiatory sacrifice; a
sacrifice generally ; a general name of an
offering to the gods, of various kinds and
for various purposes. Note. — The most of
the following kinds of sacrifices are com-
mon to theXevitaoal and to the ancient
Hawaiian priesthood.
Mo-HAi-Ai, y. A meat ofiering. fitdc.
40:29.
Mo-HAi-A-Hi, s. An ofiering made by fire.
Pufc. 29:25.
Mo-HAi-A-LA-o-No, s. A sweet-smelliug
offering. CUhk. 3:6.
Mo-HAi-A-Lo-HA, s, A free-will ofiering.
licnl. 12:6.
Mo-HAi-HA-LA, s. A sin offerinff. NoA.
15:25, 27.
.o-HAi-HO-A-u, s. A wave ofiering.
P«fc. 29:«4.
MOH
397
MOK .
Mo-HAi-Hoo-MA-LU, s. A peace offering.
Pvk. 2a:!J8.
Mo-HAi-Hoo-LU-Li, s. A Wave offering.
Oihk. 7:30. See Mohaihoali.
Mo-HAi-Hoo-KO, s. A sacrifice on per-
formirtg a vow. Nah. 15:3.
Mo-HAI-HOO-MA-NA, S.
Mo-HAi-KAi-KAi, s. A heave offering.
Puk. 29:27.
Mo-HAi-KAi-KEA, s. An offering made' by
are of the fat. Oihk. 10:15.
Mo-HAI-KA-LA-HE-WA, S.
Mo-HAi-KC-Ni, s. A burnt sacrifice; a
burnt offering. Kin. 22:7.
Mo-HAi-LA-wE-HA-LA, J. A sin offering.
■Wik. 4:3.
Mo-HAi-MA-KA-NA,. s. A free-vvill offer-
ing. Puk. 25:2.
Mo-HAi-Mi-u-LA-Ni, *. A Sacrifice of
thanksgiving. Hal. 116:17. >
Mo-HAI-MO-LI-A-O-LA, S.
Mo-jBAi-PA-NAi, *. An ofiering of a hog
to a gpd by a mother on weaning an in-
fant I he mohaipanai keia na ka malni'a, i
mea.e oluoln mai ai ke akna i k;e keiki.
Mo-EAi-po»Ni, s. An offering of conse-
cration.. Oiftfc. 7:37.
Mo-HAi-PTj-Hi, s. An offering by fire.
Oihk. 2:3.
Mo-HA-HA-LAi V. See Maholahola and
A1.AIALA.
M0-HA-1.A, V. To open ; to expand, as a
flower ; to blossom. See Mohola.
, 2. To be erect; to stand straight; to rise
up.
3. To be loosened or set free; applied to
that which has been bound, coiled or drawn
up tight. '
i. H(jO. To spread out or smooth, as a
kapa or cloth that has been ruffled.
5. To disperse Or drive away, aa fear.
6. Applied to the mind, to calm; to 8<>othe
where the mind has been disturbed.
7. To open or enlighten the mind. See
MOHOLA. _ ,
Mo-HA-LA, adj. Raised up, as something
thatibad been depressed,
2. Opened, as the petals of a flower that
has been pressed," opeuj-as a flower ; pua
mohala. 1 ^oJ. 6:18.
3. Devoid of fear, as one in danger.
Mo-HA-LA-HA-LA,' V, See MoHALA. To
break loose ; to set free, as something that
had been bound or restrained.
Mo-HA-LA-HA-LA, odj. Loose; unbound;
set free ; lilollio wale.
Mo-HA-La, s. Clearness; fullness, as
the full moon.
2. Name of a day.jof the month-when the
moon begins to He round.
Mo-HA-Lu, V. To be comfortable; to be
unrestrained ; to be at full liberty.
Mo-HA-LU, adj. At ease ; quiet ; at lib-
erty ; unrestrained. See Pouald.
Mo-HA-m-HA-LtJ, V. See Mokalf. To
be easy ; to be quiet ; to be at liberty.
Mo-hi-0-lu-o-pe-o-fe, adj. Disobedient;
unyielding ; stubborn, as a child.
Mo-Hi-Hi, s. Mo aai MM, a. viae. Name
of a strong vine used for strings.
Mo-Hi-Hi-0, s. Name of a plant.
Mo-Ho, s. Name of a species of birdj
he moho ka mea kapi iloko o ka weaweu,
the moiio is a bird that crows in the grass;
it seldom flies, but walks about.
Mo-Ho, V. To evolve or show the upper
or top leaf of a plant of sugar-cane, kalo,
&c.; to bud out; to break or unfold, as the
bud into leaves,
Mo-Ho-LA, V. SeeMoHALA. To evolve;
to unfold, as the leaves of a growing plant:
to bloom out, as a flower; to blossom. Mn.
40:10. SeeljHOLA.
Mo-HO-LE, V. To bruise ; to break up j
to erush ; to rub off the skin. See Paholb,
PoHOLE and Maeolb.
Mo-HO-LE, adj. Rubbed off; bruised ;
crushed. Fig. Sad ; oorrowful ; dejected.
Mo-Ho-LE-Ho-LE, V. To skln off; to rub
off; to polish.
2. To act lazily ; to be dejected or oast
doffn.
Mo-KA, V. See Oko. To tear in small
j)ieoes; to break up fine; to reduce to dust;
to blow away and scatter, as dust.
Mo-KA, s. Anything torn or broken up
small; small fragments of anything; be
opala.
2. Rejhse matter ; that which is thrown
away.
3. Something connected with the hole of
the squid' *'
Mo-KA, adj. Broken fine, as small dust,
chaff, &c. Ban. 3:29.
Mo-KAE, s. A species of grass or shrub
something like tiie ahuawa.
Mo-^Ai-KAi, adj. New; sweet; insipid,
as poi JHst made and not become sour;
mokaikai ka ai.
Mo-KA-PA-WA, «. Mo, to break, ka, arti-
cle, pawa, morning da^^n.- Also, na moku
ka pawa 0 ke ao. Lit. The dawn la break-
ing.' The opening dawn ; daybreak.
Mo-Ki, s. A pipe lighter; he wzoAJbaka;
a term of reproach; said to be a late coined
word.
Mo-Ki'-o, V. To steal.
2. To pucker up or contract the lips for
whistling.
3. To whistle audibly.
MOK
398
MOK
4. To take the pipe-stem iatti'the mouth
to smoke.
Mo-Ki-HA-NA, *. A species of strong
scented wood.
2. A species of mushroom.
3. An odor ; a fragrance.
Mo-Ki-Mo-Ki, I". To drink water, as a
fowl; to suck, as a child; to breathe wa.ter,
as a fish. See Mcki and Mukiki.
Mo-Ko, V. To fight; to pound with the
fisl ; to box ; mako, melu, pauhn.
Mo-KO-i, s. Something aboul the bait in
fishing; eia ka mea lealca, o ka mofcoi akua.
2. Tbeartof deceiving fish and capturing
them.
Mo-KO-i, V. To be hard j to be stingy ;
to he cruel.
2.,To pi'ovoke ; to make angry.
3. To tempt; to deceive fish; hence, to
cat<!h fish.
i. To be hollow ; to be witbout internal
substance ; ke ohe, oia ka laau ponapona,
0 kona kino he moleoi akn, the bamboo is
<l jointed vegetable, hoUow inside.
Mo-Ko-i-KO-i, V. See Mokoi. To take
fish, &c. ,
Mo-Ko-LE, s. See Makole. Inflamed
eyes; soreieyed.
Mo-KO-LE, adj. Inflamed, as the eyes ;
swelled out ; not able to see distinctly.
Mo-Ko-Lo-A, s. The. naine of a spedes
of grass.
Mo-KO-Mo-KO, V. To box ; to fence ; to
fight ; to hold boxing matches as pastimes
or as games j i ka makahiki, e mokomoko
no na kanaka ame na 'lii ame ka wablne
ame kamalii, on the first day of the year
the people, the chiefs, women and children,
held boxing matches, i, e., attended on them.
Mo-KO-Mo-KO, s. A boxer; a man skilled
in fighting ; a puka mai la kolaila moko-
■ nwko.
Mo-KU, V. To divide in two*; to cut, as
with a sword ; hahau mai la i ka paU, a
mohu, kokahi alii, he struck with a sword
and cut a certain chief; to cut off, as a
member of the body.
2. To break asunder, as a cord, rope or
chain. Olhk. 26:13.
3. To break, as the neck ; a moku ko
Kiwalao a-i a make no ia, he iroke Kiwa-
lao's neck and he died. ■
4. To cut off, as with a sword at a Binglc
Wow.
5. To rend or tear in pieces, as a furious
beast. M(ft 7:6.
8. To crack; to burst open with a noise.
7,. To holdfast.asnnanchorholdBftsbip.
8. .To cast or throlrinto the sea; moleuia
i ko kai, dole e make, j
Mo-KU, s. A part of a country divided
off from another part
2. A diiiiioct ; a division, of an island, as
Kona on Hawaii, and Hana on Maui.
3. An' island, i. e., land separated from
other land by water. Moku pr vwlcupmd
is synonymous with atna. ' D'. MbHo 7:1.
4 A ship; so called from the supposition
when first seen that they were islands.
5. A' dividing line;, a boundary between
the different divisions of an island. See
i MOKDKA. „„..-.
6. A part or piece of anything broken '
off.
Mo-KU, adj. Greatly increased; swollen,
aswater; running; Sowing; breaking down.
, bavriers, as water.
Mo-KU-Ai-NA, s. Mokti, broken off, and
aina, land. An island ; a land separated
from another land. LaveilcXlO, SrN.with
moku.
Mo-K0-.A-HA-KA, B. To be divided, as a
kingdom,^ a cU^. or a family into two or
. more contending parties ; to be split, as a
.eofflmunity.into factidns. . Ifoo. To cause
divisions. 'Hal. 55:9. To set one against
another, as parties;
Mo-iHT-A-HA-NA, odj. Split into parties
or factions, as a people ; divided ; un-
friendly.; epjiosed.
Mo-KU-A^Hi, s. Moku, a part, and ahi',
fire. A fire brand. See MoMOKnAHi.
2. Mokv,, ship, and aM, fire. Lrr. A fire
ship, A name given by some to a steam
vessel, but improperiy, as a steam vessel is
moku mahn, which see.
Mo-KU-A-Hu-A, adj. Evil minded; evilly
disposed ; injurious ; sad at the evil of an-
other.
Mo-Kxr-A-WAi, V. To be many; to be
' multitudinous.
2. To travel in large companies; mofctio-
vxii na kanaka.
3. To flow along, as a stream with rains.
4. To run; to rash, as a multitude. 2
OiW. 23:12.
MoKU-Hi-A, adj. For »wfcttM, passive of
molm. Broken ; divided. See Mokuua.
Mo-Ktr-Hi-A, 0. To drown; t» eirtin-
■guish, as by water. MeL Sol. 8:7.
Mo-KTJ-Hi-Ku-Hi, adj. MoandkuAilaiM,
sweet Sweet;. sweet, as sugar.
Mo-KKi-KAU-A, s. Moku, ship, and kam,
war. A war ship ; a man-of-war.
Mo-KU-KE-LE, s. The name of the ac-
tion cf sailing from island to island in a
canoe in ancient times. D. Malo 7:1.
Mo-KU-KE-i.E-KA-Hi-Ki, s. A canoe sail-
ing to a foreign country. Zaidk. 175.
Mo-KU'Ki-A-LH-A', s. Moku and kia, mast,
and lua, two. A vessel with two masts; a
schooner ; a brig.
Mo-Ku-Ki-A-Ko-LU, s. Moku, sl»p, Ajfl,
MOL
399
MOL
mast, and Icolu, three. A vessel with three
masts-; a ship;
Mo-tku-le-i-a; i. ' Name of a specie^ of
fish of the kahala kind ; TisshtAamuladeia,
Mo-KU-Li-A, adj. Passive of moku, I in-
serted. Divided ; broken up. See Moku-
IIIA.
Mo-KU-MO-KU, I'. See Moku. To tear
up; to rend; to breakjn pieces; to pluek,
as the foathera of a bird.
Mo-Ku-Mo-Ku, s. See ■ Mokomoko. A
striker ; a boxer : a fighter. Ki. 1:7.
Mo-KU-MO-KU, adj. Broken or cut to
pieces, as a rope.
Mo-ku-mo-ku-a-hu-a; ». See Mokua-
HOA. To yearn ; to bo moved with afftec-
tlon towards one ; to yearn with pity for
one. Kin. 43:30. TJa mohmokuahM ka
Diiuiawa o ke alii 1 ke aloha, the spirit of
the chief yearned with affection. Lamk.
136.
Mo-KU-NA, s. Mbhi and ana, a break-
ing ; a dividing. A dividing line between
two lands.
2. A boundary line of a land; a district;
a Country. ,8ol. 15:26.
3. Apart or piece cut off from something
larger.
' 4. A division of a country; a coast or
region.
6. A chapter or division of a book.
Mo-KU-pu-Ni, s. Moku, an island, and
|)um, to surround. The full form for island;
1. e., island surrounded (by water.) Svn.
wit^ aina. 0 ka mokupuni oia ka mea nni
e like me Hawaii, Mam, arae na moku e ae.
Mo-EUrWA-Hi, V. Moku and w(M, to
break. To be at enmity or variance, as
two men. See Mokuahana.
Mo-LA, ». To tuTH^ to be unstable; to
spin.round ; e milo.
Mo-LA, adj. Turning; twisting; unsta-
ble ; paa ole i ka milo ana.
Mp-LAE-LAE, adj. Mo and laelae, clear.
Clear ; explicit ; easily understood; unob-
scure in vision.
Mo-i,A-LE,' s. Clearness ; brightness.
£ }Lii, molale ilio Uio lau lanl.
Mo-LA-LE-LA-LE, adj. Clear; bright;
plain.
Mo-LA-MO-LA, adj. See Mola. Spinning
or twistin.g round ; not fixed.
Mo-LE, s. The principal root of a tree
that runs straiglit downwards ; ateo the
large roots of ;' tree generally. (The small
ones that branch out from them are called
an.)
2. The bottom of a pit ; the bottom of
the sea. Huhak. 3:13.
3. Fio. A.root, i. e.;'offspring; descend-
ants from a root. :^om. 16:12.
' 4. One belonging to a family. OHik.
, 25:47.
6. A cause ; a means. 1 Tim. 6:10. A
root ; a foundation ; aole i loaa ia'u ka
moU o ka naauao, I have not obtained the
principles of knowledge.
M!o-le, V. To linger ; to lag behind ; to
be slow.
Mo-le-a, adj. Drawn tightly; strained,
as a rope ; hard ; severe ; tight.
Mo-le-a, s. a person so angry that his
countenance is distorted.
Mo-le-hu-le-hu, s. The shade of the
morning or evening; twilight. ler. e.^.
Ka malamalama iki e nalowale ai ka ili
kanaka.
Mo-le-hu-le-htt, adj. Shady, in time
of twilight. lob. 3:9.
Mo-le-mo-le, at^'.See Mole and Omole.
Hound and smooth; cylindrical; smooth,
as the skin of a bald head ; hence,
2. Baldheaded.
3. Sleek and smooth with fatness.
Mo-li, s. a sharp instrument to print-
with on the skin ; hahau iho la 'ka itioli,
pahuhu ae la ke koko, the moli is struck
on, the blood flows but.
2. The name of a large bird,
Mo-Li-A, V. This word, like the Latin
sacro, signifies to devote, to give up or give
over to a good or bad end, that is, to bless
or to curse according to the character of
the thing devoted andthe purpose to which
it is devoted.
1. To bless or to curso, according to the
prayer of the -priest. i
• 2. To bless; to pray for the safety of one.
3. To be sanctified, i. c., set apart or de-
voted to the service of the gods ; e molia
ka ai i ke alcua.
4. To worship ; to sacrifice ; to oftter to
the gods; to save alive; e boomana, e kau-
maha, e amaama, e houla.'
5. To curse; to give over, or devote to
destruction ; to be sacrificed.
6. To anathematize. Isa. 34:2. To de-
stroy ;. e hoomake.
7. In the use of the word, molia is to bless
or to curse according to some following
word or phrase. Note. — Some of the forms
are as follows : molia mai e ola, bless him,
^et him live ; Tnolia mai e make, curse him,
let him die ; molia ka poe kipi, imrse the
rebels ; molia i ke alii e make, curs«, the
chief, let him perish ; molia i ke kukui e
pio, curse the lamp, let it go out ; molia i ,
ka ua e oki, curse the rain, let it stop; mo-
lia i ka hekili aole e hekili hou mai, curse
the thunder, let it thunder no more.
Mo-Li-Aro-LA, s. An ancient form of
worship when, the priest offered a sacrifice
and prayed for the life or safety of the peo^
pit.
MOL
400
MOM
2. Applied in modern times to the Jew-
ish pasSover when a lamb -was sacrificed far
each faonsehold, and the angel of death
passed over leaving the children of Israel
unhurt. Puk. 12:11.
3. In the New Testament it is figuratively
applied to the death of Christ as the sacri-
fice for the sins of men. 1 Kor. 5:7.
Mo-U-A-0-LA, adj. Of or belonging to
the Jewish passover ; mohai moliaola, aha-
aina moliaola.
Mo-LE-yi-A-HA, s. Mole and iiaha, cup.
The bottom of a cup or mng.
Mo-u-o, s. ■ See Molia.' To offer to the
gods ; io lay upon the altar, as a sacrifice ;
0 ke akua i ka molio o ke ahiabi.
Mo-u-Li; adj:. Mo arid lili, small. Lit-
tle; small; stinted.
Mo'rU-Mo-x.1, V'. See Moli. To use the
pioli in puncturing the skin in making let-
ters or ^nres.
%o-TM,,v. To untwist; to unbraid, as a
' »ope or string. Note. — This word is found
In many compounds, especially proper
names, as Molokai, Molokini, &c., also in
: molokamaaha. See below.
Mo'-LO-A, ) D. This word is written by
Mo-lo-wa, ) Hawaiians in both forms.
As it is evidently a compound word, the
second form is preferable. Molo and wa,
time ; space. To be indisposed to work ;
to spend time listlessly; to be lazy; to be
idle ; to be inditferent whether a thing is
done or not ; molowa, iho la ua alii la ia
Hawaii, that chief leos indifferent respect-
ing Hawaii; i aku la, namotowo an i ka
aina, he. said, I am indifferent about the
lands. Hoo. The same.
Mo-m-ka-ma-a-ha, s. Molokama i? the
name of a land on Kauai; in singing meles
the aha protracted would be added.
Ulna ka vai o na malokamaaha.
Mo-iiO-Ku, adv. On the back; at the
back (of a person) ; on the backside.
Mo-lo-wa, s. Slackness ; indifference ;
carelessness ; laziness. las, 18:3.
Mo-lo-wa, adj. Indisposed to make an
effort ; inactive ; lazy ; unwilling to do ;
tiresome to one's patience. Hoo. Slothful.
■SoI.'12:24. See Manaka.
Mo-lo-wa, ado. Lazily; deceitfully.
ler. 48:10. f '
Mo-Lo-HAi, s. Laziness ; heaviness of
head and eyes ; drowsiness ; i keia manao
-e huna i ka'u ano, i aku au me ka make,
molohai. Note.— This word is used by the
proud or foolish for molowa.
Mo-btr-^i, adj. Mo and luki, tired.
■V^eary ; fatig:ued. ..See Luhi.
Mo-lu-l6, V. "To steal ; to take another's.
Mo-LU-LO, s, A thief; one who steals.
2. A bloated dead body which bouts
ashore from the sea ; he mea pae wale joa'
kabakai.
3. A person wrecked and cast ashore.
Mo-LU-LO, adj. Fat; plump; bloated;
large, so that the fat shakes on one's bones;
applied to men.
Mo-LU-LO-LU-LO, adj. Fat ; plump, ice.
See the foregoing.
Mo-LD-LO-LE-A, s.* The voice or wail of
a ghost.
2. The wail of one shipwrecked and east
ashore.
Mo-LTT-LO-LE-A, odj. Wailing, crying,
&c., of a ghost ; of one cast ashore fmm a
wreck.
Ia aina ai leic haull e kamanaira,
Lele-pto3^1oko i ko aloba —
Aloha mai oei, bele a faiikua,
Hoi laaaaa ka maha 1 bana Ire-aa, .
I ka naua o ka pihe moluloiea.
Mo-LU-NA, ». To take by force; to rob;
to plunder, oee Molulo.
Mo-LU-NA, s. A thief; one who robs
another.
Mo-Mi, s. A pearl. Mat. 13:46. The
pearl of the oyster ; Ihe hard center of the
eye ; flie hard face of a watch ; the eye of
a fish ; maka ia.
Mo-Mi, V. See Mom. To swallow, as
foou ; to put in the mouth and swallow.
Mo-Mi-o, adj. Mo and mio, confined:
close. Tapering; cramped.
Mo-Mi-KD, V. JlioOT?, to swallow, and Aw,
standing. To swallow standing up ; a word
made use of by Kamebameba to expro«s
contempt of his enemies, meaning,^ tootitd
swallow.them up.
Mo-Mi-Mo-Mi, V. See Mom. Hoo. To
cause to swallow; to receive into the mouth
and swallow. See MoNi.
Mo-MO, s. SeeMooMoo. Kapa of an in-
ferior quality; he moomoo,he palaholo,he
kiwaawaa.
Mo-Mo-A, V. To give liberally; to take
care of a poor person ; to act the friend of
one ; to be continually giving to others ;
to take care of, as a guardian takes, carp of
the property of his ward. See MaIjAma.
Mo-Mo-E, ». See Moe. To sleep ; to
dream ; to sleep together, as two persons.
Mo-MO-KA, s. See Momoku. The rush-
ing and running together of people, as^n
a popular outbreak.
Mo-mo-ku, v. See Moku. To break; to
break up ; to separate.
Mo-Mo-KU, adj. Broken ; separated ;
broken up ; greatly increased, as water
running in a freshet, breaking or rushing
forth.
Mo-MO-KU, s. What is brokea or torn
MON
401
MUA
oJf or soAtohed onti momoku abi, a fire
brand ; « waiho ana ka momoku pi e mani
ai ka umu. See Momoeuahl
'VIo-MO-Kn-A-Hi, s. Momoku and aM, fire.
The remnants of fire; charcoal; wood
charred ; a fire brand. i8c>2. 26:18.
Mo-yo-LE, V. See Mole and Kumomole.
To be round and smooth; to be smooth and
plumb up and down, as a smooth perpen-
dicular pali.
Mo-Mo-LE, adj. Round and smooth.
Mo-Mo-Li-o, adj. Nsttrow; contracted,
as a place, or as space.
Mo-MO-Mi, pi See Mom. To swallow
greedily.
Mo-Mo-Mi, s. Name of a kind of fish ;
he paopao, he nukumonui.
Mo-Mo-Mo-E, V. See Mok and Momoe.
To sleep; to sleep often or soundly; to be
very sleepy.
Mo-MO-NA, V. See Mona. To be fatj
to be round ; to be plump.
2. To be swelled out full; to be smooth,
as the skin of a fat person or animal.
3. To become fat, that is, 'ndependent.
Kard. 32:15. Boo. To make one fat. 1
Sam. 2:29.
Mo-Mo-NA, s. The fat, i. e., the fat part
of an animal. Oaik.6:12. Thefat of land,
i. e., fertility. Nah. 13:20. Fat, as a per-
son or community, i. e., rich ; wealthy.
Kani. 32:15.
Mo-MO-NA, adj. SeeMoNA, Large; fat;
fleshy; generally applied to persons or ani-
mals.
2. Fm. Applied to the ground, rich ;
fertile, &c. tin. 41:3i. NotB. — Mormna
when applied to food or clrink, refers to
whatever is good or pleasant to the taste,
as rich, sweet, fat, &c.
Mo-NA, adj. See Momona. Fat ; rich ;
good, as a good soil ; ua hookupu maikai
oia (0 Hawaii), he moita ka lepo.
Mo-NA, V. To be fat ; to be round and
plump with fatness..
2. To be rich or fertile, as land.
Mo-NE-A, V. For numiia, to be swal-
lowed. To be staffed; to be filled full with
food ; to be glutted.
Mo-NE-HA, s. A long distance.
Mo-Ni, V'. See Momi. To swallow; to
consume. Puk. 7:12. To swallow, i. e., to
drink up, as the earth drinks up water ; o
ka honua, ua moni i ka wai, the earth, it
drinks up the water; to suck up, as a
sponge ; e omo ; e moni i ka ai, to swiUow
food.
Mo-Ni, s. Eng. Money ; the price of a
thing sold. JCtn. 44:12. Stn. with talena.
Mat. 25:18.
51
Mo-Ni-MO-Ni, s. A fast eater; one who
swallows quickly.
2. Metapkoricatty, one who receives in-
Btmotion greedily.
Mo-Pir-A, adj. Fine ; melodious, as a
voice.
Mo-Ptf-NA, s. See Moopuna. A descend-
ant of the third generation, including the
first, as makua, keiki, mopun<Lf a grand-
child,
Mo-WA, adj. See Moa, cooked. Done,
as food.
Mo-WAE, s. Mo and ?/;ae, to separate. A
rent ; a broken place ; a furrow ; a cleft ;
aa opening am >ng rocks. See Mawab.
Mo-WAE, s. SeeMoAE. The name of a
wind ; the regular trade wind.
Mo-WA-Mo-WA, V. To carry or send food
to others gratuitously.
Mo-RA-Ki, s. Eng. A mortgage J a deed
of conv^ance on condition.
Mtr, V. To shut the lips and hold the
mouth full of water. SeeMuwj.
I 2, To be silent; not to answer. See Mo-
WJLE.
Mv, s. A little black bug that eats most
kinds of wood ; it also eats through and
through all kinds of clothing ; he mea e
popopo ai ka lole ; a destroyer of many
kinds of property. Mat. 6:19. The tom bores
a hole about as large as a gimlet ; a moth.
Isa. 5t!8.
2. The name of a man who lived in the
country above Lauhaele and ate bananas.
3. Name of a small bird with yellow
feathers; he mu kekahi manu,he lenakona
hulu. . '
4. A person employed to procure human
victims when a helau was t9 be dedicated
or a new bouse built
Mu-A, V. To mumble food, as for a
child ; to eat with the lips.
Mu-A, adv. and comp.prq). Of pZace, be-
fore; in front of; of time, first; previous
to ; before ; usually prefixed witn some of
the simple prepositions. Oram. § 161.
MtJ-A, s. The name of a house for men
only in ancient times; the house was kapu
to women.
2. The distinguishing name of one of the
six houses constituting a family arrange-
ment. See Hale. £ono hale ona kanaka-
be mua, oia kekahi, men bad six houses —
a mua was one ; the mua was the eating
house for the husband ; ai no ke kane ma
ka mua, the husband ate in the muff. See ■
MoooMo Hateaii '59. Holo kiki akn la o
Papa akomo i mua e paio me Wakea, Papa
ran hastily and entered the eating houss qv
husband's house to quarrel with Wakea.
2. The front part of a house or room. I
Mai. 6:20.
MUU.
402
MUK
3. A poor.looking calabash.
4. A pcrf9on with ponting or large lips.
5. The flrtt bom of a family.
6. The first; the beginning; the com-
mencement. Ma/r. 1:1. •
MtJ-A-KAu, adj. Fiist ripe, as fruits;
fit^t born ; fish first canght.
Mu-A-KU-A, adj. Unfriendly; unsocial;
niggardly.
Mu-A-Mu-A, adj. Drinking water out of
a calabash and then spitting it out; ciunua-
mua, omuemue.
Mir-E, ) adj. Bitter ; bad tasted ;
Mu-E-MU-K, { offensive to the palate;
2. Cold ; chilly ; shaking ; trembling.
Mn-E-E-KE, 9. Ttt-shrink ; to start from
tear or pain. See Ebkb.
Mu-i, V. To collect ; to assemble.
Mn-i-A, B. Passive of mui for muiia.-
1^ be collected together.
Mu-i-Ki-«i, o. Mui and kiki, very. To
press close 'together; to draw, in ; to cut
short.
Mu-i-Mu-i, V. To collect together; to
assemble in one place; to be thick together;
to assemble to see something; muimui akn
la na kanaka ame na wahine e makaikai,
men and women assembled together to ex-
atnine.
Mu-i-MD-i-A, tj. Passive of /rewzOTMi. To
be collected together ; to be in a compact
mass.
Mv'o', »."• To bud; to open, as a bud into
a leaf; to put out a leaf. Soo. To cause
to ^nd ; to gut forth or enlarge, as buds
before the leaves appear;
Mu-o, s. A bud. ia. ,61:11. A branch.
i»o. 27:10; it new or fresh leaf. iufc. 21:30.
Mu-op-otr, r. Mu and ouou, short; thick
set. To be short ; ta be low ; to be little ;
to be blunt
M.tiH>v-o}j, ddj. Short; little; blunt.
Mu-o-Lo-p-Lo, adj. See Olo and Olo-
OLO. Ftexibl© ; swinging ; hanging down.
See PuALDAMT. .
Mu-o-MU-o, V. SeeMuo. To swell out;
to appear, as the bud of a flower.
2. To cover over as the calyx covers tlie
incipient flower. See OiroAMnAPUA.
Mn-o-MU-o, s. The flower covered by
the calyx ; the place below the muo or bud.
Mu-o-Ko-LE, ) V. To cut off the
Mu-o-MTj-o-KO-LE, ) branches of trees or
the tops of kalo.
MvDi ». To collect; to lay up, &c.
Syn. with mui, puu, ahu and waiho. To
heap together ; to fill up ; to set thick to-
gether. . See MmiMDu.
Mdu, adj. Collected ; laid up in store.
Muu-HT-Lir, s. Name of a south wmd
at Honolulu.
Mtju-Muu, V. See Muu. To cut short ;
to cut off ; to shorten.
Muu-Mtni, s. A shift or under garment
worn by females.
2. A lame person ; primwrUy, one who
creeps, halts or limps; one who has lost or
never enjoyed the use of his limbs.
Mn-HEE, s. JWm and Aee,tQeHp. A fish
that moves two ways like &e crab.
Mir-HEE, adj. Fi(^; changeable; un-
steady minded.
Mu-HEE, V. To make an indistinct
sound ; to hum. See MraiuHD.
Mn-KA, adj. Tasteless; insipid; ono
ole.
Mu-KA, s. A seizing; a swallowing up;
a devouring. Ixiieik. 105.
Mh-kae, s. Anything jutting or hang-
ing over, as the brow of a precipice. See
Umam.
2. The brim of a basin or tub. 2 OiW. 4:2.
3. The circumference of anytliing; he
poai, he anapuni.
. 4. The edge of a pit.
MtJ-Ki, V. To apply the lips or mouth
to ; to kiss ; c muki bakai, to kiss or suck
the tobacco pipe; to take a whiff of tobacco
smoke ; e muki i ka wai, to squirt water
flu-ough the teeth.
'2. To peep ; to speak indistinctly, as an'
enchanter. Isa. 8:19. Srs. with namu.
3. To play on the hokiokio or pipe, a
wind instrument
Mtr-Kn, s. A pipe lighter; one who
. waits upon a chief with the pipe. See
MoKi. Note The office of the pipe lighter
was to attend the person of the wiief with
a pipe always lighted ; in order to keep it',
always lighted, the pipe lighter must him-
self, verjr frequently, give a little suck or
puff or kiss, which was called muki.
Mu-Kr-Ki, t>. See Muni. To suck into
the mouth, as in smoking.
2; -To suck in or drink, as water; to
swallow ajp.
8. To drink or sipi water, as a bird drinkb
ffom a flower.
4. To squirt water through the teeth.
5. To make mouths at one.
Mukiki ka ia lelebnna a ka unnu,
Ka awa ilileaa i ka nka o Ealin,
Ka manu a haihai kanu awa— « —
A!a ka laau ka ana o Puna,
Mapnna wale mai ana so koon aloha la.
Mtr-Ki-Ki, s. A'mouth made at one as a
matter of reproach; hoomaka ko oukou
mukihi i mea henehene, a i mea akaaka.
Mir-Ki-MU-Ki, ». To tie.; to bind fast.
Mtr-Ko-i, adj. Shai-p and projecting; ap-
MUL
403
MUM
plied to the forehead. See Laekoj. Mukoi
pue kaua.
MxJ-KO-LE, )„dj. Mu and kole,
Mo-KO-LE-KO-LS, J raw ; red. Kedjin-
flaiQfd, as the eyes ; rmtkolekole na maka.
Mu-Ku, V. To wrangle; to blackguard;
to quarrel. See Nuku.
2. To cut 3hort ) to shorten ; to cut off,
&c. ; the same as moku.
3. To cease ; to. diminish, as a sickness ;
ua 'irmku ba hi.
Mir-KU, s: A measure of length used
by Hawaiians ; the length from the fingers
of one hand to the elbow of the oppo!>it>e
arm when extended ; i. e., the cutting oiT
at the elbow ; o ka pnaa nni, he anana
paha, be muku paha, a i ka iwilei paha.
2. A piece cut off; that which is cut off;
anything cut short.
3. The outside of a canoe.
4. The name of the night when the moon
entirely disappears ; 1 ka po i nalowale ai
ka inanina, o Muleu ia : alalia, pan ka ma-
lama, on the night in T»hieii the moon en-
tirely disappears, that is Muku, then the
month ends.
5. The short end of the iako or cross
stick of a canoe ; hawele kok^ nkn la ia 1
kana abo i lea m«fcu o ka iako mua o kona
waa.
6." A short garment, as if the bottom were
cutoK See MuHioro.
Mu-Kn-Mtr-Ku, v. To cut up into pieces;
to cut off frequently. See Kvhuikbxv, the
letters trattsposed.
Mu-lcu-Mir-KU-WA-HA-Nir-i, s. The name
of a red fish.
Mu-LA, s. See Mura.
Mu-LE, ) adj. Bitter, as water ;
Mu-LE-MTJ-LE, ) bitter, as an herb. Pafc.
12:8. £1 paipai i ka laau mulemide a pau.
Mu-LE-A, )adj. Bitter; sharp;
Mu-LE-MD'-I.E-A, ) bitter, as herbs; "biting;
caniBtic.
Mu-LE-A, V. To be bitter, as water of
Mulea. Puk. 15:23.
M.6-LE-iE-Hn, V, Mu and leleku, weak.
To be slightly intoxicated.
Mu-LE-Mu-LE, V. See Mule. To be bit-
ter ; to taste bitter.
Mu-Li, comp. prep. After; according to;
behind ; afterwards ; it relates either to
time or place ; mostly preceded by o, no,
i, ma or mai. Gram. § 161.
Mb-Li,' s. The remains ; the last of a
thing. , , .
2. A snccessor ; miili mai, -a brother or
a sister next younger than one.
3. The last; the hindmost; the youngest
of several children.
4. The last one of a series. M&r. 12:21. i
I keia mau la rfiuii iho nei, in these kisi
days. lieb. 1:1. He kaikaina, he pckj.
Mn-u, adv. A vadi aku; afterwards;
after awhile; kameaemuZi mai, that wUioh
shall be hereafter.
Mu-Li-Ho-PE, s. Muli, last, and hope,
end. The last; the voungesl born ; o ke
keiki Mapo, he mua la;, o ko keiki mtiSr
hope, oia ka hope loa; also, kelki imtli ifio,
youngest child. Kin. 9:34. He pahina.
Mu-iJ-WAi, s. Midi, the remains, and
wai, water. The opening of a stream into
the sea.
2. A firitli; a bay at the mouth of a river;
hence,
.a. In geography.a, river. Tos.l:i. Note.
The derivation or the word refers to the
fact that at the mouths of most of the'
streams on the islands there is a bar ; at
low tides there is some water standing
which has not run out; these remains of
water are called a, muliwai.
Mn-tu-WAi, s. An ttwkward or affected
pronunciation of muZtifloi. See the above.
Mu-Mu, V. See Mir. To hum ; to make
an Indistinct sound.
2. To be silent ; to sit mum.
3. To hold water in one's mouth.
4. To be smooth 6r round ; to be blunt.
6. To cry out indistinctly,
6. To take food into one's mouth and
afterward take it and convey it to the mouth
of anothei'.
Mu-mr, adj. Indistinct; blunt; dull;
round; smooth.
Mv-uv, s. An. indistinct sound; some
noise, not known whatj the confused noise
of a multitude at a distance ; opiopio ku
ka laula o ka mumu.
Mo-Mu-iA, V. Passive of mui for maiia.
To be collected together; to come together
in crowds ; to be thick together- in one
place.
Mn-jiu-Hii, s. A whispering ; a mutter-
ing ; a voice in a low tone.
Mu-Bpi-Hu, ». To be large ; to be plump ;
to be numerous; to sound, as many voices;
to hum an indistinct sound. '
Mu-MU-Hy, s. An indistinct sound, as
of many together ; hence, a crowd of peo-
ple in one place.
Mu-Mu-KA, adj. See Pupuka. Bad;
worthless ; unworthy of notice.
Mu-Mu-Ku, s. See Muku. The name of
several things cut off, or cut short; a canoe
cut in two in the middle : a garment cut
short or the sleeves cut off ; a wind blow-
ing over land between two mountains as if
cut off from the main wind; a maimed per-
son having lost a hand, arm or foot. Mai.
15:3(L The name of a lady's under gai'-
ment is mumuku.
NA
404
NAA
Mu-MC-KU, adj. Cut off; separated, as
a member of the body, ^. e., the bedy when
the limb is separated is imumuku; cut
short ; too short for a designed porpose.
Mo-MU-tE, V. SeeMuMU. Toibedumb;
to' be speechless.
2. To be silent;' to hold one's peace
through grief or afaiction. fli5fl._39:2. No-
laila, noho mimmh mat la oia ia man la,
thercfpre he liyed in a tadtum manner dur-
ing those days.
3. To be silent, as one confuted; not
having anything to say. Neh. 6:8.
4. To be out of one's right mind.
5. Jloo. To keep silence. Qih. 18:9.
Md-mu-le, s. The gathering around a
kapn ; the assembling of a company to-
gether.
Mu-MU-LE, adj. Silent,' quiet; refusing
to speak; tacitium: displeased; sullen;
out of one's mind ; demented ; pnpnle.
Mu-MU-LU, V. To come together in a
cluster or crowd ; to be thick together ; to
be numerous ; to sU conreretng togeliier
in a cluster; heaba ka lakou e mamm, la?
Aole, he pupule wale no. .;.- ,
Mo-NA, adj. Slow of speech; not quick
ox ready ; maleeloe ka waba; '•
Mu-KA, s. Gr. Myrrh. Md. Set. 4:14,
MiT-TU-£-LA, s. Heb. A weasel, an ani-
mal. Oi^. 11:29.
N.
lU" the tenth letter of the Hawaiian
•^^ J alphabet It represents the same liquid
in Hawaiian as In most European lang^ges.
It is often commuted for I (see the letter
L) ; as, nanai, Umai; nanahu, lanahu, &c.
l!lA,.simp, prep. Of; for; belonging to.
Placed b^ore nouns or pronouns, It con-
veys the idea of possession, property or
duty. It has the relation to no that a has
to 0, or Jca to ko. Oram. § 69, 1, 2; 3.
Na, art., standing before nouns, repre-
sents the plural number ; as, ke alii, the
chief ; na alii, chiefs or the cMi^s. Na often
answers the double purpose of a plural
article (that is, a plural for all the other
articles which are singular), and the sign
of the plural number of the noun. As an
article, it is both definite and indefinite.
Oram. § 67 ; also, § 83, 86 and 87. :
Na. a particle somewhat frequent, add-
ing strength to an expression either pos-
itive or negative ; aole na be wahine % o
ka moopuna no a Waka, she is not cerUmdy
any other, woman, she is certainly the granf'
child of Waka. iaiesfc. 128.
Na, v. To be quiet ; to be pacifted, as
a child ; na na ke keikl, the c^ild is quiet;
to be comforted, as one in a£Biction. ler.
31:16. '
2. To enjoy respite from pain; a pan
kana heluhelu ana, noho iho la ia e na aim
i ka mea manao ole.
3.. To gasp or half breathe, as a dying
person.
i. Soo. The same; also, in a Ug<d sense,
to settle difficulties; to decide between dif-
ferent claimants ; as, e hoona kumu kule-
ana aina, tp settle land claims.
Ua, adj. Quiet; ^pacified, as an ag-
grieved child ; calmed ; quieted, as one's
Dassions.
NA-Atj, s. The small intestines of men
or animals, which the Hawaiians suppose
to be the seat of thought, of intellect and
the affections.
. 2. The internal parts, i. e., the inwards of
animals. Oihk. 1:13. The bowels. 2 OUd.
21:16. Alua ana o na naau, o ka mea nn!
ame ka mea liilii, the intestines are of two '
kinds, the large and the small. Anal. 51.
, Hence,
3. The affecJions ; the mind ; the moral
nature ; the heart; the seat of the moral
powers. Mat.22i3i. Synonymong in many
cases witli vhane. the soul. 'Sonx. — ^The
noau of animals were formerly used by
Hawaiians as strings for various purposes;
ka noau i mea aha moa, the intestines for
strings to tie fowls. See the compounds of
noau below.
Na-att-ao, s. Naau, the mind, and ao,
instrncted. An enlightened mind.
2. Instruction : knowledge ; learning ;
wisdom. Eanl.i:6. Eeike,henoonoO;he
noiau.
Na-att-ao, adj. Naau and ao, to teach.
Wise; knowing; learned; enlightened; hav-
ing the sMU or art Of thinking and plan-
ning "well.
Na-au-ao, V. See the noun. To be
learned ; to be wise ; to be intelligent, &a.
Eoo. To enlighten, as the ndnd; to in-
struct ; to be uistrocted.
2. To instruct, i. e., to convince ; to be
advised ; to be warned. Hal. 2:10.
3. To attend to that which is right; to
give heed to truth and duty.
Na-au-au, s. a remission of the strict-
ness of a kapu; used in the phrase kau no-
aumi; the suspenBion of a kapu so far that
, the people might eat eertaM kinds of food,
thatch houses, &c.
NAE
405
NAE
Na-au-au-a, ) V. Naau and aua, self-
Na-au-au-WA, J ish desire. To kill One's
self; to commit suicide on account of the
death of a fl-iend, or itom the feeling that
nothing remained worth living for,
2. To mourn for the loss of a friend ; to
grieye.
3. To be weak ; to be bent over, as one
in sadness.
N A-AU-AU-A, ) ,. The desire to com-
JNa-au-au-wa, ) mit suicide on account
of the death of a friend; self murder through
grief or disappointment; nni na hewa o ka
wa kahikOj o ka naaiuaua, many were the
sins of ancient limes, suicide.
2. Anguish; sympathy with one; sorrow
for the loss of one dear.
3. Strong desire for the good of one.'
4. Depression of spirits ; griei.
5. Real sorrow of neart.-
Na-au-ka-ke, s. a sausage.
Na-au-kee-mo-a, s. Naau and kee,
crooked, and moa, cooked, i. e., hardened
in any shape. An evil dispoaition; per-
veraeness ; a general disposition to wick-
edness. See Opckebmoa.
Na-au-ko-pe-ko-pe, s, Naau and hope-
kope, morose. Perverseness; a bad dispo-
sition ; surliness. Seo Naaukeemoa.
Na-au-kh-hi-li, s. Naau and kuhili,
blundering. Garelessneas; indifference; a
disposition to carelessness ; inattention.
Na-ait-fo, s. Naau aiadpo, night, Igno-
- lance; darkness of mind ; without intelli-
gence or instruction; a cloudy mind; awk-
wardness.
Na-au-po, adj. Dark-hearted; ignorant;
unenlightened; dkrk-mittded.
Na-ac-po, v. To be darlf-hearted ; to be
ignorant ; to be awkward ; to be brutish.
Moo. To be willingly ignorant ; to remain
ignorant while possessing tlie means of
knowledge.
Na-au-po-no, v. Naau and pono, right.
To be upright ; to be just. Soo. To be
staid in mind ; to be £bced ; to be sober,
m 2:6.
Naa-naa, s. a sour disposition ; unso-
ciability; ignorance.
Naa-naa, adj. Unsocial j crabbed; sour;
unlovely in temper and- life.
2. Bound and hard, as pills, or as goat's
dung ; poepoe me he lepo kao la.
Naa-na-ait, s. The stomach ; the small
intestines; the receptacle of food after it is
eaten ; kahi e waiho u ka ai maloko o jlctp
kino. ''
Nae, adv. An elegant expletive, but
difficult to define. Truly; indeed; but;
however, &o. A mild intt is perhaps the
best definition; though 4t does aot express
strong opposition like the English but.
Aobe alii au, he kanaka itae, I am not a
cMef, but I-jim a man.
Nae, V, To breathe hard ; to pant, as
one laboring or exercising severely.
2. To pant for breath, as one with the
phthisic.
3. To give liberally ; to distribute ; to
be liberal, as a landlord to his people. See
Naj below.
Nae, s. A sickness which occasions
hard breathing.
2. The blowing of one's breath when fa-
tigued on stopping to rest. ¥m. Applied
to the Strong affections of the heart. Laieik.
U2.
3. The phthisic. See Naenae.
4. The upper regions of the air in dis-
tinction from the lower; ua lobe o uka a ms
kai, a me nw a me lalo.
5. The place whence the wind comes ^ a
ihea o mea ! Aia ma nae.
6. The name of a species offish net with
small meshes.
Najb-i-ki, adj. iVaeandz^',little. Breath°
ing a little, i. e., almost exhausted ; near
dead.
2. Nearlyout of patience or courage.
Nae-e-le, adj. Open; loose; full of
holes, as open sleazy cloth; perhaps better
spelled naele, the same as the following.
Na-e-le, ) adj. Full of holes, cracks
Na-e-LE-le, J or chinks.
2. Sotten, as timber.
3. Moist; damp; applied to that kind of
soil which retains moisture and is always
rich and good.
Na-e-le, s. Mire; deep mud. See Na-
KELE, boggy, and Naka.
Na-e-le, v. To scatter, as men who do
not abide by their work; to be distributed
by littles ; to be dissipated or scattered.
2. To get into a slough or into t^e mud;
to sink down.
3. Fio. To get into difficulty; aia ka ke^
kou e malama ai, o ntule auanei ,kakou, it
is for us to take heed, lest we get into the '
nrnd, i. e., into difficulty; o naefe auane!
kakou, a pahemo, a haufe ilalo.
Nae-o-a-i-kU, ) s. JV(je, hard breathing,
Nae-o-wai-KTT, ) ari, the neck, and fctt, to
stand. A disease wbere hard breathing
causes one to stretch out the iieck ; a dis-
ease of the throat; the croup. . Notb. — The
first orthography is the correct one.
Nae-nae, v. See Nae. To breathe like
one out of breath by hard exercise ; to foe
out of breath ; to pant for breath ; to sigh.
Hal. 38:10.
Nae-nae, s. Difficult breathing; the
phthisic ; the asthma.
2. An offering made to the gods to ap-
NAO
406
NAU
pease their afiger ; a sacrifice. Se? Ka-
?«ABXAi!.
3, The name of & Species of fish ; he ma-
ba.mes.
Nae-nae, adj. Sweet-scented, as some
herbg ; be aku pua na^tiae o Waialoha.
Nae-nae, s. Tne name of a shmb bear-
ing sweet flowers.
Nae-jui, s. Hard breathing; wheeling
mixed with cough.
Nai, v. To strive hard to excel another;
to urge on ; to go aheftd.
2. To finish ; to make an end.
3. To give or parcel out alilce; na la ke-
iki e nai na mokn e pan ai. Laieik. 10.
Na-ia, s. a species of black fish ; the
porpoise. Note. — The naia was forbidden
to women to eat, under the kapu system,
nnder pain of death.
2. A kihd of sandal-wood. See Naio.
Na-i-o, s. a species of sandal-wood;
the bastard sandal-wood.
2. The name of the worm often found in
horse dung and in that of other-animals ;
the pin worm.
3. Small white specks in the faeces.
Nai-o-ai-kaje, s. The name of a famine
in former times. See Kaiolekaa.
2. {Naio, pin worm, ai, to eat, and kae,
the anus. Lit. That which causes itching
in the anus.) A- slanderer; a backbiter;
a detractor.
Nai-u, s. Name of a kind .of bush or
small tree somewhat odoriferous.
Nai-i-ke, v. To be angry ; to take in
dudgeon ; to set off in anger to take re-
venge. See HooMAAU.
Na-i-ke, Si Anger; a repelling from
one ; aole ike hou aku.
Nai-ko-la, v. To boast or glory over
one. ifoo. The same. See Akola, Aikola
and Hoaieola,
Nai-mai, v. See Nai. To exercise or
cherish bad feelings; to be sour or crabbed
towards others ; to be evilly disposed ; to
struggle against opposition ; to hop.
Nai-nai, adj. Sour; crabbed, as one's
disposition ; contentious ; envious.
2. Short ; low ; pokole, haahaa.
Nai-nai-na-mi-mi, s. Living in a state
of dissatisfaction; a persevering in and
oherishing of bad feelings.
Nai-nai-na-mi-mi, adj. Unfriendly; un-
social ; displeased with everybody and
everything ; changea'jle.
Na-o, v. To thrast in, as the fingers
into an opening ; e lalau i ka lima iloko o
kahi poopoo. See Nana©.
Na-o, s. a slight ripple on the water.
2. The ridges of twilled cloth ; lole nao;
ike streaks on kapa.
3. The grain or fibros of wood. Anai. 2,
4. The mucous from the nose ; he pala-
hehe, he pilau, he hehe.
6. He wainlaula, be waialmlu.
Na-o-a, adj. Not relishing foodj as one
sick ; naoa oloko, aole ono i ka at ; filled ;
crammed with food ; disgusted, or sick at
the sight of food from one's own surfeit.
Na-o-a, *. A thick ripple on water;
writing so thick together that the paper ap-
pears black; a covering with what is black.
Nao-ma-ka-lw-a, s. Some instrument
or method of taking fish ; he hinai, he koi
kekafai, o ka luina kekabi e naomakalua.
Na-o-na-o, m. a species of ant; the
winged or flying ant; he mau meaebeu Ui-
lii loa e lele ana.
Na-o-na-o, s. Phlegm; spittlej mucous
from the nose.
Na-o-na-o, adj. Deep down, a^ a cavern
or pit ; deep, as a hole in the earth.
2. Slightly lighted ; light of twilight. ■
Na-o-na-o, v. See Nao. To thrust in
the hand ; to take hold of ; to sei^ ; to
steal.
2. To look earnestly at; to contemplate.
See Manao.
Nau, pers. pron. An oblique case (the
auipaewa) of the personal pronoun, second
person singular of oe. For thee; to thiie;
thine; belonging to thoe, &e. Oram.^1^2.
Na'u, pers. pron. An oblique case (4a«-
paewa) of au, fii-st person singular of tSie
pronouns. Forme; belonging to me; mine.
Gram. § 124.
Nau, v. To chew; to cbank; to gnash
with the teeth. Mar._ 9:18. To gnash with
the eye-teeth or tusks ; nau hou i ka ai, to
cftewthecud. Oiftfc- 11:3.
2. To measure time by the slow respira-
tion of the breath.
3. To hold in the breath; to restrain
one's self Irora breathing." '•
Nau, j. The name of a bush or tree af-
fording coloring matter in the fruit.
2. Dye or coloring matter of the mnt.
3. The holding in or restraining the
breath ; ka hoopaa ana i ka hanu i ka ma-
nawa e napoo ai ka la.
4. Pain ; distress, bat of a less degree
than hui.
He nmi la kamalii
Ke kohl la i kc kukuna n ka la,
JPumehana wale la aioii,
Aloha wale ke kmt o Hoolulu— e.
Nau, adj. Chewed over; ground fine,
as food Uiorou,Thly masticated.
Nau-a, adj. Cold; distant; unaccom-
modating ; unyielding ; angry ; aloha ole,
konia aole hoolohe mai, aole ou kanaka
naua like.
Nau-a, ^. Noon.
NAU
407
NAH
Nau-a, adj. Celebrating the birth or
rt.'aidwice of a rWef ; alaila, kukuluta i bale
naua nev .ke .alii ; iiawai oe e mea navu t
owai kou makua. naua?
Nac-e, ) p, ('f he fiygt orthography is
NA'WB, V preferable.) To shake; to
NaU-WE, j move to and fro.
2. To tremble f to vibrate, as the earth
in ju earthquake. 1 Sam. 14:15. Synony-
mous with kaalulu.
3. To mn7e away a little ; to withdraw
from others to a private place ; naue aku
la ka uiakaula ma kahi kaawale, a pule
aku la. Pass. To bs moved, ifoo. To
trouble one when quiet. 1 Sdm. 28:16. To
change one's mind. 2 Tes. 2:2.
Na-ue-ue, )c. See Naue. To vibrate J
Na-we-we, ) to shake often or violently;
to shake, as an earthquake. Mat. 27:51.
Na-ue-de , ) s. a moving ; a vibration ;
Na-vSte-we, 5 a trembling, as of the earth;
0 ka naweioe o ka honua, an earthquake.
Na-w-ki, V. See Uki. To fret; to com-
plain. IM. 37:8. Boo. To stir up or ex-
cite anger ; to cherish ill-will or maSevo-
lont feelings.
NA-n-Si-tr-Ki, V. See Nauki, Uki and
Ukiuki, To be vexed ; to be out of tem-
per. Hoo. To provoke. Kanl. 31:29. To
vex; to displease; to make one angry.
JSafe. 14:11.
NA-u-Ki-t-Ki, s. Boo. A provocation; a
eoiiroe or caase of anger. 2 Sal. 23:26.
Na-u-le, s. Name of a medicinal planl?
which forms the medicine called kiM^caJa.
Nau-u-a, *. The growling action of a
dog while devouring his food; nauiia aoka-
aoka pupuhi ka iwi.
Nj^-tj-lu, v. See XJlu and UiiUULTJ. To
vex ; to provoke. Hoc. To provoke ; to
displease; to make one angry. Kard.^-.Ti.
Na-u-lu, s. Heavy mists ; a shower of
fine rsan- apparently without clouds, or a
single clead ; he ua kuhao ; he ua naulu,
he na nnku ia, he ikaika nae.
2. Name of the sea breeze at Waimea,
Kanai.
3. A thick dense cloud.
NA-n-LU, adj. Dark; thick, as a cloud.
M. 22:14. ■
Na-o-ld-u-lu, v. Intensive of the above.
Tofvex,&c. Soo. To repeat provocations;
to persevere in maldng one angry, like ho<y-
naukiitki. See also Hoodwulu.
Nau-nau, s. See Nau, to bite. The
name of several acrid plants, as wild horse-
radish, Cresses, pepper-grass, Ac.
. 2, Ka papalake lele mat
Najt-nait, e. See Nau, to chew. To
chew ; to mince in the mouth.
2. To move, as the mouth in the act of
eating,
S. To move, as the lips in talking se-
cretly to one's self. Sol. 1630.
Nau PAHA LA. A phrase expressing the
return o ' salutation ; thine perhaps.
Nau-pa-ka^ s. Nau, to chew, and palta
{Eng.), twbacco. The name of a plant.
Nau-we, '^ »• See Naue. All these
Nau-WEU forms art) found with the
NT . - ™- ,!~ f reduplications accordinir
Nau-WE-we, tothewriter'sfancy;but
NaU-weu-WE, J the simple origina', form
is naue, navteue. To shake; to vibrate;
to tremljle. Hid. 18:7. To be moved or
shakea, as nations. Hal. iS:6. To be shaken
often. 2iSani.22:8. Synonymous with 7iaa-
tubt. Hoc. To cause to shake or tremble.
ffsuioc Kalalau, ponln ka latrakua.
Nau-we, s. See other forms above. A
trembling ; a shaking ; a vibrating,
Na-ha, V, To split, crack or open, as
the ground. Na^ 16:31.
2. To break up or break open, as a house,
3. To be split, cracked or broken, as a
dish or anykindof crockery; glass, boards,
slates, &o. Puk. 32:19.
4. To crack or break, as mason work. 1
Hal. 13:3.
5. To break or burst open.
6. To operate -s an emetic or cathartic.
7. To break in pieces.
Nono! ac la ka lani iltma,
tiaha mai la Kulanibakoi,
Eulukulu ka na
Eapakapa e Kane,
Akahi akua i nana —
Ke haapa w&Ie net ka lani
Eas 0 Hilaks.
Wabi ka lani, nit ka lani eleele,
Ea lau ka hoalii,
Ea poliaka koii ka hooiio,
If aha mai Eulanihakoi,
Ee iiaaloloku uei ka ua,
Ee neinei ke olai.
Na-ha, adj. Bent; broken; separated;
scattered.
2. Pierced; opened.
Na-hae, v. See Hae, to tear in pieces.
To rend ; to tear ; to burst.
2. To Die$k, as the heart with sadness.
ler. 23.9.
3. To rend, as a garment. 1 Sam. 15:27,
4. To tear away ; to seoarate, as a peo-
ple. 2iV(rf. 17:21.
6. Fracta pudenda sicut virginis coitio
prima.
Na-hae, s. A rent; a torn place; mea
nahaeia, that which is torn. OiMc. 22:8. A
piece broken off.
Na-ha e, adj. Eent ; torn ; broken off.
Na-hae-^e, adj. Tom in pieces, as a
welu or rag; broken, aa the heart. Isa-
65:11.
, NAH
408
NAH
Na-ha-ha, v. Frequentative of naha.
To break, as a hammer breaks a rook. ler.
23:29. To be dashed or broken in pieces.
Kard. 9:1?. , ^
2. To divide up ; to separate in pieces
Na-ha-haj adj. Brokenj cracke'Sj broken
in pieces ; separated.
Nahdha i ke aula e ka makani he pnulena,
He makani kahiko ia no PaaAf
No Puna ka hala me ka lehaa,
Ee kui ana e ke ani Jehoa,
£e kaoo la la ka moani.
Na-ha-na-ha, V. Frequentative of MaAa.
To break up ; to break fine.
Na-ha-na-wa-le, s. The name of a
email fish.
Na-ha-we-lk, s. The muscle shell-fish;
he wahi ano pioeoe.
Na-he, ) adj. Soft; slow; gentle,
Na-HE-na-HE, 5 as the voice of music.
See Unahi:. He leo rwki, a melodious
voice; he makani na}(enahe, a gentle wind;
thin ; soft, as fine kapa or soft clotb.
Na-he, ) „. To blow softly, as a
Na-HE-na-HE, y gentle, breeze ; stronger
than aAea/ie, which is stronger than aniani.
See KoLONAHE.
2. To be soft, as the voice.
3. To be thin and soft, as fine cloth or
Na-he-le, s. That which grows; the
verdure of bushes or trees ; the leaves of
bushes or thick treef, ; Tiahde ooi, thorns ;
brambles. 2 Sam. 23:6.
, Na-he-le, adj. Pertaining to a thicket
or grove ; lau nahele, green leaves ; herbs.
Na-he-le-he-I/E, s. The grass, trees,
shrubs, &e., of a wilderness ; a wilderness.
Na-he-le-he-le, adj. Wild; iinculti-
vated, as land.
Na-he-le-he-le, v. To become wild, as
land that has once been tilled; to be over-
grown with vegetation. Puk. 23:29. Soo.
To allow or cause land to be overgrown.
E kokomo akn al maua
I ka pea i KabikI,
I ka okaaka laan nahelc vaokanaka,
He naheiehele okoa hoi ke kanaka,
Ulu nahele ka oa nabele blki ke koa,
IJlu weblwehi 1 ka niu po i ke kou,
Oia uka nahele loloa, a ka punl — e —
0 koa pun! Uio la ia, ua hala kamalii,
Kau ka naha ia.
Na-he-le-ma-ne-0, s. Nahele, a plant,
and mamo, stinging. A nnttle. Isa. 34:13.
Na-he-na-he, adj. Se°. Nahe. Thin;
soft; fine.
2. Empty, as the bowels from fasting or
sickness.
Na-he-sa, s. Heb. A serpent. Kin.B-.l.
Syk. with moolele. Mn. 49:17. Hoowale-
jrale \ na nahesa, a snake charmer. Karii.
18:11. See Moooholi: c;nd Mookahko.
Na-hi. See Nahe and Lahi.
Na-hi-li, V, See Hilt.' To act awk-
wardly ; to blunder in doing a thing ; to
be slow; to lag behind; e lalau, e ma-
nuka.
Na-hi-li, s. A mistake ; a blunder the
effect of carelessness ; slowness ; want of
energy; ka lalau, ke kiipua, ka'hanaiw
' niila.
Na-hi-li, adj. Slow; lagging behind;
awkward ; blundering.
O nahili ka pololoa ia maDU,
0 kapa kau kama ia kea a KihB.
Na-hi-na-hi, adj. See Nahe and Lahi-
Lisi, soft; thin. Very small or fine; kapa
nahinahi or lakUahi, thin cloth; applied to
words or manner of speaking, sofT; mild ;
gentle ; soothing ; he olelo akahai. Note.
. The oruiography of nahinahi and na?tenahe
is used ; the meaning is the same, and the
pronunciation but slightly varied!
Na-ho, v. To overflow ; to be deep, as
water.
Na-ho, s. Depth; an overflowing v/ith
water ; he manini ku, he manini kai. '
Na-ho-a, v. To be bold; to dare. . \
2. To be strong ; to feel one's self to be
strong.
3. MOO. To provoke ; to be impudent to
one. See Nehoa, hMO,
Na-ho-a-ho-a, v. To strike one on the
head ; to break one's head. •
2. To strike the head, as the rays of the
sun.
3. To give pain ; to wound the feelings.
Na-ho-a-ho-a, s. a wound on the head
and the pain connected with it.
2. The effect of a sun-stroke on the head.
-- 8. Applied to the heart when the mind
is in great distress. Stn. with walania and
ehaeba.
Na-ho-lo, v. Na and holo, to run. To
run along on the ground. Puk. 9:23.
2. To run at random, here and there; to
run away from, through fear. Jjuk. 8:34. '
3. To be absent; to be gone away. 2
Sow. 23:9.
4. To flee away from, as from an enemy
in battle. 2 Sam. 23:11.
5. To run along together, as a company
of people desirous of doing something;
ncmolo mai la lakcu ms kern kapa, they
ran along on this side (of the stream.)
,T<aIiolo i ka laula o Puna,
Ka lubi a ke kalukalu,
Ku moena a ipo,
Moka mahole i ka boa mana.
Na-ho-lo, s. a running; a fleeing; a
retreat ; a flight.
Na-ho-lo-ho-lo, v. See Naholo. To
run along: to move rapidly; to pass along
by something else.
NAIf
409
NAK
Na-ho-lo to-w^^ ..The Hawaiian name
of the planet-^t^i).
NA-HO-WA-Ho,.adj. SeeTfAHo. Deep or
flstulou*, as a sore 5- 4eep, iaa a pit; far
down m the earth.
Na-hu, v. To bite; to gripe with the
teeth; e boopohole i ka ill me ka nibo, to
tear up the ekia iritb the teeth. ..
1. To bite, as a dog; to anatch at; to.
seize. , , '
2. To bite; to gnaw. "Mk.SS. To gnash
the teeth, as in pain ; e nahu i ke elelo, to
gnaw the tongue. Eoik. 16:10.
3. To bite> as a serpent. Nah. 21:6.
4. To bear the short sharp internal paiiis
1^ colic or 6f cbild-birtK
'. '..{5. To bite off, a;S a shark ; nahu mai la
ka mano i kona waa a mumukuo hope, a
shark bit his canoe short off behind.
6. To file ;! to rasp ; e a]>uapu.
Na-bit, f The pain of biting; the colic;
sudden'intemal |taina.
NA-flu, tidj. Biting; vmthing in pain.'
NA'^U'A, s. The name of a wind which
often blows at Kaanapali
2i The fine rain with the no'rth.east trade
winds on tie northern part of Maui.
NA-HU-KUrA-KO-Ko, a<(;. iVoAuipain, kuia,,
' back, and koko. blood. Suffering pain, as
a travidling wOman. IBk. 4:9, ge^ Kua-
KOKO.'
Na-hw-na-hu, ». See Nahxt. To bite
often.'
2. To suffer fireqnent pains; to writhe in
pain ; to feel the first pains of child-birth ;
ia ia nci e nahunahu ana hele aka la.
.'Lamk. 11. . >
. ,3. To. bite, as a serpent or centipede.
4. 1*0 bb in, or to suffer the pains of child-
birth. 1 iSani. 4:19.
Na-hu-na-h0, i. The birth pains of fe-
males. M. 29:3. .' "
Na-hu-na-hit-i-hu, ». To quarrel, as two
brothers ; to fight or dispute, as an older
with a younger brother. .,
Na-k4, »., To tremble; to shake; to be
loose. '
„■ 2. To be fearful ; to be afraid ; to trem-
ble, as the joints tnth fear. Dan. 6:6.
3. To tremble, as ground not solid. ler.
4:24. To shake, as a quagmire. .
4. To crack ; to split ; to break open, as
the grouB^sometiines in a drought.
Na-ka, adj. 'Trembling; shaking; un-
steady ; shaky, as a qnaghrire, in distinc-
tion from solid groui!j34!™ll of criicksjTiot
Na-ka, s. Name of a species of fish.
Na-ka-ka, v. See Naka. To break; to;
shatter ; to shake ; to be full of tracks.
Na-ka-ka, adj. Split ; shattered | full
of oracks; split open, eu> parched grain.
'iert i4,'t Cracked and scaling off, as the
atik'ki '■•■■• ■ ■ ■
'. one after drinking awa ; inu i ke
awa; mahope, mabuna ka ill, tiakuka pa-
ehuepu, inomo loa.
Na-k^-ka-ka, V, Frequentative and in-
tensive of naka. To be trembling ; m be
shaking; to be^'" ot prakea places or
cracks ; to be uns' id.
Na-ke-ke, v. To .aove back and forth;
to make ao indistinct sound.
2. To rattle ; to rustle, as paper in the
'\rind, or as'new kapa.
3. To shake to and fto. /o&. 39:2i3.;
Na-k£-K£, adj. i^umming ; rustlinp^ ;
moving. > ' .
Na-kb-le, v. See KfitE. To be slip-
pery ; to be soft ; to sink in, as one in a
soft boggy place.' ,
Na-kb-le, s. a soft boggy place, where
the earth is not solid or hard.
Na-ke-le, adj. Soft; slippery,as ground
where one would be apt to slide.
Na;KI, 1 1^ To tie ; to tie up ; to fasten, .
NA-KHi J "jarfj^fioifte. 2iV'<rf.7:10.
■' '2. To bind fast ; to tie round.
3. To tie a knqt ; to bind, as a criminal.
. 4. To confine one, as if bound.
Na-ki-kf, ) J,. See Naki. To )bind; to
Na-kii-KII, J tic up ; to gird ; to tie on.
'Pttic. 29:9. To bind, as the hands. 2 jSum.
3:34;'
Na-ki-wa-ki, V. See Naki. To bind
ofteja; tobindfost. J3ai. 10532.
2. TO swell out; to make large; to swell,
as tiie belly.
Na-ki-na-ki, s. a person sick in the
, chest aiid feels as though he was bouiid ;
. One filled to surfeiting with food. v
Na-ki-li, v. To open a little ; to let in-,.
a little light, as into the eyes, or to open
> ihe eyes a little.
2. To see B little.
Na-ko-lo, V. See Kow: To run; to
flow, as a liquid ; to npread out, as ink
upon unsized paper.
2. To make a, noise in falling, as rain
upon dry leaves.
3. To move; to make a rustling souii'l.
4. To make the noise of manyiieet run-
ning.
6. To squeak like the soles of new shoes.
Na-ko-lo, adv. In a running, rushing
. manner; ua nei nakolo i ke aloha, my.heari;
• is moved deep Jy with love. .E0?«^., 142.
Na-kO'LO-ko-lo, V'. See Nakolo and
EoLO. To run, a!5 many, running together;
to move along, as in a rtptsh. .
2J To qreak, as the sopiitd of friction.
Na-kp, V. To root, as a hog ; to throw
up ground JR heaps oc ridges.
NAL
410
NAt
2. To tread npoa ; to trattiple down ; to
destroy.
3. To seek; to huftt afterj to search for;
to look or inquire fpr ; oi irni, ol nafcu, oi
uolie, ol bull wale a ! aole be ioaa.
4. To follow ; to puraue ; e nahu aku ia
ia 3. loa^.
5. To shake ; to be in a tremor, as one
dying ; naku iho la a make,
Na-ku, *. Takes both ka and ke for aiti-
cles. Amah. Isa.9:13. The rush of which
mats are made, akaakai-
2. A rooting ; a throwing up dirt in
. ridges or bills.
3. A destroying ; an overturning.
4. A pursuit after a thing ; aia no i kau
naku. ia ia a Ioaa; no ka imi, ame ka naku,
ame ka hnU, ame ka noil ana^ a search; a
pursuit aft«r.
Ami Kauana i ka wa ^raahila,
Lea ole do ia Lalaoilittli,
HuU ka mak^Di,
If aku i ke oiio o ke luwelu.
Na-ku-e, adj. Diligent in business; ac-
tive ; not slothful or lazj?.^
Na-ku-i, adj. Jdyful; cKeerfulj full of
hope;. diligent; active; mania ka manao.
See Nakde.
NA-Kn-LU, 0. See Kulu, to drop, as
water. To drop as water drops, that is, to.
make the noise of falling drops of water.
• 2. To make a rattling noise ; to crackle,
as the sharp sound of thunder ; heaba keia
fi-jRafc«!« nei !
"3. To shake ; to run along, as a sound ;
to run, as a report or story of a scandal.
Laieik. 199. To bo in a tremor ; used ad-
verbially, e nei nakulu ana ia nei.
Na-ku-lu-ai, adj. Perfect ; *good ; up-
right; praiseworthy.
Na-ku-lu-ku-lo, v. See Nakulu. and
EuLQ. To shake; to make a rustling noise.
2. To movealoug; to make an indistinct
sound.
3. To patter, as drops of rain ; to drop,
as rain ; to rain fast.. TMnk. 5:4.
4. Hoo. To cause to drop down, as rain;
to pour down. Isa. 46:8.
NArBu-LU-KU-LH, odj. Trembling; mov-
ing ; emitting a sound ; pattering, as fall-
ing drops x>{ rain:
Na-le, adj. Movable ; unbound ; not-
fast.
Na-le-na-le, adj. See Nale. Free to
move ; unbound ; separate fi:om.
Na-le-na-le, s. A separation from some-
thing else; noi sustained by anything else;.
without obstruction.
Na-li, V. To bite; to nibble; tochank;
to seize suddenly. •
Na-li, adj. Nibbliag; biting; biting off
picceaieal.
Na'LI-na-li, v. SeeN-Aiii. To bite often;
to beize upon.
2. Soo. To be or to act the chief ; to en-
joy tbe privileges and honors of a chief.
See AiALU.
N A-Li-NA-Li, oty. Bright; shming; royal,
as a chief.
Na-lo, v. To bo lost ; to vanish. Luk.
24:31. To be concealed from one ; aka,
aole ia i nolo ia Papa, but he was not con-
cealed from Papa.
2. To recede ; to pass away ; nolo e, to
be missing. 2 Sam. 2:30." To disappear;
to vanish in a. distance ; a nolo aku la ke
kia 0 kona moku, o ka naio pu ana aku no
ia, and when the mast of his ship 'disap-
peared, he (Iiiholiho) vanishtd together
with it.
2. To lie hidden; to lie concealed; to
■ hide; to evade; to elude the sight oi;e
hiki no ia lehova ke ike, aole no e. imo
kona mau maka; to be done iu secret
Mat. 6:4.
C To pass away; to leaye, as a disease;
aole i nalo keia mai ia ia a hiki aku i ka
make, this sickness did not laive him until
he died.
5. .Hoo. To hide one's uelf. loan. 12:36.
To cause to disappear.
Na-lo, s. The common house fly.
2. Any insect with wings y he mau mea
eheu e lele ana.
Na-lo, adj. Lost; obliterated; hidden;
forgotten; vanished; passed away.
NArLO-HO-PE-E-HA, S. JVofo,. fly; kopc,
tail, sting, eha, to hurt. Epithet of a hornet.
• Pufc. 23:28.
Na-lo-me-li, s. Nalo, fly, and mdi (Cfr.),
honey. The honey bee. £an2. 1:44.
Na-lo-na-hu, s. iialo, fly, and naku, to
bite or sting. A stinging fly. Pufc. 8:17.
Na-lo-na-lo, V, Frequentative of nah.
To hidaj to. conceal. Boo. To disguise or
conceal one's real person. 1 Nai. 20;38.
N a-lo-pa-ka, s. Nolo, fly, and paka, the
sharp thorn in the tail.of the fish kaia. The
sting of a fly, i. e., the wasp.
Na-lo-wa-le, t!. Nalo, to vanish, and
waie, entirely. To be lost sight of; to be
forgotten. Kard. 4:8.
2. To forget ; to hide ; to secrete.
3. Soo. To put one's self out of sight ;
to conceal one's self.
Na-lo-wa-le, adj. Lost ;-^ out of sight;
out of memory. 1 Sam. 9:20. Concealed.
Note. — Nalowale has been supposed to be
one of the highest of a series of numbers ;
as, kauna, kanaba, lau, mano, kini, lehu,
nalowale ; but nalowaXe only signifies that
the person can go no further — that his mind
fails to comprehend any higher or further
combination of bumbers, and oy naiowate
NAN
411.
NAN
the persou means, it is lout, vanishM, he.
knows no move.
Na-iw, v. To be in doubt or suspense;
to suspend one's judgment.
2. To wonder at; not to comprehend
opeoch or language.
3. To" speak secretly, or to apeak to one's
self; to think within one's self. JSset. 6:6.
. 4. To talk or conifer together concerning
a thing.
6. To think; to search after anv truth or
fatet.
Na'-lu-, s. The surf as it rolls in upon
the beach ; a sea ; a wave ; a billow.
2. The slimy liquid on the face of a new
born infant; o ka wai ma ka maka o ke
keiki i hanauia ana.
Na-lu, adj. Roaring ; surging ; rolling
in, as the surf of the sea.
Na-lu-li, p. See Ltjli. To shake; to
move ; to vibrate.
Na-lu-li, adj. Shaking] unsteady ; not
easily accomplished.
Na-ltt-li-lu-li, v. See Lull To shake
often. IIoo. To cause a shaking; to move
violently back and forth.
Na-lu-lu, s. a severe sharp pain in the
head ; the headache ; he poohuai.
Na-lu-lu, adj. Painful; sad; heavy
hearted.
Na-lu-na-lu, adj. See Nalu, surf.
Roaring, as a high surf; appearing rough,
as a high surf or high sea.
Na-mau-a-hi, adj. Few.
Na-mu, } c. 3"o speak rapidly;
Na-MU-NA-MU, )■ to speak unintelligibly;
hence,
8. To speak a foreign language imper-
3. To speak a foreign language in tbe.
presence of one who docs not understand it.
i. To mock one by imitating his manner
Of speaking; to speak in the maimer of an-
' either.
5. To nibble, as a fish at. the bait.
Na-mit, *. Avperson of a foreign or dif-
ferent language; a foreigner.
2. Unintelligible talk, or unmeaning talk;
he namii ka olelo, the speech vxis uwMMi-
gible.
3. A rapid motion of the jaws.
m'-Mu, ) atij. Unmeaning, as
NA-Mtj-KA-Mtr, 5 language; unintelligible
from the ignorance of the hearer, or awk-
wardness of the speaker ; me na lehelehe
namu e olelo ai, to spftak with stammering
lips; i na mea namunamu, ame na mea
nmau kupapau, ame na kupua. Isa. 19:3.
A charmer.
Na-na, V. To look at an object when it
is in gigbt ; to ««« ; to view attentively. 1
Sam. 1:12. To examine carefnlly^ ; e nana
hoi! look! see! belicld! Ecxjaikamaka,
to respect persons in. judgoient. Kani. 1 :17.
He mea nanaia mai, a ga^ing-stcck. Heb.
10:33. floo. To cause oneto look.
Na-na, v. See Na. To quiet; to con-
sole; to be quieted or consoled, as a child.
2. .Hoc. To comfcrt or sympathize with
one. Kin. 37 -.35.
3. To comfort, as a mourner.
i. To bark ; to growl ; to snarl.
5. Kana, eiToneously for lana, to float
See L.1NA.
Na-na, s. A snarling, growling dispo-
sition ; a finding fault with one,
Na-na, s. Name of a Hawaiian month
answering to the month of March.
Na-na, partkle. Erroneously written
for nane; as, i nane, let me see it.
Na-na-ao, v. Nana, to look, and ao,
clouds. To look at the clouds and observe
times, &c. Oihk. 19:26.
Na-na-au, v. Nana for lana, and au,
current. See Lakaau. To roll away ; to
flow over ; to miss the way ; to go irregu-
larly ; to swim in the current.
Na-na-au, adj. Nana for lana, and au,
current. Rolling; floating, as in a current;
floating irregularly, as on the surface of an
overflowing stream.
Na-nae, i. A person whose breast is
greatly swelled out and stomach equally
Na-nai, 0. To go lightly ; to go care-
ftilly ; to sail lightly and carefully.
2. To lov.e greatly; to love exceedhigly;
aole okana mai ka nui o ke '.aloha.
Na-nai, s. A disease in the back like
the hanunu; a stooping ; a bending.
2. The person having such a disease.
See mele a Niauliu.
Atoba hoi kan lea ncnait.
Aloha wale kuu uhane kiiuiwalluii,
E ka maaa « noDOho oel,
Aolc au i Ike ofa kekafai,
Ua ka ilalla e kokohe aL
Na-nai, adj. Empty; void; stripped, as
' a kalo patch when all the food is taken
away: he loi?Mtnai, a kalo patch all pulled.
Na-nao, v. See Nao. To thrust the
band or fingers into some unknown recep-
tacle.
i. To think deeply ; to penetrate, as the
mind.
3. To seize hold of, as the mind.
4. To be slippery ; to be led astray ; to
turn aside.
Na-nao, adj. Deep; capacious; deep
dq.wn ; poopoo.
Na-nau, «. To be bitter; to be sour;
to be crabbed.
2. To scratch like' a cat ; to be wild.
NAN
412
NAN
Na-nau, adj. Tlnfriendly; unsocial; re-
fusing admittance to one to the house.
NA:NAn-EA, c. To force; to compel
with Bti-ength ; to belch or throw up from
the throat or stomach. See Kakacha.
Na-nau-ki, t). See Nauki and Dki. To
provolie ; to iasult.
Na-na-u-u, i. Nana, to look, and uli,
the blue sky. One who predicted the
weather by iookiDK at the al^. Laieik. 36.
Na-na-ha, v. SeeNAHA. To strain ; to
crack ; to break.
Na-ka-he, adj. Empty, as the bowels
iiom fasting or sickness. See Nahbnabe.
Na-na-ho, adj. Deep; deep down. See
Nabonaho and Naho.
Na-na-hu, v. See Nahc. To bite, as a
dog ; to tear ; to seize ; to grasp tightly.
Na-na-hu, s. See Nahu, a biting; a
burning. Hence,
1. A coal, especially nanahu ahi, a live
coal; charcoal. Sot 6:28. Sometimes writ-
ten mnaku, as I and n are often iiVterctian^^
»bl9.
^,. The colic ; any sudden sharp internal
pain.
Na-na-htj-ki, v. To compel ; to urge ;
to drire ; to go crookedly ; to move here
and there as without object.
Na-na-ka, , V. See Naka. To be dry;
to t;e parched, as land.
2. To be cracked ; to be full of chinks ;
to be cracked, as the walls of an adobie
house ; ke nanaka nei ka hale, mamuli
paha bina, the house ig now cracfced,,soon
perhaps it will fall.
3. To separate, as the parts of a fflate-
rtal substance.
Na-na-ka, s. A crack; a crevice; a de-
fect.
Na-na-ka, o<^'. Cracked; split; rent.
Na-na-ke-a, v. To be weak in body;
to be pale ; to be thin, as a sickly person ;
to be feeble in appearance. See Lanakea.
Na-na-ke-a, adj. Thin inflest; weak;
pale, as a sickly person.
NA-NA-KtT, s: Name of a species of rush.
Na-na-ki, v. To tie; to bind. SeeNAKi
and Nakh.
Na-na-li, v. See Nali. To make a
strong muscular effort, as in pulling up a
bush, climbing a steep hill, or rowing hard
against the wind.
2. To eat or chew something hard.
3. To seize upoBLwitla v^gor, See Nali-
SAU.
Na-na-li, s. A seizing; a making an
effort or struggle to accomplish something
difficult, as rowing against the wind, climb-
ing a precipice, &x.
Na-na-mb,' v. See Namu. To reproach
with vile terms; to speak against one, find-
ing fa- \t with him.
2. To cast one off as worthless ; to treat
with contempt.
Na-na-na, s. See Lanalana. The long
legged spider; be olelo no ke akamai o ka
nanana i ka ban a upena ana, a description
of the skill of the spider in making her web.
Na-na-ha, v. To swell up, as the ab-
domen ; to grow large, as in the dropsy or
other diseases.
Na-na-na-iaj v. To lie as a sick person
turning on his bed.
2. To walk proudly ; to strut.
Na-na-na-ke-a , adj. See Nanakea and
Lanakea. Weakly ; pale ; thin in flesh..
Na-na-na-na, v. See Lanalana, to float.
To walk about ; to exercise by walking.
Na-na-na-na, s. See Lanalana. A spe-
cies of spider. See Puhakaiia.
2. The rope that fastens the ama and the
ako of a catioe together. See Lakalana.
3. A spider's web.
4. A picture ; an image.
Na-na-na-na-i-ea, v. To have a film
(spider's web) over the eyes ; to see very
indistinctly.
Na-na-na-pa, s. See Napa. To croolf;
to bond; to warp, as timber; to writhe; to
- get out of shape.
Na-na-pau, s. a tree ; he kou, he laau.
Na-na-wa, v. SeeNANAU. To not know
one formerly an acquaintance ; to be es-
tranged from a friend.
Na-ne, v. To speak in parables ; to
allegorize.
2. To give out or put forth a riddle,
Limk. 14:13.
3. To lay stones squarely and smoothly;
to lay stones, as in a pavement.
Na-ne, s. A riddle; a parable; anaHe-
gory ; a dark speech ; a comparison ; a
similitude. Mar. 4:3. Sfe"6 Nanehai,
Na-ne, adv. An adverbial expression
equivalent to let us see; show U to us; i
nane, i narie hoi, let us see it.
Na-ne-a, v. Tobeof good cheer; to be
pleasant ; to be easy minded.
2. To be easy ; to be regardless of the
future; to be indifferent as to good or evil.
3. To live indolently ; to loiter about ;
to take things easy; to allow of no care or
anxiety.
4. To live satisfied with one's self,
5. Soo. To pretend ; to make pretenses
with a view to deceive.
Na-ne-a, s. Joy; comfort; quietness;
carelessness.
Na-ne-a, adj. Easy; quiet; comforta-
ble ; thoughtless ; iadifi'erent,
NAP
413
NAP
1?A-NE-A, adv. Easily; quietly in one's
manner of living ; e noho rumea, tc live at
ease. lab. 12:6.
Na-ne-hai, s. Nane, riddle, and kai, to
declar^. A probleta in mathematics; a
question to tie solved ; he uinan, he pono
ke wehewehe ia.
Na-ne-na-ne, V. See Nane. To put
forth riddles or enigmas for others to search
oat.
Na-ni, s. Glory. FuL 16:10. A high
degree of external beauty ; splendor ; ex-
ternal excelleaoe; i mea7!<mi,a i mea mai-
kai, for glory and for beauty.' Puk. 28:2.
Boo. Glory. Hal 96:8.
Na-ni, v. To be glorious. Hoo. To ex-
'ol; to praise; to glorify; to be manifested
or known as glorious. Pv.k. 14:4. See
Lani.
Na-ni, adj. Beautiful; glorious; excel-
lent; numerous; pleasant.
Na-ni. (An intensive particle, intensify-
ing in a high degree the idea of the words
with which it is connected.) Nani ka mai-
, kai! O how beautiful I nani ka uukul 0
how little i' &e. Nam is also used with ino,
another intensive. Seelso. Nani ino kuu
makemake ! O how much I desire! or how
very great is my desire! 2 Sam. 23:15.
How much! how great! bow noble! loan.
11:36. Nani is used impersonally; it is
extraordinary ; it is wonderful ; it is unac-
countable. I^idk. 71.
Na-ni-na-ni, c. To bite ; to catch hold
of with the teeth ; to chank.
2. jffoo. To be ennobled; to be dignified,
as a chief; to enjoy the honors and privi-
leges of a chief or one highly honored.
Na-no, v. To snore. See None and
NONOO.
Na-no, v. For ndo. See Nalo, to be
lost ; to be forgotten.
Na-nu, s. See Nalu. The surf of the
sea; pehea ka nanu (nalu)? ke wewe o
wahulu mai.
Na-nu-e, s. a species of sea-weed; also
a species of fish.
2. A.Bwellirig; a protuberance.
3. A shaking ; a trembling ; a tremor.
Na-no-e, c. See Nalu and E, greatly.
To «weU up ; to rise up, as the surf.
2. To tremble ; to dbake ; to vibrate.
Soo. The same.
Na-nuh-mao-mao, s. Name of a place
or places in a heiau ; ma ke alo aku 6 ka
laua nanuumaomao, ma kahl e pili koke aku
ana i ka Lele.
Na-nu-ha, adj. Hard; stingy; close;
oolea. See otha and K.4.kuhaniiiia.
NatPA, *. A delay; a postponement.
Na-pa, v. To writhe j to spring, 9.S tim-
ber partly hewed or made straight; to
crook ; to be crooked.
2. To shake; to be tremulous, as the air
or atmospheie under a hot sun over a
smooth surface.
Na-pa, adj. Crooked; bent; not straight;
uneven, as a surface.
Na-pai, v. To be bent in ; to be de-
pressed ; to be internally defective.
Na-pai, adj. Warped, as a board in the
sun ; napai i ka hapaiia e ke ae.
Na-pa-na, s. The joints of one's limbs,
as wrists, elbows, knees^ &c.
Na-pa-na-pa, v. See Napa. To bend ;
to spring ; to be elastic.
2. To bend over, as an arch; to be arch-
ing.
3. To^f)e bright; to be shining; to be
lucid.
Na-pe, v. To bend, as a flexible stick;
to yield.
Na-pe-le, )y. To wound; to
Na-PE»LE-PE-LE, J make sore ; to hurt ;
to cause a swelling ; to soften ; to cause
softness in any substance.
Na-pE'LE, ) adj. Hurt;. wounded;
Na-PE-LE-PE-le, J bruised; swelled; na-
pelepde kalalau owili i ka makani.
Na-pe-na-pe, I'. See Nape, to bend.
To be shaken; to be agitated, as by the
wind ; to vibrate rapidly.
Na-pe-na-pe, adj. Soft; flexible; bend-
ing ; yielding.
Na-po, adj. Mashed soft ; made fine ; ,
finely pounded, as poi.
Na-po, ) p. To set ; to go down, as the
Na-poo, j sun appears to ; to grow dark ;
napoo ka la. Kin. 15:12.
2. To sink down ; t-o sink, as in water.
Na-poo, s. The going down or setting
of the sun,
2. The place where the sun goes down.
Kanl. 11:30.
3. The rays of the sun reflected by the
water.
Na-poo-poo, v. See Napoo. To plunge
down ; to enter out of sight, as ia the
water.
Na-po-lo, v. To straighten. Hoo. To
make straight.
Na-po-na-po, adj. See Napo,' mashed
soft. Made soft; made fine; wali, aeae.
Na-puu, v. To be tied up in a knot ; to
tie up, as a bundle. See Hiptro.
Na-puu, s. a knot niade by tying, as in
tying two eads'wxth a string; a bundle tied
up. See HiPLTj, .
NA-PTTU-PUtr,. V. To tie up in bundles;
to tie np ; to make fast for carryii)g.
NAZ
414
NEI
Na-puu-puit,^. a bundle tied -up for
carrying.
NA-puu-Ptrir, adj. Bundled upj tied up
in bundles ; fastened by tying.
Na-wa, s. See Wa, private talk, and
Wawa, babbling. Indistinct or confused
talk ; conversation of double or doubtful
meaning.
•^Na-wai, interrog:pron. An oblique case
of Mai, who? For whom? by wliom? See
Grammas § 15S.
Na-wao, «. Name of a .-species of small
fish found in' fresh water streams ; kiabi-
manu. ,
2. A large red kind of kalo unfit for eat-
ing.
'■3. Fig. Used for that which is bad, in the
' proverbial phrase ke hut nei kah i ka na-
wao, the good is joined with the evUj an-
other form is, ua hui ak^ a ua hui mai kalo
■ i ka nawao.
Na-wa-li, v. Na and wali, fine; soft.
-To be weakly ; to be sickly ; to be feebW;
to be flexible ; to be yielding. Soo. The
same.
Na-wa-li, adj. Sickly; weak; feeble.
Na-wa-li-wa-li, v. See Na wali, «. To
pine away with sic^ess; to be weak. JIao.
To be weak; to faint; to relapse; to yield.
Kdnl 20:3. To weaken;, to make weak;
connected with koom, to discourage. los.
U.S. With ikdika, to cause one's strength
to fail. EcU. 102:23.
Na-wa-li-wa-li, s. Weakness; waatof
muscular or mental strength. 1 Sam. 30:10.
Infirmity. 1^.5:15.
Na-wa-li-wa-u, adj. Weak; want of
, strength ; feeble ; sick.
Na-wa-wa, v. To shake to and fro. See
Nawewe and Nadeub.
Na-we, v. SeeNAUE. To shake; to be
agitated.
2. To pant for breath, as one dying.
3. To lie a lon^ time near the pains of
death, just breathing. •>
Na-we-le, adj. Fine; small, like a
thread of a spider's web; ka nawele o kabi
ike, Bm.!i,U of vision ; seeing but little.
Na-we-le, v. Hoo. To be fine? to be
sraall ; thin, as a thread. See Punaweie-
WBLE.
Na-we-we, v. See Nawe and Naite.'
To rook; to shake; to tremble; to vibrate.
Na-we-we, s, A shaking; a rocking;
an earthquake. See Naueuk.
Na-re-do, s. Eng. Naid ; spikenard.
Na-ta-va, s. Heb. Stactc. Gr. A spice.
Puk. 30:34.
Na-za'ki-tb, s. Heb. A Nazarite; a per;
son separated and under a vow. .Va/i. 6:2.
Ne, c. To tease ; to fret ; to make one
cry; to ask for, food, as a child, i. e., to cry
> 1 for it. ■ ,
' 2. To be sour;, to be sad; to be peevlelt,
as when one is crossed, J,n Ws plans.
3. To droop ; to be sickly ; to wither.'
4. To murmur ; to talk low; to whisper,
as the gods <jt ghosts do,; to make low
sounVts, as the ripples of the s^a.yrhere there
JB little surf.
5. To enasb' or grind the teeth.
Ne, v. Used for wee. See Nee.
Ne, adj. Crying; fretting; sickly, as a
child.
Ne-a, v. To sweep off everything, as
property from a place ; to destroy al| ; to
make a place desolate. See NEoand Neo-
NEO. 7/oo. The same.
Ne-a-ne-a, s. Waste land j destitute of
food ; everything swept off. *■/
Ne-a-ne-a, adj. Lonely; desolate;
waste.
Nee, v. To move along horizontaUy;
" to move off; to hitch along.
2. To move, as a large body ; to move
' from one place to i-nother. 1 Sam. 7:10.
3. To pass along by for inspection, as
• soldiers. los. 7:14.
4. To move, as a mass of people : to re-
move. 1 Oihi. 17:3.
5. Hoo, To remove; to push out of place;
to change the place of a tlung. KarU. 19:14.
To remove a landmark. Eos. 5:10.
6. To change, as the mind or opihion.
Kd. 1:23.
Nee-hee, v. See Nee and Hee. Hoa.
To hitch along ; to move .slowly ; to ap-
proach by degrees.
Nee-nee, v. See Nee, to move in vari-
ous ways and in different directions. To
draw near or approach, as a marching
army. 2 Sam. 10:13.
2. To journey on towards any place.
Kin. 12:9.
3. To draw near; to approaciionetoask
a question. Kin. 18:23.
4. To approach one to show respect and
. reverence. Kin. 33:7. i
6; To go near to one to kill him. 2 Sam.
1:1,5.
6. To crawl on the hands and knees.
NoT^ — This was the ancient manner in
which the common people approached the
chiefs.
7. To go beyond ; to separate one's self
from others.
8. To go afar off.
Nei, v. Similar to nee, hut with more
energy. To move along with noise or tu-
mult ; to ruAh ; a nei aku la i na kumu o
ka lani, and ht mojjsd the foandatioiM of
heaveni; e nei nakuhi ana ia nei, to Tioir
xipon in a rush.
NEH
415
NEL
2. Soo. To move, as in /a tumult; to
shore or urge along.
3. To move; to be^ forced, as the trees
by the wind.
4. To make a confused noise, as a multi-
tude moving together.
Nei, s. This place, or time ;ipeThap3.it
should be classed with adverbs, -but it Ifas
the attendants of a substantlve;^he akua
o nei, there is no god of here, i. e., of this
place ; ia im, here abouta, at this place ;
iho nei, just now, time past. See Grammar
§ 161.
Nei, adj. pron. For neia or keia, this.
No ka la auhan a ke alii nonatiei noho ana
ma Hawaii huipuia nei, for the tax day of
the chief who sits now (as king) over these
united Hawaiian (Islands.) . E like me nei
hana a ke kula nu, like this exercise of the
high school.
Nei, adv. When following verbs, ?iei
marks the present time ; following nouns,
it relates to the present place ; as, ke hole
nd au, I an;i going; ma Honolulu nei, at
Honolulu ftere.
Nei-a, adj. pron. This. Synonymous
withjfceia. 1 OiW. 17:16. '
Nei-nei, v. See Nei. To draw up ; to
^rink; to contract.
2. To be too short or too small, as clothes.
3. To slip up; to slip away. SeeELEHjii.
Nei-nei, adv. Tqo short; too low; not
fitting, as a garment ; moving off ; kijcene-
neL
Ne-o, )y. To be silent; to be still
Ne-o-ne-O, ) where had been life and ac-
tivity.
,, 2. Eoo. To make silent ; to cause to be
jStill, as an assembly ; to cause one to say
. nothing. Oih. 21:40.
3. VaeA imperaiively, hush; sUence; no
noise.
4. To cause silence by desolation. Mat.
24:16. Hence, to make desola,te, as a house,
city or country by destroying the people.
Oihk. 26:31. Oia ka mea e neoneo ai ka
aina :' kanaka ole, that is what renders a
land <l*volate without people.
6. To cause to be empty or desolate..
/so. 24:1.
We-0, \adj. Desolate; empty, as
Ne-o-NE-o, J a. house or city without ii.-
habitants; solitary, as a path through a
wilderness. KarU. 32:10.
Ne-o, ) s. Hoo. Desolation ; ruii^.
Ne-o-ne-o, ) Jer. 25:18. An empty space.
loh 28:7.
Ne-u, ) adj. Fat ; fleshy ; plump ;
Ne-tt-ne-u, ) fair: spoken in reference
to animals ; fat, as beef.
Ne-he, ». To make a rustling noise, as
shufSing the feet or drumming with the
fingers ; to rumble slightly ; to scratch on
somethiag capable of making a noise. See
Nenehe, Neneke and Kaw/'mg.
Ne-he, s. A rustling sound, as in walk-
ing; a rumor of a thing donei. • SeeNEKia.
Ne-he, s. A plant having flowers .re-
sembling May-weed.
Ne-he-ne-he, adj. Bustling; scram-
bling, as many ; starting, as a single per-
son.
Ne-hi, adv. Yesterday; inahea kou
puka ana maj la 7 I nehi aku la, or i juhi.
Note. — Nehi is generally followed by nei,
and is mostly added to it; as, i nehinei, this
past day, i. e., yesterday. See NBixihEf.
Ne-hi, adj. Rotten; ruined; spoiled;
, applied to food.
Ne-hi-nei, advi See Nehi. Yesterday;
the day befcre the present day; nawall-
wali au inai nehinei mai no, I have been
unwell since yesterday. It is generally pre-
fixed Jby { alid written as one word; thus,
inehineij it is also sometimes spelled inei-
hinei. See Inehckei.
Ne-hi-wa, *. From ipahine transposed.
Name of a lascivious talk ; eia ka olelo
bewa hou, o ke kake, o ka nehiwa, o ka
okoleke.
Ne-ho-a, adj. Hard; strong; bold;
able.
Ne-ho-a, y. To be strong ; to be able ;
to be bold ; to be hard. Hoo. The same.
See NinoA. Also, to be impudent to others.
Ne-hu, $. The name of a species of fish.
Ne-hu-ne-hu, s. See Lehulehu. A
multitude ; the mass of people.
Ne-ke, V, To scratch ; to make the
noise of scratching, as marking on a board,'
writing on a slate or rough paper.
Ne-ke, s. See Nakeke. An indistinct
rustling soiuid, as scratching on- a rough
board ; an echo among the hills. See Nei-
NEKE and Kawevte.
Ne-ki, s. a rush growing beside the
water ; a bulrush ; be akaakai.
Ne-ki, adj. Full, ias a room with peo-
ple; full, as a container; ruaning over;
packed in ; crowded one against another.
2. Awkward; unskillful; ignorant.
Ne-ko, v. To have an offensive smell ;
to bo foul ; to be filthy ; to ?mit a sterieh.
Ne-ko, ) J. Xn offensive smell; a
Ne-KO-NE-KO, I stench ; an ill savor.
Ne-ko, \ adj. Filthy; bad smell-
l
E-KO, )
Ne-KO-NE-KO, ) ing ; pilau, ihuneko.
Ne-le, v. To lack; to be without; to
be. destitute of. '
2. Tp be in want; to be poor. Kanl 8:9,
To be deprived of; to needorwantathingi
NEN
416
NEW
, 3. To be bereaved; to be deprived of.
Kbu 43:14.
4. Hoo. To separAte or deprive one of
bis privileges or enjoymeats; to suffer loss.
5. To be witfaout, i.e., to be destitute of.
Oihk. 2:13. Note. — Nek has this peculiar-
ity : it is followed by the name of the thing
waQted, and this name is again followed
by ok, no, not : as, nde, na kanaka o Hono-
lulu j ke kumu olc,ihe people of Honolulu
are'"wUhout a teacher. Theofe in our idiom
would be supei-fl\ious, but the Hawaiian
requires it.
Ne-le, s. Want; destitution ; bereave-
ment; need. 1 loan. 3:17; Kami. 15:8. See
Hemahema.
Ne-le, adj. Destitute; deprived ofj
empty. Kard. 32:28.
Ne-le, adv. Destitutely; being without.
Ne-lu, lad). Fat; fleshy; full
Ne-LH-NE-LIT, J fed ; plump.
Ne-ma, J u To rail upon one ; to
Ne-MA-NE-MA, ) speak evil of; to re-
proach; to treat with contempt one's views
or opinions. See LoiLoi.
Ne-mo, v. To smooth over ; to polish;
to resemble the smoothekinof abaldhead;
to be shin ingly smooth ;<! hamo.
Ne-mo, s. The full protuberant belly of
a child.
Ne-mo-ne-mo, adj. Smooth ; smoothly
polished; fall; large.
Ne-mu, ) adj. Plump j large ;
Ne-mu-ne-mtt, ) nice; applied to men,
. women 6r children, to animals or vegeta-
bles.
Ne-na, s. Takes the article ke. A spe-
cies of small plant.
Ne-ne, i. A goose, a species of which
is found on the high lands of Hawaii.
2. A visible appearance; a sign of some-
thing about to take place.
3. A report ; a rumor ; a gossip. Mar.
13:7.
4. A species of thick grass ; mauu, weu-
weu.
0 ka maau nene aala i ke ku)a o EaDehou
Ua lik« paho — ao i like.
Nf.-ne, V. To be on the point of break-
ing out, as a war.
2. To be excited; to be moved, as a com-
pany of persons at unexpected news.
Laieik. 116.
Ne-ne-a, i;. See Nea. To sit together
and talk, without care or anxiety or thought
for the future ; e like me ka ai a laua i
pohq ai, a c aa mea i 7icn€opalaka ka baupu:
Ne-nSe, v. See Nee. To draw to; to
move along. Isa. 5:19.
NE-NLLic-ilj. Turning the face down-
wards And the back upwards.
he alaDuine«ei oho^e.
2. Stee{^,asahill;
See also Neixei. t. i ■
Ne-nE-hu, adj. See Nehu. Bendmg
out, as a board ; warped.
Ne-ne-ke, s. See Neke. Any low con-
fused monotonous noise made by th9 mov-
ing of tho feet, dramming with the fingers
or scratching on a board.
Ne-ne-ke, v. See Neke. To rustle; to
move ; to make a noise.
Ne-ne-le-a, s. Neneimdlea,}oy. Joy;
gladness. See LE.vi.E.t.
Ne-ne-lu, s. A receptacle of filth ; a
ditch ; a miry plijce.' lol). 30:19.
2. Mire J mud. 2 Sam. 22:43. Aole ne-
ndu o ka lepo, a he Icpo paakiki.
Ne-ne-lu, adj. Thick, as a board.
2. Slumpy : miry, as a wet. soft plate.
Ne-ne-ne, v. See Nene. To be on the
point of doing a thing ; to act as a bird
about to fly. jBToo. No ka mea, he hoone-
nme nei lakou e lele iho.
Ne-ne-ne-pu, adj. See Nepit and Ne-
PDKEPH. Full in flesh ; round ; full.
Ne-ne-pu, adj. Fat; full in flesh; plump.
Ne-ne-wa, v. See Newa. To be dizzy;
to stagger ; to reel.
Ne-ne-wa, s. Dizziness of the head ;
vertigo.
Ne-pu,
Ne-po-e,
Ne-pp-ne-fd',
Ne-pc-ne-pu-h-ke, adj.
tund size throughout.
Ne-wa, V. To reel ; to stagger, as one
drunk; to walk as one who has beon drink-
ing hiola.
2. To be dizzy, as one under the influ-
ence of vertigo. See Nexewa.
Ne-wa, s. A staff"; a cane; a cad'gel;
a war stick ; laau kaua. '
Ne-wa-ne-wa, s. a vertigo; a dizziness
in the head ; ka newanewa ir.i ka pculi i
kaua.
Ne-wa-ne-wa, adj. Reeling; stagger-
ing ; intoxicated ; having a vertigo.
Ne-we, v. To suffer; to be in pain
from fullness of the stomach.
2. To be large, round and full, as a
child's ab.dOmen.
3. To be full; as one who haa eaten too
much.
4. To be fickle-miuded.
Ne-we-ne-we, v. See Newe. To be
swelled unnaturally, as the belly of a child
from over eating ; neweneice ka hua; to be
round, smooth and plump; to look sad; to
feci sad.
Ne-we-ne-we, adj. Plump ;i full, as an
ear of corn in the husk, or as a rooud, fall
I adj. TJound, lull and
' plump, as a fat animal ;
I full in flesh ; fat.
The same ro-
NIA;
417
NIO
grown fruit ; plump ; full, as a pregaant
female; aob^ newenewe o ka hua, he malili,
the fruit is not fviU grown, it is stinted ; vw-
wenewe lea opu.
Ne-we-ne-wb, adj. Plump ; round ;
tbicii, as a clond in the horizon ; he ao ne-
wenewe, a thick cload near th^ sea.'
Ne-we-ne-we-wk, s. The exclamations
of people when they play at moifco, while
the stone is rolling and they cheer it on.
Ne-ge-ko, s. Eng. A negro ; a black
man ; often written nika, but vulgarly.
Ni-A, adj. Bald; baldheaded; round
and smooth, as a bald head.
Ni-Ao, s. The sharp edge or comer of a
board, or the middle of a cocoanut leaf.
2. An edge ; a groove ; a projection.
3. A standing with the head and ears
erect.
4. The middle fibre of a cocoanut leaf.
5. The brim of a container, as a box,
barrel, tub, &c.
6. Any substance with prominent cor-
ners.
Ni-AU, s. See Nuo. The stem of a
cocoanut leaf.
2. The whale-bone or wood of an um-
brella ; he iwi ba.
3. He aki niau.
Ni-AU, ». To sail easily; to sail gen-
teelly.
Ni-Air, adj. Easy sailing.
Ni-AU-KA-Ni, i. Niau, cocoanut^ leaf
, stem, and fcani,'to sound. Aldndoirude
jewiiharp made of the stem of a cocoanut
leaf; he ukeke.
Ni-AU-pi-o, s. Niau and pio, a chief
bf the highest grade. A superior or liigh-
est chief; a kapu chief; he alii kapu. he
alii moi. LUefaUy, it applies to the child
of two high chiefs, i. e., father and mother
both high chiefs. See KvfA ai aUj a child
who enjoys, eats the land ; au, region.
Ni-A-Ni-A, V, To accuse falsely; to ac-
cuse by trapping. Lak. 11:54. To accuse
and bring no evidence. Lvk. 23:14.
2. To seek occasion against one; to con-
demn one unheard.
Ni-A-Ni-A, s. See Nia. A smoqth sur-
face ; a calm and smooth sea.
2.' A baldheaded person.
3. Reproach ; blasphemy ; a false accu-
sation.
4. He poe niania wale, false accusers. 2
Tim. 3:3. -'
Ni-A-Ni-A, adj. Calm ; quiet.; smooth,
as the unvnffled sea; hence,
2. Shining ; reflecting light.
3. Smooth ; shorn close, as the head.
See Maniaxu.
Ni-A-Ni-'Au, adv. Hoo. Straightly, as
53
one's course in moving ; holo, e hooniau, .
hele hoonianiau lau konale waho.
Ni-A-Ni-AU, adj. Straight; pololei. '
Ni-A-Ni-A-PE, adj. See Nupe. Bend-
ing ; arching ; stretching out long.
Ni-A-Ni-E-LE, V. See Nielei To ask.
with surprise ; to seek for information by
asking to ascertain the facts of a case.
Ni-A-PE, adj. Long.
Ni-E-LB, 1). To ask ; to inquire ;- to put
questions to another; to ask questions gen-
erally.
Ni-E-LE, s, A question; a proposition;
a problem to be sblved:
2. A questioner ; an inquirer.
Ni-E-Ki-E-LE, V. SeeNiELEandNiANi-
ELK. To ask questionp repeatedly; to ask
about this and that ; a nimiele mai la na
kanaka i ke ano o ia mea,the people asfcscJ
frejuenUy the meaning of this thing (an
eclipse:)
Nu-HAU, s. , Name of one of the Hawai-
ian Islands, sonth-west of Kauai.
Ni-o, ». To sit in ttfe door way in an
open door.
.2. To lean over and sleep ; e biamoe, e
Icpio, e kawaikamama.
Ni-o, s. A kind of handsome kapa or
cloth.
Ni-or, s. The nam^e of a bush or tree.
2. Red pepper, aspecies with small round
pods.
3. The same of a poison tree which is
said to have grown on l<anai and Molokai
and whose touch was fatal ; it was fabled
to have been entered by the god Kalaipai-
hoa o Kahailaokalani, and thence became
a poison tree and was worshiped as a god.
See the kaao.
Ni-o-LE, V. To eat slowly and lazily;
to eat without a desire to eat ; to act as in
great weakness.
Ni-o-LE, adj. Eating slowly; eating
with weakness ; ai malie, hopilole, nawa-
liwali.
Ni-o-LO, s. Sleep; drowsiness; one fast
asleep.
Ni-o-i,o-pn-;A, s. Sleep; drowsiness;
lying asleep ; he hiamoe liapu.
Ni-o-Ni-0, adj. Hem. Folded; plaited;,
braided, as hair. 1 Tim. 2:9.
Ni-o-Ni-o, u Hoo. To embroider. Puk:.
28:39. See Onionio, . '
Ni-o-Ni-o-Lo, s. Hoo. Straightness; cor-
rectness ; that which , js correct, upright ; ,
me ka hoonioniolo okamanaokekahi, some
with correctness of opinion.
Ni-o.-Niro-LO, V. To ij^ake correct one's .
opinions ; 1» correct ofle's 1
NIH
418
NIK
Ni-n, s. Name of thecocoanut tree and
fruit. Note. — Uader the kapu system, it
. WAS forbidden to females to eatcocoaauts;
the piiniabmeitt <ras death.
Ni-n, V. To whirl about in any way; to
whirl, as a top.
Ni-u-A, V. SeeLiuA. To be intent upon,
as the eyes fixed on one object. 2 Pet. 2:14.
2. To turn the eyes so as not to see dis-
tinctly.
Ni-u-A, s. Indistinctness of vision; ver*
tigo ; a distortion of the eyes.
Ni-u-Hi, s. A species of fish. Note. —
It was prohibited to women under the Icapu
system, to cat of the niuhi under pali; of
death.
2. Asharlcof thelar^ekind; manonunui.
Ni-n-Hi-WA, si A species of banana. See
also FOFOCLA.
Ni-D-LE-LO, s. A species of niu or cocoa-
nut ; hookapu af la ka puaa, ame ka niu-
ieto, pork and nivldo were strictly forbidden
(to women.)
Ni-u-Ni-u, V. To -turn; to twist; to
.whirl about any way.
2. To be sad; to be sorrowful; to be
faint ; to lan^iish. Jer. 31:25.
Ni-c-Ni-u, adj. Sad; sorrowful; desti-
tute.
Ni-ff-Ni-u, s. The skull; the head. See
Nro. Poha ka niuniu, nejcaka ka pall.
Ni-HA, ) adj. Kude; rough; harsh;
Nl-HA-Nl-HA, ) unsocial ; wild, &c. -.tight
in a bargain. See the compound KaiUl-
NIHA.
Ni-HEU, s. A person, whose hair as in
ancient times was fancifully fixed ; he ka-
nalia' maoli no, o ka lauoho nae o Niheu.
Ni-joi, V. To walk very softly and care-
full*, as on tip-toe ; to creep quietly and
softly, iaieifc. 96.
2. To turn sideways on eutoring a house.
8. To abstain from doing certain tilings
through fear of ofifending the gods.
4. To do a thing quietly, silently or se^'
sretly, i. e., unseen by others.
' K boopoDo ka hele i ka ukti o Pusa,
B) niHi ka,h«le, mai hoolawohalk,
Mai nobp i, p'kq i ka puii o heira,
0 inaln»'kaftkttit, paa ke alaaui,
Aole ou ala e bik! aku al.
Ni-Hi, adv. Carefully; quietly; o ka
hana palaaehe ole, o ka lawe nUd. See
KUNIUI.
Ni-Hi-Ni-Hi, s. Anything standing on
the edge ; the sharp ridge of a mountain ;
the corner of a square piece of timber ;
the corner of a table, &c,
Ni-Hi-Ni-Hi, adj. S.tg^nding up on edge;
narrow ridged, as a inountain sharp at the
top jilUBcult; strait; narrow edged.
Ni-Ho, V. To bite with the teeth ; to in-
dent ; to set in like teeth ; to lay a stoue
wall in a bank of earth. ■
Ni-Ho, s. A tdoth. Pui. 21:27. The
tooth of an animal, especially a whole's
tooth; e malama i ka niho palaoa, t«ke
care of the niho poicMi (an ornament made
of a whale's tooth.) See Pajjloa. JViio
elepane, elephant's tooth, i. e., iwwy. 2
<mi, 9:17. O ka rdko mano ko Hawaii oei
mea e ako ai i I:a lauoho, a shark's toofh,
was the Hawaiian instrument for cutUog
the hair. .
Ni-HOA,*. See NiiHOA one of the islands. .
Ni-Ho-A-WA, adj. Niho, tooth, and away
poisonous. Poison toothed, as some ani-
mals inclined to bite; poisonous; corroding.
Ni-Ho-Hui, s. Niho and km, pain. The
toothache ; a pain in a tooth.
Ni-ao-KAi, s. A painful affection of a
tooth ; the toothache. See NmoHui,
Ni-Ho-KA-Hi, s. Lit. One tooth. One
tooth remaining, a term for old i^; he
haumakaiole, he palalauhala.,'
NirHo-MAU-o-LE, s. Name of an (^ce
in tbci king's -train.
Ni-Ho-Mo-LE, f. iVtAo and »io7e, smooth.
A gap in a row or series ; a broken place ;
places open here and there.
Ni-Ho-Mo-LE, adj. Not regular; open:
toothless.
Ni-Ho-Ni-Ho, adj. Set with teeth, as a
saw; projecting; stretching out; rough:
full of protuberances.
Ni-HO-PA-LA-o-A, s. See Niho and Pa-
laoa, an ivory ornament An ornament
worn pendulous from the neck, made frbm
the ivory of the walrus or sea elephant ;
originally it was an ornament worn only by
high chiefs.
Ni-KA, adj. Black; deep blue; dark
colored.
Ni-KA, s. The vulgar orthography for
negero, as nvjgtr is in English for negro; a
black man.
Ni-Ki, ». To tie a knot.
Ni-Ki-o-NA-A-KA, s. One who makes fun;
a jester.
Ni-Kii, V. To tie, as a rope; to fasten;
to tie tightly. See Nakh.
Ni-KH-Kii, «. To tie in knots; to fasten
by tying ; to bind ; to tie fast with ropes
or strings. 2 toll. 3:34. See HmiKil. '
Ni-Ki-Ni-Ki, V. Frequentative of nM.
To tie frequently or tightly ; alalia, iiiifci-
n-dci iho la la 1 ka uha puaa i ke aho, then
he tied the hams of the hog with a cord.
Alalia, niteimfci iho la ia i ka mafcau 1 ka
maunu, then he tied the bait oa to the'hoofc
Ni-Ki-Ni-Ki, s. The sheath or tiiat which
NIN
419
NIP
covers and bulda fast the bowels ; kumu
hole.
2. The fat with the inwards. Oihk. 3:3,
Ni-KU, ) *. A bad or offensive
Nl-KC-SWnJ, \ smell; aetench. SeeNE-
ZONEFO.
Ni-KU-Ni-Ku, adj. Filthy; smelling pf-
fensively. See Neko.
Ni-LE-GAU, s. The name of an animal
' found in Africa ; the nilgatt, an animal of
the ox kind.
Ni-LU, s. See Nmiwr. Something ad-
mired, wondered at, desired.
Ki-iiA,adj. SeeLiNA. Softtothetoueh;
slippery ; adhesive, like poi.
Ni-NAD, e. To ask a question for in-
formation ; to inquire concerning a thing ;
toiaterrogate. See Niei.e. Ezek. ?0:3.
Ni-NAH-n-HA-KE, adj. Ninau and uhane,
ghost, Having familiar spirits ; talking
with or getting information from ghosts.
Oihk. 18:31.
Ni-NAtr-Ku-PA-PAU, s. Ninau and kupa-
pau, a corpse. One who consults the dead
or the spirits of the dead. Isa. 8:19.
Ni-NAU-Ho-i-KE, *. Ninau and hoike, to
exhibit^ A learning by question and an-
swer. "^ ^
2. The name of a historical catechism
formerly in use among the natives.
Ni-NA-Ni»NA, adj. See Nika and Lina-
LDJA. Very wet; dainp; sticky; unctuous;
soft; slimy.
Ni-NA-Ni-NAtr, .V. See Ninau. To ask
questions repeatedly ; to question ; to in-
quire earnestly. Joaft. 16:19. To converse
by questioning back and forth.
Ni-Ni, s. That TBvhich tends to heal a
wound, balm, ointment, oii.&c. i«r. 46:11.
A medicine for estema! wounds.
Ni-Ni, D. To soothe a pain; to heal a
wound; to apply nini or medicine to a
wound.
2. To spill ; to spill over ; to pour out a
liquid.
3. To find fault in a bargain ; to com-
plain.
4. To cheat; to ask more for a thing than
it is worth.
5. To be bard in a bargain.
6. To lay stones well in a wall ; if the
stones lie smoothly and tight, the stones
are said to nini.
Ni-Ni-AU, s. The motion of turning.
Ni-Ni-AtT, V. To stretch out; to pull; to
ovei'flow ; to go wrong.
Ni-Ni-0, V. See Nio, to color. To spot;
to pribt, as kapa. See Paninio.
Ni-Ni-o-LE, s. Name of a species of fish ;
he wahi mea ola ano like me ke koala-kai.
Ni-Ki-n, V. SeeNiTT. To turn, as a top;
to wheel about, as a platoon of soldiers; to
whirl about in any direction.
Ni-m-flA, V. See Niha* To be tight in
a bargain ; to be close; to be h3j'4 ; to get
the better of one in' a bnsinesa •transaction.
Ni-Ki-HA, adj. Hard; severe in business
with others ; tight in ai^argain.
Ni-Ni-Hi, tJ. See Nim. To walk on the
edge of a precipice ; to set up on edge ; to
stand up edgeways, as any thin object and
sharp at the top._
Ni-Ni-Hi, s. A circle.
Ni-ni-hu-a, t>. To play truant, as a child;
aole laka ma! i ka makua. Hoo. To run
away from home or from one's parents.
Ni-Ni-KA, s. A bush which spreads out
with branches like the maile.
Ni-Ni-LU, aidj. Soft; mellow.
Ni-Ni-Ni, V. See Ninl To pour out, as
a liquid ; to pour out upon ; to give ; to
imbue ; to suffuse.
2. To pour out grain, as from a bag.
Kin. 42:35.
3. To pour out. as from a bottle. Puk.
29:7.
4. Fio. To pour out, as the desires oi the
heart. 1 Sam. 1:15. To pour out, as a com-
plaint, sorrow, weeping. lob. 3:24.
5. In a religious sense, to pour ou^, rvs the
Holy Spirit. Oih. 2:17.
6. To exhibit anger, i. e., to pour out
fury. 2 Oihl 34:21.
7. To throw away ; to squander ; o hoo-
)ei, e hoopau.
8. To count out, as money. 2 Ifal. 22:9.
Ni-Ni-Ni, s. A casting; a solid from a
liquid. 1 N<d. 7:Z7.
Ni-Ni-Ki-A, V. See Nini. The passive of
NiNiNi. To oast away ; to throw out ; to
pour out ; to arow away.
Ni-N!-Ni-Ni, V. The reduplication of
nini. To run off, as a liquid ; to move off
slily ; to go off secretly ; t<j hide.
Ni-Ni-PO, V. See NiipO. To be weak; to
be bent over, as one scarce able to walk.
Ni-Ni-po-Lo, V. See Nipolo. To drum
with the Sogers and sing.
Ni-po, adj. Sleepy; fatigued; languid.
Ni-Po-A, s. Dullness or numbness of the
body ; a dizziness ; a headache, mostly in
the region of the temples.
Ni-FO-LO, adj. Striking the drum and
singing at the same time ; o nawenawe nj-
pol^ lea ka Ico.
2. Siek and faint, as one dying.
Ni-po-Ni-Po, arfy. SeeNiPo. Sick; weak;
languid ; feeble.
Ni-PO-WA, s. SeeNiPOA. Dullness; diz-
ziness ; numbness ; weakness of body.
NOA
420
NOI
Ni-su, s. Heb. The name of an unclean
bird. Kanl. Ii:l5. A hawk perhaps. Oihk.
11:16.
No, J. A hole in the ground which
draws off water from kalo patches.
No, V. To leak, as water urider ground
from a kalo patch ; e u atu, to ooze out.
No, adv. An afSnnative particle; truly;
indeed ; eren so.
, 2. Au intensive, strengthening the idea,
connected both with verbs and nouns.
No, prep. Of; for; belonging to; con-
cerning ; similar in meaning to o and ko,
but used in a different part of the sentence.
Gram. § 69, 3.
No-A, V. To be released from the re-
strictions of a.kapu ; to take off the kapu
or prohibition ; ko lakou makemake, 1 noo
loa ua lealea,' ame na haaa uhauha, their
wish was that pleasure and Uceniiousness
should have no restraint.
2. To be released from restraint ; to be
out from under restraint or law ; noa ho-
nua, noa loa, all kapus taken off. ,
3. Hoo. To release one ;from kapu; he
wahine mare, he wahine kapu i'a ; he wa-
hine noa. he wahine kapu o!e ia, i. e., a
common woman.
4. To cause to become a prostitute, as a
man prostitutes his wife or daughter ; to
be common. Oiftfc. 19:29.
No-A, s. The lower or degraded class
of people ; a lower servant ; a backwoods-
man ; be knaaina.
2. The name of a play.
3. The name of the stone used in the
game of puheaehene. See Kau.
i. A Sre constantly burning like a vol-
cano ; ke ahi aa mau, ke ahiaihonua.
No-A, adj. Intermission or cessation
irom kapu; applied to anything that has
been unxler kapu and the kapn taken oflT;
the removing of the kapu constitutes it iioo.
Sabbath day is a 2a kapu, but Monday is a
la noa. He mafcuahine noa wal6 no kou,
ma Hamakua, your mother was a mere
common wo'man at Hamakua.
2. Constantly burning, as a fire; un-
quenchable, as a volcano ; ahiaihonua.
No-A-AU-LO-A, s. Noa, free from kapu,
au, time, and loa, long. Applied to Kaui-
kc^ouli because he reigned over the people
without kapus ; o ke alii malama makaai-
nana, he alii ia noaauloa.
No-A-No-A, s. See Noa, One opposite
to a chief by birth ; a common mau ; a
countryman. ; a laborer ; one whose ances-
tors were laboring people.
NotA-pa-hee, s. See Noa and Pahee,
to slip. The name of a game abs(?tbing
0De'£ attention.
No-E, ) ». To sprinkle a little, as
No-E-NO-E, \ fine rain; to be damp inthe
air, as a fog ; to Tf>,m, y*t scarcely discern-
ible to the eye. ,. , ^ \.
2. To blow fresh ; applied to the wmd
noe. See the noun, 2. Ke noenoe mai la
ka makani.
No-E, ) s. A mist; a spray; small
No-E-NO-E, ) fine rain ; a fogi See Awa
and Awahu.
2. The name of a wind at Lahaina from
over the land ; the north-east trade wind.
No-E-AU, adj. See Noun. Wise ; pru-
dent. Sol. 12:23. Skillful; dextrous. Stn.
with maiau. 0 ka-poe akamai i ka oleic
ame ka hana maoli, he noeau ia.
No-E-u-LA, adj. Bed eyed; soie eyed
from going in the rs-in or sea ; ka maka
noiula pua i ke kai.
No-E-Ko-M, s. The smaH, fine rain of
the mountains mixed with the thicker of
the forest; o ka noekolo aualii kapu o Kama.
No-E-LO, V. To ask for; -to beg; the
same as noi.
2. To be bold; to be im|>ertinent; to be
mischievous.
3. To collect together~what is tangible;
e ake no lakou e naauao pn, a e noii pu, a
^e nowelo (noclo) pu.
i. To seek the ground of some accusa-
tion; e imi i ke kamu c hewa ai; to search
out the merits of a question ; to prepare
before hand.
No-E-NO-E, s. See Nob, mist. A fog; a
fine mist ; a rain.
2. A gray head ; a gray beaded person.
No-E-No-E, V. See Noe 2. To blow, as
the wind ; ke noenoe mai la ka makani.
2, To sprinkle ; to wet, as a fog or a
mist; t(y bedew.
3. To be intoxicated.
No-1, V. To beg ; to beseech ; to ask for
a thing j to ask earnestly ; to entreat ; to
ask, as in prayer ; noi ikaika lakou, i pu,
a i pauda, they begged strongly, give us
guns, give us powder.
No-i-AU, s. SeeNoEAU. Wisdom, lob.
12:2. Knowledge. SollX Skill in lan-
guage • he akamai i ka olelo.
No-i-ATT, V. To be wise; to be skilled
in a thing; e nmau ma na mea o kauhane,
to 5esfci««nn matters of the sonl.
No-ii, V. To glean ; to collect together
!it!lo things.
2. To collect one's thonghis ; to reflect ;
to search after a thought or an idei» ; ua
■mii au i manao m'lkolelehua no'u. I gaih-
ersd up some wise thoughts for myself.
No-ii, s. A collecting; a gathering up;
a seeking; me ka huli ana ame ka mii aria.
No-n, adv. In a small way ; little by
NOU
421
NOH
little ; aole ois I aubau noii a pau ka moa,
koloa, &c., he did not -tax all little things,
as bens, ducks, &c.
No-i-o, s. Name of a small black biid
. that lives on fish.
No-i-Li, s. Knowledge; skill; skill ip
the use of language. See Noiau and Mai-
ELG.
No-i-NO-i, adj. Small, as a dwarf.
Noo, V. To seek; to search after; to
reflect; to turn over and over in one's
mind ; to exercise the thinking powers.
No-o-A, V, For nooia, passive of noo.
, To be sought after ; to be looked for ; to
' be obtained by searching.
No-o-LU, adj. See Olu. Easy; com-
fortable ; cool ; pleasant. See Moold.
Noo-Noo, V. See Noo. To think; to re-
flect; to consider in order to give an opin-
ion.
2. To meditate ; to think of the past ; to
think with approbation.
3. JIoo. To cause to think ; to think and
act the man ; to act wisely ; e hookanaka.
Noo-Noo, s. A thought; a device; a sub-
ject of meditation ; in the plural, thoughts ;
opinions ; ua hoopuka ia mai na noonoo,
the thoughts (opinions) were openly ex-
pressed ; an invention ; seeking something
new.
NooNoo, adj. Thinking; reflecting;
skillful ; planning ; thoughtful,
Nou, V. To blow hard, as a gale of
wind ; nou mai ka makani.
2. To putf ; to fill with wind. See Haa-
NOD.
3. To send out or abroad, as thunder.
loh. 37:3.
i. To throw or cast a stone ; nou aku la
i ka pohaku, a pa i ka auwae, he threw a
stone and' it struck the chin; to throw
stones. 2£!ii(nt.l6:6. Pohaku nouia, a stone
thrown. Hfdh. 35:17.
5. To strike, as the rays of the sun ; to
be very hot, as the rajrs of the sun; e wela
nul mai ka la, e ko nui mai ; nou iho ka la
n kcia aina o Labaina, the sun 6t this land
of Lahaina strikes down.
6. Ilm. To be puffed up ; to be seif-im-
portant. 1 Ear. 4:18.
7. To boast. Ikek. 35:13.
Nou, s. A puff or blast of wind.
Hov, pers. prom.., second person. An
oblique case of oe, thou. , Thy ; thine ; of
thee ; for thee, &c. Oram. §. 132. A'ou ka
nou, or mau, yours is the fault; none to
blame but yourself.
Noir, adj. Epithet of a servant born of
a common person and a kauwa aui,iakua ;
a hanau mai ke^ kelki, he nou ka: Inoa o ia'
keiki.
No'o, •p&rs. pron., first person. Oblique
case of au or wau, I. My; mine ; for me.
Oram. § 124.
No'o, V. To eat to the full ; to glut with
food ; to gormandize : to eat very often.
No-u-tr, V. To be wet with rain ; to be
Buffiised with water.
2. To smell the svreet scent of flowers ;
nouu aala ka uha i ka pua.
No-u-LU, s. The fan-leafed palm tree.
See LoTiLD.
2. A covering ; a screen from the sun.
3. An umbrella, especially a Chinese
umbrella.
4. A thick shade tree.
5. A long heiau.
Nou-Nou, V. See Nou, v. To throw
stones back and forVti, as two persons at
each other.
2. To appear or show itself red ; e puka
mai ka ula.
3. E pokoke ka ai.
Nou-Nou, s. A Species of calabash.
Nou-NOD-NEA, V. To rub with the hand
or paint one's cheeks to give them beauty;
e pakuikai i ka limukala iloko o ke kaima
ka papalina.
Nou-Nou-NEA, adj. Reddened, as one's
face with some substance to give beauty; i
nounounea me Hikua.
No-HA, V. See Naha. To break; to
split ; to crack ; to sever.
No-HAE, V. See Nahae, To be torn;
to be rent ; to burst
No-he-a, adv. No and hea. An oblique
case of hea, where. Whence? from what
place? GVam. § 165. ,
Ka pio 0 ke ki kiunalena o ke-kaoosa
Nohea t ka la kapa o ke aalii ?
Ka onohi ali o ka moo o Kaiona
O naha ka mauu — o — Bill — a.
No-HE-0, s. Some mischievous conduct;
i ka uu pekiipeku a ka noheo.
No-Hi, e. To be of a reddish color.
See Onohi, Kinohi and Kiionohi.
No-Hii-A-Lo, 4. The name of a person
who was born with a chief and ever con-
tinues to live with him ; o ke kanaka i ha-
nau ma ke aio alii, he l^anaka nohiialo ia.
No-Bii-KD-A, s. Name of the people who
are born and live on the back part of the
island ; o ke kanaka i hanau ma ke kua-
aina, ua kapaia he vMikua.
No-Hi-Li, adj. SeeHiLi. Tedious; slow;
of a long time.
No-Ho, s. A seat ; a bench ; a stool ; a
chair : a place of staying or living.
2. itbko lio, a saddle ; noho kapakahi, a
side-saddle.
No-Ho, V. To sit; to dwell; to tarry in
a pla<i«.
ffOH
422
NOL
2. Xo be in a certain conditioa or to ex-
hibit a certain character ; e noho malie, to
,life quietly, or to hold one's peace; e nohQ
pio, to be in bondage ; e neho like, to bo
at peace, m between two people. Lunk.
4:17. I. e., to have equal privileges. Noko
in some positions seems almost to carry the
idea of existence ; ua nohd oluoln oia, he
Uved comfortably.
3. Hoo. To cause one to sit, i.e., to dwell,
or live or stay at any place.
i. To establish or appoint any one in a
place or in any business. Sin. i1:6.
5. To appoint any one to a particular
office. Puk. 7:1.
6. To bring one forth, i. e., to produce
one befdre a court for trial.
7. To set forth a declaration of some
fact« in history. Oih. 1:1.
8. E hoonoko kepau, to set types; i ke ai
hoonoluna e ka unu loa.
9. To lay a foundation, as of a building.
NoTB. — Noho is often used merely to
strengthen or intensify the idea; often with
a or e imperative ; e noho ekemu ole, keep
dience, i. e., be silmt, where it gives force
. to ekemu.
?Io-Ho is used for various purposes ; as,
uiai noho a, a forbidding negative, do not;
e noho nei, here, nmo, referring to .time
present or to present place.
No-Ho, s. Hoo. A builder; an architect.
No-HO-A-Lii, s. Noko, a seat, and tUii,
chief. A throne. Pufc. 11:5. A king's seat.
No-Ho-A-ui, V. To be' or to continue to
act as a king. 2 Sam. 5:4. To reign as a,
king. 2 Sam. 8:15. . NoluxUii ibo la o Ea-
mebameha maluna o keia pae aina, Eame-
hameha reigned over these islands.
No-Ho-A-'Lo-HA, s. Noho anA aloha, com-
, passion. A mercy seat. Pvk. 25:17.
No-HO-A-Lo-HA> adj. Friendly; at peace;
on friendly terms ; dwelling in unity.
No-Ho-A-NA, s. Noko and ana, a parti-
cipial termination. A sitting; a dwelling;
a living.
2. Moral character ; pehea kona noho-
ana 1 Lit. How is his sitting t i. e., how is
his living? how does he live? what is his
character? Me na nohoawi me na kaliu.
No-HO-Hoo-Ko-Lo-Ko-LO, ?". Nohowaihoo-
kolokolo, to call to account A judgment
seat ; a place for trial;
2. The assembled people at a court of
justice ; he anaina bookolokolo.
No-Ko-KEE, e. To rise up against one
without provocation.
'No-Ho-NO-Ho, V. See Noho. To sit. to-
gether.
2. Roo. To put together in order ; to
arrange,, as the words or, circumstances of
a history.
3. To explain things misunderstood.
4. To lay together, as stones in a build-
ing. 1 Pet. 2:5.
5. To lay or place together for the pur-
pose of comparing.
No-Ho-PAA, ». Noho and paa, firm ;
tight. To confirm ; to establish.
2. Hoo. To build firmly ; to lay firmly
the foundation, as of a building. B^a 6:3.
No-Ho-Pio, 0. NoHo and pio, a prisoner.
To dwell in captivity ; to live a prisoner.
No-HTT, ) s. Name of a species of
No-HU-NO-HU, J fish; the toad fish species.
2. A plant.with sharp thorns or burs ; a
small thorny vine.
3. Nameof a species of soft porous stone.
No-KE, V. To seek after;^ to pursue .with
success ; to search after till found.
2. To be energetic ; to be persevering ;
na hull au, ua noke an, ua noii an i manao
mikolelehua no'n.
, 3. To be filled with anger; to firet; to
scold ; to exhibit a low kind of ap^er.
No-KE, adj. Energetic; persevering;
searching; seeking.
2. Fretful ; cross ; stubborn.
No-KE, s. An expression of a mean kind
of anger by fretfulness or peevishness.
No-KE-No-KE, V. To mumble in speak-
ing ; to stammer unintelligibly.
2. To make a confused unmeaning noise.
No-ketNo-ke, s. a murmur; a confused
noise ; a tremor ; a rustling ; the grinding
of a hard substance in the teeih.
No-KE-A, V. To raise or fill up, as one
eating much ; to stuff one's self with food;
hence, to swell up, as the stomach ; to fill
full, as a cup ; to eat greedily.
No-KE-A, s. The name of a fresh virater
fish ; the oopu.
No-KE-A, adj. White; spotted, as the
fish nofceo ; he io nokea popoolimn.
No-KE-A-A-HU-Li-u, s. The white .that
appears on stones after they have been
heated very hot.
No-KE-TU-RA, s. Heh. Name of an un-
clean bird; a swan perhaps. OiMc. 11:18.
No-Ki, ) adj. SeeNoKE.orfi- Used
JNo-Kl-NO-Kl, \ as an intensive; real; sub-
stantial; maoli.
No-Ki. A word often thrown in in poetry
without any particular meaning^.
No-Ku, tc. Tostirup; to trou-
No-KU-NO-KF, 5 ble, as water.
2. To give pain ; to make one nneasy.
No-LAi-LA, udv. iVb and ^aite, there.. An
oblique cas-e of iotk. Oram. § 165, 2d
class. Therefore ; wherefore ; V&raUy, for
there ; having reference to something pre-
ceding.
NON
423
NON
No-LA-Lo, comp..pfep. QBlique case of
Mo. Oram. 6 161. Of or for that wbioh
is down or -below; from below; belonging
to that which is below, /oaii. 8:23. The
opposite of nclvma.
No-LE, V. To be surly j to chide ; to
gramble iecretl J. £00. The same.
No-LU, It). To deceive; to cheat;
No-LU-NO-MJ, { to outwit, with puni. Jos.
9:22. To be disappointed in losing a bet {
o kekahi poe, nolunoiit na bai ko eo.
2. To seduce ; to bribe ; to give prop-
erty secretly on a wager ,' to lead astray. .
3. To be soft; to be pliable; to bo claa-
tlc ; to be soft like a pillow; to bruise'; to
make soft \yj bruising.
4. Hoo. To be soft; to be fat, as a fleshy
person.
" 6. To be easlljr fatigued.
No-LU, s. A bruise ; a hurt.
No-LU, adj. Soft; tender; elastic;
bruised soft; wAu ka ihu o HApoe i ka ma-
kani.
No-LU-A-KAn-A, i. Name of a person
born under one chief, but fights for another
chief; o ko kanaika i noho mc ke alii e, a
kaua mai, I^c kanaka ia noluakaua.
No-LU-NA, co7»p. "prep. Oblique case of
Ivna, above. Oram. § 161. Of or from
above ; respecting that which is above ;
the opposite of nolalo. loan. 8:23.
No-LU-NO-LU, adj. SeeNoLDiflrf/. Fat,
as an animal ; hence, soft ; elastic.
No-ME,' u. SeeNAtr. To chew; to grind
with the teeth.
No-ME-No-ME, V. See Nome and Nau-
NAD. To chew ; to soften in the mouth ; e
boowali.
No-NA, pers. pron. No and »a. An ob-
lique esse of ia. His ; hoi's ; its; tor him ;
for her ; for it. Gram. § 139.
No-NA-NO-NA, t. A small winged insiSct;
a gnat, a species of anj^.
\ Name of a Hawaiian periodical for-
merly printed at Honolulu. See Akosa-.
NON'A.
No-NE, i>. To snore in sleep. SeeNoNO
and NoNoo.
No-NK, ». Laziness ; indolence ; awk-
wardness in doing a thing.
Ka none no du al namuQamu,
Ka huha paokee Irsu,
Ibl knf irUI kekcc olelo uaDnva.
No-NE-A, *. The feeling one has after
eating mnch fat moat, pork pcriiaps; a full-
ness; distaste^ for lood. He.
No-NE-NE-A, u SeeNANEA. To sit idly;
to have no employment, nor desire any.
No-ME-No-NE-A, V. See None, s. To
spend time uselessly; to be li^zy; to be in-
dolent
NotNE-no-ne-a, s. Anger; wrath; dis-
satisfaotioa ; discontent.
No-Ni, s. A shrub; the bark, and es-
pecially the root, is used in coloring ; the
fruit is large and heavy: be kaua hua noni
kekahi, some fought with noni fruit (for
weapons) ; the r'oot colors red.
No-Ni-NO-Ni, adj. Turning the eyes up,
down or sideways in attempting to recol-
lect some fact, or in being perplexed, as
the mind with something not clear.
2. Attempting to take food when one is
too weak or not inclined.
3. Confused, as tho mind ; doubtful ;
anxious.
No-m-KU-i, J. Name of a species of soft
porous stone.
No-No, V. To snore. See None and
NONOO.
.2. To gurgle; to make the noise of drink-
ing water out of a calabash ; to blow up
water, as a hog with its snout under water.
No-No, ) ^. To be fresh or red in the
No-NO-NO, ) face from exercise; to be sun-
burnt or red from the heat of the sun ; e
ula na papalina i ka wcla o ka la,
No-NO, s. A dark red or purple color;
redness.
Nb-No-A, adj. Indistinct; not correctly
heard or understood ; not clearly spoken.
See NoNoxoNOA.
No-No-e-no-e, s. See Noe. The north-
east trade winds.
No-NO-i, V. See Not. To beg; to ask;
to borrow. Pvk. 22:14.
2. To make a request; to exhort; to
urge ; to beseech ; aole nae ma ka iii loa,
anonot no hoi; aia he uuku nui ae. Nonei
u()ia(>, to make intercession. ler. 27:18.
Nri-No-i, ) adj. . Both forms are used.
No-NO-n, ) See also Non and Nodjoi.
Small ; little ; stinted in growth.
No-No-i-KA-WAi, B. To bend over, as a
house or some object leaning.
No-Koo, V. To snore. See None and
NONO.
No-No-HE, adj. Beautiful ; graceful ;
splendid. .
No-NO-HE, adj. Applied to a young
woman, beautiful ; virtuous ; modest ; a
hi^h state of female excellency ; so of an
animal.
No-No-Hi-u-Li, s. See the above. Excel-
lency in one's person or character, or both.
No-No-Hi-NA, s. Name of the white
blossom of the tree pua.
No-No-Hu-A, adj. Jealous; evil minded j
disposed to evil conduct
2. Flowing from the bowels ; 0 ka wai
7tono/tua alii 0 Kalanuiewakumoku.
NOP
424
NTJA
No-No-HU-A, ». To be evilly mjnded;
to indulge a bad disposition ; to be quick
tempered.
2. Flo. To have ttie disease called %(li-
Zepo, i. e., to evacuate the bowels.
No-No-LAU, s. Name of the bitter cala-
bash used in medicine. See Oopcihue.
No-No-Lo, V. See Nono and Nomono.
To breathe hard ; to snore ; e nonolo mai
ana — a. SeeNosnut. O ke kapu ia e no-
noh i ka lani, it is kapa (forbidden) to
snore in the presence of a chief.
2. To leak fast, as a cask.
3. To be routed in war.
No-NO-LO, s. The sound of singing birds.
See NuNULU.
£ nunalu maf ana — a —
£ -nonolo mai ana — a.
No-MO-iu, adj. - Softj shaky, as ground
dry on top but muddj below. SeeMAOLc.
No-NO-Ni, adj. See Noni. Burnt red;
~ "colored rod,; wela nononi ka io i ke ahi.
No-No-NO, adji Full of holes; not
stro'H^; pukapnka.
No-ifo-iJO-Ho, V. SeeNoHo. Tos^point;
to fix itk a place ; to sit firmly ; to sit up-
right.
Nb-NO-NO-No-A, c. See Nonoa. To speak
indistinctly ;, to be heard indistinctly ; to
be almost inaudible, as the voice of one
speaking.
No-no-pa-pa, s." See Mahoihi.
No-H0, adj. Deceitful, as language; not
to be trusted. See Nold.
No-pa, ) gdj^ Lazy; slow; blun-
Wo-PA-NO-PA, ) dering ; mopish.
2. Crooked; very crooked and weak.
No-PA-No-PA, *. Slowness; laziness;
lolo ke kanaka nui, o ka nt^anopa ka hewa.
No-pa, ) „. Xo be crooked; to be
JNp-FA-NO-PA, ) pervei-se.
2. To be lazy ; to be blundering ; to be
alow.
No-Po-Ho-KA-ifo, s. Opohokano. Name
of the kalaimoku under two chiefs.
No-po-Lo. See Nipolo and Ninipolo.
No-pff, \v. To spring or swell up
No-pn-NO-Ptr, ) in the mind, as a thought,
with a desire to express it; nolaila, nopu
mai la iloko o'o-ka manao e hoakaka wale
aku, therefore the thought swelled m
(sprung up) within me to explain.
"2; To swell; to be large round; to be
ftill ; e puipui, e momona. ■ ;.,i
3. To spring up, as a seed planted. sVn.
with kupu.
No-p»; ) adj. Thoroughlycooked;
i\o-pu-NO-PU, y soft ; spongy.
2. Large; plump ; fat ; swellfiii nut
3. Burnt by the sun, as the feet when
walking on hot earth or stones.
No-pu-E, adj. Plainp;jound, as a well
fed, fat hqg.
No-wE-io, V. See Noelo. To scrape
together.
No-TE-MA, s. Heb. Juniper roots. lob.
30:4.
Nu, V. To groan; to shake; to sound;
to roar, as the wind ; ke nu nei ka makani
i na kahawai — makani alaonaoua enu ana
ma na keena nui; to make a long indistinct
sound.
'2., To groan; to sound like distant thun-
der.
3. To grnnt as a hog; to coo like a dove.
4. Fig. To be agitated, as the mind with
unutterable feelings, fears or desires; penei
ka nu ana mai o keia wahi manao iloko o'n -
ina paha he nu hekili, ina la paha ua loheia
kona haaluln; aka, o ka rat iloko o ka naau.
aole e loheit^kona haalulu, here is the sound
of the ti)oughts within me : if it were tho
voice of thunder, the sound, without doubt
' would be heard ; but the wice within the
-sdnlis nqt heard.
' 6. To think; to reflect upon; tornminate.
Note.— The idea of ezpresEang the deep,
intense' feelings of the soul by.thaf of sound
or a voice is common among the Asiatics,
Keuwe (nu) nei no hoi kakou iloko o ka-
kouiho; Som. 8:23. - _.
£ RU, e nei, e liaalulu ilana a Waialoha :
Heaha nei makani o Kapona .'
Be lanikua ia no Ealalau— e —
I Ealataiii Puna nakalau aku,
Nak>irale ka lea o ke kai o Boohtla.
Ntr, .1. The roar or sound of Strong- wind.
2. An indistinct murmur or groaning
sound.
3. The grunting of swine ; the cooing of
doves, Ac.
Nt;, adj. Sounding; groaning; roaring.
Nu-A, V. To tread up, as dirt in a pa3i
from much travel; nua ke ala a hele' ku
keea.
2. To comB together in great numbers as
people assemble.
3. To sit down to rest, as a traveling
company.
4. To go constantly in the same place.
6. To turn up dirt, as a hog ; to root.,
6. To -be accustomed or practiced in any
business.
Nu-A, adj. Trodden up, as a road fre-
quently or much trodden.
Nu-A-o, s. See Naia. The name of a
species of flsh forbidden to women to eat,
under the kapu system, on pain of death.
NutA-nu-a, adj. Thick, as a board; fat
-'^A^/f*'i^' *" ^"'"'allfaW; large, as a
f^^i'?°^?iF '?!'"'"■ i^'oTK—HawaUans
NUH
425
NUL
with their size, fullness of flesh, &c. See
Amjakda, rainbow.
Nn-A-ND-A, vi See Npa. To triead up
dirt ; nuaniia ke a!a a ku mai ke ea.
2. Hoo. To act prondly; to boast; to
dress up one's self m gorgeous apparel ; e
aabu nui i na kapa.
Nu-a-wa, *. A planting; the act of cov-
ering seed in the dirt; ka mann ahai ka
nuawa e.
Nu-i, V. To be great; to increase in
£i;se ; to swell ; to be more ; to enlarge ;
to raise, as the voice; heaha kou mea e nui
nei kou leo? Zaieik. 22.
2. Boo. To add to ; to increase ; to mnl-
tiply. Isa. 59:12.
3. To magnify ; to extol, as one's kind-
ness. Kin. 19:19.
i. Haa. To speak proudly; to vatuit;
to brag.
NiT-i, s. Size ; increase ; multitude ;
magnltade; greatness j ftiUnesa. Nors. —
Nui often takes ke for its article instead of
ka ; aole paha o fee nui o na kino wale no.
Nxi-i-Ntr-i, V, SeeNui. To be large; to
be very great ; to increase. Hoo. To in-
crease greatly; to raise high, as the voice ;
e Iwomdwd akM paha i ka leo maluna.
Nu-i-Nu-i, s, Hoo. An increase; a rais-
ing up.
Nirir, ». To rise or swell up ; to be full
or high.
2. Hoo. To eat much; to have a swelled
sumach; to devour food eagerly. See
Akcu.
Nuu, *. See Nun, ». A raised place in
the beiau where the god dwelt and where
the offerings were placed. See Kapaau.
2. Evenness ; an evenly raised surface..
Nthj-a-ot, s. The name of a game at
cards ; e pepa Tmianu kakou.
2. Name of a valley near Honolulu.
Nuir-Ko-LE, s. Name of a fresh water
fish of the oopn land. See Eiahimanu.
Nc-HA, ». To be silent; to be taciturn;
to be displeased.
' 2;: To be or to act as an aged person,
des^, silent, Ac.
3. To Ije rough ; to be uncivil ; to be
hard or heavy npon one.
Nu-HA-NO-HA, e. SeeNuHA. Tobedis-
'Obedient ; not to give heed to any one ; to
render one's self msagreeable: to be bard;
to answer a question captiously.
Nn-HE, ad]. SeeNuHA. SuUen; silent;
mixed with anger._ \ ,
Nu'HE, s. A species of worm ; oKaelo,
oia ka malama e banau ai ba nuhe. See
Enchb.
Nn-HEi, adj. Crooked billed; crooked
mouthed.
Nu-Hi, V. To take; to take from; to-
draw out. See Unuhi,
Ntr-Hon, s. Eng. Nu for new or news,,
and hou, new; recent. A word coined a
few years ago and applied as the name of
a weekly periodical, and may be translated
JUcerd News. He nuhou ia i ka mea waa,
it waa.a neu> tho-ught to the «wner of the
canoe. Laieik. 20.
NtT-Hon, V. To appear, as a new thing;,
to spring up in the mind, as a new thought,
or desire.
Nu-KA, adj. Large; full grown; plump..
Nc-KA-NU-KA, V. To be fat j to be full ;.
to be plump ; to be round and smooth, as
a ypung animal or a young person ;• to be
Nu-KA-Ntr-EA, adj. See Nuka. Fat;
plump; in good liking, as a young person.
Nu-KE, adj. Foinukuee, Twisted one
side ; awry ; one-sided, aa the moutb ; he
waha nuke. See Ncxeb.
Nrr-KE-A, adj. White, as the white billed
dhe. Note. — The otae is of two varieties,
the white bill and the red bill. Muku,keo-
keo, alae nukea.
Nxr-KEE, ) ,. Nuku, mouth, bill, and
Nu-KU-KEE, J kee, crooked. A crooked
snout; a crooked month; mai mai b mea
ia'a.
N0-KO-KI, adj. Short; low; small.
Nu-KU, V. To chide; to complain; to
provoke ; to quarrel. Pufc. 17:2.
Ntt-ko, s. The bill of a bird; the snout
of an animal.
2. A tunnel ; the nose of a pitcher ; the
nose of a person. Ezek. 39:11. The mouth.
Sal. 108:f2.
3. The month of a river. Jos. 16:5.
4. Strife; scolding; contention. 1 Tim.
6:4.
5. Name of a kind offish-hook.
Nu-Ktf-A-ii-LA, J. The frame of a fish
net.
Nn-Kxr-MO-NEiD, s. The name of a fish.
See MoMOMi.
Nu-Eu-Nu-im, t>. See Nuku. To find
fault with one secretly; to complain of one
behind his back. .Hoo. The same.
Nu-Kn-NTT-RW, adv. See Nueu, .y. By
the mouth, that is, by the en^j endways :
kau nukunvku, to place endways, as a stick
, on the shoulder.
Ntj-ku-wai, s. Nuku, mouth, and wai„
water. The mouth of a stream of water..
See NoKn.
Nu-LU, ti. To rise up, as smoke or steam; ;
to flcat off in the air, as smoke.
No-LU-NU-LU, adj. Rising up ; floating
off, as smoke or steam.
PA
426
PA
Nu-NU, V. See t^pNU, w for 7. To covet,
as the property 0f another, and to use some
means of obtaining it. See also Aldnu.
Nu-NP, t). To provoke.
2. Tor swell up ; to swell up in places.
'3. To roll up, as paper.; e owili, e wihi.
Ntr-Nu, s. SeeNu. A moaning; a groan-
ing ; a grunting, a^ of hogs ; a cooing of
doves; hence,
2. A dove; a pigeon from the noise they
make; nunu opiopio, a young pigeon. Oili.
1:14.
3. An endearing epithet like my dear
chicken. Mel. Sol. 2:14.
4. The name of a species of fish; the pipe
fish,
Nn-NU, adj. Groaning, as of persons in
pain; grunting like bogs; cooing like doves.
2. Taciturn; unsocial; sullen; displeased;
applied only to persons. See Numuha..
Nu-NU-A, adj. See the above _Nunu.
Nu-NU-i, adj. See Nui. Very large;
kanaka nunui, a giant. Kin. 6:4. lie poc
minid, men of large stature. Kanl. 2:1 0, 11.
Nu-NU-i, V. See Nui. To be large ; to
be many; to be numerous; to increase;
to grow up, as a child. m ..
Nu-NU-HA, adj. See Nuha. Taciturn;
still; unsocial; displeased; quiet; applied
to persons. ' Sec Ndnu, adj., 2.
Nn-NU-HE, adj. See Nuhe. Sullen;
taciturn; silent: angry.
Nu-NU-Ki, adj. Rising and falling irreg-
ularly, as the sea sometimes.
Nu-NU-LU, V. To sound, as the singing
of birds ; to chirp ; to sing, as a bird; to
warble.
2. To grunt; to growl. See mele below.
I m leo o ka Dana— a —
S nunulu mil ana— a —
B oonolo mal anur— a.
Nu-PA, V. To enlarge; to swell; to be
full, as one having over eaten.
Nu-PA, Ji. A deep pit ; a deep, dark pit;
a Softening, as of the ground by rain ; i ka
nupa ae lepo a ka ka tia.
Nu-PA-NU-PA, V. To be of a deep green
like thrifty growing vegetables.
Nu-PA-NTT-PA, adj. Thriftily growing;
full ; round ; plump. See Nueanvka.
P.
Pthe eleventh letter of the Hawaiian
S alphabet. It represents., as in English,
a labial sound. Hawaiians are apt to use
it for 6 in words derive^ ftpiu English, as
pipi for bipi, pr as it 'lihOUl'dTSe written, bifi,
neat cattle, from the word beef. It is often
used also for/ in the word piku ioifilm, a
ag. &C.
Pa. a distributive particle prefixed to
other words, as nouns, adjectives and verbs;
mostly however to numeral adjectives; as,
pakahi, one by one, each one ; palwa or
papalua, two by two, two-fold, double ;
palcolu, each of the three, three-fold ; pa-
hilcu, by sevens, seveu-fold, &c., and so on
to any number. These words are some-
times constructed in the sentence as verbs,
and thus become vyrbs; as, wapahiku msi
la oia i ka ia ia makqn, he divided to us the
fish by sevens ; e paumi aku ia lakou, give
them ten each.
2. As a particle, pa, like ka, ma, no, &c.,
is prefixed to a great many words, but the
definite meaning of such particles has not
yet been ascertained.
Pa, s. The name of any material hav-
ing a flat surface, as a board (see Papa), a
plate, a server", a pan ; pa will ai, a poi
board ; pa holoi, a basin to wash in ; pa
hao, au iron pan. Note. — With this mean-
ing, pa takes ke for its article.
2. The extremity ; the furthest point of
a thing. Mar. 13:27.
3. A remnant or piece ; the same as
apana. Note. — ^This meaning also takes
fee for its article.
4. The wall of a city ; an inclosnre, in-
cluding the fence and the space inclosed ;
pa pofaaku, a stone vxtU; pa laan, a stick
fence; pa hipa, a sheep /o2a.
'5. A hall ; an open court.
6. A pair ; as, pa bipi, a pair or yoke of
oxen ; pa kamaa, a pair of shoes, &c. See
also Paa.
.7. A kind of fish-hook for taking the aku
or bonito.
8. A species of yam.
9. A kind of sbell-flsh somewhat largo,
of the clam or muscle kind.
10. A brazen grate ; bepakeleawe, m»-
namana, pukapuka.
Pa, adj. Barren, as a female ; applied
to men or animals. 1 Sam. 2:5.
2. Dry ; parched ; cracked, as land ;
broken.
Pa, v. To divide out to individuals, as
several things to two or more ; e pa lima
ae oe ia lakou, divide out five apiece to them.
See Pa, particle.
Pa, v. See Pa, a fence. To hedge in
with a fence; to inclose; epa laau,to make
a stick fence.
PAA
427
PAA
Pa, v. See Pa, adj. To be barren or
childleBS; applied to females of animals or
mea.
Pa, ». To touch ; to tap lightly ; to
strike gently. Pufc. 19:12.
2. To beat ; tt> strike heaviW ; to strike
suddenly,asa^st of wind. iob. 1:19. Ke
pa mai nei ka makani; the wind strikes ns.
3. To strike, i. e., to bite, as A sei^^iit
' 4. To strike, i. e., to bit, as a stone thrown.
1 Sam. 17:49. A pa iho la o Eiwalao i ka
poiiaka,'Kiwalao was hit hj a stone.
6. To shoot or throw, as an arrow of
migar-cane (a pastime for boys.)
6. To be given up, as property taken in
war; nonoi akii la ke kahuna, i aku-la, i
|)a ka aina ia kaua, the priest asked a favor,
and said, let the land (conquered) be gives
to us two.
' 7. Hoo. Causative of most of the forego-
ing deflniidons. To lay hold of; to cause
one thing to approach or touch another.
8. To touch, i. e., to injure or hiirt. Zek.
2:8.
9. To sound; to ring, ixs metal struck;
to strike upon the ear, as music; to break;
to crack.
Paa, V, To blow, as the wind. See Pa
above.
Paa, v. To be tight ; to be fast ; to
make tight ; hence, to finish a work. Kin.
2:1. Ua paa ka watia, the mouth is shut;
he is silenced. Mat. 22:34.
2. To confirm ; to establish ; to continue
permanently the same.
3. To lay hold of; to retain ; to secure.
4. To retain in the memory ; to keep a
secret.
6. To affirm; -to assert perseveringly; to
affirm positively.
6. To be habituated ; to be inclined ; to
be held under the influence of a person or
habit.
7. Soo. To finish ; to decree ; to deter-
mine.
8. To establish or confirm, as a covenant.
Kin. 21:27.
9. To hold fast ; to adhere to, as a cus-
tom ; to affirm strongly. Oih. 12:16.
10. To fix ; to bold fast ; e hoopaa i ka
waha, to muzzle the mouth. Kanl. 25:4.
11. 'To hold back ; to be detained from
doing a thing : aole i hiki, ua hoopaa ia ia
Kamehameha,ne could not (return), Ae wo*
detained by Kamehameha. See also Kin.
20:6.
Paa, s. a pair. See Pa. A pair; a suit,
as of shoes, socks or other clothes. Zunk.
14:12. See also pa lole homo, a suit of
clothes. iMiik. 17:10.
2. In geometry, a solid. See Paaili and
Paailiukb.
Paa, adj. Tight j ifastj seoared; im-
movable j finished ; kahi paa, a place of
securUy, inward. Nah. 16:34.
2. Burnt : scorched ; charred.
Paa, adv. Steadfastly; perseveringly.
Pa-aa, s. The rind of the banana ; the
skin or outside covering of a cluster of
bananas ; the fibre of a banana stalk ; he
ili mawaho o ka pumaia. See Aa.
Pa-aa, adj. See. Aa. Stony, as land;
full of stones.
2. Burnt; scorched.
Pa-aa-la-ha, i. A memento; a keep-
sake. See Patjmauijoonoo.
Paa-i-li, s. Paa, a solid, and Ui, side ;
surface.. A solid with sides according to
the number spedifiecl. See below.
Paa-i-u-o-no, s. See Paa and Ili and
Ono, six. A solid having six sides. Ana
Em. 2fi. . ,
Paa-i-u-o-no-li-ke, s. a solid with six
equ«J sides ; a cube.
Paa-i-li-ha, s. PaaUi and ka, four. A
solid inclosed by four triangular sides.
Paa-i-li-ha-li-ke, s. a solid inclosed by
four equal and similar triangular sidee.
AniUon. 30. - "\ _
Paa-i-li-u-mi-ku-ivia-Ma-hi-a, s, PaaUi
and umikmnamaiua,' twelve. A twelve-
sided solid, the sides being equal, i.e., five-
sided polygons.
Paa-i-li-i-wA'KA-lu-a, s. PaaUi waiiim-
kahm, twenty. A twenty-sided solid, the
sides being triangles, equal and similar.
Paa-I-li-ku-eo-no, *. A cube or rectan-
gular parallelepiped. Ana Ilun. 26.
Paa-i-u-kau-li-ke-hi-0, s. An oblique
parallelepiped. Arwi Hon. 27.
Pa-ao-ao, s. a sickness; a weakness,
mostly, of children; want of slarength; mai
paaoao, hemo ke kino e.
Pa-ao-ao, adj. Fa and aoao, side. Lit.
, By sides; sideways; on one side; one-sided.
Paa-oa-oa, s. By transposition of let-
ters, the same aa paaoao, sickness.
Pa-au, s. See Paa A. The skin of a ba-
, nana, stalk.
Pa-au-a, s. a laborer; a workman; a
hired man. Isa. 19:10.
Pa-au-a, adj. Hired; working as a hired
man. -;
Paa-u-ma, adj. Paa and uma, to push
or draw. Fast to the breast, or pulled to-
wards the breast; pahi poauma, a drawing
knife ; a shave.
Paa-hao, v. Paa and haoi iron. To be
iron bound ; to be a prisoner. ler. 32:2.
Paa-hao, s. Paa and hao, iron. One
bound ; a prisoner. Epes. 4:1.
2. One bound to work ; a servant ; one
who obeys ano^er.
PAA
428
PAA
3. Tiie system of work under the Hawai-
ian Gorornmenl; in which, llie common peo-
ple worked, out th«Sr taixeg ; he koele, he
bana aupuni..
Paa-Hao, ae^. Made fast ; iron bound ;
bolted. See Halepaahao. Wahi paahao,
apriBOtt, ler. 37:15. Luapaateo, a dun-
geon.
Paa-ha-na, v. Paa and hana, to work.
To be busy ; to work constantly.
Paa-ha-na, s. One busily engaged; a
workman. 2 OiJd. 34:10. A mechanic; an
■al-tiBcer. Kin. i:22. A tradesman.
Paa-ha-na, adj. Instrumeats, fixtures,
or what belongs or accompanies other
things. Nah. 7:1.
Paa-he-0, «. See Halepaahao. A place
of confinement like a prison, dungeon, &&,
for criminals; a lele Miu kou uhaae ma ka
. paaheo, ma kabi make mau loa. .
Pa-a-hi, s. Pa, pan, and oAi, fire. Afire
pan. ler. 52:19.
Paa-hi-hi, v. Paa and MM, to spread
out. To work here and there ; to extend
one's operations.
FaX-ho-no, ». Faa and hono, to.stitch.
To make fast by tying with a string ; to
splice ; to sew together.
Paa-kai, *. Paa and ,kai, sea water.
Salt ; that which gives sea water its taste ;
ke kumu o ke kai. OiJiJc. 2:13.
2. A species of kalo.
Paa-ka-hi-li, s, Paa and kahili, a fly-
brush. An officer of a high chief who took
care of the kahilis ; ma kahi e noho ai na
'lii e noho pu no kapaakahUl.
Paa-ke-a, s. Name of a stone out of
^ which maika stones were made. '
Paa-ki-ki, v. Paa, solid,, and kiki, in-
tensive, very, exceeding, &e. To be very
hard, as a stone or any solid substance.
2. Via. Applied to the will, to be obsti-
nate ; to be self-willed; to be disobedient;
to be unyielding to the will of another.
3. Applied to the heart, to be hard-
hearted; to be unbelieving, through per-
versentiss of disposition; to turn away froin
the influence of truth.
4. IIoo. To harden; applied to suljstances
or to moral qualities.
Paa-ki-ki, s. Hardness ; compactness ;
applied to the heart, stubbornness; pi*-
versenesB. Kanl. 9:27.
Paa-kx-ki, adj. Hard; compact; diffi-
cult to do ; perverse ; disobedient : unbe-
lieving. 1 Sam. 20:30.
Paa-ku-ku, adj. Paa and kuku, to stand.
Firmly fixed ; immovable ; constant.
2. Applied to persons, parsimonio'us ;
avaricious.
Paa-lau-ma-ni-a, s. Paa, solid, and lau-
mania, smooth. A regular or smooth, i. e.,
a plane solid figure. Ana Eon. 26.
Paa-la-lo, v. To serve as a favonte or
* in any manner in the presence of the cliief ;
paalalo malalo as o ke alii. , Pmkdo ma-
lalo ae o ke Akua, orpaaMo i ke Akua.
Paa-lii, s. The name of a medicine. "
Paa-lo-ha, s. Paa and teha, love. A '
keepsake ; a memento.
Paa-lh-ei, v. Paa and feA«, fatigue. To
work hard ; to be overcome with constant
hard work.
Paa-mu-a, s. a movement of wind in
the bowels ; a rushing ; an opposition to
some movement.
2. One who continues daily in prayer.
Pa-a-ni, v. To play; to sport. Puk.
32:8. To have the enjoyment and pastime
of children; to wrestle; to box; to run
races, &c.
Pa-a-ni, s. a play; a sport; a playing,
as among children enjoying a pastime ; a
general name for play, sport, exercise; the
enjoyment of a pasHmc ; he paani pono
kekahi.hepoamponoolckekahi. Note. —
The Hawaiians anciently spent mnohof
their time in paani orgamesoricofeo (secs-
ual gratifications.)
Pa-a-ni, adj. Belonging to play or
amusement; trifling; hale paani, a theater.
Oik. 19:29.
Paa-paa, m. See Paa, burnt. To bum ;
to scorch ; to be consumed by fire : e aiia
e ke ahi.
2. To suffer thirst ; to be thirsty.
3. To contend in words ; to contradict ;
to dispxite contentiously.
4. Hbo. To contend in dispute; to chide.
Lmk. 8:1. To be at strife. 2 Sam. TS-3.
Paa-paa, s, A dryness ; a thirst ; a
parching or cracking, as the earth in the
sun.
2. A disputing ; a reasoning. loh. 13:6.
3. Eoo. Disputation ; altercation ; strife.
|rafi?.l:12.
Paa-paa, s. Name of a species of fish.
Paa-paa, adj. Burned; baked hard;
parched ; thirsty.
2. Bound lightly ; made fast. See Paa.
Paa-paa-i-na, v. See Paina, to eat. To
eat; to take food.
2. See Paapaa, to burn. To crackle, as
small, light fuel in burning. Kekah. 7:6.
3. To make any indistinct noise like
cracldng, parching, &c.
Paa-paa-i-na, s. The crackling of brush
svood or small sticks in burning.
2. The squeaking of shoes; the breaking^
snapping, &c., of cords or strings.
3. A separating of one thing from an-
other ; lohe aku la au i ka paapaaina ana
mai o kapuai mahope o maua ma kft lihi o
PAE
429
PAE
ke kai ; aluila,! aka la no hoi au ia ia nei,
lieaha la hoi neia mea e pctapaaina mai noi ?
Paa-pa-ni, Vi Paa and paid, to shut.
To stop up ; to shut, as a door or a gate ;
to shut close.
2. To stop one in his speech ; to make
one shut up and be silent. See Apaapani.
Paa-po-e-po-e, *. Faa, solid, tad poepoe,
ronnd. A circular solid ; a globe. Ana
Hon. 26.
Paa-pu, p. To crowdj to throng; to be
thick together, as a company of persons.
2. To be hurried or bustUng witli busi-
ness. ■
3. To be thick ; to cover over a surface.
OilJc 13:12. To be full of a thing. 2 KaV
6:17.
4. Boo. To flUras with confusioq. Ikek.
28:16.
Paa-pO, aZ;. Filled; impervious; solid;
not hollow ; dark ; crowded all together ;
closely joinedf; covered up ; bound ; tied ;
pouli jioajpu, thick darkness. ^attJ. 15:19.
Paa-pu, adv. Entirely; wholly; thickly;
all together; in great (juantities. Pufc. 8:2.
Paa-pd-HE-a, s. Faapu and Aea, indis-
tinctness. A mist ; fine rain ; a fine Cloud
like fog.
Paa-wa-ha, s. Paa,, tight, and waha,
mouth. A bridle. Hal. 39:1. See Kaula-
WAHA.
Paa-we-la, s. Paa, burnt, and wda,
heat. A burning; a scar from burning.
Isa. 3:24.
Paa-vste-la, adj. Burnt; scorched, as
the skin by the fire ; pmMeia kona ili i ke
ahi.
Pae, V, To flap or shake, as a sail ; to
turn one side or be loose, as a tooth; as an
a/3jfictvx, be rubvpa», 6,'loose tooth.
2. To be catrled along by the surf to-
wards the shore; to play on the surf-board;
to come -to a land, as a boat or canoe ; to
go ashore from a vessel; to cross a river to
3)0 opposite shore. los. 4J.8. To float
ashore from the sea : no na laau hao i pae
mua mai, for the timber with iron that had
previously yiooied ashore.
3. To lift up ; to raise a little.
4. To strip the bark from a tree; to peel
off, as tlie skin of a banana or of a kalo.
5. To strike upon the car, as a distant
sound ; to sound, as from a distance.
6. To be published extensively.
7. Hoo. To land; to put ashore, as a per-
son or goods from' a vessel. 1 Nal. 5:9.
Pae, s, a cluster; a few; a small com-
pany i he pae hao wale, i-obbers. Syn.
with poe and puu.
2. A voice ; a sound.
3. A bank of a kalo patch ; those parts
that are beaten to make them water tight ;
hemea'hana ia ka loi ma nupae e pai mua
ai — pakui i ka pohaku ma ua man pae la —
a paa na pae eha.
Pae. a sign of the plural number ; as>
keia pae aina or keiB. pae moht, these isl-
ands, ©rom. § _86 and 92.
Pa-e-a, adj. Flinty; hard, as a rock.
Isa. 50:7. Pohaku^oect, a carbuncle. Pvk.
28:17. NoxB, — This word is modern; prob-
ably It is the Hawaiian pronusciation for
the word j^re In connection with flint.
Pa-e-a, s. a flint ; a fire stone ; he po-
haku ahi. See the adjective.
Pa-e-a-e-a, ». See Paea. Hardness;
severity; cruelty.
2. Conduct contrary to uprightness ; ka
hana ku like ole me ka pono.
3. The act of catching fish ; a iho aku la
i kapaeaea aweoweo. iMieik. 206.
4. The name of a species of fish.
5. Striking for or beckoning to one.
Pa-e-a-e-a, V, To strike fire, as with
Bteel and flint. Laieik. S4.
Pa-e-a-e-a, adj. Hard; severe; unjust,
as a man with his neighbors.
2. Smooth ; unruffled, a,s a smooth sea.
. See Kaipaeaga.
Pa-e-e, I). To peep ; to make an unin-
tellijgible sound ;. to gabble ; to speak in-
distinctly ; to hear indistinctly ; to misun-
derstaiid. Hoo. To .speak so as to conceal
the meaning ; e hoonalonalo.
Pa-e-e, s. a bunch of olona ; a branch
of the olona tree ; he apana olona.
Pae-ee, s. See Pae. A lying down
upon, as one lies down on his surf-board to
swim; to lay one's head down on a pillow;
he paepae ee, he haiai ulu.
Pae-hi-a, t». To thatch ; to cover a
building by tbatcbing ; ke kueneia nei a
ke paehia nei.
Pae-hu-mu, adj. Confining; restrain-
ing ; e hoopaaia iloko o ka hale paehuma,
that he should be confined in a prison house.
Laieik. 163.
Pae-kii, s. Low clouds; clouds lying
on the horizon.
Pa-e-le, v. Pa and de, black. To be
covered with dirt; to besmear; to blacken,
as with charcoal ; to color the skin black ;
napadeia ka hapalua hookahlo ke kanaka
a eleele loa ; to paint black ; epaek i ka
waa.
Pa-e-le, s. a black skin ;' blackness ; a
dark color.
Pa-e-le, adj. Dirty; besmeared with
dirt; black; blackened.
Pae-pae, v. To hold or bear up; to sup-
port ; to sustain. Puk. 17:12.
2. To sound; ^o proclaim; to publish
abroad, as a report.
PAI
430
PAI
3. To make a great and coniVised noise ;
to converse in a load manner ; to gabble
to talk confusedly.
i. To spread ; to float off, as a sound.
5. To run along the ground.
Pae-eae, s. Any substance upon which
another lies to keep it from the ground ; a
stool ; a threshold ; a supporter ; a prop
1 &im. 5:4. The plate of a hous? on which
the raftei^ rest ; a payement of stones.
Pae-pae-kotMO, ' s. The axle or axle-tree
of a wheel ; pa^aekomo i na pokakaa.
mi. 7:32, 33.
Pae-pae-pu-ka, s. Paepa^ and puka, a
dooTrway. A threshold. Isa. 6:4. A sup-
port or a supporter, i Oihl. 3:7.
Pae-fae-wae-wae, «. A footstool. Ja&.
2:3.
Pae-ptj, s, Pae, to strike, as a sound,
and j)u, together. The deafening roar of
t^e surf.
2. The setting or placing of things to-
gether.
Pae-puu, s. The name of several small
hills or hillocks standing in a row. See
Lalanipdij.
Pa-e-wa, adj. Pa and etoii, to crook.
Bent ; tmsted; too short ; out of shape.
Pa-E-wa, *. Name of one of the cases
in Hawaiian grammar. See Gram. § 99 and
100. No and na are its signs.
PA-E-WA-E-wA',-aj^'. Uneven; irregular;
crooked.
Pa-e-wa-e-wa, s. The fantastic and ir-
regular cutting of the hair formerly prac-
ticed on the death of a friend.
Pa-e-wa-e-wa, v. To be erroneous or
partial in judging or io. dealing. lak. 2:4.
To be erroneous, unmethodical or one-sided
in telling a stor; or inaking a report ; ma
ka paewaewa o ka ke alii olelo ana. Laieik.
51.
Pai, v. To strike or smite-with the palm
of the hand.
2. Epai ka lima, to strike hands, i. e., to
take or confirm an agreement. Puk. 6:8.
E pai na lima, a'ae na waha, lilo ; hence,
tc make abargain. Sol. 11:16.
3. To strike the hands together expressive
of much feeling ; a pai pu na lima ona, he
smote his hands one against another.
4. To treat ji person harshly or severely;
pan ae la lakoia i ke paiia me ka hewaole,
they were all hardly treated without any
fault ; malama oia i na '111, aole pai nku i
ko lakou aina, he took Care of the chiefs,
he did not tax heavUy the land. .
"B.^ To strike, i. e.,' to tax the people or
punish them; to lay gi tax upon the people
for some real or Imaginary offense; i ka
Vfa. i hnhu ai na 'lii i ka?iaka, o fcie pae ae
la no ia i ka aina, when the chieis were
angry with the people, then they struck
(taxed) the land.
6. To be bound with one in affection.
7. To appear ; to rise up, as out of the
water ; ike iki lakou ia ia e ;ioai wale mai
ana no iluna o ka ilikai, he just saw hie
rising above the surface of the sea.
8. To pry up or block up one side of a
thing *hea' it is pried up.
9. To stamp ; to print ; to impress a
stamp.
10. To drive or urge one away ; e pai
wale, to exercise in vain ; to gain noilung
for what one does ; a i hopu pu i ka pahn,
aole ILO eo (na kukini),pai wale.
-11. To stir up sedition; to raise a perse-
cution; pai mai Ist lakou ma ka olelo kaoa,
thefixcited the people through words of
war.
12. To stir up or excite one!s desires;
pai aku la ia i ka makemake nui i na kii.
13. To influence one to evil.
14. To mix together two ingredients, as
wine with water, j&a. 1:22..
15. To plaster a house ; to spread mor-
tar; epai hale.
16. Moo. To strike back; to resist; to
. revenge ; to avenge. Nah. 31:2.
17. To punish for some offense: e hoopai
aku, no ke kaua wale ana o Eahekili ia ia,
U) punish him for Kahekili's making wai;
upon him without cause.
18. To recompense either good or evil ;
thus, hoopai pono, or hoopai hewa.
.19. To visit or come to one for evil or
for good.
20. To administer justice"; to requite.
Kaiil. 32:6. To require ; to recompense.
21. To end or finish a prayer in the prep-
aration for war.
Pai, s. a row ; a line.
2. A quantity of food done up in a glob-
ular form in kj leaves ; he pai ai ; a ball ;
a round loaf of bread.; he pai palaoa;
cakes, &c. Nah. 6:15.
3. A cluster or bunch ; as, he pai maia,
a bunch of bananas ; he pai buawaina, a
hunch of grapes.
4. A striking; a stamping; an impressing,
i. e., a printing, as kapa is printed, or as
paper is printed in a press.
6. Soo. Hoopai, a punishment ; a judg-
ment Puk. 7:4.
6. A kind of snail shell-fish, said to be
poisonous to the touch.
7. A blight; a fading and dying of the
leaves of vegetables ; the act of decay in
vegetables,
8. A shell or cup for scooping up the
copu ; he pai oopu.
Pai, s. a tie or equality of numbers ;
a drawn game.
Pai, adj. Tied up; bound togethef;
connected with ; mingled with;
PAI
431
PAI
Pai-a, v. To Wall round; to inclose
with a wall, as the body of a house or fort.
2. To be gnarded ; tp p^ taken care of;, ina'^'^ookele i u'a fcihei p«i«!a. Laieik.
to be protected. '' j Pai-u-ma-u-ma, v. Pai, to strike, i
Pai-a, s. The sides of a house ; the sur-
ronndinge, 1. e., the walls of a honse. 1
Sam. 18:11.
Pai-a, adj. Deaf; unable to hear.
Pai-aa, s, Pai and aa, small roots. The
appearance of something not fully devel-
oped; paiaa koko, the Incipient arteries ori
veins of an embryo branching oat from the
heart
2. The small branches of a tree,
3. The branches of the main root of a
tree ; e oki i ka mole ame ka paiaa.
Pai-ai, s. Pai, a bundle, and ai, food.
A bundle of pounded kalo done up in ki
leaves into a round bundle.
Pai-a-u-ma, v. To love strongly; to re^
member with deep and affectionate regret,
as one dead; to mourn for; to love and
long after the welfare of a friend or a be-
loved child; to express love strongly, as a
wife for a husband ; paiauma wale akn no
i ke aloha I na kane, (the wives of the men
who went with Boki) repressed' unfeigned
love t6r their husbands.
Pai-a-u-jia, s. Strong affection; en.
deirizig attachment to one dead or long
•bsent ; a sorrowing or lamenting the ab-
sence of a loved one ; a longing after the
Wel&re of one.
Pai-a-u-ma, adv. Affectionately; pite-
ously. Xaieifc. 140.
Pai-e-a, i. A species of crab with a soft
shell ; leuapa, tte hard shell.
Pai-ia, adj. Pat and ta, passive. Bound
up in or mixed together. Kin. 44:36.
2. -Pat, to impress, and ia. passive. Im-
pressed'; stamped; printed.
Pai-o, V. To speak back and forth like
persons in a dialogue. See Kike.
2. To scold back and forth, as tsro per-
sons.
3. To strive together; to contend; to dis-
agree in opinion.' ^n. 45:24. . ..
4. To quarrel ; to fight with.
5. ^o turn topsy-turvy; to toss up and
down' like the sea current.
' 6. To bend round like a fish-hook.
7. To tiirow stones back and forth.
Pai-0, «. A striving; a quarrel; a strife.
2 Sam. 22:14. A combat ; a controversy.
Ji!r.'25:31,
aI-o, adj. Contentious; disputatious;
'Quarreling. <
C'U-LA, t. Art. ke. A kind of pla:t-
form used for -spreading oMipaua.
Pawi-la, s. Name of a kind of kapa
mode by beating up the welus of red Icapa
with'" new waoke, which formed a mixture
of #hite and red; Jiahikoaku la oiu i kona
- --•£■• - j_i2_
and
wmauma, the breast. A play which con-
sisted in striking on the breast; he hula
pai ma ka unauma.
Pai-ha-le, ». To thatch houses.
Pa-i-hi, *. The tree ohiaha ; the bark
of the tree used in coloring kapa black ;
the tree is used for building bouses and for
fneL
2. A plant sometimes used for food. See
Ihi.
Pa-1-hi, adj. Pa and ihi, bark or out-
side of a vegetable. Clear ; unclouded, as
the atmosphere.
Pa-i-hw-hi, adj. Neat; tidy.
2. Large ; extended ; full.
Pai-ho, v. To project out beyond, as a
broken bone through the fiesb.
2. To be crooked outside and not inside.
3. To roll up, as a scroll; to tie up, as a
bundle.
Pai-ho, adj. Girded, as with a malo;
tied up, as a bundle: girded, as one dressed.
Pai-hu-a, s. Pai, bundle, and Aim, fruit.
A bundle of fruit.
Pai-hu-a-fi-kc, s, Paikua aniijiku, figs.
A bunch of figs. 1 Sam. 25:18.
Pai-hu-a-wai-na, s. Pai and kuawaina,
grapes. A bunch of grapes; paihuawaina
maloo, a bunch of raisins. 1 Sam. 28:18.
PAi-KAtr, V. To exercise with fire-arms.
Pai-kau, s. The act of exercising with
fire-arms; ao mai la o Yanekouva i ko Ka-
mehameha poe kaniika i ka paikau, Van-
couver taught Kamebameha's men the man
luA exercise.
Pai-kau-ha-le, s. a poor man going
from house to house to beg ; one wander-
ing from place to place.
Pai-kau-ha-le, adj. Wandering about,
as a vagabond ; .paving no home.
Pai-kau-lei-a, s. Paikau and ki, a.
wreath, and a for ia, passive, wreathed. L
woman that puts on a lei so as to signify
that she is for sale ; an abandoned woman
going from place to place ; a tattler.
PatI-ki, ». To be cramped; to be con-
fined ; to be held close.
Pa-i-ki, s. The hollow of the hand; ka
poholima.
Pai-ki-ni, adj. Bound up; girded;
dressed in tight fitting clothes ; nani na
haumana' me na wawae paikini, fine look-
ing are the scholars with pants, ii/jht fitting.
Pai-ko-le, a(f/. SeePoKOLE. Short; cue
off; low.
Pai-kol-mu, v. To ask one to go with
PAI
432
PAI
him to a chief, the one asked to go being
familiar with the chief.
Pai-la, s. Eng. A pile; a heap; he
paHa wahie. Rote. — A pile of wood in
market was fonnetly a Jathom square every
way, i. e., a soUd fathom ; it is now about
three-quarters of a qord.
Pai-la-ni, v. To pr?iise ; to extol ; to re-
joice in ) e hoonani.
Pai-le, s. The. uncomfortable feeling
produced by tattooing the face.
Pa-1-li, V. To touch the skin ; to slap
on the skin with the hand.
- 2. To stick to the skin, as some animals
in the sea when bathing ; he aloha ka ia
paili kanaka o Kawainui.
Pai-lo-lo, s. The name of the channel
between Maui and Molokai.
Pai-lo-ta, s. Eng. Art. ke. A pilot;
one who directs vessels into ports and out
of them.
PAl-m-A, V. To feel sickness at the
6toihEt6h.
2. To be disgusted at a thing.
3. Hooi To loathe; to abhor. Pufc. 7:18.
To be greatly displeased with; to bo an
abominaMon or loathing. 0%hk. 11:23.
4. To vomit ; to retch "with nausea.
Pai-lu-a, $. Sickness; sea-sickness
nausea. Hoo. Sickness of the stomach.
Fig. That which causes disagreeable sensa-
tions ; that which is disagreeable to one
an abomination. Puk. 8:22.
2. The name of a wind from EamUoloa.
Pai-ma, s. To be sea-sick.
Pai-ma-lait, s. a living creature having
a sting jn its tail, and floating on the oc.ean
like me auwaalalua; he wahi mea hnelo
awa e lana ana ma kamoanamehe auwaa-
lalua la.
2. A place in the ocean where the water
is calm and clear, sought by those who are
Qsbing for the aku,.
Pa-i-na, ». To eat; to dine. Kin.^t:i.
To eat ; to feed upon. Sol. 15:14.
2. To ring ; to squeak ; to sound, as in
tearing or breaking a thing.
Pai-na, s. a land ; an island.
2. A part separated or broken off.
3. A meal ; an eating.
4. The Cape gooseberry.
5. The sound made in tearing a piece of
cloth or in breaking a cord.
6. The sound of a flea hopping on a piece
of paper.
7. Eng. A pine or fir tree. 2 0J?ii._2:8.
Laaupama. 2 OiU. 3:5.
8. Fine white cloth ; he lole keokeo ma-
kalii ; also, broad cloth ; paa yaiwiy a suit
of broad cloth.
Pa-i-na, adj.. Rotten, as cloth ; brittle ;
easily lorn or broken. S«e Pohaebae.
Pai-ni-ki, v. Pai and «»fei, to tie a knot.
To dress one up with close fitting garments;
to go buttoned up tightly, as a dandy-
Pai-pai, ». See Pai, to strike. To rouse ;
to excite ; to put in mind, as one careless
or indifferent.
2. To strike with the palm of the hand.
' 3. To prune ; to lop off litobs ; to pluck
leaves. Oite. 26:3.
4. To chastise; to correct; to smite. Isa.
• 53:4.
5. To bolster up, as a sick man. 1 Ned,
22:35.
6. To clap the hands as a sign of rejoic-
ing; apaipailakouina lima, i Nal.ll:li.
7. To peel off, as the bark of a tree or
the skin of an animal ; to peel off; to sep-
arate the flesh from the bones.
8. To act against another thing, as the
under jaw against the upper in eating or
speaking ; to strike against £0 as to make
a noise.
9. Eoo. To swell out as if stuffed with
food; io strut with sufficiency; to be bold;
to dare.
Pai-pai, s. A correction; a chastisement.
Karl. 11:2.
2. Paipai manao, a remembrancer; a
memorial. Puk. 30:16.
3. The act of pounding kapa as done b^
women.
4. Name of a medicine made of the leaves
of the ipuawaawa, a kind of gourd ; the
waiiki diluted with water.
5. A threshold of a door. LurOe. 19:27.
6. The name of a kind of hula ; he pai-
pai kekahi hula.
Pai-pai, adj. He pahijootpai, a pruning
knife ; mea paipai waina, any article used
in dressing grape vines. See Isa. 61-.5.
Pai-pai-ku-kui, «. The name of a spe-
cies of kapa made on Molokai; its color
was pale yellow ; he kapa ano like me ka
paipatfctjfcui.
Pai-pai-li-ma, c. Paipai and iiwa, hand.
To clap the hands as a sign of joy. Isa.
55:12.
Pai-pa-i-na, v. See Paina. To eat; to
take food.
Pai-pai-na-ha, s. a cloak; a garment;
a kapa.
Pax-pa-la-pa-la, s. Pai, to print, and
polapoia, printed or written paper. A
printing press.
Pa-i-pu, i. A set of empty calabashes.
2. A calabash for packing kapas or
clothes to keep them dry on a canoe.
3. Basins used as containers. lJftil.7:40.
4. A bowl for containing food. ler. 52:18
Olepe wahapoipu Kohala na ka ino.
Me he vahiue hili bathae la ka makani,
.Aole u! hele wale o Kohala,
Jpu hahao ka ipu Uaa na ka makaai,
PAO
433
Pa-i-pu, ». Name of a hula or dance.
Pai-pu-na-hb^,e, s. Name of a dance.
Pai-Wa-le, s. a drawn game, or battle
when neither party conquers ; iha like pa
ka'iKalka o na moa, he paivxile.
^A.'O, V. Pa, to strike, and 0, point. To
peclc witli the bill, as a bird; pern ihola ka
manu, he elepaio i ka huevrai o ke kanaka
a pnka.
2. To dig out with a chisel; to ^g, as in
a rock. Isa. 22:16.
3. To di^ down In the ground ; to dig
deeply, as m digging a deep pit.
Pa-0, s. An arch of abridge; the bridge
itselt; a prop ; art. ke.
2. An oven or shallow pit ; a place dag
out.
3. Aq artificial cavern.
4. A concealed or hidden pit, or a pit to
hide things in ; he lua huna ; a gutter or
drain, as that of a cellar stoned in apd
buried under ground.
5. A species of sweet potato.
6. A spedes of small and singular look-
ing fish.
Pa-o-a, V. See Pa and Oa, destituted
To be empty,; to be "destitute ; to return
without obtaining the object sought; to re-
turn destitute, a$ one who catches nothing
at flsldng ; ua paoa ka makou buakai, our
company did not obtain what they went for,
Pa?o wale hdl »u— e^-
' Aole moewaa 0 Ka po — e.
Pa-o-a, t, JPesiStntion J haying obtained
notiiing after making an effort.
2. Name of a small Idnd of fish.
Pa-o-a, adj. Destitute from not having
' obtained, notfromhaving lost; uahoikaika,
- .ua inii, a paoa no.
Pa-o-a, *.. An unpleasant odor; a bad
«mell. _ r; \. -'..
Pa-o-a, adj. Unpleasant tothe .smeir;
bad smelbng.
Ta-oi-oi, Mj. Pa and oioi, exceeding.
Out of the eommon order or practice ; un-
iprammatical ; incorrect in speaking.
Pa-00,5. a species of potato, SeePAo5.
Pa-oo, cdj. Of ox belonging to the a»z«,
a species of sweet potato ; ikaili:a i ka ama
JMIOO.
Pa-oo,
Pa-oo-le-kai,
Pa-oo-pu-hi,
Pa-ou-ou,
Pa-o-kau-i-la, J
Pa-o-kee, v. To treat one'sfriend badly;
to condemn one's companion ; to deal
crookedly or perversely with one's friend.
Pa-o-kee, s. a slanderer; a detractor;
a perverse person.
s. The names of sev-
eral species offish.
PAO
Slanderous ; railing ;.
Pa-jxee,
perverse.
Pa-o-ko-ke, i. The breaking pff of one's
friendship through fear of rivalship in the
estimation of a chief; b&paokoke i na io o
Hana.
Pa-o-la, s. JPa and ola, recovery from
sickness. Tho opposite otpamdke ; he ola
wale no Iiai mai, aole pamake iki o na ka-
naka.
Pa-o-u-ve, *. Pa, fence, and dive
(Sng.), olive. An olive yard. 1 Sktiji. 8:14.
Pa-o-lo, *. See Puolo.. A bundle; some-
fliing folded and carried under the arm or
in the hand; i loaa kabi wabi ma ko kakou
pobolima, a he wahipooZo paha.
Pa-o-mo-ni, v. To contend, as two' par-
ties for victory.
Fa-o-na, s, Eng. A pound in money ;
twenty shillings^
2. A pound in- weight 'Otftfe. 19:35.
3.- An instrument to weigh with ;- a bal-
{mce; scales, &c. This is sometimes written
pawna.
Pa-o-na, V, To weigh ; to use the in-
struments of weighing. Oihk. 19:36.
Pa-o-ni, v. Pa and aid, to move. To
envy ; to be moved by envy.
Pa-0-ni-o-ni, v. Lit. To move; to strug-
gle. S an infant either before or after it is
bonr; :4)ence, '
2. "To struggle against a person, or against
adverse circumstances.
3. To withstand; to contend, as two par-
ties for supiremaey.
4. To tesist one's influence ; to envy.
Pa-o-ot-o-ni, s. Envy. Gift. 13:45. The
act of envying. 1 Kor. 3:3. The. expres-
sion of envy by defonung the envied per-
son.
Pa-o-ni-o-ni, adv. StruggHhgf(Efc su-
premacy; ke haele nei no o manao ole me
manap, aole 1 oi akn, aole i emi mai, noho
paonioni no laua a hiki'ihai i keia la.
Pa-o-no, adv. See Pa, distributive par-
ticle. Pa and ono, six. By sixes; six-fold;
six times ; six at once. 2sa. 6:2.
Pao-pao, v. SeePAO, to peck; to strike
at To beat or bruise the head.
. 2. To beat or bruise generally. /8a.53:5.
To smite. Pttfc. 3:20.
Pao-pao, s. a, strife; a beatiug. Fuk.
21:26. Paopaova, beaten ; bruised. OWr
n-M.
2. The name of a species of fish.
Pao-pao, adj. Bound, aa a prisoner ;
one in bondage. See Pio.
Pao-pao-no-ho-ni-a, i..EiiW!r; jealousy;
ill-will ; living witli or indulging in bad
- feelings towards othws..
PAU
434
PAU
Pa-o-da, s. Eng. Gun-powder. See also
Pau," v. To all ; to be all ; to be entire
or complete to -whateTei it rtfers.
2. To be spent ; to be finished at com-
pleted.
3. To consume; to pass away. Pass.
jPauiu or pauhia.
4. Jtoo. To destroy; to consume; to put
an end to. Nah. 14:35.
6. To make an end of; to finish, as an
fippoiiited work. loa. 5:8.
0. To end ; to terminate ; to make up ;
to fill up, as time ; to fulfill, as a specified
time. Kin. 29:27.
Pau, s. a kind of poor kapa, not white
nor black, nor any definite color. It takes
fee for its article.
2. Ink for writing.
3. The black smut of a lampwick ; he
wab^eleele no ke kakui.
4. A Tanlt ; a stohe house ; lua pau.
Pau, adj. AH; a pau loa, all; every
one; everything. *
Pau, adv. Entirely; wholly; completely.
Note. — iTse has rendered the meaning of
this word like the French tout, as in tout le
mond, all the world, everybody, when only
a small part is intended.
Pa-tt, s. The principal garment of a
Hawaiian female in former times, consist-
ing of a number of kapas, generally five,
wound around the waist and reaching to
the knee more or less.
Pa-u, v. To put or bind on a pa-u.
Pau-a, s. Name of a. species d( oyster;
a species of fish ; he wahi ano pipi kai ; he
wahi ia, he papaua.
Pau-a-a-li-na, v. To be heavy to carry;
to be hard to bear, as a burden ; e pauaa-
lina me he pookaeo la.
Pao-a-hi, s. Paw and flAJ, fire. Destruc-
tion of anything by fire; generally applied
to a house, vi2. : o hoiise burning.
2. Soot from a fire or lamp.
Pau-a-ho, v. Pau and afio, breath. To
be out of breath.
2. To be discouraged : to give up the
pursuit of a thing ; to forsake it.
3. To be faint-hearted; to be discour-
aged. 1 OiM. 22:13. To be weary on ac-
count of trouble; En. 27:46.
' 4, Hoo, To labor in vain. Kin. 19:11.
To despair of success. Kekah. 2:20.
Pau-a-ho, adj. Breathless. Fig. Faint-
hearted; giving up; yielding; wanting
perseverance.
Pat)-a-ka, v. To bfe weary; to be fa-
tigued with carrying a burden or with hard
work.
■ 2. To work without reward ; e hana me
ka u"iu ole.
3. Roo. To deride ; to reproach one for
laboring to no purpose or without reward;
e puali, e pauakaata, e puakaaka.
Pau-a-ka, adj. Crooked ; deceitful or
unjust; lying or deceiving, as giving away
what belongs to another.
Pau-a-ka-a-ka, V. See Pauaka above.
To laugh at or ridicule one for laboring
without wages.
Pau-a-li, ) 0. To be crooked, per-
Pau-Ai-li-A-LI, ) verse or wicked; applied
to chiefs and people.
2. E pnali me ne poo maia la, e pauaa-
lina me he pookaeo la.
Pau-a-nei-nei, t>. SeePAuandNEiNEi,
to shrink up. To shrink ; to be too little ;
to be small.
Pau-a-ni-hi, s. Young kalo ; the tops
ofkalo. SeeOMOTHi.
Pau-o-pii-a-ka, *. Name of a vine like
the koali, used as a cathartic medicine.
2. Name of a species of bird.
Pau-o-no, v. Pau and orio, sweet. To
be finished or gone ; done complete ; ap-
plied to food f ullv cooked ; pautmo kahi
puaa a kakon, aole malena, our piece of
pork is finely cooked, it is not burnt.
Pau-u, s. Tne young of the ulua, a spe-
cies of fish.
Pau-ha-ka-ki, adj. Full; well fed;
plump ; me kona kino ikaika, puipuipatt-
hakaki no hoi.
Pa-u-ha-na, adj. Constantly at work;
e hana mau.
Pau-he-o-he-o, v. To be small, as a
sinall place between two larger ; applied
to many things.
2. A person returning from fishing with-
out any is poAiheoheo.
Pau-hi-a, v. Passive of pau. To be
alike ; to be all in the same condition ;' to
be all together. Note. — ^The signification
is varied by the words following ; as, ua
pauhia lakon i ka hiamoe, they were aU
asleep. 1 Sam. 36:12. Ua pauhia mal au
e ka makemake mil, I loas overwhelmed with
a strong desire. Laieik. 144.
2. To be overtaken by evil; to suffer loss
or damage; to be overtaken by any calam-
ity so that there is a general sutTering.
3. To sleep soundly; to dream; to have
a vision. '
Pau-hu, s. Nameof a shell-fish, a spe-
cies of the lehu.
Pau-ho, adj. Small; feeble about the
chest and shoulders ; panuu, pobnku.
Pa-u-hu-u-hu, s. The name of a fish.
Sec Pauhu, s.
Pau-ke, e. Pau and Are, to press against.
To slander; to belie; to tell lies about one
in order to bring him into fault.
PAU
435 PAU
Pau-ki-ki, v. To be excited j to make a
great noise.
2. To Slip up ; to fall.
3. To all cry out.
Pau-ki-lo, v. To know as a kilo is sup-
poeed to do.
Pac-ki-no, adj. Destroyed, as the body
of a person by a shark or by fire. Note. —
Pauicino is uot often used, but is sometimes
used for paumo^o.
Pau-ku, 0. To curve, as the curve of a
canoe.
2. To be divided into bits or small parts.
Mel. Sol. 1:11.
3. To cut up Into short_ pieces.
Pau-ku, s. Aoitof athing; apiececut
off; abaction; a portion.
2. Specifically, a verse or stanza of a
hymn ; a verse or small portion.of Scrip-
ture ; a section of a book. Laieik. 111.
3. A small lot of land next less in size
than a moo.
4. An age ; a period of time. ,
5. The length from the ends of the fin-
gers of one hand to the elbow of the oppo-
Mte arm when both arc extended,
6. In geometry, a cylinder. Ana Son. 29.
Pau-la, ) J, Eng. Gun-powder. See
Pau-ba, ) Paoda.
2. Sand, i. e., one a, burning sand: so
gun-powder was called at first by Hawai-
ians.
Pau-la, s. A full grown tree when the
timber becomes red ; he laau o.o a ula.
Pau-la-lii-lh, s. The watch-word given
by Kalanimpku before the battle of Kua-
moo.
Pau-le-le, v. To trust in; to lean or
rely upon ; to believe or credit what one
has said ; to put confidence in ; to desire
with the whole heart : to believe fully.
Pau-le-le, s. Confidence; faith. Luk.
7:9.
Pa-h-li, adj. Pa and idi, blue. Dark
colored ; biue, as the sea ; paidi ke kai.
Pa-u-u-0-li, adj. Dark blue, as the sky
in the evening near the horizon— one of the
signs of a kaikoo or high surf.
Pa-u-li-hi-a, adj. Accustomed; skillful
on account of being accustomed.
Pau-li-hi-0a, s. a great thickness of
dark, heavy, shining clouds.
Hepau/i'^iuo oa ka na haos,
He loko papohaku nake kioao,
Na kua anae no Lele aanae —
Aia la iluna o Walpuhia
Me au aholehole i LanibnlU
Pah-li-hi-ua, adj. Dark; black with
thick darkness.
Kuu pae <Jpua i Avalan,
Kualaa ka ua koko,
FaDleliiana (paulihiua) pa ka hoolaa.
Pa ke kau malie Kona aa lai lua,
BakI kau hola kahelaka naln o KapMlaubala,
Hoalai ke kaiko o Malin— e—
Ko mallo ole i ka noh)— e.
Pau-li-na-u-na, V, To gird up tightly;
to tie fast.
Pau-ma, s. Eng, A pump J he.omowai,
he omoliu.
Paf-ma, u To draw; to move along;
to push.
2. To turn, as a person turns a canoe to
the wind to empty it of water.
Paxi-maa-lb-a, adj. Pau and maalea,
skill ; cunning. Given to thought ; accus-
tomed to reflection; giving to devisiugond
planning.
Pau-ma-e-le, V. Pau and made, dirty.
To defile ; to pollute ; to be all over pol-
luted, isa. 59:3. 2foo. To defile; to make
dirty. Md. Sol. 5:3. To be soft; to be
moist ; to be unctuous.
Pau-ma-e-le, adj. Dirty; defiled; ob-
scured by something black.
2. All over defiled ; very filthy.
3. Piu. Sunk in sin or moral defilement;
heart unrenewed.
Pau-mau-noo-noo, s, a keep-sake; a
memento.
Pau-ma-ko, v. Pau and Tnako. To cry
for grief ; to be sad for the loss of a friend;
to writhe in mental< agony; to exhibit deep
grief; to be east down; to be dowuhc-arted;
to be disquieted, ifa?.' 42:5, U.
Pau-ma-ko, s. Deep grief; a mourning
for the loss of, a friend ; heaviness of the
eyes with sorrow ; the being overwhelmed
with sorrow. Hal. 61:2.
Pau-ma-ko-ko, • s. Great sorrow ; the
eyes heavy with sorrow.
Pa-u-me-u-me, s. The name of a game.
Pa-u-mi, dis. part. Ten apiece; ten each;
paumi ka apa o kahi, some had ten pieces
of cloth each.
Pad-na-kad-li-ke, s. .Scales, as from
the flesh ; bbldness. Isa. 40:12.
Pau-nei-nei, v. To be all moved or ex-
cited ; to make a great noise ; to slip up ;
to fall; to cry out.
Pau-ni-ni-ti, v. Pau and niniu. See
Nic, to whirl. To turn about, as a top:
pauniniu ka lemu o ka laau.
Pau-pau, v. See PA0,*to cease. To
make an end of j to break ofi'. Hoo. To
cease doing a tbin^j e hoopaupau i kelu
kamailio keia kamaiho e leaiea ai, cease all
conversation thai leads to licentiousness.
Pau-pau, s. Hoo. A breaking off fro.a
any practice ; a putting an end to it.
Pau-pau, adj. Bad; evil; dirty} old or
worn out. as mats or X^P^ ; paupau kahi
kapa; filthy; dirty; anclean.
PAH
436
PAH
Pau-pad-a-ho, v. FoMpau and aho,
breath. To be oat ot breath ; to pant for
breath.
2. To be f^nt-hearted ; to give over an
undertaking without sufficient effort. Hoik.
3. To be discouraged throngh fear. ler.
4:31.
4. To be faint through great exertion.
2 Sam. 21:16.
5. ffoo. To weary ; to trouble ; to pro'
voke. iso. 7:13.
Fau-eaij-a-ho, adj. Breathless; panting
for breath, as a dying perBon.
2, Giving up a .pursuit ; discouraged ;
&!nt-hearted.
Pau-pa-e-lb, adj. Paa and pude, de-
filed. Filthy ; defiled ; dirty. SeePACia-
KLB.
PAU-Firi adv. Pau and pu, togeiheT.
All together; all in one condition; together
in the same circumstances ; paupu kakou
-malalo o ka make, we are m alike under
sentence of death.
Pau-wa, *. Name of a species of fish.
See Papaca.
Pa0-da, s. Eng. Gun-powder; vari-
ously written paola, paula and paoda. ,
Pa-ha, *. Pride ; haughtiness of bear-
ing. See Pahaha.
Pa-ha, s. The name of a plant, the leaf
of which is used forfood during a scarcily;
in some places it is called fcopoJa.
2. A surf board ; he papa heenalu.
pA-HA, V. To be proud; to boast; to
be lofty in one's bearing. See Pahapaha.
Pa-ha, adv. Perhaps; it may be so, &c.;
expressive of doubt Note. — It is often
used when there is very little or no doubt;
A frequent expletive; oepoj^ yes perhaps,
a polite way of assenting to one's opinion
while the speaker withholds full beUef, or
even holds tQ an opposite opinion.
Pa-haa, "iail Pa and hm, low.
Fa-haa-HAA, J Yery short; low; humble.
Pa-haa-haa, s. Shortness; bluntness;
' rotundity.
Pa-hao, *. Pa, pan, and Aoo, iron. An
iron pan or plate.
Pa-hao, v. In a ^ame, to lay down your
own with another's, and take up at random
in order to ge#a better.
Pa-bao-bao, v. Pa and ^Aoo, to won-
der at To have another form; to be trans-
figured. Luk. 9:29.
2. To change one's appearance extern
nally ; to be changeable.
3. To change one's character.
4. Boo. To transform. Rom. 12:2.
Pa<-hao-hao, adj. Changed in, appear-
ance ; transfigured ; having another ex-
ternal form.
2. That which cannot be laid hold of;
not material ;- not substantial, as a ghost;
he mea pahaohao, a hodiUss thiuE.
8. Wavering; fickle; unsteady, as in
feeling or conduct ; in doubt or suspense ;
undecided.
Pa-hac, u. To embezzle in a second-
hand way; applied to property which is to
be (^istributed, as fish, kapa, &c., among
the people of a chief.
Pa-hau-na, *. The name of a heiau
near Lamaloloa in Hamakua, Hawaii j he
heiau kabiko kela mai ka po mu, a hiU i
keia manawa. Laieik. 27.
Pa-ha-ha, s. flame of a species of fish,
Pa-ba-ha, v. Pa and AaAa, to strut. To
strut ; to walk about proudly ; to play the
cock4arkey.
Pa-ha-ha, s. A large broad swelling of
the neck.
Pa-ha-ha, adj. Broad, full and plump,
as the neck when one has the mumps.
2. FrOud ; high-minded ; disdainiiiL
Pa-ba-le, s. Pa and ^de, house. Ah
inclosure in &ont of a house ; a court yard;
the spai^^onnd the house inclosed by a
• fence. ' /
Pi-HA-NE-si, disttib. adt). Pa, distrib-
utive particle. an4 harieri, {Mng.), a hun-
dred. By the hundred: a hundred fold; a
hundred times.
Pa-ha-pa-ha, j. See Pahaha, <kZ;'. Af-
fected stifih^ss in the gait and address of a
person ; strutting ; me ka pahapaha i hele
mai at
2. A Jdnd of s^a-weed; he lipaha, he
limu.
Pa-ha-pa-ha, v. See Paha and Pahaha,
adj. To gird one's self up ; to vaunt in
fine clothes ; to be proud ; to boast ; pdha-
. paha ihq la kekahi poe me ka noonoo ole i
ka mea e olnoln ai.
Pa-he, adj. Soft; easy; flexible.
Pa-he-a-He-a, s. Pa and hea, to call.
The voice of whispering like a ghost; a
small, thin voice just audible.
Pa-hee, v. Pa and Ace, to slip. To slip;
to slide, as the feet S<d. 17:5. Hoc. "to
cause to slide; hence, to falL tCard. 32:35.
' To let or cause to flow, as blood; mai koo-
pahee koko.
2. To play at the game called pahee; ua
pono k& pahee, no ka mea mekaikaikanui
e pahee ai, a ua pono no ke kino ma ia
paani.
Pa-hee, s. Smooth cloth ; silk.
2. The name of a game which <K>i>sist8 in
sliding a stick either on grass or gravel.
See the verb.
3. Slipperiness; smoothness. £al.66;21.
PAH
4. A smooth place.
5. Name of a region on the side of the
mountaind next below the ilima,
Ta-hee, adj. Smoothed; polished; slip-
pery ; shining, as a polished surface ;
smooth, as a person without hair. Kin.
27:11.
Pa-ree-hee, adj. Slippery; liable to
fall, ifcJ. 73d8. Muddy, as a road.
Pa-he-le, V, To talce in a snare ; to in-
snare. Kfkah. 9:12.. J9oo. To be caught
in a snare. Isa, 28:13. I'd be insnared.
^&a. 42:22.
Pa-he-ue, (. A noose for catching ani-
mals; a snare. laa. $:14.
2. Deceit ; treachery ; e malama !a oe
Mofi i na paMe o ko Hawaii nei.
3. Applied to the deceit of an enemy.
los. 23:13.
Pa-he-;.£, adj, Kahi puka pahde ma
kah! ana i makemake ai « hei.
Pa-he-lo, b. To slip ; to slide ; to slip
and fall.
2. To throw a s^ear.
pA-HB-LO, *. A slipping ; a sliding.
Pa-he-ma-he-bia, mj. Pa &nd kema-
hmm, awkward. Ignprant; awkward in
ihe use of language ; nngrammatical.
Pa-he-mo, o. Pa and hemo, to loosen.
To loosen : to set pr l^t loose.
' 2. To slip, as one walking; D nael^ anar
> nei kakou a pakemo auanei a haule ilalo.
3. To slip off, as an axe froni the helve.
Eoo. The same.
Pa-he-pa-he, adj. Soft; flexible; rotten;
laay. See Pa and Hefa, lazy.
PA-m, s. A knife j any cutting instru-
jnent of the knife kind; pahi kaua, a sword ;
pahi peln, a jacfeknife, &c. See the com-
ponttds.
Pa-hi, s. In Tahitian, a canoe or ship;
no ka mea, i»i» m^lailafma Tahiti) ka ''•
nni, he pM ka i'.vi'i. D. McUo 3:20.
Pa-hi, t. Lit I-) knife, i. e., to cut a
Jdece of meal thin as a knife ; e ok! labi-
ahi i ka io.
i. To siaml up on edge.
3. S kulc-pelope, e hoolepe.
Pa-hi-a, int. adv. Pa and Ma, how
manyt How many foldf how many to
each?
Pa-hi-a, V. To jump in an oblique man-
ner from a perpendicular height into the
waW, BO that in rising to the surface, the
feet come up first.
Pa-hi-a, *. A mistake; a slipping; a
falling.
Pa-hi-a-hi-a, v. See Pahia. To slip;
to slide ; to fall down.
Pa-hi-o, v. Pfl and Aw, to lean. To lean
437 PAH
' over ; to bend over in walking ; to move,
as a weak person.
Pa-ei-o, adj. Tall and slender, as a
man ; leanug over, as a honse ; stooping,
as a person. < ,
Pa-bi-oi, s. PoAt and 02, sharp. A sharp
knife. loa. 6:3.
Pa-hi-oi-lu-a, s. Pahi and &Siia, two
edges. A two-edged* knife or sword.
Pa-hi-o-i.0, s. Pahi and ofo, to vibrate.
A saw, so called irom its motion in using.
2 iSom. 12:13.
PA-Hi-t-Hi-u, s. Art, ke. The name of
a game like the konane.
Pa-hi-u-hi-d, v. To move by jumping,
as one does in playing konane. See Ko-
nane.
Pa-hi-u-mi-u-mi, s. Pahi and umiumi,
beard. A beard knife, L e., a razor. See
Fahikahi.
Pa-hx-ha-hAtt, s. Pahi and hah&u, to
strike. A knife to strike with, i. e., a sword.
Pa-hi-kau-A, s. PfflAi and AflzM, war. A
sword; a war knife. Fio, Power; oppress-
ive power. Sxn. 27:40.
Pai-hi-ka-hi, s. PoM and koJd, to cut.
A razor. Isa. 7:20. See FAHnnauur.
Pa-hi-ka-ki-wi, s. PaM and kakiunt
bent. A crooked knife; a cutlass; a sickle,
&c. JBTan;. 23:26.
Pa-hi-ku, dist. ad's. Pa and hiku, seven.
Seven-fold ; seven times ; by sevens. IBn.
7:2. He uku pahiku, seven-fold panish-
ment.
Pa-hi-lau, *. A falsehood; an untruth;
o ka like ole o ka olelo me ka oiaio.
Pa-hi-u, v. Pa and hili, to turn ; to
twist. To blow on different sides, as a
flickering wind; pahili ka pea ! kamakani.
Ke pahUi mai nei ka makani. ,
Pa-hi-lo-ke-a, *. PoAi and Mea, white.
A long knife with a white handle. See
LOEEA.
Pa-hi-iaj-lo, s. False; untrue; deceit?
ful ; aoie ka hejaahilolo.
Pa-hi-lo-lo, adj. Tall; strutting; proud
in one's movements.
Pa-hi-ma-ka-ltt-a, s. Pahi and maka,
edge, and Iwa, two. A double-edged sword
or knife.
Pa-hi-pa, s. Pa, yard, and Aipa (JBm^.),
sheep. A yard for sheep ; a shefe^ fold. 2
Sam. 7:8.
Pa-hi-pai-pai, J. PaM and paipai, to
prune. A pruning knife. Isa. 2:4.
Pa-hi-pa-hi-li-ma, s. Name of an an-
cient play or ipastime.
Pa-hi-pe-lu, s. Pahi axidpdu, to donhh
over. A jack-knife; a peil-knife; any shr.t
knife.
?AH
438
PAK
Pa-hi-foo-md-ku, s. Aknife like a razor;
a batcher's luiife.
Pa-hi-wa-ka-wa-ka, s. PaAi a.adteaka'
waka, Bhioing. A polisbed blade, as a saw,
a sword ; a flaming sword. Kin. 3:24.
Pa-ho, v. See Poho. To sink; to sink
down, as in water or mud; to be. out of
sight under water ; e nalo iloko o ka wai ;
to settle down in a miry place ; e napoo i
lca))i neneln.
2. .To swim. Isa. 26:11. Mea paho, a
swimmer.
3. To slip off; to slide away, ius. See
Paholo.
Pa-ho, adj. Sinking; settling down;
pohi, emi, piho.
Pa-ho-a, s. a sharp stone; a broken
piece of a stone with a sharp edge.
2. A ,6hort wooden dagger ; oo iho la
lina ia ia i ka pahoa, they two pierced him
with a paAoa (short wooden Bword.) Hoo-
kohe ia Lono me ka pahoa, he drew near
to Captain Cook with a pahoa.
Pa-ho-e, s. a fleet of canoes fishing for
iiis) malolo, flying-fish.
Pa-ho-e-ho-e, s. Smooth shining lava ;
flat unbroken lava; hepahoehoe a Pele.
Pa-ho-e-ho-e-pe-lE( s. Name of the
hooks used in catching the sea-turtle.
Pa-ho-o-la, s. Pa and hoola, a single
kapa. A remnant ; n piece : a worthless
piece. See Pahola. Stn. with pawelu.
Pa-hoo-la-pa-la-pa, s. Pa, pan, and
hooUtpalapa, to boil or fry. A frying-pan.
Pa-ho-la, v. Pd and &72a, to poison fish.
To render useless; to (le inactive; to he
without effect.
Pa-ho-la, s. That which is made use-
less, ineffectual or of no account ; ua hoo-
lilo i ka Olelo a ke Akua i pakola, a'i pa-
welu, a i mea oie, i mea lapuwale.
Pa-ho-la-ho-la, v. Pa and Itdahola.
To poisljn fish with the auhuhu.
Pa-ho-le, v. To peel off, as the skin.
2. To rub; tO:polish.
Pa-ho-le-ho-le, s. Pa and holehok, to
mb off the skin. A rubbing of the skin ;
a breaking of the skin ; o ka pahoUhole o
ka ill ; hilahila ino ka pee hana pela.
Pa-ho-lo, I). See Paho. To sink in the
water or mud.
2. To plunge down out of. sight; to
drown ; to be overwhelmed. 1 Tim. 6:9.
3. To fall down.
4. To slip off the handle, as an axe, or
off from the finger, as a ring or thimble.
6. Moo. To throw into the sea.
Pa-ho-lo-ho-lo, v. See Paholo. To
slip off; to let loose; to be separated ftom.
Pa-ho-no, v. Pa and ,%ono, to stitch. To
sew upi as a rent; to join two pieces of
kapa or cloth by sewing; to stitcb together.
Pa-ho-no-ia, mj. See Hono. Sewed;
mended, as old garments. los. 9:4.
Pa-hu, s. a barrel, cask, box, chest, &c.
Note. — A paku was originally a hollow
cocoanut or other tree with a shark skin
drawn over one end and used for a drumi
hence anything hollow and giving a sound
when struck is ajpcOm.
2. A coffin. Kin. 50:26.
3. A hole dug as a landmark. See the
compounds.
4. The ;;'me of a species of flsh forbidden
to women to eat under the kapu system.
Pa-ht?, ». To push or shove on end.
2. To push over ; to push down. Fio.
To overthrow, as an enemy. 2 Oilit. 18:10.
To overpower ; to tread down, as opposi-
tion. ifoZ. 44:6.
3. To burst forth; to run out, as a liquid;
to gush or flow oat
4. To burst forth with a noise ; to break
suddenly j to burst, aa a boil.
6. To dig holes for planting.
6. To fall down.
7. To strike or pound. See Paopao.
8. To cut, as in bleeding.
9. To blunt; to cutoff theendof at]iing;
to cut into.
10. To throw, as a spear.
11. To stuff food into a person's month.
Pa-H0, s. Small kalo stinted with weeds.
2. The name of a fish.
3. The name of a species of fish net ; he
upenapofeu.
Pa-htt, adj. Eound and smooth, as a
bald head ; applied to a A«to, hula paku.
Pa-htt-a, v. To dance; to go through
the evolutions of dancing.
2. To beat against the wind, a? a ship.
3. To fall off, as a ship sailing against
the wind.
4. To refiise to go or to do a thing ; to
be etubbom ; to be angry.
Pa-hu-i-hu-i, v. See Hiir and Hinnro.
To play at a game; to play for pleasure; e
■ hoopiopio, e hoomake i kekahi pohakuvme
ka hele ana, e kaina.
Pa-hu-i-hu-i, s. The name of a game
or pastime.
Pa-hu-u-me, s, Pahu and ume, to draw
out. A bureau.; a chest of drawers; a
drawer firom a larger chest or box.
Pa-hu-ho-i-ke, s. Paku, and hoike, to
show. The arfc of the testimony, so trans-
lated from Pufe. 26:33 and other places.
Pa-htj-ho^pit, s. The name of a goal
where the race-ooursa stopped, opposite, to
the pahuknt, where the race commenced; a
kukuluia ka laau me ka lepa ma ka poAu-
Aopit.
PAH
439
PAK
Pa-hb'Hu, e. See Pahu, v. To gush
out, as blood froni a wound ; habau iho la
ka moli, ^xiAuAu ae la ke kofco, the instru-
ment Dtrik^g, the Mood flovos ovi. See
Mou.
Fa-jCT-hu, s. a species of fish; the
7Qang of the hnhu.
Pa-hu-hu-la, s. a kind of dram used
at hulas in former times ; it was covered
with shark skin.
Pi-HtJ-KA-LA, s. Name of one of the
ihook^fights iormerly practiced in keeping
up tte war spirit ; he kana pahukaia kahi
iooa o keia kaua.
Pa-hu-ka-na-wai, s. Paku and kana-
wai, law. The ark of iim testimony. Puk.
30:6. See Paudhoikg above.
Pa-hii-ka-ni, i. Fakuaxid kani,Ui sound.
A dniin ; a bass viol ; a music box. Kin,
31 :27, Any musical instrument of the puls-
atile kind.
Pa-hu-ka-pu, s. Paht and Icapu, pro-
hibited. LrT. A sacred box. Asanotuary;
a place consecrated to a particular use.
Pwfc. 15:17. A place where it was kapu
or forbiddftn to go or to pass. Laidk. 101.
Soine sign or signal was generally put up.
Pa-hC'RU, b. To turn bact an enemy
and make the pursuers retreat
2. To be cut otf ijhort ; to be round.
Pa-hti-ku, *. The reserve of an ttrmy ;
a reinforcement that supporla the vanguard
party and repels the enemy.
2. A soft yielding mass ; a round msss.
8. A stick or goal erected at the begin-
ning of a race; hele aku la na man kanaka
elua a hiki i kapoAufcu.
Pa-hu-ku, adjt Short; round. See Po-
HUKO. »
Pa-hc-la, v. Pa and kul(t, to dance.
To dance; to hula, i. e., to sing and dance.
Pa-hu-i,a, s. a dance. See Hula.
PA-Hn-LU, s. Potatoes of the second
' growth.
?,. Apapu part cf the seawbich is orach
used ; he kai kapu, i hoonnaia.
Pa-hu-lu, s. Name of an ancient god
who lived in the hole of a certain rock on
Kauai; he was killed byKaululaaii.a chief
from Maui.
2. Name of the goddess who conceived
and brought forth Lauri; he akua hapai
no Laoai.
pA-HU-Lff-LU, adj. Somewhat rainy; a
little cloudy and rainy or dripping; not
entirely clear.
PA-Btt-MA-NA-MA-NA, s. A market; a
inai-ket place ; haute i ka pahu i ka p«^u-
tfianamatM. .
Pa-htj-na. s. See Paot, to push, and
Ana. a thrusting ; a striking, as with a
weapon.
Pa-hu-pai, s. a drum for beating at a
hula ; o ka ill mano, be mea ia e haoa iu i
pakupai.
Pa-hu-pa-hu, s. Stinted kalo growing
among weeds.
2. The name of a game played on a rect-
angular table, bllliiirds.
Pa-hu-pa-hu, adj. Blunt; obtuse; dull;
omuku;
Pa-hu-pa-hu, v. See Pahf, to strike.
To strike or pound ; to bruise. See Pao-
PAO.
PA-HU-PA-LA-PA-tA, s. Pohu and pah'
' pala, writing. Origitudly, a container for
the liqnor in printing kapas.
2.. A writing desk.
Pa-hp-wai, s. a cistern ; a container oi
water. ler. 2:13.
Pa-HU-be-ki-ta, s. Paku and berita
(Zfe6.), a covenant. The ark of the cov-
enant among the Hebrews. los. 3:3.
Pa-ka, v. To make war ; to fight ; to
strike, as large drops of rain, upon dry
leaves, making a noise.
2. To ciit ; to pare ; to peel off.
3. To fend off or turn aside, as the stc;n
does a canoe to avoid a wave which th(eat-
ens to fill it. ■ ■•
4. To shoot or slide a Canoe or surf-board
on a wave.
5. To prepare before hand for any busi-
ness or any event.
Pa-kA, s. Any small round substance,
as tiie head of a pin ; a knot at the end of
a rope.
2. The sharp projections on the sides of
the tail of certain fish, as the kala, the pa-
lani and the manini.
3. AflatcaIabssh,Bocalled because Urge ,
and ft^t.
4. A stone used by fishermen.
5. Paka, is sometimes written for baka,
tobacco.
Pa-ka, adj. Lean, as fiesh ; destitute of
fpt.
2. Keady ; prepared ; furnished.
3. Old: aged.
Pa-ka, adv. Clearly; plainly; intelli-
gibly; evidently. Stn. wiUi lea, pono and
maopopo. Ua oki pako,, baalele 1 na maa
inb a pau.
Pa-kaa, v. Topeeloflf; tosldn; to strip
off tbe skin from a vegetable.
Pa-kaa, s. Lean flesh.
Pa-kaa-wi-u, v. Pa and kaawiU, to
writhe. To encircle ; to twine around, as
a vine.
2. To tttvn this way and that.
3. To turn round ;"to roll ia upon itself
like a curling C^ime. I^k. 1:4.
PAK
44Q
PAK
Pa-kaj, t. Art, ke. An eatable vegeta-
ble; he mea ulu, he mea ai; a kind of herb
uaea for food ia time of scarcity. ,
Pa-kai^e-lb-lu, s. Name of a wind ; a
strong wind off Waianae.
Pa-kai-E"A, s. a species of sea-weed.
Pi-KAi-E-iLE, s. Name of a species of
fiab ; he pskanaloa.
pA-KAi-KAi, e. To pound, as with a
Pa-kai-kai, s. The name of a vegeta-
ble. See Pakai.
Fa-kao, v: To go about lazily; to live
without oljject; to live solitarily; e hakao,
e helewale.
Pa-katt-a, s. Pa, fence, and kaiui, war.
A fbrt ; a place of refuge ; a stronghold.
1 OiU. 11:6. A garrison, p Sam. 8:14. A
palace ; the residence of>'king. Neh. 1;1.
Pa-kaw-a-kes, s. ^
Pa-kau-a-lc-a, s. The name of a fish.
See Pakaiem!.
Pa-kad-ka-ma, s. Pa, yard, and kau-
kaim {Mug.), puoamber. A garden of
cacumbers. See Kacsaha. ha. 8:1.
Pa-katt-jw, «. Pa, pair, and liaa/fl, rope.
A set of ropes for -the rigging of a vessel.
Pi-KAiT-LEi, ». To be continually chang-
ing one's residence ; mal uoho apalcauLd.
2, To move along step "by step; to go by
little and Uttie.
3. To sit upright.
Pa-eatt-eei, adj. Unsteady; going from
house to honae.
' 2. Destitute of house find utensils. See
KrONOONopLE.
S. Living in a loose wa;^ or without
method, as one who leaves Sis wife to fol-
low one, then another.
Pa-ka-ha, v. Paa.nd.kaha. Tobegise^y
of property ; hence, to oppress ; to cheat ;
to be dishonest In any way.
Pa-ka-ha, s. Akindof shell-fish of the
sea, rough outside.
2. Greediness after another's property ;
a seizing what is another's.
Pa-ka-hi, dist. adv. Pa tod kahi, one.
Oe« to each. los. 4:5. One in a place ;
one by one ; pakahi i ka maktJiUd, onon a
year. Oihk. 16:34
Pa-ka-hi, v. To distribute to each one.
los. 4:2. To take turns; to do one at a
time; to be numbered one by one. 1 OUd.
23:3.
Pa-ka-ka, V, To glide with a canoe on
the Burf; to ride on the surf.
2. To flow off; to turn off, as a canoe is
turned to avoid a sea; to shoot or slide, as
a sm-f-board on a wave ; e pdlcaka i Isa
waa, to sJeer the canoe See Paka,
Pa-ka-ea, adj. Narrow; thin, as the
back door of a honse ; aka, e komo oe ma
ka puka pakaka.
Pa-ka-ka, adj. Sv^elled ; big, as one's
person.
Pa-ka-Pl-hi, v. Paka, to didp, as rain,
and kahi, one. To drop Swtteringly a lit-
tle rain.
Pa-ea-ke, ». See Hoopakake. To talk
indistinctly, as a Hawaiian trying to speak
English ; .to use tiie kake language.
Pa"KA-ke-c, v. To have the last worf
in scolding; to chide; to scold often; to
act as a scolding woman ; tO exhibit an
evil disposition.
Pa-ka-ki, 0. To talk irrationally; to
act as in a revel; to contend, as a drunkard.
Pa-ka-la-ka-la, *. A species of fish;
the little kala ; he kala liilii.
Pa-'ka-na-o-no, dist. adj. Pa and kanq'
(mo, sixty. Sixty-fold. M<a. 13:8.
Pa-ka-na-lo-a, *. Name of a species of
fish. See Olau, same species.
Pa-ka-ku, s. Pa, yaipi and &a7w,^to
plant. A garden ; a place where things are
planted. Met. 7:7.
Pa-ka-pa-ka, v. See Paka. To drop, as
large rain drops ; to make the noise that
such drops make on di^ substances; to
patter.
Pa-ka-pa-ea, s. a heavy shower of rain.
2. The wrinkled skin of the eye.
3. An aged person, from his wrinkles.
4. Wea£iess ; feebleness, as of an aged
person.
Pa-ka-pa-ka, adj. Coarse, or large, as
the lauhala leaves with which a mat is
braided ; he moehapoieapajca.
2. Numerous, as men.
3. Large and many, as fish, &s., in one's
possession ; pakapc^ kanaka o mea; p<t-
kapaka ka ia ia mea mo.
Pa-ke, «. Pa and Are, to resist. To push
away ; to defend off; to resist
2. To ring ; to soand ; to sing.
Pa-ke, s. Softness; weakness.
2. The name of white kapo.
3. The appellation given to aOhinamaa.
Pa-ke, adj. Soft; weak; flexible.
Pa-ke-a, s. a species of white stone.
Pa-ke-a-ai, s. See Pakelaai.
Pa-ke-o, adj. Fled; escaped; broken
away; agitated.
Pa-ke-o-ke-o, $. The people that eat
with the chief, as the aialo, in dis&ictioii
from the makiminana.
Pa-ke-u, ». Pa and Asm, to remain over
and abovo. To excel ; to be more tK»n
was expected ; to be over and above ; to
leave a remainder.
PAE
441
PAK
Pa-ke-kEj s. See Bakeke, Eng. A
bucket, &0.
Pa-ke-Mi ,u Pa and kda, to shoot out.
To exceed ; to go b«yond ; to go before.
2 m>r. 11:?3.
2. ' To ex-ceecl another in wickedness. 1
Not. U:9.
3. To be over and aiKWe. 1 OiM. 29:3.
4. Eoo. To prefer ; to esteem more.
6. To excel ; to do better tbftn' another.
Bonu 12:10.
6. To abound in wickedness. 1 Nal.
14:22.
Pa-ke-la, s. Excess ; what is over and
aboTo ; a superfluity. See the compounds,
A no ka pakela loa i ke akamai i ka faoo-
puka ana i na olelo pahee, on account of
the very great skill in uttering smooth
words.
Pa-ke-la, adj. High ; stretching out ;
Gxcelling.
Pa-ke-ia-ai, v. Pakela, and ai, food.
To be a glutton ; to be greedy in eating.
Kard. 21:20.
Pa-ke-la-ai, .t, A glutton; gluttony;
the practice of eating to excess.
3. In Tiatural historyyibe name of an ani-
mal, the glutton. ;
Pa-ke-i^-ai, adj. (Muttonous; eating to
excess. Mat. Ihlik. Pakela inu waina, a
drunkard. 1 Pet. 4:3. Pakela uani, excess
of glory. 2jror. 3:10.
Pa-ke-le, 0. Pa and kele, to slip. To
escape from some evil ; to escape punish-
ment. Eeb. 2:3. To be free from. Boo.
To deliver; to cause to escape. Puk. 6:6.
Pa-ke-lo, V. See Pakele. To slip out
of the grasp of a person or thing, as a fish
from the hands.
2. To set free ; to loosen ; to escape.
3. To administer an injection.
Pa-ke-lo, s. An injection; an enema.
Pa-ke-lo, adj. Slippery; sliding; slip-
, ping up ; slipping off.
Pa-ke-pa-ke, adj. See Pake, Soft; lim-
ber ; weak ; flexible.
Pa-ki, v. To smite with the palm of the
hand ; to spatter, as water.
2. To dash in pieces, as one would break
a inelon by throwing it on the ground.
3. To ooze through, as water ; to l«ak,
as a barrel, or as a kalo patch.
4. To move along; to slip or slide; e
hoonee, e hookele.
Pa-ki, s. The dividing of the water by
a ship under sail ; plowing the main.
Pa-ki-ai, s. Epithet of a barren woman;
he wahine pa.
-Pa-ki-ai, . ) «. To forsake wife or
Pa-ki-a-KI-AI, 5 husband and live in adul-
tery.
56
Pa-kii, v. To mash, as one treading on
an egg.
2. To lie with the face down, the belly
unsupported, in order to enlarge the ab-
domen. See Patio. E moe papio, e bnli
ilalo ke alo, i nui ka opu.
Pa-kii, s. A species of fish.
Pa-kii, adj. Broad ; spread out ; fallen
flat down; edging along, as one moving on,,
his belly.
Pa-kii-kii, adj. See Pakii. Broad ; ex-
tensively spi-ead out ; fallen down flatly.
Pa-kh-kii, adj. Applied to a fish net, a
small net ; i ka upcna palciikii.
Pa-ki-o, v. To fall continually, as fall-
ing rain; to rain continually; to drop 9on^
stantly ; e haule mau, e ua mau, e kulu
man.
Pa-ki-o-ki-o, v. Pa and kioldo. See Kio.
To break wind ofteu ; to void excrements.
Pa-ki-hi, v. Pa and kihi, border; edge.
To go lightly; to passaoftly; to just touch
in parsing.
Ee;?oAMi la i ke kal 0 Hiiis,
O ka bni maka val« no ka makou,
O ka booihoQi ana i ke uiuiwj.
Pa-ki-ka, V. To slip; to slide in walk-
ing, as one waiking on a slippery place.
Pa-ki-ka, s. Name of an insect that
eats potato leaves and destroys them.
2. A bad pronunciation for makUca, a
mu«quito ; ho eleao, he ilo, he mea e make
ai ka ulu o ka ai.
Pa-ks-ka, adj. Smooth; polished; slip-
pery; smoothed, as a thing polished; e kalai
a maikai, anai a pakika; alalia, hoomaka
ke kau.
Pa-ki-ke, v. Po and /li/fcc, to speak back
and forth. To make a pert saucy reply to
something said ; to answer back. Tit, 2:9,
2. To rail; to cavil; to talk impudently.
3. To answer roughly. 18am.20M. To
be provoking in a controversy.
Pa-ki-ke, s. a caviling. Bom. 10:21. A
reviling^ he lokoino.
Pa-ki-ke-ki-ke, v. SeePAKiKE. To an-
swer back and forth frequently.
2. To be rough ; to be uncivil towards
one in conversation.
Pa-ki-ki, v. See Paakiki. Pa for paa^
solid, and fctfci, intensive. To be very hard;
to be solid ; applied to substances.
2. Applied to the mind, to be Obdurate ;
to be inflexible. 7/oo. To harden, as the
heart. Puk. 4:21.
3. E papaiawa, c hoomana i ke akua.
Pa-ki-ko, ». Pa and fdJeo, a little dot or
mark. To eat but little; to be temperate;
to be abstemious in diet. 1 .BTor 9:25.
Note. — Pakiko is the opposite oS pakel/x,
spoken in reference to taking (kiko ana)
here a little and there a little.
RAK
442
PAL
Short. See Pokole.
2. To eat quietly or cautiously; to thiak
before hand and not follow the appetite.
Pa-ki-eo, s. Temperance ; regular habits
of life. Oih. 24:26 ;! 2 Pet. 1:6.
" ^^. 2. The name of an instrument anciently
used, in war, ,
PA-KI-KO-E-LE, V. See ..KoELEE.LE, To
make a rough souncT; to rumble slightly;
e kamumu.
Pa-ki-pa-ki, v. See Paki, to slip ; to
, glide. To sail along ; to divide the water,
as the keel of a ship ; to move sideways ;
to spatter the water in rowing a canoe.
t Pa-ki-pa*ki-ka, adj.- See Pakika. Slip-
pery ; mud^y ; liable to fall ia walking.
Pa-ko-le, ffl<y. Short. See Pok;ole.
Pa-kc-le-ko-le, adj. Short. See Pdkole
and Pakole.
Pa-ko-le-ko-lb, s. a species of fish
large and greenish.
Pa-ko"Li, s. Names of the first three
notes' in'the Ha waiiansoaleof vocal music;
he kumu leo himenl; the, whole seven
sounds are represented by Vthe' syllables
'pa, ko, li, tia, no, la, mi.
Pa-ko-li, adj. Singing by notes; he
kumu pakoli, rudiments of vocal music.
Pa-ko'h, 5 •'
Pa-ko-lu, v. Pa andi:fl/M,, three. Three.;
three-fold; three by thre?; to do tbr.ee
'■•timfes. JVafe. 22:28.
Pa-ko-ni, s. Pa and Ao«i, to beat, as the
pulse. An ache, as the toothache; a pain;
a strong pain.
Pa-ku, v. Pa, a jyalj, and ku, to" stand.
To partition off ; to guard ; to defend ; • to
shielcl one from harm * inanao iho la att e
haliu Ae i ko kakou Baku me ka i akn, e
j>ai!» mai oe in'tn; to {larry off; to defend
,by;Some means ; a paka aku la na kanaka
j ka moena no ka pu, and the people put
up thei;r mats as a defense against the guns.
2. To cast away ; to drive off; to tread
or trample down ; e hahi, e hehi, e peku.
Pa-pt, ». See Pahu. To burst out, as
grain from a bag, or as matter from a lioii.
Note. — This is perhaps a mistake for pofeu,
but the manuscript was very plaia.
Pa-EC, s. a partition, as of a house.
2. The wall of a small inclosure.
3. A defense ; a place of securitv. Hal.
89:18.
4. A shield; a veil concealiiig something.
Pv/c. 26:31. A hanging division; a curtain.
i*Mfc. 27:15. Note. — The partitions or pa-
tens in the houses of former times, where
the people had any at all, were nothing
more than kapas or mats hipg up.
5. A division; that which makes a place
to be separated fropj another place.
6. A jiniting or joining or sewing of two
pieces olkapa.
7. A uniting of" two pieced of %4uke by
beating to make one kapa.
Pa-ku-a, v. To do over and over again
continually \ to go to the same place ; to
travel the same road day after day; e hele '
man i kela la i keia la ma kahii hele mau ia.
f^A'iinj-A, adj. Accustomed ; ^o accus-
tomed as to become second ' nature ; he
mea pakaa wale, a thing become common.
Pa-ktj-ei, V, To be present before the
time ; to commence a job before the time.
Pa-k0-i, v. Pa and kui, to join one
thing ^0 another. To splice, as ^iber or
aTope.
.2. To engraft, as one tree upon another.
Pxym. 11;17.
3. To add one evil deed to another. 1
Sam. 12:19, ■ ^
4. To unite; 1. e., to add one stor^ of a
building to another ;to heap one thing on
the top of another; e'bou i kekahi mea ma-
luna iho o kekahi mea.
5. To beat against, as an opposing wind.
Mar. 6:48.
Pa-ku-i, -1!v To be unpleasant to the
taste ; to be sickishl^ sweet ; to send forth
an odor; to be odonferou^; e ala, epakai,
e kuhinia. '•-
Pa-ku-i, a^. Added on; joined; hale
pakai, tt house joined to a hooae above,
that is, a tower. Kin. 11:4. Engrafted;
onited. Ink. 1:21.
Pa-ku-i-ku-i, v. See Pakui. To splice
or join together timbers that are not long
' enough for the purpose designed; to lasten
toge&r ; e hookuikui. e panainai.
Pa-k0-i-ku-i, v. To beat against; to be
'~ cpntracy to, as a contrary wind; po&uifcui
mai ka makani. Oih. 27:4.
2. To beat ; to pound fine ; to bruise. 2 '
Sam. 22:43.
3. To mix up, as sweet food.
PX-KU-i-KU-i, s. Name of a species of
yellow fish.
Pa-ktj-i-ku-i, adj. Contradictory; op-
posing; as, makani pakuikdi, an opposing
wind, or a head wind ; he olelo pakuikui,
a contradiiHn^ speech.
Pa-ku-i-pa!, aij. Some quality of a fish
net ; he upona pakuipaL
Pa-ku-pa-kit, aa;. Round; low; short.
Pa-la, adj. Mellow; soft; ripe, as fruit;
rotten ; cooked soft. '
Pa-la, s. Name of the foreign common
disease, the syphilis.
, 2. The name of a vegetable eaten in time
. of famine.
3. A hahai mai na kanaka e hele ana me
keakuai kapaiaahaawe — haimaikapala
mai uka^kii hou ka paia ma ia po iho.
PAL
443 ..
PAL
Pa-la, v-. To cook soft; to ripen andj
be soft, as a banana or other fruit.
2.' Hoo. To anoint; to daub; tobesmeari-
3. To erase ; to blot out.
Pa-jj^a, s. Almost any dark color, such
aB brown, purple, &c. ; lolo poteo. ,
Fa-x<a-ai, adj. Palaandiai. Fat, as ani-
mals ; palaai ka holobolona, paUiai ka ia,
palaaika, mamv
Pa-la-au, s. Pa, ience, and loan, tim-
ber. 'A stick I'ence ^ ■» wooden fence : .^e
palaau ka pa kahiko ; jtalaau qioi, a tndrn
bedge. itfifc.-7:4.
Pa-lai, «; For the English ^y. To cook
or fry m a pan. Note. — It s&ould be writ-
ten parai or rather/emi. Oihk. 7:12.
Pa-lai, v. To be ashamed and turn the
face awaj,a8oncwho is conscious of guilt;
or c jnscious of the presence of supendrity
or dignity, ae a poor man when he goes
• into the housQ of the rich. Moo. To cause
ablush; to feel disconcerted at the pres-
ence of superiors; toconftiseone; to make
ashamed. ler. 7:19.
Pa-lai, s. a blashj shamefacedness ;
he pcdai ka maka, the face blusJies.
'I. Name of a species of fern: he mea ulu,
he palanalai; he ieie ame ka joaiai. Laieik.
103.
Pa-lai, adj. Adulterous ; defaced.
Pa-la-i-e, adj. Fala, Boft, and ie, flex-
ible. Inconstant-, not firm; easily tempted
to turn from the right ; o na kanaka a pau
loa ms ka honua nei, he pulaie no ia na
• lehova.
PA-LA-i-ft, s. Art. ke. A species of play
formerly among the people; ua hana ua
kanaka i ke paMe i mea lealea-
Pa-la-i-ki, s. Pala, soft, and iki, little.
The sound of a stonfe thrown high and fall-
ing into the water perpendicularly. See
Palamimo. 'Hnna paiaiki ke akamai.
Pa-lai-ma-ka, p. FalaianA maka, face.
To put to conftislpn ; to be cast down in
conntenaoce; to be confounded. Jsa. 41:11.
Syn. with hilahila. To be turned back,
/so. 42:17.
Pa-lai-ma-ka,.*. Heo. A blushing; a
shame ; a sign of shanie.
Pa-la-o, s. Name of a species of fish.
'Pa-la-o-a, s. A species of large fish; a
whale.
2. An ornament made of a whale's tooth
worn pendulous from the neck ; e malama
i ka niho palaoa, take care of the ornametii
'^■(yre have Jio name for it in Knglisb) ; hence,
3. Ivory.
4. The sea-elephant.
Pa-la-o-a, adj. Of or belonging to ivory.
1 Nal. 10:18.
Pa-la-o-a, f. The Hawaiian common
orthography and pronunciation for the
English word^ur; hence,
1. Bread ; flour, &c. ^
2. The grain of which flour is made. See
HuAPALAOA. Palaoa hnluhulu, barley; pa-
laoa eleele, rye' palaocl bu pie, unleavened
broad. Fuk. 9:31, 32. Paiaioa wall, fine
flour. OiAfc. 7:12. PWooa kawili, doughi ■'
Neh. 1.5:20. Note.— the Word should be
written/afaoa or/efaoo.
Pa-i.ao-lao, «. Paanilaolao. A bundle
' done up short ; a bundle,of Jfagots.
2. The name of a species' of fish.
Pa-la-o-nu-i, adj. Broad, as the eye.
Pa-lau, v. To lie ; to misrepresent ; to
deceive ; e wahabee, e hoopunipuni.
Pa-lau, v. Hoo. To betroth. Puk.2h9.
To betroth ; to give in marriage ; to en-
gage to marry.
Pa-lau, s. A lie; a falsehood.
2. An instrumcni for cutting kalo tops ;
laaupolctu, me ka laau/jotou, o Kapahieli-
horiaa. Laieik. 167. .
3. A species of yam; the same as the ufti.
4. Mug. A plow.
5. A species of fish, purple, striped.
Pa-lau-a-le-lo, s. idleness; indolence; ;
want of disposition to work. 1 Tito. 6:13.
Pa-lau -A.-LE-L0, adj. Indolent; unoccu-
^ pied ; lazy ; idle-; neglecting to cultivate
.land ; low ; ill-bred.
Pa-lau-e-ka, V, To be obscured, as the
sun.
i, To work briskly; to finish a job speed-
ily.
Pa-lau-e-ka, adj. Obscure; dim; hat
white.
2. Expffditions; finishing a work quickly.
Pa-lau-lau, s. a species of red fish.
Pa-lau-wi-li, adj. Pa and lamoUi, to
change. Changing often; whiiHing about,
as the wind ; polauwili ka makani.
Pa-la-ha, v. Pa and laka, to spread out.
To slip ; to slide. Sol 3:23. To stumble
and fall down by hitting the foot against
an object.
2. To fail flat down, as a house or tent.
Limk. 7:1.3.'
3. Hoo. To fall prostrate in adoration.
4. To stretch out upon ; to lie flAt upon.
1 Nd. 17:21.
5. To b@ spread or wafted off, as a shower
over land ; paUiha -eku k» na ma ka aina.,
6. To conceive, as a female ; to become
large.
Pa-la-ha, adj. ^ooth and flat, as the
back of the shell-fl^ called ZeAo; akahinoa
loa ka oln, potoAa, pauhu, maka ino.
Pa-la-ha-la-ha, v. See Palaha and
Laha, to extend. To spread out; to extenri
genertdly. ,„],,
PAL
444
PAL
2. To eptead abroad, as a report* Oih.
4:17. To exteod far and wide.
3. To spread or extend, as a sore or dis-
ease. Oihk. 13:22.
4. Eoo. To extend abroad ; to increase,
as a people. Mn. 41:62.
5. To spread out, as the -wings of an
army. Lutik. 20:37.
Pa-la-ha-la-ha, s. Breadth; extent, as
of a country, jsa. 8:8.
2. A species of the limn. See Lnro.
,Pa-la-ha-i;a-ha-lat7, adj. Having leaves
only, as a tree j he p<dahcUahalau wale no,
aohe hua, makmg a show of leaves only,
bat no fruit.
Pa-la-he, )adj. Soft; tender; so
Pa-la-HE-KE, j soft as to flow ; flowing,
soft and slimy, as the mncbus trora the nose.
Pa-la-he-a, s. Pala, soft, and heOj to
be dirty. Dirty food.
i. A spot j a stain. 2 Pet. 2:13.
Pa-la-he-a, adj. Dirty; filthy; defiled;
jxdahea ko lakou naau i ke koko o hai ;
unclean; besmeared, as a child's hands and
face when eating greasy food ; blotted, as
paper which has ink spilled on ii
Pa-la-he-A, ». To daubj to besmear;
to anoint.
2. Eoo. To stain; to color, as with blood.
Jsa. 63:3.
Pa-la-he -A-HE-A, v. Intensive of pald-
hecu To be unsound ; to be weak ; to be
ffful, as a person ; to be unsound ; to be
wanting in strength.
Pa-la-hee, v. P<da and hee, slippery.
Bee Paiahe above. To shrink away, as a.
qow-ard from duty or danger.
Pa-ij.-hee, adj. Dead ripe ; rotten.
Pa-u-hi, o. PoZa and A«, to flow away.
Toflowfrom the bowels; to discharge liquid
matter from the bowels.
Pa-la-si, s. The liquid discharge from
the bowels in a bowel complaint.
Pa'LA-ho, *. Corruption. loh. 17:14.
Putridity ; the action of decaying matter,
Pa-la-ho, '
Pa-ia-hu,
Pa-la-ho-ijo, s. Pala and holo for kee,
to flow, f aste made from the fern called
amaumau; the paste was used in pasting
*> \ adj. Eotten; decayed; sub-
Cf> ) ject to decay ; corruptible.
2. The namj of a plant
Pa-la-hu, .«. The sickness of fowls.
2. The name of a large fish : the opelu.
3. The epithet of a cock-turkey from the
soft elastic red substance on and about his
head.
4. A turkey generally. See Pelehu:
Pa-la-hu-ki, .il Pala and hvM, to be-
come soft. To become soft and putrid, as
a dead body. SeePALAKAtnna. A lilo ae
la kona kino i vasa patahUliA, and his body
became jpttirid.
Pa-la-ka, v. Pa and fa.?M, to tame. To
be inactive; to be inattentive; to be indif-
ferent to what interests others; to be ineffi-
cient.
2. To live without thought or care.
3. To be dull or stupid ; to bo slow of
apprehenaion; applied to the moral powers.
Mai. 13:15.
4. Eoo. To cause one's self to be indif-
ferent; to.harden one's heart; to be unbe-
lieving in great and solemn truths. Isa.
. 6:10.
Pa-la-ka, s. A disposition of heart op-
posed to religious tnith; hard-heartedness;
stupidity; moral insensibility; indifiierence.
2. The name applied to a short shirt; he
wahi palule pokole.
Pa-la-ka, adj. Inactive; stupid; care-
less ; inefficient: indifferent
Pa-la-ka-ao, adj. Pala, ripe, soft, and
kaao, the fruit of the hala tree. Hence,
soft; ripe; having undergone some process
of decay ; palakahnki, palahu.
Pa-la-kai, v. To wither; to droop, as
a vegetable ; to produce no fruit ; to be
stinted in growth ; to fade, as a flower ; to
fail.
Pa-la-kai, adj. Barren; unfruitful;
sickly; withered, as a plant; stinted in
growing, as a child.
Pa-la-ka-he-la, adj. Pala and kaJida,
bent. Crooked ; curved ; having crooked
•legs or neck.
■Palakakela ka a-i o MakaulEia,
He kiu ka makani, he alele booholo na Eokootau,
Ee knebu mai la iaka o Fehu,
Ike ke kanaka kahea uolo maksni.
Pa-la-ka-hu-ki, v. Paia and kaJatki, to
decay; to corrupt To corrupt; to putrefy,
as a dead body ; to be soft ; to rot Ses
Palahd and Kahuki. Sol. 10:7.
Pa-la-ka-htj-ki, adj. Soft; decayed, as
animal bodies ; p.utrid.
PatLA-ke, fidj. Mixed up of water and
other things; heavy; water-soaked, as kalo
or potatoes.
Pa-la-ke-a, s. a variety of kalo,
2. A kind of vegetable eaten in fame of
i3caroity.
Pa-la-ke-a, adj. Pala and kea, white.
Anything soft and white ; white ; clear ;
unclouded ; unshaded witrany color. '
Pa-la-ki, v. To brush j to polish, as
a shoe ; to wash ; to cleanse.
2. To omear over ; to whitewash a wall.
Pa-la-ki, s. Eng. A brush generally.
Pa-la-ki-o, s. Pala and kio, excrement
from a soi'e. The name of a disease con-
PAL
445
PAL
nccted with lascjivlouiiaess; he mai pala,
he mai baolo.
Pa-la-ki-ko, v. To steal, especially to
steal littl'i things ; to pilfer^ to take little
by little. Notb.— This appears to he a
motlern coined word: its deriration is not
apparent, except that kiko sigmfios to pick
up as a fowl eata food. ■• .
Pa-la-ki-ko, s. Theft J a stealing of
Btnall articleB ; pilfering.
Pa-la-ku, v. Pala and lot, to stand.
To be soft ; to be rotten, especially rotten
internally.
Pa-la-la, v. To tax the people for kapa,
poi, &c., on the birth of a youug chief.
, 2. K haki lala ka nalu, e kahi aoao.
Pa-la-la, *. A tax paid on the birth of
a chief.
2. A gift ; a present on the birth of a
child.
3. A wedding feast. Sin. 29:22. Also
connected with ahaaina. JJuk. 14:10.
4. A feast made by a chief for any pnr-
pose. Laieik. 88.
6. A tas paid to the chiefs for any pui-
pose ; he meapalala ia ka hulumanii o tax
'lii.
Pa-la-lau-ha-la, V. Pala, softne.ss, and
Umhala, a tree. To be weak; to be feeble;
to be infirm.
2. To walk, to see or to move with tiee-.
bleuesB.
< 3. To be old ; to be in the last stages of
life.
4. To swoon : to lie like one dead.
PA-LA-LAtJ-HA-LA, s. Weakness; infirm-
ity ; the foeble state and infirmities of old
age; the last stage of life of an old person.
Pa-la-LA-ha, V- Pa and laha, to spread
out. To be broad; to be widely extended.
See Palahalaha.
Pa-IiA-la-ju-lau, adj. See Palahala-
' BALAU. Having leaves only, and no fmiit j
making a show of leaves, as a tree.
Pa-la-la-kai-mo-kct, s. A broad plaiaj
tend spread out
2. An extended land; a countr;;,,^f«ra-
tivdy, a kingdom.
Pa-la-la-io, adj< Pala, soft^. and lah,
below. Soft ; rotten, as kalo or bananas ;
applied to persons, sick; goft;^ dtseasea
with the pala ; applied, to a kingdom, with-
out strength.
Pa-la-le, v. To branch ou*; to project
out,
2. To put together conftisedly.
3. To speak indietmctl^ ; to make blun-
ders in speaking.; to veeiferate.
4. To work in a slovenly manner,
Pa-la-le, adj. Scattered; spread out;
lying confusedly so as to answer no pur-
pose, ^ the wheels of a watch when apart.
Pa-la-lei, s. The spreading of one's
kapa over the head of a chief on entering .
a house ; kapalalei o k6u kapa.
Pa-la-le-ha, y. Pala and leha, to lift
the eyes. To raise slowly the eyes; hence,
tobe'lazy; to be famt-hearted ; to be in-
dolent. Moo. To be slothful ; to be idle ;
to be careless. See Hoomolowa. Boopa-
Meha iho la kakoii i ka hana maikai.
Pa-la-Le-ha, adj, Hoo. Slothful; idle.
Sol. 10':4. •
Pa-la-li, v. Pa and Mi, soft. To sound
softly, as a flute or pipe ; e kani me he pu
hihio la.
Pa-la-lo-li, adj. Pala arid Mi, to
change. Changed from its original state ;
sott ; decayed ; corrupted ; rotten. See
PALALUHUXm.
Pa-la-L(7, v. Po^a, soft, and ^u, to scat-
toir. To burst out suddenly : to snort Vk9
a horse.
2. £ puhuluhulu, e palali.
3. Hoo. To imitate the paMu or voice df
the moko, &c., as men do.
Pa-la-lu, s. The noise of the dove as
made in the throat ; also the voice of the
mojto; applied also to other noises.
Pa-lA'LU-e-hu, adj, Pala and luchu,
soft. Soft; yielding^; flexible ;^oft, as a
ripe boll ; rotten; corrapt, as decaying
animal oi: vQgeMle matt». See Falaea-
BBKL.
PA-LA-m-Hi-E'-Hir, adj. Decayed; cor-
mpted'i soft. See Falauuj.
Pa-la-ma, s. Eng. A palm, name of a
tree ; the leaf of the tree. Ebik. 7:9. See
Fajma.
Pa-la-ma,. «. Po and Zoino, a torch. To
watch over; to gaard ; to keep guard, as
soldieca ;.to be guarded or watched over ;
e malamata me na koa e kijiiia.
PA-LA-atA., s. A watching J a guardii^,
2. A watch ; a ^iiard.
Pa-la-mai-ki, v. To gather up into a
bvmch, as a handkerchiefs
Pa-la-ioe-a, s. Plumpness; fatness, as
of an animal.
2; A pure, clear atmosphere,.
Z'. The spl.endid appearance of the heav-
enly bodies with the beautitUl bine of the
sky ; he aaka na mea ma ka lani, a uliuli
maikai mai ka lani,^
Pa-la-sii-mo, V, Pala anitnimo, to move
softly. To move ofif Silently; to step aside
without noise ; to go or to move softly ; to
move gently; to be small; to enter, as a
bouse, without noise; e uuku, e komo pono.
Pa-la-mi-mo, adj. Quickly and easily
done ; moving easily without noise.
Pa-la-mo- A, ». A bluish cloud; seen in
the east in the mondn^ it was considered
PAL
446
PAL
a >Bign of rain ; he papalaoa, he palamoa
he mau ouli ua ia.
Pa-la-nai, adj.*T^]at; not deep, as a
fiat dish ; flat, as a vessel or ship which is
not deep.
Pa-la-na-i-ki, f • Palana and iki, little.
To be small; to be confined to a small
space ; to te shrunk or curled up ; to fit a
place designed.
Pa-la-ne-he, v. Pala and neke, to rus-
tle. To be gentle ; to be soft and careful
io doing a thing ; to move softly, without
noise.
Pa-la-ne-he, «. Gentleness; upright-
ness ; quietness and g&tleness in doing a
thing ; silence and softness.
Pa-la-ne-he, adj. Gentle; good; with-
out noise : without confusion ; o ka hana
palaneJte ole, o ka lawe nihi.
Pa-la-ne-he-o-le, v. See Palanehe
and Ojle, not." To depart secretly; to van-
ish.
Pa-la-ne-he-0-le, adv. Silently; qui-
etly; unperceived. Note. — It is difficult
to see how palanehe and palaneheole shojild
convey the same idea of a still, quiet move-
ment ; the ole cannot have its usual mean-
ing of a negative.
Palaneheole ia 1 nalo
O loUlohl ku, 0 ka loU lani— c.
Pa-la-ni, V. To skim; to dip lightly,
as an oar ; applied to rowing feebly ; aole
komo ka hoe, dip not deeply the paddle. .
2. To dig slightly, not deeply.
Pa-la-ni, adv. Lightly; feebly; kioe
p(Uani, skim a lUUe.
Pa-la-ni, adj. Sour, as a melon or other
fftiit partly eaten, the remainder left and it
becomes sour.
Pa-la-ni, v. To stink; a word of con-
tempt, applied to dirty, filthy personSjffom
the fact that the flsh jxriom stinks abomin-
ably. Palani was formerly applied to ser-
vants in distinction from chiefs ; ua kapaia
ka poe kauwa he pcUani, he hohono ke ano.
Pa-Ul-mi, t. The name of p. fish emit-
ting a very bad odor.
Pa-la-wi, «. Eng.__,T!he Hawaiian or-
.thography for barani, that is, brandy ; it
should always be written and printed Oo-
■ r<ini.
Pa-la-ni, s. Bng. France, French or
a Frenchman; this word should always be
written and printed Mrani or .Virani,
Prance ; he kanaka Farani, a Frenchman.
Pa-la-ni, s. A species of sugar-cane.
Pa-la-ni, v. To soften. Heo. To paint;
to daub.
Pa-la-ni-oa, s.
Pa-la-pa-la, v. See Pala, to paint; to
spot. To stamp with marks, as in painting
or printing kapa. Note.— The figures, like
calico printing, were cut on pieces of wood
or bamboo, dipped in the. liquid coloring
matter and then impressed with ihe hand
on the kapa.
2. In modem times, to write ; to mark ;
to draw ; to paint. See Eaeac.
Pa-la-pa-la, s. Characters made by im-
pressing marks on kapa or paper like print-
ing or by writing with a pen ; hence,
2. A writing; a book eitlier written or
printed ; a manuscript.
3. An incription upon coins ; fiie hand-
writing of any one ; pdlapala Jumolde, the
Holy Scriptures. Note. — The whole sys-
. tern of instruction as first commenced at
these Islands was summarily called by the
Hawaiians the palapala.
Pa-la-pa-la, s. The name of a fish
found near 1)anks and shallow places.
2. The dead dry lauhala leaves ; he lan-
hala maloo wale.
Pa-jla-pa-lai, s. The name of a species
' of fern. See Palai.
Pa-i<a-pa-la-k£-a, adj. FcHapala and
feea, white. Clear; bright; white; shining.
See Palaxea.
Pa-la-pa-la-ni, v. See Palani, to paint;
to soften. To paint or print kapa and put
out to dry.
Ea-la-po, adj. See Palaho. Botten;
decayed ; bad smelling.
Pa-la-po-ha-kh, adj. Small; feebly run-
ning, as a small stream of water ; he wahi
WM poiapoAoilEU.
Pa-la-puj v. To make a bruise or
wound.
2. To be soft to the toncb; to be 8(rft, as
a boil ripe for lancing.
Pa-la-pp, ff. Anything so soft as to nin,
as matter from a boil.
2. Softness, as meat or flesh brviscd to a
jelly.
3. A wound or bruise. Pufc. 21:25. A
strijie; the wound of a whip or scourge.
Tsa. 53:6.
Pa-la-wai, s. a species of limu or sea-
grass.
2. He wahi wai e palapohaku.
Pa-la-wai-ki, adj. Nice ; neatly done;
polite ; done wit£ taste.
Pa-la-we-ka, «. Vain work; mucii
labor and no fruit; applied to fishing all
night and catching nouiing: o kahana pqa
he-ahe o ua kula wela aei, hoi patowfca
ole onkou o kahi hulilau.
Pa-le, s. a sheath} an outer garment;
an apron ; a veil ; a ourWi. Pufc. 26:2.
2. Anything that defends or wards off;
a partition; the bones are a defense to the
breun, the- ribs to the vital?, &o< MiA, 1.
PAL
447
PAL
3.. A division; a dividing lire; a bound-
ary line. PuJc. 8:19.
4. An interval of time.
6. Fio. A convalescent person', i. e., one
whose sickness is warded off.
6. The upper rim sewed to a canoe.
Fa-ve, u lo refuse; to stand in the
way; to binder.
% To defend .off; to parry, aa in the
sword exercise ; to ward off. It'ah. 26:8.
3. To strike agaiqst ; to be opposite to ;
to oppose; to resist. 2 OOU. 29:11. To
fend off a blow, as in boxing. LaiHk. 41.
,4. To make void, as a law ; to torn into
Another maaDing firom the one designed ;
to mifuntorpret.
6. To render useless ; to fall npon one ;
palB ka poho, aohe pono i koe, it is useless,
we need not try again. LaiMk. '67.
' 6. To deliver, as a midwife.
I. Hoo. To resist ; to reject ; to strive
agidnst.
• 8. To cover up; to overlay. 1 OiM. 29:4.
Pale ka pono. An adverbial phrase.
Laieik. J40, To refuse obedience to a re-
^iwst; to listen to no advice; to pay ne
attention to what is right.
Pa-le:,-o4/. Hindering; separating; op-
Pa-le-o, v. Pa and feo, voice. To con-
verse' together^ tO' donverse together, as
several persons; to utter or express some-
thing with the- voice.
Pa-ee-o-le-o-a^ ) ^, pjj a„,j ledeoa, to
PA^fc-o-liE-o-w-A, ) wish cviL To listen
to vile language f to speak reproaclifiiUy
of another; to curser another by wishing
him- dead;: to blackguard.
PA-tB-oHPTJ-Af V. To pardon one's of-
fenses, as the priest in former times by of-
fering: a sacrifice ; e kala,.e wailua, epaU-
cpua. ^
PA-x,E-tr-Hli s. Pale and idii, to cover
up. A covering; a veil;: an article of con-
cealment: Mah. 4£.
Pa-le-u-hai^ma, s. Pide and umauma,
the breast. A breast plate ; an armor of
defense, ha. 59:17.
PA-LE-O-lffATT-MA-U-NA-Ht, Si Pok, UmOU-
ma and uruM, the scale of a fish. Abrig-
andine; an armor of defense; a coat of
mail. /«»•. 51j3.
Pa-le-he, V. To be slack ;;to be loose;
to hang loosely ; to shake ; to vibrate ; e
paleke, e alualu, o oloolo, e baaluea, 0 po-
hemo. See Folkrrlehe.
Pa^iue-kai, s. PafeandAaz,thesea. The
' railing or bulwark of a vessel; a ku iho la
ma kapalekai, when he stood upon the bul-
imrk.
PA-LErKAU-A, s. Pale and kaua, war.
A shield ; defensive armor. 1 8am,. 17:41.
Pa-le-ka-na, 0. To rest; to feel secure
from danger; to breathe tteeij, i.e.,to feel
secure or safe; to be dafe, i. e., to have
made an escape. JM. 119:117,
Pa-le-ka-na, s. One who has escaped
from danger or secure from it.
Pa-le-ka-na, adj. Safe; in a state of
safety from danger; escaped from danger;
palekana, pau ka makau, pan ka luhi, pan
lea hole ana i ka hana.
Pa-le-ke-i-ki, v. Pak and keiki, child.
To deliver'a child ;. to act the midwife.
Pa-le-ke-i-ki, s. One who acts as a
midwife ; a midwife. Kin. 38:28.
Pa^le-la, v. Pale and la, day. To be
idle ; to be lazy ; to refhse to work. Pvk.
6:17.
Pa-le-la, s. Laziness ; indolence.
Pa-le-la, adj. Lazy; going about idly ;
sauntering here and there ; contemptuous,
Pa-le-le, v. Pa and Me, separated. To
put in another place, as when there is no
place vacant ; e hele a j)oMe wale aku, go
and put it somewhere else ; the same as e
wdilw aku. nva kahi e.
2. To stammer, as when one trios to
speak and cannot get the word out.
Pa-le-le, adj. Stammering; he leo^-
Ide; applied also to dropping water.
Pa-le^lu-a, s. The second veil or par-
tition in the temple of Solomon. Heb. 9:3.
Pa-le-ma-i, s. Pcde a.nA mai. An under-
shirt ; lolcwawae palemai, drawers.
Pa-le-ma-ka; s. Pide and maht, face.
A veil; a covering for the face. iSn. 38:14.
Pa-le-mo, v. To sink down, as into
water; to be lost, i. e., to be sunk in the
sea or mud. Hal. 69:2.- To plunge out of
sight,
2." To move the bead up and down, as
fighting cocks beford they spring at eacn
other,
3. Hoo. Tocastdown; tohnri; tothrow.
Pa-le-mo, s. The name of a fish.
Pa-le-na, *. Pole and anof, a dividing
off, A border or boundary. Kin. 49:13.
A dividing line between two parts or
places.
• 2. Name of people formerly in Kohala,
a particular class of men under Kameha-
meha, some chiefs,, some common people.
Pa-le-na-ai-na, s. Palena and airm,
land. The boundary of aland. iVo/i. 33:.S7.
Pa-le-pa-le, s. See Pale 6. The upper
rim sewed to a canoe ; the lower or first
one is moe. See Paupall
Pa-ie-?a-le, v. See Pale. To defend
off; to separate.
Pa-le-po, s. Pa, fence, and lepo, earth.
An earth fence, i..e.^an adobie wall.
PAL
448
PAL
Pi-ii-swA-WAE, s. Pale Aniwawae,leg.
Greaves; defensive armor for the legs.
Iso. 9:4. !
Pa-li, s. a precipice; the side of a
steep ravine ; a steep bill. Pvk. 14:22.
Whatever stands np like a precipice.
Pa-li, edj. Full of deep ravines or pre-
cipitate hills ; he aimi pali.'
Pa-li-ka-ti-lti, v. To fall, as heavyrain
and wind down a ptecipice ; to shower
dfliwii, as rdia and wuid ; paUhadu ole ka
lani. Laieik. 175. ^
PA-Li-KA-c-ttr-o-LE-KA-iA-Ni. A phrase
rather than a word, meaning a clear serene
skj ; no clouds ; sU mild above.
Pa-li-kc, s. The name of an ancient
'order of priests on Hawaii, who are said to
liave come originally from Paliilai, a for-
eign countiy; another order was called
^ NcUu.
Pa-li-u, b. To fear j to be in a tremor.
- 2. To, throw up, as on a fence ; to tibrpw
ashore, as from a boat or canoe, .
Pa-li-li, *. Kalo floating up on the
sid^s of the patch ; the refuse kalo after
the good is taken.
Pa-li-lo-a, s. a kind of cloud that lies
low near the shore; the same as kakai.
Pa-li-ma, adj. Hana hou i hale paiJOTa.
Pa-li-pa-li, adj. Steep down hiU, or up
and down ; a ma kahi palipaH i holo kiki
ai ka waa.
Pa-li-pa-li, s. The upper board on the
side of a canoe to keep the water out See
Paiepale.
Pa-lo, v. To live idly; e noho wale;
loea hana ole ka manawa.
_ 2. To act the hypocrite ; to be hypocrit-
ical. Soo. The same.
Pa-lo-a, s. a kind of fish net; called
also the npenapoftiMipoi.'
Pa-loo, adv. Thunder without rain;
thundering only; i kjli paioo ka hekili.
Laieik. 178.
Pa-lo-ke, • U. £b^. TheHawai-
rA-Lo-EErLo-KE, J jan pronunciation of
the word broke. To b^jak; more gener-
ally written poloke and pohkeloke. These
words correspond to the Hawaiian words
naJia and hat Sea Poloke.
PAr;u)-LA-Lo-LA, adj. See LoLA and Lo-
LALOLA. Palsied; helpless; stiff; awkward;
Pa-lo-lo, v. To deceive; to lie; waha-
hee, alapahi ; to circumvent.
Pa-lo-lo, s. See the verb. A lie; a de-
ceiving ; false information.'
Pa-lo-lo, s. Sticky mud; adhesive dirt ;
hard mud ; a whitish clay of the Islands ;
clay mortar. Puk. 1 ;14
Pa-lo-lo, adj. Skilled in language' or
in speaking ; fluent ; branching out
Pa-lo-lo-lo, adj. Solid or hard, as the
ditt ; helepo palololo.
Pa-li;, v. To lick; to lap; to lap water
with the tongue, as a dog. Lunk. 7:5. Fio.
To lick the dnst, that is, to-be greatly de-
graded. . Isa. 49:23. To destroy, as an en-
emy, j^ah. 22:4.
Pa-ltt, s. The, entrtifis of fish used in
tamiog fish.
2. The action of an ox's tongue in eating
grass.
3. An eating up; a devouring. Nah.
22:4.
4. Name of a species of fish. _
Pa-lit, adj. Soft; gentle; kind; flexi-
ble. See Palupalu.
Pa-lu-a, adj. Pa, distributive particle,
and lua, two. Double ; twofold ; two by
two.
PatLU-a, v. To double ; to give two
shares ; to dispose of two by two.
Pa-lu-hbe, 0. Palu and kee, to flow,
To soften; to cook so as to be soft; to flow.
Pa-lv-hi, v. Pa and bihi, heavy ;^ fa-
tigued. To oppress ; to tyrannize over.
Pa-lu-hi, adj. Oppressed; weary from
labor or exertions. • '
Pa-lu-ka-lu-ka, s. Thenamepf afi.-ih.
See Pauuuuuu.
2. The slimy matter of stools.
Pa-lu-kd, v. Pa and lufcu, to destroy.
To strike, as a hammer on an anvil.
2. To pound solid, as the bottom of a
kalo patoh with stooes.
3. Fig. To knock down ; to overthrow;
aloha oe, e ka naauao, ka mea nana e ^-
Ivku i na kii.
4. To beat; to break in pieces, as stones
in the road.
5. To beat another.
Pa-lu-ku, adv. Heavily; severely, as
in striking heavy blows.
PA-m-KU-ni-KU, e. See Paluku. To
bruise the head ; the same as paopao; to
strike ; to hit.
Pa-lu-la, s. Art. ke. The leaf of the
, sweet potato.
2. A dish offood made by roasting sweet
potato leaves with hot stones.
Pa-lu-la, adj. Still; calm; quiet, as
in the lull of the wind, '
Pa-l0-le, s. Name of the loose under
farment for men j a shirt ; pahde onionio.
'«fc.28:4. Abroidered coat; helolokomc
kane.
2.' Soft cotton or woolen cloth.
Pa-lu-lit, v. To resist; to stand against;
to oppose. See Kolulu. To refrain from
weeping when on6 is much affected; a pa-
PAN
449
PAN
2uZu ae la i kona mau maka imua o keana-
ina. Laieik. 194,
2. To tremble'; to ehake ; to moTe ; to
cause a tremor.
Pa-lu-nu, s. Name of a creeping plant
like the koali.
Pa-lu-pa-lu, v. See Palo. To be ten-
der; to be soft; to be weak; to be flexible.
2. To.be tender«itber physically or mor-
ally; to be enfeebled, as Uie body. 2 Sam.
4:1. Ua pahipaM^e keiki, the child is/ee-
lle ,- ua pdlupcdu kona naau, be is iendw
hearted. -
3. Soo. To soften ; to fatten ; to make
weak.
Pa-ltj-pa-lu, s. Tenderness; softness;
flexibility ; weakness ; want of strength.
2. The name of a p9.-a colored yellow. -
Pa-lu-pa-i.u, adj. Weak; feeble; soft.
Kin. 33:13. Pliable; limber; tender. Kafd.
28:o4. Large, fat and weak. See Folcifolu.
Pa-ma, adj. JEng. See Palama. Of or
belonging to the palm tree. Kanl. 34:3.
hattR pama. See also Puk. 15:27.
Pa-ma-ke, s. Pa and make, death.
Deaths often repeated, as'one dies after an-
other as in a time of general sickness ; be
. ola wale no ka Biai, aole pamake iki na
kanaka. See Paola.
Pa-ma-loo, adb. See Paloo. Thunder-
ing without rain, especially if the weather
is cood ; aia a lohe aku kakou i ka heldli
kai pamaloo. Laieik. 181.
Pa-na, v. To shoot out; to shoot, as an
arrow. H<rf. 11:2. The whole form is jjona
pm. Nah. 21:30. To shoot at; i oje e
aihueia (M iwi) a hanua i mea pana iole,
that (the bones) might not be stolen and
made into instruments tor shooting mice.
Note. — ijnong Hawaiians formerly, the
greatest contempt a person could snow of
is enemy was,, to procure some of his
bones after he was dead, and make them
into fish-hooks for taking fikh or arrow beads
for shooting mice.
2. To snap, as a person snaps with his
finger on any substance.
3. To spread out ; to open.
4. To excite ; to raise up ; to cast ; to
^ throw.
6. To give a name or appellation.
Pa-na, s. The act of shooting an arrow.
2. The act of the arrow in flying from the
bow to the object.
3. A bow to shoot with ; a cross bo* ;
kanaka jxina pua, an archer. lSam.il:3.
He mau mea pana, Jiunting instruments.
mn. 27A
4. A portion of land less than an aina.
See Apaka, a piece.
5. The. pulse; nawaliwali ka pana, the
pulse is feeble.
57
Pa-na-pu-a, s. Pana and pua, arro'w.
A shooter of arrows; anarcher. 106.16:13,
Pa-kai, f . To put one thing in the
place of another, i. e.-, to compensate for
sumething lost.
2. To give a substitute; to redeem. ' Pttfc.
13:13.
3. To buy one's liberty; to pay i re-
deeming price; to exchange prisoners. Jsa.
43:4.
»_4, To fit one thing to another, as one
piece of- cloth to another ; to corer up a
defect, as with a patch,
5. To stitch together ; to splice on.
6. To graft; e panai aku; the samd aS'
palmi.
Pa-nai, s. a tiling substituted for an-
other ; a substitute. S^ah. 3:41.
2. A ransom ; ft price paid for redeem-
ing. Jsa. 43:3. S?n. wi^ uku panaL
3. A surety for one. Sin. 43:9. Hepoe
parud, hostages. 2 Oihl. 25:24.
Pa-nai, adj. Closing up an entrance;
filling a place wanting; «ntering the place
of another ; substiluted ; redeemed. Nah,
3:49.
Pa-na-1-o-le, s. Lit. A shooting of
mice ; an ancient pastime among Hawai-
iaixs.
Pa-na-i-ki, adv. Diagonally; from cor-
ner to corner ; e opiopi panaiki, the same
as opiopi lepe, to fold up catacorneredi
Pa-nai-nai, v. See Panai. To lengthen
anything out when not long enough; to
piece a' thing, as kapa when not broad
«nough; to splice; to lengthen out by
splicing. See Pakuikcl
Pa-nac, «. To be restle?s; to be un-
easy ; to act the gad-a^bout ; to go about
from house to house or from place to place;
to act ; to exert one's self. Anat. 27.
Pa-nao-a, adj. Weak; frail; appliedtO'
persons or things; nearly synonymous wltb
mamai; he auwaapaiiaua la.
Pa-nau-e-a, v. To be poor or thin ia
flesh ; to be very lean.
2. To be feeble.in walking about. ,
3, To go slowly or carefully.
Pa-nau-e-a, adj. Thin; poor in flesh;
2. Slow; tardy; dilatory.
Pa-na-kai, adj. Leaning; crooked;
rough in motion ; ke ike nei au ua mimo,
vt& panakai ole.'
Pa-na-la-ao, *. A possession, of land
out of one's own place of residence ; holo
O Kamdiameha e nana i kona aupuni, a e
ai i kotmparmiaau, Kamehameha sailed to
look at his lungdom and to eat (enjoy)r ids
tolonies, i. e., receive tb»'frujts or taxes of
them. -
PAN
450
PAN
2.. A province; a dependency. Ezer.
4:15.
3. A land gained by conquest ; he aina
i lilo ma ke kaua.
Pa-na-le-a, adj. Pleasantly; with plsas-
ure, as in dancing, in practicing, the hula ;
me he bnla panSea la' i haa mai la. Fana-
Ua ka ua i kai o Hilo.
Pa-na-na, v. To row a canoe irregu-
larly ; to sail Crookedly ; to go here and
tliere ; to go beyond the place intenjjed ;
to exhibit great awkwardness in steering
. a canoe or vessel.
Pa-na-na, s. Pa and nar^a, to look. A
compass, especially a mariner's compass.
2. A pilot ; one who directs the sailing
of a vessel ; he mea kuhikuhi" holomoku.
Pa-na-nai, v. To touch or strike softly.
Pa-wa-pa-na, v. See Pana. To snap
with the thumb and finger.
2. To shoot, as a marble; lec!ea kamalii
i ka pwmpana hua.
Pa-na-pa-na-ni-au, s. The name of a
play or pastime anciently in practice,
Pa-na-pa-na-pu-hi> s. Name of a shell-
fish.
Pa-na-poo, v. Pana, to strike, and poo,
head. To strike or scratch one's head, to
cause himself to remember something for-
gotten; oia iho la no ka ko'u wabi Siparui-
poo i noonoo iho ai.
Pa-ne, v. To open, as the- mouth pre-
paratory to speak. lob. 3:1. To utter; to
speak.
2. To speak in reply. Puk. 19:19. To
answer; to answer a question. Kin. 44:16.
To answer to a call. lob. 5:1.
3. To speak first; to reply back and forth,
as in conversation.
4. To strike upon the ear, as a voice ;
pane oh, dumb ; silent.
Pa-ne, s. The joining of the head with
the bones of the neck ; he hookuina o ka
iwi poo me ka iwi a-i. See Pakepoo.
Pa-nee, v. Pa and nee, to move along.
-To move along ; to drive back ; to push
out; to shove along, as a canoe on the
sand ; panft akn la i ka waa i kai, they
pushM off the canoe into the sea ; to move
slowly, as in ascending a hill or pali; pa-
7t«e i ka pali.
2. To wait a little ; to delay.
3.' To pass away; to be transient ; to be
vanishing. 1 loam. 2:17. ,
4. Hoo. To drive back ; to thrust at ; to
push a thing out of its place.
5. To delay; to procrastinate. Kin. 34:19.
To put off the time ; to proei-astinate ; hal
mai oia (o Liholiho) i kona manao e hoo-
panee akn i ka mibi.
Pa-nee, adj. By interest; what is
gained for the use of money as interest ;
money gained by patting off payment. Isa,
56:11. Waiwai jMnee. See Ukiihoopakeb.
Pa-ne-e-ha, v. To haul along; to drag;
to move slowly.
Pa-nee-nee, v. To move little by lit-
tle ; to go ahead ; to excel.
Pa-ne-poo, s. Pawe and poo, head. The
occiput or hinder part of the head. See
Pane.
Pa-ne-pa-ne, v. See Pane. To answer
back; to quarrel j to scold; to be angry;
to express anger in v/ords.
Pa-ni, !>. See PanAi, to put something
In a vacancy or in the place of soihething
removed. To close up an opening; to shut,
as a window ; to shut, as the door of a
house ; as the gate .of a oitjr. los. 2:5, 7.
To shut off, as the light of the sun ; ka
manu nana e pani ka la. Zaidk. 175.
2. To supply a deficiency; to supply a
vacancy ; e pani i i-^ Jwkaliaka, to fill the
breach ; to x)nt one thing in the place of
another; a ^cnuia iho la ka hilabilaameka
makan ma ka hakahaka o ka huhu, shame
and fear took the place of anger. Zaieik.
203.
3. Hoo. To close up; to fasten; to muz-
zle the mouth. 1 Tim. 5:18.
Pa-ni, s. Art. ke. Something filling a
vacancy; that which fills or takes the place
of anotiier person or thing. JiaJu 32:14.
2. That which closes an entrance, its (he
door of a hpuse, the shutter of a'^window,
the gate of a city, the stopper of a bottle,
&c. Mai. 24:7. Nui ka .poe i make i ke
pani.
Pa-ni, *. Eng. A pan.
Pa-ni-a, t). See Pani. PoTtia is for pa-
niia, to be shut up. Me he mea la i prniia
mai ka waimaka. Laieik. 142.
Pa-ni-o, v. To spot; to paint in spots;
to variegate, as colors ; to write.
Pa-ni-o-ni-c, v. See Onio. To print a
kapa in gaudy colors ; to variegate in
colors: to dye with -different colors, but
more or less ga.udy.
Pa-ni-ha-ka, v. Pani a.ni haka, 9. spa.ce.
To fill a place or vacancy.
Pa-hi-ha-ka, *. A supply of a deficiency;
that which supplies something wanting;
more often doubled, thus,
Pa-ni-ha-«a-ha-ka, v. To fill a vacancy;
to supply or fill a deficiency ; adverbiatty.
in the place of; to supply a deficiency.-
Sin. 4:25.
Pa-ni-ha-ica-ha-ka, s: One acting in the
place of another.^ Kin. 30:2. - "
Pa-ni-ki, v. Pa and nihi, to turn side-
ways. To wound slightly ; to roff up the
skin ; to rub over ; e mabinu.
PAN
451
PAP
Pa-ki-eo-lo-a, s. The name of a kind
of fish.
Pa-ni-ki, «. CoIprJng matter ; a dye for
coloring kapas ; wai boohiaaliiati.
Pa-ni-na, *. The youngest bora; the
youngest of a family of child ren ; the young-
est 6mld as hiapo is tbe oldest ; ka pokii.
2. A breaking o£F or cutting short.
3. thepani ana: the shutting up, i. e.,
tiopauifim of the lumau ana.
Pa-ni-na, adj. Having great cheeks, as
a man.
Pa-ni-ni-0, v. To color or dye with gay
colors,; to paint or print as the kUoha'm
was formerly printed. See Paotonio.
Pa-ni-pa-ni, v. See Pani. To strike;
to strike back, as an echo ; to echo. See
PiNAI.
2. (A lascivious word.) To prostitute :
to commit adultery for pay ; said to be of
Chinese origin Vy, Cbamisso.
Pa-ni-puj J. Piini and pu, a gun. The
wad of a. gun-
Pa-ni-pu-ica, *. Fani and puka, an en-
trance. That which closes an entrance; a
door of a house ; the gate of a city or a
yard. Neh. 1:3.
Pic-Ni-pu-KA, s. A beggar, because beg-
gars often took a seat in the door.
Pa-nI'PU-pu, s. P«iMiand;pM^,abunch.
An eye-stone.
Pa-no, adj. Black ; deep blue ; deep
dark colored, as heavy, clouds ; dark, as
the appearance of a fatbomless abyss.
Pa-no.-a, 0. To malte dry; to make sol-
itary, as a dry, barren, desolate place. Z^.
2:13.
Pa-no-a, s. a wild desert place ; a d
desert.
2. A deep place ; a cavern. See Pano.
3. A name applied to a woman who can-
not obtain a husband ; or having a hus-
band, is barren and has no-children.
Pa-no-a, adj. Dry ; applied to a place
1 Qarched witli drought, without water, where
no vegetable grows, where no seed will
vegetate.
Pa-no-a-no-u, v. To- be wet in spots,
i. e., damp, as earth, and dry in spots-; e
huli mau ia, e loli ia, e ku e kuu.
Fa-no-e-a, adj. Dilatory; slow.
Pa-noo-no6, v. To be without fish, as
the sea beach ; panoonooia kahakai e ka
lawaia moku ke alii.
Pa-no-no-no, s. That which is full of
holes or cracks.
Pa-no-no-no, adj. Full of holes ; full of
cracks. See Hanonono and Hakonanona.
Pa-no-pau, adj. See Pana. Black; so
black as to have a gloss; glistening black.
Pa-no-pau, s. See Paso. Black streaks
in the grains of wood. ,
Pa-no-pa-no, adj. Intensive of pano.
Thick ; dense, as a 6loud ; black ; glossy
black. Puk.l9:9: SeePAi'ANo. Dark bine;
hence, beautifnl; grand; splendidly at-
tired ; excellent
Pa-no-pa-no, s. Blackness ; a deep blue
color; shining jet blackncsg,
Pa-nciu, adj. Growing thriftily, as young
plants, while yet young ; panlni, pohnku.
J, s. Na ' '
offish.
Pa-nu-hu-nu-hu, s. Name of a species
Pa-pa. A reduplication of the distrib-
utive particle pa. See Pa. It is often used
as a verb ; as, e papa lua, to make two-
fold, to put two together ; e papa kolu, e
■ papa ha, Ac. See Palca, Pakolu, &c.
Pa-ja, s. See Pa, s. Applied to many
substances having a flat, smooth surface, as
a flat, smooth stone, a board, a plank, a
table, a flat wooden dish, a plate. Pvk.
39:30. . Popo' pohalni, a slate ; papa kana-
wai, tables of the law. Puk. 25:16. Pa]^
ai, papa aina, an eating table ;,.papa will
ai, a poi board; papa manamana pukapuka,
a grate of net woA:. Puk. 38:4. A wafer;
a flat cake. Puk. 29:2. Papo konane, a
board for the game of konane. ZaieOc. 115.
Pa-pa, s. A r»v? ; a rahk ; a company
standing or setting in a row; hence, a mil-
itary band ; a division of people ; a sect ;
an order; papa inoa, a. catalogue of names;
a particular office, secular or ecclesiastical;
a native born in ^ place; astoryinabuild-
.ing ; popo lalo, papa waena, papa luna,
lower, middle and upper stories of a build-
ing. Kin. 6:16.
Pa-pa, s. An ancestor some generations
back ; a race ; a family.
Pa-pa, s. The wife of Akea or Wakea.
the fabled mother of the Inlands and of
men on tdbem. See Opapa. Na Papa ka
haku akea o Lono.
Pa-pa, s. A species of fish; a small
crab, a species of the paiea.
2. A term used in relation to a fish net.
3. A scab ; a shell ; a slice or piece ;
papa kale, a piece of kalo ; papa ipu, a
piece of melon.
4. Name of a species of soft stone.
Pa-pa, s. Name of a certain class of
Kamehameba'^ laws.
Pa-pa, v. To prohibit; to forbid. Note.
The language or the words of the prohibi-
tion generally fpllow. To rebuke ; to re-
prove. Sin. 37:10. To adjure; to request
in strong terms. AaA, J 1:28.
2. To erect a shade or screen to prevent
the light or heat of the sun. See Papaj, s.
3. To shine, as the sun, i. e., to create
light and heat.
PAP
452
PAP
Pa-pa, adj. Perhaps old; ancient;
former times.
Pa-paa, v. Pa and paa, tight. To hold
tight; to refuse to give up.
2. ITsed for paapaa, to be dry ; to be
parched, as the tori'gue with thirst. Isa.
41:17. .
3. To burn ; to burn freely; to be burnt
up ; to be consumed ; e welawela.
Pa-paa, adj. Tight; secure, as an in-
closure of any Hnd.
2. Storing; securing; kulanakauhalejxi-
paa, a store city. 2 OiU. 8:6.
3: Strong; fenced, as a city. Pafc. 1;11.
Hale papaa, a stof e-house.
Pa-paa, s. Anything hard or compact;
as, papaa lepo, a clod. lob. 7:6.
Pa-pa-ai-na,i s. Papa, table, and aina,
eating. 'A table. Pvic. 25-.23. An eating
table. .
Pa-pa-a-eai, V. To wither, as a vegeta-
ble; to bear no fruit ; to dry up ; to be
killed by insecte.
2. To be white on the surface like a salt
1>ond; to become white, as salt granulating.
Pa-ta-a-Ka-hi, «. Papa &niakaki, one;
&8t. The first border or rank.
'Pa-pa-a-ke«a, s. The name of the soft
white stone above Labainaluna.
Pa-pa-a-la, s. The hot season; a time
of drought; a time of famine; a time of no
rain when all is parched wltli the sun ; ka
wa ua ame ka papaala.
Pa-pa-a-ltj-a, adv. Doubly; two to-
gether; two by two. ^Ji. 7:15. See Pa-
UJA.
Pa-pa-a-na, t>. To be quick, as in gain-
ing strength after sickness ; papaana oe i
ka nni, yon have grown fleshy quickly ; to
hasten. Eai. 22:19.
2. To be at ease; to rest; to breathe
freely.
' 3. To escape from danger.
4. To overcome ; to conquer.
5. Tolay akapn; to prohibit. See Papa.
6. To govern ; to establish laws.
Pa-pa-a-na, adj. Resting; confiding;
comfortable; satisfied; overcoming di&-
culties.
Pa-pa-a-poo, s. The name of the com-
pany of men sent out first from an army to
plunder, to commit murder, steal men,&c.;
understood as a commencement of hostili-
ties and a declaration of war.
Pa-paa-pu, v. To wound; to hurt; to
make a sore.
Pa-paa-be-rk-na, s. Papaa aniberena
(,Eng-), bread. A wafer. Oii*. 8:26.
Pa-pai, s. See Papa, shade. A tempo-
rary partition of a house; a house or room
for playing a game ; papai kilu. Laieik.
121. A screen ; a roof on all sides ; a
slight slender house or shed.
2. A species of crab-fish.
3. He kikalapai, he pananai, he papa.
Pa-pai, v. Pa and pai, to strike. To
smite with the open hand ; to strike.
2. To strike gently; to touch. jTiiin. 32:25.
3. To thatch a house or building with
grass. Note. — In the act of thatching,
Hawaiians in drawing the string tightly
around a handfiil of grass give it a blow
with the left hand.
4. To drive off or expel a tenant from ■
his house and land j to drive off; to ban-
ish; a common punishment informer times
for real or imaginary offenses.
5. To make a solemn promise ; to take
an oath; e hoohiki ma ka ae ana; e pai na
lima, ae na waha, the hands sl/rike, the
mouths assent. -
Pa-pai-a, *. A foreign word. The cus-
tard apple; the pawpaw; the carica papaya;
ka milikam, ka hei.
Pa-pai-a-a-wa, *. A foraa of worshiping
the gods. See Pakiki.
Pa-pai-a-wa, ». To clap the hands while
singing and prai^g the gods ; i kela wa,
papaiawa ae la o Aiwohikupua me kona
mau kaukaualii. laieik. 109.
Pa-PAI-E-U.
Pa-pai-o, v. To set up the akua maka-
hiki (the year god) and carry him off; jw-
pdio la ke akua a hele aku.
Pa-pai-ho, p. To set up above ; to fix
up on high ; e kau iho maluna ibo.
Pa-pai-la-nai, s. The name of a species
of small crab.
Pa-pa-i-na, v. Pa and paina, to eat.
' To eat ; to eat upon a table.
2. To break, as glass or crockery; to be
brittle.
3. To crack, as the joints of the fingers.
4. To squeak, as new shoes. See Udja.
Pa-pa-i-na, s. The sound of small mate-
rials in-brealting or cracking.
2. The noise made In eating. •
3. The sound of the feet in walkings
4. The ticking of a watch.
Pa-pa-i-na, adj. That which may easily
be broken ; brittle.
Pa-pai-pa, adj. Pressed full.
Pa-pa-i-pit, orfj. SeePAPAiEU. Barren;
nothing in the calabash, especially no fish.
Pa-pai-wa-le, s. Papai, to strike, and
wale. A striking ; a smiting ; a method of
killing in former times.
Pa-pa-o, v. Pa and poo, to dig. To
break in ; to thrust in ; to laf together.
2. To .fill np; to cram wood into an oven.
Pa-Pa-o-he, J, A fish, a species of akule.
iPA-PA-d-KO-M, S. See PAJPAKOLEi
PAP
453
PAP
Pa-i»a-o-no, adj. Papa and vmo, six.
So Pal'NO. By sixes; six by six: six-fold.
y/oifc. 4:8. ' ; '' '
Pa-pau, v. Pa and pau, to be all ; to be
entire. To be deeply engaged in thougbl;
to engage with all the powers of the mind
in some research ; to have full confidence
in.
2. Boo. To be fully engaged ; to be all
< in earnest; tagive the whole attention of
heatt and mind. 1 OM. 22:19.
3. To be entire; to be altogether or
chiefly engaged in some pui'suit ; e hoopa.-
mu hoi ma kabanamaikai. iSoopapau iho
la ke alii ma ka aie, the king's great busi-
ness was to get inta debt. Hoopapau loa
oia i ka inu 1 ka raina, he drank ram wiih
ofl Us migU.
4. T: 'fin up; to raise np a be^p; to suck
in and fill up the month with "water like a
fish.
5. To be shallow, as W9,ter ; to flow off,
as tb0 pea at low tide, leaving the water on
tlle' rocks shallow; to be at low tide; o kf^i
make ; a papau ae la ka Pelc ma jOahu,
alalia lele ofa i Maui ; a papau hou iho la
ma Haleakala. lele hou oia i Kilauea, when
Pele's dominions became skcUlmu on Oahu
(i. e., when bu^nt down near to the level
of the sea), then she leaped over to Maui :
and when she became sAaKow again at Hale^
akala, she aeain jumped over to Kilauea. .
Pa-pau, s. Shallowness j littleness ; no
depth, as water.
2. A ford of a river. JSitn. 32:22. Few-
ness. " Mat. 13:15. '
3. With mofce, a graveyard. See Papav-
HAKE.
Patpau, adj. ShalloWi as water; not
deep ; kahi papau, a fording place,
Pa-pau-a, v. To compel persons to hard
bondage ; to weary them day by day with
severe labor; to make hard-working slaves
of people.
Pa-pau-a; s. Name ofa species of shell?
fish ; ano o ka pipi noloko o ke kai.
Pa-pa-u-ki-u-ki, s. The name of a very
fierce strong wind ; makani ikaika pukiki.
Pa-pa-tT'KI-u-ki, v. To blow fiercely, as
a strong wind ; ua papaukiuH ka makani.
Pa-patt-kit, v. See Papapaupu. To be
all ; to be entire ; to be entirely In the cir-
cumstances mentioned; a papauku waleksi
lukuna, the slaughter vms tharoughand en-
tire:
Pa-patj-ma-ke, s. a graveyard; a bury-
ing ground; ke ku la na kii elua i kapo-
paunwke. See Kupapau.
Pa-pa-u-nu, ». To fill up; to cram
down ; to push in.
Pa-fa-ha, adj. Fapa and ha, four.
Four by four ; four times ; by fours. See
Paha. Ezek. 1:6. ,
Pa-pa-Se-hi, s. Papa, board, and hehi, ,
to tread upon. The floor of a house ; the
boards to be trod on. 1 Nal. 6:1S.
Pa-pa-hi, adj. Of or belonging to a kind
of lei; M, lei papahi.
Pa-pa-ho-i-ke, s. Papa and hoike, to
show. A table of witness or testimony to
an agreement.
Pa-pa-ho-la, s. Papa and kola, spread
out. The front of a heiau, in other cases
called a kahua, i. c., mostly an artificial
level place on which the heiau was built,
but containing a greater surface than the
building ; hence, a court ; a yard in front
of a temple. 2 Nal. 1:2.
Pa-pa-hoo-le-wa-lb-wa, s. Name of a
ipecies of fishnet.
PA-PA-HtTrLir-i, s. Name of a species of
fish net ; he papahulwi, oia no ka upena o
na ia ku.
Pa-pa-kai, s. a narrow escape of a
canoe landing in the surf.
Pa-pa-kau-a, s. Name of a division of,
an army on going into battle.
Pa-pa-kau-Kau, *. An eating table,
Pa-pa-ka-na-li-ma, adv. By fifties; fifty
in a company. 1 Ned. 18:4
Pa-pa-ke-a, s. Papa and kea, white.
That part of the sea beach washed by the
high tide and not by the low, i. e., & the
sand be white,
2. Thfraction of the ocean current against
the wind, when the waves stand np ; b^
kupikipikio,
Pa-Pa-kee-ha-na, *, A floor, 1 Nal.
6:30.
Pa-pa-ke-le-a-we, s. Papas.nAkeleawe,
copper. Copper plates used in sheatJiing
ships.
Pa-pa-ko-a, s. Boards made from the
koa tree.
2. Papa, row, and hoa, soldier. A rank
or company of an army. Oa,_10:l. »
Pa-pa-ko-le, s. The hip bone; the hip i
the joining of the hip bone with the socket
bone; ka hookuina o ka iwi uha me ka iwi
ka ; the os {nmi>»^|naium.
Pa-pa-ko-le-a, «, 'I'o rise ; to stand up,
as water in a current of the sea ; e kupiki-
pikio. See Fapakea.
Pa-pa-ko-li, s. See Papakole. The
hip ; the loins. Dan. 5t6.
Pa-pa-kot, s. a disease attended with
entire cosiiveness and always fatal.
Pa-pa-kit-ki-a, s. Papa, ku and kia, a
mast. The mast ofa ship.
2. That which strengthens a mast. Isa.
33:23.
PAP
454
PAP
Pa-pa-ku-kc-i, s. a species of fish.
Pa-pa-la, v. Not to be able to sound ;
to pmit Bound with difficulty ; to make a
hoarse sound ; to be hoarse.
Pa -PA-LA, adv. Hoarsely; like a hoarse
person ; kani p<tpaUi inai la Iioi, ua uweka
nei.
Pa-pa-la, *. The name of a tree.
' 2. Bit'd lime, a sticky icaterial by wbich
birds are caught; he kep.au kapili manu.
Pa-pa-la, adj. Heavy, as a oack-load.
2. O ka labui a ka ipo akipapala..
Pa-fa-la-au, s. Papa, flat, and laau,
timber. A board; a plank; o kapopo^u
ka mea kni poi.
Pa-pa-la-o-a, *. A smooth kind of cloud
indicating rain or wind from its resembling^
the fish pafooa.
PA-PA-LA-tE, 1). To do awkwardly or
unskillfiilly'j to have things all out of place.
Pa-pa-la-le, . o^/. Awkward; unskill-
ful ; unthinking ; nnreflecting ; inexpert.
Pa-pa-la-lo, s.'Papa, board, and lah,
below. The lower story of a house. Kin.
2. . The floor of a house. Nak. 6:17;
Pa-pa-le, v. Pa and ^<rfe, to defend off.
To he out of placie; to put together unskill-
fully. See Papalalb.
,2. Tq have or to put on a hat or bonnet.
mk. 44:16.
3. MeiaplwnciM), to cover up ; to hide ;
ua nlu koii nanl\a papah maluna o kou
kaikuaaua. Laieik. 196.
Pa-pa-lb, s. Pa and pale, a defense. A
hat ; a cap ; a bonnet ; any covering for
the head.
2. A chapiter for the top of c> pillar. 2
OiU. 3:15.
3. A shovel. PuA;.27:3. Popofe hainika,
a mitre. Pufc.2g:4. PopoZe kahuna, a mitre.
OUik. 8:9. Popate laa, a holy crown. Pttfc.
39:30.
Pa-pa-le-a-lii, s. Papale, hat, and dii,
chief. A crown ; a distinguishing head
drfes^ of a king. Hotk. 6:2. Same as ki-
alii.
PA-PA»LE-KA-ptr, *. A cap.
Pa-pa-Lb-laaj s. P«p«ife and Zaa, conse-
crated. A holy or consecrated crown. Pvk.
39:30.
Pa-pa-le-na, v. Papale and aria. To
put out of order: to displace; to do a thing
awkwardly. See Papale, v.
Pa-pa-li-ma, adv. See Palima. By
fives ; five by five ; five- in company.
Pa-pa-li-ma, u Papa, to strike, and
lima, hand. To touch or join bands, as in
confirming a bargain, or as the sign of an
agreement; as in English, to shako, hands
upon it.
pA-PA-Li-3fA, s. Papa and Una, soft.
The side of the face ; the cheek. Zinl.
18:3. He wahi palahalaha malalo o ka
maka ma Da aoao o ka ihu.
Pa-pa-li-na-nu-i, adj. Large, fleshy and
weak.
Pa-pa-lo-le, adj. Slovenly done,
Pa-pa-lu, v. To bind up j to dress, as
a wound.
2. To hide; to put out of sight; to cover
up.
3. To go off and hide one's self.
, 4. To be soft; to be defective; to be
rotten ; popopo.
Pa-pa-lu, s. An occasional dress when
employed in dirty work that would injure
a common dress.
?. A dress different from the pa^.
3. An, apron. Kin. 3:7.
i. The principal covering garment, or
covering of a person.
Pa-pa-lu-a, v. Papa and lua, two. To
double ; to put two things together of the
same kind.
2. To be double. J3ai.68:IT. To be two-
fold. .Kin. 41:32. See Palda.
Pa-pA'LU-a, s. Papa, story of a house,
and Iva, two. The seconid story or floor o£
a building. Kin. 6:16.
Pa-pa-lf-a, dist. adv. See Palca. Two
by two ; two-fold ; two at a time; doubly;
in pairs, &c. Kin. 6:20.
Pa-pa-mau, adj. Creaking; grating, as
the friction of one thing against another.
See^iNA. *
Fa-pa-ma-na-ma-na, s. Papa and mana-
mana, branching. A grate ;_ a grating.
Puk. 27:4.
Pa-pa-mu, s. The name of the board on
which the game konane is played.
Pa-pa-na, v. Papa and ana. To be
quick ; to be smart ; to do things readily.
2. To be boasting ; to be proud of one's
own doings.
Pa-pa-na, s. Haste ; quickness in ac-
complishing an object.
Pa-pa-ne, t). Pa and pawc, to reply. To
scold; to chide; to be angry; to answer
back provolflngly.
Pa-pa-ni, v. See Paot, to stop up. To
shut, as an opening ; to dose ; to shut up,
Jso. 66:9.
2. To shut, 88 a door or other shutter.
Kin. 7:6.
3. To hide ; to conceal ; to veil ; to put
out of sight.
4. To close or stop, as the ears. Oih.
7:57.
5. To hide; to close the eyes. Puk. 3:6.
6. To shut up one, as if sick or infected.
Oihk. 13:4.
PAP
455
PAW
7. To bold fast ; to bind : to hinder one
from doing a thing.
8. To turn ou the hinges, as a door.
Pa-fa-ni, adj. Shutting out; parting
off, as a partition ; clpsing up.
Pi.-PA-No, adj. See'PANO and Pano-
PASO. Thick ; black ; glossy black.
Pa-pa-no-a-no-a, s. Any substance full
of holes or cracked; he banonanona, he
panonono. ■_
PA-PA-Nob> adj. See I^ANO and Papano.
Dark colorisd ; black, as a black cloud.
Pa-pa-no-na-no-na, adj. Thick together;
collected; laid up in store; rising up;
standing tpgetiier.
Pa-pa-pa, ». A kind of food; beans,
from the flat pods; also applied to' purslain.
Pa-pa-pa, adj. Low; broken down;
. .flat and smooth, as the smooth. sniface of
lava.
P.*-pa-pa-i.na, s. PajM and pama, to
eat. An eating table,; a table. 1 Kor.
10:21.
Pa-pa-pau, v. Papa, a double redupli-
cation of pan, all. To put all together in
one ; to sum ap together.
2. To consider all alik« or all as in one
condition; mai mpapau na kanaka i ka
make, nearly all the people died, i. e., they
were nearly aUed by death..
3. To be all together in one place ; mai
papapau ibo kakou ia nei,let aanotajlstay
in ms place.
4.' To bring to an end, as the «nd of lifef
the same as e pau ke aho, or e mamake, to
caiiseitq die pr perish together. .
Pa-pa-i**!!, adj. All together ; con-
sumed ;'ifi]iished ; ^@cely at an end; all
dead. : ■', ,
Pa-pa-pa-la-o-a, 'S^.I'apa and palaoa for
falaoa
, fionr. -A cake ; a wafer ; a
flat loaf of bread.' ler. 7:18.
Pa-pa-pa-la-pa-la, s. Fapa and pala-
Boto, a writing. A writing table. Xufc.
1:63. A writing desk./
Pa-pa-po-ha-kt;, s. Papa and pohaku,
stone. A board on which food or poi is
ponnded ; the pestle is made of stone ; he
pohaku kui ai; the board or Wck plni^ is
slightly hollowed out like a very flat tray.
,8e^ Kcu.1 and PiPAwaui.
2,. A row or tier of stones. Ezef. 6:4.
3. A slate ; a stone for writing on.
4. A table of stone. Kant. 5:19.
Pa-pa -pu, v- Papa and pu, together.
See Papapad. To do all together ; to do
all alike.; a lele mai kekabi poe o kakou,
a pap(ipu mai mamnli o ko kumu.
Pa-pa-pu, s. Papa and pu, a gun. A
row or tier of guns
Pa-pa-wae-na, s. Papa and waena, be-
tween. The middle story of a building of
three stories. Em. 6:16.
Pa-pa-wa-ha-nu-i, s. Taking fish with
a long net ; o ka upena ka mea hana Ipor
pawalmnui.
Pa-pa-wi-li, ),. Papa, board, wiU,
rA-PA-wi-LI-AI,-) to mix, and ai, food. A
board tor mixing food ; a poi board ; a
very flat tray on which poi is pounded ; a
kneading trough. Puk. 12:34.
Pa-pa-be-ee-na, s. Papa and berena
{Ung.), bread. Flat cakes. ISn. 18:6.
Pa-pa-gh-la, s. Papa and guia (Eng.),
gold.; A plate of gold. Puk. 28:36.
Pa-pa-eai, s. Pa,m.n, and parai (Eng.)
for /oral, to fry. i. frying-pan. Oilik.iil.
Pa-pi-o, adv. Pa a.nd pio, an arch.
Lying face downward with nothing for the
belly to rest on, for the purpose of enlarg-
ing the belly; e moe yapio, e huli ilalo ke
alo i nui ka opn.
PAipi-o-pi-o, s. Name of a fish like the
ulna; perhaps the yonng of the ulna.
Pa-pi-pij s. The prickly pear..
Pa-Po-ha-ktt, s. Pa, fence, and ^^(lAte,
stone. Stones laid into a wall; a stone
wall, ifoft. 35:4. :
2. Miame of a kind of soft stone.
Pa-pu, s. A plain; a level piece of
ground of considerable extents Nah. 36.13.
2. Pa, wall, and pa, gun. A gun fcaGe>
1. e., a fort ;' be pa kaua..
Pa-po, v. To explain ; to make clear ;
to converse freely.
Pa-pu, adv. Fully; wholly covered t
established; plainly; clearly.
Pi-Ptr-A, ti. Pa, to throw (see Pa 5),
and pwi, an arrow. To cast or throw an
arrow, a pastime or exercise for men,
women and children; name of a game
played In former times.
Pa-pu-he-a, s. a mist; fine lain; a fog.
2. A gray head ; a'gray headed person.
Pa-pxt-he-ne, s. a row of men in a cer-
tain game. See Exmnmasm. 0 na hewa
kahiko, o ka liula, o ka pili, o ka papuhme
k«kahi; he lealea ino o ka papiiliene i
ka po.
Pa-putKo, «. 'nie Egyptian "papyrus.
Jo6.S:ll.
Pa-wA, s. a garden ; s cultivated patch
' of ground.
2. The sky ; the blue expanse of the
heavenfr. ;
3. The brei^ng df the dawn ; ka wabi
awa 0 ke alaula ; the period early in tiie •
moniing ; Kani aua ka beie i ka wanaao, i
ka webe aha o k;, pawa o ke ao; A ike ke
kafauaa, xia moka ka pavoa o jce ao.
4. .A. Iratch ; a period of time ; a partic-
PAT
456
PEA
ular time of tbe twenty-four hours. 1 Sam.
11:11,
5. Some early part of the morning dawn,
Pa-waa, s. Wildness ; fearfulness, like
that of an untamed animal ; rudeness ; in-
civility of uncultivated persons.
Pa-waa, adj. Wild; rude; rough in
habits and manners ; untamed, as an ani-
mal.
Pa-wai, s. Pa and wai, water. Lit. A
water plate. A watering' trough fti cattle.
mn. 30:38.
PA-WAi-i-Ntr, s. Pawai as above, and
inv,, to drink. A drinking trough for cat-
tle. Zin. 30:41.
Pa-wai-na, s. Pa, fence, and vmna,
grapes. A vineyard.
Pa-wag, v. To see with indistinctness;
to be uncertain ; to be in doubt.
Pa-wa-u, adj. See Puali. Crooked;
deceitful ; unjust ; perverse.
Pa-wa-pa-wa, adj. Fat; plump; mus-
cular ; with shaking or rolling muscle.
Pa-wa-pa-wa, s. Fatness ; muscular
fleshed; -roundness; i ka paioapawabat^aa,
onildniki.
Pa-we<>, v. See Pawaa. To be wild;
to bo untamed; to express rudeness; to be
uncivilized ; to make blunders in every-
thing attempted ; to turn askance, as the
eyes ; to turn away the eyes. Xaieifc. 71.
Jo be displeased with; a ike mai la o Poki
ia ia, paweo ae la kona maka ia ia.
Pa-wk-he, adj. A kind of spotted mat
made on Niihau ; moena pawSie.
pA-wfi-LTT, s. Pa and vxlu, a lag. Any
worthless thing, as opala, paKcHa and po-
wdu; anything useless, valueljess or of no
account ; ua hoolilo i ka olelo a ke Akua i
pahola, a i pawdu. i mea ole, i mea lapu-
wale.
Pa-wi-wi, v. Pa, fence, and twjOT, slim.
To make a Terytall, high fence so as to be
weak.
Pa-wi-wi, s. A tall, slim, weak fence.
Pa-eai, v. Eng. To fry. OM. 7:12.
The word should be written with/ instead
of j3, thus : farai oxferai.
Pa-ba-'bo-le, s. Eng. from Gr. A par-
able ; an enigmatical discourse ; he olelo
nane.
Pa-ba-dai-so, 1 s. Gr. Paradise^ahappy
rA-BE-DAI-SO, *■ ^ ■ - '
garden ; ;> happy place.
Pa-BA-DI-SO, ) iMk. 23:43.
Pa-so-a, s. Eng. The passover; the
name of a feast of the Jews in oommemora-
tion of the p;.ssing of the Angel of Death
over them when he slew all the first born
«f the Egyptians. Pufc. 12. .
Pa-tait-sa-ni, adv. Pa and tamani
iSng.), thousand. By thousands ; a thoQ-
sand fold. Kanl.l-.ll.
Pe, adv. Thus ; so ; as ; in this way;
it is often prefixed to la, nei and ia;,. as,
pda, thus, so ; penei or peneia, like this,
thus ; peia, this way, like it, &c. It also
stands by itself, especially in asking ques-
tions, as, pe keia ? I iho la au, pe keia 2 I
said, how is this? Pekeia are sometimes
written! together, signifying as this, thus,
aftfer this manner, &c.
Pe, v. To anoint; to apply odoriferous
ointment.
2. ifoo. To anoint ; to pour on odorifer-
ous ointment
3. Fio. To scent, i. e., to give tone and
character to one's life ; applied also to the
soul ; o ke fcupaoa ia e lioope ai na iJiane.
See KuPAO^.
Pe, v. To humble; to crush; to pound
fine. See Pepe. ►
Pe, adj. Broken or flatted down j de
pressed; crushed. ^
Pe-a, v. To make a cross; to set up
timbers in the form of a cross ; to make
four arms or four, prominent points ; to be
opposed to.
2. Hoo. To accuse through envy. Mat.
27:18. To punish for. little or no crime;
ame ka hoimea waie o ka poe koikoi i ka
poe liilii, sind the great accused (punished)
the smalL •
3. To be in bonds ; to suffer^ as a pris-
oner. Kol. 4:3. To bind one's hands be-
hind his back or to a post ; ua peaia kona
man lima i kona kua, no ka aihue.
4. To be bound or restrained from pro-
ducing an eflSect 2 'Bm. 2:9. Hou aku la
i ka hulu i ka inika, kakau iho W,psa ae
la no, 0 kohu hele.
Pe-a, s. The extremity of a viUage or
settlement; mai kelap«a a i keiapeo,ftom
one end of the settlement to the (fther end.
,^ 2. The name of one of the six: houses of
the ancient Hawaiians; he hale pea, oia
kekahi hale. See HAiiE. E pani i ka piia
o ka pea kapu, to shut the dDor of the pea
kapu, aacred house. Lai^. 167.
3. The sail of a canoe or ship..
4. The extreme end of a leaf of a tree.
5. A flying kite ; he Ispe hoolele.
6. The ground of offense ; an, entangle-
ment in law ; a diffldulty.
7. The name of a many-prosged fish in
the ocean ; he mea ola manamana maloko
o ka moana.
8. He hale koko. See H«.epka.
9. The excrements of men ; the piafift
where they are thrown.
10. A cross or timbers put crosswise
^^ X> fwmerly placed before the hciaua
as a sign of kapu (taboo) ; « kau pixt, to
placeia the form of & cross. See E^ '
PEE
457
PEH
Ps-A, ad], Filtiiy; unclean; kapa -pea.
ba. 64:6. Welu pta, a menstruouB cloth.
Isa, S0:22. Defiled; faaamia; belonging to
menstruation, tiee H&LEFBi.andKu>APEA.
Pe-ao, v. To roll up, as a piece of
paper.
Pe-a-hi, s. The bones of the hand dis-
tinct from tlie arm ; e malama i kona man
iwi ame rotpeaM lima.
2. Tbe open band; an open band as a
symbol of power. .SoJ. 44:3.
3. A fan. Mai. 3:12. Tbe sign or pic-
ture of a ian marked on anytbiug ; be pe-
ahi ko kona poe kanaka, oia o lakou boai-
lona ; ua kakauia ma ko lakoa papalina.
4. A gentle fanning breeze; a. soft wind,
as though made with a fan ; He' koaniani.
Pe-a-hi, V. To fan; to sweep; to brush;
to make wind with a fan.
2. To motion or beckon to one with the
hand or otherwise.
3. To make signs with tbe band. See
KUNOU.
Pe-a-hi-u-ma, «, The palm of the hand.
See Peahi. A hand's breadth. Ezek. 40:5.
Pe-a-pe-a, v. See Pea, u To get into
a difficulty; to quarrel ; to be opposed to ;
to be entangled.
2. To be (sossed together; to be braided
or woven, as mats.
Pe-a-pe-a, adj. DiiRcult ; perplexed ;
entangled ; twisted ; braided or wo^^Ji to-
gether.
Pe-a-pe-a, s. Water made dirty by
washing fish or other i things.
2. The crossing of slats, as in verandas,
at an oblique angle.
Kohola 1 kipeapea,
Eoele iho lesa, kahsdiai— e—
Lens kohoia i ka peapea ike,
Uola is ate ia ks beka,
Kaheka Hilo ma ka ua.
He makaba oa i ka laai.
Pe-a-pe-a-a-hi, V. See Peahi. To sweep;
to bmsb a floor, as in former times.'iiy strik-
ing a kapa down upon it.
2. To fan ; to cool ; to cause a wind.
3. To' flap the wings, as a bird in flying.
Pe-e, e. To hide away from some per-
son ; to run and hide ; to conceal one's
self. iTm. 3:8. To flee away. Piifc. 21:13.
Ke hoolobe neiua kanaka la e pee ana i ka
olelo. See Haupeepeb. Kakah na kanaka
i kahi a lakou i pee ai, the people staid in
the place where they hid.
Pee-o-ne, s. Pee, to hide, and one, sand.
A species of crab that burrow? in the sand.
Pee-ku-e, adj. Thick, as a plank or
board; manoanoajmakolukMn; nokapiba
0 kona. poo' i na kabiko peekue o ka manao.
Pee-lu-a, s. Fee and but, hole. A spe-
cies of worm destructive to vegetation ?
58
the same as the anvhe or enuke. 2 Oih\
6:28. A caterpillar perhaps.
Pee-fee, s. a kind of sea moss.
Pee-pee-a-ku-a, j. The play of hide
and seek.
Pee-pee-ku-e, aijf. SeePEEKtrE. Thick,.
&c. See Hanoa.
Pee-po-li, b. Pee an^ "ptti, bosom. To
be or to lie in the bosom, as a child.
Pee-pee-pu-e-o.
Pei, adv. Thus; so; as follows, &c.;
alalia, manao iho la aupei, then I thought
thus ; kauoha ia pa, ia kakou i na la Sabati
a pau, he charged us t}ma on erery Sabbath
day.
Pe-i, V. To lift up; to raise up; e ha-
pai, e kaikai.
Pe-i-a, adv. Pe and ia, it. Thus ; likei
it; after this manner. Stn. with penei,.
peneia, menei, keia, meia, &c. £ like me
/ka moa e hoouluulu ana i kana man keiki
malalo o kona mau eheu, peia no hoi keia
kula nuL
Pei-pei, v. See Pei. To rouse up; to
stir up one to duty; to excite to action; to
cast off sluggishness.
Pei-pei, ) adj. Exciting ; stirring up ;
Pe-PEI, \ rousing to a«t^on. See the verb.
He manao pdpei no kei% ia kakou.
Pe-o, s. a house with a rounding roof,
Pe-o, adj. Round; rounding; globular..
Pe-o-pe-o, adj. Round; roundish; with-
out angles or corners.
Pe-u, ) D. To throw up; to turn up,
Pe-PE-U, ) as a hog turns or throws up
his nose in rooting; hence, applied to any-
thing of that motion.
2. To hunch or touch for flje purpose of
attracting attention.
Pe-u, ) s. Words often used in las-
Pe-pe-u, J civious meles.
Pe-u-pe-u, v. To make frequent and
many tracks. See HEEEn;.
Pe-u-pe-u, adj. Tracked or trodden, as
through liie grass.
Pe-ua, v. To meet together; to unite;
to kiss. See Meua and Med.
Pe-ija, adj. Uniting; joining; adher-
ing.
Pe-h-ta, s. Eng. Pewter; tin. NaA.
31:22. See Picta and Piula.
Pe-he, adv. See Pe, as, in this manner,
and He, indefinite article. As a; so as;
like asi See Mebe.
Pe-he, s. A snare; a kind of trap for
catching owls. See Peueafueo. PeAeiaa
kekino.
PEK
458
PEL
Pe-be-a, adv. finter. Pe, as, and hea,
how? Inwhatmanner? Uowt why! what?
Pis-HE-Aj V. See t}ie adverb above. To
aak how or in what manner a thing was
-done ; to inquire how a person is ; alaila,
pehea iho la kela ? pane mai la ia, pehea
hoi, then that person osfced how it vxis
donef be ansWeredj kmo indeed.
P^-HE-A-Pu-E-o, s. See Pehe, snare, A,
"of, for, and Pdeo, owl. A snare or trap for
catching owU.
Pe-he-u, adj. Pe and heu, soft ; flexi-
ble. Soft and flabby, as flesh; soft and
tough ; vibrating to and fro.
2. Webbed, as thafoot of a duck or goose;
he peheu ke kapuai o ke koioa amc ka nene.
Pe-he-d, s. The wing. of a bird. See
EHEtfj The fin of a. shark : a flipper of a
turtle ; the brm of a hat. See Pelslec.
Pe-he-u«he-u, adj. Soft; spongy; flex-
ible, as the muscle of the calf of the leg or
of the thigh.
2. Plump or swollen, as the neck in
mumps ; a-i peheuhtu.
3. Whfekered ; having large whiskers.
Pe-hi, ?j. To pelt with stones ; to throw
stones at. Fuk. 21:18. To shoot, as. an
arrow. Hal 18:H. Stn. with pana. To
. throw any missile at one ; to threaten t(J
stone, as a criminal. 1 iSiim. 30:6. See
Non, KiPEHi and Pana. Epehi i ka nlu, to
throw the maika stone.
Pe-hu, v. To swell, as any part of the
body from injury or disease. Kanl. 8:4.
Hoo. To cause a swelling. Nah. 5:2.
2. To swell, i. e., to increase in size gen-
erally ; to enlarge. See Upehc and Upe-
HUI'EnB.
Pe-hu, i. A swelling ; a blain ; a boil.
Oihlc. 13:2. Pehu nut, a gre-it swelling.
2. The name of a game ; o ka pthu ma
ka hale. i''
Ps-in;, a^. Swollen; enlarged; mai
peku, the dropsy. See Upbhcpehu.
Pe-hu-a. See Pekua.
Te-hu-a-^oa, s. The name of a kind of
kapa, colored with the bark of the koa tree.
Pe-|h;-pA"La, s. Pehfi, swollen, and mla,
soft. A. scftV; the name of a disease. Kanl.
28:2?.
Pe-hc-pe-hu, a^. See Pehu. Swollen;
enlarged. See Upeuoveuu.
Pe-ka, adj. A false interpretation in
trading ; favoring one's self.
Pe-ka, v. ScbPaka. To teach one spe-
cifically something to say or do.
Pe-kaa, s. Name of a fruit like a bean;
he pipa.
Pe-ka-pe-ka, v. To advise one to do
wrong.
2. To calumniate another for self ad-
vancement ; to detract ; to find fault with
one.
3. To be hard in dealing with one.
Pe-ka-pe-ka, s. Slanders detraction;
saying bard things of one.
Pe-ka-pe-ka, adj. Slanderous; reviling;
calumnious; stingy; close; parsimonious.
Pe-ke, adj. Short. See PotO. Low;
aot tall; poupou.
Pe'KE-keu, s. The wing of a fowl. See
Ekekeu and ^iaea.
2, The fin 6f a fish. Oihk. 11:9.
Pe-ke-pe-ke, adj. See Peke. Short;,
low.
Pe-ki, v.: To send one ofi" in haste on
an errand ; to send away.
Pe-ku, e. To kick with the foot. See
Kgbbi. £lua psku ana me ka wawae, he
Idoked him t^ce with his foot; to kick, or
to act as one about to kick; he keehi uukd
, me he mea hoowahawaha la ; applied to a
hdrse or a man.
Pe^ku-a.
PE-Ka-PE-KtJ, V. Frequentative. To kick
frequently. ^.
Pe-la, V. To tie up a bundle for a pil-
low of pulu. See Pelamoe. -
2. To be unclean ; to be filthy ; to emit
stench. See PeLapela.
3. T9 be thus, that is, after the manner
specified; to be done as before mentioned.
See the adverb.
Pe-la, adv. See Pe, thus, so, and La,
particle of place. Thus ; in th|t manner.
It always refers to a past ttatisaction or
something absent as p&iei does to some-
thing present. Pda io no, adrerbial phrase,
so be it; amen.
Pe-la, s. Bones burnt for manure to
enrich the ground ; he a ahi 1 kipuluia, he
hoomomona i ka lepo.
2. The putrid flesh and bowels' of the
dead body of a chief after the bones were
separated ; the mass was thrown into tie
sea.
Fe-la-mo-e, s. Pda, a pillow, and moe,
■ to He down. A pillow for the comfort of
sleeping. See Pbla, v.
Pe-la-nEj adj. Heb. Of or belonging to
chestnut'; na l?iau ptkem, chestnut rods.
Sxiu 30:37.
Pe-la-pe-la, v. SeePELAS. To be de-
filed; to be unclean; to stank ; to emit a
bad smell. Se6 Eka, Hacbka, Kaeka and
Pau^au.
Pe-la-pe-la, s. Uncleanness ; filth; re-
fuse dirty matter. Ua. 4:4 ; 1 Kor. 4:13.
Pe-la-pe-la, adj. Filthy; stinking;
dirty; mean.
PEL
459
PEN
Pe-la-ta-no, s. Heb. Name of a/ tree
mentioned in Ezik.Zl:i; chestnut perhaps.
See Pelase,
Pe-le, *. The name of the fabled god-
dess of volcanoes.
2. A yolcano ; he ahi ai honua ; a fire
consuming tbo earth ; i neia wa, ua pio ka
nui o na pe2e; i ka wa liahil^o, he pde no
ma Maui, at the present time the greater
number of volcanoes is extinct ; in ancient
times there was a volcano also on Maui.
3. Sulphur proceeding from a volcano.
4. A stone from a volcano used in the
play called puhenehene. See Hoa.
Pe-le, v. To swell oiit; tobelar^ge; to
be fleshy; 'to be fat; to have a large belly.
Pe-le, mj. Swelled out; enlarged;
Pe-le-u, o. To break a kapu ; to vio-
late some article of th6 chiefs that was
kapu or sacred ; na pdeaia ke kapa o ke
alii, the dress of the chief has hem dMed.
'2. To hide one's sins or offenses from a
chief.
3. To hide the siiis of another.
Pe-le-u, adj. Hiding or concealing the
sins of one ; he kanaka peleu oia.
Pe-le-hu, s. Name ofa species of kapa
made on Kauai.
2. Epithet of a turkey, from peZe, to swell,
and fca, to awell or puff out. See Palahu.
Te-le-W-ntt, adj. Having a rank smell ;
strong-scented ; sour ; musty; pdilaimi, ka
ia.
Pe-le-le-u, s. a fishing canoe of the
largest size, made shorter in proportion
,,' than ordinary.
2. Name or a large double-canoe used in
war.
3. The brim of a hat. See Pbheu.
Pe-le-ie-u, ». To bear away small
quantities of a thing^j to carry away fre-
quently ; to carry a little at a time.
2. To make many separations or divis-
ions of a thing ; e hoohikihiki.
Pe-le-le-it, edj. Note.— .Pefcfcw is
used as a noun. See aSove. ,. But it is also
frequently used as an adjective with waa,
canoe ; as, voaa peleleu, a short canoe ; ka-
lal iho la ia arae na 'lii i na woa peleleu he
nui loa.he and the chiefs hewed out a great
many large war canoei.
2. As ati odjetiive, short and thick.
Pe-le-ta, *. Ikh. A species of vegeta-
ble u$ed for food f fitches perhaps.' Mkele.
Pe-li-ka-na, s. Eng. A pelican, an un-
clean bird. Rcml. 14:17.
Pe-lu, ». To double ovferj to bend or
flex, as a joint; to open and shut, as a pen-
knife ; to double or fold over, as a cloth.
Puk. 26:9. To bend or curve up. '
Pb-lc, adj. Doubled; folded over; shut
up, as a knife ; pahi pelu, a shut knife o."
any kind; crooked; bent; panipe^u, a fold-
ing door,
Pe-lu-a, s. Nime ofa greenish kind of
worm which eats and iitjures vegetables.
See Pelue and Kakala.
Pe-lu-e, s. See Pelua aboveJ^iA worm
that eats potatoes and other vegetables,
between a black and green color.
Pe-lu-pe, v. To project; to send out.
PE-LU-PE-LUi V. See Pelu. To double
over and over.,
2. Fio. To talk here and there ; to re-
. capitulate.
3. Hoo. Hocpdupelu iho la i kana oleloy
he dot^led una twisted his speech, i. e., he
was viry repeUtions.
Pe-lu-pe-lu, s. A binding; a doubling;
a folding over. Fuk. 28:32.
Pe-lu-pe-lu, qdj. Doubled over. Fig.
Made hard or unfeeling, as fhe heart.
2. Doubled over, i, c., shortened ; thick,
&c. See Peleleu. HoIq a hiki i ka waa
pelupdu o lakou, they ran till they arrived
at their short carwe, i. e., their boat.
Pe-na, v. Eng. To paint; to apply
coloring matter to anything. Note. — The
Hawaiian word is hooluu.
P]^-na, s. Eng. Paint; any substance
mixed with oil or water to give another
color; perm ulaula, vermilion. Ezek. 23:14.
The Hawaiian term is wai hooluu. .
Pe-nei, adv. See Pe, thus, and Nei,
here ; this. L&e this ; after this manner ;
thus. Sec Peu, Fela and Fekeia.
a-'e-i.e-te-ko-ta, s, Gf. The fiftieth;
Pentecost, i. e., with to, the fiftieth day after
the Israelitee came out of Egypt, or the
fiftieth day after the Passover, one of the
three great annual feasts of the Jews, 1
Kor. 16:8.
Pe-ne-te-ko-ta, adj. The fiftieth; la
penelekota, the fif^etb day. OVi. 2:1.
Pe-ni, «. Eng. A pen for writing. 3
loan. 13. The Hawaiian word is hulu, quill,
Pe-ni-ka-la, s. Eng. A lead pencil,
'Aria Son. 4. See Pbmpohako. ~ [
Pe-ni-po-ha-ku, s. Peni {Eng.), a pen,
andpoAofcu, stone. A slate pencil.
!Pe-no, v. To wet ; to moisten ;" to be
mouldy through moisture; hence, to be
strong BmelUng.
Pe-no-pe-no, adj. Wet and strong smell-
ing, as mats with urine ; he hohono...
' 2. Wet and dirty, as a neglected child ;
he maka penopejw, a sm«% face; pswopeno
oe i lea na, yon are tcet witn rain.
PEI
460
PEP
Pe-nh, v. To wipe one's eyes with a
kapa or handkerchief.
2. To dip one's piece of fish that he is
eating into the gravy, to absorb as much as
it can; e miki, e penu kai. Olelo ia, he ono
ka malolo, apmu no ia i ke kai. Penu do
ia i ke kai me ka opulcao. See Opdeao.
Pe-pa, s. Eng. Paper, especially writing
paper. The Hawaiian word is katana or
kanana.
2. The common name for gambling cards;
e paani pepu, to play at cards.
Pe-pe,' v. To throw down; to throw
down flat ; to spread ont.
2. To flatten or spread out after falling.
3. To crush. OUik. 22:24. To bruise.
i. To make small by compression.
5. Hoo. To scatter abroad, as things
crushed fine. 2 Sam. 22:43.
Pe-pe, s. Any substance crushed fine
or flattened down; that which is spread out
by pressure.
Pb-pe, adj. Broken or flattened down;
broken fine ; bruised : ground fine.
2., Bent ; soft ; pliable; rotten.
3. MoraUy, soft; kind; gentle ; applied
to the voice of a friend ; ka olelo a na ka-
naka maikai; he waliwali ka olelo, he jtepe.
See Upbpb and Pbpbpe.
Pe-pe E, v. To be. broken but not sepa-
' rated, as the parts of a broken limb; to ad-
here, though broken; te be bent or doubled
over.
Pe-pee, s, Pepee baka, a plug of to-
bacco.
Pe-pei-ao, v. Pepe and ao, a fresh bud
just unfolding leaves ; pe-pe-i-ao, to flatten
down that which might grow more protu-
berant ; hence the name of the ear of man
or beast.
1. To shoot or put forth a bud or young
twig ; to sprout or grow, as a vegetable.
2. To ear out, as corn ; to send forth a
shoot.'
Pe-pei-ao, «. Any protuberance not very
promiiient.
1. The external ear of man or beast;
hence,
2. The hearing or audience. Puk. 24:7.
3. The projections inside of a canoe to
which the iako is fastened.
4. The first shoots or swelling buds of a
vegetable.
6, Protuberances of the material heart
iu men or animals. ArwL 44, 45.
Pb-pei-ao, adv. Bj the ear; with the
ear; ehaliupepeioo, listen o<tentwe!«. I<^.
13:17.
Pe-pei-ao-a-ku-a, I j5. A species of fun-
Pe-PEI-AO-la-au, ) gus or touch-wood
that grows from some of the forest trees on
iBawaii. and used by the Chinese as a deli-
cate article of food ; it has aUo become an
article of commerce.
Pe-pei-ao-ha-0, s. Pepeiao, ear, and hao,
horn. Any hard projection; pipiamrhau,
the horn of an animal.
2. Pepeiaohao o ke kuaha, horn of the
ftltar. Oafc. 4:7.
3. Via. Power; strength. Bal. 88:17.
4. A horn, i. e., the name of a wind in-
Btrument of miisic. IIal.98:6.i Pepeiaohao
kao, a goat's horn or a goat's ear.
Pe-pei-ao-ia-att, s. See Pepeiaoakca
above.
Pe-pei-ee, s. Name of a breadfruit ripe
and baked ; ame ka pepeUe ua ai nui ia
keia.
Pe-pe-tt, V. See Pet;. To raise up the
nose, as a hog in rooting; to make that
motion.
2. To swell ; to rise up.
3. To pout; to project the lips or mouth.
4. To project or send out.
Pe-pe-tja, v. To be hard; to be thick;
to be disobedient. >
Pe-pe-hi, v. See Pehi, to pelt. To beat
severely ; to strike ; to smite.
2. To pound a thing until it b soft;
hence,
3. To kill ; to commit murder. Puk.
20:13.
4. To slaughl^er, as an animal. Oi^ 8:15.
Pe-fe-hi-ka-na-ka, s. Pepefd and ka-
iwka, man. Killing; murder; manslaugh-
ter, &c. Note. — Pepehi kanaka is now used
in law for murder in any degree; formerly
it was nsedj as the words imply, for all
■ kinds of striking and beating as well as
killing ; it was used as synonymous witti
hooeha and kuikui. Nui na hewa kahiko—
o ia, peptki kanaka, many were the ancient
sins — striking men; this, of course, included
murder.
Pe-pe-hu, v. See Pehu. To swell ; to
grow large ; to become fleshy. See Upb-
HHPEHn.
PE-PE-SSiJ H> '^^'''^' ^^°"''°-
Pe-pe-la, t>. Pc and pe/a, SO J thus. To
ask is i^ sot is it in this manner? It ap-
plies to a scholar asking his teacher.
Pe-pe-la, v. See Pela and Pelapela.
To be strong smelling or offensive; to emit
offensive effluvia.
Pe-pe-le, s. a species of kapa made
on Kauai.
Pe-pe-Su, v. See Pelu. To bend or
double over; to measure round; to double
up, as the knee.
Pe-pe-lu, adj. Doubled over; bentj
arched.
Pe-pe-ma-ka-wa-lu, s. Pepe and wwita,
PIA
461
PII
flice, and vsalu, to scratch. A kind of epi-
der.
Pe-pe-na, v. See Pena (Eng.), to paint.
To paint; to lay on colors; to make differ^
ent colors ; to apply colore to any object ;
to daub ; to smear ; e bamo, e paele.
Pe-pe-no, adj. See Peno and Peno-
PENO. Dirty ; strong smelling ; filthv.
Pe-pe-pe, v. See Pepe. To flatten
down; to fall flat; to depress; to liumble;
to make low.
Pe-pe-pe, adj. Low ; flat ; applied to a
house ; depressed.
Pe-wa, s. The tail of a fish.
2. The dawn of day. See Pawa.
Pe-wa-pe-wa, *. The side fins and tail
of a fish ; the spreading oiit of the tail of a
Ssh.
Pe-r1-o, adj. A foreign word, origin not
known. Couirterfeit, as money; nncurrent.
Fio. He dalatjeriomaolinomakouiwaena
0 na dala maikai, we are really unoirrerd
money among good money. &e perio io
no makon, be mea lawe ole la ma na wahi
kuai, we are real had money, we are not
taken in market places.
Pe-sa-ia-te-ei-a, Is. A psaltery, a mu-
Pe-SA-LE-te-EI-A, J sical instrument among
the Jews in ancient times. 2 Sam. 6:5 ; 1
Nal. 10:12.
Pi, v. To sprinkle, as water. Oe'AA. 6:27.
2. To throw water with the hand. See
PiPi, Kapii and Kapipi.
3. To cause water to flow drop by drop;
to flow in very small quantities.
i. Hoo. To be stingy; to be close; to be
hard upon the poor.
Pi, adj. Green; soggy; incombustible;
emoking.as greenwood; e maniaikaumu;
e waiho ana aku ka momoki'pi e.
2. Farsimonions ; stingy ; close ; hard ;
unkind ; ungenerous. See Uahoa.
Pi, s. Closeness; stinginess; parsi-
mony, &c.
2. JSng. Peas ; leutiles. 2 Sam. 17:28.
Pi-A, *. Any white substaswe, as flour
or arrowroot, eaten by Hawaii&ns only in
time of scarcity. See Haupu.
2. The flour or starch of the arrowroot ;
the plant tacca pinnatifida.
3^ The name of a bird in Jer. 8:7 ; Lat
pius ; the stork.
4. A kind of stone hammer.
Pi-AJ, s. The fruit of the kukui tree; a
kukui nut ; i uka la i ka hua piai la.
Pi-Ao, V. To curl up, as a leaf in the
sun or as paper; piao la'i, a leaf folded up
for a cup.
Pi-AO, s. The hot reflection of the sun
on a smooth surface or dry land ; in the
abstraet, beat. Jsa. 25:5.
Pi-A-LTJ, V. To be heavy, as the eyes ;
to be almost blind, as an aged person, or an
aged person with weak eyes ; ua pialu na
maka.
Pi-A-PA, s. The name of the first little
primer or spelling book printed in the Ha-
waiian language, January 7, 1822. The
first sheet is said to have been pulled by
Liholiho himself to bis great satisfaction,
laauari 7, 1822, ua paiift ka pslapala Pi-
Orpa Hawaii, on the 7th of January, 1822,
was printed the Hawiiian Spelling Book.
Note. — The word ie Sormed like the English
word alphabet from the names of the two
first letters of the Greek alphabet; or more
like our word ABO, meaning the first
rudiments of letters. The missionary said
to bis pupil, h, a — &a; the Hawaiian would
repeat, r>, a— pa ; hence the word and the
name of the book.
Pi-A-Fi-A, s. The thick white liquid
matter from sore eyes.
2. -Sore eyes generally.
Pi-A-pi-A, adj. Disordered, as the eye ;
changed ftom its natural appearance by
disease or anger; e wiki iho oe, o hoi e
mai kahi maka piapla huhn mai.
2. Dirty ; watery, as the eyes.
Pi-E, adj. Slimy. See Piepie.
Pi-E-LE, V. To trade; to traffic. Kin.
31:21. Hele ia i Honuaula i ka pieSta,, he
went to Honuaula to peddle fish. See Ph-
ELE.
Pi-E-LE, s. A disease consisting of lit-
tle bunches on the head ; he mai puupuu
ma ke poo.
2. A kind of food made by grating kalo
very finely and then cooking it.
Pi-E-LE-E-LE, adj. Cleaned and hung up
to dry ; clean ; pure ; makau ana,
Pi-E-NA, adj. Wild; untamed; angry;
disagreeable.
2. Rough ; rude in speaking ; uncivil.
Pi-E-NA-E-NA, adj. Pi and enaena, raging
heat. Very offensive to the smell ; stink-
ing beyond endurance.
Pi-E-Fi-E, V. To be slippery, as a thin^j
besmeared with, slime.
Pii, V. To ascend; to go up in various
ways.
2. To ascend, as a mountain or hill. Mat.
5;J.
S. To go up, as from a low place to »
higher. los. 4:16, 17.
4. To mount, as into a vehicle, carriage,
cart, &c. .
5. ilfeiap/ioricaZIj^, to come from darkness
to light.
6. To go up, i. e., to strike upon, as the
shadow of a substance upon something else;
ina e pii ke aka o ke Jtanaka maluna o ke
alii, mikia ke kanaka, if the shadow of a
PIO
ccuimon man should fail upon a chief, the
iDraii must die.
7. To throwup from the mouth; to vomit.
8. Soo. To accuse ; to charge one with
a misdemeanor or crime ; to give informa-
tion against otie ; hoopii kekahi i ke kamu
no na haumana.
9. To have a lawsuit; e hoopii i kekana-
wai.
10. To appeal from the decision of one
court to another.
Pn, S. A small substance on the side of
a thing ; he wahi apana iki ma ka aoao. .
2. Any medicine acting as an emetic; he
laaapil.
Pii, adj. Accusing; complaining.
2. Causing to vomit ; laau pii, medicine
causing to vomit.
Pii-E-LEi 0. To sellj to peddle. See
PlELE.
Pii-E-LK, s, A trafficker, including the
idea of a peddler ; a market man ; a mer-
* chant, &c. Note. — ^This word is daid to
facv« been used mostly on Maui, maaiiauwa
' tm Oahu, and ^oJepa on Hawaii for the idea
of trafiSo. '
Pn-KO-i, .». To go aff^r, as the desire
after this and that.
2. To practice onanism.
Pk-ko-i-^o-i, v. See Pukoi, also Haa-
Kpi and PiKOiKoi.
Pii-EC, s. A drink made from the leaves,
'branches and fruit of the kukoi tree and
tissd as a medicine.
Pn-LAE, adj. Vaia; haughty.
Pn-NA, s. f'M and djsffl, going up. Name
of a path aaceuding a hiU, Lit. The going
-up (a hill.) See also. HooprwA.
Pn-p«, V. See Pn, to go up. To as-
cend; to leap up.
2. To flow upwards, as water in a spriug.
Kanl. 8:7._ To vomit.
3. To rise up, as waves in a storm. Mai.
107:25.
i. To tarn or bend up, as the raniior of
a sleigh.
6. Hoo. To turn this way and that ; to
"beat, as a vessel against the wind ; hoholo
makou me ka hoopiipii mau ana ame ka
hakalia.
6. To seek for some ground of anger ; e
'rimi i kurau e huhu ai.
Pi>.pii, ■ s. Curls of hair.
Pii-pu, adj. CurLing, as the hair of a
negro.
2. Furious; rushing together, as an angry
mob ; rushing, as a sti'ong^ wind.
Pi-'o, «.To bend; to bend around, as
the areh of a, rainbow; to curve, as an arob;
to bend, as an elastic substance. Hoo. The
same.
■ 2. To be extinguished; to go out. (Hhk.
462 HO
To be put out, as fire or a lamp. ler.
6:13.
4:4.
3. To be vanquished or overcome, as an
enemy. Boo. To vanquish; to conquer;
lib reduce to servitude. Kin. 34:29.
4. To administer food or medicine to a
i Tson far gone in a disease. See Pioo. .
5. To alight for want of wind, as a kite;
pio ka lupe no ka makanl ole ; to cjaea
spinning, as a top ; ua jiio ka ho.
6. To cohabit, as a brother with a sister.
Pi-o, s. A prisoner; a captive. Nah.
14A Pio ana, bondage; captivity. -BonJ.
30:3. A state of captivity, /er. 26:6. One
enslaved ; anything taken by force, as a
■. prisoner ; a prey.
2. That which may be quenched or put
.out.
3. An arc of a circle. Atm Son. 23.
4. In the marrying or cohabitation of two
high chiefs related to each other, as brother
and sister or father and daughter, the off-
spring, ' if any, was called he <dii pio;
hence,
5. The highest grade of chiefs. See Ni-
Aupro.
6. The measure of a fathom and a half,
i. e., three yards.
Pi-o, adj. Extinguished ; put o^t ;
quenched, as fire or a lamp.
2. Bent ; crooked ; curved ; arched.
3. Superior ; highest ; chief.
Pi-0, adv. Kelaiing to captivity; cap-
tively. llpes. 4:8.
Pi-0-E-o-E, s. Nameof a species of mus-
cle or small shell-fish. See Nahawelb. r
Pi-o-o, V. To disrelish food, as a sick;
person.
2. To apply, i.e., to force into IhemosiUi
of a sick person a medicine made of potsr
toes and other things with something fra-
grant, to be applied when neai-ly dead ; e
Eanai i ka mai me ka hiki pono ole o ka ai
ana.
3. To pour water, as into a calabash ; e
pioo i ka wai.
4. To cast the eyes about, as in confu-
sion. .„
5. To be in trouble ; to be pcrpioxed ; i
kuu wa i ku ai iluna, pioo kuu mauao i 0
a i o i keia hana a onkou.
6. To be out of one's senses, though able
to_ look about ; to be wandering, sis the
mind ; e alaalawa na maka a pono ole ka
manao.
Pi-o-o, s. A wandering state of mind;
a state of doubt, anxiety atid ptrplesitv ;
a slight derangement.
Pi-o-LO, V. See Olo, to make a motion
back and forth, or up and down, a.? a saw.
To rub; to polish; to strike the hand back
and forth, as in playing a jewsharp.
Pi-o-i.E.po, V. Ph, bending, and feps,
pro
463
PIH
dirt. To fly crookedly, as dlrf in the wind;
me be anuenne la, hele a pio ka lepo. See
Pjpiolbpo.
Pi-o-Lo-p-M, u See Pioo 2. To feed
the frtilt of the noni to a sick person. See
HfllOPIOLOOLO.
Pi-0-LO-KE, V. To gabble ; to make a
great noise by confused talking.
2. To be teased or harassed by unneces-
sary talk.
3. To be in confiislon or tronble of mind^
as a weak person. IM.6:3.
4. To be ashamed, as a persoii confused
in mind.
5. To make a mistake; to commit a blun-
der in confusion.
6. Hoo. To rex; to disturb. Ezek. 32:9.
Pi-o-Lo-KE, s. Art. ke. A talk ; a con-
fused sound of voices; a gabble; a nui loa
ae ke pidoke ana ; an inquiry about some-
thing.
2. A great extiitement among people
through fear or any cause.
3. Haste without thought or carefliluess.
Pi-o-Lo-KE, adj. Confusedly; without
order; o hee pic^ke, to flee ia disorder.'
lunk. 20:41.
Pi-o-pi-o, ti. To muke a noise, as apy
youug feebln animal ; e kani me he mea;
liilii la. See loio.
2. To peep, as a chicken,
3. To pray, as with the pule anaana.
4. Moo. To use ourious arts; to practice
" j"g'Slery- Oih. 19:19. To practice witch-
craflli tJiil. 6:20: See libe substantive.
Pi-0-Pi-o, s. Hoo. A pmcticer of sorcery
or witchcraft. Hoik. 2'i:15. I wake no i
ka hoopkpio, he died indeed by sorcery.
2. A whoremonger. Heb.lS-.i.
3. A reveling 1 Pet. 4:3. Wildijmnod-
est behavior; ne biu. Note. — ifot^opto
. is often used for hooipoipo in a lascivious
sense. In 1 Prf. 4:3, some editions of the
Testament have hooipoipo and others Aoo-
piopio.
1. He hale pio.
6. An old fonn of prayer-; he pule ana-
■ ana.
Pi-o^j'i-o, adv. Boo. Examining caie»
fully, as a prisoner; e nina^i hoopiopio. Oih.
22:24.
Pi-u, s. The distance or length of threp
yards, i. e., the length of the arms extended
called anatM, and then the length from the
end of the longest finger to the middle of
the chest; generally written jpfe.' See Pio. s.
Pi-n-?.A, s. A vicious orthography and
pronunciation for roWa (j^.), a mule, a
mongrel breed of the horse and the ass.
Sen MiuLA.
2. The same of a game at cards.
Pi-u-LA, ) s, Eng, Pewter ; tin, &c. ;
Pi-u-TA, ) any jaetal the color of pewter.
Nuh. 81:22. No«E>-Pju2a is ah erroneoaa
orthography for piufef.
Pi-HA, 0. To be full, as a vessel or con-
tainer. Fio. To be full of anger. Eaet.
8:5. •
2. To have conceived, as a female; to be
.pregnant ; ua pito anei kela bipi wahine 1
ae, uaoitet, is that cow wUh calf? she is.
3. Hoo. To fill; to cause to be full, as
. with water or other things.
4. To overflow its banks, as a river.
fi. Fio. To fill, as the heait with joy or
sorrow.
6. To be moved or energized by the Holy
Spirit. Oi/i. 2:4,
7. To fill to overflowing.
Pi-HA, s. FuUness ; strength, as a high
tide. Ptifc. 14:27.
2. Fullness of angryfitelings,
Pi-HA, adj. Full, as a container of any
kind.
Pi-HA, «. Name of a species of small
a«b.
Pi-ttAA, «. Drift-wood. Hd. 102:3.
That which floats swiftly by ; he wahie na
ka Waikahe.
Pi-fiA-Li-MA, s. PihaeLnilima,hand. A
handful. ISzek. 13:19.
Pi-HA-No, adj. Sitting still in time of a
kapn with no noise ; still, as an assembly
for worship under the kapu system ; pa
wahine i ke anaina pi/iano kanu awa.
Pi-HA-pi-HA, V. SeePiHA. To swell out;
to be full; to swell, as a bud before it
opens. See Polapola.
Pi-HA-pi-HA, s. SeePiHA. The lungs or
lights of a fish.
2. & ruffle; a fringe of a garment, ifoft.
15:38. A raffle, as of a shirt.
Pl-HA-pi-HA, adj. Full; large; flovying,
as a garment. See Polapola.
Pi-HA-WEtr-WEn, s. The name of a fiat
fish.
Pl-HE, s. The sound or voice of wail-
ing ; he pihe keia e olo nei. See ler. 7:27.
Generally iised with olo. See Olo. A
lamentation'; a oonfiisod noise: ->lao with
uwe '; a pan ka lakou pihe uwe. Lai&k. 142.
Pi-HE, adj. Lamenting; mourning;
wailing with a voice of sorrow, /er. 3:15.
Syn. with uwe.
Pi-HE,ffldB. Na wahine olo^Ae ana, the
mourning women.
Pi-HE, s. Takes the article ke. A but-
ton ; a fastening for a garment.
Pi-HE-A, s. Flood-wood, such as floats
down the swollen streams in storms of rain;
pihea na kahawai, ka ka ptAea i kaL
PIH
464
PIK
Pi-HE-A, V. To float down a swollen
stream, as flood-wood ; pUiea na kahawai.
Pi-HE-KA, adj. Inflamed, as the eyes.
Pi-HE-LE-HE-LE, odj, fi and hekhde, tp
divide into sniaU parts. Ground to pow-
der ; grated off, as a potato, that tbe sick
may swallow It.
Pi-Hi, s. See PiHE above. A button.
Not'E.— It is written both ways.
Pi-Hi, s. A species of the venereal dis-
ease ; at foreign disease.
Pi-Hi, adj. Blunt; dull.
Pi-Hi-Pi-Hi, V. To be blunt or dull j to
have a round or blunt edge; to be without'
edge, as a cutting instrument.
Pi-Ho, V. To be almost filled with water
and swamped, as a canoe; aole make, piho
wale no. Hoo. To plunge under a sea, or
a sea to go over a vessel or boftt.
Pi-Ho, adj. Sinking or being sunk;
xaa\upihOf a sinking vessel,
Pi-Ho-4, s. Dizziness of the head afiect-
ing the eyes. ■
Pi-HOi, ' ». To be surprised at ; to be
startled at suddenly seeing a stranger ; to
be agitated.
Pi-Hoi-Hoi, ». To admire; to wonder;
to be surprised at ; to be astonished.
2. To tremble with fear ; to be afraid.
Kcad. 20:3.
3. To be troubled. 2 Sam. 4:1. To speak
or act as in great perturbation of mind.
16b. 21:5. To be- troubled in one's spirit I
or mind. Dan. 2:3.
4. To rejoice; to express gladness; e
hauoli.
5. To be excited ; to get up an excite-
ment; to talk confusedly; e pidloke. Mai.
21/10.
Pi-Hoi-HO), s. Astonishment, wonder and
fear; a mixed emotion of pleasure and
fear, like that occasioned by the presence
of a superior.
2. Joy; rejoicing; excitement of a plcas-
urftble kind..
ij. Fear; a trembling. ler. 30:5. A state
of great anxiety on r .count of some evil
expected. Kcml. 28:28.
Pi-Ho-LO, V. To plunge into the water;
to be overwhelmed with water; to sink
down.
Pi-Ho-Lo-HO-LO, s. A thin kind of poi
made of kalo or potatoes for the sick.
Pi-Ho-pi-Ho, V. SeePdTO. To pitch fre-
quently in the sea, as a canoe that takes in
water.
2. To sink in the ocean and go out of
Bight.
Pi-Ho-Pi-HO, adj. Heavy and sinking in
the water instead of floating well : applied
to a canoe which is heavily loaded ; piAo-
piho ba waa.
Pi-KA, s. Half of a thing. Note.— This
word is probably of foreign origin, Irom
^eul. As two picida of sandal-wood were
usually weighed at once, a pika (pieul)
was of course half; hence the word as now
used means half.
Pi-KA-LE, adj. Little; a small quantity;
a Utile at a time ; pikale ka ai i ke keiki
liuku, litMe the food for a little child.
Pi-KA-KA, ) J. Eng. A peacock, a for-
Pl-KO-KA, )• eign bird having a long tail.
2 cm. 9:21. A peacock. 1 Nal. 10:22.
Pi-KA-KA, adj. Smooth ; smoothly pol-
ished ; nemonemo.
Pi-KA-KA, s. The entrance of a, chief's
house ; he puka hale alii.
Pi-KA-NE-LE, adj. Probably {loai, pii4>
kcHneU, to go' up into nothing. Small;
diminutive; makaliiloa. Nors. — ^Theword
pickanmy of veiy common use among folr-
eigners, and said to b£ a Chinese word, is
from the Weei Indies, and is in common
use among the slaves, meaning an ii^ant,
a litSe child.
Pi-KA-wAi, s. Pika {E?ig.), a pitcher,
and «ioi, water. Tbe n^me ^ven by Ha-
wtiiians to a water pitchec
Pi-KE-LE, s. A pitcher.
Pi-Ki, V. To cut short ; to shorten ; to
cut off.
Pi-Ki-pi-Ki, 5. See PiKi. To shorten a
transactiQU or an act ; to do instantly.
2. To milk, as tbe sudden, squeezing of
tbe teat forces out the milk, which is quickly
done.
Pi-Ki-pi-Ki, adj. Sough, like a choppsd
sea.
Pi-Ki-pi-Ki-o, ». To stand up iu heaps,
aa water in a current of the sea, especially
when the wind and current are contrary.
2. jHoo. To cause iiie sea to roll or be
rough ; to be tempestuous. See Kitpisrei-
EIO.
Pi-so, s. The end ; the extremity of a
thing in cases as follows : plko o ke kua-
hiwi. the top or summit of a mountain. Isa.
iiO-.n. .P&o 0 ka pepeiao, the tip of the
ear. Pufc. 29:20. Pifco o ke poo, the crown
of the head. Kara. 28:35. The navel ; the
end of a rope ; the extreme corner or
boundary of a land ; e wehe hoi i ka piko
la e ka hoahauan. Lawa ae la ke kahuna
i ka piko o kaua hanai a lei Iho la ma bona
a-i. IiaieUc. 137.
Pl-KO-I, )
Pl-KO-NI, )
The core of the breadfruit.
2. Any substance that will
cause a fish net to float: small buoys; floats.
See PiKONi.
3. A club or a long kind of ball festened
PIL
4S6
PIL
to a tope, ftnd need for robbing and plun-
dering.
Pi-Ko-i, V. Tobeproudorhigfa-miDded;
hookano ; he kanaka pi/cot, a prond man.
2. To follow one's incHnation; to go
after one's desire. See Ftekoi.
3. To crave or covet what is another's,
as food or kapa.
4. To call as to birds by way of entice-
ment; also pUcoikoi.
Pi-Koi-Koi. V. See PiKoi above. To call
or entice birds so as to catch them.
2. To collect together ; to assemble, as
persons for pleasure or business.
3. To snck ; to stick together, as fay at-
traetion ; applied to the wgana of speecb:
.hence,
' ' 4. To speak inarticnlatoly; to stammer j
e omoomo, e eneo. '
6. To work and effect but little; to make
tt great effort and bring little to pass.
6. To practice onanism.
Pi-soi-koi, s. Hardlabor with littk pro-
duce.
2.' The practice of onanism ; self abuse.
Pl-KO-KA, S. See PlKAKA.
Pi-Ko-Ni, s. The cords connected with
the buoys and sinkers of a fish net; a float
connected with a net ; a buoy. See Fikoi,
Pi-Ko-pi-KO, V. SeePiKo. To be spotted;
to be ' variegated with different colors;
mostly applied to the smooth unruffled
spots OB Uie surface of the ocean in a calm.
See Maoeioei.
Pi-Ko-pi-Ko, s. The juice of the squid
under the tails. • Notb.^ — Tbe liquor (rf the '
squid when ^emitted in the water in differ^it
degrees causes tbe water to assume differ-
ent colors." He waiu no ka hee malalo o
ke aweawe.
Pi-Ku, s. Eng. A fig; also written jCAa.
Pi-la, *. E?ig. The Hawaiian pronun-
ciation of the word fiddle. A fiddle ; a
violin.
2. Any musical instrument.
Pi-iJiii, V. To emit a loathsome smell;
to emit stench, as a dead body or putrid
matter. Ioan.il:39. Morally as £{71.34:33.
To stink. Pufc. 7:21.
2. To be hateful to one ; -to be disliked.
2iSfeTO. 10:6. To fill the air with putrid ex-
halations ; e ino ke ea.
Pi-LAU, s: A stench; a stink; an un-
savory smell.
2. Fio. Evil influence ; vileness ; t\a ku
ko'u pilau mai Hawaii a Eauai, my vUeness,
extends &om Hawaii to KauaL
Pi-LAU, adj. Dirty; filthy; especially,6[
a bad smell.
Pi-LA-BJ-i^, adj. Broad; wide, as a fiat
surface.
Pi-LA-LA-Hi, adj. Pi and lalahi. See
59
Lahi. Broad ; wide; extended ; flat, as a
brottd, flat surface.
Pi-LA-Li, s. Thegumof thekukuitree.
2. The gum Or sticky substance of any
tree; piUdi palolo, slime; wax. Hal. 68:2.
3. Cartilage; kamumumu.
Pi-tA-Li-o-HE, adj. Leaning, as the roof
of a house.
' 2. Fiat, as- a surface.
3. Thin; spare.
Pm,Ap*&ul-li, adj. See Pilali. Having
water gathered on the outside, ;{ks fish. or
meat tmit has been dried; itis applied also
to pot which has water floating on the top;
slimy; jaicy, as any substance that absorbs
walor «n,.thft surface.
¥vLL'UrfjL^i. See Pilali. The viscid
watery fluid that collects on the outside of
Subst&idea^ absorbed ii'om a damp atmos-
phere or; &om internal moisture; e kowali
a pau ka pUaliMi, work up. (the poi) till
the mdeidi moisture is gone.
B-LA-pi-jjAH, i^ A turnip. SeeLAULEiE
' aad Ananu.
Pi-LE-KA;LE-KA, *. Moisture or water
fathered on dry fish or diy nieat, &a., on
eing exposed to moisture ; |lso on poi
when water setties on -top; e kowali a pau
)LBi pUekaleka. See BiLAUiiAU.
Pi-LE-KASLE-KA, flfij. Moist outside, as
fish, meat, &b., which has-been :dried but
exposed to moisture; it also applies to poi
when water settles on Ute ■ suifao^ See
PiLAULAU, ot^'.
Pi-Li, V. To coincide; to agree with, as
boards JQtated.
2. To clejive or adhere to, as persons
good or bad as f)ri«n<te; to lay a wager; to
bet ; a piii Boi mi^i i ko lakou waiwal a
pan ; pili kekabi wabine i kona kino.iho, a
lilo i ka pu.
3. To becomfe. one's to account for or to
take care of.
4. To agree together, as witnesses.
.5. To belong to ; to accompany ; to fol-
low.
6. Hoo. To join company with'; to ad-
here to one ; applied to persons.
7. To seal np, as a document Dm. 12:4.
8. To approach to one of the opposite
sex for defilement.
9. To be united to ; to adhere to ^ach
other, as husband and wife.
10. To add something else to a thing.
Kard. 4:2.
11. To treat badly; to reproach; to cast
up to one.
Pi-Li, s. The name of the long coaiSQ
grass' used in thatching houses ^o caU<»d
from the easy manner in which -the seeds
are detached from tjie stalk and adhere to
a person's clothes.
p;ti
466
PIL
2. The adheriog or uniting of one tbmg
with another.
S: The name of shingles from their taking
the place of the grass pUi in covering
heuges. '"•-
4. The name given tonine o'clock in the
evening, from the game puhenehene ; ka
pUi o ka po. See Piufoea.
5. The name of what belongs to one, as
Ids property, children or frieniSs; kona mea
pili, what belongs to one. Wta. Ka piM
ame ka maun, all that belongs to one.
6. Sfa pili 0 .ke ao ae, nearness ; united
■with ; in the morning. Mar. 1:36.
Pi-Li, adj! Of or belonging 4o a person
or thing ; ka pili ana o ke aMafai, first of
evening ; after dark.
2. United ; joining.
3. Things adhering or coming in contact
that ovight not : hence,
4. Topsy-turry; heller-slMlter ; huikau.
&.- Poor ; destitute.
Pi-Li-A-A-i-KU, \ g. Pili and a4, neck,
Px-Li-A-i-KU, J : an! fat, to stand. Iiir.
That which belongs t» a stiff neck. Numb-
ness ; stiffness of joints with a lack of
warmth. See Opiu and Hailoibl
Pi-u-A-Lo, s. Pili to adhere, and aZo,
the front. One's iosom friend ; one's be-
loved wife.
Pi-iii-A-No, s. P£j.anda«o, meaning. A
modern form, ised in grammar for adjec-
tive or particijie.
Pi-Li-Hi-Hi-A, 0. In gamMiitg, the fre-
quent transftr of property from one to an-
other; alai1», piU nui lakon, pUihihia, pVi
kaakna.
Pi-Li-HD-A. «. PUi andAzM!, woid^ pj in.
To be siJ ; to 'be distressed in mind.
2. Tobesonrowful; to be cast down; to:
be disoayed. Mek.3:9'.
3. 7o be amazed ; to be astonished ; to
wonder greatly. Oih. 2:7.
4. To be in despair ; to be utterly cast
do»n, 2 Kor. 4:8.
&. To stick fast, as words in a person's
mouth when afraid br astonished ; to be
unable to speak through fear.
. 6. Hoo. To ttonble ; to vex with sor-
ceries. Oih. 8a, 11.
, . Pi-ti-Hu-A, s. Sadne«; sorrow; dejec-
tion of heart. Kanl. 28:65.
2. Astonishment connected with fear and
wonder.
.3. Perplexity ; difficulty ; want of some-
thing esseatial.
4. An in^ility to apeak or utter any-
tbing through fear or astonishment.
Pi-3a-H0-A, ody. Speechless; perplexed;
sorrowful; astonished. /«r. 14:9.
Pi-Li-MC-A, adv. Sadly; Silently from
sorrow. Ezera9:S.
Pi-Li-Hir-Ki, V. To clash ; to have sep-
arate interests ; to separate.
Pi-Li-KA-NA, V. Tt) be related to one,' to
have an interest in one.
Pi-Li-KA-NA, '*.. An interest m one; a
relation to one; a fi-iend ; a mofive; heaha
kon kuleana e wena aku m ia iat he hoar
hanau.
Pi-Li-KAi, «. A kind of medicine con-
sisting of some kind of seeds, one handful.,
beaten up and sifted and taken as a purga^
tive.
2. The name of a shrub, the seeds of
which are used for medicinal purposes,
^ especially to children as a cathartic-
3. A kind of berry growing near the sea
shore.
Pi-litKI-a, v. PUi and kia, a mast or
post. To be crowded ; to be in want of
room. 2 iVa? 6:1.
2 To be in straits ; to be in djfSealty ;
to be entangled in any way. Puk. 14:3.
3. To be cramped for want of means or
Instruments for d0''ng a thing.
4 To be stinted in a provision for one's
living.
5. Soo. To bring 6r cause one fo be in
difficulty. £in. 34:30. To trouble. Pufc.
14:2'. '^
Pi-Li-Ki-A, s. A difficulty; a hindrance;
a perilous situation; extreme danger, as
in distress.
Pi-Li-Ki-A,' adj. Crowded close together;
strait ; narrow ; difficult
Pi-Li-KU-A, V. PUi and hut, back. To
run upon another's back, as when many
flee together ; to cleave to the back.
Pi-Li-KU-A, s. A land or country exist-
ing only in the imaginations of men; he
aina e manao wale ia e na kanaka.
Pi-u-LO-Ko, V. PUi and loko, internal.
To beiaitg to that which ia internal ; to go
close to.
Pi-u-LO-xo, s. A friend; arelatiim; one
interested in ; one who sympathizes with
another. See Fiukana.
Ti-Li-ME-A-Ai, Bv .P«';"aad»7iea, purpose,
thing, and ai, food, living. To live with or
follow one for the sake «f food or a living, •
as the chiefs in former times had many fol-
lowers because they fed them. Boo. To
live in idleness, pretending to belong td'&
chief merely to get a living, while indiffer- ■
ent as to his honor orauthority or interests."
Pi-u-.ME-A-Ai, s. One who followed a
chief or other person for the sake of food
or a living. Note. — Such persons wore
always spoken of with contempt.
Pi-Li-Mo-E, s. Name of one of the fire
puu kapus in playing at the game of noa.
Pi-Li-Mu-A, s. PUi and mua, before. In
PIL
467
PIN
grammar, an article from its position ivith
- the nouii ; a late coined word.
Pi-^u-FA, s. PUia.ndpa,{eiice. Ahed^.
Jbu/c. 14:23. A h^dge fence.
2. A joinittKtogether; adhering closely.
I|^^IA^TlA., v.jPilia.Dipaa,{tLSti tight.
To lire together in close union or in con-
stant fdendsliip ; to tie seldom separate
icoja each other.
Pi-u-rAA, 3, Constant friendship ; liv-
b^ tti^ether in great harmony Vith unity
of seh^ment ; ka jnHpaa o ka houpo, the
cementing, of affection.
Vi-Li'Pi-u, adj. See Pai. Adhering;
sticking to; connected with. J3oo. Con-
stantly adhering; never failing; ikapdno
pau ole,i ka pono hoopU^Ui, he pono man
loakeia.
Pi-Li-Pi-Li-n-iA, *. PQipili (see Pru,)
and uZa, red. A species of small, low
Itearded grass, the beards of which adhere
tightly to the dress of one walking through
it See JfunABiAiTLA.
Pi-u-FTT, v.PUi and Tw,, together. To
unite; to join and'adhere together; to come
id khii contact, as ^e skin 4nd bone in a
poor animal. JSqI. iOiA. ' '
2. To come together, as the lips, i. e., to
shnt th^ mouth ; to be silent ; to cease an-'
Swerinj[..
3. To piit to silence either by argument
or authority. .Jfar. 3:4. ^.
4. To be confounded; to know not tfhai;
to say tbror^h astonishment ; to ce!0 te-
plying ; to m satisfied with one's answer.
Pi-Li-FU-KA, I. PUi and puka., a door ot
gate-way. The name given to the boxii or.
time of three o'clock in the morning; oia i
ka pili 0 ke kakahiaka, i ka pUipuka. See;
Kau, s.
2. Name of one«f tliepuukapusiaplay-
ing the game of iioa.
Pi-u-WAi^wsi, s. The general name of
b^t,tiijig and gambling and obtaining prop-
erty without work arid with more or Jess
deceit. Note.— 'The ancient forms qt pUi-
■imiym were almost innumerable; cards
icalled by Ba^aiians pepa have taken the
place «f many of them, but many still re-
main. SeePEPA.
Pi-Li-WA-LE, V. PUi and vxde, gratuit-
ously. To join one% company or party for
the sake of a living.
2. To live carelessly regardless of the
future ; to live idly.
3. To be exposed to the weather; to die
with hunger.
Pi-Li-WA-LE, I. Poorness or thinness in
flesh ; wiwi o ke kino.
2. ' Scarcity of food ;' suffering on account
of famine.
3. An adhering to, or Jiving on soother.
Pi-Li-WA-LE,'- adj. Silenced ; awed ; un-
able to answer.
Pi-lo, V. To be corrupt; to be impure;
to be much injured ; obikihiki i ka nibo a
pOo.
Pi-M-xr-Ku, t. Pilo&adukUy^y. Aohe
piUntHu, notliing wrong in ike pay, any re-
ward is acceptable ; I will take anything
for pay which you will give.
Pi<Lo-u, V. See Loli. To make small;
to weaken ; to make diminutive.
Pi-U)-pi-LO, adj. Corrupt J impure ; ap-
plied to impure water. Sol.^:iS. Fouled;,
dirty, as water.
Pi-io-pi-Lo, s. An offensive smell from
any cause. See POiAU.
Pi-LU, u To shake ; to vibrate.
Pi-LU-Pi-LU, adj. Bich, as a woman,
richly dressed, with her rich turban, or a -
child adorned with rich pretents.
2. Rich 2 used in ridicule by llie poor ;
also in ridionle of the pbor'on account of
their pover^.
Pi-LU-pi-OTJ t). SeePiLC. Toshake; to
vibrate strongly.
Pi-KA, s. A pih or instrument for fastenr
' lug up the hair on the ^des of the hesid ;
he mea m^amaha lauoho. Notjb.— This
might seem' to be f^om tfie English ^n, but
it is aeenuine Hawaiian word;
2. ,1^6 dragon-fly. SegPi^Au. ,
3. A pin. Ana Eon. 2.
Pi-wii, Pf To patch a garment ; to
' mend ; to^ iqi a vacancy.
2. To weric constaiiitly ; e hana mau.
3. To adheretoa chief or rich peumifor
: the sake <^food or-a support.
4. To. gtaiid thick together; to crpwd
each ^Qier^ ' ~
Pi-NAB, s. The dragon-fly. See Pina
above. Eaulapimtu, the string that holds
a dragon4y. .
Pi-NAtr-E-A, s, A species of kapa; a pa-u.
Pi-NA-NA, V, Pi for jMe, and miTm, to
look. To climb up, as a cat climbs up the
side of a house.
^2. To be mischievous, as a child that
climbs where he aught not; to climb up
mischievonslyi
3. To croo^; to-ben^; to.bendoveri to
bend out of Shape.
4. To be higher, as one part of an object
than another.
5. Soo. To roll away ; to flow tast, as a
current; to miss the way; to £0 crookedly.
See HooNANAAu.
Pi-NA-NA, adj. Mischie vOus;. acting mis-
chievously; going here and there.
Pi-NA-NA-E-A, V. To baVo the eyes be-
dimmed,aaivith cobwebs; epunawelewele
namaka.
PIP
468
PIP
Pi-WA-Hii, V. To rise up, as the bow of
a ship or canoe in pass'mg over a swell ;
lanaiea ; pinanM e k« feaikaina e ka aa.
Pl-NA-NAI-E-A, V. See PiNANAI and La-
siisk. To tuiu aside, as the bow of a ship
li^^n struck by a strong sea or wave.
2. 1^0 turn one's head aside to looj^.
Pi-HE, s. A falsehood; a felsifiCT; he
kanaka wahahee.
Pi-«E-pi-NE, 0. To do frequently; to do
often ; to repeat
Pl-NE-Pi-NE, adv. Often; frequently.
Pi-Ni, ». Eng. A pin.
Pi-NO-Pi-No, adj. See Pilopilo. Bad
smelling^ corrupt.
Pi-pa, », To turn sideways; t» edge up
to a thing ; to dodge ; to^parrj off.
Pi-PA, s. A pali or precipice.
2. The fruit of the kae, a f niit like a bean.
See Eaeb.
3, The -name of a medicine given to mad-
men. See KiPA.
P^PA'Pl-Pi, «. See Pipa. To sit strad"
dle-of a fence ^ e nihi ma ka pa ; to tlodge
tfiis way -aod that.
Pi-pE, s. ~Eng. A pipe; a large «ask;
he ^ihu nui,
Pi-PE-wA, s. See ^WA. The tail of a
Qsh.
Pi-pi, 0. See Pi, to throw water. 'To
Bprlnkle. Oihk. 1:5. To w^t bj^riattling
wsteror blood. Fio.if'orwuifying. ha.
62:16.
2. Tbo. To smoaUer J in oontinne to
l)<irn~ witiiout a flame, asihe wick of a tamp.
Jita. 42:3i To bum, as green w wet wood.
3. To talk back^ to reply in «ffeD3ive
terms to something said; to chide; to quar-
rel.
4. To be multitudinous <«■ many; to
«tand thickly together; to be a mulfinide;
See KwiPi.
Pt-pi, s. An oyster; he ano paiea, he
ano ia^ a kind offish.
2. The center of a sea-shell, that is, tlie
place where the meat adheres to the shell;
hence,
'3. The center of ^e eye ; tiie sight
4. The hen or female of the bird oe.
5. O kahi malalo e poltpoli^ima, he pipt
ka inoa o ia wahi.
Pi-pi, s. Eng. More properly written
bifi. A foreign animal, first introduced by
Captain Vancouver -in 1793 or 1791. from
Mexico ; neat cattlo generally. See Bim.
Pi-pi, adj. Incombustible; smoulde^bg,
as Ore under green wood.
2. Almost extinguished ; not burning
easily. Hoo. Smoking, like some^hinf>; that
will not blaze. Mai. 12:20.
3. Thick together ; ku pipt; set thickly
together, as kalo in rows.
4. Thick together without order; huikau.
6. Multitudinous ; crowded many to-
gether.
Pi-pi. Note. — ^With this orthography
may be found some words which should
have been written piipii. See Pni'ir, adj.
Pi-pii, V. See Piipii. To spring up ©r
flow upwards, as water in a spring or foun-
tain.
2. To overflow; to effervesce, as in open-
ing a bottle of beer ; e piha me he bia la.
Pi-pi-o, V. See Pio. To bend over, as a
tali, stoop-shouldercd.man ; to bend, as m
bowing ; to bend forward^
2. To bend, as the rainbow.
Pi-pi-o, s. A tall, stoop-shouldered man.
2. An arch ; a bending line.
3. The name of a species offish.
Fi-Fi-o, adj. Crooked; bending; arched.
Pi-pi-o-LE-po, ». See PioLEFo. To fly,
as dirt or opala in the wind, i. e., crook-
edly. In whirls, or any way except in
straight lines; me he anucnuela,heleapio
ka lepo.
Pi-pi-KA, V. To flow over; to overflow,
as a stream over a bank ; e hu ma kapa.
2. To turn asidefromtiie natural course.
3. To rush agunst the sides of any con-
fining object
4. To thrust or push agunst, as a waU.
Nah. 22:25.
6. Hoo. To wander; to go here and there,
as without object; to fetch op against
Pi-pi-KA, adj. Turning aside; moraig
out of the mrect line.
Pi-pi-Li, T. See Piu. To stick fest to,
aswitti pitch; to cleave to. Katd. 13:1«.
2. To adhere to one, as a friend; to
fasten ; to adhere to, as the tongue to the
'roof of the mouth, i. e., to be speechless..
HaU 137&
3. To be joined or united with ; to be
long to.
Pi-Ti-u^u, t. A be^;iiig repeatedly; if
one obtains to_ go agun, like a -fly when
bmdied away it returns again; tkeneipoe
kanaka i kaj>ipi<i2t o nei kanaka i ko lakou
nei knmu.
Pi-pr-LO, adj. See Pilo. Bad smeHinf ;
disgusting to the smell. See PitoPiLO.
Pi-pi-NA, I i. A foreign word ap{^ed to
Pl-Pl-NE, J girls desired by foreigners; a
comqion girl; ina paha 1 1 mai kefadiL-o
hele e ke kama e upaa me ka paptns, i aku
ke kama he kapipino i huiia me ke kamaioa..
Pi-pi-No-KE, V. See PiPi and Noke, to
fret To scold; to quarrel with one; to
dispute ; to contradict ; to go on scolding,
POA
469
POA
as one party when the other paiiy stops.
See Oleole.'
Pi-pi-H, V, See PiPi. To be thick to-
gether ; to stand thickly together, as peo-
ple or thinga: to crowd one against an-
other; kapinat.
Pi-pi-Fi, «. A species of shell. SeePirii
oyster.
Pi-pi-pi, ' adj. Thickly ; near together ;
crowded.
Pi-pi-pu, p: See Pu. To spring or rise
up continuallyi as water in a spring or
fountain.
2. To ascend a hill together, as a com-'
pany of people: to go up.
Pi-pi-WAi, s. Pg» and wai, vrater. A
place.where water springs up or oozes out
of the ground on rook^.
4. The oozinff.or dropping of water.
Pi-WAI, *. A distinctive name of a spe-
cies of wild duck ; maou koloa pitnti.
2. The name of a species of iiard rock
out of which kois were made.
Pi-WE-KA-WE-KA, odj. Pi, Stingy, and
wefco, hard. Close; stingy; hard in a bar-
gain.
Pi-SE-TArKi-A, s. ^ng. The nut of the
pistacia, the kernel eatable. Kin. 43:11
Po, J. Night; the time after the going
down of the sun ; the time of the twenty-
four hours opposite to oo, day.
} 2. Darkness; the time when the sun gives
' no light.
3. Chaos; the Ijme before there was
light ; mai ka po mai, from chaos (dark-
ness) hitherto, that is, from the beginning,
from eternity.
4. Theplaceof departedspirits; the place
of torment. Note. — fiawaiians reckon timo
by nigMs rather than by days; as, Po
akahi; first night, i. e., Monday ; Po alua,
second night, Tuesday. Po was cbunted
as a god among the poe akuanoho.
Po, V. To be dark; to darken; to be-
come night; to. be put of sight; to vanish;
hence, to be slain ; to be lost ; e po i ke
jcana, to be lost in war.
-2. Fig. To be ignorant ; to be wild ; to
be rude ; to be uncultivated.
3. To overshadow, as the foliage of trees,
4. To assemble thickly togethor, as peo-
ple ; to come together in multitudes.
5. To emit an odorilerous smell. Sec
Pou.
Po, adj. Dark; dark colored; obscure.
-2. Fig. Ignorant ; rude ; wild ; savage.
3. Unsocuil; sour; unfriendly; crabbed.
Po is prefixed to a good -many words,
and seems to denote. an intensive, thus:
maikai,. pomaika! ; ino, poino ; eleele, pa-
eleele ; ' pilikia, popilikia, &c.
Po-A, V. To castrate; to emasculate; to
make one a eunucli; i poaia, cas'rated.
Oihk. 22:44. G hoopau 1 ice ano kane: 2
OiU. 18:8.
2. To throw water over one's self; to
dive, paddle or play in the water.
3. To cast up or spatter water.
4. ,To wallow and roll in the water like
a hog.
Po-A) *■ One castrated ; a eunuch.
Po-A, adj. Castrated ; despoiled of Viril-
ity; be luna i poaia. 2 Nal. 8:6.
Po-A-A-HA, s. The bark of the cloht
mulberry.
Po-A-A-LA, t». To thrum with the iBn-
gers on a drum head ; kilipoipoi e, e poo-
ala la. See Kilipoipoi.
Po-AE, I. A company; a vegetable; he
poe, he mea uln.
Po-AE-AE, j. The hollow .pilace under
the arm ; the armpit. See Poke.
Po-AE-AE, adv. Obscurely; indistinctly
seen ; darkly. 1 Kor. 13:12. Ike poaeae,
to have indistinct ideas of a thing. . See
P0WEH1WBU1._
Po-A-iA. Particle passive of poa. One
castrated : a eunuch. Dan. 1:3.
Po-Ai, V. To encircle; to go round; to
encompass, as a city besieged. los. 6:3-
2. To go round an object in prder to see
it on all sides ; « makaikai.
3. To pass or sail round an island, as a
ship.
4. To surround for evil ; poaiia oia a
puni, e make ai ola,he vxis surrounded en-
tirely that he might be' killed.
Po-Ai, s. A circle real o/t imaginary; a
hoop; a girdle. In geogrdphy,poai waena,
the equinoctial line ; poai anu akau, the
arctic circle, &c.
Po-Ai, adv. A poai, round about ; ,ku
poai, to stand .around.
Po-Ai-Ai, V, See PoFOAi and Poai. To
go round and round ; to surround.
Po-Ai-HA-PA-LU-A, s. Poai and hapalua,
half. A semicircle. Ana Eon. 23. _
Po-Ai-HEE, V. To flee, as a party in bat-
tle.
Po-Ai-HE-LE, V. Poai and hde, to go.
To travel about from place to place. Mai.
23:15. To encompass : to go round, as an
Island.
Po-Ai-LO-i-Hi, s. Poai and Imhi, long.
An oval figure ; an elipse. Ana Hon. 24.
Po-Al-PtJ-Ni, V. Poai and ]n>?d, around.
See PoAiuELB. To travel round here and
there ; to go round a country for any pur-
pose ; to pircumambulate.
Po-A-o-No, s. Po, night, and aono, six.
Lit. The sixth night, i. e., Saturday. See
next word.
POA
470
POE
Po-A-HA, s. Po and o^, four. The fourth
day (night See Po, note), 1. e., Thuraday.
Po-A-HA, 0. To encircle; to go round ;
to go about here and there.
Po-A-HA, *. A circle.
,%. A ball wonnd with a hollow on one
(aide as something to set a calabash in.
S. A smaller ball of the same kind to
apply to any swelling.
1. The name of a tree.
Po-A-HA-NiTri, *. The liame given by
Hawaiians to the hollyhock.
Po-A-Hi-A-Hi, ad^. Dim; obscure.
Fo-A-EA, s. A circulair paper; he oala-
pala poepoe.
Po-A-KA-Hi, t. Po and kaM, one ; ^rst.
The name of the finit day (night See Toys.)
of tiie week, Monday.
Po-A-Ko-HT, t. Po and A»Za, three. Ljr,
The third ni^t, i. e., Wednesday.
Po-A-LA, J7. To roll up, as a ball; to
: wind' up string into a ball; e owili i ke
kanla, e hana popo.
2. E kani i ka pnu i ka ono ana i kekahi
mea, e uioaka puu.
Po-Atla, J. The name of a tree ; he puu
poatoikamonie.
Po-a-la-a-la, adj. Boiling; tumbling
■I over and over.
P0-A-LA-A-1.A, adv. Going towards land
and oat to sea again, as in sailing along a
coast in a canoe; mai hole pooHaala ka waa
i uka i kal.
Po-A-LE, V. Po and cde, to swallow, as
.,a wave. To be open; to be absorbent; to
drink in ; e hamama, e aleale.
Po-A-M-A-LE, adj. Open; absorbent;
. lying useless.
Po-A'-Li,' adj. Po and ali, a scar. Dark!
confused; obscure.
Po-A-Li-MA, s. Po and lima, &vb; the
fifth. The name of the fifth day (night) of
flie week, Friday. Hawaiians counted by
nigUs rather than by days. See Po. I ka
21 o Angate oia ka Poalvma, the 2Ist of
A.ugust, tiiat was Friday.
'2. The name of a religious meeting on
Friday of each week, formerly very gener-
ally attended by the people tnt'oughout the
Islands.
Po-A-Lo, V. To pluck or dig out the
eyes. Mat. 6:29. TTa poaloia kona man
maka, a make no ia ma kahiki, his eyes
wfre dug out, aud he died in a foreign coun-
try.
2. To twist round and draw oat, as a
tooth.
3. To take or force out,, as beans ftom a
pod ; to shell out beans.
4. To surround ; to circamambulote.
Po-A*ti-A, J. Po and alua, two; ^
, second. The second day (see Po, note) tt
the week, Tuesday.
Po-A-NA, s. The name of the sea oat-
ride of where the snrf breaks; alsopueone.
Po-A-NA-A-NA, adj. Weary; lame; wm,
as with walking or lying in one position ;
fatigued, as with carrying a bnrden.
Po-A-Po-A-Ai, s. Name of a small coSt
ing shell-fish, a species of the pupn.
Po-A-Po-A-Ai, V. SeePoAi. To coil in a
circular form, as in winding a ball; to wmd
ronnd and round; eowiliwUi; to surround.'
Po-A-po-A-LA, V. See Poala. To wind
frequently ; to wind round and roimd.
2. To go round : to sorround ; to travel
round a city or cobnfa?.
Po-A-Fo-A-Fo-LA, V. To go about from
house to house.
2. To eat greedily; to swallow down food
rapidly.
Po-E, s. A company; a number of pe^
sons or animals, from three to any indefl-
fiitely large number. It is not so often ap.
plied to things as to persona utd animals;
bat the idea is that of a certain oompwy
or' assemblage as distincttromsomeoraets.
A cluster; a bunch. Itisoftensynonymons
with pat and jnea.
2. The name of a Testable resembling
the akuliknli or parsiain ; a water or sea
plant _ '
Po-£. A^ sign of the plural number of
nouns; synunymona with pae and puu, but
much more frequently ns^. When applied
as B sign of the plum, it still retains the
idea of a separate class. Grwm. ^ 85, 86,
' 91 and 92. Nois^ — Poe is sometimes used
where tui would be proper.
Po-E, V. To br^ "up; to mash; to
pound, as in pounding poi.
Po-E, adj. Bound ; circulaT. See Poe-
poe and PoAi.
Po-E-E, s. The armpit. Jcr. 38:12. See
FOAEAE.
Po-E-Ko, adj. SkiHfiil; clever; intelli-
gent; able to think.
Po-E-LA-MTr-KU, s. An officer who at-
tended the person of a chief and executed
bis orders. See Iiamcko and Law£Kahii.i. [
Po-E-LE, t>. Po, night, and efe, black.
To be very dark, as a dark night; to be
black colored.
2. Fio. To be sinking in death; to expe-
rience the darkness that often precedes
death.
3. To feel the pangs of death.
Po-E-LE, adj. Dark blue; black as night;
dark colored.
Po-E-LE-E-LE, V. See PoEiE. To be «
POI
471
POI
become dork, aa night ; to become black.
. Hoo. To cause darkness. Puk. 10:21.
Po>E-LE-E-LE, adj. Black; dark as night;
b^nigbted.
2. Applied' to 'fhen^d, ignorant; beiril-
3. Roond; smooHb; polished; pokaka,
nemonemo.
Fo-E-Fo-E, V. To be. short ; to be low,
in opporition to tail, high,
, 2. £bo., To round; to make round. OWc.
i«:27.
8. To throw a,way ftom one, as a (MIlA
is thrown awiur from the arms.
Po-E-Po-E, adj. Round; round and
' smooth; globniar; dicular; he mea poe-
. poe ka honua, the earth is a round thing.
Po-E-Fo-E-HA-WAf , s, A flattened sphere.
Am Son. 29.
Po-B-Fo-E-pixKoi, s. Alengtfaenedsphere.
Ana Sen. 29.
Po-i, V. To make clear or explicit.
2. To excite ; to stii up ; to hurry.
3. To cover; to shut, as a door or book;
to coyer over; to protect.
'4. To cover, as a pot or calabash;
6. To curve -and break over at 4he 'top,
as a high surf. See Popoi. To cover or
overwhelm, as the sea. Ma. 7S:53. Pol
mai ka nalu ; pot mai ]» ale.
6. To catch flies with the hand; to catch
as an owl does mice or small birds ;^ e,p(H
no lafia (ka pueo ame ke kaio) i ka iole.
7. Hoo. To examine by torture or by
threatening.
Poi, s. The paste or pudding which was
formerly the chief food of BbiwaiiauB, and
is so to a great extent yet . It is made of
kalo, sweet potatoes or breadfruit, but
mostly of kalo, by baking the above arti-
cles in ovens under ground, and afterwards
peeling and pounding tiiem with more or
less water (but not innch) ; it is then left
i^ a mass to fermenV; after fermentation,
it is again workled^over with more water
until it has the consistency ol thick paste.
It is eatta cold witli the fingers.
Po-i, *. A cover of any vessel or cop-
tainei:;eij>ecia%, the cover «r upper gourd
of a calabash ; nence,
2. Perhaps the name of the food kept
under or protected by it.
3. the cover of a pot or other vessel.
Pwfc. 25:29.
4. The top of a curling surf where it
breaks : he wahi e baki iho ai ka nalu.
5. A hes>d of cabbage, a foreign vegeta-
ble.
Po-i-A-wA, s. Poi and awa, sour; bitter.
Sour poi, or poi too much fermented.
2. Fib. a person of a sour or crabbed
Po-i-A-WA-A-wAi ) rtK, Sour, a« poi.
Po-i«A-WA-Hi-A, J , See PoiAWA. .
2.. Sour in disposition; tajsitum: refusing
to answer when spoken to. See Poifufov.
Po-nr, V, Po, intensive, and ne, sacred;
consecrated. To be imder the protection
or care of some one having power fa pro-
tect.
2. To be prohibited or forbiddoa; to be
under a kapu.
3. To be consecrated; to be holy. See
Iran.
Po-iu, adj. A&t off; at a great distance.
2. Grand ; solemn, as a sacred place ;
glorious.
3. Precious; desirable.
Po-iu-io, t. See Poro abovfe. To be very
tax off or high up ; o lia hoa i poiwiu o ka
ike nei, the fHend who is a&r off beyond
titesuhb
a. To be very kapu or Sacred. See Jtt^
andSoiDiu. ..' .
Po-i-xA-LO, V. To cover up kalo (lip-
land), i. e., to spread over the hills^^ed
grass, banana leaves or aaythta^ to «erve
as manure and shade the roots.
Po-i-NA, V. To forget; to be forgotten.
Kin. 41:30. Note.— In this form, it is used
only in a neuter or passive sense.
. 2. Boo. To cause to forget; topassftom
tiie mind or memory.
3. To forget a person or an event. Kiri.
40:23. To forget God. LutOc. 3;7.
Po-i-NO, V. Po, intensive, and i;u>, bad;
eviL. To be in distress ; to.be in misera-
ble chrcumstances.
2. To suffer from some cause ; to suffer
an imuty ; to be injured.
3. To be ill-fated or destined totaffm..
Po-i-NO, s. Hard fatigue; sufiering; af-
'flictfoa; Iiann; injury; whatever is unfiir-
iaiiiste.
Po-i-No, adj. Unlucky; unfortunate;
iU-&ted.
Po-i-FA-LAir,'^ s. A kind of food; a mix-
ture of potatoes and cocoanut.
Po-i-FO, V. To ambuscade; to set an
ambuscade for an army.
: 2, To fall upon, as an enemy in the night;
to surprise ; mai poipoia lakon ilaila, wey
were near heing mtrprised there.
3. To overcame; to conquer. JSn. 14:15.
Po-i-Fo, s. An ambuscade; that part of
an army which is set for an ambuscade.
Po-i-FO-i, V. See Poi 3. To cover over
with weeds or grass.
2. To quench fire by pouring on water.
3. To Interrupt a discourse when one is
speaking.
4 To hush or quiet, as a child.
6. Boo. To examine one, as by torture.
See F<x> feoo.,«ad also Pofol
POO
472
POO
Po-i-pu, », To cover over; to 6urywiih
a flood. Pufc!l5'.6.
2. To shadt deeply ; to Bhade from the
light of the gun bo as to he almost dark, as
a glen thick Wth trees.
3. To cover over the heavens with thick
dark clouds.
Po-i-ptJ, s. The state of being covered
np, overwhelmed or darkened by a thick
covering, as with clouds, water, ttiick
shade, £c.
Po-i-Pir, adj. Covered or buried up, as
one overwhelmed with waves or the surf.
Laieik. 133. Hoke o ka halehale poipn o
ka nalu.
Po-i-PD-Pun, V. To be full of ^ard lumps,
like poi not well pounded or made from
had kalo.
2. To be unsocial; to he sour; to he un-
liriendly.
Po-i-PtT-Ptnr, s. Food full of lumps.
2. Fio. A sour, morose person.
Po-i-pu-PUP, adj. Hard; luinpy, as bad
poi.
2. Sour ; unsocittl, as a person.
Poo, V. To scoop tip, as water; to dip
down into the water ; to stir up or trouble
water, as in bathing, or as a hog in rooting
under water.
2. To make a noise by putting the-fingers
in the mouth and snapping the lips.
3. jHoo. To add ; to join on ; e hookni.
4. To do with the head, L e., as we say
in English, to do head<Bork ; e hanaia ka
mea-akamai e na mea poo noonoo.
5. To dig; to dig deep down; e hoopoo-
poo : to make a deep hole in the ground ;
e kolil, e ell.
6. To cause to be light; to swimj to
press upon the ama of a canoe; e konu ma
ke ama.
Poo, s. Takes the article Se. The head;
the summit, Ac. ; ke poo o ka mauna, the
top of the mountain.
2. The head of a person; the seat of
thought; the seat of the intellectual powers;
he wahi e noho ai ka noonoo,-ka noho ana
o ka nhane.
3. The head or chief pelnt of a discourse;
the text of a sermon ; ke knmn olelo e hai
Aku. See PocIolelo.
i. The name of a place under the Band ;
pehea kau puaa? eia i kapoo.
5. A kind of sea^ell. See Poopauioa.
6. Achief of anumberofpeople; ahead,
guide or leader. SJanl. 1:15. Opposed to
hado, a lowQi- ,cla8S. Kard. 28:13. The
head of a people either in civil or military
matters; often Synonymous with luna; o
ke alii, naua no e hai^ule na heiau, poo ka-
naka, oia hoi na luauul.
Poo-E-E, s. See Poo above, No, 4,
PoQrO-LE-Lp, s. Poo and okh, speech.
The £eadof a discourse ; the text of a ser-
mon; luakana ^loooZefo ma ka Oihana. _
Po-oxi,,s, A species of fish of a reddish
color, sii^ai in etiaracter to tbebuli, aawa
andea.
Poo-HE-PA-U, *. One who tos the best
of a bargain.
Ppo-m-NA, V. Poo and Mna, to fall off,
as the hidr. To be gray headed; to be old.
Ha. 46:4.
Pdo-Hi-NA, ». The gray hairs of an aged
person. Oihic. 19:32.
2. A gray haired person. 1 Not. 2:6.
Poo-Hi-NA, adj. Gray haired or gray
headed ; gray with age. iiirai. 32:25.
Poo-Hi-wi, s. Poo, top, and Mwi, to di-
minish ; a diminishing point.
L Tlie sharp top of anything.
2. Applied to the shoulder. ., Sin. 9:23.
The shoulder ; hoolei i ke kapa ulanla ma
kona poohiwi, they cast the red (royal)
kapa upon his shoulders.
3. The point, of union of the upper arm
bonewithUie shoulder blade; henooknina
lewa 0 ka iwi uluna me ka iwl hoehoe ma
kela aoao ma keia aoao. ■■~- '■-
Poo-Bi-vn, adj. Of or pertaining to the
shoulder. P«fc. 28:7.
Poo-Hoo-LE-WA, s. Poo and Aodlewa, to
bear or carry. Epithet of a very high chief
who was always carried by the people.
Poo-Hou, s. Poo, head, and Ao», new.
Name of the character § used in writing or
printing to designate a new subject or par-
agraph.
Poo-HU, V. To sing; to sound, as a bell
or other sounding matter.
2. To Crack ; to squeak, as shoes.
Poo-HU, s. A wound, particularly if
swollen ; a braise.
Poo-BU-Ai, s. A pain; a disease; the
headache.
Poo-Hu-KD, s. The top point of a hil-
lock, ridge or moun4-
2. The sharp tops of the ridges of a file
or rasp.
Poo-Bu-NA, adj. Appellation of one of
the lying gods : he wahahee maoli keka&i
akuai, ua kapaia he popAutM i ke aouli, be .
wahahee ke ano oia inoa.
Poo-KA-EO. E pauaalina me he pookaeo
la. •
Poo-KE-0-KE-o, fld/. Poo and Areo, white.
White headed; bald headed; epithet of as
aged person. _■ .
2. Wry or crooked necked.
3. Prosperous'; successful.
Poo-KE-o'-Kfe-o, *. Prosperity; success.
Hal. 73:3.
Poo-KE-o-KE-^), V. To be prosperous in
POO
473
POO
business; to be sncceesM in an enterprise.
Hal. SJ:7. To n-nJte a good bargain.
Poo-KE-LA, Vi Poo an4 k4a, to excel.
To excel ; to be or act is cbief ; to be put
fpiemost.
Poo-KE-LA, ». A chief i a prince or chief
among men. iVoA. 16:2.
2. A superior eitber by birth or by great
exploits; the greatest, cbief, highest among
a number of persons. Kol. 1:18.
3. :Official dignity or insignia. Jer. 13:18.
Poo-KE-LA, adj. More excellent; exceed-
ing ; better ; a lilo ai kakou ipookela ma-
liina 0 na holoholona, that we may become
more excelkni than (aboye) the brutes.
Poo-KE-FA, s, foq and Arepa, 'tideways;
edgeways. The l(!ur cat so aa to be made to
stand (Merently firom what it naturally
would:
2. A part of the hair cut and a part left
standing.
3. A one-sided head. Notb^— It was cus-
tomary aniong Eawaiians in mourning for
the loss' of friends, to cut the hair in very
fimtastical shapes as a sign of son'ow.
Poo-KE-PA-Li, s. Probably poo, head, and
0 keprjl, of the precipice. The man who
makes the best bargain In itaA^, i. e., he
caps the pali. .
Poo-KO-1, s. Poo, head, and kdi, sharp
as ."an axe. A person having a sharp or
pirojecting forehead. Notbj— Such were
supposed to have something supernatural
about ^em and had the J)ower.of using the
pak anaana^ that is, of praying people to
death,. '
2. A person livcking good sense; hemea
{ manaoia he lapnwale.
Poo-KO-n, V. To be envied on account
of one's riches.
Poo-KO-n,- s. One who is envied on ac-
count of his riches. .
Poo'-KU-i-KE-A, adj. Poo, head, kua,
back, and'ltp^, white. White or bald headed.
See FooEEOKEo.
Po-o-LA, s. Name of a sj;tfecies of fisli.
2. The name of a tree.
Poo-LA-PA-LA-PA, ». Poo and lapaiapa,
cornered. A square head; a head with
many angular points.
Poo-LE-io, s. Poo and delo, the chief
speech. The man who makes the best bacr
gain in trading. See Pookefali.
Po-o-LO-P0, ». See OoLAPn and OoLopir.
A blister ; a rising of the skin.
2. The swelling np of cloth when thrown
into the water.
Poo-Lir-A, «. Pop, head, and lua, two.
A child who has two fathers ; he keiki na
na makuakane elna ; a nominal and a real
one
AH
2. A child born o»t of wedlock; a bas-
tard. Eanl 23:3.
Poo-LU-A, adj. Of a double meaning or
sense.
2. Double headed; sinfiil; adulterous.
JKar. 8:38. ^ .
Poo-iM-LV'V^, adj. Poo and /u^, &tigu-
ing labor. ' Cloudy ; dark.
2. Depressed with labor or soitow.
Poo-MAC-NU, *. Poo and maunu, bait of
a hook. The bait of a fisherman's hook ;
he maunu lawaia. ,
2. The end ; the remainder,
Poo-MO-K0, V. Poo and nadeu, cut off;
the head cut off. To cut off ; to sever, as
witii a knife or sword.
Poo-Ni-u-Ni-TT, ) s. Dizziness of the head;
Poo-NU-NU, , } the vertigo.
Poo-N<)o, p. Poo axii-noonoo, to think.
To think; to reflect; to turn over and over
\fi the mind.
Poo-KOOHNoo, s. Thought ; reflection ;
the act of reflecting.
2. A person skilled iii thinking ; one
taught to think ; he poonoeau.
Poo-Noo-Noo, adj. Thinking; reflect^
ing ; using the mental powers,
Poo-PA-LA-oA, s. Name of a sea sbell.
See Poo.
Poo-Poo, ) J. A ball of an oval shape.
Po-PO, ) Note. — The orthography of
■ popo is the more correct. See Popo.
Poo-Poo, V. To be deep; to be lower
down J to be sunk in. OiMc. 24:37.
2. 1*0 be deep down, as a pit dug deeply.
Hal. 7:15. E hoea akn ai i ka lua nui, i
poopoo nahonaho.
Poo-poo, adj. Deep, as a hole dug deep
in the gronnd ; a deep pit : poopoo hoi na
maka fioko lilo, their eyes were set deep
within ; sunken, as the eyes of a person
from disease.
Poo-Po-NO-PO-NO, V. Poo aiid pono, to
put in order. To seat persons in regular
order; to arrange sitting jlaces-for a great
number; to seL up near to each other.
Poo-pu-AA, s. One of the wooden gods
in a heiau whose bead resembled a hog's ;
a like me ke poopxiaa ke kii, ua kapaia kela
kii he puaa kukui ka inoa.
Pdo-puta-li, s. Poo, head, and pudli,
hinding. The depression or slight hollow
on th^ crown of the head! See Popuali.
Poo-pup, s. Poo and puM, a rise of
ground; a hillock. The top of a hillock or
mound ; the top of a ridge. See Poohdku.
Poo-WAi, s. Poo and wai^ water. A toun-
tain head of water ; o ke kahiko poovm o
Kuaikua.
POU
4*74
POH
Pou, s. The name of the side posts of
a Hawaiian honee.
2. A post or pillar of a building. Puk.
27:10. £ banala i paa a kukulu la ka jpou
ma ka waa akau ; e haaaia ka pou i ke
kaula mai luna a lalou
3. A disease said to be a hard, long sub-
Btance lying perpendicnlarly above the
umbUicas.
Po-uo-uo, s. The substance that fisher-
men U8C to bear up tlieir nets, light bnoys,
floaters, lighters, &c. See Move and Mo-
roco.
2. The name of the net thus prepared j
npena pouono.
Pon-o-MA-N0, J. Pou, post, 0, of, and
manu, an ancient god. The post of a chiefs
house, into the hole of which a man was
first put as a sacrifice, and then the post set
in. (This was a work of former times.)
Pon-HA-NA, s. See Pou. The long end
post of a house to which the ridge pole is
fasteued.
Pou-HA-Nun, adj. Pou aai hanuu, short
protuberance^. Short ; round ; broken in
short pieces.
Poij-Hi-A, adj. See Pauhia. Overcome
withsleep; drowsy; dreaming; inatrance.
Pou»Hi-o, ». Pou and ^(0, slanting. The
corner post of a house.
Po-Tj-H0, adj. Po, head, and«^, groan-
, ing. Homely; ugly looking; bad looking,
as the countenance ; ano inolno ma ka he-
lehelena.
Po-u-BU, s. Aspeciesof fish; the shell-
fish Mu> perhaps.
Pou-Ki-Hi, s. Pou dittikihi, comer. The
corner post of a Hawaiian bouse. See Pot;-
HIO.
Po-u-Ki-u-Ki, V. Po, intensive, and ukU
uki, wet; mouldy. To be wet; to be damp
and cold; to be mildewed; hence, to smell
musty ; to be bad smelling.
Po-u-LE, s. Po and ule, penis. The ule
or stamen of the male flower of the J^read-
fhiit; poiie ulu; he ule no kaulu i ka hoo-
maka ana e hua mai.
Po-n-LK-u-Lu, s. Poule, see above, and
ulu, breadfruit The stamen of a bread-
fruit flower.
2. Something that grows on the extreme
• branches of the ulu or breadfhiit tree; it is
used for making kapa.
Po-u-Li, V. Po, night, and uli, black j
dark. To be or become dark, as night.
Pufc. 1 0:22. To be aflfcoted with silence or
sadness; spoken of the efffects of lovo;
aolc loaa ia la ka ono o ka ai, no ka mca,
ua pouli 1 ke aloha, she perceived no sweet-
ness in food, because she was in a dark
state through love. Xoteifc. 205. Hoc. To
cause darkness ; to be darkened.
2. To darken ; to blind morally. ; jBobj.
1:21. E hoopoeleele mai i ka naan.
Po-u-u, s. Darkness; want of light;
night; moral darkness; ignorance; gener-
ally expressed by the word mtmipo.
Po-TJ-u, adj. Dark; obscure.
Po-u-u-u-u, adj. The intensive of po-
uK. Very dark.
Po-u-H-u-u-c, V. See Lid and hiuixa,
a long time; a great stance off. A great
ways off; a far distance ; o ka lanipaa oia
no kabi e pouliuliu ana ke nana akn.
Po-u-m, *. Name of a shrub or small
tree fi'ora the bark of which a qtecies of
kapa was made.
Po-u-NA, *. Eng. A pound in weight.
Katd. 25:13.
2. A pound in money ; ttrenty sh&lings,
Luk. 19:13.
Pou-NA-KAU, ) ». Poi{na,seeabove,
PoU'NA-iAU-lI-KE, ) and fcau, to pat upon
or place. A balance for weigiung; scales.
Ha. 40:12. See KACFAONAi,
Pou-NA-NA-HU-A, s. Name of a certain
post ina heiau near the door.
Pou-pou, adj. Short of stature; low;-
shortgenerallyi pokop(Ao; ualikekapou-
pou me ka baabaa. Note.— This word
shotild not be confounded with poopoo,
which means de^4own. '
Pou-pou-A-NA, *. Name of a prayer at
the luakini; o Poupowma ka inoa oia aha.
Potr-poTT^io-Ho-Ki-0, *. Falsehood; evil
reports to the ipjnry of one.
Pou-DA, t. Eng: Powdfer; gun-powder.
The Hawaiian name for powder is one a,
burning sand. See Waipahu. The word
is also written pauda, and awkwardly pauto.
Po-HA, V. To burst; to burst forth, as
a sound; to thunder; poha ka nana (nalu),
ke wewe o wahulu mai. See Wbwb.
2. To rush upon ; to make an irroption',
- as an enemy. 1 (ML 14:11,
3. To come upon suddenly, as in anga ;
to punish. Puk. 19:22.
4. To burst or break for&, as a boil or
sore. i)ufc.9:9. ■ .
6. To unstop, as the ear of a deaf person.
6. To burst fbrib suddenly, as light in a
dark place.
7; To appear ; to come in sight, aS the
f moon ; to appear ; to flow out, as the men-
strual flux ; ua poha ua wahine la.
8. To appear in sight, as the leprosy
under the skin. 2 Om. 26:19.
9. To burst forth ; to overflow, as tears.
ler. 9:18.
10. Hoo. To burst suddenly, as the sound
of thunder. 2 Sam. 22:14.
11. To burst or break through oppod-
tion, as a torrent. 16b. 28:10.
POH
475
POH
Po>BA, ». The crack of a whip.
2. Tbe noise of tlinader; the noise of any
expldsiye substance.
3. Tbe barsting or breaking of a boil.
4. tbe bursting or flashing of light.
5. The name of the Cape gooseberry;
article ke.
Po-HA, adj. Bursting; cracking; spark-
ling.
Po-HAE, 0. Po and hoe, to tear. To be
torn, as a bole in a handle.
2. Boo. To tear, as a hole in a package
or bundle/; to tear a bole in the thatching
of a house ; luai hoopohae oe i ka ha'e e
Dvna.
3. To make the sound of tearing cloth or
kapa.
Po-HAE-BAE, adj. Po and hoe, torn.
Rotten J brittle, Sua., as cloth easily torn.
See Fakupaios and Haeua^:.
Po-HAi, V. To be surrounded and gath^
erod into an iucloHurc.
2. To be gathered together in a circular
form, as fish inclosed in a,Det; ua poliai ka,
ia ; aajw/iui na waa ; uapo/iui na kanaka.
Po-HA-HA, adj. Kou»4; circular, as a
sore, as a pit, &c.; round, as the crater of
a Yolcano ; deep down, as a pit. Sco Po-
• KAHA.
Po-HA-KA, s. A printed or painted kapa.
2. A cincture ; a girdle ; a belt.
Po-HA-KAA, *. The name of a god sup-
posed to live in ravines or precipitous
places where stones were often rolled down.
Po-HA-KAU, s. An anchor by which a
ship is fastened by means of4he cable : he
helenma, he mea e paa a! ka moku i ka
hehaii.
Po-HA -KAU-LEi, V. To draw in; to con-
tract.
2. To iwse or lift up; to raise to a higher
place.
Po-HA-Kii-KU, V. To place and to carry
a ciiild oil the back part of tbc: neck <Jiot
on tbe shoulder.)
2. To carry anything on the back part of
tbe neck, like a Icihei.
Po-HA-Ki-o-Lo-A, s. A stone used by
fisbenneUr probably as anchor to the canoe.
Po-HA-Koi, V, Po, intensive, and htikoi.
To be very heavy; to bear down. See Koi
and Koikoi.
Po-HA-KU, t. The general name of
stones, rocks, pebbles, &iii.;pokakii ula, a
brick ; a ^e. JS&cfc. 4:1. Pohakv. lepp, an
adobie ; a gun-dried brick, Fvk. 1:14. 0
na mea paa ^e pohioka ia. Large stones
were called poli pokalcu} lesser ones po-
AoAnt wifcu;. melted stones or' lava was
. called 00/ small stones rubbed or worn
emootb ia mis water were called iUUi; the
least of all hard substances was called one.
sand.
Po-Ha-ku, adj. Of the nature or quality
of stone, bard.
Po-ha-ku-he-le, s. Pohaktt and hek, to
go. Lit. a walking stone. A species of
crab which has a shell like a stone.
Po-ha-ku-kaa, Sj^ Pohakv, and kaa, lo
tarn. A millstone. KmH. 24:6. PoAofcu-
haa palaoa. Z/unfc. 9:53.
Po-HA-Ktr-LE-Po, s. Pohaku and lepo,
dirt. A brick made of ^dirt or soil mixed
with grass or straw, and dried in the sun.
See Adobie.
Po-HA-KU-PAA, s. Po^Att and jNUi, firm;
solid. Arock.' Job. 28:9. Note. — JPohaku'
paa is the general name of bard or solid
stones out of which kois were made, and
pohaku paa stands in opposition to j3oAa/i.-!t
- n(eA<ee, soft or porous stones.
Po-HA-KU-FA-E-A, s. Pokaku and paea,
the Hawaiian pronunciation for the English
wordjire. Afire stone; a flint stone. Ezek.
3:9. A flint.
P0-HA.-KU-WAI-KI, i. Pokaku and ivai,
water, and ki, to shoot, as a gun. A name
given to a ball or bullet formed anciently
from a stone, and adapted to a squirt-gun.
See Waiki.
Po-HA-LA, V. To be healed; to recover
from sickness. lak. 5:14.
. 2. To recover from a swoon or fainting ;
alaila,;>o^iaaelakonanmn&o. ftn. 45:27,
Used also with naau,
3. To breathe freely and easily after
being relieved from severe pain.
4. To-be f^ed from constraint; to break
loose from confinement
£. ' To anfold; to burst forth, as the petals
cf a flower.
' 6. Hoo. To question in a captions man-
ner ; to spetk against a person or a meas-
ure.
7. To object to;' to interfere ;te reply
ti; tofindfeultwith. XuJfe.l4:6. To for-
bid.
8. To use inflnence with one to prevent
a thing; mai hoole, a bofpbhala, a haua
. hewa.
Po-HA-LA, s. Rest; ease after pain or
suffering; relief from constraint.
2. Hoo. A pretense; a specious course
of conduct.
Po-HA-LA^ adj. Quiet; breathing freely;
opening, as a flower; relieved from con-
cement.
Po-HA-LE, V. See PoALE, A inserted.
To be very full of waves ; to be open' on
top, as a rough sea.
Po-HA-LE, adj. Absorbent ; swallowi^
up.
Po-HA-iE-HA»i.E, adj. See Poale and
POH
476
POH
PoaLeaub. Open; uuprotected: lying use-
less.
Po-HA-iLH, ». Po, intensive, anihalut'to
sink in or to sink down. To sink down, as
Bomcthing weak or overcome.
2. To Ue or, be folded up.
3. To rcBt securely or quietly in a jilace.
Po-HA-LU, adj. Broken ; wounded; coiled
up ; lying quietly.
Po-HA-NO, adj. Po, intensive, and hano,
hoarse. Hoarse; unnr.tnr£l,'a3 tbe voice
rrom a cold or other cause ; hard breath-
ing, as one with the phthisic.
Po-HA-Po-HA, V. See Poha. To burst
I'c.rth suddenly, as any sound; to pai'cb, as
corn ; to crack, as a whip ; to squeak, as
shoes.
2. To burst or break forth, as a boil.
3. Hoo. To cause to bubble, as water in
~ boiling ; to break up with a noise, as the
surface of water. -■
4. To trouble tbe water, as the flukes of
a wtiale or other fish. lob. 41:31.
Po-HE, 0. To cut short.;^ to round off,
' «B the comers ; to cut into siiort pieces.
Po;HE, «. The marshmallows.
2. A small plant like low mallows, the
baVk of which is used like olona or hemp.
Po-HE, adj. Cut short, as a rope with a
.knife or witit the teeth; cut smoothly oif
instead of being broken. Zam. Saw. 10:4.
He weluwelu ka ka ia, he poke keia.
~-^. Round ; smoothed by cutting off the
corners.
3. Cut into short pieces.
Po-HEE-UA, V. See Poheepali. To slip
or fall down a steep precipice on account
of a'great rain.
Pa-HEE-PA-Li, 0. To die mysteriously,
no one knowing the canse ; e make me kn
pbino, aole maopopo ka mai ame ka popi-
likia.
2. To fall down a slippery pali when
alone and be killed.
3. To get the advantajfc of one.
Po-HE-o, s. A stone; some hard thing;
he mea paakiki.
Po-HE-o-HE-o, s Any small, round, hard
substance.
2. Specifically, the head of a nail or pin ;
the head at the top of a rafter.
Po-HE-o-HE-o, adj. JSound> smooth;
hard. See Pohe.
P6-HP-HE-0, V. To swell up round and
smooth ; to be round aud plump, as' a
woman with many folds of pa-u on.
Po-HE-Mo, 1). To slip out of the hand,
as one c&rries a bundle and it falls ; e pu-
hemo, e alualu, e oloolo^ e baalnea.
Po-Hi, V. To sink down; to settle away;
to grow less. Bee Paho, to go out of sight.
Po-Hi-Hi, V. Po, intensive, and MM, t^o
be thick and tangled, as viries. To be very
much tangled, as a thick growth of vin^
2. To be shady, as with thick leaves and
branches of trees.
Po-Hi-Hi, adj. Dark; obscure; intricate.
6W. 1:6. Confused, as long tangled hair.
Po-Hi-Hi-n, adj. Po and MM and hiu,
wild. Entangled ; puzzling ; not plain.
Po-Hi-Hi-Hi, adj. See Pohihiu. Ohscure,
H3 language ; puzzling, as a question ; sot
plain; enUingled; Taca,pohihihi,a mystery;
a dark saying; hard qncstlons. l;^i. 10:1.
Forgotten ; not known.
Po-Hi-Hi-Hi, s. A mist; an obscurity of
vision^ anything dark orl^atanglsA; that
which 18 obscure or mysterious; a mystery.
2 2fe.2:7.
2, Forgetfalness ; ignorance ; awkwwd-
nesE.
Po-Hi-NA, s. See PoHi and Ana. A mist
or fine rain ; a fog ; a thin cloud.
2. A person with gray hairs; one having
white hairs. See Poouina.
3. Any white substance, as pia, flour. &<s.
Po-Hi-MA, adj. White ; whitish i hav-
ing a white appearance.
Pohina luna i ke ao uakaci kaluo.
Kaue ka lehua ka poa o ka laau,
HakaiTAi ka obaa r Okvanli,
tJli ke a i na haa e Be nkaa.
Po-Hi-NA-Hi-«A, s. A>»TWildngdown,aE
a tree or shrub ; he walua na laau.
2. The' name of a plant of a silvery gray
color ; he hinnhioa. •
Po-Hi-wE-m-wE, adj. By change of let-
tere for pcwehimAi. Dark; obsear«; hav-
ing but little IJeht ; seeing faintly.
Fo-Hi-wi, s. the shoulder, &c. See
PoOHlWt.
Po-Ho, V. To sink, as in water. Puk.
15:4. To plunge ia tbe water out of sight.
2. To sink, i. e., to lose money or prop-
erty in business,
3. Poho ka maoto, to tink, as tbe mind;
to despond ; to despair;
4. To blow gently, jut tbe -wind ; to fill
the sails.
5. To olasp hands, as men two and two
in carrying a canoe.
6. IIoo. To go beyond in a bargain; to
overreach. 1 Tfes. 4:6.
Po-Ho, s. A slight hoUon' or cavity;
poAo lima, the 7(o«ow of thp hand. OiUt,
14 :15. Poho wawne, the hoOow of the foot
See Pom. 2 Ao?. 19:24. Opposite to »«co
0 ke poo, top pf the hc^a. iso. 1;6.
2. The name of a ehalkv white earth ;
hence, chalk as imported; 'he hnuone, be
ano keokeo mo he puna la.
.3. A deep place ; a deep pit.
.i*'.A '^^^P baiskct or container made «f
the te *o put fish in when ssugbt.
POH
477
POH
5. Lo9a ; damage by loss. Eatl. 7:4.
6. A goal or ba!!e; any encb place marked
in a game ; ke poho o Ic.i moka.
Po-Ho, (wy. Lost; dead; sunken. Sol.
21:16.
Po-Hb-tA, V. To open} to spread out,
as the petals of a flower Wlicn Ijlcssoiniiig:
to open ; to expand ; to grow larger.
Po-Ho-LA-W), V. Poko and lalo, down-
ward. To .give or furnish a thing to be
trampled npon ; e hauwi qiai inalalo o ba
wawae.
Po-Ho-LA-LO, s. Mischief done by dis-
turbing one when' sitliiig down ; nti bana
kolohe malalo o ka okole;
P0-K0-I.A-WA, V, To be water-soaked,
as kalo; to beworm-citfen, as potatoes; to
Beinteilliany^eteQtivo, as vegetables;
Po-HO-LA-WA, aij. Partially rotten or
doeayod, as Tjpgetablos.
Po-Ho-LE, V. To break forth ; to open,
Bs a flower.
2. To wound; to bruise; c hai kona lima,
&me ka ihu, pohole kona umauma:
3. To peel off, as the skin. Ezek. 29:1S.
Po-Bo-iE) s. A wouncl; a bruise; an
opening or lireakiug. of the skin: a mark
made^'on the skih by a blow.
Po-Eto-Li-MA, s. Poho and lima, hand.
The hollow of the hand. Fuk. 9:8. The
palm of the band. Isu. 49:16. Kahi pala-
balaha o ka lima.
Po-ho-loj », To slip, Sink or glide down
into the' water, as a piece of lead or other
' : betivy substance. -
2. To slip off, as an axe -from its helve.
2jra«. 6:S.
3. To cast, as a female her young ; to
miscarry by premature birth.
Po-HO-Lo-HO-1.0, », SeePoHOLO. To ad-
here only slightly, as a work of many
"pieces ; to be brittle ; to be easily broken
or separated.
Po-Ho-LO-Ho-LO, ftdj. Slightly adhering;
easily separating : sinking.
Po-HO-LU-A, V. To set the sails of a ves-
. sel to the wind so as neither to go forward
o* backward ; to lie to.
Po-Ho-LU-A, i. Poho and hue, pit. The
deep cavitjr of tbft anus.
Po-Ho-Ki, i. A sinking in oj sinking
down, as with pain ; a contraction of the
mascles in disease : a sinking of the lips
41)4 cheeks from the loss of t^th.
Po-ao-po-Ho, adj. See PbHO. Sinking;
marshy; miry. EaUc^'liXi.'
Po-HD, ». SeeKuPOHO. To becalm; to
lull, as the wind ; po/tu loa ka makaui, the
wind Mlei greatly ; to be or become calm
^er a storm at soa. Mar. 4:39.
Po-Hir, s. A calm after a storra. Hal.
10T:29.-
2. A calm' still place in the sea ; aia ke-
kabi wahi pohu ma Lanai, ua kapaia o Ka-
holo mahope o ka banee a}ia o kn pali ;
ealm still water out of the wind; niakemake
niii ko Uilo poo alii ia Kona, no ka pohu,
the Hilo chiefs greatly desired ICona for
the calm xiaier (of the sea.)
Po'^v, adj. Cahn; still; quiet, as the
wind or sea after a storm.
Po-HO-E, s. A biokea piece of calabash.
2. A water calabash.
3. A piece of the bitter calabash; a pot-
sherd. jSo2. 26:33. Hookomo 1 ka.apana
po/me maloko o ka nalo; nnnhi ae la ia i
' KO pahut mai kona aoao ao : i ac la.
Po-HiT-E, adj. Of or pertaining to a
gourd or calabash ; elua ipn, he ipa laau,
he iptt poieux. Hana hou no i hale pohue.
Po-HU-E-HU-E, i. The name -of a run-
ning plant like the koali.
2. The name of the, root of a species of
the Gonvolvulils growing on sand banks,
and UBed with the koali as a cathartic.
3. The name of a species of stone used in
polishing canoes.
Po-iiu-HU. See Hoofwahi.
Po-HW-KU, 'adj. Round and smooth, i. e.,
without prominent corners; smooth, as the
shell of the paulin ; smooth and round, as
a baldbcad. '
Po-HU-KU-HiT-KU, s. Any White globular
substance, as a white baldhcad.
2. Anydiing growing or increasing in
size.
3. One having flie bead larger at the top
than at the bottom.
4. Tlie rising up of a lai^c white sab-
stance, as a wbite cloud, a pillar of smoke.
See PoxuuD.
Po-HU-KO-HU-KiT, ttdj. Much in quan-
tity ; copious ; overflowing, as pblcgin in
a severe cold when working off; pokuHat-
Au/mt ka male, i^a nui loa.
Po-Hu-Ku-Hu-Ktr, V. To get the advan-
tage ia a bargain. See Pooukpali.
Po-HU-Ku-Htr-Ku, adv. Uaitedly; acting
together.
Po-Hu-Li, V. To plant that which has
bccA dug up for transplanting/as a tree,
banana, &c.
2. To transplant: See Hru, to set, as ft
slip in the ground. Xsa. 17:10.
Po-Hir-u, s. The sucker, branch or
sprout of any vegetable to be transplanted
for producing its bind. .
2. Anything which is transplanted, as a
banana or other vegetable. .
Po-HCT-iu-Hi, V. Poku and luhi, fatigue.
To be be%v7 firao fiitigoe ; to bO; weighed
POK
47«
POL
-down, M by sleep ; to be Very sleefy ; to
be overcome by.iatigUiB.
Po-KA, s. A small globular substance ;
a ball; ftttnllet.
To-tk, adj. Round; rolling; rolling
round.
Po-KAA, c. Po and ^aa, to roll. To turn;
to go ronad; to^urroand; to tui^n, i. e.. to
make go round, as a rope or band round a
wheel. ■'
Po-KAA, s. That which is wound up
a ball, as of rope or twine.
Po-KA-o, e. To be poor; to be naked;
to be destitute of the comforta of life.
Po-KA-o, adj. Very poor, as vne desti-
tute of decent clothing; naked.
Po-KAo-KAo, adj. Poor,' as land; un-
yielding', as dry barren soil ; destitute of
verdure.
Po-KA,-KA, ) J. A wheel, as of a pulley;
Po-KA-KAA, y the wheel of a cart or car-
riage, tmk. 6:28.
Po-KA-KAA, adj. Turning; rolling; tum-
'.Jng over and over.
Po-KA-KAo, adj. See Pokaokao. Dry
and barren, as land ; producing nothing.
Po-TCA-NA, adj. J'okaa.niaTia. The qual-
ity of being round; rounded; liable to
roir; rolling easily.
^. Boiling in upon ; coming to one gra-
tuitously or without care; e loaa wale mai
a nui.
Po-KE, $. A piece; a part; a portion;
he pauku, be apahu, he apana.
Po-EE-o, s. The time or period of child-
hood ; the time when one is little.
Po-KE-i-NA, s. Poke and «««, sea egg.
A calabash of ina, a species of the'sea egg;
faeia poepoe kalakala.
Po-KEo-KEo, s. The name of property
given gratuitously; a present.
2. Bonndness; plumpness; smoothness.
See PooKEOEEo.
Po-Ki, ». The name of a worm which
destroys vegetables.
2. A standing or setting close together,
as a crowd of people.
Po-Ki, V. To stand or sit thick together,
as people crowded.
2. To be united eo as not to be sepa-
rated.
Po-Ki-A, s. Fo and Ida, a post. A post
set up for birds to light on when they aro
caught; he kia i]Aanu, he laau lawaia manu.
Po-Kii, s. The youngest itfember of a
family ; ka hanau muU loa ; the youngest
born of several children. 1 Sam. 16:11.
The younger of two children of the same
B9X ; an endearing appellation.
i?o-Kn-KAi-NA, s. A double epithet for a
younger brother or sister; A real flear UV
tie brother or sister.
Po-Ki-NA-HTJ-A, s. Name of an aha or
asaem jly for honoring the chief..
Po-Ki-Ni-Ki-Ni, s. A word used in prayer
by the priests.
2. It is also called pomanomano, a place
where the wicked forever dwell. See Po-
LIOIA.
Po-Ki-po-Ki, s. A species of the oniscus,
an animal which lives in the month of the
flying-flsh, or attaches itself to the •side qf
- the fish ; he wahi ano ia ma ka moana, a
ma ka ae kai, a ma ka aina.
Po-Ki-po-Ki, V. See Poki. To stand
thickly together, aspeoplcin % crowd ; to
sit close together ; to be multitudinous,
Po-Ko, s. See Poko, short. The epithet
often applied to the smaller division of a
district of -country ; as,' Koolau loa, long
Koolau ; Koolau poko, short Eoolau ; Ha-
makna loa, long Ham.akua; Hamakua|)oA;o,
short or smaU Hamakua, fee.
2. The name of a species of worm, th4
same perhaps as the pedxia and amuhei- a
caterpillar. Eal. 78:46.
Po-KO, adj. Short ; not long ; hence,
incompetent; insufficient.
Po-Ko, adv. Shortly; briefly; summa-
rily. Horn. 13:9.
Po-KO-A, adj. See PyiKo'n and Pakoljt.
Shprt; poko ; the opposite of long.
Po-Ko-Hu-Ko-Hu, s. Po, intensire, and
kokU, A red dye made of the noni.
Po-Kcy-LE, > adj. See Poko, short.
ro-KO-po-KO, ) Short in comparison with
something long ; not long ; hana pokole, a
short woti. .
2. Insufficient for a purpose ; inpompe-
tent for a place ; low; humble ; pot tall.
See Pakole and Poopod. Ua likp ka po-
hole me ka pako'u.
Po-ko-le, v. To be short. Hoo. To
make short, Fio. To be unable to do a
thing. Ndh. 11:23.
Po-Ko-KE, e. See Kokoke, to be soon.
To be near at hand, as time or place ; e
polcoke ka ai.
Po-Ko-KE, J, Name of a disease; a chill;
he kulu.
Po-Ko-po-Ko, adj. Short. See Pokolb
above.
Po-KtT, V. To cry out, as one of the
terms of a public crier ; to cry out in the
night, as a person making mischief.
Po-LA, J. The edge or end of a kapa, as
a pa-ufor instance which is tucked in from
above, and haaga down after beinie tucked
in. "
'2. An end of a kapa which hv>gs «v«r
the back.
POL
419
POL
^ 3, The Banging down of the bloBSom of
the maia or banana.
4. The lower end of a bunch of bananas;
0 na eka malalo.
6. The high seat between the canoea of
a doubleKianoe. iaieifc. -112.
6, The Hawaiian pronunciation of the
Bnglish word bowl; a cup. See Bola.
!Po-i.A-LA-WA-Hi, *. The name given to
a certain great darkness over the Islands
in ancient times.
Po»LA-LE, adj. Clear; bright; splendid:
' See MoLALB and'Moi.Aijst.ALE.
Po-LA-po-LA, V. To sprout; to shoot
out ; to grow, as a bud or leaf.
2. To put on or clothe one in large flow-
ing-garments; e aabu polapola, e poaka.
3. To recover; to get well from sickness.
Po-LA-po-LA, s. A sense of fullness in
■ the stomach ; pihapiha.
Po-LA-Po-LA, adj. well; healthy j pda-
pola na maka : bright, as the face of one
recovered trom sickness ; full ; flowing, as
a garment.
Po-LE, V. To defend off; to sepaiate;
to divide between.
Po-LE-A, V. To be smooth j to bs with-
out edge or points ; to be smooth, as the
gumS without teeth ; to sink in, as Cheekr
without teeth.
Fo-tE-A, adj. Without projections; with-
out sharp edge or border ; sunken in, as
the face of one without teeth.
Po-LE-HE-LE-HE, adj. Not bound tightly,
as a bundle ; paa ole. See Ulehelehe.
Po-i,E-HC-LE-HU, V. To be between dark-
ness and light; to be in a state of twilight;
to be a Uttle dark. See MouEHraj!Hy._
Po-LE-HU-LE-HU, *. Sunsetting; twilight
of morning or evening ; partial light.
Po-LE-KE, V. To be unfortunate; to'be
stripped of one's property ; to lose one's
property by authority of a chiel'.
Po-LE-Ko, V. To be easy and fluent in
conversation ; e akamai i ke kamailio.
Po-LE-Mo, V. To sink down in the water;
- to plunge. See Palemo.
Po-LE-NA, V. To be mixed, as dirt or
coloring matter with water ; *.o be discol-
Oied, as water ; ina e hookomoia ka lepo
iloko o ka wai, alaila, ua polena ka wai.
Aole Ins o ke M lena i ka ua, ,
Lena makalepa ka maka o ka lebua,
Lena, potena a ki lena
I ka hoowiwo e ka makani,
Laaua wiwo ka pua, ka pua makahala,
■• Hala aku no oe, owau aku no.
Po-LE-NA, *. A species of the bird oo,
yellow feathers made into the aahu alii,
royal r«be.
0 )afoUna hula mann bola la.
Po-L.^-NA, s. Sails drawn tightly; all
the sails of a vessel made fast, tight and
secure ; hao na pea a pau.
Hao na polena o Haupu,
Na beke liuia o ke olewa.
Po-i,E-PO-LE» V. See Pole. To ward off;
to defend ; to separate.
Potepole i na Uhlllbi o ka obai,
Onoonoa kela i ke knia o Makahnoa,
Ahi lapalapa kela 1 ke pill o Piihonaa.
Po-LE-po-LE, s. A kind of child's play
which consisted in putting up one band
above another and saying as follows :
Polepote .ka mamallhlni, fcaa niai, kaa mal
I kou, i koa kaobale, kauhale oaou,
Ee akia nei kuu piko e kauleleu la e ko lae.
Po-LE-WA, V. To swa.y to and fro; to
flow ; to run, as a lictnid ; to bo. uastea(^
fast.
Po-LE-WA, s. Anything swinging or
loose ; that which is not tights
Po-LE-WA, adj. Loose; swinging; net
fast.
Po-Li, s. The lower part of the belly ;
the lap ■'when one is sitting; the bosom.
JRut-iilB. Wahine 0 kou poK. JTanL 13:7.
2. A slight concavity, as the hoHow of
the foot ; poli wawae ; the space between
the breasts of females. Mel.BoUlHS.
3. Fig. Friendly presence; Icve. See
POHO.
Po-Li, adji Having a slight hollow or
cavity, as the bosom or lap ; ilio moe poli,
puaa moe poli, a dog or pig often carried
in the bosom, i.e., greatly beloved; petted.
Po-Li-Ai, V. To send or call for an ab-
sent person on business or conversation ;
to give in charge to one. i
Po-ti-A-Htr, s. A soft touch; a gentle
adfaerauce of one thing to another.
Po-Li-E, s. A shining substance; a
brigjit gleam or flash of light.
Po-Li-E-LE, adj. Deep blue; black;
shining black ; panopano.
Po-Li-o, adj. Dark, as a place of mis-
ery. See PoKiNiKiNi.
Po-Li-o, s. A place of torment for wicked
men ; a place dark and far off from good
. men. See Pomaxomano.
Po-Li-o-iA, s. A distant place of suffer-
ing; a place of torment for the wicked; ka
po make mau loa, ka li!o i ka make. See
POKINIKIXl.
Po-Li-ir-KU-A, s. An. imaginary place
away in the back part of tile heavens, wliere
the-stars are fixed ; it is supposed to. be a
very daric place •■ ma kahi o na hoku i kau
ai ma ka paia ku:. o ka lani; ma kahi po-
eleele.
?. Thiok or gross 4arkuess.
Po-Li-n-Li-u, s. Whatever is at a great
POL
480
POL
distance of time or place ; sonretMng very
fer off; that which is WiMy separated from
sdmethiug else.
Po-Li-u-u-u, adj. Far off; widely sepa-
rated ; at a great (tistanoe.
Po-Li-Hi-u^, s. Besplendency i some
shining, g^tteflfig Bubstance; a flash of
Mghtmng.
^. Shining black ; a deep blue.
Po-ti-Hi-wAs s. A bright shining cloud.
Po-Li-Hi-t*A, aij. Bright; shining; ap-
plied to efoiids. » 1
Po-u-Ki-A, s. Whatever is tied tightly
or bound fast ; severe .suffering ; oliofi no
boi lakou i ka hiki ana mai o ka. pofifcia
malana o lakou. See Fiuku.
Fo-Li-Li-MA, t. Pelt and Uma, hand^
. The hollow of the hand.
Po-Li-NA-HE, V. To blow softly, as a
light breeze.
2. To exhibit the qualities of softness,
fineness, thinness, £c.
Po-Li-NA-HE, adj. Soft and gentle, as
the voice of affection; soft, as ^ sennd of
low music ; gentle, as a zephyr._
Po-Li-po-Li, s. Name of a species of soft
porous stone.
Po-Li-po-Li, V. To soften, as a slone in
the art of making stone adzes ; o kahi ma-
lalo epdlipoli ana, he pipi ka inoa.
Po-Li-wA-WAE, s. Poii and icawoe, foot.
The hollow of the foot.
Po-Lo-Ai, V. To send orders for one to
come.
Po-LO-D-Hi-WA, adj. Dark brown ; deep
blue ; makue.
Pb-LO-HA-NA-o-LE,$. Epitbetof awomaa
wheuwill not workbat lives npoii her hus-
band's earnings..
Po-Lo-Hi-WA, adj. Dark; Mack, as a
black cloud ; shinine black, i^ife. 19:16.
Po-Lo-Hi-WA, s. A shining black dond.
Po-LO-HU-A, s. The fruit of the pepelo
which was eaten in time of scarcity.
Po-Lo-HU-Kir, See PoHomrttr.
Po-LO-KA, t. A bunch of the haJa fruit,
especially the lower end of the bunch.
Ka pololapo/oito oikl h&lale,
Na hae maka moku kapae ka ua,
Na hakakae nawali 1 kana e he.<
PO-LO-KA-NI-KU-A-MATT-NA, S. A specieS
of locust See FOU>UE!IKM<IKDAMAimA.
Po-Lo-KA-WAE, s. A long sickness.
2. A long spear.
PoiLo-KE, s. New fresh food, as poi just
pounded up from kalo. See also Pololei,
another uame. See Aiaeaeai.
Po-Lo-KE, v. To be fresh, as pewpoupded
poi ; VLupoloke i ke kai ole ka loaa.
Po-Lo-LEi, e. To be straight; to be cor-
rect, naturally or morally.
2. To make straight ; to direct
3. IIoo. To become straight; to make that
straight which has become crooked nafa-
rally or morally.
4. To direct ; to put in order.
Po-i.o-LEr, s. Uprightness ; rectitude of.
conduct ; he pololei kona aoao.
. 2. A name given to new fresh food (poi.)
See Pbi-oSE.
Po-io-tEi, arfj. Straight J correct; accu-
rate, iii opposition to crooked, irregular or
perverse.
Po-M-tEi, adv. Straiightly; uprightly}
certainly.
Po-M-LBI-KA-NI-Kn-A-MAII-NA, t.- A Sje-
cies of locust See Polokash^axicna. I
Po-Lo-M, V. To sink down with weak-
ness.
2. To be attenuated or tiiin far want of
food ; hencei
' 3. To be hungry in opposition to being
, 4. Sock To cause to be hungry f to tat
for any purpose. JTeA. 1:4.^
Po-Lo-Li, s. That which sinks down in
opposition to that which swells up ; op-
posed to maona, filled with. eating; hence,
2. Hunger; want of food. Pufc. 16:3.
Po-LO-u, adj. Having lately eaten noth-
ing ; hungry ; maona ole.
Po-w-io-A, V. To blunder; to act awk-
wardly ; to Btiss the mark ; to go astray.
Po-Lo-Lo-Htr-A-ME-A,^ odj. Xrreeaandfar
~off, as the sea at a great (Ustance ; ke kai.
pokHokaamea a Kane.
Po-Lo-LU, t. A spear. Lunk- 5:8. A
long spear; he Isau kaua, he ihe.loihi.
Hina iho la ia no ka Mlua i ka pcMa, he
fell, being entangled by the long spear.
Po-ilo-jrA) '• Sickness at ^ stomach ;
naWa; vonuting.
2. Sense of fiitlgue; beacviness;. slnggiBh-
negs.
Po-Lo-PE-A,^ s. The stem of a bunch of
hala- fruit
Po-u»-Po-Lo-o-A, «, A bunch of haia
fruit still unripe but growag ;. he polppeft-
noMaalelea. '
Po-Lo-po-LO-NA, s. See Polonav TSw
- offensive smell of a crowded, confined'reom:
the vitiated air of a confined room; a house
uninhabited ; punahelu.
Po-lo-po-lo-na, .ady. Mouldy; rancid;
worm-eaten ; faauna.
Po-MJ, s. Thick woolen cloth; lion skin.
Po-LU-A, $. Po, head^.aad but, two.
DSzzioess; .sickness.
2. A wind blowing from two directions.
See FoLOBUA.
POM
481
PON
3; Bina ai e oa lilo paha.
Po-LU-E-A, t. The sickness felt after
intoxication ; loss of appetite, &c.
2. FuUness afl»r eating ; a pan iho la
kakoa i ka luai no i& nni loa o ka pobua,
a poninnia mai la na maka.
Po-LU-E-A, V. To be heavy ; to be dull
and stupid, as one coining out of a debauctt.
Po-LU-KU, 0. Po and luka, to slay in
great numbers. To slay and destroy in
great numbers, as in a battle; to make>.a
slaughter of men or animals.
2. To turn over and over ; to tarn up-
side down.
Fo-LU-KU, s. A slaughter; a destruction
of many persons, as in battle.
2. He paia.
Po-nj-Kn-Lu-Ku, v. To pound fine ; to
bruise small ; to masb down flat.
Po-LU-Lxr-Hi, adj. Po and Ittluhi, black
and heavy, as clouds. Thick and heavy,
as watery clouds banging in tlie atmos-
phere; covering over; shady; foggy; dark;
misty ; po okoa Hilo e pMuhi i 1^ na.
2. Dull ; stupid ; inactive.
■Po-LU-Mi-LU-Mi, s. Po and land, to
gather together. A cloth or handkerchief
gathered up in the hands.
Po-m-MU, s. A vine.
Po-LH-NU, adj. Short; round; globular.
2. Mahumahu, polunulunu.
Po-LTJ-NU-LU-ND, od;'. SeePounTOabove.
Po-LU-PO-LU, adj. See Polu. Thick;
' fat; gross; heavy, as a very fleshy person;
large, fat and weak, as a man ; feeble, as
one who ha.s been sea-sick. See FjoxfAUJ.
Fo-MA, s. Lat, An apple.
Po-MAi-KAi, V. Po, intensive, and tnai
kai, handsome; good. To be fortunate;
to be lucky.
2. To be Bttccessfal in a pursuit.
3. To be happy ; to be blessed ; to en-
joy peace ; to be highly favored.
4. Moo. To bless ; to make prosperous ;
to be prospered. Kin-ZSH. To cause to
■prosper.
Po-MAi-KAi, y. Good fortune; peace;
quietness; cnjojing what one desires;
comfort ; a blessug.
Po-MAi-iui, adj. Fortunate; successful;
prosperoas ; happy ; blessed ; ka laka, ke
kttonoono.
Po-KA-No, s. Po and wiarw, thick; many.
A stone wall ; that which is set or laid in
good order, as stones in a wall. See Kv-
XAKO.
Po-MA-NO-MA-HO, s.- Po, Tjight or inten-
sive, and manoniano, multafudinous ; eter-
nal. :^eeB8iTe darkness ; the name of the
place where the wicked dweBfbrever in
61
separation; eternal night. See Pokiniuot.
2. A place where pointed clouds arise
out of the ocean. See Popuaku.
Po-ME-GE-BA-NE, ) ,. Eng. Apomegian-
Pq-WE-KAI-TE, ) ate. Kunl. 8:8 ; Md.
Sill ^!3.-
Po-NA, J. The joints, as of the spine
and the fingers; the spaces between the
bulbs or joints of bones.
2. That part of a stalk of sugarcane
which is between the joints.
3. The joints themselves of sugar-cane
or bamboo.
Po-NA, V. To divide off into joints or
2. To cut into parts ; e pauku aku.
3. To show spots differently variegatea,
as places in the sea in a calm.
Po-NA, adj. Cut up in pieces; variegated
with spots ; spotted.
Po-NA-HA, V. To be in a circular form,
as an arc of a circle, or the arm beat a
Umbo; as the legs when the knee's aresep-
arated and the feel together; e o, e poepoe
kanoa, e fcae kanoa.
Po-KA-HA, adj. Kound; circular, as a
sore, a pit or a volcano.
2. Deep, as a pit. See Onaha and Po-
HAHA.
Po-NA-HAi-AU-A, s. The half of a circle;
a semicircle; ponahaiaua ke kihi o ka moku.
Po-NA-HA-NA-HA, B«^". Round; circular,
as the full moon. See.PoNAHA above.
Po-NA-HA-NA-HA, V. To surround ; to be
surrounded by sometlilng else ; ponalMTiaha
ka moku me ka aina. See Onahasaha.
Po-NA-Lo, .9. The dying or drying up of
potato tops, kalo, &e. ; he hoopulu e make
ai ka ai,
Po-NA-LO-NA'LO, V. To be dim, as the
eye.
Po-HA-NA, *. Dry land,
Po-NA-NA, adj. Lame ; sore from trav-
eling ; applied only to the calf of the leg.
Po-NA-NO-NA-NO, odj. Obscure ; apt
plainly seen; blurred; blotted out. See
FONALONAIO.
Po-NA-PO-NA, adj. See Pona. Having
many joints ; divided up in small parts ;
variegated with spots.
Po-Ni, V. To besmear ; to daub over.
2. To anoint. loan. 12:3. To coaseorate
by anointing, as a priest. Pufc. 23:41. To
anoint, as a king. ' lAoik. 9:3. Mea poni,
an anointed one.
3. To rub over some odoriferous matter;
to cause a pleasant odor.
4. To be cold, as in bathing early in the
morning when the water is cold (and the
skin turns purple.)
pO"Mi, «. A variety of the kalb Virith
PON
4S2
PON
purple stalks. Note.— In using, the out-
side of the stem is gtripped off; squeezed iO
water, and then lemon juice and pox are
added for stiffening, which makes a oeanti-
ful red.
2. Color; coloring matter. ler. 10:9.
3. A mixture of colors ; pm-ple. Puk.
25:4. The light indistinct shades of colors
in cloth.
-4. The early dawn of the morning.
5. The anointing of a chief or god;_ka
hamo ana i ka mea ala 1 alii, 1 akaa ; oint-
ment, loan. 12:3.
Po-Ni, adj. Of or pertaimng to color,
as colored cloth or garments ; aahu poni
nliuli. Eset. 8:15. Having the changeable
colors of silk; hence, loleponi, purple. Oih.
16:14. , Lole fKmi mahana,the warm, sweet-
scented (variegated) gariOents. Xunfc. 8:26.
2. Sweet smelling ; agreeable ; odorifer-
ous, as perfumed colored kapa ; mea poni,
ointment.
3. Skillfal at diving so as not to spatter
water ; poni ia wahi kanaka.
Po-ni, adv. Suddenly; in an instant;
without waiting j kaiii poni ka make o ka
puhl baka ; ka<li poni ka banu.
Po-Ni-tr, V. Po and niu, cocoanut, out
of which Hawaiians formerlymade tops for
playthings ; hence,
1. To spin round like a top.
2. To have a vertigo, or dizziness.
Po-Ni-u, *. Dizziness of the head; ver-
tigo.
2. Name of a low creeping plant like the
koali ; he msa ulu kolo ma ke ano koali.
Po-Ni-u-Ni-xT, V. See Poniu. Tp. turn
like a top ; to be dizzy ; to be sick from
hanger or weakness. '
Po-Ni-u-Ni-u, Si A vertigo; a dizziness;
a sickness.
2. Particularly,tlie sickness that follows
intoxication or a debauch.
3. Forgetfulness of events recently passed
throngh some disease of the brain.
i. The anguish of trouble and disap-
pointmenk 2 Sam. 1:9.
Po-Ni-Ho, V. Po and niho, a tooth. To
turn up ; to turn off, i. e., to uncover ; to
lay open what has been covered up ; to
skin or separate the lips from the teeth.
Ponitio ino ka lae o Pipa,
Aha wale ka ina uli ka ina eleele,
Ka waoa ku ka Tana ahalula,
Ea bakakae akau kihi malama
0 na kakaka i haul! poia e ke kaL
To-Ni-Ni-u, V. SeePoNiu. To turn round
frequently , to walk by turning round.
;Po-Ni'Si-u, s, A turning; a circular mo-
tion, as of a wheel.
2. That, which causes dizisinesa or a ver-
tigo. j\]-'
Po-Ni-Po-Ni, s. See.PoNi, The different
but somewhat blended colors of changeable
silk.
2. Kapa painted with different colors.
3. The early dawn of the morning from
the mixed colors ; hence, purple,
Po-Ni-PO-:;i, adj. Mixing; mingling, as
of different colors ; mixing of different in-
gre^ents to make an odoriferous perfume;
sweet smelling, as a perfume.
Po-No, V. To be good; to be right; to
be just ; to be morally, upright.
2. To do good ; to bless ; to be fo- the
comfort or convenience of one.
3. To be well, i. e., in bodily healtii.
4. Hoo. To justify one suspected of
wrong ; to clear or acquit, as an accused
person. See Apono.
6. To avenge an injured person.
6. To ordain ; tQ appoibt
7. To use, as money; to trade. Nora.—
Pono is frequently used impersonally and
also as a helping verb before an infinitive,
and signifies, it is right ; it is proper ; it
onghi; it may; it is worthy, Ac. The form
e pono ai or i pono ai is used very fre-
quently; the word expressing the thing
causing the favor or good or benefit, going
before. 0 ka naauao ka mea e pono ai ke
aupuni, knowledge is a thing to Uess a
kingdom.
Po-No, s. Goodness; ./lightness; moral
good ; rectitude of conduct
2. That which is right or excellent ; a6-
stract, righteousness ; excellency.
3. Dufy; obligation; authority.. Mark
11:28, 29, 33. Note.— The Hawaiians now
speck of the pono kahiko and tht pono hoa
by way of comparison and also of contrast.
Po-NO, adj. Crood; right; lawful; ac-
ceptable; beautiful; nani.
, 2. Possible; able; proper; fit; wa pono,
a proper time.
PO'NO, adv. Is used in various senses.
1. As qualifying verbs, «nd signifies,
well ; rightly ; truly ; properly, &o.
2. It is used as an intensive of the pre-
ceding verb ; as, haka^ pono, to look at
earnestly ; ku pono, to stand opposite to.
Po-No-i, adj. That which belongs pecu-
liarly to one's self, either of persons or
things, and may be rendered by the terms,
own, sdf, otiiy, &6. Nau ponoi, for yourself
exclvsivdy ; kau keiki ponoi, thine own
child, in distinction from an adopted one ;
o ka makuakane ame kana keiki ponoi, the
father and Jiis own child; he poe kanaka
ponoi nona, a company of people for him-
self, i. e., ai his disposal. KanL 7:6. No
wai ia hale? no'u ponoi no, for whom is
that house? it is for myiself, i. e., it is for
my particular use, or it is my own in dis-
iinotion from the claim of any one else.
POP
483
POP
Po-NO-i, adv. Exactly so J truly; exclu-
sively.
Po-No-Hu-xu, adj. Polohuku, pokeokeo.
Po-No-Ki, s. A piece of ki root cut off,
in distributing it out.
Po-No-po-No, V. See Pono, v. and s.
Hoo. To put in order ; to make riglit ; to
prepare ; to reform, as a wicked person ;
to amend ; to correct, as something erro-
neous.
2. To jndge; to settle a controversy.
Kin. 49:16.
Po-No-po-NO, s. Hoo. Judgment; a dec-
laration of wbat is right.
2. The practice ot what is right.
3. That which is right in itself. Jer. 22:3.
Po-No-PO-No, adj. Just; upright; cor-
rect.
Po-Ntr-Hff, V. See Punohu. To rise up
like a pillar or column of smoke ; to have
the {^pearance of a ship when her sails are
suddenly set; to ascend, as a mass of
smoke from the bottom of the volcano.
Po-mr-HU, s. See Punohu. The rising
up of a pillar of smoke; the appearance of
a ship near by with all her sails set ; the
rising up of smoke, as from a pit of lire.
Kin. 19:28.
Po-NU-HU, adj. Grand; wide spreading,
as a ship undef 'sail, or a column of smoke
ascending.
Po-NUrLU, V. Po and «kZm. To rise and
float off, as smoke; to send out or cause
smoke or steam.
Po->'u-LU-LU, adj. Thick and short, as
» bundle.
Po-NU-LU-NU-LU, adj. Large and loosely
done up, as a bundle of materials more
than the wrapper will contain ; mahu, pa-
hupafau. ..
Po-NU-Nu-NU, V. To be short and thick;
' to be clumsy ; e mahumahu, e poupou, e
polohuku. '
Po-NU-NU-NU, s. A large bunch or bun-
dle of anything, as poi loosely bound n^ ;
he mahumahu.
Po-PA-Hi, s. A small man or woman.
Po-PE, s. Lat. papa. The Father or
highest pricsi of tV.c B.vmi.ih Church ; ke
Kahuna nui o fea [:li;ivlesia Roma.
Po-pE-LA, adj. Eng. Of or belonging
to poplar. Kin. 30:37.
Po-pi-Li-Ki-A, 8. Po, intensive, and joHi-
hia, thick together. Want of room.
2. The "wafit of something necessary for
a particular pursuit. *
3. Difficulty; distress; tribulation. Kard.
4:30.
4. Oppression ; designed vexation.
Po-pi-u-Ki-A, v: To cause distress to
one ; to oppress ; to bear hard upon one ;
to cause one to work like a slave. Hoo.
To vex : to harass. Nah. 33:.55.
Po-Pi-Li-Ki-A, adj. Distressing; afflict-
ive; difficult.
Po-po, s, A mass of matter of a round
or oval shape; he mea poepoe me he poka
la; popo berena, a loaf of bread. Fuk. 29:2. .
2. The rot in timber or vegetables; worm
dust ; the rust of metals. 7«fc. 5:3. See
POPOPO.
8. A ball for playing ball or for cricket..
See Kiwi'opa;
Po-PO, V. To rot; to be without strength,
as worm-eaten firaber ; to be rotten, as
ropes or cords. Lunk. 15:14.
2. ffoo. To make a thing round; to turn
to roundness, as in a lathe.
Po-PO, adj. See Popopo. Rotten ; de-
cayed ; what is eaten by the m«.
Po-PO, adv. For apopo, to-morrow. Popo
hoao. Laieik. 128,
Po-po-Ai, s. See Poaiai. A bunch qr
bundle of pounded kalo.
Po-Po-Ai, V. To surround; to make a
circle.
Po-Po-E, V. To blcSsom, i. e., to swell
and shoot out, as a blossom ; as plants.
Po-po-i, V. See. Poi, v. To cover ; to
cover up, as a vessel or container; to stop,
as with a bung.
2. To overwhelm, as water. Puk. 14:28.
To come upon suddenly, as a cold breeze ;
ia manawa, popoi max la ke auu i ka aha
Icalea. Laieik. 121.
3. To riseiip against, as a robber against
a traveler. jfcwS. 19:11. To fall upon, as
banditti. lob. 1:16. '
4. Eoo. To cover up ; to overwhelm, as
the sea or as the surf. Kanl. 11:4. To
break, as the snrf over the reef. See Poi-
POI.
Po-po-i, s. A bung; a stopper for any
oriSc6.
2. The place where the surf, on approach-
ing the ^ove, rises high and breaks with
roaring noise ; the combing of the surf.
Popoi hakt kauhola,
Eahela ka tnalu o ka pae lauhala.
Po-po-i-wi, s. A corner of a wall; a-
turning place. 2 Oifd. 2G;9. Ka hookuina
o Da aoao ; the corner of a room or of a
kalo patch.
Pb-pp-0-Li-MU, s. The moss that grows
on stones, especially on the mountains
where there is much rain ; he ip no ke po..
Po-PO-u-LU, s. The plantainibearing the
short round fruit. See Popoub and Nra-
HrwA.
Po-POU'-NO-BO-Ni-A, »;To cuf frequently.
'2. To baJcklifite. S^ NAibAiKAE, to slan-
der.
POP
484
PU
3. To eat the refuse of food.
Po-po-HE, adj. See Pohe. Cut short
and smooth, as a rope cut with a knife.
Po-po-Ki, s. A species of crab fish.
2. A small animal; pierhaps a crab found
on the Bca 'b.each.
3. Acat. Note. — Popdld applies to that
which is short and thick ; and a cat is so
called from its plump, short, thick head.
Po-po-Ki, €idj. Short and thick ia oppo-
sition to long and slender.
Po-po-Li, adj. See Poll Arched or curv-
ing over, as a leaning precipice, or one that
curves over beyond a perpendicular ; po-
poli mai ka pali; it applies also to a board
warped inward; ba aoaopopoJi o ka papa.
Po-po-Lo, s. The name of a pknt some-
times eaten in times of scarcity ; it is also
used as a medicine: ela kona laau, o ka
popdo a ke kowaha, k^iliia ilio la malana
o kona poo.
Po-po-Lo-Hff-A, adj. Blue, as the sky
fliboTe in a clear daf ; pnka mai kona he-
molele mai loko mai o na ao p<q>dloh\ia.
Po-po-Lo-NA, adj. Mouldyj worm-eaten;
ranctd. See Polopolona.
Po-po-iu, s. See Popoulit. Name of a
species of banana; eia na maia a Papa e ai
ai, o ka popolu, o ka Iholena ame ka nia-
hiwa, these are the bananas of which Papa
may eat, the popolu, &c.
Vo-vo-m, ; adj. Full of fear or dread;
weak with fear ; hooweliweli ae oia no ka
manle poponi. See Poni 4.
Po-po-Ni, V. SeePoNi4. To be cold and
shivering, the hair erect, &c., through fear.
Po-Po-PA-LA-0-A, s. Popo, ball, and pa-
laoa (Sng.), flour! A cake or loaf of bread.
Othk. 7:12. See Popobbkena.
Po-po-po, s. See Popo. The rot in tim-
ber and vegetables.
2. Corruption ; decay. Oikk. 22:26.
3.' The offiil of worms.
Po-po-Po, adj. Rotten; decayed.
Po-Po-Po-No, V. See Pono, the first syK
lable twice reduplicated,. To put right ;
to correct ; to justify.
Po-po-po-NO, adj. Very good; very right;
well done ; blessed ; profited.
Po-Po-BB-KE-NA, s. Papo and berena.
(Mng.), bread. A loaf of bread. 1 Oihl.
16:3. See Popopalaoa.
Po-PU-A-KH, s. The place where pointed
clusters of «Ionds arise out of the ocean ;
kahi e puka mu.ai na ao opua mai ka mo-
ana.
Po-pu-A-u, ) p. See PtrALi. To girdle
Poo-PO-A-LI, J round ; to tie up tightly ;
to irednce to small dimensions^
Po-PD-A-Li, «. See PuALi. A hollow on,
the crown of the bead ; a depressioa from
tight binding.
Po-WA, V. To rob ; to kill ; to kill and
rob.
2. To castrate ; to separate the testicles
of a male.'
Po-WA, s. A robber; a bighwaymanj a
murderer.
Po-WE-Hi, V. Po and weki, darkly. To
see indistinctly. Fig. To have a feeble'or
indistinct knowledge of a thing.
Po-wE-Hi'WE-Hi, ». Intensive of poioe^t.
To grew dim ; applied to the eyes. S3,n.
■ 27:1. To be weak sighted.
2. Applied to the inind, to have obscure
and indistinct ideas of a thing. 2 Pet. 1:9.
'3. To be obscnre; to be uncertain; o lu
mooolelokahikoloa, uapoweftiioeftila. .
Po-wE-Hi-WE-Hi, s. Obscure vision; twi-
light. JSzek. 12:6.
2. Fio. Indistinct ideas of a truth or &ct.
Po-wz-m-WE-m, adj. Dark; obscure to
the sight; seeing in^stinctly; knowing but
Jittle ; not distinctly manifest ; he powehi-
wehi ko ke kanaka aloha.
Po-wE-Ko, V. To be skillful or eloquent
in conversation ; epoweko, e akamai i ke
kamailio. See Poleeo.
Po-TE-RA, s. Eng. A potter. Mat. 27:7.
He mea hana ipulepo.
Po-Ti-KO, i. Eng. A portico; a short
veranda. .
Pu, V. To come forth from; to come
out of, as words out of the month.; to draw
out or move off, as a canoe from the place
where it was dug out ; alalia iiele mai ke
kahuna e pu ia ka waa.
2. To hold water in the mouth and try to
talk ; to mumbie ; to suck wind into the
motttii.
3. To call ; to call ont ; to proclaim ; to
call npon inanimate matter, as to call upon
the mountains.
4. To cast lots;. to choose by lot See
Pim. This was done usually by doubling
the band and one telling whether anything
was in it 6r not
5. Soo. To sit with the knees bent up
and the hands over them ; to sit idly ; to
do nothing.
Po, s. A shell; a horn; a trumpet;
anything that would make a loud noise by
blowing into- it; na pu kiwi hipa ehiku,
seven trumpets of rams' horns. los. 6:4.'
2. Anything that would make an explo-
sive noise; a gun, pistol or firelock; na
kanaka«me napu kau poohiwl he nui loa,
people |nd guns carried on the shoulders,
a great di&ny.
3. A musical instrument made by twist-
ing a leaf : pulal. Laieik.79.
•4. Alttt as in casting lots.
PUA
485
PUA
5. Nameof the olonafitriog used in play-
ing at the game called puhoMla; he ^ahi
kaula olona 1 hili oioi, a be anana pafaa ka
loa.
€. A gourd ; a pumpkin ; a squaeh ; pii
lima, the hand dcnMed up. See the verb, i.
Pv, adv. With; together with; along
with; in company; k\xpu,tos\ati6.tog^her;
like pv,, just alike.
Pc-A, V. Toblossom, asaplantj toput
forth hlossoms or flowers. Is«,.3A:l. To
bud, as fruit or flowers. Mel. Sol. 6:11.
2. To appear at a distance ; to rise up,
as columns of smoke in small quantities.
3. To raise in the thraat" in order to feed
out of the mouth, as pigeons feed their
young; o ka pnaa hoi, na pud io ka ai mai
ka waha aku o ko kanaka nonaka pnaa, e
like tne liA hanfti ana i ka ilio. Note. — In
ffis way Hawaiiana fed their pets or favo-
rite animals.
4' To put food into another's month from
one'a own,asinto a child's; tospitorspew
food into a child's mouth.
5. To tic up in bundles; to bind in bun-
dles, as sheaves of grain. JRn. 37:7. To
tie in bundles, as the bones of the dead; a
paa" kona mau iwi i ka puma, when his
bones u'CT-e titd wp.
6. To lay siege to ; to bpsiege, as a city.
2 Sam. 11:1.
7. To bear ; to carry.
8. Hm. To make fast ; to confine ; to
establish.
9. To cut or hew off obliquely, as in
hewing off the sharp ends of a canoe; penei
e kalai ai, e ■pun ia o mua o ka waa ame
hope i uuku ai kti41in.
10. To bunch, as cards when there is a
mistake made in dealing them out ; e piia
i ka pepa, no ka mea ua hewa ka haawi ana.
Po-A, s. A blossom;; a flower ; a carv-
. ing in imitation of a flower. Puk. 26:31.
2. The upper part of the sugar-cane when
it blossoms, as pua ko, and which was used
for arrows, and in modern times by chil-
dren in play, as hoohipua; hence,
3. The name of a play or game.
i. An arrow for shooting in connection
with the kakdka or bow.
5. A bundle of sticks ; a sheaf of griin
or grass. Sin. 373.
6. Posterity ; descendants. Xaietfc. 181.
Children ; a household. Pvk. 19:3.
7. A flock ; a herd, as of catfle or goats;
hepuakoo; hepiathjpa; he pna Wpi; a
school of fish'; hepaaanae.
8. A species of small fish; he pm araa-
ama.
9. The name of a tree foundatKapua on
Hawaii and other islands; the woodis very
' bard.
10. The name applied to a deranged per-
son.
11.' A kind of deity suppoaed to reside
in some person who was called Kahupua
and Who had power to sen* Pua to do in-
jury to others. He akuapua was api>lied
to some kindi! of sickness inducing delirium,
a sickness supposed to bfc sent by some in-
dividual in anger.
12. The nante of a goddess, the sister of
Kalaipahoa. She came with him and Kapo
from a foreign country, and they entered
'Certain trees.
13. The name of the kind of hook used
in-taking turtles or the ea.
Pu-A, s. A^epuiLaiahikilaua(mau
mea heenaln) mauka, e lana ana kekahi
mono, ua kapaia kela mea he pu<t.
Ptr-AA, V. To flee, as a child from its
parent to avoid punishment; hooimnlr
puni — ^holo, puaa.
2.. As if puaia. To be gathered into a
bundle, as sticks for kindling a Are. See
Pca5.
3. To gird tightly, as in tying up the
bones of a-deceased person for preseiTa-
tion.
4. To be girded ti^tW around the throat;
0 pilikia ma ka p'nu, See Puapbaa.
5. To tie up tightly so as to make the
substance small; hence,
6. To be small, thin or fine, as a spider's
web; me kahi malo, ua pvioa bilo. See
PuiHILO.
Ptr-AAj 5. A hog ; a swiae ; the flesh
of a hog. OiW!.ll:7. Note.— The hog waa
found indlgenoiis, when the Islands were
visited by Captain Cook.
2. A bundle of small wood for fuel;. a
fagot. See Pua.
3. '.The name of an unclean bird, puaa
Uioi, rendered in English bittern. 2ep, 2 :14.
i. Anything very small and easily blown
away. See Poepvjbhc.
Pa-AA, adj. Small; fine; thin; easily-
dispersed.
Pir-AA-o-Hi, s. Name of children whose
father had gambled them away. See Kv-
AKI.
Po-AA-HA-HA, V. Ta Call out; to call to
some one ; to make a vociferous noise.
Ptj-AA-HE-A, s.^'See Hea, s. Name of
the last or second hog sacrificed on a cer-.
tain occasion; kaluakekahi puaa, he pwm-
hea ka inoa.
Por-A-A-Ho-EB-Ho-LE, «. Name of a small
fish.
Pu-AA-KU-MU-LAir, *. Nameofawoman
whose husband had^ambled her away with
all bis property.
Pi7-A-A-NAE, s. Name of a species of
fish.
Pt?-AA-pi-"Ei, J. A name applied to the
first catUe brought to tte islands by Cap-
PUA
486
PUA
tain Taneottrer; aa mahaloiakelapoepipi
e ko Hawaii, a ua kapaia aku ka iapa he
puaapipi, those cattle were admired by the
Hawaiians and they called them caiile-hog.
Pu-A-A-WA, J. Name of a species of fish.
Pir-Ai, V. To flow, as blood from a vein J
as water from a fountain.
2. To proceed from one; to fall from one,
as an expression, an idea, or as something
said. Mii;. 7:15. To flow from the mouth,
as the words of an orator j a pnai mai la
ka leo ku e.
3. To gag; to heave ; to throw np.from
the stomach ; to vomit
4. To blow -water out of the mouth.
5. To cast up; to boil up, as water from
a spring. ler. 6:T. Fio. To throw out, as
sin from the heart.
Pu-Ai, s. The gullet.
2. A vomiting; a spitting; a heaving
frcTi sickness of the stomach.
PtT-Ai-A, V. To blow gently, as wind;
used at Hawaii the same as onini at Maui ;
lub pnaia a puaia kae ka pona waa. a ma-
hope sa mm ka makani as it increases in
stren^h.
Ptr-Ai-Li-MA, s. Name of a Hawaiian
cathartic medicine.
Pu-Ai-NA-WE-iE, adj. Very small; very
fine ; thin like spider's webs.
Pu-Ai-NA-WE-LE, V. To reduce to fine-
ness ; to make small or fine.
Pir-AO, s. The dashing of two or more
waves that meet together; the place where
a retreating wave meets one coming in in
shallow water ; also called koalca.
2. The OS iinsae or oriflee of the womb.
Pcr-A-uu, II. To practice onanism o'n
one's self. See Haakoi.
Pu-A-uu, s. The name of the same kind
of wickedness.
Pn-A-HAd, s. Ptm, blossom, and kau,
name of a tree. A hau blossom ; the blos-
som of the hau tree.
Ptr-A-HA-NU-i, s. The name of a tree;
also called akioKala.
Pu-A-Hi, V. To do quickly ; to be spry.
See HooptJAUi.
Pu-A-m-A-Hi,
s. The name of a foreign
flower, foar-o'clock ; i kuu ike ana i ka
puahiahi mohala mai la.
Pu-A-Hi-0, V. To come and go suddenly;
to arrive, as a person, and sta,rt off again
quickly.
Pu-A-Hi-o-Hi-o, s. A whirlwind. 2 Nal.
2:1. He mau makani ku elua e umc ana i
ka opala iluna.
Pu-A-Hi-Lo, ti. To be small; to be fine;
to be slender, as a thread of spider's web ;
e nawali e like me he punaWelewele la.
2. To exhibit a fine slender appearance,
as the new moon.
Pc-A-Hi-Lo, s. A -fine slender-'appear-
ance ; no ka pvakilo ana o ka mabina. on
account of the slender ajrpearance of the
(new) moon.
Pu-A'Hi-LO-iii-Lo, V. See Pda&ilo. To
break up fine; to crack; to chap or break,
as th« human skin.
Pu-A-Hi-LO-Hi-Lo, s. The scaly appear-
ance of. the scarf-skin; the breaking or
cracking of the skin from some disease ;
the cuticle which peels ofl' from the skin of
new born children.
P[7-A-Hu-Kn, s. A word us«d in black-
guard language ; ke pii la oc i piuihuku.
Pu-A-HD-LU, V. To hasten; to get ready
quickly ; to prepare suddenly ; to be in a
■fluster.
Pcr-A-Htr-nr, s. A sudden start ; an af-
fright; the doing a thing quickly and with-
out much thought or reflection.
Pu-A-KA-A-KA,"'». To tie up small; to
tie up in a small compass. SeePAUAKAAKi.
2. To compel one to work hard or wiUi- •
out reward.
Pc-A-KAij^s, A journey; a going in.
company. See Hijakai.
2. A dye for coloring red ; he wai hoo-
luu ulanla. ■■'
3. Hair of the head that has been colored
white ; he lauoho i hookeokeo la.
Pu-A-KAi-oE, s. Pua and kaioe, a plant.
A blossom of the kaloe. ,
Pu-A-KAirA-u-LU, s. The name of a wind;
a light gentle breeze ; a dying breeze of
the trade wind.
Po-A-KA-LA, s. Pua and kala, rough.
Name of a shrub of the thorn kind; Argemo-
ne Mexicana ; he laau oioi ; a thistle. Kin.
3:18.
Pu-A-KE-A, V. To spread out, as the sails
of a vessel ; to enlarge.
Pu-A-KE-A, adj. Pale ; wanting color. ,
Boik. 6:8.
Pc-A-Ki, V. To be stingy ; to be close ;
to treat without compassion.
_ 2. E hiaa, c puka, e hone, i muM hiaka
mho.
3. To sit quietly without speaking ; to-
shut the mouth ; e pani i ka waha.
Pd-a-ki, adj. Light; swift in running;
active.
2. Thin ; spare ; famished ; poor in flesh,
as a person ; he kanaka wiwi.
Pu-A-Kii, s. An image for idol worship.
2. He opvakii, he ao opuakiikii.
Pu-A-KH, V. To take without right ; to
go wrong ; to do wrong.
Pa-A-Ko, s. The top und blossom part,
PUA
48Tf
PUA
ilicluduig the leaves of eugar-eane ; oia no
ka malama e owili ai kajmako.
Pu-A-Ko-Lii, *. Name of a common tree.
Ptr-A-LA, u To collect together in a-
2., To be not sufficiently cooked, as food;
to be badlj cooked.
Pc-A-LAU, V. To carry on the hips sup-
ported by the aims.
Z. £ limalau, e puualu, e paapa.
Pn-A-tA-wA-Hi, v.- To divide into parts
or spaces.
Pu-A-LE, s. A ravine on the side of a
monatain.
Pu-A-iBi, s. The top leaf or branch of
the tree when the lower ones are cut off.
Po-A-LE-NA, V. To wander; to go about
ihere and there ; to be idle ; to do nothing
-beraase no chief commands to work; to be
, lazy. See Poana.
2. To be muddy, as water; to want clear-
ness; pvalma k& moana, the ocean is dirty.
ZaieUc. 163.
Pd-a-le-na, s. The glimmering or first
dawn of light in the morning. Pyk. 14:27.
A wche ke alaula^ a makna, a ad loa.
Pn-A-LE-NA, adj. Idle; loitering about
•nithout any fixed purpose, without busi-
ness. '
2. Obscure, as water when! one cannot
see the bottom.
Pu-A-iE-WA, V. To be unfixed; to be
unsettled, as an unsteady person; to go
from place to place ; to be unfurnished
■ with comforts.
Pu-A-LiS-WA, adj. Unsettled; Unfur-
nishcil; not established; often changing
one's residence or employment. Hele a
piiolewa applies to travelers who find no
place to lodge, no food, nothing comforta-
ble. ^ '
Pa-A-Li, V. Fu and alt, a scar ; a con-
traction of the skin. To gird round tightly;
to draw in by binding tightly.
2. To be latge and small in placos, as a
rope of uneven size ; e pawali, e puaniki,
e kualiali.
Pu-A-Li, s. A place compressed, that is,
a small or diminished place between two
larger ones.
2. An inclosing about : hence, a neck of
land almost surrounded by water; in geog-
raphy, an isthmus.
3. The small part of a wasp.
4. Fig. A woman, from her being girded
with a pa-u (much more with corsets.)
5. Anything gfrded tight and made small.
6. A malo H'om its use.
Pc-A-Lj, s. A life guard. , ^Lakik. 42. A
company of soldiers; koi niai la mnpuali ia
Kiwalao, the sMiera pressed npoD Kiwa-
!ao.
■■%. An a liny ; a host. iMttk. 7:1.
3. A company prepared for war. and
pursuing. Puk. 14:4. ' •
4. FiQ. A great number; a host; hs,^
all 0 ka lani, the host of heaven, that is, the
stars. , .
Pu-A-Li-A-Li, c. See PtfAii. To be of
irregular jsize, large and small.
Pt-A-ui, s. Name of a person who lived
^dly with the chief; ua kapaia ka inoa o
na kanaka noho wahi alii he pmiii, he aiaio
i|£ahi inoa. See Atalo.
Pit-A-Lo-A-Lo, *. The name of a tree.
Pa-A-LC, V. Pa, together, and alu, to
combine. To work together ; to combine
in aid of one or of each other ; to act in
concert ; to work like a multitude at one
kind of business.
Pff-A-LU, I s. Acting in concert, as
Ptr-A-Ltr-A-LTJ, ) a great number of peo-
ple working together; a combinaUon in
favor or against
2. The name of a species of fish.
3. A cord for binding.
Pu-A-LU, adv. Unitedly in action^ unan-
imously in opinion ; no Ha biki ole paba i
na kanaka a pau ke malama pudhi, aku i
ke aupuni.
Pu-A-MA-NA, s. A caret ( A ) or sign of
omisBion in writing.
Pu-A-NA, V. To crowd together in great
numbers ; to rush together, as soldiers ia
pursuit of one. 2 Oihl. 18:31.
2. To surround, as an enemy;, to encom-
pass.
3. To try ; to begin the recitation gf a
melc ; to act the part of a precentor' or
leader in singing; to commence a tune that
others may follow. '
4. To cry out or proclaim in behalf of
others.
6. To pronounce distinctly, as in utter-,
ing a word or sentence very plainly.
6. Boo. The same.
Pu-A-NA, V. To be idle J to be lazy; to
go from place to place without object
Pir-A-NA, adj. Idle; lounging; unsteady;
small; insignificant.
Pu-A-NA, s. The signal or first words
in beginning to recite or cantillate a mele.
Note. — The Hawaiians in chanting their
meles or songs in ancient timers, had some
one as leader or chorister who commenced
the recitation in so clear and distinct a
manner, that, after the enunciation of two
or tiiree words, the whole company were
able to jojn ii» chorus.
2. That which makes the prononciation
plain. Note. — ^Accorijing to the foregoing
note, the_ puana must consist in a distinct '
enunciation, so that others may at once
recognize the subject; hence, '
PUA
3. The pronunciation of a word ; pehea
kapuciM? how is tbeprommdaUonf
Pu-A-NA-A-NA, V. To swbII and dimin-
iBh frequently, as poorly made ropes; a
pauakaaka, e paalinaUna.
Pu-A-NAE-NAE» ff."The name of aflower
growing on Kauai; he Alio pvanaetiae no
Waialoha. See Naenae.
Pu-A-NE-A,-NE, s: A Stage of extreme
old age, when universal decay is coining
on, and yet the person is &ee from pain or
suffering. See also Kolopcpd.
2. A world of light and life ; he ao ma-
lama, he wahi e ola mau loa.
3. Eternity.
Pu-A-NE-A-NE, «., To llTC foKVer J tO
live to eternity ; e ola man loa a hild i ka
puaneane.
■Pu-A-Ni-Hi, -«. See Pauanihi. Young
kalo tops ; the young of kalo. See Om-
Po-A-Ni-Kii u Pua, to bmd, and niki,
tight. To bind up in a small space ; to
l)ind tightly.
PtJ-A-Ni-ij, s. Kapa colored with the niu
or cocoanut
Pb-a-nu-a-nu, v. See Anu, cold. To be
cold ; to be damp and shivering ; to be
chilly.
Pu-A-NU-A-iro, adj. Cold ; chilly, as in
foggy or damp weather.
Pu-A-Poo, *. JPiw, blossom, and poo, the
headJ A head, blossom, 1. e., the comb of
a cock or other bird ; a tuft Of feathers on
the head of a bird; % iapuapoo o kamanu
punkoa.
Po-A-PU.'
Pu-A-PC-A) tj. To force j" to urge on ; to
compel. See Fdefde. To overwhelm ; to
overcome.
2. To hang down like the tail of an ani-
mal
3. To project like the 1»il feathers of a
cock.
4. To be glorious ; to be beautiful.
Pc'-A-Ptr-A, «, See PoA, bundle. A bun-
dle of brush-wood, siiokg or grass. OUi.
28:8.
2. The name of a fly that bites.
PtT-A-PiT-A, a<^'. Unpalatable; disagree-
able ; vicious.
Pu-A-Pu-AA, V. SeePaAA. To be gath-
ered up into a bnndle, as fagoto or stick.s
for kindling a fire.
Pn-A-pn-AA, adj. Collected; gjithered
together ; me he ao puapuaaila & aloha e
kau nei, as g, thick cloud love settles apon
me. XaMtfc. 206.
PtT-A-Pty-AT, «, See Poai. To bubble or
epring up, as w^ter from a spring or foun-
tain. Ja/c.'3:l]fh See°HDAHDAi.
8 FOE
Pu-A-PO-Ai, s. The ebullition of water;
a spring or fountain of water.
Pu-A-Po-A-LA, V. See Puala. To collect
togsliber in small heaps.
Pir-A-pu-A-Mo-A, s. See Pupumoa, i. e.,
puapua and moa, a fowl. A long skirted
coat. See Piupua, u., 3.
Pn-A-PTT-A-wA, s. Name of a long, thin
shell out of which they used to drink awa.
Pc-A-WA, ) s. The root of the awa
Pu-A-WA-A-WA, ) plant; a small awa plant;
he wahi pnaa, he moa lawa, me ka puauia.
Laieik. 4S.
2. Abstract, bitterness; a bitter medi-
cine.
3. The hala, the leaves <rf which were
made into mats; so called when the leaves
are young and most fit for mats.
Ptr-A-WA, s. The Hawaiian pronuncia-
tion of guava, which see.
Po-A-wAi, s. The slaver orspittl© of one
with a sore mouth, as if salivated; the epi-
thet of a slavering, dirty mouthed child.
Pc-A-wAi, ) s. Name of a hill near
Pn-A-WAi-NA, ) Honolulu.
Pp-a-we, adj. Thin; soft; fine,likethe
threads of a spider's web.
Pu-A-WE-A-WE, s. Thinness; fineness;
smallness.
Pn-E, V. To thrust, as with a spear; to
make an attack, as in battle ; to make aa
onset.
2. To crowd on; to gain what is another's;
to force ; to compel ; a lohe na kanaka, ua
make kekahi alii, /me lakoa e kaua, when
the people heard tliat one of their chie&
was dead, they wwe urgent to ight; to
urge ; e pue ana lakou ia Kiunehameha,
they were urghig Kamehameha.
3. To solicit strongly.
4. To manage so as to make it necessary
for one to do a thing ; a pv£ iho la o Poki
ia Kaahumanu e kauaJPoki urged Kaahu-
manu to war, i. e., he planned to .make a
war unavoidable.
6. To force ; to compel, i. e., to oomiait
lewdness. JEset. 7:8,
6. To solicit to lewdness ; to seduce, es
a virgiq ; to commit a rape. Puk. 22:16.
E hoala i kamea e moekolobeai. SeePos-
vfkiJE. % pue i ka wahlne, to ravish ; to
commit a rape.
7. To make a round elevated bill, as in
weeding out and hiUing up potatoes.
8. To attack or besiege a city. ler. 32:2.
Pp-e, s. a round heap of dirt or mud
for planting kalo or potatoes; a potato hilL
2. A raised surf of ftresh water ; he nalu
0 ka WM.
3. The name of a bush or tre«.
PtT-E-A, v^ Passive of pue for jnwia. To
PUE 4
be forced, compelled or urged to do a
thing.
Pu-E-A, *. The name of a god worshiped
ia the uigbt ; he itkaa kil Piiea; ma ia po
ana iho, boaia ke ahi o Puea; maikai ka
po o Puea.
•Pu-E-E-KE, V. See Eeke. To shorten;
to cut off or cut short ; to wrinkle up ; to
contract
Pn-EO,.*. An owl. Ira. 34:11. He menu
lele hihiu. Note. — The pueo was formerly
worshiped as a god: one of the poe akua
mana.
2. A shroud of a ship.
3. The strings used to tie around the
posts of a house in building.
Ptj-E-o-NE, s. Name of the place in the
sea outside of where the surf breaks ; also
'"called poana kai,
Pu-E-Hu, V. To bio^ a way; to scatter;
' to disperse. Pass. To be scattered, as iliist
or light sabstances by the wind. IM. 1:4.
2. To be routed and scattered, as an
«rmy. Oife."26:36.
d. . To be scattered or separatedfrom each
other, as a fleet of canoes in a stotm.
4. Boo. To scatter or drive out, as a peo-
ple. Nah. 33:5.
5. To remain : to. be oyer and above.
Puk. 26:12.
Pn-E-HU, s. A dispersion; a scattering 5
a flurry of wind when it strikes suddenly
aaytiiiag and puts in motion whatever can-
not resist it, aa small dust or bits of paper
before the^bake of a £aB.
2. The remainder; the remnant of a
ttung; what is over and above. Pttfc. 26:12.
Po-E-HU-K-HU, adj. See Puehw. Scat-
tered; dispersed.
2. Rougb; ragged, as the skin after
. drinking awa; mahnna ka ill, nakaka jnie-
huehw. inoino loa ke nana akn.
3. Small ; fine, as dust.
4.- Baw:. uncooked; as, aipvehuehu, kalo
but partially cooked, so that in pounding
It, its parts are easily- separated or scat-
tered.
Pir-E-Ko-LE-A, adj. Round and plump,
as a duck. See Makueolea.
Pn-E-LE-Hu, V. Pue, to force, and le-hu,
ashes. To push into the embers.
Pu-E-LE-WA, V. File and lewa, swing-
ing. To be wandering about ; to be un-
fixed ; not settled.
Pp-E-LE-WA, adj. Going here and fh'eifS;
UHDieady; unsettled. .i,- •
Ptr-E-PU-E, adj. Large ; thick ; plump;
ua loihi kona kino a ua ptiepue.
2. Rotten, as timber; worm-eaten; fall
of holes. See ratem.
Pu-E-pn-E, V. To be large; to be plump;
,io be full, as a tat animal. See Puu-ui.
62
» PUI
3. To make up into hills, as potatoes or
kalo.
Pu-e-pu-e; s. a round bunch ; a hill of
potatoes or kalo.
2. The name of a duck from its plump-
ness. See PUEKOLBA.
Pu-E-PU-E-Hu, V. SeePuEHtr. To scatter
greatly ; to disperse frequently. Uoo. To
cause a great or thorough dispersion.
Pu-E-p(j-E-LU, adj. Hard; tough; ap-
plied to potatoes that are paakiki, and pur-
haps to other food.
Pd-e-wa, V. To float about; to be car-
ried hither and tliither by the wind or cur-
rent and scattered; e laweia iloko o ka wai
me ka.puebu.
Pc-E-WAi, s. Pue and wai, water. The
waves at the mouth of a stream as the
stream rushes into the sea.
Po-E-WA-LE, V. Pue and vide, without
cause. To ravish ; to force, as a female,
Zek. li:2. To commit lerfness. 2 Sam.
13:12. To commit a rape.
Pu-E-WA-tE, s. A rape; ravishment;
forcible lewdness.
Pu-i, adj. Large ; swelled out, as a fat
person; See Pcipci.
Pu-i-A, V. To spread; to diffuse abroad,
as an odor ; to fill with odor or perfume ;
e ala, e kuhinia.
Pu-i-A, adj. Beautiful; grand; full of
sweet-scented flowers adding to the beauty.
Pu-i-HO, V. To start suddenly; to be
fHghtened. See Pdiwa.
2. To cry out suddenly ; to shout.
3. To bum ; to make a butnming noise ;
e hoomumu iho. See Pdoho.
Pcr-1-KAi-KA, V. To tte close or crooked
in dealing ; to be unyielding to another's
judgment or opinion ; mai noho oe a puir
/mite mai ia'u, don't be hard upon me.
Pn-i-KAi-KA, adj. Close or crooked in
dealing; unyielding to the wish or opinion
of another.
Pu-i-Li, V. To gird round; to embrace;
to clasp ; e puUi a paa. See Puuki. E
puUi me ka lima, to holdfast with the hand.
Pu-i-Lij s. One bent on a thing, as
pleasure ; one seeking satisfaction in any
way.
2. That which gives temporary delight
or pleasure; ho puili pau wale no ia no ka
poe bana lealea.
3. A kind of play or game with sugar-
cane flowers.
4. Name of a smallish kind of rope.
Ptr-i-U, adj. Seizing; holding fast with
the hand. '
Fuili ka ohelo ai a ka maun,
• A ka haln i viliia e ka makaoi,
A ka.tebiia nee i ka papa.
PUO
490
PUU
Pir-i-Li-PAA, ttdj, Taking strong hold;
holding tightly.
Po-i-pu-i, V. To be fat; to be full; to
be large; to be corpolent; to be thick set,
as the body of a person. Se^ FnEFui:.
Pu-i-ptJ-i, s. A fat plump person or ani-
mal, laa. 1U:16. Plumpness ; fbllness of
person ; liki i kona ■wm.wdpai Ihia.
Pu-i-P0-i, adj. Fat; plump; flourish-
ing; stout. Zunfc. 3:29. Aple i pan ke
kino puApai o ke akamai ia'n i olahonua;
large'; corpident
2. Bitter.; pungent to flie taste; soar;
awaawa. '
3. Hard; Berere; oolea.
Fn-i-wA, V. Ta be taken by surprise j
to start suddenly, as a h(g!8e when fright-
ened ; to be i»%nghted, as team sleep ; to
meet with isidden sarpriBe^^om any cause.
2. To jump or start suddenly!''
3. Hoo. To cry out or sound an alarm.
% OUil. 13:12. See Pdoho and Pumo. ,
Pu-l-wA, s. AmazemeatI a surprise; a
stupe&ction on account of ponder; a, start-
ing from fright; sudden excitement.
Pu-o, V.' To mix up; to put in confu-
sion ; hnikau. .
2. To strike or clasp tbe handstogetiier;
e pal na Uma.
3. To lash, as Ae sea does the shore)/
poo ae la ke kai i ke one.
4. To bend, a» a-cocoacut leaf in the
wind ; to yield to the wind, as the-spread
sails of a ahiD. . ,»
Ipuo tenillte kal o Cwpea aJca nana,
OkaioeoMilottabookalalEaa, ,
He kapoa ka lanl ao ks Bwka— e<
Pu-o-A, t. See Fduoa. A house built
^^with the poles uniting at the top in the
shape of a pyramM ; bnce,
2^'In 9eome^,-a p^mid. AmS6n.iS.
"91 A temporary residence; a small house
hastily put up ; ua nui na puoa ke nana
ako, were were many temporary residences
to appearance.
4.. A small incloswe of poles. ^
$. A plant choked with weeds. '^
6. A honse for depositing a corpse ; lie
baitdtope^ao.
7. He uloa.
Pb-o-ho, ». See PtnWA. To start and
cry out ; to start in a fright; to jump sudr
denly, as from a sleep. £aieifc.26. To cry
out or sound together.
Pn<0'Ho, t. A sudden stftrt; a fright,
i. e., e oho pa.
Pd-o-hai, *. The root and body of the
oliai shrob ; kamnohai.
2. A bunch of the ohai flowerr; opuohai.
He kamuohsl, he opuohai,
Akua pee puoluti o ke kaha,
I valea vale la I ke a
I ka nlu kabu a Kahal,
Halua oe e ka 00 « ka manu 0 Kaneblli.
Pd-o-ko, e. To rage; to be hot.
Po-o-KO-o-Ko, s. See Pd and Oeooko, a
red beat A great hoi fire; i^aonoAipono
o ka la, i ka pvohooko hoi o ka wela loa.
l;<i^. 17&
Po-o-LA-Ni, «, To lay upon a conse-
crated place, as an altar ; to lay by as
sacred ;' to bind or tie up, a? a sacrifice. -
Pir-o-LA-Ni, 0(2;. Setuponhigh; raised-
up ; set apart; " ,
Pu-o-LO, V. To tie up, as a bundle tied
on top ; to bundle up ; alalia, puo2o ae la
a paa, awe mai la, then he tied up a hmUt
tightly and brought it.
Pu-d-LQ, if A bundle of kapa folded and
bound, up BO as to appear round like a
paii«f.
> 2. A bundle tied at the top for carrying
on a stick.
%, A scrip; s bag; a container. Jos- 9:4
Pi;<o-to-o-Lo-H£B, s, A species of grass
having a Airzed top.
Pff-o-NB, adj. S«e Fitoohe.
Po-o-aji, V. To lay up for a long life or
for a friture age; e kau i ka puaneane ola;
to lay up &e means of livinj^ forever.
Pc-o-FE-LTT, i. A bimqh of stones lying
I natnitf ly or brought together where trav-
elers or persons heavily loaded stopped to
rest; olioi o'u hoapill i ka la opuopdvt, .
See OioiKA.
Pu-o-pu-o, V. To clap together the hol-
low hands with a sound. See Hoofdopdo,
Pur, t. To collect together; to lay by,
particularly in heaps,
2. To boll; to form aground seed, as
flax; to swell and break, as a boil; ffoik.
16:2.
3. To cast or draw lots (a Hawaiian, cus-
tom formerly io. practice) by using a
knotted string.
4. To gather or dip up water in tba
hands.
6. E pim pahanauanei ka lae i kauaokt
Eawaiuiuu.
& Boo. To heap or pile up, as stones.
7. To cast lots ; to divide a country by
loC los. 7:26.
Puu, s. Any round protuberance belong-
ing to a larger substance.
2. A small roimd hill; a peak: a pim-
ple; a wart; th^kducklesj'tiieEinklejouits;
the Adam's A^ple of the throat; hence, the
throat ; a knop ; an ornament of a candle-
stick. Pufc. 26:3.
3. The material hearty 2 Sam. 18:14.
_ 4. A heap ; he pvcu o^tftla, a heap of rob-
' bisb ; na puu huapalaoa, shocks of grailk
5. A tower ; a citadd ; a substance ; ft
portion: alotin-eaaHinrl/vta w-i oj.ia
putr
491
PUU
6. A quantity; part; property; destiny;
appointmnnt ; fortune. Hut. 2:5.
7. Habit; custom; eia ko kakou wabi
»uu iki, o ka hoobaunaele i ka manawa
Icula.
8. Any act or thing causing ridicule,
contempt, or perhaps anger, aM an offense
against good manners or morals ; he iiio,
he mea e loiloi ai, a e hoowahawafaa ai
paha ; he kina, no ka hilabila kona holo
ana (o Poki), no ka mea, aole he puu. nul
ma ka puka o kona bale, out of shame, he
(Poki) sailed away, because there was no
at the door of his house."
9. A hand, i.e., the cards held at a ^me.
Puu, adj. Dying with one for a^ch-
ment's sake ; as whenva chief dies soitfe of
his people, for love's sake, wish to dieralso;
ke oleloaku nei au ia oukon,okamoe puu
oia nei ; a i moe ka moe puu ilaila ; a oiki
ae ilaila ka moe puu.
Pvv. A sign of the plural number.
Gram. § 86 and 92. It mostly has refer-
ence to a collection. Synonymous in some
cases with poe or pae. He puu puaa ! he
puu kanaka; this last form is not often
found.
Pu-u-A, V. See Piiuwa. To be full ; to
be choked or suBbcated, as in swallowing
food ; to stick in the throat ; to Btr?ngle ;
e keu i ka puu.
2. To be in difficult labor, as in child-
.birth. ' Km. 35:10. Mai puhi malu, opuua
a loaa.
Pu-u-A, s. Hardness, as in food; diffi-
culty in swallowing ; he wai ka inca e inu
ai i ka paina ana no ka puua ame ka wela
0 ka ai.
Pirn-A-LTT, V. To carry on the hips. See
PUAIAC.
Pffu-o-A, s. A small inclosure of sticks
«r poles leaning together at tbe top in the
form of a pyramid. See Puoa.
Puo-oi-oi, ) s. Puu, heap, and om
Pun-oi-0!-NA, J or owlna, a resting place
for travelers. An elevated spot by the road-
side: a heap of stones"; a shady tree, or
possibly, a pool of water, used as a resting
place.
Puu-o-NE, r. Puu and one, sand. A
mound of sand ; a heap of earth.
2. The name of a hciau ; o ka mea kuhi-
kubi heiau, he kuhikabi piaume ia.
Pnu-0-PA-LA, s. Puu, heap, and opala,
dirt ; dust. Dust, litter, dirt. &C., piled up
into a heap.
Putr-HAtJ, s. A hard lump growing on
the flesh, 'particularly on the joints. See
OlUKDLM.
Puu-Hoo-MA-HA, s. Puu and koemaha,
to rest. See Pi-ooioi above.
P(ru-HO-LE, s. The slight protubetsnce
below the abdomen, or the lower part of
the abdomen ; ke Ami la i ka puuhole.
Pcn-Ho-ifcr-A, s. Puu and nonua, flat
land. A place of reftige for one pureued.
Ifah. 35:6._ A place of safety in time of
war; a refuge. Isa. 25:4.
Pini-KAU-A, s. Puu and kaua, war. , A
fortification; a hold. 1 Sam. 22:43. -A
stronghold ; a fort. Lunk. 6:2. He mau
^ puu e kaua ai e like me Kauiki.
2. The commander-in-chief; he alii is ia
ka omaka kaua.
Puu-KAU-LA, V. In gg.mbling, to stake,.
as a man his wife, or a wife her' husband.
to bo won or lost ; e puukavXa mai C^ ia
lakou, e lehova.
Puu-KA-Ni, adj. Pleasant; sweet, as the'
sound of a pleasant voice in singing.
2. Sweet, as the tones of a flute or other*
. instrument.
3. Fio. A handsome person.
PcB-KA-Ni-LU-A, adj. Drawn straight
and tight, as a rope.
2. Obstinate, as one who contradicts.
Puu-KA-PE-LE, s. The name of a tree
on Kauai, the IcauiMla.
Pdu-ka-pu, s. Kukuluia lia jnaJtapi
elima raawaena o na pae kanaka elua>'
2. A hand of cards dealt out and left un-
touched until the other bands are all played
out.
Pon-Ki-E, 0. To insnarej to entrap; to
get one into difficulty. Hoo. The same.
Pu-tr-Ki-u-Ki, s. The name of the spots
of water dammed by the uki ; he wai no
ke uki na ka mahu i hookiokio i ka lau o
ka uki, be opu uki.
PiTiT-KO-A, adj. Small; diminutive, as
fine grass; i ka poapoo o ka maun puukoa.
Tvv-Ko-A, s. Name ofa species of grass.
Ptnr-KO-KO, s, Puu and koko, blood. The
heart of an animal which by its muscular
action throws the blood through the sys-
tem.
PtitJ-KO-tE, *. The mons veneris. See
H&N^.
Puu-Kt7, s. One entrusted with the care
of goods. Mn,.^5■.20. A steward. 1 Nal.
16:9. The office of a steward; a provider;
stewardship.
PnU'«0-K0.-i, *. A kind of kapa made
of wauke and pouleulu.
Po-BrKU-u-KU, c. To be many; to be
numerous; to be multitudinoUfr.'' See Fun-
IPtlLF.
Pi[-tr-LA-v*LA, s. Puu and ulaula, red.
A bank or mass of red earth; redness; the
color Of red earth.
Potr-LE-LE, s. Pkm, a swelling, and Ze^e,
to fly. A rupture: a hernia; bo called be-
cause it disappears suddenly.
PUU
492
PUS
Poc-jLE-NA, adj. Name of a cold wind
on the mouDttiinB or at the Tolcaco; ka ab6
pmdend o ka lua. Zaieifc. 34.
Puc-LE-po, s. A mound of earth ;€arth
used in coloriag. ''
2. A place designated in the game of
papua.
Pc-D-Li-u-Li, adj. Dark ; black ; dark
coloi-ed. See PODiicia. '
Puu-Li-MA, s. Puu and ^ima, hand. The
wrist joints; the knackles and wrist bones;
tbe palm of the hand ; ka peahi lima.
Po-.B-LtJf-'j. A great number of men or
tilings ; a multitnde ; an army of soldiers.
Po-n-Lu-u-Lu, V. To be thick together ;
to be maltitudinous ; to be. numerous or
many.
Pn-u-LU-FAU-A, ». Name of a division
of aqi army prepared for battl^.j
Ptju-NA-UE, )». To divide into par-
Poo-NAC-WE, { eels or parts ; t>} divide ;
to give out ; to separate. Kin. 10:5. To
divide, as spoil. Puk. 15:9. E paunauioe
ma ka hailona, to divide (the land) by lot.
los. 13:6. To divide, as property. los.
22:8.
P'co'NO-Hu, s. The foot of a cloud hang-
ing on a mountain ; a thick cloud.
2. The motion of waves succeeding each
• other. See Phnohd.
Pot-pa, v. To receive freely or gratu-
itously ; to give fifeely or gi-ataitoosly ;
puupa iaolo wale no ia leo. \
Puc-PA, ». Name of a Stone from which
maika stones were made.
Pou-PAA, s. Puu and pas, fast. The
reins: the kidneys. Anat. 53; Hal. 7:9.
IG'io. The affections ; the principles of ac-
tion.
. 2. An epithet of female purity ; virgin-
ity; a virgin. Kanl22:li. Pwipaaana,
the state of virginity. Lunk. 11:38.
Pou-PAA, adv. In a virgin state ; free-
dom from impurity. Laieik. 115.
PoD-PAU, *'. Puu, . throat, and pan, to
destroy. The name of a,corroding or eat-
ing disease in the .throat; when the disease
is seated in theinouthitfaas another name.
Pon-Po-0-LA, V. SeeA'?ooLA. To eat in
' a hurry so as to choke ; to strangle.
P(tn-pco, V. To break out into boils and
blisters. See Puu.
2. Hoo. Toheapup; to pile up in heaps,
3. To be or become lumpy; potsnioothjy
soft as good poi.
Pou-PDu, s. A protuberance ; a swell-
ing ; a joint. Anat. 18. See Ptju, s.
2. The pimples of the itch; the knuckles;
the ankle bones. Znieik. 45, 47.
3. 4 knot of a tree ; a hillock ; a fist
doubled up Sir figbting. Lakik. 47,
4. A bunch ; a handful ; a knop of a
lamp or candlestick. Puk. 25:31.
6. A scurvy or scabby person. .OiAfc.
21:20.
6. Poi not well pounded ; puupuu kaua,
r- warlike defense on a wall. tsa. 54:12.
Puupuu koko, emerods. 1 Sam. 5:9. Ka
puupuu a kona maka, thd eye-ball (per-
haps) ; ua hele ka pwupuu a kona maka,
aoleonaeuae. . ~ ._ .
Pcu-Pou, adj. FxiU of blotches or pim-
ples ; rough with uneven places.
Puu-Puu, adv. Roughly; unevenly; holo
puupuu, to run over rough places.
■Pou-PDU-o-NE, adj. Fortune telling; liv-
ing in a strange bouse called hcUe puucm;
■ kukula oia i hale puupuumie.
PdC-Piro-WA-wAE, *. P«» and wawae,
feet. The ankle bones. Oih. 3:7. Tlie
ankles. Mek. 47:3.
Ptr-u-WA, *. To have something in the
throat; to be choked; to have difficulty in
swallowing. See Poca.
Puu-WAi, s. Puu and wai, liquid. The
material heart ; the active muscle which
receives and distributes the blood through
the animal system; the heart 2 iVoZ. 9:24.
Note. — ^The ancient Bawaiians supposed
„that there was nothing but water in the
muscle called the heart, hence tbt name
puuwai.
2. Food of different kinds of vegetables
tied up in bunches and put into the oven ;
he luau i hana lanlau ia a hookomois } ka
pohaku. See IiVAC.
PO0-WA1-U, *. Puu and watu, milk. Epi-
thet of the female breast ; a milk breast or
breast of milk. ..^efc. 16:7.
Po-HA, B. SeeJPoHA. To. burst or break
Open, as^'sore or boUV'to pass through or
out; to burst fbrth,
2. To hawk as a means of raising phlegri)
from the lungs.
'3. To be loathsome, as a running sore.
Z06. 7:5.
4. To breathe like' a sea-turtle; e hanu
tne he honu la.
Pu-HA, $. Rottenness inside of timber;
wood internally defecl\ve; the disease
gonorrhea. See Puhikaokao. Puha laau,
a hollow tree. Laieik. 77.
Pd-ha> adj. Broken or burst open, as a
sore or boil ; mai puha, an issue ; a run-
ning sore. 2 Sam. 3:29.
Pp;pA-A-A, V. To be clear ; to be light
colored ; to be white ; to appear distinct,
as a thing by itself. ' >
Pu-HA-A-A, adj. Having large light spots;
applied to kalo or potatoes when partially
roasted, i. e., the uncooked part having a
white appearance distinct from the cooked.
2. Applied to the light spots of the lebo.
PUH
493
PUH
3. White, as the uncommon whiteneas of
the eye of men or women; he maka pahaoM
' kona ; be luho puhaaa, sole e aina. ka bee.
Aole leho, he j)u7io«a wale no.
Pc-HAA-KA-KAi, I «. A species of bird
Po-HAA-KA-KAi-E-A: ) like the noio j a
small black bird. SeeNoio.
Pc-HAi-NA-NA, V. To loolc Only instead
of answering a request.
Po-HAu-BAu, adj. Loose ; not bound
tigbtlr.
a. Large; fat, as men; puhauhau o mea.
Po-HA-HA, V. To wish evil to one j to
speak to one ; to speak loudly. See Leo-
UiOA and Leoleova.
Fv-uk-UA-hv, adj. Tough; applied to
kalo ; kalo pvlmmta.
Po-HA-KA, I V. p„ and haka, a
Po-HA-KA-HA-XA, ) space between two
things. To be yaoant, as a space between
two things.
2. To be destitute : tb be wanting ; a])-
plied variously i lie lohe ma KnapeUu nei,
a ma Kailaa, a puAaA^a mai o a o mawaeua,
we bear (prcaohing) here at Kuapehu and
at Eailua, but all between is Aeslituie.
Pu-HA-LA, 5, The body of the hala tree.
Ptj-HA-LA-AU, I. A hollow tree. See
PtTiA. Lakik. 129.
Pa-HA-LA-TJA, ». A covetous person.
Po-HA-LA-trb; ) adj. Stingy ; parsinio-
Pu-HA-LA-t^O, ) nious ; he awa, he pi.
Pn-HA-iA-LUj V. To burst or break forth
suddenly, as the voice. See Palalv. To
imitate the voice ot a bird.
Pu-HA-LA-LU,. adj. Large; plump; fat
and woak, a» men or beasts.
Po-HA-Li^ s. Stinginess; covetousness.
• See PuHALAUO. ^ <, '
2. Name of a small delicate ssa^hell.
Pi!-HA-LU-HA-L0, odj. Gazing; starjpg
at. See Ujamjhalu.
Pir-HA-N^-HA-Ni-HA, V. To rue what One
has done in a bargain; to regret an agree-
ment; to pay an obligation with reluctance;
e ana. ^e PuxmANiBA.
Pu-HA-NC, V. To breathy easier; to rest
a little. See Hanu. _
Pu-HEE, V. To disperse; to scatter. See
Hue,
Po-HEE, s. For poohee. The head of the
hce or squid. ,;
Pt;-EE-o-HE-o, s. A sport of children
like jumping the rope. . See Kohbohko.
NoTK. — If grown people attended the play
it was eaVe&kilu.
Po-HEE-rA-Nuc, adj.. Pu for puu, and
hee, squid. Lit. The largb hxuuA on the
' ^ad of the squid.'
2. Swelling ; strutting, as a.danSy.
Ks puhteuanuu o Kahtti
Na ke kamatrama laabaka,
Ina i o ka poni alii.'
Po-HEE-Mi-Ki, V. A present made to one
of two persona, when the one having not
received anything seizes the other's and
deprives him of it.
Pu-HE-MO, V. To be slack; to be re-
miss ; to fall behind. Hoo. The same.
Pu-HE-NE, V. To use lascivious words
and actions slily; to tempt to different
k'.ads of wickedness, especially to adul-
tery ; e lojcu, e loha.
2. To tie or bundle up food (pai-ai) in
the shape of a nest
Pn-H|-NE, s. Lascivious gestures and
words slily used to excite to adultery ; be
lokn, he loha, he bana, he alea.
2, A bundle made in the form of a nest,
for food ; a neat-Uke bundle of food.
Pu-HE-NE-HE-NE, *. The name of a play
performed by biding a stone called noa
. (see Noa) under a kapa; and the game
coni^sts in guessing where to find it. See
Kao, s., 6.
Pu-HE-Nir, ?. A breath; a breathing.
See PnHANU and Hanu.
Pn-Hi, V. To blow or puff wind ; to
breathe bard.
2. To blow, as to blow the fire ; e pvhi i
ke abi ; to burn in the fire ; to set on lire ;
tQjburn up,
'8. E puhi i ke kukui, to blow o^lt the lamp.
4. To blow the (conch) shell or trumpet,
Mh. 10:34.
i". To blow, as tbe wind; as a strong
wind. Kekah. i:6. To blow Up.
6. To puff tobacco smoke.
7. TO puff at ope in a way of contempt ;
to treat insolently.
8. To distill rum or any liqu6r ; e jnAi
rama ; te burn incense ; e pAi i ka mea
ala. Puk. 30:1. ' E puhl ka awa mai ka
awa a biki i ke koa.
Pu-Hi, s. A puffing ; a blowing ; puhi
haka, tobacco smoking. i
2. An eel ; he ia loibi, mau maka kala-
lea.'
3. 'Name of a place in tbe sea where the
water is black from depth or from, deep
holes in the rocks.
Pu-Hi, adj. He mai pulpu, he puM.
Pu-Hi-A-Hl, s. A man who tends the
' fires of a Bteam-eDgine,'4^.
Po-Hi-0-i-Lo, *. rvM, eel, and oilo, a
small fish. A small white eel.
Pd-hi-0-hi-o, v. To break wind; to dis-
cbarge wind audibly ; e bookani okole, e
pumakani, e puhiu.
Po-Hi-0-MO-LE, *. A belching up of
vrind.
2. A white eel ; be puhi keokeo.
PUH
494
PUK
Ptr-H!-o-Ni-o, c, To paint or color in a
spotted mannev; to stamp with differeut
colors, ns kapa in former tiraes.
Pu-Hi-o-ptJ-iE, s. A small spotted eel.
Pu-Hi-n, V. Controetion for puhi hihiu.
To go wrong; to get out of the right path;
to go far off.
2. To break wind.
P(j-Hi-u-Hi-tr, . *. See PuHioHio. He pu-
makani, e hookani i ka okole. , *
Pcr-Hi-Hi-o, V. To sound, as a pipe or
wind Instrument.
Po-Hi-KAO-KAo, ». To, rbuTst Open jor
break the skin, as the kapkao or some kinja
of the venereal disease.
Po-Hi-KA-PA, s. See Kafa, an eel. An
epithet of Kamehameb^
P(i-Hi-K0-LE, ». To act the spendthrift ;
to lounge about idly; to waste one's prop-
erty ; to become poor.
PotHi-KU, s. A species of small flying-
fish, called kaawilijpvMkii ; they swim on
the surface of the sea.
Pu-Hi-u, *.. A scar on the face ; a scar
by burning.
* 2. A running vegetable ; green things ;
herbs.
PtJ-Hi-PAt;, V. To be bearer of an accu-
sation against one's self.
2. To revile; to reproach.
Pu-Hi-PA-KA, ». A species of eel.
2. The Hawaiian orthography for pahi-
haka, tobacco smoking.
Po-Hi-PA-KA, V. For pukibaka. To smoke
tobacco.
Ptr-Hi-PA-LA-Ho-A-NA, s. A species of
fish of the eel kind.
Ptr-Hi-PA-LA-Lu, V. To flatter and amuse
one that has property in order to obtain ;
e pu/tipoJalu ia feekahi poe. waiwai.
Pir-Hi-PA-Li-LA, s. Atall,«limmanwith
little flesh ; he like me he kola la ka lina-
lina;
Pu-Hi-pc-Hi, V. To anoint over with
anything medicinal.
2. To blow any substance which has been
chewed in the mouth into the sea in order
to decoy or intoxicate flsh.
3. To bind up tightly.
Pu-Hi-PC-Hi-A-Hi, s. A cross, overbear-
ing person.
P(f-Ho, V. To be broken out in ulcers,
• asscrofnlouslegs; bemaipuAo. SeePuHAi.
Pu-Hoo-KA-Ni, s. Namfe of a shell-fish.
Po-Ho-LO, V. To roast blood ;-^i^o
l(pko. See Haeui.
Pu-Ho-Lo-HO-LO, s. A perspiration pro-
duced by tiie steam of leaves covering over
a fire arid the patient sits covered with a
kapa over it; ' a o ka puholoholo kekahi mea
e poDO ai, a o ka laau naha kekabL Anai.
64.
Pff-Ho-LU, V. To cook fish with hot
stones in a calabash.
Ptf-Hu-E-HU-E, *. A species of the .con-
volvulus.
Po-HU-LAiLiT, adj. Fat and weak, as a
man.
Pd-hu-li, v. To be full grown, as food
or vegetables ; to be ripe ; hookahe matt
no k^ wai, a laupai a puhiili.
Pu-HU-LU-Hn-fLu, adj. Full grown; full
. sizedj as an animal ; as fruit.
Pu-KA, V. To enter or pass through a
hole, srevice, a gate or door-way.
2. To enter in or to pass out, according
as it is followed by mai or aku. With aku
it signifies to go out; to go from one place
to another ; to go forth. 1 Nah. 19:11.
3. To rise, as a subject, to obtain the
government ; to usurp the authority of a
ruler.
4. To cheat ; to defraud one of what is
due. J.
6. Sgo. To appear in sight when at a
distance, as the sun rising or a ship appear-
ing at a distance.
6. To bring along, as the wind brings
clouds.
7. To utter ; to publish ; to proclaim a
thing. Kekah.5-2.
8. To pass from one state or condition
to that of another, as from ignorance to
knowledge ; o kakou hoi ka poe i hoopii-
kaia noloko mai o ka pouli.
9. To end ; to finish ; e hoopau. aku.
10. To separate from; to go away; ehoo-
kaawale aku. ,
Pu-KA, s. A door-way;' a gate-way; an
entrance ; a hole ; pvka o ke kui, puka »■
ke kuikele, the eye of a needle ; pvka Ion,
a loop hole. Puk. 25:5. Any place of en-
, trance or egress ; pvka pepeiao, the ear ;
i hoakakaia'ku ma ka puka o ko oukou
man pepeiao. Note. — Pvka as a noun
takes various forms, aspufca, aipt^a, ipuka,
upuka and kanipuka, all which see.
2. The art of making spears, ropes, Ac,
that appear well but really are good for
nothing and vice versa.
3. A curious art ; a trick ; the practice
of legerdemain ; hoopiopio.
Ptr-KA-A-Ki, s. A pile of fish to be di-
. vided out.
PH-KA-A-KI, », To divide out fish ac-
cording to the shares of several ; to share
according to a rule agreed on.
Ptj-KAi, ». To paint or color the hair
with lime or whitewash, a practice of former
times.
Pir-KAi, s. The name of the wash used
in painting the hair.
2. Name of a species of fiah.
PUK
495
PUK
PtT-KAi, adj. Stained or colored with
the pukai ; a ike oia i ka wahine pukai
maiSai, when he saw a womsn beauotully
painted.
PiT-KA-i-Htr, i. Puka and ihu, the nose.
The nostril. PvkMiS. Ea puka o ka ihu,
he mau paka hann.
Pu-KAi-KAi-KA, V. 'f 0 rise Up, as smokc;
to swell; to raise up on high. See Kaieai,
Po-KAtr-A, ». An oflBcer in an anny ; a
general ; he lana kana ; a cnampion of a
company. Laieik. 45.
Pu-KATi-i-A, s. A playing of cards; gam-
*bUng ; the name of a game.
2. A bag or bundle tied up for carrying.
Pu-KAU-po-Hi-wi, s. Pu, gun, kau, to
place, and pohiwi, shoulder. A gun car-
ried onthe shoulder ; a firelock.
Pu-KA-HA-LE, s. Puka and hale, house.
A window of a house. Jsa. $0:8.
2. A gate or door-way of a honse; a
place for going out and coming in to a
house,
Ptr-KA-KA, V. To ascend in a zigzag
direction.
2. To clack, as a ben ; to cackle in sym-
pathy, as a cock with a hen when she has
laid. See Pdeoeo. E koko (pukaka) e like
me ha moa kane i ka manawa e hoohemo
ai ka moa wahine i ka hua.
Pu-KA-KA, V. To go here and there; to
go about without object.
Pukaka na lehaa o Maaa,
Auwana wale ibo tut 1 ka aaml^
Be ole ka launa me Makalii,
Ike i na muliwal holo a ka ia
B holo ana ka oopu,-lie ia Iki— e.
Pir-EA-KA-LA, V. Pu and kola, rough.
To be rough; to be jagged; to have sharp
points.
Pd-ka-ku, u To go out of a straight
line ; to run here and there.
2. To OTCrflow, as water over a baq^
8. To lean over out of a perpendicular
line,; to wander out of the way.
4. Hoo. To be smart ; to act inueprnd-
ently of others; to separate one's self from
others in work.
5. To injure one; to make an example of.
Ptr-KA-MA-KA-Ni, *. ful(a and makani,
wind. A window; a place for yeutilation.
1 iSam. 19:12.
Pu-KA-NAE-NAE, s. Name-of an open
spot near the summit of Mauna Waialeale
on EauaL
Pu-KA-Ni, s. Pu and hmi, to sound. A
sounding instrument ; a truiupei. 1 OxH.
:3:&
Pu-KA-Ni, adj. Stingy; hard; severe;
unfeeling for others.
Pd-ka-ni-ltj-a, v. Pukani and lua for
ha, rery. To be strong ; to be energetic.
2. To be hard; to be severe in exactions.
3. To be large ; to be plump ; to be full
fed. Note. — ^These two last ideas were
often united in the same person, especially
in the second, third and fourth grade of
chiefs.
4. To oppose, as the authority of a chief
or head man.
5.' To contend, as from anger.
Pu-KA-Ni-LU-A, a. The contention of two
parties for the'prevalence of their respect-
ive opinions.
Pu-KA-NU-i, adj. Applied to a basket
used in catching fish ; hinai pukamd.
Pu-KA-PA, s. The gate of a yard j the
gate of a city. ler. 17:24.
Pu-iiA-PAA, ». PwAraandpoa, fast; con-
cealed. The ossa vagina; he ulapaa, he
pnupaa.
Po-KA-PA-HA-ij;, s. The gate of a city
or village. Bal. 9:14.
Pu-KA-PA-KA-HA, s. A vrindow barred.
with sticks.
Pu-KA-PA-Ki, V. PwAa and pfflii, to drop,
as tears. To shed tears; to drop, as water
from holes ; aote e pvkapaki mai ko lakon
waimaka.
Pu-KA-pu-KAj ». Frequentative of jjwAra,
To get through frequently.
2. Fio. To seek to obtain the ascendency;
to get the advantage of.
3. To speculate in trading; to get the
best bargain.
4. Moo. 1 ka hof^kapiako, dala ame na
mea kupono.
Pn-KA-pn-KA, s. A window having sticks
across for a defense.
2. Whatever is full of holes, not joined
well together.
Pn-KA-pn-KA, adj. Full of holes, chinks,
cracks, Ac; net-work. Pwfc. 27:4. Mea
ulanapufcaputo, net-work. Jer. 52:22. Eke
pvkapuka, a bag lull of holes. Hag. 1:6. ,
Pu-KA-wA, s. A door or window pro-
jecting outward; he puka e oil! loa iwaho.
Pu-KE, V. Pu and he, to force. To hit;
to strike, as one calabash against another ;
to strike together, as the Imees of, one in
trepidaton. Ban. 5:6
Pn-KE-A-WE, *. A kind of tree.
Pu-Ki, V. To run suddenly; to dash pff,
as a horse in a race ; e holo, e ka i ka holo
me he lio la.
Pu-xn, s. Name of a species of fish.
Pc-Ki-Kiy V. To blow Strongly or furi-
ously, as the wind ; to be stormy or very
rough, as the weather.
Pn-Ki-Ki, s. A strong boisterous wind ;
' a heavy storm.
2. A name given to tight walsted dresses
for females.
PUK
4m
PUL'
Pu-Ki-Ki, adj. Starongj furious; stonny,
as the- wind.
2. Sewed tightly; akainai i ka hnmu-
hftma papale pda, me lia papale pukiki.
Pff-KO, B. To bejough like the sea,
2. To be separated ; to be scattered ; to
be driven away. ' ^
3. .To be. daring, able to conquer; puko
momona. Zaieik. H.:
Ptr-KO-A, v. To ascend; to rise up, as
smoke. Sal. 18:8.' Pukoa ae la ka uahi o
ka luapele. «
2. To aiz and.mingte, as Bmoke; to col-
lect together.
Pc-KO-A, . Si Hocks hidden or sunken
under water, but such as ships may strike
upon.
2. The coral rocks of the ocean ; ka pu-
. koa nui e nee ae uei: — e t Oh, the great
rocks of the reef all cpming this way I
3. Smoke united in a column and ascend-
ing, as from a volcano.
'4. The name of a hog with long tushes ;
ina loloa.na nSiia o- ka pnaa, he pukoa ia
puaa.
P0-*o-A-WA-WA-Hi-WAA, s. The name
of a tree like vegetable coral growing in
the sea, to the great annoyance of fisher-
men with their nets and canoes.
Pu-Ko-Hu-Ko-HU, adj. A red malo or
other kapa ; e hawele ana me kona aahn
pakohukohu. Zaieik. 40.
Po-Ko-HU-KO-HU, s. The name of a malo
colored with the noni or red ; a thick red
malo.
Bff-Ko-Ko, V. To cackle like a cock; ka
u^e ana a ka moa kaue me ka pakoko.
Ptr-Ko-LU, s. The name ofa triple canoe.
i. e., three canoes rigged up abreast ; ms.-
-luiia laaa o na pukoht. Zaieik. 100-. Ua
hanaia o Eaenakane i ekolu waa, ua kapaia
hepttkolu.
Pv-KO, V. To finish; to pad; to put
out, as fire ; e hoopuln ahi.
Pu-KU, s. Property given by a chief in
charge of his servants.
Pu-KU-A-WA, V. To be troubled in mind
through fear of the gods ; ho hooahi no na
"kkua.
Pp-KU-A-WA, *. The fear of the anger
of Qie gods.
Pu-Ktr-i, V. To sit doubled up; to be
bent.up ; to fold together, as the arms.
Purk'u-i, s. An assembly or collection
■of ;the ^ods at the luakini ; o Waka, o ka
wahine i ka^utet.
Pa-KU-i-KU-i, V. To gather thickly to-
gether ; to assemble ; to become a multi-
tude.
Pu-KU-KA-Li-NA, adj. Will ; whirling ;
sweeping, as a small whirling wind that
removes light things ; makani pukideaiim
o iCahikihiki.
Pu-KU-Ni-A-Hi, s. Pu,kuni and aki,&ie.
A cannon ii-om the manner of firing. ''
Pu-Ku-Ptr-KU, ». To wrinkle the fore-
head; to draw down the eyebrows; toP
frown, as in anger; e hoomainoino i ka lae,
Ptr-KCT-Pu-Ktr, s. 'A crimping; a folding
in fine plaits ; a wrinkling. .
Vu-so-rv-KV, adj. Wrinkled, as die skin
• by age or otherwise.
Pti-Ki7-PU-Kn-Kir-E-MA:KA, «. The wrin-
kles on the forehead between the eyebrows.
Pdt-la, *.. A small particle of anythii^,
as dust; a mote in the eye ; aole e ike ka
maka 1 kona pxda iho ; the mucus in the
corner of the eye.
2. Theleaves of the bala tree when used
with a net in catching fish. .
3. The name of the stick used in driving
fish into a net ; laaa ulnln.
Ptr-LA-us, I'. To hurry ; to hasten ; to
ezciteto do a thing quickly. See Hoolajle.
P0-LA-LE, «. Quicloiess; despatch; hurry
in doing a thing.-
2. An 'Instrument used ta scare fish into
a net. .,
Pu-LA-MA, s. Pu and lama, a torch. A
light, generally inade from kukoi nuts ; a
flambeau. See Iomasd.
Pn-LA-pu-LA, s. A devotee ; one who
follows another abcfut.
2. Anger; revenge; opposition.
3. The tops of sugar-cane cut for plant-
ing.
Pir-LA-WA, e. T« surround, as with a
cloud or fog ; to be foggy } to cover the
i heavens with thick fog or clouds ; to ren-
'■ der the-land and mountains invisible.
P0-L4.-WA-LA-WA, adj. SeeLAWA. Fui*-
nished ; having a supply of what is neces-
sary ; prepared ; ready for an emergency.
2. Bound tightly or firmly, as a thatched
house with cords from post to post; braced
firmly, as a building.
3. Strong and active for work, as a man;
pxdavialatDa ka hale ; puUtwdbmia ke ka-
naka.
PyrLE, », To pray; to supplicate; to
worship; to call, with adoration, upon
some invisible being ; e kahea aku, mb ka
mahalo aku 4 ka mea ike maka ole ia.
Pu-LB, s. The act of worshiping some
god; conversation with an invisible being;
religious service; begging some favor from
heaven.
Pu-LEi-PU-LU, V. To have an offensive
smell ; to emit a disagreeable effluvia ; to
stink.
Puri^E-HE, V. To be loose, as a bundle
loosely bound; to hang loosdy ;-,to vibrate.
PUOj
497
PUL
PviiSnt, ad]. Loose; not fast; not
bound tightly ; viliratiog.
PjT-ia-Hi, «. . To be accustomed to do
- oDything; to kovw how to do a thing, as a
mechanic by pr»Stice.'
PU-I4K-H0, «. See Leho. A small shell-
fish :' the shell is used for beads. ' ■
Pu-iE-Ho-LE-Ho, s. See pEHo, A string
of lebos or shells for be^s.
2. A knot or callous pidee on the Bbont-
der fiom carrying burdens.
Pu-LE-Htr, e. To roast on coals or em-
bers ; to bake on the fii'e ; to roast in the
blaze and smoke ; hence,
2.; To bum ; to consume by fire.
Pu-L£-BD, s. A roasting on coals or
emberg;_ cooking food in a harry by wrap-
ping it in leaves and laying; it on the fire,
whether it be coals, hot aAes, flame or
smoke.
2. A'waterspont
Po-UE-Hu-LK-HO, «. Tq bring together
several different things to one place.
Pu-LE-LEi s. Some disease or con^laint
about the neck. , "
Pc-LE-LE-HD-A, «. To J)e scattejcd, as
water into spray by falling from a great
height, or from b^ing bloWn by the wind.
Pu-LE-LE-HD-A, s. A butterfly; he pee-
Ina i hoomaluleia a Ulo i kino Mele me he
manu la.
Ptr-tE-Lo, 4h To floafoin the air, as a
fiag ; Co wave to and fVo in the wind ; to
hAhg loosely ; i kapa i pidelo mai ka lua.
2. To change, as one's opinion ] e ake.e
pideto iki ae na manao 0 kakou.'^-
Pff-LE-LO, adj. Floating; changeable;
unstable.
Pq-LE-NA, s. Name of. the south-east
Wind at Hilo, Waimea, &c.
Po-LE-NA, adj. Softly blowing, as ia gen-
tle wind. SeePuuMiSA.
Pu-LE-PE, V. To rain heavily. See
Eawa.
2. To perspire freely and copioosly.
Pn-iE-pu-uB, adj. Spotted ; speckled ;
of different colors. ■
Pd-le-wa, v. See Lewa, swinging. To
be changeable; to turn this way and that;
to float here and there, as one of unstable
opinion; to be. varying; to be tremulous,
as a quagmire; hepviewa ka fiina,he n^a
Hawaii
Pu-le-wa-le-wa, v. To be open ; to be
porous ; to be full of hales. See Fdlewa
and Lbwa. . .•-
2. To be empty ; to be hungry ; e hau-
polewalewa.
Pu-wwa-I/E-wa, adj. Weak ; foeble ;
iqconstant; ^vkwalewa wale no ka nobo
an*, aole' ikaika^'
63
Pu-u-u-Li-n, s: A^mall gourd in which
the laaa waiiki (a medicine) was made.
Pt7-Li-Hi, s. A whirlwind.
Pu-ti-Hi-Li-Hi, s. The name of ah herb.
Pu-Li-Ki, V. Pu and ItJn, to bind up.
To gij'd up tightly ; to Wrap around, as a
vest or armor, i^es. 6:14.
2. To embrace or fold in one's arms, as
an infiint. 2 Mcl'iiU.
3. To gird or tie round. 1 8am. 22:18,
4. To embrace with affection. JKtn. 48:12.
5. To hold fast ; to make tight.
Pc-u-Ki, *. A vest; any garment girded
around the body.
Po-Li-Ki-KAU-A, ) s. A habergeon; a war
Pir-U-KI-KO-A, J dress. 2 OiW. 26:14.
Po-Li-MA, s. PafotpMa,andH»ta,hand.
The wrist bones; the wrist; ptUima palulo,
''wristbancte'of s shiirL
2. The name of a fire kindled for the ben-
' eflt of a sick person in the practice Of the
ancient phyacians ; a mike ao ana 0 us
po la, ««it» hoata ke ahi, he puHma kk
moa oia ahi,
Pr-u-MA, adj. Pertaining to the wrist;
iwi puBma, the wrist bones. Amxt. 19.
P0-1-O, V. To pass ,by ; to pass on ; to
go about. - ' "
Po-Lo-A, s. A species of fish ; he hee ;
a squid.
Pn-Lo-'tr, v.. To cover the head ; to veil
. tile eyes.
2. To hide or conceal from view' ; puUni
iho la ia i ke kapa. Laieik. 174. '
3. Hoo. To blindfold ; to veil ; to^^v^esr
with & veil. 2 Sam. 19:4 - • . T '
Pu-w-u, s. A veil ; a covering for the
,, head. Esa.5Hi.
2. A black kapa ; a kapa'^f any dtkrk
color.
3. The act of putting a black kapa oves
one for the purpose of concealment.
4. Name o^ a disease ; m^pulou.
Tu-Lo-TJ, adj. Bound up; covered out
of sight ; be maiptifou:
Pu-Lor-Lot, ». Bunches or bundles of
black-kapa. Iioieik. 112.
Pn-toc-Lou, *. See Pitlou, a veiL A
veil ; a co\rerittg. as of a canoe; me TiA.pu-
loulou alii iluna 0 na waa.
2. A kapa on a stick (called jiaftu) erected
as a sign of kapn, -
Pu-LO-Hi-WA| (. Shining black kapa.
Pu-Lo-Hi-WA, adj. ExceiediBgly bkck ;
shining black.
Pn-LO-an, adj. Tender; soft; delicate;
Sue looking, as a woman; comely. Isa.
47:1; ler. 6:2.
Pu-LO-u-A, V. Passive, of pido. To be
uustabi»; going b«re-and there.
PUM
496
PUN
p0-LC, e. To be wet; to bathe; towasb i
Tob. 24:8.
2. To be ioti as that which is soaked in
water.
8. Hoo. To wet ; to moisten ; to soften.
4. To water, as a plant. Isa. 16:9.
5. To malje soft the material for kapa,
that is, wauke, mamaki, &c., hy soaiking it
in water until -it becomes wali, paste-like.
Pd-lu, s. Any substance partially liquid
6nd soft.
2. That which is soft, as cotton.
3. The soft matter ot which kapa is ma^e;
so called when made soft by soaking ; me
he pulu kapa i ka hale.
4. Specifically, name of the material that
grows ctn and is collected from a species of
large fern ; it has lately become an article
of export.
■ Pc-iu, adj. Wet, as clothes.
2. Soft ; cooked to softness.
3. Hbo. Deceitfnl ; he kin hoopnlu, a
treacherous spy.
Pu-LU-A, *. Pu and hia, two. A couple
of men in a canoe; he pvdua na kanaka ma
, ka-waa.
2. Two men mutual assistants to eavl.
other ; he man kokoolua elua.
£a-LV-LV; adj. .Fat^ plump and weak,
as a man.
Pn-LU-LU-Hi, adj. Hazy; foggy; cloudy;
dull, as the weather.
2. Dull, as a person just waking from
sleep.
Pu-LU-NA, t. The relationship that ex-
ists between the parents of a man and the
parents of his wife ; or the relation of the
parents of married parties to each other,
Pc-Lu-NA-Lu-NA, s. Clothes thrown Care-
lessly together.
Pij-LU-PD-LU, V. To warm; to cherish;
to brood QTer, as a hen her chickens ; e
boopiinana me he makuahine moa la i kana
raau kciki.
Po-LU-PU-LU, s. Cotton; hp. mala^w-
pulu, a cotton field. See Hdldhuld.
± Tinder. Isa. 43:17.
3. Fine linen. 2 OM. 2:14.
Pd-W-pu-lf, adj. Wet, &c. See Ptrnr,
adj.
Pu-MAi-A, s. A bunch of bananas. See
Opuu and Opdu Maia under ormu.
Pu-MA-HA-NA, ) ^, p^ and mahana or
Ptf-ME-HA-NA, ) mc/jona.warm. Thp first
orthography is the most correct. To be
warmed, as with clothing. lob. 31:20. To
be warm in friendship; to have fellow feel-
ing with » person ; aole e pumaMna Ike
aloha i waena o ke kane ame ka wahine :
to be warm, as in contact with another.
JSTaicflA. 4;U. flix). fo war^ one'; ::Ii by
a fire. loan. 18:18. To iieat a thing in a
small degree.*
Po-MA-HA-KA, s. Warmth physically.
2. Warmth of feeling, of love or attachr
ment. 1 Pet. 4:8.
Pu-MA-HA-NA, adj. Warm; lukewarm.
Pu-MA-KA-Ni, V. Pu and makani, wind.
To blow or rage, as a whirlwind; e puhip-
hio, e puhiu.
Pu-NA, V. Hoo. To collect or unite with
one's self, as two or more wives, friends,
favorites, &c. Haa. or hoo. O k^koa uu ka
lakon poe i haapuna al i ka la o ka maka-
lii, ame ka ua o ka hooilo.
Pu-NA, s. The stone coral; lime un-
burnt ; mortar. Oihk. 14:42. He pofaaku
keokeo no ka moana.
2. Name of a district on Hawaii.
3. A well ; a spring ; a cavern ; a pit ;
punaioai. a spring.
4. Ajointofsugar-caneor bamboo; also
written pona.
5. Eng. A spoon.
6. The name of a foreign surf-board ; he
kioe kahikL
Ptr-NA, adj. Of or belonging to a spring.
See Waipdna and Mapdna.
Pc-NA-HE-LE, V. To be or become an in-
timate friend of one. Hoo. To make one
an intimate, a friend or a favorite ; to be-
come one's friend; to honor one with pres-
ents and dignity ; e hoohanohano, e hoo-
waiwai.
Pu-NA-fiE-LE, s. A friend; a favorite; a
beloved one. 2 Ifal. 25:19. Hemea i hoo-
waiwalia c ke alii, he mea i hoohauohanoia
me ka manao nui ia ia.
Pu-NA-HE-LE, adj. Beloved, as a child;
honored, as a favorite ; he hoalaunapuno-
hde.
Pd-na-he-lit, e. -To have a strong and
somewhat rancid smell like that of a vari-
ety of articles in <i tight, damp room.
2. To be obscure ; to be intricate.
3. To be mouldy and full of cobwebs, as
a closed, empty room.
Pu-NA-HE-LU, s. Mould; mildew. Sani.
28:22.
Pu-NA-HE-Lir, adj. Mouldy.
Pff-NA-KE-A, s. The white sand that a
high surf throws up on the beach ; ku ka
punakea iuka. Laieik. 167.
Pd-NA-Lu-A, s. The several husbands of
one wife, or the several wives of one hus-
band ; he mau kane na ka wahine, he mau
wahine na ke kane hookahi ; one of two
wives, or favorites of same chiefs. Lamk.
118.
2. A friend on 6qual terms with cue.
Rut. 1:15.
Pu-NA-Lu-A, V. To mak« an equal of
PUN
499
PPN
one ; to come on terms of reciprocity with
one ; ua puiMva ole ka pono na ka hewa.
2. To. have in commoa seTeral wives or
husbands.
3. To be or to have one for illicit pur-
roses ; ot kc l{ii i ka hai wahine, ua kapaia
keia manawa he moekolohe; aka, i ka wa
kahiko o ka punahm.
Ptr-NA-NA, 13. To sit on a nest, as a bird;
. to hatch eggs.
'i. jffoo. To brood over; to cherish. Ua.
34:16.
3. To nestle ; to cherish' one's self ib a
comfortable place : ke hoi t.ei makou e
hoqpunana i ka poll o ko makoa mau ma-
kua. .
4. To live ; to dwell ; applied to birds.
Pu*NA-NA, t. A nest; a bird's nest; jwt-
nana mauu. Kanl. 22:6.
2. Eio. The enjoyment of comforts. loh.
29:18. A place of residence. Hab. 2:9.
3. A kind of white kapa.
Pu-NA-NA-NA, s. A species of ^ider.
See Namana.
2. A spider's web.
Pir-NA-pc-NA, V. To scatter; to blow
away, as small particles of some substance.
2. To make fine or'small as dast
3. To sit on eggs ; to 'brood, as a ben.
Pir-NA-FC-NA, adj. Made fine; scattered;
blown away. .
2. Hard, as food ; tough to eat.
3. Dry and mealy or hard, as a potato
that is cooked.
4. Weary, lame or sore, as with walking
or lying.
Pff-NA-WAi, s.PMMfl and UJai, water. A
spring of water; a well; a fountain. Mn.
Tai.
PiiT-NA-WE, V. To divide. SeePtruNAWE.
Po-NA-WE-LE, V. Pu and nawele, to be
fine or small. To be small in size; to be
' fine as threads of spider's webs.
Pn-NA-WE-LB-WE-LE, «. Aspecies of spi-
der.
2. A spider's.'Web. Jfoo.69£. The web
of the species olf ispider called lanalana.
Pd-nee, v. Pk and Ttee, to move along.
To come to one ; to approach one for the
purpose of asking a favor. Note. — This
- was done in ancient times, in the case of a
common person approaching a chief, on the
hands and knees,'in a slow, hitching man-
ner. , >
Pu-NEE, s. A drawing towards one ; a
riding ; a moving ; he hukihee, he holo-
papa ; a table. Mar. 7:4.
Pu-NEE-NEE, V. To rnove along, as a
shower of rain.
Puneenee ka ua o Hilo,
£ nee mal ana i ka hapapa,
E koi mai ana i fca lehaa — e.
Pir-Ni, V. To surround as Wf^teit'does an
island.
2. To ini'lose ; to be hemmed in, as one-
person by multitudes.
'3. To surround, i. e., to get round one by
deceit ; to prevail over ; to get the better
of. ~ .
4. To be surroaoded; to be deceived; to-
be insnared ; to be taken.
5. To go around ; to encircle ; hence,
6. To finish ; to complete ; to terminate.
7. To close, as an appointed period of
time; as the end of the year. 1 Nal. 20:22.
To finish the period oCgestation. 1 8am.-
4:19.
8. To gain possession of; hee o Kaiani-
knpule ia Kamehameba, a puni Oahu a me
Molokai, i. me Lanai a me Maui a me Ka- '
. hoolawe, Ealanikupuie fled before Kame-
hameba, and he came in possession o/ Oahu
and Molokai and Lanai and Maui and Ka-
hoolawe.
9. To covet; to desire greatly. See Note
below. , ' - J
10. To be addicted to ; to be influenced
., by, as pleasure or gain j ua puni na lii
' ame na kanaka i na hana ino loa, the chiefs
and people were addicted to very evil prac-
tices.
11. Hbo. To give felse testimony; to de-
ceive.
12. -To surround forprotection.Jo6. l:10i
-Note. — Puni is conneeted with many other
words and sigrnBea,'.ir\fluencedy led' by, or
addicted to, as well as deceived ; puni lea-
lea, addicted to pleasure ; puni waiwai,
greedy of property ;~}Hini hula, given to the
practice of the hula, &o.
Ptr-Ni, s. Name of fish neits with small
meshes. '
2, The termination of a fixed period, as
the end of the year ; ka purii o ka maka-
hiki ; the termination of the period of ges-
tation, &c. *
3. A desire ; a strong inclination for the
. possession of a thing, or a particular course
of conduct; he kii ka,pani o ua wahine la,
an image was the great desire of that woman..
Pu-Ni, 'adv. Around; on every side;
a puni, around about.
2. An intensive. Greatly; exceedingly;
hotly, as in anger ; mai nlu puni mai. kou
buha, be not exceedingly angry. JP^k.
32:22. See Ulu.
Pd-ni-a, s. a pain in the headi above
the eye.
Fv-m-v, s. Pu and maia. copoanut.
The shell of a cocoanut ; ka iwi o ka niu ;
hence, a small calabash for food ; wehe ae
la i ua puniu la.
' 2. The skull of m^a from some resem-
blance to a cocoanut. 2 Nai. 9:35.
3. A knave ; a chca^t ; one who refuses
FUN
500
PUN
to give up wiiftt be has lost in a game ; a
dishonest gambler.
Ptr-Ni-Uj V. Tq spin round ; to turn, as
a top ; lo be dizzy ; to have a vertigo.
2. To be hot ; to have a fever. See Po-
Nin.
Pij-Ni-B-HU-i, s. Puniu, the skull bone,
and hui, to unite. The place on the top of
tW head where the bones unite.
P0-NI-HAI, liij. Funi and hai, to run
Addicted to running ; cowardly ; full of
fear.
Pu-Ni-HA-Ni-HA, V. To refuse; to be
stingy; to be close and little in a bargain;
to be hard to trade with. See Pchakiha-
NIHA.
Pu-Ni-HA-Ni-HA, s. Stinginess ; close-
ness in a bargain.
Pn-Ni-HA-Ni-HA, adj. Stingy ; close ; dif-
■ficnlt to trade with.
.Po-Ni-HEi, V. Puni and hei, to insnare.
To surround with a net; to insnare; to en-
tar**.
2. To lay a plot for one. 1 Sam. 28:9.
To deceiye ; to act treacherously ; to be
deceived ; punihei aku la ka poe i koho i
ka ino, they are insnared who choose evil.
Pu-Ni-HE-iiE, adj. Puni and hele, to go.
Fond of traveling'; given to going about.
Pu-Ni-Hi, adj. Lofty ; majestic.
Po-Ni-Ho, V. To force away ; to pluck
up by the roots ; to dislodge a disease.
Puniko ino ka lae 0 ka pipa,
Oohu wale ka ina ulif ka ina eleele.
P(j-Ni-KA-LA, I). Puni and kola (Eng.
dala), money. To have a strong desire for
money ; to have a covetous disposition.
Note. — This is a modern word come Into
use with cjyilization.
Pu-Ni-KA-LA, s. One greedy for money;
a strong desire for property; covet"" »ness.
Ueb. 13:5.-
Pu-Ni-Ki-Hi, s. Name of a game ; he
bin, be pahiubiu.he amo paha, a he lalani,
a he punikihi paha, aia no i ko laua mau
lunamanao.
Pu-Ni-Ko-Ko, «. ,Puni^a.nd hoko, blood.
A Blood-thirsty person ; one reckless of
murder. Sol. 29:16.
Pu-Ni-Ko-xo, adj. Greedy for blood;
■Teekless of murder.
Pu-Ni-Kuc-A-LA, V. Puni and kuala. See
' Exrii.A. To long tor the time set for pay-
ment (of money or a debt) to come; to ex-
pect gain for something lent or given ; he
manawa i oleloia e kuuala ai ka mea i ole-
loia.
Pu-Ni-Kuu-A-LA, adj. Longing for the
payment of a debt ; expecting gain for
something leu'; oi ^iven.
Pu-Ni-LE-A-i-E-A, s. See PuNi, given ,to,
engaged in, and Lealea, pleasure. The
practice of pleasure : being given or de-
voted t? sensual gratifications.
Pir-Ni-Ni, V. To go here and there out
of a straight course ; to tack, as a ship j to
sail crookedly; to float here and there.
Soo. Ke hoapunini nei no ke alii i ka mo-
ana maluna 0 ka waapa. the Isiagfioais here
and there over the ocean on a boat.
Pti-Ni-PE-Ki, s. Name of a game like
" fox and geese ; " the fox they called Bor
nepate — Punipeki; a o kayunipefcijUa ko-
koke like me ka hana ana o ke paruuhiu.
Po-Ni-PU-Ni, V. See Puni, To deceive;
to tell a lie ; to speak falsely.
2. To act ti'eacheronsly in any way so aa
to deceive one.
3. Hoo. To cause one to be deceived.
Oihk. 6:2. Connected in the next verse
with hoohiki vxihahee. To act deceitfiilly;
to deceire one; e punihei aku ai ma ka
aoao ino.
Pu-Ki-^FU-Ni, t. A falsehood; a lie; a
deceit; he wahahee.
Pn-Ni-PU-Ni, adj. False; deceitful; hyp-
ocritical ; vain.
Ptr-Ni-WAi-WAi, r. Puni and ivaiwai,
property. To desire the acquisition of
property ; hence, to be covetous ; to give
one's self to accumulate. Note.— ^Punt-
waiwai was anciently what jnmjfcaio is now.
Pu-Ni-WAi-WAi, s. Covetousness ; the
strong desire of wealth ; he manao nui ma
ka waiwai ; he hoolilo i ka waiwai i akua
nona. ^
Pn-Ni-WAi-WAi, adj. Covetous; greedy
after property,
Pu-m-WA-LE, V. Puni and waU, easily.
To be overtaken by treachery ; to be tie
subject of deceit ; to be insnared by any-
thing ; e lilo i ka punihei.
Pu-Ni-WA-LE, adj. Deceived; insnared.
2. Boisterous with anger ; Overawed.
Pu-No-HD, c. To arise or ascend, as
smoke, jso. 9:17. To arise, as a high flame
or column of smoke. ImJc. 20:40. See
PocNOHO and Ponxhc.
2. To make a white appearance, as the
sails of a ship quickly set; me he moku la
i pan na pea i ka huki iluna.
Pn-No-Hu, s. The volumes or curls of
ascending smoke ; he hina me he uahi la
no ka lua o Pele; the gray-like smoke
(steam) of the volcano; smoke arising from
a fire. Kin. 19:28.. Pwnohu uwahL Mtl.
Sol 3:6. See Pokchd.
Pc-No-Ni, s. Name of a dye, probably
of the noni, for coloring kapaa.
2. The kapa so colored.
Pct-uo-no, v. SeeNoNo. To be dressed
gorgeously, Hoo. To be red, as kapa.
Pu-wo-No-u-iA, u. To be SBotted,*as the
PXIP
501
PUP
ekiu in some diseasee-; to be colored white
and red.
Pu-no-notHU, v. To swell out; to be
large like the sails of a ship. See Ponohu
and HoopuNOHCxoHV.
Pc-No-No-HU-u-LA, adj. Blowing the
dust ; raising the duet, as a strong wind ;
ka wilikoi ula, punonohuidaX ka lani.
Pu-wo-NU, adj. Spoiled; rotten; addted,
as eggs ; be kewakewal.
Pu-No-Nu-NO-NiT, 0. To be spoiled; to
be unfit for use : to be addled, as eggs.
See Kbwai. Ua punonunonu, ua towake-
wai.
Pu-Nu-A, V. To be without hair or feath-
ers, as some young birds.
Pu-NU-HU, s. A cloud apparently stand-'
ing erect having some of the colors of the
rainbow.
Pu-NU-KU, s. A halter; a noose parsed
over the nose of a beast.
Po-PAA-KAi, V. To eat when there is
only vegetable food ; a,pupaakai an.
Pu-PA-SA-PA-NA, *. Pu, gun, and pana,
to discharge. A pistol ; he pu liilii.
Pir-pn, V. To be rough j to be uneven,
as a road.
2. To be heavy, as a thing drawn or car-
ried.
5. To walk as one carrying a heavy bur-
den; heaba ka oukou mea kaumaha ipupu
ai oukpu makai la?
4. To drag a log or canoe through brush
and among rocks, &c.
5. To be slow ; to lag behind.
6. To gather and biud up into a bundle;
e pupu a paa,
7. Hoo. The same.
8. To sit still in one place ; to sit still,
not to go.
Pn-pu, *. An old man or woman who
walks feebly and carefully for want of
strength.
2. A species of snail, the meat of which
is eaten byHawaiians. Hai. 5S:8. Note —
Fupu is the general uatue for shells, both
sea and land, though not often applied to
large ones.
3. A bunch, as of grass, leaves or flow-
ers : pupu bnsopa, a buneli of hyssop. JPuk.
X2:22. SeePiiu.
I i. A bundle or something bound up, as
of grass.
5. A glass.bead.
Pc-pu, adv. Rou^ly; heavily; disa-
greeably. Puk. 14:25. Hele pupu, hele
mamau, hele lualdu.
Po-po-A, s. The rump or tail feathers
of a fowl.
Pt7-FU-A, V. See P^A, a blo.sBoiE. To
open ; to unfolrf, as a blossom; to spread
x>ut ; ua pupua, mohola wale i ke a'(7akea.
Pu-Ptr-A-H0-i,u, V. Tobe in a fluster; to
be in a flntter or bustle, as those going but
not ready for want oi preparation; e piboi-
hol.
Pu-FU-A-HU-Lu, adj. Bustling; in a.
hurry ; not prepared for a duty.
Pu-pu-A-Mo-A, s. PwpM and jwoa, a fowl.
A long skirted coat ; so called from its re-
semblaace to the tail of a fowl.
Po-pu-A-WA, 5. Name of a species of
shell-fish.
Pu-PU-E, V. To lie in wait; to watch
for one to injure or miirder him ; to be
ready for any sudden attack npon one : o
pupue i ka hao e alii la. Moo. To seize
upon suddenly.
Pn-PU-E, s. The action of a cat. in pre-
paring to seize a mouse ; a lying in wait
for one.
Pu-po-i, adj. Swelled; enlarged; pupui
ka maka, a swelled or enlarged eye. See
Pn and Puipci.
PiT-PTTU, V. To crouch; to curl up; to
be d(>'ibled up, as the fingers.
Pu-Puu-A-Nu, V. Pmk, pimple, and (^K,
cold. To come out in cold pimples; to try
to get warm in vain.
2. To be dizzy and tieeling cold.
3. To persevere in doing a thing ; boa
inea, maka^oammx pupuvanu hoomanawa-
nui.
Pn-piT-Hi, V. Pu and puhi, to blow. To
blow violently, as a strong wind. Puk.
15:10. Ua pupuhi wale ia na waa i holo
ma ka moana ; to blow, as wind from the
mouth.
2. To spout water, as a 'whale.
3. To burn with fire, as incense. 2 OiU.
16:14. To consume in the ^. Jos. 7:25.
Pupuhi aku la lakou i lama io i ke abi,
they burnt (consumed) his flesh in the fire.
0 4. To blow, as a trumpet. Seek. 7:14.
Pt-;PU-Hi, s. A blowing; persons who
blow, i. e., the trumpeters ; na pnpuhi. 2
hoi. 11:14.
Pu-PC-HO-A-KA, s. Pupu, shell, and ho-
oka, a crescent. An orqameot for the wiist
. made of small shells.
Ptj-pu-HU, adj. Large; plump;. round;
fiill.
P»»Fn-KA, s. An epithei of reproach,
signifying goodfbr nothing,
Pc-pu-KA, mj. See Puka and Pdka-
PUKA, fill! of holes. Lit. Vain; without
substance. Mai. 5i22. Anything full of
holes ; hence, worthless ; having an un-
sightly appearance ; of no value.
Pu-pu-KA-HU-u, ». Name of a class of
small shells. See Pufv.
Pn-Ptr-KA-Ni-oE, i. Name of a class of
mottDtaia snails having shells, the achat!
w
5C»
WA
. nella. The Hawaiians declare that the ani-
mal sings. See Pupir. ' - '
Po-PU-KE-A-WE, ' ». The name of a small
plant found on the tops of the mountains ;
0 ua jtahelehele maluaa o na ku&hiwi, ua
' kapaia'ku ia he pupukeawe. It is also
called maieli.
Pc-ptr-Kir, V. To curl, as the hair; to
shrink ; to start from f^ar ; to shrink firom
pain, as a muscle : to contract.
P^^v-xv, adj. Wrinkled; shortened;
contracted; curled, as hair. See Pdkupokd.
Pff-pu-LE, «.-|To be Iliad; to be crazy;
to act insaifely'; to ^^ infatuated. Jer.
.50:38. To make'one imad. Kekah.l\!.
Pff-PU-LE, s. Insanity; madness} infat-
uated conduct. 2 Pel. 2:16.
Ptj.pp-LE, adj. Crazy; insane;, bereft of
reascQi. ..' _
Pa-pu-LO-LO-A, s. Name of a species of
shell-fish. ,
Pu-Pn-Ltr, V. To be many; tobemulti-
' tu^nous, as a people; to congregate in
masses; to he full; to he crowded, as a
place with people.
2. To sit conversing together in a clus-
ter. See MnMOLP.
PiT-PCT-w, s. A great company; a mul-
titude, as of flies on spoiled meat ; a great
collection of individual things.
Pff-to-nr, adj. Assembled; thick to-
gether. ,
2. Adhesive; soft.
Ptr-pty-Ni, adj. See Puni. Greedy; de*
sii'ous of something and laboring to obtain
it, as property, pleasure, grandeur, power,
"&e. ; ka aid lauoho pupwrd waiwai.
Pu-PTJ-PCT, e. To extend; to project; to
Jie.promlneit.
P^.-ptr-P0, s. A small out-house; ashel-
tei- from the sun. See Kamlila. A sm%ll
house such as is used ^r beating kapa ; 'ft
temporary shed.
2. A kind of white kapa used for pa-us.
3. A heap of refiise, worthless kapa.
Pn-PBrPtr, adj. Temporary; frail; hale
'pupapa. ha. 1:8.
Po-pff-WA, V. See Pupua and Pua, a
' blps^om. To unfold ; to open, as a blos-
som.
Pu-WA, V. See Pua. To dscend and re-
main suapended, as smoke or a cloud. Pvk.
24:16. ;.
2. To shiAe ; to glitter, as the surface of
a thing. Puk. 34:30.
3. To reflect Mghtness, as a red gar-
• ment, as eibuds, or as a bright fire by night.
Po-WA, •«. A shining appearance ; re-
flected brightness. Pule. 34:29. '
2. A small bush : a flower. See Pva.
3. Little fish ; iepmna ia, he liilii.
Pa-wAi, si Seei Ecuwai, the heart. An
alarm : % sound of an alarm. lod. 2:1.
2. The, fountaTn head of a stream of
water; hence.
3. The material heart; the fountEoa of
blood; he mea e hoi ka haalulu o kona
puwai, strange was the beating of his heart.
Laieik. 166. , -
Pn-WAi-KAU-A, s. Puwai, alarm, and
kaua, war. An alarm of war. ,.Iod. 2:1.
Pu-WA-LU, V. See PtrALU, to act in con-
cert. To work together, as in, lifting ;'-to
make a united effort
2. To cry out all together. . _
3. To rehearse or speak or recite in con-
cert, as a class in school. Note.— This was
■ the general practice in the first schools of
the Mands, and helped much to keep up
the enthusiasm of the thing.
Pu-WA-LU, s. The ancient flag of the
Bawaiians placed on the tdaogaW suls
of canoes-
Pti-'w;A-Ltr, *. Name of a Iwdy vi mea
who worked together; a gang; a company
of fellow-workmen. See Lavuhll.
Pa-RA, s. Heb. or Ckal. A lot in cast-
ing lota. Esd. 3:7.
w.
Wthe twelfth letter of the Hawaiian
J alphabet. The real sound represented
by it is one between the English w and v.
In Tahitian the u sound is most universal;
In Hawaiian the m sound predominates. In
many cases the letter w is superfluous, the
vowel tt before o, e, i, o, producing the same
gouudasismadebyttxeuseof 'u); aa,uv>dla,
v/Aa ; uwao.vao.; uu)a, na ; uwe, we ; uweke,
ueke; vwi, ui ; uvoila, uila; uwo, uo; ka-
wowo, kauouo, &o. In other places the mi
ia an important Icttev, aji^.sometimes, if
the orthography of the language were fully
settled, its use would serve to make a dis-
tinction in the meatiing of words, as kava,
war, and kauwa, a servant, &e.
AVa, s. A space betvyeen two objects,
as between two rafters or two posts of a
house ; hence,
2. A space between two points of time.
8. A definite period of time, as tffe life-
time of a person ; i ka loo i hiki mai ai o
Vanekouva, at the time Vancouver arrived;
wa kamalii, time of childhood; ka wa ana,
WAA
503
WAE
»o (see WANAA6),.the early dawQ of the-
inomioi;. Note. — ^The Hawaiian fear was
formerly divided into two xms. EIua ho
■ uia o .Ira malcabiki bookabi, o ke kau a o
ka ItooUo, there are two was (periods) in
toe year, the kau (sammor) and the hooUo
(winter.)
4. In grammar, a tense.
5. A situation without friends or con-
nexions, as in the phrase kttika icajlnde-
peadent. He alii e noho walc^ ana i ka wa,
a chief without subjecte. S
Wa, s. Private talk or gossip concern-
ing the characters of others. .
Wa, v. To reflect; to think; to rea-
son. Mat.l6il,.S.
2. To seek to know, to wish. Pass. To
be the subject of conversation. LaieOe. 87,
3. To say to one's self; to ponder ; to
revolve in one^s mini ; to consider.
4. To hit as a stone faits'a mark; to com-
pass, as a man his designs.
5. Boo. To sicken; to make sick; to cause
to vomit
Waa, v. For teaha, a ditch. Boo. To
dig a ditch or pit ; to make a furrow.
Waa, s. a canoe; a small boat; waa
kome. Fuk. 2:3. Note. — The ancient ca-
noes of the Bawaiians were dug out of
single logs or trees, generally of the koa ;
many were large. The specific names were
fcaufco^i, a single canoe ; kaulua, a double
canoe ; pdeUm, a short blunt canoe, &o.
Waa-kau-a, s. a division of an array
as about to enter into battle ; a mahope
mai o lakou (huna paa) ixa, waakaua.
Waa-kA0-xa-hi, I. Waa and kaukoM,
one place. A single canoe, or a canoe
moved with one paddle ; be waa hoe hoo-
kahi.
WAA-KAn-LuiA, 'y.' Waa and kaulua,
. ^ two-fold. T^o canoes united ; a double
''-canoe; more generally written simply /cau-
lua; he mau' waa elua i hoapipiia.
Waa-kj-o-lo-a, s. a very small hand-
some canoe.
Waa*o-i-hi, s. a waterspout; a great
rush of water from above; be wai nui i iho
mai, mai luna mai.
Wa-a-na-ao, s. Wa, time, a of, na, arti-
cle, and 00, light. Lrr.^The time of the
lights, i. e., the first rays 4jf the sun ; early
morning; tbeearly dawn: Notb. — In com-
mon use, the word is contracted into v>a-
naau. See Wanaao.
Waa-pa, «. Waa,canoe,and7)a,aboard.
A canoe made of boards; a skiff; a boat.
2 Sam. 19:18. A waapa is shorter and
wider than a canoe. He waa pelnpelu. A
ship boat; he keiki na ka moka, a child of
the ship. '
JVaa-waa, V. To act ignorantly or
without fsrethought, as if. a person, with-
out thought, should in a freak of geaeroa-
■ ity; giveaway all his property, and after-
ward should remember his own act when
it was too late. •
Waa-Waa, s. The upper end of a lob-
ster's leg; also the &ont side of a ilobster's
bead..
2. Tbe upiper part of the thorax; the
lower part of the throat. ...•(:•
8. Mischief from ignorance, from bad-
ness generally; applied to all classes of
persons ; kn 1 ka tcaawaa o ke kapn la. <
Waa-waa, adj. Plump, as the shoul-
ders of a young man ; bard ; full.
2. Dark-hearted ; ignorant ; nnskillfui ;
awkward; naaupo. .^Seethe verb.) Waar
waa iki naauao kahi ki^iki; teaawaa iki
naanpb kahi keiki.
3. Full of hillocks or knolls; hewooMoa
ka lae, an expression of blackguardism?
Wae, v. To seluct; to pick. out; to
choose. Pvk. 12:21.
2. 'To sort out tbe good fton the bad; to
separate ; to set aside ; to di'aw oat some
from among others ; usae ae la ke kuhina i
na waa knpono ke holo._ Zaieik. 100.
3. To break and separate, as the parts
of a thing.
4. To dwell upon, as tbe mind in think-
ing of an event. '
5. To think ; to /eflect ; to consider a
case. See Wa. _
Wae, s. a choice ; a thing that suits
one's desires; something according tc one's
wish.
2. The knee ; the side timbers in a boat
or ship ; he wae wsa, he wae mokii.
3. Name of a species of kalo.
.Wa-e-le, V. To clear away weeds,
grass, bushes, &c., preparatory to planting.
, 2. To clear away grass, weeds, &c., pre-
' paratory to building a bouse. ' ^
3. To weed ; to hoe ; to cultivate food.
Ier.4:3. ■
"^s-NA, T. The middle; the central
""point of a substance or of a period of fime;
. i ha waen^ o ka po, midnight. 1 Ifal, 3:20.
"STith the article, ka waena, the middle. 1
Ami. 6:6.
2i A space inclosed by bounding lines.
Ana Hon. 10. -
8. A field ; a farm ; a garden ; a enW-
vated spot Kin. 3:18.
4. A dead body. Sis. with fcapapau.
Wae-na, comp. prep. Between ; in the
middle ; in the midst ; prefixed by i, ma.
mai, no. Oram. § 161.
Wae-na-ko-lu, ) ,. Waeiia and kottu,
WaE-NA-KO-nc, \ center.. Lit. The mid-
dle center. The central point ; the very
or real center. Pajfc. 14:29. Tbe center of
a circle. Arta Eon. 26.' Tbe midst, as of
WAI
504
WAI
ail assembly of people. Laieik. 120. Note.
The fir.st orthography is seldom used.
Wae-na-ko-nu, adv. Through the midst;
in the middle ; in the center.
Wai, s. a general name for what is
liquid; fresh water in distinction from fcai,
salt water ; woi maka, tears ; wai kahe,
running water; waiu,milk; wai elede,tok;
wai hoolmi, dye ; wai puna, spring water,
&c. Sec the compounds.
Wai, inter, pron. Who ? It refers only
to persons or to the names of persons or
things. See the forms in the paradigm,
ffram. § 156-158.
Wai-a, adj. Strong and bad smelling ;
stinking ; foul ; filthy ; polluted.
Wai-au, s. Wai and au, current. A
place where water runs continually j water
where one can always bathe.
Wai-au-au, s. TTai and aiWK, to bathe-
A pool ; a bathing place. loan. 5:2.
Wai-a-hu-lu, s. Wai and ahulu, red-
dish ; dirty. Water of a muddy color ;
dirtyish red water.
Wai-a-le-a-le, s. Wai, water, and ale-
ale (see Ale), to ripple ; to disturb, as the
surface of water. The name of a spring or
fountain on or near the top of the highest
Inountain on Kauai.
2. The name of the mountain above men-
tioned. See the mele.
Aloba fVaialeaie
Ke kuahlm a Kauai.
Wai-a-li, ) s. The place assigned to the
Wai-k-u, )
lie affairs.
king wbfeta he speaks on pub-
Wai-a-m-a-li-a, s. Wai and alidia, a
hard, smooth surface. Water reflecting
light.
Wai-a-nuu-ko-le, s. Name of a species
of soft porous stone.
Wai-a-po, s. Water of a dirty reddish
color: he lOaiapo, he wainao; he wai me he
kukae }iao la ; water of the color of iron
rust
Wai«E"*l, s. Name of a class of heiaus;
Wai-e«xt, s. a file or rough stone;
any substance that will grind or polish
iroo.
Wai-k-li, j. See Wauli.
Wac-e-le, v. To poison or intoxicaia
l^sh ; ts catch i)?h by making them numb.
Wai-e-le, », Wat and e^e, dark colored.
A dye for cloth or kapa.
Wai-e-le-e-le, s. Wai and eleele, black.
Lit. Black water, i. e., ink. See Inika.
Wai-i-ki, *. A medicine used in the
sickness -called haikala,
2. A medicine made of ipw awaawa for
injections. See Waiki.
Wai-o-ih-a, *. Wai and ohia, the Pa-
waiiaa apple. The juice or cider from the
ohia.
Wai-0-ki-la, j. Name of a place in
Kahukuloa full of precipices and ravines ^
hence the verb in the meles.
Wai-0-ki-la, v. SeeKoLOAu. To go up
and down, as going across palis.
Wai-o-hu-hu-ki-jji, s. Name of a class
of Eamehameha's laws.
Wam-pu-a, is. Name of an internal
disease among Hawaiians.
Wai-u, s. Wai and k, the breast. Lit.
Breast water. Tbebiviistodemales. Md.
Sol 4:5.
2. Milk ; the ooze of the breast.
S. Fio. Blessings ; favors. JVaft. 14:8.
Wai-U-a, s. Wai and ua, rain. Rain
water ; water from the clouds ; also loai
maoli in distinction from well or spring
water, which is wai fcai.
Wai-u-paa, s. Waiu and paa, hard.
Hard milk; cheese. 1 Sam. 17:18.
Wai^ha, v. To desire or request of the
gods, as in prayer; pela ka'u leailM, aku
ame ka'u waipa aku ia oe e ke akna.
Wai-hau, s. a round heap; a. bundle
done up in small ci>!ii!>B»ii ; * bundle done
up again smaller than before.
Wai-hau, v. To do over again ; to tie
up anew, as a bundle; to compress into
smaller compass.
Wai-hau-na, s. Wai and himna, bad
smelling. Water that has been used for
different purposes, as washing Ssh and
other matter offensive to the smell.
W^ai-hi, s. Wai and hi, to flow down,
A cataract ; a cascade ; a waterfall. See
WilLELE.
Wai-ho, v. To lay or set down a thing;
te lay on, as one in striking. Laieik. 44. 45.
2. To place or set aside ; to let remain.
3. To leave off doing a thing ; to quit ;
to stop ; to let alone ; to leave uuhurt.
4. To set aside or lay up for future use ;
e waiho wale, to set aside as void or use-
less.
5. To give up or offer up; as one's life ;
. to trust or commit to another.
6. To carry away to a certain place.
7. To leave ; to pass by. Pvk. 12:13.
8. To give, afford or suggest an idea or
expression to another ; to put a word into
another's mouth. JVaft.23:5. M mtuho itima,
to set before one. Kard. 11:26.
Wai-bo-a, v. See Waiho. To lay down;
to put down a tl\Jng ; ,to give up.
WAi-Hoo-tun, s. Wai and kooliiu, to
dye. Water for coloring ; a dye.
Wai-ho-lo-mo-ku, s. WainnAholomoka,
ship swimming. A great or deep flood so
that a vessel might swim. Mai. 124:5.
WAl
605
WAI
Wai-So-na, s. Waiko and ana, parti-
cipial termination, a laying together. . A
'.' place for laying iip things for safe keeping;
the things are designatettby the qualifying
term.
Wai-ho-?ia-i-pu, s. WaihoTia emi ipu,
Clip. A base of a pillar. 1 Nal. 7:35.
W-a-HO-NA-KA-LA, s. WaihotM arid kola,
money; silr jr. A treasur-; a placewhere
money is laid np. iufce 2*1:1. See Waiho-
NADAIA. '
Wai-ho-na-tcu-ku-i, s. Waihonaattiku-
kui, light. : A candlestick ; a lamp stand.
1 Oihl. 28:15.
Wai-ho-na-me-a-laa, s. Waihona and
meet laa, consecrated things. A place for
sacred things ; A treasury of things conse-
crated to sacred purposes. Neh. 7:70, 71.
So also in the ancient temples of Hawaii.
Wai-ho-na-me-li, s. Waihona and nuli
(Xat. mel), honey. A honey-comb ; a de-
pository of honey. 1 Sam. 14:27.
Wai-ho-na-mo-ni, s. Waihona and im/ni
(j&tj.), money. A place for keeping money;
a treasury. See Waihonad.41a.
Wai-ho-na-wai-wai, s. Waihona and
loaiviai, property. A treasury or deposit-
ory of goods or property. 2 OiU. 5:1.
2. The treasurer, the person who over-
sees the property of a nation or commu-
nity.
Wai-ho-na-da-la, s: Waihona and dala
{Mng.), coin, dollars, &c. A treasury ; a
depository of money. See Waihonakala.
Wai-kai, s. Wai and kai, sea. Brack-
ish water ; any saltish fluid.
Wai-kau-a, adj. Epithet of a robe used
in war; no ke alii ai moka la aahu ula, oia
no kona kapa waikoMO,: iilso o^ a heiau ;
he beian waifcaw ia na ke alii nui.
Wai-ka-he, s. Wai and kahe, to flpw.
Knnning water ; a Stream. Bid. 124:4. A
flood. 7sa.59:19-
Wai-ka-he, v. To flow; to overflow
with water ;>oasfcaAe ka aina. Laieik. 163.
Wai-kA-kaa, «. Name ofa waterfall on
Kauai one hundred and fifty feet in height.
Wai-p;-a, s. Eight fresh kukui nuts
■ burAed in water.
WAt-KEo-KEo, s. Wai and keokeo, white.
Tie/uor albus, a disease of females.
Wai-ki, s. Wat, watOT, and Ai,. to shoot,
as a gun. A medicine made of ipu awaawa
for injections.
2. The gonorrhea. See Ui^ehiu).
S. The sharp end or point of a thing; aip-
plied to the welan de.
i. The ball anciently made of stone and
projected from a squirt-gun ; hai mai, ua
make o Kapnpuu i ka voaiki, he said that
Kapupuu was killed by the woifci, i. e., the
64
wad or ball of the gun. No ka puka o ka
waiki a.kakuu i lohe ai, he mea kani, the
whizzing of the ball was heard. Ua lohe
mua ia he mea kani ka loaiki, we had heard
before that the waiici (ball of she gun) made
a noise. Note. — Hawaiiiuis supposed at
first that the sound of a gun (kani pa) bad
some efl'ect in the execution.
Wai-ki, s. The epithet of a personwho8o
father was a chief and his mother not. See
KULU,
Wai-lau, s. A- bundle of food (poi)
done up for carrying ; a pai-ai.
Wai-la-na, v. Wai and lana, to float.
To cast out, as an evil person from society;
to banish ; to reject as unworthy of confi-
dence.
Wai-la-na, s. Wai and lana, fo float.
Still, calm water; a quiet place in liie ocean.
2. A state of banishment from society.
3. One cast out for1)ad conduct.
Wai-le-lg, s. Wai and lele, to jump ;
to fly. A cataract; a waterfall. SeeWAJBi.
Wai-le-na-i,e-na, s. JFaJ,. water, and
lenalena, yellow — ^yellow water. Name of
a small valley near the top of Mount "ifai-
aleale on Kauai remarkable for the plant
apeape found there.
Wai-lii-lii, s. Thick striped kapa; the
stripes are yellow.
2. Deceitful language ; puzzling expres-
sions leading to error.
Wai-ld-a, s. a ghost or spirit of one
seen before or after death, separate from
the body. See Kikowailha and Kikoaka-
LAU.
Wai-li-u-la, s. For waiUk^, red sur-
face water. Lit. Water with a red surface.
The water in a salt-pond ; water with the
oxyd of iron on the surface.
2. The reBectioB of lightto the eyes &om
any body which causes the^n to dose, or
wink, or tui^n a*ay.
3. A Sash of light ; the hot penetrating
rays of the sun.
4. The evening twilight; a mixture of
light and darkness.
Wai-ma-ka, s. Wai and maka, eyes.
Water flowing from the eyes; tears. Kekah.
i:\. Ehookaheina waimdka, to shed tears ;
e haule.ka waimaka, to drop tears.
Wai-ma-ka-le-hu-a, s.. Waimaka and
Uhva, the lehua tree. W^ter drops from
tiie lehua trees; o ^wiimakale}aia nonohl
e uli.
Wai-ma-no, s. Name of a soft porous
stone.
Wai-me-a, s. a species of tree; the
same as olomea.
Wai-mi-mi, s. Wai and ndmi, urine.
Urine. 2 Sal. 18:27.
WAO
M6
WAV
Wai-na, j, Eng. A grape vine; grapes j
•2; Wine; dronkenness. £in. 9:24.
Wai-nao, s. W(m' and boo, dirty. Dirty
water ; vatei; -with filthy' ingredients. See
Waiapo.
Wai-ni-ha, s. Name of a stream near
tbe top of Waialeale on Kaoai.
Wai-k&-hI"A, s. a state of safety.
Wai-nui, *. An injection.
Wai-pa, vv See W aiha; To desire ; to
request from tli6 gods in prayer; pela ka'n
waiha ak«L ame ka'u waipa aka la oe e ke
akna. '
Wai-faa,' s. Wdi and paa, fast ; hard.
Name of ice; hard water: lob. 6:16.
Wai-p,au, ». The knd breeze at Wai-
. mea, Eauai.
Wai-pa-hu, ». PPai and pa^M, to burst.
tinn-powder. Ua, Bnst for shooting. See
Onea. ' '
Wai-pe-ha, $, A- state oi safety. See
VfltkoBti. '
Wai-ph, *. Wai and pit, to ascend A
flood ; an overflowing of water. ler. 46:7.
Wai-pu, s. Gun-powder; one-a.
Wai-pp-i-iua-ni, s. Tfaj and jpM«, forcing,
and Utni, heaven. A waterspout; water
drawn up into the clouds or poured down
■from the clouds. I!ai. 42:7.
Wai-pu-hi-a, *. Wai&nipiiJdia.hh'wn
by the wind. The spray of water blown
by the winds when rashing down a pali ;
water falling in very smail drops,
Wai-pij-na, s. Wai and puna, R^'prittg.
A deep spring of water; a place where the
water boils op.' Siutl'. 8:7.
Wai-wai, s. Goods; property; that
which is possessed or owned ; property in
distinc^OQ from money or cash ; loaiwqi
auhau, tax ; tribnte.
Wai-wjj, adj. Costly; ricH; dear; val-
uable.
'Wai-wai, v. To enrich; to gi^e orie
property. Sbo.- To make rich ;. to stipply
one's desires.
Wai-wai-pio, *. Wahmi and pio, cap-
' tnred. Property taken in war or in rob^
bevy : plunder ; spoil.-' /o.>.". 11:14.
Wa»o, b. See WXtf. To scralch ; to
scrape ; to grate ; ^isoo aka l«i ke kahnna i
ka ipu Awa, a tne ke knlcui, a me ka nala,
a' me ke ko, a me ka wai maoU.
'Wfi-o, s.-'A space on the sides of mo«n~
tains' neit' below the tcMOhea,; it is also
called totoMiofteJe and vxiodwa^ a place oi'
sj. irits ; the dwelling place. If the s'.ide : a
wild place as'lippearsfromtoOcompouMS.
NoTK.—; ITao a)i<! wdii are Bifidlar iu rwme
ef their niean{ni!f!
'Wao, o^j. High ; long ; a high shady
place nn&equented ; tUck with vines.
'Wao-a-kd-a, s. Wao, pkce, and akua,
god. A region on the side of a monntaia ■
below the viaomaukele; it has but a small
growth of. tre^ ; or perbf^s wa, space, o,
of, anid.oJ^^ god, that is, a region of the
gods; a ^^ert; a desolate place, generally
backfromtheseaand uninhabited; a place
' where gods, ghosts and hobgoblins are
supposed to reside. See Auakha.
Wao-e-i-wa, s. Name of ar region on
the sides of mountains covered witti vege-
tation and small forest trees. Stn. witti
wao and waonahele.
Wao-ka-na-ka, s. a region on the sidi9
of a mountain next below the waoakua; it
is a region where people may live and
where vegetables may be cultivated; ma'«
is another name.
Wao-ke, s. The name of a shrub or
bush from the bark of which kapaismade;
a species of mnlberry; also written wetike
and kawauke.
Wao-ke-le, «. The shadow of death;
death's sliade. See Maldkoi and Hi.tiHAA-
2. A long tail ohia tree.
'Wao-la-ad, s. An upland and raiculti- ,
vated 'region, w-jiore tall tree? grow atsd '
tb;ck shades are found.
Wao-mau-.ke-i.e, s. Narae of a region
Oil the sides of inountahis next below !h?
wuotiwa and above the loaoakaa; the trees
are larger than 5a the waoeiiva.
Wao-na-HE-le, ». TFooaiftd?taA«?e,. cov-
ered wife vegetation. Aplacs on the sides
•of mountsirjis overgrown w}th.grsss, weeds,
bushes, &c.; a wildsrueH;; a «xioafc!«z, but
with vegetation.
Watt, ^p8rs.|wim., first person- I. Gtam.
<j 122, 124. -Note.— Tta w in this word
seems uiinecaissary : it is formed by the cos-
lescence of the emphatic o aaa^aii, the
prououn proper ; thus the simple form mi,
emphade o etc pronounced quickly be-
comes ictu. file severalfocnis are aa, 04111.
uau acd ovau.
Wau, v. To say I; to answer I t<> a
question ; vxiu aku la no hoi au, mmt, I
■snsicered to Sim, I.
Wa-u, ». See Wao. To scrape; to
scratch ; to rub ; to polish.
2. To clean oilt, as the inside of u cala-
bash which would require aerai)in<j. ' See
"Wacwaw.
\Wav-av-, p. Ta go out of the path in
Traveling; ia Swivtl crookedly v7l!eTO thoi!«
ie no road.
■WAU-A0, adv, Ci'6!>kedly; perversely,*
unfeelingly.
■WAtr-A-HA, adj. Itt prayer; etvure de*
WAH
507
WAH
livoranee, freedom from, &a. ; pali wauaha
kua makan! holo oka.
Wau-a-ku-a, s. See Waoaktta.
Wad-kk, *. See Waoke. The kapa
shrub.
WAu-KE-LE-Nu-i-Ai-KKr, s. The name of
t,iif> chief who killed the fabled hirakalidw.
2. The young of the bird that waited on
Kiwaa; he^eiki na ka mami,i lawe iia
Kiv/aa. See the mele.
V/au-wau, v. SeeWAo. To scratch as
a cat; to scratch when one itches; to rub:
to polish ; to scrape. lob. 2:8.
Wa-ha, *. A mouth ; an opening gen-
erally.
2. The mouth of a person ; e olelo he
walM no he vMka, to apoakmouth to mouth.
3. The month of a cave or pit ; ka tocAa
o ke ana. los. 10:18.
4. The throating In the lower end of a
raftor.
6. The mouth of a hag. See Auwaha, a
furrow.
6. A bundle to be carried on th'^ back.
See Waha, v.
Wa-ha, v. To carry on the back, as a
child, or a person, or a bundle.
2. To dig a furrow or a ditch, especially
a long one. See W.iha, s.
Wa-ha-a, v. To talk or speak with the
month ; to mumble ; to dispute.
Wa-ha-a-ma, v. Waha a.ni, ama, tat'
tling. Jo tell tales ; to reveal secrets.
Wa-ha-o-he, v. To talk scandal; to
scandalisso: See TVaiiaoiii.
Wa-ha-o-he, s. a great tattler; a scan -
dalizcr;
Wa-ha-o-hi, V, To talk like a crazy
person ; to talk oontasedly about this and
that; to utter many words without mean-
ing.
. . 2, To scold ; to tattle.
Wa-ha-o-hi, s. Foolish; crazy; loud
talk.
2. TSie persoia so talking ; applied to fe-
males. ■ •
3. A 'scold; a slanderer; a tale bearer.
Wa-ha-u-hatj-ha, s. Waha and uhauha,
dJrty. A long or hoggish mouth.
2. A gormandizer; one who eats as long
as he can.
Wa-ha-u-hait-ha, adj. Hoggish in one's
mannera; filthy; ciamiaing one's self with
food.
Wa-ha-ti-kae, s. a filthy mouth. See
Wahahaumu,
Wa-ha-hau-mi-a, s. WahannAImum,ia,
dirty; fonl. A foul mouth; a blackguard.
Wa-hes, s. a contraction of wahahee,
which see.
Wa-ha-eee, 0. FiTaAa and Aee, slippery.
To lie ( to speak falsely ; to deceive in
speaking.
Wa-ha-hee, *. A lie; a false speech;,
a dceeit in speakiiip;.
Wa-ha-hee, adj. Lying; deceitful; de-
Ceiviog.
Wa-ha-hee, adv. Falsely; not truly..
Kani.5:n.
Wa-ha-he-v/a, s, Waha, mouth, and
hcwa, wrong; wicked. The wickedness of
the mouth ; any false conversation. In a
prayisT to the gods for the sick, e kala raai
i kona hewa, a me koua aiku, a me kona
aia, a mo kona, '^txihaheioa, fonl mouth.
Wa-ha-ko-ko, v. WaAa and Aofe*, blood..
To contend ; to yuarrel.
Wa-ha-ko-ko, a^/. Talebearing; slan-
dering.
Wa-ha-ko-le, s. Waha and Me, red.
A long. protuberant month ;, waha nuku.
2. A month that belches out filthy mat-
ter ; a boistei'ons, raving person.
Wa-ha-xo-i^e', aclj. Clamorous; noisy;
obstreperous; contradicting. Synonymous
with wahapaa.
Wa-ha-le, s. The same tree as the
loulu or palm tree.
Wa-ha-le-he, s. Waha and lehe, lips.
The outside of a holoor oriCce.
Wa-ha -IE-HE, adj. Wide, or broad, as
a hole in a board; open wide, as the mouth
of a bole. <
Wa-ha-ma-ka, s. Waha and marui, di-
vided. A screen ; a shutter.
2. A digression in one's speech ; a turn-
ing off the subject in conversation.
Wa-ha-paa, s. TTs/i* and jjaa, hard. A
person full of noise in his talk ; a raving
person ; a scold ; one who talks angrily
and furiously ; he waJutpaa ia ; mai hele
oc i ka wakapaa: o ka wakapaa, oia ka
, hoopaapaa.
Wa-ha-paa, adj. Noisy; clamorous;
raving.
Wa-ha-pio, v. Waha and pw>, a prisoner.
To speak a,? one that is under constraint
and knows not what to say ; e like me ka
pio.
Wa-ha-puh, s. JlP'a^ and jjWK, swelled.
A person who speaks unintelligibly in
conversation ; a boisterous person ; a loud
talker.
Wa-ka-puh, adj. Rude ; obstreperous
in conversation ; unintelligible.
Wa-ka-wa-ha, v. See Waha, moiith.
To make mouths at ; to open the mouth at
by way of contempt.
2. To be dishonored; to live unhoriored.
3. To hate; to dislike; to be ashamed of.
4. Hod. To mock ; to scorn ; to ml at :
WAH
508
WAH
to despise. A'aft. 14:31. .To treat contempt-
uously ; to deride.
5. To' abominate. OiAfc. 19:7. To hate.
lJVa!.22;8.
6. To be unbelieving; to be disobedient;
ua lilce ka hoowahawaha m^kahoomaloba,
Wa-ha-wa-ha, s. Dislike; hatred; con-
tempt, lob. 31:34.
Wa-ha-wa-ha, aij. Disliked; displeased
with ; objected to ; ahu iho ka pua ■mth'.i-
waJta i Wailua.
Wa-he-a-wa, s. The giving up of a
plan, device, op intention, as a desire to go
to a chief, but on thinking, gives it up; ka
waheama o ke alaula.
Wa-hi, art. Gram. ^ 63. Some ; some
little ; a few. It unites or takes with it the
indefinite article fte; as, he wahi ■wa,i,some
water. It also takes kau betbre it, and
both the definite article ke; as, lawcae la
ia i ke kau wahi leho no ka honua, in which
case it means, some ; some little ; sonsle in-
definite quantity . It has Do corresponding
word in English ; as, owau nei o ko ouknu
wa?ti k^ikaina unkn hope loa.
Wa-hi, .i. A place ; a space ; a situa-
tion ; wahi kaawale, a vacant place; syn-
onymous with fcafti, but used differently in
a sentence. SeeKAia. TfaAi hilahila, pri-
vate parts. Kanl. 25:11. Nt. wahi a pau
loa, all places. los. 1:3. Na wahi paa,
Strong holds or places. 1 Sam. 23:14. It
is used with ka for kau .■ a- ka wahi (kau
wahi) e noho ai, the dwelling place. Med.
26:8.
Wa-hi, s. Accent on the last syllable.
That which surrounds or envelopes any-
thing ; a covering ; a sheath ; a wrapper,
as kapa, paper, ki leaf, cloth, (fee."; wahi
pahi kana, a swordsco56a?'d. 1 Sam.l7;5].
Wa-hi, s. A word; a saying; a remark.
Note. — This word is somewhat anomalous;
it has no article and has some of the prop-
erties of a verb ; as, wahi a wai ? wo'rd of
whom? whose word .' whose saying, or who
said it? Ans. Wahi a ke alii, the king
said so.
Wa-hi, s. One that is above law, or is
so much a favorite, or is so holy that the
law cannot affect him.
2. A favorite or high servant of the king;
pepehiia o Kainapau wahi alii e Kainapan
kuaaina, Kainapau the-king's favorite was
slain by ICainapftu the backwoodsman.
Wa-hi, v. To break by casting out of
one's hand. Puk. 34:1. Svx. with naha.
2. To break through, as an army ; to
break or rush through, as through a troop.
Sal: IS-.'a.
8. To break, as one's head. Lunk. 9:53.
4. To separate; to open; to rend: to
break through. Isa. 64:1.
, 6. To open; to cause to flow. isa. 41:18.
6. To break ; to cleave ; to break, as a
rock. IM. 105:41. See Wawahi._
Wa-hi, v. To cover over; to b'nil.up,
as a wound. ler. 30:26. ■
2. To wrap up, as a body for burial ; to
ti' up in a wrapper, as a bundle.
3. To roll or fold up in kapa -or cloth ;
to swathe ; to wrap up;
4. To surround, as a wrapper ; to over-
lay ; to cover up; Puk. 36:34.
5. To cover, as the body of a person with
clothing. SvN.withuhi. Okalolekamea
e wahi ai i ke kino.
Wa-hi-a, v. See Wahi, to break. Wahia
is for wahiia, to be broken.
Wa-hi-e, s. Wood for burning; fuel.
Oilik- 1:7. Wahie is used for/«e( in dis-
tinction from loan, timber.
Wa-hi-e-a-la, s. Wahie and ala, odor-
iferous. An epithet of sandal-wood ; san-
dal-wood. Its appropriate name Is Uiahi.
Wa-hi-ke, s. A- female in distinction
Irom kane, male.
2. A woman ; a wife. The term is ap-
plied to men and animals, and when ap-
plied to animals it merely marks the femi-
nine gender. In grammar, ano wahbie,
feminine gender. Wahine, he mea ia e nani
ai ke kane, he lei alii maikai no ke kane,
woman, she gives honor to the man, she. is
a crown of beauty for the husband.
Wa'Hi-ne-he-li-a-ka-ea, s. The names
of two goddesses.
Wa-hi-ne-ka-ne-ma-ke, s. WaMneaLuA
kane and make, dead. A woman whose
husband is dead ; a widow. Kanl. 16:11.
Wa-hi-ne-ma-nh-a-hi, s. Wahkie and
manuahi. A kept mistress.
Wa-hi-ne-puu-paa, s. Wahine s.-aipiu-
paa, epithet of virginity. A^virgin ; virgo
intaeta. Pufc. 22:17. Hence, purity ; a state
of undefilement.
Wa-ho, comp. prep. Out; out of; out-
side ; outward ; prefixed by o, no, ko, i, ia
and ma. Cfram.-^' 161. Ia waho, tlie out-
side. Mai. 23:25. 'Opposed to ia loko.
iMk. 11:40.
Wa-ho, adv. Outwardly. Eseh. 44:1.
Wa-ho-ka-hu-a, *. WoAo, outside, and
kahua, foundation of a house. What is out-
side of a house.
Wa-hu, 11. To take by force. Hoo. To
rob ; to take by force.
Wa-hu-a, V. To set a snare or trap.
ll'oo. To insnare ; to entrap.
Wa-hu-a, s. , a snare ; a trap for catch-
ing small animals.
Wa-hu-lu, v. To bake food in the oven
for a long time till it is b"rnt or turned
yellow or black ; poha ka nanu (ualu) ke
wewe, o wahulu mai ka piko.
WAL
509
WAL
Wa-hU'WA-HTi, v. To lean upon a per-
son with the anus across the shpulclers.
See Wahu. ,
Wa-ka, s. Appearance; tlie personal
appearance of one.
Wa-kai-kai, c. To examine; to look
at ; to look lonnd. See Makaikal
Wa-ka-wa-ka, adj. See Waka. Shin-
ing; glisteniug; flaming. Kin. 3:24. Ww
kawcdcao Mauo e mokii ai ka bako.
Wa-ke-wa-ke, s. See Wekawejca. The
black liquid of the squid.
Wiv.-Ki, s. ^ng. See Wati.
Wj|.rLA, V. See HoALA. To excite; to
stir np; to throw stones ; to pelt ; to be or
feel hurt, , v - .
Wa-laa, u fpttmlaia. To be thrown;
tq be tbi'owjii as a stone; to be pelted;
walakikp fca jhe. walaa ka pohafcu', the
Bpeans ^ere hailed back and toi&k, the
BtoneB were thrown.
Wa-la-au, v. To ^peak in a boisterous
tatmner, as a crazy persop.
2. To cry out, aa in ieai ; to shout, as in
battle.
S. To make a noise of lamentation for a
deceased person.
d. IToo. To cause or make a. noise. Isa.
i%% To make a cuufuaed unmeaning noise.
Wa-la-au, s. A noise ; a confused noise
as ftf a riotous multitude, fuk. 32:17. See
XJvAimA.
2. A noise, as a wailing for the dead.
3. Any loud boisterous talk or noise with
more oriess indistinctness or want of mean-
ing.
Wa-la-au, , a<f;. Noisy;; obstreperous;
confused; disorderly.
VVa-la-hee, «. Name of a shrub, the
leaves used in coloring black.
Wa-la-ki-ke, v. See Walaa above. To
toss or throw back and forth, as spears in
battle ; walakike ka ihe, walaa ka pohaku.
Wa-la-ni-a, ) „. For walaia, n inserted,
Wa-LEHSI-A, ) to be hurt. To smart, aa
a wound ; to feel pained from an external
hurt.
S. To feel pain mentally; to feel the pain
of dislike or ol hatred by another.
3. To feel revengeful ; to feel cut to the
heart by something said. Oih. 2:37.
4. IIoo. To cau.se pain to another by
one's words ; to use. sharp, words. 2 Kor.
13:10.
Wa-la-ni-a, s, A stinging pain, as a
burn.
2. Deep anguish of heart at something
s^id.
Wa-la-wa-la, v. SeeWALA. To h? ex-
cited; to make a, great noise; to shont^ to
cry out.
2, To fall, as a mai; from a high place,
turning over and over.
, 9. To rofuae;- to deny; no'njo ka hewa,
aole au e loalawala ae ; ae aku no.
Wa-la-wa-la-au, V, SeeWALAAu. To
make a noise so as to disturb one's hearr
ing ; to make a great noise in talking ; e
paepac, e lohclohe,
IValawalaau l ka, p«li o Eolokio!,
Me he hwelgane la kit lea i Waialoha.
Wa-le, adv. A State of being or exist-
ing without, qualification ; used mostly in
an adverbial sense ; only ; alone ; gratuit-
ous, &c. ; as, e noho wale,'to sit ordy, i. u.,
to sit mEj(; ft hana loak. to woik on(y. i. e,,
10 work without rewwrd, gratuitously f e
bldo wale, to. spealc wUhond ^ect; e'hele
uxtZe, to go OS one is, i. c., to go naked. As
ua2e has i\o corresponding term in English,
it is difficult 'to define, ^tbe idea must be
gained by thie connectioff.
WAriE , *. The pKle-gm or matter coughed
up from the lungs,
2. Saliva like that nmniiig from the
moutb of an iniant; kahe ka wale, to drool;
ka wale o kona waha, spittle ; .saliva.
Wa-le-a, v. To indulge in ease; to
please one's self; to dwell in quiet free
from care.
2. To be satisfied with one's circum-
stances. Puk. 2:21.
3. To be accustomed or habituated to a
thing ; to do often.
Wa-le-a, edj. Accustomed; frequently
doing; constant-
Wa-le-a, s. Name of a fish.
Wa-le-hau, *. The name of a medi-
cine.
2. The mucous from the nose.
Wa-le-ke-a, s. Wale, slime, and kea,
white. A disease of the eye; a liquid ftom
a sore eye ; white mucous.
Wa-le-ni-a, adj. Hard; painful; severe.
See Walania.
Wa-le-wai-ka-po, s. WPo/e, spittle, and
wai. i. e., the water is spittle. Used in a
prayer ; walewaikupo; the saliva of the
mouth ; a prayer for a blessing.
Wa-le-wa-l-e, v. See Wale. To be
deceived ; to be led astray by one. Isa.
36:14. To deceive ; to entrap ; to get the
advantDge.
?. IIoo. To tempt: to entice; to insnare;
to deceive by flatteries; hoowakwale nui
mai na liaole ia ia (ia^Liholiho) i ka inu
rama, the foreigners greatly enticed him
(Liholiho) to drink rum.
■ 3. To suborn ; to influence to wrong.
Oih. 6:11.
Wa-le-wa-le, s. A temptation to evil.
2. A tempter to evil.
3. Forgetfnlness ot a thing.
4. Indifference ; slowness ; destitution.
WAL
510
WAW
Wa-le-wa-le, s. One set apart as de-
Glei, as a woman having given birth to a
child ; itt her condition sfie was called ma-
leinale. . A hata na la ehiku, a ma ita wa e
paa ai ka wultvMle, alalia hoi nai ma ka
hale o kaaa kane iho ; a tela ka la awalu,
hoi xnaitana.kane, noho pu, no ka mea ua
vau ke. walcuiaie keiki.
Wa-le-wa-ie, adj. Insnaring; enticing
to evil i tempting.
2. Stringy; slimy, as the secretion of the
nose; as matter coughed np from the lungs..
3. Slimy, as certain states of the fseoes ;
nearly synonymous with aweawe; walewaie
ka.lepo.
Wa-le-wa-le, adv. At a venture. 1
Ifal. •22-M. Without object; he\e wgleiBaie
lakou a lilo loa i ka hewa.
Wa-£.e-wa-le-na, v. To pinch; to gnash
expressive of great anger.
Wa-le-wa-le-na-he-sa, v. Walewak
and nahesa {Heb.), serpent. To act the
part of a sorcerer ; to enchant.
Wa-le-eu-sa, s. The walrus.
Wa-li, o. To grin^ to powder; to mince
fiae ; to mix. Puk. 30:36.
2. To grind. Fio. To oppress; to over-
bear, as a chief his people. Isa. 3:15.
3. IIoo. To make soft or pliable ; to re-
duce to powder. Fuk. 32:20.
4. To break up ground finely.
Wa-li, adj. Fine; soft; minced finely;
fine, like soft paste ; fine, as flour. Kin.
18:6.
Wa-li-na, adv. Used in answer to a
salutation; as, wcUina wale iaua. See We-
LINA.
Wa-li-wa-li, adj. See Wall Fine;
soft ; paste like.
2. Weak ; limber : weak from sickaess.
See Nawauwam.
.3. Soft ; gentle ; kind, as language ; ka
oMo a na kanaka maikai, he vicUheali ka
olelo, he pepe.
Wa-li-wa-li, v. See Wall To soften,
as stone er wood to make it work easily ;
alaila, hahao (i ka pohaku) maloko o kahi
wai ' mea e walimM ai,
Wa-lo, «. See Ualo, to cry out; to
complain.
Wa-lo-i-nA, V. To call to a chief with
a voice of praise arid admiration ; waloina
aku ke alii o Kaakahi.
Wa-lo-wa-lo, v. To strike, as a sound
upon the ear ; to hear a sound; to hear in-
distinctly; to strike back, as an echo. See
Walawalaac.
Walowalo e hea ka ieo o Kalnkua,
Waktwalaau 1 ka pall o Kalo^ini,
M'j ho hanehane la ka Ieo i Walaloha,
Me I ka uwo booiiwe a ka lawakea.
Wa-lp, V. . To scratch, as a cat'; to
scratch, as a person with his fingers.
2. To rub : to rasp ; to polish; to piifcfa.
Wa-lu, adj. num. Eight; ka wdu, the
eighth. Oiftfc. 9:1. As a card!n?il it is gen-
erally prefixed by a or e; a,s,awahl,eiealu,
eight. Oram. § 115:4. •
Wa-ht, s. Name of a fish having very
hard scales.
Wa-lu-a, s. The middle ; the interior.
Mil Sol. 3:10.
Wa-lu-na, j. a prophecy.
Wa-l0-wa-hj, «. SeeWALn. To scratch
much or frequently ; to pinch up with all
the fingers. See UmKi.
Wa-na, u To come ; to approach ; to
appear, as the early dawn. See Wanaao.
Wa-na, s. a species of the sea-egg of
the size and shape of a teirnip ; he ia poe-
poe me he ina la, he oioi mawaho.
Wa-na, adj. Pronged ; sharp pointed ;
externally jagged.
Wa-na-ao, «. Wana, to appear, and
00, light. To dawn, as the first light in the
morning; to appear, as the dawn. See
Waanaao.
Wa-na-ao, s. The near approach of
morning. Kin. 19:15.
2. The early dawn of the morning ; the
first light of day. ibs. 6:15. Twilight; mo-
lebulehu.
Wa-na-oa, v. To project; to extend
any way beyond the body of a thing.
Wa-na-oa, s. a projection or an exten-
sion, as the fingers of the sea-egg.
Wa-na-hi-na, adj. Becoming gfray, as
a person ; gray headed,
Wa-ka-na, v. To prophecy; to foretell
future events ; to preach ; to declare the
will of the gods. NaK 11:26.
Wa-na-na, s. a prophecy; the decla-
ration of the kilo or of the kaula ; a decla-
ration made before hand of what is to be,
which was known by ita fulfillment.
Wa-na-wa-na, ». See Wana and Wa-
NAOA. To extend ; to stretch out ; to pro-
ject.
Wa-na-wa-na, adj. Having sharp
points ; thorny.
Wa-wa, ». To sh out in a noisy tumult-
uous way; to bawl in a vociferous con-
fused manner.
Wa-wa, s. ' A tumult, as the action of
a turauftuous assembly. .
2. Babbling, vain, foolish talldng. 1 Tint.
6:20.
3. A confused noise, as of a battle at a
distance. 2 Sam. 18:29. The confused
noise of a multitude.
Wa-wa, adj. Noisy on account of great
multitudes; tumultuous. /sa.'22:2.
WE
511
WEH
Wa-wae, s. The leg of a person or ani-
fiial; the foot. Note. — Hawailans have no
separate worfls for log and foot, xeawae 1q-
cludes both; so lima iucludea both band
and arm. See Lima.
2. A pair of pantaloons ; so called from
the legs ; breeebes. Pule. 28:4l
3. A post of doty belonging to gods and
priests.
Wa-wai, s. Wa, space, and wai, water;
A land of water ; a well watered land ; be
auwai, he pipiwni, he nwabiwai e kulu ana,
he kowakowau.
Wa-wau, v.. See Wau and Wauwau.
To scratchy to pinch with theJingers: hence,
to be quarrelsome ; to be unfriendly ; i«(«-
wau i ka ill o ke kane ame ka wahine.
Wa-wau, adj. Scratching; pinching;
cross ; nnfriendly.
W*'WA-Hi, *,• Lit. To mouth. See
"^jtax. To rail •, to' storm at one j to curse
with a loud obstrieperous voice.
Wa-wa-hi, v. See Wahi, to break. To
break to pieces; to break down; to demol-
ish, as a house or building. 2 ifal. 21:3.
2. To break, as bread; to break open,
as a box or chest.
3. To split; to break up, as rocks. 1
Ml. 19:11.
i. To break an, as a boat; wawahiia hoi
ka waapa i i ai honhon, the boat also was
broken up for the nails to make awls.
5. To break down, as idols. Puk. 23:24.
6. To break up, L e., to take down, as a
-tent Ifah. 10:17.
7. To break down, as a tower. Xunfc.8:9.
Wa-wa-'Bma, .*. Participle passive. A
breaking up : a destruction, as of a city.
Jer. 19:8, 11.
Wa->wa-li, 6. See WAuand Waliwali.
To sdften; tomakefise; to reduce to pulp.
Wa-wa-li, adj. See Wall Soft; fine;
flexible; good humored.
Wa-wa-lo, v. See Ualo, Walo and
UwAi/>. To cry out; to call; to make a
noise of calling.
' 1T& lal hea wmealo i ka ohn no na mauna,
Vbat ka wai o na molokaqaaaha.
Wa-wa-ltj, V. See Walu. To scratch,
as a cat or a person; to pinch; to quarrel,
as a man and liis wife.
Wa-wa-na, adj. Rougfrj thorny, as a:
road; difficult of traveling. See Wana,
adj. _ . .
WA-yfE,-adv. QuicMy; suddenly; hast-
_J^y ; soon ; liikl viawe, quickly done.
Wa-ti, s. JSng. A watch; a clock; a
period of lime. Pufc. 14:24.
We, v. See Ue and Uwe, To weep;
to cry ; to salute.
2. To move anything forward or side-
ways. See IJii, to Iiiteh along.
We-a, v. To question for the purpose
of eliciting some secret, as theft, or to try
to buy stolen articles ; to act skHlfully in
questioning one so that he shall not sus-
pect the desigfl of the questioner.
2. To print or color red.
We-a, «. A red dye; red coloring mat-
ter ; he koho ulaula.
We-a-we-a, s, a procurer; a pimp;
one who acts or bargains for another ui
licentious matters.
We-a-we-a, adj. Bed; reddish; spotted
with red.
We-0, s. See "We a, Eediiess; fresh-
ness; a red color; ua like ka ulanlame ka
vieo; be weoke kanaka, he pauo ke alii.
We-0-we-o, adj. SeeWEO. Fresh; red,
like fresh meat just killed.
We-tt, v. To be covered with beard or
^flown, as a young unshaven boy.
Vit-v-yn-v, a. A general na&e for herb-
age ; grass ; green grass. Katil. 11:15,
2. Name ot a fish to be caught only in
the night ; hence,
3. FIG. Snccess in night iniquity.
We-hE, V. To open, as a door; to open.
as the dawn or advance of light in the
morning ; a wehe m la ke alaula o ke ao,
pau );a pouli.
2. To uncover what is covered up ; to
uncover, as the head. Oihk. 10:6. To un-
cover for illicit purposes, Oihk. 18:6, 7.
3. To strip off the clothes ftoid one.
4. To open^ as the eyes. Fio. To open,
as the heart.
6. To open, as a well or cave. los. 10:22.
6. To open, as a book ; to unfold, as a
scroll. JVeh. 8:5.
7. To loosen ; to untie, as a string or
rope.
8. To disregard or disbelieve one's word.
9. To reject a favor, Note. — ^The passive
is sometimes written wehea instead of we-
We-he, I. An opening; an untying; a
solving, as a problem; an explanation of a
diffica%.
We-he, adj. Opened; separated; loos-
ened.
We-he-a, v. Passive of leehe. See
Webb, note.
"We-he-we-he, v. SeeWEHE. To open
frequently ; to open, L e., to^ expound, as
language; to explain what is mysterious;
to explain, as a writing or a passage in a
book. i«fc. 24:27.
We-he-we'He, s. An explanation of
anything obscure or intHcate; a solving
of a problem; explaining ibe intoicaciesof
language.
We-be-we-he, adj. Looaening; ex-
plaining ; unfolding.
WEL
612
WEL
W£-Hi, s. Bkckness ; a black spot ; a
deep dark color,
2. A wre^tb for ibe neck.
We-hi-wa, s. The name of a species of
kalo.
WE-Hi-wE-ra, V, To be deep blue; to be
black ; to have black stripes.
2. To be thick, as leaves; to be deep
shaded.
3. Hoo. To braid ; to twist, as a wreath
for the neck; helaanaheleiAootcebtwe^tia,
e kaei ana ma ka ai.
We-hi-we-hi, adj. Thick tt^ther, as
the leaves of a shady tree.
2. Splendid ; beautiM of fteae ; i ka ue-
HiBehi, 1 ka onaona.
We-ka, {.'The meconium inchildien;
kukae weka ; any slimy, mncons substance;
the matter in ^e cyst of the squid.
We-ka-we-ka, v. SeeWEiA. To have
a foul stomach.
2. To fail in thefiilflUment of a b&rgain.
3. To be hard; to be stingy; to be close;
to be slippery.
We-ea-we-ea, s. Foulness of the stoii)-
ach ; the black substance or liquid in &e
cyst of the squid.
2. Fat uoctnons matter.
We-ka-we-ka, adj. Stingy; close; hard;
refusing to fulfill a contract
We-ke, v. See Wehe. To crack or
open, as the joints of a floor ; to separate,
as two things dnited ; to open, as a door.
SeeTJwBBB. Hoo. To canse to be opened.
We-ke, ; . A ciack; an opening,
2. Name of a species offish. '
We-ke-a, s. The topmost part of a tree.
We-ke-we-ke, V, Boo. To cause to
blaze up, as a fire ; to kindle a flame ; to
mount upwards, as a pointed flame.
We-ki-u, t. The small branches of a
tree that hang down from larger ones ; ka
lala liilii ma ka lewa o ka laau ; the union
Qf the small branches with the larger ones.
2. The top of a tree, house, mountain or
other object.
We-la, t». Tobum. Kanl.4:ll. Tobe
on fire.
2. To bum or rage, as anger. Pvik. 4:14.
To be hot in mind; mai loeJo ko onkou
manao i kela olelo, be not exsctfed at the
speech
3. To be warm. 'Sia. To be warm, as
the heart with affection for one.
4. Hoo. To cause to bum; to set on fire;
-to scorch, ^oik. 16:8, ,
We-la, s. The heat of fire or. of the
Bun. Fio. The heat of anger. A burning,
as of a sore. Oihk.U^i6. Warmth. Fio.
Strong feelings.
We-la, a^'. Warm; hot; burnt; cooked;
burnt very much.
We-iau, ^ 5. The end oi extremity
We-LAU-LAU, > of a thing; the top, as of
We-lb-lati, ) atree; natosfeiKonalaan.
Oihl. 14:15. The tip end ; the ridge ; the
end of a finger ; the ridge or jsummit of a
precipice; the extreme boundary of a conn-
try, los. 15:4. Fic. Welau o ka make,
point of death; weHau akau, the north pole;
ueiau hema, south pde.
We-La-we-la, adj. See Wela. Hot;
very hot ; kuu hoa hoi o ka la wekuoela o
ke knla o Auwaiowao ; i ka la welamla o
ke awakea.
2. Parched ; dried up ; scorched.
We-la-we-la, s. a burning; a scorch-
ing; a heating.
We-la-we-la, v. See Wela., Hoo. To
heat intensely ; to be very warm ; to dry
up.
Wb-la-we-la, v. To give a thing and
afterwards to tatie it back ; to regret hav-
ing given ; e aua.
We-le, j>. See Waele. To clear off
land ; to cultivate thegronndi to pulver-
ize the earth ; e mahi, e waele, e ode ako -
i ka weuweu o kona aina.
WeU ilnna ka mala lani a ka aa
Ke piilu ino ka tilo« ka nakani,
Km mabakea ola lani o pna ke to
I p^ a kivaavaa a ola peha ke kino,
Ula kopa hakakal a malaina.
We-le-a, s. The name of a species of
fish which burrows in the sand. See Ea-
wEi£i. and Halau)a.
We.-le-H0, t. A species of fish.
' 2. Name qf one of the Hawuian months.
3. Name of one of the days of the month.
We-le-lau, s. See Welatt. The end
or extremity of a thing ; the most distant
part of a country. ler. 60:1?
We-le-we-le, v. To refuse to fulfill an
agreement
We-le-we-le-i-wi, j. The extreme end
of a thing ; the point fnrtherest off; wei»-
tixidm ka nana a lehova.
We^ij, V. To branch out, as the roots
of a tree ; to take root, as a tree ; to have
. many roots.
We-li, s. a form of salutation. See
Wkuna and Walina.
2. The phosphorescent light in the sea ;
the light of sparks of fiee.
3. A long black worm found in the sea ;
he mea ola maloko o ke kai ma Ewa, me
he pubi la ke ano. .«^
4. A cion or shoot firom the roots of a
dead plant or tree ; tike spreading roots of
a tree..
WEyL
513
WIU
Kan maj ka wdUfear fell upon him. Laidk.
167.
Ws-Li-NA, s. See Well A reply to a
salutation, as aloha or anoai ; it applies to
the poreoa of the house when addresied by
a Btratiger.
We-u-wb-li, v. See Weli, s.. 5. To
tremble witli fear ; to fear ; to dread.
2. To be astonished; to be amazed. Puk.
16:15.
3. To fear; to reverence as a child should
a parent. Oi/ifc. 19:3.
4. To fear and obey, as God. Oifefc. 25:17.
5. To be in anguish through fear. JLard.
2:25..
6. To be afraid of anonemy. XanJ. 20:3.
,7. Moo. To cause one to tremble; to put
one in fear.
8. To give one a charge; to threaten
Beverely in, case of disobedience. See Olblo
HoowBLiwisLi, to threaten. Oih. 4:17, 21.
We-li-we-li, s. Fear ; dread '; a trem-
bling ; a tremor through fear ; a cause of
fear. .Saieifc. 101.
We-li-we-li, adj. Fearful; causing
fear; dreadful; terrible. Don. 7:7. Oifino
. hoi ka pahu kapu tceSttoeii loa. Laieik. 101.
We-li-we-li, mv. Boo. Fearfully; trem-
blingly.
We-lo, v. See Kowblo and Koelo. To
float or stream in the wind, as an ensign,
colors or fiag; to flutter or shake in the
wind.
Eoweloirelo klhel a vtlo ka oa— c— Jlfe«.
We-lo, s. Name of one of the months
of the year corresponding to April ^ hiki
ia WtHo hoi koi ia nei keiki papa.
2. The getting of the siln (in the ocean);
the appearance of the son floating upon the
ocean.
3. The &mal«8 Of men or animals which
tiring forth yqnng of a large size. See Ku-
MOLAu. A good breeder on account of the
number and size of the offspring.
i. A breed ; a cast or kmd, as of hogs,
dogs, iui. ; he wdo puaa, he wdo maikai.
6. Name of a native medicine ; the same
as watki or the ipu.awahia or pipa.
We-lo-we-lo, v. See Wdlo, v. To float
or fla:p in the wind ; to float, as the tall of
a kite ; to float, as colors or an ensign.
We-lo-we-lo, s. Colors or cloth stream-
ing in the wind.
2. A tail, as of a kite.
, 3. Light streaming from a brand of fire
thrown into the air in the dark. Jba. 7:4.
We-lo-we-lo, ctdj. Floating j stream-
.^9, &c. ; hoka lodoviAo, a blazing star ; a
' ineteor ; a comet fTom its tail.
We-lc, s. a rag; a piece of torn kapa
or cloth.
We-lu-u-lAi «. TTcZuftBdMtojred. The
rmae of a kind of kapa made of pieces of
red kapa beaten up with waoke; more gen-
erally called paiida.
We-ld-we-lt7, v. See Welu. To tear;
to rend in pieces, as kapa or -cloth.
2. To kill a person, as a mob would.
3. To be torn in pieces, as a person by
a wild beasts Kin. 44:28.
4. To be torn or broken to pieces, as
vegetation or trees by a whirlwind. Pvk.
9:25.
5. To become ragged, as a garment.
Kanl. 8:4.
Wb-lu-ws-ltj, adj.- Torn ; broken up ;
ragged. Toa. 9:13.
We-na, V. To cleave to ; to adhere to,
as one to another; the same asjjili; heaha
kou kttleana e wena aku ai ia ia ? He hoa-
hanau ke^na loa ae nui vxum.
Vf^z-vl-vft-wi, izdji Red; of a reddish
color.
We-pa, i. ting. A wafer J it should be
written we/o.
W£-wE, V. Secundines feminaram par-
turientium ; the after-birth ; poba ka nanu
ke.teewe o wahnlu tnaL
We-we-o, v. See Weq. To bie red; to
be fresh.
We-we-la, v. SeeWELA, To bum; to
be hot, as a feverish sore. Oihk. 13:24._
We-we-la, s. a burning or feverish
boil or sore. Oihk. 13:28.
2. A very great heat of anger. ler. 2:6.
3. A burning zeal, i. e., a horror. ; great
fear. Ps. 119:53.
4. Great excitement of mind; walaoia.
We-we-lo, V. To stream out, as the
• streamer of a ship ; to draw out ; to be
loose ; e meatelo ana ka naau o ke kanaka,
We-we-na, 0. Tobeofareddishcolpr;
ahiahia ; some faded or indistinct color.
We-fa, J. Eng, See Wepa. A wafer;
a seal. Pvk> 16:31. * Wepa palaoa, thin
cakes. Nah. 6:15.
Wi, o. To be impoverished, as a coun-
try; to be saffering a grievous famine.
Bvi. 1:1. ^00. To reduce one's flesh; to
make one poor in flesh; e hoopaa' i ka mo-
mona.
Wi, s, A famine; a destitution of food.
.EanZ. 8:9. A time of famine.
2. A name given bj Hawaiians to the
tamarind tree and its ffuit.
Wi, adj. Poor in flesh ; lean ; famish-
ing ; poor ; barren, as land. Nah. 13:20.
Wi-0, V. To be dirty, as one engaged
in filthy work ; to be unclean ; to be dirty
all over.
2. To be or become entangled, as a kit«;
VA vAii ka lupe.
WIL
51,4
WIW
Wi-0, a^j.. Ditty all over; filthy; un-
clean.
Wi-o-u, adj. Grand; solemn.
Wi-Hi, jr. Ta tarn one's eyes askance;
to wink ; to express some idea by a wink,
ogle or oblique look.
2. To roll up, as a bundle. ,
Wi-KA-Hi, adj. Close; haidy; compact;
robust.
Wi-Ki, V. To hasten; to be quick i^
doing a thing. 1 Sim,, 20:38.
Wi-Ki, adj. Quick.
Wi-Ki-wi-Ki, V. See Wiki. To hasten;
to hurry; to do quickly. los. 4:10. Hoo.
To stir one up to speed.
Wi-Ki-wi-H, adj. Quick; expeditious;
not slow.
Wi-Ki-wi-Ki, adv. Quickly; very quick;
in haste.
Wi-LA, s. Lightning. See Uila.
2. A ribbon. See War.
Wi-Li, ». To twist; to wind; to turn,
as a crank; to grind at a hand-mill. iMnJe.
16:21. To bore, as with an auger or gim-
let 2 JS/al. 12:10.
2. To writhe in pain.
3. To mix, as liquids of different quali-
ties, i; e., to stir them round and round.
i. Boo. To torture; to give pain; to
tear ; to be in anguish.
Wi-ti, s. A ribbon. See Wila.
2. A roll; a twist See Ownj. WiSS,
lauoho, a lock of hair ; o na viili o ke poo.
3. Sadness: a writhing in pain.
4. The sickness 'bflhogs; a cough; a
strangUng. .1
5. The name of a fi^.
Wi-Li, adj. Winding; tortuous; ala
w/Si, a winding path; iia mea wili, mills for
grinding. Nah. 11:8. Mai wUi, the vene-
real disease or gonorrhea.
Wi-Li-A, "v. For ioiliia, passive of toUi.
To be twisted; to be contorted by the
wind ; ka hala i wUia e ka makani.
Wi-Li-AU, s. Wili, to twist, and au, to
swim. The circular motion of an eddy in
a rivet or in the ocean.
2. The circular motion of the hand in
mixing poi.
Wi-Li-iA, adj. Passive ofteili. Anything
made by braiding or twisting ; he hena i
tciliio, wre(Men work, Nah. 8:4.
Wi-Li-o-KAi, V. To go or move in great
numbers, as a buakaibele; as a small army
or the retainers of a high chief.
Wi-n-KA-HEi, «. WUi and kaM, to tie
round. A bit for boring rocks; a bit of
any kind for boring.
Wi-Li-Ko, p.» WUi and ho, sugar-cane.
To grind sugar-cane.
2. To manufacture sugar in general.
Wi-Li-Ko-i, s. The substances that are
taken up in the center of a wMrlwindi me
he kanaka la no ka viUikoi. .
Wmj-pc-aa, s. a cork-screw.
Wi-u-wi-Li, V. To stir round; to mix,
as different ingredients by stirring.
2. To shake, as a flexible rod. isa. 10:15.
3. To rub tlie hands hard, as in washing
the hands when very dirty.
4. ffoo. To be writhing in pain, espe-
dally the pains ot child-birth ; hocnoUivoVi
hookokohi e hanau, e hanau iuai aha oia
nei i na keiki.
6. To be uneasy, as in constant pain;
hoewUimli ae oia no ka manle poponi.
6. To loosen ; to separate, as in partort
tion. ;
7. To brandish, as a sword. Eiek. 32:10.
Wi-Li-wi-Li, s. Name of a tree, the tim-
ber of which is, for its buoyancy, made into
outriggers for canoes ; erythnoa corallo-
dendron.
Wi-Lou, s. Eng. The name of a for-
eign tree ; a, willow. Isa. 44:4. Nora-
One species of the willow has lately been
introduced into the Islands.
Wi-Lir, s. A disagreeable smell; a
stench.
Wi-LiT, adj. Disagreeable of smell; (tf-
fen.sive ;- smelling badly.
WtNi, V. To reduce to a sharp point;
to be sharp pointed. Eoo. To point; to
make sharp.
Wi-OT, ) ,. SharpnesSi the result
Wt-Nt;WI-]!ll, J of grinding to a point
2. The sharp |ioint of any sharp iastrn-
ment, as the point of a needle, pin, nail,
*».
i-Ni, > aij. Pointed; sharp; re-
Wl-NI-wi-Nl, ( ducedto a point, as a nee-
dle, pin, or any sharp instrument; e kalai
ft utintwini.
Wi-wi, V. See Wi. To be poor; to be
sliriveled up.
2. ^00. To lessen ; to diminish ; a i ke
kalai ana, e hoonui ae o mua, a e Aootnui
ae o hope, e kalai a maikai. ' ,
3. To grow poor in flesh, as a person or
animikl. .Zefc. 14:12.
Wi-wi, ' J. Leanness of flesh. Ich. 16:8.
2. The name of a beer made from sugur;
cane.
3. A small kind offish.
Wi-wi, adj. Poor in flesh; slender; fee-
ble. Exn. 41.-6. Oppoate to ohaha.
Wi-wi, adj. Full; plenty; no want; ap-
plied to a chiefs plate where there is alwaT)
plenty ; as, pa vnvA, a lull plate ; a sum-
ciency of food.
Wi-wi-Ki, V. To shine, as a, faint light
BA*f
615
B£I^
through a smaU aperture into a dark room;
to glinofiner faintly.
Wi-wo, ». To fear ; to dreadi!
2. To be ashamed ; to blUsh. &er. 9:6.
3. Moo, To become feArftil ; to be .^um-
4>le. laa. 6:ld.
Wi-wo, $, Featj shame; disgrace;
dread.
Wiowo, ttdj- Afraid} bashful; modest;
astonished.
Wi-wo-o-LE, s. Witeoaadole,hQt. Bold-
ness ; fearlkasness. Oih. 4:13.
Wo'-Hi, s. One who accompanied, i. e.,.
went before or followed after the king, to
conTey and execute his orders; in his per-
son and office he added to the lung's dig-
nity. He was generally soime relation of
W he king.
o-LU, s. Name of a species of fish,,
sometimes a fathom in length.
NoTE.-^'the following words have been introduced from foreign, langiiageg..
Owing to the peculiar structure of the Hawaiian (eyery syllable ending in a
vowel sound), the forms of these words are somewhat modified, by dropping a
letter or syUaUe of the original, but more frequently perhaps by inserting or
adding a vowel in order to Hawaiianize them. A sufiiiciency of foreign letters
is retained to show their fjLcriTBtion and distinguish them from native words by
their orthography.
BAi-BA-LA, s. Eng. Bible ; the united
inspired bDOica' of the Old and Kew Test-
aments.
Bai-la, «i *!E»g\ To bojli to seethe.
KoTE. — The cotfresponding Hawaiian word
is hoolapalapa. 2 Oihl. 3o:13 ; Ezek. 24:6.
Bai-la, adj. Boiled; seethed. Ezek.
24:6.
Ba-ka, s. Eng. Tobacco; e puhi baka,
to smoke tobacco.
Ba-ke-ke, ) s. Eng. A bucket; a pail;
Ba-KE-TE, ) a small cask.
Ba-le, s. Eng. Barley, a species of
grain. Oihk. 27:16.
Ba-le-sX^la, t. Eng. Balsam, a medi-
cinal vegetable. :Ezek. 27:17.
Ba-ma, s. Balm, an odoriferous plant.
Sin. 43.11.
Ba-pe-ti-so, )e, Gt. To baptize; to ad-
Ba-PE-TI-zo, ) minister the ordinance of
baptism. loan. 1:2S.
Ba-pe-ti-so, ) ,. Gr. Baptism; the.rite
Ba-PE-W-zo, J of baptism. Mai. 20:22.
Ba-ra-ni, s. Eng. Brandy, an intoxi-
cating drink distilled from wine.
Ba-se-ka, s. Heb. A carbuncle, a pre-
. cious stone.
Ba-ta, ) s. Eng. Butter. JEn. 18:8;
Ba*TE-ra, ) - :flo«. 55:21.
Ba-to, s. Heb^ A bath, a Hebrew meas-
ure. lA\i/.7:26.
Be-a, ;. Eng. A bear, a wild ferocious
animal. 2 Nal. 2:24 ; Lam. Saw. 18:1 and
19:1.
Be-a-va, ) s, Eng. A beaver, an aquatic
Be-A-WA, ) animal.
Be-ka, s. flcJ. a half shekel, a- meas-
ure of weight. Pufc. 38:26.
Be-ia-ki, s. Puka kona kaula ma ka.
.Mold ma ka ono o ka maha.- Anal. 28.
Be-le, s. Eng. Abell; ieZegula. Puk.
28:33.
Be-lu, adj. Eng. Blue; the color blue.
Szek. 23:6.
Be-re-na, s. FMg. Bread; food gener-
ally. Mat. i-.i. Serena 'mrica, dough.
Be-r£-na-ho-i-ke, i. Eng. with hoike..
Show bread. Pufc. 2530.
Be-ee-na-hu, *. Eng. with Aw. Leav-
bned bread. Pufc. 23:18. ;. .
Be-ee-na-eu-o-le, ». Eng.'vrithhuole.
Unleavened bread. Pvk. 23:15.
BE-RE-NA^Ktr-LA-LA-NI, s. EngiVnthku
Idlani. The twelve loaves of bread se); by
the Jewish priest every Sabbath oh, the
golden altar. OOik. 24-.5, 6.
Be-ri-IaA, *. trr. A beryl, name 6f a
precious stone. Hoik. 21:20.
Be-ei-la, adj. Of or like a beryl. Ezek.,
10:9.
Be-ei-ta, s. Heb. A covenant; the cov-
enant- between God and man. Kin. 9:9.
Be-ri-ta, r. Heb. Tbcovenant; to agree
516
FAL
to do something. ITtA. 65:1.
covenant. S<d. 60:5.
Be-KO-lo, «. Gr. A beryl. SeeSERiLA.
Pvk. 28:20.
Be-ru-mi, v. Eng-. To broom; to sweep
with a broom. Note.— The Hawaiian equiv-
fiient is kaMi.
Be-ru-mi, s. Eng. A broom, an instra-
ment for sweepiiig.
Bi-pi, *. Eng. The Hawaiian pronun-
ciation for \)e4, and sliould properly be
TTritten Ufi. An ox or cow \ the general
name for aeat cattle ; bipt kanc. an ox or
bnU ; tiipi wahine, a cow ; hipi kaiilua, a
yoke 0/ oxen; Uw. kauo, a draft ox ; dipi
waliiae hOu; $ beifer. Sah. 19:2.
Bi-pi-KAtJ-o, i. See Bipi.
Bi-K-KAU-LU-A, s. See Bipi.
To enter into Bl-PI-KA-Hfi, J. See BiPl.
Bi-pi-KU-A-pou, *. Eng. If jp with fetB-
puM, humpback. The biaou (in the United
States Of America, the buffalo .) lam. Saw.
8:1.
Bi-TU-ME-NA, $. Eng. Bitumen, a min-
eral Blime. Kin. 11:3.
Bo-LA, s. Eng. A bowl; a disk Lunlc.
6:38. The Hawaiian word is ipu.
Bu-BO, s. HcJ. -A species of owl. Kani.
14:16.
Bn-KE, s. Eng. A book; a volume.
Pvk. 24:7.
Bc-FA-LO, s. Eng. A buffalo, a species
of ox. Lam. JIaw. 9:1. See Bu-iiuAPCff.
Bu-Ni-BE-Ti, s. The name of a game.
Bu-SE-LA, s. Eng. A bushel, a dry
measure of thirty-two quarts. Ana Hem. 60.
D.
BAi-.\-KO-NA, Is. Gr. One who ser»cs; ;
Dai-a-ko-xo, \ a deacon ; a deaconess.
S'un. 13:1,
Bai-ma-jia, ) s. Eng. A diamond, a pre-
Dai-MO-MA, ) cious stone. Pufc. 28:13.
Dai-mo-ki-o, s. Gt, a demon ; an evil
spirit. Oi^ik. 17:7.
2. A person possessed or ruled by an
evil spii'it. Mat. 8:31.
Ba-la, *. Eng, A dollar in money.
2. Silver generally; the Hawaiian or-
thography is fcoJa.
Da-ma, s. Lat. A species of deer ; the
fallow deer ; the pygarg. H(»r(Z. 14:5.
De-a, s. Eng. A deer; a "stag. Kant.
12:15. See BiA.
De-le-u-ma, ) s, Gr. Bdellium ; the
De-LI-U-MA, ) name stands in connection
With metals in Kin. 2:t%. In modern times
bdellium is a gum.
De-ma, s. Lat. See Dama abov^>^ ^
De-na-ki, s. Lat. The name of a small
Eoman coin ; a penny. loan. 6:7.
De-ra-co-na, f. Gr. A iragoa. Hoik.
12:3. He is called a serpait and saian "in
verse 9.
De-ra-ma, s. Gr. A drachm, a small
weight, Ifeh. 7:71.
De-eo-ra, s. Heb. Name ofa little bird;
a swallow. Bill. 84:3.
Di-A, «. Eng. A deer; a stag. SeeDEA.
Di-A-KO-NA, ) s. Gr. See DAiAKONi. A
Dl-A-KO-Nl-o, > deacon, an officer in a
Dl-A-KO-NO, ) church. Note.— TtS or-
thography of this word is not settled? all
the five forms aroused by ^fiferenf trans-
lators of the Bible.
Di-A-Bo-LO, s. Gr. The devil; the
tempter. Mat. 4:1, 3, 5.
Di-A-wA-Hi-NE, s. Eng.mibitBaMne. A
female deer ; a hind. Sin. 49:21.
Di-DE-RA-MA, s. Gr. Tribute; tribute
money. Jfai. 17:24. NoTE^-The word Ao-
pdha IB used in the late editions of the New
Testament
Di-LA, *. Eng. A small Hebrew meas-
ure ; a deal. Oilik. 23:13 and 24:5.
Dir-Ki-MA, s. Cheid. A dulcimer, an an-
cient insti-ument of music. Iton. 3:5.
Dc-DAi-MA, ) J. i{eb. Hua dttdima, a
Du-Dl-MA, ) mandrake. Kin. 30:14.
Du-TE, s. Eng. In law, custom; toll
paid for the privilege of receiving foreign
merchandise. Bom. 13:16. Note. — Wai-
wai mthau is used for date in the last edi-
tions of the Now Testament.
F.
C^ Though Hawaiians easily and nit-
■*■ " uraUy run the sound of the letter/ into
that of p, yet it is not difficult for them to
pronoiiuce/. It has been introduced only
in a few cases, especiall; iu commencing
words.
Fa-la-o-a, s. Eng. Flour; ground gisiU),
2. Breai!.- baked flour; hua/aiaoo, wheat;
grain generally. It is often written palaoa.
Fa-le-ko-na, s. Eng. The name of an
uucleaa bird ; a falcon. OihJe. 11:14.
s
517
Fa-rai, ) -0, Eng. To fry; to cook in
rE-BAl, ) fat. It lias been written ^xtrai.
but tbe/ should be used ingt(;ad ot'p.
Fi-Ku; s. E?t^. A fig; Jaau^, a %
tree. Mat. 21:19.^ Manawa/fcM. a time of
figs. Mar. 11;13.
Fi-EA, *. Eng. A fit tree. Mel. Sol. 1:17.
G.
Gjs used in Hawaiian only ot mostly
in its hard sound; the word <jtiii, gin, is
perhaps the only exeeption ; it is easily
Vnn ipip the k sonod.
GA-x-Arifi, *. Eng, A gallpDj a measure
of four quarts ; mostly used as 4 }i(}iud
measure ; a flrlcin. loan. 2:6.
(Ja-li-ka, s. Eng. A garlic, a plant.
Nah. 11:5.
6a-ze-la, s. Eng. The gazelle, the
uame of an animal. Karil. 12:15.
Ge-he-na, s. Heb. The name of the
valley south of Jovusalem; also called the
yalley of the Son of Hinnom ; it -waa used
as a place of punishment for criminals.
jSfat5:22. ;
Ge-ka, s. Hebtf A gerah, a small piece
of money, or the 0)),3-tweiittetb of a nbekel.
Puk. 3:13. A Je\r|sh coin.
Gi-Ni, r. Eng. Gin, a distilled intoxi-
cating liquor.
Gi-EA, s. Heb. A Hebrew coin. See
GrKKA above. Nalt. 18:16,
Go-tA, ) y, Eng. Gold. Adj. Golden j
Gou-LA, > • jdijio paftj beaten gold. jPuk.
Gu-LA, ) 25:36.
Gu-LA-A-i, «. Eng. Gitla and a-i, neck.
A golden ornament tor the neck. Puk.
35:22.
Gu-LA-PAA, s. Beaten gold. See Gola
above.
Gu-LA-PE-PEi-Ao, s. Gula {Eng.), and
vepHuo, ear. Gold for the ear, i. e.,aa ear-
ring. Pufc. 35:;i2.
J.
Tu-EE, s. Eng. In law, a jury; the popular element in a court of justice.
¥> The letter f as a rolling liquid is
-■-*" easily assimilated witii the letter I;
hence the meaning of many fpreiga words
is mistaken by the qrthogra'hy-
Rai-si, s. Eng. Rice, a plant ktely in-
ti'oduced : is now plfinted and growing at
the Islands ; Hawaiian pronunciation
f "'"''' I s. Rice, &c.
Lai-ki, 5
Ra-ko-o-na, s. Eng. A raccoon, an an^
imal of the oat genus.
Ra-bi, s. Syr. A master; Hawaiian,
kmnu. Mat. 23:7.
Ra-bi-ta, s. Eng. A rabbit; the name
of a small animal, a cony. Sol. 30:26.
Ra-ma,
liquor,
s. Eng. Rum ; intoxicating
Ra-na, s. Lot. A frog, Puk. 7:27; Hrd.
78.45. Hawaiian, moolele.
Rei-na-di-a, s.
Eng.
A reindeer. Lerm.
A ribbon. See Lx-
J/aio, 17:1,
Ri-Bi-NA, s. Eng.
iir.vA.
Ri-Bi-NA, adj. Kaula rzMna uliuli, a
string of blue rJiion. IfoA. 15:38.
Ro-PE, ) s. Eng. rope. Thread ; sew-
Ro-PI, ) ing thread. Pufc, 26:36. Aline.
1 Nai. 7:16. See also Lopt.
Ro-SE, s. Eng., Gr. A rose, Mel. Sol.
2:1.
Ro-LE-MA, adj. Heb. A Hebrew word
translated jumper. Bai. 120:4.
Ru-E, *. Eng. Rue, the name of a bit-
ter herb, iwfc. 11:42.
s.
8
Hawaiians have no sibilants in their I
language; hence they naturally run the I
sound ■signified by s into that of k, as ka-
haki or kapaki for sabati.
TAU
518
TAL
Sa-BA-ti, iJHei, The Sabbath; a rest-
ing day; the name of the seventh day of
4be week among the Jews. Kin. 2:2; Futk.
20:10. By the Christian Church it is termed
the Lord's day. Hoik.UlO. Lao lea Baku.
s. Gt. The name of a pre-
cious stone; a sapphire. lob.
28:6; Puk. 24:10; Mel. Sol.
5:14.
Sa-pei-ko,
Sa-pi-ea,
Sa-pi-re,
Sa-pe-ra,
Sa-r£-i)1-o, s. Gr. A sardius, the name
of,a precious stone. Boik. 21:20.
Sa-ee-do-nu-ko, s. Gr. A sardonyx,
the name of a precious stone. Eoik. 21:20.
Sa-ta-na, s. Gr. from Hd>. An adver-
sary; the' prince or leader of the fallen
angelB ; Sa«n. lob. 1:6, 7, 8.
3a-ta-na, t>. To act the part of an ad-
versary or enemy. Sal, 109:4.
Sa-to, s. Gr. A dry measure among
the Jews. Mat. 13:3.3.
Sa-tit-de, s. Eng. Saturday, the name
of tJie last day of the week ; called more
frequently by HawaiSans Pooono, the sixth
^'Digbt, or la hoomalolo, the day before a
kapa day.
Sa-tu-re-na, s. Eng,, Lot. Saturn, the
name ot one of the planets. See Almanae
for 1835. The Hawaiian name' is ^a^ofo-
hoh.
Se-ke-la, )s. Heh. A shekel, the nanic
Se-KE-li, ) of a small Hebrew coin.
' 2. Name of a weight Kin. 23:16.
•Se-ko-na, s. £ng, A second of time ;
an instant ; a moment. 1 Kor. 1SS2.
Se-ltt, s, Heb, A quail, a bird- Ptik.
16:13. Another orthography is sih. See
Su.0. ''' .
Se-i«e-na, s. Heb. Name of a tree, some
;spe{iies of pine.
Se-me-na, ou/. Of or belonging to a
pine tree. lueh. 8:15. .
Se-ra-Pi-ma, s. Heb. Plural of seraph.
Serapbim, the trigbest order among the an-
geli&'bosts. Isa. 6:2, 6.
Se-eu-ti-o,' s. The name of an unclean
bird ; a night hawk. Kanl. 14:15.
Se-ta-di-a, s. Gr. A furlong^, name of
a long measure. loan. 6:19.*
Se-to-re-ka, s, Eng. A stork, a large
bird similar to the heron. Zek. 5:9.
Si-Li-KA, «. Eng. Silk; Hawaiian pro-
nunciation, kUika. See Kiuka.
Si-Li-KAi adj. Silken; made of silk;
laan silika, mulberry trees. 2 Sam. 5:23.
Si-LO, s. Heb. Shiloh, a prophetical
name of the Messiah. Kin. 49:10.
Si-LO, s. Heb. A wprd translated jaae?,
the name of a bird. .fioZ. 105:40. in Puk,
16:13 it is written adv.. '
Si-NA-Pi, s. Gr. Mustard, stalk and
.plant Lak. 13:19. Hua sinapi, mnstat'd
seed.
Si-TirMA, s. Heb. Shittim wood, a Idn^
of furniture wood. Pafo* 25:10; Kani.lO-J/.
So-PA, «. Eng. Soap. Jer..2:'22. See
KoPA, the Hawaiian pronuitciation.
Sn-KA-Mi-No, ) ,. Gr, These are dif-
Su-KA-MO-RE-A, J ferent orthographicsfor
the same thing. Sycamore, the name of a
tree and fruit See Robinson's Lexicon,
art; Sdeomorea. As an adjective, of or be-
longing to a sycamore tree.
Su-NE-DE, s. Eng. Sunday; originally
applied among the Saxuns as a day for
worshiping the sun ; the Christians in the
dark ages applied it to the Lord's day or
Christian Sabbath. With Hawaiians the
po ehiku is the to hoomaha or resting day.
Note.— Hawaiians do not often use 'tins
word, they prefer the word Sabaii or te
pule. See SiBATi.
Su-JA, «. Eng. Soup; gravy, &c.; the*-
Hawaiian term is kai. Isa. 65:4. ^roth
or some liquid offering.
T.
TThis letter was introduced in order
• to distinguish words wMch were Intro-
duced from other languages containing it
It is distinguished from fc'by being pro-
nounced from tbe end of the tongue ; but
the ears of Hawaiians do npt readily per-
ceive the diflerence.
Tau-sa-ni, J. Eng. A thousand; the
^npiber ten hundred. Kin. 20:16.
Tau-sa-ni, num. adj, Gfra»B.H15,4th;
j'ufc. 18:21. Kanaka understood.
Ta-ha-sa, 1 j_ Name of an animal in
Ta-he-sa, > Scripture called a badger.
Te-ha-sa, ) Pufc. 25:5. It is mostly used
with Ui as an ai^ective; as. Ui teltasa, a
badger's ekin. i&efc. 16:10.
Ta-le-na, s. Eng. from Gr. A talent,
a measure of weight, equal to about fifty-
seven pounds. Puk. 26:39.
2. A denomination of money, about fif-
teen hundred dollars.
ZEB
519
ZIZ
Ta-ke-de, s. Eng. Thursday; origin-
ally Thor's day, i. e., a day Bet apart for
the worsbip of Tbor,. tJhe god of thunder ;
among Hawaiians, the fourUi day of the
week, poo^. Note ^In English reckon-
ing it b the fifth day of the week.
Te-a-so-ea, ) s. Heb. The name of a
Te-A-SU-EA, ) tree in laa. 41:19 translated
the box tree; also in Isa. 60:13.
Ti-la, s. Eng. Steel. See Kila.
Ti-me-be-ea-la, ) s. Eng. A timbrel, a
Ti«E-RA-LA, ) small dram, a very an-
cient musical ipstniment, similar to the
kmlokani of Hawaiians. "Eol. 68:25. For
various other instniments, see 2 8am. 6:5.
Ti-DA-KA, s. Heb. The name of a tree
mentioned by Isa. '41:19 and translated
pirn. See also Isa. 60:13.
Ti-GA, s. Eng. A tiger, an animal of
■ the cat kind. Lam. Maw. 16:1.
Ti-EE-sA, *. Heb. A cypress tree. Isa.
44:14.
To-PA-ZA, > ,. Eng. from Gr. A topaz,
To-PA-ZO, ) the name of a precious stone.
Mel. Sol. 6:1'4 ; Boik. 21:20.
Tu-Mi-Mi, s. Heb. The thummim, some-
thing worn on the breast-plate of the Jew-
ish high-priest. Pule. 28:30. See Ubika.
Tu-SE-DE, s. Eng. Tuesday, name of
the third day of the week; with Hawaiians
the second day, Foabia.
V.
VThe sound of the letter v is as sel-
• dom distinctly heard in Hawaiian as it
is in the Tahidan dialect. The real sound
represented by w from a Hawaiian's mouth
is between that of v andno; but the double-
you sound predominates.; the letter v is
therefore used' only in words derived from
foreign JasftfageB.
Ve-nd-saj *. Lot. The name of the
planet Venus. See Alemanaka for 1836.
The Hawaiian name is Hookdeicaa.
Vi-o-LA, s. Eng. A viol, a musical in-
strument. Isa. 38:20.
Vi-o-LA-u-Mi, s. Viola and um, ten. A
musical instrument of ten strings. BcU.
33:2 ; fiii!. 144:9.
Vi-NE-GA, s. Eng. Vinegar. Mat. 27:34.
He wai awaawa. Hawaiian pronunciation,
pineka.
Vu-LE-TU-EA, i. Eng, The vulture, the
name of an unclean bird. Sard. 14:13.
z.
Z There are but few words commenc-
• ing with tMs letter, and those mostly
from the Greek.
Ze-po-ea, *. Heb. The name of a small
bird ; a sparrow perhaps. Sol. 26:2. _
Ze-be-ra, s. Eng. A Zebra, a species
of the horse. Zom. Baifl. 13:1.
Ze-bu, s. Eng. An animal of the ox
kind ; a zebui Lam. Saw. 10:1.
Ze-ltt, s. The name of an animal.
Zi-6-NA, s. Heb. The name of a hill in
Jerusalem, Zion. F(o. The whole city and
to the Christian Church. Mai 137:1.
Zi;ZA-Ni-A, s. Gr. Tares ; cockles ;
plants injurious to ilie growth of grain.
Jfoi. 13:26, 26, 30.
AN
ENGLISH-HAWAIIAN VOCABULARY.
Note. — It was not the -design of the Author of the fOTegtang Dictionary to
add anything like an English-Hawaiian part, inasmuch as, in his opinion, such
a work must be so concise as to be of little avail to Hawaiians or others who
mi|^t wish to use it in studying English. But on account of the strongly ex-
pressed opinions of some whose judgment he respected — that such an addition
would be valued — he waived his own opinion and wrote out the follotring
Vocabulary.
The.EngKsh words are taken from "a Samoan Dictionary, English and
Samoan,"" by l^ey. George Pratt, and jointed at Samoa, 1862. The Hawaiian
definitions are the Translator's, except as the«" Hoakaka olelo no na Huaolelo
Beritania" printed at Lahainaluim,- 1845, was open before him, and to which he
had recourse when the proper definition did not readily occur. It is hoped that
those who may use this Vocabulary will know how to account for it if (hey fail
in finding the words they need. L. A.
ACC
AFF
A, art. he, kahi, kekahi.
A-ban-don, e haalele loa.
A-basb',' e &oopalaimaka>
Ab-do-'ilien, ka opu.
Ab-boT, e hoQwahawaha.
AMe, be mea hiki.
Ab-oT-tion, ,o ka bemo e ana o ke keiM.
A-bove, iluna, malnna. .
A-bonnd, a nui ae, e 1e^.
A-bont, a puni ; aneane.
A-bridge, e boopokole.
Ab-seeea* he maipalabee.
Ab-Bcond, e m9.buka.
Ab-sent, nalowale.
A-bun-<lance,-be lako, be nui wale.
A-bnse, e hana ino aku.
Ac-cept, e lawe 1 ka mea i haawiia.
~ Ac-cess, ke ala e bikiai, kahi e hiki ai.
Ac-ci-dent, kahi poiao hiki wale maL
. Acrflom-parny, eiele pu, e ukali.
Ac-com-plisb, e booko i ka hana.
A&«9Td-mg, e like me, ka like ana.
Ae-ooant, he mooolelo, be mooaie.
A<Hia-ma-late, e hui ae, e mahuafaua.
Ac-cu-rate, e oiaio, e pololei.
Ac-corse, e hooino.
Ac-CQS-tom, e maa, e hana pinepine.
Ache, be hui, eha.
A-cid, awaawa e like n^e vinega,
Ac-qui-esce, e ae ako.
Ac-qnire, e leaa.
Ac-rid, wewelaikawabakeboao. [abaoae.
A-cross, e kau kea, mai kekabi aoao a i kekahi
Act, he mea i banaia.
A-d£^t,^ boopili aku.1
Add, p hui, e hoopili hou.
Ad-here, e pipili, e' laaaa.
Ad^PUlD, e hoopanee a i ka la hou.
Ad-mi-ra-ble, s mahaloia, nanL
Ad-mon-ish, e ao aku.
A^dopt, e hookama.
A-dorn, e hoonani, e kahiko.
Ad-ver-si-ty, he pilikia, ka poino.
A-dult, ka mea i hele i ka nui, he oo.
A-dol-te-ry, he moekQlohe.
Ad-TO-cate, he mea^^'vrao, he loio.
A-far, e loihi ^ku, he mamao.
Af-ia-ble, e ksmailio oluolu ana.
APP
Af-fect-a-tion. b^ hoike wale ano ole,
A^f-fec-tion, alobA, tnakemake.
Af-firm, e boooift; e hoopaa.
Af-flict, e bana ifio, e boopilikia.
Af-frigbt, e hotfweliweli.
Af-front, e hooflauki.
A-fraid, Utakatt.
Af-ter, maho^,' mamnli.
Af-tei'-birtbj ka iewe. '
Af-ter-noon, nsihope o ke avrakea.
A-gain, ka wa hou.
A-gainst, e ktf e akn.
Age, ka loihi 6 kahi manawar'
A-ged, mm, ^emakule ; womm, luwahine.
Ag-gres-sor, ka mea hoouka ia hai.
Ag-i-tate, e Mn, e luliluli.
A-go, wa i bala, mamua aku nei.
Ag-o-ny, ksi elia nol,
A-gree, e mianao like, e launa.
A-ground, iii ka moku, ma ka honua.
A-hal ijwel aikolal
Aid, e kokita.
Aim, ^e nl^emake, ka mea i imi ia.
Air, l;e etf,' ka makani.
A-lasl auwcl alobaino! poino!
A-lpce, like, e like me.
A-Iive, mstke ole, e ola ana.
All, pac Ife'a. aohe mea koe.
Al-le-vi-ate, e hoomama i ke kaumaba.
Al-loW, e ee aku.
Al-lure, e boowalewale.
Al-most, aneane, kokoke pau loa,
A-lone, oiahookabi.
AI-so, Iioi, oia boi, kekabi.
Al-ter-nate, e bana pakabi na mea elua.
Al-thougb, ina, ina paha, aka.
Al-wayg, oia mau, he mea mau.
A-mass, e ohianui, hoouluulu.
A-ma-ze>fl:, pihoiboi, eebia.
Am-bajp-'sa-dor, he liina, he elele.
Am-big-u-ouB, ha ano elua, akaka ole.
Am-bi-ti<m,-ikaika ka manao e loaa.
A-mends, he mea e pani ai ka hewa.
A-^idst, iwaena, jwaena kqnu.
A^congst, iwaena pu.
Am-ple, he lawa, be nui.
JiA, he, kaM.
An-cbor, ka helenma.
And, a, a me, hoi.
An-ger, huhu, inaina.
An-i-mal, ka mea e ola ?«»
An-kle, pimpuu wawae. ,
An-noy, e hooulubua, e hoonauki.
A-noint, e bamo, e poni.
An-otb-cr, e, he mea e, okoa.
An-swer, e pane aku, e hai aku.
Ant, be oonanooa.
Anx-ious, he makau o hiki mai ka ino.
A-ny, kekahi o na mea he nui.
A-part, kaawale. .
A-part-ment, he ketena okoa.
A-pol-o-gize, e olelo hooakaka.
Ap-par-el, he lole komo, aabu.
Ap-pa-ri-tion, he lapu, kinowailua.
Ap-pear, e ikeia, e puka mai.
522
BAN
Ap-plaud, e mabalo.
Ap-jjoint. e hoonoho, e wae akn.
Ap-ptoacb, e hookokoke.
Ar-gue, e wehcwehe i ka manao.
A-rise, e ku iluna, e ala mai.
Arm, lima.
Arms, he mau mea kaua.
Ar-my, he poc kana, he puali.
A-round, a puni, a poai,
Ar-rive, e hiki aka i kaa wahi.
Ar-ro-gance, he kaena, he hookiekie.
Ar-row, he pua pana.
Ar-row-root, he pia.
Arie-ry, he aalele.
Ar-ti-fice, be bana hoopunipani, maalea.
As, me, pe, penei.
Aa-cend, e pii iluna, ae.
As-cent, he piina.
A-sham-ed. i hilabilaia.
Ash-es, he leba, Ichu abi.
Ask, e niiiau, e noi.
A-8lant, he bio.
As-sem-ble, e hoeulualu, e halawai. ,
As-Sisfc, e kokua.
Astb-ma, be nae, he hokii.
As-ton-ish, e puiwa, e ano e ka manao;
A-stray, he auwana, hele hewa.
A-sun-der, kaawale.
A-sy-lum, he wahi e malumalu ta.
At, i, ma.
A-tone, e kal'a i ka hala.
A-tone-ment, ka uku no ka hewa.
At-tain, e loaa, e hiki aku.
At-tempt, e hoao, e hooikaika aku.
At-tend, e hele pu, e hoolohe.
A-vail, e lilo i mea e pono ai.
A-va-rice, he puni kala, puni waiwai.
A-void, e alo ae, e launa ole.
Aus-tere, he pi, paakiki.
A-wait, e kali, e noho boomanawanui.
A-wake, makaala, pau ka biamoe.
A-way, ma kahi e, kahi kaawale. -
Axe, be koi, he koi lipi.
B.
Babe, he keiki uuku, he kama.
Back, kua, mahope ae.
Back-bite, e aki.
Back-bone, ka iwi kuamoo.
Back-side, ma ke kua, muli.
Back wards, emi hope, mahope.
Bad, ino, he hewa, kolofae.
Bag, he eke, he hipuu.
Bait, he inaunu.
Bake, e hooimu, e Koomoa i ka imu.
Bald, ohule.
Bale, he opeope nui he waiwai oloko.
Bale, e ka, e ka i ka liu.
Bam-boo, be obe.
Band, he kaei, he apo.
Ban-ish, e kipaku i ka aina e.
Ban-uer, ka hae koa.
BI.A
523
EEI
Barb, kahi e paa ai ma ka inakau.
Bark, ka iii o ka laan.
Bark, (mo he ilio la) e aoaoa.
Bar-ren, pa, hua ole.
Bar-ter, u hoololi waiwai no kekahi waiwaL
Bask-et, liinai.
Bat. be opeapoa.
Bathe, o auau i ka wai.
Bat-tie, c kaua^ he hoouka kaua.
BcacI;. kahakai, ke one ma kahakai.
Bead, he pupu no lea lol.
Beak, ka nuku manu, niikii moku.
Bear, e lawe, e amo ; e banau. \
Bear, he bea.
Beard, ka umiiimi.
Beast, ka holuholona.
Beat, e paopao, o pcpchi.
Bcun-ti-iul, raaikai, naui.
Be-calm-ed, c ku malii! uua i ka poha.
Be-cause, no, no ka moa.
Beck-on, e poahi.
Bo-oome, e lilo. ■
Be-oom-ing, kupono, e lilo ana.
Bod.hc moe, wahi e hiamoe ai.
BeA-i?id7dea, i moe mau ma ka moo.
Be-fisre,' mamua ao, laa kc alo.
Beg, e noi, c makilo.
Be-get, e ko (me he kano la.) ■■
Be-gin, e hoomaka.
Bc-bav-igr, kc ano o ka iioho ana.
Be-hind, ma ke kiia, raahope iho.
Be-hold ! aia hoi 1 aia la ! e nana I
Belch, e luai.
Be-liere, e paalete, e manaoio.
Bel-ly, ka opu.
Be-lov-ed, lalohaia.
Be-low, malalo, malalo iho.
Belt, he kaei.
■ Bench, noho loloa, he noho papa.
Bend, e hoopio, e hookoekee.
Be-neath, malalo ae. [maikti ai.
Be-ne-fi-ciul, ho raea e pono ai, ho mea o po-
Bc-nev-o-lcncc. lokomaikai, hoomauawalea. ■
Be-nig!it, he hiki e inai ka po.
Be-soech, e noi e pule aku.
Be-side, lie mci, a ken, he mea o ae hoi.
Bc-siegc, c hoopuai 1 ke kalaaakauhale i ka
puali.
Best, he oi ma ka tnaikai.
Be-»tow, e haawi wale aku.
Bc-lray, c kumakaia.
Be-troth, e bgopalau.
Bc-t\rcea, iwaena.
Be-wail, e kanikao, o uwe aku.
Bc-wil-der, e ike ole i kafai c helo ai, e hoopo-
uli, ike powehiwehL
Be-yorfd, mao aku.
Big, niii. [hine,
Big~a-my, o ka mare hookahi kane elua wa-
Bil-low, ho nalu nui o ke kai.
Bind, e hoopaa ike kanla, e nakii.
Bird, he manu.
Bite, e nahu, e aki.
Bit-ter, he awaawa, he a^ahia.
Black, ekele;
Blad-dcr, opu mimi.
Bias-pbeme, e bailiili i ke Akua, e booino.
Bleed, e hookahe koko.
Bless, e boomaikai.
Blind, makapo, ike ole.
Blink, e nana powehiwebi, c amo ka maka.
Blis-ter, he pohu ili ho wai oloko.
Blood, he koko, he wai ula.
Blood-y, hapalaia me ke koko.
Blos-som, ho pua o ka laau.
Blotch, e hapala i kaiii luti.
Blow, lie hahau ana.
Blow, e pa ka makam.
Blue, uli, uliuli.
Blun dor, be knhibewa. he lalaii.
B!un-der-bns.9, he pu kau poohiw; pokole.
Blunt, he oi ole, meuraeu.
Boar, he puaa kane.
Board, be papa, he laau i olo lahilabi ia.
Boast, c liki, e kaena, e haaheo.
Boat, he waapa.
Uod-y, kino.
Boil, me he wai la e boolapalapa.
Boil, mai pehu, a hche paha.
Bold, he koa, makau ole.
Bone. iwi.
I!on-net, he papalo waliiiic.
Bo-ny, paa i na iwi.
Book, he palapala i paiia, he buke.
Bor-der, be palena, mokuna.
Bore, e hou i ka wlli.
Bor-row, e noi aole nae lilo loa.
iki-aom, ka umauma.
Both, 0 laua a elua.
Bot^tle, he oraole wai, he hue wai.
Bot-lom, kumu, mole, aoao lalo.
Bough, he lala laau.
Boun-da-ry, mokuna, palena.
Bow, e kulou ke poo.
Bow, be kakaka.
Bow-els, he naau.
Bowl, he apu, he bola.
]iow-string, be kaula kakaka.
Box, he pahu.
Box, e mokomoko, o kui me ka lima.
Boyr he keiki kane.
Boy-ilit>5 he ano kamalii.
Bi'scbiKh, mananalo, be wai kai ikl
Brag, e akena, e kaena.
Brain, ka lolo, poo.
Branch, he lala, he manamana laau.
Bran-dish, e oniu aku me ka.hooweliweli.
Brave, makau ole, he koa.
Bread-fruit, ka hua ulu.
Breadth, he akea, he laula.
Break, as a law, hai; as ghss, &c.,'Rah3; ai
a rope, moku, *«.
Break-«r, be kai koo.
Breast, umaoma.
Breathe, e hanu.
Breeeh-es, he wawae komo, he wawae niukn. .
Breed, e hanau, e loaa ke keiki.
Breeze, he makani oluolu.
Bridge, he holopapa, be wapo.
Bright, buali, aiai.
CAP 524
Brim-fni, piha, piha a hu.
Bring, e ho mai, e laire mai.
Brink, he kae, be kapa oka muliwai.
Brit-tle, mea n&ba wale, Iiai wale.
Broad, akea, laula.
Broil, e koala, e pulebu i ke ahi.
Broil,, e faakaka ana, e bhumu.
Brood, be ohana, be ohua manu.
Brood, e hoo|)aD;ina me he moa la.
BrothnBr, he h«ahanan kane.
Brown, be ano ulaul'a ahiahia.
Bruise, e hoeha, e palapn.
^rush, e kabili, e kabi.
Brush, he hulu.puaa i bana kahili ia.
Bnd, e opuu,'e .opuupuu maL
Buf-fet', e kui, e kul ak'u.
Build, e kapill,.e kukulu.
Bnild-er, he kanaka kukulu hale.
BttWet, he poka pu.
Bunch, he huhui, be abui, he pun.
Bun-die, be ope, be puolo.
Bur-den, he uJcana kaumaha.
Burn, e aa, e wela.
Bur-nish, e anai, e boohuali.
Burst, e poha, e bobnaha.
Bn-17, e kanu ibo, e ubi i ka lepo.
Bush-y, paaptt i na laan liilil.
But, slka.
But, he pahu nul.
But-ter-fly, he pulelehua.
But-tock, he kikala.
But-ton, he pihi.
Buy, e kuai lilo mai.
By, Cj ma.
By, kokoke, ma.
By-and-by, mamuli.
By-word, lie inoa 1 kapaia'l kekahi nokaino.
CLA
c.
Ca-blb, be kaula nui e paa ai ka raoku.
Cack-le, e alala me be moa la, e pukoko.
Ca-da-ver-ous, me he kupapau la ke nana aku.
Cage, lie hale manu, he hale holoholona hibiu.
Cake, be popo berena uuku, be berena liilii.
Ca-lamri-ty, he poino, he pilikia nui.
Cal-ctt-late, e imi ma ka noonoo.
Cal-dron, he ipii hao nui.
Calk, e boopaa bamamama ka moku.
Call, e bea aku, e kahea.
Caliii, be pohn, bo malie, tnakani ole.
Calm, e pobu, e main.
Ca-lum-ni-ate, e boino ia bat, e niania al^i.
Camp, be wahi e boomoaina ai iia koa.
Can, e hiki, e ikaika.
Can, he ipu tini no ka mea wai.
Cane, ko, ka ohe, he laau kookoo.
Gau-non, be pu nui kuniahi.
Can-not, he biki ole. '
Ga-noe, he waa.
Cap, be ubi no ke poo, be papalekapu.
Cape, be lae, he aahu no ka poohiwi.
Cap-tive. he pio, ka mea i lawe pio ia.
Care, ka manao nui e kaumaha ai.
Car-pen-ter, be kamena, he kapili bale.
Car-ry, e lawe, e balihali, e amo.
Carre, e kalai, e mahele ponb i ka ia.
Case, he pale, be wahi.
Cast, e boolei, e booheebee i ke kepau.
Cas-tle, be hale papu, be pa ikaika.
Cat, be popoki, he owau.
Cat-a-ract, he wailele.
Catch, e hopa.
Cat-e-cbise, e ao aku ma ka niele.
Cave, he ana, be lua.
Cav-il, e boobalabala, e hoopobala.
Cause, be kumu, kumu hookolokolo.
Caus-tio, he aai ana me he mai aai la. .
Cau-tion, be makaala, he kuoo.
Cease, e okl; e hoopau.
Cel-e-brate, e hoonani.
Cen-snre, e aJiewa, e hoohewa.
Cen-ti-pede, he. mea kolo niho awa, kanap*.
Cen-ter, waenakunu, mawaenakonu.
Chain, he kaulabao.
Chair, be noho.
Cbal-lenge, e aa aku. .
Cham-ber, he keena maluna.
Chance, he mea hikl wale mai.
Change, e ano bou ae, e faooloU.
Cfaant, e mele beluhetu.
Chap, be nakaka ka ili, be ili naha.
Chap, he kanalja opiopio.
Char-ac-ter, ke ano o ke kanaka.
Char-coal, he nanahu.
Charge, be kauoha, be mea e malamaia.
Char-i-ty, be manawalea, be aloha.
Charm, e hoolealea.
Chase, e babai.
Cbasm, be awawa hohonu.
Chas-tise, e bahau^ e baua.
Cheap, be knmnkuai uuku, makepono.
Cheat, e epa, e boopunipuoi.
Cheek, ka papalina.
Cheer-ful, oluoln ka manao, hoihoi.
Cber-ish, e malama maikai.
Chest, he pabu papa.
Chew, e nau, e mama.
Cbick-en, he ohana moa, moa opiopio.
Chide, e ao, e boopaapaa.
Chief, he alii, be kiaaiaa.
Child, be keiki, be kama.
Child-ish, ma ke ano kamalii.
Chill, he anu, he haukoke, lie li.
Chin, auwae.
Chip, be apana okiia.
Cbirp, e nunulu, e ioio me he manu la.
Cbis-el, he kila.
Choice, ka mea i koho ia, ke koho ana.
Choke, e puua, e umi.
Choose, e koho, e wac ae.
Chop, e oki, e kua aku.
Clam-my, be pulupulu a he pili ana.
Clara-or, he walaau, he uwauwa.
Clang, he leo o ke liaua, he leo kani niu.
Clap, <jf the hands, e pai ka lima j <)fthuttder,
he kui hekili.
Clasp, e apo, e pulild.
COM
525
COR
Class, he papa,he-poe.
Glat-ter, e koele, e kamailio lapuwalc.
Claw, of a bird, be maiuu.
Clay, be palolo, be lepo pipili.
Clean, maemae.
Cleanse, e buikala, e hoomaemae.
Clear, aiai.
Cleave,^ pili aku ; cleavt asunder, e mabelCc
Cley-er, akamai, oliiolu.
Climb, o pil iluna.
Cling, c puUl, e pili aku.
Close, e pi, e paakiki.
Clotb, lole,*kapa.
OTotfae; e aaha, e komo i ka lole.
Cloud, bj» ao, be oho paapu.
Clou(l-y,.j>aapu j^na ao.
Clo-ven, iiidaheieja. .
Club, be newa, be laau e pepchi ai.
Cluck, e koakou akii.
Clum-sy, be bawawa, be mama ole i kahana,
Clus-ter, he abui, he hnihui.
Clutch, e hppu a paa.
Cob-web, he punawelewete.
Cock, be moa kane.
Cock-crow-ing, ka wa o ka po'i kani ai ka tnoa,
Coclt-le, bemea ulu, be zizania.
Co:Co.a* ka laau niu.'" •
Co-c-qual, be like ke anome kahi mea e ae.
Cof-fio, he pahu kupapav.
Cog-i-tate, e noonoo.
Coil, e poai, o will poai rae he kaula !a.
Cold, he anu, he baukeke, he hni.
Cdl-ic, he nahu, be eba o ka naau.
Col-lar-bone, ka iwi o ka a-i.
Col-lect, e hui pu,.e obi
Col-lec-tlon, he man mea i buiia.
Col-lis-ion, he ku, he pi^i, be anal.
Col-or, ke ano owa)io, he eleele paba, he ula-
ula, he melemele paha, he mea booluu.
Comb, be kahi no ka lauofad.
Com-bajt, he kaua, h(i boouka.
Com-bine, e alu, « bu! pu.
Com-bng-ti-ble, be hiki ke boaala-.
. Come, e hele mai.
Com-ct, hQ hoku welowelo. '
Com-fort, he oluolu, he maha.
Com-mand, c kauoba, c olulo paa aku.
Com-mand-mcnt, he kanawai, he kaiioha.
Com-mcm-(]i-ratc, c baaa ma ua mcaeboooia-
nao ai. ^.
Com-meacc, e houmaka.
Corn-mend, e hoapono. [naau.
Com-icit, e baawi aku la bai, c hoopaa maka
Com-mon, he mcailoaapii)upine,be.kaulana.
Com-mS-tioD, he "haunacle, be pioloke,
Com-pan-ion, he boa, he mea launa.
Com-pa-ny, b^'po&,hc mau kanaka hui.
Com-pare, e hoohalike.
Cora-pas-sion, aloha.
Com-pcl, c koi aku, c booikaikEh.
Com-pen-sate, c pani aku no ia, mea i lilo.
Com-plain, o ohnmu, e bai i ka pilikia.
Com-plete, e hoopau, e hoopaa i kahi liana.
Gom-plex, he mea ano nui, bibia.
Com-plji e ae aku me ka liana a malsma.
Com-poso, e hooohiolu, e kakau manao; to '
' compose e mele, c hakn.
'Com-prc-hend, e ike maopopo.
Com-pute, e helu, e loaa ma ka holu.
Com-rade, be boa, boa hele, hoa bana.
Con-ceal, e buna, e uhi
Con-ccit-ed, Lc manao nni ia ia iho. [opu.
Con-cuivc, c loaa ma ka noonoo, e ko ma ka
Conch, he pu nui no ka moana mai.
Con-cjl-i-ate, o hoolaulea, c hoooluolu.
Con-cise, pokole ma ka olelo ana.
Con-cbiirse, he aha kanaka nni.
Coh-d<'ian, e hoahewa aku.
Con-do-sccnd. e hoohaahaa, e ae aku.
Con-dubt, ka ano o ka nobo ana o kckahi.
Con-ferje kuka pu, c haawi ia bai.
Con-fcss, e bai »ku i kahi hana malu.
Con-firm, e hoopaa, e hooia.
Gon'flict, he ku e, he kana.
Con4'oUtid-ed, be pili paa, he hoopobihila.
Con-gre-gate, e hui, e hele nui mai me kanaka.
Con-jec-tnre, e koho, e manao wale.
CoD-nect, e hui pu, e hoobui.
Oon-qner, o lanakila, e hoopio.
Gdn-scieoce, ka manao oloko e hoomaopopo
ana i ka hewa, ka lunaikehala.
Con-sent, ka ae, ka ae ana.
Con-sid-er, e noonoo, e noonoo.
Con-sign, e baawi ia Ijai c malama ia.
Console, e hooolnolu, e hoona.
Con-spic-u-ous, i ikeia, i maopopo.
Con-spiiTe, e Aoonoo ku e, e ohumn aku.
Con-8t!l(it, mau, paa, kuibe ole.
Gon-gtilht-ly, e mau ana, e paa mau ana.
Cou-ster-na-ti«n, be wcliweli, he wiwo.
Con-sti-pa-tion, he paa.
Con-struct, e kapili.
Con-suit) e nlelc aku ia bai.
Con-same, e pan i ka ai ia, pau i ke abi.
Con-Hump-tion, be ano mai.
Con-ta gious, he mai i hoolahaia ma ka pili.
Con-tam-i-nate, e boohaumia.
Gon-temn, e hooino.
Coji-tem-plate, e poonoo.
Con-tend, e ku e, e hakaka.
Con-tent, walea, oluolu.
Gon-t«i-fion, haunacle, hakaka.
Con-tig-u-ous, e pili ana.
Con-tin-u-al, o mau ana, old ole.
Gon-tin-ue, e hoom^tf, e oia mau.
Con-tract, c hooemi iho.
Gon-tri-yanc£,'be mea i loaa i ka noonoo.
Con-tro-ver-»y, he hoopAapaa.
Con-tn-ma-cy, ho hojAohe ole.
Con-vene, e hioobftlawai.
6<m-ver-Sa-tion, he kamailio.
Gon-vert, e boohuli, e hoololi i ka manao.
Gon-rey, e lawe aku, e bali.
Goo, e uwe me he manu nunu la.
Cook, e kahumu i ka ai, he.kuke.
Cool, oluolu, wela ole.
Co-pi-ous, nui wale.
Gop-per, he keleawe melemele.
Cop-u-la-tion, be hui e ai pu ana.
Cor-al, he akoakoa, he puna.
CEY 526 DEF
Cord, be Kaula liilii.
Cu-bit, he ana ma ka loa 18 iniha.
Cord-age, na kaula znoku.
Cum-ber, e bookaumaba,
Core, h« kaku, pikoi.
Cun-i)ing, akamai, noiau, maalea.
.Cor-ner, he kibi, hiiin<».
Cup, he ipa, he apu.
Cor-ner-stone, he no'aaku kihi.
Cure, e boola i fca mai.
Coi-pse, he kiipapau.
Cur-ly, mimilo, piipii.
Cmips, he poe koa.
Cur-rent, he au, ke kabe wai ana.
Cor-pu-lent, he kino puipui, momona.
Curse, c booino, e ku^muamu.
Clor-rect, he pololei, he oiaio.
Curve, e bookekee, e peln,
Cor-rofie, e al me he popo la.
Cus-tom, he maa, be hana mau.
Cor-rupt, e hoohaumia, e bauna.
Cut, e oki, e katai.
Cos-tire, ho paa ka lepo.
Outclass, he pabi kaua.
Oot-toc, he pulupulu.
CoY-e-nant, e ae like ana, he kuikabi.
Cov-er, he ibi, he poi.
D.
Oov-et, e kuko, e Uai,
Cough, 0 kunu. '
Coan-cil, he poe e kukakuka pu ana.
Dai-lt, kela la keia la.
Count, e helu.
Ual-U-aoce, be hoopanee, he alobaloha.
Coun-te-nance, he belebelena, maka.
Dam-age, be poino, he kina.
Ooun-ter-act, e hana ma ka mea e ku e ai.
Damp, mau, koekoe.
Coun-ter-fei(, e hoohalike kolohe.
Dance, e haia, e hula.
Count-leB9, e hiki ole ke be(a la.
Dare, e aa ekn.
Coiiji-ky, he aina, he aupunL
Dark, poeleele, ke ano o ka po.
Oo-jp^b, «laa, papalna.
Dar-lingJ he hiwahiwa, mea i aloha nui.
Cour-age,-he raakau ole.
Dart, be ibi, he pna no ke kakaka.
Coiir-te-ous, '.okomaikai.
Dash, he kahamaba.
Cour-te-san, he wabino moekolohe.
Dangb-tcr, kaikamabine.
Oona-in, to'hoabanau.
Daunt, e boomakau.
Covr-ard, he kanaka bee waJe.
Dawn, he wanaao.
C'JW-er, e knlou iho, e ae wale aka.
Day, he ao, pan ka pouli.
Coy, maka hilabila.
Daz-zle, e olinolino.
Crab; h& papal.
Crack, he aakaka, naka.
Dead, make, pau ke ea.
Deaf, kuU, aa.
Crack-le, e paapaaina.
Deal, e mabele aka.
Craft, he maalea, ka oihana. !
Dear, he r^ni ke kumu kuai, be aloha nui ia.
Cramp, maele.
Dearth, he wa wi.
Crave, e noi me ka ikaika.
Death, be msUie, he kaili ke aho.
Craw-flab, be papal, be wabi nla.
De-bate, e kukakuka, e paio. [lobe me ia.
Crawl, e kolo, e bele me he ilo la.
De-1»aach, e boowalewale ja hai ehoomoeko-
Creak, e uwi, e nakeko.
De^bil-i-tate, e hoonawaliwali.
Cre-ate, e bana, e hoololi faou.
De-cap-i-tate, e hoooki i ke poo.
Creep, e 4olo me be keiki la.
De-cay, e pala, e maloo, e popopo.
Crev-lcei, be naba, nakaka.
De-cease, e make.
Crew, ka poe luina, ka poe hobolo mokn.
De-ceit, e hoopunipuni.
Criek-et, be mea ano uhini.
De-eent, kobu pono.
Crhne, be hewa e pili ana ke kanawai.
De-cide, e hoomaopopo, e paa ka manao.
Crjm-son, he ulaula loa.
Deck, 0 hoQnani.
Crip-ple, he mea oopa.
Deck, ka inoa o ka papa maluna o ka moka.
Crisp.e wela a paapaa.
Declare, e bai aku.
Crock-e-ry, be mau ipu naba.
Crook, e bookekee, e pio.
Dec-o-rate, e boonani, e kahiko.
De-coy, e boowalewale.
Crook-back, he kua^uu.
De-crease, e emi iho, e hooliilii.
Cross-way, he ala liilii moe kea.
Ded-i-cate, e hoolaa, e hoolilo ia baL
Crouch, e kulou, e mpe iho.
Deep, hobonu, poopoo.
Crow, be manu eleele.
De&me, e boino, e boowahawaha.
Crow, e bookani ka loo me he moa kane la.
De-feat. « lauakila, e hooaubee.
Gi^wd, he poe nui a paapu.
De-feud, e hoomalu, e pale aku.
Grown, he papale alii, ka piko o ke poo.
Dte-ier, e hoopanee.
Cru-el, he oolea, be paakiki.
Dof-er-cnce, he ao aku, be boolohe.
Crumb, he buna liilii, be fauna ai.
De-fi-ance, he aa aku.
Crum-ble, e helelel liilii.
X)e-B-cient, emi iho, be nele.
Cnim-ple, e hoomimino.
De-file, e hoohaumia.
Crush, e boopepe.
Do-fine, e hoakaka, e boiko i ke ano.
Cry, e ue, e uwe.
De-form, e boomiunukuia.
DIM
527
DOC
De-form-ed, he hookinaia, he mumuka. .
De-fraud, e hoopunipuni ia hai.
De-fy, e aa aku.
De-grade, e hoohaahaa.
De-lay, he hoopanee.
De-lib-er-atp, e kiika, e noonoo.
Di'-li-cious, ono i ka ai, miko.
De-light, ho olioli, ho nianao lealea.
De-liv-er, c faoopakcle.
Del-uge, he wai kahe nni, kaiakahiaalU.
De-lu-sion, he manao kuhihcwa.
De-mol-ish, e wawahi, e boohiolo.
De-mon, he daimoaio, he ubaQe ino.
De-ni-^1, he hoole, ae ole. '
De-part, e hele alcu.
De-pend, e kau aku, e pili aua ia hai.
De-pop-u-late, e hooemi iho na kanaka.
De-pose, e hemp i kekahi i kana oihana.
De-pr^ye, e hoolilo aku 1 hewa.
Depth, he hofaonu, he poopoo.
Dep-u-ty, he hope, he pani haka.
De-ride, e hoowahawaha, e akaaka.
De-ecend, e iho, e hele ilalo. '
De-scend-aot, he mamo.
De8-«-CTate, e hooino i ka mea i hoolaaia.
Des-ert, he wao, he wahi kanaka ole.
De-sert, e hele aku, e haalele. ,
De-sign, e nianao e mamua.
De-sire, he makemake, he akc.
De-slst, c hooki, e boopau i ka hana.
Des-o-late, he mehamcha, kanaka ole.
DcB-pair, lie manao. poho, lana pie.
Des-p»teh, he hana i paa wawo ia.
Des-pi-ca-i)le, he mea manao ole ia.
Des-pise, e hoowahawaha, e liooiao.
Des-pond, e poho ana i ka manao.
Des-ti-tute. nele, ilihane.
De-stroy, e hoopau aka.
De-tach, e hemo aku, e hookaawale.
Dc-tail, e hai nui a loihi aku.
De-tain, c kaohi, e hoololofai ia hai. p hewa.
De-tect, e loaa ka mea i nalo, ehopuikamea
De-ter-mine, e booholo ka manao.
De-test, e hoowahawaha, e inaina aku.
Dc-vi-atc, e hole hewa, e hull ae.
De-vice, he manao hana maalea.
De-Toid, he ole, he neoneo.
De-Vote, e hoolaa, e hookapn.
De-vbur, e pau i ka ai ia, e ai wikiwiH.
Dew, he haa, he hau o ke kakahiaka.
Di-a-dem, heJioailona alii.
Di-a-lect, ka ololo i hoohuli iki a kekahi poe.
Di-a-logue, he olelo kike a na mea clua.
Di-a-phragm, ka pale mawaena o ka opo.
Di-ar-rhe-a, ka hi.
Dib-ble, he wahi oo.
Die, e make, e kaili ke aho.
Dif-fer, e like ole, e bookoa.
Dif-fl-cult, be oolea, be paakiti.
Dif-fl-dent, maka bilahila.
Dif-fuse, mahuahna, hoonui.
Dig, e eli, e kohi i ka lepo.
Dil-a-to-ry, lolohi, hoomolowa. [ia.
Dim, powebiwebi, maopopo ole ka mea i Jini
Di-miu-iglb, ^ hele liilU, e hooenii ihp.
Dip, e knpcnu, e bookomo i]s.a wai.
Dire, he ino nui, be weliwell.
Di-rect, e kuhikubi aku, e hoopololei.
i)irt, he lepo, he paumaele.
Dis-a-gtee, e like ole, e ku e aku.
Di8-ap-pear, e hoonalowalc.
Dia-as-ter, he poino, he lilo, he pilikia.
Dis-cern, e hoomaopopo, e ike.
Dis-cbarge, e hookuu aku, e bona a paa.
Dis-ci-ple, haumana.
Dis-close, e webe, e hoobn ae.
Dis-com-pose, e boopobibi, e hoohuhii.
Dis-cord, kobu like ole^launa ole.
Dis-coy^r, e loaa ma ka imi ana.
Die-courae, he wahi olelo, he haioo.
Dis-cour-te-ons, be oluola ole.
Dis-crim-in-ate, e ike maopopo lea.
Dis-dain, e hoowahawaha.
Dis-ease, be mai.
Dis-fig-ure, e booano e i ka l^lehelena.,
Dis-grace, e boobaabaa iho.
Dis-gust, be hoopailua, ono ole.
Dish, be ipu, he luaba.
Dis-beart-en, e manaka, poho ana o ka manao.
Dis-bev-el-ed, lauoho i kahi ole ia.
D!s-in-ter, e buai i ke kupapan.
Die-join, e hemo ae, e hookaawale akn.
Dis-iike, e makemake ole, e launa ole.
Dis-lo-eate, e hemo i ka ami o ka iwi.
Dis-misB, e hookuu akii.
Dis-mount, (s Icle ilalo o ka lio.
Dis-o-be-di-ent, hoolobe ole, malaina ole.
Dis-own, e hoole, olelo kekahi aole nona,
Dis-perse, e hooaubee, e bcle liilii.
Dis-pir-it, he pau ka manao ikaika.
Dis-play, he boike hanohano.
Dis-please, e pono ole ka manao.
Dis-po8-se8S, e hemo wale, e bao.
Dis-pute, e boopaapaa.
Dis-re-gard, e faoolohe ole, malama ole.
Dig-res-pect, e malama ole.
Dis-6em-ble, e hopkamani.
Dis-sev-er, e booki, e hookaawale.
Dia-sim-i-lar, be like ole.
Die-si-p&te, e booheleleL
Dis-«olT^, e hoohee.
Dig-eo-lute, boomaunauns.
Dis-tant, mao loa, iu.
Dis-tem-per, be mai lele.
Dis-tend, e pehu ae a nuL
Di8-tin-gUi8b, e noonoo 1 ka like de.
Dis-trees; he eba, be pilikia.
Dig-trib-nte, e baawi akOj,
Dis-trict, he apaca moku;
Dia-tnrb, e mea akn, e bauoaele.
Ditch, he auwil 1 eliia.
Dive, e Inu ib'--, 1 k» wai.
Di-vensa, be like ol^tne ka mea e ae,
Di-vide, e mahele, e pnnnawe. .
Bl-vorce, e oki i ka mea i mare ia.
Di-vulge, e hoopuka i ka mea i bunaia.
Dizrzy, be poniuniu.
Do, e hana.
Do-cile, be hikiwawe i ke aoia.
Doc-tor, be kahuna lapaau.
__^ EAT 528
Bog, ilio.
Dol-pbih, be ia.
Dolt, be mea lolobi i ke ao ana.
Do-mln-ioD, ka boalii ana.
Doom, be hooj^id pono ana.
Door, ipoka, be pani pnka.
Do-ta^e, be aiio elem&ale.
Doobrie, palua, pscpalaa.
Doiib-le-mind'ed, be manao paa ole.
Doubt, be kcnalna.
Dove, be manu uunn.
Down, lalo, ilalo.
Down-waid, e ibo, e imi ilalo.
Drag, e kauo; '
Drake, bo mana koloa kane.
Drangbt, ka mea i kauo ia.
Dread, makaa, ka eebia.
Dream, be moe nhane.
Dregs, be oka, na mea banle ilalo.
Dresii, be kapa komo.
Drill, be mea e bana ai ka pnka.
Drink, e inu, e moni iho.
Drip, e knlu uoko.,
Drive>' e boenea, e kipaka akn.
Driv-«1, e kabe ka wale.
J>cy-dock, be aki bocilana,
DroU-e-ry, be mea boomsyke akaaka.
Droop, mae ibo.
Drop, e bauleibo.
Drop, be kalii wiii.
Drop-sy, be mai pehu o ka opo.
Drown, e make iloko o ka wai.
DtoM-fij, he ano biamoe.
JDnimj be pahu, be pahu kani.
' Dnuik, i6na.
Dry, ualbo. *
Duck, be manu kolqa.
Doll, oi ole, maaoaaoa.
Dnmb, be aa, be leo ole.
Dung, be lepo kipulu.
Dnng-y, me be lepo la.
Da-rarble, e mau ana, paa ole.
Dtt-ring, oiai.
Dnsk, he malamalama uuka, moiubolelra.
Dost, he lepo makaliL
Dwell, e noho.
Dyg-en-ter-y, he hi koko.
Dys-pep-si-a, he waM mai ma ka opu.
Bach, kela mea kda mea.
Ea-ger, ikaika ka manab.
Ear, pcpeiao.
£ar-ly, wawe, e biki mamua.
Ear-nest, he manao ikaika, papau oka manao.
Earth, ka honna nei, be lepo.
Earth-qaake, olai, haaliilu honna.
Earth-worm, be ilo lepo, anube.
Ease, maba, oloolo.
East, bikina.
Ea-sy, maba, nobo «fl(l«3u.
Eat,e^.
ENR
Eat-a-ble, be~mea Iriki ke ai ia..
Eaves, na umala o ka hale.
Ebb, e emi ke kai, emi ibo.
E-bul-li-tion, e boolapalapa tOd he w^ la.
E-cho, be kapinai.
E-clip8e,.ka pouU ana o !» la, maMna paba.
Ed^e, he kae, be palena.
Ed-i-ble, be mifa biki ke ai ia.
EdrU-cate, e malama a boonaaoao aku.
Eel, be ia, he puhi..
Ef-fem-i-nate, e hoopalupala me be wahine la,
Ef-fni-gent, be alohilohi, be nani
Egg, be baa ; ken's egg, baa moa.
Eight, awalu.
Eigbt-een, umikumamawida.
Eight-y, kanawalu.
Ei-ther, kekahi o na mea elaa.
E-late,'e hookiekie, e lana.
El-bow, ke kaekae lima.
El-ders, he poe kahiko, maa lana ekalesia.
Eld-est, ka mua loa, maka hiapo.
B-lect, ka mea i kohoia, i waeia.
El-e-gy, be kanikau.
El-e-pban-ti-A-sis, be mai pehn miL
El-e-vate, e hapai Uana.
E-lev-en, be bmikamamakaihi.
E-lttde, e oni'to, e pakele.
E-mit-ciate, e hoowiwi i ke kino.
E-mas-cn-iate, e boopaa i ke ano kane, e poa.
Em-balm, e ialoa;-
Em-bas-sy, ka poe i hoounaia i ka aina e.
Em-bel-lisb, e hoonacii.bemeamaikaiowabo.
Em-bers, be nanabn abi ane pio.
Em-brace, e apo aku ia hal a e honi paba.
E-merg9, e pnka mai.
Em-i-nence, he wabi kiekie.
Em-is-sa-ry, ka mea i hoounaia, he kia.
Em-met, he naonao, be mea kolo.
Emp-ty, kaawale iloko, be nele.
£m-u-late, e hooikaika e like mekameaeae^
En-camp, e hoomoana.
En-«loBe, e kaapuni, e bookomo iloko.
En-com-pass, e poai ae.
En-coun-ter, e boouka, e kana aka.
En-conr-age-ment, e hooikaika, e paipai i ka
manao. . ..
Ea-croach, e komo iloko o ko hai wabi.
En-cttiu-ber, e bookanmaha, e hoopilikia.
End; he hope, he pan ana.
En-ueav-or, e hoao aku.
End-less, pan ole, e mau ana.
Ea-darc, e hoomanawanoi - .
En-e-my, be mea manao ino mai, he ka e.
En-fee-ble, e booeml i ka ikaika, e boopslo- ;
pain.
En-force, e hqoko, e hoopaa aku.
En-gage, e olelo ae like'e hana.
Ea-p;rave, e kaba keleawe a mea e ae.
En-join, e kauoha aku.
En-joy, e pomaikai i kcbahi mea.
En-kin-dle, e hoaa, e kuni i ke ahL
Sn-large, e hoonui, e boomahuahua.
Ea-ligbt-en, e boonaauai;se hoomaUmalain.
E-nougb, ua lawa, ua nui.
En-rage, e wela ka bubo.
EXP
529
FEA
En-8ign, he hae, he kanaka lAwe bae.
Ea-sUve, e hookauwa, e'lio6liana iika ole.
£a-tan-gie, e hoofaibia.
En-ter, e korao tioko.
Ea-tace, e boowalewale, e kai i ka bewa.
En-tire, okoa, pau, aohe mea koe.
Ea-traUs, he naau.
En-traoce, kahi e komo ai.
En-trap, e upiki, e hopu.
En-treat, e noi ikaika.
En-vel-op, he wahi, he pale.
E-nu-mer-ate, e helu.
En-voy, he elele, he ).una.
En-vj, e huahua, e lili wale.
Ep-i-dem-ic, he mai i hoolaha nui ia.
Ep-i-lep-By, he mat i kau koke mai.
E-qual, e like, e boohalikeia.
K-quiv-a-lent, he mea waiwai like.
Ere-long, mahope aole nae kiihi.
E-red, ku pololei iluna.
Err, e hele bewa, e lalau.
Er-rand, e hele imi i kahl mea a hoi mai.
E-rup-tion, e poba ana, be puupuu ma ka ill.
Es-cape, he pakele.
E»-cort, he poe koa e bele pn aua me ke alii.
Es-say, e hoao.
Es-tab-liah, e hoopaa.
£-ter-nal, oia man, aohe mua aohe hope.
£-vade, e pale aku, e aio ae.
E-va-sive, ma ke ano pale ae.
E-ven, laumaaia, e moe like ar.a.
Eve-njng, ahiahi.
Ever, i ka mauawa a pan.
Ev-e-ry, kela a me keia.
Ev-i-dent, maopopo, akaka.
E-vil, ino, bewa.
E-vil-speak-ing, he ahiahi ia hat
Eii-lo-gy, he olelo mahalo.
Ez-&ct, ka pono, pololei loa.
Ex-alt, c hookiekie ae.
Ex-am-ine, e ^lilimili, s hull. .
Ex-am-ple, he kumn hqohalike.
Ex-iVE-pe'rate, e boon&ukinkt
Ex-ceed, e oj aku, e kela aku.
Ex-cel, e oi akn, e maikai ae. [beluna.
Ez-cept, he mea kaawale aole e komo i ka
Ex-cbange, e hoololi, e baawi i kekahimeano
kekahi mea e ae.
Ex-cite, e hooala mai, e hooeueu.
Ex -claim, e hooho, e kabea nui.
Ei-cre-ment, he kjona, he kukae.
Bx-cuse, e ae akn, e kala aku.
Ex-e-ci'ate, e hoowahawaba, e boino.
£k-e-oate, e hooko.
Ex-era-pli-fy, e hoike maopopo.
Bx-«mpt, kaavrale, pakele.
E.'s-ert, e hooikalka.
£k-bib-it, e boike akn.
Ex-hort, e paipai.
KT-ile, e kipaku aku i ka aina e.
Bx-paud, e aiohola, e wehe ae.
Ex-pect, e kakali.
Ex-pec-to-rate, e kuba.
£x-pe-di-ent, e pono ke bana'ia.
Ex-pe-dite, e hana koke, e boohiidwaire.
67
Ex-pel, e bookuke, e kipaku.
Ex-pert, akamai, hikiwawe.
Ex-pi-ate, e uka aku no ka bewa.
Ex-pire, e make aku, e kaili ke ahp.
Ex-plain, fe hooakaka, hoomaopopo.
Ex-plode, € naha aku me he pu la.
Ex-pose, e boike aku.
£x-ponnd, e boakaka i ke ano. '
Ex-tend, e kikoo, e hoololhi aku.
Ex-ten-Uratc, e hoemi i ka hewa.
Ex-te-ri-or, o waho, ko waho.
Ex-ter-min-ate, e hoopau.
£x-tinct, e hoopio ia me be abi la.
Ev-tir-pate, e uhuki i na aa a pan loa.
Ez-tol, e hoonani, e hoolea.
Ex-tort, mi ka hooweliweli e loaa ai.
Ex-treme, kahi e oi loa ai, ka welau.
Bx-trem-i-ty, ka hope, ka welau.
Ex-tri-cate, e hoopakele, e faoobemo aku.
Ex-u-be-rant, e ulu nui ana, huoha ana.
Ex-ult, e olioli, e boaikola.
Eye, maka.
Eye-ball, onobi o ka maka.
Eye-brow, ke kuemaka.
Eye-lid, kuapoi o ka maka.
Eye-aoie, ka mea e eha ai ke nana aku.
F.
Face, ka maka, ka papalina.
Fade, e mae.
Faint, e maule, be nawaliwali.
Fair, maikai, laelae."
Faitb, manao io, manaolana.
Faith-fttl, hoolohe ana, ku pono.
Fall, e haule, e hina.
F»l-iow, mahakea.
False, oiaio ole, boopnuipuni.
I False-hood, be wahahee, oiaio ole.
Fal-ter, e hooemi iho, e nawaliwali.
Famed, e kaulanaia.
Fam-i-ly, ka ohua, ka ohana.
ji'am-ine, he wi,; he nele i ka ai ole.
Fam-isb, e hooviwi, e make 1 ka wi.
Fan, be peabi.
Fan, e peabi akn.
Far, mamao aku, loibi aku.
Fare-well, be uwe aloba.
Par-thc3t, loilu loa aku.
Fash-ion, ke ano c hoomahiiiia.
Fast, e booke ai/ e hoopololi.
Fast, he mama, heJdki.
Fas-ten, e hoopaa,' e hana a paa.
Fast-ness, he kauwahi e piiikia ai.
Fat, momona, puipui.
Fa-tber, makuakane.
Fatb-om, he anana.
Fa-tigue, he iuhi, he maloeloe.
Fault, be hala, he hewa.
Fa-vor, he lokciii.a,ikai, he aloha.
J"a-vor-ite, he makamaka, hoa alok<t.
Fear, makau, hopobopo.
Feast, ahaaiua.
FLA
530
FOS
Feather; lie hiiln o ka manu.
Flea, he ukulele.
Fe.e-ble, nawaliwaU.
Flee, e holo aku, e mahuka.
Feed, e hanai.
Fleet, he ulu moku.
Peel, e haha aku.
Fleet, mama.
Fei^, e hoopunipnni.
Flesh, he io.
Fe-li-ci-ty, he oluolu no ka pomaikd.
Fell, ua hina, ua haule.
Flex-i-ble, e hiki ke peluis.
Flinch, e'ioohalahala, e hooemi iho.
Fel-low, he hoa.
Flingr^Bou aku.
Fe-male, wahine.
Flint,'4ie pohaku paakikL .
Fence, he pa, pa pohaka, pa laau.
Flirt, e boomahie.
Fer-ment, ka hu ana, ka pii ana.
Float, e lana aku.
Fern, he mea ulu ano amanman.
Flock, he anna manu, he poe.-
Fe-ro-cious, hlhiu, hihiu bae.
Flog, e hafaan, e baua.
Fer-tile, momona me lie lepo la.
Flood, he waikabe nui, kaiakikbinaliL
Fer-veot, e wela, mahana nui.
Flonn-der, e knpaka.
Fes-ter, e akoakoa ka wai maloko o ka eha.
•Flour-ish, e ulu nui.
Fetch, e kii aku, e Isiwe mai.
Flow, e kabe me be wid la.
Fet-id, pilau, hauna;
Flower, he pua mohola.
Feud, he'ku e, he hakaka.
Flu-ent, makaukau i ka olelo.
Fe-ver, he wela, he kuni.
Flu-id,.bebee, kabe me be wai la.
Fewjiakaikahi, he uuko.
Flute, he obi kani mele.
Fi-bre, he olona, he kaula liilii.
Fly, he nMo.
Fick-le, he tnanao lolelua, paa ole.
Fly, e lele me he manu la.
Fierce, he hae me he ilio la.
Foain, be buwabuwa.
Fif-teen, he xmtikumamaluua.
Foe, he mea ku e, be enemi.
Fifth, ka lima.
Fog, ohu.
Fif-tieth, ke kanalima.
Fold, e opioin, e opi me be kapa la.
Fif^y, kanalima. -
Fold, be pa bipa.
Fig, he fiku, he hua ai.
Fol-low, e nkali, hahM,
Fight, e 'hakaka, e paio.
FoMow-er, be mea habai ana, baumana.
Fig-nre, Be hoailona helu, he helehelena.
Fol-ly, be lapuwale;
File, he-apnapu.
Fond, e lanna ana, e aloha ana.
Fill, e hoo^ha.
Food, be ai, be mea e ai ai.
Filth, he opala pilau, he lepo ino.
Fool, be mea naanpo, he aia.
Fi-nal, ka hope loa, ka paU ana.
Foot, he wawae, be kapoaL
Find) e loaa ma ka imi. '
Foot-path, ke ala e bele wawae ai.
Fine, he%iakalii, uuku.
For, i, no, na.
Fin-giir, manamana lima.
For-age, he ai no na holobolona.
Fin-ish, e hoopau.
For-bear, e oki ae i kahi bana, e alia.
Fire, he ahi.
For-bid, e papa aku, e boole.
Force, he ikaika.
FSK (agnn), e kipn.
Fire-shov-el, he kope ahi.
Ford, he wai papau.
Fire-wood, wahie.
Fore-Sn-ger, ka manamaua lima mua.
Firm, paa, naue ole.
Fore-go, e waiho wale, e haalele.
First, ka mua.
Fore-head, ka lae.
S'irst-boi'n, ka hanau mua, he makahiapo.
For-eign, he mea kabiki mai..
Fish, he ia.
Fore-land, he aina e oi ana i k^jHi.
Fish (to), e hepu i ka ia, e kalawaia.
Fore-most, ka mea e oi e maama.
Fish-hook, makau. ^ '
Fore-noon, mamua se o-ke awakea.
Fish-er-raan. he kalawaia.
For-est, be ulu laau.
Fis-sure, he wahi naha, he maawe.
Fore-tell, e bai e mamna, e wanana.
Fit, he mal e popilikia tu ke kino.
For-get, e boopoina.
Five, elima.
For-give, e k:da i ka bewa.
Fix, e hoopaa, e paa man.
Fork, he o manamana.
Flab-by, alualu, palupalu.
Fork-cd, he mahele manamaaa ia.
Flag, he hae, he hoailona o ke aupuni.
For-lorn, he poino, he nele.
Flame, he lapalapa ahi.
Form, ano owaho, be ano kino.
Flank, ka aoao.
For-mer-ly, mamua, i ka wa mabope.
Flan-nel, he lole hnlu hipa.
For-ni-ca-tion, he moekolohe.
Flap, e kapalili, e kilepalepa.
For-sftke, e baalelo.
Flat, lalulahi, honua, itiwai.
Port, he papu.
Flat-ter, e hoomalimali.
For-ti-tnde, be manao ku pe^, makau ole. -.
Fla-Tor, ke ano o ka'faoni o ka ai paha.
For-tu-nate, pomWkai.
Flaw, he naha, he kina.
Por-ty, kanaha.
Flay, e lole i ka ili.
GAR
631
GRE
Foul, eka, paumaele.
Foun-da-tion, Ice kumn, ka mole.
Found-er, ka mea e hookuma akn.
Foun-taia, he punawai, kahi e piipii ai ka wai.
Four, aha, kanoa.
Four-fold, paha.
Fom-foot-ed, wawae eha.
Four-teen, he umikamaTnaha.
Fowl, he moa, he mea lele.
Fowrl-ing-piece, he pu ki manu.
Fra-gile, hikiwawe ke boonaha ia.
Fra-grani, he ,mea ala maikai ke boui.
Frail, he palupalu, ikaika ole,
Frame, o kapill laao.
Fran-tic, he huha loa, jpiha i ka huhu.
Fraud, he hoopunipuni, be bana epa.
Free, be kaawal^, kuikawa, he ku okoa.
Freight, ka ul^aua o ka moku.
Fre-queut, plnepipe, he mea mata.
' Fresh, maka; mea hou.
Fret-ful, he walea ole, he uwe wale.
Friead, he makamaka, he boa launa.
Fright-en, e hoomakau/hooweliweU.
Fright, he hikilele, be weliweli. "
Fringe, ka aoao kajja i weluwelu la.
Frisk, e lele me be ilio la.
Friv-o-lous, be ano paani lapuwale.
From, mat, aku.
Front, alo, ma ke alo, ka aoao mua.
Fron-tier, ka aoao ? ke aupuni.
Froth, he buwa.
Frown, he hookuekue o ka maka.
Fru-gal, e malama waiwai ana. ,
Fruit, baa, he mea ulu i mea ai.
Fniit-less-ly, he bana inea, hua ole.
Fins-trate, e boolilo i mea ole, e keakea.
Fry, e boomoa ma ke pa bao, e paiai.
Fu-el, he wahie.
Fugbl ka! kaboho!
Fal-fill, c hooko, e boopaa i ka olelo.
Fttl-gent, be alobilohi.
Full, piha, maona.
Fum-ble, e haba. « bana hawawa.
Fan, be paani lealea.
Far-bish, e boobuali.
Fu-ri-ous, ukiuki, wela ka hnhu.
* Fur-ni-ture, he lako no ka hale.
Fur-ther, mamao aku, loihi aku.
Fu-tile, maiehewa,, lapuwale.
Fu-ture, ka wa mab6pe.
Fu-tu-ri-ty, ka maaawa mahope aku.
Gab, e bele i p ia nei.
Gain, ka mea oi ma ka loaa.
Gal-ax-y, ka leleiona, keala waiuona boku.
Gall, he mea awaawa iloko o ka opu.
Gall, e hooeba, e anai 1 ka ili.
Gam-bol, e paani lealea.
Gat)l, jail, he hale paabao.
Gape, e boohamama i lea waha.^
^ar-gle, be wai laau e holoi ai i ka waha.
Gar-ment, be lole no ke kino.
Gar-nisb, e hoomaikai, e boonani.
Gar-ru-loiis, be kamailio pau ole, alapi.
Gash, he Oki ma ke kino.
Gaap, be mauliawa, he hann paa.
Gate-way^ he ala mawaena o ka puka.
Gate, be pani puka no ka pa.
Gatb-er, e obi, e hui pu.
Gaze, e baka pono.
Geld, e poa akn.
Gen-cr-al, be alibi kaua.
Gcn-er-al,_pili i na^mea a pau.
6en-e-ra-tion, he hanauna.
Gcn-tle, laka, oluolu.
Gen-tle-man, be kanaka nobo a hana pono.
6en-u-ine, maoli, kaawale i ^ mea e.
Ger-miu-ate, e ulu, e hookupu.
Gpt, e loaa.
Ghost, he lapn, be uhane.
Gid-dy, ponianiu, lanalana.
Gift, be makana.
Gill, ka mahamaha o ka ia.
Gim-let, he will uuku.
Gin-ger, he awapuhi.
Gird, e kaei, e naklikii a paa.
Girl, he kaikamahine.
Give, e haawi aku.
Glad, olioli.
Glare, e olinolino.
Glass, be aniani.
Glis-ten, e alobilohi maL
Glob-u-lar, he ano poepoe.
Gloom, he poeleele, he naan kaumahft.
61o-ri-fy, e boonani
Glow, e ula mai me he ahi'la.
Glut-ton, be pakela ^.
Gnash, e uwi i na niho i ka huhu nui.
Gnaw, e nau.
Go, e bele, e nee.
God, ke AJiua, lehova.
God-li-ness, he manao i ke Akua, e haipule.
Gog-glee, be aniani uhimaka.
Good, pono, maikai, oiaio, bemolele.
Gore, be koko kahe.
Gore, e o akn i ka pepeiao hao.
Gtirge, e ai nui, e moni okoa.
Gos-sip, he holofaolo olelo.
Gov-ern, e boomalu, e hooponopono.
GoT-efn-ment, ka boomalu anal ke aupuni.
^race, he lokomaikai. wale, be aloha wale.
Gran-u-late, e oneoae. .
Grap-ple, e puliki, e apo i^ka.
Grasp, e apo, e hopu.
Grass, he manu, be weuweu.
Grate, e anai aku, e olo.
Grave, he lua kupapau. [pan..
Grave-stone, he pohaku i kauiaikaluakupa-
Grav el, ka iliili.
Gra-vy, ke kai no ka io moa.
Greas-y, paumaele i ka.aila.
Great, nui, nunui.
Greed-y, pakela ai.
Green, omaomao, maka.
Greet, e uwe akii, e aloha al^ a. ,
Grey-hair, lauobo ahiua.
HAR
Grieve, e uwe, e kaumahajka naau.
Grind, e anai, e wili. '
Grind-stone, be ho;uis, hoana kaa.
Gripe, e lalsa a pulifci ikaika.
Gris-tie, he kumumu.,
Grist-ly, be ano kttiiiimu.
Groan, e kaDiuhn,;:e ttire;eha.
Grope, 'fe hele haba melire makapo la.
Ground, he lepo, henna.
Gronnd-less, kumu ole.
Grow, e ulu, e (nahuabua,
Growl; e hookeke, eohumn,
GTrab, be enube a me na mea like.
Grudge, e aua, e lili.
Gmff, ieo baab^a.
Grum-bie, e obumn, pono OI0 ka tnanao.
Grunt, e nha me be puaa la. '
Gtiard, e kiai.
Guess, e kobo.
Guest, ka mea i bookipaia.
Guide, e alakai.
Gnil-ty, hewa io.
Gtill, e boopunipuni.
Gul-let, ka pun, kaU e moni ai.
Gulp, e ai irikiwiki a moni okoa.
Gum, he pilali.
Gun, he puknniabi.
6un-pow:-der, he eoe-a, he pouda.
Gut, iiaau liilU.
532
HOA
n*
HiB-rr, he mea inau ma ka hana.
Hab-it-a'^on, kahi e noho ai.
Ha-bit-u-al, he maa ka hana.
Ha-bit-n-ate, e hana a mia.
Hack, e oki hawawa mc ka lipi.
Haft, ke au, ke kumu 0 ka p:^.
Hair, ka lauobo.
Hale, ikaika, puipui.
Half, be bapalua.
Half-fall, he bapalua ka piba ana.
Half-way,, like alike ke ala.
Hall, be keena biUawai.
Hal-low, e hoolaa aku. [ana i ka la.
Ha-lo, ka ulaula powehiwehl e poai kaawale
Halt, e ku ka bele ana,
Halve, e mabele bapalua.
Ham-per, e boopililria.
Hand, lima.
Hand-fnl, piba ka poho lima.
Hand-ker-chief, he hainika.
Ra'n-dle, e lawelawe.
Han-dle,-he au.
Hand-saw, he pabiolo.
Hand-some, maikai, nalii ke nana ako.
Hang, 0 kau iluna, c li.
Hank, e owili ropi.
Hank-er, e makemake uui.
Hap-py, pomaikai, oluolu ka manao.
Har-augue, e bai aku i ka manao.
Har-bor, he awa, kahi e Iduluu ai ka moku.
Hardj paakiki, oolea.
Hard-ly, he aneane biki ole.
Hark, e lobe, ehuli ka pepeiao.
Har-lot„he wabine bookamakama.
Harm, he poino, he hewa.
Har-poon, he 6 ka mea e hon ai ka ia.
Harsh, be lokoino, he kalakala.
Haste, he biki wawe, he iji'ikiwiki.
Has-ty, mama, wikiwiki.- .' "
Haf, papale.
Hatch, e kiko ka hna.
Hatcb-et, he koilipi uuku.
Hate, e inaina aku.
EaTe, ua loaa.
Haugh-tj, be kickie ka manao.
Haul, e kano, e bukL
Haunch, be apana o ka io.
Hav-oc, ka luku ana. - -
Haze, be omalumalu.
HO; oia (pili i ke Itane.)
Head, ke poo, ka luaa 0 Ee kanaka.
Head-land, be lae.
Head-long, e baule ana ilalo ke po&.
Head-strong, ubu, iookuli.
Heal, e lapaaa, e boola.
Heap, be puu, he abu.
Hear, e lobe, e baliu ka pepeiao.
Heart, ka puuwai, ke kumu 0 ke aleha.
Hearth, be kapuahi.
Heat, wela, wewela.
Heo-tben, he naaupo, he ike ole ia lehoya.
Heave, e naenae, e pani.
Heay-en, lani, ouli.
Heav-y, kaumaha.
Heel, ke knekae wawae.
Height, he kiekie.
Helm, hoeuli 0 ka moku.
Help, he kokua.
Helve, be an 0 ke koilipi.
Hem, ka pelu ma ka aoao 0 ka lole.
Ren, he moa wahine.
H'^^, ia, oia (pili i ia wahine.)
Herd, he ohana hlpi, pnaa, hipa.
Here, maanei, ia nei.
Here-af-ter, ma keia hope aku.
He-ro, he kanaka koa loe.
Her-ring, he ia.
Hew, e kalai. t
Hic-cougb, he mauliawa.
Hide, 8 pee, e bona.
Hide, he ill bipi.
High, kiekie.
High-mind-ed, he naau kiekie, hookano.
High-wa-ter, he kai nui, kaikoo.
High-way, alanui.
Hill, he puu, he mauna uuku.
iiil-iock, be puu uuku.-
Hilt, ke au, ka mea e paa ai.
Him, ia ia (pili i ke kane.)
Hin-der-most, ka mea hope loa.
Hinge, be ami.
Hint, c kubikuhi maopopo ole.
Hit, e kn, e pili aku.
Hith-er and tbitb-er, i o ia nei.
Hoard, e boahu.
Hosise, Ieo ha, hanapilo.
IGN
533
IND
Hob-ble, e hele oopa, e hclo puupau.
Hoe, be puaa.
Hoistj, e bapal iluna. .
Hold, e boppaa, e malamo.
Hold ! ua oki 1 hamaa I
Hole, pnka, he laa.
Hoi-low, kaawale oloko, hakabaka.
KoniK, kahl e noho ai kekabi.
Hbu-oT, ka maaao nui no ka maikai.
l!oof, bo maimi, ka wawae o ka boloholona.
Hook, be makau.
Book-ed, ka mea i pelaia me he makau la.
Hoop, bo apo, me be apo pahu la.
H!ope, manao tana.
Hor4.-zon, ka huina aouli.
Horn, he pe'pciao bao.
Hor-ri-blo, KiTmea eebia, weliweli.
Hor-ri-fied, he moa 1 hoomakauia.
Horee, he lio.
Hos-]^i-ta-ble, be bookips'malihini.
Hot, wcla.
Hot-head-ed, ikaika ma kona manao iho.
Hor-er, e lelo nulmai na raanu malina o kau-
wabi.
House, be hale.
House-hold, ka poe ohua no ka buie.
House-bold-er, ka mea nona ka hale.
How? pehea? make ano hca'
How-ev-er, aole manao i ke ano.
Howl, aoaoa, te u we me he ilio la.
Hug, e pnliki i na lima, e apo.
Huge, nui, nunui.
Hnm,"e'bamnmU.
Hu-mane, lokomaikai, oluolu.
Hum-ble, baabaa.
' Hu-inid,pulanuku, mau. i i
Hu-mor-oU8, pill i ka lealea.
Hump-back, be kuapuu.
Hun-dred, he baneri.
Hun-ger, he poloU.
Hunt, e imi i ka mea i buna ia, e bahai.
Hurl, e non, e hoolei akn.
Hur-ri-cane, he makani ikaika.
Hur-ry, « hana wikiwiki.
Hurt, e^hooeha.
Hurt, he elia, he kina.
Hus-band, he kane mea wahine.
Hush ! e kuli ! e malie !
Hush-up, e hoomalie, e kulikuli.
Husk, ¥ hemo i ka aa o ke kurina.
Hut, he hale uukn, hale ino, he kamala.
Huz-za, ka leo olioli, he aikola.
Rjmn, he'bimene, he mele 1 ke Akua.
Hy-poc-rl-sy, ka hookamani. '
I.
I, au, wau, owau.
I-di-ot, he hupo he lola.
I-dle, iioho walo, aole hana.
If, i, ina.
Ig-nite, 0 hooa, e kuni ahi.
J^-no-raot, naaupo, ike ole.
Ill, m A, nawaliwali.
Im-age, he kii, he aka.
Im-ag-ine, e noonoo.
Im-bol-den, e koa, e makau ole.
Im-i-tate, c bana like, c beohaUke.
Im-ma-ture, pala ole, oo ole.
Im-me-di-ate-ly, ano, hoopance ole.
Im-merBe, e kupenu, c hookomo i kawaL
Im-mbr-tal, make ole.
Im-mov-a-ble, nauwe olo, paa loa.
Im-mu-ni-ty, be noa ke kapu.
Im-mu-ta-ble, hiki ole ke hoololiia. [elua.
Im-par-tial, c hana like i na roca o na aoao
Im-pa-tient, paupauah-, pauaho,
Im-pede, e hoobihia, e koakea.
Im-pel, e boonce akn.
Im-por-fect, paa ■ '3, hemolele ole.
Im-pe-ri-ons, e hookiekie ana.
Im-per-ti-nent, maoi, mahaoi.
Im-pet-u-ou8, e bolo ikaika ana.
Im-plant, e kanu, e hookomo.
Im-plore, e pvile, e n6i aku.
Im-por-tune, e noi ikaika aku.
Im-pose, e kau maluna o kekahi mea.
Im-po-si-tion, e kau ana maluna o ka mea e,
e boopunipuni.
Im-pos-si-ble, he hiki -le ke hanaia.
Im-po-tent, be hiki ole, nawaliwali.
Im-pre-cate, e hoohiki paa.
Im-prop-er, pono ole, pololei ole.
Im-prove; e hoomaikai ae.
Im-pru-dent, malama ole, waiho wale.
Im-pu-dent, maka bilahila ole.
Im-pu-ni-ty, he hana hewa me ka hpopai ole.
Im-pure, paumaele, aole i holoi ia.
In, i, iloko, maloko.
In-a-bil-i-ty, he ikaika ole.
In-ac-ces-si-ble, hiki ole ke hookokoke aku.
In-ac-tive, hana ole, molowa.
In-ar-tic-u-late, be hai leo maopopo ole.
In-ca-parble, hiki ole.
In-car-nate, maloko o ke kino.
In-ces-sant, mau, maba ole. [ke mare.
In-cest, moekolohe o na hoahanau pono ole
In-cis-ion, he kaba iloko.
In-ci-sor. ka niho ipuka mua mai.
Ih-cite, e faoala, e hocueu.
In-clin-ed, e hio ana, aole ku pololei-
In-olude, e hookomo pn.
In-com-par-a-ble, aohe mea like.
In-com-pat-i-bl«i ku like ole, launa ole.
In-com-pc-tent, biki ole, makaukau ole.
In-comrplete, paa olo, aole hemolele.
In-com-pre-hen-si-ble, hiki ole ke ike lea ia.
In-con-gru-ous, e kobu ole ana.
Ipi-con-sid-er-a-hle, aole nui loa.
In-con-sist-ent, kohu ole.
In-con-sol-a-bie, aole e hoooluoluia.
In-con-stant, lauwili, paa ole.
In-cor-rect, hewa, pololei ole.
In-cor-ri-gi-ble, biki ole ke hoopololei iho.
In-crease, e mahuahua.
In-cum-ber, e hookaumaha.
In-de-cent, maemae ole, pono cle.
la-deed, no, oia, boi.
INS
634
lEB
lD-de-fat-!-ga-b)e, hana mau, luU ole^
In-def-i-nite, maopopo ole. -
Ia-del-]-ble, hiki ole ke holoiia.
la-del-i-cate, koha ole me ka maemae.
In-dem-ni-fr, e pani i ka mea i lilo.
Iq-de-ter-oun-ed, he mea 1 kanaluaia.
In-4l-oate, e kubikohi, e hoike. [elua.
I%4if-fer-eiitj he lewa mawaena o na aoao
Ia-di-gen{, ilihune.
Ta'dig-nant, hahu.
JCn-dig-nl-ty, he pakike, hoowahawaha.
In-di-rect, kapakahi, pololei ole.
la-dis-creet, aole hana me ke akamai.
In-^is-crim-in-ate, he hiki ole ke manao ma-
waena o ka pono a me ka hewa.
In-dis-pos-ed, he manao ka e.
In-dis-tinct, maopopo ole, pohihibi.
In-do-lent, molowa. '
In-dus-tri-ous, hana mau.
lo-e-bri-ate^ ona, be ona ^inepine.
In-ef-fi-ca-cious, he mea hiki ole ke hooko.
In-el-o-qnent, he hiki ole ke hai pololei. -
In-er-it-a-ble, ka hooko ka mea e pono ai.
In-ez-haust-i-ble, hiki ole ke hoopau ia.
Iji-ez-pe-di-ent, aole pono ke ttauaia.
In-«z-pe-Ti-enced, he maa ole, mea hou.
In-ez-pert, maa ole, naaupo.
In-fal-li-ble, kuhihewa ole ana.
In-fa-mous, he mea hoowahawahiua.
In-fant, he keiki, lie keiki aukn.
In-feot,-e-boolaha i ka mei lele.
In-fe-ri-or, malalo iho.
In-fl-nite, he hope ole, palena ole.
In-firm, ikaika ole, nawalivrall .
In-form, e hoonaanao aka, e hoike.
la-fringe, e haalele i ka ae like.
In-grat-i-tnde, he aloha ole nokalokomaikai.
In-hab-it, e noho ma kanwahi. [e hana.
In-hale, e hookomp' i.ke ea i ^e ake mama,
In-her-ilrance, heMoiUna. '. ' ■_
In-'hU'4uan, he kii e i ka ke kanaka hana.
In-i-qtti-^, he hana kekee, he pono ole,
In-junc-tion, he papaana, he,olelo ao.
In-jure, e hana'iao aka.
la-juB-tice, he paewaeva, he pololei ole.
Inki wai^leele, he inika.-
In-land, mauka, iuka.
In-land-er, he kiiaaina.
In-most, maloko loa..
In-na-mer-a-ble, hiki ole ke heln ia.
In-quire, e jiinau, e emi aka.
In-sane, he papule.
In-sa-ti-a-6le, aole maona, walea ole.
In-se-cnre, paa ole, hiki ke ohemo ai.
In-sep-a-ra-ble, aole e kaawale, e pUi pn.
U-side, maloko loa.
In-sig-nif-i-cant, ano ole, he manao ole !a^ '
In-sin-cere, aole oiaio, hookamani. [hai.
In-sin-u-ate, 6 hookomo maalea i ka manao ia
In-sip-id, mananalo, ono ole.
In-sist, e koi aka, e. kupaa ka manao.
In-snare, e hoopuni, e hoopahele.
In-30-Ient, h» pakike.
,In-3pect, e nana, e ball 1 ike.
In-spire, e hanu i ka makani.
In-sta-bil-i-ty, he paa ole o ka manao. -—
In-stant-ly, hiki wawe, emo ole, ano no.
la-stead, kafai o ka mea e ae,_
In-Bti-gate. e paipai, e hoala i ka manao. '
In-gti-tate, e hoomaka.
In-stract, e ao aku.
In-Btru-ment, be mea « hana td.
In-sof-fer-a-ble, hiki ole ke hoomanawanuL
In-suf-fi-cient, lako ole, aole lawa.
In-snlt, e hoonauldaki, e booico aku.
In-sap-firt-a-ble, hiki ole ke hoomanawanui.
Jn-sur-rec-tion, he kipi ka e i ke aapuni
In-ten-tion, be manao e hookoia.
In-ter, e kana me he kupapaa la.
In-ter-oede, e awao ae.
In-ter-cept, e hopa.
In-ter-change, e lilo aka lilo mat
In-ter<Uct, e papa, e hookapa.
In-te-riTor, iloko, maloko.
Xn-ter-me-di-ate, he wahi mawaeua.
In-ter-min-a-ble, hopa ole, pan ole. .
In-ter-nal, ko loko.
In-^er-posie, ekomo mawaena,.e awao,
In-ter-pret, e mabele olelo.
In-ter-ro-gate, e ui aka, e ninau.
In-ter-nipt, e boopilikia.
In-ter-val, he wa mawaena.
In-ter-view, he kamailio.
In-tes-tine, ko loko.
In-tlu'all, e boopilikia.
In-ti-mate, he hoa aloha.
In-ti-mate, e knbl aka- akaka ole nae.
In-tim-i-date, e hoomakaa.
In-to, iloko.
In-tol-er-a-ble, hiki ole ke hoomanawanui.
In-tox*i-ca-tlon, ka ona ana.
In-tract-a-ble, hiki ole ke aoia.
In-trep-id, he ano koa, wiwo ole.
In-tri-cate, ilioohihiaia.
In-trade, e hole ma kahi i nol ole ia.
In-traati ^ walho aku me kekahL
In-un-da-iion, ka halaha ana o ka wu.
In-yadc,-e komo ano kaua i ke aupaiti e.
In-yarlid, he'oopa, he nawaliwali.
Ii^-rert, hoololi, e hulTkamaa i.hopd.
In-Tes-tl-gate, e hali a ike lea.
In-vid-i-ouB, be manao lili iki aka.
In-Tig-o-rate, e ikaika ae ana.
In-Tin-ci-ble, hiki ole ke hoopioia.
In-yis-i-ble, i nana ole ia.
In-vite, e kono aku.
In-Voke, e noi aku me he pule la.
In-ward, ko loko.
Ire, he huhu, he inaina.
Irk, e Idbi.
Iron, he hao.
I-Ton-ic-al, he ano laa.
Ir-re-coT-er-B-ble, hiki ole ke loaa hon.
Ir-ref-a-ta-ble, blki ole ke hooleia.
Ir-re-me-di-a-ble, hiki ole ke lapaauia.
Ir-rep-re-hen-si-ble, hiki ole ke boohewaaku.
Ir-re-proach-a-ble, he hoowahawaha ole.
Ir-res-o-lute, kanalna, paa ole ka manao.
Ir-rev-er-ent, manao ole i ke Akua.
If-ri-tate, e hoonauMuki aku.
LAB
685
LIE
lel-and, he mokupuni, lie aina pnni i ke kai.
l8-sae, he kei^i, ka hope.
Itch, kti meau,' puupuu, kakio. Taku.
I-tiu-er-ftat, ka mea hele ia wahi.aktt ia wahi
J.
Ji.so, he pnn, kauwahi oi.
Jan-gle, e uakaka, e ku e.
Jar-gon', he ololo pohihi, he namnnama.
Jaw, he iwi a.
Jcal-ouB, lili.
Jeer, e boino, e mika.
Jest, he olelo ano lua.
Jin-gle, e kani.
Jo-cose, he olelo e akaaka ai.
Jog, e hele malie, e pahu aka.
Join, e hookm, e pakuL
Joint, he hai, he ami.
Joke, he olelo 6 lealea ai.
Joa-tle, e hoohaalulu.
Jour-ney, he hele mo he poe huakaihele.
Joy, he olioli.
Judge, latiakanawai.
Jug, he ipu lepo, he omole apu lepo.
Juice, ka wai mai ka mea ulu mai.
Jum-ble, e huikau.
jump, e lele ma na wawae.
Just, kupono, pololei.
Jus-tice, ka pololei iwaena o kitnaka.
Ju6-ti-t'y, e apono, e hoapouo.
JuB-Ue, e laliliili iki
K.
Eebl, ke kikala o ka moka, ka iwi kaele.
Keen, he maka oi loa o ka mea oki.
Keep, e malama, e kaohi.
Ke4p-er, ka mea malama. . ,....,
Ker-nel, ka hna o ke kurina al!{rm*<9KepahB,
Kick, « keehi, e peku.
Kid, he keiki kao.
Kld-ney, ho punpaa.
Kill, e pepehl a make.
Kin, he boahanau.
Kind, lokomaikai.
Kindle, e hoaa, e kani.
King, he alii moi.
^8-man, he hoahanau.
Kiss, ehoni.
Kit-ten, he popoM opio.
Knee, ke kuU.
Kneel,'6 kukuli iho. ■
Knife, he pahi.
Knock, e kikeke.
'Knot, he lala, he pona.
Know, e ike, e hoomaopopo.
Knuckle, ka puupuu lima. '
La-pob, e hana akn.
La-bor, he ham.
Lan-guieh, e nawaliwali iho.
Lan-guor, he nawaliwali.
Lap, ka uha.
Lap, e palu, e pain aku.
Lar-board, ka aoao'hema o ka moku.
Lard, he aila puaa.
Large, nui, modiona, nunui.
Lar-ynx, kahi o ka a-L
Las-civ-i-ous, be kuko ana.
Laah, he iti i hiliia i mea habau.
Lass, he kaikamahine.
Last, ka hope loa.
Last, e boomau a loihi loa.
Last-ing, e mau ana.
Laud, e hooapono, e hoonani.
Laugh, e akaaka.
Law, he kanawaL
Law-lesB, e malama ole i ke kanawai.
Lay, e waiho aku, e hanau buamc hemoa la.
La-zy, molowa, palanalelo, hana ole.
Lead, be kepau kaumaha loa.
Lead, e kai aku, e alakai.
Leaf, he lau, * '
League, e nana kuikahi.
Leak, e knlu, e komo ka Ilu.
Lean, kah^ ole, momona ole.
Lean, e hio.
Leap, e lele,'e lelele me he lio la e lele i ka pa.
Learn, e ao, e hooAaauao ibo.
Least, ka mea uuku 11)0.
Leath-er, ka ill holobolona i hoolunia.
Leave, e haalele aku.
Leare, be ae akui
'I^eaTe-off. e oki I e hoopau I
Leav-en, ne hu.
Xeav-ings, na'koena, na mea i haaleleia.
Lech-er-ous, kuko ana.
Leer, e hoomoe 1 ka pepeiao me he }io la.
Lees^na oka o ka waina a me na mea Uke.
Left, hema : left hand, lima hema. ■
Leg, he ^irawao.
Le-gis-la-tor, he mea hana kanawai.
Xeis-ure, he kaawalo, pilikia ole i ka hana.
Lels-nre-ly, me he hana wikiwiki ole la.
Lend, 3 haawi ia bai a mahope boihoi bott mai.
Length, loa, ka loloa.
Lengtb-en, e boololoa, e booloQu aku.
Len-i-ty, he lokomaikai.
Less, he uuku iho.
Les-sen, e hooliilii iho.
Lest, 0, ina i ole.
Let, e ae aku.
Let-ter, he palapala boouna.
Ley-el, he iliwai.
Lev-i-ty, ke ano akaaka lapuwale.
Lewd, e lilo ana i ke kuko.
Li-ar, he mea wahahee.
Lib-er-al, lokomaikai.
Lib-er-ty, he ku olekekanawa' i kanwaleia.
Li-bid-in-ons, he manao nui i ke kuko.
Li-cense, e ae akn i kekahi hana.
Lick, e palu iho me ke alelo.
Lid, be poi' no ka ipu.
Lie, he wahahee.
LUK 538 . MEA
Ue, e inp« ilalo.
LoU, e malie ka makam, e hoohiamoe.
Life, ke'ola ana.'
Lu-na-tic, pupule.
Lift, fr^bapai iltma.
Lungs, kahi e bann ai, he s,kim9,ma.
Lure, e boowalewale ia hai; •
Ligbt, nama, kanmaha ole.
Liglit^n, h hoomama ilio.
Lurk, e hoomakaakin.
Luz-u-rijuit, ulu nui ana.
Ligbt-head-ed, e pooniunio.
Ligbt-ilihg, uila, ka uwila.
M.
Like, like, e like me, pe, peia.
Like, e mabalo, e manao nai aku.
Map, behena, pupnle.
Like-ness, ma kd ano, he like ana.
Mag-ni-fy, e hoonoi, e hoomahuahna.
Lim-bo, he pilikia ntiL
Mag-ni-tude, ka nui.
Maid, he wahine puupaa.
Lime, he puna, he hna awabia.
Lime-tree, he laaa lemi.
Maid-serv-ant, kauwa wahine.
Lim-it,'moknna, ka aoao owaho.
Maim-ed, ua oopa, na mumukn.
Limp, be hele me he oopa la.
Main, nui, oi ana.
IJmp-id, be uai, he lepo ole me be wai la.
Main, ka ikaika ; ka moana.
Line, be kaala, (fishing) he aho lawaia.
Main-tun, e malama, e bookipa.
Lin-e-age, he ano mamo, he obana.
Ma-jor-i-ty, ka nui, ka nui ma ka belvna.
Lin^ger^e lolobi, e lohi, e emi ibope.
Maize, he kurina.
Lin-i-ment, he laaa mea hamo.
Make, e hana.
Up, he lehelehe.
Mal-a-dy, he mfu.
Li-qae-fy, e hoohee.'
Male, he kane.
Li-quid, he wai, ^Hiee me he wai la.
Mal-e-dic-tion, Ita hoino.
lAsp, e bai pahematema i ka olelo.
Mal-e-fac-tor, he mea hana ku e ikekaoawaL
Lis-ten, e boolohe.
Mal-ice, he lokoino ka manao.
Lit-tle, uukn, lu, liilil.
Man, be kanaka, ka mea uhane. <
Live, e ola, e noho;
Man-age, e hooponopono.
LiT-er, ke akepaii.
Man-gle, e oki weluwelu.
Liz-ard, he moo.
Man-i-fest, e hpike aku.
Lol eiahoi! enana!
Man-i-fesi. maopopo lea.
Load, he nkana, he haawe.
Mau-i-fold, manomano, nui wale.
Loaf, he popo berena.
Man-kind, na kanaka.
Loathe, e hoopailua.
Man-ner, ka aoao, ke ano.
Lock, kahi lauohb o ke poo ; he laka.
Man-sion, he hale e noho aL
Tiodge, he bale noho paa ole.
Man-u-foc-ture, e hana akamai me na lima.
Lof-ty, kiekie.
Man-u-mis-sion, e hookuu ana i ke kainwa i
Log, he kino laau nnl.
hooluhiia.
LoinB, pubaka.
Ma-ny, nui loa, nai wale.
Loi-ter, e lolohi, e emi ibope.
Mar, e hooino i ko Waho.
Lone-lv, meba, mehameba.
Iiong, loa, loloa, loibi.
Mare, be lio wahine.
Mar-gin, kaha, palena, aoao o ka Inn w^
Look, e Jiana.
Mark, he kaha, e boailona aku.
Loo'k-ing-glass, be aniani nana.
Mar-riage, ka mare ana, ka hoao ana.
Loose, e kala, e wehe, e hemo.
Marsh, be aina wai, aina pulu i ka wfu.
Loos-en, %.kala aku.-
Mar-vel, e kabaha.
Loose-ness, he paa ole, he liii.
Mash, e boopepe iho.
Lop, e oki me ka pokole ae.
Mas-sa ere, e luku, e hiulnka.
Lo-qua-cious, he kamailio nui ana.
Mast, be Ida mioku.
Lord, haku, alii.
Mas-tor, he luna, he kumu ao.
Lose, e nele me ka lilo aku.
Mas-ti-cate, e nau, e ai a moni iho.
Loud, he leo nui ana, he iii;aika ma ka leo.
Mat, he moena.
Love, e aloha aku.
Match, he like, he hui like ana.
Love; he aloha.
Match-less, hei lua ole, aohe mea like.
Lounge, e noho wale.
Mate, he hoa, ka Ina o na 'lii moku.
Louse, (head) uku poo, (kapa) uku kapa.
Ma-te-ri-als, ke kumu o na mea hana.
liow, haahaa, malalo iho.
Mat-ri-mo-ny, ka mare.ana.
Low-er, haahaa iho.
Low-er, e hookuu iho.
Mat-ron, he makuahine.
Mat-ter,.be mea kino, he male.
Low-ly, haahaa.
Ma-ture, he oo, he pala, he makna.
Lu-'cid, aiai, akaka.
May-be, ae paha, e hiki paha.
Luck-y, pomaikaL
Mea-gre, nuku, he wiwi.
Mea-ly, he okaoka liilii loa me he falaoa la-
Luff, e huli i ka mcku i ka mricani.
Lug, e balihaU i ka mea kaumaba.
Mean, be ano ino, he lapuwale.
Lttko-warm; he mahani^, aole «ela.
Meaa-nre, he ana e ana ai.
MIS
537
MtJS
M»^;«te, e uwao aka, e kemo Iwaena.
Ke-di-a-tor, he mea uwao.
l{«d-i-cine, he laan lapaaUi
Med-i-tate, e noonoo, e haliilo iho.
Keek, akabal, he oaau nohomalie.
'MeetjC halawai pu.
Meet-ing, e halawat ana>
Me-liiO-rate, e hoohiolu, e hoomamti iho.
Uel-Iov, pala, palupala.
Uelt, e hoohehee,
Mem-p-rj, ka manao hoopaa i ka mea i ikeia.
Men-ace, he hooweliweli.
Mead, e fcapili hon i ka mea 1 baiia.
Hen-tion, ka hai ana, ka olelo ana.
HeTKse-na-ry, he mea i hooliaalima ia.
Heivchant, he mea kalepa iraiwai.
iler-ci-ful, lokomaikaL '
Uer-ci-lees, aloha ole, paakiki.
Here-ly, inaoU, wale no.
Ue-ri-di-an, awakea.
Mer-ry, olioli, lealea.
Mesh, ka maka o ka upena,
Mee8, he kuina o na mea ono e al ai.
lies-sage, he olelo, he manao i hoounaia.
MeJi-al, be mea no ka honna mal hiki ke hoo-
heheeia e like me hao.'
Met-a-phor, he olelo none.
Me-thoughtr manao iho la au.
Me-trop-o-lis, he kulanakauhale nui
Mid-day, he awakea. . '
Mid-way, mawaena, like a like iwaena.
Mid-die, mawaonakona.
Mid-dle-a^ged, aole opio aole elemakole.
Mid-dliDg,.aole oi akn aole.emi iho.
Mid-night, aamo@, like a like ka po.
Midat, kabi mawaeua.
Mid-wife, he pale'keikL
Might, Ikaika, mana.
Ifild, akahai, oiuolu, malie.
Mil-dew, he i^nalo.
Milk, he.waiu. {lani.
Milk-y-iway, ka leleiona,. he ala keokeo ma ka
Mim-fq, e bapa like, e hoobalike.
Mince, eokiliiiii.
Mind, e malaiua, e hoolohe.
Miae, ko'n, ka'a.
IBu^w, is hui, e hui pn.
Miit4»-ter, he kahunapiile, be elele.
Mi-nor-i-ty, ka poe uuka o na po.e kn e elna.
Mint, h^wahi mea nla,'kahi hana dala.
Mia-ute, be hapa kaaaono o ka bora.
Mi-nnte, he uuku loa.
Mile, he lepo p(ibo,Jepo kelekele,
iDr-ior, he Uniani nana, be kilo.
Mirth, he akaaka, be lealea.
Mis-be-come, ka hana knpono ole.
Mis-be-bare, e kolohe, e hawawa.
Mi»«ar-ry, e owili wale. '
Mis-cbiev-ons, kolobe, apiki
Mis-coimt, e helu hewa.
Mia^e-mean-or, e baoa hewa aku ia hcu-
ttif!-^l:-»^ble, he pilikia no ka hewa.
Mig-for-tune, he poino, pilikia.
IGdfiv^ he kanalua, he poho kalu manao.
Mis-guide, e alakai hewa.
Mis-bap, he wahi poino i biki mai.
Mis-in-form, e hai bewa aka.
Mis-in-ter-pret, e mahele hewa i ka olelo.
Mis-lead, e alakai hewa.
Mis-pend, e ubauha.waiwai.-
Mis-rep^re-sent, e olelo hewa akn.
Miss, e hala, ka ole ka poa ke paaa ia.
Mis-sion-a-ry, be misionari, he eleie.
Mist, he obu, aa makalii.
Mis-take, he kubibewa, he ItUaa.
Mis-trnst, he paulele ole.
Mis-un-der-stand-iog, be knhihewa.
Mis-use, e hana ino aka.
Mit-i-igate, e hooemi iho.
Mix, e kaawili, e hni pn.
Moan, e ohnuha, e uwe aku.
Mock, e hoomaewaewa. .
Mod-er-ate, e boomalie, e hoomalili.
Mod-est, akahai, baahaa.
Moist, man, pnla ikL
Mo-lest, e mea aku, e hoopilikia.
Mol-li-fy, e hoopalupala.
Mon-ey; he mea dala, he boiulona waiwai.
Month, malama, he mabina.
Moh-u-ment, be kia poha&u.
Mood-y, he ano kaumaba ka manao.
Moon, mabina.
M6or, ka aina paapu i pohopoho.
l^or-alj t>9iio> pololei ma ka noho ana.
More, noi ae.. mahuabua ae.
Morn-ing, kakafaiaka.
Morn-ing^tar, ka bokaloa, hokaao.
Mor-tow, apopo, ka la hpn.
Mor-sel, wabi mea iki, he huna ai.
Mdss, be lima. '
Most, he nai loa ke helu ia.
Moth, he mn.
Moth-er, makaahine..
Motb-er-ly, ma ke ano makaahine.
Mo-tion, he nee, he he!e, he kapaliU.
Moald, be punidiela.
Moulder, e pope aku.- .
Moult, ka baale ana o na hnlu o na raan^
Mount, be pun, be wabi kiekie.
Mpunt-ain, be mauna, be kuahiwi.
Mourn, e kania^a.'e ue.
Moath, he waba, he nuka.
Moatb-falj ka piha o ka waha, ka oolopn.
Much, usiloa, nui wale;
Mad;ous,Jie yraietviAe, be hupe.
Mud, be lepo kaawili met ka wai.
Mnd-dy, mea lepo, be ino.
Mul-ber-ry,"he laau kilika.
Sful-ti-ply, e taoonoi, e boomahuahua.
Mul-ti-tade, na mea nui wale.
Mum-ble, e uu, maopopo ole ka olelo.
Mu-uif-i-cent, madawiilca, lokomaikai.
Maimer, ho p^pebi kanaka, ka lawe ola.
Mnr-der~ou8, ma ke ano popebi kanaka.
Mur-mur, e.obumn, e boobalahala.
Mns-cle, be ib, heio huki.
Mus-cle, bo wahi ia.
Mase, ho akaa no ka mele ma Helene.
Muse, e nconoo nai me ka leo ole.
NIN
538
OBS
Mnsk-et, he wahi pu kau pohiwi.
Must-y, punahelu.
Mn-ta-ble, lauwili; lolelua..
Mute, paa, leo ole, kuU, aa.
Mo-ti-late, e oki aku, e hoomumuku.
Mu-ti-riy, he hana ano kipi.
Mut-ter, e nama liilii. [o na mea elua.
Mu-ta-al, hana mai hana akn, hana iike iwaena
Muz-zle, e lipopaa i ka nuka.
My, ko'n. ita'u. ,
Myr-i-ad, lehulehu loa, tnanomano.
My-self, au ihc, wau iho no.
Nail, mainu, maiao, be koi hao^
Na-ked, Qlohelohe, kapa ole.
Name, inoa, he ano kanlana.
Nape, ka ami o ka a-i.
Nar-rate, e hai aku, e olelo aku. [olelo.
Nar-ra-tive, ka olelo e hai an^ i kekahi moo-
Nar-row, haiki,-oloii,
Nas-ty, haumia, lepo.
Na4ion, lahiii k^aka, he aupuni.
Na^yel, ka piko oka opu.
Naugh-ty, kolohe, ino, hewa.
Nau-3e-ate,je liliha, e hoopailua,
Nau-ti-luS, he auwaalalua,
Na-vy, he ulnmoku.
Nay, aole, aohe.
Neap-tide, kai make, kai man.
Near, koke, kokoke. .
Near-ly, kokoke, aQeanef
Neat, maemae, mikioe.
Ne-ces-sa-r^, he ano nni ke loaa.
Neck, ka a-i.
Neck-cloth, he lole no ka a-i.
Neo-ker-chief, he lolo no ka a-i, luunaka.
Neck-lace, he lei no ka a-i.
Need, he neje, he pilikia no k^ ole.
Nee-dle, be kuikeie, ke kuhikiihi o ke panana.
Nee-dlc-work,'he mea i hanaia i ke kuikeie.
Neg-lect, e.waiho wale, e malama ole. , .
Neigh-bor,'he hoauoho.
Neigh-bor-ly, he launa ana.
Nest, he punana.
Net, he npena, be koko.
Neth-er, malalo.
Nct-tle, he mea ulu oioi ka heu.
Net-tie, e hoohnhu, e o aku.
Ilev-er-the-less, aka hoL
Nen-ter, aole ia ^ole kela.
New, hou, kahiko ole.
Next, kokoke loa mai.
Nig-gard, he kanaka aua a pi.
Nigh, kokoke, anetkiie.
Night, po, wa poeleele.
NJght^ly, kela po keia po.
Nim-ble, mama.
Nine, aiwa, eiwa.
Nine-fold, paiwa.
Nine-teen, nmikumamaiwa
Nine-ty, kanaiwa.
Nip, e umiki.
Nip-pie, lie maka wain.
No, aole, aohe.
No-ble, manao kiekie, anoTianohano.
No-bod-y, he mea ole, he kanaka lapuwale
Nod, e Brno i ke poo, e kunou.
Noise, he leo, he haalulu.
Noi-80me, he ino, he mea e poino ai.
Nom-iu-ate, e hoike i ka inoa.
None, aole, aole kekahi.
Non-plna, he hikfole, pohihihi
Noon, awakea.
Noose, he pahele.
Nor, aole hoi.
N5rth, he knkuln zisa, he akan.
Nose, ka ihn.
Nos-tril, ka puka ihn.
Not, ole, aole, aohe.
Notch, nihomole..
Note, he boailona, he pal-apala pokole.
No-ted, kaulana.
Noth-ing, he ole, he mea ole.
No-tioe, e hooakaka, e hoike aku.
No-ti-fy, e hoike aku.
No-tion, he 3!anao,'he mea i noonooia.
No-to-ri-ous, kaulana, he ike lea ia.
Not-with-stand-ing, aka hoj, aole nae.
Nov-^1, he mea. hou, mea an^ e.
Nought, he ole, he mea ole.
Nov-ice, he mea, he kanaka hawawa.
Nour-ish, e hanai, e kokua.
Nour-ish-n.ent, he ai e ikaika ai ke kino.
Now, ano, i keia manawa
Now-a-days, i keia mau la.
Nox-ious, he mea e ino ai, he ino.
Nu-di4y, he olohelohe, he hune.
Ntti-sance, he mea e haumia ai, he pQan.
x^nl-li-fy, e hoolilo i mea ole.
Numb, maele, lolo.
Num-ber, he helu, he heluna.
Num-ber, e helu ; akahi, alua, ^olu, aha.
Num-ber-lesa, hikl ole ke tieluia.
Nu-mer-ous, he manomano, he nni wale.
Nurse, e hanai, e malama i ka mai.
Nut, he hua paa iloko o ka iwi.
Nutmeg, he hUa ala; he hua laau.
Nut-shell, ka i,wi .0 kaljua.
Nu-tri-meat, he ai, he mea e ikaika ai ke kino.
o.
Oar, he hoe waapa.
Oatb^ he hoohiki ma ke Akua.
Ob-iu-rate, paakiki loa.
0-bey, e hoolohe, e malamos
Ob-ject, e hoolei : hoohalahala, e ku e.
Ob-lig-ing, lokomaikai.
Qb-scene, hilahila ke nana aku.
Ob-soure, powehiwehi, pobihi.
Ob-serve, e nana, c jiakaikai.
Ob-Btarcle, he mea e hihiaiai, he alalai.
Ob-sti-nate, piaakiki, lohe ole.
Ob-fltrep-er-ons, he walaau wide.
OVE
539
PAN
Oft-struct, e keakea, o alalai.
Ob-tain, e loaa mai.
Ob-tiu-sive, kipa pono ole. <
Ob-vi-oiis, akika, maopopo.
Oc-ca-dion, he kuran, he mea e pono ai.
Oc-cult, ike olc, bima ia.
Oc-cu-pation, ka oihana a ko kanaka.
Oe-eu-py, e lawe hana, e noho hale.
0-cean, moauai
Olid, aohc mea like, lua ole.
0-di-ou3, hoowaliawaha ia. pono ole.
0-dor, he ala oluolu, he mea pilau hoi.
O^ 0, a.
On, ak'j, mamao, helc pela.
Of-fend, e huna ino aku, e hoohihia.
Of-fense, he hala, be bewa ka o i kokabi.
Of-fcr, e liaawi.
Of-fer-lng, he haawina, be mohai.
Off-spring, be ohana keiki, he bua.
Of-ten, pinepino.
O-gle, e awibi kc poo, c nana tS'.iVialeba.
Oh I auwc!
Oil, aila, momona.
Old, kahiko, elemakule.
0-mcn, be onli,lie haina.
On, iluna, malana.
Once, aKahi, bookahi.
One, akahi.
O.-ne-jrous, kaumaha.
On-ly, hookahi wale no.
On-ward, wamua ao, imua ka hele.
Ooze, e kulii, e kahe malie.
O-paqne, moakaka ole, he pna.
O-pen. e wohe, e boohamama.
O-pen-htind-ed, lima boomanawalca.
0-pen-ing, he paka hamama.
O-pen-ly, ma ke akea.
Oph-thal-my, he maka mai, makole.
D-pin-ion, manao. .
Op-po-nent, be kaneika ku c mai.
Op-por-tune; kapono i ka ruanawa.
Op-pose, e kn e akn, c keakea.
Op-po-filte, ka mea ku pono aku.
Op^press, e hookaumaba.
Op-tion, he koho ana.
Op-u-lence, he'hoho wai«'ai nui ana.
Or, he mea, a i ole ia.
Or-ange, be alani, be hna kahiki.
O-ra-tion, be oleloi baila i mua o kanaka.
Or-a-tor, he kanaka hai pono i ka oleic.
Or-daitt, e boopaa i ks^ manao, e hoolilo no
kekahl oihana.
Or-der, he hoonoho pololei ana, e kauoha.
Or-der, kanoha aku.
Or-durc, he pilau no ka lepo.
Or-i-Sce, be pnka liilii, he waha.
Or-i-gio, makamna, kumu.
Or-na-mcnt; he mea e naui ai, e kahiko ai.
Or-phan, be keiki makua ole, he huahaule.
Os-ten-ta-tious, he auo hoobanohano wale.
Otb-er, he mea e ae, kekahi mea e.
O-ren, he imu, he nmu.
O-ver, maluna.
O-yer-aw-ed, i boomakauia, ua hooweliweliia.
O-ver-cast, e uhi paapa ko ao.
O-ver-come, e lanakila maluna.
O-ver-flow, e ka..o ae, e balana ae.
0-ver-hang, o lewal vva ae maluna.
O-rer-boad, malun^ ae o kc poo.
O-ver-look, e makaikai, e waiho wale..
0-ver-much, imi loa, nui a kcu aku.
0-ver-plus; ke koena, ka mea kcu.
0-v6r-pow-er, e lanokila maluna.
0-vei:-riin, e lahaklla, e hooino.
d-yer-Sct, o hookabuli oc.
Q-Tcr-shade, e hbomalu iho.
0-vor-sleep, o hiamoe loa.
0-Vcr-spread, e bohola maluna au.
0-ver-take, e hele mahope a loaa no.
O-ver-throw, e hoohioto.
O-ver-tum, e hookabuli.
Ought, e pono -no.
Oiir,, (dual) ko maua, ka maiia ; ko kaua, ka
kaua; (plural) ko makou, ka makou; ko
kakou, ka kakon.
Our-selves, ko nuiua iho, &c., e riona Uuna.
Oust, e hemo, e kipaku. ^
Out, mawaho ac, iwaho.
Ontrof, mawaho aku.
Out-oast, lie mea kijiakuia i ka aina e.
Out-cry, he wawa, he walaau.
Out-do, e hana a pakcla ae.
Out-or, mawaho loa.
Outrlet, he puka e boopuka aku ai.
Out-rage, he hana kolobo loa.
Out-right, hikiwawe.
Out-rpot, e uhuki ae.
Out-BaS' [ * "^ "'"^ ^^ ^^ ^'^^° ^°*'
Out-aide, njawaho ae, kahi mawaho.
Out-ward, ma ka aoao.mawaha.
Owe, e aie, o noho aic ana.
Owl, pueo.
Own, e lilo loa kekahi mea na kekahi.
Own-er, ka mea nona kekahi waiwai.
P.
Pa-ci-py, e hoona, e hoolaulea.
Pad-die, e boo waa.
Pad-die, ho hoe no ka waa.
I'a-gan, he mea hoomana kii.
Pago, be aoao o ka buke, keiki lawelawe.
Pain, he eha, ho bui.
Paint, e hapala, e boolua.
Pair, na mea elua j kaulikeia.
Pale, be mao ka houluu ana, ke keo^eo o ka
mea mai nanakea.
Pal-li-ate, e booemi i ka hews a uukn,
Pclm, he lonln.
Palm, (of the hand) poho liina.
Pal-pa-ble, hiki no ke haha ia.
Pal-pl-tate, e kapalili,te pcna.
Pal-sy, he lolo, he mai lolo.
Pal-try, inoino, pupuka.
Pan-der, he weawea, he kanaka ino.
iPang, he bui, he eha nui.
F&nt, e nae^ae.
PEN
540
PIT
Pap, ka n 0 ka vrabine, ka ai palupalu.
Fa-paw, he bei, he laau nulikaDa.
Par-a-ble, he naoe, he olelo nane.
Par-ade, e paikau me he poe koa la,
Par-a-lyt-ic, he loohia e ka lolo.
Par-a-mouat, be oioi ae, he pookela.
Par-oel, he puolo uukn.
Parch, e papaa ke wela ma ke ahi.
Far-don, e kala ana i ka hala.
Pare, e kolikoli, e oki a hemo 1 ka Ui.
Pa-rent, makua ponoi.
Far-ley, he olelo kike. C
Far-ox-ysm, ka hoi bou mai nca o ka mat
Par-o-quet, he manu omaomao.
Par-si-mo-pi-ous, be pi, aua.
Part, hapa, he apana.
Par-take, e lawe pu e like me ka mea e ae.
Par-fial, lawe kapakabi, he paenraewa.
Par-tial-ly, be hapa wale no.
■ Par-tl-oi-pate, e lawe like me kekabi poe.
Par-ti-tion, he paka e kaawale at.
Fart-ner, he boa hana.
Par-ty, kekabi aoao o na kanaka, poe okoa.
Pass, e hele ae, e maalo ae.
P«is-sage, he wabi ala hele.
Pas-sen-ger, he mea hele, he ohaa.
Fas-sing, he hele ae ana.
Pas-sion, ka eha^o ka manao a o ke Idno palia.
Past, na bala, uapau.
Fas-time, he paani, he hana lealea.- ^ .
Pat, ka, inskaukaa.
Patt.lt>.e j)ai malie me ka lima.
Patch, he apana ; be mala aina.
Pate, ke poo.
Path, he alanai,bewabi e hele ai, lie kuamoo.
Pa-tience, he ahonui, belioomanawanui.
Pat-ri ot-ism, ka imi ana 1 ka pono o ke au-
puni.
Pat-tern, he kumu e hana like ai.
Pau-ci-ty, nuku, be kakaikahi.
Pare, e kipaepae poh&ku.
Paunch, ka opu a me na mea oloko.
■ P^w, e helu me ka wawae.
Paw, ka wawae'mua o kekabi holoholona.
Pay, e hookaa i ka aie.
Peace, he wa kaua ole, he kuikahi.
Peak, kahi oi o ka pun, he wekiu.
Peal, he baalnlu nui.
Pearl, he momi.
Peck, e kiko me he manu la.
Pe-cul-iar, e pili ana ia ia wale no.
Ped-i-gree, he kuauhau.
Peei; he ili i ihiia.
Feel, e hooihi i ka ili me be maia la.
Peep, e nana malu.
Peep, ka leo o ke keiU moa.
Peer-less, lua ole, pakela oi.
Peev-ish, buhu wale, na ole.
Pelt, e pebi, e nou aku i na mea liilii
Pen-al-ty, ka uku boopaL
Pen-dant, e lewaleWa ana.
Pend-ing, e lewa ana.
Pen-e-traie, e komp iloko lilo, e bou.
Pen-i-tence, he manao mihi
PeiMlve, he noonoo ana, lealea ole.
Pent-house, he hale hoopaa.
Peo-ple, na kanaka, be poe kansJica.
Peo-pled, he aina kanaka, paapu i kanaka.
Per-ad-ven-ture, ina paha.
Per-ceive, e ike, ehoomaopopo.
Perch, e kau ma ka lala laau me he manu la.
Per-chance, paba, ina paha.
Fer-di-tion, kahi e poino man ana.
Fer-fect, paa, hemolele, aohe mea koe.
Per-fid-i-ou8, malama ole i kana olelo iho.
Per-fo-rate, e bou i wabl puka me ka will.
Per-force, e koi ako.
Per-form, e hana i kekahi mea.
Per-fume, he mea ala.
Per-haps, paha, ina paha.
Per-ish, e make, e lilo i mea ole.
Fer-ju-ry, be hoohiki wafaahee.
Psr-ma-nent, he mea mau, aole pan koke.
Per-mit, e ae aku i hanaia.
Fer-pet-u-al, he oia man, pan ole
Per-plez, e hnikau, e hoohihia.
Per-ple£-«d-nes8, he hoopilikia ana ka manao.
Fer-se-cnte, e hoomaau, e hoohihia wale.
Per-se-vere, e booman^wanui.
Per-sist, e hookupaa i ka manao. [pabx
Fer^oUj ke kino o ke kanaka, wahine, keild
Per-fipic-u-ons, akaka, pohihihi ole.
Fer-apire, e kahe ka bou.
Per-8\iade, e hoohuli ma ke ao akn.
Per'-tur-hllftton, ka aleale ana o ka moana.
Per-Terse, paakiki hewa, kekee. ~
PeTruse, e heluhelu. '■■■■■ ..._
Pest, be mea kolohe, be mea i&o.
Pest-i-lence, he mai lelc, he ahalau.
Pet, he mea hiwahiwa, he punahele loa.
Pe-ti-tion, he noi, he pule.
Pet-ty, uukn, liilii.
Phan-lom, he mea manao w;?.le ia, he lapu^
Phy-gi-cian, he kahuna la^^au.
Phys-ic, he laau lapaau.
Pick, e wae, e obi.
Piece, be apana, he hakina.
Pierce, eo aku, e hou.
Pig, he puaa keild.
Pi-geon, he tnanu nunu.
Pile, be pua i hoopuuia.
Piles, he mai.
Pil-fer, e aihne i na mea nuku.
Fill, he huaale.
Pill (see peel.)
Pil-lage, e hao, e lawe wale.
Pil-low, he uluna.
Pim-ple, he puupuu ma ka iU.
Pinch, e iniki, e umild.
Fine, be laau kaa.
Pine, e hokli, e iini nuL
Pine-ap-ple, he bala ai.
Pipe, he obe, he ipu baka.
Pique, he hoohuakeeo.
Fish I .kahaha I he leo boowahawiAa.
Pis-nlire, he nonanona.
Fit, he lua.
Fitch, he kepau, he ta (tar.)
Flthi he iho.
Pit-i-Ail, aloha, menemene.
POS
541
PRO
Fit-saw, be pabi ololua.
Plt-y, be aloha menemene.
Pla-ca-bie, biki be boolanleida.
Place, wahi, kahi.
place, e kau aku, e waiho, e hoonoho.
Fla-cid, oluolu, akahai, malle. )
Plague, be mai abulau.
Plague, e hana ino aku, e hoooaqld.
Plain, maniania, maopopo.
Fiaiat, be ieo u, be kanikan.
Plait, e opeope pono, e ulana.
Plan, e manao boopono i kekabi bana.
Plane, be koikabi..
Plane, e kabc me ke koikabL
Flank, bo papa laau manoauoa.
Plant, be mca kann.
Flan-tain, be maia popolu.
Flan-ta-tion, te aina nni i mab!ia,hekihapai.
FlaD-ter, be puna i pai pn ia me ke one.
Flas-tcr, c bamo i ka puna.
Plat, be wahi papu.iki.
Fiaud-it, be booinaikai ana, be hoolca.
Flay, e paani, e bana lealea.
Plead, e nonoi, e koi akn.
Fleas-ant, oluolu. ,
Please, e hoooluolu, e hoolanlca.
Ple-be-ian, be^^kanaka makaainana.
Flen-ty, be itfalea, he mabnabtia, be nui.
Pli-ant, e ae ^oke aku, e will ka manao.
Plot, be manao e boopuni, be ohumu.
Pluck, e unubi, e ufauki.
Plug, be umpki, be pani no ka pahu.
Flu-mage, ns hiilu o ka mann.
Plump, nemonemo, piha, momona, puipuL
PluU'^er, be wsliwai i bao wale ia.
Plnnge, e luu i ka ^ai.
Plunge, e bou iho;
Ply, e kulou iho { ka bana ikalka.
Pod, ka aa e wab^ &na maw&|io o na anoano.
Fo-et, be baku mele.
Point, kahi oi, he welau, be kiko
Point, e kubikuhi. [akuabanai.
Foi-son, be mea make ke ai ia a inii pafaa,
Foi-isb, e anai, e boomaniania.
Po-lite, be ano pili ana i ka booluolu.
Pol-lute, e boopelapeta, e hoobaumia.
Po-lyg-a-my, ka mare lebulehu ana.
Pomp, be hanobano.
Pond, he loko, he kiowai.
Pon-der, e noonoo, e boomanao.
Fon-dei>ons, b? kaumaba, koikoi.
Poor, he ilihune, wiwi.
Fop, e poha aku.
Fop-u-laoe, na kanaka, ka lebulehu.
Pop-n-lar, ku like me ka manao o kanaka.
Fop-u-lpus, paapu i kanaka.
Fork, ka io puaa.
' For-poise, ka naia.
Fort, be awa ku moku.
Por-tent, boallona o ka poino e Mki mai ana.
For-tion, he puu waiwai, he putt okoa.
Pos-sess, e paa lima ana, e lilo ponoi.
Pos-si-bie, biki no.
FoBt, he pou hale, be laau ku, be elele.
FoB-te-ri-ors, kahi hope o kanaka, kikala. ,
Poa-teH-ty, na hanauna mahope, na mamo.
Post-J>(Jne, e waitio aku, o hoopanee.
Po-tentj'he ikaika nni, be mea mana.
PoT-er-ty, be iUfaane, he nobo waiwai ole.
Pound, e paopao, e kuikui iho.
Pour, e nmini.
Pow-der, be one-a, be okaoka, be panda.
Pow-er, mana, ka pono no ka bana i kekabi
mea.
Pow-er-ful, he ano mana, be ikaika nui.
Prac-tice, he bana mau.
Praise, e boomaikai, e hoolanilani.
Prate, e ol^lo wale, e olelo ano ole.'-
Pray, e pule, e noi aku.
Pray-er, he pule, he noi.
Preach, e hai aku i ka olelo maikai.
Pre-ca-ri-ous, akaka ol0 ke ko ana.
PreHsede, be bele iind'inamua.
Fre-cept, be kanawai i kakauia.
Previous, nui ka waiwai, makamae.
Frec-i-pice, be pali ku pololei iluna.
Pre-cip-it-ate, e hbolei ilalo i ka pali
Fre-dict, e hai e mamua, e wanana aku.i.
Prenem-i-nent, kiekie maluna.
Fre^fer, e kobo e mamua o na mea e ao.
Freg-nant, ko i kekeiki, piha i kahua,bapai.
Pi^rpare, e boomakaukau.
Prfcpos-ter-ona, lapuwale.
Presage, e boike mamua, wanana.
Pr£>8Cilbe, e kubikuhi.
Pqss-ence, ma 1^ alo pono.
Fres^ent, e nobo nei, e kq nei.
Pres^ent, be faaawina, fae'makana.
Pres-ent-ly, kokoke, aolo liuliu aku.
Pre-serre, e malama, e malama o make.
Pre-sido, e nobo maluna.
Press, e kaomiiho, e hookeke.
Pre-sume, e manao, e kuhi. [bookamani.
Pre-tend, e h9oike wabahee me be oiaio la, e
Fret-ty, maikai ma ka belehelena.
Pre-rail, c lanakila, e laha a kiekie maluna.
Fre-var-i-cate; e banhili i ka olelo, e lauwili
i ka olelo.
Pre-rent, e bookee, e keakea'.
Pro-vi-ous, mamua ae.
Price, ke kumuknai.
Prick, e o aku, e bou.
Prick-ly, ooi, kuku.
Pride, baaheo, he manao kiekie.
Priest, be kabunapule.
Prime, be mua, be oi.
Prince, be alii opio.
Prin-ci-pal, be mca pookela, be mua.
Print, e pai, e pai palapala, e pai kapa;
Pri-or, mamua, bele mua ana.
Pris-on. balcpaahcM).
Pri-vate, ka nobo^ ana o k^ kanaka oia iho
wale no, ka waiwai ponoi o ke kanaka.
Friv-i-lege, be mea i ae ia, he oihana.
Pi-iv-y, malie, e ike main ana.
Frota-a-ble, oiaio paha.
Fro-ba-tion, he boao ^na i ka oiaio.
Prob-i-ly, be pololei, he oiaio.
Pro-oeed, e b'-^le akn.
Fro-claim, e hai akn, e kukala aku.
PUO
5^
QUI
Pt'o-oraS-ti-nate, e hoopanec.
I'ro-cure, e loaa:
Prodi-gal, hoomaunauna, hooleilei wale.
Pro-di-gioas, nui !"», knpanaha.
Pro^duce, e hoohua, e loaa ma ka haca.
Pro-duc-tive, e pono ke. hoohua.
Pro-fane, ehoolilo i kamealaa i <iiealaaole,
". hoohsnmia.
Pro-fane, <j hoohiki ino.
Prof-fer, e baawi akn.
Pro-fl-cient, he makaakan i kahi hana.
Prof-it, ka wAiwai i loaa.
Pro-found, hohonti, naacao loa.
Pro-ge-ny, he poe niamo, he poe hanau hope.
Prog-nos-ti-cate, e hoi'ie e mamua i ka meae
hiki mai ana. ^
Pro-hib-it, e hookapu, e papa.
Pro-ject, he manao ma ke kumn o ka hana.
Pro-ject, e hooi aku i-nraUo.
Pro-lif-ic,.e hua nui ana.
Pro-llz, loloa, hooluhi no ka loloa ana.
Pro-long, e hooloihl ae.
Prom-l-nont, Maopopo, oi. _
Pro-miB-cu-ouB, liuikau, hulia.
Prom^ei he oloio ae hooko. [he-lae,
Protn-bn-to-ry, he aina pali e oi ana i ke kai,
Pro-mote, e kokua mamuU q keUabibaua.
Prompt, makaukau.'"
Pro-BUl-gate, e hoolaha, e hoike akea.
Prone, kulou ana imua.
Pro-nounce, e^puana, e hai akaka aku.
Proof, he ho^iaio ana, he'raea e maopopo ai.
Prop, he kia, he koo, he paepae.
Prop-a-gate, e hoolaha aku. _ ■
Pro-p^, e pahu aku> e hooholo imab.
Prop-er, kupono, ku like, ponoi.
Prop-er-ty, 'Waiwai ponoi, ano ponoi.
Proph-e-cy, he wanana, he hai e nlamua.
Pro-pin-liui-ty, he kokoke ana.
Pro-pi-tiate, e hoolaulea, e hookalahala.
Pro-pi-tioua, lokomaikai, laulea.
Pro-por-tion, he like ana, he kuleana like.
Pro-pri-e-tor, ka mea nona kekahi mea.
Pios-e-cute, 6 hahai aku i mea e loaa ai.
Pros-per-ous, e noho pomaikai ana.
Pros-ti-tute, e llochuli hewa, e hoohaumia.
Pros-trate, emoe ana ilalo.
Pro-tect, e malama, e hoomalu.
Pro-test, e hoohiki ku e,« hoole aku.
Pro-tract, e hoopanee i ka manawa.
Pro-trade, e hooi aku, e hoopuka aku.
Pro .tu-ber-ance, he puu, he mea oi.
Proud, ho manao kiekie ana.
Prove, e ijoao a ike, e hooraaopopo.
Prov-erb, he olelopokopokoanninaekeano.
Pro-vide, e hana a makaukatt e.
Pro-vis-ion, he ai i hoahuia.
I'ro-voko, e hoonaukiaki, e hoala hnhn.
Prox'jim-i-ty, he kokoke ana.
Prox-y, he pani no ka moa nalowale.
Pru-dent, hoopono, he noonoo.
Pshaw 1 he olelo hoowahawaha, ka !
Fnb-lio, i mna o na kanaka a pau.
Pab-lish, e hoike ma ke akea.
Puck-er, be pukapuka, he alu.
Pu-er-ile, ma i:e ano kaiaalii.
Puff, he puhi ana.
Puff, e hoomaikai wale, e haanou.
Pug-na-cious, makemake e hakaka.
Puke, e luai, e hoowa.
Pull, e hnki, e kauo.
Pulp, ka io 0 ka hua.
Fnl-pit, he aval kahi e hai ai i ](a olelo.
Pulse, ka pana.
Pnl-ver-ize, e hoowali a okaoka liilii.
Pun-gent, oi, awaMa.
Pun-iah, e hoopai.
Pun-ish-ment, ka hoopai ana.
Pu-ny, liilii, nawaliwjili.
Pup, he kelki ilio.
Pu-pil, he haumana.
Pup-py, he keiki ilio.
Pur-chase, e kuai lih) mai.
Pure, maemao.
Purge, e holoi, e hoomaemafc
Pur-loin, e lawelawe, e aibue. [kne poni.-
Pur-ple, be ulaula i paipuia me ka eleele. roo-
Pur-port, ke ano.
Pur-pose, ka manao e hana.
Pur-sue, e habai mahope.
Pur-u-lent, e pala behcc ana.
Push, e pahu aku. e koo aku.
Push-ing, e pahu ana, e hooneenec ana.
Pu-sil-lan-i-mous, he makau wale.
Pias-tule, he puupuv. ma ka ili.
Pua-tu-lous, ma ke ano puupuu iU.
Put, e kau, e waiho.
Pa-tre-fy, e palaho, e popo.
Pcx-zle, he pilikia i ka manao.
a.
Quifi-Ru-FED^e holoholona wawae eha.
Quake, e haalulu, e nawe.
Qual-i-fy, e hoomakaukau. [e ao.
Qual-i-ty, kekahi ano, he like olo me ka mea
Quan-ti-ty, ka nui, ke kaumaha.
Quar-rel, he ku e, he hakaka, ho paio.
Quar-ter, he hapaha o kekahi mco.
Quar-ter, e mahele 1 eha hapa like.
Quash, e hoopau.
Queen, he alii wahine.
Quell, e hoopau, e hoolaolu.
Quench, e kinai, e hoppio (i ke ahi.)
Quer-u-lous, he ohumu mau ana.
Que-ry, he ninau.
Quest, ka imi ana, ka huli ana.
Ques-tiott, he ninau, he niele.
Quick, e wikl, e hikiwawe.
Quick-lime, he puna moa i hoOhu oIo in.
Qui-et, maha, malie, na. '
Qui-et, e hoona, e hoomalie.
Quill, he hulu.
Quit, e hooki, e haalele, uoki.
Quite, loa, paa. .
Quit-tanoe, e haalele ana, e faoold ana.
Quiy-er, he aa no na pua, he eke pua.
Qulv-er, he haalulu, he eehia.
feEC 543
Quo-ta-tibn, ka olelo a hai i Uwe pono ia.
REM
Bab-bi, he kumuao ludaio.
Bab-id, huha, haebae, hehena.
Baee, he habai ana. he bolokiki ana.
Ba-di-ant, he hoopuka malamalama, olinolino.
Baft, he baina papa e Una ana i ka wai,
Baf-ter, he oa bale.
Bag, he weln kapa, w:ela lole.
Bage, e enaena, e wela ka huhn.
Bag-ged, he weluweln ke kapa.
Bail, he laaa kaola o ka pa laaii.
Bail, e kuamuamu aku ia hai.
Eail-le-ry, he olelo henehene.
Bain, he ua.
Bain-bow, be anuenae.
Baise, e hapai iluoa, 6 hoiila ae.
Bal-ly, e boouiunlu i na koa ) pnehn i ke kaua.
Bam-ble, e hele i o ia neL
Ban-cor, be inaiaa, be mtmaQhoino.
Ban-dom, be bana wale, he'hanakninn ole.
Bange, be wahi i'hoopuiulft ,. ., '* '
Bank, he kn papa ana, he Jbtknohano alu.
Ban-kle, he palahehee me he mai la.
Ban-sack, e faali ikaika ma kanwahi.
Ban-8om, he Oku hoola i na pio.
Bap, e kikeke, e pai.
Bap-id, bolokiki, kabe ikaika.
Bare, kakaikabi loa, moa hapa. . ,
:Ba8-cal, be kanaka hana hoopuqipuni.
IKase, e hokai.
Bash, he hana wikiwiki me ka noonoo ole.
Basp, he apoa^n kalakala.
Bat, he iole noi. . 1
Ba-tan, he ohe mea kookoo.
£atb-er, e aha
Bat-i-fy, e booko i ke knikabi.
Bat-tie, he mea kanikanL <
Bar-age, e hao wal«, e lawe waiwid pio.
Bave, e ^alaau ae me ka hubu.
Bav-el, e webewebe i ka mea i nlanaia.
BaT-ish, e moekolobe me ka limaikaika,
Ba'w, maka, moa ole.
Baze, e hoohiolo, e wawahi
Ba-zor, bo pahi uminmi.
Beach, e k&o aka, e o aku, e lalan.
Bead, e heluhela.
Bead-y, makaukan. i
.Beal,-maoli, be oialo^
Bear, ka hope. ' [la-
Bear, e ku ijona manawaWaehopeni&heliO
Bea-son, be kumu e ka manao.
Be-as-sem-ble,' e-akoakoe boa.
Beb-el, be kanaka kipi i ke aupunL
Be-bake, e ao ikaika ana.
Be-cant, e mibl a e hoopaa i ka manao>_
Be-eeire, e lawe i ka mea 1 haawiia.
Ee-ceat, be mea bon.
Be-cip-ro-cal, kekabi i kekahi. ,
Be-cite, e hai waba i ka mea i paanaau ia.
R^-less, noonoo ole, uumdo ole.
Beck-oD, e booulnulu ma na hua helu.
Be-cline, e bilinai, e moe jUi
Bec-og-nize, e ike me ka poina ole.
Bec-ol-lect, e boomanab, e boala manao.
Bec-om-mend, e hoike aku he maikaL
Bec-om-pense, be nku.
Bec-on-cile, e boolaulea.
Be-coT-er^ e loaa bou i kekabi mea i lilo.
Be-coiint, e boike liilii a pan. [mua.
Be-cre-ate, e hana bou i ka mea.i banaia ma-
Be-orim-in-ate, e boohewaaku i kameaihoo-
bewa mai.
Eec-ti-iy, e hooponopono.
Bed, be ulanla.
Be-deem, e nkn.hoola, e hoopanai. .
Be-dress, e hoopuka i ka pilikia.
Be-duce, e hooemi iho, e mahele i uaku ibo.
Be-dnnd-ant, he keu wale ana^.
Reed, he ohe.
Eeek, e punohn i ka maba.'
Reel, he bikaka.
Be-fer, e' kobikuhi-akur - [me he aniani la.
Be-fleet, e noonoo, e hoihoi bou mai i ke aka
Be-fluz, ka mimiki ana aku o ke kai hohono.
Be-form, « hana bou a pono.
Ee-frac-to-ry, ku e, hele kekee, hooknli.
Re-irain, e hookaawale, e pakiko.
Eef-uge, he puuhonna, he wahi c pakele aJ.
Bef-uae, be opala, be koesa opala.
Ee-fnse, ehoole, e a« ole.
Re-gard, be malama ana, he makemake.
Re-gion, he moku aina.
Be-grei, e minamina, o mihi.
Eeg-u-lar, ku i ka pololei.
Reg-u-li^te, 9 hooponopono, e hoopolotoi.
Ee^iearse, ebai pakabi i kaineaipaanaania.
Be-ject, e hookuke, e baalele.
Reign, e nobo alii, e nobo aitpnni.
Eein, be kanlawaba, be kaula4)aa lima o ke
kanlawaba.
Ee-joice, e bauoli, e olioli.
Ee-join-der, he pane hou ana.
'Re-late, e hai aku.
Rel-a-tivo, he pili ana, be hoahanan.
Ee-lax, e boolilolu,,e hooalualn,
Ee-lease, e hgokuu aim, e weLe ae.
Ee-Ient, c boolnolu i ka paakiki.
Ee-lt-ance, e pili i kekahi mea.
Re-liere, o hooknu, e hoomaba.
Re-lieted, na maba. [hoomana.
Re-li-gion, be manao i ke Akna, he oihana
Re-lin-quigh, t hookua, e haalele.
Rel-ish, e ono, e boui ala.
He-ly, eliilinai, e paulele.
Re-main, e koe, e nobo hele pu ole.
Be-main-der, he kocna.
Bem^^e-dy, he laau lapaau.
Be-mem-ber, o hoornannu, e paa ma ka manao.
Ee-mind, e paipai manao.
Be-miss, kapulu, nawaliwali.
Ee-mis-sion, be kala ana.
Eem-nant, be apana koe. [ibo.
Bc-moTse, ka «haeba o ka naaa no konahewa
Be-motej mamao, loihi aku.
Ee-ma-ner-aUi, e uku i ka mea pobo.
BET
544
ROU
Ren-cona-ter,'be hakaka.
R«nd, e.hoonah'ae, e hoowelnweln.
Reil-dez-vous, be wahi e akoakoa ai na koa.
Bje-nounce, e faoole loa, e haalele loa.
ike-no wned. kaulaca no ka maikai..
Be-pair, e hana bou a maikai.
Be-past, he ai ana.
Be-peal, e boopau i kekabi kanawai.
Be-peat-ed-ly: pinepine.
Be-pel, e pale aka, e kipaku.
Be-peat, e mihi me ka haalele i ka hewa.
lle-piae,'e minamina heoino.
Be.plete, piba, paaput
Eo-ply, e pane hou aku, e Jiike.
Re-port, e olelo hoikeike.
Re.pose, e moe malie, e biamoe.
Re-posc, he hoomaba ana, he hiamoe.
Rep-re-bend, e ao me ka hoohewa.
Rep-re-sent, e bai hoike.
Re-press, ekinai, e lioopio.
Rep-ri-mand, e ao ikaika aka no ka hewa.
Re-proach, e olelo hobhewa aim.
Ee-proof, he hoohewa ana.
Rep-tite, he mea kolo me be ennbe la.
Re-pn-di-ate, e hoole aka, e hooheiuo.
Re-piig-nance, be manao ku e, ae ole.
Re-pulse, e kipaku aka e hoi.
Re-pu-ta-ble, manao maikai ia.
Re-pu-ted, be olelo wale ia no kekahi.
Re-quest, he noi, he hoike makemake.
Re-quice, e noi no ka hemahema.
Re-quis-ite, ka mea e pono ai no ka hemahema.
Re-quite, e hoihoi i ka mea like.
Res-cue,'e hoopakele i ka pilikia.
Re-search, he imi ikaika ana. [lena.
Ke-sem-ble, e hoohalike, e ku like ka helehe-
Rc-sent, e hubu,.e ukiuki.
Re sent-ment, he jnanao huha.
Re-serve, e aua, e hoomaka mae.
Re-side, e aoho paa ma kekahi wahi.
Res4-dence. kabi e nobo aL
Res-i-due, ke koena, ka mea i-koe.
Re-sign, e waiho i ka oihana q kekahi.
R^g-na-tion, ka bookaa ana 1 kahi oihana.
Resin, be k^»sa ta.
Ee-sist, e k«..e, a pale aku. i . '
Be-solve, e paa ka manao, e hookaawale liilii.
Be-sort, he aha kanaka, he wahi e akoakoa ai.
B&«ound, e kani hoti mai, e knpinaL
Be-tource, he kumu e loaa mai ai.
Bes pect,''e manao pono aku, e mabalo aku.
Bes-pire, e ha, e hanu.
''Bes-pite, ka hoopanee i ka hoopai.
Be-splend-ent, nani loa, hinubinu.
Bes-pond, e pane mai, e olelo kike mai.
Best, he maha, bo hianiioe.
Rest, ke'koena.
R4-gtore,-e boihoi i kahi mua, e hoola.
Restrain, e kaobi, e keakea, e hoopaa.
Re-sult, ka bua i loaa.
Bes-UT-reo-tion, ke ala hou aua,
Retain, e kaobi, e hoopaa m& sa malama.
Re-tal-i-ate, e-hoopai akii e like me ka hana
ia mai.
Be-tard, e hoohakalia, e hoolohi.
He*ch, e hoolualuai.
Ee.tire, e hole i kabi e. ,
Re.treat, e hookaawale i'kahl e.
Re-treat, he wahi nvebameha e noho ^.
Rf-trieve, e loaa hou.
R&tro-grade, hoi hope ana.
Re.turn, e hoi hou.
Re-turn, e hoihoi hou aku.
Re-veal, e hoike i na mea i ike ole ia.
Re-venge, e hoopai ino i ka hana ino mai.
Re-vere, e hoomaikai weliweli ana.
Re-verse, e hoololi.
Re-view, e nana hou. e hull e ike.
Re-vile, e hoomaino, e nuku, e hooino.
Re-vive^e hoi hou i ke ola.
Re-volt, e kipi, e malama ole i ke alii.
Re-volve, e hull me he kaa la, e noonoo.
Re-ward, e uku aku."
Uhea-ma-tism, ka eha o ka ami iwi.
Rheu-mat-ic, mai eha o ka anu.
Rib, ka iwi aoao.
Rich, he waiwai nui.
Rid, e kaawale ae. ,
Ride, e holo ma ka lio, makekaa,ameaeae.
Rjd-i-cule, e hoowahawaha, e akaaka.
Ei-fle, e lawe pio i kekahi waiwai.
Right, e hoopololei i ka mea kekee.
Rig-id, ikaika, paa, naue ole.
Rig-or, he ikaika, paa.
Rim, ka lihilihi o kekabi ipn.
Rindj ka ili mawaho.
Ring e bookaui, e o me he bele la.
Eingj he apo poepoe.
Ring.worm, he haukeake, he kane.
Rinse, e bou iloko o ka wai.
Rip, e haehae, e nahae.
Ripe,"ua"-'oo, pono ke aiia.
Ri-pen, e oo, e hoopala.
Rise, e ala ae, e euen, e pii.
Ri-val, he hoa kn e mai me be mau punalua la.
Rive, e hoonaha, c mahele i ka laauJ
Eiv-er, he muliwai, he kahawai nui lana malie.
Road, he alanui, he ala akea.
Roam, e kaabele wale, e bele i o ia nei.
Roar, he haalulu n\u, e uwo.
Roast, e koala i ke abi.
Rob, e bao, e kaili wale.
Ro-bust, ikaika, puipui.
Rock, he pabaku nui.
Rock, e hoolulilnli.
Roe, be dia wahine.
Roll, "■ kaa,' e olokaa.
Roll, he owili pepa, lole, ic.
Roof, ka ubi malana o ka hale.
Room, he keena. be walii akea.
Roost, he wahi e kau ai na manu.
Root, ka IT ole, ke aa o ko laau.
Rout, e eku me he puaa la.
Rope, he kanla nui.
Rose, he pua laau, be rose.
Rot, e pa!a, e palabo, c boi hou i ks lepo.
Rove, e aea, e kuewa wale.
Rough, e kalakala, apuupuu.
Round, poepoe.
Round, a puni.
. SAP 545
Bouse, e hoala, e booeueu.
Runt-ed, i hooheeia me he poe koa la.
Row, e ku lalani, he ku papa ana.
Row, e hannaele.
Row, 6 hooh.o!o ma na hoe.
Rub, e anai.
Rub-bish, he opala.
Rud-der, ka boeuli.
Rude, hawawa, naaupo.
Rue, he laau kanu awaawa.
Ruf-fian, he powa, he pepehi kanaka.
Ruf-fle, e hooaleale i ka ili o ka wai.
Ruf-fle, he pibapiha lole.
Ru§-ged, kalakala, apuupuu.
Ru-ia, be hookabuli ana, he boohiolo ana.
Rule, e hoDmaln aupuni, c hoopololei.
Rule, he laau men hoopololeikaha.
Eum-ble, he kumumu, haalulu.
Ru-mor, he lohe wale, he lono.
Rump, ke kikala, ka. hope.
Rum-pie, e hoominomino.
Run, e bolo, e kukini.
Runt, ka mea lillii o ka ohaua puaa.
Bush, e holokiki aku. .,
Rush, he kaloha, he mea ulli.
Bust, be popo, he Icukae hao.
Hus-tle, e kawewe, e nakeke.
Ruth-less, aloha ole, menemeDe ole.
s.
■Sj.-blb, eleele, uU.
Sa-bre, he pahl kaua loloa.
Sack, he eke nul. [enemi.
Sack, e hao wale i ke kulanakauhale o ka
Sac-ra-ment, aakarema, oihana hoallona eka-
lesia.
Sa-cred, laa, kapn, hoano.
Sad, kauoiafaa ma ka naau.
Sad-die, he noho lio.
Safe, palekana, maluhla.
Sage, he naauao, he noonoo pono.
Sage, he laau kanu.
Sail, he pea o ka moku.
Sail, e holo ae me he moku la.
Sake, he mea e pono aL [keia wa.
Sal-a-ry, he knmu e hoouku like i kela wa i
Sale, ka lilo ana i ke kuaiia.
Sarline, mikomiko me he paakai la.
Sal-i-ya, he kuha, he wale o ka waha.
Sal-i-varted, hookaheia ka wale o ka waha.
Sal-low, maimai, lenalena ma ka maka.
Sal-ly, he hoopuka nni ana mai kekahi wahi
aku. ^
Salt, he paakai.
Salt, e kopi i ka paakai a miko.
Sal-va-tion, he hoola ana mai ka make ae.
Sa-lute, e uwe aloha aku, e honi aloha.
Same, oia kookahi no.
Sauc-ti-t'y, e hoano, e hoolaa.
Sand, he one.
Sand-stone, be pohakn oneoue, he papaakea.
Sap, he wai iloko o ka mea ula.
Sa-pi-ent, naauao. akamai.
69
scu
Sar-casm, he olelo boohilahila.
Satch-^el, he eke lawe buke a na haumana.
Sa-tiate, e maona, e hoopiha a maona.
Sat-is-fy, e hooluolu i ka manao.
Sat-ur-day, ka-la hoomalolo.
Say-age, hupo, lokoino.
Sauce, he inai ai, he olelo pakike.
Save, e hoola, e hoopsdcele. . [pakela.
Sar-ior, he mea hoola, o Kristo, ka mea boo-:
Saun-ter, e aea wale, e bele a hana ole;
Sa-Tor, he boalaala ana, he ala olnolo.
Saw, be pahi olo, he pahi ololua.-
Saw-dust, he okaoka o ka laau i oloia.
Say, e olelo, e hai, e i.
Scab, he papaa maluna o ka cha.
Scaf-fold, he papa kiel^ie kahi e kuainap.oa-
haua hale.'
Scald', e hoowela i ka wai wela.
Scale, be mea kaupouna.
Scale, e pii i ka pa nui me he papu la.
Scale, be unabi ia.
Scalp, ka ili ma ka piko o ke poo.
Scam-per, e holo ikaika.
Scan-dal, he olelo hoohihia, he aki.
Scant, bapa, lawa ole.
Scar, be linalina o ka ili i moku i ka pahi.
Scarce, kakaikabi, hapa.
Scarce-ly, aneane hiki ole.
Scar-ci-ty, he manawa wi, ai ole.
Scare, e hoomakau, e hoopuiwa.
Scar-let, ulaula.
Scat-ter, e hoohelelei, e lu aku.
Scent, he hohono, he mea honi.
Scent, e honi, e hooala.
Scheme, be manao kumu hana.
Schol-ar, he haumana ao palapala.
School, he kula ao palapala.
School-mas-ter, he kumu kula kane.
Scis-sors, he upa oki uuku.
Scoff, e olelo hoowahawaha aku.
Scold, e nuku. e olelo huhu.
Scope, he kaawale, he akea.
Scorch, e papaa ka ili ma ka wela.
Scorn, e hoowahawaha loa.
Scour, e anaanai, e bQloi ikaika.
Scourge, e hahau i ke kua a eba loa.
Scout, hemeaheleahoomakaakiu i ka enemi.
Scowl, e hoomakainoino.
Scram-ble, e hopubopu wikiwiki.
Scrap, he apana liilii, be hakina.
Sorapp, e koekoe, e wau.
Scratch, e wauwaii, e kaffa ma ka ili.
Scream, e hooho me ka leo uwa.
Screen, e pale, e hoomalu.
Screen, he paku, be pale.
Screw, he mea nao wili.
Scrib-ble, e kakan wikiwiki mo ka lalau.
Scrip-tures, ka palapala hcmololeake Akua.
Scrof-u-Ia, he mai alaala ma ka a-i.
Scrub, e boloi ikaika.
Scvu-ple, he kuihe, he haohao.
Scru-ti-nize, e emi ikaika i ke ano.
Scuf-fle, be aumeume ikaika.
Scnlk, e buna ia ia iho. [mahopc.
Scull, e unenue, e koo i ka waa me ka hoc»
SEV
546
SHE
, Sonlp-ture, ka oihana kalai kii.
Sea> ke kai, he moana, he ale noi.
Etearcoaat, kafa&kai.
Se^ck, ka liliha ma ka holo moka ana.
ScMide, kahakai.
Searwa-ter, kai, wai kaL
S^al, he ilio o ke kai.
Seal, e hoopaa i ka wefa.
Seam, ke knina o ka lole hiunuhumu.
Search, e imi, e huili.
Seai-Eon, he wa pono, he manawa okoa>
Searson, e hana a mikomiko.
SearBOn-injg;, he mea'inai, he hoomikomiko.
Seat, noho, he pnnee. -
Seat, e noho iho, e hoonoho.
Sea-ward, makai.
Se-cede, e hookaokoa aku.
See-ond, he mea kpkua, he sekona.
SecKind, e kokua mahope.
Se>ciet^hmia ia, pohiUhi, Be hsi ole ia.
Sect, he poe e kulkahi ana ka manao.
Seo-a-lar, ina ko ke ao nel aole ma ka lani.
Se-cure, maluhia, paa.
Se-cnre, e hoopaa, e hoomala;
Se-date,*nohomalie, oluoln, kaoo.
Sed-i^ent, he okaj he maku.
' Se-duce,:e alakai iloko o ka hevra.
Sed-u-louB, kaamaujkaika ana, hoomau ana.
See, e nana maka, e hoomaopopo.
Seel e nana 1 aia hoi t
Seed, he haa mea kanu,.he anoano.
Seek; e emi, e hnli iho.
Seem, e akaka ma ka manao.
Scem-ly, ka i ka pono.
Seine, he npena nui.'
Seisse, e hopu, e lalau koke aku.
Sel-dom, biki kakaikahi.
Be-lect, e koho, e wae.
Self, iho, ponoi.
Sell, $ knai hoolilo aku.
Sem-blance, ka'like ana, ke ano like.
Sen-ate, he aba kan kanawai.
Sen-a-tor, kekahi o ka poe kan kanawai.
Send, e hoonna, e hoolele.
Sen-ioT, hanau mua, be hanan maa.
Sen-si-nve, hiki wawe ka manao.
Sen-aa-al, ma ko ke kino.
Seh-ti-ment, he manao, he olelo pili.
Sen-ti-nel, he koa e ku kiai ana.
. Sep-a-i'ate, kaawale, kuokoa.
Sep-nl-chte, he hale hnpapau.
. Se-qnel, e pili ana mithope, ka hope.
Se-rene, aiai, malie, oluoln,
Ser-mon, he olelo no ka ke Akua.
Ser-pent, he mooomole, he naheaa.
Sf r-vant, he kauwa lawelawe.
8er-Tice-a-61e, ku i ka pono, e pomaikai ai.
Set, e kan, e hoonoho iho, e napoo iho. , '
Set, he man uea e ku like ana.
Set-tie, e nobo iho ma ka alna hou.
'Settle, e eml iho malalo.
SeT-en, abiku, ebiku.
Sev-en-tcen, umiknmamabika:; [hiku.
SeT-en-ty, kaiiaha me kaAakbitt ken, kana-
Sev-er, e hookaawale i ka mea e kui ana.
Sev-er-al. he man mea, mahaahua.
Se-yeTe,,oolea, kanmaha, ikaika loa.
Sew,.e;hnmuhnmu me ke kui a me ka ropi.
Shade,' he malumalu, he aka.
Shade, e hoomalu, « nhi ka malumalu,
Shad^ow, he aka, he hoailona.
Sbag-gf , paapu i ka hulqhulo.
Shake, e lulti, e baalulu.
Shake, he liiUi ana, he haokeke ansk
Sbal-low^ papan, atiua.
Sham, he. hana lio^nnipum, he oi^o ole.
Sbam^, he bilaVi!''
Sbame-ful, ku i ka biiabjla. ■
Shape, e hana aka ike ano.
Shape, kaltelebel^na o ke kino.
Share, he hapa d ka mea okoa.
Sb&re,e eannawe i na apana.
Shac-er, kamea lawe i kekahi bapa.
Shark, he-mano, hd ia nui, he kanaka epa.
Sharp, oi, ooi
Sharp-en, e hana a oL
Shat-ter,.e wawabi Uilii.
Shave, e kahi ae.
She, ia (pili i ka mea wabine.)
Sheath, he wabi no ka pabi a me na mea oL
Shed, he hale malnmalti malana a hamama
malalo.
Sheep, be hipa.
Sheet, be kibd moe.
Shelf, be papa e kauial na mea malnna.
Shell, be iwi mawabo o ka io.
Shell-fish, he ia mea iwi mawabo.
Sbel-ter, he mea hoomalu, he mea obi maluna.
Sbel-ter, e heomald, e pale aku i ka ino.
Sh^lv-ing, e saoe kapakabi ana, e moe hio
Sherd, baMna ipn.
Shield, be paku e pale si i ke kana.
Shield, e paku pale aka, e pale ae.
Shift, e hoololi, e hooUlo. -
Shift, ka hoololi ana; kapalnle wahine.
Sbin, ka lapa wawae.
Shine, e hoomalamalama.
Ship, be moka kiakoln.
Sbip-wreek, he ill ana o ka moku a nahaba.
Shirt, palule note kane.
Sbiv-er, e baalnlu, e nahaba liilii.
Shoal, he la paapu ; be wai papau.
Shoe, he kamaa. .
Shoqt, e ki i ka pu, e pana i ka pua.
Shore, be kabakal.
Short, pokole, poko.
Sbori-ly, kpkoke, emo.ole.
Short^ind-ed, naenae.
Shot, he In, he poka pu liilii
Shove, e pnUu aku, e koo mahope.
Sbov-el, he oo palabalaha mea^kioUk lepo.
Sbov-el, 0 kope a e hoolei atoi.
Shoul-der, ka poobiwi.
Sbonl-der-blade, ka iwi o ka uha mua.
Shout, li-i booho olioli.
Sbow, •} iioike imua o na maka.
Show-ev, he ua naulu.
Shred, he apana liilii. >
Shriek, e hoobo me ka leg uwo. »
Shrill, oi loa, kaui loa.
SLA
547
SOB
Shriuk, e emi ibo a auku.
Shrir-cl, e emi ibo a mimino.
Sbud-dcr,i! baalnlu. e baukeke.
Shiif-fle, e hoololi walo. e lauwili.
Sbnn, c laaalo ma kckabi aoaO.
Shut, e pani a paa. ,
Shut-tcr, hu pani mawabo.
Sick, inai, maimai.
Side, aoao.
Siego, ho hoopuni ana me na koa kaua.
Sign, he banu loloa, c uhu.iho.
Sight, ka ike maka ana.
Sight-)y, maikai i ka nana ia.
r.Sign, he boailona, he onli^
SJg-nal, be boailona hoike, kapanaha.
Sig-ni-fy, o hoike i ke ano.
Silence, he nohomalie, walaau ole.
8i-lunce ! e hoopaa i lea waha) e hoomalie.
Sil-ly, lapiiwalo,>ano ole.
Sim-i-la^, like, he likepu.
Sim-i-le, he hoolike ana, heVnane.
Sim-pie, akamai'ole, makankau ole.
Sin, he bewa, he ku o i ke kanawai, he lawe-
hala ana i ka ke Akua.
Sin, e-hana i ka mea ka e i ka ke Akua.
Since, mahope mai!
Sin-cera, oiaio, hookamani ole.
Sin-ew, ke olona ma ke kino.
Sing, e mele, e hooica me ka leo mcle.
Singe, o'kuni a wela na Itnlu ma ke ahi.
Sing-er,'fae mea akamai i ka leo mele.
Sin-gle, bookahi, pakahi.
Sing-ly, ma ke ano pakabi ana.
Sin-gu-Iar, akabi ana, kakaikahi.
' Sink, e poho,, e ppholo, e emi ibo.
Sin-ner^ihc mea lawchala, he kanaka hewa.
Sip, eiJioao i ka mea inn, e inu liilii. [paha.
Sir, hs'dlelo pili i ke kane i ka meanuia like
Sis-ter|&e hoabanau wahine a na makaa boo-
kahi.
Sit, 0 noho iho. , .
Site, be kabua, be wahi pono ke noho. ^
Six, eono.
Six-teen, omikumamaouo.
Sixth, ke ono.
Six-ty, kanaono.
Size, ka nui ana o kekahi mea.
Skate, he hele pahee.
Skili-ful, akamai, makaukau.
Skin, he ili, he alualn.
Skin, 0 lole, c hemo i ka ili.
Skin-flint, ho kanaka alunu paakiki.
Skin-ny, alualu, wiwi, ili wale no.
Skip, e hele me ka Iclelo, o lele iki ana.
Skip-per. ke kahu o ka mokn liilii.
Skir-mish, ho anmeume ana, he kaua iki.
Skirt, ka lihi o kekahi mtfa.
Skit-tiBh, puiwfi vale, makau wule.
Skulk, e hole malie, e pee.
Skull, he puniu, iwi poo.
Sliy, ka Inni. ke aonii, ka lewa.
Sky-col-or, he uliuli e like me ke aouli,
SUb-ber, e hgoluolu n! i ka mea iua,
Slack, alualn, haWBliwuli, kapulu.
Slack en, e hoaluala, e hqolobi.
Slan-IJer, e aki wahahee.
Slant, e hio, e moe kapakahi.
Slap, e pai ma ka poho lima.
Slate,' he papa pohaku, he papa kahakaha.
Slave, he kanaka nolfo kauwa kuapaa. ,
Slaugb-ter, he lakn, he pepehi nui wale.
Slay, e pepehi a make.
Slet'p, hiamoe.
Slen-der. lahilahi loa.
Slide, e pahee, e pakika.
Slight, ololi. wiwi.
Slight, e haalele, e hoowahawaha.
Slim, ololi, loloa.
Slime, he wale, he mea palupalu pipili.
Sling, he lAaa nou pohaka.
Sling, e maa aku, e nou pohaka i ka ka maa.
Slink, e pee aka rae ka hilahila.
Slip, e pahee, e pakika, e hina.
Slip-per-y, paheehee.
Slit, he uahae.
Slob-ber, e kahe ka wele.
Slope, e waiho bio ana.
Slope, he wahi pii iki.
Slop-py, kelekele, pohopoho.
'BIpfh, he lohi, he molowa, he ano hiamoe.
SloT-en, he kanaka lole pelapela, a welnweln.
Sloagh, be wahi poho, he nenelu.
Slow, lohi, bahalia.
Slow-nes9, hd lolobi, he akahele loa.
Slug-gard, he kanaka hiamoe wale.
Slnm-ber, e hiamoe, e biamoe iki.
Slat, he wahine hoopelapela.
Smallj nuku, palanaikL
Smalt, wiklwiki, hana koke.
Smear, e hapala i ka lepo.
Smtftl^'-c hooi ; he ala.
Smile, e aka iki.
Smite, e hahau, e papai, e kui.
Smit ten, hahauia, papaiia.
Smoke, he nabi.
Smoke, e puhi i ka nahi.
Smouth, pahee, Uumania.
Smiioth, e hana a pahee.
Smoth-er, e hoopaa i ka banu.
Smut-ty, paumaele, paeleia.
Snail, be pupu 0 ka honua. .
Snake, he mooomole, he nahesa.
Snap, e pana, e haki me ke kani.
Snare, he pahele e hoohei manu.
Snarl, e nana hahu me be ilio la.
Snatch, e hopu, e kaili aku.
Sneer-, e aka benehene.
Sneeze, c kihe iho.
Snore, e uono, e hoho.
Snot, he upe, be hupe
Snout, be nuku.
Snuff, be baka honiboni.
Snuff, e honiboni a komo i ka ihu.
So, pe, pela, peia.
Soak, 0 lioomau i ka wai.
Soap, he kopa.
Soar, e lele raaluna.
Sob, e baab»a, e nae, e uwe.
SH
^So-ber, manao pono, aole one.
So-ci-s-ble, launa, ksmailio, olnolii.
Soft, palupala, pope, akaiiaii
.Soil, he iepo maikiii.
oo-journ, e noho malihint
So-Iace, be mea hoolaolu.
Sole, akahi, oia bookahi,
So-li-cit, e noi, e koi aku.
So-li-oiitude, be mauao nui ana,
Sol-i-t^iry, niehameha, goho bookahi.
SoIt^; e fabakaka, e wehewehe.
Som^ he mau mea, kekabi hapa.
Some'-bod-y, kekahi kanaka.
£ome-thiiig, kekahi mea, he wahi mea.
Some-times, kekabi manawa.
Son, he keikikane.
Son-iii-la'vr, hunonakane.
Song, be mele.
So-no-riniB, kani moakaka ana.
Soon, wawe, koke, kokoke ka wa.
Sooiii, e. hoona, c hoolaulea.
Sopth-say, e hoopiopio, e hai wanano.
Soot-y, ;plli ka iepo nahi.
Sore^Jie eha ma ka io.
Sar-row'.'he eha ma ka naan, kaumaha.
,-8oT-er-eign, he moi, be kiekie loa.
Souli-he uhane o ke kanaka, he ea.
■' Sound, he haalnlu, he kani, he leo.
■ Sound, e kani, e kuf ae, e pyha.
Sour, awahia, ai^'aawa.
Source, ke kumn, he punaffai.
South, he kaku'u hema.
Sow, he ruaa wahine.
Sotr, e lulu hua.
'Spa-cious, akea, lanta.
8pade, he oo palahalaha.
Span, he ana o ka lima, he kiko.
Spare, wiwi, lahilahi.
Bpaa-c, e waiho, e hookuu.
Spark, he buna ahi. '
Spilt-ter, e kopipt i ka wai.
Spawn, na bua o ks ia.
Speak, e h»i, e i, e olelo, e ekemu.
■ Spear, he ihe, he polola.
' Spe-oi-fjT, ebocike i kekahi mea pakahi.
Bpeck-le, ie kikiko.
Speote'cle, he mea e makaikaiia ana.
Speo-ta-tor, he mea e mukaikai ana.
•8p>rc-tre, he uhane lapu.
Speech, he olelo i olelnia.
■^peed, he hiilo biki wawe.
Spell, e hookttikui i na hua.
'Spend, e huokaa aku i ka waiwai.
:Sp8w, e Inai aku.
' Spi-der, he laualana.
-Spill, e hanini iwabo.
Spine, ka iwi kuamoo.
' Spi-nous, ma ke auo iwi kaamoo.
Spir-it, ka ul.ane, ka hauu, ke ea.
Spir.it.u.aii,ko ka nhane.
Spit, e kuha.
Spite, e huhu, e huhu koke ana.
Spitctle, he waieo ka waha, he kuhh
&48
STB
Splash, e non akd i ka wai.
Splen-did, nanii hanohano.
Splin-ter, he hakina laau liilii.
Split,- e mahele ma ka loa, e wahi.
Spoil, e hao wale, e hoonele i ka waiwaU
Spoil, he waiwai i lawe wale ia, a i liao ia.^
Sponge, he hnalnakai
Spon-ta-ne-ous, ka makemake iho.
Sport, e paani, e lealea.
Spot) he wahi kina, he pamnaele.
Sprain, he okape, |ie haL
Spray, he eha wai, he eha kai.
Spread, e hohola ae, e bpopalabalahft aktt.
Spring, e lele, e Iclle iluna.
Spring, he wai mapaca.
Spring-tide, kai nui,'kai piho,
Sprio-kle, e kapipi, s kopi.
Sprout, e kupu'.'
Sparn,-e kipaka me ka imuna.
Spy, he kin, he makai.
Spy-glass, he ohe nana. .
SqaabLble, he aumeame, he hakaka,
Squil'idj he pelapela, weluwelu ke kapiu
SqnAll, e uwie aku me ka leo nui.
S^ueakt he leo e like me ka iole.
Sqaeeze,.e kaomi iho, e uwi iho.
iScuint, e nana kapakabi ka maka.
Squirt, eJ^iki aku mai ka ohe ae.
Stab, e hou aku, e oo ska,
Sta-ble, pas, naue ole,
Sta-ble, he hale no na helpholcna.
Staff, he kookoo, he mea kokua.
Stag-^er, e hikakn, e hele hikaka.
Stag-naot, lana qialie, e kahe ole.
Stain, s kohu Iepo, e hooka jmia.
Stair.rhe alapii inun.
Staleymananalo, liliha.
Stal-Uoa, he lio kane' hoolaha.
Stabi-mer, e olelu me ka namu, e nn.
Stanob, e pani i ke koko kahe.
Staboh'edi-he k6ko i^&niia ke kahe ana.
Stan-ohioD, kekahi ano koo e naa ai.
Stand, e ku, e ku malie.
Stand-wrd, he hae, he kanawai hoopono..
Star, hoku.
Star- board, ka aoao afcau o ka mokn.
Stare, e haka pono ka maka.
Start, e hikilele, e paiwa.
Starve, e make i ka pololi.
Stave, he laau ho ka paha.
Stay, e noho, e kali ma kahi wahi.
Stay, he kali ana, he alia ana.
Stead-fast, hoomao, paa mau.
."itead-y, paa, luli ole.
Steal, e aifaue, e lawe vale. '
Stei>m, be mahu.
Strep, palipali, nihinihi.
Steep, e hoomaa i ka wai.
Steer, e bookele, e hoeuli.
Sleers'man, ke kanaka m? ka hoeuli.
Stench, he pilau.
Step, be meheu, he kapuui, he hete kutn,
Ster-iU, pa, aolo hua mai.
- STU 549
Stetn, ka hope o ka inoku.
SterCir, he fauliu ma na maka.
Stick, iie pauku laaa.
Stick, e pipili, e hon.
Stick-le, e hoopaapaa, e paio.
Stiek-y, pipili, linilina.
Stiff, oolea, maloeioe.
Sti-flo, e puua, e uumi i ka hanu.
Still, malie, e kemu ole, nawe oie.
Still, e hoomalielie, eiioona.
Still-born, make i ka wa hanau.
Stim-u-late, e booenea i ka ikaika.
Sting, p o, e pahu i ka mca.oi.
Sting, he mea o6i mahope 6 kekahi nalo.
Stin-gy, he pi, ha aua.
Stink, e pilau, e hohono.
Stip-u-ia-tioc, he olelq ae like.
Stir, e oni, e neenee, e mine.
Stom-ach, ka opu nauu.
Stone, he pohaku.
Stone, e pehi i ka pohaku.
Sto-ny, paaa, paapu i ka pohaku. i
Stool, he Aoho kna ole.
Stoop, e kulou, e faele papa.
Stop, e hooki, e oki i ka hrJe, e ka malie.
Stiop, ke ku ana, he kiko hoomaha.
Storm, he ino, he m.ikani Ikaika.
Stq-ry, he kaao, he mooolelo.
Stout, nui, ikaibi, paa.
Strad-dle, e kihclei £«.
Straight, pololei, nono.
Strait, oioli, pilikia,
Strand, he kahakai..
Strand, c pae wale fuka a kau i ke one,
kjtx'ange, kupaiaoaha, kamahao,
Stran-ger, be malihini.
Stran-gle, e paa ka hanu, e umi i ka hanu.
Strat-a-gem, be bana maalea e boopum ai.
Stray, e auwana, e aea.
Streak, he kaha oiiionio.
Stream, be waikahe.
Strength, he ikaika.
Stretch, ehooloihi aku ma ka huki ana.
Strew, e haalii, e hoolelet
Strife, be hakaka, he auineume.
Strike, e habau, e papai.'
String, he kaula liilii.
Strip, he mea welnwelu loloa.
Strip- ling, he kamalii aneana makaa.
Strive, e aumeume, e hooikaika noi.
Stroke, he babau ana, be kaha.
Strong, ikaika.
Strug-gje, e oni ae, e aumeame.
Strum-|)et, he wahine hookamakauia.
Strat, e hele hoohenobano, e haabca.
Stub-bpr^, be oolea, he paakiki ka naau.
Stub- by, ppapou a puipui. "
Stud-y, be ao aoa i na mea e naauao.ai.
Stum-ble, e okupe, e kii a hina.
Stump, ke kumu o ka laaii i okiia.
Stuut-ed, he mea uuku ke kino.
Stu-pid, hawawa, maaao ol6.
SUr-djTi ikaika aui.
SUE
Stut-ter, e nU; e uuu.
Sub-due, e hoopio, e hoolaks.
Sub ji.ct, e hoolilo malalo iho.
Sub- merge, e hoopobo iloko o ka wai.
Snb-mis-sion, be ee ana i ka na luna.
Sub-Be-quent, e pili ana msbope.
Sub-serve, e kokua mai ana mahope.
Sub-side, e hooemi iho, e mimiki aku.
SubfBti-tule,, he pani no ka hakahaka.
Sub-ter-fnge, he mea hoapuka kapaksriii.
Sub-tie, maalea, lahilahi.
Sub-tract, e uouhi se, e lawe i kekatii.
Sub-vert, e hooktihuli, e hnoauhee.
Suo-ceed, e ko, e kKli, e hahai.
Suc-ce8s, he ko ana, he pomaikai. [kahi.
Suo-oeB-sive, e hahai ana kekahi mamnli o ke-
Suc-cor, e kokua i ka pilikia.
Suo-oumb, e ae akn, e hina malalo iho.
Snob, e like ana, like me.
Suok, e omo ma ka vaha,
Suck-er, he oha, he ia.
Suck-le, e hanai i ka waiu.
Bud-den, koke, emoble, hiluvave.
Sue, e hoopii i ke kanawaii.
Sa-et, ke koiiahua.
Suf-fer, e hoomanananui i. ka eha,
Saf-fice, e hooluoln, e hana a nui.
Suf-fo-ca-teJ, ua hoqpaaia ka hanu.
Su-gar-cane, be lo).
Sngge^it, e bai iki i vahi manao.
Su-i-oide, he pepehi make ana ia ia ibo.
Suit, he mau mea ko like.
Suit, e ke like.
Sul-ky, mumule, hnhu maloko.
Sul-try, wela, mehana.
Sum-mit, kabi oi o ke kuahivi.
Sum-mon, e kii akn ma ka lunakanavai.
Sun, la.
Sun, e kaulai i ka la.
SuD-day, ka la o ka Haku, be Sabati.
Sun-der, e bookaawale ae, e hookaokoa.
Sun-dries, be wahi itan mea i buiia. '
Sunny, alo ana i ka la.
Su-per-a~bound, e nui loa ana, e lawa a kcu.
Su-per-flu-i^ty, he moa e oi ana i ka mea e
pono M
Sa-pe-ri-or, kiekie ae, malana.
Bu-pine, palaleha, molowa.
S>»p-pcr, he aina ahiahi.
Sap-p!e, m vale ana mamuli o kekahi,
Sup-pli-cate, e not baabaa.
Sup-ply, e boolako, e kii i na mea e.pono ai.
Sap-port, he pacpae; be kokua ana.
Sup-pose, e manao, e kuhi wale.
Sap-preSB, e'kinai, e hoopau.
Sup-po-r&ts, e kahe ka palahehs.
Sa-preme, kiekie loa maluns.
Sure, oiaio, luUluIi ole, paa.
Sur-mlse, he manao hewa ia bai.
Sur-pasg« e hele rrao aku, e hooi aku.
Snr-plns, ke keu ana, ka m.'ia e oi ajia.
Sur-prlse, be kahaha i loaa koke.
'Sur-prijti, 6.kau!Jioke aku,'^ hoohlkilele.
TEN
550
TIG
Sur-ren-der, e hooliio malalo, e lilo i pio.
Sar-round, e hoopuni.
8us-peot| e manao hens ia hai.
Sus-pense, he manao kanalua, he kaihe.
Swal-lov, e moni iho, e sle iho.
Snamp, he aina lepo neoe'a. [e kukai.
Swap, boololi i kahi waiwai no keksbi vaiwai,
Sway, e hoalii, e hoomalu aupuni.
Svear, e boohiki imna o ke Akua.
Sweatf he hou, be h abe ana ka boo.
Sweep, e kaliili lepo ana, e hoe loloa.
Sweet, ono, oliiolu.
Swell, e pebu ae.
Swerve, e lalau, e kapae ae.
Swift, hikiwawe, holo mama.
Swim, e aa iloko o ka wai.
Swine, he paaa.
Swing, e lewa ae i o ia nei, e lele kowali.
Swiog, he lele kowali.
Swoon, e maule, he maule ana.
Swop (e nana swap.)
Sword, he pahi kaua, he pahi hahau.
Symp-tom, he hoailoua boike i ke ano o ka mai.
T.
Ta-blb, he papa, papapaina, Ac.
Ta-ci-tur-ni-ty, he inanao ekemu ole.
Tack, he kui bao uuku.
Tail, ka bin, ka huelo, ka hope.
Take, e lawe, e lalau lima.
Tale, be kaao.
Talk, he kanmilio, he olelo kike.
Talk-a-tive, lilo i ke kamailio ana.
Tall, klekie ma ke kino.
Tame, laka, makau ole i ke kanaka.
Tan-gle, e kalAi, e hoobihia pu.
Tap, e paipai iki me ka lima.
Tar-dy, lobi, puka mai mahope.
Ta-ro, kalo.
Tar-ry, e kali, e noho liulia iki.
Tait, awahk;, bi, ehaeha.
Taste, e hoaff ma ka waha.
Taunt, e olelo ino, e nuku.
Teach, e ao aka, e kuhikubi.
Tear, be waimaka.
Tear, e nahae, e baehae.
Tease, e boonaukiuki.
Teat, be u, ka maka o ka u.
Te-dl-ous, hooloM a luhi.
Teem, e hoohua a aui.
Tel-es-cope. he obe nana.
Tell, e hai aku, e j^l&lo hoike.
Te-mer-i-ty, he aa ana, he wiwo pie.
Tem-per-ance, ka pakiko ana 1 ka mea ai a
me na mea inn.
Tem-pest, he makani ikaika, he ino.
Tem-ple, be beiau, he Inakini.
Tem-po-ral, pili ana i ko keia ao.
Tempt, e hoao, e hoowalewale.
Ten, he umi ; ten days, he 'anahnlu.
Te-na-cions. paa i kahi mabao,, paakiki.
Tend, e malama, e laweiawe.
Ten-der, palupaln, ehaeba.
Ten-don, he olona ma ka lala.
Tenth, ka umi.
Ter-min^a-tion, he oki ana, be paa ana.
Ter-ri-bie, be eehia, he hooweliweli.
Ter-ri-fy, e hooweliweli. e boomakau.
Ter-ror, he weliweli, he makau nui.
Tes-ti-fy, e hai aku i ka mea i ikeia.
Text, be kumuolelo, he pooolelo. [mat
Thanks, be aloha aku i ka-lokomaikai wale
That, kela, ua mea la. '
Thatch, e ako hale i ka pili. '
The, ka, ke. [laua.
Their, ko lakou, ka lakou; (dual) ka laua, ko
Them, lakou ; (dual) laua.
Then, alalia.
There, malaila, ilaila. <<
There-fore, no ka mea, no ia mea.
These, 0 lakou nei, o keia man mea.
They, o lakou, o laua.
Thick, manoanoa, paapn.
Thief, he aihue.
Thigh, be uba.
Thim-ble, he komo lima hamahnma.
Thin, lahilahi, wiwi.
Thing, mea.
Think, e noonoo, e manao ae.
Thirst, e make wai.
Thir-teen, be umikumamakolii.
Thir-ty, be kanakolu.
This, keia, eia.
Thorn, be laau ooi.
Thor-ough, paa pono, pololei.
Those, kela mau mea.
Thou, o oe.
Though, ina, ina paba.
Thought, be manao, he kubi ana.
Thon-sand, he tausani. '
Thral-dom, e noho booluhi ana.
Thrash, e hahau iho me ka ikaika.
Thread, be kanla makalii, he ropL
Threat, he olelo hooweliweli.
Three, akolp, ekolu.
Three-fold, pftkolu.
Thres-hold, ka paepae puka.
Thrive, e noho me ka pomaikai.
Throat, ke kani a-i, ka puu a-i.
Throb, c panapana, e pana.
Throng, be lehulebn o kanaka.
Throt-lle, e lalau a paa ma ka a-i.
Through-out, mawacna a pan.
Throw, e kiola, e hoolei.
Thrush, ka ea, ka caea.
Thrust, e kipaku ikaika.
Thumb, ka lima nui.
Thump, e kui akn.
Thun-der, ka hekili.
Thun-der-Btrike, ka poba ana o ka hekili.
Thus, pe, penei.
Thwart, e keakea, e ku e.
Tick-le, e iniiniki, e opaopa.
Ti-dlogs, be mea hou, he oleic hmke.
Ti-dy, maemae me ka; maikai.
Tie, e nakii a paa.
Tight, paa, oolea.
TRA
S51
UGL
Till, until, a hiki i ka maaawa.
?1io-i^, maiau wale.^palaimaka.
Tin, lie fccpaji. kfiofeeo, be tini.
Tin-gle,.e kaiii hookulikuli
Tin-klc, c kani ooi me he uele uQ&u la.
Ti-ny, makalii, palanalki. '
Tip,-welau, kahi oi. '
Tip-ay, ona i ka inu i mea ona.
Tiie, e faooluhi, e hoomaloeloe.
Tire-Home, kaumaha, hoolubi ana.
Ti-tle, he inoa lima, inoa buke.
Tit-ter, e aka henebene.
T©, i, ia, io; before the infinitive e.
Toe, manamana wawae.
■iO-geth-er, pu; sit iogeiher. noho pu.
Toil, e hana ikaika, e kaiuau hana.
To-kea, he hoailona.
Tol-et^aie, e ae e banaia.
Tongs, he upa ahi.
Tongue, ka elelo, alelo.
-Tools, he mau mea patiataa.
Tooth, niho.
ToJ^,.ka welatt, kabikiekie.
TiOrch, he lama^ he lamako.
TtfNaeat, e-hooeba loa, e hoovalania.
T6r-renf,.hewaikahe ikaika. '
Tof-rid, wela loa, maloo i ka wela.
Tor-toise, he bona, b« ea.' ••
To^Jture, e hooeha, e boowalauia.
T^«^4 hoolei lima liana.
"ftj-^t; okoa. pau loa.
Tot^r, e haalulu.
loach, e hoopa, e pa aku.
Toiich-y, huhu wawe.
TQitg!^«aua, paakiki.
ToW/e l?auo maloko o kawai.
't(j0raiA, ma, i.
i^ira, he kauhale kinikini.
Toy, he mea milimili ho na kamalii.
Toy, e hooleaiea wale.
Trace, e kabakalia aku, e liabai me ka imi.
Tract-a-ble.'hiki ke boopouopouo koke ia.
Trade, ka oihana paahana.
Trade-wind, ka makanl mau.
Trai4>-tion, be mooolelo no na kuprsa mai.
Trailj e kaao mahope ibo. '
Train, e ao i ka paikau, e alakai.
Trailror, he kanaka kipi, he kumakaia.
Tram-pie, e behi ilalo.
.Tran-quil, maUe, malubia.
Trans-act, e hana.
Trans-cend, e pii Uuna, e hoohala aku.
Trans-fer, e boolilo aku, elawe mai kahi wabi
a i kahi wahi e ae.
Trana-Qx, e hou iho a pttka. [bou.
Trans-form, e beomalule, e boololi i ke ano
Trans-gress, e ]aweh»la, e hele mao aku.
Tran-sient, hele ana, aohe nobo loa.
Trans-late, e unubi i ka' olelo e.
Trana-mit, c lawe aku ma kahi e.
Tran»-pa-rent, moakaka lea.
Trans-plant, « kanu ma kabi e.
Trap, be mea upiki e paa aiaa mea hiMu.
.Trash, be opala, be mea waiwai ole.
TraT-el, he nel3 ana, he holo ana.
Trav-el-er, ne aea hele i na alna e aku.
Treacb-er-oua, boopnnipuni, wahahee.
Tread, e behi maluna iho.
Trea-son, be kipi i ke alii.
Treas-ore, he Traiwai i ahuia.
Treat-y, he olelo kulkabi.
Tree, he laau. .
Trem-ble, e haalulu, e haukeke.
Tre-men-dous, weliw^, kupanaha. '
Trem-u-lous, haalulu ana.
Trench, he auvraba.
Trep-i-da-tion, be haalulu ana.
Tres-pass, e koms wale i ko hai wahi.
Tri-al, he bottb ana, he hookolokolo ana.
Trib-u-iartio^, he popilikia ntti. ■
Trick, he hanar^iki, he hoopunipuni.
Trick-le, e kahe uuku ihq, e kulu.
Tri-fle, he mea liilii, waiwai uuku:
Trig-ger, ke.ki o pana ai ka pu.
Trim, e paipai, e booponopono.
Trip, e hele mama, e okupe.
Trip-le, pakolu.
Tri-iimpb, e lanakila..
Troop, he poekoa.
Troub-1^ he pilikia.
Troub-le-some, hoopilikia ana.
Trough, be papa auwai loloa.
Trow-sers, he tolewawae no na kane.
True, oiaio, pololei.
Trum-pet, he pu kani memele.
Trun-dle, e kaa maluna o na huila.
Trust, e bllinai aku, e p: ulele.
Try, e bo'ao. '
Tiut, be eka lanofao.
Tug, e buki ikaika, e-kauo.
Tum-ble, e kaa ilalo, e bookM ilalo.
Tu-mM, pebu..
Tn-mnlt, be baunaele.
Tune, he leo mele.
Tilr-bid, paapu i ka lepo.
Tur-key, he manu palaho.
Tur-mer-ic, he olena.
Tur-moil, he wawa, be pioloke;
Turn, e bnli ae, e baliu, e Will.
Tar-tle, be bOun, he ea.
Tush! ka! kabaha!.
Tusk, be nibo loloa.
Twelve, be uraikumamalua..
Twen-ty, be iwakalua.
Twice, papains.
Twig, he lala nuka o ka laau.
Twi-light, he wanaao, he -wan!»poo.
Twins,' be mahoe.
Twine, he kanla ropi.
Twin-kle,.e imoimo me he hoku la.
Twiiri, e kaa, e wili.
Twist, e liiloj e wili.
TwiteJ^ekaiti.
Two, alna, ellia;
Two-fdj^, palua, papnliiu.
Tyr-an-ny, be faana bookaumaUa.
u.
Ug-lt, ino, kekee.
UNL
553
VAN
Ul-cer, he mai puba.
Um-brel-la, he. mamalu, he lonlu.
-Un-a-ble. he hiki ole.
Ua-at-tend-cd, aobe inea hele pa.
Un-a-wares, me ka ike ole.
Un-be-oom-ing, ku ole i ka pono.
UB-bend, e hoalaalu.
Un-biad, e wehe i ka mea i tiakinakiia.
Un-boand-ed, aole i puuiia.
Un-cer-tain, maopopo ole, akaka ole.
tJn-civ-il, launa ole, lokoino." i
Un-cle, h« hoabanau kane o ka tnakua ponoi.
TTn-clean, maemae ole, pelapela. i
TJn-clothe, e webe ae i ke kapa.
Un-com-mon, kakaikahi, aole pinepine.
UD-coa-3tant, aole paa man, be ano lull,
tfn-cov-er, e webe i ka uhi.
Fu-conr-te-ous^ aole olnola ka baua.
Dnc-tit>ia, he.poni ana i k» aila.
lJiie-ta-ous,Wii>oua, piba i ka aila.
Un-cnl-pa-ble, be bana me ka hewa ole.
Un-<;am-ber-«d, aole ibookaamahaia.
T^^arse, e boino ole aku,
Un-daul-aged, bana ino ole ia.
Uii-de-«i-ded, kaQalua, paa ole ka mabao.
.TJB-der, malalo, ilalo.
Un-der-go, e boomanawanui i ka eha.
lln-der-most, malalo ioa.
Un-der-6tand, e ike maopopo.
Un-der-take, e lawebana.
TTn-do, e wawahiiho i ka mea i banaia.
Un-dresc, e wehe i na kapa aaba. ^
Un-em-ploy-ed, aobe hana e bana ai.
Ua-e-ren, like'ole, apuupuu.
lln-ex-pect-ed,.hiki mai me ka ike e ole ia.
Fn-ex-pert, hawawa, bemahema.
Ua-fas-ten, e kala, e heme,
tln-fath-om-ed, he hohonu ana ola ia.
Ua-fle^-ed^ be maun puka ole ia ka bulu.
tJu-fold, e wehe webe i ka opiopi.
TJn-for-tu-nate, poino, popiUkia.
tJa-#e-quent, aole hiki jjinepine.
tJn-fre-quent-ed,kipa kakaikahiia, mebameha.
Un-gov-ern-ed, toomalnhia ole ia.
Ua-hand-some, maikai ole ka belebeleua.
Ua-han-dy, bawawa ka bana ana.
Un-hap-py, kaumaba ka naan.
Un-hon-or-ed, aole i hooiiiaikaBia.
T7n-boB-pi-ta-ble, lokomaikaloldtna malihini
Uu-biurt, he eha ole ia.
TJ-ni-form, e ano hookahi ana.
Un-rin-jur-ed, aole i hana ino ia.
Un-in-ten-tion-al, me- ka manao ole.
Un-in-ter-rapt-ed, aole i alalaiia.
Unrion, be hookul ana, e kuikabi ana.
U-nite, e bui pu, o hookni. '
U-ni-ver-sal, a pan loa,'ma na wabi a pau.
Un-just, ku ole ma ka pono.
Un-kind, lokomaikai olo,
Un-known, i ike ole ia.
Un-law-ful, ka ole 1 ke kanawai.
Xln-less, ina ole, ke ole.
Fa-like, like ole, ku like ole.
lln-like-ly, aole palta oiaio.
Fn-lock, e wehe me ke ki.
Un-loose, e wehewche.
Un-luck-y^ poino.
Un-man-ner-ed, ka ole i ka naauao.
Un-mar-ri-ed, aole i mareia.
trnmeaa-ured, aole i anaia.
Un-me)'-ci-fttl, aloba ole, menemene ole.
Un-moT-a-ble, paa Ioa, aole e hiki ke nee.
Fn-neigh-bor-ly,. launa ole.
Un-ob-serv-*d, aole i ike ia.
Un-paid, uku ole ia.
Un-par-don-ed, aole i kala ia.
Un-p^of-it-a^ble, e waiwai ole ana.
Un-rav-el, e wehewehe i ka mea bihia.
Uh-ripe, 00 ole, opiopio.
Un-roll, e wehe i ka owili.
tJn-ru-ly, kotobe, bookuU.
Un-sat-is-fied, aole i oluoia, waleaole.
Un-sigbt-ly, be ino ke nana aku.
Un-skill-fal, akamai ole.
Un-sac-cess-^l, a'ole pomaikai.
Un-suit-a-bla, bu'ole, pili ole.
Un-thank-fal, aloba ole i ka lokomaikaiia.
Un-tie, e wehe i ka nakiaaki o ke kanla.
Un-til, a, a hiki i ka manawa.
Ua-trae, he oiaio ole.
Un-u-sa-al, maa ole, walea ole.
Un-whole-some, pono ole no ke ola.
Un-wil-ling, makemake ole.
Un-wont-ed, laka ole, bihia.
Up ! e ala ae ! iluna.
tJp-braid, e nuku, e ao ikaika.
Up-hold, S kokna.
Up-on, maluna iho.
Up-per-most, maluna Ioa aku.
Up-right, kupono, pololei..
VpjToar, be haunaele, he walaan.
Up-root, e uhuki ae, pau pu me ke aa.
Up-sido-down, ilalo ka aoao luna.
Up-ward, maTiahi maluna ae.
Urge, e koi ikaika.
U-rine, be mimi.
Us, ia makon, iaTiakou, ia maua, ia kaua.
Use, he hana, he oihana.
Use, e hoolUo i kahi mea i mea hana.
Use-fal, pono ke banaia.
U-Bu-al, e man ana, e pinepine ana.
U-surp, e lalau wale i ko bai wabi.
U-te-rus, ka opu.
V.
Va-oant, bakahaka, aole i noboiih
Vag-a-bond, be mea aea, he kuewa wale.
Vain, makehewa, lapuwale.
Vain-glo-ri-ous, baanou, kaenm
Vale,he aina mawaeha o na mauna, he awawa.
Val-e-dic-tion, he aloba o ka mea hele.
Val-iant, makau ole, koa. [mauna.
Val-ley, he awawa, he wa mawaena o na
Val-u-a-ble, poto e waiwai ai.
Van, he poe k..ua hele m(ia.
Van-iah, e nalowale iho.
Vaa-quiah, e lanakjla maluno.
WAD
553
WES
Va-por, he mabu.
Va-ri-a-ble, lairwili, huli i o ia noi.
Va-ri-onoe, he ku e ana.
Va-ri-e-ty, nui ke ano o kela mea keia mea.
Vast, nui, nuQui.
Vaunt, e kaena walCj-eliaaaou.
Veer, e haliu ae.
Veg-et-a-ble, he meaScanu, mea kupu.
Veil, e uhi.
Vein, he aa koko.
Vc lo^i-ty, ka mama ana o ka hele.
Veadj e kuai aku, e kaleipa,
Ven-e-rate, e maha\o nui, e hoomaikai.
Ve-ne-sec-tion, e hobkabe i ke koko.
Ven-geanoe, he hoopai hahu ana. .
Ven-om, he mea awaawa mak«.
Vea-o^-oiis, he ano o ka mea e make ai.
Verlk-al, psist ka waha, hai waha ia.
Ver-5 -fy, c hooiaio.
VerBe,ihe i>auku olelo.
Vers-ed) l^.makaukaii, he akamal.
Ver-texj.feahi i oi maluna.
Ver-ti-g<f,-h'fe poaiuniu.
Ver-y, io, oiaio, maoli.
Ves-i-cate, e hoopohapoha i ka ili.
Ves-i-ole, he wahi puu ma M ili.
Vcs-sel, he'ipu, he paba, be waa, he mokn.
Vestrigc, he kapuai, he kaha.
Vex, e hoqnaakiuki, e hoopilikia.
Vex-a-tions, e boonaukiaki ana.
Vi-al, he oWle aniani uitkn.
Vi-brate, e lewa i o ia nei.
Vice, he kina, he bewa.
Vic-tor, be koa lanakila.
Vio-to-ry, be lanakila ana.
Vict-uals, he mea ai na kanaka.
Vie, e hoolike, e baoa like.
View, he ike maka, e makaikai ana.
Vig-i-lant, makaala.
Vig-or-ou8, ikaika.
Vile, ino, kolohe, liankae.
Vil-i-fy, e olelo ino, e aki.
Vil-la^e, he kanh&le.
Vin-di-cate, e kokua ^e, hoopnka ae.
Vin-dic-tive, manao hoopai wale.
Vl-o-late, e uhai, e wawahi,-e limaikaikft
Vi-o-leiit, ikaika, huhu.
■i Vi-per, he"TBiQpomole, he mea niho awa.
Vif-gin, hcf wanise puupaa.
Vis-it, e hele ei^e.
Viz-en, be wabine nuka wale.
[. .Vo-ca-tion, he oinana.
Voice, he leo.
Void, hakabaka, nele. [boOna,
Vol-ca-nj), be pele, luapele,fae ahi iloko a ka
Vol-nme, he owili palapala, he bake.
Vol-un-ta-rj. no ka makemake ifao.
Vom-it, e luai aku.
To-ra-cious, ai. nui loa, aifaamn.
Voy-age, he bolo ana ma ka moana.
w.
Vfux, e auhele.
70
Wag, e neenee me ka luliluli ae.
Wa-ges, he uku no kekabi hana.
Wail, e uwe kanikau, e kumakena.
Waist, ka puhaka. ,
Waist-coat, he puliki.
Wait, e kali, e ukali.
Wake, ala, e ala mai ka hiamoe ae.
Wake,; ka maawekai mahope o ka moku.
Walk, e hele wawae.
Walk-ing-staff, he k$^oo.
Wall, he pa pobaku, he paia bale. [paka.
Wal-low, e kaa ika/ji^po me he puaa la, e ka-
Wan-der, e aea, b kuewa wale.
Wane, e erai ibo.
Want, be nele, he ilihpJte ana.
Wan-ton, nliaaba, makaleho.
War, he kaoa. '
War, e kana aku.
Warm, mabana, pni^bana.
Warm, e boomabana.
Warn, e ao aku i makaala ai.
Warp, he ropi e moe ana ma ka loaokalole.
War-ri-or, he koa kaua.
Wart, be ilikona.
Wash, e holoi, e hoomaem&e i ka waL
Wasp, be nalo hope eha.
Waste, e boomaunanna waiwaL
Watch, e kiai, e inakaala. "^
Watch, he wati ; be poe kiai
Wa-ter, wai, kai.' '
Wa-ter-fiill, be wailele.
Wa-ter-y, pulu ma-u.
Wat-tie, be lala laan nuku.
Ware, he ale o ke kai.
Wave, e luli, e ka i o ia nei.
Wax, be kepau ta, be mea pipili.
Way, ke'aK alanni, ka aoan hana.
Way-lay, e hoohalna.
We, kakou, makon, kana, maua.
Weak, nawaliwali, palupalu.
Weal, be pomaikai ana.
Wealth, he waiwai.
Wean, e nknbi i ka waiu.
Weap-on, he mea kana. be mea pale i ka enemi.
Wear, e aaba lol'e, e hoopau lulii.
Wea-ry, luhi, panabo. ..
Weave, e ulana.; ^
Web, ka mea i nlanaia, be punawelewele. .
Wed, e mare, e lawe i wahine. i kane paba.
Wed-nes-day, w^ftpde, ka poakolu.
W«e^uakv,.lahilabi. ^
.Weed, he mea 'nlu wale.
Weed, e waele i ka nabelohcle.
'Weep, e uwe me ka waimaka,
Weigh, e kaupouna.
Wei|ht-y, he k;aumaha, koikoi. '
Wel-come, e hookipa me ke aloha.
Well, he luawal, he punawai hohonn.
Well, ^ono, 'mai pie.
Well-nigb, kokoke, aneane.
Well-aptinig, he puna, he waipw^.
Wel-ter, e kaa malokQ o ke koko.
Wen, he pun maloko o ka io.
Wench, be kaikamahine, wahine mare ols ia.
We jt, komohana.
WON
554
ZON
Wet. kockoe, pnln i ka waj.
Whale, he kohola.
What? heaha?
Whee-dle, e hooptinipani.
Whelp, he kelki Uio.
When 7 (with the past) inahea ? (future) ahea ?
Whence? noheamaif ibeamai? .
Where? aihea? mabea? aflamaliea?.
Whore-fore? no keaha lat
Whet, e hookala i oL .
Wheth-er, ina paha.
Whet-stone, he pobakn boana.
Whiflh? hemeahea?
While, ) . . .
Wbllat (' °'^' i''^°^'^3'> 1^ i<^ manawa.
Whip, e haua, o faahao. a eha. -
Whirl, e wiU iksiika.
Whirl-pool, he imiiiilo,lie\rili iloko o'ke kaL
Whirl-wind, he pnahiohio.
Whisk^sr, he nmiumi loloa ma ka papalina.
Whis-per, e hawanawana.
Whie-tle, e hookio, epio.
White, keokeo, kea.
White-vrash, he mea haino keokeo.
Whith-«r7 ihea? i kahi hea!
Who? wai? bwai?
Whole, okoa. ' ■
Whoop, he hoohp kana, he hoolw.
Whoro, he wafaine hookamakama.
Why?^no keaha la? i mea sjia?
Wick, he uwikl o ke kukui.
Wiok-ed, aia, hewa, lawehala.
Wide, alt«a, lanla, palahalaha.
Wld-ow, wahlne kane make.
Wife, he wahioe mea kane.
Wild, hlhiu, laka ole.
Wild-Jiess, he hlhiu.
Wile, apiki, hana maalea.
aWUI, he palapala kauoha i ka waiwtd.
Wil-iing, e ae ana, oluolu.
Wirt, e loaa, e ko.
Wind, he makani.
Wind, e will.
Wind-bound, paa i ka makani.
Win-dow, he puka makani.
Wing, ehen, pekekeu.
Wink, e imo, e imoimo.
Wipe, e holoi me ke kawele.
Wise, naauao, akamai, ike.
Wish, manao.
With, i, ma, me.,^
With-draw, e hoi iwafao.
With-ef , e mae a make.
With-hold, e aua, e hnna.
With-ln, maloko, iloko.
With-ont, mawaho, Iwaho.
With-oat, ke ole, me ole.
With-stand, e ku e, e hooke, epapa.
Wit-nesg, e hoike.
Wo, ,woe, auwe I poinol e poino ana.
Wo-man, he wahine makua.
Womb, ka pttao.
Won-der, e mahalo, e kahaha ka manao.
Won-der-ful, kupaianiiha.
Wont, maa, walea.
Wood, laan, he wahie, he olulaan.
Woof, na kaula i ulanaia.
Wool, he hnlu hipa.
Word, he.huaolelo.
Work, haua, he oihana.
Workj.he mea i hanaia.
World, ke ao nei, kela ao.
World-ly, lilo. i na lealea o ke ao nei.
Worm, enqhe, he mea liilii e kolo ana.
Worm-eat-en, aiia i ka mn.
Worse^ he oi i ka hewa.
Wor-ship, e hoomftn;t.
Worst, hewa loa, Ino Ipa.
Worth, ke kumti Icuai, ka pono.
Wound, e hooeha.
Wran-glej e hakaka, e hoopaapaa.
Wra.p, e wahi'ae, e opeope.
Wrap-per, he wahi no kekatii mea.
Wrath, huhu, inaina.
Wreath, he lei i ulanaia.
Wreck-ed, nahahaia me be moka la.
Wre^**' 1 * ^^^ ikaXkb, e kaiU hewa.
Wres-tle, e hakoko.
Wretiph, he kanaka inoino loa.
Wretch-ed, ehaeba loa, popilikia.
Wring, e uwl, e wili Ikmfca.
WrSn-kle, he minomino.
Wrist, ka pulima.
Write, e kakanlima.
Writhe, e wili, e oni ae.
Wrbng, kekee, pono ole, he hewa.
Wrong, e hana hewa.
Wrong-ing, e hana ino ana i kekahi mea.
Wry, i wiliia, kapakahila.
Yam, uhi.
Yawn, e bamama.
Ye, oukou, olua.
Year, he makahik!.
Year-ly, ma ka makabiU.
Yeam,,e iini, e makemake nni.
Yell, be booho me ka leo noi.
Yel-low, melemele, be lenalena.
Yes, e, ae, ola.
Yes-ter-day, Inehinei.
Yet, aka, i keia manawa. ..
Yiel4, e boohua ; e kuu ae.
Yon-der, mao, mamao.
You, singular, oe: dual, olua; pluraL onkon.
Young, opip, opiopio. [oukou.
Your, singular, kou; dwd, ko olua; plural, ko
Youth, he wa keiki, ka wa kamalii.
z.
ZeaIaODS, piha i ka manao ikaika.
Zeph-yr, he makani nawaliwali.
Zig-zag, he kekee i o ia nei.
Zink, he kepau keokeo.
Zone, he kaei o ka bouua.
A CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE
OF
EEMARKABLE EVENTS
CONNECTED IWITH
THE HISTORY OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS.
PREFACE.
The following Chronological Table i&a translation of a Table compiled by
the Kev. A. Forbes, of Molokai, and was designed for a Hawaiian Almanac for
the present year, 1865. The Compiler says ; " This Table has been made up
from the Hawaiian History (Moooielo Hawaii) and some fifty or more ar^cles
added. It is not, however, supposed that all deficiawies are supplied, but onjy
some of .the defects of previous tables. There will be facts and dates to be
added hereafter."
The first Chronological Table of notable' events at these Islands was published
in the Hawaiian Almanac for 1835, before the Hawaiian History was vmtten.
To that Table additions have been made from time to time, until the present.
L. A.
1716. iteaulamoku was born at Naohaka in
EoMla.
1752. Kalaniopuu King of Western Hawaii.
1769. Transit of Venus, observed by Cook
and Green.
1774. Keaulnmoku was living with Eahahana,
King of Oalia.
1775. Kaabumanu became the wife of Kame-
hameha I.
1776 to 1778. KdJiekili, King of Maui, was at
war with Kalaniopttu, King of Ha-
waii.
1778. January 18, Capt Cook first anchored
at Wumea, Kauai, having first seen
Oahn.
1778. November, Capt. Cook touched at East
Maui.
1778. Eamehameha, a soldier under Kalahi-
opua, was on Maui fighting agains
KaheMli.
1779. Januaryl7i Capt. Cook anchored in the
* Bay of Kealakeakua, Hawaii.
1779. February 14, Capt. Cook was slain at
Kaawaloa, Hawaii.
1782, April, Ealaniopuu died, leaving his
Kingdom (Western Hawaii) to Ki-
walao, who was his own son.
1782. Jnly, the battle named Mdhaakae, i.e.,,
«ie fight of Kamehameba with Kiwa-
lao and his party at Keomo,Hawaii}:
Kamehameha triumphed, Eiwalao-
was slain, and Keoua became King,
of Kan and Pnna.
1783. Keawemauhill reigns as King at HUo,
Hawaii.
178?. Keaulnmoku composed the mele'jBaui
656
CHEONOLOGICAL TABLE.
lea Lani, or a Prophecy of the over-
throw of Hawaii by Kamehameha.
1782. Kamehameha reigns King over Kona,
Kohala and Hamakua.
1782. December, Kanekoa was slain la battle
by Keoua.
1783. March, at Laiipahoehoe mua, Kameha-
meha fought with Keawemauhili and
Keoiia, Kings of Kau and Hilo.
1784. They fpnght at Hapuu.
1784. Keauliimolcu the Poet died, aged 68
years.
1785. At . Lanpahoeboe alua, Kamehameha
fonght with Keawemauhili and Ke-
oua, Kings of Kau and Hilo.
1766. The ship Zo anchored.
1787. August, KaJana sailed to a Foreign
Country XChioa.)
1790. The battle called Kapaniwai was fought
between Kumehameha and Kalani-
, kupnle atWailnkn, Maui.
1790.TPirst American ship {Eleanor, Captain
Metealf) visited the Islands.
1790. Keawemanl^iU Was slain in battle by
■Keoua. ' ,
1790. Kamehameha, lives at Kaunakahakai,
MOlokai. .
1790. Keoua was taken prisoner by Kameha-
meha at Koapa{>aa, Hamakua, Ha-
|ifaii,and Kamehameha thus became
■ .&ole King of the whole Island.
1790; John Young and Isaac Davis became
attached to Kamehameha.
1791. Kaeo, King of Kanai. and Kahekili,
Iking of Maui, met Kamehameha at
Kohala, Hawaii; the battle was
called KepuwahauUmla.
179li Kahekili, King of Maui, died.
1,791. In this year the biittle of Nunanu was
fougbi, in which Kalaniknpale, son
pf Kahekili, King of Maui and Oahu,
was slain ; 'and thus Maui, Molokai,
Lanal and Oahu fell into the hands
of .Kamehameha.
1792. Keoua was slain at Kawalhae.
1792. March 3, Capt. V5»nconver first visited
the Islands, and left cattle, sheep, &c.
1792. the i)cB(2a!uff, store ship, vMtsWaimea,
Oaba ; a Massacte.
1793. Kamehameha: atiembted a voyage to
Kanai, bnt could not succeed, the
wind being against him. That voyage
was called leiewaho.
1793. March 12, Vancouver anchored at La-
haina.
1794. December, first diflcov^^y of Honolulu
harbor. Entered by JackxiU and
Frince Lehoo, American.
1795. January 12, last visfit of Vancouver.
,J179S> Dceda!u« visits Niihau. Massacre. Jan-
uary 1, Murder of Captains.
1797. LihoHno (Kamehameha 11.) was bom.
1797, Namakeha dies at Hilo, in the battle of
, Kaipalaoa.
1798. The work of digging out a fleet of canoes
was commenced; the canoes were of
the class called PeMeu.
1801. The fleet of canoes ealled Peleleu ar-
, rived at Kawaihae.
1802. The Peleleu arrived at'Lahaina.
1802. KaVneeiamoku dies at Lahaina.
1803. The Peleleu arrived at Oahu.
1804. The great pestilence called cAutouoibtu.
1804. Keeaumoku dies.
1808. Ualakaa?
1809.*KanUionui was slain for making an at-
tempt on Kaahumanu.
1810. Kamehameha and Kaumualii, Kin^ of
Kauai, meet, and Kaumualii ^vea
Kauai to Kamehameha. . Hence all
the Islands of Hawaii' became one
' Kingdom under Kamehameha I
181g. Kamelutmeha returned to Hawaii That
voyage was called Niaulcani.
1612. The stone wall of Kibolo was built.
1814. March, KauikeaouU (Kamehameha HI.)
was born.
1816. Nahienaena (the Princess) was bom.
1816. 3ome Russian ships arrive.
1816. The building of the fort at Honolulu
commenced by. Kalanimoku.
1817. The Fort at Honolulu finished.
1819. May 8, Kamehameha I.' died. '
1819. Hay, Liholiho (Kamehameha H.) reigns
King.
1819. October, lajholiho breaks kapu on the
night of Kukabi. ,
1819. Kapu broken on Oahu in N^ember.
1820. January, a battle on aeconnt of break-
ing kapn at Kuameo on Hawaii.
1820. March 30, first Missionaries arrived at
Kailua.
1820. April 18, Missionaries first arrive at.
Honolulu.
1820. July,: Messrs. Whitney and Buggies
sailed for Kauai.
1820. December, liiholiho sails for Maui.
1830. First whaler {Mary, Capt Allen) enter*
Honolulu harbor.
1821. February 4, Liholiho sails for Oahu.
1821. July 22, Liholihd arrives at Kauai.
1821. J'irst house of Christian worship built
in Honolulu.
1822. Jaduatj 7, Printing first commenced at
the Islands. It u said that Ejng Li-
holiho was allowed to pull the first
1823. January, Kasyhumanu returniBd from
Hawaii.
1823. April 4, Mr. Ellis arrived firom. Tahiti.
1823. April 27, the second conipaoy of Mis-
sionaries arrived.
1823. September 16, Keopuolani died.
1823. November 27, Liholiho, his Queen and
attendants sailed for England, leav-
ing the Kingdom in the care of Kaa-
humanu.
1824. May 26, Kaumualii, King of Kauai, died.
CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE.
557
1824. July 8, Kamamaln, wife of Liholibo.
ai«d in London.
1824. July 13, Liholibo died in London.
1824. Angust, Humebume (George Tamoree)
raised a Eebelliou on Kanai.
1824. August 18, Kaimakani was slain in
battle.
1824. August, Kapiolani descended into the
Vdlcano of Kilaueu.
1825. iia.y 4, Bolci and his companions return
from England with the Remains of
the King and Queen in the English
frigat« Blonde.
1826. February, the ship iondo/i was wrecked
on Lauai.
1826. February 20, the crew of the war brig
MpMn cheated a great disturbance
in Honolulur-attacked and broke
into the house of Kalanimoku.
1826. August, Kaahumanu made her first -cir-
cuit of Oahu.
1826. September 27, the first Meeting House
at KaUua was dedicated.
1826. Kahalaia died.
1827. February 8. Kalanimoku died.
1827. October 23, Capt. Clark fired into the
Village of Lahaina.
1827. October, Kioau and Kekuanaoa were
married.
1828. March 30, the third company of Mis-
sionaries arrived.
1828. The stone Meeting House at Wainee,
Labaina, commenced.
1829. Kaahumanu took the bones of the Chiefs
from the " House of Keawe " and
deposited tbem at Kaawaloa.
1829. July 3, first Meeting House at Hono-
lulu dedicated.
1829. Namahana died.
1829. Deceinoer 2, Boki and his company
sailed away firom the Islands and
were lost.
1829. Fiia died.
1830. Kaahumanu ahd her train made tbe cir-
cuit of Maui and Hawaii.
1830. March, Kaaliumanu. the second time,
made the circuit of Oahu.
1830. December 11, His Majesty Kamehameha
V. wa.s bor.n.
1831. June 7, the fourtb company of Mission-
aries arrived.
1831. September, Kaahumanu ^ade the cir-
cuit of Oahu for the tlurdljae.
1831. September, the High School at Lahai-
nalnna was commenced.
183L The erection of the Fort at Lahaina
commenced.
1831. p«eemlM!r 29, Naihe died.
1BS2. itcei second visit of Kaahumanu to Maul
anftJIlVwaiii.
1832. May it; the fifth company of Mission-
aries arrived.
\toi. Mari^, the stone Meeting House nt Wai-
'"' n&f, bahaiaa, dedicated.
1832. June 6, Kaahumanu died.
1832. June, Kinau was appointed Tremier
(Kuhins. Nui.)
1832. September, Kaomi begins to make (tis-
turbance.
1832.- Messrs. Alexander, Whitney and Tinker
sail to examine the Marquesas Id-
ands as a field for Missions.
1632. The Fort at Lahaina was finished.
1832. The Oahu Charity School was com-
menced.
1833. Kuakiui returns to Hawaii and Kinatt
dwells in the Fort as Governess.
1833. March, Kamehameha IH. a^umes the
reins of Government, and Kinau be-
comes His Minister (Knhina'Nai)
1833. "May 1, the sixth company of MissSoa-
ariesarrive.
1833. Jtily 2, Messrs. Alexander, Armstrong
tmi Parker sail foir the Marquesas
Islands.
1833. The Bethel Cbnrch built at Honolulu.
1833. Kaomi died.
1834. February 9, Kamehameha IV. (Alex-
ander Liholiho) jras bor."..
1834. Ktoiauele died.
1834. Keola died.
1834. February 14, first Newspaper printed
at the Hawaiian Islands, called the
Lama JSawaii, at Labainaluna.
1834. The Newspapc* Kumu Hawaii com-
menced at Honololo. '
1335. Leleiohoku and Nahienttena were mar-
ried. . ,
1835. June 6, the 'seven&^'CDmpany of M.i3-
sionaries arrived.
1835. First Hawaiian Almanac printed.
1836. January 2, the Queen Dowager Emma
was bom.
1836. TheFemale8emlnaryatWailakc,Maui,
commenced.
1836. The .first Weeldy Newspaper in English
commenced.
1836. The High School of Mr. Lyman com-
menced at Bilo.
1836, December, Nabienaena died.
1837. February 4, Kamehameha IIL and K»-
lama were married.
1837. April 9, the eighth company of Mission-
aries arrive jl.
1837. Aikanaika died.
.1837. The Sag was burnt at KalamakiniJ
18'37. The business of laying out public
streets in Honolulu was commenced.
1837. November 7, remarkable rise and over-
flow of tide thronghout i&e Islands.
1838. -August, the Chiefs commence the Study
of Political Economy with Mr. Biclii-
ardar - ,
1838. November 1, Victoria Kamamala was
"1>Qrn.
1838. Great attention to religion among the
people.
IgiiO. April 4, Kinau died.
fi68
CHBONOLOGIOAL TABLE.
1839. Anril 6, KekauluoM became PTemier
(Kuhiiia Nni.)
18.19. May 10, the printing of the First Edi-
tion of the Hawaiian Bible finished.
18S9. July 9, the French maa-of-war I' Arte-
mise (Capt. Laplace) arrived. •
1839. Kaikioewa died.
1840. The School for the Young Chiefs com-
menced at -Honolulu — ^Mr. and Mrs.
Cooke Teachers.
1840. January, Hoapili, Governor of Maui,
died.
1840. Thestonn'Mceting House atEawaiauao,
Honolrhi, commenced.
1840. August 3, Mr.Bicgham and Family re-
turned to the United States.
1840. October 8, Kamc-hameba HI. gives the
first written Constitution to 'the peo-
ple of the Hawaiian Islands.
1840. October 20. Kayianawa and others were
publicly executed for .crime.
184Cl^ September, the United States Exploring
Expedition arrived.
1841. May, Kapiolani died.
1841. May 21, the nintb company of Mission-
aries arrived.
184L The School for Missionaries' Children
at PunabbU (now Oahu College)
commenced.
1842.- January, Hoapili Wahine (Ealakana)
died.
1842. July 8, Haalilia sailed as Commissioner
to the Courts of France, England and
the United States.
184^ July 21, the Meeting House at Kawai-
ahao finished.
1642. /September 21, flie tenth company of
Missionaries arrived.
1843. The United States consent to &ts Inde-
pendence of the Hawaiian,' Islands.
1843. Febniary2S,Lei46eorgePaulet8eiEed
the Hawaiian Man^s and raised the
English Flag.
1843. July 31, the sovereignty of &e Mands
was restored by Admiral Thomas of
the English Navy. ■■
1843. September, Bartimens PuaaiU died.
1844. The Government of Belgium consents
to the Independence ef Uie Hawai-
ian Islands.
1844. November 28, the 6ov«mm«int8 of Eng-
land and Prance recogntKp tike Inde-
pendence of the Hawaiiaii Mands.
1844. July 15^ the eleventh eotaptaif of Mis-
sionaries arrived. ' , >
1844. Silk eicporied from the Islaad»<-197
pounds.
1844. HaaUU(> died on hH retorn voyage to
the Islands,
1846. April 2, Representatives first chtisen
from the common people under the
Constitution of October, 1840.
1846. Mr. Sichaids, the Interpreter of Haali-
Uo, returned with bis Remains.
1845. KekaulHohi died.
1845. First export of Cofiee — 248 pounds.
1845. John Young (Keoni Ana) is appointed
Premier (Euhina NnL)
1846. Febniary 11, Commissioners ^pointed
to settle land claims. .
1846. March 20, Mr. Whitney died at Lahai-
naluna.
1846. November, G. L. Kapeau returned to
Hawaii as Governor.
1847. November, Mr. Richards died.
1848. Leleiohoku (William Pitt) died.
1848. Mose Eaikoewa died.
1848. 'Eaiminaauao died.
1848. Th«' twelfth company of Missionaries
. arrived.
1848. The Measles (mai punpuu ula) pre-
vailed, *nd very fatal.
1849. The Fort'seized at Honolulu by Ad-
miral Tromdin of the French Navy.
184|^ Beef first exported from the Islands—
^ ' 158 barrels.
I85I. The Hawaiian Misuonary Sociefy wu
formed.
1S5L June, th& Conrt House at Honolola
built.
1851. First Wbale Oil and Bone transhipped.
1852. April 2, Ealioka\ani died.
1862. First export of Fnngns. ■
1852. TlieSmsn-P(Hc(maipanpua^ii)swept
over tile Islands. '
1864. The Fort at Lahaina . demolished by
order of Government.
1854. December 15, Eamehameba III.<EanI-
keaonli) died, and Eamehamehw IV.
- became Eing.
1856. Paki died.
1855. Mr. Hitchcock, of Moloksi, died.
1865. Flour exported — 463 barrels.
1856. June 2, Eamehameba IV. was nnited
in marriage with Emma Rooke.
185?. J. Aikuke was married to Ruta Eeeli*
kolani.
1857. The Fort at Honolulu was demolished
by order of Govenuneat
1857. Konia (Widow of Paki) died.
1857. John Young (Eeoni Ana) th& Premier
^ed.
1857. Victoria Eamamain appointed Euhina.
1857. William I/,- Lee^jQhief Justice of the
Supreme Cotfft, died.
1857. Mr. Armstrong sailed for the United
^■States.
1857. Governor AdaB» lEnak'ni) died.
1S57. David Halo died.
1858. May 2«, the Prince ^f H^wis (Haku.
0 Hawaii) was bora.
1859. An eruption of the Yolcano on Hawaii,
as before in 1840, 1852, 1855.
1869. April 26, Jonas Piikoi died.
ISaa. July, the Civil Code first published.
1859. September, Gas-light (ea aa) first intro-.
duced int» Honolulu.
1860. IcWt., Cttstoib House built at Lahaina.
CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE.
65»
i860. Ifarob, New Custom Hou»e built at
' BOnolnln.
^m. Itey 27, l W. B. Maifc^tt died.
18(I0< Q^n'ti llospiliiiil buQt; souauedfrom
Qiumf Eranita-
1860. "Hm steamer XUawa arrived at Hono-
lulu-
1880. PrinCjoLotXRamelbaraehaV.) sailed for
Cal|forma.
1860: September 23, Dr. Armstropg, Minister
of Public Instruction, diedl
1860. Qistober, G. L. Kapeau, Goremor of
Hawaii, die^.
186(^ December, B. Namakeba died.
186£ Tlie PiOKOG of Hawah died.
1662. October 11, Beformed Catholic MiasiouT
ariea arrive. '^
1862. Jnly 18, the building of the Seminary
' ' at Liahainalaaa burnt.
1862. Naw building erectied.
1863. November SO, His Miqesty Kameba-
meha lY. died, and Filnce Lot took
,fbe Throne as Kamebani«ba V.
1864. Klay 5, GbuTentibn of Delegates was
' cialled by the King.
1864. June 13, Members of theGonrention
chosen by the people. '
1864. Jnly 7, Convention assembled.
1864. Ajwast 13, the Constitntion ^ven bv
. - Eamehameha IH. abrog^tted by Bis
. Majesty and the ConvenUon dis:
' missed.
1864. August 20, the King gives a NevCon-
' atitutioa.
1864. September 29, RapresrataUves for a
; Legislatnie cho^eti under the New
Consti^tnuon.
1864. 6B<-l5,''thenew Legislature assembled.
IBM. L. Haaletea died.
lesi, October, Act passed the Legislature
authorizing the erection of two Dis-
tilldll^s in Honolulu.
iii
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11